Skip to main content

Full text of "Bulletin of the Pan American Union"

See other formats




uit 


G5 TUT TO TET 









mG 





THE CITY LIBRARY ASSOCIATION 
OF SPRINGFIELD. MASSACHUSETTS 
LITERATURE - ART - SCIENCE 


WEE 




















1m 


3808 











i | THE 
3 DAVID A. WELLS E 
||| ECONOMIC LIBRARY [| 
- EIN THE E 
Is CiTY LIBRARY EB 
IE SPRINGFIELD / 
i MASSACHUSETTS le 
E By 
| 
| 
| 


CS RR SFE ENT PA NEVER A ST CT A WAGER SSS SO NESTS EL a PE ESOS TES PT TIE ERIE 


















iniTANOANONTO 0000 0GTA0OHOOQUONTAN AAO TAOR 








e A) 
pepe TT 











City Library Association, Springfield, Mass. 


51976 


Taken by Due | Taken by Due 


: NL Alec 


FEB 1 9 1939 
HAY 21 193) 











Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2009 with funding from 
Boston Library Consortium Member Libraries 


/ 


http://www.archive.org/details/bulletinofoaname6127pana 





BULLETIN 


OF THE 


PAN AMERICAN 
UNION 





VOL. LXI 


JANUARY-DECEMBER 
OZ a7. 








SEVENTEENTH AND B STREETS NW., WASHINGTON, D.C.,U.S.A. 
CABLE ADDRESS for UNION and BULLETIN: “PAU,” WASHINGTON 


I 
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1928 


INEZ Te tri 


BULREE TIN on tne PAN AMERICAN UNION 








Vol. LXI January to December, 1927 Nos. 1-12 








[The index to illustrations will be found on p. x1] 


(Special articles and names of authors indicated by SMALL CAPITALS) 


Agriculture, industry, and commerce: Page 
ANTHERSIOUMIOG) = 56, 168, 274, 384, 488, 596, 698, 810, 913, 1023, 1121, 1233 
Boliviase a ssa e2 57, 168, 275, 385, 489, 597, 699, 811, 914, 1023, 1122, 1234 
IES 12177 ees pancetta ae 57, 169, 275, 387, 490, 598, 701, 812, 914, 1024, 1123, 1235 
@hnill eaters sels 58, 170, 276, 388, 491, 599, 702, 813, 915, 1025, 1124, 1235 
Colombpiaa es ssae 59, 172, 278, 388, 491, 599, 704, 814, 916, 1026, 1125, 1237 
CostaPRica aes e ean uns) 60, 173, 279, 389, 492, 600, 815, 917, 1027, 1125 
Cubase ee nae so. 60, 173, 279, 390, 492, 601, 705, 815, 917, 1027, 1126, 1237 
DWonaimicameve pull cease ae oh ee Arye erent brakes To pate arma be ks 61, 

178, 281, 390, 498, 602, 706, 815, 917, 1028, 1127, 1238 
ieuexclore_ 2 61,173, 281, 391, 498, 602, 706, 816, 918, 1028, 1128, 1239 
Guatemala_______ 62, 174, 281, 391, 493, 603, 706, 817, 918, 1029, 1128, 1239 
Seu GR seis 2 ee 62, 175, 282, 392, 494, 604, 707, 817, 919, 1029, 1128, 1240 
IslOmolumAg = 62, 175, 393, 494, 605, 708, 818, 919, 1030, 1129, 1240 
IMIGRIGO2 SS eee 62, 175, 283, 393, 495, 605, 708, 818, 919, 1031, 1129, 1240 
INicaraowawsiiss Sa ee 64, 176, 395, 496, 606, 709, 920, 1031, 1130, 1241 
IPRVMe NANG), | = 64, 176, 283, 395, 497, 606, 710, 819, 921, 1032, 1130, 1242 
IPErreeIP NY | 2 65, 177, 284, 395, 497, 606, 710, 820, 921, 1032, 1131, 1242 
J 265 oye tas tn Vea 66, 177, 285, 396, 499, 607, 711, 821, 922, 1033, 1132, 1243 
Salivadorae= sees 67, 178, 285, 397, 499, 608, 711, 822, 922, 1033, 1133, 1244 
Wizne uae 67, 178, 286, 397, 500, 609, 712, 822, 923, 1034, 1133, 1244 
Wenezuelatae tas eee 68, 287, 398, 501, 609, 713, 822, 923, 1034, 1134, 1245 

ATED. Cry 12.8, IOC. UNDO (OOS | tee ee Se sR ees 219 

AMIDATO, INCE) dias IslonuACiol Uno) Jalon, Oiyoe 2 = 3 oe eee ee 545 

AMARAL, AFRANIO DO, AWARDED MEDAL FOR SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVEMENTS__ 1176 

AnTHony, H. E.: CoLuEcTor’s [MPRESSIONS OF THE QuicHua INDIAN___ 375 

"ARCH #OLOGICAL WORK IN SouTH AMERICA (Mason)________________--- 107 

Argentina: 

AMERICAN AUTOMOBILES, SALE OF (Bunge)_________- Bie seme ae 125 
ARGENTINA TO-DAY (commercial relations with United States) _____- 481 
ART, JORGE BERMUDEZ, PAINTER OF A RACE IN A LAND OF EVOCATION- 778 
BTN De MDW CAML ONG ORT: satan gn nee yeni lel ok wre or OL a io wall iat 1015 
BuNnGE, ALEJANDRO E.: FINANCING OF ROADS AND SALE OF AMERICAN 

PASTUZT OV JES ITU ah aie eee Loppers e/a Lee ul at 125 
© OO INA Z AUTO INeete te pet te lentes UR pm AS IEEE Teac ee quienes 900 
Esprit, Feripr A.: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION. 10 
Expositions, ARGENTINA AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL________-_---- 10 
FOREIGN CAPITAL AND NATIONAL PRODUCTION (Bunge)__-_---___--_- 1090 
LIBRARIES, ARGENTINE ROOM IN NATIONAL LIBRARY OF CHILE_-_-_-_-- 692 


II INDEX 


Argentina—Continued. 

Mirre, BaArtToLtomMb, NATIONAL HOMAGE TO THE MEMORY OF______-- 

RETROLEU MEIN DU STR sits ateya jess 282 sao ee ee ie are eye Bee eee 

IPO VARIN, COIN AGN CON) Oi SaaS ie ee ee ee ee ace 

RAILROADS, TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO 

INST) TES IND oa ase ae Oe RE 2S tr eee aS Oy 

ROADS ELNANCING ORs (SUMP e) eye Sa oe ee eee ee eee 
Bascock, Cuarues E.: Nationat Liprary or HonDURAS-____-__---- 
BARRANTES Castro, PEpRo: HDUCATION OF PRISONERS IN PHRU_______- 
BEJARANO, JORGE: PUBLIC HEALTH ADMINISTRATION IN COLOMBIA_-_~_ ~~~ 
BLACKWELL, ALICE STONE (tr.): Pomms By GonzALEz MARTINEZ ______- 
Bolivia: 

CoLonizArion OprorTuNnrrins: (Weeks) == ==) 522 oe eee 
Book In INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE (Padin)____________- 
BowQunrs AL wISs SEeNIN ©) DEAS oMVAUD RH See eee ee ye ey ee ee 
Brazil: 

PANTER Es RAIN SPOR TACT CINE eye ree ate eyeing 

AMARAL, AFRANIO DO, AWARDED MEDAL FOR SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVE- 


BRAZIL'S THIRTY-EIGHT YBARS AS A REPUBLIC. =_ 912222222 _255= 
EXposiITIONS, BRAZIL AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL-_—-—-_-- eG Cs eae 
EEE DTN GT OneD Wi JEANS TR Wie) oats teense te = sted co Oh ge ree ye Un 
GURGEL DO AMARAL, SYLVINO: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL 
ITED, ©) GIST ON cae a pan aa ea er eae ee ea des cee ee 
GURGEL DO AMARAL, SYLVINO: ADDRESS ON AWARD TO AFRANIO DO 
AMARAL OF MEDAL FOR SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVEMENTS ________-__ 
(IMMIGRANTS a ADMISSION sO Russe iene ae eo eee ee ae ee 
ID RO GAO Ol SAO, IROGQWin WSs ss shee ee 
Pan AMERICANISM IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (Brown)________--____-__-_ 
EVEN 2 WR OSS sales pas tee cree i See NUN Us ECS ss GeO GN 9 tea a 
ScHoots, BraziL FosTERS PAN AMERICANISM (Brown) ___-----_-- 
NVGAUER = Ojw alos (CISCO lo Sar) eyes es ee ee ar ce 
BRAINERD, HELOISE: NATIONAL STUDENT FEDERATION OF THE UNITED 


Brown, Evsrte: Brazit FOSTERS PAN AMERICANISM IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS__ 
Brown, Eusin: CHILE SOLVES HER HOUSING PROBLEM________________ 
Siaaern, ALEXANDER: FOREIGN CAPITAL AND ARGENTINE NATIONAL 

PUES OD) © TL OIN ea ee ee poe ties EN oa See Oe Te faye dee Aig oye eet ee rant 
BURGOS WAUSTOU RIN CAN. TOOM== 95 ces 05) bie Soi bes i Ee eee pene 
QS rINIDIAR RE EO RIMe a (HAs tran ain) eis eal ee ee ma a 
CALENDARS, NEW LIGHT ON ANCIENT AMERICAN (NUTTALL)-________ pre 
CAMPISTEGUY, JUAN, PRESIDENT OF UR UGA eee ee cee ape ot hanna 
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON, ARCH#OLOGICAL INVESTIGA- 


Central America: 
INR CHA OUOGIC Aly “WOR Kt (VLOrIey, ey = ee eo ane ee ee 
MUSEUM OF THE AMERICAN INDIAN, Hnygr FounpaTiIon, ARCHAO- 
TSO. G CATS WOR eye pet ah pe ey rare as te Ha a 
César CHamorro, ALEJANDRO, MINISTER oF NICARAGUA____-----_-- 
CHACON, IUAzARO, PRESIDENT Or GuatpMADA_ 92022 1 
OIC ISENAUNIDIU SLR Wack So Le Os Str ce RN ee Ry 8c ce 


Page 
1086 
1087 

476 


798 
125 
1106 
679 
695 
254 


782 
558 
147 


796 


1176 
909 
15 
978 


15 


1176 
902 
790 
462 
235 
462 
138 


136 
462 
129 


1090 
3598 
655 
667 
953 


110 
162 
544 


108 


119 
213 
209 
891 


INDEX III 


Chile: Page 
AMERICAN ASTRONOMERS IN CHILE___-----------------------.-- 34 
PACEU ANU @VAUNIDAUNY | UBIXCT TTI Stun (1 @ GETS) pene ates ere yee ey ey ee 357 
Art— 

Goya; froma, Chileanscollection= see = a se ee 975 

DUS: Suiryaten iy SANOAC Os ooo bos ee concer soos uaa eee ase S ee ees 1223 

Campo, Soria DEL, TRIUMPH OF NOTED CHILEAN SOPRANO-_-------- 971 

(© ONE NA WNT aR OGRE SS eg eg pe a ese ea ae La Oa ge 1220 

CrucuaGa Tocornat, MIGUEL, RETIRING AMBASSADOR___----__--- 1061 

DAvita, Cartos, AMBASSADOR TO UNITED STATES_-__-__---------- 1163 

Gow PROM Ae CHITMAN (COLE CIION = yn =n ele eee 975 

GUEVARA, ALVARO, NOTABLE CHILEAN PAINTER______----------- 238 

HEALTH CAMPAIGN, CHURCH AND STATE COOPERATE-_--_---------- 366 

IEEE GUE Geek oy ae ey a9 eg Tee eesti enolase Seva es 1220 

EVOWSLN Ge PROB eB 1 (CS Te O sya) eager 129 

IEEyGNnay4, - CArmnos, JPimosianemay on (Cig. oe ee 741 

LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY (De la Parra) __-__- le Bean 566 

LIBRARIES, ARGENTINE ROOM IN NATIONAL LIBRARY _._--_-_---_- 692 

(OB SIRE AUT ORT 0 ae rit RTI STE ath 34 

Uxinyinresimye Om (Cromroinacient oe Se ee ee eee 895 
Gr Toye ANGI RFs GTO NAST EP Ls ACNUNUEING Gee pp cas ge reece Ue coo 269 
(Cianisg, laliaitignig, I byNa many JNM GoneA KOC ely NUNGin Grove es 535 
Colombia: 

CaraccioLo, H. A.: COLOMBIA AS SEEN BY A TOURIST___________- 1212 

ConoMBrAacas SEEN. BY Ay TOURTSI (Caracclol@) sae a = eee 1212 

HEALTH, ADMINISTRATION OF PUBLIC (Bejarano)._____________=__- 695 

Onion, liasenoing Isloweveny Grow dsGonime Oinrm e e 539 
CoMMERCE, BILLION DOLLAR MARKET (Filsinger)_________________2__- 651 
ONES TARO RT Din SSA Yor a pares Shaniecire! sao it) Ne ah Np eT aefee I 249 
Cornyn, JoHN Huspert: Mrxico’S MYSTERY WRITING______________-- 44 
Costa Rica: 

PE DLGR Ee CAUMD Rea eee See te coil Ral ae oe aR moe ee 1102 
CrucHaca TocornaL, MIGUEL, RETIRING CHILEAN AMBASSADOR__-__-__- 1061 
Cuba: 

Diaz Irizar, Mario, CUBA MOURNS AN UNTIMELY LOSS_-__-_----- 1065 

FERRARA, ORESTES, AMBASSADOR TO UNITED STATES_____-_________ 101 

CLUDE SAN Dia GUD HB OO KG sen a. yap pee ay aoe yar Ua sis lj ext oces t 17 

Macwapo y Moraes, GERARDO, VISITS WASHINGTON_________--- 529 
@uLTURAL: RELATIONS, WLTHe WATIN “AMBRICA. 2-9 28.0 2) oe de By 
CUMBERLAND, W. W.: COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS IN Harti__ 316 
DAVIS CARLOS AMBASSADOR ORM C@Hinmesanem ae 0 eee 2 Le 1163 
DPA7AEAD OO} DRE SID HN MOR eINITC ARYA GHUAU naan Bees Nene ey a 207 
Diaz Irizar, Mario, CUBA MOURNS AN UNTIMELY LOSS_______--_---- 1065 
IDSC) TON TNSaaNoaN Cos) (ChWlbavaerqerorels) 5) a Se 551 
Dominican Republic: 

GUIDE TO COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN Santo Domrnco (Llaverias)_. 1017 

FiicuwaCONCDRUCTIONTPROGRHSS (Orbega)eaeaue. anual ees een 1109 
EastMan, GrorcEe: IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM_______________ 655 
Economic and financial affairs: 

IA enit iia sae nemaaiinen Aaa 70, 288, 399, 502, 714, 823, 1035, 1135, 1246 

IOV ilar ean, eR RIG Ray pre mre 0. tis ie ein, wees 288, 503, 1135 

Bia 7i eee ae eee aie oC yee. As Teeny 399, 504, 1036, 1246 

CO ileaeee sean ee een Pk ere eit: uke 71, 400, 504, 714, 924, 1135 

@olompiaa ae aes 71, 179, 289, 400, 505, 714, 824, 925, 1036, 1137, 1246 


COstagliicanm ne shee eta tet al 289, 610, 714, 925, 1037, 1137, 1247 


IV INDEX 


Economic and financial affairs—Continued. Page 
Walleye oa at ao te aie Oe ee oe a ep 824 
Dominicanwkyepullici = ann. he ee 290, 401, 505, 610 
i CUla Gl Oma Sie ee he oR choc ign kL 2 eee 71, 179, 714, 1037 
(Cea beeen eg 2 a ae ee es 610, 926 
ITU Teese eo aes aire A nits crete es ee 71, 506; 715 
ATE GLUT Te Sse Soe eee eee, iene Me ar ye gL ie Sle Rel cL ge 290, 1247 
TIN WeSC cya Sareea pa eee SS 7 oh Seay Se ee ae ae 72, 401, 507, 611, 715, 1138 
| CEVA oT vs yestee Sg nah Prete eee Nay Wee rua OCIS a eo 73, 401, 926, 1138 
AEST BN OU eee ef ag sp ret Se 824, 1037, 1139 
OREN a as ee ape eee Bee ee ern Ra ek Saar ieee We aE OR Sh 612, 824, 926 
Saliva Orta eter eye a me rt eee Ae a eee 180, 402, 715, 1247 
(Cistotayesee een Aiea er eo Pie So ivevan Ws Ace Learn see 180, 402, 507, 716, 825 
WiGTSVANICIG ES ih are ea ee eal eal eee Rome eer aoe Rie tint iy eT 402, 927 

Ecuador: 

QurcauA INDIAN; IMPRESSIONS (Anthony)=225=-=25555 52552552 ==— 375 
IM KepsiotwAarcun on Siiaay ONiIDN a eae aoe a eS. ee ee en ee 787 

HSCOBAR LU DERONSO: WHEDE) COAL, OF 2BRAZIi === 4 === === eae 138 

Esprit, FenipE A.: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION__- 10 

ESsAYs, AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS (Riggs)______-_-___- 635 

EXCURSION, PAN AMERICAN FRIENDSHIP PILGRIMAGE-_-_--__--_------ 443 

EXPOSITION, [BERO-AMBRICAN AT SEVILLE 929-052 === 2252255552 eee 320 

EXPOSITION, PACIFIC FOREIGN TRADE AND TRAVEL___--_...------===25 1021 

EXPOSITION, PAN AMERICAN , Day, SESQUICENTENNIAL-__-_-------------- 1 

HR RAR AG ORES THG< UB ANE AMBIAG SAND OR cesta we se ees 101 

FERRARI Ramirez, PepRo: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION IN URUGUAY-_-_--_--- 1066 

EPR STN GH Ry EUNGH) SA ses) WiLL OND OTs TeVASER sie AGED KG I oe 651 

Gapp, Peter R.: HyDROELECTRIC DEVELOPMENT IN MrExico__------_--- 1010 

General notes: 

PAST. 1a lita he eye ess Se ses 202, 309, 524, 629, 737, 842, 948, 1158 
AEG iyo hs epider NFB Pepe Nara nae Ay oe yoy a 94, 524, 948, 1055 
IES Trea Tl ee eae eee ae alg etecaMeeate el Sx i tas ees ae 95, 629, 842, 1158, 1266 
(CUTTY ae Seok ee cae ees oe cee fae ees oi mt eS 95, 310, 948, 1158, 1266 
Colom lay sae Sas eile ails ee ec eel eet case 202, 524, 737, 843, 1055, 1158 
CostawRica ta este epee SE see ea eee 208, 418, 843, 1159 
Culpa el eee eee okey 95, 203, 310, 419, 525, 843, 949, 1055, 1159 
Domuinicanwhe pull Ce eee ee oe ee eee 95, 630, 949, 1159, 1266 
VEE GUIEE YC ety ah a ah SS ape e 96, 310, 525, 949, 1056, 1266 
Guatemala ow Ss eee see Ss a eee Soe 96, 310, 630, 848, 950 
TE LonaVGH ae NS) sat Se wee eR a ees Beye es 96, 203, 419, 950 
HVAT a tN tee ia Sea Na eS ie all ae ae ee ee 204, 844 
INC AT AC Mle se a ese han ee ee eee eee 311, 738 
ARE TO EN TN ae eae PE a 8 Sra eh ws ea ai ese eS ler 630, 844, 1266 
HES 15 Sh Ue Aa eee eek Se 311, 738, 950, 1159, 1267 
TOXSS ab eu ee elena eee re RUN dO os ee pepe eae 96, 526, 630, 845, 950, 1056 
Sea ye cl re es i 8 a ie eee aw nm a a 526, 1267 
Usb r72y6 Les Lets ose ene ees ec cle eee ey pe ree pane hy en es 1267 
lO netb Venues yas ee ciel AOS EDs ee eee 97, 204, 419, 631, 738, 845, 1152 
N/a YAO) I ie Ne Se eer a omar als ee eae) Ya 204, 526, 631, 738, 845, 950, 1268 

GonpRA, MANUEL, PARAGUAY LOSES A DISTINGUISHED SON_-----.------ 930 

GONZALEZ MARTINEZ, ENRIQUE: FOUR POBMS2-22252_ 22252252 -2--- 254 

GCieiag, Rin aoe eA KounenoiicmoyoeuiaNiermome te oe ee eee ae 146 

Grew, JoserH C.: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION-_-_ 6 


Grisancm CARLOS Hay HoMAGH 10 ELEN vy CAN i= eee see 543 


INDEX V 

Guatemala: Page 

CHICTECIND USAR V4 CRETCCTO) peers ee epee te eet sp ere ee 891 
SincuEz Latour, FRANcISco: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL 

HET SSCa (0) ETTET INN ae eer Pe ey re Sean os en a 8 

CHACON, WAZAROMRRESIDE Nite Obie Gy WArE MAT Ae ers Sess eee ee 209 

SANG EE 7; ATOR HAR AINCIS CO; 1D) HAD Fiat © HDs senegal 1169 

Sincuez Latour, Francisco: Homage to HENRY Cuay_-_------- 542 

GUAYULE RUBBER AND ITS PRODUCTION (Wilcox)_._.___---______-_ 885 
GUEVARA, ALVARO, NOTABLE CHILEAN PAINTER_—~__-_--------------- 239 
GURGEL DO AMARAL, SYLVINO: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL 

FEEXCPO SEDO IN cs ee ese ee ee ee ee ee eee eee Sa ooaee 15 
GURGEL DO AMARAL, SYLVINO: ADDRESS ON AWARD TO AFRANIO DO 

AMARAL OF MEDAL FOR SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVEMENTS ~_-_---.------- 1176 
Haiti: 

CoMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS (Cumberland) -_-_--_------ 316 
EVAR DWOODS es TROPICAL: (Sher) = sa seer en a eee ae eee ee eee 219 
HEALD, JEAN: PANAMA, THE HOME) OF “THE, ORCHID ——__---------==--- 671 
History, PROJECTED SURVEY OF Hispanic AMERICAN_-_-------------- 248 
History, REporT ON TEACHING OF LaTIN AMERICAN----_------------ 547 
HorrmMan, FrepEeRIcK L.: Mrxico’s PrE-CoLOMBIAN REMAINS-------- 343 
Honduras: 

MINT RAL: RESOURCHSY == 225 js nase See See eee ere ne eeeee & 807 

ANTE Co ET COTE pL: GT WAY Sie 0 eps Se ar I 1185 

INGO Aner? (Bl oor) ee ee ee ee a eee 1106 
HIOSRETAT, «ZAINe AMERICANS. OPENED) DNe NE Wa YOR Kes ee Soe ee 1226 
Hunting EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS (Sproat) 9-22-2252 2222222 aes 964 
ean aOR OS PRESIDENT, OR CHIMES 2c 2s as ae melemey ee eco 741 
Iparra M., ALBERTO: INTERNATIONAL RAILWAYS OF CENTRAL AMERICA-- 49 
Inevason, P. A.: MAINTENANCE OF SOIL FERTILITY--_—_.-_---------- 579 
InTER-AMERICAN COMMISSION OF COMMERCIAL AVIATION--_---------- 426, 751 
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF AMERICAN JURISTS_---------------- 849, 955 
iN PMRNGACETO NGA ay ASWrC ODERICATTONG (S COUL) == see ee ee ere 849 
International treaties: 

Areentina=© Olona see =e ener hee eee ne Seer See ele ee ee nee 292 

BTEC TONGS UI eh egei Te, UT ER ye ee ee ee ee eee ee el 184 

Bolivia karastan ees a enene 2 he en wee 2 ee See ae Se 1141 

Brazilians Am ericanee pills seam e a Sanaa a ees Sees 1251 

Seoul Tete rae are edt ete ct ee Rt a ae eee reed tern 1141 

ASS gray =U) UI Any eee oes ee re a oe ee Ps 75, 185, 292, 405, 510 

Ohileshtalvee a eee. — ~ eee ee mnie ear geri 2 See acim oe 720 

Colon smslbenriie a= ease ao or ee ee ee ee 185 

Costashica-Spalieaes) 2) 8 So as See ee ase ae gees 1251 

Ciisa= Donan caneine publica es =e eee eee eee 1039 

COROT SBA ITA He LESH BPE Ce) She ose pe eS ee aS 405 

[Dieranmiccin RSW IC = = == Sa eee ee eee ee a cee eee asa 903 

Drowmaintenn Iejoulolite-leenin 22 3 Sas te Se ee ose 1039 

TRYOUT EGG a Ra atte es he a Ses ee Ne ee ee eye ee ees 827 

Guaicinleclslomolumas.—... 5s seen eee sacs sae reg es WA age = 1141 

Giatemala clon cumas=sallvlC Oley a 930, 1141 

Sen TiS ENT @ Ets net ee Reape ae te: Cay Sai ee etna) = he ee 1251 

TBI rave hoIRASEIS HW HNOKONR Se Spo oe SSS Soe eee Oe eee SSeS eae 931 

TAU SSeS) ih 1S Ss le ee gE ct Ee HON 2193 

Wikesatioroe( Coverity I BNa ne ntinl apa tees 2 eS Rs et ae ee 510 

TERS aN RTS ce econ aN eS mee gee le 931, 1040 

Se 2c @ Te ee eR RR TINS RAE UL a iinet cE Paap ayes 5 7S, GAL 

Shikiagloeleaia Aameateain IMeewIONCSS 6 oe pe see eee See ee 1252 


VI INDEX 


International treaties—Continued. Page 
Salvador United. States: e852 4555 [oe = eee ee ape ieee are 1141 
Saltvaclor=Wiru pay tes = cbtee vert eh rye De eae = yee ae ae 292 
URW Wa yes ee a See Sao 2 sh os Se 76 
WRU gays alin a Vee ew ee eS 2 eee 75 
Winnie Ze ata he ee ee ee Gre chs Sia = oe a 827 

IrviInE-Rivera, Epith M.: ScHooLt oF TROPICAL MEDICINE_________-- 164 

Keerer, Marian (review): GUIDE TO COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN SANTO 

SVED NET GO es rer aN see mr ce ag a Leek tie ac ae eee 1017 

KELLoece, PRANK 'B.: HomAGEe To CrucHAGA TOCORNAL2 ~~) -=2 2-2 25-- 1061 

eGuponoOeXe, NWS IBLe a lowveveluna) 1B hones (Oh yee 2 ee ee 535 

Kenprick, W. F.: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION_-___ 15 

Kipper, A. V.: ARCHHOLOGICAL WORK IN UNITED STATES____________ 103 

SERVING eh UD YARD ln (Spanish) VersiOM) = 2. 5. aa yee meee yee 460 

Labor: 

YANG Oat Ltr ea ene ees eer oe pe Pea Sh ist RS a 302, 411, 517, 620, 834, 1047 
AES nya eae ui pee Pry erate ES a olor. ES tC nme ta Re yc 85, 1048 
DBE A Mote Ts ee cles re Desa O Rene a ae Aeneas aT AES A 620, 834, 1048, 1150 
Chile sic re a ees RR tins 3) cee Spa 302, 517, 728, 835, 1048, 1150 
(CONCH Ta OAs, ae REET Cena eae tise Rey RARE tad SD ee es 518, 1048 
(OW PA NAS Loe oe IOs ER EL Se tek Sar a Sieh lo 939 
HIB) CO TUATTAT © UIA EVE fo UU ose pa Sry SRT oe pe AI Dre 192, 1259 
HESS U1 Ea GL 0 Yes so tga EE Eee sr ea 86, 1049 
Creat Geta ay egies Ss i oy Rees ae ik ac cae need oe ene 620, 728 
TU OpG af sh oe ae Se EAE ROL Me ive LR eerie Pe ee 302, 621 
TNA XS 16) i a ae eat aco Se ae 86, 192, 303, 621, 835, 939, 1151 
IeEyOMTNA alle Wipe pey eg Ma DIS Ave dune Ace a) Se Nea 1049 
PEPER Tee SU Saya ene owe Se ee a calle feat et 2 SG oy st ope to 192, 303 
EFS Uap ep at cd 5A Fo Me ef OS SEA Re a 193, 728, 1049 
fOEEN ARE WGUONR Sy oe Mae cten OSV RUC Ce: srien = enna eye erent Chie semen eI Geist rc sh 411, 1049 
AUCH UH 1 hyena gk a a No LE he gh, ta a iil 
DN ETC ZU. Mee ta pate gee ee 8 a ee Oe aa ee a StS ee pene 728 

ILAZOM, INDY Cen Aauiony Cin (MOI) ee ee 574 

Legislation: 

; EAST Of CTNUTIN A eee epee yerrys weyers rete! Tt eee ee aa 73, 181, 507, 716, 927 
VEEP VAL LS oo a (a ae Se 73, 181, 290, 402, 508, 825, 928, 1248 
(©) a eas al a eS Brg BE eA ae OY al eee ASAT A 716, 1139, 1248 
© oT ona fen sae eres fies a te SE ISL Ot eh ae a 74, 1139 
Gos Geet aaa ceed eg wey SN Rt he ea a 612, 928 
(a Sa a ea ei a S20) ya ee nc A Cl NOBS 
IDYormaiancaya, IRyeloulolG ee 291, 508, 718, 825, 1139 
AEG UT EU Gh GoTo eae ae ys ce a SI SA Carew re 74, 718, 11389 
(Cauatenm ala wees eee tere eee eres (chee a) ace AUS Ae ee Magne AE REP go 74, 508, 1249 
APEC @ TCL UA TAS 7 a sn ee 2s a pp Pa dR et ts 74, 408, 719, 928 
Mie CO ete e se eae eee eer 182, 291, 403, 509, 719, 826, 928, 1038, 1140, 1249 
ING Carre OU alee ot Se alee ak aa on ie ae ee 183, 719, 826, 929, 1038, 1140, 1249 
JEAN EWC Le Roce ere see ue Eee MDL eure lao et ame aM ep CAE 404, 509, 613, 719 
EE Ty UT Ay eg Sel ee we = ce ete oO 404, 613, 929 
TE aU bes eS fap Sea ee IMS to ennai Sas al ae 2 a a 404, 509 
aU ay Gl Orsete weet ele eee eae ee eee Oe 183, 291, 404, 1039, 1250 
iran CS Gate es ba ee ES a cp pL ch 826 
ACOs sto say ch et SS et a em Ae Reg ea 183 
ANCL AVE V AU) Iz heen NR Ee Mier gerne ns kf Soe es ee et 184, 1250 

ILA MRIODIS, DiVNOuNCoVNE Aap) ano) (ORS Wah) oe ee ee pene see 162 


Lima, Francisco ANTONIO, MINISTER OF SALVADOR_-_----------------- 1059 


INDEX 


iLim@non, JA, AWE JRC Ol Winy@UAtcn Geos oo eo sa Soe Soo eso 
Luaverias, Feprrico: Ciry oF Santo DOoMINGO AND ITS COLONIAL 
MUO INGUIVNBNIN DSi (IC: Vil C Ws eee een eevee ere Ee leh ee eS Ear ee 
LOOSE, Crowimuni@s AMA CANIAN Wopains. os ee EE 
McCuutovuen, P. M.: ConsTRUCTION OF LONG-DISTANCE LINES IN 
TET ci GQ) Ne Reece se ei ey PN es a eae oe ee aed See ea 
Macuapo y Morais, GERARDO, VISITS WASHINGTON____------_-____ 
ManGaBerra, Ocravio: ApDDRESS, INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF 
HANTS RRL OM AN Pg 1S PSY Ss ta ee ae 
Martinez Menpoza, RAFAEL: CARBONIFEROUS WEALTH IN VENEZUELA_ 
Mavrtua, Victor: ApprEss, INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF AMERICAN 
fT ESSISTARTS epee he a al Se a ae ee mE 
Mason, J. ALDEN: ARCHHOLOGICAL WORK IN SouUTH AMERICA_________- 
Mexico: : 
ARGCEDTONOGIOA WORK In OWodley) 5 62s S eens e sees ene eee 
ArcH#OLOGY, Mrxico’s PRE-COLOMBIAN REMAINS (Hoffman) _-_-__-_ 
Art, CERAMICS OF PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES (Valle) -_--_--------- 
BARING: INEM OANKONIS) (BeyMeNNO)) = se oo ee ee ee eae eee eeese 
BEJARANO, Josh MiquEL: DEVELOPMENT OF BANKING INSTITUTIONS_ 
CERAMICS OF LLUEBA DE) LOosSPANGHEIES @Qialle) Saas aa eee ee eee 
EpucaTion, Intecratinc Mrxico THroucH (Saéenz)__-----.--__-- 
HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS (Sproat) _--...-___-____-___- 
HYDROELECTRIC DEVELOPMENT (Gadd) ___-___- PU Rey Te a ca tn een es EN 
IMPERIAL VALLEY TEACHERS FORM INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE 
(GSS ni cS) ae mae ey I tee a ae at Sess ae 
MASON-SPINDEN ARCHHOLOGICAL EXPEDITION____-_------------- 


PoETRY, FOUR POEMS BY GonzALEZ MarrTingez____-------------- 
(POSEY VEE ELC AN ATEN GH ONOnUN) =a. S ee eee ees = eee 
RUG R Ae we LeAD RE ee OA eACN LOIN TO me DEAE Yo oc ys ee ee eo ee ere 
SCHOOLS NORMAL. Minxicon@riy= == se se Ho 2 See ee oe Ee 
SCHOOLS, REORGANIZATION: OF NORMAL==—- 52222-2222 2-2 2b oe see 
TreAcHERS, IMPERIAL VALLEY, FORM INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE 
(Slivel cls)) ees ae eee ee eee Sa er 5 ee ae 
TELEPHONE, INAUGURATION OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WASHING- 
TING INANE YW LST SRCT: (Cee gene nA See eee eS ag Sn 
TELEPHONES, CONSTRUCTION OF LONG-DISTANCE LINES (McCullough) - 
TLAXCALA: CRADLE OF AMERICAN CHRISTIANITY (Romeike)-------- 
UNIVERSITY OF Mrxtco, SUMMER SCHOOL_=--22---.------------- 
WiRTRUNG Viney (COLD) 22 a= == == Saeeeeeeere = 
ZACATECAS, HUNTING EXPERIENCE (Sproat) _-—_____--------------- 
MINNEGERODE, Lucy: DIETETICS IN INSTITUTIONS_--------------=---- 
MIRANDA ARCHIVES, VENEZUELA ACQUIRES__------------------------- 
MisTRAL, GABRIELA: NEW ORGANIZATION OF LABOR_----------------- 
Mirre, BArToLtomi, NATIONAL HOMAGE TO THE MEMORY OF-____-_----- 
Mortny, S. G.: ARCHMHOLOGICAL woRK IN MEXICO AND CENTRAL 
AGM (RIT CHAE pe iss ean Eten a es MBN Sart yey we ea eek ee Ses Pas 2a ee 
Music, Himno DE LAS MADRES (Bouquet) -----------------+--------- 
NATIONAL LEAGUE OF WOMEN VOTERS, MESSAGE TO PRESIDENT MACHADO_- 
Nicaragua: 
César Cuamorro, ALEJANDRO, Minister or NICARAGUA---------- 
Diaz, ADotro. Presippnt or NICARAGUA-------=--------------- 
Nortn, Jessica N.: Mmxtcan FAiENCE__---.------------+-----=---- 


16352—28——2 


Vil 


Page 
871 


1017 
307 


455 
529 


956 
905 


957 
107 


108 
343 
591 
1181 
1181 
591 
762 
964 
1010 


Ie 
121 
44 
254 
159 
ILO 
896 
264 


IIEILG 


1095 
455 
228 
370 

44 
964 
551 
216 
574 

1086 


108 
147 
533 


213 
207 
159 


VIIl INDEX 


Page 
NutTALL, Zetia: NEW LIGHT ON ANCIENT AMERICAN CALENDARS________ 667 
(CiwsorA, IOinsnieneine) IskowNehoy Uno) Jolionieme (iy yg 535 
OrtTEGA, ENRIQUE: HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION IN THE DomMINIcAN RE- 
PRU Tit Ceres Re eee he nL Se Ree ee pe be ee ee ae 1109 
PACIFIC FOREIGN TRADE AND TRAVEL EXPOSITION. ___________________ 1021 
Papin, Jost: Book In INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE_--—_____- 558 
Panama: 
A RAR OAR TC AR DOs) <2 MELONUAG Heer Oyeleln NiR You ©, 1 Acy) = lau bya eee ee 545 
ORCHID) PANAMA] THE HOMn OF cian) (Heald) = 22 ae eae 671 
AN] PAMERICAN 1C OMMIER CLAUZ§ CONE EIR ENCE) & 22s = S52 teas ae nna 423, 744 
Pan AMERICAN COMMISSION ON THE SIMPLIFICATION OF CONSULAR PRO- 
(OHI DY PU ef aha IU TN a prety 5 a og pecans en ee tae ee 883 
Pan AMERICAN CONFERENCE ON UNIFORMITY OF SPECIFICATIONS______~ 758 
JAN BAUER CANIN C ON GRE SSO Hy ACR © EAT Hs © acne pep 332 
Pan AMERICAN Day IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL HEXPOSITION______-__-_ 1 
JMAR, AIDIRROAY IngaONIDSIsHoD iemECR MONG IS 443 
IRAN GAMERICAN sHOSPITRAT Ni NEW) YORK) OPE INTNIG= == eee eee ese 1226 
IPI ANB KCVMIN, THMDOI®, COCHISE eames ee ee ek 473 
ANSP Ati CAIN UAB IRYACRTH: S| (© ais tal] i) sagen ee peepee ee 162 
IPAR) AUMIMIRIKOAN IOSMA COMmCIINSS, CKO) 2 3 oo ee ee en 122 
IPAS ATOM SAneMuse COMpaMIINCIM = 3 649 
Pan AMERICAN STANDARDIZATION CONFERENCE______________________- 428 
Pan AMERICAN UNION GOVERNING BoarpD: FIRST REGULAR SESSION 
MAGA PACH ee eee ee leh ne fic, 8 fl Soy Sy i a ei Se! LA Se a 1167 
Pan AMERICAN UNION GoVERNING BoARD: HOMAGE TO CrRUCHAGA 
‘GINOXGKO £3) (050 epee Soe hee pc gL Op ep ce A a ian eee 1061 
Pan AMERICAN UNION GoveRNING BoArD: HomaGcE To Henry Cuay_-_ 5039 
Pan AMERICAN UNION GOVERNING BoARD: LUNCHEON TO PRESIDENT 
INV ISAS Ga ASS sph a I es eee ee 529 
Pan AMERICAN UNION GOVERNING BoAaRD: RESOLUTION, DEATH OF 
SINAC EOI Ts GY INDO FR Ae st a ST te era 535 
Pan AMERICAN UNION GOVERNING BoarD: RESOLUTION, DEATH OF 
TRAMICISGO SVC; IOAMOWIR se Se soa sees SoeSeneSseue 1169 
PAN MEACTRIC SCONE RENCE Re te ae © mers eee a ee 2 ee ee 243 
Paraguay: 
ASUNCION, PARAGUAY S: INTLERESPING (CAPETAT #2 = )a= ss = eee 1073 
GonpraA, MANUEL, PARAGUAY LOSES A DISTINGUISHED SON_-_----- 535 
ANS Ges NAN OINGTTN ES ue MTG RYAUCTEN Nine (VIVA TT tj) aap eae eee pe 432 
Ramirez, JUAN ViceNTE: ADDRESS ON DEATH ON ManurL Gonpra_ 535 
Parra, F. pE LA: CHILE: A LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY-_----~-- 466 
Peru: 
NG RT CUT Ty AUN Tt RT GUACTET © IN} (OSU © 10) pee ees 642 
CiuB, LIMA’Ss HALF MILLION DOLLAR COUNTRY.--___-------_----- 447 
COMMONS) ato) IID) toy Jin so ko pee eae ee ecee aoe 1200 
EDUCATION OF PRISONERS (Barrantes Castro)_-.__--------------- 679 
IVECO TeERENIR SDA: Creasy) ees SN eae eS a a 146 
QticHua INDIAN, Impressions (Anthony)-_-------------_------=- 375 
QyomOHE RUN TYAGIO} ON) Olas) WIE = 1173 
RAILROADS, TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO 
WI TETIND Ome ee re So Ee i ee a a Ee ope ae ee 798 
WiRAVING 2 [N@AN: 1/0 Nia (EU GOS) peer = ae pa 303 
Pessoa, Eprracio: AppRrEss, INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF AMERICAN 
PANTHER TST wee casas Fhe SS Ne a a ENE mye ere Sleeper 961 


Puintuies, Matinpa: TrRapE oF THE UNITED States witTH LaTIN 
DANIO DDH OW ae INGA OAT ees pierre Bye oe Mee Se fi atl oe ne eee 911 


INDEX xX 
Page 
Puitiies, Matiupa: Unitep STATES TRADE WITH LaTIN AmERIcA, 1926_ 272 
Poetry: 
HOURS OEMS. B Ya GONiZ AUeH) Zp) VICAR DUN IE Zee ee ene ee eee 254 
Ta @iplinig;) (Sp amis aversion) meee eee ere ene ee ye 460 
Porto Rico: 
HoME ECONOMICS IN THE RURAL SCHOOLS (Rosario)_____________- 685 
SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE (Irvine-Rivera)_..____._.._..______- 164 
Public instruction and education: 
AUER GUO eee ee 76, 185, 293, 405, 510, 613, 721, 827, 932, 1040, 1142, 1252 
EXO) FIR Rk ee re nar ae Rape Ba mea el (ie lSOr 293 collet aui22 932. 1ta2 
Brazile ee eee 77, 186, 294, 406, 511, 614, 828, 933, 1041, 1148, 1253 
Chil ee are see aso 79, 186, 294, 407, 511, 614, 828, 933, 1041, 1143, 1253 
Colombia sae ee 79, 187, 295, 407, 512, 614, 722, 829, 933, 1144, 1253 
Costa Ricas ===. 80, 187, 295, 407, 512, 615, 723, 829, 934, 1042, 1145, 1254 
Clo ase eo eee 80, 187, 295, 408, 512, 616, 723, 829, 934, 1145, 1254 
Dominicanmne publics: sas 1s Sse tee ere ees ei ee UNA a eae Se 188, 513 
GUA OTs reser te See a a 80, 188, 296, 408, 617, 723, 830, 1145, 1255 
Guatemala______- 81, 188, 297, 408, 513, 617, 724, 831, 935,-1043, 1145, 1255 
JG Sha bes cae ate se os Glee ieee dee Pam nere ey PUM ee Ne Sen 81, 188, 297, 409, 724, 831, 936, 1255 
Hondurass sss s2 === sa" 81, 189, 298, 409, 514, 617, 831, 936, 1043, 1147, 1256 
Mexico ase ae 81, 189, 298, 409, 514, 618, 724, 831, 936, 1048, 1147, 1256 
SING ea OU eee os Ce Sao np a a oar eee ae 189, 725, 832, 1044, 1148, 1256 
Raman ae asa Sapres See 82, 190, 299, 410, 515, 618, 725, 937, 1044, 1148, 1256 
Paracuay a sees ss 83, 190, 300, 410, 516, 725, 833, 937, 1045, 1148, 1257 
1 ECHO Ree rte ee gear 9 an ee 300, 516, 725, 833, 937, 1045, 1148, 1257 
yal Ope eae ie es et nek ee eas epee 83, 191, 300, 410, 619, 726, 937, 1149, 1258 
Wirt FECES Fart Cee eee Seep ar ieee perry A LES LN ec eas pec vee ae A 301 
Unica ea ae 84, 191, 301, 517, 619, 727, 833, 938, 1046, 1149, 1258 
Wienezielammaa eee ee eet As. 85, 191, 517, 620, 834, 938, 1150, 1259 
RAILROADS, INTERNATIONAL OF CENTRAL AMERICA (Ibarra M.)____---- 49 
Ramirez, JUAN VICENTE: ADDRESS ON DEATH OF MANUEL GoNDRA_-- 535 
REBOLLEDO, EFREN: SPANISH VERSION oF Kipiine’s “Ir”’________-_-- 460 
UE PIGTONFE WOR TMD) sh MB 1 HINTS) (Sine! Gls) pees etsy ean ee ae 1208 
Riees, ARTHUR STANLEY: AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS_____ 635 
FEV OME eketn ter lb nT AUX: CATA impotence eee, WOOP Se LEME Tene Seis ae Ne 228 
ROMERO, BOSQUE MELO; PRESIDENT OR) SAT VADOR I S02 = ssc a oe 315 
Rosario, Josh C.: HomMr ECONOMICS IN THE RURAL SCHOOLS OF PoRTO 
I SRO pee Wet Oe aS 6 a Nat A RA Ti iO A Pe en GL Ga 685 
SAnnz, Moist#s: INTEGRATING MExico THROUGH EDUCATION___-__---- 763 
Salvador: 
Castro, Hector Davin: HomAce to Henry Cuay_-_----___-2_ 544 
Lima, Francisco ANTONIO, MINISTER OF SALVADOR_-_-_---------- 1059 
RomMERO Bosque, Pio, PRESIDENT OF SALVADOR__--------------- 315 
SANCHEZ LU ATOURD IRAN CISCO; D BATH) (OR a oe tae a8 2 ames ree 1169 
SAncHEZ Latour, Francisco: Homacr To Henry Ciay___---------- 542 
SAncuEez Latour, Francisco: PAN AMERICAN Day, SESQUICENTENNIAL 
REPOS ULL O Nese are sia ee ae SGI "oye oye ap Sle a yin ee 8 
Santa Cruz Ossa, Evvira: Latin AMERICAN WOMEN AS INDUSTRIAL 
WC OU RASCH ST ar Ee | CRA Te SP 28 SERINE aca 259 
SCHOOL SAW sUNIG Sep eeteem eatin eee Meas as Meet 3 Gea INC Hal 809 
Scort, JAMES Brown: GRADUAL AND PROGRESSIVE CODIFICATION OF 
STEIN TERVE NPAC EIU INPAND usTe ASW i tei iene a aes eS arise pa he ee a Ae ae 849 
SureLtps, Louise F.: Imper1an VALLEY TEACHERS FORM INTERNATIONAL 
COMUNMTL TEs eee eR rarer nrmnaetiag AE eG ath ke) FIN Pt Rs ee so SS 1117 
SHH EDS ae OMnsiin Eyam INI; BOTANICA (GUARID HIN == == eyes eee oe 585 
SHIELDS, Louise F.: WoRLD EMBLEMS OF RELIGION._.-_------------- 1208 


x INDEX 
Social progress: Page 
Argentina sss ae oes oe 86, 193, 303, 412, 518, 729, 836, 940, 1049, 1152, 1259 
TEU se Sa in ee ee ee 87, 194, 519, 837, 1050, 1153, 1260 
Brazile: 202s e=2 2: 87, 194, 304, 412, 519, 621, 729, 837, 941, 1050, 1153, 1260 
(Clie eee ete ee 88, 194, 413, 519, 622, 730, 837, 942, 1051, 1154, 1261 
Colomilloiawees te has hee = eee 89, 195, 304, 413, 623, 731, 837, 943, 1261 
Costaphicas sss. == 89, 195, 305, 414, 520, 731, 838, 943, 1051, 1154, 1261 
(Civile ese ee ete Oe fae ee 90, 196, 414, 521, 623, 731, 838, 944, 1051, 1262 
IDeraimneain Iejouiloliwe 2 2 fe 91, 197, 415, 625, 732, 944, 1052 
I CUAG Oe ree Sys ee eines 91, 197, 415, 625, 732, 838, 945, 1155, 1262 
(Guula Ge nite ee ee a Sd Ge ee 91, 197, 305, 415, 733, 839, 1052 
IE feed Spree ease lies, 2s es aa 198, 415, 521, 625, 733, 945, 1053, 1155, 1263 
EKO Chus ee 198, 416, 521, 625, 733, 839, 945, 1053, 1155, 1263 
Wiexd Coa aa 92, 199, 306, 416, 522, 626, 734, 839, 945, 1053, 1156, 1263 
INC arrra gUlaeos cp ytg iets i aioe ers 92, 199, 306, 522, 626, 839, 946, 1156, 1264 
HP OTN cgi eee aah oe eee SHRUG ew ee cy eee 93, 306, 417, 522, 734, 1264 
Bara ulaye ses ne cee 93, 199, 306, 417, 627, 735, 840, 946, 1054, 1156, 1265 
ZS Urs Saree de ss NS 93, 200, 306, 417, 523, 627, 735, 840, 946, 1054, 1157 
Seley ea GL Oe) se siege Sia Pepe 2 St Se ene 307, 628, 736, 840, 1265 
{UWirannits CLS ea bi ae i eae ee ree Rye eee 308 
WirwoUayee ae 2 eee 94, 200, 308, 417, 523, 628, 737, 841, 947, 1157, 1265 
Nieme 7 Ue see apse oes tee Te See 20, 309, 418, 524, 629, 737, 842, 1055, 1157 
Som BERIIUEY IN IlaATiIn Amurtca (Imevason) 5-2 == 22-2 225) = sees 579 
Sproat, A. D.: HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS---------------- 964 
Surron, C. W.: AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION IN PERU_=------------ 642 
TERCERO, Josh: CHICLE INDUSTRY IN GUATEMALA. -_=-_=---------_-- 891 
Tomine Eom ao Owisd Genwi). 3-53 soe eee ee eee es eeeeese 7 
TexTBooK, INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE (Padin)_-_--__-____- 558 
TRADE OF THE UNITED STATES witH Latin AmMuERIcA, 1926—27 (Phillips) - 911 
TROPICAL PLANT RESEARCH FOUNDATION, INVESTIGATION OF CHICLE-- --- 891 
TROPICAL PLANT RESEARCH FOUNDATION, OBJECTS AND CHARACTER--_--_-_ 1228 
United States: 
NGGIMING OL NpAMUAA) (S\OMIINGIS = 2a a Dee ee ee Sse Wile7 
ANRCIELEDKONOENKOVNI, VOI iany ((kGicllem)— = Ss eee ee ee ere 103 
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF INTERNATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE (Shields) ____- 585 
CULTURAL RELATIONS WITH LATIN AMERICA IN NEW EDUCATIONAL 
SBS AD WW ere a a Tt Ss a 37 
NATIONAL STUDENT FEDERATION (Brainerd) _-__---------=-------- 136 
TracHEers, IMppRIAL VALLEY, FORM INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE - 
(SB Tes) RR Se pee Ci ER nee 1117 
TELEPHONE, INAUGURATION OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WASHING- 
IX OVIN Pade WN DMA Ei oe) ROK Op. Suse haps cere Name gc eal a i 1095 
TRADE) with LATIN AMERICAS 1O26s (Philips) {== a= s= = see see 272 
AON RVR Sere Yi IM TAs SE ng pe eee a 37 
Uruguay: 
CAMPIiSTEGUY, JUAN) RESIDENT OF Um UGUAN == a == ae eee 953 
EDUCATION, ELEMENTARY (Merrari Ramirez) _—- —_=_2 == _=_2 2222" 1066 
MDGNGO USER TWAT ART! UL ey A ET TUN Ge ee ea ee Thay 
VEE BETC OF WR U.G UpAsven (elbmita ctor) eres ee eee oe ee ne ere 871 
VauLur, RaranL H.: Ceramics oF PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES_--------- 591 
Venezuela: 
Coat, CARBONIFEROUS WEALTH (Martinez Mendoza) -_-_-____------ 905 
GRISANTI, Cartos F/: Homage To Hunry Cuay______---_-___-= 543 
MEGAN DA ARCHIVES, \VEHINIH/ZiUiR WAAC QU Sees 216 


MortrHeEer’s DAY 


144 


INDEX XI 


Page 
WEEKS, Davin: CoLONIZATION OPPORTUNITIES IN BoLivia_----------- 782 
Waitt, EuGENE R.: Pan AMERICAN POSTAL CONGRESS- -------------- 122 
Waits, Jonn W.: Great MENNONITE MIGRATION TO ParaGuay-___-- 432 
Wiucox, Urnar V.: GUAYULE RUBBER AND ITS PRODUCTION------___- 885 
WoMEN AS INDUSTRIAL WORKERS (Santa Cruz Ossa)_.---------------- 259 
Women, NEW ORGANIZATION OF LABOR (Mistral) -------------------- 574 
Wricut, Hamitton M.: CULTURAL RELATIONS wiTH Latin AMERICA--- 37 
Argentina: ILLUSTRATIONS 
Art— 
A TOGMUE NS As 2a Sek ee eee Oe eee ee ee 780 
Bow Or Bem. eae ees See aL ee ee ee eee eee 780 
[EYONF Walla WOE: INOEOO)s = Hea See ee oe ee ee ee ee oe 7719 
Wastaworkeot theyartist. @OLnmtensecEMmuGe7)=se= === == =e 5 780 
IPSS. WUC TONGS ee ee eee eae 781 
\Wiomanswitlicuhestosex= ema eee oe ee oe ee 779 
Bear amel eos Chmmlk manele he Se ee ee ee 1006 
@attlevometlien cin ase es eee ey ee 484 
@hemitcalelaboratorye 2 ee ae eee ee Ree 990 
Cigareipem ania churn gs = as ane ee ee Se 1007 
(Chormnerélor tare Runvever ay eek oe eo SE Se eee 1088 
Customliouse ws Ueno se Aline sts ee =e ee ere ee ee 486 
TD YES EES el (FSH (Se Se cee Dl a eS Oe A a ee 477, 479 
IDGligy RENO. sss Cee se Sie a Se eee So eee Bene eee 477 
Exposition, Sesquicentennial— 
Inauguration of the Argentine Pavilion_____--._------------ iti 
INeiGune bE OV WENN =e eee eee ee eee 14 
Haculivr olla and socialesciencess = 2. 9-2 a= =e— ee a= 333 
our mnllimbecton wlews see ee eo 2s = = eee eee oe 990, 991 
TNUAUNROINS TON ron Ae SS ee ee eS eee 1002 
GlassamreamnbachinecOes ey = 2 a ae ee eee | Paes 996. 
Grain warehousessand awilamy esas me aes ee nee ee eee ee 990 
Minami grabs aa OSUC le ee ee ee ee ee ee ene eee 903 
lironeoraw ores oa eee ee eee Me ee eT wees Te 997 
TGS A Client ere et cent oI ote EE Le eee oe ah 994. 
Map, route from Buenos Aires to Mollendo__-_--------------=----- 799 
A es cats SLT ere eee ere ee eee eS ye ee oe Bee 992, 993 
IVitetaliaw OnlciM ees IG eee emma em eee ere ce eee ere am 995 
INanionals Conmeresssextchlons sa= = ee ese eee eee 482 
Remipenbiary: BWenOsSeAInGs 92 ee ase e See See ee ae 681 
PE TOLC UIT eee re ene en Neca ee we een ee oe NS ae a pe 1003, 1089 
Phormium— 
TEMS ie GU Tiny Secs i all gee 8 ei ee a ee eI 480 
Wew specics Of stiber plants 9-22 5— ees =e oe ee nee 478 
Residences on the Avenida Alvear, Buenos Aires_-_---------------- 445 
Repionstation DUenOSPAInes == on eee ea eo ee 800 
EMC LeIALORISLeC NPI CeCe eee ne aoe ee a Se ee 995 
Sina wneline@ 2k See See eee ae One eee eee eee 1008 
Siege. kee eek SS eee ee Se eae Seer aoe eae 1001 
Sgaperaialsinonim clitahnyee ee mae eee ee eee 1009 
Station Central Argentine Railway, Buenos Aires ----------------- 901 
SUPA Ie HMGIISU (225+ Soe kos oeneSene asa a Bee ese sesame at een 998, 999 
Mex piles CIS Rye e ea = ea ee eee eee na 1000 
Water front, Buenos Aires__------------------------------------ 485 


IWAMCHINGHIG tyme eA Se See eae oe ee 1004, 1005 


XII INDEX 
Bolivia: Page 
Alfalfa in the uplands ____-____- At A re UE gaara ng A 785 
PANTIE. Sit: Om eo eee Sl ES ene a A ah ge ee 801 
AD eh ciao sy ov lea es A a a ee ee ER ee at 783 
Greatrestate: 2222822 Ss oe ee la ee a 784 
Jaimes Freyre, Ricardo, Minister to United States________________ 430 
ihavbaz ceneral VIOW <2 Ss oeeeeoes ooo se ae eek eee eee 803 
NIB eA ey AIRE 1 Coa Ga Secs ee a a ee ee eee 805 
ishwVans cos Vuln si sso e ea eee eS eee ae 804 
Brazil: 
Amaral ey AAMT ONC Oia x ea ek Ses oe Sa a SA ae leper apn pt We 
IDENiMS Sas op omaPa CK OLNMMIOEONS He See oe Seo e ee oo c es eS eee aee 982 
Esplanade drive; Rio de Janeiro, aerial view.---_-----__=--=_=- === 910 
BUTS TPG Sf © CUTAN Tas ea Ta a LR IH ee ease 984 
ASTUTE CT Gl OS pee eee coe aN SL A a ecm 987 
Ihe PLOSATIMIM ss S AON OCC waa = a as = oe 791, 792, 793, 794, 795 
Mangabeira¥@ctavionsis: aps 5 Ss oe ee eee ee 852 
MonroesealacesRiondewaneiros= 25522 =2e=s5—= Frontispiece, September. 
IR eSSO a Sal iba ClO wees sap ee Se Nr 857 
Red Cross— 
IMO TAM EY sk OWS) ees a Ey a ea 237 
National hea cdomanters 2s se Sylar ye ere 236 
Jgvelaeietereaynuates [OV EOH Teal peRKG) Jet y illo ee ee ee ee ee 980 
TONG EF Iai SiOz OSTA CTA LAV © Vy ee ee eae a eee ea ee 446 
Set vam Serer oo (ce Ae Res ee 227 
School, named in honor of United States— 
Banquet; tozDrs.Carneirowlien c= = = ee =e a eee re 465 
TMA WE Ura GIO Tie Mees = se ey Ae rey ae Sah oe ne ee 464 
knstrme tion simalga greet cree epee eee gee 466 
TENG GTS Te ee ch se eR ep aan ac ee 463 
Slate la Ger Mouse ila ss Oe yea Tm pee ee 980 
MSRAUIC KE Par CG CMe. Ais wy ne Se es, Soe et ei Sy ard pe Oe ay aes Se rr eee 986 
(Crigne bre leper wos pyonvells Gee ee ee ee eee 668 
Calendar reform, diagrams________ 656, 657, 658, 659, 660, 661, 662, 663, 664, 665 
Campisteguy, Juan, President of Uruguay____-_-------- Frontispiece, October. 
(GpNiTal eYorrmus ya) 8 ¢-ieco (c) cenenge ie Nee oo Sy See I De rete A we gee es se 972 
Canal Zone: 
Admaimistratiom: loin geen alto ose se 672 
Powelltorchid: gardens allo @ ae ee eee eee " 673 
Castro akléctor Davidson 5 ae eae nae 18 oe ee ee 2 eee 431 
César Alejandro, Minister obmNicea tag ua m= eee eee iee opps Beemer 212 
Chacon hszaro, seresid emits oly Guenteran ey lee ese eee ee eer re 210 
Chile: 
Atari cami texctil egies es ee 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365 
Art— 
Hdge-of the forest. is eee sane eS ee ee eee 241 
Goyantromea, Chileamucollle cities eee 974 
PSUAUKG Aigxo) Were Ha) a <2 he RMMNNe SN Pete RIE Daina yet Se Be Slee ue 240 
CamporsSotta el =x 22. came i Tee ee ns es pene eee ee 972 
@huildelrealtheemter: sx sce Soe pe ea ee ec epee 132 
Copper stonagesyard,, Ambotiete cist ts sees eee ee eee we 470 
@Wourts:Of PUSTICE aie cami ae saioe  ere Ue n oel re a egy 444 


Cruchaga Tocornal, Miguel, presents prizes in cotton-growing con- 
eet een aE erate ey eee rhe ee Frontispiece, May. 
Davila, Carlos, Ambassador to the United States. Frontispiece, December. 


INDEX XIIT 


Chile—Continued. Page 
cle LEI CHO COM ObIVC ee ee or ee te Ey 469 
Ibanez, Carlos, President of Chiles =_-—-=- === === Frontispiece, August. 
reearieey VRE Seacrest ee ne ve ae Se 467 
IWIOEKerS COO PeTAtIIVe SLOT C wee cl me ya oes ye Se Se ae ee 134 
Wiorkimen?shOUSeS= eae semen ah ea ee ee eS ISOM sol 222 

lay, ell mir yer a = = eee eye Reg ea ea See ee ae 538, 545 

Colombia: 

PANTO ETON OVS ep a La Pa 1215 
(Ce yu lore NY ea Mei 8 a a ae LN og ER 1217 
ADB 15 Gl rete eat ee ars nk ee oh RS Ne Leh 1219 
Inistituterotehyeiene Bogota e eee ee es ee Eee 696 
Dteamen ons \lagcdalemameiviens = =e sae] eae ee eee yee one 1213 

Costa Rica: 

(CREED i al hp ae eae ee 1103, 1104, 1105 

Cruchaga Tocornal, Miguel, presents prizes in cotton-growing con- 

ON ee ee a eee Frontispiece, May. 

Cuba: 

ANOeIRHINeIF INOUSS tin Jello ee eee ee eee tessa 339 
ID eye J reste: SNM LGW AG) ce Za Site es BA ge Cs a oe at Ee eee, 1064 
Ferrara, Orestes, Ambassador to United States__ Frontispiece, February. 
ornass Or Iba, Iter, lolol = 3 3 = eee eS 25 
Hotel Plaza, Habana— 

© oi Ven ti © wip lie sae ae yee Spee ae ee ae ee te See 569 

NE © fe 02a, CLG Tn eer ary eae ar a ae oS ye en Ae 569 

Warr anronany.(Orera ea ele idl ie is eae se A eh ee ee 568 
Hotel Sevilla-Biltmore, Habana— 

HES iscals Yel ©) TEA Val Vee ear rca te ee oe 566 

ere © ree me ne ee ee er tee me cy yee nee So 567 

HE fo oy een ee a pe ele or ape sae eye dg Gee Se tee ee 567 
Luncheon in honor of the President of Cuba, guests. Frontispiece, June. 
WorrosCastlewilao arcane ane me eeeaee cel  en e o S Pe OE ae 18 
Morros@astles Santlagosb aye or arene es ey ees eee es 1) 
Nationale Wniversitiypy klalo sim aes ep en ee Ss ee 27 
Pamoraimne Wier Ot MMUEINAS oon o se se eee Saeed eoesecess 21 
Vevey iste Lia gay osname Sa AE ee a UF ey eae ec up es ee 26 
RASCORGe WN arte elab anaes emeeeege we See eee 23 
Hic¢huresquelstreetMuasantiag ome eee see ee ee Se yee 20 
Resid enceumet te Sub UrbLOn Eta amasse asi wee sen lorem et 340 
Wenaleswmvjall cyanea cre = a eepernenenp me eM Rian pid Aha jee 22s 22 

Davila, Carlos, Ambassador of Chile.._.----.--_-___- Frontispiece, December. 

Diaz, Adolfo, President of Nicaragua________-------__-- Frontispiece, March. 

WD iazelrizcnr ee er opens oe eae eee ene ee ey Beene ee et eS 1064 

Dominican Republic: 

TENS Wsgersfue) 2 cm oR ssa Ss Rs ed TDL), Tabak aba) 
(CRs ie Os Grape NL Se NA a pe ate eee ee 1018 
CHV C SL ak AS se a eo ere Rea so 1020 
Gatewayeinatmencityaiw allem seem eee ot sey = ee ee ee 1020 
Howsesom@olumbl ses eee ne ae nee PN See a eee eS 1018 
Olde Dormmicameumizersitiy seen eae eee mee amr eeneeee eee ars 1020 
Pana se, oe NN Mme a teary 78 Sy SCS 9s UGLSYO), TaISUa, TASS, Lal 

Ecuador: 

JST ING TAY CRU = oo ako SSS Sea OCS = Se ea ae 381 
Cuilltiwaieel Heldls Gloomy IU. 6 2 ee eee coe see eee eee es 380 


OimichuaAplinciansmtypes= ees eee sea eee 376, 377, 378, 379, 382 


XIV INDEX 


Page 
Ferrara, Orestes, Ambassador of Cuba_______________ Frontispiece, February. 
(Giouaucligaye, IN evan Ui less te are oe pe ee cee ee ey A ee 536 
Greens swallliairan ss0e 0522 oe ee ee ee a 472 
Guatemala: 
@hacontslazaron President.ot Guatemala s. == == os sa ears eee 210 
Histradas@abrera:school ses es ee ee ee 341 
hlard wiOOdstTreess=5 o1 a7 a8 oe Nee en ee et el See ae 221 
JRE N ONO oUt oh elle Kee l= emer talie arian cnn ene cern aes Aryl Cae as a onl 
Sdnchez Latour, Francisco, late Minister to the United States._______- 1168 
(Ge AA ANU VETO ies ee as oS a aaa a LE ee ee 239 
Haiti: 
Port-au-Prince— 
AND) yo 2A re Gra Ta WO ie TM aT 253 
PPE SIGS MG TA ATO ATE CS assess eae LE Tego 252 
Hawaii: 
BS @aschumaitm VVsa Tet el ape see SS a 245 
TERN OVONe ETS ANYON Teich Mpa = a ee MMS eR FN ee Sree 247 
Honduras: 
Highway between Tegucigalpa and southern coast________________- 1186 
Nbiloramy Nia GLO male, Sie ince Se ak ae Jc al ls i pe os Ae po 1107 
Roacls wal clita o eos ote So See ho 2 7 ee 1187 
Honolulu: 
BESS G UINE Lug 2 oy UU la a Se a agp 244 
dincolngschool === === Hin een CR Eo Ie eee ae eee Si a 246 
losinte, Cardog, lemssnclenms @t Cla. 20 2 ee ee Frontispiece, August. 
NOTE STA SMES ANG DO ee ey ee ce ee a es ne a Mae Coa NS > 473 
Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission, delegates__.________- 752 
Intemational Commissioniof surists;;delesatesss = —-s2= = =o ee 865 
JAIMAGS IAS INCE NOK, Nibumisiere OF InOlhweye 4 oe ee 430 
Lima, Francisco Antonio, Minister of Salvador______-_ Frontispiece, November. 
Luncheon in honor of the Ambassador of Cuba, guests_________________ 215 
Luncheon in honor of the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Panama, 

FAD YESS) tee SSE recess Spe ae A eee gee Rae ON ele wee eRe ne A Frontispiece, July. 
Luncheon in honor of the President of Cuba, guests______- Frontispiece, June, 
Menta oralo em else ©) Ci Awl Oye eget es pe See Sl Nhe nn See cere eg sy 852 
Maprof southern Mexicojand: Central’ Americas 252225 2s ee ee 109 
IN Tega rg Ur eae aT0 Tea la a ada 2G ac nye 854 
Mexican delegation to the United States for study of financial organiza- - 

iC OTe eae ay Rs See Sie Doe 2 TOS Sits pee Frontispiece, January. 
Mexico: 

Art— 
SAT HIS HIG SEG AT HOW GUE Si 5s aye eae Nas ete ee cn ean 592 
OleT eae sees epee eaten eR ECAC: ee wR Se ee et Se 593 
IB Yeyall keaon evel Kop: cYo) teas Mee a ee a yl A pe, ee a ee ee ed 1182 
Calera arr GO Cyst Ores mx Sire cepa mae meee a eee ey Areca gee a 670 
CG asaiiG Sulos VIS aire re tae eaae area Sn repre ee 371 
Chichén Itzi— 
Te CEG ey SI a ese a gc eal ee 118 
Galea ice gio mn eases ea ea ea et cen Scene eee 352 
AMT HG ex GM ees ec ah pap ep Ret ro eh 120, 350 
Ela law aye 2p ss ices Dia pepe pees aga Nea att toy ee ee app 349 
le tovostsyalicr: ore bits smabeemenel eae toe Sah De 8 LE ee eae 115 
Sculptured! c olitprra rae Dyer sees ae Torey se cere ee cee ee 113 


A MepTaONeL Koy WAN Sense COIs ee ees 8 ee eee 112, 351 


INDEX XV 


Mexico—Continued. Pape 
(CSN SS a Bc Nua ee et a 892 
Church, entrance to the Santuario de Ocotlin, Tlaxcala____________ 2933 
Church of San Francisco, Tlaxcala— 

Bap bISIMaAl SOM bea ate Silly Sas eS es 239 

Prat (eda Qey costars eae Mees weed Si ey een pe oak ce pene A te 229 

VBAW UN Opt eg pe es ee ee Ee Ec ete any ie Ne Ne, thas ee en eS en Di 
Ciudadela-s Sanka nade ovina ales ee ee nn eek ee De 344 
Delegation to the United States for study of financial organiza- 

UOTE Ss eee Se oO eh ee eee EE Frontispiece, January. 
Headquarters, Middle American Archeological staff______________ 110 
Healithewiorkaproducesreood mesults eyes) ee eee 1120 
Hotel Genéve, Mexico City— 

So cornell are prance ee ny een oe ee Be ee Aer Lge ae 573 
DSBpselireM eh COWS: NLS G oe a 2 rea ee RN er 572 
CGT OVO | =IICO\ 0) Deas ae eae tS ieee pp eee 573 
Hotel Regis, Mexico City— 
ABS XU C THO Beavis aa eg pe ape A SE Ua cp 570 
VEO) 0) oye et eee ea WIS aE tA Ton ae ce Ua 571 
Vitae Sell (nantes ees at Coo re ye rate tpn al ape ee eem eee Lynne Sealine wen 571 
Hunting— 
HS 110350. loa © rest ky 207 ls ws npn ea a puro ae ee ea 968 
(Criimayey paantanayer dave wey (OMICS oe a eee ee a 965 
TS Ua aS) ofs}-x( CEST 00 Oy Spa a ap SAR ea See wi arent 965 
INSU OToU at ENT aNE Tc OWELENG Koy A ate ee et = ee Sa ge ee ee 967 
PPO TIGA LEY Gla yes ete eee eee gmen te ee era gee a eee iailirera tate ie 970 
Ruccedicoumbinvyaol these ckelnear eases = eens eee ee eee 969 
Tealyio hovel Keene yo) ey at si es ae ee tue Sa oa et oa Be eran 1013 
Mission aitayaib eG) Cite arctan Ue ae ee cia eee OAs ee 775 
Made lescinaolres ama lian sie, GOs eee eg ten hh aN a 767 
National University— 
PASS CTO ny peta’ el coer eae nana tetas eee hs Wn ee ee ey 52 
VBA RevOWOR OSs mace iC ee ay 2 eel ots Gye ae i ne Oe ERY Cae 52 
Vallone ea) =e a eT es ee a ee a eee eer ee 53 
Readinggroompinulilonaryee ese eae oe Bee SE See 53 
SChiookolgd Gmbishinyems aera ee ee ie Sn ee res 55 
Schookotumedicine=s taser meee eel sere he se ae leo 54 
SCHOOL OfemMiMesvanel erm hb oesere ee eee es SL eer L Rey See 54 
TERY ay aN KSs AS TaN O OUST Sp eS eh SS RN SO a aN I i ns pel ge 776 
Pottery— 
IMigSxCR lovonwal Tne Moony GOL ao ee eee eee ase 160 
Mexican urn of Spanish design made in 1680___-------------- 160 
Urn of a modified Chinese pattern made in 1790_-__----------- 159 
TRICO SNE OA ac st Se ee 1010, 1011 
EV UIai Ta Sx Leal) exorry 2) Res aealeae ee ape miners ope na RENT Asia Ns te ee 347 
RUA bea clr eee arenas autumn ieee psc sie i) ne RS Ll Le lee 770 
Salitonclelebve ria clini oiem meee eernmmne ume a neta Rie uate le he) a 2 See aA 1012 
SCHOO] Saye piyaeinerdeee iy cemes Oes Dea Ae a 372, 373, 594, 595, 764, 1118, 1119 
Telephone— 
Construchionvotlineste seen bea ete ee eee 456 
Duimimegan dua iiCeye arenes yen Sa ee Ree ee 459 
Wiresvatranraltinmderot O00 mect=. = 42 = 52a e555. = eo ee 457 
Telephone, inauguration of service between Washington, D. C., and 
IV Mesa Om © ktiyse eer see aes reeds Se ee sane ele pee 1096 


XC GUTTMR ALO Ca © 2 rn ea) peter a Senin ee es mg PER TS Sa ey Ue ks el 345 


XVI INDEX 


Page 
hina dasineprisOne so se es 52 2a be See Tie ae eee 217 
AVEO OTT ES AU UT SIN Ss sD 0S ce 472 
National League of Women Voters calls on President of Cuba __________ 532 
Nicaragua: 
César, Alejandro, Minister to United States_________-..__=_=2 =~ Zi, 
Diaz, -Adolio, Presidentiof Nicaraguas22 925525 5esse= Frontispiece, March. 
Panama: 
Luncheon in honor of the Minister of Foreign Affairs, guests 
sy Sa a le a a RIE Cp peer A Up ERTS Nica IS Frontispiece, July. 
CUNT CNS Sys ee ak aye pa ages Ae ee 674, 675, 676, 677, 678 
Pan American Commercial Conference : 
@PemingiSesslomisss soe! ase a a a 5 a A eee 746 
President Coolidge receives delegates. ______._____.-.--_._______- 747 
Salubectowlacsicee ssa ee eo fe SE Ses alee ace ee ee 750 
Pane NmMIeriCameElOs pital SS ee ao cS ete eeeane sae eet ae liao 1227 
PRanvAmerican postalicongress, Jumeheon 2 == =a ae ee 123, 124 
ipanwAmericaniWmion Governing Oars =) ss seam ee eperey ee ete 1062, 1167 
Paraguay: 
Asuncién— 
PAG POU AC a septa cs Sep tes a Se _2 Op ee ee 1074 
STO MOUS Oss Se os ee Se AG ort ee 1076 
Governmentspalace = se xs i ee eee Ae Nae eee 1077 
EOUSCHOLEC On gress. wee eee ss aces Sek oa eae Sago ene 1077 
NEPA ACN Ua es ek hl UM ca Sa ON Ui ae eT oR ne 1080 
Police headquarters: ls ty. oe Ns oo aaa se ee eee 1083 
POSUNOMCG 2 aauk xn SAR noah lea Nel Rae ORM a> ppc pane ae 1079 
Rrivate residences si f= oe ae 2S at ee eee 1084 
Stationyots Cem trails lala yycel yy; cee a eet Seay epee ape ee ape 1078 
GHA Come se he SBC IE PE irk Mie pay gerne ent eae BR iecsa no em ae ee See 433 
Gondrane Mane hse ose i as Sse ia ee eee eee 536 
IMennomiverachivatiesmae vst nile cone mugen SN ke ayaa ee 435, 436, 440 
PINE OO OSS nee ae NES Eo aie ions! SPE ne aI oy aa aah el ae i 437 
Peru 
Art— 
ps ACTNT EL UGA te peerless a Ns ay nS eel 1174 
Pie) aVe) key See an cies Sisoetaaas kei atl ey aA ae SN ae eee Nee 1175 
trl be) Cet ou Fe eae ee eo Ne eee a Ee RO EL elon er UN Ces eter en oa 1174 
pela, Vir dem Mid iae2 aes, Sess ae ye tee aie eng os rs i Se ili 
Sal GS OLLOT IN Oi ete eal ph BiG aun oe tis 0 5 SS Aen, enone oo ead, ee 242 
SN AUIIES EDT GUM ee ate eh hc Cee a NESSIE Ola cared OO 1175 
Cottonseed awaiting auras oon tei tl Onn sees eee me ee eee 1202 
Cottonseed lardipackedstorisiip rac mts oe ee ee eee - 1206 
Cottonseed orl fil Gers 2755 5a a ea ae ee alee ce ac, re 1204 
Country Club, Lima— 
Cay WO UISE ee ae eae eR an tee ee ae NE A ee ae ee 454 
EXO TA OT SVG Wyse ean eee oe cee Bay es pertes 448 
GEL 0 rng 2 Me area ye ip ACK ee ag 450 
Whoeker TOO mi. Sea ea ao A a ear a eee 453 
Menis:smro kino 70 @masestete tartrate es 2 gece ie ni see here 452 
Hactoryamaking. cot bomsee cn ciill arcs sete setae as ip ayia a ee ee meee en neonate 1201 
| LraWers nate Yo yep cats tare nbenants 2: cUuud aon nen Mun wcmce Ys Ee tsi 3 euler nue 354, 355, 356 
Waa avi vials ois 5 ee as a ra al ne 353 
Map, route from Buenos Aires to Mollendo_____-..-_-______=_=__-- 799 
IYER ON aL OES HRMM YB Kel re) yeh (Semen ews N RS ee Agee tet oe ae ol Se a ae Se 854 


Pantheon) Lima spulpit andavaumlteds crass en a ee een 43 


INDEX XVII 


Peru—Continued. Page 
IPAMUCOI Or IMAMOMA IneROeS, bw — oe eae ee ee 42 
TERS eo eae yore DAT an ts Se 2 a a ie ees tea eae ee 680 
Water fronts Viollemd oo seu it aeniem wat oD es Bel ee Ne 806 
VO 1a Sa Sy a aT Tee Ly cpa sane ee SS tetas Sa th 369 
IRESSO aaa Ey IGA CIO espe eene epee eee em tee ere ate Set A a UE ye Pre S57 
veligaousie malo le mn sie ee ee ys eee eae eee ee eee ok ee 1210 

Porto Rico: 

Halo OTE Tas el Oli eC wees ees aeaen ee upc meee ee rate a ae ah. UP SE noid PAS doa ae ae 686 
‘ABOVE COME CONUS Sh se ee ees eee 690 
SChookmormunopicalemic dCi cies oem eee ee eas De 166 
Romero Bosque, Pio, President of Salvador___-_------_---- Frontispiece, April. 
Salvador: 
Brid cesoviersbiemEClORMie 10 [) yo oe eyed ene Jee See Mies 8 33 
CORA TIDES TO ACOO WO: MWK ooo oe eee eee oe ae 31 
GASTRO roll CU reed D) ea Cl ep ae ea ee eres ce RIERA ED ar 431 
Lima, Francisco Antonio, Minister to United States_____________-_ 
Frontispiece, November. 
VAT AEC OI STU Gis © Wale see hss ea eed ett seep So) Soa stots Ryn ese 32 
IRayihropyel. Cleeyo) Cute, wWarowieday ieoyelic = | ae Se Se oe Bee 33 
Romero Bosque, Pio, President of Salvador__-_____-_- Frontispiece, April. 
San Salvador— 
VERB USSU OVEYSYS) HD SEN se a as SC eg ene 29 
@ abl ecliral e Seeen 5 oak eee eye tats so Pac LP ee a Fas ee a 29 
INGO maa All alc © ese ate se eee oI Pee hi re Pansy Ue 28 
INGO mallee ait ere sep ean een net wen acc, eek ey Pepe iE 28 
IRASSEME Cran OCOTMOU Sea ae Ae ee el ae aS page eS es ee 31 
Street ioerorerandrahten wa vilNe m= a ao es Ree ee ee eae ees 30 

Sanchez Latour, Francisco, late Minister of Guatemala________-__----- 1168 

Scotts amese row lee emus lets oe erie ie, Cialis Ie Sele gale ll Bt ek ea 863 

Spain: 

JeNVCCLEIV AEH ASCOT EO WES tt a Ln So cf 638 
TSK ORI A es Noy eye Kae ee ee 639 
Castillowdevla Mota MedimardeliCampolst=s 5-22.22.) 2 52222 2oe 640 
@asbleyats Cocamser O Vines ya epee eel te ete ea es 636 
Castlenumhunrceanoy Seco vice seen s Se Semen el een hers 637 
Ibero-American exposition— 
BEC CET SIM OTIUDTINE TA baeei ee mere Meta me earner hb PGs Shes Re 330 
Gardenscofherexpositionmes=se ee eye suo | OR eee 329 
Groin cep] aries eee ee eee ee ae eS MN ee I 2 320 
IRA @e lating: Anise ee Dy tS se eae 326 
Bala cero talitclistnicstys= ents ae meme reese rye Le SL 327 
Ra 7andeR span asaaats = eeu mites Dewey eee Be cee 1 Nie 322 
Pileiaey Cle DR omni, Jeni ce 8 ol Ta ee ar a ee ee 324 
Ow allan aval Ome a ee ees ON he eae eh ore eee 320 
Pursues Ckell Aegan JASN oe ee soos 641 

United States: 

Ameo, tHe iy Onlarnoib oo es eee see eee Se eaee 589 
iBpocanicalscandensams©@ alikormigues =) 4s = = See ses eee es ate 587, 588 
Diagrams— 

PINS WOU Oi WHS weIOM jlkNe se eee eee ee eeeees 271 


IRySllien rime Cin? COMEEROM Sle eee eee eon oe eee 270 


XVIII INDEX 


United States—Continued. 


Exposition, Sesquicentennial— Page 
Cloister, Garden court fine arts, building] === =s"= 52555 5s mes ul 
latgeraisim gabe) 3A mers Cel) ye ee 4 
Inauguration jor the Argentine Pavilions === =a eee 11 
IMIgyin Ciaqmewoves 1ibere) HNirubs [BoM Clbayer.— ee ee ee 1 
Raising fag of Argentinas: 22522 bee ee = eee 14 

1M (= 1 Ueto) eas re ol Fs manera enya ee ee Se, tc am ee, Rete ete 580 

IMGlel Oe Chenille IDWS es Seno 580 

Ore ass ak Se oe fe SU aes Se Oe Ore Seat a eco eo Sea ee 581 

Oot alls 2 2 ree fe ae = Se a Re en ig nr ete 368 

GEA Pes Seis ek bed Se Spee Se eae eae PEL a ane fae ete 583, 584 

Guayule— 

Planting seedlings 222522 Se so ee ae eee 888 
Plants invopen' held is 22-2= 8 oe Oe A ree See eee 886 
Slomulos in, wos seeclline Ree. 8 ee ee eee 889 
Hospitals, Marine— 
ID INI F—LO OME OMI ATE STL SS ae er ea ae ee 557 
IN Wea Oi GC Le rate = SE Ls tec py a Deepen apa cares 5538, 554 
IM Ieee me HANG i eexerey ol(SragoVoine See en A eee cee oe sek 555 
Subsistencesstoreroome Sue. yee a. ees ene tee ene ce gee ee 557 

IMlexckerany, ianyetilon@rel Gir Wayerennayer ee 223 

Music rooms Mi sstomelinn Rivers! G Ca ens a2 ee 1209 

Oaxacaspalmsiat.Oakmont sees. 32 2 Se eae 585 

Pan American Union, Hall of the Americas____...-._..----------- 743 

Seeder Paes ain ee een ae ee AE Soa ees ep ae 582 

Telephone, inauguration of service between Washington, D. C., and 

INTIS xa Cg OG 2 Sees Sea Ne AE ne a ete ee ch cae Rn ee ean, Sa 1096 

University of Miami, administration building__________----_------ 39 

Uruguay: 

PN LUCHIVE | Ae Soir Fc Seether Ree tape SUN eee ere 1072 

Campisteguy, Juan, President of Uruguay__---_--- Frontispiece, October. 

@aralsc Ose s Ce epee aE DS OL awh Yi SCN 2 ee lee eee pm 881, 882 

Industrial art— 

NB ASSO UTC Tee ere eee ie ed ene eS ene Se els ee tele 157 
@lasssnetherbuildimextrades:schoo ae ae ae eee 153 
Gilaisshinprmoc elim ge aye oe eS ee Se ee er ee re 154 
(Cionae Kop pe peace ae te eo eo ot ety eee op Oh erence ee os 156 
Making models from architect’s drawings__.__________-------- ey 
jockeya Clubs Montevideo 22252-5255 2ha- ease ee eee 335 
Montevideo— 
Avenida C onstituyente: =. 225. 2=2e een fet se eS re 877 
(OPV ITSEIS Une: a1 | ig meneame TG hk cn Tas ate AMG, ean ue Cae ra os 872 
HMC AlODay yO) Than oVoneUHONE SWAG ee 876 
IM(ohagbaoaermnn HO) Ose Je. Weir 5 eee eee ee ek 875 
Pemitbe rte ry, sa ape a x a re aie (a ce pes EE ey aa 682 
Pargres EVO tele cee se aie ae ate Bs eater as ec ete eee ae 875 
Plaza; de los Lreintayallres= 2-202 ss Bae ee ee ee 874 
VEL EEA Teal ao (ey oyesalo Key och k: Wiese mine eee RU RI eat rete et en ees See Ee 873, 874 
IROCitoss Seaside: TeSOrt = see Oe wn ee ee ee eee 878, 879 

ny SU CAMS Ct CA GLO TS = a ee ae Spee er re 1071 

TRADI OT ee YG (=) led w=) (= eee ENN Egon et Ce teens © seis eS ee 880 

Raia Oley (Goronanvernerclks) hol loc = 3 ee eee see 445 


Residence in Montevideo, exterior and interior____---------------- 337 
SGla@olls, IMIomineIGOs = Se eS 1067, 1068, 1069, 1070 


INDEX 


Venezuela: 
Coal— 


Voll evita tbe weer rename rye ene ore re Doe Pye 
Witieht e@hestera Vises ess oa ease iene A a ts 


XIX 


Page 
907 
906 
907 
906 
145 
472 
472 








Pan American Day in the Sesquicentennial Exposition... =e 


GuridesrandiGuidieb oo ks tease se ee ee 


Notable Buildings and Improvements in the Republic of El Salvador (pho- 
HELO OR ORTON BS) cg SPO Sha ee 8 a Pe a en 


ThesAmericanvAstronomersin) Chil] ei eae ee ee ee 


Cultural Relations with Latin America in New Educational Seat_ =| 
By Hamilton M. Wright. 


Pantheon of Peruvian Heroes (photographs)_-__-------------___- Bae 


Mie x COL SPM SGOT ye WLLL Die = loess sete iy set ds arma Ee EL Sy ie ease 
By John Hubert Cornyn. 


International Railways Company of Central America.___--_-_- == =e 


By Alberto Ibarra M., International Railways of Central America. 


The Most Notable Faculties of the Mexican National University (photo- 
COJEROBY SU BES) NR US SN A oC aed een Ce aR ea eee ie he Bye yearn 


Arricultine, industry, ands Commencele = 9 a2. 52 eee peep Bis 





Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic— 
Ecuador— Guatemala— Haiti — Honduras — Mexico— Nicaragua—Panama—Paraguay— 
Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela. 

KOOP Ehaol IHbaiepnoreyl AWieybyse Be ares. 5 

Argentina—Chile—Colombia—Ecuador—Haiti— Mexico—Panama. 

legislationess22-2 = —2— sh Ee he a SEN ORME ee apes, CIE Ses Eva emer ci Cees 


Argentina— Brazil—Colombia— Ecuador—Guatemala—Honduras. 


International Treaties___-_______=___-_ RAR Geren ete Oe ta BA Eye re elie Sefer 


Salvador—Brazil- Uruguay—Salvador- Uruguay—Spain- Uruguay— Uruguay. 


Public Instruction and Education___________________-_ Ph ag Me ee 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Ecuador—Guatemala— 
Haiti—Honduras— M exico— Panama— Paraguay—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela. 





7a O Lae aeeaeeeee a aes 2 Ly en heron ks him Ane om itt ty oe eras - re ay tne 


Bolivia—Ecuador—Mexico. | 


SOG IG ICG a be ee a ae eee RE 7s SL Seg en ee SINT es Meg ea 





Argentina— Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—C olombia—Costa 2ica—Cuba—Dominican Repub- 
lic—Ecuador—Guatemala— Mexico—Nicaragua— Panama—Paraguay— Peru—Uruguay. 


GeneralaNiote showers sect) a ieee ete aL Nmea” ties oly ttt ie Bl D\cofeoeemag MBL, Gym 





Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador—Guatemala—Honduras— 
Peru—Uruguay. 


SUDICctmMarver OMCONSUlaTeDOLises. yas 2 2 oe eee ea 


42 
44 


49 


52 
56 


94 


dnois 04 
JO MOL JST oY} Jo 1djU0d 9Yy} Ut Ivodde oMoy 
‘QT A pure ‘so7eyS pojytuy) 9Yy OF ODTXOTT JO 
Jopessequry oy) ‘za[[aL “O Jonueyy, wod 10uUVIS 
“af ‘oljsoPeOplenp a 
woq JoUNg puB ‘alIoyepy OSUOJTY UOC A0UIS 
‘sououmnt) Joos uo AOUDg ‘SatBpeI[eA OdDSTO 
-uBlg Wod IoUsg ‘esouldsH [PqV UOC 10U9S 
‘saplavuoeg Soolepy uod Lousg “ope[eg “A 
uene Wod Lous ‘zaTezuoy) UTJsSNs VY UOC 10UeS 
‘osolleg Zolq] opuevuioy Uuod AOUNg “vuL4 
-UIN) O[BZUOL) UOC] LOUVG ‘OdTXOTA] JO SOTHTICYO 
[elopoy jo Ipod ‘eso OplenpH “Id 
lous, {99WO S,loffo1durog sy} Jo LOfesunoy) 
‘UOJUOT ZOYOUBY "JT “Iq LOUD :OdI[XeT] JO [Bld 
-UdH) Jsfomdurog ‘voQg 9p sequoT sIvyT uwod 
IOUBY :01e WOMedefp oy} JO SIOqUIOUL OTL 
‘OT JoquIDda(T ‘MOTRBSefop OY} Jo-LoUOY UT Wo 
-YOUNT 4B poulez10jUs “AaMOY °S TIC ‘mom 
uvoloury UBg 94} JO [Rloust) LOPONG ML 





NOLL 
-VZINVDUO TIVIONVNIG dO ACGOLS 
HHL WOHX SHLVIS GALINDO AHL 
OL NOILVDATUG NVOIXAW TVIOddS 





> 


LN 


SS aren ntl MED DSS 015 fare Om OTe ote mis pena 








VOL. LXI JANUARY, 1927 No. 1 





























MONG the many unique celebrations which have distin- 
guished the Sesquicentennial International Exposition, 
officially inaugurated May 30, 1926, there has been none 
more colorful and dramatic, none which has more closely 

identified itself with the underlying spirit of this great commemora- 
tion, than that which under the comprehensive title of Pan American 
Day took place Friday, October 22, 1926. 

It was indeed a happy thought on the part of the mayor of Phila- 
delphia, Hon. W. Freeland Kendrick, president of the Sesquicen- 
tennial Exposition, to set apart a day in which the American Repub- 
lies, as a whole, might express their homage and veneration for that 
ereat human document, the Declaration of Independence, which 150 
years ago was signed and adopted as the cornerstone of American 
liberty. 

There was, moreover, a peculiar fitness in the day so set apart, 
for it was on October 22, just 25 years before, that the Second Pan 
American Conference was held in Mexico City. And it was in that 
great assembly, as in those which have followed it, that the American 
peoples began to understand better than ever before that the principles 
for which their heroic founders fought and died were one and the 
same, that the story of American freedom whether on the field of 
Ayacucho or in Valley Forge is the same Saga of struggle and accom- 
plishment, and that the high destiny toward which their faces are 


resolutely set is a common destiny which they will reach together. 
i 


2. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The program prepared by the indefatigable committee on arrange- 
ments was well war thy , ofthe ogcaston;zand- this refers not only to 
the solemnly inaprexsive ‘ebnéiionies of:the ¢emmemoration itself, but 
to the provision: made for the PASC. and comfort. of the distinguished - 
guests from.’ ‘the inoniont tley leg the, ¥hifon*Stjtion i in Washington, 


3720: ) 
,)II@ 


in the special train’provided by the Pennsylvania Railroad, until they 
returned thereto. 

The Pan American group of special guests included: 

The Ambassador of Peru. 

The Ambassador of Brazil. 

The Ambassador of Chile. 

The Minister of Uruguay. 

The Minister of Guatemala. 

The Minister of Colombia. 

The Minister of Panama. 

The Minister of Costa Rica. 

The Minister of Haiti. 

The Minister of Honduras. 

The Minister of Nicaragua. 

The Minister of Venezuela. 

The Minister of the Dominican Republic. 

The Chargé d’Affaires of Cuba. 

The Chargé d’Affaires of Argentina. 

The Chargé d’ Affaires of Mexico. 

The Chargé d’ Affaires of Salvador. 

The Chargé d’ Affaires of Ecuador. 

The Chargé d’Affaires of Paraguay. 

In addition, Mr. Joseph C. Grew, Undersecretary of State, went in 
representation of Mr. Kellogg. Mr. Stokeley W. Morgan, Assistant 
Chief of the Latin American Division, Department of State, also 
accompanied the party. 

The United States Army Band, which accompanied the party 
was, as always, a colorful and popular element, their rendition of 
Pan American and other special music, under the able direction of 
their leader, Captain Stannard, contributing a crisply inspiring note 
to the entire proceedings of Pan American Day. 

Upon the arrival of the party in Philadelphia they were met at the 
Broad Street Station by the Mayor’s reception committee, headed by 
former Governor Sproul, which included a picked group of officers 
from the State National Guard of Pennsylvania and the Reserve 
Corps of the United States Army, the Latin American consuls 
located in Philadelphia, the members of the Mayor’s cabinet, and 
other distinguished and representative citizens of Philadelphia. 

After the exchange of official greetings and the assignment, as mili- 
tary aide, of one of the officers mentioned to each chief of mission, 





PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION 3 


the party entered the fleet of waiting automobiles and, escorted by 
mounted police and cavalry, they proceeded through the crowded and 
flag-bedecked streets to Independence Square where, in historic 
Independence Hall, the Minister of Guatemala, Sefior Francisco 
Sanchez Latour, on behalf of the governing board of the Pan American 
Union, deposited a commemorative wreath on the famous Liberty 
Bell, which in 1776 proclaimed to a listening world the Declaration of 
Independence of the United States—a wreath which was an expres- 
sion of the homage of 20 other American nations which, since that 
proclamation, have successively announced their independence and 
won their entrance into the family of free and sovereign American 
Republics. 

Meanwhile, outside, the famous Philadelphia Police Band was by 
its inspiring music holding the crowded ranks who, at the conclusion 
of the brief ceremony in Independence Hall, had assembled to witness 
the planting in that consecrated spot of a tree symbolic of American 
unity and constantly growing friendship. In brief, well-chosen 
phrases, Mayor Kendrick dedicated the hardy young red oak, 
already in place, as a living memorial of Pan American Day in the 
Sesquicentennial International Exposition, whereupon he handed the 
spade to Undersecretary Grew who, as Secretary Kellogg’s repre- 
sentative, turned the first spadeful of earth, being followed by the 
vice chairman of the governing board of the Pan American Union, 
and then, in turn, by each remaining Chief of Mission. After affixing 
the commemorative metal shield, and after the slow vibrations of 
21 solemn strokes from the great bell had died away, the party was 
escorted to the Bellevue Stratford Hotel, where the official luncheon 
given in their honor by the Mayor and the exposition officials was 
served, the Mayor presiding. 


Toward the close of the luncheon Mayor Kendrick, as _ host, 
delivered the following official greeting: 


Distinguished Guests, Ladies and Gentlemen: 

As Mayor of the great city of Philadelphia—the birthplace of liberty—and as 
president of the Sesquicentennial International Exposition, I bid you welcome 
here on this historic occasion. I am, indeed, delighted that the people of North 
and South America should meet for such an interesting observance. 

No celebration commemorating the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of 
American independence would be complete nor could a history of such an event 
be chronicled which did not include the assembly in this city of the representatives 
of the Republics of North and South America. We have so much in common 
that not only should our relations be closely interwoven because of our geograph- 
ical location, but also for commercial and diplomatic reasons which are apparent 
to all of us. 

Thirty-seven years ago the first great Pan American Congress was held in the 
United States. Many of the important sessions of that epoch-making assembly 
were held in this historic old city, and distinguished visitors from nations south 
of our border visited Independence Hall to pay their respects to the Shrine of 


4 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





THE FLAG RAISING CEREMONY, PAN AMERICAN 


Liberty. That Congress brought forth the establishment of the Pan American 
Union and has had, I feel, much to do in creating the most friendly relations 
between the people of North and South America. 

The first general Pan American Commercial Congress was organized in this 
city in 1897 under the auspices of the Commercial Museum. Representatives of 
Latin American Republics spent several days in Philadelphia, and later visited 
industrial establishments located in various parts of the United States. Two 
years later there convened here the great International Commercial Congress, 
made up not only of representatives of the American Republics, but of other 
nations, and the result of that meeting was to create a widespread influence in 
furthering friendly relations in international trade. 

Philadelphia is very proud of the part it has played in establishing weley noms 
of the most friendly character among the American Republics. 

Our Commercial Museum is a monument to our endeavors in that direction. 
Incidentally, we feel that this museum is the finest of its kind in the world 
and I am sure that while you are visitors to this great city you will find time and 
opportunity to visit it and to inspect the wonderful displays which have, from 
time to time, been gathered from all parts of the Western Hemisphere. 

It is singularly appropriate that one of the most important events of the 
Sesquicentennial International Exposition should be Pan American Day, and 
I am delighted to be permitted to participate in to-day’s program. 

The Sesquicentennial International Exposition would not be complete if the 
representatives of the Republics south of our border did not assemble here and 
did not visit and view what we have to offer in the shape of exhibits sent here 
from all parts of the world. It was particularly appropriate, therefore, that we 
set aside a day for the purpose of meeting and greeting you men of Latin 
America, because 50 years ago your countries took an active interest in the 
celebration in this city of the Centennial of American Independence. 

In 1876 one of the features of the celebration was the visit to Philadelphia of 
Dom Pedro II, the Emperor of Brazil, and many other noted men and women of 


PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION dD 





AY AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION 


the nations you represent. Much has transpired since that centennial cele- 
bration of our independence. The independent States of Latin America have 
developed, and now the great area of territory south of our country is made 
up of powerful nations who have sent here a magnificent display of the results 
of their activities and of the progress they have made along the line of human 
endeavor. 

These nations which to-day you represent play a vital part in the world’s 
affairs, not only in commerce but in every other phase of human activity. 

The fight for independence waged by the countries of Latin America is 
interesting, inspiring, and replete with stories of self-sacrifice and of devotion 
to the same ideals for which the patriots of this Nation fought 150 years ago. 

The restriction of civil rights to natives of the motherlands who settled in 
the Americas deprived them and their children of a voice in local affairs, and it 
was but natural that humanity should ultimately rebel against restrictions which 
were so inimical to progress and to peace. 

It is interesting to recall that the ery for freedom and independence spread 
soon after this country declared itself to be free and independent at the old 
State House in this city. It was not until 33 years later, however, that this 
independence was brought about by a royal decree which conferred upon the 
Colonies the freedom of trade, agriculture, and industry to a degree never before 
experienced. 

Unfortunately, there was conflict between the views of the military establish- 
ment and of men of commerce, and the result was a long period of warfare. 
Indeed, it was not until 1822 that the United States of Colombia was recognized 
by the Congress of the United States. 

The following year the Monroe Doctrine was established, which ever since 
has upheld the following cardinal principle of New World relations and respon- 
sibility: 

“With the existing colonies or dependencies of any EKuropean power we have 
not interfered and shall not interfere. But with the Governments who have 


6 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


declared their independence and maintained it, and whose independence we 
have, on great consideration and on just principles, acknowledged, we could 
not view any interposition for the purpose of oppressing them or controlling in 
any other manner their destiny by any European power in any other light than 
as the manifestation of an unfriendly disposition toward the United States.” 

The end came on January 26, 1826, when the last military forces of the Old 
World in the New capitulated. 

I am very happy, indeed, to speak to you on this epoch-making occasion, and 
I trust that you will carry back to your countries and homes the message of ¢ ood 
will and of world peace which we are attempting to spread and which we firmly 
believe will be the dominating message growing out of the Sesquicentennial 
International Exposition. 

From the very beginning I have taken the stand that conflicts between men 
and among nations should forever cease. I have preached the doctrine that the 
peace table should take the place of the battle field, and that the treaty-writing 
pen should be substituted for the sword. Moreover, I am one of those who 
believe that wise counsel and cool deliberation will ever prevent bloodshed and 
distress, and to this ideal I have dedicated this great exposition. 

I bid you a hearty welcome, and trust that your visit to Philadelphia will be a 
memorable one and a most productive one, and that out of this meeting will 
grow a stronger bond of friendship and good will between the peoples of all of 
the nations here represented. 


Mr. Joseph C. Grew, Undersecretary of State, in his character as 
official representative of the Secretary of State, responded to these 
cordially hospitable expressions in the following terms: 


It was a happy thought of His Honor the Mayor of Philadelphia and the 
authorities of the Sesquicentennial International Exposition to arrange for the 
celebration of ‘‘Pan American Day.” 

The Declaration of Independence of 1776, which echoed and reechoed through- 
out the two continents, was one of the important factors in awakening that spirit 
of liberty which finally found expression in the independence of this country and 
in the founding of the 20 sister Republics of Latin America. 

The tocsin sounded in this city by the Liberty Bell a century and a half ago 
not only inspired the founders of the freedom of this country, but it also reverber- 
ated throughout the New World. 

The apostles of Latin American independence kept its echoes alive for a genera- 
tion unti] the heroes of the Latin American emancipation movement, inspired by 
its tones, began the heroic struggle which, about a decade later, finally triumphed 
a century ago. , 

This splendid celebration of ‘‘Pan American Day” affords us the opportunity 
to renew our faith in the purposes and ideals of the founders of American liberty, 
and at the same time to strengthen our purpose in making the international 
relations of the American Republics an expression of that spirit of unity and 
cooperation which is the very essence of Pan Americanism. We are all inspired 
by this spirit, both within our respective boundaries and in our relations with our 
sister Republics, and we are eager to take advantage of the advanced equipment 
of modern progress in order to realize concretely, by actual contact, this ideal of 
greater unity and closer cooperation. 

An actual example of this desire to facilitate the friendly intercourse with the 
countries of the Americas may be found in the Pan American flight to be under- 
taken by American Army flyers in the new amphibian planes. 


PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION if 


& 

as 
Ny 
aN 
iv 
aN 
NW 
AN 





MAIN ENTRANCE OF THE FINE ARTS BUILDING, SESQUICENTENNIAL 
EXPOSITION 


This has been described as a flight of American Army planes, but it might 
perhaps be better described as the first step on our part in an endeavor to facilitate 
rapid communication between the sister Republics and ourselves. 

The cordial responses to the requests made of the Governments of the countries 
of the Western Hemisphere for permission to make this flight over their territory 
have been received by the Government of the United States with deep gratifica- 
tion, and I am confident that with their cooperation this, the first Pan American 
flight, will be a success and that it will mark a turning point in the development 
of communication between the countries of the Americas. 

As the Hon. Dwight F. Davis, Secretary of War, has publicly stated, the object 
of this flight is one for the promotion of friendship and is undertaken with that 
object in view, in the hope that closer relationship between the countries will be 
established. 

As the official representative of the Secretary of State, I desire to express to 
His Honor the Mayor and the authorities of the Sesquicentennial his deep appre- 
ciation and that of the members of the governing board of the Pan American 
Union for the warm reception extended to us, as well as for these significant cer- 
emonies in which we are permitted to take part. 


8 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


His Excellency the Minister of Guatemala, Dr. Francisco Sanchez 
Latour, in his character as vice chairman of the governing board of 
the Pan American Union, then expressed himself as follows: 


Mr. Mayor, Gentlemen of the Sesquicentennial International Haposition: 

I feel that I can best perform the pleasant duty assigned to me by strongly 
seconding the sentiment of appreciation so well expressed by His Excellency 
the Secretary of State. We are all deeply grateful to you, Mr. Mayor, not only 
for this splendid reception, but also for the very significant ceremonies which 
you have arranged in honor of ‘Pan American Day.” 

We deem it a special honor to join with you in the celebration of ‘‘ Pan American 
Day’’ because we all realize the close and intimate relation between the great 
event in the history of the United States which you are celebrating through this 
wonderful exposition, and the birth of the 20 independent Latin American nations 
to the south of you. The really significant fact is not the existence of 21 Republics 
on the American Continent, but that they are united by a spirit of real con- 
tinental solidarity. 

I sometimes doubt whether the people of this country and the peoples of the 
other countries of America fully realize the far-reaching significance of the work 
that is being carried on by the official organization of the 21 Republics of America, 
known as the Pan American Union. Through this great central organization 
the spirit of cooperation and mutual helpfulness between the Republies of America 
is being fostered, and a sense of harmony developed, which gives to the American 
Republies a position unique in the annals of history. It is our privilege to give 
the world an example of unity of thought and unity of action. 

It is most appropriate that in this ‘City of Brotherly Love” the representa- 
tives of the American Republics should assemble, not only to express to you their 
gratitude for this splendid celebration, but also to renew and reaffirm their faith 
in constructive and progressive Pan Americanism. 

Upon the conclusion of the luncheon the official party was escorted 
to the exposition grounds, passing on the way through smart files 
from the Army, Marine Corps, and Navy and being met at the main 
entrance by Troop C of the One Hundred and Third United States 
Cavalry, Brigadier General Learned acting as grand marshal from 
that point to the reviewing stand in the Forum of the Founders, 
where special seats had been reserved. Here, to the stirring strains 
of the Army Band, the Pan American party reviewed the various 
military and naval units as these marched by to take up their ap- 
pointed places immediately outside the great semicircle of flag- 
staffs, 21 in number, which, gaily festooned and decorated, had been 
erected. 

The raising of the flags, one of the most dramatically beautiful 
ceremonies ever witnessed in Philadelphia, took place immediately 
following the invocation, which was pronounced by the Rey. L. C. 
Washburn, rector of Old Christ Church in that city. The Ambassa- 
dors, Ministers, and Chargés d’Affaires, escorted by their military 
and naval aides, thereupon proceeded, in alphabetical order, to take 
their stand beside their respective flagstaffs, each awaiting the 
moment when Mayor Kendrick and former Governor Sproul having 


PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION ) 


released and placed in his hands the halyards, he might raise and 
fling to the breeze the flag of his country. 

As each flag was raised, that of the United States being reserved 
to the last, the stirring strains of the corresponding national anthem 
were heard, followed by the thunder of one gun fired in salute from 
Camp Anthony Wayne. Simultaneously with the unfurling of “Old 
Glory” and the sounding of the twenty-first gun of the salute, the 
bands broke into The Star-Spangled Banner, at the conclusion of 
which a thousand homing doves were released from the top of the 
forum whence they winged their flight to carry their message of 
peace to the four corners of the compass. While the fluttering of 
their wings could still be distinguished, Monsignor Whitaker, from 





CLOISTER, GARDEN COURT, FINE ARTS BUILDING 


his place on the reviewing stand, pronounced the benediction, and 
the most moving and picturesque ceremony since the Sesquicenten- 
nial opened came-to an end. 

The scene of activity then shifted to Old High Street, where the 
Pan American party visited George Washington’s old Philadelphia 
residence, in which they were the guests of the women’s board of the 
exposition. Then followed, in rapid succession, visits to the beauti- 
ful Cuban, Argentine, and Spanish pavilions and to other Hispano- 
American exhibits; to Camp Anthony Wayne, where an impressive 
parade and review was staged in their honor; to the Palace of Trans- 
portation, the Government, and a number of other buildings under 
the personal conduction of Admiral H. O. Stickney, the official 


10 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


party returning by special train to Washington at 7.15. A very 
special concert of Pan American music in the Exposition Auditorium 
completed Pan American Day—a red letter day in the annals of the 
Sesquicentennial International Exposition and one of grateful 
memory to all those who were privileged to participate therein. 


ARGENTINA AND BRAZIL AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL 
INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION 


Since the opening of the Sesquicentennial International Exposition 
in commemoration of the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of 
the signing of the Declaration of Independence in Philadelphia, the 
Exposition officials have from time to time, as an international 
courtesy, facilitated arrangements whereby the Latin American 
countries might, should they so desire, celebrate a special day, pref- 
erably their respective national anniversaries. It may be added that 
the majority of the countries, members of the Pan American Union, 
availed themselves of this courtesy. 

The Butuntin takes great pleasure in reproducing the official 
text of the addresses by the respective diplomatic representatives, 
on Argentine Day and Brazilian Day, both delivered in English, as 
follows: 


I 


ADDRESS BY DR. FELIPE A. ESPIL, CHARGE D’AFFAIRES OF ARGENTINA 
IN THE UNITED STATES, AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL 
EXPOSITION IN PHILADELPHIA, ON THE OCCASION OF THE INAUGURA- 
TION OF THE ARGENTINE BUILDING, ON ‘‘ ARGENTINA DAY,” OCTOBER 
30, 1926, IN RESPONSE TO THE ADDRESS OF THE MAYOR OF PHILA- 
DELPHIA, HON. W. FREELAND KENDRICK, ON HIS ACCEPTANCE OF 
THE BUILDING IN BEHALF OF THAT CITY FROM THE PRESIDENT 
OF THE ARGENTINE DELEGATION, DR. TRISTAN ACHAVAL RODRIGUEZ 


Mr. Mayor, Mr. Admiral, Ladies and Gentlemen: 

Argentina could not look with indifference on the sesquicentennial celebration 
of the Declaration of Independence of the United States. 

That great historical event, the declaration of independence, had a greater 
influence on the emancipation of the Spanish-American colonies and upon the 
system of political philosophy which presided over their organization and their 
development than has been generally acknowledged. 

From the beginning of our revolution the men who fought in Argentina for 
independence turned their eyes toward this American democracy, yearning for 
inspiration and for example, and the men who had the responsibility of the affairs 
of this country, still feeling the wounds of the recent struggle, viewed with deep 
concern the fate of a cause that was so close to their hearts and their ideals. 

A communication of July, 1816, addressed by the authorities of Buenos Aires 
to President Madison, advising him of the declaration of our independence, shows 
fully this kinship in the sentiments of both countries. 





INAUGURATION OF THE ARGENTINE PAVILION AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION 


12 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


“Tt can not be forgotten,” they said, ‘‘that in this heroic revolution the people 
of Argentina have had their eyes fixed in advance upon that great Republic that 
exists in North America. The United States, since their glorious independence, 
have been as a luminous constellation, pointing the way opened by Providence 
to the other people of this part of the globe.” 

Like feelings were shown shortly afterwards by our first confidential agent to 
the Government of the United States, Don Manuel H. de Aguirre. When 
addressing the Secretary of State, Mr. John Quincy Adams, in regard to the recog- 
nition of our independence, he expressed himself as follows: 

‘“The identity of political principles, the consideration of their inhabiting the 
same hemisphere, and the sympathy so natural to those who have experienced 
similar evils, would be so many additional reasons in support of its anxiety. 

‘“There still exist, there still preside over the councils of this nation, many of 
those who supported and sealed with their blood the rights of man; their wounds, 
permit me to say so, are so many powerful advocates here for the Spanish Amer- 
icans. 

“The recollection that it was these United States which first pointed out to 
us the path of glory and the evidence that they are enjoying most fully the blessed 
effects of liberty inspire me with the conviction that it is for them also to show 
- that they know how to appreciate our efforts.” 

Such were the sentiments that moved the leaders of our revolution toward 
these United States, and it is only fair to say that their hopes for moral support 
and for appreciation of their efforts were never unfulfilled. 

If we found then, amongst the men of the American Government, the unfailing 
champions, before the world, of the justice of our cause, it must be explained by 
the fact pointed out by Aguirre, that the councils of this nation were still guided 
by those men who. had themselves fought for the independence of the United 
States, and who were responsible for that famous document that was signed here, 
in Philadelphia, on the 4th of July, 1776. 

Both Madison and Monroe, who were Presidents of this Nation at the most 
distressing period of our struggle, took a very active part in the American Revo- 
lutionary War, and both had the same spiritual and political creed as Thomas 
Jefferson, whose masterly pen drafted the memorable declaration. It could be 
stated, without exaggeration, that his advice and inspiration had much to do 
with the course of the policy followed by the American Government when faced 
by the revolt of the Spanish-American colonies. 

No wonder, then, the open sympathy felt from the beginning by the American 
Government for the cause of the new countries; and what is more, its enduring 
efforts in the field of diplomacy to thwart the plans of the Holy Alliance, decidedly 
adverse to those political principles whose fermentation brought forward the 
independence of the United States and, 40 years later, the independence of the 
South American countries. 

It was with the accession to the Secretaryship of State of John Quincy Adams— 
that President, son of another President who was also a signer of the American 
Declaration of Independence—that the cause of the South American countries 
found the most capable and steadfast champion; and it is for me a source of 
special pleasure to be able, on this occasion, to pay such a well-deserved tribute 
to the memory of a statesman to whose endeavors, more than to anyone else’s, 
we are indebted for the early recognition of our independence on the part of the 
United States. 

His efforts along this line were not limited to the United States, because he 
exerted himself most earnestly and effectively to frustrate the attempts of the 
Holy Alliance for the restoration of the Spanish colonial dominion in South 
America. 


PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION 13 


He was not only instrumental in promoting the defeat of that policy at the 
Congress of Aix la Chapelle, but he had even the courage to advise the Spanish 
Government to give up its claims upon the Colonies at a time when the negotia- 
tions on Florida were still open, and it would therefore have been expedient to 
adopt a conciliatory attitude toward Spain. 

Addressing himself, in May, 1820, to General Vives, Spanish Ambassador to 
Washington, Adams made the following statement: 

““The proposal which has been made by the Government of the United States 
to some of the principal powers of Europe for a recognition, in concert, of the 
independence of Buenos Aires was founded, as I have observed to you, upon an 
opinion then and still entertained: that this recognition must, and would, at a 
not very remote period, be made by Spain herself; that the joint acknowledgment 
by several of the principal powers of the world at the same time might probably 
induce Spain the sooner to accede to that necessity in which she must ultimately 
acquiesce, and would thereby hasten an event propitious to her own interests, 
by terminating a struggle in which she is wasting her strength and resources, 
without a possibility of success, an event ardently to be desired by every friend 
of humanity afflicted by the continental horrors of war, cruel and sanguinary 
beyond example.”’ 

The fact is that John Quincy Adams, in speaking and acting in this way, was 
prompted by a full faith in the fate of democracy and a deep-rooted aversion to 
hierarchy and privilege. Therefore, Adams, better than any other, could stress, 
as he did, the contrast between the two political systems that contended for 
preeminence on this continent, the outcome of which would be the subjugation — 
or the independence of the Spanish-American colonies. 

“The policy, the interests, and the feelings of the Government of the United 
States,’ he stated, with great emphasis, in a confidential communication to 
Richard Anderson, American minister to Colombia, dated May, 1823, ‘‘all con- 
curred to favor the cause of the colonies from the first dawning of South American 
independence; and the principles upon which the right of independence has been 
maintained by the South American patriots have been approved, not only as 
identical with those upon which our own independence was asserted and achieved, 
but as involving the whoie theory of government on the emphatically American 
foundation of the sovereignty of the people and the inalienable rights of man. 

“To a cause reposing on this basis, the people of this country never could be 
indifferent, and their sympathies have accordingly been, with great unanimity 
and constancy, enlisted in its favor.” 

‘“k * + The European alliance of Emperors and Kings,’ he continued, 
‘has assumed, as the foundation of human society, the doctrine of inalienable 
allegiance. Our doctrine is founded upon the principle of inalienable right. The 
European allies, therefore, have viewed the cause of the South Americans as 
rebellion against their lawful sovereigns. We have considered it as the assertion 
of natural right. They have invariably shown their disapprobation of the revo- 
lution and their wishes for the restoration of the Spanish power. We have as 
constantly favored the standard of independence and of America.” 

It was not, therefore, any motive of national or immediate interest, nor the 
prospect of any economic advantage, that led Adams to favor the emancipation 
of the new countries. 

Along with his strong confidence in the fate of democracy, there was an almost 
religious vision of the destiny that Providence had reserved for the nations of this 
continent, and the great common task of civilization that the future held in store 
for them. 


20979—26}—Bull. 1——2 


14 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





RAISING THE FLAG OF ARGENTINA 


A part of the ceremony incident to the dedication of the Argentine Building at the Sesquicentennial 
Exposition 


In that same communication this splendid vision is most brilliantly expressed: 

“The emancipation of the South American Continent,’’ Adams said, “‘opens to 
the whole race of man prospects of futurity in which this Union will be called, in 
the discharge of its duties to itself and to unnumbered ages of posterity, to take 
a conspicuous and leading part. It involves all that is precious in hope, and all 
that is desirable in existence, to the countless millions of our fellow creatures 
which, in the progressive revolution of time, this hemisphere is destined to rear 
and to maintain. ; 

“That the fabric of our social connections with our southern neighbors may rise, 
in the lapse of years, with a grandeur and harmony of proportion corresponding 
with the magnificience of the means placed by Providence in our power and in 
that of our descendants, its foundation must be laid in principles of polities 
and of morals new and distasteful to the thrones and dominations of the elder 
world, but coextensive with the surface of the globe and lasting as the changes 
of time.” 

A century has elapsed since that prophecy was uttered, but it still represents 
the most far-sighted program of Pan American communion and the most generous 
platform of friendship and civilization to gather together the countries of the 
New World. 

May I hope to be forgiven for this intrusion in American history; but I have 
been prompted by a feeling that it was worth while on this occasion to review 
these almost forgotten occurrences, because they emphasize most significantly 
the influence played by the principles of the American Revolution in the fate of 


PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION [5 


our own revolution, and enable us to evaluate the unwearied efforts put forth 
by the fathers of this country, reared in the atmosphere of those principles, for 
the definitive achievement of our freedom. 

It is these occurrences that also explain the true character of this sesquicenten- 
nial celebration. The Declaration of the American Independence is not only a 
national but a continental event. Argentina, well imbued with this significance, 
could not attend indifferently the consecration of that event, whose powerful 
irradiation enlivened the strenuous endeavors of our forefathers, and did much 
to secure our independence, as that of the sister Republics of this continent. 

The pavilion we are to-day inaugurating is an expression of those sentiments. 
It is a token of reverence from Argentina for the glorious date which this great 
exposition is commemorating. 


iL 


ADDRESS BY HIS EXCELLENCY, DR. SYLVINO GURGEL DO AMARAL, 
AMBASSADOR EXTRAORDINARY AND PLENIPOTENTIARY OF BRAZIL IN 
THE UNITED STATES, AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL 
EXPOSITION, ON ‘‘BRAZILIAN DAY,’ NOVEMBER 15, 1926, IN RE- 
SPONSE TO THE ADDRESS OF WELCOME BY THE PRESIDENT OF 
THE EXPOSITION IN BEHALF OF HIS HONOR THE MAYOR OF PHILA- 
DELPHIA 


Mr. Chairman, Gentlemen of the Sesquicentennial International Exposition, Ladies 
and Citizens of Philadelphia: 


To disguise the emotion with which I rise to thank you would be a betrayal 
of my own feelings. I am deeply moved by your generous hospitality. No man 
of heart can receive the homage bestowed upon his country, in a land foreign to 
him, without his patriotism reaching the very heights of joy, pride, gratification, 
and emotion. 

The greatness of the American people has no flaws to impair its perfection. 
The manner in which the Americans extend their hospitality makes one feel that 
your reception has always the touch of your heart, and it is because of this touch 
of your heart that your civility is so lavish and bountiful. 

I feel proud, ladies and gentlemen, to be the Ambassador of Brazil speaking 
in Philadelphia during the Sesquicentennial Exposition. 

The sonority of the name of Philadelphia seems to convey to all liberty-loving 
peoples the resounding voice of its historical bell. Its striking sound 150 years 
ago was the never-to-be-forgotten alarm that gave birth to modern democracy 
and its impetus throughout the ages. It was the salute to life of the infant 
Republic which, with gigantic steps, has since built in a short period the most 
powerful commonwealth that history registers. It is powerful because it is the 
creator of the most astounding wealth that ever existed; it is powerful because 
of the untiring energy of all the races that, bound together, made America; it is 
powerful because this democracy has already constituted itself into the most 
colossal reserves of thought and learning in the world; and it is powerful because, 
wherever and whenever humanity suffers, the American people come to their 
rescue with a promptness and generosity that marks a high peak in the history 
of human solidarity. 

Fifty years ago a great citizen of Brazil came to Philadelphia to inaugurate the 
International Exposition of 1876. This great citizen was Emperor Dom Pedro, 
the Marcus Aurelius of modern times. He was the first monarch to pay a visit 


16 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION’ 


to the American democracy and to study the new methods of life that the Ameri- 
cans had set in motion. A great scholar, a deep philosopher, and a man of heart, 
the Emperior tried to derive from his contact with American institutions some 
constructive force which might, in his belief and hope, reconcile the liberties of 
the Brazilian people with the characteristic aspects of a crowned government. 
He failed in his task. He could not have succeeded. But he went down in his- 
tory as a sovereign who respected the will of his people and never opposed the 
full development of their ideals of liberty. He was a sovereign of old dynasties 
with a modern republican heart. This is his best eulogy. The Brazilian Republic 
did not permit his remains and the remains of the Empress to stay in a land of 
exile, but gave them eternal rest on Brazilian soil. The Brazilian family, closely 
united in democracy, has thus paid a tribute of respect and tendered an embrace 
of love to the memory of its first citizen of days gone by. 

Philadelphia greets now, to-day, the great Brazilian democracy upon the 
anniversary of the proclamation and establishment of our Republic. It falls to 
me, as a plain Brazilian citizen, honored with its diplomatic representation, to 
wave my hand to the people of Philadelphia in a most cordial salute of gratitude 
for the distinction that Philadelphia confers upon Brazil. 

This is, chronologically, the latest token of your friendship. This friendship 
is a long-standing one. Even before our independence commercial relations were 
initiated in the year 1800 between Philadelphia and Rio de Janeiro by the North 
American sailing ship Fabius, under the command of Captain Daly. Still before 
our independence, which took place in the year 1822, we sent to Philadelphia the 
first consignment of our coffee. The American sailing ship Pittsburgh brought 
to this city 600 bags of coffee on the 15th of September, 1809, to the order of 
Lewis Krumbhaar. Our commercial relations have since increased considerably. 
Good commercial relations are the very foundation of good friendship. From 
the 600 bags of coffee in 1809, we jump to the figure of 57,447 bags of coffee, 
weighing 7,525,522 pounds, landed in Philadelphia in 1925. Philadelphia has 
exported to Brazil, in the same year 1925, goods and merchandise amounting to 
$4,927,631 and has imported from Brazil in the same period $2,953,140. In 50 
years from now, one of the Brazilian ambassadors who will succeed me in the 
course of time will repeat these figures in Philadelphia and will certainly add 
others still larger in order to show the inevitable increase of our trade and the 
everlasting character of our friendship. 

Even before the years that I have just pointed out, a Brazilian scientist and 
diplomat came to Philadelphia on an official mission. It was in 1798 that 
Hyppolito José da Costa Pereira came to Philadelphia to study the North Ameri- 
can flora. He came under the orders of the Government of Portugal, our mother 
country, which was then to Brazil what Britain had been to the United States. 
He was the only South American intrusted with an official mission who ever 
was received by George Washington at Mount Vernon. 

So, my friends of Philadelphia, you see that the Brazilians are not strangers 
amongst you. Some of my countrymen have established their homes in this city. 
They love it. They love your people. They love you. 

I could very easily, so agreeable is my task, speak to you for a considerable 
length of time, but experience shows that truth and short words like to be 
together. I therefore will silence my voice, opening my heart to ask you, ladies 
and gentlemen, to rise in a greeting for the prosperity and welfare of the Phila- 
delphian people, for the greatness and perennial glory of the United States of 
America, and for the unfailing love of our two countries. 





@ @ @ @ 

















COUNTRY is known by its guidebook. If it hasn’t one 
of these handy volumes it is apt to lose a big annual 
revenue, for this is the age of travel, and the tourist 
crop, assiduously cultivated, sometimes yields huge 

returns. A guidebook which is sympathetically interpretative and 
which explains in a friendly way the history, language, ideals, habits, 
manners, and customs of an alien people is of peculiar value to the 
visiting stranger, for no single volume can so effectively place him 
on a footing of intimacy and good-fellowship. Few intelligent 
travelers visit a strange country without a guidebook if such is 
obtainable, and the guidebook industry is now on a basis as fixed 
as that of the transportation companies. 

America rather than Europe should by right have been the first 
to popularize the modern guidebook, for the first book to see the 
light on the Western Hemisphere was of this class. It was printed 
on a press brought over from Spain by the followers of Hernan 
Cortés, and set up in the old Academia de San Carlos at Mexico 
City in 1536. As its author (Fray Juan de Estrada) called it 
Una Escalera Espiritual para Llegar al Cielo (A Spiritual Ladder for 
Reaching Heaven), and as its manifest purpose was to guide the 
reader to a happier sphere, Mr. T. Philip Terry, author of several 
admirable guidebooks, maintains that in the strictest sense it was 
a guidebook. 

The real impetus to the well-known red-covered “euide, counsellor, 
and friend’? was imparted by Karl Baedeker, who inherited his 
father’s printing establishment in 1859, transferred it from Coblenz 
to Frankfort in 1872, and there began the publication of the many 
famous Baedekers which later bore his name. As early as 1805 
the original Baedeker had issued Klein’s Guide to the Rhine, but this 
prototype of the modern handbook never became as popular as the 
several handbooks which early in the nineteenth century came from 
the press of the celebrated London printing house of John Murray. 
Greatest and best among these, and still a classic among guidebooks, 
was Richard Ford’s Handbook for Travelers in Spain, written by 
him in 1845 and, because published by John Murray, known as 
Murray’s Guide to Spain. In this connection it is interesting to 
recall that neither Murray nor Baedeker was essentially a guidebook 
writer, and that many of the books of this class issued from their 

ile 


18 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


establishments, under their own names, were written by men whose 
names did not always figure largely in them. In time Baedeker 
improved the format of the guidebook and by imparting Teutonic 
thoroughness and critical exactness to it made it known the world 
round. But to the everlasting credit of Ford it must be said that he 
elevated the guidebook from the plane of more or less stodgy statistics 
and dry descriptions to one of high literature. His Spain was more 
than a guidebook; it was a fascinating compendium of Spanish history, 
art, language, customs, topography, and whatnot, coupled with 





MORRO CASTLE, HABANA 


View looking across the harbor entrance. Morro Castle, a precipitous mass of masonry which rises from 
the living rock 120 feet above the sea at high tide, is a stern guardian of the city 


sparkling commentaries on things Spanish which still make excellent 
reading. His descriptions were lyrics of color and force, and while 
guiding the stranger through the highways and byways of micro- 
cosmic Spain he entertained the traveler with a flow of wit and wis- 
dom that enriched his journey as much as did the places visited. 

In 1909 Mr. T. Philip Terry, an American lover of things Spanish 
on this continent, who had traveled repeatedly up and down and 
across the world, who lived 11 years in Mexico, knew the country, the 
people and their language intimately, and liked them all, produced a 


GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS 19 


Guide to Mexico which contained the best features of the Baedeker 
and Murray volumes along with personal ideas gained during 10 
years of continuous travel and 8 complete journeys round the world. 
It so pleased Mexicans and foreigners alike that it promptly became 
the standard handbook of Mexico, and it so remains. It also gained 
for its author the title of the American Baedeker. It is a fat, com- 
pact little volume of 850 pages (200 more than are contained in the 
Jargest Baedeker) and 28 maps and plans, and it. carefully, sympa- 
thetically, and minutely portrays that historically fascinating and 
picturesque Republic from the Rio Grande to Yucatan and Guate- 
mala. His next venture was a thousand-page volume on the tidy 





_. | 


MORRO CASTLE, OVERLOOKING SANTIAGO BAY 


While smaller and less picturesque than the Morro fort in Habana, it has much of interest for the tourist 


little Empire of Japan (including Formosa, Korea, South Manchuria, 
and the Trans-Siberian Railway), where he had lived for a decade 
and like many another traveler had fallen under the spell of that 
mysterious and artistic land. The volume is still without a peer in 
the far-eastern field. 

But repeated journeys to foreign lands failed to cloud his love for 
sun-drenched Meridional America—that land whose absorbingly 
interesting history is so closely linked with our own, whose archives 
are filled with the recorded deeds of Columbus, Cortés, Ponce de 
Leon, Balboa, Pizarro, De Soto, Velasquez, and other bold and adven- 
turous spirits who discovered and conquered the New World, and 
whose gallant exploits glow brighter rather than dimmer with the 


20 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


passing centuries. So in 1924 we find him temporarily settled in 
Cuba and writing a guide to that imperiously beautiful Queen of the 
Antillean Seas. This volume, which was issued in October, 1926, 
containing 460 pages and 9 maps and plans, and which is a com- 
panion volume to the Mexico and the Japan, fairly bursts with 
interesting information about Cuba and the Isle of Pines, and as it 
lies before us it brings a realization of how much there is in those 
Caribbean regions to enthrall the traveler and hold his attention. 
How few of us pause to remember that Cuba is the largest, richest, 
loveliest, most healthful, and most accessible of the West Indian 





Photograph by Hamilton Wright 


A NARROW AND PICTURESQUE STREET IN SANTIAGO. DE CUBA 


While one of the most modern and progressive cities of the island, it still retains much of the simplicity 
and attractiveness of other years. A striking irregularity characterizes its older houses 


Isles; that it is 900 miles long, contains three and one-half million 
inhabitants scattered over 44,164 square miles of territory; that it 
has an adorable climate, picturesque cities and towns; palm-flecked 
valleys, caves, and mountains of great beauty; the finest and most 
productive fruit orchards in the world, and vast plantations which 
produce much of the world’s best sugar and most of the world’s 
finest tobacco. Also that it is but 90 miles south of Florida and that 
an admirable telephone system connects it with every nook and 
corner in the United States and Canada. 

As Mr. Terry sees it, Cuba is a winsome sunlit land of abiding charm 
where travel is cheap, easy, and safe; where American money is used 


GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS 21 


J 


and much English is spoken; where the hotels are good, the food 
wholesome, the fruits legion and delicious; the living costs reasonable; 
the people friendly and helpful; where there is much of touristic 
value to be seen in small compass, and where unlooked-for pleasures 
await the traveler. As a winter resort within a few hours’ reach 
of the United States it is almost ideal. Its brilliant capital is one of 
the gayest and most beautiful in the world, with a Spanish atmos- 
phere that is beguiling. From a historical viewpoint he finds it 
most interesting. It was the first large island discovered by Colum- 
bus in the New World, and from it sailed the momentous expeditions 
which conquered Mexico and other lands; brought Florida and the 





A PANORAMIC VIEW OF MATANZAS 


The capital of the rich and productive Matanzas Province contains numerous sights of interest to tourists 


Mississippi River and much of our own southland into world promi- 
nence and for centuries exercised a transcendental influence over 
them. 

To the average resident of the United States Cuba and Habana 
are almost synonymous; other cities, if he has heard of them at all, 
are but names without the magic connotation of such words as 
“Seville,” “Holland,” or ‘“Edinburgh.”’ Yet, Mr. Terry says in his 
Guide, speaking of the one time capital of the island, “Santiago, 
with all its progress, has retained much of its Arcadian simplicity 
and medievalism, and because of this and its extraordinarily pic- 
turesque situation, coupled with its Spanish-Moorish character, it 


DY THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


is the most attractive city on the Island. * * * In few places 
will the artist or the lover of the odd in architecture find more to 
interest him. One of the most satisfying quarters of the port is 
that traversed by the Calle de Heredia Alta, which is crossed by 
quaint side streets pieced out in some places by flights of steps like 
those in Naples. The small, flanking, polychromatic houses with 
jutting casement windows defended by wood or iron bars, which 
sometimes support the repisas (brackets) and upper balconies, are the 
delight of sketchers. No Dutch street was ever more attractive 
The square, oblong, and ovaliform windows are of unfailing interest. 





Photograph by American Photo Studios 


VENALES VALLEY 


Within the Province of Pinar del Rio lie some of the most beautiful and fertile valleys of the island 


Some are of Saracenic design with Persian and Alhambraic sug- 
gestions and latticed blinds, or ‘Judas windows,’ so disposed 
that persons within can look out without being observed. The 
saunterer along the street ofttimes will catch the glance of a flashing 
eye or hear a whispered remark from behind these jalousies, which 
are strictly Arabic in fashion. The approach to Santiago is through 
a region of fruits and flowers that makes one think of the Garden of 
the Hesperides. ”’ 

Camagiiey, a thriving Indian settlement of unknown antiquity 
when Columbus reached Cuba in 1492, and a hotbed of revolutionary 
intrigue against Spain, boasts a cathedral built in 1617 after an 


GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS 23 
earlier one, erected in 1530, had been burned. It has been the 
birthplace of many famous Cubans, including Dr. Carlos Juan 
Finlay Barrés, the immortal scientist who first suggested that the 
female Stegomyia mosquito was the probable carrier of the yellow 
fever germ. 

Although a thriving port, Matanzas has a peculiarly ancient aspect 
in many of its sections. The custom of marking the streets by means 
of quaint, irregular, polychromatic tiles sunk in the house walls; 
the cobbled streets along which come and go high-wheeled Spanish 
carts drawn by gaily caparisoned Andalusian mules; and the general 





Photograph by American Photo Studios 


THE PASEO DE MARTI, FORMERLY THE PRADO, HABANA 


This handsome boulevard, running from the Central Park to the Malecén, is one of the finest and most 
attractive of all the Habana streets 


Moorish aspect of certain quarters confirms the original impression 
of antiquity. Near by is the celebrated Yumuri Valley, regarded as 
the most beautiful vale in the West Indies, rivaling that of Kashmir. 

Among the many other charming towns of the island, Trinidad has 
ever been regarded as one of the most picturesque. Its narrow, 
sloping streets are paved with primitive cobblestones, and its small 
tiled houses, devoid of front yards and each with a tiny patio, remind 
one of a Valencian or an Andalusian town—an aspect heightened by 
the manners and customs of its likable people. The ancestral lines 
of many of these go straight back to the days of Columbus. 





DA: THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


A delightful excursion from Habana is that to the Isle of Pines, 
traveling by rail to Bataban6é and thence by steamer. The sunset 
views and seascapes over the tranquil Caribbean Sea whose waters 
have felt the keels of Columbus’s caravels are unforgettable. _Numer- 
ous picturesque cayos dot the shallow waters. Usually the sea is as 
smooth as glass. In the early dawn of the morning following, the 
ship touches at Jucaro, then proceeds along a beautiful tropical coast 
to the terminus at Nueva Gerona, largest of the island ports. The 
approach up the winding Las Casas River, for years the chosen 
rendezvous of Antillean pirates, is extraordinarily picturesque. The 
mangrove-lined banks backed by waving palms and jungle patches, 
dew-drenched, flower-crowned, and odorous, are the haunts of big 
sea turtles and aquatic birds. Four hundred years ago the eagle 
gaze of Columbus sought out the same points the eye of the traveler 
now seeks. Nueva Gerona is a sunny little town of wide streets and 
attractive, cloisterlike houses and arcades. 

Many delightful hours can be spent sauntering about the old 
metropolis of Habana, and with a knowledge of its early history a 
host of places will repay visits to them. Lovers of the beautiful will 
wish to return again and again to the fine La Reina Church, the 
Museum and Picture Gallery, and to the National Library with its 
wealth of old documents relating to the early days of the port when 
Habana was a growing city and Manhattan Island still a wilderness. 
Certain it is that no single city in the Americas holds within its 
ancient walls more ol historical and abiding interest than this age-old 
stronghold of conquering Spain in the New World. Founded in 
1519, nearly a century before the Pilgrims stepped on Plymouth 
Rock and 70 years before Peter Minuit established the Dutch Settle- 
ment of New Amsterdam on lower Manhattan, it has known the 
physical presence of the valiant men who discovered our own father- 
land. No city possesses a more stirring or romantic past, and none a 
more charming present. The present city is a solid, dignified, com- 
pact, imposing and fascinating metropolis, brilliant in the daytime 
and peculiarly seductive at night under the soft, star-sown sky. 

Among the far-famed points of interest is Morro Castle, or e/ 
Castillo de los Santos Reyes, an isolated precipitous mass of battle- 
mented masonry and scarped headland which, extending seaward 
from the northernmost point of Cabana Ridge, overlooks and guards 
the entrance to Habana Harbor and is almost an integral part of the 
hill on which it stands. Morro owes its existence to the dreaded sea 
dragon Francis Drake who, returning in 1585 from “‘singeing the 
king’s beard”’ at Cartagena, appeared momentarily before Habana, 
and threatened to return in due course and take the port. With 
this threat in mind the Spanish monarch Felipe II instructed (in 1588) 


GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS DS 


the Italian engineer Juan Bautista Antoneli to construct a harbor 
defense that would withstand any piratical attack. 

Other fortresses of colonial times still exist, as well as portions 
of the old wall, 20 feet high, 15 feet thick, and a mile long, which 
once safeguarded the city. The visitor will find the ancient inter- 
mingled with the modern city, whose outdoor life centers in the 
delightful Paseo de Marti, the prolongation of which is the broad 
Malec6n, or seashore boulevard. Both are enriched by notable 
monuments, among which are those to Maceo and Gémez, heroes of 
Cuban Independence, to the students shot in 1871, and to the officers 


\ 





Photograph by American Photo Studios 
THE FORTRESS OF LA FUERZA, HABANA 


This double-walled massive fortress facing the bay is one of the oldest structures on the continent, dating 
from 1537 


and men of the Maine. The monument to the great Marti stands 
in Central Park. ~ 

The magnificent new President’s Palace; the Senate Hall; the 
edifice under construction for the Congress; the City Hall, dating 
from 1773; the university, where a beautiful bronze Alma Mater by 
Mario Korbel extends her welcoming arms; the sumptuous Galician 
and Asturian Clubs; and the National Theater are all impressive 
and interesting buildings. To these should be added, among others, 
the Cathedral, where the bones of Columbus once reposed; the 
Sacred Heart Church (also called La Reina); and the little shrine of 
El Templete. 





PARKS OF HABANA 


The park system of the Cuban capital is being steadily extended. Upper: Parque Central, which presents, 
perhaps, a more varied and constantly changing aspect than any other single spot in the city. It isa 


focal point toward which more than a dozen busy streets converge. Lower: Miramar Park, a plaza 
in one of the newer sections of the city 


GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS Di 


Many parks, delightful suburbs, beautiful alike for their attractive 
houses and luxuriant vegetation, and near-by country and yacht 
clubs contribute to the pleasant life of the Cuban capital, so near 
the United States and yet so exotic in atmosphere. 

For some reason too subtle to be explained in words, no atmosphere 
appeals more strongly to the average northerner than does the 
Spanish. In the Americas this Iberian charm usually is enriched 
by various Indian undertones, shadows of the vanishing races whose 
mysterious ancestors lived and loved and worked in the sun-swept 
South centuries before Col6n was born, and who in Mexico and Cen- 
tral and South America erected palatial cities whose ruins amaze the 
modern traveler and the afterglow of whose romantic existence 
lends a charm that even Greece or Rome can not overshadow. If 
each of the 19 Spanish-speaking countries south of the United States 
possessed a guidebook similar to those Mr. Terry has made for 
Mexico and Cuba—books which would reveal to American tourists 
the inalienable attractions of those fascinating countries—much of 
the $136,000,000 which American tourists now annually spend in 
Europe would be diverted southward, for in point of natural beauty 
and human picturesqueness few countries of the world excel those 
of Latin America. 





THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY, HABANA 


NOTABLE BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS 








Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co. 
NOTABLE PUBLIC BUILDINGS OF SAN SALVADOR, REPUBLIC OF SALVADOR 


Upper: The National Palace. Lower: The National Theater 


IN THE REPUBLIC OF EL SALVADOR 





Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co. 


THE CATHEDRAL, FACING BOI1VAR PARK, IN THE CAPITAL OF SAN SALVADOR 





Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co. 
A BUSINESS STREET IN SAN SALVADOR 


20979—26+—Bull. 1——3 


NOTABLE BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS 








Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co. 
PAVING WORKS IN SAN SALVADOR 


Upper: Seventh Street before improving. Lower: The same street after the new pavement was completed 


IN THE REPUBLIC OF EL SALVADOR 





CARRYING TOBACCO TO MARKET 


An unimproved highway in the interior. An ambitious and progressive program calls for the improve- 
ment and construction of more than 3,000 miles of roads in the Republic of El Salvador 





‘Adi 


Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co. 
A PASSENGER MOTOR BUS IN THE CAPITAL 


The mule tramway in San Salvador has been supplanted by the electric car and by motor bus service 


NOTABLE BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS 








Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co. 
RAILROAD CONSTRUCTION IN EL SALVADOR 


Difficult construction on the railroad now being built between San Salvador and Zacapa, Guatemala. 
Upper: A river was diverted from its opening at the left to the new channel excavated at the right and 
the railroad line was then laid along the old channel. Lower: This view shows the numerous cuts and 
fills and their character within a short stretch of line 


IN THE REPUBLIC OF EL SALVADOR 


Py 








Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co. 
SALVADOR-GUATEMALA RAILROAD 


Upper: Bridge over the Rio Lempa. Lower: A Geepieut through rock in a mountainous section of the 
roa 


AFRICAN ASTR 
IN CHILE «. <<. 















HE magnificent climate and clear atmosphere of Central Chile 
afford conditions exceptionally favorable for the require- 
ments of astronomical observation, and it is satisfactory to 
know that for many years past the observatories established 

in Chile have been making valuable contributions to science. 

The Chilean National Observatory, in the outskirts of Santiago, 
owes its origin to the visit to this country of an astronomical expedi- 
tion from the United States in the year 1849. The following is a 
very brief outline of its history: In October of the year 1849, Lieut. 
James M. Gillis, of the United States Navy, arrived in Valparaiso, 
his tedious journey, in which the Isthmus of Panama had to be 
crossed, having taken 70 days. He came to Chile as the leader of 
an astronomical expedition sent out by the United States Govern- 
ment, his instruments and apparatus being sent in a sailing ship via 
Cape Horn. He was accompanied by Lieuts. S. L. Phels and 
Macrae, as assistants. The expedition remained in Chile for three 
years, fixing its quarters in a temporary structure erected on Cerro 
Santa Lucia, in the heart of the city. Three Chilean students served 
as volunteers. Lieutenant Gillis and his companions returned to the 
United States in the year 1852, after carrying out a series of observa- 
tions of the utmost value. The leader of the expedition wrote a book 
in which he recorded much information with respect to Chile and 
its people 70 years ago that is even now of considerable interest. 

On the departure of the American expedition, the Chilean Govern- 
ment decided to purchase the whole of the instrumental equipment, 
authorizing Professor Domeyko to buy the observatory as it. stood. 
The instruments then acquired included a 6-inch meridian circle 
by Pistor & Martins, and a 1%-inch refractor by Fitz. The 
observatory was placed in the charge of Dr. Charles Moesta, of the 
University of Marburg, as director, and in 1860 a new building was 
erected. Later on a 9%-inch refractor by Merz & Repsold was 
installed and a 13-inch photo-refractor by Cautier. 


THE CHILE BRANCH OF THE LICK OBSERVATORY 


_ A familiar object which strikes the eye of every visitor to Santiago 
is the dome of the observatory on San Cristobal. This is purely an 





1 The South Pacific Mail, Valparaiso, Chile, July 4, 1926 
34 


THE AMERICAN ASTRONOMER IN CHILE 35 


American institution, administered from the Lick Observatory and 
financed, we understand, from the Mills bequest. The observatory 
is situated 920 feet above the city of Santiago and 2,755 feet above 
sea level. It is high enough to clear the mists that rise from the 
valley of the Mapocho River. In this edifice there is a very fine 
reflector with a 3-foot speculum, with a focal length of about 51 feet, 
specially adapted for spectroscopic research. 

The observatory is dedicated mainly to astrophysics. Here have 
been made remarkable studies on the rate of the sun’s motion through 
space, and much elaborate photographic research on the approach and 
recession of the naked-eye stars and the bright line nebule. The 
observatory, which was founded in the early years of the century, has 
been in the charge of several distinguished astronomers, among them 
Messrs. Curtis, Wilson, and Paddock. 


THE HEAVENS IN CHILE 


This is an appropriate place in which to quote a description of the 
southern heavens as seen from the Bay of Valparaiso, written by a 
distinguished American man of science, Commander M. F. Maury, 
LL. D., of the United States Navy, author of an epoch-making work, 
“The Physical Geography of the Sea, and its Meteorology.” He 
is describing the calm evening in Valparaiso, after the furious south 
wind of the summer afternoons has fallen: Presently the stars 
begin to peep out, timidly at first, as if to see whether the elements 
here below had ceased their strife and if the scene on earth be such 
as they, from their bright spheres aloft, may shed their sweet influ- 
ences upon. Sirius, or that blazing world in Argus, may be the 
first watcher to sénd down a feeble ray; then follow another and 
another, all smiling meekly; but presently, in the short twilight of 
the latitude, the bright leaders of the starry host blaze forth in all 
their glory, and the sky is decked and spangled with superb brilliants. 
In the twinkling of an eye, and faster than the admiring gazer can 
tell, the stars seem to leap out from their hiding places. By in- 
visible hands, and in quick succession, the constellations are hung 
out; but first of all, with dazzling glory, in the azure depths of space 
appears the great Southern Cross. That shining symbol lends a 
holy grandeur to the scene, making it still more impressive. Alone 
in the night watch, after the sea breeze has sunk to rest, | have stood 
on the deck under those beautiful skies, gazing, admiring, rapt. 
I have seen there, above the horizon at once, and shining with a 
splendor unknown in northern latitudes, every star of the first 
magnitude—save only six—that is contained in the catalogue of the 
100 principal fixed stars of astronomers. There lies the city on the 
seashore, wrapped in sleep. The sky looks solid, like a vault of 


36 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


steel set with diamonds. The stillness below is in harmony with 
the silence above, and one almost fears to speak, lest the harsh 
sound of the human voice, reverberating through these vaulted 
‘chambers of the south’ should wake up echo and drown the music 
that fills the soul. On looking aloft, the first emotion gives birth 
to a homeward thought; bright and lovely as they are, those, to 
northern sons, are not the stars nor the skies of fatherland. Alpha 
Lyre, with his pure white light, has gone from the zenith, and only 
appears for one short hour above the top of the northern hills. Polaris 
and the Great Bear have ceased to watch from their posts; they are 
away down below the horizon. But, glancing the eye above and 
around, you are dazzled with the splendors of the firmament. The 
moon and the planets stand out from it; they do not seem to touch 
the blue vault in which the stars are set. The Southern Cross is 
just about to culminate. Climbing up in the east are the Centaurs, 
Spica, Bodtes, and Antares, with his lovely little companion, which 
only the best telescopes have the power to unveil. These are all 
bright, particular stars, differing from one another in color as they 
do in glory. At the same time, the western sky is glorious with its 
brilliants, too. Orion is there, just about to march down into the 
sea; but Canopus and Sirius, with Castor and his twin brother, and 
Procyon, Argus, and Regulus—these are high up on their course; 
they look down with great splendor, smiling peacefully as they 
precede the Southern Cross on its westward way. 

“And yonder, farther still, away to the south, float the Magellanic 
clouds, and the ‘Coal Sacks,’ those mysterious, dark spots in the 
sky, which seems as though it had been rent, and these were holes 
in the ‘azure robe of night,’ looking out in the starless, empty 
black abyss beyond. One who has never watched the southern sky 
in the stillness of the night, after the sea breeze with its turmoil is 
done, can have no idea of its grandeur, beauty, and loveliness.” 








Pee. RELATIONS 
"ED UCATIONAL 


2) @ @ Q@ @ Qo @ @ @ 
































By Hamitton M. Wricat 


ECAUSE of the great storm which swept south Florida in 
September and the attention devoted to the subsequent 
exigent relief and reconstruction activities, notice of the 
opening of the University of Miami almost escaped the 

public attention. 

Yet it did open with more than 700 students matriculating on 
the registration days, October 15 and 16, and classes began on Mon- 
day, October 18. Because of the motive with which it was founded: 
as a Pan American University which might serve as a liaison of 
intellectual understanding between Latin America and the United 
States, its opening will have a special significance to many as the 
fulfillment of a long-cherished ambition. 

For many years it had been evident that a strategic location for a 
great university would be in the southeastern region of the United 
States. An educational institution situated there, it was felt, would 
have the greatest possible opportunity, owing to its geographical 
location, to disseminate and to receive helpful influences throughout 
the entire Latin American region, and to develop close cultural rela- 
tionships between the northern and southern continents and the 
near-by regions of Cuba, the West Indies, and Central America. In 
this connection it is proposed, at the University of Miami, to study 
the particular problems of both continents with the hope that each 
may be able to serve as the interpreter of the other. Fortunately a 
special endowment for the Pan American department will make it 
possible for the university to carry on this work in an adequate 
manner. 

Through the contribution of $1,000,000 by Mr. Victor Hope, there 
will be established a College of Chifiaernsliiia, This will have as one 
of its main objectives the organization of a Pan American depart- 
ment in which students and professors from Latin American countries 
will assemble with North American students and teachers, thus 

37 


38 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


contributing to a better and more sympathetic understanding between 
these groups. 

The University of Miami was a project dear to the heart of the 
late William Jennings Bryan, who, deeply interested in Latin America, 
was anxious to foster a closer social and educational relationship 
between the United States and its southern neighbors. Mr. Bryan 
was one of the regents of the new university, while his daughter, 
Mrs. Ruth Bryan Owen, is secretary of the institution. The Hon. 
James M. Cox, former candidate for President of the United States, 
is also one of the regents. 

In announcing the university, Mr. Cox said: 

The rapid increase in the study of Spanish as a language all over the United 
States of America is simply a measure of preparation for a new era in cis-Atlantic 
affairs. Into this whole scheme of things a university in the most attractive 
tropical region in the United States of America fits perfectly. This university 
will have a wide cultural and practical influence not only in Miami and in the 
United States, in general, but in all Latin America. 


While the University of Miami will direct attention to the develop- 
ment of cultural relationships with Latin America, it will by no 
means be devoted exclusively to this objective, for it is conceived as 
a university in the widest sense of the term. 

At present the university is using a very large and agreeably 
situated building on the campus which was uninjured by the storm. 
Construction on the Administration Building has progressed; much 
work has been done upon the grounds, comprising 160 acres in Coral 
Gables, the gift of Mr. George E. Merrick. <A lagoon has been dug 
and waterways which connect it with Biscayne Bay. Other build- 
ings will be constructed as rapidly as is expedient. 

The beautiful Mary Kimball Penney Hall, to be occupied by the 
Miami Conservatory, is the gift of Mr. J. C. Penney, in memory of 
his wife, Mary Kimball Penney. Mrs. Penney, who was well known 
for her lovely character, spent many years of her life in the study of 
music under the best masters both in this country and Europe. She 
was a resident of Miami and the interest she felt in the conservatory 
and the affection she inspired make this a particularly fitting tribute 
to her memory. The building will be finished during the school 
year: 1926-27. . 

The gift of 160 acres of land made by Mr. Merrick, which is valued 
in the books of the university corporation at $1,000,000, although 
worth much more, and the pledge of $4,000,000 toward the endow- 
ment of the institution, made it possible for the board of regents to 
plan definitely the opening of the university this fall. In a campaign 
conducted under the direction of the board, various sums were 
pledged which assure to the institution assets of $8,877,475, includ- 
ing the 160 acres of land presented for use as a campus. Moreover, 


CULTURAL RELATIONS WITH LATIN AMERICA 39 


additional gifts—one of $200,000, fourteen of $100,000, and several in 
the thousands and tens of thousands—have given the fund a magnifi- 
cent start toward its objective of $10,000,000. Eventually the uni- 
versity will represent a much larger investment. 
~ Following the campaign for funds in sufficient amount to open the 
university, the board of regents placed the administration planning 
of the institution in the hands of Mr. Bowman Foster Ashe, who was 
civen the title of executive secretary. With the hearty cooperation 
of many of the great universities of the country, a curriculum was 
devised and a faculty employed. 

The officers and members of the board of regents are as follows: 
William E. Walsh, chairman; Ruth Bryan Owen, vice-chairman; 





Courtesy of Hamilton M. Wright 
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI 
Scale model of the university’s new Administration Building now under construction. The immense 


structure, in picturesque Hispano-Moresque architecture, will front upon a large artificial lake, and will 
be surrounded with attractive tropical plantings 


Frederic Zeigen, secretary; and Thomas J. Pancoast, treasurer; Clay- 
ton Sedgwick Cooper, James M. Cox, Miss Bertha M. Foster, Henry 
Salem Hubbell, Telfair Knight, George E. Merrick, Mrs Ruth Bryan 
Owen, Thomas J. Pancoast, Mitchell D. Price, Leslie B. Robertson, 
E. G. Sewell, Frank B. Shutts, B. B. Tatum, William E. Walsh, 
and Frederic Zeigen. 

Pan Americanists everywhere will be interested to learn that the 
list of scholarly and representative faculty members of Miami Uni- 
versity includes Dr. Victor Andrés Belaunde, who will be responsible 
for the course in Latin American History and Institutions. And 
those who have followed the career of this distinguished Peruvian 
scholar and diplomat—formerly professor of constitutional history in 
the University of Lima and, later, Minister of Peru in Uruguay—will 


AQ) THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


congratulate the administration both on the wisdom of their selection 
and their good fortune on having obtained the services of this emi- 
nent educator and man of letters. 

The University of Miami will always be an out-of-doors university. 
In an institution built for the purpose of utilizing to the fullest extent 
the climatic possibilities of its location many of the regular class 
recitations will be conducted in the open air courts or patios. <A 
program for physical training and university athletics will be devel- 
oped in such a way that the largest possible time of the students 
can be spent in the open air. Miles of waterways connect with the 
Bay of Biscayne and the Atlantic Ocean. In front of the Adminis- 
tration Building of the university is a lake which is part of this 








mu 
ipa TD Te 


(i 


Courtesy of Hamilton M. Wright 


WHERE CLASSES ARE HELD 


Pending completion of the Administration Building, classes of the University of Miami are now being 
held in this building 


system and which, in combination with the waterways, can be 
utilized for the development of water athletics and water sports. 
With the presence of Latin American students, the special outdoor 
games of Latin America will speedily become a part of the scheme 
of university recreation. Adequate athletic fields and a stadium are 
already provided for and will be available for use in the academic 
year 1927-28. A municipal stadium is available for use during the 
present academic year. 

Every student in the undergraduate schools is required to take a 
complete physical examination upon entering the university. This is 
made by the departments of health and physical education during regis- 
tration week and the two weeks immediately following. Appointment 
for this examination is made at the time of registration. <A record is 


CULTURAL RELATIONS WITH LATIN AMERICA 41 


kept of each case, together with a medical history, and the student is 
advised of any physical defects discovered and of ways and means 
for their correction. Subsequent physical examinations are made in 
cases requiring special attention. All candidates for athletic teams | 
are carefully examined before being allowed to compete. 

Physical education is required for graduation. The work must be 
taken during the freshman year unless other arrangements are made 
with the head of the department. The two-hour periods each week 
throughout the year are required of all freshmen. The credits neces- 
sary for graduation must include the passing of a swimming test and 
the student must demonstrate his ability to swim at some time before 
the close of the freshman year. In the case of those unable to 
swim, instruction in swimming may be substituted for work on the 
eymnasium floor, two swimming periods being regarded as the equiv- 
alent of one gymnasium period. Exemption from gymnasium classes 
and credit for physical education are allowed for participation in 
athletics, upon recommendation of the coach and approval of the 
director of physical education. 

The University of Miami will include ultimately schools of business 
administration, education, engineering, law, liberal arts, medicine, 
and a graduate school. At the present time the first-year course in 
law or medicine is not given, but students entering from high school 
whose ultimate objective is either of these professions were enabled 
to begin their work at the university during the present academic 
year. 

The school of art will give particular attention in the present year 
to elementary instruction and to the consolidation of the artistic 
interests of the community. The College of Liberal Arts, the School 
of Music and the School of Art will endeavor to work out a coor- 
dinated plan through which all of the artistic interests of the commu- 
nity can be merged. Close affiliation will be maintained with musical 
organizations, libraries, art societies, learned societies, and other 
cultural bodies in order that the university may exercise its full 
influence in things artistic. 


QZ6T ‘RT 10q0}9G ‘MOdyAULA SI} Ul ATOMTOIOD UWUTO[OS YITM PolIOJULol PUB ORT[RD AvoU Sat10}9UI9) UT 


soovufd SUT|SAI ATHY} WO] POAoutod o1OM ‘OSH UPR, [RAMP V OLA PUL JOTI WRITE “Up ‘eomepuodopuy Jo LWA WeTATJeg om} Jo 
SO010T YS OM JO SUTLUTDIOYT, ‘SoOLY [BUOTVU S.No JO OULYS oY} OJU! Po}OAMOd Wood SvY APISIOATUL) SOOTY UBS Jo Tedvyo pjo o.L 


\ 


AUaAd ‘VINIT NI SHOUHH TYNOILVN AO NOMHINVd 


uopuo T 


«Tdeg,, Jo Aseqznoy 








qd £10 poynea oy, GaN "404.10 oy 07 SUIpMddsop AvMIIEYS pue qidind sy, ‘4YoeT 
VINIT ‘NOPTHINVd FHL 


uopuoT ,‘niag,, jo Asajzin0p 





| 





reac OR CES 


ae 








SSS 











By JouHn Husert Cornyn 


S the mystery of the Maya writing about to be solved? Explorers 
in the Valley of Mexico and other parts of the Mexican Republic 
believe so, and they back up their belief with what seems startling 
evidence. 

The Maya writing bears no resemblance to any of the other known 
systems of writing of the old or the new world. Like the ancient 
Egyptian civilization it appears full blown. If it had its origin in 
America, why did not other Indian races, who were almost as far 
advanced in civilization as the Mayas, adopt the primitive glyphs 
from which the Maya writing sprang and improve upon them as the 
Mayas did? Why have we no evidence or knowledge of the origin 
of the Maya writing? 

Recent explorations, which have set back thousands of years the 
beginning of native American writing, may furnish the answer of 
these questions; for they have brought to light hundreds of stones 
upon which are engraved glyphs unlike anything heretofore found. 
These glyphs are well made and suggest that the race which invented 
and used them had gone through a long period of development before 
it had perfected them. 

When did the race which left these curious ancient glyphs flourish? 

The answer to this question might be given in the words that fre- 
quently introduce the Indian hero or wonder tale: “‘In the days of 
long ago.” How long is uncertain; but it was before the Nahua 
races began their first migrations southward, probably about the time 
the Indo-European races were beginning their exodus from their 
Asiatic home, in that dim-distant past which tradition characterizes 
as the ‘‘days of long ago.” 

About a year ago well-worked stone blocks of various sizes ranging 
from 1 inch square to 2 feet or more were found in the brick pits to 
the west of the City of Mexico. These had engraved on them figures 
of what have since been proven to be primitive gods; while many of 
the smaller stones bore glyph-like figures or signs. In most cases, 
the engraved lines had been filled in with red or yellow paint, thus 
making the figures stand out with startling vividness. Careful com- 
parisons of the various engraved stones show that the paint was 





1 The Panama Times, Panama, July 11, 1926. 


44 


MEXICO’S MYSTERY WRITING 45 


applied not only to make the engraved lines show up but also to convey 
very definite meanings, in a religious or mythological sense. Yellow 
was the peculiar color of the Sun God; red that of the Fire and the Vol- 
cano gods; green that of the Earth Mother; white that of the God of 
the Morning. 

At first the finding of these engraved and painted stones created 
very little interest in scientific circles because they were looked upon 
as the barbarous art of a very primitive people, and because the signifi- 
cance of finding stones with glyphs upon them, among a people who 
must have lived several thousand years before the beginning of the 
Maya civilization, was not appreciated. But as the excavations con- 
tinued and it became evident that ancient Mexican people lived and 
flourished before the lava streams to the south of Mexico City, which 
were deposited probably 5,000 years ago, scientists began to realize 
that here was something absolutely new, not only in Mexican civiliza- 
tion, but in the history of the early civilizations of the world. 

All the stones bearing glyphs were burned black, showing that they 
had passed through fire. The roofs of the adobe houses in which they 
were found, originally of thatch filled with mud, had also been sub- 
jected, following some stupendous inundations, to an intense heat 
that had turned the mud into terra cotta. Immense quantities of 
these “baked roofs”? were taken out of the brick pits about San 
Miguel Amantla, a small village lying between Mexico City and the 
foothills to the west. The skeletons of the dead found in the ruins of 
these houses had also been charred until in many cases they resemble 
charcoal. The evidence shows that this ancient people had been 
drowned out; that the inundation had come upon them so suddenly 
that they had not been able to escape and that they had perished in 
the ruins of their homes. 

Another new and unexpected “find” of an unusual nature increases 
the interest in this buried primitive civilization of Mexico: 

To the west of Mexico City in the foothills are great “caves” from 
which stonecutters have been taking out ‘‘tepetate,” a sort of con- 
glomerate stone, for many years. These caves or quarries extend far 
underground, some of them having many ramifications. The inner 
quarries are in absolute darkness, the quarrymen working with 
candles or oil lamps. - 

All about the Valley of Mexico to an elevation of approximately 
half a mile above the level of the valley are great stretches of stratified 
conglomerate rock: sand, gravel, volcanic ash, and other débris. 
These lie in separate undisturbed strata which climb the foothills 
far back into the mountains, that rise like a vast encircling wall 
about the valley forming a circumference of more than 300 miles. 
That these strata were all formed under water, as the formation 

20979—26+—Bull. 1——4 


46 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION: 


plainly shows, furnishes the most conclusive evidence that the Valley 
of Mexico, in the dim and distant ages of the past, was subjected to 
one of the most stupendous inundations of all time, an inundation 
that turned the valley into an immense lake more than half a mile 
deep. . 

At the time of the conquest of the empire of the Moctezumas in 
1521 a tradition of this great flood still existed. So greatly had the 
destruction of the primitive civilization of the Valley of Mexico 
impressed the survivors, that Aztec tradition recorded that the flood 
drowned out the sun leaving the world in darkness; that a new sun 
had to be created by the gods and that the new sun ruled a new age 
in the history of the world. 

Many of the underground quarries or caves are at an elevation of 
from 200 to 500 feet above the Valley of Mexico. Above the floors 
of the quarries extend 30 to 80 feet of stratified sand, gravel, partially 
formed conglomerate stone and volcanic ash. The floors of the 
quarries are generally formed of fine volcanic sand, gravel and ash, 
all of which is fire-marked. In this are found engraved stones 
similar to those found from 15 to 40 feet beneath the surface of the 
Valley of Mexico. But none of these stones bear marks of fire, while 
all those down in the valley are strongly fire-marked. The valley 
stones are found in the ruins of houses and temples. Not a vestige 
of civilization except the stones themselves has been found in the 
tepetate quarries. Yet there is no doubt that the stones of the 
valley and those from the tepetate quarries had the same origin. 
Why then, are the valley stones fire-marked and the ‘‘cave”’ stones 
untouched by the destructive element that has left its terrible marks 
upon the buried cities of the valley? 

The answer to this question is also the answer to the other question 
already propounded as to when the race which built up this extensive 
primitive civilization flourished. 

To the south of the Valley of Mexico are vast lava beds from two 
to several yards in thickness and fearfully scarred by time. These 
are known as the Pedregales. They are the result of extensive 
volcanic eruptions from Mount Xitli some 5,000 years ago, according 
to estimates made by geological experts. The strata in which the 
elyph-stones are found extend under these volcanic beds, never over 
them. The glyph-stone civilization, therefore, which was drowned 
out by the great inundation, had disappeared before the activity of 
Mount Xitli covered the Valley of Mexico with a vast winding sheet 
of voleanic ash and buried the wrecks of dead cities under a far- 
extending blanket of lava stone, through which, to-day, the heads 
of very ancient pyramids project, while their bases are 30 feet or 
more beneath the surface of the lava. This means that the stratified 
rock, sand, gravel, conglomerate and volcanic ash, in which the 


MEXICO’S MYSTERY WRITING 47 


glyphs are found, existed before the occurrence of the lava flows. 
The formation of these vast stratified deposits must have taken a 
long time during which the Valley of Mexico was under water. And 
before this the dead and buried civilization of which the glyphs is 
a survival, had lived, flourished, and died. This takes this primitive 
Mexican civilization back to a comparatively remote age which was 
not later than 8,000 years ago and probably much more. 

All the fire-marked engraved stones found buried in the bed of the 
Valley of Mexico are of heavy material such as could not easily have 
been moved by floods of water, especially as they are always found 
within the remains of massive walls. But the glyph-stones encoun- 
tered in the tepetate stone caves or quarries are invariably pumice, 
which is lighter than water. When the great inundation came and 
filled the valley up to a height of half a mile the heavy engraved 
stones remained behind within the walls of the buildings in the 
flatlands of the valley, while the light pumice stones floated and were 
carried up against the projecting foothills where they were buried 
by the shifting sands, gravel and volcanic ash. When the great flood 
went down, probably after many years, as the Valley of Mexico has 
no natural drainage, the descending floods of burning volcanic ash 
from Mount Xitli burned the glyph-stones that still remained in the 
ruins of the dead towns of the valley; but as the pumice glyph-stones 
were already buried under many feet of stratified deposits, these 
escaped the ravages of the fires engendered by the burning volcanic ash. 

Thus nature in one of her most violent cataclysms, has preserved 
for posterity the most irrefutable evidence of a comparatively 
advanced civilization that was swept out of existence in the most 
tragic manner, in an age so far back that only the most fantastic 
legend has any remembrance of it. This stupendous destruction 
explains why these ancient glyphs, which display more evidence of 
skill and a more organized system of writing than that of any of 
the races which followed in the Valley of Mexico, should apparently 
have had no influence on succeeding civilizations, unless it may be 
that they were the forebears of the Maya writing. This, only a most 
careful, detailed and far-extending comparison can prove or disprove 
now that several thousand years separate the earlier system of 
elyphs from the highly developed Maya writing. 

When the glyph stones first began to appear, I thought they con- 
sisted of a few conventional signs probably used in the temples or in 
the religious ceremonies dedicated to the gods. But since then such a 
vast number of these glyph stones have come to light, and they display 
such a wonderful variety of signs, apparently both simple and 
compound, that no room is left for doubt that the system of glyphs 
was very extensive. The glyphs are in many cases so obviously 
conventional that they convey the idea of a civilization that had 


4S THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ' 


reached a high degree of development. ‘The Niven Museum alone, 
in Mexico City, contains over 1,600 glyph-stones, most of which were 
taken from the tepetate quarries or the débris about the mouths of 
the ‘‘caves”’ described. 

Each glyph-stone generally bears what is apparently a single image, 
idea, word, or it may be phrase. As the stones were carried for 
several miles on the flood, before being deposited against the side of a 
projecting hill or in some bay or inlet, all knowledge of their original 
order in the temples has been lost, so that we are unable to say whether 
the glyphs expressed simple isolated ideas or a consecutive story 
when placed in a certain order. There are a few stones of a more 
complicated character which apparently bear numerous glyphs in 
columns. As these signs relate to the nature gods it is possible to 
read them in the light of what we know of the Aztec and other native 
Mexican writing of a hieroglyphic character. This is an indication 
that the vanished race had advanced beyond the stage of purely 
separate glyphs. 

Many of these glyphs are within an inclosing border, exactly as 
are many of the Mayaglyphs. It is probable that the Maya inclosing 
border is the result of engraving a separate glyph or idea on a single 
stone. These stones, if placed in horizontal lines or perpendicular 
rows, would give the appearance the Maya glyphs present to-day. 

In these ancient glyphs the gods who are apparently all nature gods 
play a very prominent part. Naturally the deities who brought the 
rain, who produced growth, fired the hearth, and cooked the food are 
the most prominent in all systems of primitive religions; and the 
glyphs and paintings of this primitive American civilization show that 
their possessors were no exception to the rule. While the lightning, 
wind and personified vegetation are represented on comparatively 
small glyph stones, the sun, the fire, the voleano and the dual-god, 
Sun-fire, are painted on great cement altar tops, on the summit of 
adobe altars from 15 to 30 feet high. Frequently, too, they are 
drawn on heavy stones which probably formed permanent’ monu- 
ments in the temples or on the truncated pyramidal altars, of which 
there are scores about the town of Ajuixotla, to the west of Mexico 
City, in the Valley of Mexico. ‘Some years ago the summits of sunken 
pyramids and altars projected by scores above the surface of the 
ground in this locality. Most of them, however, have been leveled 
by the small farmers and the adobe and brick makers. Yet their 
presence is still indicated by the uneven nature of the land which, 
being the ancient bottom of the lake, should be level. Some of these 
large altar stones are elaborately carved and painted in a manner 
that shows much skill and knowledge on the part of the artist. 
Others, however, are very rudely done. The latter are probably 
sacred survivals from a still more primitive past. 


INTERNATIONAL 
WAYS COMPANY 


By Avsperto Iparra M. 


International Railways of Central America 

















ANY were the prophecies during and after the Great War 

that when that world-agonizing struggle was at last ended 

a new civilization would be brought forth. These are 

now receiving their fulfillment, for little, 1t seems, re- 

mains to be revealed in the development of that renascence which, 

through the latest discoveries of science, indicates the future of the 
nations. 

International bonds based on new treaties of friendship and com- 
merce; dirigibles, now almost accident proof, transporting passengers 
and mail through the air; the marvelous advances of the radio 
which in an instant broadcasts the most daring thought of man; 
and railways which by their swiftness shorten distances and bring 
about union and fraternity between nations—all these are part of 
that new era of civilization which will illuminate the path of future 
generations. 

A necessary factor, however, for the realization of this evolution, 
now as always, is the tenacious and honest efforts of men devoted 
to the ideal of labor. 

There is in the United States a group of prominent men, com- 
posing the Central American International Railways Co., to whose 
intelligence has been intrusted the laying of the foundation on 
which the new international life of Central America will rest. For 
some years they have been devoting their best energies to the pro- 
motion of this task, whose importance they thoroughly comprehend. 
Impelled by his own faith in the project, Mr. Minor C. Keith, presi- 
dent of the company’s board of directors, which meets in New York 
City, is doing his utmost to speed the completion of the gigantic task 
of constructing this section of the Pan American Railway, the most 
sure and direct method toward securing the Union of Central America. 

The Central American International Railways. Co. has the most 
complete confidence in its work, which already extends from the 
southern frontier of Mexico, across Guatemala, until it unites the lat- 
ter country with Salvador. This important section completed, the 
railway will be continued until it similarly links Honduras, Nicaragua, 
Costa Rica, and Panama as well, and in the not far distant future 

49 


50 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


South America also. Now this important enterprise deserves the 
most effective support from the Governments of Central America, 
and it is for this reason that Guatemala, appreciating the fact that 
‘nations, like individuals, should in the future cooperate not so much 
from a desire for gain as in a spirit of mutual helpfulness,” has 
eranted various concessions to this reputable American company, the 
only one destined some day to realize Bolivar’s Pan American ideal 
of bridging the distance between the capitals of Washington and 
Buenos Aires. 

It is a truism that the nations which have made the construction 
of railways one of their first duties, in order to attract to their terri- 
tory tourists and an honest, hard-working class of immigrants, have 
been the leaders in the advance along the path of progress and civili- 
zation. Guided by this consideration, the United States and some of 
the Latin American nations have for many years been interested in 
tunnelling their lofty mountain ranges for the passage of the locomo- 
tive on its triumphal progress from sea to sea. Moreover, in order to 
obtain these interoceanic lines, their governments have given hearty 
support to these works of progress and public benefit. 

The Government of Guatemala has for some time, with patriotic 
vision and without in the least compromising the national integrity, 
made mutually advantageous concession contracts with accredited 
foreign firms. ‘To this is due the fact that this beautiful country, so 
rich in natural resources, is to-day, because of its interoceanic Pan 
American line, one of the most attractive to visitors. 

A year ago Mr. R. A. Aylward, the general manager of the railroad, 
in conversation with the editor of El Imparcial, a Guatemala City 
daily, declared, with reference to his company, that the banana zone on 
the Atlantic coast, now in full bearing; the wide plains of the Depart- 
ment of Zacapa, whose commercial renascence has brought new life to 
the eastern districts; the latent mineral and forest wealth of the pla- 
teaus and mountain ranges on the Atlantic slope; and the fertile fields 
of the Pacific coast, the chief section devoted to stock raising’and the 
cultivation of coffee and sugar cane, all had in the railways an easy 
outlet for their products. 

Mr. Aylward’s words are founded on fact, for who in Guatemala 
doesnot know that the Central American International Railways Co. is 
the leading factor in the development of the life of the nation? What 
would have become of agriculture, of industry, of commerce, and of 
the great power of the press, without the ready and effective coopera- 
tion of that conductor of civilization? Guatemala’s car of progress 
in this hour of struggle for a part in the life of the world would ere 
this have been mired in the ruts of backwardness. 

The Central American International Railways Co., whose financial 
importance is perhaps not generally understood in Central America— 


INTERNATIONAL RAILWAYS COMPANY OF CENTRAL AMERICAN 51 


its capital runs into several million dollars—has contributed in large 
measure to the modern development both material and cultural of 
Guatemala and, moreover, due to the intelligence, ability, and good 
judgment of the higher officials who cooperate in its administrative 
progress, it occupies a high place among railway enterprises in gen- 
eral. While it is true that the company has encountered some obsta- 
cles, it is also true that, due to the wisdom and probity of the general 
manager and the harmony existing among his assistants, it has been 
able to overcome them. One of the most serious of these obstacles, 
one which also interfered with the general economic life of the coun- 
try, was the fluctuation of exchange. When the stability of a nation’s 
credit is at the mercy of financial speculation, the country is in danger 
of falling behind in the social and economic scale. Fortunately, the 
Guatemalan Government, by creating the Caja Reguladora, which 
from the first was successful in stabilizing the basis for the rate of 
exchange for the national currency, put an end to these evils which 
threatened to undermine the economic life of the Republic. 

Prior to the creation of the Caja Reguladora the railway company 
was unable to fix a stable scale of freight and passenger rates, but 
this has now been done in the belief that the resulting stabilizing of 
exchange is one of the most important achievements of the late Presi- 
dent Orellana’s administration, and one which, with the establishment 
of the Central Bank of Guatemala, may be considered as safeguarding 
the future of the industrial and commercial life of the nation. 





CENTRAL AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL RAILWAYS 


Three bridges in the Guatemalan section of the railway 


THE MOST NOTABLE FACULTIES OF 





PREREA. 


SCINTVER EE AMON. 


SANS. POPVLISE. 





Courtesy of Dr. Alfonso Pruneda 


THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF MEXICO 
Upper: The University Building. Lower: The Assembly Hall 


THE MEXICAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY 





LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF 
MEXICO 


Upper: The facade of the library. Lower: 


A corner of the reading room 





THE MOST NOTABLE FACULTIES OF 





Courtesy of Dr. Alfonso Pruneda 
THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF MEXICO 


“Upper: The spacious building which houses the School of Mines and Mining. Lower: The School of 
Medicine 


THE MEXICAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY 





DUTP V 34YBN “[OoYas oy4 Jo s0lI0IXe :4JOT 
ALISUMAINA IVNOILVN ‘AULSILNAG 40 IOOHOS FHL 


epeunig osuojjy “Iq jo Asoqinop 


a 








ARGENTINA 


ARGENTINE GRAIN PLANTINGS.—The Department of Rural Econ- 
omy and Statistics of the Ministry of Agriculture of Argentina gives 
in hectares (hectare equales 2.47 acres) the area planted to grain 
for the last six seasons as follows: 























I~ Wheat Linseed Oats Barleye: i River n| Ee 

| | seed 
1921—22____|'5, 568, 000 | 1,575, 000 852, 000 | 250, 972 97, 820 | 16, 500 
1922—23____| 6, 578, 000 |\ 1, 746, 000 | 1, 059, 350 | 242, 470 | 148, 050 | 13, 330 
1923-24 ___| 6, 958, 508 | 2, 181, 902 | 1,111,775 | 227, 190 | 163, 510 | 13, 200 
1924—25____| 7, 200, 500 | 2, 558, 698 | 1, 071, 000 | 333, 560 | 156, 620 | 22, 825 
1925-26____| 7,768,990 | 2 509, 450 | 1, 292 530 | 364, 200 | 202, 590 | 34, 600 
Average_| 6, 813, 800 | 2, 114, 410 (1,077, 331 | 293, 678 | 153, 718 | 20, 091 





1926-27 (es- 
timated) _| 7, 740, 000 2, 640, 000 0 


1, 270, 000 | 387,000 | 210, 000 | 28, 000 








The total area of 12,275,000 hectares estimated sown to grain for 1926-27 is 
an increase of 20.6 per cent over the area of 10,275,000 hectares planted in 
1912-18. 

EXPorRTS FOR EIGHT MONTHS.—The General Bureau of Statistics 
late in September reported to the Ministry of the Treasury that 
the Argentine exports for the first eight months of 1926 amounted 
to 562,853,552 gold pesos, of which the chief items were: Wheat, 
109,075,736 gold pesos; linseed, 86,530,720 gold pesos; maize, 
70,568,990 gold pesos; unwashed wool, 52,230,782 gold pesos; chilled 
beef, 46,725,628 gold pesos; salted hides, 30,409,315 gold pesos; and 
frozen beef, 23,709,265 gold pesos. 

WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH Braziu.—The nernationel 
Transradio Co. of Buenos Aires on September 30, 1926, officially 
opened communication from its station at Monte Grande with its 
station near Rio de Janeiro. The Argentine Minister of the Interior 
sent greetings to the Minister of Interior of Brazil, as did the Argen- 
tine Minister of Marine to his confrére. This is another link in the 
bonds of common interest which join the sister Republics. 

ARGENTINE NAVY DIRIGIBLE TRIAL TRIP.—Frigate Lieut. Vireo 
Patalano on September 16, 1926, made a trial flight in the Argentine 
Navy dirigible O—2, purchased from the Italian Aeronautical Mission, 
from Punta Indio air base to Buenos Aires and return. The ship, 
which is of the semirigid type used in the Italian Navy for theinstruc- 

56 


D9) © 3 39,3 
2 ) 2 a5 992 aie) 


=) 
se) 


> > 5,? 9 2 
9 39 > 99 > 2 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, *ND DOMMBRCE?,> > 57 


tion of airship pilots, has a capacity of 3,500 cubic meters, is fitted 
with two Colombo 125-horsepower motors, and can develop a speed 
of 60 to 90 kilometers per hour. 

ARGENTINE INVENTORS’ CituB.—The Argentine Inventors’ Club, 
located in Buenos Aires, recently called the attention of the Depu- 
ties’ Commission on Legislation to bills under consideration for the 
amendment of the patent law. The club is also interested in a plan 
to offer prizes for the best Argentine inventions and in an arrangement 
for loans to be made to inventors for placing their inventions on the 
market. 

BOLIVIA 

Boutvia’s AIR MAIL AND PASSENGER SERVICE.—It is interesting to 
note the development of the air mail and passenger service between 
Cochabamba and Santa Cruz, as recounted by our attractive new col- 
league Bolivia. 'This service, the first to be started in Bolivia, blazed 
the air-trail in August of 1925. During the first seven months— 
that is, up to February, 1926—145 trips had been made, carrying 
780 passengers, of whom 549 were men, 196 women, and 34 children 
under 10 years of age. The altitude of Cochabamba is about 8,446 
feet above sea level, while that of Santa Cruz is approximately 1,380 
feet; the distance between the two cities is 350 miles, and the flying 
time employed two and a half hours. The last is the most interesting 
feature, as the only other means of travel between Cochabamba and 
Santa Cruz is by muleback, taking about 10 or 12 days. The country 
over which this flight is made is extremely difficult, covered with 
extensive forests, and is also very mountainous. In places the 
machines are compelled to cross a chain of the Andes at an altitude 
of 16,000 feet, and, owing to the nature of the country, there are 
very few landing places. A variety of temperatures is experienced 
during the trip. The Lloyd Aero Boliviano, owner of this enterprise, 
is planning to establish another line from Cochabamba to Trinidad, 
located on the Mamoré, one of the rivers of the Amazon system. 


BRAZIL 


ForEIGN TRADE.—The following figures on Brazilian foreign trade 
for the first six months of 1924, 1925, and 1926 are taken from the 
tables issued by the Ministry of the Treasury of Brazil: 





First six months— 





1924 1925 1926 











Contos | Contos Contos 
paper £1,000 Bape £1,000 | mapen £1,000 
limp ortsesaens 1 666.0703 | 30020) 51) 896.319) 430 515 1 1354, 452 41, 009 














Exports_____ 1, 566, 727 | 40,727 | 1, 842, 084 | 42, 509.| 1, 425, 850 | 43, 246 





PA 
? 
x) 


58 oo 690 THE PAN “AMERICAN UNION 


In the first half of 1926 the following showed increases to the amount 
given over exports for the same period in 1925, but not always in value 
as well: Preserved meat, 122 tons; wool, 2,078 tons; skins, 257 tons; 
manganese ore, 27,574 tons; rice, 460 tons; coffee, 709,000 bags; car- 
nauba wax, 740 tons; bran, all kinds, 10,012 tons; edible fruits and 
nuts, 4,254 tons; and herva matte (Paraguayan tea), 1,240 tons. 
The exports of coffee are stated to have declined in value 290 contos. 

New om weis.—The Brazil-Ferro-Carril of October 7, 1926, 
publishes a report that large oil wells have been discovered in Fazenda 
Tapera, of the State of S&o0 Paulo. It is stated that the analyses 
of the oil have given very encouraging results, and that negotiations 
are under way for the exploration of the fields. 

The National Minister of Agriculture, Commerce, and Industry 
in a recent report on petroleum investigations requested an appro- 
priation of 2,000 contos to carry on the national surveys of oil lands 
which were begun in 1918. 

Minas GERAES PERMANENT EXPOSITION OF MINERALS.—The 
Department of Agriculture of the State of Minas Geraes maintains a 
permanent exposition of minerals and mining in Bello Horizonte. 
This exposition is shortly to be enlarged to contain specimens of all 
the products of the State, which include precious stones such as 
diamonds, aquamarines, opals, sapphires, rubies, quartz, gold, 
copper, iron, silver, manganese, and other ores. There are also 
exhibited 36 articles of Indian manufacture and samples.of wood. 
Agricultural products and a historical section are to be added. 


CHILE 


POWERFUL LOCOoMOTIVES.—Two powerful Garratt-type locomotives 
built in Manchester, England, have recently been delivered and 
placed in operation on the nitrate railways at Iquique, while a third 
is shortly to follow. These engines, which are said to be the most 
powerful in South America, are capable of hauling a train of 400 
tons. They will be used for hauling cargo trains between Iquique 
and Carpas, a distance of 20 miles, and over a gradient as high as 
3.9 per cent. Their construction presents many interesting features. 
(Chile, October, 1926.) 

EXPOSITION OF APICULTURE AND AVICULTURE.—Under the auspices 
of the Chilean Poultrymen’s Association a very successful poultry 
show was held in Santiago last September, in which the beekeepers 
were for the first time also allowed to exhibit. The Rhode Island 
Reds, Plymouth Rocks, and White Leghorns exhibited proved the 
increasing popularity of these breeds. Large brooders in operation 
and other machines and utensils were shown. Talks by experts 
formed an interesting feature of the show. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 59 


ANTOFAGASTA PORT IMPROVEMENTS.—The Chilean Ministry of 
Public Works has accepted the bid of a Chilean firm for the con- 
struction of additional port and dock works at Antofagasta, Chile’s 
largest nitrate port. The plan for these works, estimated to cost 
approximately $14,600,000—contracts for $9,000,000 of which have 
already been let—includes the construction of a large two-armed 
breakwater, one arm, 648 meters long, running out to sea at a depth 
of about 25 meters; the other, 820 meters long, being in 25 to 30 
meters of water and running parallel with the coast from south to 
north. The port will thus be protected against strong south and 
southwest winds. A second mole, to inclose the sheltering area com- 
pletely, will be built to protect the port on its north side. The 
electrical equipment of the port will be of the latest type and espe- 
cially designed to facilitate the rapid movement of nitrate cargoes. 
(The Chilean Review, October, 1926.) 


COLOMBIA 


IRRIGATION SYSTEM FOR THE DEPARTMENT oF ToLimMa.—An engi- 
neering mission has been at work for some time past on a project 
dealing with the irrigation of the arid lands in the Department of 
Tolima. The work accomplished so far has been highly satisfactory. 
The land has been surveyed and aerial photographs made of the 
tract to be improved through irrigation. (Colombian Legation notes.) 

Firm on DepaRTMENT OF CUNDINAMARCA.—As a means of making 
the riches and beauty of the Department of Cundinamarca known 
abroad, the Government of that Department has contracted with a 
Colombian citizen to make a motion-picture film about 4,000 feet in 
length, taking in the various cities of the Department, with special 
pictures of some of the principal buildings of Bogota, capital of the 
Republic as well as of the Department, and also views of the high- 
ways, railroads, and natural beauties of the Department of Cun- 
dinamarea. This film will be shown in the capitals of the other 
Departments and then sent abroad to be exhibited in different com- 
mercial centers in order to demonstrate the industrial and agricultural 
wealth of Cundinamarca. 

NorTHEASTERN Raitway.—On September 11, 1926, the first 48 
kilometers of the Northeastern Railway—that is, the section from 
Bogota to the town of Tocancip&a—were opened to public traffic. 
This railway, which is being constructed by a Belgian company, will 
unite the capital of the Republic with the seacoast or with a port on 
the Magdalena at some point where that river is navigable all the 
year round. 

PROGRESS IN HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION.—In order to push the con- 
struction of the Cambao highway, a credit of 500,000 pesos has been 
voted by Congress for immediate use in this work. This road, which 


60 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


is of vital importance to the Department of Cundinamarca, starts in 
the town of Facatativ4 and continues along the lower bank of the 
Magdalena to a point situated on the shore of that river opposite the 
port of Buenavista. 

In the Department of Antioquia road building is also being pushed, 
a contract having been let recently to a New York construction firm 
for building a highway from the city of Medellin, capital of that 
Department, to the seacoast. The construction company has sent 
four engineers and two technical experts to Colombia to supervise 
and direct the work. They will be assisted by Colombian engineers. 


COSTA RICA 





MILK-EVAPORATION PLANT.—A contract for the establishment of 
a milk-evaporation plant received Government approval on August 2, 
1926. Itspecifies that: 

The plant or plants manufacturing condensed, pulverized, evaporated, or 
malted milk shall be built in milk-producing sections which are too far from the 
centers of population for the transportation of fresh milk; shall employ Costa 
Rican labor except when the services of experts not available in Costa Rica are 
required; and shall use only the most modern methods of manufacture. Their 
products, which must always be subject to government inspection and equal in 
purity and quality to those imported, shall be sold at prices at least 20 per cent 
lower than the imported brands. The Government will permit the importation 
of all the machinery and other articles necessary for the enterprise free of import 
or other duties, and will not grant greater privileges to any other company within 
a period of 15 years after the approval of the contract. 

ACTIVITIES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.—With an idea 
of introducing new strains and promoting the raising of poultry 
throughout Costa Rica, the Department of Agriculture has recently 
received from New Orleans a number of White Leghorn, Minorca, 
Rhode Island Red, and Plymouth Rock chickens. The chickens, 
which are now housed in model henhouses, may be purchased at cost 
by persons interested in poultry raising. 


CUBA 


HigHway PROGRAM.—The Secretary of Public Works has approved 
a plan calling for an expenditure of $3,600,000 during the fiscal year 
1926-27 for the construction and repair of branch highways in the 
six Provinces of the Republic, or an average of $600,000 for each 
Province. 

A call for bids has been authorized for the construction of the 
central highway, the cost of which is estimated at approximately 
$60,000,000. In a report which the Secretary of Public Works 
presented to the President he states that 24 per cent of the total 
taxes collected during the fiscal year 1925-26 and of those collected 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 61 


during the present fiscal year shall be allotted for the construction of 
the central highway. Later, however, this amount will be raised to 30 
per cent of the total taxes for the remainder of the eight years required 
for the completion of the present highway construction program. 
(Cuban Department of State.) 

TRADE STATISTICS.—According to recent statistics supplied by the 
Cuban Department of State, the value of exports for the first six 
months of the year 1926 through the port of Habana amounted to a 
total of $30,607,460, distributed by countries as follows: 


United States] 2 ==. 5. = Se, YX}, Ol4 jt die INES = $641, 848 
Greatbritaim= == 2 = 1, 892, 844 | Various countries _______ 4, 180, 456 
Germany =) 24-52 7 694, 988 set aS aA 
Shaya at ee 640, 412 Rotel ee ae 30, 607, 460 


During the 10 years from 1916 to 1925, the value of merchandise 
imported has fluctuated between 248 and 558 million pesos, as the 
following table shows: 





1OlGs cee es a8 ONS OAS OOP Awake so $370, 023, 662 
Osis ema eee Glee Dp ey (Osis) Weppe ee Se 180, 757, 40 
TONS ae ose he DAN) (20), OHS | MPR ee oe 268, 951, 106 
NOM OM Meat CeN ee SONS 2GNG24 004) kee ene eens 290, 372, 782 
12 Oenpee mien Ty Tue e 58H 364065 n 1925. ee) aL omens cee 297, 324, 447 





DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


CONSTRUCTION OF NATIONAL THEATER AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE 
DRAMA.—The Dominican Congress at its session of September 22, 
1926, voted $300,000 for the construction of a national theater in the 
city of Santo Domingo. 

Desiring to develop the national drama Sefior Manuel R. Mateizan, 
director of a dramatic company, has organized a contest calling for 
dramatic compositions of a purely native character dealing with the 
customs and characteristics of the Dominican people. The plays 
are to be presented by the Zorda-Mateizin company. Prizes of 
$100 each will be awarded to the authors of the four best plays 
submitted. 

ECUADOR 


PROPOSED IMMIGRAFION.—A communication from Germany recently 
received by the Ministry of Social Welfare and Labor of Ecuador 
stated that a party of German colonists was desirous of going to 
Ecuador to settle in the eastern section of that Republic. 

AUTOMOBILE SERVICE.—A regular automobile service has been 
started between Quito and Ibarra, running twice a week and passing 
through the towns of Quinche, Cayambe, and Otavalo. The trip 
takes from seven to eight hours, the fare being 30 sucres per person. 

20979—267—Bull. 1-——4 


62 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


GUATEMALA 


RUBBER-TIRED VEHICLES.—According to the Diario de Centro- 
America of September 15, 1926, there are at present 3,997 vehicles 
using rubber tires in Guatemala. Of this number 246 are trucks, 154 
motor cycles, 2,213 bicycles, and 1,384 automobiles. 

SEISMOLOGICAL STATION.—On September 16, 1926, the drawing of 
a small band set into operation the delicate seismograph in the newly 
established seismological station, situated opposite the meteorological 
station in Guatemala City. The inaugural ceremonies were con- 
cluded by a lecture on the subject of the seismograph by Sefior 
Claudio Urrutia, an engineer who will be the head of the station. 


HAITI 


Pusuic works.—The following excerpts are taken from the Bulletin 
of the Receiver General for September, 1926: 


The month of September, 1926, closed the most active fiscal year in the history 
of the Public Works Service. Not only was the total amount expended for public 
improvements (9,200,000 gourdes) considerably in excess of any other fiscal year, 
but also the actual number of projects of new construction far exceeded those of 
any other previous similar period. Although, for the most part, these projects 
averaged smaller than heretofore, there was a considerable number of projects 
of major importance, such as the Limbé Bridge, College of Agriculture at Damien, 
Port-de-Paix Road, Palace of Finance, headquarters building for the Gendarmerie, 
Telephone Exchange Building, and other building projects. 

The month of September also witnessed the construction of three additional 
agricultural schools. These three schools are sufficient to accommodate approxi- 
mately 250 students and were constructed according to the standard type pre- 
viously adopted. The ward building and out-patient building at Jacmel Hospital 
were also completed, thus giving to the institution two additional well-equipped 
structures built along modern lines. With the completion of the steel shop build- 
ing for the Public Works Service at Port au Prince, there has been added to the 
list of Government buildings a very modern structure which will permit up-to-date 
arrangement of the woodworking and ironworking shops of the Publie Works 
Service. During the month of September there was started at St. Mare an 
industrial school for girls. This, the first structure of the kind to be undertaken, 
will accommodate about 200 students. ; 


HONDURAS 


AvENIDA LEMPIRA OPENED,—Avenida Lempira, in La Leona sec- 
tion of Tegucigalpa, was officially opened on September 15, 1926, as 
part of the independence anniversary celebration. This avenue had 
been planned many years ago and a water main laid. Work is now 
completed on the most traveled section, while the remainder will soon 
be completed to Calle de las Damas. 

HIGHWAY LOAN.—See page 74. 


MEXICO 


SeconpD Pan AmeERIcAN PostaL ConcGress.—The Second Pan 
American Postal Congress was formally opened in the City of Mexico 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE ~ 63 


on October 15, 1926, by President Calles. To the cordial addresses of 
welcome by Sefior Cosme Hinojosa, Mexican Director General of 
Mails, and by Sefior Aarén S4éenz, Secretary of Foreign Affairs, re- 
sponse was made on behalf of the congress by Sefior César Miranda, 
delegate of Uruguay. The BuLusrIn expects later to give a full ac- 
count of the labors of this important congress. 

It will be remembered that the first Pan American Postal Congress 
met in Buenos Aires in 1921. Spain, as the mother country of 18 of 
the Pan American Republics, is included in the membership of the 
Pan American Postal Union. 

PrrroLteum.—The Boletin del Petréleo, an official publication of the 
Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor, gives the following 
figures in its issue for September, 1926: 


First six months, 1926 








Cubic meters Barrels Value 
| Pesos 
Production of crude petroleum_______ 8, 078, 790 | 50, 815, 591 | 128, 098, 519 
Exports of crude petroleum and its 
GETIVAUIVIES St Ss ota cee Pee Te MAN Sits) AAS 9225 40 Ge et ee eae et 














The production of crude petroleum in 1924 was 2,206,406 cubic 
meters, and in 1925, 18,364,817 cubic meters. 

In his message to Congress last September the President stated that 
investments in the Mexican petroleum industry amount to 836,366,795 
pesos, of which only 22 per cent was made before the promulgation of 
the Constitution of 1917. 

DISTRIBUTION OF LANDS.—In the year preceding the delivery of the 
President’s message on September 1, 1926, State governors acted on 
466 applications for lands, 237 being granted and land allotted to 
37,226 heads of families. The total area delivered to the villages was 
1,352,770 hectares (1 hectare equals 2.47 acres). The residents of 
77 villages were granted the use of water for irrigation from six 
streams. In four months 26 tracts of common land were divided into 
10,018 parcels for the use of 9,893 families. 

NEGRO IMMIGRATION BARRED.—EI/ Universal of Mexico City for 
October 30, 1926, reported that the Secretary of the Interior had 
issued instructions to the immigration authorities prohibiting the 
entrance of negroes who had not established a residence in the country 
before this regulation was made. 

AGRICULTURAL BULLETINS.—The BULLETIN is in receipt of the 
interesting series of monthly bulletins published by the Division of 
Economics and Statistics, General Bureau of Agriculture, of the 
Department of Agriculture and Promotion. Each number contains 
a report on plantings and crops, a meteorological report, production 
tables and graphs, market quotations and indications, foreign 


64 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


market notes, and special articles. Under this last head tomato ex- 
ports, the world cotton crop, foreign markets for wheat, and other 
topics have been discussed. 

The department is also issuing a series of instructive pamphlets for 
the benefit of farmers, as well as a separate series on agricultural pests. 

IMPORTANT IRRIGATION AND ELECTRIC PROJECT.—Preliminary 
studies have been made for a great dam over the Lerma River to 
provide irrigation for 50,000 hectares of land in the States of Michoa- 
cin and Guanajuato. The artificial lake to be formed in the Yeregé 
and adjacent valleys will cover 5,000 hectares. The dam will also 
be utilized for the electric development of 60,000 horsepower, which 
can be increased to 90,000 horsepower. The cost of the project, 
exclusive of irrigation ditches, is estimated at more than 15,000,000 


pesos. 
NICARAGUA 


OLEAGINOUS FRUITS.—The Government of Nicaragua recently 
received inquiries and a request for samples from an American firm 
concerning the oil-producing nuts of native palms. ‘This firm desires 
to establish a trade with Nicaragua in oil-producing nuts if prices 
and quantities permit. 

Topacco LANDS.—The Government on August 13, 1926, con- 
cluded a contract to measure all parcels of land in the tobacco- 
raising section in the Department of Masaya which had been as- 
signed to private planters by the General Bureau of Revenue. The 
measurements will be made at the expense of the individuals using 
the land. Duplicate copies of surveys will be furnished, one to the 
owner and one to the General Bureau of Revenue. 


PANAMA 


ELECTRIC PLANT IN AGUADULCE.—On October 3, 1926, President 
Chiari went to Aguadulce, in Coclé Province, to inaugurate the new 
electric power plant which furnishes light to that city and to the 
town of Pocri. Citizens of other near-by towns came to Aguadulce 
to see the President, who is a native of that city. 

Hats MADE IN PANAMA EXHIBITED IN GUAYAQUIL.—Straw hats 
made in the factory owned by a prominent citizen of Panama were 
exhibited in the national exposition opened in Guayaquil, Ecuador, on 
October 12, 1926. These hats are not of the flexible variety, but 
like the straw hats most commonly worn. The Canal Zone com- 
missary is now purchasing these hats. (Central Information Office of 
Panama.) 

HoGary woop FOR PAPER PULP.—The National Government 
has recently signed a contract with Alberto Ibéfiez giving him the 
right to cut hogary trees (a softwood tree) over an area of 1,000 
hectares in the lowlands of Bocas del Toro Province, the wood to be 
used for paper pulp. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 65 


SHoE Factory.—A large shoe factory nearly completed in Panama 
City is expected to supply the national demand for shoes. The 
factory is equipped to handle the hides from their raw state to the 
finished product, of which its daily output will be about 400 pairs. 
(Central Information Office of Panama.) 

Extension oF Curriquf Rarmroap.—The Panaman Govern- 
ment has awarded the contract for the $2,000,000 extension of the 
Chiriqui Railroad which is to unite the city of Concepcién with 
Puerto Armuelles in Chiriqui Province. (Central Information Office 


of Panama.) 
PARAGUAY 


ForbrIGN TRADE.—According to the official quarterly statistical 
bulletin for the months of January, February, and March, 1926, 
the total value of Paraguayan trade for those months was 6,432,243 
pesos. The imports amounted to 2,720,346 pesos, while the exports 
were valued at 3,711,897 pesos; thus the balance of trade was favor- 
able by 991,551 pesos. 

Bus service.—A combined passenger and transport service be- 
tween Florida, San Juan Bautista, and San Ignacio was started on 
September 11, 1926. It is expected that the service will soon be 
extended. At present bus lines also operate through the region 
about Asuncion and in the Cordillera. Although a line already con- 
nects Paraguari and Florida by way of Acahay, Ybycui, and Quyquy6, 
another has been established between these two points by way of 
Carapegua, Tabapy, Quiindy, and Caapuctt. Plans for future exten- 
sion include the establishment of a transport service from Concepcion 
to the Brazilian frontier. 

BROADCASTING STATION.—It was announced in E/ Diario of Sep- 
tember 9, 1926, that a receiving and broadcasting station had recently 
been installed in Asuncién by private enterprise. The present range 
of the station is 180 kilometers, but another transmitter of greater 
power will soon be added. Notes on international affairs, agricul- 
tural reports, time signals, market quotations, and late news are 
broadcast each evening. 

ApricuLTurE.—According to information recently received from 
the Bureau of Lands, Independence colony is an important center of 
bee culture, having 496 hives within its limits. Privately owned, 
the apiaries vary greatly in size, the largest enterprise being of 125 
hives and the smallest 30. 

New Inpustry.—The manufacture of knitted materials of silk 
and cotton has been started on a small scale in Asuncion. It has 
been found that some articles, especially stockings, although of 
equal style and quality, can be manufactured and sold at prices much 
below those asked for imported goods, and for this reason they 
have become very popular. 


66 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


PERU 


RADIO MONOPOLY DISSOLVED.—The proposal of the Peruvian 
Broadcasting Co. to transfer all its rights and property to the Govern- 
ment at a just valuation has been accepted by the latter, Station 
OAX thus becoming Government property. Also, as a result of this 
agreement, restrictions on the importation of radio apparatus into 
Peru and sale of same are removed. Regulations regarding the use 
of receiving sets prepared by the Administration of Posts, Telegraphs, 
and Wireless and printed on the reverse side of the license blanks 
state that the license does not authorize the use of the set for commer- 
cial purposes; that single wire antennae must not be over 100 feet 
long and double wire 140; the owner of a set shall not make use in any 
way whatsoever of information received over the wires, and in case 
the owner desires to move the set to some place other than the 
original place of installation notice shall be give to the Radio Tele- 
graphic Service. Licenses are not transferable, and may be revoked 
at any time by the Radio Telegraphic Service if the regulations are not 
complied with. A semiannual tax of 1 Peruvian pound is levied for 
every receiving set. 

REFRIGERATING PLANT.—According to the recent message of the 
President to Congress, a concession has been granted to a private con- 
cern to construct a slaughterhouse and refrigerating plant in Callao. 
The concession provides that not less than 300,000 Peruvian pounds 
shall be spent on this work. 

BREEDING LIVESTOCK SHIPPED TO PrEru.—A number of Hereford 

and Aberdeen-Angus bulls purchased in Colorado a year ago and 
shipped to the Cerro de Pasco Copper Corporation have done so well 
that a representative of the concern has returned to the United 
States to make further purchases. According to reports received by 
the United States Department of Agriculture, 610 head of breeding 
cattle, consisting of bulls, cows, and heifers of the Hereford, Aberdeen- 
Angus, and Brown Swiss breeds, were assembled from points in 
Colorado, Wyoming, and Montana during the first week in October. 
A few hogs of the Duroc-Jersey breed were also included in the ship- 
ment. 
The stock will be grazed in the Andes country at an altitude of 
from 11,000 to 13,000 feet, and for this reason it was considered 
desirable to purchase cattle raised in a high altitude in the United 
States. 

Trrigation.—In the agricultural section of the President’s message 
to Congress some interesting data are given regarding the develop- 
ment of the coastal lands under irrigation. In less than two years 
since the first sale of land in the irrigated region known as Las Pampas 
del Imperial 60 per cent of the ground has been placed under cultiva- 
tion and is producing crops the annual value of which represents 
more than half of the capital invested in the irrigation works. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCH 67 


AGRICULTURAL CENSUS.—The President stated in his last message 
to Congress that the Government had accepted the invitation of 
the International Institute of Agriculture of Rome to prepare an 
agricultural census in 1930 in conjunction with a world census to 
be made that year. 

SALVADOR 

INAUGURATION OF TWO NEW SUSPENSION BRIDGES.—The beautiful 
Cayetano Bosque suspension bridge over the Lempa River and Man- 
uel Gallardo bridge over the Chalchigua River, both of which are 
in the jurisdiction of Suchitoto, were formally inaugurated on Sep- 
tember 16, 1926, in the presence of the President of the Republic, 
members of his cabinet, and other distinguished personages. 
The former bridge is 425 feet long and about 16 feet wide and can 
support a weight of 10 tons. 

UNITED STATES EXPORTS OF LEATHER TO SALVADOR.—The United 
States Department of Commerce reports that while the average 
annual leather exports to Salvador in pre-war years were valued at 
less than $120,000, in the past three years the average value has 
been almost $310,000. The following table shows the exports of all 
classes of leather from the United States to Salvador during the last 
two and a half years: 





1924 1925 | Six months, 19261 
































Class line a Tarts 3 —aaee 
Quantity Value Quantity Value |Quantity| Value 

| tee 7 Sara 7 ; aT a1 | 

UPPER LEATHERS | 

Cattle-side uppers: | | 
Grains ae square feet__ 88, 892 $17, 686 118, 569 $26, 432 | 100, 768 $21, 038 
HMinishedisplits====2——2- e224 dos=== 23, 418 4, 808 16, 586 3, O89 | 6, 040 | 1, 473 
Calfsand iki sass eae ees doz== 187, 434 41, 039 212, 221 44,485 | 130, 907 21, 0388 
pheepiandilambs=s staan e oa dozze= 160, 782 11, 455 69, 142 6,701 | 82, 447 8, 353 
Coamandikids= a=. eae doze 689, 974 123, 370 971, 218 198,938 | 486, 976 | 87, 728 
Eorsevandicoltse= sas ee ee do_-_-| 5, 544 1,170 5383 NL Ay fp ee sen ee eM a Se a sd 
Otheriip pense ees dos=== 26, 862 7, 277 24, 115 5,558 |; 15, 740 2, 882 
(RO tale ee ee ea ae ae ae 1, 182, 906 206, 805 1, 412, 384 285, 380 822,878 | 142,512 

PATENT LEATHERS 

Sidenippersee == s==2—2 ea square feet__| 151, 302 43, 024 | 325, 916 90, 768 | 270, 125 73, 759 
Othermpatent ae = eee doze) 63, 560 16, 152 50, 795 11,588 | 10, 856 3, 279 
Oval Meer a= eae ahs any | 214,862] 59,176 376,711 | 102,356 | 280,981 | 77,038 
Solevleatherssa2) pea Sees pounds__} 55 AS | ares eat ealenns | Ree aoe [RE Sec I ta as eR 
ANIIO therzaeas= oe ee ee Onuee 160 132 101 | 481 | 5, 055 1, 554 
GChenaal Wop se | Sree eee Ne Gi js eee 388, 217 |---------- 221, 104 

















1 Preliminary figures. 


WATER COMMISSION.—The President has recently created a water 
commission in the city of Guadalupe, Department of San Vicente. 


URUGUAY 


SeconD Nationan Highway Coneress.—The Second National 
Highway Congress of Uruguay met in Montevideo from October 5 


68 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


to 12, 1926, under the auspices of the Uruguayan Federation of High- 
way Education and the Uruguayan Automobile Club. The program 
included the showing of airplane films of Uruguayan highways, visits 
to cement and asphalt factories, a demonstration of highway machin- 
ery, and many other interesting features. On the first day of the 
congress the highway exposition was also opened. 

THIRTIETH STOCK SHOW IN SALtTo.—The thirtieth annual exposition 
of livestock, opened on September 26, 1926, in Salto, was organized 
by the Livestock and Horse Breeders’ Association of that city to 
promote the growth of the livestock industry. In his introductory 
address Dr. Wenceslao Silva, president of the livestock association, 
sald that livestock constituted the principal resource of Uruguay, and 
that he believed the Government and the banking institutions of the 
country would aid in marketing and extension of credit. Many fine 
animals were exhibited, which showed the improvement being 
achieved in the grade of cattle. 

MonteEvipEo-BuENOS AIRES TRAFFIC.—TIwo projects were pre- 
sented to the national administrative council last October for im- 
proved transport service between Montevideo and Buenos Aires via 
Colonia; one includes the building of a new railway at the cost of 
12,500,000 pesos (1 peso=$1 at present rate of exchange) of English 
capital and the other the construction of an automobile highway to 
cost 6,000,000 pesos, American capital; both include fast ferry service 
between Colonia and Buenos Aires. The latter scheme is generally 
considered the more feasible and to be of greater economic value to 
the country. (Commerce Reports, November 1, 1926.) 

ELECTRIC WINCH FOR MONTEVIDEO DocKs.—The National Admin- 
istration of the Port of Montevideo in September purchased a power- 
ful electric winch for the shipyards, capable of raising vessels of 650 
tons to the dry dock. 

VENEZUELA 


ForREIGN TRADE.—Official reports of the foreign trade of Venezuela 
during the first six months of 1925 are in part as follows: 


Commercial value 


Nature in bolivars 
@xcdinaryclmp OT bss ees ween Rete gsi ose Maer yc eat ee ree ee 125, 069, 268 
Vraay exerts) eNO HY TaWey ANP NNS So eS ee 23, 756, 782 
SL i a ec ch ee eee geno epee ara Sat te 148, 826, 051 
TEGO OTS Sago se er ee BEG ee eee aR ena OS 183, 475, 655 
TRotaleforeignatrade sie toe eee isa 8 a Se See 332, 301, 706 
AMO Getler © Tet SMaees Aue ae a eae oil ieee Saeko sal epee PR ce 183, 475, 655 
MOG DIT OTsGS sete tote eRe Se aah etc a Ieee ee aes aoe 148, 826, 051 


Havorabledbalance= 2 2 sa ee yee eS 34, 649, 604 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 69 


CorrEE AND CACAO ExpoRrTS.—According to the bulletin of the 
Chamber of Commerce of Caracas for August, 1926, 12,409 bags of 
coffee, totaling 748,935 gross kilos (2,005,145 pounds), were exported 
from the port of La Guaira during the month of June, 1926. Cacao 
exports amounted to 8,420 bags, or 614,700 gross kilos (1,647,396 
pounds). ~ 

RAILWAY pROGRESS.—The beginning of railway development in 
Venezuela, according to an article published in Cultura Venezolana 
for August, 1926, dates from the initiation of the railway from 
Tucaras to the mines of Aroa in 1877. This enterprise had been 
started as early as 1835, but various interruptions had prevented its 
conclusion until the later date. A little more than 10 years previous 
a railway 3 kilometers in length from Anauco to Sabana Grande had 
been inaugurated; however, its operation had been suspended a short 
time afterwards. To-day the railway systems of Venezuela, including 
the lines used in mining operations and on sugar plantations, with 
those of electric-car companies stretch some 1,193 kilometers 
(approximately 740 miles), and are represented by the following 
companies: 








Companies Gauge | Length 
Kilo- 
Meters meters 

WanGuaira=Caracasokiailroadias =. sas see ee 0. 91 

Greauchallmoacdo fe vieme ze] cise eee ee lee oye See ee ep 1. 06 184 
Puerto Cabello=Valencia’ Riailrodd 222-25. 522) 2 2 ea 1. 06 55 
Bolivar Railroad, Tucas to Barquisimeto______-__________- . 61 232 
(Girone Ievolastieny, 1 RenlboyGl ss ee es 1. 00 131 
lan eiloaaValerayi-alilic@ a Gipsy ee pee eee ee ee 91 97 
@entraleRailroadrote Venezuelan = as sae en ee 1. 06 84 
Chnrenero-GCibjoo Ineo niel = S24 Soke we ee .91 54 
Goulart Va Oe Glas eee ae fees ie lye te eer sh AN ne LEE uta 1. 06 36 
See) Joeieovne Vilas MeeulbroCl 8 Be ee 1. 00 60 
leamVviela=Coropkallroadis 22s sae eS ee 91 13 
Maiquetia=Macutayrailroadas =). 45 a0. ee es . 91 iG 
ENT AV alll esi atin @ ei le See oe ee et eae Tene tS ee re ee 1. 06 5 
lineilante el Vlimesm ry alll; osc mya sas area meen ye ree iC arate Sees 91 44 
GwanocomNMiimesi ER ievilln; 21 cls yy meno eee nye renee eran 91 15 
Ea ea rato aR al sy eh ea eS ae Pe PE i lh Se ne .91 3 
Bobures-Central Venezuela Railroad______________________ 91 40 
EH! Banco-Central Sucre Railroad_______._-__________-___.-_ a Oil 7 
San Lorenzo-Menegrande Railroad______________________- . 91 17 
British. Controlled OiliveldsiRiailrodda= 2222. 2s ee 91 52 
Standard: Oil’ of—— Rerija= secqe eed Oa ee gee a ee Pamela . 61 20 











The average cost per kilometer of all the railroads of Venezuela 
has been estimated at 226,165 bolivars, but it actually varied from 
73,500 bolivars, the cost of the Carenero Railroad which runs through 
tableland, to 640,000 bolivars, the cost of each of the 32 kilometers 
of the Great Venezuelan Railroad constructed through the mountains. 


70 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


EXPLOITATION OF GOLD MINES IN GUAYANA.—It is reported that 
the gold mines of Guayana are being worked regularly and a satis- 
factory amount of ore is being extracted. The yields of one month 
in the mines worked by the five companies engaged there was 86,699 
kilograms. 

INTERNATIONAL BRIDGE.—An announcement was made on Sep- 
tember 26, 1926, that work on the trusses of the Bolivar international 
bridge on the Colombian-Venezuelan frontier had been completed 
and that the laying of the floor, which will be of reinforced concrete, 
had been begun. Road construction in near-by portions of Venezuela 
and Colombia is advancing rapidly. 





fi 


ARGENTINA 


BANKING INSTITUTIONS.—The General Bureau of Statistics of the 
Nation in September reported to the Minister of the Treasury the 
following facts on the banking institutions of Argentina: 

The capital and reserves of all the credit institutions amounted on December 


31, 1925, to 1,033,946,000 pesos national currency, and the loans to 4,984,014,000 
pesos national currency, which were divided as follows: 





| 









































Capital and) Won 
| (Gaepeeacls| (thousands 
Classes of banking institutions Number | of pesos, of pesos, 
| P | national 
| national | currency) 
| currency) y 
12. CP OSITMAMGNGISCO UM Tse eels cre Pe es eco Sia Seen Si alee 6 91 | 710, 228 3, 552, 316 
INEGRU Gage amills iets esas ah ii een nee eer yn enone onlin a iene 15 310, 264 1, 407, 099 
AE sOVeTI 1D SUTMIS Seis eC ey FAR I Os nic coe or ee, Se OO sno Soe 6 13, 454 24, 599 
FADO) a ge Ce a a a ey ete a ae ga eh el EN 112 | 1,033, 946 4, 984, 014 
Amount in 
thousands : 
Class of loans of pesos Ber cent 
(national 
currency) 
Loans to organizations engaged in trade, production and industry, and toindividuals_| 2, 807, 700 56. 3 
INGORE BAG Cl Oar Sere ee ONS Sales eae Be Gre eae a ee ea eens See ees 1, 540, 466 30. 8 
rane ll Worn. 3 a en Nees RS ae eee a ao Ge ala eS 330, 397 6. 7 
Loans on pawned articles____- EE atta ao ed ne Tp SE aL Oia hee mene ae ee 17, 751 .4 
Other loans_-__- Leh hn a ed oe ET eB ee SIN ON epee a Dene Wa a ee Oe a 287, 700 5.8 
ISG) 21 Ra oP Re AC RN ag ge De PSE noe eT Peg 4, 984, 014 100. 0 








ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS Tk 


Table of national and foreign banks 








Expressed in thousands of pesos (national 











currency) 
Banks Number aries = 
Capital and 3 =iipee SO Pan 
ROGGE Loans Deposits | Balance 
IN[eKRKONENT Jono see ee ae 78 602,076 | 3, 199, 346 | 2,916,114 | 637,613 








‘Banke fable sNiavionis: acs oniin es mpealianis 214,193 | 1,385,654 | 1,499,276 | 332, 848 














1 
National ib anise anne enue nee 77 387,883 | 1,813,692 | 1,416,838 | 304, 765 
Foreign banks____________- SES Go ean S 13 108, 152 757,187 | 721,105 | 213, 952 
SD Gel ee Bese IS tp yaa eM eee 91 710, 228 | 3,956,533 | 3,637,219 | 851, 565 
CHILE 


CHILEAN BONDs.—An issue of 6 per cent gold bonds to the amount 
of $42,500,000 was placed on the New York market last October. 
These bonds have an accumulative amortization fund of 1 per cent 
annually and are due April 1, 1960. The proceeds of the loan will 
be used for highway construction, sanitary works, the payment of 
certain internal obligations, and of notes for $10,000,000 falling due 
in February, 1927. 

COLOMBIA 


LOAN FOR IMPROVEMENTS IN Bocotd.—On September 17, 1926, 
the Municipal Council of Bogota approved the agreement made 
with the Mortgage Bank regarding a loan of 150,000 pesos for im- 
proving Bolivar Park in that city. 


ECUADOR 


BRANCH BANK FOR Guayaguiu.—In accordance with the statutes 
of the Central Office of Emission and Redemption of Currency in 
Ecuador, a branch of this institution shall operate in Guayaquil under 
a directorate composed of members representing the Government, 
the Central Office of Emission, and other banking institutions in the 
Republic. 

HAITI 


REPORT FOR FISCAL YEAR.—As September, 1926, completed 
Haiti’s fiscal year, it is now possible to consider the financial situation 
of the Government for the entire period 1925-26. The year in ques- 
tion was the most favorable which Haiti has ever experienced, rev- 
enues exceeding the most prosperous previous year by some 4,500,000 
gourdes. All factors were favorable, including a large crop of coffee, 
a high price for that commodity, and bountiful yields of other prin- 
cipal Haitian products. 

Total revenue receipts reached the substantial sum of 45,365,000 
gourdes, as compared with 40,488,000 gourdes in 1924-25, an increase 


7) THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of 12.045 per cent. Practically the entire increase was derived from 
customs receipts. As for expenditures out of revenues, the total 
during 1925-26 was 40,931,000 gourdes, as compared with 39,218,000 
gourdes during the previous year. Most of the spending depart- 
ments of the Haitian Government showed increased disbursements. 
This was true of the gendarmerie, foreign relations, commerce, interior, 
public-health service, public-works service, justice, agricultural 
service, vocational education, public instruction, and religion. Asa 
result, marked progress was made in consolidating and extending 
useful governmental activities. 

On September 30 the unobligated cash balance was 11,659,000 
gourdes, a sum heretofore unapproached in the history of Haiti. 
Due to the pronounced expansion in unobligated cash, the net debt 
declined on that occasion to a low figure of 96,648,000 gourdes, in 
comparison with 108,863,000 gourdes on September 30, 1925. This 
was a decline of more than 12,200,000 gourdes, while the gross debt 
[loans] declined during the fiscal year by some 6,900,000 gourdes. 
(Bulletin of the Receiver General, September, 1926.) 


MEXICO 


GOVERNMENT FINANCES.—In the President’s message to Congress 
delivered on September 1, 1926, he stated that the fiscal policy of his 
administration had had the following four objectives: 1, Financial 
rehabilitation consequent on the balancing of the budget and the 
elimination of the large deficit passed on from previous fiscal years; 
2, the reorganization of the fiscal system so that it should produce the 
highest revenue compatible with the Republic’s economic powers and 
distribute the burden of taxes in an equitable manner; 3, the estab- 
lishment of a banking system capable of promoting national economic 
activities; and 4, the restoration of the Government’s domestic and 
foreign credit, by means of satisfying the respective claims. The 
President went on to say: 

The budget was balanced in the first half of 1924 and, due to economies in 
expenditure and increased receipts, the year closed with a balance of 23,082,404 
pesos, which was applied on the deficit of 53,083,046 pesos passed on from the 
troubled year of 1923. A year ago I’announced that the deficit had been still 
further reduced to 14,201,040 pesos, and that increasing receipts had also 
permitted the investment of 55,900,000 pesos in the Bank of Mexico and the 
initiation of reconstruction of the national highways. In the fiscal year 1925 
the deficit still standing was wiped out, and 4,000,000 pesos paid to the Bank of 
London and Mexico to settle a debt of previous Governments. 

Equally satisfactory progress was reported under the other points 
of the President’s program, the foreign debt agreements having been 
amended, the banking debt with the old banks of issue liquidated, 
the income-tax law and revenue laws of 1924 and 1925 modified, 
and other advantageous action taken. 


LEGISLATION We 
PANAMA 


BupGer surpLus.—The report of the Ministry of the Treasury 
for the fiscal year July 1, 1925, to June 30, 1926, showed that the 
surplus of revenues over expenditures amounted to $1,117,909.08. 
(Central Information Office of Panama.) 





ARGENTINA 


SUSPENSION OF PENSION LAW.—Pension Law No. 11,289, which 
provided for the contribution by employers and employees of certain 
quotas toward a pension fund, was definitely suspended in September. 
This law, which was always very unpopular, once becoming the cause 
of a general strike, has been ineffective for over a year. Now that 
it is actually suspended, measures are to be taken to return the funds 
collected from the employers and the employees for the pension fund. 

LOANS FOR COOPERATIVE INSTITUTIONS.—On the final day of the 
ordinary session of Congress, September 30, 1926, the Senate approved 
the bill which had already passed the Chamber of Deputies providing 
for loans to cooperative institutions for agricultural developments, 
such as the construction of warehouses and elevators, dairy instal- 
lations, the purchase of land, and other purposes. The National 
Mortgage Bank is authorized to loan up to 80 per cent of the official 
value of the property of a cooperative association. 

SAN Martin Memortau.—The Senate on September 30 approved 
the purchase of the house in Boulogne-sur-mer occupied by General 
San Martin during his exile in France. The house will be used as 


a museum and consulate. 
BRAZIL 


AMENDMENTS TO  CONSTITUTION.—Amended forms of several 
articles of the Brazilian constitution passed by Congress after the 
opening of its session in May, 1926, were published by the presidents 
and secretaries of the Senate and House of Deputies in the Diario 
Official of September 7, 1926. Article 6 concerns the powers of the 
Federal Government in relation to the States; article 34, the duties 
of the National Congress; the amendment to paragraph 1 of article 37 
grants the President the right of partial as well as total veto of any 
law on the ground of unconstitutionality; articles 59 and 60 concern 
the jurisdiction of federal courts; article 72 defines the rights of person 
and property, Brazilians and foreigners being equal before the law. 

Capital punishment is abolished, except under military law. 


74 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
COLOMBIA 


MEASURES TO REDUCE COST OF LiviING.—On August 25, 1926, 
the President of the Republic approved a law by virtue of which 
several measures were adopted relative to the importation into the 
country of articles of prime necessity, the object being to reduce 
the cost of living. In view of this law, the Chief Executive has been 
empowered to suppress or reduce, as he may deem fit, customhouse 
and other duties on such articles of food as beef and pork, condensed 
milk, in both solid and liquid forms, lard, sugar, rice, potatoes, and 


all cereals. 
ECUADOR 





MILITARY RETIREMENT LAW.—The full text of this law appears in 
the Registro Oficial of August 18, 1926, some of the provisions being 
as follows: Officers of the regular army may retire voluntarily after 
12 years of service, with the right to a pension. Retirement for age 
is applied in the following manner: A second lieutenant at 38, first 
heutenant at 43, captain at 48, major at 52, lieutenant colonel at 56, 
colonel at 58, and general at 60 years. 

GUATEMALA 


/ 


Pusiic Ministry.—In accordance with provisions in the new 
civil code of Guatemala recently promulgated, the Public Ministry 
was created by a presidential decree of September 8, 1926. Working 
in the courts through the district attorneys, the attorneys of the 
Court of Justice, the assistant attorneys, and the civil magistrates, 
it will watch over the rights of the State and provide defense for 
those who are unable to provide it for themselves. The full duties 
of the department are described in the law, Decree No. 924, which 
was printed in El Guatemalteco of September 13, 1926. 


HONDURAS 


HIGHWAY LOAN contTRACcT.—The President approved on September 
8, 1926, a contract for a loan of $2,500,000 to the Honduran Govern- 
ment by H. C. Burt, an American banker, for the repair and con- 
struction of highways. 

AMORTIZATION OF INTERNAL DEBT.—The regulations for the amor- 
tization of the internal debt of Honduras, published in the Gaceta 
Oficial of September 24, 1926, went into effect on September 1 of 
that year. Three per cent bonds to the amount of 10,000,000 silver 
pesos are to be issued. The first withdrawal of bonds by lot will be 
made on July 25, 1927. 

IMMIGRATION DECREE.—The immigration decree formulated by 
the Council of Ministers in accordance with the provisions adopted 


INTERNATIONAL TREATIES 75 


by the Fourth Pan American Sanitary Conference, and in further 
extension of the existing immigration law, went into effect on October 
5, 1926. By this decree all persons suffering from hydrophobia, 
leprosy, typhus, hookworm, syphilis, tuberculosis, trachoma, and 
insanity are forbidden entrance to the country, as well as persons 
incapable of self-support, immoral persons, criminals, and other 
undesirable individuals. A deposit of 200 colones is also required of 
persons entering the Republic, with the exception of tourists. This 
amount is returned if a person leaves within a few months. 






INTERNATIONAL c 
KX Oe aa » TREATIES & by I® ZF 


SALVADOR 


COMPILATION OF INTERNATIONAL TREATIES.—On September 1, 
1926, the President appointed Eliseo Colorado H., chief clerk of the 
Ministry of Foreign Affairs, to compile all international treaties 
entered into by the Republic of Salvador since 1910 which are still 
in effect. 

BRAZIL—URUGUAY. 


EXTRADITION TREATY.—The Uruguayan Chamber of Deputies on 
September 13, 1926, approved the treaty of extradition between 
Brazil and Uruguay signed ad referendum. (El Dia, Montevideo, 
September 14, 1926.) 

SALVADOR—-URUGUAY 


ARBITRATION TREATY.—The treaty on arbitration between Salva- 
dor and Uruguay signed ad referendum was approved by the Cham- 
ber of Deputies of Uruguay on September 13, 1926. (El Dia, 
Montevideo, September 14, 1926.) 


SPAIN-URUGUAY 


ARBITRATION TRHATY.—The treaty of obligatory arbitration which 
the Uruguayan Chamber of Deputies ratified September 13, 1926, 
was signed ad referendum by Spain and Uruguay to replace the 
arbitration treaty between the two nations which went into effect on 
November 21, 1902. The new treaty eliminates the exception con- 
tained in the old treaty that questions affecting constitutional prin- 
ciples of either of the signatory nations would not be subject to 
arbitration, (Hl Dia, Montevideo, September 14, 1926.) 


76 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


URUGUAY 


AMENDMENTS TO VERSAILLES TREATY.—The amendments to 
article 16 of the Versailles treaty of peace were approved by the 
Uruguayan Chamber of Deputies on September 13, 1926. 





EX @a . ADEDUCATION :: Ny 


ARGENTINA 


Doctor Montessori AT RETARDED CHILDREN’S ScHooL.—Accom- 
panied by Argentine officials, Dr. Maria Montessori, the famous 
Italian educator now in Argentina, visited the home school for 
retarded children in Torres. This school cares for 638 boys and 290 
girls, housed in separate sections, where, after examinations and classi- 
fication according to their mental and physical capacity, they are 
given agricultural and manual training in addition to instruction in 
other subjects. Binet-Simon tests are given each month and recorded 
on the reports of the mental and physical progress of the children. 

New scuHoous.—Locations were approved in September for 32 
new elementary schools to be established in the city of Buenos Aires. 

JULY 4 CELEBRATED IN SCHOOL NAMED FoR UNITED STATES.— 
An interesting celebration of the Fourth of July was held in the 
Buenos Aires school named for the United States, one of a number 
of Argentine schools named for the American Republics. The pro- 
eram included the singing of the national anthems of Argentina and 
the United States, a recitation on each of the national flags, an 
address on the significance of the Fourth of July, other recitations 
and choral numbers. The celebration ended with the distribution of 
candy which was presented to the Argentine pupils by the American 
guests. 

ARGENTINE-CHILEAN ART INTERCHANGE.—The Chilean painters 
Julio Ortiz de Zarate and Waldo Vilo, commissioned by their Govern- 
ment for that purpose, arrived in Buenos Aires last October to 
arrange an exchange of art exhibitions between the two countries. 
The Chilean Government offers to Argentine exhibitors free salons in 
the Santiago Museum of Fine Arts and exemption from customs 
duties on exhibits. The Chilean artists exhibited some of their pic-— 
tures while in Buenos Aires, after which they went to Montevideo 
and Rio de Janeiro in further pursuit of their mission. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION AT, 


BOLIVIA 


LABORATORY OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIMENTS.—This new division 
in the Ministry of Education was created by a decree of August 31, 
1926, with the following attributes: To study the physical and psy- 
chological development of school children, and when possible of 
those under school age; to determine what aptitudes the children 
show, whether toward professional or vocational training; to study 
the various types of children—normal, subnormal, and supernormal— 
in order to place them in the proper educational environment; to pre- 
pare psychological sketches of pupils in order that teachers may be 
able to form an accurate idea of the mental aptitudes of the children 
and adjust their methods of teaching in accordance therewith; to make 
a careful study of school hours and the tiring effect of long periods on 
the children, adjusting the time for each class accordingly; to study 
the Indian collectively and individually in relation to his education; 
and to prepare health reports for parents. 

ScHoots For Inp1ANs.—A recent decree provides that all schools 
established for instructing the Indians, whether under private organi- 
zations or maintained by proprietors on their farms, shall be under 
the direct supervision of the Ministry of Public Instruction. 

ScHoou nores.—The report submitted by the Minister of Public 
Education on the occasion of the celebration of the first centenary of 
the Republic contains a very interesting study of the development 
of Bolivian education during the last hundred years. 

According to this report the number of schools now existing in the 
country and the school attendance for 1925 are as follows: 








Number | Number 
of of 

schools students 
Officialkschools| of higher learning= 52255522 sees | 7 756 
Oficialischoolstof:specialveducatione= = ===— == 55s — == | 6 698 
Private schools of special education____________-----_-- | 5 | 254 
@fiieralenormaallys cla@ oss eee sel eel ee | 5 | 233 
Oficial¥secondaryischoolse =a ee ee 17 | 3, 016 
Brivatewsecondanvgschoolss 2s =e = eee eee eee 10 | 1, 082 
Oficialiprimanygschoolstaae eas See eee ee ee | 677 | 41, 472 
Minne oeil justine, selo@els go =e ee ee | 478 26, 113 





IPPVAWS jOrunRAyY Keno so Ll So ee ee ee | 218 | 13, 399 





BRAZIL 


Arpor Day.—In the forestry section of the botanical gardens of 
Rio de Janeiro, Arbor Day was celebrated on September 21, 1926, 
with exercises which included the planting of the first tree in the 
forest nursery. Among the distinguished guests present were the 

20979—26+—B ull. 1——_6 


78 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Minister of Agriculture and the writer Coelho Nieto. School children 
sang the national anthem and a hymn to the tree and recited appro- 
priate poems. 

A somewhat similar celebration of Arbor Day was held in Nictheroy, 
where the tree planting was witnessed by 5,000 school children, the 
President of the State, and other spectators. 

BENJAMIN CONSTANT INSTITUTE FOR THE BLIND.—On September 
17, 1926, the Benjamin Constant Institute for Teaching the Blind in 
Rio de Janeiro celebrated its seventy-second anniversary with exer- 
cises which included addresses by Dr. Eduardo Pinto de Vasconcellos, 
director of the institute, and by the Minister of Justice, as well as 
recitations and music by the pupils. 

URUGUAYAN STUDENT RECEIVED BY FACULTY OF LAW.—Sefior 
Roberto Hinojosa, bearer of a greeting from the Uruguayan students 
to the students of Brazil, was received by the Law School of Rio de 
Janeiro on September 17,1926. The presiding officer of the meeting 
was the rector of the university, Senhor Conde de Affonso Celso, 
addresses being made by the Uruguayan delegate, a representative 
of the Brazilian students, the dean of the school, and others. 

CHILDREN’S LIBRARY.—The Delphim Moreira Municipal School of 
Rio de Janeiro recently celebrated the opening of the children’s 
library presented to the school by the Rotary Club. More than a 
thousand children took part in the physical-culture drill given as a 
part of the exercises. 

InpustriAL Epucation Socrrry.—Last September the Industrial 
Education Society was organized in Rio de Janeiro by teachers of 
industrial education, Dr. Coryntho da Fonseca being elected president. 
Dr. da Fonseca suggested for discussion a platform which lays down 
a number of principles for industrial education. It advocates a com- 
bination of theoretical and practical work for students, supplementary 
work for teachers on Saturdays and in vacations, the organization of 
a course in- methods of teaching trades, and other interesting ideas. 

“UnitTep Statses”’ ScHoout.—A municipal school in Rio de Janeiro 
was recently named for the United States as an expression of friend- 
ship for this country. The ceremony took place in the presence of 
the Minister of Justice (who is also in charge of puble instruction), 
the American Ambassador, and various federal and municiapl 
officials, among them Dr. A. Carneiro Leao, Director of Public In- 
struction of Rio de Janeiro, who made an impressive speech outlining 
the history of the United States and, speaking of its idealism and 
spirit of service. In conclusion he addressed especially the pupils of 
the school and then the American Ambassador, as follows: 

Children, to-day you scarcely realize the greatness of your patron country. 


It has been the champion of democracy throughout the world, and in the presence 
of three of its great sons—Washington, Lincoln, and Horace Mann—whose 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 79 


portraits you will behold in the rooms which henceforth will bear their names, 
you will forever be conscious of an inspiring irradiation of intelligence and kind- 
ness. No better symbols could be placed before you for the development of your 
intelligence, your heart, and your character. 

Mr. Ambassador, the municipality of Rio de Janeiro, by giving to one of its 
schools the name of your country at the time when you are celebrating the sesqui- 
centennial of the Declaration of American Independence, desired to inculeate 
more and more in the hearts of Brazillian children a love for the United States, 
the champion of right and justice, the creator of the Monroe Doctrine, the great 
knight of Pan Americanism. 

Let me, therefore, addressing the children of my own country, remind them, 
as a happy stimulus to action in the future, of the noble words of Roosevelt to the 
Ibero-American nations: ‘‘We shall all strive upward in honest and manly 
brotherhood, shoulder to shoulder. * * *” 

Other features of the program were addresses by the principal of 
the school and the American Ambassador, various American and 
Brazilian songs and gymnastic exercises by the pupils, and the un- 
veiling of the portraits of Washington, Lincoln, and Horace Mann. 


CHILE 


GEOGRAPHER HONORED.—At a brilliant ceremony in the American 
Embassy in Santiago last September the David Livingstone centenary 
medal of the American Geographical Society was conferred on Sefior 
Luis Riso Patron for his explorations of the Andes, his work on 
marking the boundaries of Chile with Argentina and Bolivia, his 
maps, and his monumental Geographical Dictionary of Chile. 

DEATH OF BELOVED TEACHER.—On September 10, 1926, occurred 
the death of Sefor Juan N. Espejo, for 40 years principal of the 
National Institute, the preparatory school connected with the 
University of Chile in Santiago. An immense cortége of graduates of 
the institute, from all professions and occupations, followed his 
body to its last resting place, the hearse being drawn by students. 
One of the speakers at the funeral ceremonies said that “his name will 
live in our history among those great servants of the nation who have 
left behind them a trail of light, culture, and noble example.” 
Always of a progressive tendency in education, endowed with brilliant 
intellectual gifts and great beauty of spirit, Sefor Espejo cared 
more to form the characters of the boys under his charge than to instill 
mere knowledge. He was also known for his translations of Tagore’s 


works into Spanish. 
COLOMBIA 


EDUCATIONAL CONVENTION.—On September 25, 1926, an educa- 
tional convention was held in Bogota by all the school inspectors of 
the Department of Cundinamarca. The purpose of the meeting was 
to discuss what changes should be introduced into the program of 
primary instruction, in accordance with proposed educational! 
reforms. 


SO THE PAN AMERICAN UNION — 
COSTA RICA 


PopuLaR UNIVERSITY.—After continuous efforts, an enthusiastic 
group saw its work crowned with success when, on the national 
holiday, September 15, 1926, appropriate exercises marked the 
inauguration of the popular university in the Vitalia Madrigal 
School of San José. Similar in character and purpose to the organi- 
zation of the same name in Guatemala, the university will seek to 
develop itself into a nation-wide force in its campaign against 
illiteracy. . 

NEW UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS.—On September 15, 1926, as a fitting 
event in the celebration of the one hundred and fifth anniversary of 
Costa Rican independence, the foundation stone for St. Thomas 
University was laid in San José amid formal ceremony. The new 
university, which will consist of five beautiful buildings, each to 
cost 100,000 colones, will amply house the respective schools of law, 
engineering, pharmacy, dentistry, and medicine. The original 
school of law was established in 1843. 


CUBA 


INSTRUCTION OF THE BLIND AND DEAF-MUTES.—The establishment 
of special classes for the blind and for deaf-mutes has been decreed 
for the existing asylums and private charitable institutions that may 
need them. 

BEQUEST FOR EDUCATION AND CHARITY.—Miss Dolores Betan- 
court, who died recently in Cuba, left $2,000,000 for works of charity 
throughout the Republic. Of this legacy the sum of $254,000 has 
been destined for the construction of a combination primary and 
vocational school in the city of Camagiiey. Work on the building 
for this school will commence very shortly. The Betancourt family 
has made many generous gifts to the city of Camagiiey. (Cuban 
Department of State.) 

Cusan AcapDEeMy.—On October 2 the Cuban Academy of Letters, 
affiliated with the Royal Spanish Academy, held its first meeting 
under the presidency of Dr. Enrique José Varona. Several resolu- 
tions were adopted, and at the suggestion of Dr. Antonio Sanchez 
de Bustamente a committee was appointed to compile the rules 
and regulations by which the academy will be governed. (Cuban 
Department of State.) 

ECUADOR 


Arts sociery.—In Guayaquil a fine arts society has recently been 
organized called Amigos del Arte. This society will endeavor, by 
means of lectures and publications, to popularize the fine arts, and 
will give all possible assistance to art schools already established. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION S1 
GUATEMALA 


ScHOOL CENSUS.—It was announced on August 31, 1926, that the 
Secretary of Education had asked the political heads of the depart- 
ments to proceed with the school census in cooperation with the 
departmental committees for the direction of the census. This 
census will be a means of pushing the campaign which the Depart- 
ment of Public Education has undertaken to enforce the law provid- 
ing for the maintenance of a school in every village or estate inhabited 
by 10 or more families in order finally to make illiteracy a negligible 


factor. 
HAITI 


NATIONAL ScHOOL oF MEDICINE AND PHarmMacy.—An ordinance 
governing the administration of the School of Medicine in Port au 
Prince, which was recently turned over to the Public Health Service, 
was published on September 9, 1926. The faculty of this institution 
has now been appointed and the new curriculum prepared. In the 
school of medicine the schedule calls for 874 hours in the first, second, 
and third years, and for 988 hours in the fourth year, the fifth year 
being interne year at the Haitian General Hospital. In the school of 
dentistry the first year requires 874 hours and the second year 532 
hours, while the third year is devoted to practical work. The school 
of pharmacy requires 494 hours the first year, 418 the second year, 
and practical work the third year. 

CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SCHOOLS.—See item on Pusiic Works, 
page 62. 

HONDURAS 


EVENING SCHOOL FOR ADULTS.—The laborers’ society of Siguate- 
peque opened an evening school for adults in that city on October 1, 
1926. 

TracHers’ pAay.—Teachers’ Day was celebrated last September 
in the Boys’ Normal School of the city of Comayagiiela with a 
banquet given by the students to their teachers. Addresses were 
made, and flowers received from the President of the Republic, the 
Minister of Public Instruction, and other officials, while music added 
to the general spirit of cordiality. 


MEXICO 


AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—President Calles, as readers of the 
BuLueTin will recall, is greatly interested in the question of agri- 
cultural education for country boys. To his initiative is due the 
founding of schools of this type, the first of which, near Morelia, 
State of Michoacan, was officially opened by the President on October 
3, 1926. More than 200 boys are already enrolled in this school, 


82 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


which proposes to teach them the rudiments of scientific farming, as 
well as the necessary bookwork. The central building, which is of 
stone, contains classrooms, dormitories, shops, library, assembly room, 
baths, infirmary, and other rooms. ‘The school and land cost more 
than 1,000,000 pesos. Many cabinet members, other Government 
officials, and members of the diplomatic corps made the trip from 
Mexico City to be present at the inauguration. 

A second school of this type was to be opened in the State of 
Hidalgo in November, 1926. 

SuccESS OF SCHOOL ART.—Thirty-five pictures painted by Mexican 
children, students in the Government open-air painting school under 
the direction of Sehor Alfredo Ramos Martinez, had a great success 
when shown in the 1926 Autumn Salon in Paris. They will also be 
exhibited in other Kuropean countries and in the United States. 
Senfor Ramos Martinez was asked to demonstrate his methods with a 
oup of French children. 

SocraAL SERVICE scHoou.—According to plans announced a few 


oT 
2] 


months ago, the Federal Department of Education intends to start a 
school for the training of social service workers. After the prelimi- 
nary outline of the curriculum was formulated, the federal inspectors 
were summoned to disctiss it. It is hoped to make this school and 
its graduates of great usefulness to the community. 

ARGENTINE SECTION IN LIBRARY.—A collection of Argentine books, 
presented by the Popular Libraries Committee of Buenos Aires, was 
installed with due ceremony in the National Library of Mexico 
Mexico City, last October. The books include works on social 
sciences, history, geography, mathematics, and literature. 


PANAMA 


Tur BouivariANn Universiry.—A university council has been 
formed for the purpose of organizing the Bolivarian University to be 
inaugurated in May, 1927. The council is composed of the following 
persons: J. D. Moscote, president of the National Institute and 
representative of the National School of Law and Social Science; 
Alfonso Preciado, superintendent of the Santo Tomas Hospital; Abel 
Bravo, director of the Agricultural School; Demetrio Fabrega, pro- 
fessor in the School of Pharmacy; and Richard Neumann, Inspector 
General of Education. The secretary of the council will be Senor 
Carlos Puig V. 

Women’s VocaTIONAL ScHooL Entertains Drerutizs.—On Octo- 
ber 13, 1926, the Women’s Vocational School of Panama City 
entertained the deputies of the National Assembly and cabinet 
ministers at a banquet prepared and served by the students of the 
school. This is the newest of the schools of secondary educa- 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 83 


tion, having as its object the fitting of young women for vocational 
work, including domestic science and small industries. 

TeacHers’ Insianta.—A few months ago a competition was 
opened to all residents of Panama, native or foreign, for the design of 
an appropriate symbol to be used as a button by all qualified teachers. 
The prize to be awarded will be a gold medal bearing the design 


selected. 
PARAGUAY 


GUEST PROFESSOR.—On August 23, 1926, Dr. Juan A. Gabastou, 
professor of clinical obstetrics in the medical school of Buenos Aires 
University, arrived in Asuncién, where he gave a short series of lec- 
tures in the medical school, returning home on August 29. The visit 
of the distinguished scientist was due in a large measure to the initia- 
tive of the board of directors of the medical school, who have been 
sponsoring an interchange of professors. 

UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.—It is reported that the course on political 
economy given through the winter months by Dr. Rudolf Ritter was 
well received. Three of his lectures during September were devoted 
to a consideration of the theme ‘‘Work as an economic agent and 
historical factor.” 

On September 9, 1926, Gonzalez Pachoco, Argentine writer, 
gave the first of a series of lectures on social questions. His first 
topic was “The personality of Rafael Barrett and his work in 


Paraguay.”’ 
SALVADOR 


SECONDARY couRSE.—The regulations for secondary schools 
adopted August 23, 1926, prescribe the following course of study: 


Periods a week by years 





Subjects 





Spanish: 
Readingandiconi position Analyses ses tee ee ae ae ee Gis (reas renee 1S CUR ee 2 
Reading and composition, prosody, spelling -----...-.----.---------]------ (| |e anes 
IRIGeohhoverehaKal CoyaayoyofitnKoral:, SNpalieh oo ee ee EE pe eee 
UC LAG INC So ease ele ey 8 SRN Ring Mar Ie tie eR eyed ne ACUI C alee Se 

Mathematics: 

Arithmetic, weights and measure, units__.-______..------------------ Caygy Peacrortirs Se ee ee a 
Blementaryaal £6 ae ee eS ae DEE ake eal See ) 

(ONO) Ge( DENS Getcha Set Oe i Be oh es ee ap ae Se ee Ue Sees a) es ae 
AGI ZOHOMECEGY ie ieee tee Soto aa ee epee ne A ee OG ee renee OB Sul eos nt (eee 

Natural sciences: 

ZEOO)O BV ea Se ede et Ro es he I Suey pout eae eer 
BotanyganGdiaeni cultures. sees se ee Miho = ee ed Pe oe ae ane ae 
Geology and mineralogy_____.._.-____- eee i SE ot Se ES ee eee |e (stale ec 
Anatomy, phiysiolopyerand biveieneee so-so sees nee sean eee ene ae oe Pea ade meer | ere me 
WAIEOOS ON afery tehaval Coioavoypreyoy ase ee ee ee ee Seelase noel oe ee| memes 

Physical sciences: 
MlementanyaphySicSt asso es sae eae Sea ee eee Ue ee eee Pe eel Bamoal ROSE ee Peak onl eeeee. 
PY SICSH ADO AIL O Ty aee ee ee a eo ee esl ERT Uy 2 ae eee Sh all es Balter les ornare i 
ITemrIentarye CHC MLS UR Vasey tetera ere eet, pees su Nerves here glue MN ereseal| Meters a alle tats 
Chemisiryelaboratomyeoss ee eee oan laa ee eee eC oe ae|besa eal oe 

Geography: | 
OV GR WCE ee ee ee pe ae i AN ny BN Ss Son 8 | Bea es eee ae eke PS Sean 
INGWaVWiobldldndi@ Ceail aes. o> S23. fae. SS oe are See ease eee Fe | eee el |S a 
Central eA Cases see ee eres Oe ent YR aaa en aay eo oe ee Oot eSB eee 

















84 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 


| Periods a week by years 























Subjects | 
I II | Ill IV V 
~ pa es ese | B 
History: ‘ | | 

ATi clent sam me die yall eo cies ae eS aa ON aI Ene eats Aa eee emer re OH |eemaee eet [nN oleae 
Moya iol EHaVGl GoyahReranjoro) PIAS oa onda eee ee se eee a tesa eaoue [Seer aes el Perea ERAT Ce 
Tne ASOT CAS =f ete a NO ee es Se ae eee ees ee seeeese i tas Be bess ce ah te 
Gentral\Aun eri cas S222 noet fees atu els Soe ES ee ee ee ese | een | eee |e ee Bil eesses 
Constitution and fundamental laws of Salvador________.____----__--_.--- [ese alioaeene beatae leew ece | 2 
NEY US ates oe eae i ae Sale Seal Pes caper snot pe me an yee es ES or | 3 3 Bie eet ss 
VBS ae) 0 Veet rs eae aE a a eee a ea Mere | eee | Ces aeons | Eeeec da} 3 3 
SCHOO Rye aT GS] © A Crise ee a aie cee ems EN etm en meee rm ear pst nya eS eg | Ae |e eee | sere | 6 
GS) recisyrlimn torres NE SN NS OI UR SS ieee PLN rapper a oe 2 m | PX Need | tent ee 
AES] © Wale G Ld eaoerict ie aire els pelea eS Nh, Dees pela neon bape sin yap DM £ SPL A ah by ech Spe Noe eh Slee ee | eR PRA eee es 
Pinysicalitrainin gees sess aes pM Ee Nira cle Maver ehh nee eee cen 2 2 | 2 2} 2 
FN Palle coe renee ae ks cet et RAR at ONC aren NN SO ae reeenerM pena een 28 | 28 | 28);| fo 285 heeo8 








A board of secondary education is also created to pass on all tech- 
nical questions in this branch of instruction. Its members, who are 
appointed by the Minister of Public Instruction, must be educators 
of at least 10 years’ experience. It has jurisdiction over secondary 
and commercial schools and those training teachers for them, their 
inspection, curricula, textbooks, etc. Secondary schools are divided 
into three classes—first, those having the complete five-year course; 


second, having three years; third, having two years. 
f 


URUGUAY 


NATIONAL DAIRY SCHOOL.—The Council of Industrial Education is 
considering the purchase of a factory located in the dairy region of 
Colonia for the establishment of a national dairy school. The project 
would appear to fill a national demand, since Uruguay imports hun- 
dreds of thousands of kilos of cheese annually, though it is a cattle 
country, but of its 8,500,000 head of cattle only about 100,000 are 
dairy cows. 

SCHOOLS TO BE NAMED FOR AMERICAN Repusiics.—The National 
Council of Administration in September asked for the President’s 
approval of the naming of several schools for the sister Republics of 
America. The President replied that he was in favor of this plan, 
as several of the American nations had already so honored Uruguay, 
and that he believed the naming of schools for American countries 
contributed to closer inter-American relations. | 

URUGUAYAN SECTION IN Braziuian Liprary.—The Brazilian 
Minister to Uruguay informed the Minister of Foreign Relations that 
on October 12, 1926, Columbus Day, the Uruguayan section in the 
Brazilian National Library at Rio de Janeiro would be placed at the 
disposal of the public with appropriate exercises of an international 
character. The director of the National Uruguayan Library was 
sent to attend the ceremony by the National Council of Administra- 
tion of Uruguay. The Uruguayan donation to the national library 


LABOR 85 


at Rio de Janeiro consists of 1,000 volumes of the best Uruguayan 
works of history, literature, social science and other subjects, and 
several collections of important reviews and magazines. 


VENEZUELA 


ScHooL or PHARMACY.—On September 16, 1926, the School of 

Pharmacy of the University of Caracas began its tenth year of 
instruction. It was founded as a separate entity on July 5, 1916, but 
upon the reorganization of the university it was incorporated into 
that institution and now functions in the university building, having 
well-equipped laboratories and a good library at its disposal. Its 
course of study, similar to that of other schools of pharmacy, includes 
physics, chemistry, mineralogy, pharmaceutical botany, zoology, 
Galenic pharmacy, hydrology, chemical pharmacy, toxicology, materia 
medica, and pharmaceutical legislation. The total enrollment has 
been 62, registered as follows: First course (1917), 23 students; 
second course (1920), 22 students; third course (1921), 10 students; 
and fourth course (1924), 7 students. 
— Since by recent legislation no one who does not have a degree from 
or approved by this institution can legally practice pharmacy in 
Venezuela, the university is destined to play a greater part in the 
national life of the future, and its graduates will find a wide field and 
successful career awaiting them. 





BOLIVIA 


LABOR LAWS IN OPERATION.—The labor laws promulgated in 1924, 
notwithstanding the radical innovations that they mean for the 
industry of the country, are stated by Bolivia to be working in a satis- 
factory way. The law of January 17, 1924, which provides for ade- 
quate compensation for workers in case of accidents, is being com- 
plied with by all the mining companies. During the month of June, 
1926, the Bureau of Labor received reports of 165 cases, which were 
disposed of as follows: Nine cases permanently incapacitated, 74 tem- 
porarily incapacitated, 42 without grounds, and 40 cases under 
investigation. 

Besides this law two others were enacted in 1924, one establishing 
the eight-hour day and regulating working conditions, while the 
other established compulsory insurance for workers. 


86 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
ECUADOR 


Bureau or Lasor Inspection.—In accordance with the decree 
creating the Bureau of Labor Inspection, regulations have been issued 
from which the following extracts are taken: “This bureau shall be 
under the administration of a general board of inspectors and five 
other inspectors, one for each of the five zones into which the territory 
of the Republic shall be divided for the purpose of this law. This 
bureau, which was created for the express purpose of enforcing labor 
laws and decrees relating to labor conditions and for the protection 
of laborers, will also undertake to promote the development of in- 
dustries and increase production by stimulating the interest of work- 
men in their particular work.” 


MEXICO 


EUROPEAN LABOR LEADERS visI?T Mrexico.—A party of 12 or more 
prominent labor leaders from England, Holland, Switzerland, Sweden, 
and Poland visited Mexico last October, where they held conferences 
with Senor Luis N. Morones, Secretary of Labor, and with other 
leaders in the Mexican labor movement. They were received by 
President Calles, and most hospitably entertained, being taken to 
many points of interest in and near Mexico City. The party included 
Mr. John W. Brown, secretary of the International Federation of 
Trade Unions of Amsterdam, and other officials of that organization. 





ARGENTINA 


BaBy weEEK.—The Ninth Annual Baby Week in Buenos Aires 
began on October 4, 1926. The Mothers’ Club, which established 
baby week, devotes this time to instruction to mothers on the care 
of children with exhibitions of model household arrangements, lay- 
ettes, diet charts, and necessities for the care of children, as well as 
examples of the wrong treatment and equipment. 

CHEAP HOUSING.—In response to a questionnaire of the housing 
commission, it was shown that all the occupants of houses in the 
Juan F. Cafferata subdivision of Buenos Aires desired to own their 
houses under the provisions of article 4 of law 9677, but that they 
wanted the 5 per cent annual amortization reduced to 1 per cent— 
that is, that monthly payments should total 4 per cent annually on 


SOCIAL PROGRESS S87 


the real cost of the house, 3 per cent being interest and 1 per cent 
amortization, instead of 8 per cent in all, since 4 per cent offered 
fewer difficulties to the tenant and would-be owner. ‘The commission 
will regard householders as tenants until the change is made in the 
law reducing the payments or until they are able to make the pay- 
ments required for ownership. 

Joint ARGENTINE-URUGUAYAN PrpiaTric CoNFERENCE.—The 
Argentine Pediatric Society held a joint meeting with a group of 
members of the Pediatric Society of Montevideo, who came to Buenos 
Aires on September 20, 1926, for that purpose. The Uruguayan 
delegation, which was headed by Dr. Luis Morquio, director of the 
International American Institute of Child Welfare, visited the 
Children’s Hospital and other hospitals of Buenos Aires. The 
sessions were of great interest, as the discussions covered a wide 
range of subjects. 

ARGENTINE Rep Cross SENDS AID TO Paracuay.—The Argentine 
Red Cross sent aid in the form of medicines, clothing, supplies, and 
funds to Villa Encarnaci6n, Paraguay, which suffered great destruc- 
tion and loss of life last September from a cyclone which wrecked an 
area of 30 blocks in the business section of the city. The Argentine 
city of Posadas, across the river, also sent over aid and relief parties. 


BOLIVIA 


ScHOLARSHIP FoR Rep Cross NursE.—The Bolivian Red Cross 
recently called a meeting of young women members of the associa- 
tion in La Paz, to take examinations in order to qualify for the nursing 
scholarship offered by the League of Red Cross Societies of Paris, 
under the following conditions: Applicants must be between the ages 
of 18 and 25; they must have a certificate of good health and be 
Bolivian citizens; they must also have a working knowledge of French 
and have passed at least the third year of secondary instruction. 
The winner of this scholarship will proceed to Paris and enter a 
training school for nurses for a period of two years, passing after- 
wards to London for a post-graduate course of one year. ‘The stu- 
dent, after completing the whole course and receiving her diploma, 
shall return to Bolivia and become the director of the Training School 
for Nurses of the Bolivian Red Cross. 


BRAZIL 


CHILDREN’S Day.—A decree of the federal and municipal govern- 
ments set October 12 for the celebration of Children’s Day in Rio 
de Janeiro. Plans included masses in the churches, free entrance for 
children to motion-picture theaters, which showed films for children, 
special exercises in the asylums and child-welfare institutions, a Boy 


SS THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Scout drill for school children, a parade of scouts, naval cadets, stu- 
dents from the boys’ asylum and other institutions, football games, 
and other festivities. 

Rep Cross INFIRMARY FOR WOMEN AND CHILDREN.—A Red Cross 
infirmary for children was opened by the Brazilian Red Cross on 
September 28, 1926, in the Red Cross Medical and Surgical Institute 
in Rio de Janeiro. The children’s ward has 20 beds. <A ward for 
women was also opened in the institute at the same time. The chil- 
dren’s section is named the Affonso Penna Ward and the women’s 
section the Miguel Calmon Ward, after two eminent Government 
officials who are members of the Red Cross. 

Rep Cross SENDS AID IN DISASTER.—The Brazilian Red Cross 
sent aid to the Paraguayan Red Cross for the victims of the disaster 
caused by the tornado which destroyed part of the city of Villa 
Encarnacion in the neighboring Republic. 


CHILE 


TuspercuLosis Wrex.—The week of September 12 to 18, 1926, 
was set apart in Chile for the study of tuberculosis in its various 
aspects and for special instruction in the schools of the nation as to 
preventive methods. Many popular lectures, illustrated with slides 
and films, were given by well-known physicians before labor unions 
and other organizations; thousands of posters were displayed and 
pamphlets distributed throughout the Republic; school children were 
provided with illustrated post cards bearing brief lessons on tuber- 
culosis, these post cards being colored and then mailed to friends in 
other towns; the normal schools held a story-writing contest on themes 
related to tuberculosis; and El Mercurio, of Santiago, broadcast a 
series of radio talks on the subject of the week. 

Physicians, teachers, and social workers from all parts of the coun- 
try assembled in Santiago for the conference arranged in connection 
with Tuberculosis Week, which included not only addresses under 
each of the three sections—medicine, surgery, and social welfare— 
but also visits to hospitals and sanatoriums. The President of the 
Republic honored the opening session with his presence. It was 
voted to hold a similar conference next year in Valparaiso in con- 
nection with Tuberculosis Week. 

The initiative for this effective means of propaganda among both 
physicians and laymen against a dread disease which takes an annual 
toll of 44 lives out of each 10,000 inhabitants was taken by the 
Chilean Pediatrie Society, which a year ago intrusted to one of its 
members the investigation of tuberculosis in childhood. From the 
results of this study arose the conviction of the necessity of pro- 
moting the proper organization of the campaign against tuberculosis, 
of popularizing the knowledge of its prophylaxis among the people, 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 89 


of affording the latest scientific knowledge to the members of the 
medical profession, and of amplifying the work already carried on by 
the Chilean Antituberculosis League, the Women’s Antituberculosis 
Association, the Center of Propaganda Against Tuberculosis, and- 
other organizations and hospitals. 

Hovusine.—The Superior Council of Social Welfare, in applying 
the law by which the Government makes loans in aid of inexpensive 
houses, has decided that in order to assist the most needy classes 
permits for loans shall require that 75 per cent of houses erected on 
plots of land costing less than 50 pesos a square meter shall be priced 
at 18,000 pesos or less, and that when the land costs over 50 pesos a 
square meter 50 per cent of the houses shall have this price. Further- 
more, all loans will be canceled if the construction for which they are 
destined is not begun within 60 days after the loan is granted. (The 
Chilean peso equals $0.121.) 

Lecacy To HospiTaL.—The will of Sefiora Mercedes Valdés de 
Barros Luco, recently deceased, whose late husband, Sefior Ramén 
Barros Luco, was President of the Republic, made the hospital in 
Santiago named after him her residuary legatee. 

BrTTER BABIES CONTEST.—As an interesting part of the national 
holiday celebration in September the city of Santiago awarded prizes 
to babies under 1 year old who reached a certain standard of health 
and physical development, according to their age in months. 


COLOMBIA 





New REVIEW.—Since last August a new monthly review is being 
published in Medellin, edited by a group of ladies of that city. This 
magazine is entitled Letras y Encajes, and is devoted primarily to 
the interests of women in their homes, with some attention to the 
fields of art and literature. The proceeds from the sale of the maga- 
zine will go toward helping to build the maternity ward in the St. 
Vincent de Paul Hospital of Medellin. 

Visit oF VENEZUELAN LEPER SPECIALIST.—Last September Doctor 
Benchetrit, director of the Leper Hospital of Cabo Blanco, Vene- 
zuela, and a specialist on this disease, arrived in Bogota to study 
leprosy in Colombia. Doctor Benchetrit will visit the leper hospitals 
and consult with the attending physicians on the best means for 
treating the patients suffering from this terrible affliction. 


COSTA RICA 


SANITARY ENGINEERING FELLOWSHIP.—Information has been re- 
ceived that Don Manuel Séenz, a civil engineer of San José, has 
accepted the fellowship offered by the Rockefeller Foundation for 
specialization in the field of sanitary engineering. The Assistant 


90 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION | 


Secretary of Hygiene considers that such an officer will render in- 
valuable service to the country, especially in the solution of the 
problem of pure drinking water for San José. 

APPROPRIATION FOR ORPHANS’ HOME.—On August 16, 1926, the 
expenditure of 15,000 colones for the erection of a new building for 
the orphans’ home in Alajuela received governmental authorization. 


CUBA 


EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION FOR THE BLIND.—A group of men 
prominent in Cuban official life met in the National Red Cross 
Building in Habana on October 7 for the purpose of organizing an 
educational institute for the blind. The meeting was held at the 
suggestion of Professor Las Heras, himself a blind man. An organ- 
ization was constituted to establish a home called Casa del Trabajo 
Para Ciegos, where the blind will be given vocational training and 
prepared to earn their living. <A board of directors was chosen, of 
which the President of the Republic, General Machado, was appointed 
honorary president; Sefor José Emilio Obregén, president; Sefior 
Alberto Barreras, treasurer, and Sefior Francisco Johanet, secretary. 
The institution will be administered by a council composed of one 
representative each from the Ministries of Public Instruction, 
Agriculture and Commerce, Sanitation and Charities, both the civil 
government of the Province of Habana and the municipality of 
Habana, and the National Red Cross; two citizens interested in the 
welfare of the blind, and two members appointed by the International 
Committee for the Blind. The institution will be supported by 
legacies, donations, and government subsidies, and by the proceeds 
from the sale of articles made by the residents in the home. 

HospITaL IMPROVEMENTS.—The Secretary of Public Works has 
appointed a committee of alienists to study, from a scientifie point 
of view, conditions in the hospital for the insane in Mazorra for the 
purpose of making any improvements that may be necessary. 

Plans have been completed by the Secretary of Sanitarion and 
Public Charities for extensive additions to the San Lazaro leper 
hospital. The amount to be spent on this work reaches the sum of 
$50,000. Four large pavilions costing $10,000 each, a laboratory, 
and a house for a resident physician will be constructed. (Cuban 
Department of State.) 

Disasters AND Rep Cross RELIEF.—Both the Cuban and the 
American Red Cross have had occasion in the last few months to 
show the value of their organizations in time of great disaster. After 
the recent hurricane in Florida Dr. Francisco Maria Fernandez, the 
Cuban Secretary of Health, commissioned by the President of the 
Republic, General Machado, went to Miami, Fla., to render assist- 
ance in the devastated region, being accompanied by General Varona, 


SOCIAL PROGRESS O91 


president of the Cuban Red Cross, which contributed a large sum of 
money for the relief work. President Machado himself donated 400 
beds for the wounded, which were immediately put into use. Not 
long afterwards the American Red Cross had the opportunity to 
show its good will toward the Cuban people when Habana and 
other parts of Cuba were severely damaged by the hurricane of 
October 20, 1926, and many persons injured and killed. On this 
occasion the American Red Cross sent contributions to Cuba total- 
ing $100,000. National headquarters also forwarded individual 
contributions besides clothing, which was donated in considerable 
quantities. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Mepicat society.—The Dominican Medical Association was 
created at a recent meeting held in the Municipal Library of Santo 
Domingo. The following board was appointed: President, Dr. P. E. 
de Marchena; first, second, and third vice presidents, Dr. L. E. 
Aybar, Dr. Arturo Grullén, and Dr. Viriato A. Fiallo, respectively ; 
and corresponding secretary, Dr. F. Raymond. 


ECUADOR 


Pusiic Batus.—The municipality of Quito has provided that 
city with a number of public baths and showers for both men and 


women. 
GUATEMALA. 


ANNUAL REPORT OF THE GENERAL Hospitau.—A report for the 
year 1925 was recently issued by the General Hospital of Guatemala 
City. It stated that: 


During the year 4,238 men and 4,739 women were cared for by the institution 
of whom only 626, or about 6 per cent, died, a percentage sufficiently low when it 
is taken into consideration that many came for relief when it was too late. 

The free dispensary in its departments of general consultation, surgery, in- 
jections, gynecology, electricity, and physiotherapy, gave more than 11,193 treat- 
ments, not including the 18,004 injections which were made and the 7,560 treat- 
ments and minor operations effected by the surgical department. The dental 
department made 2,800 extractions, gave 298 anaesthetics, cleaned teeth, and 
gave 23 treatments. 

The woman’s hospital, a spacious, well-ventilated building of 10 rooms be- 
sides the operating room, was inaugurated last June. On the same day a com- 
plete laundry containing washing machines, drying room, ironers, a sterilization 
oven, and an electric generator of 45 horsepower was put into use. 

New equipment was added to the X-ray department last year, and the labora- 
tory now has at its disposal everything necessary for lending efficient and prompt 
aid to the medical staff. 

In the annex of the hospital cases of any contagious disease are received. 
During this year a hall in the men’s section, two treatment rooms, and baths 
were added. <A total of 648 were treated in this section during 1925, 462 being 


02 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


discharged, 121 dying, and 65 being still under treatment at the end of the year. 
An insane asylum, a home for the indigent and infirm, and Piedad Refuge were 
also under the direction of the General Hospital. 

A total of 29,038 pesos was contributed by commercial houses and private 
individuals interested in the work. 


MEXICO 


SeventH Latin-AmMerRIcAN Mepicat Coneress.—The organizing 
committee for this congress, which will be held in Mexico City be- 
ginning March 15, 1927, is composed of the following: President, 
Dr. Manuel Gea Gonzalez; vice president, Dr. Fernando Ocaranza; 
secretary, Dr. Eliseo Ramirez; treasurer, Dr. Gonzalo Castafieda; 
and some additional members. Among the subjects which the com- 
mittee has placed on the program are campaigns against diphtheria, 
scarlet fever, measles, tuberculosis, cancer, and leprosy. 

First CentraL AMERICAN GAMES.—A group of 14 Guatemalan 
athletes and of nearly 100 from Cuba arrived in Mexico last October 
to compete in the first Central American games, which were formally 
opened on Columbus Day by President Calles, ‘‘for the good of Span- 
ish-American youth,” after the participating athletes had taken the 
Olympic oath before the vast audience filling the national stadium in 
Mexico City. The baseball! and basket-ball games, tennis, shooting 
and swimming matches, and track and field events went on until the 
lst of November in the midst of great enthusiasm. In the track and 
field events Mexico was victor, taking 177 points to the 119 of Cuba 
and 16 of Guatemala. Cuba won two of the shooting matches and 
Mexico two; Mexican teams showed superior prowess in basket ball, 
tennis, and swimming, while Cuba came out ahead in baseball, fencing, 
and sword and saber play. 


NICARAGUA 


Rep Cross AND OTHER ASSOCIATIONS.—The women of Managua 
have formed several associations for the alleviation of suffering and 
want during the last few months. The Red Cross is organized in 
Managua under the presidency of Dofia Berta de Solis, who is also 
president of the women’s committee which established the free milk 
station and baby clinic (Gota de Leche). 

The Green Cross Society was recently started in Managua by a 
group of men and women to send food, clothes, and comforts to the 
troops in the field. The president of this association is Dofia Las- 
tenia de Chamorro. 

The White Cross, organized during the same period, was estab- 
lished to aid poor and uneducated political prisoners. The president 
of this society is Dofia Felicitas de Cabrera. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 93 
PANAMA 


Rep Cross camp FOR Boys.—Miss Enriqueta Morales, of the 
Panama Red Cross, conducted a two weeks’ camp for 40 poor boys 
on Taboga Island, where during the latter part of September they 
enjoyed a care-free existence, with no anxiety about food or shelter. 


PARAGUAY 


PUBLIC MEDICAL SERVICE.—According to the official Quarterly 
Statistical Bulletin of Paraguay for the first three months of 1926, a 
total of 789 cases were treated in the national hospital in Asuncién 
during that time. Of these patients, itis reported that 71 died, while 
664 were discharged as cured. The report of the public dispensaries 
service showed that 4,978 consultations had been held, 2,813 treat- 
ments given, 664 first-aid applications rendered, 1,151 visits made to 
homes, and 15,033 prescriptions given. 


PERU 


NatTIonaL ANTIVENEREAL LEAGUE.—The Government has decreed 
the establishment of this league as a social welfare and beneficent 
organization, the object being to fight prostitution, give assistance 
and legal protection to young girlsywho have been seduced and 
abandoned, to look after minors who are exposed to vice and corrup- 
tion, and finally to teach the prophylaxis of veneral diseases. The 
league will be directed by a central committee, which will appoint 
departmental committees to act as branch organizations of the cen- 
tral committee in the respective Departments. The central com- 
mittee will prepare the rules and regulations under which the league 
will operate and submit them to the Government for approval. 

LEAGUE AGAINST CANCER.—The Surgical Society of Peru initiated 
some time ago a campaign against cancer, creating for this purpose 
a permanent committee composed of Dr. Juan José Mostajo, Dr. 
Constantino J. Carvallo, and Ricardo Palma. This committee, after 
a careful study of the very serious and important problem presented 
by the ravages of this dread disease, decided in favor of creating an 
anticancer league, which was accordingly officially organized on Sep- 
tember 11, 1926. Some of the work proposed by the league is to 
open dispensaries in several of the hospitals in Lima where 
cancer patients may be examined and classified, and to establish 
in the hospitals special wards for cancer patients until a special 
cancer hospital is built. Visiting nurses will also be provided to 
visit patients in their homes and see that they follow the instruc- 
tions given by the attending physician and watch the results of the 
treatment prescribed. 

20979—26}—Bull. 1—_—7 


Q4 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
URUGUAY 


CouURSE FOR VOLUNTEER CASE WORKERS.—The Uruguayan Asso- 
ciation for the Protection of Childhood on September 24 opened a 
course in child hygiene for volunteer social visitors. The course 
consists of 18 lessons and three visits to child-welfare establishments 
where practical demonstration is given of the practices taught in the 
lectures. 

LEcTURES ON HOME NuURSING.—For the benefit of its chentele the 
Sanatorium for Working Women in Montevideo will again conduct 
a lecture class in home care of the sick. 

CHILDREN’S Hosprrat.—The Children’s Hospital in Minas was to 
be opened in September, due to the constant labor of Dr. Tula 
Rovira de Ricci, a woman physician. Through its milk station and 
baby clinic the hospital will become part of the National Charity 
Department. 

SOCIAL HYGIENE LECTURES BY Dr. Pautina Lutsi.—In the middle 
of September Dr. Paulina Luisi, a famous Uruguayan feminist and 
member of a League of Nations committee, began a course of lectures 
on social hygiene for the students of the Girls’ Normal School in 
Montevideo. These lectures are illustrated with motion pictures and 
models furnished by the Prophylactic Institute which demonstrate 
the ravages caused by social diseases. 

WoMAN SCHOOL PHysSICIAN.—Upon the recommendation of the 
National Council of Primary and Normal Education, the Ministry 
of Public Education appointed Dr. Maria Armand Ugon as phys'- 
cian of the School Medical Corps and also as instructor in child 
welfare in the Girls’ Normal Institute. The appointment was made 
on July 22, 1926, after Dr. Armand Ugén had passed a competitive 
examination. 

ARGENTINE-URUGUAYAN PEDIATRIC MEETING.— see page 87. 





BOLIVIA 


NEW PUBLICATION ON Bonivia.—The BULLETIN is indebted to the 
consul general in New York, Sefior Alberto Palacios, for the receipt 
of a very interesting magazine entitled Bolivia, published by that 
consulate. This publication will appear quarterly, and is designed 
primarily to present in a concrete form commercial information, sta- 


GENERAL NOTES O5 


tistics, official regulations, and new legislation in this sister Republic, 
which is to-day making notable progress in many directions. 


BRAZIL 


New CaBINnet oFFicers.—On October 14, 1926, the Jornal do 
Commercio, the official organ of the Government, announced that 
Dr. Washington Luis, the recently elected President of Brazil, had 
chosen the following Cabinet: Minister of Foreign Affairs, Deputy 
Octavio Mangabeira; Minister of Justice and Interior, Dr. Vianna 
do Castello; Minister of Finance, Dr. Getulio Vargas; Minister of 
Transportation and Public Works, Deputy Victor Konder; Minister 
of Agriculture, Dr. Lyra Castro; Minister of War, Brig. Gen. Nestor 
Sezefredo Passos; and Minister of Marine, Admiral Pinto da Luz. 


CHILE 


“Br Mercurio” REACHES A RIPE OLD AGE.—El Mercurio, of 
Santiago, celebrated on September 12, 1926, 99 years of existence, 
when Sefior Agustin Edwards, president of El Mercurio Publishing 
Co., Sefior Carlos Silva Vildésola, the editor, and Senor Alfredo 
Brisefio, the manager, and the employees and operatives of the 
newspaper joined in a birthday celebration. To this highly respected 
colleague, to whom the BuLLETIN is indebted for much of the infor- 
mation on Chile which it passes on to its readers, we present our 
sincere congratulations and best wishes for many more years of useful 


life. 
CUBA 


First Pan American Conecress or Music.—An organizing 
committee has been named and plans are being perfected for the 
First Pan American Congress of Music which will be held in Habana 
beginning February 15, 1928, under the auspices of the National 
Academy of Arts and Letters. The secretary of the organizing 
committee is Sefior Eduardo Sanchez de Fuentes. 

Maine Monument.—In view of the damage done by the recent 
hurricane to the monument erected in Habana in honor of the vic- 
tims of the Maine, the Spanish-American War veterans, at a recent 
meeting in St. Petersburg passed a resolution agreeing to contribute 
toward the reconstruction of this monument. This resolution was 
forwarded to President Machado, who replied thanking the vet- 
erans for their kind offer, but stating at the same time that he 
claimed for Cuba the privilege of rebuilding, without foreign aid, 
this sacred memorial intrusted to the Cuban people. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


APPROPRIATION FOR CoLumBus LigHTrHousE.—At its session on 
October 29, 1926, the Congress of the Dominican Republic voted an 


96 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ~ 


appropriation of $300,000 toward the erection of the Columbus 
Lighthouse, which is expected to be one of: the world’s great 
lights. 

Broapcasting.—The first radio concert broadcast in Santo 
Domingo was put on the air under the auspices of the Radio Tele- 
graphic Service on September 21 last from station H-I-one-C, property 
of the Radio Club of Santo Domingo. This station has a wave 
length of 300 meters and 20-watt transmitting power. 


ECUADOR 


NeEWSPAPER.—A new daily newspaper is soon to appear in Guaya- 
quil u»der the name of El Diario Independiente, under the auspices of 
the Universal Publishing Co. 


GUATEMALA 


CELEBRATION OF ANNIVERSARY.—On September 15, 1926, the 
one hundred and fifth anniversary of the proclamation of the inde- 
pendence of Central America was celebrated in Guatemala. Notable 
events taking place in Guatemala City on that and the following day 
were the inauguration of the Central Bank, the Psychological Experi- 
mental Laboratory in the National Central Young Men’s Institute, 
and the seismological station. 


HONDURAS 


Datu oF Dr. Poticarpo Bonitta—Dr. Policarpo Bonilla, ex- 
President of the Republic, and former commander general of the 
Honduran Army, died in New Orleans on September 12, 1926. <A 
period of national mourning was declared and the funeral honors of 
a President given to this honored citizen. 


PERU 


Fuicgut From Lima to ARreEQuipA.—A short time ago the first 
direct flight with a passenger between Lima and Arequipa was made 
by Pilot E. Faucett. The flight was accomplished in a little over six 
hours, with one stop en route, at Pisco, for fuel. The distance is 
about 775 kilometers, or 470 miles. This flight was arranged by the 
West Coast Leader in order to announce the international edition of 
that review which will appear early in 1927. 

NAVAL BASE.—On September 26, 1926, the naval base recently 
constructed on the island of San Lorenzo was officially inaugurated. 


GENERAL NOTES Q7 
URUGUAY 


VISIT OF TOURISTS.—On October 15, 1926, a group of 300 Bra- 
zilian excursionists arrived in Montevideo for a five days’ sight- 
seeing tour. This is the first time that an organized group of tourists 
from Brazil have visited the city. 

First exurpit.—The First Annual Open Art Exhibit of Uruguay 
was held in Montevideo from October 12 to October 30, 1926, with 
a number of well-known artists contributing. 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO NOVEMBER 15, 1926 


ry 











* Subject | Date Author 
| 
| 
BOLIVIA | 
1926 
Trade information. concerning Bolivia____...------_------=--=--- Sept. 30 | Edwin Schoenfeld, consul at 
La Paz. 
BRAZIL 
Acriculturein the State of Amazomas_- 22-22-22 52__--_ "2" == Sept. 15 | George E. Seltzer, vice con- 
sul at Manaos. 
ivestocksineStaterot Amazonas 222-2 22a seen eee ee enaee ee Sept. 17 Do. 
Commerce and industries of consular district of Manaos for Sept. 20 Do. 
quarter ended June 30, 1926. 
heyBrazilnutain dustry Amazon asea== sae ee Sept. 27 Do. 
Budget of the State of Ceara, fiscal year 1926__-..-.-----_-------|--- dona Nathaniel P. Davis, consul 
at Pernambuco. 
Radio-equipment exhibition at Pernambuco, first week in De- | Oct. 2 Do. 
cember, 1926. 
Prices of cotton during the month of September, 1926____-------- == 6s Do. 
Mining regulations in the State of Bahia_--.--.----------------- _--do____-| Allan Dawson, vice consul in 
charge, at Bahia. 
Declared exports from Bahia to the United States during Sep- | Oct. 5 Do. 
tember, 1926. 
Declared "exports from Manaos for first nine months of 1926___-_- Oct. 7 | George E. Seltzer. 
Maborackhviiiesnnes 20rballl Ome = =e en eee eee Oct. 8 | Walter C. Thurston, consul 
at Sao Paulo. 
Crop prospects in Brazil during last 10 days of September, 1926__| Oct. 9 | Digby A. Willson, consul in 
charge at Rio de Janeiro. 
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for month of Sep- | Oct. 11 | Do. 
tember, 1926. } 
The Sao Paulo-Rio de Janeiro highway__.___-------------------- Oct. 14 | Walter C. Thurston. 
Portland cement being manufactured in Sao Paulo, a new and e220 052= | Herndon W. Goforth, consul 
important industry. on detail, Sao Paulo. 
Silkworm culture in Campinas, Sao Paulo---------------------- Oct. 18 | Walter C. Thurston. 
Imports of automobile tires through Santos in 1925_~_-_-------_- Oct. .20 Do. 
Activities in Sao Paulo of the Rockefeller Foundation---------_- Oct. 23 Do. 
COLOMBIA 
Articles imported into Buenaventura during May, 1926_----___- Oct. 8) Charles Froman, consul at 
Buenaventura. 
Exports at Buenaventura for September, 1926____.--.-.--------- Octet Do. 
Articles imported during July and June, 1926_____--------------- ward Ones Do. 
COSTA RICA 
Import and export statistics, for the year 1925___...._.-..------- Oct. 18 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice 
consul at San Jose. 
Review of commerce and industries, Port Limon district, for | Oct. 19 | Thomas J. Maleady, vice 
quarter ended Sept. 30, 1926. consul at Port Limon. 
CUBA 
Extent and ownership of Cuban sugar centrals-_--------------_- Oct. 18 | Carlton Bailey Hurst, con- 
sul general at Habana. 
Review of commerce and industries for September, 1926__-_____- me OO=s2== Do. 
Review of commerce and industries of Nuevitas consular district, | Oct. 22 | Lawrence P. Briggs, consul 
quarter ended Sept. 30, 1926. at Nuevitas. 
Sale of electric street car line in Matanzas ----------------------- Oct. 28 | Augustus Ostertag, vice con- 
sul at Matanzas. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
Review of commerce and industries for third quarter of 1926----| Oct. 5 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul 
' at Santo Domingo. 
New British oil company preparing to enter the Republic-___--- Oct. 15 Do. 
Review of business conditions in consular district, quarter ended |__-do____.. W. A. Bickers, consul at 
Sept. 30, 1926. | Puerto Plata. 
The tobacco CLOPLO LM COMSU Ara GHLS Gia Cie ee ree med Quaces Do. 
ECUADOR 
September 1926 report on commerce and industries of Ecuador__| Oct. 13 | Harold D. Clum, consul in 
| charge, Guayaquil. 
HAITI 
| 
Review of the commerce and industries of Haiti, quarter ended | Oct. 11 | Winthrop R. Scott, consul 


Sept. 30, 1926. 
98 





at Cape Haitien. 


SUBJECT MATTER 


OF CONSULAR REPORTS Q9 


Reports received to November 15, 1926—Continued 








Subject Date 
NICARAGUA 
1926 
Review of commerce and industries, quarter ended Sept. 30, 1926-| Oct. 11 
A commercial and economic survey of Nicaragua_--_-_------------]} Noy. 11 
| 
| 
PANAMA 
September 1926 report on commerce and industries, and proposed | Oct. 10 
immigration law. 
VENEZUELA 
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ended Sept. 30, | Oct. 13 
1926. | 
Rotary Club of Caracas installed Oct. 4, 1926.-________---------| Oct. 15 
Operations of oil companies in Maracaibo Lake basin, during , Oct. 16 
July, August, and September, 1926. | 
Review of business conditions in Puerto Cabello district, quarter | Oct. 18 
ended Sept. 30, 1926. | 
Production and distribution of coffee in Maracaibo district Or | | Oct. 26 


quarter ending Sept. 30, 1926. 











Author 





A.J. MeConnico, consul at 
Bluefields. 

Harold Playter, consul at 
Corinto, and A.J. McCon- 
nico, Bluefields. 


H. D. Myers, vice consul at 
Panama City. 


Alexander K. Sloan, consu 
at Maracaibo. 

Arthur R. Williams, vice 
consul in charge, at Cara- 
cas. 

Alexander K. Sloan. 


George R. Phelan, vice con- 
sul at Puerto Cahello. 
Alexander K. Sloan. 








New Cuban Ambassador to the United States__-_______-_______ | See ae 


Summary of Archaeological Work in the Americas in 1926______________ 
I. Workin the United States. 
By A. V. Kidder, Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass. 
II. In South America. 
By J. Alden Mason, University of Pennsylvania Museum. 
III. In Mexico and Central America. 
By 8. G. Morley, Carnegie Institution of Washington. 
The Second Pan American Postal Congress in Mexico Be SS 
By Eugene R. White, Superintendent, Division of Foreign Mails, U. 8. Post Office Dene 
ment, Delegate to the Second Pan American Postal Congress. 
Financing of Roads and Sale of American Automobiles and other Manu- 


FACtUBS SSM AT Pe Tit Va eee es eee Fs oe Ste RE regs oe Deyn ee ee 
By Alejandro E. Bunge, Member of Editorial Committee, ‘‘ Revista de Economia Argentina.”’ 
ChilevSolves* Her Housing=Proplems = 225s ees 
National Student Federation of the United States of America.____________ 
By Heloise Brainerd, Chief of the Division of Education of the Pan American Union. 
hem Wii tes © 0 allio te BS rt ee Sea ee a a UE LN Us eR epg ll 
By Ildefonso Escobar, Military and Civil Engineer, Rio de Janeiro. 
Mothers: DayeinelatineAmencaes- = = een ee a ee eee 
I. Peru. 
II. Venezuela. 
lonchiGmAEN| Aes USE YOlbbNES bn OirRibieh ys es oe ee ee 
IY (SB SPE 0d OE Ip ONS ete a teh I a eee eg near ee ae SR oa 
By Jessica Nelson North. 
PracticalyAidito) ban) American) Libraries= ===" 92 22 Sees ee 
By Joao Castaldi, Special Commissioner for Brazil and Argentina to the Press Congress of 
the World, Director of the Daily, ‘‘A Capital,” Sdo Paulo, Brazil. 
School of Tropical Medicine, University of Porto Rico._________________ 
By Edith M. Irvine-Rivera, Managing Editor, Porto Rico Health Review. 
Asricultunes indus tryae an de © omic e meee ee eee ee 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic— 
Ecuador—Guatemala— Haiti— Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — Panama — Paraguay— 
Peru—Salvador—Uruguay. 
LOOMOTUe Orncl rons OIEN| Jey a eee 
Colombia—Ecuador—Salvador—Uruguay. 
DGS SHS) EB Op ai pe tere a, MEO eae seed ee eo ay ae Cone nd Nl A pe I eR a es 
Argentina—Brazil—M exico—Nicaragua— Panama—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela. 
Intermationalalre ate sesc ee epee coe te etree eee elie roe tie anys ee 
Argentina-Paraguay—Brazil-Uruguay—Colombia-Panama. 
IPM NKO INN eMC HOM HinGl Chon 2 ee ee 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic— 
Ecuador—Guatemala— Haiti— Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — Panama — Paraguay— 
Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela. 











Dominican Republic—Mexico—Paraguay—Peru. 
SOCTAIGE TO TCS Sessa ae eee a eee aie Sh eS See ae Sarin a ua Ra oa 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecua- 
dor — Guatemala — Haiti — Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay— Peru— Uruguay— 
Venezuela. 
Geeme rail te meee ce elope le ae aes Ie ee ea cole sae 
Argentina—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Honduras— Mexico—Uruguay— Venezuela. 
Subjects Matteniot i ConsullareR ep ort s meee ee ee ee 





151 
159 


162 


164 


168 


179 


202 


205 


ONO 


o 


CANOES 





Photograph by Harris & Ewing 
HIS EXCELLENCY DR. ORESTES FERRARA 


New Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of Cuba to the United States 


aw aie 
aLe~ TR eers DVSsewsys PR wal S27ereosts Gm Wan 














VOL. LXI FEBRUARY, 1927 No. 2 


NEW CUBAN AMBAS. 
SADOR TO THE UNITED 
PARES 3 oe 


ARLY in December of the year just closed, the distinguished 
Cuban statesman and publicist, Dr. Orestes Ferrara, arrived 
in Washington to assume the duties of his position as Ambas- 
sador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary before the United 

States Government, being officially received at the White House by 
the Chief Executive on the 21st of that month. 

It is to be noted that when the President of Cuba transmitted the 
appointment of Doctor Ferrara to the Cuban Senate, the latter not 
only confirmed it by unanimous vote but placed itself on record in a 
motion, dated November 22, which is eloquent of the esteem in which 
the new ambassador is held by his compatriots, and which in part. 
reads as follows: 
































The message which has just been read is transmitted to inform us of the des- 
ignation of the new Ambassador from our Republic to the United States of 
America, an appointment which, because of the exceptional circumstances it 
implies and the wisdom of confiding a position of such high patriotic resposibility 
to a fellow-citizen of such outstanding qualities as Dr. Orestes Ferrara, well merits 
the attention of this senatorial body. Devoted and increasingly fruitful worker 
as Doctor Ferrara has been in every field of intellectual activity: University pro- 
fessor and publicist, legislator and statesman, League of Nations official, arbi- 
trator of recognized authority in continental problems, ex-president of one of our 
legislative chambers—none of these other titles so distinguishes him, none of these 
honors so profoundly demonstrates the Cuban people’s recognition of his heroic 
cooperation in the founding of this Republic, and the untiring constancy, the 
generous thought and noble objectives which have characterized his life. 

101 


102 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The new Ambassador first saw the light of day in the picturesque city 
of Naples whence, while still in early youth, he removed to Cuba in 
which, as his adopted country, he has since made his permanent home. ° 
Shortly after his arrival, the war for Cuban independence began, where- 
upon Doctor Ferrara unhesitatingly cast his lot with the revolutionary 
party, joining the group of patriotic youth whose headquarters were 
then in New York. Just as soon as the struggle reached the fighting 
stage, the youthful Ferrara enrolled himself in the army of General 
MA4ximo Gomez, where he was distinguished by his daring initiative 
and unfaltering courage, having attained at the victorious close of the 
war the rank of colonel in the Cuban Army. 

Directly after the proclamation of independence in 1898 by the 
treaty of Paris, Doctor Ferrara entered the University of Habana, 
there to complement courses already taken in the Universities of 
Naples, Rome, Geneva, and Lausanne, obtaining the degree of Doctor 
of Laws. His marriage with Sefiorita Luisa Sanchez, member of an old 
and distinguished Cuban family, followed shortly afterward. 

During his brilliant political career Doctor Ferrara has rendered in- 
valuable service to his country in such important posts as that of 
secretary of state in the Province of Santa Clara, as a member of the 
chamber of deputies of that same Province, as Cuba’s representative 
in the Council of the League of Nations, and as Ambassador on Special 
Mission in the inauguration of the actual President of Brazil. He is 
also well known as a journalist and essayist of recognized merit not 
only in Cuba but in the wider field of Hispanic American letters. He 
was also the founder and director of El Heraldo de Cuba and, later on, 
of La Reforma Social. Moreover he occupied for some time the impor- 
tant chair of law and jurisprudence in the University of Habana. 

Upon presenting his credentials, the new ambassador took occasion 
to make it clear that the policy of the Government he represents is that 
of maintaining the cordially friendly relations now existing between 
the United States and Cuba, and of developing in increasing degree the 
most intimate cooperation between the two peoples through better 
understanding, a mutually increasing confidence, and an ever closer 
realization of their community of interests and ideals, both spiritual 
and economic. 

The President of the United States, in reply, expressed his apprecia- 
tion of Doctor Ferrara’s observations, his satisfaction in the outstand- 
ing progress made by Cuba during recent vears, and his hope that 
during the present auspicious administration Cuba will continue to 
prosper and maintain her enviable position among the nations of this 
hemisphere. . 

The Bulletin of the Pan American Union takes this opportunity of 
presenting its most respectful greetings to the new Ambassador of 
Cuba, and to express its sincere good wishes for success in the elevated 
mission which has been entrusted to him. 


(i\/ RY OF : 
y V od AV A 
UMMARY ¢ IF VRC. 
> Y D 
GICAL W ¢ ORK {} 
ARAT AE 
PAVING Fla 

















WORK IN THE UNITED STATES 


By A. V. KippER 
Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass. 


N THE report on archeological field work presented a year ago to 
the Pan American Union, it was stated that the two most 
important problems confronting students of aboriginal American 
history were those of the peopling of the New World, and of the 

rise and spread of the native civilizations based on corn. During 
1926 important advances have been made toward the solution of 
both problems. 

The consensus of opinion is that the American Indians came into 
these continents from northeastern Asia, but of the approximate date 
of their arrival and of the culture possessed by the Indians when they 
came, we have as yet no reliable information. The obvious place to 
seek such knowledge is in the neighborhood of Behring Straits, but 
the difficulty and expense of work in that region are so great that for 
many years little or nothing has been done. During the past season, 
however, two expeditions gathered archeological data in Alaska and 
on the Aleutian Islands. One, sent out by the Bureau of Ethnology 
under Doctor Hrdlicka, of the United States National Museum, 
examined a great number of ancient camp and village sites on the 
Alaskan coast, and along the lower reaches of the Yukon River. 
Although the large collections made during Doctor Hrdlicka’s explora- 
tions have not as yet been worked up, it is obvious that the field is an 
exceedingly rich one, and that several different cultures are repre- 
sented. An expedition of the Canadian Government under Dr. 
Diamond Jenness also conducted researches in the Alaskan area and 
on the Aleutian Islands; word has not been received as to the specific 
results of this work. Both Doctor Hrdlicka and Doctor Jenness stress 
the great need for haste in the prosecution of Alaskan studies, as the 
growing demand for, and consequently rapidly advancing price of, 

103 


104 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


fossil ivory implements to be cut up for use in jewelry-making, are 
causing the destruction by vandals of many scientifically invaluable 
deposits. 

The second great problem of American archeology has also been 
attacked this year at a strategic point. Dr. Manuel Gamio, working 
under the auspices of the Archeological Society of Washington, 
sought, in the Highlands of Guatemala, evidence as to the origin of the 
archaic Mexican corn culture, and attempted to discover whether or 
not it developed directly into the brilliant Maya civilization. This 
research is described in the accompanying report by Doctor Morley. 
The North American cultures to which the Mexican Archaic even- 
tually gave birth have also been studied, both in the Eastern United 
States and in the Southwest. 

In the latter district no less than 11 expeditions took the field during 
the summer. In Utah, Dr. A. A. Kerr, head of the Department of 
Anthropology of the State University, excavated the burial mounds of 
two pueblo ruins near Blanding, San Juan County. About 200 
pottery vessels were recovered, but the skeletons were found to be in 
such bad condition that little osteological material could be saved. 
Prof. Byron Cummings of the University of Arizona continued 
researches inaugurated/in 1923 among the very early sites of the 
Kayenta district, northern Arizona. Extremely primitive forms of 
pottery were collected. The University of Colorado sent a party 
under Mr. E. H. Morris to the Mimbres Valley, New Mexico, to 
investigate certain ruins which were in danger of being destroyed by 
vandals. Over 200 specimens of unusually beautiful pottery were 
taken from graves lying below the floors of the pueblos. Later in the 
season, Mr. Morris examined, for the American Museum of Natural 
History, an ancient salt-mine in the Verde Valley, Arizona; and then 
proceeded to the Canyon de Chelly, where he excavated the famous 
White House ruin, finding highly important stratigraphic evidence, 
and locating a number of graves containing abundant mortuary 
offerings. He also built diversion to protect the ruin from the flood- 
waters which have caused so much damage to it in the past. The 
museum of New Mexico continued its work of listing the State’s 
archeological sites, and excavated at Puye and Gran Quivira, at both 
of which ruins field museums are to be established. Mr. Neil M. 
Judd, of the United States National Museum, completed his fifth 
season as director of the National Geographic Society’s investigation 
of the great pueblos of Chaco Canyon, New Mexico. In addition to 
work on Pueblo Bonito and Pueblo Del Arroyo, reconnaissance was 
carried on at a number of smaller sites, and stratigraphic sections 
were cut in the rubbish-mounds of Pueblo Alto and Pueblo Pefiasco 
Blanco. The department of archeology of Phillips Academy, 
Andover, had, as usual, a party in the Pecos Valley, New Mexico. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 105 


A very early ruin near the historic pueblo was partly cleared, and will 
be more thoroughly worked in 1927. In the southwestern part of the 
State, the Peabody Museum expedition under Mr. C. B. Cosgrove put 
in three months of digging at the Swarts pueblo, Mimbres Valley. 
Search was made for caves containing dry deposits; one was com- 
pletely excavated, and several others were prospected with a view to 
future work. The Southwest Museum of Los Angeles sent Mr. H.S. 
Giadwin to central Arizona to examine the little known cliff-houses 
and cave shelters of the upper Verde Valley. The Museum of the 
American Indian, New York, continued, under Mr. M. R. Harrington, 
its survey of Pueblo culture in the Virgin River district of Nevada. 
Dr. J. W. Fewkes, chief of the Bureau of Ethnology, excavated 
Elden Pueblo, near Flagstaff, recovering a very large collection of 
mortuary pottery. Doctor Fewkes repaired the ruin, which is easily 
accessible to transcontinental motorists, to serve as a type-specimen 
of the western small-house pueblos. 

Archeological remains in the more easterly portions of the United 
States have also received much attention. The survey of Ohio, 
inaugurated many years ago by the State Archeological and Histori- 
cal Society, has been prosecuted actively. A second season of work 
was done at the great Seip Mound, near Bainbridge. In addition to 
numerous typical burials and artifacts, there was disclosed a cere- 
monial or sacrificial offering, comprising a finely fashioned copper axe, 
weighing 28 pounds; 12 copper breast-plates, rectangular or shield- 
shaped, the latter laid in such a manner as to cover the axe, overlapping 
one another as shingles on a roof. Wrapped around the copper axe, 
and preserved between the overlapping plates, were many thicknesses 
of woven fabric, of at least four varieties. One of these is a coarsely 
woven fabric of bark, a sccond displays fragments of designs in color, 
a third is woven of flat splints of what appears to be southern cane, 
while a fourth variety is very similar to homespun linen. The last 
named is in a remarkable state of preservation, being quite strong 
and without discoloration. One mass of it, preserved between two 
of the copper breast-plates, comprised 28 thicknesses, and exhibited 
a finished edge or selvage. Large areas of suede-like leather, sewed 
with sinew, and in a striking condition of preservation, lay beneath 
the large copper axe. Outstanding features of individual burials were 
the miniature objects, such as breast-plates, shell food vessels, and 
copper axes, placed with the remains of children. At least another 
season will be required to complete the examination of the central 
Seip mound, which is 250 feet long, 150 feet wide, and 30 feet in height. 
The securing of vertical cross-section drawings and photographs of 
this exceptionally large mound represents an unusual accomplish- 
ment and entailed no little time and danger. Doctor Mills and his 


106 . . THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


coworkers haye attained to a-cveryshigh degree of technical skill in 
mound exploration. 

In Illinois a very interesting project was set on foot by the Univer- 
sity of Chicago. Under the direction of Dr. Fay-Cooper Cole two 
groups of students took the field, one in the extreme northwestern 
part of the State, the other near the Indiana border. Each party 
made an intensive study of its respective area, examining local col- 
lections, identifying sites, and preparing archeological maps. Toward 
the close of the season the two groups joined for a month of intensive 
excavation near Galena. At this time representatives of neighboring 
museums were invited to a three-day conference in the field. This 
method of work results in the collecting of data, the stimulation of 
local interest, and the training of students under actual field 
conditions. 

Excavations in Indiana were carried on under the auspices of the 
State Historical Bureau by Mr. J. A. MacLean. In a large mound 
near Fairbanks, Sullivan County, 28 burials were opened, several of 
which were in excellent condition and similar in certain respects to 
those of the so-called Adena culture. With each burial was a votive 
offering which varied somewhat in character but included as a rule, 
specimens of flint, stone, bone, tortoise shell, and sea shell. The 
mound itself is an interesting formation, being composed, it would 
seem, of an outer area of heavy yellow clay, supporting two wind- 
blown sand dunes on the north and south sides, with a gully between 
filled with a formation of silt and lime. About 50 per cent of this 
soil is lime and in this area only have burials been found to date. 
Only a small area has been excavated, thus far, but it is expected that 
the work will go on next season. = 

The work of listing sites, and the gathering of surface specimens was 
continued by various State agencies in Alabama, lowa, Michigan, 
Minnesota, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin; and excavations have been 
made in New York, Tennessee, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Oklahoma. 
The famous Etowah mound near Cartersville, Ga., was further 
explored by Mr. W. K. Moorehead, of the department of archeology 
of Phillips Academy, Andover. About 50 graves were uncovered, 
photographed, and mapped. From them were taken several highly 
decorated gorgets of shell; great quantities of bone beads; copper 
plates on which are human figures; a long, delicately chipped sword- 
like object of flint; and a very large monolithic axe. 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 107 
al 
IN SOUTH AMERICA 


By J. AtpEN Mason 


University of Pennsylvania Museum 


The year of 1926 can boast of the accomplishment of no piece of 
work of outstanding importance in the archeological field in South 
America. Although at the moment of writing, but scanty information 
has been received from the important museums, institutions, and 
archeologists of South America and of Europe, no large expedition 
appears to have been dispatched and no investigation of major 
- importance carried on. 

In Panama, Mr. A. Hyatt Verrill continued his investigations in 
the Province of Coclé for the American Museum of Natural History 
of New York. Since this region had not before been investigated 
archeologically, Mr. Verrill’s work became of considerable value. 
A site covering about one hundred acres was discovered and partially 
excavated, the specimens found consisting mainly of stone statues 
and fragmentary pottery vessels. The latter are of interest in that 
they belong, almost exclusively, to the “‘polychrome”’ type of pottery 
heretofore known only by occasional pieces from Chiriqui, Panama. 
The culture represented is, therefore, apparently a new one. 

From Colombia, Venezuela, and the Guianas no reports of work have 
been received, nor is information available on the work of Doctors 
Uhle, Jijén y Caamafio and their associates in Ecuador. The former 
has been appointed professor in American archeology at the 
University of Quito. 

Dr. A. L. Kroeber, on behalf of the Field Museum of Natural 
History of Chicago, again visited Peru for the purpose of continuing 
his investigations relative to the succession of cultures there and 
their relative chronological positions, paying especial attention to 
the cultures of the highlands. Doctor Tello pursued investigations 
in the region of Pisco on the southern coast of Peru, where he made 
some important discoveries in deep deposits. Certain caves in this 
region were also examined by him. The archeological museum of 
the University of Cuzco cleared and repaired some of the more im- 
portant ruins in the neighborhood of that ancient capital. In the 
neighborhood of Trujillo on the north coast, considerable excavation 
was done by Major Otto Holstein, but apparently without great result 
from a scientific viewpoint. 

The activities of the Bolivian and Chilean archeologists for the 
year are not yet on record. However, Mr. Aikins, of Swampscott, 
Massachusetts, discovered a prehistoric cemetery in the Rio Loa 
basin, near Turi, about 25 miles northwest of Calama, in the graves 


108 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of which were found abundant utensils of copper. In this region, as 
frequently in both South and North America, scientific research 
lags while treasure-hunters rifle all available sites and destroy the © 
vital and irreplaceable data. 

The Museo de la Plata of Argentina has conducted, among other 
researches, archeological explorations in the southeast of Patagonia 
and in the mountains of the Province of Buenos Aires. 

On Marajé Island, Brazil, Mr. Arthur H. Fisher, making researches 
for the Museum of the American Indian of New York City, discovered 
pottery vessels notable for their great size and for the fact that their 
types differ from those of the vessels found by the late Doctor Farabee 
on the same island less than 40 miles away. Mr. Curt Nimuendajti 
made some explorations along the Amazon River for the museum of 
Gothenburg, Sweden, the details of which are not yet available. 

But few publications relative to South American archeology have 
appeared during 1926. Among the more important of these may 
be mentioned a large, thorough, detailed and valuable treatise on 
“The Technique of South American Ceramics” by Mr. S. Linné, 
of Gothenburg, Sweden, a work doubtless inspired by and closely 
following the example of the ‘Comparative Ethnographical Studies”’ 
by Dr. Erland Nordenskiéld. Mr. Philip A. Means published one 
of his scholarly studies on “A Study of Ancient Andean Social 
Institutions,” in which he traces the development of the highly 
centralized absolute monarchy found in Peru by Pizarro back to a 
state of ‘primitive and straightforward democracy,” in earlier times. 
Other important works of the year were Dr. Max Uhle’s ‘Los Ele- 
mentos Constitutivos de las Civilizaciones Andinas” and Dr. A. L. 
Kroeber’s “Culture Stratifications in Peru,”’ the former published in 
the ‘“Anales de la Universidad Central de Quito,’’ Ecuador, the 
latter in the “American Anthropologist.” 


Il 
IN MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA 
By S. G. Mortey, 


Carnegie Institution of Washington 


During the spring the Government of Mexico sent a scientific 
exploratory commission to the southeastern section of the Republic 
(the States of Chiapas and Tabasco) under the patronage of the 
Minister of Agriculture and Interior, Mr. Luis L. Ledn. 

Although the primary object of this commission was to ascertain, 
if possible, the cause of the plagues of locust, which emanating from 
these States have spread such widespread destruction to the crops of 
southern Mexico during the past three years, advantage was very 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 109 


wisely taken of the opportunity this presented to attach to the 
commission specialists in a number of different scientific fields. 
Among others the following archeologists accompanied the commis- 
sion: Mr. Mendizébal, from the National Museum; Mr. Palacios, 
from the department of archeology; and Professor Beyer, from the 
University of Mexico. 

Messrs. Mendizibal and Palacios report the discovery of an 
important Maya city in the State of Chiapas in the general region of 
Ocosingo, and from the preliminary accounts it would appear prob- 


PLATE \. 











Cun fos < Le 
5 MEXICO “ 


. 
‘ 


xI Y \ 
@MEXICO CITY \ 









@ICHCANSIHOO 
MAYAPANe @CHICHE 
U MELO LES 











CHAK ANPUTUN 


asf 
y 























Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington 
MAP OF SOUTHERN MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA 


The region occupied by the Maya civilization is inclosed in the circle. Investigations at four different 
centers were carried on during the past year 


able that this dates from the period of the old Empire, some time dur- 
ing the first six centuries of the Christian era. 

Professor Beyer reports the discovery of two hieroglyphic monu- 
ments at a small site named Tila in the Department of Palenque, 
both presenting Initial Series dates. Stela A records the interesting 
date 10.0.0.0.0 7 Ahau 18 Zip, the end of Baktun 10, not hitherto 
found as an Initial Series, and Stela B the somewhat earlier date 
9.12.13.0.0 10 Ahau 3 Zotz. 


110 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION’ 


THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON 


The Carnegie Institution of Washington carried on investigations 
at four different centers of the Maya civilization during the first 
half of the year, as follows: 

1. At Chichen Itza, in the northeastern corner of the State of 
Yucatan, Mexico. 

2. At Coba, in eastern Yucatan, Mexico. 

3. At Uaxactun, in the northern part of the Department of Peten, 
Guatemala. 

4. At Copan, in the extreme western part of Honduras. 





Se. 
ee EE, = 


Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington 


HEADQUARTERS OF THE MIDDLE AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGICAL STAFF OF THE 
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON 


THE CHICHEN ITZA PROJECT 


At Chichen Itza excavations were carried on at three different 
places: At the group of the Initial Series in old Chichen Itza (Sta- 
tion 13); at the Caracol, or astronomical observatory, in middle 
Chichen Itza (Station 5); and the Temple of the Warriors and 
northwest colonnade, in new Chichen Itza (stations 4 and 10). 

The excavations at the group of the Initial Series during 1926 may 
be said to have established two general points: First, that this group 
practically in its entirety (with the single possible exception of the 
Temple of the Phalli, by no means certain) dates from the Toltec 
Period, 1191-1448 A. D., and second, that even within this short 
period of time, two and a half centuries, considerable changes, 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 111 


alterations, additions, extensions, etc., had been made. So extensive, 
indeed, are these changes that building operations here would almost 
seem to have been continuous throughout the Toltec Period. 

The excavation and repair of the Caracol, or Astronomical Ob- 
servatory, begun in 1925, was carried forward in 1926. The western 
half of the outer corridor was excavated and a section of the five- 
member exterior cornice, the only example of its kind in the Maya 
area, was restored to its original position in the western wall. 

Through the discovery of a sculptured stone presenting a serpent’s 
head with a band of hieroglyphs attached thereto, the problem of 
the puzzling sculptured elements found at the Caracol last year and 
this, with similar hieroglyphs on them, was partially solved. It 
was evident from the arrangement of the plain borders on the block 
found this season, that they had all been parts of a serpent with a 
hieroglyphic body, which had wandered in right-angle turns across 
the upper part of the tower. It is hoped that when the Caracol 
shall have been completely excavated, and all the parts of this 
design recovered, that it may be possible to rearrange this inscrip- 
tion in its original order. 

The principal excavation at Chichen Itza during the field season 
just passed was at the Temple of the Warriors and the northwest 
colonnade, where notable discoveries were made. Indeed, the most 
notable find of the year at Chichen Itza was the discovery of the 
serpent-columns and sculptured door-jambs of an earlier temple, 
which had been partially destroyed and partially incorporated in 
the northwestern corner of the pyramid supporting the Temple of 
the Warriors, Station 4. 

A single column of this temple had been exposed last year, but 
it was not until the excavation of the northwestern corner of the 
pyramid was commenced at the close of the present season, that 
these additional facade elements were found. 

The two heads and two tails of the pair of feathered-serpent col- 
umns, which had stood in the entrance of this earlier temple—all 
four slightly broken—were recovered, just where they had been built 
into the hearting of the later pyramid; and in this same rubble fill, 
arranged in the form of a low bin or rectangular enclosure, were 
found the sculptured blocks which had formed the two jambs of the 
same doorway. 

Three painted and sculptured columns belonging to the row behind 
the serpent columns and a section of the southern wall, 8 feet high, 
were found in situ, all brilliantly painted. 

Never before has such vivid coloring been exposed at Chichen Itza. 
This early temple must have had a fresh coat of paint shortly before 
it was destroyed in ancient times, and the rubble hearting, of which 
these blocks formed a part, has kept them from sunlight and weather- 


sjeued 9Al}{V10d0p Jusov[ pe EY} puw AVMIOOP [e1}U9d OY} SUIYULY SUUINIOO JUEdIeS peioy}Ve} oy) SuULMOYG 


OOIXAW ‘VZLI NHHOIHO ‘SUOTUUVM AHL JO AIdNAL JO ACVOVA GANOLSAY ATIVILUVA 


UOPSUIYSE AA JO UOIZNzYSUY SIsoUIBH 94} JO AsoqIN0D 





ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 WS} 


ing so that their colors, red, green, black, 
yellow, and blue, seem to be preserved 
almost at their original values. 

One interesting feature noted was that 
the eyes of the human figures had been 
deliberately gouged out as though they 
had been made of some more precious 
material, which it was desired to save for 
use elsewhere. This is partially confirmed 
by the fact that one of the 92 human 
figures on the columns in the Temple of 
the Warriors still retains its eye made of 
an incrustation of mother-of-pearl with 
the pupil of obsidian or hematite, whereas 
all the other human figures in this temple 
had had their eyes gouged out. These 
blocks were removed to the church at the 
hacienda for safekeeping and placed in a 
darkened room. 

Scarcely less remarkable was the dis- 
covery of a magnificently sculptured and 
painted dais, 16 feet 6 inches long, 13 feet 
2 inches deep, and 2 feet 10 inches high, 
built against the back wall of the north- 
west colonnade (Station 10) just south of 
the stairway leading to the Temple of the 
Warriors. 

This dais is almost identical with the 
one found in 1924 against the back wall 
of the northeast colonnade, except that 
the one found this year is in a perfect 
state of preservation, not a single sculp- 
tured element being missing. Without 
doubt it is one of the most remarkable 
productions of Maya art yet brought to 
light at Chichen Itza. 

The cornice or molding shows the same 
treatment as the corresponding element 
in the dais in the northeast colonnade: 
Pairs of plumed rattlesnakes facing each 
other, from whose mouths issue human 
figures visible to the waistline, which in 
turn face tripod bowls filled with small 
round cakes of copal incense. 

24932—27--Bull. 2——2 








A SCULPTURED COLUMN 


A portion of the earlier temple, dis- 
covered during the excavation of the 
pyramidal foundation of the Temple 
of the Warriors. 


114 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 
THE FOUR COBA EXPEDITIONS 


The most important contribution of the year, indeed, of the past 
five years in the field of middle American archeology, was the dis- 
covery, by the institution’s third Coba expedition, on May 24, of 
the site of Macanxoc, 50 miles east and slightly south of Chichen 
Itza. This site lies 1144 miles southeast of the main group of Cobé, 
the existence of which has been known for 85 years, and is chiefly 
important because of the presence of eight sculptured monuments 
presenting eight initial series dates, practically trebling the number 
of initial series previously known in the entire Peninsula of Yucatan, 
and promising to throw a flood of light on the early history of the 
country. 

Of the eight monuments at Macanxoc, Stelae 7 and 8 are so badly 
weathered that beyond the bare fact that they formerly had had 
hieroglyphic inscriptions, no decipherment was possible. On the 
other hand, two of the remaining six, Stelae 1 and 6 present two 
initial series each, a very unusual, though by no means unknown, 
feature in the Corpus Inscriptionum Mayarum, making a total of 8 
initial series for the six monuments. 

The following readings were made, those marked (?), though prob- 
ably correct as given, are still subject to slight doubt: 


9. 79 07050 23 Ahaw = =3°Zotz 354 A. D. 
pe Oat re te 9.10.0.0 2Ahau 13 Pop 364 A. D. 
S tela As a eee ive sola ee 9. 9.10.0.0 2 Ahau 13 Pop (?) 364 A. D. 
PSE Ue Bae eee he tars aaa 9.10. 0.0.0 1Ahau 8 Kayab (?) 373 A. D. 
Gee 2 ae eich Ss eee se 9.10.10.0.0 13 Ahau 18 Kankin 383 A. D. 
RSHELE US Weta ae NSS ee een 9.11.10.0.0 11 Ahau 18 Chen 403 A. D. 
Cplmulee oe (9.11. 0.5.9 4 Muluc 17 Kayab 393 A. D. 

9.12. 0.0.0 10 Ahau 8 Yaxkin 413 A. D. 


If the dedicatory dates (i. e., the contemporaneous dates) of Stelae 
6 and 1 are 9.9.10.0.0 and 9.12.0.0.0, respectively, following the usual 
Mayan practice where the latest date on a monument generally indi- 
cates the time of its erection, it will be seen that the monumental 
sequence at Macanxoc represents a series of lahuntun or 10-year 
period markers, a monument having been erected at the end of each 
10-year period, or lahuntun, the city was occupied, according to a 
very ancient and practically universal Mayan practice. 

It will be noted from the above table also, that one lahuntun ending, 
namely 9.9.10.0.0, was marked by the erection of two different monu- 
ments, Stelae 6 and 4, and that another, 9.11.0.0.0, has no corre- 
sponding monument at all. 

It seems highly probable, however, in view of the fact that there 
are two other monuments at Macanxoc, Stelae 7 and 8, the inscrip- 
tions of which are too weathered to read, that one or the other of 
them originally recorded this missing lahuntun ending, thus making 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 115 


the sequence complete. Further, since both these monuments are 
certainly earlier than Stelae 5 and 1, on stylistic grounds, it is not 
improbable that the other recorded the lahuntun ending 9.9.0.0.0, the 
next earliest in the sequence for which no corresponding monument 
has been found, making it the earliest monument at this group. 

If Stelae 7 and 8 formerly recorded the lahuntun endings 9.9.0.0.0 
and 9.11.0.0.0, as there are good grounds for believing, we will have 
a sequence of eight monuments marking seven consecutive 10-year 
periods, 7. e., from 9.9.0.0.0 to 9.12.0.0.0, presumably the length of 


HUMAN SACRIFICE 


An interior mural painting 
found in the Temple of the 
Warriors, Chichen Itza 





Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington 


time during which the city, where they had been originally erected, 
was occupied. : 

The real significance of Macanxoc, and its fundamental impor- 
tance in the reconstruction of ancient Maya history les in this group 
of eight contemporaneous stelae, which date from the early part of 
the middle period of the Old Empire, the latest date at Macanxoc, 
9.12.0.0.0 on Stela 1, antedating the earliest date at Chichen Itza, 
10.2.10.0.0.0n the lintel in the temple of the initial series, by more 
than two centuries, thus pushing back the discovery of Yucatan a 


century earlier than the date given for that event in the Books of 
Chilan Balam. 


116 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The Macanxoc discoveries give strong color also to the very early 
tradition reported by Padre Lizana that the original colonization of 
Yucatan was from the east, though greater numbers subsequently 
entered the peninsula from the west; and that in later times ‘‘Cenial”’ 
(the Little Descent) had become synonymous with ‘‘east,” and 
“Nohenial”’ (the Great Descent) with ‘‘west.”’ 

In connection with the Coba-Macanxoce discoveries mention should 
also be made of the finding of an early Old Empire monument at a 
site on the western shore of Chetumal Bay in southeastern Yucatan, 
by Dr. Thomas Gann earlier in the year. This monument very 
clearly records the date 9.8.0.0.0 of Maya Chronology, and is another 
important link in the chain of dated sites extending up the east coast 
of Yucatan, connecting the Old and New Empires. 


THE UAXACTUN PROJECT 


The current year witnessed the extension of archeological opera- 
tions of the Carnegie Institution of Washington to Guatemala. On 
November 28, 1925, a contract was signed in Guatemala City by 
Sefior Lic. Don Rafael Ordofiez Solis, the minister of public educa- 
tion, representing the Government of Guatemala, and by James H. 
Roach, an American citizen resident in Guatemala, under special 
power of attorney, in behalf of the Institution. 

Under the terms of this contract, the Carnegie Institution acquires 
the right to carry on exclusive archeological investigations, including 
excavation, at the sites of Uaxactun and Tayasal in the northern 
central part of the Department of Petén, and general exploratory 
privileges at all other sites in the same department—the heart of the 
old Maya Empire—for a period of five years beginning January 1, 
1926, with an option of renewal for an additional period of five years. 

This contract, together with the one in force with the Mexican 
Government, brings under the Institution’s purview possibly the 
three most strategic sites for a comprehensive study of the Maya 
civilization that can be found. Uaxactun is the oldest city of the Old 
Empire now known, based upon the evidence of the dated monu- 
ments (68 to 630 A. D.). Chichen Itza is the oldest city of the New 
Empire, and was apparently the second place of any importance to 
be founded in the peninsula of Yucatan (531 to 1448 A. D.). Tayasal 
was the last independent Mayan stronghold, and resisted the Spanish 
arms for a century and a half after the conquest of Yucatan (1448 to 
1697 A. D.). It has the further intimate connection with one of the 
other two sites, in that it was founded by the Itza after the destruc- 
tion of Chichen Itza, thus bringing under the Institution’s observa- 
tion and study 16 continuous centuries of ancient Maya history. 

The Uaxactun project was organized in January under Doctor 
Morley’s direction, and on January 9, O. G. Ricketson, Jr., assistant 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 117 


archeologist, sailed for Belize, British Honduras, to take charge of 
the field work at Uaxactun. Monroe Amsden joined him in February 
as field assistant, and a fortnight later the expedition proceeded by 
way of the Belize River to Plancha de Piedra on the eastern frontier 
of the Department of Petén, and thence overland by mule to 
Uaxactun. 

On March 8 all available men were set at work clearing Group E, 
the site chosen for preliminary excavation. This group was first 
reported by Doctor Morley in 1922. In 1924 Mr. Blom stated that 
the group was of unusual interest, as it contained lines of sight 
marking the sunrise points at the solstices and the equinoxes. On 
March 10, four trenches were started into Mound II, two from the 
north and two from the south. This mound is 60 feet square, and 
is one of three which rest upon an artificial substructure 210 feet 
long by 90 feet wide. Mound II was partially excavated, the north 
and south ends being uncovered and the many large tree stumps on 
its top and sides cut out. 


THE COPAN EXPEDITION 


Toward the end of March, Doctor Morley left Chichen Itza for 
Guatemala by way of Vera Cruz and the land route down the Pacific 
coast. He was accompanied by Joseph Linden Smith, the artist, 
and Robert A. Franks, Jr., as assistant. John Lindsay, a field ob- 
server of the department of terrestrial magnetism, joined the party 
at Guatemala City on April 3, and the following week all proceeded 
to the ruins of Copan in western Honduras. 

The object of this expedition was to check the accuracy of previous 
observations on the Copan astronomical base-line, a line of sight 
running east and west across the Copan Valley connecting two of the 
hieroglyphic monuments, the so-called ‘Piedras Pintadas,’’ Stele 
OMe a2. 

These two monuments stand on opposite sides of the valley, 4.12 
miles apart in an air-line; the western one, Stela 10, on the crest of a 
hill 2,779 feet above sea-level, and the eastern one, Stela 12, well 
down on the side of an even higher hill, at an elevation of 2,553 feet 
above sea-level. : 

Because of the fact that it had been erected on the crest of a hill, 
and not on the side, and also because it is slightly higher than Stela 
12, Stela 10 practically stands clear against the horizon, or very 
nearly so, as observed from Stela 12. And since the bearing of the 
line between these two monuments is almost east and west, it has 
long been suspected that some sunset observation had formerly been 
made from Stela 12 looking toward Stela 10. 

Solar observations were made on April 9, 10, 12, 13, and 14, 1926, 
at Stela1l2. The latitude and longitude at this Stela and the azimuth 


118 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of the line joining Stele 10 and 12 were determined by repeated ob- 
servations. The direction of the sun’s path was also determined on 
the above dates and enough data secured to determine the exact 
position of the sun at sunset, as viewed from Stela 12,0n any day. 
It appears from the final calculations, that the sun would set behind 
the mountain, which lies behind Stela 10 as seen from Stela 12, and 
exactly on the line extended between these two monuments, on April 
12, 1926. ; 
THE CARACOL, CHE 
CHEN ITZA 
The excavation and repair of 
the Caracol, or astronomical 


observatory, progressed dur- 
ing the year 1926 





3 PP Eee ui SS 
Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington 


The best explanation of the line extended by these two monuments 
appears to the writer to be the following, though definite proof 
thereof is necessarily lacking. It is the general custom in western 
Honduras at the present time to burn off the fields some time early 
in April to clear them for planting at the beginning of the rainy 
season, a month later. It is certain, that after burning had once 
been started, no sunset observation on Stela 10 would have been 
possible from Stela 12. Such was the hazy smoke-laden condition 
of the atmosphere from April 9 to 14 of the present year at Copan, 
that even with a high-powered telescope it was impossible to see 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 119 


Stela 10 from Stela 12 at sunset, and without any instrument of 
precision it would have been even more hopeless. Indeed, the only 
way it was possible to secure the azimuth of this line was by erecting 
behind Stela 10 an enormous pile of fat-pine faggots, 16 feet long 
and 10 feet high, and setting fire to it at night. This caused such 
an illuminated field behind Stela 10 that, even in spite of the heavy 
pall of smoke overhanging the valley, it was possible to see the 
monument outlined against this illumination and to secure the 
azimuth of the line. 

The writer believes these two monuments were erected in the 
positions which they now occupy in order to coincide with the line 
of sunset on April 12; and further, that this was the day which the 
priests at Copan had selected for the formal firing of the fields, 
since an earlier burning would have given time for bush to have 
grown up again before the advent of the first rains early in May 
when planting could be begun; and finally, when in the course of 
its progress north, the sun having at last sunk behind the western 
hills at a point directly above Stela 10 as observed from Stela 12 
(i. e., on April 12), then, but not until then, were the ancient inhabi- 
tants of Copan and its environs permitted to burn their fields against 
the fast approaching rainy season. In short, it appears probable 
that these two monuments were a giant gnomon, which marked for 
the inhabitants of the city the position of the sun on the day which 
their ritual indicated as that upon which their fields should be fired, 
i. e., made ready for the coming planting season; or, as Spinden has 
not unhappily named it, ‘‘the beginning of the agricultural year,” 
which for Copan at least, judging by the observations made this 
year, would seem to have fallen on April 12. 

It is becoming increasingly apparent, and very largely through the 
Institution’s investigations, that astronomical considerations in- 
fluenced the placement, 7. ¢., the positions, where the Maya monu- 
ments were erected; and that in many cases they were used as giant 
enomons for making specific lines of sight establishing specific astro- 
nomical phenomena. So fruitful, indeed, has this line of investiga- 
tion proved in the past three years—as for example Frans Blom’s 
discoveries in regard to the lines of sight extended by Stelae 18, 19, 
E1 and 20 at Uaxactun in 1924, and the discoveries of O. G. Ricketson, 
Jr., in the Caracol at Chichen Itza in 1925—that it is confidently 
anticipated further study in this particular direction will be richly 
repaid. 


THE MUSEUM OF THE AMERICAN INDIAN, HEYE FOUNDATION 


During the field season of 1926 the Central American Expedition 
of the Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, under 
Dr. S. K. Lothrop, continued in the Republics of Guatemala and El 


120 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Salvador the ethnological and archeological studies commenced two 
years previously. The general purpose of the work has been to 
examine the types, distribution, and sequence of ancient remains, 
and at the same time to acquire any ethnological material which 
could be procured en route. The results may be summarized as a 
series of collections from Guatemala and Salvador representing the 
living Indian tribes, and a fairly large and representative archzo- 
logical collection from the latter country. Stratigraphical studies in 
central Salvador have thrown new light on culture sequence, and have, 


em 


EL CASTILLO, CHICHEN ITZA 





Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington 


The principal temple of Chichen Itza, on which work of restoration is advancing 


it is hoped, given a firmer basis and a new orientation to archso- 
logical research in northern Central America. 

Doctor Lothrop calls attention to the importance of several 
“trade”? objects recovered by him in El Salvador as illustrating the 
wide area which must be surveyed to properly classify the archeo- 
logical remains of even such a small part of the Middle American 
region as Salvador, and because they emphasize the cultural interde- 
pendence of its inhabitants. 

A “paddle stone” typical of the Totonac region on the coast of the 
Gulf of Mexico, now in the Soundy collection, was exhumed on the 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 121 


site of the ancient Cuzcatlan. This object may have been brought 
by the invading Pipil, or it may have come by trade. Together with 
several finds of stone yokes it indicates cultural connection with the 
east coast of central Mexico rather than with the mountainous 
plateau known as Anahuac. Another trade object from Mexico is a 
copper ax of Oaxacan origin found under the streets of San Salvador. 
Several axes of similar form have been unearthed in Guatemala, but 
this apparently is the first reported from Salvador. Still another 
trade piece recently secured is a small jade pendant found inside a 
jar near Usulutan. The jade and workmanship both show that it 
was manufactured by natives of the peninsula of Nicoya in Costa 
Rica. Nicoya jades were clearly much prized of old. They have 
been found as far south as Panama, and to the north in Nicaragua, 
the Ulua Valley in Honduras, and in El Salvador. 


THE ARCHAOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


In February the Archeological Society of Washington sent Dr. 
Manuel Gamio, formerly director of archeology of Mexico, to Guate- 
mala to establish, if possible, the proper time relation between the 
Archaic, the Maya, and the later Mexican cultures. 

Excavations were carried on at a number of sites in the highlands 
of Guatemala, and at Miraflores on the outskirts of Guatemala 
City, cultural strata of considerable thickness resting on undisturbed 
sedimentary deposits (old lake bottom) were found. 

Doctor Gamio recognizes four stages of culture in this region, and 
assigns to them the following chronological sequence: (1) The 
Archaic, (2) the neo-Archaic, (3) the Primitive Maya, and (4) the 
Historic Maya. 

He advances the interesting hypothesis that the historic Maya 
culture is only found in the non-seismic regions of southern Mexico 
and northern Central America because of the fact that Maya archi- 
tecture could not have survived in the region subject even to the 
slightest seismic disturbances, and further, that the prevalence of 
seismic disturbances throughout the highlands of southern Mexico 
and Guatemala was the principal reason why the Historic Maya 
made no effort to occupy this region permanently. 


THE MASON-SPINDEN EXPEDITION 


During the first quarter of the year an expedition headed by Mr. 
Gregory Mason and Dr. H. J. Spinden, of Harvard University, 
visited a number of sites along the east coast of Yucatan, and in 
several places succeeded in penetrating for short distances inland. 
The results of this expedition have appeared from time to time in 
the Sunday edition of the New York Times. 






S ECOND Pp 
i DIAL A 
aJiaret4JhAUtlZ if £2 











By Eucene R. Waite 


Superintendent, Division of Foreign Mails, U. S. Post Office Department; 
Delegate to the Second Pan American Postal Congress 


HE Pan American Postal Union held its second congress at 
Mexico City from October 15 to November 10, 1926. The 
first congress convened at Buenos Aires in 1921. 

This international postal organization comprises the same 
countries included in the Pan American Union with the addition of 
Spain. Spain properly does not belong in it as she is not an American 
country, but the union originated in the concerted efforts of the 
American countries at the Universal Postal Congress of Madrid in 
1920 to keep down postage rates which nearly all the European coun- 
tries desired to increase as an aftermath of the World War. Spain 
joined with the Americas in opposing the increase in rates and as a 
result was asked to join the new organization, the foundations of 
which were laid at that time. 

All of the American countries are members of the Universal Postal 
Union. However, because of its European control they had come to 
believe that it did not deal sympathetically with questions purely 
American or in which American ideals or interests clashed with those 
of other countries and, therefore, after the Madrid Congress advantage 
was taken of a provision in the Universal Postal Union Convention 
permitting the signatory countries to form more restricted unions, 
to bring the Pan American Postal Union into existence. 

The central idea in the union is that the countries composing it 
form a single postal territory and that the facilities of any one of them 
are at the disposal of all of them. This theory is carried to its logical 
conclusion in the Principal Convention of Mexico, which deals with 
letters, post cards, prints of all kinds, commercial papers, and samples; 
and which provides that the domestic rates of each country shall 
apply to mail going to all the other countries of the union, and that 
each country shall transport through its territory free of charge mail 
of any member of the union destined to a third country. The free- 
dom of transit applies even to the sea when ships of a signatory 
country are used. 

122 


PAN AMERICAN POSTAL CONGRESS OF MEXICO CITY 23 


In addition to reaffirming and clarifying its position on free transits, 
and providing for domestic postage rates, weights, and dimensions 
to all countries within the union, the congress at Mexico determined 
that: 

Undeliverable post cards need not be returned to the country of 
origin unless they bear a request for return and the name and address 
of the sender. 

The diplomatic and consular frank should be extended to include 
free registration. 

Fraudulent and immoral articles will be prohibited in the mails. 


iF 





tf oe . 4 i 
ht een, ae 
Ra 


LUNCHEON GIVEN BY THE MEXICAN POSTAL ADMINISTRATION 


The delegates to the Pan American Postal Congress were guests at a luncheon given in their honor by the 
Mexican Postal Administration at the Hotel Mancera, November 9, 1926 


Money and valuables will not be mailable under the new conven- 
tion except by special agreement between countries. 

The new convention contains a provision under which countries 
may exchange postal employees for the purpose of studying each 
other’s systems, the mutual exchange of information and improve- 
ment of methods, and standardization of service. 

A transfer office is established in Panama to be in charge of mails 
crossing the Isthmus for such countries as may desire to use its 
service. 

Conventions relating to the parcel post and money order services 
were adopted. 

The question of admitting the Philippines proved to be a very live 
one. Their admission was championed by Spain and the United 


124 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


States and the opposition was led by Argentina and Mexico on the 
theory that only independent countries should participate in the 
congress. The proposition was finally rejected by a close vote. 

The delegates from the United States proposed two resolutions on 
matters which were not within the jurisdiction of the congress, but 
which, nevertheless, they desired the congress to go upon record as 
advocating. They were both adopted after much discussion and 
some opposition at first. One resolution declared that since the par- 
cel-post service furnishes a convenient and desirable medium for facili- 
tating commercial relations between countries, it should be encouraged 
and the restrictions which hamper its effectiveness should be removed 
as far as possible, particularly consular invoices and visas, as well as 





GUESTS AT LUNCHEON GIVEN BY THE SPANISH DELEGATION TO THE PAN 
AMERICAN POSTAL CONGRESS 


The Spanish delegates were hosts to their colleagues of the Congress at a luncheon in the Casino Espafiol, 
Noveutber a Mr. Eugene R. White, delegate from the United States, is seated in the front row, third 
from the right. 


certificates of origin, for parcels whose value does not exceed 150 gold 
franes should be abolished. : 

The other resolution was to the effect that since advertising matter 
tends to increase the knowledge of peoples and raise their standards 
of living by the introduction of new methods and labor saving devices, 
it should be admitted into all countries free of customs duties. 

Any description of the work of the congress would be incomplete 
without appreciative reference to the courteous and cordial efficiency 
of the secretariat organized from the staff of the Mexican postal 
service. Their competency and cheerful willingness to lend the dele- 
gates assistance did much to insure the success of the congress. 

The social features organized for its benefit did much to relieve 
the tedium of steady work, promoted acquaintance, and were greatly 
enjoyed by the delegates. 


FINANCING OF ROADS AND SALE OF AMERICAN AUTOMOBILES 125 


When the delegates came to give consideration to the time and 
place of holding the next congress, it was found that Madrid had 
conducted an active campaign and that many delegates were pledged 
to that city even before the congress met, so that it was a compara- 
tively easy matter for her to be designated as the next place of meeting, 
which was fixed for 1931. 


| 
4, %, H Z 
AM A j 
d A AND Sz AA 
Sf, | ik 
DY FO a) 
DD Le Dn Uda oc 
AE _YTIFaAR Al?!) 
A WAA CY 


AND OTHER MANUFACTURES IN ARGENTINA*? 





OF 


















By Atrsanpro EH. BuNGE 
Member of Editorial Committee, ‘Revista de Economia Argentina” 


HE economic capacity of the Argentine Republic with its con- 
sequent consumption capacity is, as the figures hereinafter 
show, larger than that of the other nine South American 
countries put together and equivalent to that of 20,000,000 

to 25,000,000 Europeans. Although Argentina already imports 
goods to the annual value of $80 to $95 per capita (almost three 
times more per capita than the United States), her absolute and 
relative consumption capacity is constantly increasing. At present 
Argentina exceeds all other countries in her purchases of automo- 
biles from the United States, having surpassed Australia in her 
monthly buying. 

Fifty-six years ago Argentina had 1,200,000 white inhabitants in 
a total population of 1,800,000. To-day she has 10,200,000 inhabi- 
tants of white European stock, whose annual consumption of the 
best meat and white bread is probably the highest known, namely, 
198 pounds of meat per capita. 

Argentina is the country which in its standard of living—with 
the exception of housing, a problem not yet solved but in process 
of solution—most closely approximates the United States, and it 





1 Revista de Economia Argentina, Buenos Aires, June, 1926. 

2 Part of one of the memoranda submitted by the author to American authorities, in his financial nego- 
tiations on behalf of the financing of Argentine highways and manufacturing industries. These negotia- 
tions, as the public has been informed, have met with the greatest success, and assurance has been given 
that whenever the bond issue is approved by the Nation or the Provinces, on the terms stipulated by the 
bankers and accepted by the Governments, considerable amounts may immediately be placed on the 
market in the United States. 


126 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ‘ 


is Argentina, together with the United States, which is most rapidly 
raising this standard and causing, simultaneously, a constant increase 
in productive capacity and the power to consume an increased 
number and greater diversity of articles. 


THE UNITED STATES AND ITS INTERNATIONAL CONSUMPTION CAPACITY 


The importance in general of an internationally increased con- 
sumption capacity in the economic future of the United States is 
clearly manifest in the statements of Mr. Hoover, the Secretary of 
Commerce, and this is especially true in the case of the Latin American 
countries, the population of which will soon approach that of the 
United States. The need of that great country to sell her manufac- 
tures abroad, rapidly increasing year by year, neither will nor should be 
satisfied by taking the markets of the other manufacturing nations— 
as some countries attempted to do prior to 1914—but by winning 
the new sources of consumption and the increased consumption 
capacity in each country. And it is evident that if consumption 
capacity is not increasing appreciably in some countries, including 
almost all the European, it is growing rapidly in others, such as 
Argentina, Uruguay, and southern Brazil. 


/ 
PERMANENT RELATIONS 


Thirty years ago England and Argentina in conjunction accom- 
plished the great task of railroad construction throughout Argentina 
with the aid of British engineers and capital, $1,500,000,000 being 
invested. To-day the Argentine railroad system includes 38,000 
kilometers (23,560 miles), and as a result of these industrial and 
financial investments in Argentina, bread, meat, leather, wool—in 
short, food and clothing in general—are much cheaper in England 
to-day than they were 30 years ago. Moreover, England has been 
able to sell to Argentina coal and manufactured goods to the value 
of $250,000,000 or more each year, and the permanent financial and 
economic relations thus established have been of great benefit to both 
nations concerned. 

To-day another opportunity for permanent commercial intercourse 
similar in character and entirely compatible with the prosperity of the 
railroads and Anglo-Argentine relations in general, presents itself to 
Argentina and the United States, namely, the construction and financ- 
ing with United States capital of an Argentine highway system and the 
consequent sale of 1,000,000 automobiles within the next six years, 
to be followed later by equal or greater sales. 


ROADS AND AUTOMOBILES IN ARGENTINA 


Almost all Argentine railroads may be considered as trunk or main 
lines, each, however, with large and productive agricultural zones be- 


FINANCING OF ROADS AND SALE OF AMERICAN AUTOMOBILES 127 


yond their economic reach. For the last 15 years this condition has 
had a marked effect on the development of Argentina, the increase of 
population and wealth during that period being mostly in the large 
centers of population—especially in the city of Buenos Aires, the 
population of which has now reached 2,000,000 inhabitants—in 
industry and in commerce. 

For 15 years Argentina has needed secondary railway lines to link 
new zones with the main lines. From 10,000 to 20,000 miles of 
secondary lines would be immediately productive. But these lines 
can not be constructed now since neither Argentina nor England is 
able to finance them, while the United States apparently finds no 
incentive to do so. 

Moreover, in the experience of the United States, secondary railway 
lines are often unprofitable since the short haul is the peculiar and 
unquestionable function of the road and the automobile. It is there- 
fore evident that the solution of the principal transportation problem 
of Argentina will be found in roads and automobiles. 


FINANCING 


The cost of the roads which could be constructed each year in 
Argentina with immediate benefit and without exceeding the financial 
capacity of the country has been estimated at $20,000,000 to $30,000,- 
000. We believe that this figure might even be larger and could be 
greatly increased annually during the next 10 years. Now the 
Argentine market is unable to buy the bonds issued by the Federal 
Government, the provinces, and the municipalities for the construc- 
tion of roads, except in limited and insufficient quantities. Indeed, 
the United States is to-day the only country which can absorb these 
bonds easily and profitably, but until the public becomes accus- 
tomed to buying them they would have to be held by certain com- 
panies and conveniently discounted by the banks whenever those 
companies should so require. 

It is probable that the apportionment of from $20,000,000 to 
$30,000,000 worth of bonds among the various passenger automobile, 
motor truck, and automobile accessory companies—with the possi- 
bility of rediscounting in the banks of the country and of listing them 
on the exchange—would be a comparatively insignificant undertaking 
for the automobile industry of the United States. Such an under- 
taking would, moreover, be of great value to the industry, for pre- 
cisely as Argentina was enabled to profitably utilize her immense 
railroad system, just so will she be able to find the freight for and 
utilize to the full the railroad’s complement (the highways), and thus 
create a purchasing capacity for automobiles far greater than that 
which now exists while good roads are still few and far between. 


128 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
BALANCE OF PAYMENTS 


Some fear has been expressed that the buying capacity of Argen- 
tina in the United States would be limited by the buying capacity of 
the United States in Argentina. But two factors tend to neutralize 
this implied inequality: Argentina will continue to import capital 
from the United States for many years, and her balance of trade with 
Europe is, and will continue to be, favorable. Moreover, commercial 
balances are regulated in conjunction with the trade of all the coun- 
tries of the world. On the other hand, the United States will need to 
increase its purchases of raw materials in the next few years. 


SERVICE OF HIGHWAY BONDS 


Now, it is recognized that the economic and financial capacity of 
Argentina is unquestionably incapable of handling with ease highway 
bond issues of $20,000,000 to $30,000,000 a year. Nevertheless, we 
believe it perfectly feasible, as is customary throughout the United 
States, to create, whether by the national Government (as in the 
President’s project) or by the Argentine Provinces, or by both con- 
currently, special taxes destined for a highway fund to cover the 
interest and amortization of the bonds. These taxes may be, like 
those in the United States, or those suggested by the President of 
Argentina, on the gasoline used by automobiles, or they might be 
the product of Federal licenses or customs duties, or fees and licenses 
especially created for highway financing. 


Economic capacity of Argentina compared to the rest of South America 

















{ 
| Percent- 
«ie | : Other repub- | Total of South BISe (Gel Oe 
Activities | Argentina | cha rae ity of 
| lies America Argen- 
| : tina 
IHOKe1 Sn etna Css eee eee ese ees Se See | $1, 590, 000, 000 | $1, 578, 400, 000 | $3, 169, 000, 000 50. 10 
Railiwiaysn (kal ome ters) pases tee mee 37, 800 | 50, 585 88, 385 43. 00 
Transportation by railway (toms) ------------ 48, 000, 000 | 32, 000, 000 80, 477, 000 60. 00 
IR ASSEN ETS 11924 see A ee eet a eae te 130, 000, 000 | 101, 917, 000 231, 917, 000 57. 00 
Mele phon CS 924 ees eee es ee A 157, 041 | 191, 806 348, 847 45. 00 
IN OU OL OHS, NOH se | 1125, 000 | 89, 026 214, 026 58. 40 
Piecesiofmailicarnied 319242 sae asses | 1, 726,778,000 | 1, 146,375,000 | 2,873, 153, 000 60. 00 
‘Mele grann'steil\ 924 eterna ee wes 21, 785, 000 14, 429, 188 36, 214, 188 61. 00 
Gola 192 Ieee De ee eran a ea ae 505, 675, 000 | 189, 324, 000 694, 999, 000 72. 80 
Annual consumption of newsprint (kilo. | 
GT em'S) 7 D4 aes eee ea ee es ee coe 91, 000, 000 | 72, 800, 000 163, 800, 000 55. 60 








1 There are at present 205,000 automobiles in use in Argentina. 

















AY 16, 1926, was a red-letter day in the housing annals of 

Chile, for it was on that day that the beneficent pro- 

visions of the Act of March 9, 1925, took concrete form 

in the group of cottages in which the members of ‘La 

Union,” a mutual benefit society composed of workmen, will make 

their homes—each family in a house which will eventually become 
its own property. 

Long before the time fixed for the formal inauguration of the 
section, which les on the outskirts of Santiago, a large number 
of workers and their families had gathered to witness this significant 
event, and at the same time to enjoy the delights of fresh air and 
sunshine afforded by that suburban neighborhood. 

Punctually at 3 o’clock Sefior Emiliano Figueroa, President of 
the Republic, arrived accompanied by Dr. Lucio Cérdova, Minister 
of Hygiene and Social Welfare, and Seftor Jorge Silva Somarriva, 
Minister of Finance. The presidential party, greeted by the strains 
of the national anthem executed by a military band, was escorted 
to the speakers’ stand by the ‘‘ Benjamin Franklins’”—perhaps Chile’s 
finest troop of Boy Scouts, composed of sons of ‘La Unién”’ mem- 
bers—and by Senor Vicente Adrian, president of the latter organ- 
ization. : 

In the large audience almost all the members of the Superior 
Council of Social Welfare were included; also representatives of the 
Mortgage Loan Bank, many Government officials, members of Con- 
gress, delegations from other benefit societies similar to ‘fla Unién,”’ 
and a great throng of working people. 

Sefior Adrian made an interesting address, from which the following 
excerpts are quoted: 

La Unién, a society of artisans, celebrates to-day with justifiable rejoicing 
the opening of the subdivision designed for its members, in which the first group 
of houses is already built and ready for occupancy. This is the first practical 
demonstration of the benefits provided by the new Housing Law, since some 
of these houses may be occupied this very day, still others after a few weeks, 
and the rest in a few months. 

Our members have long been able to enjoy the many advantages of a mutual 
benefit society as provided by the statutes; the careful attention of physicians 


employed by the society, proper medicines, timely assistance in obtaining the 
necessities of life, and, in case of death, burial in the society’s mausoleum. The 





1 Translated and compiled by Elsie Brown of the Bulletin staff. 


24932—27—Bull. 2 3 129 





130 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





TYPICAL WORKMEN’S HOUSE IN “‘LA UNION” DEVELOPMENT 


One of the several types of homes in the group formally inaugurated May 16, 1926 in the outskirts of 
Santiago 


society, however, does not stop with these, forit gives to the widow and children 
of a member a substantial cash benefit. 

A beneficent law has now been enacted which will greatly add to the happiness 
and well-being of our members, who can now look forward to becoming owners 
of comfortable, well-built, and sanitary homes. These houses we are about 
to inaugurate present the pleasing aspect of a little garden city, within whose 
limits social movements of economic and spiritual significance will shortly be 
initiated. We plan to have a cooperative store, a school, a recreation center, 
a playground, and other community facilities whereby our children will be 
trained in habits of health and industry, so that they will never become a charge 
on the State. ... 

The Government may count with full assurance on the cooperation of the 
workers’ organizations in promoting the fulfillment of the cheap housing law, 
for they well understand that, in present economic conditions, sacrifices on the 
part of the Government will be required if this law is to be fully carried out. 
Nevertheless additional funds and the consequent increase in the number of 
cheap but hygienic houses must be obtained, the more so that such houses are 
now beyond working people’s reach because of high rents and an acute housing 
shortage. . 


Following this address, Sefior Anibal Letelier spoke on behalf 
of the Superior Council of Social Welfare and of the Mortage Loan 
Bank, and from the repeated applause it was evident that his senti- 
ments were warmly approved by the audience. 

Sefior Letelier said in part: 

Since some time in the last century, European nations have been earnestly 
seeking the solution of the social problems through laws intended to improve 


the condition of the poorer classes. Foremost among these laws of human 
brotherhood are those concerning healthful and inexpensive housing. 





WORKMEN’S HOUSES, SANTIAGO, CHILE 


Upper:’ Houses in the Garden City of San Miguel, one of the projects completed by the Leo XIII Insti- 
tution. Center: Homes on Santa Familia Street, constructed by the Patronato Santa Filomena. 
Lower: Ilouses erected by the Catholic University of Chile 


132 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





CHILD HEALTH CENTER, HUEMUL DEVELOPMENT 


} 


In our own country, however, very little was done prior to 1910 in matters of 
social welfare. When,inthat year, Sefior Luis Barros Borgofio was called to the 
management of the Mortgage Loan Bank, he inspired the board of directors 
with his noble and ardent aspirations on behalf of the public welfare, aspirations 
which were the result of his persevering study of social problems; and while in 
no sense ignoring the prime purposes of the bank, he gave it vigorous impulse 
toward the democratization of property and the development of various forms 
of saving and other welfare plans for the benefit of the poorer classes. 

In the realization of these altruistic purposes, the Mortgage Bank has carried 
out in Santiago four housing developments, transferable on very easy terms to 
persons of small means, namely, the La Paz development, in the northern part 
of the capital; the Providencia development, now completely sold; the Nufioa 
development in the southeastern part of the city, and the Huemul development 
in the thickly populated Mataderos ward. Of the four, the last-named is the 
most important in size, consisting of 157 detached houses provided with all the 
conveniences possible at the moderate price, with its own lighting and police, 
a public dispensary, theater, schools, library, child health center and maternity 
hospital. , : 

Outside the city limits the Bank has offered the public the agricultural develop- 
ments in Graneros and Lo Ovalle, both already entirely disposed of, and the new 
El Llano development of 185 acres just beyond the city line. 

In the city of Valparaiso this bank has built two similar suburban groups of 
houses, besides several especially designed for laborers, such as that at Las 
Habas. 

Moreover, the Mortgage Bank, while carrying out these works for the public | 
benefit, did not forget its own employees, for whom it established a welfare 
department, camps for rest and recreation, life insurance, medical assistance, 
and a loan section. In a word, it organized for the welfare of its personnel 





HYGIENIC HOMES FOR CHILEAN WORKINGMEN 


Upper: A group of three houses in the Garden City of San Luis built by the Superior Council of Social 
Welfare. Lower: Two houses in the Huemul development, in a thickly populated ward of the Chilean 
capital. The Huemul district is the largest housing project of the Chilean Mortgage Loan Bank 


134 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





WORKERS’ COOPERATIVE STORE, HUEMUL DISTRICT 


services of the most advanced social type, previously unknown in this country, 
which have been successfully functioning ever since. ... 

Among the group of intellectuals who were deeply interested in these experi- 
mental movements toward greater social equity Sefor Luis Casanueva held 
a prominent place. Throughout a fruitful journey to Europe he prosecuted his 
sociological studies, and upon his return he framed a bill which is substantially 
the Act of March 9, 1925, whereby the Superior Council of Social Welfare was 
created, and this courageous attempt to solve the problem of sanitary and inexpen- 
sive housing, as it concerns the middle and working classes, became possible. .. . 

The success of this law depends upon the cooperation of four entities: The 
Government, the National Council of Social Welfare, the Mortgage Loan Bank, 
and last, but not least, the Chilean people. 

The Government has worked and continues to work loyally in securing the 
operation of the law. The Ministers of Social Welfare have promptly discharged 
their full duty in this connection and it is an especial pleasure to pay a deserved 
tribute to Senor Lucio Cérdova, the present Minister, whose intelligent and 
constant labor fills me with admiration. ss 

The Social Welfare Council continues, as heretofore, to accomplish its task in 
praiseworthy fashion. In the course of a year, authorizaton has been given for 
20 separate housing projects, valued at 18,205,246 pesos, and involving a total 
of 3,000 rooms, and for the repair of 29 buildings having a total of 1,433 rooms, 
at a cost of 488,882 pesos. 

This council has also condemned 7,282 buildings as insanitary and 452 as 
uninhabitable; it has compelled repairs to 5,957 rooms and demolished 313. 
Furthermore, it has prepared a budget which calls for the investment this year 
of nearly a million pesos, the amount which Sefior Cérdova, Minister of Social 
Welfare, obtained from the Schwager Coal Co. for improving the housing of 
their miners. . . 

To show the importance of the cooperation of the Mortgage Loan Bank, it 
suffices to mention that it has considered and acted on requests for loans totaling 
20,400,000 pesos (and and buildings), and that with its assistance 800 dwellings, 
totalling 3,000 rooms, are now under construction. .. 


CHILE SOLVES HER HOUSING PROBLEM 135 


I said that this law also requires for its success the honest and enthusiastic 
cooperation of the Chilean people, for whose benefit it was passed. ... The 
erection of cheap and hygienic houses will reduce rents, permit the sober and 
frugal worker to own a comfortable home, and will enormously decrease our 
frightful infant mortality. ... 

The development which we are to-day inaugurating with appropriate ceremony 
consists of 195 houses which, with the land, will cost 3,655,000 pesos. On this 
property the Mortgage Loan Bank lent ‘‘La Unién”’ Society 2,870,000 pesos, 
of which 530,000 pesos have already been repaid. The loan draws 5 per cent 
annual interest and 1 per cent amortization, or 172,000 pesos, which thus repre- 
sents a yearly average of 880 pesos per house, or 74 pesos per month. 

The society of ‘‘La Unién”’ has had a long and useful life; founded in 1862, 
it has always had intelligent and patriotic members, worthy of the highest esteem. 
In the name of the Council of Social Welfare I cordially congratulate this society 
and its honored president. 


Following this interesting address, brief remarks were made by 
Sefior Hernan Roman, representing the Social Labor Congress, Sefior 
Baldomero Diaz, representing the committeee on building inspection 
and Sefior Francisco Lira, a delegate from the Railway Workers’ 
Union. 

The closing act of the program was the signing of a parchment 
commemorating the inauguration of the development by President 
Figueroa, other officials and distinguished guests, after which the 
parchment was sealed in a monolith bearing a commemorative tablet. 

Before leaving, President Figueroa and his party visited the 
colony, displaying particular interest in the model houses equipped 
and furnished by the construction company. 


Efforts and achievements such as those here recounted are the 
most convincing proofs of the sincerity of the Chilean Government’s 
efforts to solve one of Chile’s most pressing problems—that of the 
hygienic housing of her working classes, a problem which is so 
intimately related with the high rate of infant mortality. 





NT FED. 
ht UNIT! 












ALA 











STATES - AMERICA <. 











By Hetoist BratNerp, 


Chief of the Division of Education of the Pan American Union 


ROM December 2-4 the National Student Federation of the 
United States of America held its second annual congress at 
the University of Michigan. Since this organization is the 
first of its kind in the United States, a word should be said 

as to its origin. 

As a consequence of the feeling among students in different uni- 
versities that there was a distinct need for closer relations between 
students, a conference was held in December, 1925, at Princeton 
University, and the representatives of the 245 institutions present 
decided to form a federation of students, whose aims are as follows: 

1. To achieve a spirit of cooperation among the students of different 
colleges throughout the country to the end that the experience of 
one shall inure to the advantage of all. 

2. To foster understanding between the students of America and 
foreign countries. 

3. To develop an intelligent student opinion on questions of national 
and international importance. 

During 1926 the National Student Federation gathered information 
on several important problems of student life and published a survey 
on one of them; established connections with two important educa- 
tional associations from which material can be obtained; adminis- 
tered tours to Europe for over 200 students last summer, in coopera- 
tion with the Confédération Internationale des EKtudiants, and sent 
four representatives to the meeting of the Confédération at Prague. 

The second annual congress was attended by delegates from 198 
institutions in all parts of the country. Of the 248 delegates, 99 
were girls. At the opening meeting, notable addresses were made 
by Dr. Stephen P. Duggan, director of the Institute of International 
Education in New York; Dr. Alexander Meiklejohn, of the University 
of Wisconsin; and Dr. Henry Noble MacCracken, president of Vassar 
College, in which some of the outstanding problems of higher educa- 
tion were clearly outlined and the Federation was urged to take — 
part in their solution. Dr. Clarence C. Little, president of the 
University of Michigan, who spoke at the following meeting, likewise 

136 


NATIONAL STUDENT FEDERATION OF THE UNITED STATES 137 


appealed to the students to cooperate with the faculty in working 
out the best methods of instruction and administration. 

The president of the Federation, Lewis Fox of Princeton University, 
to whose untiring efforts is due much of the success of the initial 
year of work, struck a high note for the conference. He called on 
the members to consider, not great world problems whose solution 
demands no personal sacrifice on their part, but the pressing questions 
of university life, where an application of the spirit of fair dealing and 
brotherliness entailed clear thinking and real sacrifice, thus forming 
habits of character which would carry over into later life and into 
the solution of national and international problems, and urged the 
recognition of intellectual development and unselfish character as 
the chief end of higher education. 

The constitution adopted by the congress provides for a president, 
vice president, treasurer, and eight other members of the executive 
committee who represent different sections of the country. The 
extent of the task which confronts the Federation in organizing the 
students of the United States may be understood from the fact that 
some 477 universities, colleges, and professional schools are eligible 
for membership. 

The chief work of the congress was done in discussion groups 
which met to consider specific topics or regional problems. The 
following recommendations were made: 


Methods of Instruction and Choice of Teachers: It was recommended that 
students gather information as to methods of instruction that will secure more 
intimate contact between students and teachers; as to means of emphasizing 
teaching ability rather than mere learning in professors, and of insuring them 
adequate salaries and freedom of speech. 

Nature of the Curriculum: Its purpose should be definitely cultural and intel- 
lectual, and should stimulate intellectual curiosity by giving more responsibility 
to students for their own education. The value of examinations was affirmed, 
as well as the participation of students in the construction of the curriculum, and 
a committee was appointed to map out further studies of the curriculum. 

Student Government: Student councils should deal with matters pertaining to 
the student body as a whole, either with or without faculty cooperation, and 
should cooperate with the faculty in matters involving both groups. They must 
deal effectively with student problems in order to have influence with university 
authorities. 2 

Honor System: The system by which students are placed on their honor in 
examinations and similar situations was advocated, and further study of it 
recommended. 

Athletics: These should be so organized as to benefit all students, not the few 
composing the teams; intercollegiate sports on a large scale and the tendency to 
professionalism in sports should be discouraged, as defeating the primary purpose 
of athletics. 

Fraternities: While the existence of fraternities is justified by their high ideals, 
their practical failures should be minimized by encouraging activities in which all 
students participate. To this end the cooperation of the fraternities themselves 
should be sought. 


138 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The officers elected for the coming year are=as-follows: President, 
Fred Berger, of the University of Cincinnati, State of Ohio; vice 
president, Miss Marvin Breckinridge, of Vassar College; and treasurer, 
Joseph Owens, of the Kansas Wesleyan University. The University 
of Nebraska was selected as the meeting place in 1927. 

At the closing session greetings were received from the Pan Amer- 
ican Union, the Confédération Internationale des Etudiants, German 
and English student associations, and the American Association of 
University Professors. Steps were taken looking to definite member- 
ship in the Confédération, and much interest was shown in establishing 
closer relations with foreign student federations. Miss Breckinridge 
(Director of International Relations) reported plans for student tours 
to Europe and one to Russia in 1927, and, later on, to Latin-American 
countries, South Africa, and the Orient. Groups of foreign students 
will also be invited to visit the United States, and special efforts 
will be made to assist foreign students already here in sharing in 
student life and obtaining a clearer view of American institutions. 


THE WHITE COAL OF 























By IupEronso Escosar, 


Military and Civil Engineer, Rio de Janeiro 


HE writer was commissioned some time ago to investigate the 

water power of the central region of the State of Rio de 

Janeiro. After the completion of the preliminary explora- 

tions his attention was drawn to the remarkable amount of 

water power existing in the mountainous section embracing the 

municipalities of Sao Francisco de Paula, Santa Maria Magdalena, 

and S&o Sebastiao do Alto, and to the facility with which it could be 

brought to the seacoast of the State to furnish the power for the 

industrial plants of the large cities of Campos, Macahé, and Nic- 
theroy, where water power is so scarce and so much needed. 

At a time when coal is constantly rising in price, making motive 
energy more and more costly, we can no longer afford to neglect the 
utilization of these great waterfalls, located as they are only 80 to 100 
kilometers from the industries in question. 

In this brief account of a long-neglected source of power, before 
describing the work executed by order of Governor Feliciano Sodré, 
who is endeavoring very wisely to utilize the water power of the State 


THE WHITE COAL OF BRAZIL 139 


and thus inaugurate’a new era of progress and prosperity, the impor- 
tance of water power, in general, and the gigantic industrial future of 
Brazil when this source of energy shall have been utilized, must be 
considered. 

Some slight idea of the potential water power of Brazilian rivers 
will be gained from the following data with respect to hydrodynamic 
power in some of the other countries of the world. A comparison of 
Brazilian waterfalls with those of other countries shows clearly the 
high coefficient of hydraulic power to be attained, whenever a serious 
attempt is made to draw therefrom the power needed to drive 
industrial machinery, to electrify the railways, and light our cities 
and towns. Such a comparison should, moreover, stimulate and 
encourage Brazilian engineering enterprise to emulate the daring con- 
ceptions carried out in other countries much less rich in ‘‘ white coal”’ 
than Brazil. 

Among the great water-power projects completed up to the pres- 
ent, that which perhaps has caused the deepest impression on the 
popular imagination is the improvement at Victoria Falls on the Zam- 
besi River, in the interior of Africa. The Zambesi, which rises in the 
mountains of Benguela, forms these celebrated falls in the region of 
Makalolo, and it is through this river that the waters of the great 
Lake Nyassa find their way to the Mozambique Channel after a 
course of 3,400 kilometers. 

Modern engineering, undaunted by the immense distance between 
this great waterfall and the points where the power was to be used, 
proceeded to utilize the waters of the Zambesi in order to trans- 
mit current, with a tension of 150,000 volts, to the cities of Johan- 
nesburg and Pretoria, situated 1,200 kilometers from the point 
of intake. Installations such as this show the immense progress 
which has been made in recent years in the conduction of electric 
energy over long distances and under high tension. 

Among the most powerful hydroelectric developments, the follow- 
ing may be mentioned: 

In the Americas—The Ontario Power Co., 110,000 volts; Los Angeles, 
106,000 volts; Boulder Dam, 100,000 volts; Central Colorado Power Co., 
100,000 volts; Muskegon River Co., 110,000 volts; Great Falls, 100,000 volts; 
Hydro-Electric Power, 110,000 volts; Stanislaus Power Co., 104,000 volts; 
Chuquicamata, 110,000 volts; Great Western, 100,000 volts; Mexico Northern, 
110,000 volts; Shawinigan Water, 100,000 volts; Yadkin River Power, 103,000 
volts; Sierra San Francisco, 104,000 volts; Washington Water, 110,000 volts; 
Georgia Power, 110,000 volts; Southern Sierra Power, 140,000 volts; Sable, 
140,000 volts; Seros, 140,000 volts; and Pacific Light & Power, 150,000 volts. 

Of the foregoing the two greatest developments of electric energy 
are clearly the Pacific Light & Power and the Zambesi Enterprise, 
both of 150,000 volts, the latter in the Union of South Africa and 
the former in the United States. 


140 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


On the day that Sete Quédas with its 20,000,000 horsepower; 
Iguassi with 1,000,000 horsepower; Urubuptinga, with 1,000,000 
horsepower; Paulo Affonso, with 500,000 horsepower, and other 
Brazilian falls shall have been developed, these now exceptional volt- 
ages will appear very modest figures in comparison with the power 
furnished by these superbly wonderful waterfalls. 

The power of a nation is measured to-day by its industrial energy 
and by the extent of its railways. The United States, which is a 
notable proof of this assertion, in order to reach this degree of progress 
and wealth has transformed her hydraulic power into electric energy 
and used it to drive her machines and railway trains. In the United 
States steam has already been largely supplanted by electricity. And 
Brazil, in its immensity, is destined in no distant future to be a star of 
the first magnitude in the constellation of nations. 

The mineral and vegetable wealth of Brazil is also prodigious, and 
among the elements of future progress in these fields, her incom- 
parable water system is an outstanding factor. ... No other region 
on earth possesses a river system so extensive and so adequate to 
transportation and to industrial development as Brazil. 

A comparison of the volume of Brazilian rivers with those of other 
countries will give some idea of their hydrographic superiority. For 
example, there are in Brazil more than a dozen water courses which 
exceed either the Volga or the Danube, the largest in Europe. The 
rivers of Brazil are, in general, remarkable for their great volume as 
compared with the extent of their basins: Thus in the Purts, the basin 
of which is only one-third that of the Nile—the legendary fertilizer of 
Keypt—the volume of water is twice as great. The majestic Amazon, 
king of rivers, which surpasses in volume all other rivers of the world, 
is readily navigable at all seasons of the year to a distance of 5,000 
kilometers. This great river possesses some interesting character- 
istics. Its several sources are in the Andean Plateau in Peru, 4,000 
meters above the level of the sea. Here many streams unite in Lake 
Lauri to form a considerable stream, called in its upper reaches the 
Tunguragua, which, flowing northward between the lofty peaks of two 
parallel mountain ranges, plunges by a series of falls to an altitude 
only 160 meters above sea level, where with concentrated volume it 
breaks through its imprisoning walls to spread out toward the east 
in a beautiful sheet of water 400 kilometers wide. From this point on to 
the sea, a distance of 5,000 kilometers, the Amazonis perfectly navigable. 

The Amazon is 3 kilometers wide and 45 meters deep when it enters 
Brazil, and as its altitude is then only 80 meters, its current is 
moderate though wide and powerful. The waters of the Amazon are 
yellow, but its tributaries, though clear, exhibit a variety of colors, 
some being black, others white, brown, chestnut, red, green, or blue. 

With its vast network of igarapés (small tributaries) and parami- 
rins—branches which, leaving the river, reenter it lower down, form- 


THE WHITE COAL OF BRAZIL 141 


ing islands—the great sea river, moving always parallel with the 
Equator, traverses immense plains, widening out in some places to a 
width of 25 kilometers. At Obidos, however, where it becomes much 
narrower, it attains a depth of 76 meters and a velocity of 2 meters per 
second. So great is the volume of water discharged by the Amazon, 
that it flows to a distance of 400 kilometers out into the ocean. 

The upper Amazon, or Maranh4o, rises and falls at regular periods. 
In the Solimées—the name of the Amazon in Brazilian territory from 
Tabatinga to its confluence with the Rio Negro—these variations are 
not so noticeable. In the lower Amazon, however, from the Rio 
Negro to the ocean, the volume of water varies but little, for two 
reasons: 

First: The tributaries from the right, being in a different zone 
from those on the left, compensate to a great degree the reduction in 
volume and vice versa. 

Second: The vast quantity of water, which at times of overflow in 
the upper basin spreads out over the great Amazon Valley, seeps 
slowly into many miles of dense forests, to feed in turn the main 
stream during the three or four months’ interval before the next over- 
flow. Thus a sort of equilibrium is maintained which prevents any 
great variation in the level of the thalweg. 

In addition to this great fresh-water sea, Brazil possesses many 
other great streams, such as the Parana (3,800 kilometers), the 
Madeira (3,000 kilometers), the Xingti (3,000 kilometers), the Sao 
Francisco (2,800 kilometers), the Paraguay (2,400 kilometers), the 
Tocantins (2,200 kilometers), the Negro (2,000 kilometers), the Uru- 
guay (1,400 kilometers), the Parnahyba (1,300 kilometers), the 
Tieté (1,100 kilometers), and others. 

These mighty rivers, together with their tributaries, many of which 
are also of considerable size, as well as a vast number of smaller 
streams, place Brazil in an exceptionally favorable situation with 
respect to the development of water power to be transformed into 
electric energy for use in industrial activity and railroad traction. . . 

It js too soon to think about the colossal undertakings which will 
undoubtedly be carried out in the future, but let us consider the 
water power which the 4,000 meters’ fall of the Amazon in its upper 
course can produce, with a flow measured by a depth of 45 meters 
and a width of 3 kilometers. In a century from now, perhaps, 
when the populations of Amazonas, Peru, Venezuela, and Colombia 
shall have reached a medium density, the prodigious volume of the 
Amazon waters falling from fantastic heights into appropriate diver- 
sion dams, thence to move the gigantic vanes of colossal turbines, 
will leave present-day American voltage far behind. .. . 

The industrial progress of Brazil awaits increase of population, 
and this increase is but a question of time. While it is true that 
to-day her population is between 30 and 35 millions, soon, certainly 


142 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


before the year 2,000, it will be 100,000,000, sufficient to influence the 
destiny of the world. Brazil has practically everything—a vast 
territory almost equal to that of the whole of Europe; incalculable 
quantities of excellent timber; minerals of all kinds, and ‘white 
coal,” white-crested and impetuous, everywhere—north, south, center, 
east, and west. 

No statistics are available with respect to our waterfalls, nor do 
we know their exact potentiality. Somedataneverthelessmaybe cited. 

In the Rio Negro up to its junction with the Casiquiare Canal, 
which unites it with the Orinoco, there are 50 falls. The Madeira 
has about 45, including the Theotonio and the Ribeirafo, each of 
which has a potentiality of more than 600,000 horsepower. The 
Tapaj6z has 16 falls; the Xingt has many, while the Tocantins forms 
a multiplicity of cascades of various heights, and along the middle 
course of the Parnahyba there are several large falls. The Sado 
Francisco forms the beautiful cataract of Paulo Affonso, 85 meters 
high, with 500,000 potential horsepower, and Itaparica falls, with 
about 300,000, besides many other smaller falls which are capable of 
producing tens of thousands of horsepower. The Rio das Contas is 
rich in rapids; the Jequitinhonha has many cataracts, among them 
being Cachoeira Grande, of 100,000 horsepower; the Doce, in Minas, 
has many small cascades; the course of the Parnahyba do Sul is full 
of rapids and falls, the most important of which are Sapucaia (70,000 
horsepower) and Salto (50,000 horsepower). The Mambucaba forms 
the falls of the same name (45,000 horsepower); the Paran4, among 
others, the Marimbondo at its confluence with the Rio Pardo, and 
the Urubupunga (1,000,000 horsepower), at the bar of the Parna- 
hyba. The Tieté, in Sao Paulo, has, besides others, the Itt and the 
Itapura Falls, the latter of 54,700 horsepower. On the Ivahy there 
is a beautiful leap of 76 meters; and the Iguasst forms the Victoria 
Falls, 64 meters high, with 1,000,000 horsepower. 

The Parana also presents the majestic spectacle of the gigantic 
Sete Quédas (Seven Falls). The course of this tremendous stream, 
flowing from the interior of the Minas, Sao Paulo, and Goyaz States, 
forming the boundary first between Matto Grosso and Paranaé and 
then between the Republics of Paraguay and Argentina, is obstructed 
by the Maracuj4 and Dourados mountain ranges, which cause the 
waters to spread out into a lake 17 kilometers wide, with the island 
of Sete Quédas in the center. Seeking an outlet, this enormous 
mass of water pours tumultuously over the edge of a steep preci- 
pice 124 meters in height, thus forming the Sete Quédas, with a 
potentiality estimated at 20,000,000 horsepower. 

According to a description by George Morael, a distinguished 
hydraulic engineer, the rim of the falls, which is in the shape of a 
horseshoe, measures 2 kilometers, the principal fall bemg 70 meters 


THE WHITE COAL OF BRAZIL 143 


high, and the body of falling water 3 meters through. On the Brazil- 
ian side there are three other falls, each composed of two consecutive 
cascades of 35 meters each. These are the Benjamin Constant, 
Floriano, and Deodoro Falls. On the Argentine side there is also a 
similar series of falls of lesser importance. Exactly on the inter- 
national boundary is an unbroken cascade, the highest of all, called 
Unido (Union), because it forms a link between the two neighboring 
countries. 

Many beautiful phenomena are observed in the region about these 
falls. In the early morning when the air is still and the sun appears 
above the horizon, over the mouth of the abyss where the waters 
madly rush, myriads of rainbows gleam and dance—some spanning 
the cataract from side to side in a glorious unbroken arch, while 
fragments of others appear and disappear with flickering irides- 
cence. As the day advances, however, the rainbows begin to descend ° 
toward theriver bed, disappearing entirely as the sun reaches its zenith. 

At a distance of 10 kilometers from the falls a beautiful and seem- 
ingly permanent cloud of mist drawn therefrom by evaporation may 
be seen against the blue of the sky. As long as the air is clear and 
calm this cloud remains motionless in space, as if forming part of 
the vast heavenly vault. Only the intervening mist trembles and 
vibrates to the mighty rush and deafening roar of the waters, which 
in the distance resembles the approach of a terrific storm. 

But the store of Brazilian white coal is not limited to this extraor- 
dinary falls, considered one of the Seven Wonders of the World, 
nor to the others already enumerated. The Paraguay River includes 
many cascades not far from its sources. The Uruguay forms the 
Salto Grande (30,000 horsepower), while practically all the rivers and 
streams in Brazil have many falls, cascades, and rapids. As impor- 
tant prospective sources of power, the following additional falls may 
be mentioned: Salto dos Patos (700,000 horsepower), Agua Vermelha 
(300,000 horsepower), Salto da Onga (220,000 horsepower), Salto do 
Avanhandava (62,000 horsepower), Cachoeira Dourada (400,000 horse- 
power), Salto Grande (400,000 horsepower), Salto Gaguara, (50,000 
horsepower), Salto Franga (50,000 horsepower), Cachoeira Escura 
(30,000 horsepower), all of which are in Minas Geraes. In Rio 
Grande do Sul there are the Quédas do Jacuhy (30,000 horsepower), 
and in Matto Grosso the Utiarity Falls (85,000 horsepower), the 
Camaizocola (85,000 horsepower), the Jararaca (30,000 horsepower), 
and many others. 

As to the sum total of Brazilian hydraulic power, the data are still 
so incomplete that no exact statement can be made. In “‘Hulha 
Branca em Minas Geraes,”’ by Nelson de Senna, we find that in the 
State of Minas alone there are 1,160 falls, with an estimated power of 
2,200,000 horsepower. 





MOTHER’S 


JO 





























I. MOTHER’S DAY IN VENEZUELA 


HE institution of Mother’s Day continues to capture the 
hearts and minds of the Latin American peoples. One of 
the first to adopt it was Venezuela where, in the city of 
Valencia, capital of the historic province of Carabobo, with 

solemn and appropriate ceremonies it was inaugurated May 24, 1921, 
by Dr. J. M. Arcay Smith, under the patronage of the well-known 
beneficent society Caridad y Concordia, of which he is president. 
Shortly afterward, this society petitioned the authorities to thence- 
forth set apart the fourth Sunday in May as a day devoted to filial 
gratitude, affection, and remembrance, and to provide for the simple 
and appropriate expression on that date of these sentiments on the 
part of the community, all of which was duly accorded, including the 
stipulation that every member of the provincial communities without 
distinction of age, sex, or social condition wear on that day a red 
flower in homage to his or her living mother, and a white one in case 
she had passed away. 

The Caridad y Concordia Society with unflagging zeal then ad- 
dressed itself to the no small, but successful, task of securing similar 
official recognition and appropriate action in the remaining munici- 
palities of Venezuela. Not content with this notable achievement, 
they proceeded to solicit and obtain from the National Congress its 
official sanction to the national observance, annually, of Mother’s 
Day on the last Sunday in May. 

Instead of resting content with the laurels thus gained, Caridad y 
Concordia proceeded in January of 1922 to convoke a nation-wide 
competition to which all the poets of the country were invited to 
submit the text for a Mother’s Day hymn. In this competition the 
gold medal (First Prize) was awarded to Sefior Dr. Luis Bouquet, 
the second prize to Sefiorita Carmen Brigé, and the third to Sefior 
Francisco Hernandez. 

The next step was taken by Prof. Pedro Elias Gutiérrez, director 
of the Army Band of Caracas, who, in deference to the plea of Doctor 
Avcay, composed appropriate music for the hymn in question, which 
is now sung by the school children throughout the Republic as one of 
the most attractive numbers in the annual festivities devoted to 

144 


MOTHER’S DAY IN THE LATIN AMERICAN REPUBLICS 145 


Mother’s Day, and the text and music of which will be found at the 
close of this article. Other attractive features of the celebration, so 
far as Valencia is concerned, are the distribution by Caridad y Con- 
cordia of clothing and other necessaries to needy children, and the 
filial salute to the national colors which, in the words of Doctor Arcay, 
is the solemn renewal by all the participants of their pledge of faith 
and loyalty before the altar of Madre Patria in the discharge of the 
sacred duties and privileges of citizenship. 


MONUMENT TO “THE 
THREE MOTHERS,”’ 
ERECTED IN VALEN- 
CIA, VENEZUELA 


Through the initiative of Dr. 
Jesis Maria Arcay Smith, 
President of the Caridad y 
Concordia Society, and in- 
augurated with appropriate 
ceremony September 20, 
1925, in commemoration of 
Mothers’ Day 





No account of Mother’s Day in Venezuela would be complete with- 
out some mention of the beautiful sculptural group of Las Tres Madres 
(The Three Mothers), executed in Italy in the finest Carrara marble, 
which was erected by Doctor Arcay in a specially laid-out park and 
presented with appropriate ceremonies, under the patronage of the 
President of the Republic, September 20, 1925, to the city of Valencia. 
It should be noted that this culminating step in the generous and 
meritorious campaign on the part of the Caridad y Concordia Society 
and its distinguished president is the only example known in which 

24932—27—Bull. 2——4 


146 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the triple mother—The Mother of God, the Mother Country, and 
the Mother of Man—is thus apotheosized. 

The Bulletin is informed that Doctor Arcay is now actively engaged 
in carrying the propaganda in favor of Mother’s Day beyond the 
borders of Venezuela, to the end that this most fundamentally human 
of all anniversaries may become at no distant date a truly Pan 
American institution, and a new and indissoluble bond of spiritual 
union and confraternity between the peoples of America. 


II. MOTHER’S DAY IN PERU? 


Mother’s Day in Peru owes its inception to the “Centro Univer- 
sitario Ariel,’ a student group of the ancient University of San Marcos 
in Lima which in 1923 succeeded, under the presidency of Sefior 
Carlos Alberto Izaguirre, in securing official recognition of this obser- 
vance on the second Sunday in May. The whole university took 
up with enthusiasm the initiative of this society of young idealists. 

In 1924 Peru paid tribute for the first time to her who holds the 
highest place in life—the blest among women—the mother, in a most 
brilliant ceremony which took place at the University under the 
chairmanship of its president, Dr. Manuel Vicente Villaran, 
universally revered for his outstanding intellectual qualities and good- 
ness of heart. The following year witnessed another celebration of 
Mother’s Day at the university under its new president, Dr. José 
Matias Manzanilla, who in the course of a brilliant extemporaneous 
address announced that, thenceforth, the University Council was the 
sponsor of Mother’s Day. 

The Council appointed its beloved professor, Dr. Carlos Wiesse, 
to preside over the meeting, on Mother’s Day in 1926, in homage to 
the universal mother on her day of joy, love, and hope—a day dedi- 
cated to her who wisely guides the heart and tempers the spirit of her 
children from birth onward. On this occasion the great gilded hall of 
the university was filled with youthful students coming to participate, 
with “the tenderness of religion and the religion of tenderness,”’ in the 
simple and moving ceremony in which, as sons, they were to behold a 
spiritual vision of the woman who gave them the gift of life. In a 
spirit of the deepest reverence and love they partook of “the eucharist 
of filial gratitude.” 

After Professor Wiesse in inspired phrases had portrayed the uni- 
versal mother, after the youthful Andres A. Galarza had disclosed on 
behalf of the students the heart of that mother’s son, after the silent 
contemplation of the individual mother enshrined in the heart of 
each listener—after all these tributes, the assemblage dispersed, deeply 
moved by their participation in this most intimately universal of 
anniversaries. 





1 Condensed by Mrs. Gray, of the BULLETIN staff, from Revista Universitaria de San Marcos, Lima, 
Septem ber,*1926. 


MOTHER’S DAY IN THE LATIN AMERICAN REPUBLICS 


147 


When after the crime of the World War we contemplate the passing 
of the old régime and the advent of a new dawn; when social institu- 
tions everywhere are weakening and great gaps appear in what the 
world has hitherto reverenced as the philosophy of knowledge; in 
these moments of darkness and doubt which precede a new epoch for 
humanity, men do well to seek the light of faith not only in the 
unsounded depths of their own souls but in collective festivals such 
as this, which, honoring noble ideals, foster man’s highest spiritual 
aspirations and infinitely enlarge the meaning of his existence. 


HIMNO DE LAS MADRES! 
By Luts BouquET 


CORO 


j Que resuene mi canto sonoro 
Y en notas brillantes 
Se eleve hasta el Cielo, 
Por tres Madres augustas que adoro: 
La Madre Celeste, 
Mi madre y mi suelo... ! 


j Augusta Madre mistica, 
Mi corazén te implora: 
Vuelve tu faz benéfica, 

Y al pueblo que te adora 
Y que en Ti espera férvido, 
Protégelo, Sefiora, 

Por tu infinito amor... ! 


Madre que vida disteme, 
Mi amor filial te ofrenda 
Como oblacién purisima 
Mi gratitud, la prenda 
Que tu materno espiritu 
Deposit6 en mi senda 
Cuando empecé a vivir. 


jPatria, Madre de Héroes, 
Vivero de condores... ! 
De dicha el Cielo célmete, 
Tierra de mis mayores, 
Que glorias tienes multiples 
Y vividos fulgores 
Destellan de tu sien... 


I 


CORO 


II 


CORO 


III 


CORO 





El suelo siempre ubérrimo 
De la gentil Valencia 
Produce flores cAndidas, 

Y generosa esencia 

Dan para Ti sus cdrmenes 
En plena florescencia 

De su filial fervor... ! 


Como la lumbre cdlida 
Del sol funde la nieve, 
Asi tu nombre magico 
Todo mi ser conmueve, 
Y mi oracién apréstase 
Como un murmullo leve 
Que a Dios tiende a subir... ! 


jOh Madre! Ven y hadblame, 
Pues por calmar tus penas 
Daré toda la pirpura 
Que corre por mis venas, 
Y el soplo de mi espiritu, 
Y las horas serenas 
De mi vida también... ! 





1 Poem awarded the first prize (gold medal) in the national competition promoted by the Caridad y 


Concordia Society of Valencia. 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


148 


HIMNO DE LAS MADRES 


ProF. PEDRO ELIAS GUTIERREZ 


Music by 


Words by Sr. Luis BOUQUET 


Hh, 


Alle gre Marciel 


-tas bri- 


ern no 


sue-ne mi 


i Que re 


tas gquea 


QUS - 


-dres au 


Ma 


Ww 
uv 
wu 
~ 
u5 
[=") 


-ve hastaelcie- lo 


an-tes Se ele 


mi sue - lo ! 


La Ma-dre Ce- les-te, mt ma-dre 


do-ro:; 





MOTHER’S DAY IN THE LATIN AMERICAN REPUBLICS 149 












[SST ou: 
ae EEIIED (ET > EEE EAD 
ES 20 Cen 









P| 
a> aan! 
GH 
SSS EE 


En ae SES 
oe SSS) Gee GaN Sse > LE ar Ge I 


L] ners] 
>= SS SS EE Sn oA) A eS) (re | 


co-ra-z6n te implo — 
Va - len - 


————— 
——— 
————_4 =z 
Ss FAUNS 23 fe 
ir eer SS Sa SS sa So SS BSN OoLaoS 
TET? A YL | Ws 2 a 
or SSosaerass ream 


ar Ae ABRs sae. 





Vuel-ve tu faz be-né — fi-co, WV 


3 al pueblo que te ado — ra 
Rro-du-ce flo - rep can — di -das, NE 


XG 
e-ne-xro-Sa esen— cin Y dan 





ae ee) 
2 (EY ZEA EE (SS SU) SS) SSS eee ey 
f. eS aaa aa EOE OS en SSS SS SSE — — 
asp CS SS——e— SS SS SSS eS Se ZZ’ © Ga eS 
ar iE : : f Pe ee 
ZELGES 37] PAs S2aUNN LZ 

y + 2 ES: F ADAG SSo4 6 4a SoS OC Di Geo aH ea rn 
GOES Ga AS @ [ At = Wal « || |i (Pg ] IRE ASS OE en 
Epon sper Bo A 1S) ST eS 2 oe Se a 
(PA @C2@eIS fT AGES ee a a a 22S) 2S SS ee Oe eos 

SZ=DSAeZAaN 1 B aN 


150 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


7 [= SS ey SS SS Ss Se eS SS 
EE: 6 oe es 
SSS ae 2 eee aaa SaaS) 


eS ES) a) 
Lae f Stole 4 = 
RE EEE EES es 


es-pe-ra fer - vi-do, 
—-roa tt $US car - me-nes 


3 

LS 2AIESS 3 ———s 
oN SS ras bis Sas aS a SEA er S 
za } Hy [22 ge) 


Pt 
(AD Ao 








SN 


I—THE TEACHING OF BUILDING TRADES 




















HE “Industrial School No. 2”’ of Montevideo has had an 
average attendance this year of 210 students, the majority 
being workers. A great many more students could be 
enrolled if the capacity of the building permitted. As it 

is, there is a large number of young men with an earnest desire for 
improvement who can not be admitted to this useful instruction. 

The day classes are exclusively for men who are preparing to be 
draftsmen for architects and engineers and their apprenticeship com- 
prises a course of four years. During the first year drawing is 
studied six hours a week and mathematics two. The second year 
the hours of work increase. Six hours weekly are devoted to geo- 
metric design, six to decorative design, six to modeling (the student 
is expected to do shopwork when required, working from a sketch), 
and two hours to mathematics. In the third year the student takes 
up the study of decorative and architectural design in detail, pro- 
fessional drawings are made, and the study of mathematics is con- 
tinued. The fourth year is devoted exclusively to technical drawing. 
There is, in addition, an effective fifth year of specialization training 
for the chosen profession, the subjects being theory of perspective, 
drawing from life, decorative composition, and water-color rendering 
of plans. 

The classes in carpentry, masonry, zinc work, painting, and plas- 
tering are conducted during the afternoon at hours convenient for 
workers, and all are based upon the study of mathematics and 
drawing, entirely apart from the technology each trade requires. The 
Building Trades School has some very talented students who have 
a future which, if but modestly successful, will be at least free from 
unpleasant surprises. The worker who entered the school a mere 
apprentice leaves it equipped either as a qualified assistant to an 
engineer or an architect, or as an excellent foreman capable of carry- 
ing out the plans submitted to him and of estimating the cost of all 
materials required in a given piece of work, and also the labor involved. 

The walls of one classroom visited were decorated with original 
work, including estimates of cost even of the wall paper. The stu- 





1 The following two articles are from ‘‘ Trabajo,’ January-April, 1926, Montevideo. 


151 


IL THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


dents had fashioned, also, illuminated signs in artistic and decorative 
designs using glass work in very happy combinations. It is evident 
that modeling is studied with much enthusiasm. In the fourth year 
the draftsmen create most interesting ‘‘maquettes,’’ which are the 
plastic reproduction of plans submitted by the working architect or 
engineer. This explains why all students who have enrolled for 
drawing are taught with special emphasis the principles of the third 
dimension. 

‘““This course was greatly needed,’ we were told by our guide on 
entering the zinc workroom. Formerly whenever a job in zinc had 
to be put through, the tinsmith who mends the pots and pans was 
called in. A special course in zine work became an urgent necessity. 





Courtesy of ‘ Trabajo” 


MAKING MODELS FROM ARCHITECT’S DRAWINGS 


Interesting work of fourth-year students in Industrial School No. 2, Montevideo 

We were shown architects’ plans executed by a student in paste- 
board and zinc. Owing to his knowledge of mathematics the zine 
worker can utilize his material without the waste resulting from 
cutting the relatively costly metal sheets in an unscientific manner. 

Granted the methods of construction which are now in vogue, 
many masons, even those who act as foremen, do not know the 
principle of vaulting, of a grand arch, etc. Herein lies a serious 
deficiency. The School of Building Trades is trying to interest the 
Council on Industrial Education in providing, either alone or with 
municipal aid, a large workshop where it may be possible to give 
practical instruction in this type of work. 

The authorities of this school, which has been functioning for 
several years—although its present organization is a matter of but 


INDUSTRIAL ART TEACHING IN URUGUAY 153 





A CLASS IN THE BUILDING TRADES SCHOOL, MONTEVIDEO 


two or three—made a definite investigation to ascertain, first, whether 
its graduates readily find employment and, second, whether they are 
successful at their trades. The facts were unanimously affirmative. 
Graduates of the School of Building Trades are in great demand as 
foremen. It was also found that many graduates have set up for 
themselves and are achieving an ever increasing measure of success. 

Schools such as Industrial School No. 2 and likewise No. 1 fill one 
with optimism. They are convincing proof that progress is being 
made in this fruitful labor, which is directly influential in the pros- 
perity of Montevideo and of the country at large. 


II—COURSE IN MODELING 


The old methods of teaching this subject through meaningless 
plaster casts have been abandoned in School No.1. From the begin- 
ning simple natural forms serve as models for the student, who 
thus commences to have a feeling for nature, close contact with which 
stimulates him because of the limitless variety of models presented. 
Modeling of this type therefore has an educational value entirely 
distinct from that obtained by the repeated copying of plaster casts 
of classic subjects. In the latter the student merely acquires a cer- 
tain measure of manual skill, sometimes useless and very often harm- 
ful in that it tended to destroy intuitive appreciation of form, origi- 
nality, and the power of analysis. By the method used in this school 


154 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION | 


the student avoids that monotonous repetition of models which is 
likely to arrest the development of creative ability. 

In attacking his work, he begins by making a drawing, without 
detail, of the proposed model, which in the first part of the course 
consists of a simple, natural object selected from fruit, shells, etc., of 
unsymmetrical shape. This is done in order to accustom him to 
observe an object without those marked characteristics which are apt 
to facilitate reproduction without sufficiently careful observation. 

In this period reproduction in three dimensions is required. It is 
only in the advanced course that the student is permitted to execute 
subjects in high and low relief which, being a conventional method of 





A CLASS IN MODELING 


Old methods of instruction have been abandoned in Industrial School No. 1, Montevideo 


representation, requires for its interpretation a greater mastery of 
technique. 

After the first attempts to reproduce the simplest models, such as 
fruit, the student begins on shells and starfish, for which purpose the 
school has a collection of material graduated in order of difficulty of 
reproduction. The advantage of using these subjects as a means of 
instruction lies in a certain regularity which almost insensibly leads 
the student toward the geometric. He now begins to alternate his 
study of objects with that of corresponding geometric forms, taking 
note of the differences or points of similarity between the two and 
their relative proportions. These problems are worked out on a 
somewhat larger scale than the actual model, so as to avoid the tend- 
ency to employ any other methods of reproduction than observation. 


INDUSTRIAL ART TEACHING IN URUGUAY 155 


After taking this first step in comparison, the student returns to 
his study of the natural models, pointing out in these the geometric 
forms which he recognizes, and modeling them from memory, as 
though blocking out the model. The parallel between the natural 
form and its geometric representation is the most interesting achieve- 
ment of the student in the cultivation of his powers of observation 
and will not fail to claim his attention in the future; it preserves an 
equilibrium between reality and creativeness and prevents his imagi- 
nation from running away with him. And what is more important 
still, he will come to see in the geometric form the framework of a 
natural model, a comprehension which will give him a firmer grasp 
of its shape. 

At this stage, the student practices modeling from memory, observ- 
ing for a few minutes a simple fruit model which is again brought into 
view two minutes before the work is completed. This test shows the 
degree of the student’s accuracy of perception. 

Following this, studies in composition are begun. These are simple 
at first, consisting merely of a combination of points and lines of which 
the student draws a sketch, later reproduced in modeling. There- 
after the student begins to group the forms he has modeled, emphasiz- 
ing the architectural aspect of the larger forms, simplifying into less 
complex bodies these larger units, whether machines or furniture, and 
thus acquiring a feeling for stability. This stage of the course reveals 
the fact that the student has learned to observe and understand the 
geometric forms through his familiarity with and comprehension of 
the natural ones. 

Having completed the foregoing work, the student once more 
returns to natural forms, taking up another problem of modeling 
from memory. With natural forms before him the student attempts 
simple combinations, either with single units or with groups within 
outlines previously assigned. He is also given problems in distrib- 
uting mass and space within given areas, and when several of these 
have been completed, he then begins to compose designs of natural 
fruits and other motifs. The student’s own taste must serve as a 
guide from this point, as it is impossible to lay down fixed rules. 

Along with his study of natural models the student creates new 
forms developed from a closer study of the original, thus opening up 
a broad field for inspiration to the artisan. The student may take, 
for instance, a univalvular shell and trace on a sheet of paper any 
one of the innumerable outlines which the natural form suggests, 
according to hisfancy. This figure may be, for example, the original 
inspiration for a circular form, perhaps of a glass, which the student 
models with the satisfaction of having created it himself. 

With a mastery of this procedure and having perfected his powers 
of observation, facility of expression and analysis, the student turns 


156 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


to the study of leaves and flowers of uncomplicated construction. 
Taking them first singly and later in groups, he studies their most 
salient features and sets them forth without obscuring them in a mass 
of detail, simplifying through analysis the less obvious characteristics 
of the natural form. In order to keep alive the student’s enthusiasm 
and power of observation, animals such as rabbits, pigeons, etc., are 
now introduced, the aim being to mold an adequate representation of 
the creature without attempting perfection of detail, which would be 
impossible at this stage of the course. After the elements have been 
studied, harmonious combinations are 
made which teach the student to evalu- 
ate details in their relation to the whole. 

Branches laden with fruit or flowers 
also serve as models to the student at 
this stage for the study of composi- 
tion adapted to a certain given space, 
a drawing first being made to show 
the composition which the modeling 
will reproduce. These exercises intro- 
duce the student to decorative compo- 
sition and stimulate his ingenuity and 
imagination. 

Now that the student is able to re- 
produce form, he takes the next step, 
which consists of a review and amplifi- 
cation of his previous work. He begins 
the study of natural and artificial forms — 
with particular attention to their most 
characteristic details, never losing sight, 
however, of the fact that the true value 
of his work lies in the composition itself 
and not in a maze of detail which some- 
times ruins the whole. Detail should 
Pe ae eae, be used only: to enrich acompesiiion 

egos ne) pune welotdndus; Sand give iv ormamentaly value aa inns 
the learner studies decorative compo- 

sition with the use of natural, geometric, and artificial models, either 

singly or alternately, in accordance with rules already acquired. 

The simple groupings of solids studied in the first stages are followed 
by other more complex combinations of geometric forms within a given 
space. New subjects are also added to the study of fauna and flora, 
these being logically combined with other elements of the same 
category, either marine or terrestrial. Mammalia, however, are not 
studied, as the pupil must have a knowledge of anatomy to model 
them successfully. With the foregoing, ornamental compositions are 





Courtesy of ‘‘Trabajo”’ 


A CONDOR 


INDUSTRIAL ART TEACHING IN URUGUAY 157 


executed in both symmetrical and unsymmetrical designs. Finally, 
the student takes up architectural elements: capitals, columns, 
brackets, etc., and their decoration. 

The next step is the study of high relief, going on to low relief. 
Inasmuch as in the latter one dimension almost disappears, the 
student first of all perfects a drawing of his proposed composition. 
The obstacles to be surmounted in this work are great, and the stu- 
dent must therefore be equipped with a good command of the art of 
modeling. : 


BAS RELIEF 


This interesting piece of work was 
designed and modeled by another 
woman student of Industrial 
School No.1. A reproduction in 
cement of this model decorates the 
house of a Uruguayan artist 





Courtesy of ‘‘Trabajo”’ 


Up to this time the student’s purpose has been to reproduce a 
given model; now he begins a new study of the interpretation of the 
proposed subject within the possibilities of the material in which it 
is to be executed. The importance of the limitations imposed by 
the material on the composition, in order that the latter may be in 
harmony with the characteristics of the medium, is kept constantly 
before the student, who is taught to see in this relationship one of 
the first axioms of artistic truth. 

At this stage of the course the student has completed the period 
of formal instruction. Free composition is now taken up, the stu- 
dents competing with each other, and the best composition being 
selected, they execute it on a definite scale. 


/ 


158 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Finally after the student is familiar with form, conventionalization, 
and adaptation to material, he takes up the study of historic styles, 
from which he is now able, since his critical powers have been devel- 
oped, to derive great benefit. 

The foregoing gives a general idea of the course in modeling as 
conducted in Industrial School No. 1 of Montevideo. The excellence 
of the results obtained was amply revealed in the samples of work 
shown in the recent school exhibition, a few photographs of which 
are reproduced here. Some of these works, such as the condor, 
modeled by one of the women students, which adorns the central court 
of the school, display such vigor of line, such happy proportions, and 
such perfection in style as would be expected of an experienced sculp- 
tor. Another piece worthy of special mention is the bas relief, also by 
a woman student, a fine example in which the very real difficulties 
of this form of art are overcome by unusual skill, even the most 
delicate modeling being highly expressive. 

The fruitful work done in these courses in the Uruguayan indus- 
trial schools well deserves our interest, and attention can profitably be 
given to the educational principles motivating their rational modern 
orientation. 








FAIENCE .. ~*~ 














By Jessica Nextson Nortu 


ITH the recent widespread interest in all things pertaining 
to old Mexico, collectors have begun to gather together 
and exhibit the beautiful tin-enameled pottery made in 
Mexico during the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nine- 

teenth centuries. Much of this pottery was made by Maya 
Indians under the supervision of the Spanish conquistadores. It shows 
the rare artistic skill of the natives of the country as applied to 
European materials and designs. The rapidity with which the 


4 ee SESE 


:: "yy, ® 2 : oe 
: Sah bee PPI Ded 4 
eet fai : 





Courtesy of the American Magazine of Art 


URN OF A MODIFIED CHINESE PATTERN MADE IN MEXICO, 1790 


Indians learned the trade of maiolica making was disconcerting to 
the Spaniards, who could not realize that these workmen were at the 
racial stage when handicraft is most expert. 

Within 50 years of its beginning the industry had reached such 
heights in Mexico, and especially in Puebla, that professional pride 





1 The American Magazine of Art, September, 1926. 
159 


160 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





Courtesy of the American Magazine of Art 


MEXICAN URN OF SPANISH DESIGN, MADE 


IN 1680 





had developed. A potters’ 
guild was established in 
1676. Only accredited pot- 
ters might ply their trade, 
and they were under a rigid 
set of rules. Two grades of 
faience were permitted, 
coarse and fine. Of the 
coarse ware, which was used 
by the poor people and in 
the kitchens of the rich, 
there were three varieties. 
The first was the plain white 
ware, of which very little 
has survived. The second 
was white painted with blue 
in rather ordinary patterns. 
The third was the borrado or 
blotted ware, in which the 
blue design was allowed to 
run in the enamel. 


The fine ware had three varieties, also, of a much more interesting 
origin. The first was the white ware, painted in blue and touched 


up with black. This was the 
most commonly used before 
1700. From 1600 to 1780 
the second sort of fine ware 
was manufactured, an imi- 
tation of the ware of Tala- 
vera, Spain, in polychrome. 
Five colors were used, yel- 
low, blue, red, black, and 
white, with an amazing va- 
riety of effect.~ The third 
variety was an imitation of 
Chinese wares and flourished 
from 1650 to 1800. Just 
how faience with a Chinese 
influence came to be made 
by Indians under Spanish 
masters is only understand- 
able when we recall the tre- 
mendous vogue for every- 
thing Chinese in those 





Courtesy of the Art Institute of Chicago 
A MEXICAN BOWL 
Made at Pueblo, Mexico, about 1750 


MEXICAN FAIENCE 161 


days. It was all the rage and has been ever since Marco Polo’s 
exploits. 

After 1800 the influence of the guild declined and a strong native 
impulse began to be felt, originating from the Pueblan factories. 
The colors became more gaudy and the forms less subtle. The 
Spanish blood had become irretrievably mixed, and the distinction 
between teacher and workman had vanished. The individual 
designs, Chinese, Spanish, Moresque, and Mayan, still continue in 
modified forms, but they are all amalgamated into one style. No 
better example ever could be found of the manner in which the 
elements of design outlast time and distance. 

The Herbert Pickering Lewis collection of Mexican pottery, 
recently presented to the Art Institute of Chicago, contains many 
examples of each sort of pottery made in the native factories between 
1600 and 1850. A great variety of huge basins and jars is included, 
which by reason of the superior enameling and hardness of the native 
ware have outlasted centuries of daily use. Two of the great urns 
used for living plants in the courtyards of homes are illustrated. 
One dated 1680 is Spanish in design, blue on a cream ground. The 
other, made in 1790, shows how beautiful a Chinese pattern may be 
when modified by the traits of two other races. Itis blue and black on 
a ground of white. The large bowl has a touch of the Spanish, but 
it has been obviously decorated by a native hand under the guidance 
of a tropical imagination. The luxurious flowering trees and the 
fanciful boat on which an airy figure blows a horn are hemmed all 
about by rare birds with the long tail feathers of the Tropics. The 
bowl is in colors and was manufactured about 1750. One of the 
latest jars in the collection is the result of the Pueblan independence 
after 1800. On a blue ground it bears decorations of yellow, green, 
dark blue, and black. Its sophistication is evident, but it is none 
the less beautiful. 

Faience ware of a very high grade is still being made in Puebla 
under the guidance of a Spanish gentleman from Barcelona. 























By Jodo CastTALpI 


Special Commissioner for Brazil and Argentina of ‘the Press Congress of the World, 
Director of the well-known Daily ‘‘A Capital,” Sdo Paulo, Brazil 


(The First Pan American Congress of Journalists recommends the reciprocal 
transmission of North American and Latin American publications to the libraries 
of the principal cities of each country. This recommendation refers to the principal 
daily newspapers and periodicals of these countries.—Resolutions of the First Pan 
American Congress of Journalists.) 


MONG the resolutions adopted by the First Pan American 
Congress of Journalists was one submitted by the writer, 
providing for the exchange of newspapers, periodicals, and 
books between the libraries of the principal cities of Amer- 

ica. None but the ignorant or short-sighted can fail to realize the 
importance of a proposition of this nature. Indeed, in the progres- 
sive State of Sao Paulo, through the combined efforts of the writer 
and the director. of the municipal library, an interesting Pan American 
room is being formed, where Latin American newspapers are already 
being received from Venezuela, Ecuador, Colombia, Mexico, and 
other American countries and are being read with sympathetic 
interest by patrons of that library. 

An undertaking of this sort is a work of culture requiring tenacity 
and perseverance. Its fruits are accessible to all, and as it les within 
the scope of usefulness for which libraries exist, it is calculated to 
aid them in their work of improving the human mind, while at the 
same time strengthening the bonds that unite the human race. 

Questions arise which demand an answer: Why do we not really 
know each other? Why do we not bend our efforts to the task of 
destroying distances and preconceived notions? Why do we not feel 
more like brothers toward one another? Why do we do nothing to 
uproot prejudices? Why do we commit injustices against our fellow 
peoples, their countries and their histories? Why do we not pay the 
least attention to what is going on in the other countries of the con- 
tinent? Why do incidents arise which might easily be avoided? 
Because prejudice feeds on ignorance, nourishing in turn unbounded 
pride and a taste for despotism and exclusiveness. 

Let us intensify the work of establishing libraries of every kind— 
itinerant, fixed, or circulating. Let us fill them with intellectual pro- 

162 


PRACTICAL AID TO PAN AMERICAN LIBRARIES 163 


ductions—technical and spiritual—with engravings and other illus- 
trations, and we shall have contributed to the consolidation of the 
broadest and most enduring foundations of American continental 
fraternity. What newspaper will refuse to devote a few copies to 
this end, the holiest and noblest objective to which it can lend its 
support? No one can have failed to notice that the religious con- 
flict in Mexico has given rise to considerable agitation throughout 
the whole of the American Continent. Now, I am a living witness 
to the fact that the numerous readers in the municipal library of 
Saéo Paulo never fail after reading the Mexican papers to reduce 
this question to its just measure. Was not that a long-distance 
service rendered by the newspapers? And how many other questions 
might be equally benefited by similar treatment? 

By means of this interchange of the printed word all the energy, 
vitality, and progress of all the American peoples may be within the 
purview of all and be productive of greater friendship and an increased 
stimulation towards greater helpfulness, thus serving as a_ barrier 
against the encroachments of selfish groups, since before these could 
succeed in their nefarious designs the public would be on guard, havy- 
ing been informed through the newspapers, which in disturbed times 
are sought mostly in the libraries. 

The above considerations, even if we entirely disregard the advan- 
tages of spreading information on legal, industrial, financial, agri- 
cultural, mechanical, intellectual, and economic life in general, will 
serve to demonstrate the importance of the resolution in question. 
The rest, with a little good will on the part of the newspaper men of 
the American Continent, will follow as a natural consequence. And 
we are convinced that the plan will succeed, the more so because at 
the next Pan American Press Congress some one will surely rise to 
inquire how many resolutions of the last were put into practice toward 
the realization of this ideal of friendly approximation. This appeal 
is addressed especially to the public men of all the American coun- 
tries—to writers, newspaper men, men of science and of labor, and 
more particularly to those who signed the resolutions of the Pan 
American Press Congress of Washington—with the direct object of 
securing adhesions to the plan and thereby assuring to the municipal 
libraries of the chief cities of America copies of their respective 
publications whether in the form of newspapers, magazines, mono- 
graphs, or books. For in so doing, by so making known the history, 
struggles and achievements of their respective countries, they will 
increasingly foster regard for such history, the appreciation of their 
heroes as they deserve to be appreciated, within and beyond national 
frontiers, and the continental recognition of the imperishable labor 
of patriotism of those intrepid spirits. 


164 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


With respect to our colleagues of the United States, who are both 
more prosperous and better informed, and who, moreover, were and 
are pioneers in gigantic struggles and undertakings, we believe it 
unnecessary to remind them of the need to fulfill their wish, as 
expressed by their vote for the resolution in question. With a hun- 
dred copies of their respective publications they will reach the minds 
of at least a hundred thousand Latin Americans. 

Sao Paulo, marching in the vanguard of South American progress, 
the second Brazilian city in population, the first, perhaps, in creative 
energy and economic resistance, has, with a population of rather 
more than 800,000, 27 daily newspapers. We believe that this in 
itself is sufficient proof that there are readers in Sao Paulo and that 
its municipal library is deserving of the support of all those interested 
in the movement. 


SCHOOL OF TROPICA 


Z 
FA < 
X 


OF PORTO 

































By Epirx M. Irvine-Rivera 


Managing Editor, Porto Rico Health Review 


HE last decade has been in many ways a record-making 
epoch for Porto Rico. Health activities have far exceeded 
anything heretofore accomplished, and educational work 
has moved forward, keeping pace admirably, in fact, with 

that on the mainland. More than $4,000,000 was appropriated last 
year by the Legislature of Porto Rico for school work out of the total 
budget of $11,735,000, while the Insular Health Department, on its 
meager appropriation of a little over $1,000,000, kept open 10 tuber- 
culosis dispensaries and 13 social hygiene clinics and, in cooperation 
with the International Health Board of the Rockefeller Foundation, 
carried on a malaria-control campaign, in addition to establishing a 
rural sanitation division under the auspices of which treatment for 
uncinariasis is being given in the zones where this disease is most 
prevalent. 

None of these health activities was systematically organized in 
Porto Rico 10 years ago. Prior to that time efforts had been made to 
solve the various health problems mentioned, but a public health 


SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF PORTO RICO 165 


service which could meet the needs of the island from every stand- 
point had not yet been constituted. 

The spirit of cooperation existing between the Department of Health 
and the other private and public organizations has given most satis- 
factory results, and to-day so complete an understanding of the 
health aspects of child and student life is developing that there is 
every reason to believe that future citizens will be far better equipped 
physically than was the Porto Rican youth of the past. 

One of the notable advances of the past year was the founding of 
the School of Tropical Medicine of the University of Porto Rico 
under the auspices of Columbia University. In 1923 the Hon. 
Antonio R. Barcel6é, president of the Porto Rican Senate, became 
very much interested in the possibility of establishing this important 
institution, especially if it were feasible to secure the cooperation of 
Columbia University with the University of Porto Rico in the 
undertaking, as suggested by Maj. Bailey K. Ashford some years 
before. Fortunately Mr. Barcelé, in conjunction with Dr. Herman 
Goodman and Dr. José A. Lopez Antogiorgi, was successful in making 
preliminary arrangements with Columbia University and, after these 
had received the indorsement of the Hon. Horace Mann Towner, 
Governor of Porto Rico, Mr. Barcel6é introduced a bill into the 
Porto Rican Legislature covering the plan drawn up. 

In 1924 the Legislature passed a joint resolution creating a ‘School 
of Tropical Medicine of the University of Porto Rico under the 
auspices of Columbia University,’’ and providing the sum _ of 
$100,000 out of the building fund of the University for the construc- 
tion of an edifice for offices and laboratories. This same resolution 
provided that the Institute of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, which 
had functioned since 1912 and of which the new School is an out- 
erowth, should cease to exist and that its properties should pass to 
the latter. 

In accordance with another act of the legislative assembly. ap- 
proved by the Governor in July, 1925, which authorized a reorgani- 
zation of the University of Porto Rico, a special board of trustees 
was provided for the School of Tropical Medicine to succeed the pro- 
visional board. 

The handsome new building, which is a source of pride to Porto 
Rico and would be an honor to any country, was finished in May, 
1925, its architectural design being taken from the Palace of Mon- 
terrey in Spain. It is the leading adornment of Ponce de Leén 
Avenue in the suburbs of San Juan, Porto Rico’s busy capital. The 
structure contains well-equipped laboratories for the study of bac- 
teriology, chemistry, mycology, pathology, and parasitology, each of 
which can accommodate from 10 to 15 students and investigators. 
A splendid library on the second floor of the building is open to stu- 


166 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


dents. Seventy-five journals covering the various branches of tropi- 
cal medicine and related fields are received, as well as a number of 
public health reports. At least 500 volumes of textbooks and works 
of reference form the nucleus of the library of the future. 

The School itself was formally inaugurated on September 22, 1926, 
at which time a delegation from Columbia University headed by 
Dean William Darrach, of the College of Physicians, was present. 
Tn its announcement the School states that its ‘‘primary aim is to 
give the opportunity for the study in a tropical environment of that 





SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PORTO RICO 


The school, which was formally inaugurated September 22, 1926, is housed in this handsome new building 
located in the suburbs of San Juan 


large ill-defined group of disorders known as tropical diseases, and at 
the same time to observe the influence of exotic conditions on diseases 
in general.’’ It should be remembered that the School of Tropical 
Medicine has the distinction of being the first college of its kind to be 
established in the Americas, although departments of tropical medi-. 
cine have been organized in several of the leading medical schools of 
North and South America. 
Field work may be carried out in any part of the island through 
courtesies extended by the Department of Health, and during the 


SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF PORTO RIGO 167 


session of 1926-27 classes from the Tropical School of Medicine 
will spend a week or two in one of the districts in which intensive 
campaigns against uncinariasis are being carried on, and a similar 
period in another district where a demonstration of malaria- 
prevention measures has been in process for over a year. A rare 
opportunity is extended by this school to qualified investigators who 
wish either to pursue independent research or to collaborate with 
the local staff on problems of mutual interest, materials needed by 
such research workers being supplied at cost price. 

Clinical facilities are also provided, clinical instruction being given 
this year in the quarantine hospital for transmissible diseases, the 
leper hospital, the Presbyterian Hospital, the municipal hospital of 
San Juan, and the insular tuberculosis sanatorium. Furthermore, 
plans are already drawn up for a small hospital containing 40 beds and 
a dispensary to be erected by the Insular Government on a site lying 
between the laboratory building of the School of Tropical Medicine 
and the seashore. This hospital, which will be operated by the 
Department of Health in close cooperation with the school, will pro- 
vide ample clinical facilities for teaching and investigation. 

The course of study is divided into the following branches: 
Bacteriology, mycology, and pathology; chemistry; medical zoology; 
public health and transmissible disease; tropical medicine and surgery. 
Instruction is in the hands of professors and physicians who are 
acknowledged authorities on their subjects. There are 9 professors 
on the faculty, 14 instructors, 6 resident lecturers, 4 visiting lecturers, 
2 consultants, and 1 collaborator, the eminent Col. Bailey K. 
Ashford, United States Army. The members of the administra- 
tion are Dr. Thomas E. Benner, chancellor of the University of 
Porto Rico; Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler, president of Columbia 
University; and Dr. Robert A. Lambert, director of the School of 
Tropical Medicine. 

In the opening of School of Tropical Medicine, Porto Rico takes 
one more great stride forward in health as well as higher education, 
since, due to its close relationship with the authorities, this important 
school will play a most significant part in the solution of the many 
difficult problems confronting those entrusted with safeguarding 
the public health. 





AGRICULTURE, IN DUSTRY, IE 
AND COMMERCE 5 4 


ARGENTINA 


Exports FOR NINE MONTHS, 1925 anp 1926.—The Review of the 
River Plate for October 22, 1926, gives the following figures from 
the Argentine Statistical Office on the quantities and values of 
exports during the first nine months of 1926: 









































| First nine months | Decrease 
aroups of products | j | eee =; 
| 1926 1925 | Absolute | Per cent 
une i Leaee ee. | 
Gold pesos | Gold pesos 
IDAYOSWOO TOKOGUCHS Sb see De | 255, 367,845 | 289, 170, 563 33, 802, 718 13.2 
ANPP ROVE | TONROGMDICHTG. | 337,030,659 | 376,993,793 | 39, 963, 134 10.6 
INOS TOROXGIDOS se = | 14, 689, 314 | 15, 505, 321 816, 007 5.3 
Ofhersproductsa = eae een =. sees ee eee ae 10, 534, 249 | 10, 659, 652 125, 403 i, 
ATS pL See esse Sev eee 2s eRe a rae | 617, 622, 067 | 692, 329, 329 74, 707, 262 | 10.7 
Pell | | 
nn xe : Difference plus (+) 
First nine months or minus (-—) in 1996 
Groups of products seat. 

1926 1925 | Absolute | Per cent 

Tons | TRONS eae 
WAN TOSOOLS ORCC. = ea eee eee 1, 103, 782 1, 117, 056 —13, 274 —1.2 
/NPAG INOUE | TOKO WOOUS SS eons 7, 532, 997 | 6, 830, 799 +702, 198 +10. 2 
NOES EN TRONS) 2 a 230, 842 | 279, 315 | +48, 473 SANG: 
Othersiproducts ett ae Sas se 320, 155 | 353, 252 | —33, 097 —9.4 

BET © eal et nea ee al 2 ey Pah ee eae EN 9, 187, 776 | 8, 580, 422 +607, 354 ape 











ARGENTINE AbRONAUTIC INSTITUTE.—A new scientific body, the 
Argentine Aeronautic Institute, was established during the latter part 
of October in Buenos Aires for the purpose of developing a course for 
aeronautic engineers, promoting airplane factories and experiment 
stations and popularizing the general knowledge of aeronautics 
through public lectures. 

W ATERPOWER BUREAU TO BE ESTABLISHED.—A bureau of hydraulic 
investigation is to be established as a dependency of the Ministry of 
Public Works of Argentina. Preparatory to the establishment of 
the bureau, Engineer Lépori left early in November for the United 
States to make a study of water power in twenty or more States. 


BOLIVIA 


Tourtne Cius.—A folder issued by the recently organized Tour- 
ing Cleb of La Paz gives the purpose of this organization as the 
promotion of touring in Bolivia, and states the many activities the 
club is planning towards this end. Among the more important is the 

168 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 169 


publication of maps and of a magazine giving data regarding roads, 
distances, and general information about various places of interest 
to the tourist. This magazine will be distributed free to members 
of the club. Members will be provided, on payment of a small fee, 
with an identification card, on presentation of which at certain 
hotels and garages affiliated with the Touring Club they will be 
allowed a reduction in rates. 

Goop roaApDs DAy.—In accordance with a resolution passed by 
the First Pan American Highway Congress, which met in Buenos 
Aires in October, 1925, President Siles issued a decree designating 
October 5, 1926, as automobile highway day. The purpose of this 
celebration was to emphasize the importance of automobile highways 
throughout the Republic. In order to carry out this idea special 
lectures on road building were delivered in the schools and colleges, 
public parades were held and other features planned tending to put 
before the public the importance of modern automobile roads and to 
coordinate private initiative with Government action for the better 
development of the national road system. 

WIRELESS sTATION.—The Bolivian Congress has allotted an appro- 
priation of 30,000 bolivianos in the 1927 budget for the installation 
of a wireless station in Magdalena, capital of the Province of Iténez, 
Department of El Beni. 

APPROPRIATION FOR AVIATION.—Congress has authorized the Chief 
Executive to proceed with the immediate construction of aviation 
fields and hangars and with the installation of radio stations in the 
region of Cochabamba, Santa Cruz, and El Beni, allotting for this 
purpose 200,000 bolivianos. These works will be the exclusive 
property of the Government, managed by the Lloyd Aero Boliviano 
for the length of time and under the conditions determined in the 


contract. 
BRAZIL 


HIGHWAYS AND BRIDGES IN STATE or Rio DE JANEIRO.—THE 
BuLurtin is pleased to learn that Senhor Alvaro Moitinho, engineer, 
its representative in the State of Rio de Janeiro, is actively engaged 
in organizing a Highway Association which is gaining members 
throughout the State. The Association intends to promote highway 
construction by every possible means, including conferences, auto- 
mobile shows, and excursions. The State authoritieS have recently 
constructed several important highways and bridges, among which 
may be mentioned the following: Therezopolis-Friburgo highway, 
58 kilometers long (1 kilometer=.62 mile); Therezopolis-Rio Preto 
highway, 37 kilometers in length; Therezopolis-Canoas highway, 
extending 27 kilometers; Feliciano Sodré bridge, 109 meters in 
length with a parabolic central span of 67 meters, the largest of 
its type in South America; and two others respectively 174 and 


170 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


74 meters in length. The beautiful highway winding through 
the mountains from Rio de Janeiro to Petropolis, about 30 miles 
away, is much traveled both by residents and visitors. 

IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SAO PAULO ELECTRIC PLANT.—Through 
carefully made engineering plans the streams of the plateau of Serra 
do Mar, the surplus waters of which formerly caused damage, are to 
be diverted for use in a fall of 726 meters to provide sufficient elec- 
tricity for the growing city of Sao Paulo and its surrounding region. 
In 1900 the city was supplied with a force of only 1,000 horsepower, 
increased in 1901 by the addition of three turbines to 1,500. By 1910, 
27,000 horsepower was developed, and in 1920, 85,500. By the end of 
1926 it was expected that 228,000 horsepower would be available. 
Up to 1908 there were no reserves of water, whereas by the end of 
1926 the reserve water power amounted to 1,030,000,000 kilowatt 
hours. The cost of the work will be over 300,000 contos, but the 
city of Séo Paulo will be amply provided with electricity for future 
growth. 

SEconD Pan AMERICAN Highway ConeGress.—Brazil has issued 
invitations to the American countries to attend the Second Pan 
American Highway Conference to open on July 17, 1927, in Rio de 
Janeiro. <A resolution’ passed at the First Pan American Highway 
Congress in Buenos Aires, October 3-13, 1926, designated Rio de 
Janeiro as the seat of the Second Congress. 


CHILE 


VaLPARAiso AUTOMOBILE ASsOCIATION.—Last September this 
active association celebrated the tenth anniversary of its organization. 
Reporting in its excellent magazine Caminos y Turismo on its achieve- 
ments for that period, it stated that of its total receipts of 986,823 
pesos, 746,190 pesos had been spent directly for the benefit of public 
roads, in the following ways: 


Tolls from El Olivar road, uniting Vina del Mar with Quilpué, given to Pesos 


provincial treasury for construction of this road__________________= 165, 450 
Contributions toward improvement of other roads, Valparaiso Province, 

ONC! WO joo macrll WHeMsUINY — ea ee ee 169, 923 
Repairs to roads much used by members-_-___-_-=— -=_ === == 17, 181 
Mirshe Nationale elnwarya Congresses me. ee testes eee ie eee ee 37, 286 
Signs for dangerous points on highways_____________________-j-_1_- 3, 198 
labkalnyeny jon ORANG) OOO = oe ee ee oe eee 1, 947 
Ten pamphlets on technical highway questions, distributed gratis to all 

officials of the National Department of Public Works______________ 7, 685 
Road map of Province of Valparaiso, with parts of Provinces of Acon- 

Casuaram dS arable ontcyeys mas eye een ore ey peer Uhe ae en ee ais a] NN ee eee ppm 4, 343 
Supportor magazine Gaminos ay eunismone a) 2 aes ee 47, 566 
Subventions to highway engineers of Valparaiso Province, so that they | 

might devote all their time to their public work__________________- 140, 307 
Direct expenditures for surfacing El Olivar road__.________________- 151, 304 


746, 190 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE lial 


The balance of 240,633 pesos was spent for the maintenance of the 
society’s offices, including the employment of a personnel competent 
to advise on highway matters. 

VALPARAISO-CAasA BLANCA HIGHWAY.—Work on this highway is 
progressing rapidly, there being at last account 400 workmen employed 
on it, a number which is to be increased to 1,000. The contract 
was let in May, 1926, for the sum of 4,943,337 pesos, construction to 
be completed in 30 months. The concrete surfacing which is to be 
done on part of the highway was begun last November and according 
to plans will be finished in a year. 

Nirrate.—The following figures on nitrate production and sale for 
the years ended June 30, 1925 and 1926, are found in Caliche for 
September, 1926: 


1925 1926 


(metric tons) (metric tons) 
Deliveries to Hurope and Egypt__________-------_== 1, 170, 000 992, 000 
Deliveries to the United States______________----_-- 1, 030, 000 923, 000 
Deliveries torovher coumtrliessas seen = ee 140, 000 177, 000 
Shipments; tosMurope and Hey pt.) 2292s = === 1, 279, 000 1, 099, 000 
Shipments: tonne. Wmited stateses ates = ser sss 1, 101, 000 926, 000 
Shipments:to-other countriesss 22. 52s Sas ee 144, 000 172, 000 
Prrochneunor thay Oligo Pee 2, 371, 000 2, 569, 000 
Visible stock in} Huropeand Heypts 222 5225 2 22 2— 217, 000 314, 000 
Visible stock in the United States________._-------- 122, 000 117, 000 
Visible stock in other countries________----___-_---- 23, 000 18, 000 
Stocker @ intl esis ame ehh lS Rea Ss See ae ae 856, 000 1, 228, 000 


BEEKEEPING FOR STATION MASTERS.—The social welfare depart- 
ment of the State railways has presented an interesting opportunity 
to station masters in offering to sell them for payments extending 
over five years hives of bees to be kept at their respective stations. 
The railways will send an expert from point to point to give instruc- 
tions in beekeeping, and will aid in marketing the wax and honey. 
As noted in last month’s Butuetrn, there is considerable interest in 
apiculture in Chile. 

PrrRoLEUM ExPLORATIONS._An Australian company capitalized 
at £300,000 is reported to have secured claims to 10,000 hectares 
(24,700 acres) of land in San Pedro de Atacama, where it will shortly 
begin boring for petroleum. 

Fruit week In Peumo.—Readers of the BULLETIN will recall that 
the Chilean Bureau of Agriculture is doing its utmost to promote 
the cultivation of standard varieties of fruit on a large scale for sale 
especially in the Northern Hemisphere during the latter’s winter, 
Chile possessing in many parts a climate similar to that of California. 

In pursuit of this aim the Fruit Culture Service sent out its experts 
on three spring trips, the first two being devoted to the promotion 
of apple growing in the southern part of the Republic. The desti- 
nation of the third was Peumo, in Central Chile, where the growing 


LD THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of oranges, lemons, and grapefruit was advocated. An interested 
audience was instructed in a series of lectures on the cultivation of 
these fruits, including the choice of varieties, methods of planting 
and grafting, care of the trees, and packing of the crop. 


COLOMBIA 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND PROGRESS.—Through the courtesy of 
the Minister of Colombia in Washington the BULLETIN is in receipt 
of the following items of interest: In view of the growth of business 
and the increase in the number of travelers entering and leaving 
the country, the Colombo-German Company of Aerial Transporta- 
tion, which for a number of years has successfully operated a hydro- 
plane service on the Magdalena River and other routes, has ordered 
from abroad three large hydroplanes of a special build, each with 
capacity for 12 passengers, baggage, and mails. 

An exposition of farm products and agricultural machinery was 
held successfully in Medellin in November, 1926. The animals, 
vegetable products, and machinery were all worthy of note, arousing 
much interest in the visitors from all sections of the Department 
who came to view them. 

Several new enterprises have recently been established in the 
Department of El Valle, among which are: A sugar mill with a 
paid-up capital of 600,000 pesos and surplus of 400,000 pesos; a 
textile factory capitalized at 300,000 pesos; building material and 
match factories; and a factory for the extraction of castor oil. 

The government property of the Department of Cundinamarca 
was recently valued at 4,763,850 pesos, and the property of charitable 
organizations at 1,544,880 pesos. The real-estate holdings in the 
Department are estimated at 256,234,067 pesos. The departmental 
government in 1924-25 expended 512,260 pesos in public works, 
537,892 pesos in public instruction, and 259,674 pesos in charity. 
The treasury of the Department has presented a plan for a depart- 
mental road system of 1,182 kilometers (730 miles) to cost 7,456,000 
pesos. 

CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAYS AND BRIDGES.—Law 11 of September 
23, 1926, provides the following appropriations for the construc- 
tion and completion of highways: Cambao-Lower Magdalena-La 
Dorada port road, 500,000 pesos; and Zipaquira-Palanquero-Lower 
Magdalena road, 200,000 pesos. 

Law No. 14 of September 27, 1926, authorizes the Government 
to contract for the construction of a bridge over the Magdalena 
River where it crosses the national highway leading from the city 
of Neiva to the municipality of Palmira in the Department of El 
Valle; and of another bridge over the Magdalena between the 
Provinces of Garzon and Agrado in the Department of El Huila. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE e3 


The cost of the first bridge is to be 120,000 pesos, and that of the 
second 50,000 pesos. 

CoTron CULTIVATION.—The national Congress passed Law No. 11 
on October 9, 1926, appropriating a maximum of 300,000 pesos for 
the development of the cotton industry in the country. 


COSTA RICA 


INAUGURATION OF RADIO STATION.—Before a distinguished audi- 
ence of diplomats and high government officials, the Sabana Radio 
Station was inaugurated on October 17, 1926. The station was a gift 
of the Mexican Government on the occasion of the centenary of 
Central American independence and typifies the friendship of the 
two countries henceforth united by a bond of close communication. 
The station, which is of the most modern type, has a broadcasting 
range from the United States to northern South America and Cuba. 


CUBA 


TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS.—After the severe cyclone of 
October 20 in Cuba the Government showed very energetic action in 
repairing the damage done at that time, a notable instance being the 
work accomplished by the Department of Communications. In spite 
of the fact that practically all Government telegraph lines, as well and 
telephonic communications, were put out of commission by the cyclone 
of October 20, four days later telegraphic communications were 
reestablished with the Provinces of Santa Clara and Oriente. The 
direct telegraph line out of Habana was destroyed for a distance of 
932 kilometers, and including branch lines the damage included 
2,847 kilometers of wires. (Cuban Embassy notes.) 

SPECIAL DELIVERY SERVICE.—On the 1st of November, 1926, a 
special delivery service for letters was established between Cuba and 
the United States. The rate for this service is 20 cents in addition 
to the ordinary postal rate. (Cuban Embassy notes.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—See page 188. 


ECUADOR 


MANUFACTURE OF EXPLOSIVES.—A technical commission has been 
appointed to examine the soil in the district around Mount Cotopaxi 
and analyze the nitrate and other mineral deposits found in that sec- 
tion, in order to determine the possibility of manufacturing gunpowder 
and other high explosives. 

ROADS IN THE PROVINCE OF PicHINcHA.—In connection with road 
development in Ecuador an interesting map was published in E/ 


174 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Comercio, a newspaper of Quito, showing the automobile roads in the 
Province of Pichincha. At present this Province has 500 kilometers 
of good automobile roads leading from Quito, the capital of the 
Republic, to various towns and cities. 

EcuADOREAN COMMERCIAL AGENT.—By virtue of an Executive 
decree an Ecuadorean commercial agency has been created in Pan- 
ama for the purpose of developing Ecuadorean trade with that 
Republic. 

ImmiGrATION.—A group of Austrian agricultural immigrants has 
been allotted land in the vicinity of Mindo in the Province of Mapo 
Pastaza, east of the Andes. At present the colonists number only 
about 20, including women, but it is understood that a new group will 
leave Austria shortly to join them. 

HYDROELECTRIC PLANT.—The municipal council of Quito expects 
soon to issue a call for bids for the erection of an electric-light plant to 
be owned and operated by the city. A 3,000-horsepower plant is 
contemplated, for which water power with a fall of 42 meters is 
available, according to recent reports from that city. 


GUATEMALA 


RETALHULEU-COLOMBA ROAD.—A highway from Retalhuleu to 
Colomba, about 30 kilometers (approximately 18 miles) in length, is 
being constructed through the important coffee and sugarcane region of 
the southern coast. Taking the place of a road impassable and even 
dangerous during certain seasons of the year, it will form the principal 
artery of communication for that region. Some sections are already 
open to traffic, and with the use of modern road-building machinery 
and the continued close cooperation of the Government and the owners 
of estates in that section it was thought that the work might be com- 
pleted by the first of 1927. 

HIGHWAY EXPENDITURES.—During 1925, a total of 23,000,000 
pesos was expended by the road commission on the construction and 
improvement of the roads throughout Guatemala, every department 
of which now has at least one modern road or better conditions on the 
old roads than have existed for many years. Most of the highways 
are open to traffic during all seasons. 

ENLARGMENT OF CUSTOMS HOUSE.—Owing to the increase in the 
volume of trade handled through the central customs house in Guate- 
mala City, improvements and enlargements have become imperative; 
plans have been accepted and work will soon be started. It is stated 
that during the year 1925 the customs house issued 11,890 permits, 
while in 1926, during the period from January 1 to October 14, the 
number of permits had reached 14,745, a growth similar to which has 
been taking place each year. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1 
HAITI 


CUSTOMS RECEIPTS DURING 1925—26.—During 1925-26 the total cus- 
toms receipts reached the unprecedented sum of 40,595,000 gourdes, 
or 4,845,000 gourdes in excess of the previous year, representing an 
increase of 11.935 per cent. Of the foregoing total, receipts from 
imports were 26,169,000 gourdes, as opposed to 23,452,000 gourdes 
in the previous year. Export receipts increased even more rapidly, 
from 10,618,000 to 12,660,000 gourdes. (Bulletin of the Receiver 
General.) 

AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—See page 188. 


HONDURAS 


RADIO BETWEEN Mexico anp Honpuras.—Government radio 
service was opened between Honduras and Mexico on October 6, 
1926, with a cordial exchange of official greetings. Telegraphic money 
orders for amounts from $10 to $500 are also accepted for points in 
Honduras and Mexico. 

SILK CULTURE TO BE ESTABLISHED IN Honpuras.—A concession 
of 2,000 hectares (hectare equals about 2.5 acres) of national land 
and other privileges have been granted by the Honduran National 
Congress, for the purpose of establishing silk culture in Honduras on 
a basis such as to make it a national resource. The concessionary 
undertakes to import trees and silkworms suitable to the climate and 
soil and to teach operators to handle them. The concession runs for 
10 years. (United States Commerce Reports, December 6, 1926.) 

AGRICULTURAL ASSOCIATIONS.—The press reports the organization 
of an agricultural association in San Marcos de Colén to raise wheat 
and operate a flour mill. Other similar organizations have been 
formed in Trinidad and Quimistén in the Department of Santa 
Barbara, and also in Santa Cruz de Yojoa, Department of Cortés, 
where the members united to construct a road to San Pedro Sula 
for the development of coffee plantations. 


MEXICO 


CONVENTIONS OF HENEQUEN AND BANANA GROWERS.—On Novem- 
ber 22, 1926, the henequen growers of the nation gathered at the 
opening meeting of a 30-day convention called by the Government 
with a view to stabilizing the henequen industry with regard to mar- 
kets, prices, and quality, since this product constitutes the chief source 
of wealth in the southeastern part of the Republic. 

In the same month and city a convention of banana growers met 
under the auspices of the Agricultural Credit Bank to consider the 
development of their industry. Two topics of special interest under 
discussion were means of transportation, the lack of which is now 


176 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


responsible for the loss of much fruit, and the utilization of lands 
which might be planted to bananas. A permanent commission was 
appointed to consider plans for the development of the industry. 
Cooperative associations are also to be formed. 

AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION.—A report made by the National 
Statistical Bureau comparing agricultural production during two five- 
year periods, 1906-1910 and 1921-1925, shows that in the second the 
crops of rice, sugar, coffee, and chickpeas increased, while those of 
cotton, beans, maize, tobacco, and wheat decreased in relation to the 
former period. Increases for the second five-year period were as fol- 
lows: 102,000,000 kilos of rice, 12,000,000 kilos of coffee, 235,000,000 
kilos of sugar, and 56,000,000 kilos of chickpeas, while the following 
decreases were noted: Cotton, 102,000,000 kilograms; beans, 114,- 
000,000 kilograms; maize, 11,093,000 kilograms; tobacco, 30,000,000 
kilograms; and wheat, 157,000,000 kilograms. 

POWERFUL BROADCASTING STATION IN Mexico Citry.—CYJ, a 
broadcasting station in Mexico City of 2,000 watts power, which 
transmits on a wave length of 400 meters and can be heard in both 
North and South America, was put into service last November by the 
General Electric Co. The station is said to be as powerful as WGY, 
the General Electric’ broadcasting station in Schenectady, N. Y. 


NICARAGUA 


Fiour miuu.—The Minister of Promotion was informed in Sep- 
tember of the formation of a company to operate a wheat flour mill 
in the city of Masaya, the first in the country. Some time ago the 
organizer of the company ordered two kinds of seed wheat, ‘‘Blue 
stem” and “Turkey red,”’ which were given for trial plantings to 
farmers in Matagalpa, Diriamba, San Marcos, and other neighboring 
sections. The crops show that the former, which matured in 60 days, 
is better suited to the locality. The company has sent for more of 
this seed, which it contemplates planting twice a year, in May and 
September. : 

METEOROLOGICAL STATION.—A meteorological station is to be 
established on the aviation field near Managua under the direction of 
the French aviator Darel. At 6 a.m. and 4 p.m. daily the station will 
furnish a report on the wind velocity, atmospheric pressure, rainfall, 
maximum and minimum temperature for 24 hours, weather forecast, 
and rise and fall of tides. 

PANAMA 


GEOLOGIST TO sTUDY PANAMA LANDS.—According to advices 
received from the Central Information Office of the Government 
of Panama, the President plans to engage a geologist to make a 
study of the territory of Panama with regard to its mineral products. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE Wz 


Tourists To vistr PAaNAMA.—Thenumber of tourists to visit Panama 
during the dry season, which corresponds to the winter months of the 
northern hemisphere, is expected to surpass the 10,406 travelers who 
arrived last year. Already 8,250 tourists are assured by the 21 
eruises planned for this season, while the regular weekly sailings will 
bring others. An American firm has under consideration the erection 
of a $6,000,000 hotel in Panama. 


PARAGUAY 


AUTOMOBILE EXCURSIONS.—-On October 17, 1926, the Paraguayan 
Touring Club made an excursion of 24 leagues (approximately 72 
miles) from the capital to Yaguarén and back by way of Zavala-cué, 
San Lorenzo, It4, and Guarambaré; those who participated went 
either in busses or private cars. Welcoming delegations met the 
party in each city of their route and special entertainment was given 
them. The trip proved not only a diversion but an opportunity 
for many people to inspect the state of the roads, become better 
acquainted with the surrounding country and form friendships with 
their fellow countrymen. 

Upon the same day a single automobile set out for an extended 
trip of 900 kilometers (approximately 558 miles) through the north- 
east of Paraguay via Caacupé, Ypacaraf, San José, Ajos, Piribebuy, 
Itacurubi, Carayaé, San Joaquin, Yht, Curuguaty, Jgatimi, and 
Concepcion. Although made under the auspices of an automobile 
concern of Asuncién in the interest of the introduction of their cars 
and modern machinery, the trip marks an epoch in the economic. 
life of the country. All the great farms in those districts were 
visited and the owners impressed with the manifold advantages of 
transportation by automobile. At present the greater part of farm 
produce is shipped by water, and during the many months that the 
rivers are low, nothing leaves the farm. 

IMPROVED WATER SUPPLY.—Six new tanks each of 1,000 lters 
(265 gallons) were recently installed and on October 2, 1926, a new 
water service to the suburban sections of Asuncién was inaugurated. 
The system will insure these sections a maximum of 30,000 to 35,000 
liters (7,950 to 9,275 gallons) of drinking water daily. 


PERU 


COLONIZATION SCHEME.—A stock company called El Dorado was 
recently organized in Lima for the purpose of establishing colonies 
in the highlands of Peru. An interview with the president of this 
company, published in La Prensa, of Lima, gives the following 
interesting information: The company has been granted 70,000 

24932—27—Bull. 2 6 





178 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


hectares of land in the mountainous section of Huanuco and Cerro de 
Pasco, where colonies have been established taking into considera- 
tion the proximity to means of communication, such as roads and 
railroads. The company has allowed each colonist to purchase a tract 
of 10 hectares for a small sum of money, giving him in addition a 
lot in the section where the town of El Dorado is to be laid out. 
Besides colonization the company’s plans include industrial develop- 
ment, particularly in the lumber business. Fifty per cent of the 
timber on the land belongs to the company, which has an option on 
the purchase of the other 50 per cent, which belongs to the colonists. 

HyproGraPHIC Mission.—Considering the lack of national hydro- 
eraphic charts of the Peruvian coast and the necessity thereof to 
insure safe navigation of these waters, the President of Peru has 
appointed a hydrographic mission to survey the coast, prepare 
charts, and study winds and currents. 


SALVADOR 


COMPLETION OF SECTION OF INTERNATIONAL RAILROAD.—It was 
hoped last October that the section of the International Railroad of 
Central America between Soyapango, east of San Salvador, to Santa 
Ana near the Guatemalan border, would be completed for the ship- 
ment of freight before 1927, thus uniting Santa Ana to the port of 
Cutuco, near La Unién. New equipment consisting of 100 flat 
cars and 125 other freight cars of 25 tons capacity each, six new loco- 
motives, five first-class coaches, four second-class coaches, three 
baggage cars and two parlor cars have been received for this railroad. 
The new equipment is an improvement over the old rolling stock, 
since the freight cars are 25 per cent larger than those now in use. 
In the near future it is expected that a further extension of the line 
from Santa Ana will connect Guatemala and Salvador. 


URUGUAY 


Woo. Exports.—The total results of the 1926 wool-clip were 
estimated at 117,000 bales; however, up until August 31, 1926, 
only 107,350 bales had been shipped. A table showing comparative 
exports for 1925 and 1926 and the respective destinations of the 
shipments is as follows: 




















Destination | 1926 | 1925 | Destination 1926 1925 
Bales | Bales | Bales Bales 
IBWETMOSSATES hatem are ystcne aa eer is 387 | 111 ID RETIN TS eee Aneel a, ene mare 3, 619 3, 212 
AL TICSTC psa o toe ee oe etre Contes 382 | 126 amb unger se es es ap eee 19,175 21, 894 
ETO cia GR ho enoeieoce ener Bae 2,055 | SIRO sali rae Gre TO deere ays tens liom SE Ren Uta eee 10, 984 6, 188 
Sie Cera ns rail Spl arene cern IAP RIE || TSS WING Wi GOD Kis, Je ei eel eae 36, 224 26, 235 
Bancel On ame tes teesat ees ieee 195 Ai Iii ool ee ee 8, 936 5, 337 
ANIGWER Dies sa ae een nar or 7, 685 3,996 | Marseille and Bordeaux______- | 357 13 
Dumink = Seika ae! 14,798 | 13, 882 | 
TT ASV ee eee SO ee ee 1,316 638 MOTTA SS 3 sta eee tien | 107, 350 86, 266 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 179 


PoTaTo CULTIVATION.—In order to interest the farmers and 
increase the cultivation of potatoes in Uruguay, the Official Seed 
Commission recently offered a price of 7 pesos per 100 kilograms 
on lots of seed potatoes of 325 kilograms (871 pounds). Not only 
will they be delivered freight prepaid but full payment will not 
be required until March 3, 1927. Those who obtain the largest 
production per hectare will be awarded cash prizes. At present 
Uruguay spends more than 2,000,000 pesos annually on imported 
potatoes. 

WHEAT AND FLOUR EXPORTS.—HEIl Estanciero of October 15, 1926, 
reported that a total of 15,789,337 kilograms (34,736,541 pounds) 
of wheat and 7,556,320 kilograms (16,623,904 pounds) of flour were 
exported from Uruguay from January 1 to August 31, 1926. 





AL IE 
W@as? AFFAIRS 3:2QZ4 


COLOMBIA 


LOANS AND BANKS.—Through the courtesy of the Minister of 
Colombia in Washington the Bulletin has received the following 
notes: The Departmental Government of Cundinamarca has con- 
tracted for a loan of $5,900,000 with a New York firm of bankers 
for the extension of the Lower Magdalena Railroad. Bonds of this 
loan will pay 7 per cent annual interest; will be sold at 12 per cent 
initial discount and will run for 20 years with a gradual amortization 
of 24% per cent annually. 

Several banks of the country have agreed to merge their mortgage 
and loan sections into one institution, to be known as the Mortgage 
Bank of Bogoté. The new institution will have 4,000,000 pesos 
capital and 1,000,000 pesos reserve. The establishment of this new 
bank will tend to increase the volume of business and permit the 
more extensive use of credit and funds for agriculture and industry. 

Executive Resolution No. 97, of September 9, 1926, authorizes the 
Department of El Valle to contract with a New York banking house 
for a loan of $4,000,000. 

ECUADOR 


FINANCIAL MISSION.—On October 19, 1926, the financial mission 
headed by Prof. Edwin W. Kemmerer, the well-known financial expert 
from Princeton University, arrived in Quito, where they were accorded 


1SO THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


a most cordial welcome and extensively entertained. This mission, 
which is composed of the following, besides Professor Kemmerer: 
Mr. Oliver C. Lockhart, Mr. H. M. Jefferson, Mr. Joseph T. Byrne, 
Mr. Robert H. Vorfeld, Mr. Edward Feely, Mr. B. B. Milner, Mr. 
Frank W. Fetter, private secretary to Professor Kemmerer, and Dr. 
Francisco Banda, translator, was engaged by the Government. 


SALVADOR 


Hicuway Loan.—The President has authorized the Administra- 
tive Highway Board to contract-a loan of not exceeding $13,000 
from Jacinto Dovale Méndez, with interest at 10 per cent, the 
security for the loan being the income derived from the tax of 20 
centavos per quintal of coffee exported from Jucuapa, Usulutan, 
San Miguel, and Santiago Maria. The money will be expended for 
highways leading from the towns named. 

NEw BANK IN SAN Satyapor.—The Anglo-South American Bank 
of London opened a branch office in San Salvador on October 16, 1926. 


URUGUAY 


THIRTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF BANK.—On October 22, 1926, the 
Bank of the Republi¢ of Uruguay celebrated the thirtieth anniversary 
of its organization. Although founded in a time of political, finan- 
cial, and economic instability, it has not only achieved success but 
has become the fiscal and economic agent of the Government. By 
the charter of July 17, 1911, it now acts as sole bank of emission, 
is the depository of the public revenues, meets the service of the 
public debt, coins money, places the emissions of the public debt, 
finances official undertakings, administers the national pawnshop, 
and maintains financial equilibrium. 


] =: ] F ; — — 
Bills in 











5 eres Bie Capitals yaa : 

Dec: 31— Capital Gieoulation Deposits invested | Cash in gold Profits 

Pesos | Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos 
[RO Rsies es ie ke ee aes 5, 000, 000 1, 481, 220 | 1, 225, 191 | 5, 564, 777 | 2, 055, 059 | 1, 069 
OO TS t= Secession 5, 118, 692 | 5, 586, 707 3, 650, 557 9, 241, 414 | 3, 394, 054 | 349, 789 
9 OG Resse ears 5, 326, 600. 11, 131, 366 | 6, 213, 800. 14, 417, 098 | 8, 436, 521 | 448, 672 
TONLE ee eT NS 9, 247,650 | 23, 899,833 | 17,408,648 | 34, 204, 939 14,414,156 1, 465, 706 
LONG ees ieee on ae | 14,894,528 | 36, 565, 084 | 19, 392,476 | 35,949,403 | 29, 651, 430 | 1, 281, 789 
ON res aes De SES 15, 747, 543 | 42, 604, 761 26, 283, 832 41, 876,641 | 39, 470,379 | 1, 628, 725 
BLO IS woes Ss ee ada Ore 16, 741, 060 55, 649, 927 32, 832,860 | 57,106,388 | 43, 672, 842 | 1, 944, 118 
O19 os Soe Sg 18, 683, 340 73, 898, 037 | 48, 509, 918 83, 814, 427 54, 328,125 | 3, 049, 380 
GS 7] 0) seen ieee a Re ec | 20; 335, 955 64, 859, 513 | 58, 199,308 | 86,326,797 | 55, 091, 967 3, 312, 085 
1G Di seis Ses ease Ae 21, 228, 174 66, 338, 975 57, 512, 684 | 88, 391, 366 54, 926, 874 2, 809, 788 
2 21, 228, 174 64, 119, 683 | 59, 205, 204 | 86, 218, 832 54, 928, 650 1, 171, 749 
23, 885, 035 68, 970, 370 58, 289, 931 91,954, 799 | 54, 928, 907 2, 218, 498 


21, 228,174 | 68, 500,245 | 60, 802, 182 95, 244, 948 54, 929, 505 | 33, 118, 025 
24, 595,132 | 63, 507, 081 57, 576, 529 88, 312, 941 54,931,641 | 2, 606, 461 














ARGENTINA 


NIGHT WORK IN BAKERIES.—On September 9, 1926, the President 
signed and published Law No. 11,338 passed by the National As- 
sembly prohibiting throughout the country night work from 9 p. m. 
to 5 a. m. in bakeries, pastry and confectionery shops, and similar 
establishments. 

CIVIL RIGHTS OF WOMEN.—On September 22, 1926, the President 
signed Law No. 11,357 granting to women (single, divorced, or wid- 
owed) of legal age all the civil rights and functions which the law 
grants to men who have attained their majority. The unmarried 
mother, and the unmarried father who voluntarily recognizes his 
child, are both granted the rights of guardianship over their children 
accorded by law to parents legally married. The married woman 
is granted the right of guardianship over her children by a former 
marriage and may exercise a profession or legitimate trade, acquie 
property, join civil, commercial, or cooperative associations, admin- 
ister and dispose of her own property and that of her children by 
a former marriage without contributing those gains to the new mar- 
riage. The full text of the law is published in the Boletin Oficial of 
September 23, 1926. 

OBLIGATORY REPORTING OF LEPROSY.—Law No. 11,359 of Sep- 
tember 21, 1926, makes obligatory the reporting of all cases of lep- 
rosy by physicians, heads and personnel of all public and private 
services, school principals and teachers, public and private hospital 
superintendents and physicians, managers of hotels and boarding 
houses, and captains and operators of boats entering Argentine ports, 
and also of river passenger and freight boats. 


BRAZIL 


WoRKERS’ VACATION REGULATIONS SIGNED.—On Employees’ Day, 
October 30, 1926, the regulations providing for holidays for employees 
and workmen in commercial, industrial, and other business estab- 
lishments were signed in Rio de Janeiro by President Bernardes. 
These regulations interpret Law 4,982 of December 24, 1925, by the 
provisions of which workers enjoy 15 days’ annual vacation with 
pay. 

The main points of the regulations are given below: 

The right to a vacation of 15 working-days will be granted after 11 months’ 


continuous service in the same establishment to employees and operatives 
181 


S82 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


throughout Brazil in commercial, industrial, and banking enterprises, transpor- 
tation and communication sers ces, public and private charitable institutions, 
and in journalistic enterprises. 

Persons who work on commission for their own gain in several different busi- 
nesses are not considered employees, neither are those who work as jobbers or 
who do piecework outside the establishment paying for it, nor those engaged in 
such work who receive their pay directly from the person for whom they work. 

A vacation of 15 working-days will be granted to employees without sub- 
traction of days away from employment for sickness or other unavoidable causes. 
Pay for the vacation time will be at the rate of 15 working-days to those receiv- 
ing day wages or doing piecework, while salaried employees will receive half 
«& month’s pay. Employees must be informed in writing a week in advance of 
the time allotted to them for this vacation, which may be granted in part or 
whole. 

The National Council of Labor is charged with the supervision of the execution 
of the present regulations. <A fine of 50 to 2,000 milreis is the penalty for the 
infringement of this law. 

INTERNATIONAL Commission OF JuRISTS.—The International Com- 
mission of Jurists, according to information from the Brazilian Em- 
bassy in Washington, will meet in Rio de Janeiro on April 16, 1927. 
This commission was originally created by the Third International 
Conference of American States to draft a code of private international 
law and one of publi¢ international law. The commission met at Rio 
de Janeiro from June 26 to July, 1912, with delegates from 16 coun- 
tries attending. The commission was to meet again in 1914, but 
owing to the World War no other meeting has been held. At the Fifth 
International Conference of American States each American Govern- 
ment was asked to appoint two delegates on the Jurists’ Commission 
which will now meet and pass resolutions on the matters under its 
consideration, the resolutions then to be submitted to the Sixth Inter- 
national Conference of American States to meet in Habana, Cuba, in 
1928. The American Institute of International Law upon request has 
prepared projects of conventions on international law to be submitted 
to the commission when it meets next April. 


MEXICO 


IMMUNIZATION AGAINST SCARLET FEVER AND DIPHTHERIA.—On 
November 12, 1926, the President signed a decree providing that. all 
pupils within certain age limits in Government schoois shall sub- 
mit to the Schick test for diphtheria, and the Dick test for scarlet 
fever. Pupils showing susceptibility to either or both diseases are 
required to take the immunization treatment. Public health and 
school physicians will perform the tests and give the treatment. 

NEW BANKING LAW.—A new banking law consisting of general 
provisions and sections on banks, general deposit storehouses, and 
bonding companies was published in the Diario Oficial on Novem- 
ber 29, 1926, when it became effective. This law, which covers more 


LEGISLATION 183 


than 100 pages, unites in one all laws and amendments relating to finan- 


cial institutions. 
NICARAGUA 


AMENDMENTS TO THE PHARMACY AND PURE FOOD LAW.—The 
Pharmacy and Pure Food Law of December 6, 1925, was amended by 
a Presidential decree of August 11, 1926, published in the Gaceta 
Oficial of August 31 and September 1, 1926. 


PANAMA 


CHANGE IN PROPORTION OF DEPUTIES TO POPULATION.—On 
October 23, 1926, the President of Panama published Law 14 passed 
by Congress on October 22 to change the proportion of deputies in 
the National Assembly from that of 1 per 10,000 inhabitants and for 
a remainder of not less than 5,000, to 1 deputy to every 15,000 
inhabitants and a remainder of not less than half the latter number. 

IMMIGRATION LAW.—The immigration law, which after passage by 
the National Assembly was vetoed by the President and returned to 
the Assembly with changes, has now been approved by the Assembly 
and was signed by the President on October 23, 1926, being published 
in the Gaceta Oficial of October 28. 

The law prohibits the immigration of Chinese, Japanese, Syrians, 
Turks, East Indians, Dravidians, and Negroes of the Antilles and 
Guianas whose native language is not Spanish. 


SALVADOR 


INTERPRETATION OF IMMIGRATION LAW.—On October 138, 1926, 
the Department of Foreign Relations of Salvador directed a circular 
letter to the Ministers of the Treasury, War, and Marine Affairs 
interpreting the immigration law of September 23, 1926. Article 3 
of this law provided that all persons entering the country shall deposit 
200 colones or $100 with the Government upon so doing, the list of 
exceptions to this rule to be given later. Those persons excepted 
from paying the entrance fee of 200 colones are, in addition to all 
Central Americans, (a) commercial travelers, (b) representatives of 
industria! concerns and agents of insurance companies, representa- 
tives of universities, public libraries, museums and other analogous 
institutions who come on scientific or publicity missions; (c) agents 
of foreign banking and railway companies established in the country 
and foreign employees engaged by contract for service in these com- 
panies in Salvador; (d) the wives and children of the foregoing persons 
who travel with them; and (e) the members of theatrical companies 


or other public spectacles. 
URUGUAY 


AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL Law.—A session of the 
American Institute of International Law will take place in Monte- 


184 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


video beginning March 21, 1927. The agenda for the session have 
been announced as follows by Dr. James Brown Scott, president, 
and Dr. Alejandro Alvarez, secretary: Election of officers and 
consideration of proposed amendments to the constitution; exami- 
nation of proposals for the codification of Public International 
law adopted by the society in its special session held in Lima, Decem- 
ber, 1924; consideration of the project for the codification of inter- 
national law prepared by Dr. Antonio S. de Bustamante at the 
request of the Pan American Union; consideration of the project for 
the codification of private international law to be presented by the 
Uruguayan Society of International Law; and presentation of new 
projects of codification or any other subjects which may be submitted. 
According to the Diario Oficial 
of September 6, 1926, a decree was passed on August 30, 1926, extend- 
ing the monopoly of the State Insurance Bank (Banco de Seguros) 
to include risks on plate glass, life of animals, injury to third parties, 
hail, agriculture, security of rents, storms, etc. This is in accordance 
with the decree of July 19, 1926, declaring the monopoly of the state 
over any insurance whatsoever, and a decree of December 27, 1911, 
which authorizes the Executive to fix the date upon which the monop- 
oly of distinct classes of insurance should begin. All other institu- 
tions are prohibited under penalty of law from negotiating insurance 
on the risks named within the bounds of the Republic. 





VENEZUELA 


LEeGAaTION IN Panama.—A Venezuelan Legation in the Republic 
of Panama was created by a presidential decree of July 24, 1926, 
the full title of the diplomat in charge being Envoy Extraordinary 
and Minister Plenipotentiary. An adequate building containing the 
offices and residence of the Minister will be erected on land given for 
the purpose by the Republic of Panama. 










INTERNATIONAL 
ER Ox n& TREATIES 4.24 


ARGENTINA-PARAGUAY 


Protrocot on AtTo Parana River anp Apiph WaTERFALLS.—On 
February 1, 1926, in the city of Washington, D. C., the diplomatic 
representatives of Argentina and Paraguay signed a protocol on the 
use of the international falls at Apipé and the improvement of naviga- 
tion on the Alto Paran& River which forms a boundary between the 


PUBLIG INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 185 


two countries. The protocol, which provides for a mixed inter- 
national commission to study the question, was approved by the 
President of Argentina on August 24, 1926. (Circular Informatiwa 
Mensual del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Buenos Aires, Sep- 
tember, 1926.) 

BRAZIL-URUGUAY 


CONVENTION ON BORDER DISTURBANCES.—The convention and 
protocol on the means of settlement of political disturbances originat- 
ing in either country which were signed on March 30 and September 
2, 1925, respectively, by the accredited representatives of Brazil 
and Uruguay in Montevideo, were approved by the Brazilian Con- 
gress on October 20, signed by the President of Brazil, and published 
in the Diario Official of Brazil for October 22, 1926. 


COLOMBIA-PANAMA 


BouNDARY COMMISSION.—The National Assembly of Panama on 
October 22, 1926, approved the appointment of Macario Solis, 
Leopoldo Arosemena, and José Ramén Guizado as engineers to serve 
on the Mixed Colombian-Panaman Boundary Commission. Work 
was to begin in the latter part of December, 1926. 





ARGENTINA 


Fourts University Coneress.—The Fourth University Congress 
was held at Santa Fe during the month of October, a great number 
of delegates being present and many important agreements made. 
Among the resolutions passed by the section of humanities and edu- 
cation were some dealing with the following problems: The creation of 
scholarships, the suggestion to the proper authorities of changes in 
secondary education, and the necessity of fostering the formation of a 
university faculty whose entire time is to be devoted to scientific 
investigation and higher education. 

NEW SCHOOL BUILDINGS.—The government of the Province of 
Santa Fe has begun to carry out a project for the building of 110 school 
buildings, which it estimates will cost nearly 3,000,000 pesos. 

TEACHERS IN THE NATIONAL SCHOOLS.—Under a new regulation of 
the National Council on Education, in the future candidates for teach- 
ing positions in the national schools in the Provinces will have to be 


186 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


graduates of the national normal schools. An exception to this rule 
will be made in the case of candidates who were teachers prior to 
this time and who retired of their own accord. 

MuNICIPAL LIBRARIES.—In accordance with a resolution of the 
Deliberative Council, the municipal government of Buenos Aires has 
appointed a committee to organize, establish, and maintain the public 
libraries which are the property of the municipality and to inspect 
those private library organizations which the municipality subsidizes. 
Thirty thousand pesos will be spent annually for the maintenance of 


these libraries. 
BOLIVIA 


TEACHERS TENURE OF oOFFICE~—The Chamber of Deputies 
approved a bill on September 28, 1926, relating to teachers’ tenure of 
office. According to this bill, which was sent to the Senate for action, 
public school teachers appointed by the Chief Executive, who have a 
diploma from some normal school either in their own country or abroad, 
are inscribed in the National Registry of Teachers, and possess a 
certificate of good health, can not be dismissed from office except for 
some grievous fault committed in the exercise of their profession, and 
then only after trial by’the university authorities. In the event of a 
teacher having to be dismissed on account of mental or physical dis- 
ability, or for having a communicable disease, he shall receive from the 
Government a payment of 25 per cent of his annual salary if he has 
served from 2 to 5 years and of 50 per cent if he has served from 5 to 


10 years. 
BRAZIL 


BRAZILIAN SCHOOL NAMED FOR CoLoMBIA.—To the number of Rio de 
Janeiro schools named for American Republics was added another with 
the inauguration of the Colombia School on October 29, 1926. This 
school has 600 pupils in its four grades. The program included hymns 
to the flag, an address in Spanish, recitations of poetry on Colombia, and 
¢ymnastic drills by the pupils. 

CENTENARY OF THE SCHOOL or FINE Arts.—The centenary of the 
Brazilian School of Fine Arts in Rio de Janeiro was celebrated on 
October 12, 1926, the school having been ordained by a decree of 
October 12, 1820, and finally opened on October 12, 1826. In 1908 
the school was transferred to the fine building where it is still located. 
The first exhibition was held in 1829 and the first student prizes 


awarded in 1834. 
CHILE 


ScHOOL MOTION PICTURE COURSE.—The normal school known as 
“José Abelardo Ntfiez’’ has created a course in cinematography as 
applied to education, under the well-known educator Sefor José 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 187 


Pinochet LeBrun. In this course the students learn to operate the 
projection apparatus for both motion pictures and slides. 

HeattH weEEK.—As a result of efforts made by Sefior Maxi- 
miliano Salas Marchan, Director of the José Abelardo Nunez Nor- 
mal School in Santiago, this school carried out, during the first 
days of August, an excellent project. 

For a whole week all the activities of the Normal School and of 
_ its model school were directed into channels of health education; 
themes were written and hygiene problems, both personal and 
public, were solved. All the students of both schools underwent 
a physical examination by three officials from the Board of Health; 
a health record was kept for each student, and in the evenings health 
films were shown and many lectures were given on health subjects. 

FoREIGN PROFESSORS FOR UNIVERSITY.—The University of Chile, 
situated in Santiago, is engaging through Chilean representatives 
abroad professors of French, botany, mathematics, and pedagogy 
and allied subjects. With the exception of the first, who will be a 
Frenchman, they will be secured in Germany. 

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION FOR GIRLS.—It is of interest to note that 
attendance at the girls’ vocational schools in Chile made a con- 
siderable gain during the first semester of the 1926 school year, 
increasing from approximately 3,800 to 4,163. 


COLOMBIA 


CENTENARY OF Cauca UNIvERsITYy.—On September 27, 1926, the 
National Congress passed a law providing that the Republic should 
participate in the celebration of the first centenary, on November 
11, 1927, of Cauca University in the city of Popayan. An appro- 
priation of 120,000 pesos has been made for the expenses of the 
celebration. At the cost of the Government there will be placed 
in the principal court of the university the busts of Simén Bolivar, 
the Liberator, and of Gen. Francisco de Paulo Santander, founders 


of the university. 
COSTA RICA 


EDUCATIONAL MAGAZINE.—With the purpose of affording the 
teachers of Costa Rica the opportunity to share in the results of 
world-wide pedagogical and scientific research, an educational 
review to be known as El Maestro was created by presidential decree 
on September 16, 1926. The magazine is a bimonthly which will 
contain official information as well as articles of pedagogic and 
scientific interest and will be sold at a half a colon a copy. 


CUBA 


ScHoou statistics.—According to figures compiled by the Division 
of Statistics, during 1925-26 there functioned 3,664 school buildings, 


188 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


with 6,973 classrooms in which were offered all branches of education. 
The enrollment in the public schools was 433,200 and the average 
daily attendance 237,684. The number of teachers in the day schools 
was 7,205. Seventy-nine zones were served by 75 visiting teachers, 
who reached 157 school groups with an average daily attendance of 
3,644 pupils. The number of night schools which functioned was 79, 
with an enrollment of 6,983 pupils and an average daily attendance of 
2,685. In the six primary schools held in penal institutions 1,070 
persons were enrolled, and an average daily attendance of 687 was 
reached. The number of teachers employed in the various classes for 
special instruction was 586. The Division of Statistics also received 
reports from 464 private schools comprising 1,318 classrooms, 1,532 
teachers, and 29,600 pupils, with an average daily attendance of 
25,388. 

RECONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOLS.—In view of the destruction of many 
schoolhouses by the recent hurricane in Cuba, the Secretary of Public 
Instruction appointed six commissions composed of teachers and 
students of the National University to supervise the reconstruction of 
these schools. These commissions left Habana by automobile and 
truck for various parts of the Republic, taking with them building 
material, tools and workmen. (Cuban Embassy notes.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—Since November 1, 1926, the agri- 
cultural school established in connection with the experiment station 
at Santiago has been in operation. Courses at this school are given 
free and cover a period of two years’ study leading to the degree of 
Agricultural Expert, with an extra course of four months’ practical 
work. 

ECUADOR 


) 


EXHIBITION OF SEWING.—In “Isabel la Catélica”’ model school in 
Quito an exhibit was held of articles made by pupils during the sum- 
mer sewing courses. Fifty teachers exhibited articles of wearing 
apparel and embroidery made by the members of their respective 


classes. 
GUATEMALA 


Conservatory oF Music.—It is reported that work on the 
National Conservatory of Music is progressing rapidly and will 
probably be finished at least in part by the first of the year. The 
plans are very pretentious; the building will contain a suite of rooms 
for the director, classrooms, dormitories, offices, a theater, library, 


swimming pool, and baths. 
HAITI 


AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—The Central Agricultural School opened 
its classes for the forthcoming year on October 4, 1926, with a larger 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1S9 


enrollment than in any previous session. Approximately 100 stu- 
dents made application for admission, 86 of whom were actually 
accepted for the first trimester. The school is now located in the 
beautiful new building at Damien. The classrooms and the labora- 
tories are furnished and equipped to give every opportunity for the 
students to do high-class college work. 

Nineteen farm schools were opened the first Monday in October 
with an enrollment of 953 students for the first month. (Bulletin 


of the Receiver General.) 
HONDURAS 


Lispraries.—The Director of Public Instruction of the Department 
of Santa Barbara set October 12 for the official opening of the public 
libraries established in the departmental capital and other munici- 
palities. The libraries were established in accordance with Legisla- 
tive Decree No. 28 of January 28, 1926. 


MEXICO 


ONE THOUSAND NEW RURAL scHOOLS.—Dr. Puig Casauranc, 
Secretary of Public Education, announced on November 26, 1926, 
that in spite of the economy program of the administration during 
the coming year 1,000 more rural schools would be opened by the 
Federal Government, 10 cultural missions would travel through cer- 
tain sections of the country, and 10 normal schools for rural-school 
teachers would be established. The location of the new schools is 
to be decided upon the basis of population and the funds for educa- 
tion allotted to each district by the Federal Government, the schools 
to be established preferably in those places where there have been no 
schools or but few. 

SCHOOL SAVINGS FUND TO BE CLASSED AS BANK.—On November 10, 
1926, the President gave authorization for the conversion of the 
school savings fund into a banking institution. This makes it 
possible to lend the money on other security as well as mortgages 
and also to use it for the establishment of cooperative associations. 
Loans at moderate rates of interest are now granted to teachers and 
other employees of the department of public education, thus making 
it unnecessary for them to have recourse to money lenders charging 
exorbitant rates. 

FourtH Nationa SrupEents’ Conaress.—The Fourth National 
Students’ Congress is to be held in Guadalajara early in 1927. 


NICARAGUA 


Baptist CoLLEGE TO GIVE DEGREES.—In August, 1926, the 
Secretary of Public Instruction authorized the Baptist College of 
Managua, which has about 300 students, to confer on its graduates 


190 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the bachelor’s degree in sciences and letters and to grant the teacher’s 


certificate. 
PANAMA 


TrapE RerFrorM ScHooLt.—On October 18, 1926, the National 
Assembly passed an act providing for the establishment in Panama 
City of a trade reform school for minors over 7 and under 18 years. 
In this school all minors with terms of over three months will be 
taught some trade or profession. 

AMERICAN SCHOLARSHIP FOR PANAMAN STUDENT.—Through the 
medium of the president of the Inter American Congress of Women, 
held in Panama last June, and the Pan American Union, the foreign 
scholarship offered by Saint Theresa College of Winona, Wisconsin, 
has been awarded to Sefiorita Lidia G. Sogandares. Seforita 
Sogandares was graduated from the National Institute as honor 
student, obtaining the degree of bachelor of humanities; she has 
contributed to several magazines, and also won a prize for an essay 
on the folk poetry of Panama. She plans to study medicine, being 
the first Panaman woman to choose this career. 


PARAGUAY 
/ 


Coneress or History AND GrEOGRAPHY.—The Second Congress 
of History and Geography was opened in Asuncién on October 12, 
1926. A total of 30 delegates, representing 22 organizations of 8 
countries—Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Mexico, Paraguay, Peru, Spain, 
ae the United States—were present at the opening session. 

*. Cecilio Baez, of Asuncion, who represented the Ibero-American 
ae of Spain, and Dr. Nicanor Sarmiento, of the American 
Academy of History of Argentina, were elected, respectively, presi- 
dent and vice president of the congress. After the formal opening 
of the assembly a representative from each of the countries extended 
the greeting of the several groups. Following general sessions on 
the mornings of October 13 and 14, 1926, the assembly broke up into 
committees to study the numerous papers submitted to the congress. 
Many of these, covering a wide range of topics representing poetry, 
mathematics, cartography, medical investigations, archeology, and 
history, were recommended as being of great merit. Excursions, 
teas, and a large banquet rounded out the congress, which closed on 
October 15, 1926. It was announced that the next sessions would be 
held in 1928. Aside from strictly scientific matters, an Important 
resolution was passed recommending the exchange of professors on a 
more extensive scale than heretofore. 

NATIONAL ScHooLt oF TELEGRAPHY.—On September 18, 1926, 
plans for a national school of telegraphy were approved and the 
institution legally created; it will be under the supervision of the 
Director General of Mails and Telegraphs. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 191 
SALVADOR 


AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION.—A recent Executive decree provides 
for the establishment of agricultural schools throughout the Republic 
in order to teach modern methods of cultivation. They are to be 
operated in connection with the present public schools, and are to 
have sufficient land for practical instruction and demonstration pur- 
poses. Courses will be given in the use of modern machinery, cattle 
raising, vegetable cultivation, tree culture, the use of fertilizers, and 
crop rotation. Salvador is an agricultural country and the establish- 
ment of such schools will be an important step in national progress. 
(Commerce Reports, December 138, 1926.) 

MAximo Soro Hatu.—Sefior Maximo Soto Hall, a Guatemalan 
author and journalist connected with La Prensa, of Buenos Aires, 
who is now on a tour of American countries in the interest of friendly 
relations, on October 4, 1926, visited the girls’ school of San Salvador 
which is named after the Republic of Argentina. An interesting 
program was given which included the presentation of Sefior Soto Hall 
to the pupils, an address of welcome, the singing of the Argentine 
National Anthem and other Argentine songs, and recitations of 


Argentine poems. 
URUGUAY 


PHYSICAL EDUCATION DAY.—It was estimated that more than 2,000 
participated in the exercises directed by the National Commission 
of Physical Education on October 31, 1926, in the Allies’ Park of 
Montevideo. Perhaps the most impressive feature was the calis- 
thenic exercises in which 1,500 children of the public schools took 
part. 

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION.—According to a recent report the total 
enrollment in the vocational schools of Uruguay is 4,000, and since 
there are more requests for admission than can be handled, a waiting 
list has been established. Montevideo has three such schools of 
special character and another which teaches general applied art. In 
the future the course of study will be adapted to the leading industry 
in the locality where the school is situated. 


VENEZUELA 


UNIVERSITY REGISTRATION.—The formal opening of the Central 
University in Caracas for the scholastic year 1926-27 was held on 
October 24, 1926, an important part of the program being the award- 
ing of honor certificates to students who made a grade of ‘‘excellent”’ 
in the examinations of last July. A total of 570 students have regis- 
tered for the year 1926-27. The enrollment of each school is as fol- 
lows: School of Medicine, 237; School of Dentistry, 44; School of 


192 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Pharmacy, 27; School of Political Science, 238; School of Natural 
Sciences and Mathematics, 144. Of this number all but nine are 
Venezuelans, those nine representing Colombia, Panama, Spain, 
France, and England. Owing to the growth of the mining industry, 
the university has initiated a special course in surveying. 





DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


PROTECTION OF NATIONAL INDUSTRIBS.—At the Third National 
Labor Congress, which convened in La Vega on October 12, 1926, a 
resolution was passed asking all workmen affiliated with the Domin- 
ican Labor Federation to wear clothing of domestic manufacture, 
thereby stimulating such native industries as the manufacture of 
shoes, hats, and clothing, and helping the workmen employed in these 
trades. 

PROPOSED LABOR LVAW.—The Dominican Federation of Labor has 
presented a petition to the National Congress asking for the enact- 
ment of an accident indemnity law for the protection of labor. The 
draft of this law, as proposed by the Federation of Labor, asks for a 
compensation to be paid workers injured or incapacitated by illness, and 
for medical assistance for them. The bill also asks that in the event 
of the death of a worker caused by an accident, that the family of 
the deceased shall receive an adequate compensation. 


MEXICO 


Tuirp NatTionaL ConGREss OF RatLroapD EmpLtoyreres.—The fol- 
lowing resolutions, among others, were passed in the Third National 
Congress of Railroad Employees held in the early part of November: 


The Confederation of Transportation and Communications Employees (the new 
name of the Confederation of Railroad Employees’ Associations) will strive to 
secure the 44-hour week, a minimum living wage and equal pay for equal work 
on the various railroads. The Confederation will oppose unfair wage adjust- 
ments and will strive to maintain the labor and salary standards won by labor 
organizations. The Confederation will demand collective contracts for the ben- 
efit of workers. The Confederation will work for the immediate adjustment of 
cases pending with the railroads regarding broken contracts and other matters. 


PARAGUAY 


REFUGEE SETTLEMENT.—In view of the fact that a large number of 
the 1,000,000 Russian and Armenian refugees to be absorbed abroad 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 193 


can be taken care of by South American countries, an extensive study 
involving the investigation of conditions in the several countries, the 
opportunities which they offer for the settlement of refugees, and the 
formation of plans for colonization has been carried out by the Refu- 
gee Service of Buenos Aires and Rio de Janeiro. During the past year 
small experimental groups of refugees have been sent into Paraguay, 
their expenses having been paid from Doctor Nansen’s small private 
fund. Ultimately each refugee will be required to buy a 5-franc 
stamp—the ‘‘Nansen stamp’’—to accompany his identity certificate 
and the proceeds of the sale will form a fund of not less than £100,000 
to be used as a revolving fund which will finance all such transpor- 
tation. (/ndustrial and Labor Information, July 12 and Oct. 18, 
1926.) 
PERU 


Lasor AccripENT Boarp.—By virtue of a recent Executive decree 
an Advisory Board on Labor Accidents has been created under the 
Department of Promotion, the Minister of that Department serving 
as chairman. Other members will be the chairmen of the committees 
on labor legislation and social welfare of the Senate and the House of 
Representatives, respectively, the president of the Chamber of Com- 
merce, the president of the National Industrial Society, representa- 
tives of the accident-insurance companies and the labor unions, the 
Directors of Promotion and Public Health, and the Chief of the Divi- 
sion of Hygiene and Industrial Security. 





ARGENTINA 





October 20, 1926, the Charity 
Society of Buenos Aires instituted a course of Teeuanes on child welfare 
and the training of mothers in the care of babies. The first lecture 
was given by Dr. Maria Montessori, the famous Italian educator who 
is now visiting Argentina. 

TEMPERANCE WEEK.—On October 25, 1926, the Temperance 
League of the National Council of Women of Buenos Aires began 
temperance week with a series of lectures delivered in the schools by 
visiting health teachers. The Temperance League also distributed 
among the affiliated committees outside of Buenos Aires a number 

24932—27—Bull. 2-——-7 





194 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of leaflets, postals, posters, and other publicity material on the evil 
effects of alcohol. 
CrvIL RIGHTS OF WOMEN.— vee page 181. 


BOLIVIA 


TUBERCULOSIS SANITARIUM.—For the purpose of raising funds for 
the building and maintenance of a national tuberculosis sanitarium 
in La Paz, a tax was created by a decree of September 22, 1926. 
This tax will be collected in the form of stamps, one a 10-centavo 
stamp which must be affixed to all railway tickets sold in the Republic, 
and the other a stamp of 1 boliviano which shall be attached to pass- 
ports on both entering and leaving the country. 


BRAZIL 


ROCKEFELLER DONATION TO SAO PauLo.—The Department of the 
Interior of the State of SAo Paulo has received from the Rockefeller 
Foundation 350 contos ($50,000) as the first installment of a donation 
for the purpose of constructing an institute of hygiene which is to 
cost 1,650 contos. The Rockefeller Foundation will also contribute 
4,500 contos ($650,000) for the construction of a new $1,500,000 
building for the Faculty of Medicine.. As a condition of this donation 
the State Government has bound itself to construct hospitals in con- 
nection with the medical school. 

CHILDREN’S BuREAU OF BRAzIL.—On October 12, 1926, celebrated as 
the Day of the Race and also as Children’s Day in Brazil, the Federal 
Children’s Bureau was formally installed in its new builded in Rio de 
Janeiro. Dr. Moncorvo Filho, the eminent Brazilian pediatrist who is 
director of the bureau, has also moved the Child Welfare Museum to 
the same building so that visitors may learn the proper methods of 
caring for children and see the results of proper and improper care and 
surroundings on the child. 

There is also a heliotherapy section in the Children’s Bureau where 
children may receive the treatments so beneficial in tuberculosis, 
rickets and other diseases. — 

CHILE 


EXTERMINATION OF FLIES.—In order to check one means of spread- 
ing disease, a recent ordinance of the city of Santiago requires the 
extermination of flies in all factories, workshops, business places 
of any character, stalls for the sale of merchandise, and slaughter- 
houses, such extermination to be effected by the use of traps and 
approved kinds of poison. 

SoutH AMERICAN FOOTBALL CHAMPIONSHIP.—After a series of 10 
games played in Santiago last October and November between the 


SOCIAL PROGRESS . 195 


Argentine, Bolivian, Chilean, Paraguayan, and Uruguayan football 
teams, the last-named, having lost none of the four games in which it 
played, was declared South American champion and winner of the 
‘““America’’ cup. This was the ninth time that teams had contended 
for the championship, the first series having taken place in Buenos 
Aires in 1916 between the teams of Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Uru- 
guay. Enthusiastic audiences of from 8,000 to 12,000 persons wit- 
nessed the hard-fought encounters. 


COLOMBIA 


HEALTH EDUCATION AND SANITATION OF PORTS.—Law No. 12 of Sep- 
tember 25, 1926, authorizes the President to organize graded health 
education in all primary, secondary, and normal schools of the Repub- 
lic. The same law establishes as a public necessity the sanitation 
of the seaports of Buenaventura, Tumaco, Cartagena, Puerto Colom- 
bia, Santa Marta, Riohacha, and Tolt; and the river ports of Bar- 
ranquilla, Puerto Wilches, Puerto Berrio, La Dorada, Quibdé, and 
Guapi, and of the cities of Ipiales and Cucuta. The President is 
also authorized to engage for the National Government a technical 
commission to prepare sanitation plans to be paid for by the depart- 
ments and the municipalities where the work is to be done. The 
Government will establish a national hygiene institute in the capi- 
tal to train the personnel necessary for a public health service. 
The city of Bogota as the national capital will have an annual appro- 
priation for sanitary purposes of 600,000 pesos. The appropriation 
for the sanitation of the ports will amount to 4,000,000 pesos. 


COSTA RICA 


PURE FOOD REGULATIONS.— In the interest of public welfare through 
a movement for unadulterated food, regulations governing butter 
substitutes were issued by the President of Costa Rica on August 
30, 1926. They provide that: 

None but those products proceeding from milk or cream or both shall be sold 
as butter. Any food which because of its taste or appearance might be confused 
with butter shall not be sold as butter but under a special name approved by the 


Assistant Secretary of Hygiene, and all cartons or wrappers containing butte. 
substitutes for wholesale or retail trade shall be duly printed with the name of 


the substitute. 

PuBLIC ASSISTANCE.—The budget approved by the city of San 
José for the year 1927 contains the following items for public wel- 
fare, the total of which slightly exceeds that of the past year: Main- 
tenance of a milk pasteurization station, 4,000 colones; night apothe- 
cary service, 3,600 colones; school kitchen, 1,200 colones; milk sta- 
tion, 1,200 colones; orphanage, 1,200 colones; poor house, 4,200 
colones; and children’s refuge, 600 colones. 


196 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Rep Cross arps Cusa.—A recital for the benefit of Cuban cyclone 
victims was given on October 31, 1926, under the auspices of the 
Costa Rican Red Cross. The program included vocal and instru- 
mental numbers and was made further interesting by the presence of 
Senor Maximo Soto Hall, the Guatemalan poet and publicist, who 


read his own poems. 
CUBA 


Pan AMERICAN CONGRESSES POSTPONED.—Through the courtesy 
of the Cuban Embassy in Washington, the Bulletin is informed that 
the opening of the Fifth Pan American Congress of the Child has 
been postponed to December 7, 1927, and that of the Pan American 
Congress on Eugenics to December 20, 1927. Both were to have 
been held in January of this year. 

RECONSTRUCTION OF HOSPITALS AND ASYLUMS.—The Cuban Govern- 
ment has appropriated 374,900 pesos for the reconstruction of various 
hospitals and asylums destroyed by the hurricane of October 20, 1926. 
The funds were allotted to the different institutions in the following 
manner: Mazorra Hospital for the Insane, 130,000 pesos; Calixto 
Garcia Hospital in Habana, 50,000 pesos; Las Animas, 20,000 pesos; 
Guanajay Reformatory,, 20,000 pesos; La Esperanza Sanitarium, 
27,000 pesos; Matanzas Hospital, 10,000 pesos; Aldecoa Reformatory, 
50,000 pesos; Guanabacoa Home for the Aged, 20,000 pesos; tuber- 
cular clinic of the Calixto Garcia Hospital, 12,000 pesos. Smaller 
sums were allotted for the Habana Maternity Hospital, the hospitals 
of Guanajay, Guanabacoa, and Santiago de las Vegas, the National 
Laboratory, and the Furbush Dispensary. (Cuban Embassy notes.) 

RECONSTRUCTION WORK IN CUBA AND CONTRIBUTIONS RECEIVED.— 
The Cuban Red Cross is preparing a report on the loss of life during 
the hurricane of October last. Two weeks later the number of dead 
was placed at 600, and that of the wounded at 5,000. During the 
first trying days following the disaster about 1,000 persons whose 
homes had been destroyed and all their belongings lost were given 
refuge in the Belén College of Habana. In the same building the 
Government established a community kitchen from which daily rations 
were distributed to approximately 20,000 persons. The relief work, 
however, was not confined to the efforts of the Government, business 
concerns, private parties, and in fact all classes contributing toward 
the relief of the sufferers. The National Relief Committee had 
received, up to November 11, the sum of $754,902.27. In the city 
of Camagiiey a public collection was taken for the sufferers in the 
western provinces, more than $15,000 being collected. The theaters 
of the city contributed 10 per cent of the net entrance fees, and the 
Company of the Controlled Railway donated $10,000. The West 
India Oil Refining Company of Cuba donated $25,000 for relief 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 197 


work, in spite of the fact that through the effects of the cyclone 
one of their gasoline tanks, containing about 1,500,000 gallons, 
ignited with a consequent loss of some $500,000. Among other 
contributions received were the following: The Cuban Telephone 
Company, $10,000; Association of Tobacco Planters and Merchants 
of Cuba, $11,140; Pedro Gémez Mena, $1,000; the heirs of José 
Gener y Cifuentes Pego and Company, $1,000 each. Many other 
firms having interests in Cuba donated large sums, and innumerable 
smaller donations were received from all classes. Foreign con- 
tributions also represent a large figure; the Secretary of State of the 
United States, Mr. Kellogg, donated $1,000, and the Secretary of the 
Treasury, Mr. Andrew Mellon, $2,500. By December 1 gifts in 
money had been received from 20 other Red Cross societies, includ- 
ing those of Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Guatemala, Panama, 
Peru, Salvador, and the United States. (Cuban Embassy notes.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Dominican Rep Cross.—By invitation of the President of the 
Republic, Gen. Horacio Vasquez, and at the suggestion of Sefiora 
Santiago Michelena, jr., daughter of the former Minister from the 
Dominican Republic to the United States, Sefior José del Carmen 
Ariza, a meeting of prominent citizens was held on October 27 last 
at the home of Sefiora Michelena in Santo Domingo for the purpose 
of organizing the Dominican Red Cross. At the close of this meeting 
General Vasquez appointed Dr. Salvador B. Gautier president of the 
newly organized Dominican Red Cross. Sefiora de Michelena put at 
the disposal of this organization a number of pamphlets and other 
literature which she had obtained from the American Red Cross 
at the time of her recent visit to Washington, and which will be of 
great service in helping the work of the Dominican Red Cross. 


ECUADOR 


PUBLIC DISPENSARY OPENED.—Since October 14 last a public 
dispensary has been in operation in Quito, where all needy persons 
may go to receive treatment free of charge. 

RocKEFELLER INsriruTe.—President Ayora was advised recently 
by cable that the Rockefeller Institute was disposed to send a sanitary 
mission to Ecuador. This organization also offered to give special 
instruction in the treatment of malaria to any Ecuadorean physician 
sent to the United States to study, and besides to pay all expenses 
of the trip and tuition, and give the student a monthly allowance. 


GUATEMALA 


CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC BATHS.—Among other improvements 
being made on La Aurora, the national estate near Guatemala City, 


198 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


is the construction of public baths, which include swimming pools, 
hot and cold showers, and vapor baths. In addition ample provision 
has been made for exercise by the installation of gymnasium appa- 
ratus. During the month of September alone, 116,102 pesos were 
spent on the project. It was expected that the work would be finished 
and the improvements publicly inaugurated in December. 

SANITARY REGULATIONS.—New sanitary regulations concerning 
the sale of meats te become effective on November 23, 1926, were 
recently passed by the Guatemala City Board of Public Health. 
They specify that: 

In the future all meat dealers shall be required to have a license; those persons 
already established in business will be given 40 days in which to comply with the 
new regulations. 

Meat shops must be well ventilated; have cement floors; be cleanly painted; 
have proper protection against flies; be provided with granite, marble, or cement 
counters; have rust-proof hooks for the meat, and Government-inspected scales. 

The meat dealer shall be cleanly attired, and he must be ready to show his 
license at any time to Government inspectors. 


HAITI 


IMPROVEMENTS FOR, HOSPITAL AT Port-Au-PRINcCE.—The new 
wards in the General Hospital at Port-au-Prince will soon be com- 
pleted and ready for occupancy, offering accommodation for 72 
patients. Construction of an additional wing to this hospital has 
already been started and when finished will complete the work on 
this hospital. (Bulletin of the Receiwer General.) 

BROADCASTING PUBLIC-HEALTH LECTURES.—The installation of - 
broadcasting station HHK in Port-au-Prince and of a number of 
public receiving sets throughout the Republic represents an important 
step in the development of the country. Taking into consideration 
the possibilities thus opened for educational purposes, the Public 
Health Service is going to broadcast a series of lectures on public 
health, hoping to awaken still further interest of the public along 
this important line. (Bulletin of the Receiwer General.) 


HONDURAS 


Hospita statistics.—During the fiscal year 1925-26 the General 
Hospital of Tegucigalpa received 2,835 patients, of whom 2,234 were 
cured, 486 left in improved condition, 40 remained in the same state 
of health, and 75 died. The hospital death rate was 2.62 per cent. 

The hospital has recently been moved to a new building, to which 
additions are to be made. It now has 285 beds distributed among 
the children’s medical and surgical ward, the men’s ward, the general 
and special eye ward, the women’s ward, and the maternity and 
women’s medical ward. It has also an operating room and a section 
for private patients. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 199 


MEXICO 


TARAHUMARA INDIANS IN DISTANCE RACE.—On November 7, 1926, 
Zafiro and San Miguel, members of the Tarahumara Indian Tribe, 
famous for its runners, ran from the city of Pachuca to the National 
Stadium of Mexico City, a distance of 100 kilometers, or 62 miles, 
in 9 hours and 37 minutes. The runners were greeted with the 
greatest enthusiasm for their remarkable feat of endurance. 

IMMUNIZATION AGAINST SCARLET FEVER AND DIPHTHERIA.—See 
page 182. 

NICARAGUA 


Rep Cross HospiTau.—Last August Dofia Berta de Solis, presi- 
dent of the Women’s Charity Committee, offered the services of her 
organization for the establishment in the city of Managua of a Red 
Cross hospital to care for the wounded. 


PARAGUAY 


CYCLONE RELIEF.—Roused by the horrible news of the destruc- 
tion of a large part of the city of Encarnacién by cyclone on Sep- 
tember 20, 1926, the whole country united its forces in an attempt 
to mitigate the suffering left behind. The first help came from 
Posadas, Argentina, a few hours after the tragedy had occurred, 
then later came other organized effort. The Red Cross gave medical 
assistance, clothing, and food; relief parties from the Department 
of Public Assistance rendered aid; the Government authorized 
the expenditure of 600,000 pesos; charitable organizations of women 
cared for the needs of the orphans and homeless; clothing was col- 
lected; and thousands made contributions in money, the amount 
collected by one newspaper alone reaching 1,189,251 pesos in one 
month. Numerous generous gifts were also received from indi- 
viduals, organizations, and the governments of other countries, 
notably Argentina, Uruguay, and Brazil. The Government of 
Paraguay created a special commission with subcommittees in 
various cities to direct the work of relief and the rebuilding of the 
city. 

PARAGUAYAN MEDICAL PREPARATION.—Information has recently 
been received from Buenos Aires to the effect that injections of a 
certain Paraguayan medical preparation of proteins prepared accord- 
ing to a formula of Dr. Rogelio Alvarez Briguez and known as 
‘‘Alvarina”’ have been found to be very successful in the treatment 
of diseases of the respiratory organs. Dr. David Speroni, a well- 
known Argentine physician, has shown sufficient interest to devote a 
lecture in the Clinical Hospital to its use, and the National Depart- 
ment of Hygiene in Buenos Aires has authorized its application. 


200 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION | 
PERU 


GIFTs To HosPITAL.—The general Board of Public Charities held 
a special session on November 12 last for the purpose of expressing 
the board’s deep appreciation and gratitude to Sefior Antero Aspi- 
llaga and Sefior Severino Marcionelli, two public-spirited citizens, 
for gifts made to the excellent Arzobispo Loayza Hospital in Lima. 
Senor Aspillaga, former director of the Board of Public Health, 
donated a complete X-ray apparatus and a radio-diagnosis equip- 
ment, while Senor Marcionelli gave 6,000 Peruvian pounds for the 
construction of a surgical ward for children, in memory of his son 
who died some time ago. This ward will cover 557 square meters 
of ground and will consist of two wings, with a central hall for 
convalescent children. 

HEALTH CONFERENCES.—The Rimac Municipal Council has organ- 
ized a series of medical lectures to be given every two weeks in the 
city hall. The following subjects will be taken up: Antivenereal 
prophylaxis; fight against alcoholism; malarial prophylaxis; child 
welfare; general hygiene, including proper diet, housing and similar 
subjects; prenatal care; and care of the teeth and the prevention of 
disease by this means. 

MATERNITY HOsPITaL.—On October 10 last an attractive cere- 
mony was held in the maternity hospital in Lima celebrating the 
first centennial of the founding of this important institution. 

UNVEILING oF BUsT oF Docror Hrrepia.—Last October a bust 
of Dr. Cayetano Heredia, founder of the Faculty of Medicine, and 
first dean of that body, was unveiled in the courtyard of the School 
of Medicine in Lima at the celebration of the school’s seventieth 
anniversary. 

URUGUAY 


SANITARY IMPROVEMENT.—The National Administrative Council 
recently authorized the expenditure of 1,836,611 pesos for the provi- 
sion or improvement of water and sewerage facilities in a number of 
cities, including San José, Rocha, Treinta y Tres, Durazno, Florida, 
Rivera, Tacuarembé, Trinidad, Melo, Minas, Santa Lucia, San 
Carlos, Sarandi, Pan de Azticar, Santa Rosa, Achar, Cardona, and 
Punta del Este. : 

HospiraL pLANS.—It was announced on October 29, 1926, that the 
project for a new clinical hospital in Montevideo had been approved 
and the sum of 2,800,000 pesos authorized for the cost of its construc- 
tion. The buildings in use at present are inadequate and old, one 
dating from Spanish times. The project for a neurological institute, 
which will not only give treatments but carry on experiments, was also 
approved. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 201 


VENEZUELA 


ACTIVITIES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF SANITATION.—In a paper pre- 
sented before the First Pan American Conference of Directors of 
Public Health, an interesting review of the history and activities of 
the Venezuelan Bureau of Sanitation was given by Dr. Carlos J. 
Bello. A brief outline is as follows: 


The actual organization of the Venezuelan Public Health Service took place on 
November 13, 1911, but the first sanitary law was not promulgated until July 3, 
1912. In 1916 the President dictated the respective regulations, yet the work of 
this first organization, although of strictly sanitary character, was of but limited 
scope, and in 1919 it was reorganized as the bureau of sanitation. Under the 
supervision of the department of the interior it has a director and a central office 
in Caracas and subordinate offices in other places. 

Different phases of the work consist of the epidemiological service which 
studies diseases present in the country and those which threaten to invade it; 
the vaccination service charged with seeing that the rules for vaccination are 
complied with; the auxiliary branches of statistics, bookkeeping, and publicity; 
the inspection service; the engineering commission; the transport service; and a 
laboratory for chemical, bacteriological, and parasitological analysis and study. 

Special bureaus in the city of Caracas inspect the sanitary conditions of houses 
and the food for sale. There are commissions to place petroleum on stagnant 
water; inspectors of natural drainage; a disinfection service; and a bureau 
which carries on the study and treatment of venereal diseases. This branch 
alone treated more than 4,000 sick during the first six months of the year, besides 
distributing antivenereal propaganda. There is also a hospital for quarantine 
cases. 

Yellow fever has disappeared from Venezuela, and bubonic plague may be said 
to have almost disappeared. At the present time campaigns are being carried 
on against malaria and hookworm disease by treatment, education, and, as in the 
case of malaria, the destruction of carrying agents. 


HospPiraL REPORT.—On October 2, 1926, the Department of 
Promotion submitted a hospital report for the second quarter of 
1926 from which the following is taken: 














x " Pespenses | cutee: 
| Number | in boli- | effected | ‘ s 
Regions | of hos- vars | during Se pole 
pitals during | the OCR ENISS) || WEEMS 
quarter | quarter 
ATT OTC RUS ats ey ee ew SO Re wt ae 1 5, 673 29 7 56 
PAY LLC alee sree tee tos ee NE 1 PETS 11 11 35 
PATTERN ea Dts Be oe OR ee Be OR eee a ee eee 5 15, 000 92 27 195 
OLIV Ai ae eee a NS ONL Gn Re Seal 1 24, 000 110 30 380 
Cara O00 sess ete Eee a ee ee 6 36, 630 253 66 667 
I AIC OME ees See hen are eRe Ae jue ee ek Mere 1 4, 982 | zy} 10 57 
GAIL EGI CORN ise = ee tard ee ee RE gee ae oe 2 6, 054 38 16 127 
MT AT pe oh eee a SN Pdr, Aces te ke oy ak eal ire ar 4 19, 020 105 | 48 322 
ITS: ee eee Se a a a Oe Cre, UE) 2 4, 134 57 | 11 108 
INA Dies) XG Mates Se ee SS ee ee ee en Lene eet 5 4 9, 156 56 18 144 
INTE WARES Aart ae cee ae ee ere ae er ry ne enone 1 898 | I eee eee 17 
SUCTeE: SEE Se soe Cy eS eres ae aren Sm Oe eT 2 4, 806 65 | 11 132 
RACH eae ae 4am fennel ee er es ee era a 14, 114 141 39 382 
FADE ON PUM ay: Rsk sei ee Cnae Ue E ROR, bos GN ie einem Nee atone 2/ 7,588 78 | 9 134 
ZiT Ae eee arn eine a va a 7 195, 604 490, 112 1, 764 
HederaleDistiChae 2 = Sees ee Sie ee 12 | 2654, 648 748 | 188 2, 744 
MO GALES 2 a 34s Seer a! ee Nas ra ha ew, Sede 58 | 605, 183 2, 286 | 603 7, 264 














202 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


HospitaL stupy.—A special commissioner was recently appointed 
in the person of Dr. P. D. Rodriguez Rivero to study the hospitals 
of Panama and Europe with the idea of the possible application 
of their methods to the hospitals of Venezuela. 

GIFT TO LEPROSARIUM.—The inmates of the Cabo Blanco Lepro- 
sarium were recently made happy by the gift of a radio set presented 
by the Radio Corporation of Caracas. 





- 
w 43 


ARGENTINA 


MonuMENT TO GEN. CaRLos DE ALVEAR.—On October 16, 1926, 
President Marcelo T. de Alvear unveiled the monument to his an- 
cestor Gen. Carlos de Alvear, a hero of the early days of independence, 
which is erected in the gardens of the Recoleta of Buenos Aires. After 
the unveiling an address was made by Dr. Manuel Augusto Montes 
de Oca delivering the monument to the municipal intendent of 
Buenos Aires. Other addresses were made by the Minister of War, the 
Ambassador of Chile, the Ambassador of the United States, and rep- 
resentatives of the Governments of Uruguay and Spain, and of the 
various branches of the Argentine Government. In 1813 General 
Alvear at 23 years of age became the president of the assembly. 
Later he took Montevideo, returning to Buenos Aires where he was 
Supreme Director of the United Provinces for a time. When 
Rivadavia and Garcia were in power Alvear was sent to Europe and 
other parts of America on important diplomatic missions to Canning, 
Monroe, and Bolivar. Under the presidency of Rivadavia he held 
the post of Minister of War. From 1837 to 1852 he was Argentina’s 
diplomatic representative in the United States, where he died. 

ANNIVERSARY OF La Prensa.—The fifty-seventh anniversary of 
the establishment of La Prensa of Buenos Aires was celebrated by 
that paper on October 13, 1926. The paper was the recipient of con- 
geratulations from its Argentine colleagues and from foreign papers 
as well. The Bulletin joins in these good wishes to a colleague 
from which many of the notes on Argentine are culled. 


COLOMBIA 


MONUMENT TO THE MOTHER.—Senor Olinto Marcucci, Colombian 
sculptor, has presented to the city of Bogot&é a monument to the 


GENERAL NOTES 203 


mother. It depicts a loving mother holding a baby, while she teaches 
her little son at her side to read, thus representing the mother as 
instilling in her children their first ideas of rectitude and civic duty. 
Seated on the steps of approach below the main group on the monu- 
ment is an allegorical figure of the Republic, which appears to inscribe 
upon the pedestal ‘Honor thy father and thy mother.”’ 


COSTA RICA 


SrNor Soro Haut in Costa Rica.—The distinguished Guatemalan 
poet Sefior Maximo Soto Hall, representing La Prensa, a well-known 
daily of Buenos Aires, arrived in Costa Rica last October. Although 
his visit, during which he was féted as a guest of honor, was an expres- 
sion of the good will and friendship existing between the two nations, 
the real purpose of the trip was to make special studies in the prepa- 
ration of lectures to be illustrated with films of pre-colonial, colonial, 
and independence eras in Costa Rica. Similar studies and pictures 
will be made in other American countries under the auspices of La 
Prensa and the whole compiled into a monumental historical work. 
The lectures will also be published separately. 


CUBA 


RELIEF FOR FOREIGNERS.—After the disaster of October 20 in 
Cuba the Secretary of State requested the foreign missions accredited 
to that Republic to inform the Cuban Government as to the exact 
losses suffered by the citizens of their respective countries, resident 
in Cuba, for the purpose of giving them the same relief measures 
accorded to Cuban citizens. (Cuban Embassy notes.) 

“MAINE” MONUMENT.—In view of the damage by the recent 
hurricane of the monument erected in Habana in honor of the vic- 
tims of the Maine, Spanish-American War veterans at a recent 
meeting in St. Petersburg passed a resolution agreeing to contribute 
towards the reconstruction of this monument. This resolution was 
forwarded to President Machado, who replied thanking the veterans 
for their kind offer, but stating at the same time that he claimed 
for Cuba the priviledge of rebuilding, without foreign aid, this 
sacred memorial intrusted to the Cuban people. (Cuban Embassy 


notes. ) 
HONDURAS 


CENTENARY OF BATTLE OF La Trinipap.—The President on 
October 3, 1926, declared that November 11, 1927, the centenary of 
the Battle of La Trinidad fought by Gen. Francisco Morazén in 
defense of the liberty of Honduras, should be celebrated as a holiday 
with appropriate civic ceremonies. A competition for a monograph 


204. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ° 


on the battle and another for the design of a commemorative shaft 


to be placed on the battlefield will be held beforehand. 


MEXICO 


ARCHEOLOGICAL EXPLORATION AT CuHricHEN-ITzA.—In accordance 
with the contract with the Government of Mexico the Carnegie 
Institution has been making explorations for four years at Chichén- 
Itza in Yucatan. On November 24, 1926, it sent a report of its work 
for the year to the Minister of Education. The report included a 
photographic album in which were views of great beauty, especially 
that showing the main fagade of the Temple of the Warriors. Doctor 
Morley, head of the exploration mission, was expected in Mexico in 
the latter part of December to begin the work for 1927. 


URUGUAY 


Visits OF ToURISTS.—On October 15, 1926, a group of 300 Brazil- 
lan excursionists arrived in Montevideo for a 5 days’ sight-seeing tour; 
this is the first time that an organized group of tourists from Brazil 
has visited the city. 

First ExuHr1Bit.—The,first annual open art exhibit of Uruguay was 
held in Montevideo from October 12 to October 30, 1926, with a num- — 
ber of well-known artists contributing. 


VENEZUELA 


CENTENARY OF AristTIDES Rosas.—The first centenary of the birth 
of Aristides Rojas, a distinguished Venezuelan patriot and man of 
letters, was celebrated on November 5, 1926. A large gathering 
representative of the official, intellectual, diplomatic, and social life 
of the capital assisted at the commemorative services sponsored by the 
National Academy of History, the Central University, and the Insti- 
tute for University Extension. A portrait of the patriot was unveiled 
and an interesting collection of his works exhibited. ; 

MemortAt TO Botivar.—On October 12, 1926, before an audience 
representing all the Latin American countries and the leading indus- 
trial concerns of Germany, a bust of Simén Bolivar, presented by the 
Consuls-General of Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and 
Panama was unveiled in the city hall of Hamburg. In recognition of 
the gift the Hamburg State Senate changed the name of one of the 
leading boulevards of the city to ‘Simon Bolivar.”’ 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO DECEMBER 15, 1926 











Subject Date Author 
BOLIVIA 
1926 
Organization of ‘El Tour rants (CMO Sept. 30 | R. E. Schoenfeld, consul at La Paz, 
Supreme decree setting aside Oct. 5 as Good Roads ‘Day_- OGiaa) De. 
Report on the Normal Schools of Bolivia____.._---.-.._---- Oct. 19 Do. 
BRAZIL 
Amazonas industries, commerce, and finances____________- Oct. 2 | George E. Seltzer, vice consul at 
Manacs. 
Telegraphic communitations in the State of Amazonas___| Oct. 4 Do. 
Review of commerce and industries of district, for quarter | Oct. 5 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at Per- 
ended Sept. 30, 1926. nambuco. 
Review of commerce and industries of Bahia, quarter | Oct. 7 | Allan Dawson, vice consul in 
ended Sept. 30, 1926. charge, Bahia. 
The foreign trade of Bahia for the year 1925________________ Oct. 11 0. 
Annual message of the President of the State of Rio Grande |___do_____| Fred E. Huhlein, vice consul in 
do Sul to Legislative Assembly, on Sept. 23, 1926. | charge at Porto Alegre. 
Annual message of the President of the State of Ceara__-__| Oct. 14 | Nathaniel P. Davis. 
Inauguration of new cable service at Sao Paulo to Europe_; Oct. 15 Do. 
New British steamship line to South America__________-__ Oct. 18 Do. 
September coffee exports through Santos_________________- WER Qe a 


Amazonas cities authorized to make internal loans________|___ dolz=as 


Review of commerce and industries for Espirito Santo,) Oct. 19 
quarter ended Sept. 30, 1926. | 
Amazonas prohibits the destruction of balata trees, Law | Oct. 20 
No. 1295. | 
Amazonas to regulate public service, Law No. 114________-_ Oct. 21 
Bank of Brazil balance sheet for September, 1926__________ aeaO oe ane 
Sugar production of Bahia during the 1925-26 seascn______|___do_____ 
pahiaspLoduee exchange inaugurated on Oct. 15 in city of |___do_____ 
ahia. 
Bugdet of State of Amazonas for the year 1927_____________ Octn22 
Jeg eieyaP enbe Iba ioe IMHO cent See eee OCS 
Amazonas establishes duty of 2 per cent on export products_____do____- 
Contemplated new loan for the city of Sao Paulo__________|__- dome 
Industrial establishments in the city of Bahia_____________|___ doses 
ANTHKGDHE MATH OO AIS ENE lek ave — Se IO Gti 25) 
Duties collected at Mandos on imports for consumption |___do_____} 
from 1901 to 1925. 
Finances of the State of Piauhy im 1925_-____...-_.._______ Oct. 26 | 
Projected legislation in favor of Brazilian merchant marine_| Nov. 6 
Entry of foreign capital into Brazil during 1925 and 1926___|___do____- 


Declared exports from Rio de Janeiro to the United States | Nov. 8 | 


during third quarter of 1926. 
COLOMBIA 
PheiColompbiansihud cetpon 927 ae eee __| Nov. 18 
Progress of Colombia’s proposed foreign loan____________- 2-0. ~- 
Exports from Buenaventura during October, 1926________ ‘Nov. 10 
COSTA RICA 
October, 1926, report of commerce and industries__________ Nov. 8 
Regulations in force in Costa Ricain regard toimportaticn, | Nov. 22 
labeling, and sale of poisons. 
CUBA 
Review ofcommerce and industries of district quarter ended| Sept. 20 
Sept. 30, 1926. 
Report on various damages by the hurricane of Oct. 20, 1926 | Nov. 11 
Damage to grapefruit groves in Isle of Pines by hurricane | Nov. 16 
of Oct. 19-20, 1926. 
Effects of the hurricane, loss of life and property in the Isle | Nov. 19 
of Pines. 
Harbor improvements at Cienfuegcs_--_-_-_-------------- Nov. <0 











Do. 
George E. Seltzer. 
John W. Brunk, vice consul at Vic- 
toria. 
George E. Seltzer. 


Do. 
Digby A. Willson, vice consul in 
charge at Rio de Janeiro. 
Allan Dawson. 
Do. 


George E. Seltzer. 
Do. 


Do. 
| Walter C. Thurston, consul at Sio0 
Paulo. 
Allan Dawson. 
Do. 
George E. Seltzer. 


Allan Dawson. 
Robert R. Bradford, consul at Rio 
de Janeiro. 
Digby A. Willson 
Do. 


Alfred Theo Burri, 
ranquilla. 
Do. 
Charles Forman, consul at Buena- 
ventura. 


consul at Bar- 


Roderick W. Unckles, vice consul 
at San Jése. 
Do. 


Harry W. Story, vice consul at 
Santiago de Cuba. 
Carlton Bailey Hurst, consul gen- 
eral at Habana. 
Sheridan Talbott, vice consul at 
Nuevo Gerona. 
Do. 


Lucien N. Sullivan, consul at Cien- 
fuegos. 


205 


206 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Reports received to December 15, 1926—Continued 











Subject Date Author 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
sa 1826 
Dominican sugar production in 1925-26_________-__-____-_- Oct. 15 | James J. Murphy, Jr. consul at 
; Santo Domingo City. 
Sale of electric light plant in Santo Domingo City, to an | Nov. 10 Do. 
American company. 
HAITI 
Economic and commercial summary of Haiti_-...__________ Oct. 22) Maurice P. Dunlap, consul at Port 
au Prince. 
Monthly bulletins for September and October, 1926 (pub- | Oct. 25 
lished in office of Financial Adviser-General). 
PANAMA 
Proposed loan for further road construction _____________- Nov. 8 | Legation. 
Report on commerce and industries of the Republic of | Noy. 11 | H. D. Myers, vice consul at Pana- 
Panama for October, 1926. ma City. 
VENEZUELA 
Review of commerce and industries of district, quarter | Oct. 27 | Daniel J. Driscoll, vice consul at 
ended Sept. 30, 1926. La Guaira. 
Cofieercroplandsmarke t= === eee ee eae Nov. 3 | G.R. Phelan, vice consul at Puerto 
Cabello. 
mnexcacrorcropandemanke aes ee er eee eee Nov. 4 Do. 
October coffee report of the Maracaibo istrict mamane meni Nov. 8 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul at 
Maracaibo. 
Oil report of Maracaibo district for October, 1926__________ Nov. 15 } Do. 
Structure wells in the Maracaibo Lake Basin____________- Boel eames Do. 
Statement of the ‘‘Banco de Maracaibo”’ for June 30, 1925_| Nov. 19 Do. 


Foreign trade of La Guaira during’ October, 1926___._____- 





Nov. 20 | Daniel J. Driscoll. 





oS 





MhemNewabresidentvof Nicaragua sees ae ae ee 
DhesNeweeresidentqof Guatemala sess= se ae ee ee 
Nicaragua’s New Diplomatic Representative in the United States______ 
Venezuela Acquires the Precious Miranda Archives___________________ 


Tropical Hardwoods with Special Reference to their Use in American 


PEST Y CUTS GT ee ele ere haga rsa eee On MC owe Sa Se Ue NN en eleen eD 
By Maj. G. P. Ahern, Member, Board of Trustees, Tropical Plant Research Foundation, 
Washington, D. C. 


Tlaxcala: The Cradle of American Christianity _______________________ 
By H. Romeike. 

THeweBraziliane sh CG wm Or OS Sete sie es ie) ee eR CS ake AR ae ee 

Alvaro Guevara: Notable Chilean Painter __-_____-________==_____ =. __ 


Pane bacine: andslanwAmericanwACtivi tle sis ep 
I. Pan Pacific Conference. 
II. Projected Survey of Hispanic American History. 
III. World Essay Contest. 


New Government Buildings in Port au Prince, Haiti (Photographs)____- 


Four Poems by Enrique Gonzalez Martinez______.______-_1_____+___- 
Translated into English verse by Alice Stone Blackwell. 

Latin-American Women as Industrial Workers _______________________ 
By Elvira Santa Cruz Ossa. 

Reorganization of Mexico City Normal Schools.-_____________________ 

Otay Bins) WesioOMel Wb So a ee Se ee See ee ea Ss see eee 

United States Trade with Latin America in 1926_____________________ 
By Matilda Phillips, Chief Statistician, Pan American Union. 


Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce___________________________=____ 

Argentina— Bolivia— Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Repub- 

lie— Ecuador — Guatemala— Haiti— Mexico— Panama— Paraguay — Peru— Salvador— 
Uruguay—Venezuela. 





LCOMOMNO Oral HiieVOrENl Ais 2 se ee ee ee see 
Argentina—Bolivia—Colombia—Costa Rica—Dominican Republic—Honduras. 
TRS SISTA CIO Me a tate ets, = se Peete Red So DY ce ULL tro Pre Oral A a Slee ire ee «PME 
Brazil—Dominican Republic—Mexico—Salvador. 
InternationalyPreatiese 2) 5s aoe ee eee See oe ee Oe 
Argentina-Colombia—Uruguay-Brazil—Uruguay-Salvador. 
wb IGA HE AOpN Eval IChnCENHON | ke ee Ee es 
Argentina— Bolivia— Brazil— Chile—Colombia— Costa Rica— Cuba— Ecuador— Guate- 
mala — Haiti — Honduras — Mexico — Panama — Paraguay — Peru — Salvador — United 
States—Uruguay. 





Argentina—Chile—H onduras—Mexico—Paraguay. 


SoclaleProrre sss aceite nye as eR te a Se ay Se ER eee eee inet 
Argentina—Brazil—Colombia—Costa Rica—Guatemala— Mexico—Nicaragua— Panama— 
Paraguay—Peru—Salvador—United States—Uruguay—Venezuela. 


General Notes 2520 et cae wee fy ia ee ek Pee eer i ee 2 re 
Argentina—Chile—Cuba—Ecuador—Guatemala—N icaragua—Paraguay. 


Subject Matter of Consular Reports_______._-__-__.-_-.-------------- 


228 


235 
238 
243 


252 
254 


272 


274 


293 


302 


303 


309 


312 


<4 
Pp 
o 
< 
fa 
< 
oO 
_ 
Z 
fy 
oe) 
al 
A 
gQ 
QA 
ee 
mM 
ic 
[ew 
Ay 


SENOR DON ADOLFO DIAZ, 


Inaugurated November 15, 1926 





AX 
44 oF oe = TEED ape 
TTS Ue EY = Veréesths Gm (NT 











WOlb, Wed MARCH, 1927 _ No. 3 
































Y VIRTUE of the recent constitutional reorganization of the 
Nicaraguan Government effected by the National Congress 
in November, 1926, Sefior don Adolfo Diaz, a leading citizen 
and senator of the Republic, was elected by that body to 

fill the Presidency during the remainder of the present term. Sefior 
Diaz was accordingly inducted into this high office on November 15. 

This, however, is not the first time that the distinction of serving 
as President of Nicaragua has been bestowed upon Sefior Diaz. He 
was also thus honored when in 1911 he acted as provisional President 
and, later, as constitutional President during the term 1913 to 1917. 

From early youth Sefior Diaz has taken an active part in the 
political life of his nation, and invariably in the several important 
posts occupied his intellectual gifts and his spirit of initiative were 
distinguishing characteristics. 

Born of Nicaraguan parents in the city of Cartago, Costa Rica, on 
July 15, 1874, he matriculated as soon as his family returned to 
Nicaragua in one of the educational institutions in Granada, where he 
completed both the elementrary and advanced courses. As soon as 
his school days were over he entered business life, taking especial 
interest in mining operations. After a relatively short time he became 
a partner in La Luz y Los Angeles, an important mining company 
whose employ he had entered as auditor. He likewise specialized in 
financial matters, in which he is considered an authority. 

Somewhat later, Sefior Diaz took an active part in a political 
movement as an adherent of Gen. Juan J. Estrada. When the 
latter became President, Semor Diaz was chosen Minister of the 

207 


208 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Treasury, later being elected, as has been said, Vice President of the 
Republic, and then First Executive. In October, 1923, he was made 
Senator for the Department of Bluefields, while in May, 1924, he 
served as chairman of the executive committee of the Conservative 
Party. 

The BuLLETIN oF THE Pan AMERICAN UNION takes advantage of 
this opportunity to present its respects to the new President and to 
express its sincere good wishes for the success of his administration. 








THE NEW PRESIDENT OF 
GUATEM? 








© Bite ; os 





@ @ = one : 











ENERAL Lazaro Chacon, as first Designate to the Presidency 
of Guatemala, was unexpectedly summoned to assume the 
duties of that high office because of the sudden and la- 
mented death of President José Maria Orellana on September 

27, 1926. Pursuant to the terms of the Constitution, it devolved 
upon General Chacén as First Designate to call a national election, 
in which he received an overwhelming majority. He was inaugu- 
rated President on December 18, 1926, and will therefore guide his 
country’s destinies for six years to come, the term being counted 
from March 15, 1927. 

The new President of the Republic of Guatemala was born on June 
27, 1873, in the city of Teculutan, his parents being Don Juan José 
Chacén and Dofia Maria Soledad Gonzalez. In 1892, when at barely 
19 years of age he had just completed his course in the Institute at 
Chiquimula, he entered the military service, in which he has made for 
himself a most distinguished and brilliant career. 

It is interesting to trace the successive steps by which General 
Chacon reached his present elevated rank, his second heutenancy 
being received in 1897, and his next promotion in 1902. As captain 
of infantry—which rank was conferred upon him May 25, 1903—he 
became a member of the President’s Guard of Honor, receiving his 
promotion as major somewhat more than a year later. In January, 
1905, he was appointed commander of the Fortress of Matamoros in 
Guatemala City, his lieutenant-coloneley being won before the close 
of that same year. On September 20, 1906, he became full colonel, 
and in August, 1907, was detailed as post commander of San Agustin 
Acasaguastlan, where he remained five years. Having been appointed 
in June, 1913, Department Commander of Sacatepéquez, he remained 
in charge there until April, 1916, after which he held in succession 
similar posts in Zacapa, Solol4, and Suchitepéquez, leaving the last- 
named department in 1922. 

In May, 1924, he became commanding officer of the President’s 
Guard of Honor, receiving the rank of brigadier general by act of the 
National Assembly. This, however, was not the first time that the 
Assembly had singled out General Chac6én to do him honor, for in 
1906 he was voted a gold medal for his brilliant services in the mili- 
tary operations of that year. Finally, when General Orellana was 

209 





PRESIDENT OF GUATEMALA 


} 


a 


O CHACON 


, 


GENERAL LAZAR 


1926 


t) 


rated December 18 


Inaugu: 


“THE NEW PRESIDENT OF GUATEMALA 211 


elected President of Guatemala in 1921, General Chacén, as has 
already been said, became First Designate for the Presidency. 

The new President’s inauguration took place in the chamber of the 
National Assembly, the presiding officer of that body investing him 
with the insignia of office. After taking the presidential oath to 
uphold the Constitution of the Republic, General Chacén expressed 
himself, in part, as follows: 

The strict enforcement of the Constitution and the law will be the norm of 
my administration; the fulfillment of my program, so far as resources permit, 
my highest objective. Thus, his rights assured to every Guatemalan, production 
stimulated by the firm support of agriculture and industry, and our monetary 
and banking reorganization in turn sustained and strengthened, we may look 
forward to a brighter future and, with a lively and united effort toward moral 
and material betterment, utilize all the constructive forces of the country to 
achieve its rightful place in the civilized world. The fine civic spirit shown by 
our fellow citizens in the recent elections can not fail to win the admiration and 
respect of other nations; and I trust that my efforts to strengthen the friendly 
relations now existing between those nations and ours will be productive of a 
closer understanding which will be conducive to increased national progress and 
culture. 


The BuLueTtiIn of the Pan American Union takes advantage of this 
opportunity to offer its sincere congratulations to the Chief Executive 
of the sister Republic of Guatemala and to wish him the fullest 
measure of success in the high office with which he has been entrusted 
by the Guatemalan people. 








Photograph by Harris & Ewing 
SENOR DR. ALEJANDRO CESAR 


States 


Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Nicaragua to the United 





Ce ae an 
UNITED 
Petes 2 6 8 














| 
< 
= 
ey 
=) 
Pasay 

S 
Ss 
SSS) 

: 





© 
is) 
is) 
© 
is) 
is) 
is) 








ANUARY 20th witnessed the official reception at the White 
House of the new Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipo- 
tentiary of Nicaragua, Dr. Alejandro Cesar Chamorro. In 
presenting his credentials Doctor Cesar expressed himself, in 
part, as follows: 


EXcELLENCY: Once again I am honored with the representation of the Nicara- 
guan Government before the Government of the United States and I am pecul- 
iarly gratified to be able to begin my mission as the first diplomatic representative 
of the new constitutional Government of Nicaragua, presided over by President 
Adolfo Diaz. 

For this reason, as well as for the well-known and historic relations of amity 
and cordiality which have always existed between our two countries, it is natural 
that in presenting the letter which accredits me as Envoy Extraordinary and 
Minister Plenipotentiary of Nicaragua near your Excellency’s Government I 
should be especially charged by my Government to interpret to your Excellency 
the genuine sentiments of grateful appreciation and sincere devotion which my 
Government and people feel toward the great American Nation. 

To this manifestation of Nicaraguan friendship and gratitude toward the 
Government and people of the United States I desire to add the expression of my 
best wishes for the personal fortunes of your Excellency and for the welfare and 
happiness of the great Nation over which your Excellency so worthly and happily 
presides. 


President Coolidge, in reply said, in part: 


Mr. Minister: It is a genuine pleasure to receive you and to recognize you 
as Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the constitutional 
Government of Nicaragua. . . . 

For many years the United States has been a good friend to the Nicaraguan 
people. Through our assistance asked and apparently welcomed, Nicaragua has 
enjoyed years of peace and tranquillity, restored her almost hopelessly shattered 
national finances, increased her economic resources and vastly improved her 
position before the world. We take no undue credit for what was accomplished 
during that time. The chief credit belongs to the Nicaraguan people themselves. 
It was the sincere hope of this country that these conditions would continue and 
that it would be unnecessary for the United States to take any action for the 
protection of its citizens and their interests, but unfortunately such has not been 
the case. 


213 


214 , THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The United States, as I know your Government and the people of Nicaragua 
fully appreciate, has no selfish ends or imperialistic desires to serve. Least of all 
have we any desire to influence or dictate in any way the internal affairs of 
your country. The United States desires the independence and the prosperity of 
every Central American republic. The foundations for permanent stability 
within Nicaragua must, of course, be laid by its own Government and I have 
been pleased to see that the initial steps for the elimination of disaffection and 
the composing of factional differences are already being taken. 


The new Minister of Nicaragua, who is also a distinguished physi- 
cian and a member of the Nicaraguan bar, was born in the city of 
Granada, March 27, 1886. After the completion of the elementary 
courses of instruction in the schools of that city, he entered the 
Instituto Nacional de Oriente, situated in Granada whence he was 
graduated with the title of bachelor of arts in 1901. Shortly after 
his graduation he entered the Oriente University where, in 1906, he 
successfully received the degree of doctor of laws. 

A year or two later Doctor Cesar went to France to study medicine, 
eraduating from the Medical School of the University of Paris as 
physician and surgeon in 1913, to later occupy, for a few years, the 
position of professor of clinical surgery in the medical faculty of 
Oriente University. 

Among the important political and diplomatic positions held by 
Doctor Cesar which may be mentioned are: Official Delegate of 
Nicaragua to the Second Pan American Scientific Congress in 1916; 
Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the United 
States in 1920-21; and Delegate on Special Mission to the Govern- 
ment of El Salvador in 1926. Doctor Cesar has also been honored 
by membership in a number of important national and international 
learned societies, notable among which are the American Institute 
of International Law, and the Anatomical Society of Paris. 

The BuLuetiIn takes this opportunity of presenting its respect- 
ful greetings to the new diplomat, and member of the governing board 
of the Pan American Union, and its most earnest wishes for a full 
measure of success in the mission intrusted to him by the Nicaraguan 
people. 


99819 JO JUSUTZIVdeq 9} JO SIIB Vy 
UBITIOULW Ul] JO UOISIATC 9} JO JoryH JUBISISSY ‘UBSIOT “AA AOTOYOIS “AT ‘ASsequrgy ueqny oY Jo Areqo100g ‘MOIBY “y, esor “Iq {MeTD “+H 
ydesor ‘uo HY ‘01819 JO A1vJoLOOSIOpUL) 94} ‘SABC ‘f SoueL ‘UO ‘1Oqv'y JO A1eyo.100g 9y} Sespng oy} Jo 10JDoIIG ‘pIOT “WH ‘UeyH {01819 Jo Arey 
-91009 JUBISISSY ‘UOSLLIV A PURO] “AJ ‘UOIUA URdIIOULY UA 944 JO 1OJOAIIG JURISISSY ‘seslog [ID ‘Y Aq ‘eMoy Sg -]T “AC 24311 04 Yo] ‘Burpueys 
“MIM ‘Cd Sying ‘wor ‘AACN 9} Jo A1e49I1009 oy qUesIRg “4H UYOL “UO ‘[elouexy) AVUI0}1V oY} {SIAR “YW IYSIMCG ‘UOH ‘iV AA Jo A1e49I1099 
oy} ‘eqnyD Jo JopessequLy 94} ‘MON 'S ALVA UO ‘Tele Iojsevulysog oy} ‘YAO MA Jloqny “WOR ‘1OLI04Uy oy4 Jo Areqaloeg oy, 3381109 Ao] ‘poyvag 
:o1v dnols oy} UL “XOUUY UBdTIOULY Uv oY) 4¥ ‘TT Aqenues “UOTUY UkdIeuLY Ug 9} JO [BIOUNY) 10JDIIIG 
‘amoy ‘ST ‘Iq Aq WAATS UOSTOUNT & 4B IOWUOY JO JSons oy} SUM ‘VIGIL SIISeIQ UOC IOUS ‘Se}VIg poJIU 9} 0 IOpessequIy URqny MoU oy, 


; NOINO NVOIWEHNVY NVd FHL AO TVYENAD 
YUOLOHNMIG HHL AM NAYAID SULVLS CHLINO AHL OL V€aNO AO YOCVSSVEINV AHL 4O HONOH NI NOWHONNT 


ES 


WE 




















@ @ @ @ @ 


@ Q@ @ 











FTER more than a century on alien soil, the Venezuelan 
Government has acquired the long coveted ‘“‘archives”’ 
of her patriot son, Gen. Francisco Miranda. After 
incredible vicissitudes by land and sea, this most inti- 

mately personal of the vestigios of that great soldier and statesman 
has come back to America—has come home to Venezuela. 

It appears that General Miranda, at the time of the capitulation 
to the Spanish commander in 1812, had sent his effects, including 
the volumes comprising his collection, on board the British war 
vessel Sapphire. The captain, upon learning of General Miranda’s 
imprisonment, evidently having some knowledge of the value and 
importance of the documents, delivered them to the then Governor 
of Curacao, who in turn sent them to the Foreign Office in London, 
where they came into the hands of the then Secretary of War in whose 
family they remained and whose book-plate—that of the Earls of 
Bathurst—they bore until their acquisition in 1925 by the Vene- 
zuelan Government. 

Even a casual examination of this collection reveals its great his- 
torical value, not merely to Venezuela but to all America. For it 
appears that General Miranda was exceedingly methodical, and that 
he carefully collected and collated not only letters, documents, and 
“scraps of paper,’ but also visiting cards, invitations, menus, pro- 
grams, and other memorabilia which he received, in addition to numer- 
ous plans, timely pamphlets and broadsides, together with ‘all his- 
torical documents which were in any way related to South American 
matters or his own activities. 

The collection is known to include autograph letters of Jefferson, 
Hamilton, Madison, Livingston, Rufus King, Colonel Smith, and 
many others who figured prominently in the early history of the 
United States, in addition to similar letters from many of the lead- 
ing statesmen and crowned heads of Miranda’s time. 

The amount paid by the Venezuelan Government for this notable 
collection—which was at one time sought by Dr. Wm. 8S. Robertson, 
for the University of Illinois—was £3,000. 

The following is a list of the volumes in this precious collection: 
Volumes 1 to 20 comprise the correspondence, etc., relating to General Miranda’s 

voyages from 1771 to 1792. 

216 


VENEZUELA ACQUIRES THE PRECIOUS MIRANDA ARCHIVES Zli 





= fe eR 


MIRANDA IN PRISON 


This painsing by Michelena pictures Miranda in prison at Cadiz, Spain, where he ended his days 


Volumes 21 to 37 comprise the correspondence, etc., covering the period of 
General Miranda’s activities in connection with the French Revolution, from 
1792 to 1797. 

Volume 38 contains the correspondence with women from 1779 to 1808. 

Volumes 39 to 57 include the negotiations for obtaining South American Inde- 
pendence, and the expeditions to Caracas, 1770 to 1810. 

Volume 58 apparently is missing, and no doubt covers the period from 1810 to 
1812. 

Volumes 59 to 62 include sundry correspondence for the period from 1775 to 
1804. 

Volumes 63 and 64 include miscellaneous documents, letters, ete., relatimg to Gen- 
eral Miranda’s activities, 1707 to 1805. 


The following shows the contents of each individual volume: 


Vol. I, 1764-1775, Espana, Africa. 

Vol. II, 1775-1780, Africa, Espafia. 

Vol. III, 1780-1782, Espana, América. 

Vol. IV, 1782-83, America. 

Vol. V, 1783-84, Estados Unidos. 

Vol. VI, 1784, Estados Unidos. 

Vol. VII, 1785-86, Estados Unidos, Inglaterra. 

Vol. VIII, 1786, Holanda, Prusia, Sajonia, Austria, Italia. 
Vol. [X,"1786-87, Grecia, Turquia, Rusia. 

Vol. X, 1787, Rusia. 


218 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Vol. XI, 1787, Rusia. 

Vol. XII, 1787-88, Suecia, Noruega, Dinamarca. 

Vol. XIII, 1788, Dinamarca, Hamburgo, Holanda. 

Vol. XIV, 1788, Holanda, Rhin. 

Vol. XV, 1788, Suiza. 

Vol. XVI, 1788-89, Suiza, Norte Italia, Francia. 

Vol. XVII, 1789, Francia. 

Vol. XVIII, 1789-90, Inglaterra. 

Vol. XIX, 1790-1792, Inglaterra. 

Vol. XX, 1792-93, Francia. 

Vol. XXI to XX XI, 1792-93, Révolucion Francaise, Correspondance 
Vol. XXXII, 1792-93, Révolucion Frangaise, Lettres Interceptées. 
Vol. XX XIII, 1793, Tribunal Révolucionnaire. 

Vol. XXXIV, 1793, Tribunal Révolucionnaire. 

Vol. XX XV, 1793-1795, Tyrannie de Robespierre. 

Vol. XXXVI, 1794-1797, Oppression du Directoire. 

Vol. XX XVII, 1794-1797, Oppression du Directoire. 

Vol. XX XVIII, 1779-1808, Correspondance de Femmes. 
Vol. XX XIX, 1770-1799, Negotiations. 

Vol. XL, 1792-1800, Negotiations. 

Vol. XLI, 1801-2, Negotiations. 

Vol. XLIT, 1803-4, Negotiations. 

Vol. XLITI, 1804-5, Negotiations. 

Vol. XLIV, 1805-6, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas. 
Vol. XLV, 1806, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas. 
Vol. XLVI, 1806-7, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas. 
Vol. XLVII, 1807, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas. 
Vol. XLVIII, 1807, Papeles interceptados. 

Vol. XLIX, 1807, Papeles interceptados. 

Vol. L, 1807-8, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas. 
Vol. LI, 1808, Negotiations. 

Vol. LIT, 1808, Negotiations. 

Vol. LIII, 1809, Negotiations. 

Vol. LIV, 1809, Negotiations. 

Vol. LV, 1809, Negotiations. 

Vol. LVI, 1810, Negotiations. 

Vol. LVII, 1810, Negotiations. 

Vol. LVIII, 1810 (?), Missing. 

Vol. LIX, 1775-1790, Varias Correspondencias. 

Vol. LX, 1790-1800, Varias Correspondencias. 

Vol. LXI, 1790-1804, Varias Correspondencias. 

Vol. EXIT, 1798-1804, Varias Correspondencias. 

Vol. LXIII, 1707-1783, Miscellanies. 

Vol. LXIV, 1773-1805, Miscellanies. 


ICAL AV IR ID W DAD OD 
SPECIAL RE! 
Gf 1 F TO) Y f © Y 
‘NCE TO THEIR USES IN 
AY CE UA ul SC ih N 


MERICAN INDUSTRIES 


AN OUTLINE OF THE PROBLEM AND A PROGRAM OF 


WORT FOR ARIE VAs Ss Ma SPECIAL, RESPARCH COME 
MITTEE ON SUBSTITUTE SPECIES FOR BOMESTIC WOODS! 



























By Maj. G. P. AHERN 
Member, Board of Trustees, Tropical Plant Research Foundation, Washington, D.C. 


E have long been the world’s greatest producer of wood 
and wood products, and this position has, in a measure, 
blinded us to the fact that we shall, in the end, inevi- 
tably have to pay our own bills. Had the rapid and 

steady rise in the index price of certain of our woods been due to 
causes outside our own control, and the increased cost to the con- 
sumer been paid abroad, we would have been very much concerned 
and probably before now would have taken steps to protect the 
industries affected. 

It is not the intention here, nor would it be possible within the 
scope of this paper, to discuss the timber situation of the country 
in its entirety. It will be sufficient if attention is drawn to the fact 
that we are cutting out our forest capital at a rate something over 
four times that at which it is being replaced, and that a general 
timber shortage is not a matter of the remote future but is already 
with us. Opinion interested in the present lumber industry of the 
country to the contrary, this is a fact that can not be controverted. 
The effect of this shortage is not generally felt by the public, as it is 
indirect and reflected in a lack of housing, increase of rents, and in 
a thousand minor ways. However, it is a different matter if we 
come to consider specifically the supply of certain timber species. 
More than 30 industries, ranging in their activity from the manu- 
facture of furniture, vehicles, toys, etc., to firearms and airplanes, 
are largely dependent upon the supply of 10 woods. 

Statistics show that the production of white pine has fallen off 
from seven and a half to one and a half billion board feet; that the 
oak cut is now only one-half that of 1900; yellow poplar less than a 
third; elm only one-fourth; hickory and ash have fallen off; and an 





1 Presented at the Wood Industries Division Meeting of the A. S. M. E., Chicago, Nov. 23, 1926. 
29141—27—Bull. 3 2 219 





220 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


increased cut of red gum and birch has not kept the total cut from 
declining from fourteen and a half to six and a quarter billion board 
feet. No better evidence of the waning supply of these species 
than the above decline in production could be acquired. The first 
and continuing effect of the shortage was rising prices. With this 
we are all familiar. It was accepted by the industries as a part of 
the general economic trend, and they have been prepared to pay what 
was necessary to obtain the material they required. But willimgness 
and ability to pay will no longer meet the situation. As local supplies 
were exhausted, small concerns went out of business. Large and 
well-financed organizations, able to draw their supplies from distant 
sources, fared better, but they are now coming into competition 
with each other to an extent which threatens the existence of all. 
Centers of production have shifted, following centers of supply until 
they are at their last stand. The furniture maker finds himself 
handicapped in competing with the maker of musical instruments, 
and the manufacturer of agricultural implements withdraws his 
buying organization from the field in times of stress because he can 
no longer compete with the manufacturer of vehicles and vehicle 
parts. Substitutes for wood have been tried wherever it has been 
possible to introduce’ them, and brought into use either at higher 
costs or to less advantage than wood. We are approaching the limit 
in that direction and it will not suffice to meet the situation. There 
is an irreducible minimum beyond which we can not substitue for 
wood. The growing use of substitutes for wood tends to alarm 
certain of our producers, but a survey of all of our wood-using indus- 
tries brings to our notice ever-increasing new uses for wood. As 
one investigator in the Forest Service remarked, ‘‘The age of wood 
may be ahead of us.” 


A NEW SOURCE OF HARDWOOD SUPPLY 


A new source of timber supply, especially of hardwoods, is required 
at once to check the drain on our fast-diminishing native supplies and 
carry us over the very considerable period which will have to elapse 
before we can, by forest conservation, replanting, etc., put ourselves 
again in the independent position we occupied at the beginning of 
this century. Economically this necessity is of greater national impor- 
tance than the future of rubber supplies, and deserves at least as much 
attention as the rubber situation. More particularly it is of vital 
importance to the continued existence of some of our hardwood-using 
industries, and no one of them is in a position to be independent of it. 

The forests of tropical America offer us the source to which we can 
turn in this emergency. They cover nearly 3,600,000 square miles 
of territory, of which about 3,000,000 square miles carry forests of 
broad-leaved species. The Amazon Basin, in Brazil and neighboring 


TROPICAL HARDWOODS . DO 


countries, is estimated to contain 3,400 billion board feet standing 
timber, which is undoubtedly the largest continuous body of timber 
in the world. In all of tropical America there exists probably not 
less than 5,000 billion feet. 

These forests are closer to our ports than those of Africa, Asia, or 
Oceania. They are owned by countries which are politically and 
economically closely related to us and whose governments would 
probably look with with favor upon and cooperate in their utilization. 
Capital within the holding countries is not available to take up 
adequately the work of development, and the resource awaits the 





FELLED HARDWOOD TREES IN GUATEMALA 


Logs which have been brought to a landing stage ready for floating down a river to the sawmill 


interest of consuming markets. The world demand for timber 
increases, and inevitably this vast supply will be brought into use. 
Either we must take a hand in it ourselves or others will, and our 
hardwood-using industries will then be in a position similar to that of 
the rubber industry with themselves the world’s greatest consumers 
and production largely outside their control. This is no remote 
possibility. A hardwood shortage was thought to be far distant 
in 1900, but it is with us now. Within the next two decades we may 
be compelled to import at least three to five billion board feet of hard- 
woods annually. With our own industries in control of production 
we may be able to meet our requirements at an annual cost of 


Dey, THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


$250,000,000 or less. There are at present governmentally controlled 
foreign combinations in nine raw materials needed in this country, 
but if we leave to other countries the control of tropical American 
forests it may cost us double that sum or ‘“‘whatever the traffic will 
stand.” It is a very great task, however, to increase the quantity of 
imported hardwoods from its present volume of 200,000,000 board feet 
to even 1,000,000,000 feet; not so much in the production and 
marketing of the billion feet as in the disposal of approximately three 
to four billion feet of lower nonexport grades remaining after high-grade 
materialis produced. Thereisalimit to what local markets can absorb. 
The idea of putting into use the timbers of the Tropics is no new 
one. European countries holding large colonial possessions in the 
Tropics have long recognized the value of their forests and have 
much capital invested in their development. They are keen to fore- 
see Uncle Sam’s needs for raw material long in advance, and prepare 
to meet them by giving encouragement and support to new ventures 
in their colonies. Patience was well rewarded in rubber and gutta- 
percha production; a longer period was necessary to produce pencil 
cedar in Kenya, British South Africa, which now promises to become 
the chief source of supply of pencil wood for all Europe, being raised 
at half the cost of American cedar. The Germans in Venezuela and 
the British in British Honduras and Ceylon are growing mahogany 
that within another 20 years will well repay the patience to wait 50 
years to supply what promises to dwarf the rich returns per acre now 
obtained by rubber plantations. The forests of the Philippines have 
engaged the attention of our administration there, and under it a 
flourishing timber industry has developed. But although we are, by 
a very long way, the heaviest consumer of timber and timber prod- 
ucts in the world, we have largely disregarded the great potential 
source of supply existing in the Tropics of our own hemisphere. Our 
own great wealth of first-grade woods has acted in two ways to pre- 
vent us from drawing on the supplies of the Tropics. In the first 
place, an abundant supply has hitherto been available at home, 
obviating the necessity of importation. Secondly, this same abun- 
dance has enabled us to specialize in the use of wood to an extent 
approached by no other country, and this specialization has developed 
a technique which is so rigid in operation as to exclude the utilization 
of any wood whose physical qualities are not well known. This spe- 
cialization has proceeded furthest in the final utilization of wood, but 
it extends right down into the primary practice of logging and milling. 
Our great forest wealth has been the cause of its own destruction. 
Having thus built up a great self-contained industry, it 1s now 
going to be the more difficult for us to adjust its machinery to the 
absorption of new material. This applies to some extent to the 
primary logging and milling operations as well as to final utilization. 
Were it not for this, the problem of obtaining and putting into use 


TROPICAL HARDWOODS 223 


new supplies of raw material would be relatively of less importance. 
New woods could be brought into use gradually, in conjunction and 
interchangeably with the waning supply of native species. Both 
extraction and final utilization could be matters of slow development, 
and might have begun long since. But conditions did not and do not 
permit of this. If new material is to be utilized it must have the 
physical properties which both suit it to the final use of the manu- 
factured article and to the standardized high-speed methods of manu- 
facture. These properties must not vary greatly, and, most impor- 
tant of all, sufficient quantities of the material must be available to 
permit an industry to put it into continued use. If a wood in all 
respects the equivalent of the high-grade hickory and ash required in 





Courtesy of ‘‘ American Forests” 


MODERN METHOD OF LOGGING 


Gasoline driven “‘caterpillar’”’ tractors are now being adopted by the lumber industry to replace horse- 
power and steam engines for transporting logs from the stump to the mill or railroad 


the manufacture of handles were offered the industry to-day it would, 
regardless of price, receive little attention unless steady supplies 
could be guaranteed. _ Price would then be a secondary consideration. 
Modern manufacturing and marketing methods absolutely preclude 
frequent shifts in even the external appearance of material used. 


AN EXPERIENCE WORTH NOTING 


Modern forest development in the Philippine Islands and the 
wider use of native woods locally and in the world’s markets offer 
light on the problem before us to-day. For several years following 
the American occupation of the islands the vast bulk of building 
material for private and public construction was hauled across the 
ereat Pacific. Crude methods of logging furnished the local market 


224 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


with small quantities of the finer hardwoods at varying and uncertain 
prices. The heavy stands of lumber covering the 60,000 square 
miles of public forest were scarcely touched. The newly organized 
forest service made a rapid reconnaissance of the more accessible 
forests, found some 2,500 to 3,000 tree species, and as many as 900 
species on one tract of 18 square miles. It was learned, however, on 
investigation, and the fact still holds good after twenty-odd years of 
development, that some 20 tree species constituted 80 per cent of the 
stand. The majority of the 20 species, the abundant woods, were not 
popular in the market. The woods were brought to the attention of 
the local and world’s markets within a very few years, as follows: 

A timber-testing laboratory was established by the Philippine 
Forest Service where a series of tests on carefully selected logs were 
run. <A large and well-prepared exhibit was set up in which each 
specimen carried full information concerning the properties of the 
wood, quantities and sizes available, distribution, approximate 
cost of production, ete. A furniture factory, another activity of 
the forest service, showed the finished product. Timber conces- 
sions up to several hundred square miles in area were granted for 
long periods, under liberal terms. These concessions were granted 
to Americans, British, Filipinos, Chinese, and other nationals. 
These concessionnaires with selling agencies throughout the world 
soon developed a world market. They are operating with modern 
equipment under strict official supervision. The forests are im- 
proved by cutting, and substantial revenues pay not only the cost 
of an ever expanding forest service but also a net revenue to the 
government about equal to the sum expended for the maintenance 
of the forest service. In addition to the above, publicity is not 
neglected. It might also be mentioned at this time that we find 
to-day, after more than 20 years of operation, that sawmills are on 
the same sites established at the time the concessions were granted, 
that the concession areas are sufficiently extensive to warrant per- 
manent operations, and that on each area a stable and growing 
local population helps to solve the labor problem. 


A PROGRAM OF RESEARCH 


Taking the above facts into consideration, it is quite clear that 
the problem of opening up a new source of supply of hardwoods is 
one presenting a number of different sides, and rather beyond the 
ability of any one industry to cope with. It requires cooperation 
in support of a properly equipped organization to make the pre- 
liminary investigations as to sources of supply and to conduct the 
researches necessary before new species of wood can be brought into 
use where they are required and in the quantities demanded. The 
Tropical Plant Research Foundation of Washington, D. C., has 
foreseen the necessity of such work and is organizing to undertake it. 


TROPICAL HARDWOODS 225 


The work is approached with the following background of estab- 
lished fact as a basis: 

a. The depletion of the supply of virgin timber in the United States, especially 
of certain valuable hardwoods, makes it necessary to seek and develop new 


sources of supply. 
b. Eight to ten billion feet of hardwoods are needed annually by the wood- 


using industries of the United States. 

c. Hardwood stumpage has steadily risen in price during the last 20 years to a 
point where substitutes for wood, unsatisfactory in too many instances, are 
appearing in all industries using hardwoods. 

d. New sources of supply: The most available sources of supply for the Amer- 
ican market will probably be found in northern South America, but investigations 
will not be confined to tropical America, for other tropical regions will also receive 


attention. 
e. Amounts available: Reliable data indicate that large amounts may be made 


available to supply the demands of industry in the United States for high-grade 
material, while lower grades will be absorbed by local markets. 

f. Suitability of new supplies: A large percentage of the tropical woods have 
been known and in use, either locally or abroad, for over 200 years. 

g. Accessibility of supplies: The forests from which these supplies are to be 
drawn lie along navigable rivers, in healthful regions with local populations 
accustomed to forest work. These timber lands are readily accessible to Amer- 
ican and European trade routes, assuring favorable freight rates. Existing con- 
ditions offer opportunity for investigation, organization, and development of 
new sources of supply on a scale sufficient to meet a substantial part of our needs. 


The necessity for additional supplies of hardwoods is imperative, 
and there are sufficient data with respect to the forests to the south 
of us to indicate that they can meet our needs. The work to be 
done is to bring to the user in the United States the wood or woods 
he requires in the quantities necessary for him to standardize with 
it and keep it in continuous use. Broadly, this work can be classified 
along three separate lines: 

1. Analysis of wood needs to show— 

a. The specific properties requisite in the various industries. 

b. The quantities required by each industry and the extent to 
which native species will fail of meeting requirements. 

c. Range of prices within which new material must be supplied. 

d. Definition of qualities which new species must present to 
meet the requirements of various industries. 

2. Field investigation in the producing field to determine— 

a. The location of accessible bodies of timber. 

b. The quantities and sizes and determination of various species. 

c. How these species are being used at present. 

d. Primary costs of extraction and milling and approximate 
costs at which lumber of the various species can be laid 
down at American ports. 

3. Laboratory investigation with tropical species available in 
quantity to determine— 

a. Their definite structure and identification. 


226 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


b. Their mechanical and physical properties—strength, season- 
ing characters, workability, durability, etc. 

c. The correlation of their determined properties with uses in 
the United States. 

d. Factory demonstration tests supplementing laboratory 
investigations. 

On first consideration this may appear to be a field of work which 
must necessarily take years to cover and from which no immediate 
practical results can be expected. Such is not the case. The work 
will doubtless continue as long as there are new areas of forest to 
be examined and as new demands for wood arise, but it is practically 
possible to begin utilization immediately. The information required 
under the first heading is in existence and only needs collating. 

Contrary to general opinion, tropical forests, although they are 
botanically more complex than those of northern countries, are not, 
from a commercial standpoint, composed of hundreds of unrelated 
species. The bulk of the stand—75 per cent or more in most cases— 
is composed of a few species. Enough is already known of the general 
forest distribution to permit field investigation to be directed at once 
to the location and study of logging units where large-scale extrac- 
tion can be initiated’ and quantity production established with a 
few species having qualities which will permit of their utilization 
in the industries of the United States. 

Such in brief is the field of work lying ahead of research into the 
uses and available supplies of tropical woods. Along broad lines 
a general inventory of the forest resources of tropical America is 
aimed at to be carried out as completely as time and funds will 
permit. It is essential that this be tied up to definite reliable data 
as to the specific character and value in utilization of the dominant 
species. Concise estimates of stand and cost of extraction are es- 
sential to economic development and must be an integral part of 
the first work undertaken. Without losing sight of the broad field 
of research which underlies the whole problem, it is felt that definite 
focal points of forest industry must be initiated at once. These, 
by natural development, will become the broad channels necessary 
to the completer utilization which is necessary to meet our ultimate 
demands for a continuous supply of high-grade hardwood lumber 
and which the extent of the resource justifies. 

The Tropical Plant Research Foundation provides an agency 
affiliated with the National Research Council, staffed by experienced 
men, supported by the cooperation of State and national foresters, 
in friendly relation with Latin-American Governments, and lacking 
only the funds to carry out the undertaking. 


A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TROPICAL WOODS 


As a first step in the research above mentioned, a bibliography of 
tropical woods has been prepared and issued by the Tropical Plant 


TROPICAL HARDWOODS DONT 


Lone 


Ce 


Lied | at 
Besa Bese Teg 
Saami ay 





A BRAZILIAN SAWMILL 


The Amazon basin contains, according to recent estimates, 3,400 billion board feet of standing timber 


Research Foundation, 1350 B Street SW., Washington, D. C. This 
bibliography contains 1,341 author citations, grouped by countries 
and indexed by subjects. The original titles of the foreign works 
are given and are followed by translations into English. <A key letter 
indicates the library in which the publication was found. 

We find some 98 publications on the woods and forests of Brazil 
alone, 43 on mahogany, many on the properties, uses, and tests of 
woods, on woods suitable for railroad ties, wood oils, veneers, and 
one publication on resonant woods, which should interest makers of 
musical instruments. The bibliography has been sent to students 
of tropical woods in the United States and in 36 other countries for 
criticism and suggestions. A second edition will be prepared during 
the present year. 


[CALA 4°) 


CRADLE OF AMERICAN CHRISTIANITY 3 

















By H. RomEtxe 


N THE little town of Tlaxcala stands what is unquestionably the 
oldest structure devoted to the worship of the Christian God 
on the North American continent—the ancient church of San 
Francisco. The date of the founding of the fine, weather-beaten 

old building is variously given as 1521, 1522, and 1524, and although 
it was never very rich in ornamentation, falling in this respect far 
behind many others in different parts of Mexico, it stands to this day 
in a remarkable state of preservation, a monument to the religious 
fervor of the conquerors of New Spain. Historically, it overshadows 
all the other religious edifices in this land of fine old churches, for 
within its venerable walls it shelters two precious relics of New 
World Christianity—the first baptismal font and the first pulpit in 
America. } 

It must be remembered that Cortés himself was a deeply religious 
man and that during the sixteenth century, at least, the Spaniards 
were as zealous missionaries of Christianity as they were avid and 
rapacious conquerors. Cortés felt himself ordained from Heaven to 
accomplish the spread of holy religion; he even stated that spiritual 
conquest was the primary motive of his campaigns, declaring that 
without this his temporal conquests would be unjust and nonenduring. 
He essayed his great enterprise under the sacred motto, ‘‘The Holy 
Cross is our banner, and under it we shall conquer,” and cherished 
the belief that his military successes were due entirely to this fact. 

Five ecclesiastics were present during the siege of Tenochtitlan,” 
and the conquerors, led by Cortés himself, reverently kissed the hems 
of the garments of these saintly men whenever they met in public, 
thereby displaying a humility calculated to produce a strong effect 
upon the Indians. Cortés even submitted on one occasion to being 
publicly flogged by a friar for nonattendance at mass. The event 
may have been staged, but it served to quiet the complaints of the 
natives who had received similar treatment. Bearing in mind the 
attitude of the great conqueror and his soldiers toward the church, 
it is easily comprehensible that, even before advancing upon the 
capital of the Aztecs, the conversion to Christianity of the Tlaxcalan 
allies became a matter of primary importance. 





1 Mexican Magazine, Mexico, D. F, July, 1926. 2 Aztec name for Mexico City. 
228 


uledg MON jo 
SIOPUNOJ OY} JO IOAAOJ SNOISI[OA OY} OF JUOUINUOU B sv spULIS PUL WOTJVALOSOIC JO 94¥4S B[QVYIVULAL B UT ST YOINYO JWoPoue sIyy ‘PET PUL TZCT UoaMJoq OUT} SMS pepunog 


OOIXHW ‘VIVOXVIL ‘OOSIONVUd NVS 40 HOUNHO FHL AO WOIMALNI 


~ 
s 
a 


/ fal 





230 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The great baptismal font in the old church of San Francisco is 
hollowed from a single block of lava and over it hangs the inscription 
of which the following is a translation: ‘‘In this font the four senators 
of the ancient Tlaxcalan Republic received the Catholic faith. The 
religious act took place in 1520; the minister was Don Luis Diaz, 
chaplain of the conquering army, and the god-fathers, Captain 
Cortés and his distinguished officers, Don Pedro de Alvarado, Don 
Andrés de Tapia, Don Gonzalo de Sandoval, and Don Cristébal de 
Olid. To Maxicatzin they gave the name of Lorenzo; to Xicotencatl 
that of Vicente; to Tlahuexcolotzin that of Gonzalo; and to Zitlapo- 
poca that of Bartolomé.’ Such are the facts according to the 
inscription. The historians, however, are by no means as clear and 
positive on the subject, since various eminent authorities differ both 
as to the date of the conversion and the identity of the first converts. 

In the first place, given the importance attached to religious events 
by the conquerors, it is a fact worthy of note that neither Cortés nor 
Bernal Diaz del Castillo mentioned this baptism in their writings. 
One might point out that Bernal Diaz wrote his version of the con- 
quest 40 years after the events he chronicled took place and that his 
memory may have failed concerning this incident. Cortés, however, 
wrote frequently to his king and numerous references to Tlaxcala 
are to be found in his letters. For instance, he mentions that the 
city at that time numbered 30,000 souls and that it was larger than 
Granada, renowned city of Spain. He describes the great gatherings 
in the city on market days when, he claimed, 30,000 people came in 
from the surrounding country, a statement that it is necessary to 
“take with a grain of salt,’ but which speaks for his powers of 
observation and desire to report everything of possible interest to 
the court of Spain. How, then, could he have failed to mention an 
event of such transcendental importance to their Catholic Majesties 
as the baptism of the chiefs of the Tlaxcalan nation? 

Nevertheless, that this baptism did take place at a very early date 
in the history of the conquest is conceded by all the historians, the 
difference in their respective versions of the occurrence notwith- 
standing. Herrera mentions only the baptism of Maxixcatzin, and 
Solis ignores that of Xicotencatl. One author names Father Olmedo, 
instead of Father Diaz, as the officiating minister and others state 
that Maxixcatzin received the sacrament only during his last illness. 
According to Zamacois, Maxixcatzin was baptized by Cortés before 
leaving for Cholula and was taken ill and died before the conqueror 
returned to Tlaxcala to recuperate from the disastrous events of the 
Noche Triste. His version of the story relates that when the old 
chief felt his last hour approaching he called his son to his side and 
adjured him to keep the friendship of the white man and to embrace 
his religion. The son, remembering his father’s dying wishes, was 


TLAXCALA 231 


baptized a few days later and the other chiefs followed his example. 
Clavijero in his ‘‘Historia Antigua de Méjico”’ narrates the story of 
the baptism of the four chiefs or senators, confirming the statements 
made in the inscription over the old font. In fact, it would seem that 
Clavijero was the authority consulted when the stone bearing the 
inscription was set up. He goes on to corroborate his version by 
bringing as proof the old pictures which hung in the convents of the 
THE PULPI 

FRANCISCO. 
The first Christian pul- 


pit built in the new 
world 





Franciscan Fathers. These were painted by the Tlaxcalans them- 
selves and were examined by the historian, Torquemada. 

The pulpit whence the gospel of the Cross was first preached to 
the inhabitants of the New World stands on the right of the high 
altar. It is of peculiar form, exquisitely carved, and shows every 
mark of great age. It is inscribed ‘“‘Here the Holy Evangel had its 
beginning in this New World.” 

The ceiling under the roof of the old church is a marvel of beauty. 
It is of cedar colored by time to a mahogany hue, wrought with 
exquisite skill, gilded in places and varnished. Tradition says that 
the work was done by angels at night and that when the bishop came 


@ 


Zoo THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


at morning to begin it, he found to his great astonishment that they 
had completed the church and left him nothing more to do. All over 
the country the same or similar work was done on the churches, 
the angels in most cases doing as much at night as the workmen did 
during the day, so that many of Mexico’s ecclesiastic buildings may 
be said to be half mortal and half immortal in origin. A _ scoffer 
or a doubter might be tempted 
to suggest that these miracles 
would have been more effective 
and convincing if the angels had 
come down in broad daylight 
and performed their work in 
sight of the populace, but per- 
haps the very fact that they did 
os it after dark, without even a lan- 
RO DON-JUAN C'a" © | tern to attract the attention of 
JERCIRO CONQUISEADIAY =AY the public, makes the miracle all 

ee ee the more wonderful. At any 
event, the work was done, for 
there stands the delicate fretted 
ceiling as perfect to-day as it was 
400 years ago, and so exquisite 
in its detail as to really appear to 
be the product of celestial hands. 

Many old paintings, most of 
them depicting the martyrdom 
and sufferings of the saints, 
adorn the walls of the ancient 
sanctuary. Most of them, how- 
ever, are of no particular artistic 
merit. There is one curious pic- 
ture representing the Pope in a 
triumphal car drawn by four fat 
and healthy horses, each led by a 
fat and healthy angel riding over 
the bodies of the reformers and 
dragging behind him in chains 
and disgrace, Luther and Calvin. 

Among the decorations of this 
primitive church are numerous pictures and effigies of Christ, scenes 
of the Passion predominating, some of which are of such gruesome 
character as to be absolutely revolting to profane eyes. It is alleged 
in explanation that the Indians required very vivid illustrations to 
excite their imaginations and fix religious impressions in their minds. 
These surely can not have failed to accomplish their purpose, and 
may thus be forgiven for their frightful aspect. 








THE BAPTISMAL FONT OF THE CHURCH 


Hollowed from a single block of lava 


TLAXCALA 


aera ae Die ii eee 
a ee, Oe Sossss so. 
ah ae, en Sh gs, OO e: 


Setacscssee 





So See ek 

iD ay are Oey 
efale 
se GP DS 





&. 
oe: 


AXCALA 


TL 


E OCOTLAN, 


ANTUARIO D 


S 


ENTRANCE TO_THE 


exico 


One of the most venerated shrines in M 


antuario de 


ands the S 


J 


xcatzin st 


1 


x 
one of the most celebrated shrines in Me 


On the site of the palace of Ma 


Ocotl 


It stands 


a little hill close to the town and tradition 


ks the spot where a miraculous stream of water 


X1CO. 


an, 


4 


says 


on the summit of 


that it mar 


d 


spran 


from the hillside during a time of pestilence and drought to rewar 


the prayers of a pious Indian. 


an 


of 


half of it is 


architecture of several centuries ago, the walls being covered with 


s temple is that one 


e@ about thi 


A curious thin 


Doe THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


superb incrustations of gilded woodwork and finely chiseled carvings, 
while the other half is of a modern style, the building having been 
partially modernized in 1854. The Indian sculptor, Francisco 
Miguel, devoted 25 years to the execution of the work of decorating 
the walls. 

The sanctuary is dedicated to the miraculous Virgin of Ocotlan, 
whose figure is the outstanding feature of the shrine. The tradition 
regarding the Virgin of Ocotlan is very similar to that which sur- 
rounds the miraculous painting of Our Lady of Guadalupe. <A papal 
bull authorized the ceremony of the coronation of the figure, which 
occurred May 12, 1907, in the presence of a special papal legate 
and all the high clergy of Mexico. The crown used on this occasion 
was of gold, beautifully ornamented with rubies, emeralds, and 
diamonds. 

Historically, few towns have played a more important réle in 
Mexican annals than Tlaxcala. According to the historians, its first 
inhabitants were several tribes of Chichimecan origin who arrived 
in the district at the end of the twelfth century. Here they lived 
prosperously cultivating the land and assimilating the Aztec civi- 
lization under the rulership of four hereditary lords whose domains 
formed the so-called, Tlaxcalan Republic. The civilization of. the 
Tlaxcalans was slightly inferior to that of the Aztecs, since they 
were essentially a nation of warriors and lived in a state of almost 
continual strife with their neighbors. 

It was but natural that the Aztecs should wish to conquer these 
people and annex their territory as they already had done to so 
many other neighboring tribes; but the four chiefs of Tlaxcala, while 
retaining absolute independence in their interior régime, joined forces 
in the common defense and the Aztecs could not prevail against them. 

Such was the state of affairs when Cortés came upon them and 
determined to turn the existing rivalry between the nations to his 
own account. He sent an ambassador offering them his aid in their 
war against the Aztecs. At first the Tlaxcalans spurned’ the offer 
and several bloody battles between them and the Spaniards took 
place, but finally Cortés was received in a friendly manner by the 
eaciques. An alliance was formed and an army of Tlaxcalans accom- 
panied the conqueror on his march against the Kingdom of Mocte- 
zuma. After the tragic happenings of the Noche Triste it was to 
Tlaxcala that Cortés retired to rest and reorganize his disrupted 
forces. Once the conquest was an established fact Tlaxcala enjoyed 
privileges accorded to no other town. The lords, although baptized 
and subject to the authority of the King of Spain, were left in pos- 
session of their domains. Even during the vice-regal days the 
Tlaxcalans were always especially honored by the Spaniards for hay- 
ing aided them in their conquest of the country. 


THE BRAZILIAN RED OROSS 235 


Naturally, Tlaxcala abounds in interesting relics of olden times. 
Among them are portraits of the heroes of former days, a cloak that 
was worn by one of the chiefs on the day of his baptism, and the 
standard that once belonged to Cortés. Besides these, one may see 
the city titles granted by Philip If of Spain and a number of genuine 
indigenous idols. 

In the opinion of many travelers the scenery around Tlaxcala is 
the grandest in all Mexico. On one side stand the giant mountains 
Popocatepetl and Ixtaccihuatl like grim sentinels guarding the beau- 
tiful valley of San Martin. On the opposite side lies the long, low 
range of the Malinche, where, according to the most beautiful of the 
Tlaxcalan legends, the war God made his home and delighted to 
gaze down upon the lovely surrounding country that was his private 
garden. 


THE BRAZILIAN RED 
ees oe ee 











HE increasing prestige of the Brazilian Red Cross could not 
be more graphically depicted than in the two illustrations 
which, thanks to the courtesy of Marechal Dr. Ferreira do 
Amaral, the genial president of the Brazilian Red Cross, 

accompany this article, one showing the modest headquarters of that 
beneficent institution in 1917 and the other its magnificent new 
edifice which adorns one of the main thoroughfares of Rio de Janeiro. 

An institution for the people, supported by the people, the Brazil- 
ian Red Cross has found one of its widest fields of usefulness in 
medical and surgical work, which well merits the unstinted praise 
bestowed upon it by the National School of Medicine and other high 
professional authorities. The excellent equipment is admired by 
all visitors to the new center who inspect the infirmaries, private 
rooms, lecture halls, chemical, pharmaceutical, and anatomical- 
pathological laboratories, X-ray and physiotherapy rooms, and 
offices for general and special consultation. The following report! 
of this work for the first half of 1926 can not fail to be of interest, as 
showing the large amount of york accomplished by the Brazilian Red 
Cross: 


Wists OI COMIN IOM=— a5 See eee eee See eee eeeasee 17, 746 
HEE CTP UL OTS rep Pe pe Re a UR ee 1, 452 
Area PIIIe It Seaess eae Ree eye tees Ede, ee a ee 30,842 





1Compiled from O Paiz, December 5, 1926, Rio de Janeiro. 


29141—27—Bull. 3——3 


936 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 











NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS OF THE BRAZILIAN RED CROSS 


IDAOENORnY G:cHimMineKnOMs. 8b es Se 37 
@DETATTONS = Seat ion Se foal Tate SA Aas eee eS vam 2) ia a oe 704 
Hlectricalletrearcim em ts eae sags see eee pa ee oes eee a 1, 5384 
ANCOMNCANMOMS OH AVORTANWIS =o Be OE 1, 258 
AUS EMOTE TONES lO? WORRIES ee 1, 361 
Jelyiqororolermaan@ TaneeulOMvs = Bee ee ee 2, 839 
Radio pra pls See eee at eee ee ae ae Nae 410 
d Dilfen oneal oy alos este Seay ent eRe mala, ae eae ey ais AUPE ea ry UAE CL 799 
IREKCHO SOONG xe yominenONNS eee Se 65 
IBed&paticmtsrne celvie dis om ate ee en UI ea iets es i - §28 


The initiative on which the Brazilian Red Cross perhaps prides itself 
most, is that of having started in 1914 the pioneer course in nurs- 
ing which aroused public interest and paved the way for the opening 
of the school of nursing of the Public Health Department and that 
in the Hospital for the Insane. The first textbook for the use of 
students of this new profession was written by Dr. Getulio dos 
Santos then, as now, a leading member of the Red Cross, and well 
remembered as an active member of the Brazilian delegation to the 
Washington conference of 1926. That society continues to enlighten 
the public on the need for a large corps of graduate nurses and, also, 
the dignity of their calling. 

Other important matters in the field of health which have a place 
in the program of the Brazilian Red Cross are the prevention of 


THE BRAZILIAN RED CROSS 237 





THE FORMER HOME OF THE BRAZILIAN RED CROSS 


tuberculosis and assistance to sufferers from this disease; child wel- 
fare; eugenics (with emphasis on the necessity for a prematrimonial 
health certificate); the prevention of blindness and care of the blind; 
protection of the health of the school child; popular health education; 
public-health nursing in thinly settled regions; sanitary housing for 
workers; industrial hygiene; nutrition; and the protection of the 
immigrant. Since in all these lines of effort the Red Cross enjoys 
the willing cooperation of the public authorities and institutions 
working toward similar ends, the medico-social activities of the 
country as a whole may be said to be well coordinated. 

The Junior Red Cross movement, which seems destined to play so 
important a role in international friendship, has found a partic- 
ularly warm welcome in Brazil among both teachers and pupils. 
Many schools, with the encouragement and support of the educa- 
tional authorities, have organized chapters whose young members, 
like children the world-over, are learning and practicing the rules of 
health and, through albums, school correspondence and_ kindly 
deeds, are making friendly contacts with the children in distant 
lands. 

The adult society finds a parallel to this world-wide cooperation in 
the Ciraolo plan for an International Federation for Disaster Relief, 
in which the Brazilian Red Cross plans to join to the extent of its 
ability. 





Bex 











PAINTER <. 3 2.) 


R. ALVARO GUEVARA, the Chilean painter who trained 
at the Slade School and has lately revisited his own coun- 
try, has been well known in London ever since his fine por- 
trait of Miss Edith Sitwell—bought by the Tate Gallery— 

became a live topic of dinner-party conversation. Interest in his 
work has been renewed and heightened by the recent exhibition 
of his pictures at the Leicester Galleries in London. 

Mr. Guevara’s work does not make a popular appeal. It is too 
dramatic, too personal, and too regardless of the comfortable and the 
commonplace. 

There were nevertheless a large number of people who were attracted 
by the exotic and brilliant quality of these pictures, what the Sphere 
calls their “sparkle and glitter of Spain.’ ‘‘Guevara’s painting,”’ 
says Drawing and Design, ‘is rich and Spanish in the employment 
of scintillating jewels of paint. He uses this gorgeous mosaic in 
some of his figure paintings with brilliant ability.”” Again, the critic 
of Apollo says that his canvases “sparkle and glitter,’’ while Mr. 
Osbert Sitwell, in the introduction to the catalogue, alludes to the 
“sequined light’? which flows and sparkles about every object in them. 

The critic of the Observer attempts to analyze the artist’s ‘“‘unmis- 
takably Spanish lineage”’: 











There is no Spanish master, ancient or modern, with whom Mr. Guevara’s 
art shows any marked kinship. Indeed, his connection with some of the great 
painters of his race is of so subtle a nature as to defy definition. At times one 
is reminded of the vivid, flashing lights of El Greco, then, again, of the scintil- 
lating colour of Fortuny, though nothing would be further removed both from 
the spirit and technique, from the fussiness and slickness, of Fortuny’s painting, 
than the muted splendour of Mr. Guevara’s colour incrustation. Above all, 
the young Chilean’s pictures are conceived in terms of solid pigment, whereas 
the draftsman and illustrator were always paramount in Fortuny. More easily 
discernible, though by no means obvious, is the connection between Mr. Guevara’s 
landscapes and Utrillo’s paintings. ... What the two have in common is 
the limpid clearness of atmosphere and a certain acid quality of the lights, the 
coldness of which does not prejudice the general effect of warm sunlight. 


It is the colorist in Guevara who moves another critic to especial 
admiration in the same publication: 


These ‘‘passionate and warm”’ pictures are calculated to destroy preconceived 
notions about warm and cold colour. ... Mr. Guevara can make blues 





1 The Chilean Review, 1st Quarter, 1927, 
2038 


ALVARO GUEVARA: NOTABLE CHILEAN PAINTER 239 


palpitate with heat .... During the four years which have elapsed since 
he left England, Mr. Guevara has made an immense stride forward as a colourist. 


The London Times critic is impressed not (obey by the beauty but 
also by the significance of his color. 


Mr. Guevara has progressed a great deal, and progressed always as a painter— 
away from linear emphasis to relations of tone and colour. Subject interest 
‘plays a larger part in these Chilean pictures than he is probably aware, associated 


ALVARO GUEVARA, 
ONE OF THE MOST 
CHARACTERISTIC 
OF MODERN CHIL- 
EAN PAINTERS 





Courtesy of ‘‘The Chilean Review”’ 


as it is with strange effects of colour, generally deep in tone. The combination 
of fuchsia-red, magenta, and peacock in the flower study ‘‘Copihue”’ appeals to 
a deeper sense than that of the eye. Mr. Guevara’s landscapes, though directly 
painted, are not particularly interesting; it is when he paints native types and 
interiors with figures that he stirs the emotions. The countries are not the same, 
but in looking at these pictures you think of Mr. D. H. Lawrence’s ‘“‘Plumed 
Serpent.’ But perhaps the most thrilling picture of all is the still life study of 
“The Virgin of the Seven Swords.” 


Practically all the leading literary weeklies treat this artist’s work 
as of great importance. 


240 - THE PAN AMERICAN UNION : 


‘Mr. Guevara’s pictures of Chile show a more turbulent temperament,” says 
the Spectator. ‘‘He is an adventurous colourist who can bring vivid yellows, 
reds, crimson, green, and blue into a rich shimmering unity. If his landscapes 
tend to vigorous illustration, a portrait of a boy and some interiors with figures 
have both design and character. A ‘Quitenian Crucifix’ placed against white, 
blue, and gold draperies in a fine composition has a hard, fierce intensity which 
is remarkable, and no doubt characterized by Spanish racial influences.” 


The most complete study of Mr. Guevara’s work is contained in 


an article contributed to the New Statesman in which he is called “‘the 
most interesting and disconcerting of our younger painters.” 


STUDY OF A HEAD 


An interesting portrait by 
Guevara 





Courtesy of ‘‘The Chilean Review” 


Instead of being content with a static excellence of a particular kind, which it 
is well within his power to achieve, he is incorrigibly adventurous. ‘Some years 
ago he was painting admirable scenes in a fresco-like manner of sports fields, 
swimming baths, cafés and public houses, which suggested excited comparison, 
among modern masters, with the early Dégas and Matisse. . . . In the end it 
became clear that these early Guevaras, except for vague suggestions owing to a 
similarity of technique, were extremely original works. Along with the charm of 
the picture itself, there went at the same time a curious criticism of the scene it 
represented; yet this criticism was not conveyed in draftsmanship or grouping— 
in pictorial incident—but through the quality of the painting and the colour 


ALVARO GUEVARA: NOTABLE CHILEAN PAINTER 241 


itself. A statement and a commentary on life as clear as a written sentence was 
made through the medium of paint alone, but without any of the adventitious 
literary aid of pre-Raphaelitism or genre. 

After three years’ absence from English exhibitions .. . without falling into the 
mannered exoticism of Gauguin, without allowing the natural brilliance of the 
Chilean landscape to dazzle his sense of control and lure him either to a ‘‘ Wild 
West’’ romanticism or an unregulated blaze of coluor for its own sake, he has 
combined faithfulness of representation with technical restraint. Imagination 
has bowed to truth to nature, and expression has wedded interpretation. In 
such pictures as ‘‘The Man Without a Head”’ and “Juana Gonsdlez in the part 


THE EDGE OF THE 
FOREST 


Guevara’s color schemes are 
said to be unlike any other 
painter’s 





Courtesy of ‘‘The Chilean Review”’ 


of Madame X,”’ there are still hints of a dangerous fantasy, overbrimming the 
actual subject, and Van Gogh has painted better sunflowers. But between the 
self-portraits, the ‘‘Interior,’’ and above all the sumptuous but lucid landscapes 
of virgin forests and tropical river, preference becomes merely a matter of per- 
sonal caprice. After seeing so many exhibitions filled with a dead level of exer- 
cises on approved themes, and French essays, it is a pleasure to find work as 
independent and adventurous as Mr. Guevara’s. 


In that his work has been so seriously pended and highly 
praised by all the more considerable of the London art critics, Mr. 
Guevara has secured a triumph. With Mr. Konody, we believe that 
the ‘‘mature achievement”? shown in the recent exhibition “holds 
the promise of an even more brilliant future.” 








THE OFFERING, BY SENORITA ELENA IZCUE 


A young Peruvian artist of great promise whose work enjoys a constantly growing reputation, having 
beer exhibited in a number of South American art centers. It was also exhibited a short time ago in 
New York City, under the joint auspices of Sr. Rafael Larce, one of Peru’s most outstanding citizens— 
sugar planter, publicist and art connoisseur—who brought the work to this country, and W. R. Grace 
& Co. of the well-known and popular steamship line. Like the never-to-be-forgotten Argentine genius, 
Jorge Bermudez, this young Peruvian artist has consecrated her brush to reproducing the national types 
and characteristics of her native land and people, one of the most striking being that illustrated above. 
The canvas, which is of heroic size, represents a scene in the days of the Incas, long prior to the Spanish 
conquest. On an elaborately decorated throne sits one of the Daughters of the Sun, who is not only a 
princess of the reigning house, but is worshiped as the incarnation of the Sun God. Kneeling before 
her are worshipers humbly presenting their votive offerings—incense, a llama, precious stones, and 
food. The frame of this painting, which is of native wood and every inch of which is elaborately carved, 
continues the characteristic Inca motif. It is to be hoped that if this painting is to remain in the country, 
it may be exhibited in Washington. Sta. Izcue is the author of a most interesting series of drawing 
books, for use in the elementary and vocational schools of Peru, in which the work is based on Incaic 
motives, in conventionalized designs of most gorgeous coloring, adaptable for use in printed cotton 
and woolen fabrics, lace, ceramics, wall paper and other hangings. These books, which were pub- 
lished in Paris, are beautiful models of the art of printing in colors 




















I 
PAN PACIFIC CONFERENCE 


HE Pan Pacific Conference on Education, Rehabilitation, 
Reclamation, and Recreation called by the President of 
the United States in conformity with the corresponding 
joint congressional resolution, and to be held under the 

direction of the Secretary of the Interior, will assemble in Honolulu, 
Hawau, April 11 to 16, inclusive, 1927. Invitations have been 
issued through the Department of State to all countries bordering 
upon the Pacific Ocean and having territorial interests in the Pacific, 
including colonial governments. These comprise Australia, Canada, 
Chile, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dutch East Indies, France, 
French Cochin China, Great Britain, Guatemala, Honduras, India, 
Japan, Macao, Mexico, Netherlands, Oceania, Panama, Peru, 
Portugal, Salvador, and Siam. 

Invitations have been issued by the Secretary of the Interior 
through the appropriate departments of the United States Govern- 
ment to all Territories and outlying parts of the United States. 
These comprise Alaska, Canal Zone, Hawaii, Philippines, Porto 
Rico, Samoa, and the Virgin Islands. 

All organizations and institutions, public or private, which are 
engaged or interested in the fields covered by this conference are 
invited to send delegates. The expenses of these delegates must 
be borne by the organizations they represent or by themselves. 

Although this conference is planned primarily for Pacific coun- 
tries and territories, all other countries having an interest in the 
conference will be welcome, and invitations have been sent to any 
other countries desiring to participate and not included in the 
invitations previously sent. 


PROGRAM AND ACCEPTANCES 


In addition to the Secretary of the Interior and officials of the 
Department of the Interior, there will be official representatives 
from other departments of the United States Government, includ- 
ing the Departments of State, the Treasury, Commerce, and Agri- 
culture, and the Federal Board for Vocational Education. It is 

243 


244 THE. PAN AMERICAN UNION 





Some trae 
Copyright by Underwood & Underwood 


THE EXECUTIVE BUILDING, HONOLULU 


expected that there will be a corresponding official representation 
on the program from the several countries participating. Leaders 
in education, reclamation, recreation, and kindred subjects repre- 
senting countries outside the United States will have important 
parts in the presentation and discussion of topics. Ample provi- 
sion will also be made for unofficial representatives on the program. 


PURPOSES OF THE CONFERENCE 


This conference is planned (1) to establish a basis of cooperation 
for the promotion of peaceful arts and pursuits among the countries 
participating; (2) to provide a medium for exchange of knowledge on 
the subjects under discussion; (3) to afford a wider field of service 
for certain technical activities; and (4) to be of assistance to the 
territories of the several participating countries. 


PAN PACIFIC AND PAN AMERICAN ACTIVITIES 245 





Courtesy of the Mid-Pacific Magazine 


THE BEACH AT WAIKIKI, HAWAII 


PRELIMINARY AGENDA OF CONFERENCE 
EDUCATION 


(1) Exchange of educational ideas through: 

(2) Establishment and maintenance of centers for the 
exchange and distribution of adequate translations 
of laws, decrees, texts, publications, etc. 

(6) Exchange of lecturers, teachers, students, research 
workers, and others interested or actively engaged in 
education. 

(c) The formulation of principles and standards for cre- 
dential acceptance and evaluation. 

(2) Establishment and preservation of national standards for child 
life through: 

(a) Proper care of the mother and the infant. 

(6) Furnishing a certain minimum number of years of 
instruction and requiring the child’s attendance. 

(c) Instruction in health habits and provision of proper 
recreation. 

(3) Vocational education: 

(a) The place of vocational education in the general educa- 
tional program. 

(b) Government plans for stimulation of vocational educa- 
tion. 

(c) The rehabilitation of civilians disabled in industry. 


246 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 





Courtesy of the Mid-Pacific Magazine 
THE LINCOLN SCHOOL IN HONOLULU 


More than a thousand English-speaking children of various races attend classes in this school 
RECLAMATION 


(1) Efforts of the State to aid homesteaders and build up commu- 
nities of small farm owners. 

(2) The relation of marketing agencies to the successful settle- 
ment of public lands. 

(3) The relationship of the State to planting contracts, and the 
homesteader’s dealings with the mill or cannery at which his product 
is handled. 

(4) Methods for extending public credit to homestead development 
enterprises. ; 

(5) Laws for the regulation and use of streams in irrigation. 

(6) Engineering problems connected with storage and distribution 
of water. 

RECREATION 


(1) The vital relation of outdoor recreation to the health, physical, 
mental, and spiritual, of the Nation. 

(2) The important part that national parks play in the outdoor 
recreational field. 

(3) The place of national parks in an educational program as natu- 
ral museums wherein the flora and fauna native to the region may be 
studied, rock forms examined, and the results of volcanism, glacial 
action, and erosion observed. 


PAN PACIFIC AND PAN AMERICAN ACTIVITIES 247 








aS 


Courtesy of the Mid-Pacific Magazine 


LABORERS’ HOMES ON A HAWATIAN SUGAR PLANTATION 


(4) The protection and preservation of indigenous plants and 
animals. 

(5) Administration and management of parks. 

(6) Correlation of Government and private efforts along conserva 
tive lines, including establishment of State and municipal parks. 

All local arrangements for the conference will be handled by the Hon. 
W.R. Farrington, Governor of Hawau, and committees appointed 
by him. The Territory of Hawaii is planning to make this conference 
one of the greatest events in its history. Tours to points of interest 
in Hawaii during and after the conference will be arranged without 
expense to the delegates. They will include visits to the university 
and other educational institutions, rehabilitation-farming areas, the 
national park, the Volcano Kilauea, and other points of interest to 
those attending the conference. For those who desire to remain a 
considerable time after the close of the conference, itineraries in the 
islands will be planned. Every facility will be placed at the disposal 
of delegates, and nothing will be left undone which will contrib- 
ute to their pleasure and profit. On the return of the delegates to 
San Francisco, about April 30, all official foreign delegates are invited 
to be the guests of the National Park Service for a visit to Yosemite 
National Park, Calif., one of the greatest of the national parks of 
the United States. 

All inquiries concerning trips and accommodations in Hawaii 
should be addressed directly to the Governor of Hawai, at Honolulu. 

Requests for information concerning the conference should be 
addressed to the Secretary of the Interior of the United States, 
Washington, D. C. 


YAS THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


II 
PROJECTED SURVEY OF HISPANIC AMERICAN HISTORY 


In connection with the recent meeting of the American Historical 
Association at Rochester, December 30, 1926, those persons interested 
in Hispanic American history attended a dinner at which Dr. James 
A. Robertson, editor of the Hispanic American Historical Review, 
presided. Among the many important matters discussed was that 
of undertaking a survey in the Hispanic American history field of the 
research, in progress and contemplated, engaged in by teachers and 
graduate students in the departments of history, political science, 
economics, and geography in colleges and universities of the United 
States. The matter was favorably considered, and Doctor Robertson 
appointed Dr. A. Curtis Wilgus, associate professor of history in the 
University of South Carolina, to supervise the work. 

The aims of the survey are to show the interest and activity of 
investigators in the field, to prevent duplicated effort, and to enhance 
cooperation. Questionnaires are to be sent to all persons concerned, 
and the results of the survey are to be printed in the Mispanic 
American Historical Review in the near future. Volunteer infor- 
mation will be weleoméd and may be sent to Professor Wilgus. 


In view of the resolution approved in 1923 by the Fifth Pan 
American Conference in Santiago, Chile, and that subsequently 
approved by the Bolivarian Congress in Panama, June, 1926, looking 
toward concerted action by the American nations in obtaining a 
more complete knowledge of the existing data of American history, 
the American Historical Association is to be congratulated on its 
very fine initiative in a field so rich in those elements which, revealing 
each to the other, the individual backgrounds of national tradition, 
struggle and achievement, will inevitably make for a deeper under- 
standing, a more profound realization of the common mission, the 
common destiny, of the American family of nations. ; 

It will be interesting in this connection to recall the resolutions 
adopted at the Second Congress of American History and Geography 
held in Asuncién, Paraguay, October 12-17, 1926, a brief translation 
of which is appended. 

1. To prohibit in public instruction the stressing of any historical or geograph- 
ical aspects which might wound the susceptibilities of any member of the fraternal 
nations of America. 

2. To foster American confraternity on the basis of a better reciprocal know- 
ledge, encouraging intellectual intercourse by exchange of professors and students, 
exchange of national works and the concerted divulgation of all those economic 
and cultural activities which constitute the material and moral greatness of a 
nation. 

Considering: That the teaching of American history should so far as possible 
be the faithful reflection of the acts and ideas which have been influential in the 
development of events on American soil, the Second Congress of American 


PAN PACIFIC AND PAN AMERICAN ACTIVITIES 249 


History and Geography declares: That it would view with pleasure the formation 
by the governments of the countries of America, through the intermedium of 
their respective public instruction authorities, of textbooks, pedagogically sound 
as to method, setting forth the truth as contained in the documents and sources 
of history. 

Considering: That one of the principal sources in the recording of American 
history and of the particular peoples which compose it lies in the documentation 
guarded in the respective national, municipal, and local archives, the Second 
International Congress of American History and Geography in session at Asuncién 
resolves: To address, through the intermediary of the Organizing Commission, 
all of the governments of America and their respective authorities, charging them 
with the necessity of publishing such archives, or at least catalogues or indices of 
such documents contained in those repositories. 


JUL 
WORLD ESSAY CONTEST 


The annual world competition which the American School Citizen- 
ship League has been conducting for the past 17 years is a noteworthy 
attempt to interest teachers and pupils in international movements 
which are gradually leading the world to peace and unity. The pro- 
motion of international good will is the aim of the World Essay 
Contest. From the beginning the project has had the support of the 
leading educators of this country, who have been most generous in 
serving as judges. The contest is offered in two sections—secondary 
schools, and normal schools and teachers’ colleges, each having a 
subject adapted to its own grade of students. In the contest just 
closed, the secondary school pupils wrote on ‘‘The organization of 
the world for the prevention of war,’’ while the students of normal 
schools and teachers’ colleges discussed the question, ‘‘Methods of 
promoting world friendship through education.” 

The announcement recently made that during the past 17 years 
fully half the prizes have been awarded to students in Europe and 
the British dominions indicates the wide response to the project. 
This method of promoting international good will suffers from no 
sentimental or propaganda motives. The merit les in the research 
study demanded of the writers who are limited to the senior classes. 
Several of the essays, which have been published in various forms, 
have been real contributions. 

The number of participants in the contest represents a considerable 
army of students who have made an impartial study of some aspect 
of international relations. The exact number, however, can not 
be definitely determined, since many schools incorporate the essay 
writing into the regular work of the English, history, or civics classes 
sending only the best essay to the judges. Nor does the influence 
of this essay writing stop at the school. The teachers’ college 
and normal school contestants who go out as teachers inculcate 


250 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


these ideas in their teaching, and there is ample proof that both 
classes of contestants, through the careful and thorough study 
entailed in writing the essays, become permanently interested in the 
promotion of international good will. A striking illustration of 
such interest is shown in the action of one of the winners of the first 
prize of $75 a few years ago, who used this money to conduct a contest 
among the elementary schools of her own State, Maryland. It isa 
notable fact also that many of the leaders in the college International 
Relations Clubs attribute their first interest in the subject to the 
essay contest of the American School Citizenship League. 

It is announced in the contest just closed that the second prize in 
both sections was won by a British student. The first and third 
prizes in the normal school and teachers’ college section were awarded 
to students in the Illinois State Normal University—Miss Dorothy 
Hibarger and Miss Lena Scranton. This is not the first time that 
this university has been so honored. One of Doctor Felmley’s 
students won the second prize in 1912, another the first prize in 1918, 
another received first honorable mention in 1919, and a fourth won 
the second prize in 1924. No appraisal of excellence should be made, 
however, without mentioning the Towson Normal School in Mary- 
land, although in the contest just closed no student of this school 
received a prize.. For several years past the Towson Normal School 
has ranked among the first in the number of prizes awarded in the 
contest. It was a student of this school who conducted the contest 
for the elementary schools of Maryland. 

It is announced also that the first prize in the secondary school 
section was won by Miss Buelah Millet, of the Mesa Union High 
School, Mesa, Ariz., and that the third prize was awarded to Miss 
Virginia Stanley, of Holy Cross Academy, Lynchburg, Va. One 
interesting feature about the contest is the broad representation 
among the schools of the country. Nearly every State is represented 
each year. : 

Besides the prizes, there are three honorable mentions in each 
section. The first was won by a student of Illinois State Normal 
University, the second by a student of Goldsmiths College, London, 
and the third by a student of the State Normal School at Bridgewater, 
Mass. In the secondary school section, a student of the high school 
of the State University of Iowa received first honorable mention; one 
from the Girls’ Secondary School, Birkenhead, England, second; and 
another from the high school of the State University of Iowa, third. 

Great interest attaches to the subjects offered in the contest for 
1926-27. Prospective teachers are asked to write on ‘‘The teacher 
as an agent of international good will.” This calls for a definite 
statement as to the part which a teacher may take in furthering a 
universally recognized aim of education. 


PAN PACIFIC AND PAN AMERICAN ACTIVITIES 251 


In the secondary school section boys and girls are asked to speak 
for themselves as to ‘How the youth of the world can promote 
international good will.”’ Their ideas will be read with great interest, 
for the youth of the world is destined to carry forward this great 
adventure in world friendship. 


AMERICAN SCHOOL CITIZENSHIP LEAGUE WORLD ESSAY 
CONTEST, 1926-27 


OPEN TO STUDENTS oF ALL COUNTRIES 


Two sets of prizes, to be known as the Seabury prizes, are offered for the best 
essays on one of the following subjects: 

1. Open to students in normal schools and teachers’ colleges: ‘‘The teacher an 
agent of international good will.” 

2. Open to seniors in secondary schools: ‘‘How the youth of the world can 


promote international good will.” 
Three prizes of $75, $50, and $25 will be given for the three best essays in each set. 


UNITED STATES JUDGES 


W. Carson Ryan, jr., professor of education, Swarthmore College, Swarth- 
more, Pa. 

George A. McFarland, president State Teachers College, Minot, N. D. 

E. Estelle Downing, Michigan State Normal College, Ypsilanti, Mich. 

Thomas C. Blaisdell, State Normal School, Slippery Rock, Pa. 

E. Ruth Pyrtle, principal, McKinley School, Lincoln, Nebr. 

Francis A. Bagnall, principal, State Normal School, Hyannis, Mass. 

H. A. Davee, president, Murphy Collegiate Institute, Sevierville, Tenn. 

Walter 8S. Athearn, dean, Boston University School of Religious Education. 


Contest Ciosres JuNE 1, 1927 
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTEST 


Each essay must be accompanied by a topical outline and a bibliography with 
brief notes on each book. Essays must not exceed 5,000 words (a length of 3,000 
words is suggested as desirable), and must be written, preferably in typewriting, 
on one side only of paper 81% by 11 inches with a margin of at least 114 inches. 
Manuscripts not easily legible will not be considered. 

The name of the writer must not appear on the essay, which should be accom- 
panied by a letter giving the writer’s name, school, and home address, and sent to 
Dr. Fannie Fern Andrews, 405 Marlborough Street, Boston 17, Mass., not later 
than June 1, 1927. Essays should be mailed flat (not rolled). 

Each country other than the United States participating in the contest shall 
submit the three best essays in each set (normal and secondary) these essays to 
be selected by judges appointed in each country. The United States judges will 
select, from these and from the essays written by pupils of the United States, 
those which in their opinion should receive the prizes. Students may write in 
their own language. The three best essays selected by the national judges must 
be translated into English when submitted to the United States judges. 

Information concerning literature on the essay subjects may be obtained from 
the secretary of the league. 

Many teachers in the United States make the writing of these essays a part of 
the regular school work, sending to the league the best essay in the school. Not 
more than three essays should be sent from each school. 


29141—27—Bull. 3 4 





ILIVH ‘HONTUd AV LUOd ‘AOVIVd IVILNACISHUd MAN FHL 
$0}V1g PeHU oy} UL YEP JO UOIyeSeT oY} JO ASOZINO+) 





ILIVH HONTYd OV LYOd ‘AONVNIA AO LNAWLYVdad AHL 40 DNIGTIING MAN 


S24BIG PIU!) OY} UI 141BP{ JO UOeFeT oY} JO Asoqun0g 





. ctr mms moe 
eccertere ccertecrecmmmeerictity eit TAG 


5 


FOUR POEMS BY ENRIQUE 








[Translated into English verse 


(Every Latin American country has its favorite singers. Mexico, which has an older culture than most 
Martinez. Born in 1871, he became a physician and associate professor of physiology and, later, an editor, 
literature in the Escuela de Altos Estudios, head of the literature department and professor of Mexican 
Argentina. He is the author of a number of books, and is probably the most popular of Mexico’s living 


EL SEMBRADOR DE ESTRELLAS 


Y pasaras, y al verte, se dirdn: gqué camino 

va siguiendo el sonambulo? .. . Desatento al murmullo, 
iras, al aire suelta la tunica de lino, 

la tunica albeante de desdén y de orgullo. 


Tran acompanandote apenas unas pocas 

almas hechas de ensueno. .. . Mas al fin de la selva, 
al ver ante sus ojos el murallén de rocas, 

dirdn amedrentadas: esperemos que vuelva. 


Y trepards ti solo los grietados senderos; 
vendra luego el fa ntastico desfile de paisajes, 
y llegaras tui solo a descorrer celajes: 

alla donde las cumbres besan a los luceros. 


Bajaras lentamente wna noche de luna 
enferma, de dolientes penumbras misteriosas, 
sosteniendo tus manos y regando una a wna, 
con un gesto de dadiva, las luminicas rosas. 


Y miraran absortos el claror de tus huellas, 
y clamara la jerga de aquel montén humano: 
es un ladrén de estrellas. ... Y tu prédiga mano 
seguird por la vida desparramando estrellas... . 
—‘‘TLos Senderos Ocultos’’. 


a 


EZ MARTINEZ 

















by Aticr Stone BuAacKWELL] 


of the others, is particularly rich in poets. One highly esteemed by his countrymen is Enrique Gonzalez 
president of the Atheneumin Mexico City, Undersecretary of Education and Fine Arts, professor of French 
literature in the Escuela Preparatoria. For the last few years he has been ambassador from Mexico to 
poets.— Alice Stone Blackwell.) 


THE SOWER OF STARS 


Thou shalt pass by, and men will say, “What pathway does he follow, 
Lo, the somnambulist?”? But thou, unheeding murmurs vain, 

Wilt go thy way, thy linen robe wpon the air out-floating, 
Thy robe of linen whitened with pride and with disdain. 


Few, few will bear thee company ‘dreams and visions, 
And when the forest’s end is reached, and steeper grows the track, 
They will behold the wall of rock that rises huge before them, 
And they will say with terror, ‘“‘Let us wait till he comes back.” 





And all alone thou wilt ascend the high and crannied pathways, 
And soon the strange procession of the landscapes will file by, 

And all alone it shall be thine to part the cloudy curtains, 
There where the lofty summits kiss the splendors of the sky. 


Upon some night of moonlight faint, and sad, mysterious shadows, 
Thou wilt come downward slowly, descending from the height, 

Holding thine hands up, laden full, and, with a giver’s gesture, 
Sprinkling around thee, one by one, bright roses made of light. 


And men, absorbed, will gaze wpon the brightness of thy footprints, 
And, many voiced, that multitude will raise a joyful cry: 

“He is a thief of stars!’? And then thy generous hand forever 
Will keep on scattering through life the stars from out the sky. 


256 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
2 


LA PLEGARIA DE LA ROCA ESTERIL 


Sefor, yo soy apenas una roca desnuda 
que azota el viento y quema el sol; 

la nube, cwando pasa, de lejos me saluda 
y tiende el ala a otra regién. 


Soy en la cumbre signo de un esperar eterno, 
vuelvo los ojos al zafir 

y entre lluvias de agosto y rafagas de invierno 
no hay primavera para mi. 


Ignoro los follajes; yo nunca de la fuente 
tuve la limpida cancion, 

nt musgos fraternales que brindar a la frente 
del fatigadg viajador. 


Yo soy como un espectro que se alzaraé insepulto, 
angel proscrito de un edén; 

en el fondo del alma llevo un afan oculto, 

en las entranas, vieja sed. 


Tengo mi planta inmovil hundida en la montana 
y una esperanza en el azur, 

y me ignoran los hombres, y nadie me acompana 
en estas carceles de luz. 


Senor, ya que no tengo ni musgo florecido 

ni un arroyuelo bullidor, 

haz que en mis abras forjen las dguilas su nido 
y hagan su talamo de amor. 


Mas si ha de ser forzoso que me aparte del mundo 
y del concierto universal, 
hazme simbolo eterno, inmutable y profundo 
de la mas alta soledad. 
—“El Libro de la Fuerza, de la Bondad y del Ensuefio’’. 


FOUR POEMS BY ENRIQUE GONZALEZ MARTINEZ 


THE PRAYER OF THE BARREN ROCK 


Lord, I am nothing but a barren rock, 

Lashed by the wind, scorched by the sun’s fierce might. 
The passing cloud salutes me from afar, : 

Then elsewhere wings its flight. 


I am a sign of everlasting hope, 
Here on the height; the azure depths I see, 
But amid August rains and winter blasts 
There is no spring for me. 


I have no greenery of waving leaves, 

No fountain’s limpid song and silvery stir, 
No kindly mosses to invite the brow 

Of the tired wayfarer. 


Like an unburied specter I rise up, 
Or angel from an Eden forced to part; 
A hidden yearning in my soul I bear, 
An old thirst in my heart. 


My foot is buried, moveless, in the mount; 
My hope is jixed on heaven's azure height. 
Men know me not, and no one comes with me 

Into this prison bright. 


Lord, since I have no softly-flowering moss, 
Nor singing stream down-leaping from above, 

Within my clefts let eagles build their nest, 
And make their home of love. 


If I must stand apart from all the world 
And its vast concert with earth’s joy imbued, 
Make me the symbol, endless, changeless, deep, 
Of loftiest solitude! 


257 


258 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


EN LA MUERTE DE JOSE SABAS DE LA MORA 


Dicen: descansa en paz bajo la mansa 
ternura de la tierra... jno, mentira!... 
Ese muerto rebelde no descansa. 


Por sobre el pardo velo 
de sucio polvo que lo encubre ahora, 
ha de alzarse la mano imprecadora 
demandando justicia a tierra y cielo. 
El sol la batiara con el consuelo 
de sus vislumbres cdlidas. ... Las gotas 
de la llovizna mojaran las rotas 
y holladas hierbas. ... Le dard la amable 
femenil primavera su caricia. 
Mas la mano crispada e implacable 
dira en su muda expectacion: jjusticia!... 


jJusticial... Y es en vano 
que el egoismo humano 
diga: descansa en paz bajo la mansa 
ternura dela tterra...jNodescansa!... 


—‘Tos Senderos Ocultos’’. 


FOR ONE UNJUSTLY SLAIN 


‘“‘Below the earth he rests in peace,” they say; 
“Tn peace he sleeps within her gentle breast.” 

Ah, no! the words they speak are false and vain. 
No, that rebellious dead man does not rest. 


Above the veil of gray and lowly dust 
Which for a covering men to him have gwen, 
His hand is raised in imprecation still, 
Demanding justice of the earth and heaven. 


The sun will bathe it with the comfort sweet 
Of his warm beams; upon it from the skies 
The light shower will descend, and softly wet 
The broken, trampled grass where low he lies. 


The lovely Spring her womanly caress 
With tenderness wili give it from on high; 
But yet that hand, implacable and clenched, 
Waiting in silence, “Justice!” still will ery. 


Justice! And human selfishness in vain 

Will say, ‘‘He sleeps within earth’s gentle breast; 
There in her calm repose he rests in peace,” 

Ah, no! It is not true. He does not rest. 





RRICAN 
DUS’ RIAL 


LATIN AM) 














By Exvira Santa Cruz Ossa 


OW that women as a whole are a new and very real factor in 
the solution of social and economic problems, it seems both 
reasonable and timely that special attention should be 
directed to the working woman—the professional woman, 

the woman clerk and factory hand—who is engaged in the struggle 
of obtaining a livelihood for herself, her dependent family, or both. 

The outstanding fact in such a consideration is that woman must 
gain her economic independence, and this applies to all the women 
of America without distinction of class or fortune. It should, how- 
ever, be understood that independence, as used here, does not mean 
that license in manner or that ostentatious vociferation which has, 
at times, so prejudiced the feminist cause. By economic independ- 
ence is meant that foundation upon which alone political and moral 
independence can be based. 


I. ECONOMIC INDEPENDENCE 


Every woman who is dependent upon a man for the necessities of 
life inevitably loses something of her moral freedom. If married, 
and the union is governed by love, she may attain happiness; but if 
because of poverty she has contracted a union personally repugnant, 
she is inevitably doomed to unhappiness. Prostitution and those im- 
moral relations which under the cloak of respectability are so common 
are primarily due to the woman’s incapacity to maintain herself. 

Modern laws, however, have opened to women a free passage into 
every field of professional, cultural, commercial, and scientific activity ; 
and the Chilean civil code even empowers the married woman to dis- 
pose freely of her perquisites, salary, and property in general. In 
brief, the opportunity is given her to live her life with all the dignity 
proper to an adult member of the human family. ~ 


Il. THE WORK OF WOMEN 


It may be argued that the entrance of woman in the industrial 
world is detrimental to the welfare of the race; that the place of 





1 Revista Chilena, Bantineo, Tone 1926. 
259 


260 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


woman isinthe home. ... But as world statistics show that there 
are somewhat more than a hundred million women now working in 
both hemispheres, we can hardly avoid the conclusion that woman 
in industry is an inevitable condition of modern life and that the vital 
problem in relation thereto is that the conditions in which such work 
is effected are such that they are not detrimental to the well-being 
of the race. 

Industrial or professional work is no more hurtful for woman than 
for man provided she receives an equitable wage or salary, and the 
factory, shop or office in which she works is safe and sanitary, the 
hours reasonable, the protective measures for prospective and nurs- 
ing mothers enforced and she enjoys, as in the case of the workman, 
the benefits of accident, health, retirement and other insurance. 

It is in the lack of such conditions and protective measures; it is 
in the abuses and exploitation of women in the industrial world that 
the danger to the race is found; it is the all too common attitude that 
the working woman is a mere machine, to be utilized to the utmost and 
discarded when damaged, which breaks alike both body and spirit. 
The woman compelled to work far into the night hours to gain a 
meager subsistence ages prematurely and becomes a human bankrupt 
much more to be feared than commercial bankruptcy. This is why 
working women should combine to form a social force which would 
be strong enough to put an end to such exploitation and abuse on the 
part of employers and others. 

Just as long as the Latin American working women who aspire to 
economic independence remain an unformed and disjointed mass, 
they can never hope to achieve their rights, nor, indeed, can they 
entertain the slightest hope of being listened to by their employers, 
nor any others who are exploiting their isolation and poverty. 


III. WOMEN’S TRADE-UNIONS 


The most efficacious method of obtaining the economic betterment 
of women is, in the opinion of the writer, by trade-union or labor 
organizations. It is entirely useless for either feminist congresses 
and conventions or the law to declare that men and women should 
obtain equal remuneration for the same amount and type of work, if 
such declarations and laws remain a dead letter in the community or 
on the statute books. What is needed is sufficient force to compel 
respect for such dispositions. . 

Above all is it necessary to combat the impression, all too common 
in the Latin American countries, that any organization of working 
women is subversive or in some way opposed to the interests of the 
employers. So far from correct is this impression that the exact 
opposite is true, since the employer in contracting women workers 
would deal not with weak and more or less irresponsible individuals, 
but with members of entities economically and morally responsible. 


LATIN AMERICAN WOMEN AS INDUSTRIAL WORKERS 261 


Every trade or labor union group organized on moral bases is a 
solidarity of effort which, born of the natural aspiration toward 
economic betterment and a stricter administration of justice, tends to 
establish and maintain the balance between the will of the employed 
and the will of the employer and, thus, in the wise phrase of Adam 
Smith, ‘“‘a natural coalition.” Labor and trade-unions are, therefore, 
auxiliary to the working agents, the precursors, as it were, of that 
objective toward which the peoples, under the new ideals of human 
justice and solidarity, are steadily tending. 

But while men have organized themselves into national and inter- 
national federations whose voice is heard by both parliaments and 
governments, Latin American working women have, for lack of 
union, not even managed to obtain elementary justice, thus missing 
the only force which would make possible their economic independ- 
ence. 

The social legislation of almost every American country includes 
enactments which set forth the principle of ‘‘equality of pay for 
equality of work,’’ enactments which apply to men and women with 
equal force. Nevertheless, as already observed, this principle is not 
enforced, and the evils it was intended to correct continue to exist 
for this or that biological, economic, or political reason. 

1. This condition of social inequality is due in part to the essen- 
tially individualistic spirit of woman herself. She has little or no 
conception of solidarity or cooperation, and in her desire to obtain 
work she does not hesitate to sacrifice her fellow workers. She lacks 
confidence and fears to struggle. Obliged to earn her daily bread, 
she abases her spirit, shutting her eyes to everything but the imme- 
diate good. Her slavelike fatalism rests on the conviction that it is 
useless to struggle, and that she would better resign herself to existing 
conditions, however sad, as if it were her fate to suffer dependence 
and oppression. 

The average woman is timid and fearful before the employer who, 
under threat of dismissal, forbids her to form or join a union or other 
group of workers. Moreover, woman, in general, lacks public spirit. 
Also, in her efforts toward betterment, she has to struggle against 
her own ignorance and an apathy which too often springs from a 
mistaken concept of inferiority. 

2. Again, excess of hand workers tends to destroy every individual 
effort in the way of protest against the meager wages paid such 
workers, against the insanitary conditions in the local workshops, 
and the failure to comply with the laws enacted in protection of 
women workers. Because of the seasonal character of much work— 
with its busy and slack periods—women workers are compelled to 
accept starvation wages, as apprentices in new jobs, those they leave 
being filled by others even more needy and at the risk of health and 
life itself. 


262 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


3. Then there is the struggle against immorality, which leads the 
low-paid worker to look upon prostitution as merely the means of 
increasing an insufficient industrial or commercial wage. And this 
attitude of mind is exploited by all too many employers, as in the 
case of the theater manager with the actress who tried to obtain her 
overdue salary: ‘Don’t forget you still have the entreactos left!’ 
It is not uncommon to find that the death or abandonment of the 
natural head of the family or other acute family crisis causes the 
wife and mother to turn to the streets for the wherewithal to obtain 
the necessities of life. 

The women’s trade-union to-day offers a remedy for these evils: 

1. To put an end to the idea that a woman’s wages are merely 
supplementary, and to make it impossible for any government to 
continue to legislate under the mistaken idea that because a man is 
the natural head of a family he must be paid higher wages than a 
woman for the same amount of work. 

This criterion, although without a legal basis, may prevail in the 
upper classes where the father, husband, or brother, under the influ- 
ence of education, vanity, or social conventions, gives woman her 
due place. However, the same is not true in the lower classes, where 
ignorance or shiftlessnéss keeps the home from being established on 
a proper basis, and where oftentimes the wife, although the support 
of the family, is the victim of her husband’s oppression. While the 
husband wastes his wages in cafés, gambling halls, and houses of 
prostitution, the wife is obliged to use her entire earnings to keep the 
family pot boiling. 

2. To exact full enforcement of existing protective legislation for 
women and the respect of employers for the provisions of the law. 
Almost all governments have ratified the conventions of the Inter- 
national Labor Office; were these put into effect, the economic status 
of the working woman would inevitably improve. 

3. To reduce the hours of labor to their legal number. Dress- 
making and tailoring shops, as well as other establishments, often 
work their employees overtime, and for these extra hours it would be 
only fair to require pay at the rate of a 50 per cent increase over the 
regular rate. The same might be said if government supervision 1s 
extended to home work, the most poorly paid of all labor. 

4. To improve working conditions with respect to hygiene and 
safety. Whereas men refuse to work in poorly ventilated, insanitary 
shops, women lose their sight and their health toiling in dark, damp 
basements and in the malodorous workrooms of dressmaking estab- 
lishments. 

5. To fix a minimum wage for each industry on the basis of the 
cost of living and the purchasing power of money. Men workers 
have done this for themselves by means of strikes and collective 
bargaining, without the necessity of special legislation. 


LATIN AMERICAN WOMEN AS INDUSTRIAL WORKERS 263 


6. To bring about the peaceful solution of labor conflicts by the 
legal presentation of petitions formulated by a lawfully capacitated 
trade-union and by recourse to the Labor Conciliation and Arbitration 
Act. Such methods would undoubtedly prove economically advan- 
tageous. : 

7. To improve women’s education by courses in vocational sub- 
jects and home economics and by lectures, libraries, and such other 
facilities as are usually offered by trade-unions. 

8. To improve the standard of living by means of higher wages. - 
Decent and sufficiently ample living quarters prevent the immorality 
often resulting from the promiscuity of the crowded, dirty tenement; 
good lighting attracts the husband to the home, and the children can 
be properly clad for school. 

An improved standard of living indirectly brings about increased 
productivity of labor and therefore, eventually, an increase in 
national prosperity. 

9. To establish employment bureaus, directed by competent per- 
sons, who should keep careful statistics of periods of unemployment 
and of the training and record of unemployed women. Such work 
would not only be of assistance to women applying to the bureaus, 
but would be a credit to the bureaus themselves. 

10. To run cooperative stores as a means of decreasing the cost of 
living. 

11. To establish funds for making loans without interest in the 
periods of unemployment which frequently arise in seasonal trades, 
such as fur-sewing, garment-making, manufacture of soft drinks, ete. 
In such cases the woman trade-union member receives a modest 
allowance which she repays to the union loan fund when she is again 
employed. 

12. To create savings funds, deposits from which are withdrawn 
upon marriage, thus tending to avoid the illegitimate unions resulting 
from financial inability to undertake marriage. 

13. To open cooperative shops for the production and sale of 
merchandise. By competing in the open market these prevent a fall 
in wages because of overproduction or an oversupply of labor. In 
some cases cooperative workshops rival great industrial enterprises, 
as for example in Italy, where the lingerie unions have attained such 
economic importance that in various markets they fix the prices of 
their products. 

14. To secure part ownership in companies by means of employees’ 
shares which, together with the employers’ shares, should form the 
economic machinery of industrial enterprises. 

15. To promote by the spoken and written word the trade-union 
ideal. Among effective means for such propaganda is the use of a 
special label on all goods manufactured in shops paying fair wages to 
women workers and complying with protective legislation for women. 


264. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


CONCLUSIONS 


1. Woman, a new and important factor in the solution of economic 
problems in American countries, should first of all attain economic 
independence as the only satisfactory foundation for achieving 
ae and moral independence. 

. World statistics show a total of 100,000,000 employed - women. 
TH 8 is therefore our bounden duty to fight for such working conditions 
for women as will not imperil the future of the race, in this day and 
age when the high cost of living and other irremediable social condi- 
tions force them to seek employment outside the home. 

3. The leading factor in obtaining an improvement in the economic 
status of women is respect for the social-welfare laws granting them 
equal pay with men for equal work, protection for maternity, and 
other benefits. 

4. These social laws are disregarded because women are unorgan- 
ized and have no group consciousness, due to their individualistic 
spirit, a spirit which is also timid and sometimes not straightforward. 
Without unity full rights can never be achieved. 

5. The most efficient means for bringing about the union of all 
women’s trade-unions is an organization based on the ideals of order, 
justice, and ethics. 





LORGANIZATION OF 
SCH O OLS _ ee a 





























NTIL 1925 normal training in Mexico City was given in 
the two normal schools for men and women and the eve- 
ning normal school. Early that year these were united into 
one under the name of the National Normal School (Escuela 

Nacional de Maestros), in the suburb of San Jacinto. The new 
institution opened with a considerably larger number of students 
than the combined enrollment of the three separate schools. 

The school was established on the following new lines: 

There was novelty in the mere fact of moving it out of the city 
into extensive grounds, in which school gardens, athletic fields, 





1 Abbreviated translation of article in ‘‘ Boletin de la Secretaria de Educacion Putblica,’”’ Mexico, D. F., 
May, 1926. 


REORGANIZATION OF MEXICO CITY NORMAL SCHOOLS 265 


children’s playgrounds, etc., will eventually be laid out. Another 
innovation was the introduction of coeducation. 

The school has been transformed into a great academic center 
(about 5,000 students), thus fulfillmg one of the primary aims of its 
organization, since it is believed that in this way all the problems 
of daily life are more easily presented than in small groups which, 
because of their very smallness, lead a rather artificial life. Increased 
competition naturally calls forth greater effort, and a wave of new 
activity has been noted among the students, to such an extent that 
last year 19 special courses were given at the request of the students 
by the regular professors or others who generously offered their 
services. 

A division was made between the cultural studies and the strictly 
professional ones, thus creating separate secondary ” and professional 
schools. The work of the secondary division was made identical 
with that division of the National Preparatory School; the profes- 
sional division underwent important changes, such as the addition 
of an extra year of educational psychology, the inclusion of biology 
and special courses in modern history and geography. The curricu- 
lum includes practice in agricultural tasks, home industries, and 
trades, with emphasis on women’s handicrafts and other manual 
work. The course in the day normal schools covers six years in- 
stead of five as heretofore. 

Normal students were formerly instructed in teaching methods by 
first acquainting them with the general principles embodied in the 
science of education, psychology, sociology, ete.; then these principles 
were examined in the light of the so-called special methodology, and 
finally the student verified them through practice. To-day, once the 
general principles have been learned, the student puts them into 
practice and then deduces from this practice the special methods. 
In this way he follows a truly scientific path. The results are most 
encouraging. 

The methods used in teaching all subjects are essentially progres- 
sive, instead of the verbalism which was formerly the rule. Practice 
teaching is no longer done exclusively in the annexed model primary 
school, but in different primary schools in the Federal District, and 
nearly half a year is employed in this invaluable labor. 

In order that the students may have the opportunity to express 
their own personality, they are given intelligent and opportune help, 
but otherwise exercise self-government. 

A resident teaching staff has been established, who assist in the 
moral and scientific guidance of the students. 





2 The normal course is of secondary grade, being based on graduation from the primary school. Grad- 
uates teach in the primary schools. (Editor’s note.) 


266 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


EVENING NORMAL SCHOOL 


The evening department, whose enrollment is double that of the 
former separate school, follows the same curriculum and methods as 
the day department. 


KINDERGARTEN DEPARTMENT 


The studies required for kindergartners were formerly of the most 
elementary character, consisting merely of the first and second years 
of the secondary course and one professional year. A more adequate 
program has now been adopted, consisting of five years, three of 
which are secondary and two professional. This change is heartily 
approved of by the kindergartners themselves. 


COURSE FOR HOME VISITORS 


A small group has enrolled in the two-year course for home visitors, 
based on the three-year secondary school course. 


ANNEXED PRIMARY DEPARTMENT 


This school, comprising 39 groups, continues to follow the progres- 
sive program so wisely laid down by the department of education. 
It has no principal, technical and administrative decisions being made 
by the whole staff meeting as the teachers’ council. This system has 
had very good results, since all the teachers are directly responsible 
for the work of the school, and are obliged to study not merely the 
proble as of their own group, but those of the whole school. As a 
consequence, the teachers last year felt the necessity of increasing 
their knowledge in some more effective manner than by merely attend- 
ing a class or studying a book, and decided to send one of their number 
to the United States during the long vacation period in order that he 
migh ‘gather information directly in the more important primary 
schools of New York. 

Last year careful studies on arithmetic were begun. <A series of tests 
were given, which snowed the actual value of our teaching methods 
and the necessity of some changes that are now being introduced. A 
similar piece of work is being done on the national language. 


PRESCHOOL CENTER 


In Mexico the kindergartens have been functioning in an artificial 
manner, without respecting at all the nature of the child. For this 
reason new paths were marked out last year and are now being fol- 
lowed. These are outlined briefly below: 

The school functions in the open air. Care for the health of the 
child is the most important consideration, and the number of sick 
children has been reduced by*75 per cent. 


REORGANIZATION OF MEXICO CITY NORMAL SCHOOLS 267 


The institution has been made democratic. 

Froebel’s gifts and the so-called occupations, as well as other kinder- 
garten material, have been discarded, since the best gift is the marvel- 
lous gift of Nature. The special exercises for so-called sense education 
have also been done away with; the child should be placed in contact 
with Nature and given plenty of activity so that his perceptions will 
be acquired naturally. 

For detailed programs of study there has been substituted an intel- 
ligent direction of the free spiritual and motor expression of the child, 
enriching and confirming it. Fixed hours for classes have been aban- 
doned, for if it is inadvisable to ho!d primary children to these, it is 
pure barbarity to attempt to do so with children of from 4 to 6 years. 
The activities in which children should engage can not be contained 
within the Jimitations prescribed by classes as commonly prevailing 
in kindergartens; in this preschool center the teaching is preferably 
incidental. 

The child is respected. His nascent initiative, his spontaneity, his 
liberty are something sacred which is not touched except to make it 
more beautiful. 

Careful records are kept of anthropometric data and mental devel- 
opment, made at frequent intervals with a view to the distribution 
‘and arrangement of educational exercises. 


IMPORTANT ACTIVITIES 


The students ‘have organized themselves into a cooperative body 
which is a small-scale reproduction of the Government of the Republic. 
An orchestra composed of 45 students has given concerts outside of the 
school, the most interesting of these being the one given at the broad- 
casting station of the newspaper El Universal. ‘The Student “ani- 
tary Brigade, with about a hundred members, is very well orga. *zed 
and has already rendered important service, as on the occasion of 
the interschool athletic meet last year, when its work was so active 
and intelligent that the press confused it with the better known White 
Cross and Red Cross. Since last year the students have had exclusive 
charge of the school lunch, formerly served by outsiders, and the 
profits go to swell the funds of the society. They also manage a 
small school supply business. 

A small printing press and a photographic shop have been installed 
for the use of the school. . 

In the courtyard of one of the buildings a botanical garden has 
been planted, following closely the work laid out for the botany class. 
Necessary material has been provided for the class in practical agri- 
culture. Although the school really has not enough available ground 

29141—27—Bull. 3 5 





268 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


for this work, the sale of garden produce raised by the students in 
small plots last year has already brought in some money. 

A hall has been fully equipped with necessary gymnastic appara- 
tus. Last year the school won third place in the interschocl meet, a 
stimulus which has served to make the students regard the gymnasium 
with favor and to greatly increase their participation in sports. 

Last year, in spite of the efforts made to reduce the number of chil- 
dren without school facilities in the districts near the school, a large 
number were not enrolled because there was no room for them. 
Although not included in the budget of the normal school, registration 
was opened for afternoon classes in the assurance of the students’ will- 
ingness to serve. Thus nine primary classes met during the whole 
year; senior students generously took charge of these classes and 
carried out a praiseworthy piece of work. The problem again pre- 
sented itself this year and was solved in the same way; seven classes 
are taught by students who, as last year, receive no remuneration. 
The kindergarten students rendered a similar service by establish- 
ing afternoon divisions in several kindergartens. The students have 
also organized a cultural institution under the name of ‘People’s 
University,” which has charge of a night school for workingmen. 

A service of home visitors has been established in order to teach 
hygiene of the home, child hygiene and moral hygiene in the homes 
of the poor children who attend this schoo] and live near by. Some 
handicrafts, cooking, and laundering are also taught. The school 
has opened extension classes in machine embroidery, millinery, cut- 
ting and fitting, ete., which are attended by more than 200 women of 
the neighborhood having relatives in the school. 

Last year six essays were submitted in a competition on the follow- 
ing topics: 

a. The project method. 

b. In what practical and effective manner ought students to aid 
workingmen and the rural population in their present efforts toward 
betterment? 

The new spirit in education which is so evident in the reorganiza- 
tion of the normal schools shows itself also in other branches of instruc- 
tion, and gives promise of notable educational advances in Mexico 
during the next few years. 





CITY AND REGION 














T is now many years since landscape planning or designing began 
to be practiced in a limited way. The pioneer books discussed 
the laying out to best advantage of private estates, parks, and 
grounds on which educational and other public institutions were 

to be located. Then came the planning of the central part of a city, 
in the form of a plaza, square, or other civic center in which to group 
the principal public buildings. Later books discussed the replanning 
of entire villages or towns, the emphasis, however, still being placed 
on the municipal center. Later, cognizance was taken of the fact 
that the city would, in expanding, spread over near-by land, that 
outer area to which the name “‘twilight zone”’ was given, and efforts 
were made to extend civic planning to include this zone. Finally, 
during recent years, it has been found necessary to broaden the scope 
still further, so as to include the region circumadjacent to the city 
and immediately tributary thereto. Thus the ‘‘regional plan’’ came 
into being. 

But, in the view of Mr. Cyrus Kehr, author of the recent publica- 
tion, A Nation Plan, the regional is still far from adequate, since it 
ignores the following facts: 

First: That should planning proceed so limited, every city would be surrounded 
by a planned area outside of which would be a disregarded ‘‘no man’s land,” 
left to develop, or not to develop, without direction and with no intelligent 
relation to other areas. 

Second: That many of the more serious defects in a city are to be remedied by 
plans not for the city itself but for areas outside of it, areas in some cases a 
considerable distance away. 

Third: That no city can be brought to its best without the most complete 
interrelation possible with all other cities of the nation; that for social and indus- 
trial reasons each city needs the best possible communication with all other 
parts of the nation and, indeed, of the world; that the fullest mental and spiritual 
development of the people of any city can be attained only through such communi- 
cation; and that for material or industrial advancement each city needs the best 
possible facilities for the interchange of industrial products between all sections 
of the nation and of the world. 

Fourth: That the nation for its best development needs an approximately 
even distribution of population to be sought by interrelating a large number of 
places with a view to adapting them to city development, and that in the plan- 
ning of a city first consideration must be given to this extended external 
relationship. 








1 4 Nation Plan, by Cyrus Kehr. Oxford University Press, American Branch. 1926. 


270 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Fifth: That the most important and most costly physical service and one 
which affects all interests, is transportation; that good external transportation at 
low cost is essential to the prosperity of the local community; and that such 
transportation can be provided to the local community only by arranging a 
transportation system which embraces the entire country. 


If, then, the most adequate city planning is in reality national 
in scope, it is only logical to carry it one step further, since in the 
words of Epictetus, ‘‘The philosphers * * * tell us that this 
world is one city.” This idea is most interestingly developed in A 
Nation Plan, already mentioned, the author’s arguments being sum- 
matized in the following paragraphs: 

Real human interest calls for the altruistic spirit. Selfishness must give place 


to conduct based on a full appreciation of the fact of interdependence, since no 
nation nor part of any nation can be brought to its best unless every other reaches 








RELIEVING CITY 
CONGESTION 


Congestion in the city, A, in 
this diagram, can best be 
relieved by improvement 
remote from that city. 1, 
2,3, and 4 are highways. 
The streets in A are con- 
gested with highway ve- 
hicles going between the 
cities, Band C, Cand #, 
Eand D, Dand B, Band 
E,and Cand D. A belt 
highway, 5, placed around 
A will divert this through 
traffic from A. But then 
this traffic will continue to 
burden the highways, 1, 
2,3,and 4. This can be 
remedied by building 
highways along the dotted 
lines, 6, 7, 8, and 9. A 
highway on the dotted 
line would by pass B and 
D traffic. 














From ‘‘A Nation Plan” 


its highest development. This altruism must also include those who come after 
us. 

The highest human evolution, moreover, is impossible in the presence of 
material and physical disorder, crudeness, and imperfection. Man, like any 
other organism, can develop rightly only under suitable environment. - Where we 
have excessive massing of population and consequent abnormal living conditions, 
there are bred discontent, unrest, discord, strikes, riots, crime, and perverted 
political activities. 

National and world planning can be made a means to create among mankind 
a broader humanitarian sympathy. ‘Thus can a people be led to see their nation 
and the world as a whole and thus recognize that ail the inhabitants of the nation 
and of the world should be regarded as neighbors and friends. 

Furthermore, it must be recognized that the natural resources of the entire 
world are not “unlimited and inexhaustible”’; and in this vital matter there 
should be formulated a policy or program for world-wide cooperation in the 
conservation of the world’s natural resources. 

For long centuries, moreover, until only a hundred years ago, there was but 
a limited degree of industrial development. During the last century, however, 
there was an industrial unfolding equaling or surpassing all that of the thousands 
of years preceding. <A ‘‘world plan” should prescribe action looking to the 


CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING DOAN 


sharing of these industrial improvements, in order that all mankind may benefit. 
thereby materially, and therefore participate in the social or human unfolding 
which, as the next stage, should follow the universal utilization of industrial 
inventions and discoveries for the social betterment of humanity. This material 
and this social or human unfolding should be directed and encouraged by means 
of a definite plan. 

Such world-wide planning would bring into cooperation and fellowship a large 
number of people of broad vision who delight in pioneering work for human 
advancement. The study and educational effort associated therewith in each 
country would stimulate and inspire to other civic effort. Furthermore, through 
a world plan, the attention of civic workers in all countries would be directed 


pe Michigan 9 


{CHICAGO 
Ny 


\ 



















leprae eis 


OQ.CHAMPAIGN 








“X49 PITTSBURGH 








From “‘A Nation Plan”’ 
FRAME WORK OF THE NATION PLAN 


This diagrammatic map is only for illustration of the triangular composition of the plan and does not show 
places actually chosen to become “‘centers’’ connected by ‘“‘experimental lines.’’? Such choosing must be 
preceded by extended study of many factors. The circles indicate belt railways and belt highways at 
the centers. 


to such work in progress or already accomplished in other countries. Wherever 
there is a great dream into which are woven enthusiasm and creative genius, so 
that it appeals to the imagination and leads men to apply themselves untiringly 
through love of the task to make the dream a reality, that dream will serve 
throughout the world as inspiration for other similar dreams. 

The consequent mingling and interchange between the peoples of the world; 
the material improvements; and the direction of thought to changes calculated 
to afford better living conditions and more culture, which would come as a result 
of the discussion, preparation and gradual execution of a world plan, would 
tend to bring about the elimination of ignorance, superstition, and local hatred 
and cause the growth of mutual acquaintance and esteem, while deepening and 
broadening the love of one’s own country. 

A world plan is therefore urged as one of the most promising means of estab- 
lishing a logical working basis for world harmony and world peace. 





NITED 


az 


U 





















By Matiupa PHILLuIPs, 


Chief Statistician, Pan American Union 


HE total value of the trade of the United States with the 20 
Latin-American Republics for the calendar year 1926, 
according to statistics compiled by the United States De- 
partment of Commerce, amounted to $1,875,901,625, as 

compared with $1,851,044,014 in 1925. The figures show an increase 
in imports and a slight decline in exports as compared with the 
previous year. Imports, amounting to $1,041,677,670, were $35,230,- 
593 or 3.5 greater than in 1925, while exports, aggregating $834,- 
223,955, were $10,372,982 or 1.2 per cent less than in the preceding 
year. 

The imports for the two years, by countries of origin, were as follows: 


United States imports from Latin America 


























Increase 
Countries 1925 1926 (++) or de- 
crease (—) 
Per cent 

IVC xd COM wats SERS ee Sek a MA ae Siete hie 2 Va ean la oie ih ed eg een $178, 835, 454 $169, 368, 775 —O), 7} 
(Grularte ma silat ee AN RT a eee tle bas tokens 11, 337, 683 14, 512, 318 +28. 0 
Salad ore ee sian = yroen cae shore nett ibn eee ene ae Rene i Pam! 2, 328, 424 4, 237, 149 +82. 3 
ROM GUTAS eres ee oer ce Gouna Sate Sete a Ae ee UTM Reed 8, 718, 969 8, 719, 834 —f-O89 
SIN GT OU By eee tae et eee CEN Diane ei ey eee 6, 188, 436 5, 975, 837 —3.4 
COSTAR CA eee ee ee eee ee ee 4, 791, 531 7, 052, 187 +47.1 
TN AIT Art Satie pe ey ae eee eatin gue eee ae ESTE 6, 430, 796 5, 548, 522 —le}; (/ 
CO of ae in a ee eee cl CR an tS ete ea eu 261, 672, 858 250, 569, 693 <b?) 
IDYorraubanoeyay ROWING. 52 oe 7, 646, 953 8, 072, 213 ai, 5 
MFT Gy lec OE Sse ae Ut ge SE ese glenn 2, 060, 468 1, 379, 303 —33. 0 

INorbhyAmmericanwEe pitblicssesne eae en eas 490, 006, 572 475, 435, 831 =2)9 
INT eer timaied sr Necwek ee dads stoie Has te Re eal Ae eee lars 80, 169, 993 88, 137, 205 +9.9 
IB OU WL airs Shes Tee oe Sie aelad it Soca ee meet eee uae a 84, 461 279, 986 +231. 4 
JON EWA aga geass ong is ep pat nude Roya ON Es Atkins aM Ge eR po Menem Faves 221, 787, 803 235, 307, 073 +6. 0 
Chile: Seine auc eens, see Te Bee ae 8 eh eee ge bei 88, 978, 286 81, 442, 281 —8.4 
Colombia ® sae Ve LESAN a Pe wa ene liens Sha 63, 376, 084 90, 241, 676 +42. 3 
NE CU OTE SASH DESI SINE uy Eee Ne 8, 700, 627 6, 757, 104 = 2203 
(Bara gulay nls sew Skee een hoe hee e een he Oe eee mye cee 380, 476 540, 954 +42. 1 
Tah ee eae gear St eg COUNNG: |. (Ailes ROS ame SOR Nhe) et OO 17, 278, 278 21, 796, 710 +26. 1 
UU UL ye a SI it, Dae re tee Sg aee 16, 100, 470 18, 423, 243 +14. 4 
IVICTIOZ UC] Cae te ea es ee Ce ELS OI meta ea 19, 584, 027 23, 315, 607 +19. 0 

SouthpAunericanwkRepulblicsaua sea yee ner 516, 440, 505 566, 241, 839 +9. 6 

otal@vabinyAan eri cassseeestees sereenee nn en pean: 1, 006, 447,077 | 1,041, 677, 670 —-3q0) 














1 United States statistics credit commodities in considerable quantities, imported from and exported to 
Bolivia and Paraguay via ports situated in neighboring countries, not to the Republics of Bolivia and 
Paraguay but to the countries in which the ports of departure or entry are located. 


272 


UNITED STATES TRADE WITH LATIN AMERICA IN 1926 Dales 


It will be seen that there were increases in imports from all the 
countries, except Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Cuba, Haiti, Chile, 
and Ecuador. The greatest actual increase was in the imports from 
Colombia; the greatest percentage of increase was in the imports 
from Bolivia. The greatest actual decrease was in the imports from 
Cuba, and the greatest percentage of decrease was in the imports 
from Haiti. 

The exports for the two years, by countries of destination, were 


as follows: 
United States exports to Latin America. 













Increase 
Countries 1925 1926 (+) or de- 
crease (—) 

Per cent 

TAKS LO) St Se eS a A ee ee ee ey $144, 716, 520 $134, 994, 164 —6: 
(Guatemal awemeeece ee Nat os Se ae eee 9, 382, 196 11, 088, 204 +18. 
Salley cll 0 remeron ele ae yt iene OD 98 ie ee see 9, 193, 916 9, 556, 521 =F35 























U 

1 

9 

FEL O TYG UL AG meee ee ee oe ae ey Meteosat ce eee ee ae 9, 571, 471 7, 540, 286 PAY 
ING Cara glance canes se SL eek SE ae ese Saeee 7, 434, 539 6, 264, 272 Ili, 7 
COSTAR Cae ® eee ene a ee ue eC ee een 6, 800, 819 6, 312, 416 — mal: 
IDO TONG Ye See ee a ee re ee rere 28, 236, 418 32, 412, 669 +14. 7 
Cull eee ae ee ae oS ea eee ae oe eee ae 198, 655, 032 160, 487, 680 —19.2 
Doran aNCai IRONIC. ae seo b er asa e see eeeeyaoee | 17, 763, 696 14, 572, 376 —17.9 
TE A Cie ee len ee ea ee | 18, 717, 583 | 10, 857, 427 —20.8 
North American Republics........------------------- 445, 472,190 | . 394, 086, 015 is 

FA O11 (il aera een eet ne nik mre ey yee Sete ta een 148, 758, 606 143, 574, 682 —3.4 
TB HOUT yy ete Ns pe yee pak RN a A i eee ee epee 5, 088, 145 5, 162, 927 +1. 4 
TB YE VAU LS ictal Us a lk eM ey SO sR a OU i See a 87, 461, 021 95, 449, 419 +9. 1 
(@ rill CEA eS ee ea ee epee at Cyne ale eee resid 39, 273, 692 49, 043, 564 +24. 8 
CW Olommlb aes eee rece eee Sane ahs NR nt Seasons 41, 376, 571 49, 282, 028 +19.1 
TOD YO Voy 3 cS ae aM ORR a Oe RR ata he eg a ee, 1 6, 807, 624 4, 662, 159 Soleo) 
DATA aya ee eee eel eee eed me SUE A Ean eae wee 902, 479 905, 407 -+-0: 2 
TEX DUS ven eee erty ok a eee Ser PR a ED cee area nm pe ee re es 23, 029, 779 29, 352, 521 +27.4 
Wrst ua yet ee ee ete ee, Sa Bee a eo eee 21, 269, 743 23, 015, 149 ate 2 
AY GIONEVAUTE Es een ree el re eee 25, 157, 087 39, 690, 084 aie O 
INOntheAIM er CANeEVe— U0 CS eee ee eee | 399, 124, 747 440, 137, 940 +10. 2 
RotaleatineAim eri cae eee ena ne eee eee 844, 596, 937 834, 228, 955 17 














1 United States statistics credit commodities in considerable quantities, imported from and exported to 
Bolivia and Paraguay via ports situated in neighboring countries, not to the Republics of Bolivia and 
Paraguay but to the countries in which the ports of departure or entry are located. 

The above table shows that there were increases in the exports to 
Guatemala, Salvador, Panama, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, 
Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, and Venezuela. Decreases are shown 
in exports to Mexico, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Cuba, the 
Dominican Republic, Haiti, Argentina, and Ecuador. The largest 
actual increase as well as the largest percentage of increase was In 
exports to Venezuela. The largest actual decrease was in exports 
to Cuba and the largest percentage of decrease was in exports to 
Ecuador. 





ARGENTINA 


Coneress oF Municrpauities.—The First Congress of Munici- 
palities of Argentina met in Buenos Aires from November 15 to 20, 
1926, under the auspices of the municipality of Buenos Aires. 
Sections were formed on finances and insurance, public works and 
supplies, and public health and charity. Nearly 200 municipalities 
were represented. 

FRUIT TRADE.—Due to the growing trade in native and foreign 
fruits the Bureau of Agricultural Sanitation is increasing its activities. 
Argentine fruits, including melons, grapes, and pears from Mendoza 
and San Juan; pears and apples from Rio Negro; cherries, apples, 
peaches, and oranges from the Delta, all command good prices in 
London and New York markets. The agricultural sanitary bureau 
expects to put into operation a disinfection chamber of the vacuum 
type for the disinfection of cottonseed from those countries where 
the weevil exists. The following tables show exports and imports 
in fruits, vegetables, and plants for the years 1924 and 1925, and for 
nine months of 1926: 























IMPORTS 
Jan. 1-Sept. 
1924 1925 30, 1926 
Kilograms Kilograms Kilograms 

Hr esheiniiieeses ete tas er ae ee AE eee ee ee 61, 396,889 | 70, 939, 392 71, 106, 009 
ID Yes LeRoy es Se ee Rta GE al ON Dn Lie ieee che 2,771, 526 3, 728, 329 2, 023, 797 
Mreshever tables seawaie eceee cut Sate ken en eee 1, 674, 593 10, 309, 014 2, 445, 705 
ROCA TORS Re eee See ee ae ei ano eet Spurl este yng re ee ae 581, 965 14, 655, 985 527, 940 
HTC CELE SUITES See ee oe ee ne ae rn Ue ae ae Nc wie ae eben 10, 622,626 | 19, 512, 848 10, 729, 217 
Plantsx(Units) pss ee ee ee a ee 476, 813 510, 245 212, 310 

EXPORTS 
CREST UU GS els et eae ee te ere at eek ey Be 38, 169, 540 | 5, 844, 693 5, 764, 892 
ET eESH VEZ tal lesan eee tears AI im ea Os Oe I cE tee tee 764, O17 | 868, 924 1, 582, 932 
TP OCATOCS Sake = occ JR Se ee ech Sa ee py pan re Seta 62, 723,680 | 32, 704, 447 61, 559, 466 
ONTO GMOS TIMES sc ce er soe DO ew sake ihe sta ene Read 984, 240 1, 161, 818 1, 273, 964 
IPA GSE (UGS) A= esc eee nee ER atti ee deay a Neonat 504 468, 601° 79, 781 











TouRING ChuB TO BUILD NEW ROAD.—The Argentine Tourmg Club 
resolved in a recent meeting to construct a new paved highway from 
Buenos Aires through Rosario to Cérdoba. To finance the under- 
taking the club resolved to create a highway fund to which the 
national government and the provincial governments of the Provinces 
of Buenos Aires, Santa Fé, and Cordoba, as well as the Government 

274 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 275 


Petroleum administration and private oil interest have promised 
support. Plans for this road were approved by Congress in 1923. 
It is estimated that the cost of such a highway, 755 kilometers 
(about 470 miles) in length and 200 meters wide, will be 33,000,000 
pesos, including the up-keep for the first five years. The highway 
will parallel the railroad, giving a much needed means of access to 


the capital from the provinces. 
FIVE NEW OMNIBUS LINES.—The Anglo-Argentine Tramways Co. 


of Buenos Aires in December and January opened five new omnibus 
lines for traffic in the capital. The busses, built in Argentina, have 
seats for 26 passengers. 

New AIRPLANE FACTORY.—The first national airplane factory is 
to be established in the city of Cérdoba, where the corner stone of 
the building for this new industry was laid on November 10, 1926. 
It is expected that the factory will be completed in a year and that 
soon thereafter the Government will begin the manufacture of planes. 


BOLIVIA 


PROPOSED MATCH FAcCTORY.—A Swedish match company has 
presented a proposal to the Bolivian Government asking for the 
exclusive right to manufacture, import, export, and sell matches in 
the Republic. 

AGRICULTURAL scHooL.—In the Province of Charcas an element- 
ary practical school of agriculture and livestock breeding has been 
established. 

New customHousE.—A customhouse was recently established in 
the city of Cochabamba to take care of the trade between the depart- 
ment of that name and the Departments of Santa Cruz and El Beni. 
Approximately 250,000 bolivianos will be spent on the construction of 
this customhouse. 

AUTOMOBILE SERVICE.—A proposition has been approved by the 
Bolivian Government for a concession to establish an automobile 
and truck service between Puerto Ballivian and Trinidad. This 
contract provides for the free transport of mail bags between the towns 
named. Public functionaries who make the journey for official 
purposes will be carried at half rates. Every six months the Govern- 
ment will pay the contractor in advance the sum of 6,000 bolivianos 
on condition that the service given is satisfactory. The period of 
the contract is for five years. 


BRAZIL 


Second VEGETABLE O1Ls ConGress.—Many of the Brazilian 
States have stated their intention of sending delegates and samples 
of their vegetable products to the Second Oils Congress, which will 
take place in S40 Paulo in May, 1927. As Brazil has many oil-pro- 


276 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION: 


ducing plants, the congress should give profitable results. The exec- 
utive committee has resolved to work for the establishment, in the 
department of industrial chemistry of the Sao Paulo Polytechnic 
School, of a section devoted to the study of oil-bearing substances 
and their by-products, to which purpose all the funds left after 
the close of the Congress will be devoted. Federal and State Govern- 
ments, as well as heads of industries, will be asked to Conn De to 
the laboratory in question. 

RAILROAD ELECTRIFICATION.—The Sao Paulo Railroad Co., due to 
the benefit derived from the electrification of several sections of its: 
line, has decided to electrify 80 kilometers more between Sao Carlos 
and Rincaio. It has contracted with an American company for three 
electric engines for passenger trains, and complete equipment for 
two conversion substations. With the new section the total distance 
electrified will be 214 kilometers, with five substations. 

WaTER SupPLY.—On November 11, 1926, an improvement to the 
water supply of Rio de Janeiro was put into public service. The 
Maracané pumping station has been rebuilt and provided with four 
pumps to provide sufficient water for the higher sections of the city 
and during droughts. 

Hicuways.—According to the message of the President of the 
State of Sergipe that State now has 223 kilometers of highway ready 
for traffic. Some of the sections of highway were constructed by 
private enterprise with assistance from the State. 

It was expected that by January, 1927, work would be completed 
on the highway from Sao Paulo to the city of Braganca by way of 
Juquery and Atibaia. 

In the State of Pernambuco a 50-kilometer highway was opened 
from Ouricury to Petrolina with a branch road to the municipality 
of Boa Vista making connections with the municipalities of the 


bordering States. 
CHILE 


EXPoRTS AND IMpPORTS.—The Government monthly Statistical 
report for October, 1926, gives the following amounts for the leading 
imports and exports of staple merchandise for the first nine months 
of 1925 and 1926, only the most important being here cited: 




















| 
| January to September, 1926 | January to September, 1925 
Merchandise | 
Quantity Value Quantity Value 
| : 
OS : Pesos Pesos 
SHY ONO S Seer eee meet ae tat ence ees cane aA kilos__| 5, 736, 457 15, 316, 622 2,911, ae 8, 724, 870 
Shee planes PC ei Uae eye Be ie units__ 436, 529 10, 048, 369 81, 244 2, 024, 121 
Caitlereeets sli Tao Sai ee te domes 108, 679 42, 396, 982 9, 644 2,416, 953 
Ri CORRES SONS eh ee eee ec ea kilos__| 15,468,617 | 15, 352, 551 13, 378, 523 15, 561, 669 
INTO TOT} CATs Saas eee units__} 648 6, 327, 343 529 5, 769, 141 
DUP AT SCSe serene aenieh tees eens kilos__| 97, 991, 366 37, 965, 851 77, 675, 815 46, 464, 180 
IBOTIZIING ming te eons see ae ules cee Ne avai Mn Gozeas |p 18563142 5, 561, O11 6, 159, 543 2, 573, 895 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE Di 














January to September, 1926 | January to September, 1925 
Merchandise = 
Quantity Value Quantity Value 
IMPORTS—Ccontinued iPesos | ‘Pesos 
COT CC a ee ee ln eS IS kilos__ 2, 991, 583 9, 497, 746 3, 162, 730 10, 268, 373 
CO al ee eS ei ne ee es Shoes tons__ 104, 572 5, 877, 291 137, 784 6, 119, 040 
Cement ese eee ee aD eee Ses kilos_- 64, 809, 008 | 7, 870, 184 39, 219, 298 4, 776, 240 
ID VN AMI Peas ees eran MeN Sees OP doza== 1, 995, 305 10, 085, 757 2, 686, 853 7, 553, 100 
NTRS IN C tae, OT yee re dole 9, 993, 688 5, 143, 669 5, 370, 918 9, 237, 333 
BAT ROME Seen es sense See eee do_._-| 22,269, 880 8, 671, 298 17, 498, 485 2, 902, 884 
Pins Ikon) OCP soos soeseed sq. meters__ 1, 800, 109 7,422, 917 1, 770, 410 4, 001, 187 
Osnaburgssesseie ets es eee es kilos_-_ 1, 192, 909 6, 321, 641 1, 165, 173 7, 533, 057 
IETIMTIN gap ap Che eee eee eee eee dos=== 17, 825, 109 11, 202, 399 12, 991, 473 9, 323, 472 
BRS EDTrep LTD avj Kee eee ec ns ame does= 5, 851, 755 5, 318, 675 5, 650, 020 6, 448, 236 
Crudespetroleumes 2 ee tons_- 586, 675 47, 972, 041 652, 060 47, 713, 194 
HS Seah ot Sate See her Meee Ie eae SS kilos_- 24, 360, 896 62, 227, 528 20, 470, 298 34, 560, 264 
Nea ese Soe ene nee ee ee doze. 1, 852, 978 12, 753, 798 1, 608, 765 9, 869, 661 
Paraguayan tea (yerba maté)___._---_--- dome 4, 329, 862 7, 894, 073 3, 200, 515 3, 548, 700 
EXPORTS 

Oats seer ee ae Se Sse ee kilos_- 68, 827, 949 16, 908, 530 32, 574, 496 9, 911, 058 
TEXT = Get eo a ee ee do__-| 25,030,822 | 15,018,494 | 30,299,659 | 18, 460, 206 
IrOZenumMea tanec se aan ene ees dosse= 14, 338, 227 22, 847, 496 16, 651, 182 26, 329,401 
1B OTR DN ses ee Se ee ee dona 85, 152, 549 24, 170, 694 40, 298, 665 17, 830, 326 
IBATACOD DET = ssn ee le SNR OI oe do___-; 141, 508, 695 297, 398, 195 116, 163, 093 263, 814, 066 
Sheepskin Spiess ase as aks eee ola dos=== 4, 239, 878 6, 788, 966 WP BU 3, 536, 175 
TON (Bs he 3s ee a ae a a ie ee ee ieee domes 8, 870, 045 7, 013, 033 11, 888, 860 8, 437, 740 
INViO OSE apaeee se oie eo a ee ee eee dole 10, 495, 915 35, 669, 068 11, 780, 488 57, 604, 626 
Went ils emotes etre eee eene eee do____| 9, 649, 505 6, 645, 937 6, 898, 996 6, 744, 834 
(OAOF OY OYEVE OS eS se eta dos 61, 023, 898 7, 926, 798 55, 574, 608 6, 979, 722 
GON. Ol RS sa es eae oe ere ed tons_- 1, 084, 371 9, 484, 130 839, 292 26, 692, 422 
Gold¥platesdust,onbarse==- 222. --—--=— grams__| 30, 000, 000 GONOG4 G90 cP sieen Le wa wee eee 
INGA CMR ie eres. See ee metric quintals__| 11,372,124 | 474, 653, 799 16, 125,495 661, 894, 257 
Wheat____- Ns RM lars. la ated a oe kilos__| 27, 123, 064 15, 252, 398 | 134, 745, 874 64, 781, 535 
OGTR CRA ee er re gre elt PS Re a doses. 762, 875 64, 433, 500 452,013 46, 749, 993 














SHALE o1n.—Our valued colleague, Chile, reports in its issue for 
last November that enormous deposits of petroliferous shale in the 
Lonquimay valley near the headwaters of the Bio-Bio river are about 
to be developed by American capital and technical methods. An 
initial test carried out by experts, using the retort process which is 
to be employed in the treatment of the shale, yielded approximately 
54 gallons of light high-grade oil from a ton of shale; and even better 
results are anticipated when the operations are perfected. Com- 
petent geologists of various nationalities have reported unanimously 
as to the vast extent of the shale deposits of Lonquimay and the 
possibility of successfully exploiting them commercially. It has 
been authoritatively stated that from them can be produced all the 
petroleum which can be consumed in the southern half of South 
America for several generations. 

SALE OF NITRATE LANDS.—Law No. 4094 of September 21, 1926, 
provides for the sale at public auction within two years of certain 
nitrate lands belonging to the Government, a minimum price for 
each parcel to be fixed by a commission of three experts. Of the 
proceeds of the sale, 1,500,000 pesos will be expended in investigations 
of the Soronal nitrate field and 9,000,000 pesos for the purchase of 
equipment and supplies for the Iquique-Pintados Railroad. Any 
excess over 71,000,000 pesos received from the sale will be devoted 
to the construction of a branch railway in the nitrate fields, and in 


278 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION > 


various amounts to the following purposes: Five hundred thousand 
pesos for assistance to men out of work because of the depression in 
the nitrate and coal industries; 2,000,000 pesos for a laboratory to 
carry on investigations concerning nitrate and coal; 500,000 pesos 
additional funds for the new building of the boys’ secondary school 
in Antofagasta; 2,000,000 pesos for Government aid to workers’ 
cooperatives in the nitrate zone; a similar sum for various educa- 
tional institutions; and 900,000 pesos for the expenditures entailed 
by the execution of this law. 

CHILEAN wiNeEs.—The following paragraph is quoted from an 
article reproduced in The South Pacific Mail for November 11, 1926: 


The area devoted to grapes in Chile now exceeds 250,000 acres. It has lately 
been extended to the southern province of the Malleco, and some recently estab- 
lished vineyards near the towns of Victoria and Traiguén are proving remarkably 
successful. There are now about 160,000 individuals employed in the Chilean 
wine industry; the average yearly production exceeds 100,000 gallons, while 
the total invested capital is estimated at £40,000,000. The newest methods 
have been adopted, the most up-to-date machinery and appliances utilized, and 
the wines are stored while maturing in deep, cool bodegas of so extensive a capacity 
that they are exceeded only by some of the largest French wine-producing estab- 
lishments. * * * New plant stock has been imported from France. * * * 
Chile has become one of the great contributors of delicate wines, which in South 
America realize as high a price as the best imported from Europe. 


COLOMBIA 


TELEPHONES AND TELEGRAPHS.—In his message read_ before 
Congress on August 5, 1926, the President gave the following in- 
formation on communications: 


The telephone and telegraph system which on June 1, 1922, totaled 21,527 
kilometers, at the date of this message covers 25,039 kilometers. The telegraph 
lines have 777 offices, of which 569 also serve as post offices. The number of 
telegrams sent during the year has increased from 1,484,103 in 1907 to 5,400,338 
in 1925. 

The wireless stations of Las Palmas at Medellin, Las Delicias at Barranquilla, 
and that at Ciicuta were installed during 1925 and the first part of 1926, being 
operated according to contract by the Marconi Co. Secondary stations are to 
be established at Barrancabermeja, Cali, San Andrés, Manizales, Pasto, and 
Quibd6, the station at Bucaramanga being already set up. 

A broadcasting service is to be established in the capital which will furnish 
programs of concerts, lectures, and general information. 


ForEIGN TRADE.—The President gave the following figures on 
foreign trade in his message to Congress read on August 5, 1926: 


In 1915 the total imports amounted to 17,840,619 pesos and the exports to 
31,579,131 pesos, of which latter the coffee exports accounted for 18,278,631 
pesos. In 1920 the imports amounted to 101,397,906 pesos, and exports to 
771,017,729 pesos, of which coffee exports represented 36,328,333 pesos, showing 
an unfavorable trade balance of 30,380,177 pesos. In 1922 imports amounted 
to 44,148,024 pesos and exports to 52,731,477 pesos, of which latter coffee was 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 279 


valued at 36,291,812 pesos. In 1925 imports totaled 85,829,707 pesos and 
exports 84,363,382 pesos, coffee exports being 66,579,916 pesos. The unfavor- 
able trade balance of the year 1925 is explained by the large orders of foreign 
goods placed for national, departmental, and municipal public works. * * * 

ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DOCKS, AND OIL PIPE LINE.—The Colom- 
bian Legation in Washington has furnished the following information: 

The Municipal Council of Bogoté has voted an appropriation of 370,000 
pesos for the purchase of electrical equipment for the extension of the street rail- 
way system of the capital, and is considering the purchase of the two electric 
power plants in the capital. 

At the request of the Municipality of Barranquilla plans have been prepared 
by a corporation for the construction of two large docks for the port of Barran- 
quilla, which will become necessary when the Boca de Ceniza is dredged. One 
of these docks, to be four times as large as that of Puerto Dorado, will acecommo- 
date 20 vessels of 10,000 tons, while the other will have space for 30 river boats from 
the Magdalena. The cost is estimated at about 4,000,000 pesos, as the docks 
are to be provided with electricity for lighting and for operating loading 
cranes and with two 600,000-gallon water tanks. 

The Government has approved plans submitted by the Andian Company for 
the construction of accessory oil pipe lines which will increase by 50,000 barrels 
daily the transportation capacity of the Andian pipe-iine system between Barran- 
cabermeja and Cartagena Bay. 


PEARL FISHERIES.—On the 1st of December, 1926, the pearl- 
fishing season ended on Colombian coasts with a yield of over 82,000 
karats of pearls, bringing a governmental revenue of 246,000 pesos. 
Many foreign buyers arrived in the country to offer bids, which 
were considered by the Government official in charge of the sale. 


COSTA RICA 


PAVING OF STREETS.—A petroleum sprinkler, a 12-ton steam roller, 
and other equipment for street paving were recently purchased by 
the city of San José. 

AUTOMOBILE sTaTISTICS.—The traffic bureau recently reported 
that there are now 745 automobiles in San José. 


CUBA 


PRODUCTION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES.—The National Statistical 
and Economic Reform Commission has prepared an interesting re- 
port on the production of beer and liquors in the Republic during 
the year 1925. According to figures quoted from this report the 
production of alcoholic beverages amounted to 48,689,083 liters, of 
which 42,837,702 liters represent the product of three beer factories 
in Habana, the remaining 5,851,381 liters being rum and other liquors. 
Imports of beer amounted to 1,988,328 liters, valued at $714,577; 
and imports of liquors to 1,736,109 liters, valued at $1,550,519. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


280 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Sugar propuction.—According to statistics the 1925-26 sugar 
exports and stock on hand, up to November 30, 1926, compared with 
figures for the same period of 1925, were as follows: 














1925 1926 
Bags Tons Bags Tons 
EXO RUSE nek se ey ee ee 32, 553, 321 4,650, 744 | 31, 032, 601 | 4, 433, 228 
Siok Om lnewacGl 25 8 2, 044, 832 292, 119 1, 579, 154 225, 593 














President Machado, at the suggestion of the Secretary of Agri- 
culture, has published a decree stating that the production of all the 
sugar mills for the 1926-27 crop must not exceed 4,500,000 tons of 
sugar, the reduction for each mill being made according to the esti- 
mates prepared by the Secretary of Agriculture. (Courtesy of the 
Cuban Embassy in. Washington.) 

EXTENSION OF THE MALECON.—The work of extending the Ha- 
bana malecoén, or sea wall, is progressing rapidly. Already a hundred 
meters of the double foundation posts have been completed. Plans 
are now being made for the construction of a concrete building hav- 
ing three floors, in which will be located the offices of the captain of 
the port, the sanitary inspectors, port police, and other officials. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

Exports OF MINERALS.—According to the statistical division of 
the Treasury Department of Cuba, mineral exports for the last six 
months of 1926 were as follows in quantity and value: 











Product | Tons Value 
z | 
Asphaltuina sie 2a Ona mene 80a eee chee ake | 7, 058 $46, 442 
(OD Tea re a Se es melee Mince a SS ein al | 10, 5380 - 223, 294 
SUT Yao Ses Fa Seg a PCN alo ole pes Be ee coe | 242, 028 (5s B32 
Vt Ta TN SS Ce oe Ae so ore SS ea ie es Sa Op CMA 43, 184 
ARG tala iG Pana: Ase ee econ Sa | 267, 327 1, 070, 752 








The above-mentioned products were exported in their totality to 
the United States. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

CoMMERCE IN 1925.—The total imports for the year 1925, as given 
by the Treasury Department of Cuba, represent $297,324,477, 
while the exports for the same year amount to $353,984,156, the 
latter figure exceeding the former by $56,659,679. The total foreign 
trade of the Republic for 1925 therefore amounted to $651,308,633. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


AGRICULTURE; INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 281 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


IMPROVEMENTS FOR RADIO STATION.—New equipment has been 
received by the Minister of Promotion and Communications for the 
radio station of Santo Domingo. With this new installation direct 
communication with New York, 1,225 miles distant, can be established 
as well as with other stations within a radius of 1,500 miles. <A 
concrete building will be constructed to house this new station. 
The old equipment from Santo Domingo will be used to establish a 
radio station in Puerto Plata. The town of Sanchez will also be 
provided, in the near future, with a low-power station. 


ECUADOR 





Boarp or Cratms.—A board has been created in Quito by the 
post-office department to study and adjust any claims regarding the 
payment of duties on goods imported through the mail. This board 
will be composed of the Postmaster General, the Secretary General, 
and the Chief of the International Section of Posts, with a local 
merchant acting as the fourth member. The duties ascribed to this 
board, and the decisions rendered by it, will have the same binding 
effect as those of the Customhouse Board of Claims. 

TOWARD THE DEVELOPMENT OF AGRICULTURE.—Dr. Francisco 
Banda, attaché of the Ecuadorean Legation in Washington, D. C., 
who recently returned to his native country with the Kemmerer 
Commission, took with him a valuable collection of seeds of various 
plants obtained from the United States Department of Agriculture, 
and unknown in Ecuador, and presented them to the Government for 
experimental purposes. These seeds include a special tobacco from 
the Philippines and cotton seeds. Doctor Banda also took to the 
Ecuadorean Agricultural Department seven films representing differ- 
ent phases of agriculture and industry. Three of these films cover 
the cotton industry, two depict the sugar industry, one the manufac- 
ture of paper, and another the construction of roads. These films will 
be exhibited in the schools and agricultural centers of the Republic. | 

Om ix Ecuapor.—Recent reports from Ecuador state that a 
British petroleum company contemplates an active drilling campaign 
in that Republic. The company has purchased a 300-ton boat to 
run between Guayaquil and Santa Elena Bay. 


GUATEMALA 


Water worKks.—Authorization was recently given for the con- 
struction of the works necessary to provide the city of Coban with 


289 THE PAN AMERICAN’ UNION 


drinking water. The water works of the city of Rabinal have been 
completed and were publicly inaugurated on November 22, 1926. 

PROJECT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WORKMEN’S HOUSES.—On 
November 12, 1926, President Chacén issued a decree providing for 
the construction of a workmen’s community called La Concordia on 
government property in the outskirts of Guatemala City. Lots will 
be given free, but the type of house to be erected will be subject to reg- 
ulation. Should the decree be approved by Congress, a commission 
will be chosen to formulate and carry out detailed plans. 

RAILWAY PROGRESS.—It was reported that the first shipment of 
electric cars for the Los Altos Railroad arrived from Germany on Octo- 
ber 28,1926. All the electric machinery for the road has been installed, 
rails are being rapidly laid, and only works of minor importance remain 
to be completed. 

HAITI 


TEXTILE TRADE OF Harti.—Textile fibers and manufactures 
thereof accounted for almost 40 per cent of the total imports of all 
classes of merchandise into Haiti during the fiscal year ended Sep- 
tember 30, 1925, the actual figures being 40,322,201 gourdes 
($8,064,440) out of a total importation valued at 101,187,825 gourdes 
($20,237,565). Of the total textile imports, valued at $8,064,440, the 
United States supphed $6,002,164 worth, or 74.4 per cent, and the 
United Kingdom followed with $1,344,410, or 16.7 per cent. France 
was third with $397,402 to its credit. Germany, Italy, and the 
Netherlands are other sources of Haitian textile trade. (Commerce 
Reports, December 27, 1926.) 

BroapcasTInG.—Since the inauguration, several months ago, of 
the radio broadcasting station at Port-au-Prince regular evening 
programs have been broadcast every Friday and educational pro- 
erams every Saturday morning. The two services of the Haitian 
Government intimately connected with the broadcasting features are 
the Techuical Service of the Department of Agriculture and the 
Hygiene Service, both of which provide lectures of special interest 
and benefit to the people in general. These lectures are given in the 
simplest language and are delivered by the same announcer in order 
that the public may become familiar with his voice. 

Wuarr at Sr. Marc.—One of the largest projects undertaken and 
completed by the Public Works Service last year was the construction 
of the concrete wharf at St. Mare. This structure consists of a con- 
crete platform supported on reinforced concrete piles. It is the 
most substantial coastwise wharf in the Republic and was in no 
way damaged by the very high seas in the bay of St. Marc resulting 
from the hurricane which visited Cuba last October. (Bulletin of 
the Recewer General, October, 1926.) 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 283 


MEXICO 


METAL PRODUCTION IN 1926.—The Bureau of Mines of the National 
Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor furnished the follow- 
ing figures on metal production to the press: 

Metals produced from January 1 to September 30, 1926, were as follows: Gold, 
17,582 kilograms; silver, 2,159,995 kilograms; lead, 153,676,251 kilograms; cop- 
per, 36,523,035 kilograms; and zinc, 70,502,291 kilograms. Compared with the 
_ production of the first nine months of 1925 the production of 1926 shows a reduc- 
tion of 3.14 per cent in gold, an increase of 4.04 per cent in silver, an increase of 
17.89 per cent in lead, 11.07 per cent in copper, and 225.82 per cent in zinc. 

TEXTILE SALES IN 1926.—<According to a report of the Treasury 
Department the following movement took place in 1925-26 in the 
national textile industry: 

The sales of cotton textiles for the first half year from November 1, 
1925, to April 30, 1926, amounted to 41,136,380.97 pesos, while the 
sales in the second half year from May 1 to October 31, 1926, amounted 
to 43,695,418.13 pesos. Sales of mixed cotton and wool textiles 
amounted to 446,943.64 pesos in the first half year and to 691,552.46 
pesos in the second half year. 

PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION STATISTICS.—The Ninth General 
Assembly of the Chambers of Commerce of Mexico approved a 
suggestion of the Chamber of Commerce of San Luis Potosi to 
formulate statistics of production and consumption. The plan is 
to furnish all chambers of commerce with a register of the heads of 
mining companies and industries, agriculturists, and business and 
professional men; and to establish a permanent statistical service on 
supply and demand, transportation and business conditions and 
opportunities. 

First Nationa Forestry Concress.—The Union of Profes- 
sional Foresters issued a call in December to the First National 
Forestry Congress to be held early in the year 1927. The union 
states in its invitation that it hopes to institute the prectice of 
holding yearly congresses for the benefit of forestry work and 
policies. | 

LONG-DISTANCE TELEPHONE SERVICE.—On December 138, 1926, 
the long-distance telephone from Mexico City to Querétaro was 
opened for service with an exchange of messages over 270 kilometers 
of distance between the Secretary of Communications of the Mexican 
Government and the Governor of the State of Querétaro. Later 
long-distance communication will be opened with the United States 


and Canada. 
PANAMA 


New HOTEL FoR PanaMa.—Plans are under way for the construc- 
tion of a modern hotel with 150 rooms to be built in Panama City. 
29141—-27—Bull. 3 6 





284 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Well-known business and professional men both of Panama and of 
the United States resident in Panama are interested and are included 
on the organization committee. 

NORWEGIAN COLONISTS ARRIVE.—Twenty-eight Norwegian agri- 
cultural colonists provided with agricultural implements arrived in 
Panama Bay last November, there awaiting permission of the 
Government to establish a colony in the Province of Darien or in 
the Pearl Islands. They also asked a loan from the Government, 
10 hectares of land each, and a free market for what they choose to 
raise. In return they agreed to become Panaman citizens and 
accept suggestions from the Government which are beneficial to the 
colony. (Panama Central Information Office, November 15, 1926.) 

COLON MUNICIPAL BUILDING.—The city of Colon is to have a new 
municipal building costing $80,000 to replace the old structure. 
The National Assembly of Panama has authorized the Municipal 
Council of Colon to contract a loan of $80,000 for the construction 
of the new building. (Panama Central Information Office, Novem- 


ber 15, 1926.) 
PARAGUAY 


COLONIZATION OF THE CHAco.—Within a short time 15 families 
from southern Russia will arrive to settle on lands in the Chaco. 
Should these families succeed in their. agricultural pursuits, 4,000 or 
5,000 more will immigrate to become citizens of Paraguay. 

MENNONITE COLONIZATION.—By a decree of October 29, 1926, the 
Paraguayan Corporation was recognized as a colonizing body repre- 
senting the Canadian Mennonites. Three hundred colonists have 
already arrived and it is reported that 1,500 more will follow. 

Soin Tests.—In order to learn what crops may best be raised in the 
Chaco, the Department of Agriculture has undertaken extensive 
chemical soil tests of that region. 

CULTIVATION OF CASTOR-OIL PLANT.—As a result of measures taken 
by the Department of Agriculture to promote the cultivation of the 
castor-oil plant a growing interest has been created, and according to 
El nario of November 12, 1926, 6,000 kilograms (13,200 pounds) of 
seed have already been purchased at the special price offered by the 
Government. It is estimated that altogether some 10,000 to 12,000 
kilograms of seed must have been sown, representing an area of 1,500 
hectares (3,705 acres) under cultivation. 

DistRIBUTION OF sEED.—According to a brief announcement of 
November 17, 1926, 10,000 kilograms (22,000 pounds) of cottonseed 
were distributed free of charge to the farmers of Elisa Colony and 
neighboring lands. 

ZOOTECHNIC Park.—Through the courtesy of donations by promi- 
nent ranchers, the Rural Association of Uruguay recently presented 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 285 


the Republic of Paraguay with a collection of animals representing 
the best breeds of cows, sheep, pigs, and chickens produced in that 
country; the collection will form the nucleus for a zootechnic park. 


PERU 


RoAD DEVELOPMENT.—The Chief Executive, in his recent message 
to Congress, gives an interesting account of the development of road 
construction during the year under review. Over 16,000 kilometers 
(nearly 10,000 miles) of roads were under construction during this 
period; 70 engineers were engaged in supervising the work, while the 
construction material distributed was valued at 60,000 Peruvian 
pounds. In the department of Piura notable progress was made on 
the road leading from Huancabamba to the seacoast, and work also 
progressed on the highways from Ayabaca to Quiroz, and from Sullana 
to Morrop6n and to Santo Domingo. In the department of Amazonas 
work will be commenced shortly on a road which, starting from Cha- 
chapoyas, will terminate at some point on the coast. In the depart- 
mentsof Loreto and San Martin roads are being built from Y urimaguas 
to Moyobamba, and from Lamas to Chazuta, respectively. The 
department of Cajamarca will shortly be united to the coast by means 
of a road leading from the capital to Magdalena and Chilete, with 
two branch roads to Chota and Celendin. Other roads under con- 
struction in that department are those from Hualgayoe to Huamba- 
marea and Llacllan; from Chilete to Contumaz4; Cajabamba_ to 
Huamachuco; San Marcos to Cajamarca, and from San Miguel to 
Pacasmayo. Practically all the other departments have also accom- 
plished important work in highway construction. The department 
of Ancash is the center of great activity; a central highway traversing 
the entire department will be completed shortly. Special mention 
should also be made of the highway from Pativilea to Chimbote, 
forming an important section of the great coastal highway which 
the Government proposes to construct along the entire littoral of 
the Republic. In order that the country may appreciate the work 
accomplished in the construction of highways, the Government has 
prepared motion pictures showing the development of the highway 
system throughout the Republic. 


SALVADOR 


CorrerE Exports, 1925-26.—The Director General of Statistics of 
Salvador gave to the press the following figures on the exports of 
coffee from October 1, 1925, to September 30, 1926, the total being 
1,085,846 quintals of 46 kilos each, shipped as follows: 


286 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 











I 
Country Klos Per cent 
Germanys os = a he oe ene, ee po 12, 493, 647 24. O1 
J SY=) Ka U7 plenary Ie ay ngs sy Sei ST Scns Co Deer 526, 865 1. 05 
(CPN 0 bam es Me eT es uel oe Vet hea ee yg Phe Ws 35, 414 . O7 
C101 Fs aie Sea pe eae ey eae aI yee nia oe 433, 869 5 7 
ly Ss EU ee ie ES ie ete a ee oR to 412, 020 ~82 
Denmark: <2 coe See aes ep eae ed ee ees tae 557, 047 i, 2 
NDAD 2 2 a cae ae ee ew See ey eat iie to Laxey, By! 2. 76 
Hed NUL 0) OV aX =i siamese SF" a ae Sapeeey aa Ube rer a aes Peat 3, 508 . Ol 
SENET 6 55s oe Sl Ia Aa PY ee ete earn oe SS 1, 947, 170 3. 90 
Greats Brita este ahs Gees ere Sas eek ety Ge ain cle 188, 775 . 38 
Vo eri ce teste Teg me ele ee ies eae noe 6, 145, 333 12. 30 
Rta eere Se eee neh een st ate oe a a a eee eae 4, 707, O74 9. 42 
aI EM Bb ma ety Spee leone al ee es age ie OS See 205 =| eee 
INO LW, eee RINE ar ig ahe ape Bi lg ee I gr fa MOP 5, 045, 555 10. 10 
fet OV2N ad: Hanes tan oe oe ra A Sea! Ragas were erie Re Ge 4, 699 . O1 
SWC Cle ra aie elena ESM Ee ed aren: Wee sar tpar Nitra eR OOS iG 14. 03 
WinntecdlyS Gates ei rcp cy pas et tees SiS ea ee ean ata 8, 6138, 153 17. 24 














The exports for the previous season amounted to 32,730,780 kilos. 

Civic ImprovEMENT Commisston.—The President on October 29, 
1926, appointed a civic improvement commission to undertake the 
construction of a highway connecting Coatepeque Lake with 
El Congo. The commission will also construct a modern bathing 
beach on the lake and a boulevard around it. 

VENUSTIANO CaARRANZA Rapio Sratrion.—On November 18, 
1926, the Venustiano Carranza Radio Station, presented by the 
Mexican Government to Salvador and located in the capital, was 
formally turned over to the President of Salvador by the Mexican 
Minister. The Presidents and Ministers of Foreign Relations of the 
respective countries exchanged messages on this occasion, and the 
playing of the Mexican National Anthem brought the ceremony to 


a close. 
URUGUAY 


HiGHway EXPENDITURES.—The National Council of Administra- 
tion has approved a highway construction plan for the coming year 
which involves the expenditure of 5,476,363 pesos. Of this sum, 
186,000 pesos represents the resources voted for the purpose by 
various laws, and the remainder is part of the funds provided by the 
30,000,000-peso loan floated in the United States last April. Gen- 
erally speaking, the plan calls for the completion of work already 
begun and the realization of many new projects. 

EXporTS OF ANIMAL PRODUCTS.—Exports of animal products 
through the port of Montevideo from January 1 to October 1, 1926, 
were as follows: 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 287 














Articles | Iilograms Articles Units 
| | 
YY @G) [sae a ae os yl 38, 017, 476 | Dried pony skins_______ 5, 448 
piGesht as se Soo ek on 20), 197, 083 || Capibara skins________ do COS) 
INGEN Eas iy sh ee eee OI ees (111, 932) Olli7es re Wiroliisne litise see ec 918 
ai eete aren ee ie ee | 11, 508, 83a MElorna (cattle) es aes 860, 983 
Other products2= 222: = 22/1 ih, 900, 050 





REGISTRATION OF DAIRY CATTLE.—In order to better enforce 
regulations requiring the vaccination of all dairy cows against tuber- 
culosis, a law has been passed providing for the registration of all 
vaccinated cows with a photograph of each, the date, method and 
result of its vaccination, and any other material deemed necessary 
by the Government. 

Dairy scHoou.—On October 29, 1926, an appropriation of 45,000 
pesos for the construction and installation of a dairy school in the 
Department of Colonia was authorized. 

BETTER GARDEN CONTEST.—Important in awakening the interest 
of the people to the value of improved surroundings was a garden 
contest conducted during November in Montevideo. So many beau- 
tiful and carefully attended gardens were entered that it was with 
difficulty that the judges made the awards, which consisted of gold 


and silver medals. 
INAUGURATION OF ELECTRIC RAILWAY.—On December 16, 1926, 


a 16-train daily electric car service from the capital to Santiago 
Vasquez was inaugurated. It is expected that this will mean much 
toward the further development of a fertile but little-known district 


near Montevideo. 
VENEZUELA 


PETROLEUM PRODUCTION AND EXPORT.—The total production of 
petroleum for the first eight months of 1926 was 22,333,726 barrels, 
or 2,563,635 barrels more than the total for the year 1925, and salle 
ingly large in comparison to the 17,789,403 barrels representing the 
entire output prior to 1925. During the first eight months of 1926, 
the La Rosa field made the largest production, amounting to 13,828,- 
054 barrels. The largest monthly output, 3,114,179 barrels, took 
place in August. 

Exports from the Maracaibo Lake Basin during the third quarter 
of 1926, amounted to 8,439,727 barrels, or about 45 per cent of the 
1925 shipments and the exports for the first nine months of 1926 
(24,071,790 barrels), exceeded those of the same period in 1925 by 
11,710,839 barrels. (Commerce Reports, December 20, 1926.) 

Ione, —Inports into La Guaira during July, Actes and Sep- 
tember, 1926, were almost double those for the same period in 1925. 
Conon headed the list of articles imported in large quantities, the 
others being automobiles, electrical goods, hardware, lard, construc- 


288 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


tion materials, rice, glassware, potatoes, textiles, medicine, and 
perfumes. Germany, Denmark, the Netherlands, Belgium, England, 
France, and the United States were the chief contributors. (Com- 
merce Reports, December 20, 1926.) 

NaricuaL coau.—Important for possible service in saving the 
national forests from destruction are the efforts recently made to 
increase the use of Venezuelan coal. New apparatus consisting of a 
loader, electric cutting machines, drills, pumps, ventilators, welders, 
and winches representing a cost of 600,000 bolivars has been imported 
from the United States and put into operation, effecting a subsequent 
rise in the monthly production of the Naricual mines to 3,000 tons. 
Various industries, including the Central Railway, have found the 
use of Venezuelan coal satisfactory and the Chamber of Commerce 
in Caracas has recommended its use in the home. 

INAUGURATION OF PUBLIC WORKS.—Water works consisting of a 
cement aqueduct 300 meters (984 feet) long and a reservoir of 100,000- 
liter (26,500 gallons) capacity were inaugurated in Urachiche on De- 
cember 19, 1926. On the same date electric light service was placed 
at the disposal of the people of Quibor and Villa de Cura. 

Mopet FrarmM.—In accord with a recent suggestion of the Chief 
Executive, the president of the State of Faleén has issued a decree 
providing for the creation of a model farm in that State to be used 
for practice teaching in agriculture. 





af AFFAIRS ° na 28 


ARGENTINA 


BraNcHEs OF Bank or THE Natron.—The Bank of the Argentine 
Nation recently resolved to open two new branches, one in the 
Department of Rivadavia in the Province of Mendoza, and the 
other in Villa Angela in the National Territory of Chaco. Rivadavia 
has about 25,000 hectares (1 hectare=2.47 acres) under vineyard 
cultivation and 60,000 hectares in cereals, while Villa Angela has 
31,000 hectares planted to cotton and cereals, both regions being 
capable of further extensive development with proper credit and 
banking facilities. 

BOLIVIA 

NEw BANK BUILDING.—The splendid new building recently com- 
pleted in La Paz for the Banco de be Nacin Boliviana was inaugurated 
last November. 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 289 


COLOMBIA 


Finances.—In his message read before Congress on August 5, 
1926, the President gave the following figures on revenues: 
The ordinary national revenues which in 1917 amounted to 138,859,395.49 


pesos, and in the bonanza year of 1920 jumped to 29,526,313.97 pesos, in 1925 
amounted to 46,239,636.28 pesos, having increased as shown below: 


Pesos 
NG RO) co EAS eo LCE deh eee len eae een a fae tee Te 21, 876, 558. 53 
NL See ee Gh ene nh tae ees ORT She eye 33, 535, 104. 88 
ILC ee fal Siig at te RO Socata Pepe pent at 33, 470, 338. 13 
HE) 2. as ees tear eee es Jee ye ie on Rea na epee 46, 239, 636. 28 


This table indicates an increase of 115 per cent within the four-year period. 
During the first 180 days of 1926 the revenues amounted to approximately 
25,000,000 pesos and will not be less than 50,000,000 pesos for the whole year. 
It is well to note that in the total for 1925 the 475,000 pesos worth of national 
bills burned were not included; these bills represented the profits of the Nation 
in the Bank of the Republic for the year 1925. 

Currency in circulation previously maintained within the limit of 10,000,000 
paper pesos of obligatory currency, by June 30, 1923, amounted to 38,069,679.61 
pesos, and on June 30, 1926, to 75,814,117.61 pesos, which, after the subtraction 
of the gold reserves in the Bank of the Republic on the same date, shows an in- 
crease of 65 per cent in three years. Gold coin in circulation on June 30, 1923, 
amounted to 2,892,667.50 pesos; in 1924 to 7,825,932.50 pesos; in 1925 to 
13,601,360 pesos and on June 30, 1926, to 15,522,610 pesos, or an increase of 436 
per cent in three years. 

The internal and foreign public debt, which amounted in 1922 to 48,236,221 
pesos, has been reduced to 24,047,818.87 pesos as follows: Internal debt, 
10,305,649.32 pesos, and foreign debt, 13,742,169.55 pesos, or a reduction of — 
50 per cent in the four-year period. 

The good effects of the banking law of 1923 were felt from 1924 on. The 
gold reserves of the Bank of the Republic in June, 1924, amounted to 14,124,592.63 
pesos, while on June 30, 1926, they amounted to 37,468,971.53 pesos, showing an 
increase of 165 per cent in two years. Rediscounts which on June 30, 1924, 
amounted to 3,205,801.71 pesos, on June 30, 1926, amounted to 11,703,090.03 
pesos, or an increase of 233 per cent in two years. Private banks which on June 
30, 1924, had total deposits of 28,007,074.18 pesos on June 30, 1926, had deposits 
amounting to 48,108,264.44 pesos, or an increase of 71 per cent in two years. 
Mortgage loans in the same banks on June 30, 1924, amounted to 14,541,406.78 
pesos, while on June 30, 1926, they amounted to 58,620,225.92 pesos, or an 
increase of 78 per cent, including similar loans made by the Agricultural 
Mortgage Bank, which, on June 30, 1926, amounted to 2,915,423.17 pesos. 


Monicrpauitry or Mrpetiin toan.—A_ $3,000,000 loan for the 
Municipality of Medellin of the Department of Antioquia, dated 
December 1, 1926, and running 25 years, was placed on the New 
York market in January, 1927. The 7 per cent gold bonds of this 
loan, which have an annual amortization of 2 per cent, were sold at 


9314 and accrued interest. 
COSTA RICA 


New toan.—A loan of $8,000,000 in 7 per cent gold bonds dated 
November 1, 1926, and due November 1, 1951, has been launched in the 


290 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


United States by Costa Rica. According to the announcement in the 
Washington Post of December 28, 1926, the proceeds of the loan are 
to be used to the extent of $5,900,000 to retire internal indebtedness, 
effecting a considerable saving in interest, and the remainder for 
productive public purposes. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


ReEevENvES.—The total revenues of the Dominican Government 
from January 1 to September 30, 1926, were $6,938,356.57, as com- 
pared with $6,413,789.67 during the same period of 1925. The 
receipts from customs revenues for the above period were $3,526,744.13, 
a decrease of $88,931.01 from the figures for the same period in the 
previous year. The receipts from internal taxation. during the first 
nine months of the year were $3,411,612.44, an increase of 
$613,497.91 over the internal revenue collections for the similar period 
in 1925. 

HONDURAS 


FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLAR LOAN.—According to the United 
States Commerce Reports for December 27, 1926, the Government of 
Honduras has entered into a contract with American interests to build 
a macadam roadway from Tegucig pelpa northeast to Juticalpa, a 
distance of about 30 miles. 


For this purpose the Government has issued $500,000 in bonds which have 
been taken privately at $92 by the persons responsible for the building of the 
road. According to the agreement, the Government will levy a road tax for the 
retirement of the bonds. The work, which is to be carried through ona monthly 
basis, is to be completed in 10 months. : 

If the construction of this roadway is successful it is planned to have another 
road issue of $2,000,000 under which the work will require 20 months at $100,000 
monthly. The roads to be built under the second plan would run from San Pedro 
Sula (on the Honduras National Railway) southwest toward Santa Barbara, 
with a branch to Santa Rosa de Copin. That roadway, together with one from 
Yuscaran, is figured to absorb one-half of the bond issue. The other roadway, 
from Potrillos to Comayagua, will consume the remainder. : 





BRAZIL 


PROJECT FOR GOVERNMENT HOUSING.—In a bill introduced into the 
Chamber of Deputies on November 25, 1926, for the purpose of 
limiting to 20 per cent over the rate in force in August, 1926, the rise 
in rentals of city or rural property, provision is made for the coopera- 


LEGISLATION 291 


tion of the Federal Government with States or municipalities in the 
establishment of companies for the construction of cheap houses for 
workmen. These houses would pay 12 per cent on the money in- 
vested in their construction, the funds to be taken from the Savings 
Banks and from an additional 1 per cent surtax on imports. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Roap pouicE.—By virtue of a recent act of Congress a corps of 
special road police has been created and placed under the jurisdiction 
of the Minister of Promotion and Communications. The duty of 
this new police force is primarily the enforcement of all road laws 
and regulations. 

MEXICO 


— CxutupREeN’s Court.—On December 10, 1926, the President of the 

Republic opened the first Children’s Court of the Federal District. 
The Department of Libraries of the Ministry of Public Education 
selected books to form a suitable library for the children who pass 
through the court. 

ELectricaL copre.—The technical regulations of the electrical 
code of Mexico were published in the Diario Oficial on December 21, 
1926. These regulations, which were signed by President Calles on 
May 3, 1926, provide technical standards for electrical construction, 
management and conservation of electrical installations already 
existing or to be made in the Republic, and for the generation, 
transformation, transmission, distribution, and utilization of electric 
power. 

INSURANCE COMPANIES.—The general regulations for the estab- 
lishment and operation of insurance companies in the Republic of 
Mexico, signed by President Calles on November 20, were published 
in the Diario Oficial for November 30, 1926, and went into effect on 


January 1, 1927. 
SALVADOR 


REGULATIONS FOR EMPLOYEES’ COMPULSORY SAVINGS FUNDS.—The 
regulations for the Compulsory Savings Fund for Commercial 
Employees provided for by article 8 of an act of May 29, 1926, are 
published in the Diario Oficial of November 10, 1926. The fund is 
to be administered by a board of directors elected by a majority of 
the General Assembly, which is composed of all the registered deposi- 
tors of savings. The depositors may withdraw their savings during 
the period of accumulation in the following cases: When they 
cease to be commercial employees; when unemployed for a month 


292 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


or more; and when absent from the country for six or more months. 
In the case of the death of a depositor his savings will be handed 
over to his heirs. The depositor may withdraw up to 50 per cent of 
his savings in case of serious illness of himself, his wife or child, or the 
death of either of the latter. 

SANITATION, PAVING, AND WATER TAX REGULATION.—On Novem- 
ber 6, 1926, the President signed the regulations for the sanitation, 
paving, and water tax law of May 1, 1925. Article 5 of this law 
provides for the increase of the water supply, the extension of the 
sewer and drainage systems, and the paving of San Salvador. These 
regulations were published in the Diario Oficial of November 11, 1926. 






INTERNATIONAL SG 
£ TREATIES 3:4@ 2 


/ARGENTINA—COLOMBIA 









TREATY OF EXTRADITION.—The treaty of extradition signed by the 
representatives of Argentina and Colombia in Buenos Aires on August 
28, 1922, was signed by the President of Colombia on July 24, 1926, 
and thereafter given the sanction of Congress by act of November 
10, published in the Diario Oficial of Colombia on November 12, 1926. 


URUGUAY—BRAZIL 


SUPPLEMENTARY PROTOCOL.—The Uruguayan Senate and House 
of Representatives meeting in joint session on September 13, 1926, 
approved the supplementary protocol of the extradition treaty, 
signed with Brazil in Montevideo on December 7, 1921. ‘The Presi- 
dent’s signature was affixed on September 17, 1926. (Diario Oficial, 
Montevideo, September 23, 1926.) 


URUGUAY—SALVADOR 


ARBITRATION TREATY.—The arbitration treaty between Uruguay 
and Salvador signed in Madrid on November 7, 1924, was ratified 
by the Congress of Uruguay on September 13, 1926, and signed 
by the President on September 17. (Diario Oficial, Montevideo, 
September 23, 1926.) 





RO aNDEDUCATION PS NI 


ARGENTINA 


New PRESIDENT OF THE NatTrionaL CouNcit or EpucATION.— 
Dr. Enrique M. Mosca has been appointed president of the National 
Council of Education, taking the place vacated by the resignation 


of Dr. Luis R. Gondra. 
BOLIVIA 


ScHOOL STATISTICS.—According to the report of the Minister of 
Public Instruction, the school statistics for the year 1926 were as 
follows: 





Num- | Num- | Num- | Average 
Type of instruction ber of | ber of | ber of | attend- 
schools | teachers) students} ance 














Wimiviersityae du catiomee a ae eee mer 8 | 107 802 682 
OSGiel! MinsimPUNC HOM oe ee ee 22 | WEY. 1, 913 1, 655 
Secondary,education=. seas s ee 925 ei 27. | 403 | 4,213 3, 794 
Federal primary education______________ 672 1,301 | 40, 595 35, 811 
Municipal primary education___~_______ 381 | 708 | 24, 361 21, 836 
Rrivate primary educationas.*2. esse = 8 298 | 509 | 17, 209 15, 226 
Schools of religious orders______________- 224 | 224 | 3,801 3, ddl 
“2DelecacomallyeischoOolSees] ses ee Zeal 23 855 769 

PUG Grell seni sae ee ley Seen ees Mo EE ee a 1, 655 3, 452 | 93,749 | 83, 104 

















EXCHANGE OF PROFESSORS.—Negotiations are now under way for 
the establishment of an exchange of professors between Argentina 
and Bolivia. The Bolivian Minister of Public Instruction also plans 
to propose a similar arrangement with the Government of Mexico. 

NatrionaL GauLLery or Finer Arrs.—By virtue of a law promul- 
gated on October 22, 1926, a committee and National Gallery of Fine 
Arts and Archeology was created, under the direction of the Ministry 
of Instruction, the purpose of the organization being to collect and 
preserve objects of artistic and historic value, such as antiquities, 
historical documents, furniture and other belongings of persons of 
national prominence. All objects declared of historic interest by 
the Fine Arts Committee can not be exported from the territory of 
the Republic, sold or given away, without previous advice to and 
consent of the committee. 

RurauL scHoots ror Inprans.—A religious denomination has 
established rural schools for Indian children in the communities of 

293 


294 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Pichari, Ainacha-jilata, Jachnata, and Jupe, in the Province of 
Inquisivi. 
BRAZIL 


New Drrector or Pusuic INstruction.—On November 17, 1926, 
Dr. Renato Jardim took office as Director of Public Instruction of 
Rio de Janeiro, being welcomed into the post by Dr. Carneiro Ledao, 
the former director. 

ErcutH BrazitiANn GrocrapHy Concress.—The Eighth Brazilian 
Congress of Geography met in Victoria, State of Espirito Santo, in 
the latter part of November. The members of the Congress were 
accorded every courtesy, both official and social, and visited many 
schools, hospitals and other public institutions. 

SCHOOL FOR DENTIST’S ASSISTANTS.—See page 304. 


CHILE 


CoRRESPONDENCE COURSE IN HYGIENE.—The Bureau of Health 
Education has organized a correspondence course in hygiene, intended 
especially for primary school teachers, with the hope of fostering 
the development of health habits among the mass of the people. 
Dr. Carlos Hurel, Chief of the School Hygiene Division, has been 
charged with the task of preparing the lessons, with the assistance 
of members of the Bureau of Health Education. 

CoMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION.—The following para- 
graphs are excerpted from an article by Sefor F. Nieto del Rio in 
the November, 1926, issue of Chile: 


In 1924 the Government provided for commercial and industrial education 
more than 1,000,000 gold pesos of 18d. in a general budget for public instruction 
of 22,000,000 gold pesos. 

In Santiago and other cities there are several industrial schools supported by 
private funds; for instance, the workshops of St. Vincent de Paul give free prac- 
tical instruction to over 300 poor children. 

A new industrial preparatory school and university is in process of organiza- 
tion in Valparaiso [due to the princely bequest of the late Sefior Federico Santa- 
maria]. 

A course on the nitrate industry for postgraduates is given in the University 
of Chile, Santiago. The Catholic University, also in Santiago, maintains a very 
important practical school of agriculture, with experimental farms equipped 
with all modern improvements. 

In the Physical Institute courses are given in the applied arts and modern 
trades. The Association for the Promotion of Industry (Sociedad de Fomento 
Fabril) supports several schools of this kind, one of the most important of which 
is the School of Ornamental Design. 

Commercial education and instruction is given in the Government commercial 
institutions. In 1924 they had a total registration of more than 5,000 students. 
The principal schools, located in Iquique, Santiago, Valparaiso, Concepcidn, 
Chillin, Talea, Antofagasta, and Temuco, are equipped with all modern facilities: 
The founders and directors have, as a rule, studied in the United States or in 
Europe. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 295 


' Four agricultural schools prepare scientific farmers in as many cities, from 
Santiago to Concepcién in the south. Another school specializing in arbori- 
culture has been opened in Temuco. 

Antofagasta and Iquique each have a nitrate school, while Copiapé and La 
Serena, centers of the mining zone, are provided with mining institutes. Besides 
the large trade school maintained for many years in Santiago, the Government 
has opened industrial schools in Chillin and Temuco. There are four vocational 
schools in Santiago and others in five provincial centers. There are also 29 
vocational schools for girls throughout the Republic. 

In Chile a special effort is made to imbue the students with the conviction 
that commerce must, above all, be ethical. The profession of commerce is to- 
day in Chile a new career for our young men; it is a triumph for our country to 
have at last succeeded in generalizing the idea that the professions of commerce 
and industry are as noble as the liberal professions. 


COLOMBIA 


Porto Rican proressors.—According to La Prensa of New York, 
Profs. Rafael Toro, Edwin Mattei, and Francisco Colén left 
Porto Rico last January to teach pathology, agronomy, and chemistry, 
respectively, in the School of Agriculture of Antioquia, Colombia. 

AVIATION scHooL.—Major Pillichody, of the Swiss Military Mission 
to Colombia, went to Barranquilla in December to receive for the 
military aviation school three 185-horsepower Wild airplanes of the 
same type now used by the Colombian Government. These planes 
are adapted to the altitude conditions found on the sabana of Bogota. 
A large hangar of steel-frame construction, 70 meters wide and 18 
meters deep, is to be installed at the same school for the shelter of 
20 airplanes. Equipment has been ordered for the shops of the 
aviation school, which will be opened early in 1927. 


COSTA RICA 


ScHOoL constRuCcTION.—The laying of the corner stone of the 
Argentina School in San José took place on November 23, 1926. On 
November 27, 1926, the board of education announced that a sub- 
sequent appropriation of 250,000 colones made on November 26, 
1926, would provide the final payment on this school, erect another 
in the Colon District of San José, and be sufficient to initiate work 
on a third in the center of the city. 


CUBA 


New Secretary or Pusuiic Instruction.—General José B. 
Aleman has been named Secretary of Public Instruction to fill the 
vacancy caused by the resignation of Dr. G. Fernandez Mascaro. 
General Aleman plans to concentrate his efforts on the correlation of 
the school and the social system. He advocates the creation of voca- 


296 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


tional and fine-arts schools to help form the national character and 
develop the national resources. 

NatronaL CoMMERCIAL ScHoou.—As proposed by Gen. José B. 
Aleman, the new Secretary of Public Instruction, President Machado 
issued a decree on December 13, 1926, creating a National School of 
Commerce in Habana. The purpose of this school is to teach the 
art of successful trading, both in theory and practice, preparing the 
pupils for positions such as bookkeepers, cashiers, sales agents, com- 
mission merchants, and teaching them in general all branches of 
foreign and domestic trade and business practice. (Courtesy of the 
Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

PROJECTS PREPARED BY THE SECRETARY OF PuBLic INSTRUCTION.— 
Gen. José B. Alemfn, the new Secretary of Public Instruction and 
Fine Arts, who took possession of his office on December 15, 1926, 
has prepared several important projects for the approval of the 
Chief Executive on subjects relative to the work of his department. 
One of these projects is the creation of a school cooperative society 
and store, and a school savings bank. The first mentioned is for 
the purpose of attending to the sale and distribution of articles made 
by the school children. The proceeds from the sale of these objects 
will be deposited in the school savings bank to the credit of the pupil 
to whom the funds belong, thus providing a small fund for each pupil 
finishing the first grades. By this means the Secretary of Public 
Instruction hopes to develop and cultivate in the youth of the coun- 
try the spirit of saving, and accustom them to work and to admin- 
ister their own financial affairs. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 
Washington.) 

ESTABLISHMENT OF HIGHER PRIMARY SCHOOLS. \ 
December 1, 1926, signed by Dr. Fernandez Mascaré, in the future 
primary education will be separated into higher and lower divisions. 
The lower division will comprise six years of study and the higher, 
three. The six years of lower primary education and the first two 
of the upper division will be compulsory. These changes in the 
educational system have been adopted after having been successfully 
tried in various Provinces of the Republic. 





ECUADOR 


ScHooLt LuNcHES.—The providing of school lunches for the pupils 
of the Mercedes Gonzales School in Quito was commenced last 
November. The President of the Republic and the cabinet attended 
the opening ceremony, at which a musical program was rendered 
and dances given by the pupils. This school is under the direction 
of Senorita Matilde Nogales. 

Poticr scHoout.—The National Police School established in Quito 
was inaugurated last November. The Secretary of the Treasury 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION S297. 


presented a collection of books on subjects pertaining to police work 
to the newly organized school for the library of that institution. 
Poputar UNtversiry courses.—The Popular University of 
Guayaquil has reopened its courses with a series of lectures on 
pertinent social questions, treated from a scientific point of view. 
The Popular University has asked the support of members of the 
university in the work of divulging scientific knowledge throughout 


the country. 
GUATEMALA 


Nurstne scHuoou.—A school for nurses has been created as an 
annex to the general hospital, with the cooperation of the Guatemalan 
Red Cross. The requirements for admission to the school include 
a medical certificate of good health, a certificate of graduation from 
the primary schools, and two testimonials from trustworthy sources 
as to the moral character of the candidate, who must be at least 
18 years old and not more than 30. The course comprises three 
years of study. 

TEACHERS’ MUTUAL BENEFIT SocIETY.—The statutes of the 
Teachers’ Mutual Benefit Society of Guatemala received Govern- 
ment approval on October 23, 1926. Membership in the society, 
which is formed for life insurance benefits, is open to all teachers 
resident in Guatemala who have reached their majority and are under 


50 years of age. 
HAITI 


INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL FOR GIRLS.—The building of the Elie Dubois 
industrial school for girls is now in excellent condition, many im- 
provements having been made during the past summer. This 
school is always filled to capacity with girls seeking instruction in 
household science and household arts, and the related classical 
studies. <A large number of candidates for the vacancies in the list 
of scholarships took the examination early last October. It is im- 
possible, however, to accept all those seeking admission, owing to 
the comparatively small size of the building. (Bulletin of the Re- 
cewer General, October, 1926.) 

New scuoots.—A small agricultural school was completed last 
October in the Artibonite Valley near Petite Riviére. Of the general 
type now being constructed for the Agricultural Service, it consists 
of a small building accommodating 130 students. A residence is 
attached to the school building for the teacher who will be in charge. 
Another school of considerable importance recently completed was 
the industrial school at Jacmel. This building is the first of these 
structures to be completed and will accommodate 300 students. A 
steel shop building is connected with this school for the development 
of manual training. (Bulletin of the Receiver General, October, 1926.) 


298 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION’ 
HONDURAS 


TEexTILE scHoout.—The press reports that due to the initiative 
of the President a textile school is to be established in the city of 
Tegucigalpa. Circular letters have been sent to the various munic- 
ipal authorities to ask information on the amount and value of wool 
which can be furnished by the municipalities. 

“HyMN TO THE PINE.”—BULLETIN readers will remember that 
the pine was chosen last year as the national tree, and that there- 
after a competition was held for the best hymn to the pine, this 
being won by the Honduran poet, Luis Andrés Zuniga, whose poem 
has now been set to music for use in the schools and in civic cere- 
monies by the Honduran composer Rafael Coello Ramos. 


MEXICO 


EXCHANGE OF PROFESSORS.—The distinguished Spanish savants 
Dr. Fernando de los Rios and Dr. Blas Cabrera arrived in Mexico 
City last December as the first exchange professors to come under 
the auspices of the Hispanic-Mexican Institute. 

Dr. Ezequiel A. Chavez, former president of the National Univer- 
sity of Mexico, was appointed first exchange professor to the Uni- 
versity of Paris, where he will lecture on the History of Education 
in Mexico. . 

Prof. Henri Chaumat, the third professor sent by the French 
Government through the Franco-Mexican Institute, has delivered 
a series of lectures on electricity in the School of Engineering in 
Mexico City. 

ADVANCED sTupIES.—In the desire to help the students of the 
School of Mechanical and Electrical Engineers to pursue advanced 
studies abroad, the Ministry of Public Education has obtained for 
nine graduates of the school positions with American companies 
which will pay enough to meet their expenses while completing their 
education. Moreover, the Compafiia Fundidora de Monterrey has 
granted allowances to two students to enable them to study two 
years in a German university. 

CHILDREN’s Liprary.—Every Friday a story hour is held in the 
Children’s Library of the Department of Public Education and also 
in the Cervantes Library, Mexico City. The library section also 
broadcasts weekly educational stories for children, and once a month 
a talk for parents and teachers on the technique of story-telling. 

SECONDARY EDUCATION.—With the end of bringing secondary edu- 
cation under the influence of the Department of Public Instruction, 
the President of the Republic has issued regulations governing both 
official and private secondary schools. In the future secondary 
schools may be freely established, but the requirements of the new 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 299 


decree will have to be met by these schools if their work is to be 
accepted by the Department of Public Education. 

Santa Lucfa AGRICULTURAL ScHoou.—The Santa Lucia Agri- 
cultural School in Durango was opened on December 19, 1926, by 
President Calles. The school, which has a dormitory for students, 
possesses stables? workshops, a mill, poultry yards, hogpens, gran- 
aries, and sheepfolds, and is situated on a farm with ample irrigated 
territory for giving practical training in agriculture to its students. 
Several schools of this type have already been opened, and the Gov- 
ernment plans eventually to found an agricultural school in each State 
so that the land may be cultivated by modern methods and give 
the best return for the efforts of the farmer. 


PANAMA 


CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND.—The Municipal Council of Panama 
City plans to open for school children a new playground adequately 
equipped for games and exercises to aid them in proper physical 
development. (Panama Central Information Office, November 15, 
1926.) 

NaTIONAL SCHOOL OF OpERA.—The National School of Opera of 
Panama was formally organized at a meeting held early in Decem- 
ber, the following board of directors being chosen: Alfredo Graziani, 
president; Enrique A. Lapeira, secretary; Walter Myers, treasurer; 
Dr. Manuel Diaz, auditor; Abel Villegas Arango, secretary of 
by-laws; Sefiora Esther Neira de Calvo, trustee; and Sefiorita 
Mercedes Zubieta, trustee. It is confidently predicted that the 
school will be able to produce one opera a month. It will also 
broadcast over the radio. 

New Butitpine or La Saute BrotHerHoop Coiiece.—The 
corner stone of the new building of the La Salle Brotherhood in 
Panama City was laid on December 8, 1926, the ceremony being 
conducted by the Archbishop of Panama, and the President of 
Panama and Sefiora de Chiari attending. The new building is to 
be used for the boys’ school conducted by the brotherhood. The 
colonial style of architecture has been chosen for this $30,000 struc- 
ture, so that it will harmonize with St. Francis’ Church next door. 
It is to be ready for occupancy by the beginning of the new school 
year in May, 1927. 

ARGENTINE BOOKS RECEIVED.—KEarly in December the Panama 
City school named for the Republic of Argentina received a donation 
of books by Argentine authors from the Public Library Commission 
of Argentina, which, in a spirit of Latin American fraternity, has 
been making similar donations to libraries in many of the sister 
Republics. 

29141—27—Bull. 83——7 


300 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 


PARAGUAY 


Stupy aABroap.—At the invitation of the German Government, 
universities and schools, a group of Argentine and Paraguayan 
professors and teachers are embarking for a four months’ tour to 
pursue investigations of various kinds in Germany. 

FRENCH PROFESSORS.—Arrangements have been made with the 
Institute of the University of Paris in Buenos Aires that during 1927 
famous French professors coming to Argentina will make the trip 
to Asuncién to lecture there also. 

SCHOLARSHIPS FOR SUMMER COURSE.—The director of the Girls’ 
Vocational School of Asuncién recently offered 50 scholarships for 
vacation courses from December 1, 1926, to February 15, 1927, to 
teachers of handwork in the primary schools of the city. The offer 
was accepted by the school board, those teachers who had never 
received a diploma in this subject being given preference. 


PERU 


New PRINTING OFFICE.—A printing office provided with the most 
up-to-date equipment has been estabiished in the National Museum 
of History in Lima. One of the first volumes which will be printed 
in this new office will be an edition of the book entitled La Accién 
Peruana enla Independencia del Pert. This work contains documents 
of inestimable value relating to Peru’s participation in the fight for 
independence. 

Musreums.—The Government has recently acquired the Briining 
Museum of Lambayeque, which contains some of the most valuable 
collections of ceramics representing the early civilization of northern 
Peru. The museum building is being repaired and put in first-class 
condition as regards safety and hygiene. For the Bolivarian 
Museum of Lima, containing a very valuable collection of documents 
and articles of the colonial period, the Chief Executive has asked 
Congress for an appropriation enabling it to carry on in a fitting 
manner the mission entrusted to it, namely, that of preserving 
important records of the history of the independence of America, 
and particularly of the two great heroes, Bolivar and San Martin. 


SALVADOR 


Vicente Acosta ScHoout.—The Vicente Acosta School, built in - 
the outskirts of the city of Apopa, was inaugurated on November 
25, 1926, the President and the Minister of Public Instruction as 
well as other distinguished guests attending the ceremony. The 
building, constructed in the form of an H, is well suited to the tropical 
climate, being so arranged that its numerous rooms have plenty of 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 301 


light and air. The grounds extend over 5,630 square meters, 2,847 
of which are devoted to the school garden, where the pupils will be 
taught agriculture. The school also has a laboratory, library, 
playground, and athletic field. 

SCHOOL VACATION EXCURSIONS.—The Salvadorean School Protec- 
tive Association, in cooperation with the school inspection and 
administration authorities, has organized eight school vacation 
excursions to Planes de Renderos for the benefit of boys and girls 
who need a change and whose conduct merits this reward. Groups 
of children are entertained at the camp one after the other a week 
at a time. 

UNITED STATES 


CARNEGIE EXCHANGE PROFESSOR.—Dr. James Brown Scott, Secre- 
tary of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, left Wash- 
ington the last of January for Cuba and South America as first 
exchange Carnegie professor. He made his first appearance in that 
capacity at the University of Habana on January 31, and will deliver 
a number of addresses before educational institutions in Chile, at 
Buenos Aires, and Montevideo. 

Doctor Scott will attend the meeting of the American Institute 
of International Law at Montevideo on March 21, and as a Delegate 
of the United States he will participate in the sessions of the Inter- 
national Commission of Jurists which is to open its labors in Rio de 
Janeiro on the 16th of April for the codification of international law, 
both public and private. 

URUGUAY 


SYMPHONY CONCERTS.—Through a resolution of September 30, 
1926, supplementary to a law of September 24, 1926, the Minister of 
Public Instruction of Uruguay was authorized to formulate plans for 
a series of symphony concerts to be given by the National Orchestra 
with the possible assistance of other artists. In order that the con- 
certs might be given at popular prices, the decree authorized the 
expenditure of 8,000 pesos should it be necessary. 

URUGUAYAN SECTION IN PERUVIAN Liprary.—Following the recent 
receipt of a number of books from Uruguay, a Uruguayan section was 
inaugurated in the Library of Lima before a distinguished audience 
consisting of the President of Peru and many other high officials of 
that Republic. 

Honor to surGeon.—The rededication of the old Jacinto Vera 
hall in honor of Dr. Alfredo Navarro, and a testimonial banquet at 
which more than 600 were present made up the most important events 
in the celebration of the thirtieth anniversary of the professorship of 
this eminent teacher, physician, and surgeon of Montevideo. 





ARGENTINA 


STRIKES IN THE CapiraL.—The Monthly Report of the National 
Department of Labor for July, 1926, gives the following figures on 
strikes: 

During the Jast six months of 1925 there were 41 strikes in the city of Buenos 
Aires of which 40 were ended, that of the textile workers being still unsettled at 
the end of the year. All of the strikes were partial, there being no general strikes 
and no trade strikes, in contrast to the previous six months when there were 
four more strikes, one of which was general. Workers involved in the strikes 
in the latter half of 1925 numbered 5,283, of whom 3,490 were men and 1,501 
women, the remainder being minors under 18. ‘The results of the strikes were 
20 per cent favorable and 5 per cent partially favorable; 8 of the strikes resulting 
in favor of the workmen benefited over 55 per cent of the total number of strikers. 
Seven of the strikes were on account of wages, 6 of them ending without benefit 
to the workers, and the seventh being partially favorable. Fifteen strikes were 
begun on account of organization, readmission, expulsion, unions, etc.; 3 of these 
resulted favorably, 11 unfavorably, and 1 partially favorable to the workers. 
The total number of working days lost was 21,072, and the amount of wages 
lost 122,223 pesos national currency, or less than half that of the first six months. 
The trades wherein the most strikes occurred were printing, shoemaking, and 
textile industries. 

During the first six months of 1926 strikes in Buenos Aires numbered 27, 
involving 1,654 workers, of whom 903 were men and 555 women, the remainder 
being 166 minors. The cause of 11 strikes was organization; of 9 strikes, wages; 
of 4 strikes, labor conditions; and of 3 strikes, miscellaneous causes. 


CHILE 


TRIBUNAL OF CONCILIATION AND ARBITRATION.—The formation of 
this tribunal was effected last November, in accordance with the act 
relating to private employees. The employers are represented on the 
tribunal by Senor Ricardo Katz and the employees by Sefior Manuel 
Pickering. Sefior Manuel Romani was appointed secretary. 

EMPLOYMENT BUREAU.—The employment bureau of the Govern- 
ment placed 7,016 workers during the first 10 months,of 1926, sending 
many of them from one section of the country to another. 


HONDURAS 


Rariroap Unron or Honpuras.—The Railroad Union of Honduras 
received official sanction of its statutes on August 23, 1926. This 
Railroad Union, established in Puerto Cortés with branches in Tela, 
La Ceiba, Puerto Castilla, and elsewhere, has the following objects: 
To unite for purposes of mutual aid all railroad employees in the 

302 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 303 


Republic and in Central America; to open a savings fund for members 
as an incentive to thrift; to give aid in case of accident, ill health, 
or death of the members; to see that the members fulfill honorably 
their contracts with the companies; to conduct educational lectures, 
libraries, and evening schools; to discourage the use of alcohol and 
other vices, and to work for the recognition of the rights of the 
Union by the railroads. 

Honpuran Lapor Coneress.—On November 20, 1926, the 
Honduran Labor Federation Congress met in Tegucigalpa for the 
discussion of its constitution, according to which there will be three 
Councils of the Federation, the central council to sit in Tegucigalpa, 
a second alternating between San Pedro Sula and La Ceiba, and a 
third in Santa Rosa de Copan. The Central Council will be composed 
of two delegates from the sectional councils, the delegates serving 
respectively as secretaries of foreign relations, interior, agriculture, 
and education, and as treasurer and secretary general. 


MEXICO 


TERMINAL COOPERATIVE ASSOCIATION IN VERA Cruz.—The press 
reports that the workers who handle freight in Vera Cruz are planning 
to form a cooperative association similar to that in Tampico. It is 
reported that it will have resources of about 60,000 pesos. The 
cooperative association plans to improve the freight-handling service 
and so increase shipping through this port. 


PARAGUAY 


ELECTRICIANS’ UNION.—A union composed of skilled electricians 
was recently organized in Asunci6én with the direct object of bringing 
all such workers into the union in order that they may be able to 
demand better working conditions. 





ARGENTINA 


Houstne.—A branch of the St. Vincent de Paul Society in Buenos 
Aires has erected a building to furnish decent and economical 
homes for workers’ families. It has three floors with several two and 
three room apartments on each. The second floor is to be kept for 
widows with children, while the third will have workshops for the train- 
ing of the tenants’ children. 


304 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The first of three groups of workmen’s houses to be built by the 
Municipality of Buenos Aires is to be in Chacarita. 

Liprary or NationaL Councit oF Women.—On November 26, 
1926, the Library of the National Council of Women of Buenos Aires 
delivered diplomas to its young women graduates in French, English, 
Italian, and German courses. This association of women proposes, 
among other constructive policies, to educate girls to earn a better 
living, and to open to them avenues for cultural expansion. 


BRAZIL 


Cancer InstTITUTE AND Hospirau.—On November 11, 1926, in 
Rio de Janeiro the corner stone was laid for the Oswaldo Cruz Foun- 
dation Cancer Institute and Hospital. The ceremony was attended 
by the President of the Republic and authorities of state and church. 

ScHOOL FOR DENTISTS’ ASSISTANTS.—Officials of the Children’s 
Free Dental Service have resolved to open a school for nurses or 
women assistants in dental offices, to be known as the School for 
Dental Hygienists. Candidates for the course must have passed the 
examinations of the seventh year of the public schools. 

Girt Scouts.—Last November a troop of girl scouts was founded 
in Rio de Janeiro by Senhora Daltro, a teacher who spent five years 
in the wilds of Goyaz, where she lived the life of a pioneer to teach 
the Indians of that locality and proved her courage and resourceful- 
ness. She has named the troop she has established the Girl Scout 
Troop of the Redemptress, in honor of Princess Isabel, who was 
responsible for the freeing of Brazilian negroes from slavery. Se- 
nhora Daltro hopes that the Scout movement will do as much for 
the girls of Brazil as it is doing for boys. 

New Drrecror or Pusric Heatry.—Dr. Clementino Fraga has 
been appointed director of the Federal Department of Public 
Health, succeeding Dr. Carlos Chagas. 


COLOMBIA 


Rep Cross nores.—During the month of October, 1926, the 
Colombian Red Cross in Bogoté attended 500 sick persons, gave 
daily 40 to 45 treatments and 20 to 25 injections at the clinic as well 
as a few in the homes of patients, sent 22 patients to the Hospital of 
San Juan de Dios, 7 to the San José Hospital, and 1 to the Miseri- 
cordia Hospital. One patient requiring an operation was sent to the 
‘Marly Hospital, where he was treated gratuitously. 

During the same month 284 sick children were cared for in the 
child welfare center of the Red Cross, while 82 feedings of modified 
milk were furnished daily for ailing babies. One of the Red Cross day 
nurseries cared for 43 babies of working women during October, 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 305 


feeding the children according to the directions of the physician in 
charge, and keeping weekly charts which show the improvement in 
the babies. In the Cruces nursery 40 children are cared for with 
gratifying results. A semiweekly bath service for neighborhood 
children has been arranged by the first day nursery, which every 
week bathes over 200 children. 


COSTA RICA 


HospiraL REOPENED.—On December 8, 1926, the new building 
of the Heredia Hospital was inaugurated and the hospital once 
more opened to the poor of the city. Built from funds representing 
donations from private individuals, the Government, and the Charity 
League of San José, the hospital presents an entirely modern aspect 
and possesses every hygienic service. 

ANTITUBERCULOSIS CAMPAIGN.—One phase in the beginning of an 
antituberculosis campaign in San José was the preparation and exhi- 
bition in the office of the health officer of a map of the city in which 
those houses in which a death from tuberculosis had occurred or 
which had been disinfected after a tuberculosis case were especially 
marked. 

-PENSIONING OF TELEGRAPH EMPLOYEES.—In January, in accord- 
ance with the recent pension law, those employees of the telegraphic 
service who had grown old and enfeebled working at their respective 
tasks received their first pension. 


GUATEMALA 


HospiTaAL FOR THE INSANE.—At present the staff of the Asylum 
for the Insane in Guatemala City consists of 6 physicians, a dentist, 
and 24 nurses, besides minor employees. Sisters of Charity and 
three other doctors also render their services. A wholesome atmos- 
phere of competition among the inmates was recently created when 
it was decided that those who were judged fit would be allowed to 
discharge simple tasks about the hospital. 

NURSING SCHOOL.—See page 297. 

HeautH prizes.—The annual health competition for children from 
6 months to 3 years took place in Guatemala City on December 25, 
1926. Twelve prizes totaling 16,000 pesos were awarded the young 
participants. Only those children reared by breast feeding were 
admitted to the contest. 

SECOND ANNIVERSARY.—The second anniversary of the foundation 
of the Children’s Home in Quezaltenango was celebrated on Novem- 
ber 25, 1926. The election of the directors for the year 1926-27 was 
preceded by a party and the presentation of gifts to the children 
who in general had shown noteworthy diligence and progress in 
their studies during the year. 


306 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


MEXICO 


SERUM PRODUCTION FARM.—Mexico is to have a large laboratory 
for the production of serums for the prevention of smallpox, tuber- 
culosis, cerebro-spinal meningitis, scarlet fever, and diphtheria. 
The laboratory will be located on a farm at Popotla, where the ani- 
mals used in the production of the serums will be kept. 

Pusiic HrattaH ScHoot.—On December 18, 1926, the Public 
Health School, established to train persons to serve as public health 
officers or employees, graduated 31 visiting nurses; 19 assistants for 
biological laboratory work; 27 assistants for the disinfection service; 
33 agents of the communicable disease section; 28 agents of the pure 
food and drink inspection corps; and 23 nurses in the special course 
given in Morelos Hospital. As each class had a larger enrollment 
than the number of graduates there are in reality more persons 
specializing in public health work than are indicated by the diplomas 
awarded. 

CHILDREN’s CourtT.—See page 291. 


NICARAGUA 


ANTIHOOKWORM DEPARTMENT.—From July to December, 1926, 
the antihookworm department in Managua examined 1,877 persons, 
of whom 419 were found to be suffering from the disease, first treat- 
ments were given to 281 persons, second treatments to 119, third 
treatments to 19, and fourth treatments to only 4 persons. 


PANAMA 


STADIUM FoR Panama.—A large stadium is to be built in Panama 
City due to the efforts of the Club of Friends of the National Insti- 
tute and the National Sports Federation, which, with the support 
of the Government, is planning to float a bond issue of $50,000 for 


the purpose. 
PARAGUAY 


NEW SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS.—It was announced on November 
8, 1926, that new surgical instruments costing 5,000 pesos, other 
surgical material, and 50 beds had been received in Asuncién and 
would be put at the disposal of the National Hospital there. 


PERU 


PRISON REFORMS AND IMPROVEMENTS.—In his annual message to 
Congress last August the President gave some interesting facts 
regarding improvements and reforms carried out in the prisons of 
the country during the past year. In view of the requirements 
established by the penal law for obligatory study and work on the 
part of the prisoners the Government has reorganized the various 
prison schools and work shops. In this respect it is interesting to 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 307 


note the improvement shown in the prisoners since the establishment 
of these schools, illiteracy among them having decreased during the 
year under discussion 40 per cent over the previous year. The 
Government furthermore proposes to make a careful statistical study 
of the prison population of the country and of the underlying causes 
. of offenses for which the prisoners are committed, hoping thus to 
find some means for combating crime. 

REFORM scHooL.—A recent supreme decree prescribes as a social 
welfare measure the establishment of a reform school in Lima in 
order to carry out the State’s obligation to protect the youth of the 
country, and thus prevent minors who are detained for some offense 
coming into contact with hardened criminals. 

PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE.—In the matter of public health 
and social welfare considerable advancement was shown during the 
year reviewed by the Chief Executive in his recent yearly message to 
Congress. Among movements noted was an important campaign 
which has been carried on to improve living conditions for workmen 
in rural districts, and to eradicate malaria and bubonic plague. In 
order to increase vaccination against smallpox the Health Depart- 
ment has divided the territory of the Republic in 10 districts, each 
in charge of a physician; furthermore, special regulations have been 
issued to insure the proper preparation of vaccine serum at the 
National Institute. The Government has also arranged for experi- 
mental studies to be made of certain prevalent native diseases, and 
also of the possibilities, for medicinal uses, of many indigenous plants. 

AGRICULTURAL LEPER COLONY.—In the vicinity of Iquitos, in 
the northeastern section of Peru, an agricultural colony for lepers 
has been established. A number of victims of this terrible disease, 
“who have been scattered throughout the mountain districts, have 
now been confined in the above-mentioned colony. 


SALVADOR 


RED CROSS ASSISTANCE FOR EARTHQUAKE VICTIMS.—The eruption 
early in November of Izalco Volcano, with the accompanying streams 
of lava, clouds of ashes, and asphyxiating gases, caused many deaths 
and much suffering to inhabitants of the region, many of whom 
lost their homes and property. The Salvadorean Red Cross imme- 
diately sent 1,000 colones to the local Red Cross relief committee, 
and continued to collect funds for the rehabilitation of the victims. 

OvuTpDOooR GYMNASIUM in SonsonaTE.—Sefior Nazario Salaveria 
has presented an outdoor gymnasium to the city of Sonsonate, as 
well as equipment for sports on the Campo de Marte and other 
athletic fields of the capital. The gift was made through the Minis- 
ter of Public Education, who hopes that other patriotic citizens will 


308 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


follow Sefior Salaveria’s example, so that there may be an athletic 
field in each department. 
UNITED STATES 


Loss TO SOCIAL WELFARE.—In the death of Miss Emma Dolfinger, 
director of the division of health education of the American Child - 
Health Association, the social welfare work of the United States has 
lost one of its most useful and devoted workers, one whose record in 
the American Continent is known and appreciated far beyond the 
borders of the United States and whose name will live long in the 
annals of the betterment of child health. 


URUGUAY 


PUBLIC WELFARE BUDGET.—The total expenditures of the Depart- 
ment of Public Welfare for the year 1925-26 were budgeted at 
6,874,268 pesos, the resources from various sources amounting to 
7,488,075 pesos. A summarized list of the expenditures is as follows: 


Object Pesos 

PAGTNINTS traity@ Tak Ba oee See tte Fe Mean os aes Soe erage) Ps Piet Solas Roe Teena a ae 252, 936 
Miaternailgandschildigwelfiane sas yc ae tet eek eye ei ee ey eee 351, 444 
Homes for mothers, vacation camp, etc____._._-_-_-___-_-___-.__ 828, 618 
@errocDispensary nis Ge 24 Syst 3 ce in he ats) ae cane wk Sr eee 12, 180 
Insti tutecot Radiol o ey: 2cee Se aes ae ee eae ee Seeds ee eee eed 8, 760 
Steanael’a win Gy Sw 2 eee A Bes ee Ns Sa i Se ee nen 33, 480 
Sclhroolkohs Nj wr sig Sos we eee re ee SEA SOEs Ss 31, 524 
isa erAtsyy linia atce) 2 ape Ee ee eae eth ae eS Oa eS apn ines eatieg sha 3338, 384 
Home}forsprofessionalreducatiom ssa 5s eeen ee oe  e ee 47, 904 
HOMISC PROM Stull Gra Se see oe eae ee NS ae Sk Scene ie Ng Nr ecm 17, 940 
Institutetor SyphilissPropiny leds 5s) sees ee ee ees 32, 232 
Gemeral?storel Ouse sete. o eRe ks SEA let Ae OE TA ee a a 60, 540 
TRUEST 2 1 les ees cee a eo Ce EN a Mee one er AN MD eae pm e CySh ae i 238, 140 
Elomenvwisitation imerunraledistnictses == ss. ae Sse ee 108, 752 
ETO So ia Se ase ri SG AS Es RC See A epee es RE ae ea es 38, 135, 912 
CONN sl ee 9d ES, CA fh Me PN ee eas ee re 270, 420 
Fe) SXEXGRUCSTIL UE woe see ee a al pt ee emg te as wen Jeni ee Mv ee See 527, 730 
Various expenses_______ ES Ga fee Re NG PRE Se oat) ies an we Petes eh mee gee = 58372 

ANG Gale epee nierneiise eS ieee IRS Dee es ae ee Oe ea eee 6, 874, 268 


NEW HOSPITAL AND BUILDINGS FOR PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS.—A 
project for the construction in Montevideo of new buildings for the 
Clinical Hospital, the Institute of Experimental Hygiene, and the 
School of Dentistry was approved on October 8, 1926. The con- 
struction will be in charge of the University, a competition being 
held to obtain the best architectural plans. When completed, how- 
-ever, the hospital, which will have a minimum of 700 beds, will be 
placed under the administration of the Bureau of Public Assistance 
with the clinical service under the School of Medicine. The cost of 
construction will be approximately 2,800,000 pesos. 


GENERAL NOTES 309 


SANATORIUM FOR WORKING WOMEN.—An appropriation of 20,000 
pesos was recently made by Congress for the construction of a sana- 
torium for wage-earning women. 

Hospitat IN Castittos.—Through a decree of October 13, 1926, 2 
hectares (approximately 5 acres) of government land near Castillos 
were turned over to the National Department of Public Assistance. 
A hospital will be built thereon and the surrounding grounds laid 
out as a park and gardens. 

Leacue Against ALcoHoLismM.—On December 11, 1926, 2 gold 
and 14 silver medals were awarded as prizes to children of the primary 
grades in Montevideo who were the winners in a declamation contest 
sponsored by the League Against Alcoholism of that city. 


VENEZUELA 


Visit oF FRENCH SURGEON.—A special session in honor of a noted 
French surgeon, Prof. Bernardo Cuneo, was held on December 21, 
1926, in the National Academy of Medicine of Caracas. At the con- 
clusion of his lecture, which was attended by diplomats, prominent 
educators, physicians, and students, Professor Cuneo was awarded 
the Medal of Education by the Minister of Public Instruction. 
Doctor Cuneo had come to Venezuela in the interest of the establish- 
ment of the ‘University City” in Paris. 

LAYING OF CORNER STONE.—On October 28, 1926, the corner stone 
for the new building of the Simén Rodriguez Institute was laid with 
due ceremony in Caracas, on land given by Drs. Alfredo and Oscar 
Machado. The Institute carries on work of increasing importance 
in child welfare and the prophylaxis of venereal disease. 





ARGENTINA 


POSTHUMOUS EXHIBITION OF THE PAINTER BERMUDEZ.—On Novem- 
ber 15, 1926, the National Commission of Fine Arts opened in Buenos 
Aires a posthumous exhibition of 80 or more canvasses by Jorge 
Bermudez, the talented Argentine painter who lately died in Spain. 
Some of his latest and most outstanding canvasses were loaned for 
the exhibition by his widow, while others were offered by the National 
Museum and the museums of Cérdoba and Rosario, the President 
of Argentina, and other persons. Bermtidez was born in Buenos 
Aires in 1883, receiving his early art training in the National Acad- 


310 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION - 


emy. He spent two years in Paris in the Academy Julien and then 
studied under the Spanish painter Zuloaga. His best works are 
studies of national types, particularly of the inhabitants of the 
mountainous northern Provinces of the country. 


CHILE 


ZUBIAURRE.—The famous Spanish painter Ram6én Zubiaurre is 
spending some time in Chile at the invitation of the Fine Arts 
Council. He is especially well known for pictures of his native 
Basque Provinces, one of which is in the Luxembourg. Before 
arriving in Santiago Sefior Zubiaurre visited Buenos Aires, where he 
painted several portraits and other canvases. 


CUBA 


TOURIST PROPAGANDA.—The Secretary of Public Works, Dr. Carlos 
Miguel de Céspedes, who is also chairman of the committee for the 
encouragement of tourist travel in Cuba, has planned to make this 
season unusually active and to advertise abroad the many and varied 
attractions Cuba has to offer the tourist. One of the first things 
the committee plans to do in order to carry out this program is to 
have several films of the many places of interest and beauty in Cuba 
made in the new motion-picture studio owned by the Government. 
These films will be sent to New York and to various cities in Florida 
for exhibition purposes, in the hope that by showing the natural 
beauties and attractions of the island still larger numbers of tourists 
will be attracted to visit Habana. (Courtesy of the Cuban Legation 
in Washington.) 

ECUADOR 


NEW GUIDE TO Qurro.—A new pocket guide to Quito recently 
published gives some interesting data about that capital. Among 
other things it states that there exist in Quito 13 clubs, 10 banks, 4 
libraries, 18 consulates, 26 convents, 14 asylums, 5 clinics, 6 labo- 
ratories, 28 social and athletic clubs, 14 private schools, 11 profes- 
sional schools, 18 public schools, 11 private schools, 4 night schools 
for workers, 5 hospitals, 8 hotels, 28 churches and chapels, 13 factories, 
21 printing establishments, 14 legations, 4 museums, 4 parks, and 5 


theaters. 
GUATEMALA 


ArT BxHIBIT.—An exhibit of the works of the Guatemalan artist 
Carlos Mérida, whose Maya and Quiché themes have received favor- 
able comment in the United States and Europe, was opened on No- 
vember 3, 1926, in the Academy of Fine Arts, Guatemala City. 

MayaA-QUICHE EXHIBIT IN Los ANGELES.—On behalf of his Gov- 
ernment, Maj. R. A. Ramirez, Consul of Guatemala in Los Angeles, 


GENERAL NOTES 3811 


California, recently sponsored a Maya-Quiché Indian exhibit, which 
took place in that city from January 29 to February 1, 1927. The 
exhibit, which consisted of rare articles of Indian workmanship 
collected by Sefior Don Rafael Yela-Gunther, an internationally 
known authority on Indian art, was supplemented by two lectures 
given by Capt. Henry A. Stanley. 


NICARAGUA 


Deatuy or Doctor Barrios.—On November 1, 1926, in the city 
of Managua, Dr. Modesto Barrios, an eminent lawyer and diplomat, 
died after a long life in which he had served his country in many 
capacities. He was born on December 13, 1849, in the city of Leén, 
receiving a doctor’s degree in law at the age of 20 from the University 
in that city. In 1883 he held his first diplomatic post as confidential 
agent of the government before the Government of Costa Rica, after 
which he went to Guatemala as Nicaraguan Minister. In 1889 he 
held the cabinet portfolio of Minister of Government. In 1891 he 
was elected Mayor of Leén, in 1892 Magistrate of the Court of Occi- 
dente, and later became director of the National Institute of Salvador. 
In 1925 he was advisor of the Council of Public Instruction. He had 
codified the commercial, police, and military regulations of Nicaragua. 
Among other honors he had the distinction of being sole correspond- 
ing member in Central America of the Spanish Academy of Legisla- 
tion and Jurisprudence. He was also a corresponding member of the 
Belgian Institute of Comparative Law, and a member of the American 
Institute of International Law. 

CATHEDRAL TO BE REBUILT.—Late in October work was begun on 
the demolition of the Cathedral in Managua previous to its recon- 
struction. The construction committee is hastening matters. Re- 
productions of the architect’s drawing of the cathedral as it will 
appear when completed show an imposing structure. 


PARAGUAY 


ORGANIZATION OF PEACE CONFEDERATION.—At a session specially 
called by the president of the Women’s Charity League of Asuncién 
on November 14, 1926, a Paraguayan unit of the Women’s American 
Peace Confederation was organized and the officers for the coming 
year elected. Like the parent organization resident in Buenos Aires, 
the chapter will seek to promote friendship among the American 
republics. 





‘REPORTS RECEIVED TO JANUARY 15, 1927 








Subject Date Author 
BRAZII. 
1926 
Amazonas to established Government savings banks_______- Oct. 25 | George E. Seltzer, vice consul at 
/ Manaos. 
Annual review of commerce and industries, Manaos con- | Nov. 1 Do. 
sular district, for year 1925. 
September importsiat-Bahiaa sas. 2 Ee aseCOssss Allan Dawson, vice consu in 
charge at Bahia. 
Declared exports from Bahia to the United States during | Noy. 3 Do. 
October, 1926. 
New constitution of the State of Rio Grande do Norte, signed | Nov. 5 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at 
Aug. 24, 1926. | Pernambuco. 
New interstate bridge over the Parana River opened to traf- | Nov. 8 | Herndon W. Goforth, consul at 
fic, Oct. 14, 1926. Sao Paulo. 
WwW ater supply and sewer system of city of Aracaju, Sergipe___.| Nov. 9 | Allan Dawson. 
Declared exports from Rio de Janeiro to the United States | Nov. 11! Digby A. Willson, consul in 
for October. charge, Rio de Janeiro. 
Review of commerce and industries of Brazil for month of | Nov. 12 Do. 
October, 1926. 
Amazonas agricultural production_______-__----------------- Nov. 15 | George E. Seltzer. 
The cocoa movement at Bahia during October--____________ Noy. 18 | Allan Dawson. 
Proposed new water system for city of Caruarti______________} Noy. 26 | Nathaniel P. Davis. 
Loan for public works and development, Rio Grande do |__-do____- Do. 
Norte. 
MheexchangesituationinBraziles2 2-2 2s ee Nov. 27 | Digby A. Willson. 
Coal imports at Rio de Janeiro during October, 1926_________ Nov. 27 
Abatement on Brazilian Federal income tax________________- Nov. 28 | Fred C. Eastin, jr., consul at 
Rio de Janeiro. 
Annual message of the Governor of pee on Sept. 7, | Dec. 1 | Nathaniel P. Davis. 
1926. 
Declared exports from Bahia, to thé United States during | Dec. 3 | Allan Dawson. 
November, 1926. 
Livestock improvement in the Rio de Janeiro (Brazil) con- | Dec. 6 | Digby A. Willson. 
sular district. 
Billet oxstabilizestheicurrencyaa==-ss se see nee eee ne Dec. 7 | Embassy. 
Declared exports from Rio de Janeiro to the United States Dec. 9 | Digby A. Willson. 
during November, 1926. 
Annual message of the President of Sergipe, Sept. 7, 1926____|_.-do____- Allan Dawson. 
Bank of Brazil balance sheet for November -----______-____- | Dec. 20 | Digby A. Willson. 
The bill relative to financial reform, was approved by the | Dec. 22 | Embassy. 
President of the 18th instant. 
COLOMBIA 
INotesion the development of @Cali=-_--- 222 2 Ese Nov. 10 | Charles Forman, consul at 
Buenaventura. 
Exports from Buenaventura for ‘November, 1926__---______- Dechy 9 Do. 
New governor for the Department of Magdalena___________- Dec. 16 | Lawrence F. Cotie, vice consul 
at Santa Marta. 
COSTA RICA 
Regulations in regard to the importation, labeling, and sale | Nov. 22 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice con- 
of poisons in Costa Rica. sul in charge, San Jose. 
November report on commerce and industries_______________ Dec. 8 Do. i 
Import duties on certain articles, decree No. 33 of Dec. 1, | Dec. 17 Do. 
1926. 
CUBA 
Cubanetobaccom otess=seswea= asa eee ees See ee ne eee Nov. 2} Carlton Bailey Hurst, consul 
general at Habana. 
Alcohol and rum production for years 1925 and 1924_-________ Dec. 2 Do. 
Additional mail service for Isle of Pines_-_-.-_-__-___________ Dec. 2 Sheridan Talbott, vice consul at 
Nueva Gerona. 
Review of commerce and industries for October, 1926________ Dee. 8 | Carlton Bailey Hurst. 
Imports of edible animal products into Cuba for 1925________ Dec. 9 Do. 
Proposed changes in consular tariffs to Cuba________________ Dec. 10 Do. 
Prospects for 1926-27 sugar crop in consular district of Santi- | Dec. 18 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at 
ago de Cuba. Santiago de Cuba. 
Annulment by presidential decree of municipal tax on cigar- | Dec. 19 | Carlton Bailey Hurst. 
making machinery imported into Cuba, Nov. 29, 1926. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
Dominican sugar production in 1925-26___._..___..__--.__-_- Oct. 15 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul at 
Santo Domingo. 
Motor roads in Dominican Republic-_-___......._.-.-.--.-___- Dec. 4] W. A. Bickers, consul at Puerto 
Plata. 


312 








SUBJECT MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS 


313 


Reports received to January 15, 1927—Continued. 











Subject Date Author 
NICARAGUA 
1926 
Commerce and industries of western Nicaragua during the | Dec. 4 | Christian T. Steger, consul at 
month of November, 1926. Corinto. 
PANAMA 
Loan concluded on Dee. 11, 1926, for railroad construction | Dec. 13 | Legation. 
and highway extension. 
Contract for the establishment of whale fishery__.__________- Dec. 14 Do. 
SALVADOR 
Exports of the various products of Salvador for 6 months of | Sept. 28 | Legation. 
1926. 
VENEZUELA 
The statement of the Banco de Maracaibo for Aug. 31, 1926__| Dee. 4 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul at 
: Maracaibo. - 
The November coffee report for the district of Maracaibo____| Dec. 6 Do. 
The statement of the Banco de Maracaibo for Sept. 30 and |! Dec. 15 Do. 
Oct. 31, 1926. 
Statement of Banco Comercial de Maracaibo, Oct. 31, 1926__| Dec. 16 Do. 
Foreign trade through La Guaira during November, 1926____|_.-do____- Daniel J. Driscoll, vice consul 
at La Guaira. 
Exports from Liverpool to Venezuelan ports during July, | Dec. 17 | Alexander K. Sloan. 
August, and September, 1926. 
The Bolivar Bridge was formally opened to public traffic on | Dee. 23 | Legation. 


Dec. 19, 1926. This bridge spans the River Tachira, which 
forms the boundary between the State of Tachira and 
Colombia. 











S 








TheWew, President of Salvad0re= 2). 22 522 es a 


Notable Commercial and Financial Progress in Haiti__________________ 
By W. W. Cumberland, Financial Adviser—Receiver General of Haiti. 


The Ibero-American Exposition at Seville____________________________ 
Third Pan American Congress of Architects__________________________ 


Mexico’s Pre-Columbian Remains___________________________________ 
By Frederick L. Hoffman, Consulting Statistician, Prudential Insurance Company of 
America. 


TBM SATA Wei Ste a i a ae a en ern re os 
I. The Inca Loom. 
By Fausto Burgos. 
II. Araucanian Textiles. 
By Gualterio Looser, Assistant Anthropological Section, National Museum of Chile, 
Associate Member Chilean Academy of Natural Sciences, Santiago. 


Church and State Cooperate in Chile’s Public Health Campaign.________ 
Eleventh Session of Summer School of University of Mexico_____________ 


A Collector’s Impressions of the Quichua Indian. _____________________ 
By H. E. Anthony, Curator, Mammals of the World, American Museum of Natural History. 


Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce________________________________ 

Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic— 

Ecuador— Guatemala — Haiti— Honduras— Mexico — Nicaragua— Panama— Paraguay— 
Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela. 





OOS EynGl I Bho Wie hb sa es ee ee ee 
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia— Dominican Republic—Mexico— Panama—Salvador— 
Uruguay—Venezuela. 


ATE aU SS eh 1 Waste a er al erate ee le ple ate Re cies gaty Aileen Rea RT et Oe Ny Oy ee cae OR 
Brazil—Honduras— Mexico— Panama—Paraguay—Peru—Salvador. 

NFS rN ati omar ea tle See ae ee es ale ea re pe A eee Peete 
Brazil-Uruguay—Cuba-United States. 


PubliciInstructionsand Educatione= = 222 2222-2 oe ae eee 
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Ecuador—Guatemala—H aiti— 
Honduras— Mexico—Panama—Paraguay—Salvador. 


Argentina—Salvador. 


SocralProgresset tetera 5 eee oxen cence ee iin oie eam a ayes Sean DT Senne 

Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba— Dominican Republic—Ecuador— 

Guatemala— Haiti— Honduras— Mexico— Panama— Peraguay — Peru— Uruguay— Vene- 
zuela. 


General Nic tie set sae ise a ee See eR hr Se or mm es Cl ea ee cape ona 
Costa Rica—Cuba—Honduras— Uruguay. 


Subject) Matter of;Consular Reportse.2 2-25 ee eee oe ee 


366 
370 
375 


384 


399 


402 


405 


405 


411 


412 


418 


420 


DR. PLO ROMERO BOSQUE, PRESIDENT OF SALVADOR 
Inaugurated March 1, 1927, for a term of four years 





‘ot 


es 
—_— Gy 
wy = 
4) 


> 44 oP = . = TSP yes 
SSS stem 15 00> MD SiO 72a a5 BY “WY ara Geréerts Gm INTE 











APRIL, 1927 No. 4 























OR © @ @ © © @ 
LD Ae oe 2) @ @ Q 











S a result of the elections held on January 9 last, Dr. Pio 
Romero Bosque, chosen by the votes of his fellow citizens 
as Chief Executive of the Republic of Salvador for the 
next four years, was on March 1 inducted with due cere- 

mony into the presidential chair relinquished at that time by Dr. 
Alfonso Quifiones Molina. 

Dr. Romero Bosque, a jurist of high repute, a distinguished public 
man and member of the national democratic party, was born in the 
year 1863. Upon completing his elementary and secondary studies, 
he entered the National University, there to zealously pursue the 
studies leading to the degree of doctor of laws, conferred upon him 
in 1889. | 

Entering soon afterward on his two-fold career as jurist and states- 
man, Dr. Romero Bosque early began to hold important public 
offices, especially in the judiciary, where, after occupying for years 
the honorable position of an Associate Justice, he achieved the 
highest possible position on that exalted bench—that of President 
of the Supreme Court. He has also served as a member of the 
National Assembly, Minister of Promotion, Industries and Public 
Education from 1903 to 1907, Minister of War and Marine from 1919 
until his election as President, and Vice President of the Republic 
for the 1923-1927 term. 

Dr. Romero Bosque was also, for some years, a distinguished 
professor in the National University, a position in which he revealed, 
as in all other offices held by him, his rich endowment of intellectual 
ability and a character of the highest integrity. 

On offering its respects and congratulations to Dr. Romero Bosque, 
the BULLETIN of the Pan American Union joins the people of El 
Salvador in wishing for its new Chief Executive a successful and 


prosperous administration. 
315 








ETE] 





DURING THE FISCAL YEAR 1925-26 








By W: W. CuMBERLAND 


Financial Adviser—Receiver General of Haiti 


URING the fiscal year which closed on September 30, 1926, 
Haiti enjoyed unusual prosperity. An abundant crop and 
satisfactory price for coffee, which is the principal export 
commodity, resulted in decided activity in domestic and 
foreign commerce, caused the revenues of the government to reach 
unprecedented heights and resulted in an improved standard of living 
for the entire population. But it is clear that bumper crops can not 
be expected each year. Therefore, the fiscal year 1925-26 can not 
be regarded as typical, though there is every expectation that within 
comparatively few years the financial results of 1925-26 may be 
equaled and exceeded. This, however, is likely to occur only as the 
natural resources of the country are more systematically developed 
on a permanent basis. On the contrary, the unusual prosperity of 
1925-26 must be regarded as in considerable degree fortuitous, due 
to an unusually large crop of coffee together with an exceptionally 
favorable price. 
FOREIGN COMMERCE 


Foreign commerce for the last 10 years has been as follows: 























| - = 
Imports | Exports Total eee Ee 
| 
Gourdes } Gourdes Gourdes Gourdes | Gourdes 
NUS ea Ey ee ee ee 43, 030, 428 44, 664, 428 875694518565 |S ae ee 1, 634, 000 
NO TZ S18 ie ereee OEE lenin ener 50, 903,468 | 38,717,650 | 89,621,118 | 12,185,818 |____-______- 
LOIG= 10 ee ese eens ene ieee See 85, 588,041 | 123,811,096 | 209, 399, 137 |___-_____«___- 38, 223, 055 
TOTO 20 ere ae Sn Ae ee ee BES 136, 992,055 | 108,104,639 | 245,096,694 | 28,887,416 |_____-_----- 
1:92.02 eee Ie ee Ee 59, 786, 029 32, 952, 045 92, 738, 074 | 2658335084 | =a eeee 
TO 21292: Sse ead SLES T AE ETS FU S61, °7515 3557 | 29 58,/0015 050) eell6,. 312, 4057 (= 08: 190; 3055) eee 
N22 523 ee teres eed eMC ee Se | 70, 789, 815 T2R95DSOCO)|) V4 Se V4aN8 700 |= = eee 2, 165, 245 
PE EOy Ee Rn ae enene en i | 73,480, 640 70, 881,610 | 144,362,250 | 2,599,030 |__.-__-_____ 
1S Pe a eee a | 101, 187, 825 97, 018, 810 198, 206, 635 41695015) |= 
192 52 6 ee eee ee ee ee ee 94, 257, 030 100, 920, 025 195, 177, 055 | ip aaa Soe 6, 662, 995 





1 One gourde equals 20 cents U. S. currency. 


316 


COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS IN HAITI ley 


It is evident that imports and exports during 1925-26 closely 
approximated the returns of 1924-25, but the distribution was con- 
siderably more favorable. That is, the value of imports declined 
while exports increased, thus resulting in a small excess of exports 
as compared with the previous small excess of imports. This show- 
ing was particularly satisfactory, as the unit price of coffee, Haiti’s 
principal export, was lower than in the previous year, and an even 
more marked decline occurred in the price of two other important 
exports, namely, sugar and cotton. 

Almost 75 per cent of imports into Haiti were obtained from the 
United States, thus evidencing the dominant position which American 
merchandise has acquired in the Haitian market. This is not sur- 
prising in view of the political and geographical relations which exist 
between the two countries. A large but somewhat less degree of 
concentration was exhibited in the export trade, France purchasing 
almost 66 per cent of the Haitian products which were shipped abroad. 

Undoubtedly a more satisfactory situation would arise if less con- 
centration existed as to countries of origin for imports and countries 
of destination for exports. Furthermore, Haiti is preeminently a 
‘‘one-crop country.” As coffee during 1925-26 constituted some 80 
per cent of the value of Haitian exports and as this coffee was largely 
marketed in France the double danger of commercial depression is 
incurred if either the Haitian coffee crop or the French market should 
fall upon evil days. For many years Haitian coffee has enjoyed an 
excellent reputation in the European markets, but as yet the quan- 
tity of this coffee sold in the United States has been negligible. In 
view of the eagerness with which other mild coffees, such as those 
from Colombia, Guatemala, and Porto Rico, are sought by American 
importers, it is reasonable to believe that Haitian coffee will ulti- 
mately find a ready market in the United States. 

Next in importance to coffee is raw cotton, which is i excellent 
quality, and experts believe that cotton equivalent to Egyptian may 
be developed. Already the quality is considerably superior to Ameri- 
can upland middling. Other exports were relatively insignificant, 
the most prominent of the minor items being logwood, cacao, and 
sugar. 

Sugar growing is gradually being extended in Haiti, and costs com- 
pare favorably with those of other producing countries. In fact 
labor charges are believed to be lower in Haiti than in any other 
country of the western hemisphere. 

Export commodities are, however, but imperfectly developed, and 
the policy of the government is to encourage all legitmate enterprise. 
Foreign capital is welcomed, and increasing interest is being shown in 
commitments in Haiti. Those products which are believed to offer 


318 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the best possibilities for the investment of foreign capital are coffee, 
cotton, sugar, tobacco, sisal, and certain tropical fruits. Because of 
Haiti’s easy access to the eastern seaboard of the United States 
an enormous potential market exists for all staples which can be 
produced. 

The antiquated tariff procedure of Haiti was thoroughly revised in 
the past fiscal year, and it is now possible for importers to understand 
the tariff and the various schedules of duty, whereas in the past it 
was most difficult to conduct business. 

As the standard of living of the Haitian population advances 
through the continuance of a state of tranquility, as facilities of com- 
munication are developed, as irrigation systems are installed and as 
educational opportunities are increased, there is every reason to 
expect that the present commerce of Haiti will also expand. On the 
whole, it may be considered that the foreign commerce of Haiti was 
quite satisfactory during 1925-26. Prospects for 1926-27 are not 
equally encouraging, due to a substantial decline in quotations for 
coffee and cotton. However, in view of the sound economic founda- 
tion which is being laid by the Haitian government there is every 
promise that in subsequent years all past commercial records will be 
exceeded. ) 

RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES 


Total revenue receipts of the Haitian Government during 1925-26 
were Gdes. 45,364,648.10, a figure theretofore unapproached. An 
advance of Gdes. 4,876,981.10 or 12.05 per cent over the previous 
fiscal year was shown, thus demonstrating the prosperity which ex- 
isted in Haiti, as the year 1924—5 was also unusually favorable. 

Customs receipts amounted to Gdes. 40,594,831.74, a sum which 
in itself was in excess of total revenues during the previous year. 
Internal revenue receipts also expanded, and miscellaneous receipts 
were only slightly inferior to the amount collected in 1924-25. The 
revenue system is admittedly not well balanced, and plans are already 
in process of formation for developing internal revenues. When the 
revised internal revenue system shall have shown adequate produc- 
tiveness it is the intention of the government to diminish and ulti- 
mately to abolish the export taxes which are now imposed on such 
important commodities as coffee, logwood and cacao. 

Governmental expenditures from revenue amounted to Gdes. 
40,930,725.08. Receipts therefore exceeded expenditures by Gdes. 
4,433,923.03 or 10.83 per cent. This is indeed a comfortable situa- 
tion, so far as Haitian finances are concerned. 

Especially is this the case when it is recalled that expenditures for 
practically all governmental activities were substantially greater than 
during preceding years. Disbursements for the public debt fell some 


COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS IN HAITI 319 


Gdes 1,250,000, but expenditures for the constabulary, public health, 
public works, agriculture, and vocational education sharply exceeded 
those of all preceding years. 

In order to realize the real progress which has occurred in the 
establishment of Haitian finances on a sound basis it is necessary to 
recall that a considerable part of the expenditures outlined above 
have been for capital account rather than merely for maintenance and 
operation. New roads have been built, additional bridges installed, 
new schools, hospitals, and dispensaries constructed. It is obvious 
that normal annual maintenance will not be as great as original con- 
struction. Furthermore, capital expenditures in future years will 
tend to decline as Haiti becomes more adequately provided with 
modern equipment and facilities. At least the relative burden of 
providing such facilities will tend to diminish, as it can be confidently 
expected that the productive capacity of the population will be on 
an ascending scale. 

As yet insufficient funds are available for public instruction, but 
in the last few years expenditures for this purpose have practically 
doubled. It is also the policy of the present administration to empha- 
size education, with particular attention to agricultural and voca- 
tional training. 

CONCLUSION 


Haitian finances during 1925-26 may, therefore, be regarded as 
unusually satisfactory, and commercial activity was reasonably so. 
During the year, moreover, important financial legislation was en- 
acted, particularly a thoroughgoing revision of the import tariff. 

Additional interest developed in Haiti as a field for the investment 
of foreign capital, and promising new industries were initiated. 
Within a reasonable time Haiti will probably be removed from the 
group of one crop countries and should take its place as an important 
source of supply for sugar, cacao, tobacco, sisal, and tropical fruits, 
as well as coffee. 

The present administration in Haiti is progressive and enlightened. 
President Borno systematically supports all legitimate enterprise. 
Unfavorable legislation is being eliminated. With the continuance 
of law and order, the extension of productive facilities and the devel- 
opment of additional industries, the economic future of Haiti may be 
regarded as most encouraging. 


Sus 


i tide 2D 
Fira QD f FAs Aa A" G 5 Y 5 A 

SITION AT SEVILLE 

Tw, ABACZAL fo, B BD dea Y Akad. 


OCTOBER 12, 1928—JUNE 30, 1929 








SSNS 











HE Ibero-American International Exposition of art, com- 
merce, and industry at Seville, Spain, will be officially 
inaugurated on October 12, 1928, remaining open until 
the end of June, 1929. 

The name ‘Ibero-American Exposition”’ instead of ‘ Hispano- 
American Exposition”? was adopted in 1922 so as to include Portugal 
and Brazil. Through diplomatic channels invitations have been 
extended to the United States and the Republics south of the Rio 
Grande, practically all of which have expressed their desire to par- 
ticipate, as has the United States. Several commissions have 
visited Seville on behalf of South American countries to study the 
ground preparatory to making recommendations to their home 
governments as to their respective exhibits. The Argentine build- 
ing is already begun, while Mexico, Peru, Portugal, and the United 
States have selected sites for national buildings. 

As the exposition will be limited to the exhibits of the two coun- 
tries in the Iberian Peninsula and the American nations discovered or 
settled by Spanish and Portuguese navigators and explorers, none of 
the other European countries has been invited to take part. 

The exposition was first planned in 1910, actual work being started 
in 1913. The war, however, caused a postponement of plans, sev- 
eral successive dates having since been set for the opening. With 
each postponement the scope of the exposition has been enlarged, 
until now the project calls for one of the largest and most im- 
portant affairs of the kind ever held in Europe. Moreover, due to 
the change of date, the exposition has reached a remarkably advanced 
stage of completion, many of the beautiful permanent buildings 
of brick, stone, and tile in true Andalusian style being already 
erected. By a royal decree the committee in charge of the expo- 
sition has recently been reorganized, and Sr. Cruz Conde appointed 
Royal Spanish Commissioner. 


SEVILLE AS AN EXPOSITION CITY 


Seville is the commercial center and largest city of southern Spain. 
The population is about 250,000, making it the third or fourth city 
320 





' 499} erenbs 000‘00T Ale1eUITxo1dde jo 
Bole UB SI9A09 ‘UvTd 9} JO I9U109 JJoyT JOMOT 
98} UL Bal PIpvYS 9} UL Pssopout ‘spunois 
pure UOT[IAvd saqVq1g pozlUy VY} 10} 971s VY 


uorpraed e[fA9S “TITAX XX 
SoMozeAeT “TIAX XX 
serTuo[opD, 
UvdIIY puB ODd01OPY Ystueds ‘[AXXKX 
onuVsAV OUTTOTN “AX XX 
souBlyUy SBloled “AIX XX 
suspley sBPled “TITX «xX 
yled VsInyT Vv “TTX XX 
UISITA OU} JO V2VId “IXXX 
wopAed [BAOY SUL “XXX 
SJIV OUT JO vov[ed “XIX X 
qly quspouy jo s0v[Pd “TITAXX 
BOIIOULY JO VZRId “TIAXX 
oouemuq(elpoqiog O1p9qd ‘TAXX 
oouRlUy OWL UBS “AXX 
SUIQIYXY ULIIOULY JO SOMT[VD “ATX X 
sorpqndey uwedl 
-IDULY JO SUGIYXY puv suorylavd “TITXX 
SUIQIUXY oYVAM “TIX X 
“oqo ‘saprnyy ‘sde yy Jo WOIAvd “IX X 
yesny 
-10q JO SUIGIUXA puw SUOTTIACT “XX 
JV WIOpop JO 9VIVd “XIX 
syueineysey “TITAX 
pueys puvd TIAX 
(1009 JU90UL 
-aseq) sjueuriedeqd  Ajoyeg 
pue sod ‘oly ‘pry 4Stld TAX 
(loopy JUSUTESeq) SOOTFO OTP 
-ey pue ydeagzopey, ‘ouoydefaAL “AX 
(queuLeseq ) 
SULOOIYBOTO PUB SBDUFO ITGNd “AILX 
tunesnyy [eysnpul “TITX 
umoesnyl WV “ITX 
dOURIUY WIVABN “TX 
oouRlUuy UOseVly “Xx 
SIIVH [et0u9) “XT 
sov[ed [e4JUeD “TITA 
ureds Jo 8Z8[d “IIA 
neoing WOMvuUlsIojuy “TA 
onuUdA YW [VsnWod “A 
oouRIyUy VsInyT BUC “AT 
@NUGAY BSIN'T Bey “TIT 
onudA YW uledg Jo Bze[d “II 
[esn{10g Jo sueIjUy OD 
RBolloury JO souBIyUy “FT 1 
uredg jo souv1qug “FV 
IouOP Jo souvyUY puvIDH ‘T 


NOLLISOdXH NVOIUANV 
-OUUML AHL AO NVId GNNOUD 


322 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of the nation. It is particularly fitting that Seville should be selected 
as the site of an exposition of which the American countries will 
form a part, for it is the European city most intimately concerned 
with the discovery and settlement of the New World. 

When Columbus sailed from the little port of Palos a few miles 
distant from Seville, the latter was one of the largest and richest 
cities in the world, overshadowing both London and Paris in size 
and importance. After America was discovered and when Spanish 
influence was dominant there, Seville was the sole port of Spain from 
which vessels were permitted to clear for the Americas and the only 





THE PLAZA DE ESPANA - 


The central building in the Plaza viewed from one of the galleries. This photograph shows only about 
half of this immense semicircular palace 


port of entry for the returning galleons. The majority of the early 
settlers of Spanish America, including those of Cuba, Florida, and Cal- 
ifornia, were natives of Andalusia, the fertile province in which Seville 
is located. When Magellan sailed away on the first of all voyages 
around the world, he raised anchor at Seville, and to Seville the 
survivors of that expedition returned. Likewise, this great port was 
the base for the voyages of other great discoverers and conquerors. 

In Seville Cathedral lie, according to Spanish belief, the bones of 
Columbus; the library collected by his son is stored in the same 
edifice; and near by the enormous mass of documents relating to 


IBERO-AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT SEVILLE 323 


the Spanish occupation of the Americas in the sixteenth, seventeenth, 
and eighteenth centuries is made available to historians of all nation- 
alities in the famous Archives of the Indies. 

Historically the city of Seville is one of the most notable in Spain, 
and the lover of art will remember it as the home of Murillo and 
Velazquez, while the tourist finds Seville almost the only city where the 
classic customs of the Spain of romance and picturesque literature 
still survive in their entirety. 


POTENTIAL IMPORTANCE OF SEVILLIAN REGION 


A brief survey of the commercial and industrial situation in south- 
ern Spain is pertinent to any discussion of the practical value of 
participation by the United States in an exposition in Seville. 

The city is situated on the Guadalquivir River 54 miles from the 
open sea. Since the times of the Phoenicians foreign ships have 
brought their cargoes to Seville for trade, and for centuries the city 
was the most important port of the Iberian Peninsula. Two hun- 
dred years ago, however, Cadiz, about 70 miles distant from Seville, 
began to assume importance, since which little by little it has been 
winning a part of Seville’s maritime trade. Then, too, in the last 
half century the advent of large ships rendered difficult the ascent 
to Seville through the winding Guadalquivir. This condition has 
been corrected by the recent construction and completion of the 
Alfonso XIII Canal which will give easy passage to steamships of 
as much as 13,000 tons displacement. <A large modern dock system 
adjoiming the exposition grounds is nearly finished and will be ready 
to handle the heavy freight movement expected. 

The effect of these port works on the international trade activity 
of Seville is vitally important. The city’s strategic location as the 
nearest large Atlantic port to the Strait of Gibraltar, and as the 
nearest Huropean port to South America, together with its position 
as the southern terminus of Spanish railroads, is confidently expected 
to place Seville in a position of prime importance in world trade, 
second only to Barcelona among Spanish ports. Moreover, Seville 
has excellent communication by rail with Madrid, Barcelona, and 
other important cities of Spain. 

American ships will doubtless be placed on this run to handle the 
large American freight movement. A direct service from New York 
to Seville would place American manufactured commodities in Spain 
in 15 days and with only one handling. Commercial development 
is expected to parallel the improvement of shipping and terminal 
facilities, and it seems assured that Seville will become of definite 
and increasing concern to American business. 

The region tributary to Seville is agricultural and mining. The 
United States gets from Seville practically all its cured green olives, 


324 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


and indirectly much of its olive oil. The latter is now to a large 
extent first shipped to Italy and later sent to America. 

The mines near Seville have been worked since the time of Solomon; 
the Rio Tinto mine is possibly the most famous copper mine in 
Europe. The district is also one of the largest world sources of lead, 
and large quantities of silver, copper, zinc, iron, and sulphur ores are 
also extracted from this section. 

The region around Seville, while the most conservative part of Spain, 
has prospered greatly during the last decade and is rapidly adapting 
itself to modern innovations. It has a high buying capacity and a 
rapidly advancing standard of living. With the absence of local 





A PATIO IN THE “PLAZA DE ESPANA” 
A corner in one of the patios in the Main Exposition building 


manufacturing plants all manufactured commodities must be im- 
ported from abroad or from the industrial region of northern Spain. 
There is, therefore, a receptive and largely undeveloped market for 
American agricultural machinery, motor trucks, iron and steel, lumber, 
hardware, phosphates, and many other lines. The coming exposition 
and the opening of the port to large ships will undoubtedly give an 
impetus to industrial and commercial activities that will operate to 
the economic advantage of all countries taking part in the fair. 


GENERAL PLAN OF EXPOSITION 


The grounds acquired for the exposition comprise 2,400 acres situ- 
ated on the outskirts of Seville, one extreme being only three-fourths 


IBERO-AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT SEVILLE 325 


of a mile from the center of the city and the other 3 miles distant. 
Part of the area was formerly a city park and the remainder pasture 
land. The Guadalquivir River flows along one side of the grounds 
and the Tablada Aviation Field, the most important in Spain, is also 
adjacent. The new dock system, which, as already mentioned, will 
permit large ships to reach Seville, is immediately adjoining the 
exposition grounds. 

A large tract near by, now utilized as a race course, golf links, 
and tennis courts, will be a part of the exposition scheme and will be 
enlarged and improved to include a field for track events, football 
stadium, and polo field. 





THE ROYAL PAVILION 


Which fronts on the ‘‘ Plaza de América’”’ 


A strong point is being made of the artistic appearance of the 
grounds and buildings, and landscape gardening is being stressed. 
The city park included in the exposition area is one of the most 
beautiful of its kind in Europe, while the semitropical climate of 
Seville lends itself peculiarly to horticultural display. In this respect 
the general appearance of the exposition will be somewhat along the 
lines of the San Diego (Calif.) Exposition of 1915-16, with the 
difference that the principal buildings at the Ibero-American Expo- 
sition will be more permanent in character and that decorative fea- 
tures will be bolder in color and more lavish in treatment. The 
ensemble will, it is expected, embody the best of Spanish and Moorish 
architecture and the decorative arts adapted to exposition purposes in 
a setting of floral beauty never before attained at any exposition. 


326 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


A historical building is planned with exhibits relating particularly 
to Spanish discoveries and exploration in the Americas, both North 
and South. Seville is so rich in the history of wars and civilizations, 
from Hannibal down to Marshal Soult, that the city itself is prac- 
tically a historical museum. 

The largest building of the exposition will be the Spanish Pavilion, 
on the Plaza de Espafia, an enormous structure built in a half circle 
with a central court 600 feet across, and with 49 divisions, corre- 
sponding to the 49 Provinces of Spain, each to house the exhibits 
of its respective Province. This building is now well on the way to 
completion. 








THE PALACE OF FINE ARTS 


One of the most handsome of the buildings grouped about the Plaza de América 


The Plaza de América has three finished buildings—Fine Arts, 
Ancient Arts, and the Royal Pavilion. Pending the opening of the 
exposition these buildings are being used for conventions and other 
public purposes. Near these will be an exhibit of the exceedingly 
interesting regional customs, music, and dancing of the different sec- 
tions of Spain. | 

The remaining portion of the grounds will be assigned to com- 
mercial and industrial exhibits, livestock, and the national pavilions 
of the foreign countries participating. It is intended that all exhibits 
emanating from abroad be housed in the buildings of their respective 
countries, with the exception of automotive displays and modern 
art works, each of which will be grouped in a single building. 


IBERO-AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT SEVILLE 327 
UNITED STATES PARTICIPATION 


One of the handicaps under which the American exporter labors in 
this field is the ignorance concerning the United States, and as the 
exposition will be visited by the most prominent Spanish and Spanish- 
American business men the pavilion of the United States will afford 
publicity for United States products not possible in any other way. 

The United States does not get the share of Spanish trade it should 
have. In southern Spain our country is regarded as so remote that 
the buyer instinctively inclines to prefer the goods of countries with 
which he is more familiar. Yearly exports from the Seville district 
to the United States are about $8,000,000, with imports of not more 
than one-third of that sum. 





THE PALACE OF INDUSTRIES 


There is no antagonism in this region toward the United States nor 
the slightest anti-American feeling. On the contrary, Americans are 
well liked throughout Spain. An American telephone company has 
secured the telephone concession for all Spain, including Seville; there 
are 4 American-made automobiles to 1 from all other countries com- 
bined; and in spite of the deterring factors of long distance, stiff 
competition, and lack of information concerning our country and its 
products, our exports are only exceeded in sales to southern Spain 
by England and France. 

It should be remembered, moreover, that several States of the 
United States were first settled by the Spanish, and it is not neces- 

34206—27—Bull. 42 


328 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


sary to recall the important part played by Spain in our early his- 
tory. At this time many American scholars are studying the early 
history of California, New Mexico, and Florida in the archives at 
Seville, while large groups of our high-school and university teachers 
go annually to Spain to take advantage of the summer course offered 
by the University of Madrid. 

Spain has taken a cordial part in our expositions, and very appro- 
priately in 1893 the three Sevillan caravels of Columbus’s first 
voyage were reproduced by Spain as part of its exhibit at the Chicago 
World’s Fair. They were successfully brought across the Atlantic, 
and one of them, the flagship Santa Maria, is still, or was until quite 
recently, on exhibition in the lagoon at Jackson Park, Chicago. In 
the same park is a reproduction of the convent of La Rabida, the 
original of which still stands near Seville. 

Moreover, it should be understood that acceptance by the United 
States of the invitation to participate in the exposition is regarded 
in all Spain as a sincere and gracious recognition of our debt to 
Columbus. 

The participation of the United States in the Ibero-American 
Exposition, as it is officially called, is in the hands of a commission 
recently appointed by President Coolidge. The work of the com- 
mission is progressing rapidly under the direction of Commissioner 
General Thomas E. Campbell, former Governor of Arizona, who has 
established his offices in Washington. It is very gratifying to learn 
that a very advantageous site has been selected for the building which 
will house the exhibits of the United States Government. 

At a meeting of the commission held last December it was decided 
that this building should be of the Spanish mission type, in deference 
to the strong influence which Spanish colonization has had upon the 
architecture of the United States. With the cooperation of the 
Commission of Fine Arts there have been initiated the first steps 
toward the selection of an architect. 

In order to explain the exposition more thoroughly and to arouse 
interest in it in this country, a group of 25 prominent members of 
the Atheneum of Seville, including authors and artists, arrived in 
New York the early part of February on the S.S. Manuel Arnus, of 
the Royal Spanish Mail Line. Their visit to this country will be 
brief, but during that time their plans call for lectures and displays 
of paintings and motion pictures in New York, Philadelphia, and 
Washington. 

The Commission of the United States of America to the Ibero- 
American International Exposition at Seville is composed of ex-Gov. 
Thomas E. Campbell, of Arizona, Commissioner General; Miss Agnes 
Reppher, of Philadelphia, an author and essayist of great distinction; 
Mrs. Helen Hall Upham, of Chicago, wife of the former treasurer of the 








IN THE GARDENS OF THE IBERO-AMERICAN EXPOSITION 


Upper: Fountain of the bullfrogs. Center: A sun dial. Lower: The Don Quixote Circle 


330 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Republican National Committee; Judge Roderick N. Matson, of 
Cheyenne, Wyoming; Hon. John F. O’Brien, former secretary of 
state of New York State; and George T. Cameron, editor and 
proprietor of the San Francisco Chronicle. 





THE BECQUER MONU- 
MENT 


This monument to Gustavo 
A. Becquer, the ‘‘poet of 
love’? is one of the most 
notable pieces of sculpture 
in the Exposition gardens 


The following will give some idea of the special character of some 
of the exhibits planned: 


GENERAL EXHIBIT OF SPANISH INDUSTRIES: 
(a) Government industrial establishments. Munition works, navy yards, 
aviation factories. 
(b) Communication industries. 
(c) Extracting industries. 
(d) Other manufacturing industries. 
(e) Other industries. ; 


CoLontiaAL EXHIBIT: 


Morocco—Western Africa. 
Historical industry and commerce. 


GRAPHIC INDUSTRY: 


I. Retrospective graphic art works— 
(a) Stone tablets. (6) Old manuscripts. (c) Epoch of the 


Catholic Kings, American historical documents. (d) The 
miniature. African school; Byzantine influence; Mozarabic 
school; Leon school; French and Flemish influence; Guada- 
lupe school; Escorial school; Seville school. Old Mexican 
manuscripts. (e) Paper. Reconstruction of a mill of the 
twelfth century. Modern manufacture of paper. (f) 
Binding. Reconstruction of a parchment paper mill of the 
Middle Ages. Modern binding establishment. (g) Print- 
ing. Reconstruction of a typographical workshop of the 
fifteenth century. Modern workshop. 


IBERO-AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT SEVILLE 331 


GrapHic INpustTry—Continued. 
II. Modern graphic art works— 

(a) Peninsular printing (Christian and Hebrew). (6b) Printing 
press in America. (c) Engraving. Wood and steel engray- 
ing, wood carving, photogravure, photoengraving, lithog- 
raphy, zincography, trichrometic engraving, aqua fortis, 
photography. (d) Ex libris and placards. 

III. Library—Classical works and texts, Sevillan books and books relative 
to America. 

IV. Commerce in books—Books, reviews, magazines, the graphic and 
daily press. 





NOTABLE MONUMENT TO COLUMBUS IN THE 
PRADO GARDENS 


The principal motive of which is the ‘“ Pillars of Hercules” 













dan 


TEC 








BUENOS AIRES, JULY 1-10, 1927 








F IT BE true that any adequate understanding and appreciation 
of the inherent spirit of a people must be looked for along cultural 
and spiritual rather than commercial and political channels, the 
auguries are increasingly favorable for such an approximation be- 

tween the peoples of this hemisphere, in spite of any merely super- 
ficial signs to the contrary, for representative groups of workers in the 
cultural domains of the 21 American peoples are tending more and. 
more to seek, each from the other, moral and spiritual support 
through contacts leading toward greater community of thought and 
solidarity of effort in, their common tasks. 

And thus we reach the Third Pan American Congress of Ar- 
chitects, scheduled to take place in the month of July in the city of 
Buenos Aires, Argentina, the second, it will be recalled, having been 
held in the city of Santiago, Chile, September, 1923. Readers of the 
BULLETIN will recall that it was in this assembly that the idea of 
interchanging students of architecture “for at least partial or post- 
eraduate courses’? was introduced, an idea which was looked upon 
with favor by a majority if not the entire body of delegates, as also 
that of an annual interchange of the exhibits of the architectural 
schools of the Americas. 


I 


The executive committee for the Third Pan American Congress of 
Architects was chosen several months ago at a meeting of prominent 
architects in Buenos Aires.. The officers of this committee, which 
proposes to do everything humanly possible to make the coming 
congress worthy of its predecessors in both its social and profes- 
sional results, are as follows: 

President, Alberto Coni Molina; vice president, Ezequiel M. Real 
de Aztia; secretary general, Francisco Squirru; treasurer, Ratl J. 
Alvarez; chairman of finance committee, Ratl E. Fitte; chairman of 
publicity committee, Juan A. Bercaitz; chairman of exposition com- 
mittee, Arnoldo Arbertolli; and chairman of program and publica- 
tions, Victor J. Jaeschke. 

332 





Q 
>) 


_ 
wy 


ES, UNIVERSITY OF BUENOS AIRI 


~ 


D SOCIAL SCIENC 





Jb 


A 


FACULTY OF LAW 


An architectural model of the building now under construction 


334 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Each committee chairman is assisted by a full complement of 
member architects, while the executive committee counts upon the 
enthusiastic support and cooperation of the entire architectural 
profession in Buenos Aires in general, as well as of the community at 
large. The National Government, the city council, the National 
University of Buenos Aires, and the National Housing Commission 
are among the official entities which will take an active part in the 
Congress, while numerous prominent business firms have contributed 
large sums for the expenses incidental to such an international 
gathering. 

An interesting feature of the executive committee’s work is its 
plan, made especially for the benefit of the delegates from the United 
States, for a trip through a number of the other South American 
countries, including Argentina. This initiative will undoubtedly 
be welcomed by American architects desiring to attend the con- 
gress. Mr. Milton B. Medary, jr., president of the American Insti- 
tute of Architects, has already informed the executive committee of 
interest in the coming congress aroused in architectural circles of the 
United States. The committee on foreign relations of the institute, 
headed by Mr. William Emerson, of Boston, is in charge of United 
States participation. ’ 

I] 


OFFICIAL PROGRAM OF THE THIRD CONGRESS 


One of the first acts of the executive committee was to discuss and 
draft the official program of the congress, which has been approved 
by the permanent committee of the Pan American Association of 
Architects in Montevideo. As will be seen by article 2 of the general 
regulations which follow, this program covers all topics of timely 
interest to the profession. 


JOU 


GENERAL REGULATIONS OF THE THIRD PAN AMERICAN CONGRESS OF 
ARCHITECTS 


ArticLeE 1. The Third Pan American Congress of Architects will meet in the 
city of Buenos Aires, Argentina, in accordance with the motion passed at the 
closing session of the second congress, September 20, 1923, at Santiago, Chile. 

Art. 2. The purpose and objects of the Third Pan American Congress of 
Architects are the following: 

To encourage the advance of architecture by fostering all studies relating to 
the architect’s profession; 

To contribute to a more thorough knowledge of the artistic, scientific, and social 
problems relating to architecture the solution of which especially concerns the 
American nations; 

To promote the adoption of measures dignifying the profession of architect 
and protecting the exercise thereof; and 






































Courtesy of ‘La Mafiana,’’ Montevideo 


EXAMPLE OF URUGUAYAN ARCHITECTURE 
The Jockey Club of Montevideo 


336 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


To foster intellectual interchange for the purpose of forging and preserving 
bonds of solidarity between the architects, the professional associations, and the 
schools of architecture in the American nations. 

Art. 3. The Third Pan American Congress of Architects will take place in 
Buenos Aires from July 1 to 10, 1927, under the auspices of His Excellency the 
President of the Republic, the Ministers of Public Works, Public Instruction, and 
Foreign Relations, the mayor and the president of the city council of the capital, 
the president of the National University of Buenos Aires, and the dean of the 
School of Exact, Physical, and Natural Sciences. 

Art. 4. The congress shall be composed of full and associate members. The 
following shall be entitled to be full members: 

The official delegates of governments, institutions of learning, and professional 
associations; members of previous congresses; graduate architects requesting 
membership; and persons especially invited. 

Full members of the congress shall pay a minimum fee of 20 pesos,! Argentine 
paper currency. 

The following may be associate members: Professional architects, students, 
and persons interested in the congress, any of whom may become members by 
paying a minimum fee of 10 pesos, Argentine paper currency. 

Art. 5. Persons desiring to become either full or associate members should 
send a written request for membership to the executive committee or to the 
national committee in their respective countries, inclosing the proper member- 
ship fee. 

Checks or drafts sent to the executive committee should be drawn to the order 
of Seftor Rail J. Alvarez, treasurer, Calle Piedras No. 80, Buenos Aires, Argentina. 

Art. 6. Full members shall have the right to present papers, attend the meet- 
ings of the congress, take part in the discussions, vote, and receive all publica- 
tions issued by the congress. 

Associate members shall have the right to present papers and will also receive 
all publications. 

Art. 7. The organization of the congress is in charge of the executive committee, 
the committee on the Pan American Exposition of Architecture, and the national 
committees of the other American nations. 

Art. 8. The executive committee shall have charge of the organization and 
direction of the congress until its close. It shall receive all communications and 
publish the proceedings and transactions of the congress. It shall have the 
power to appoint special committees and shall keep in close touch with the 
national committees of the various countries. 

Art. 9. The national committees shall have charge of organizing the attendance 
from their respective countries, acting as intermediaries between the members of 
the congress resident in the other American nations and the executive committee. 
These committees shall have charge of receiving the adhesions, papers, and fees 
of members of the congress. 

Art. 10. The congress shall take up the following subjects: 

Reports on topics included in the official program of the congress. 

Subjects recommended to the consideration of special committees or of the 
executive committee. 

Personal communications and papers. 

Art. 11. The official program for the congress, approved by the permanent 
committee of the Pan American Association of Architects, includes the following 
topics: 

1. The architect in America, and his professional activities. 





1The Argentine paper peso equals $.4245. 


Wi. 4 

i ) 

i, Meebo 
Roane aH 





Courtesy of ‘‘ Arquitectura,’’ Montevideo 
A NEW RESIDENCE IN MONTEVIDEO 


This modern home of Spanish type was designed by a Uruguayan architect. Upper: Exterior. Lower; 
Entrance hall, at the right, and one end of the living room 





338 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


2. Adoption of minimum course of study for degree of architect in the universi- 
ties of America, so that such a degree conferred by any university may be re- 
cognized in all other countries of the American Continent. 

3. Association of architects for the protection of their profession; best methods 
to be employed. 

4. Spiritual orientation of architecture in America. 

5. Amendment of laws and regulations in consonance with the technical, 
advance and requirements of present-day architecture. 

6. Orientations for instruction in the science of construction in American 
schools of architecture. 

7. City planning in its relation to architecture. 

8. Public and private competitions in American countries. 

9. Social problems to be considered in the exercise of the profession; the 
architect’s work in the light of modern legislation. 

10. Various subjects. (Under this heading will fall all papers of a technical, 
artistic, legal, and social character.) 

Arr. 12. The congress shall hold public plenary sessions. 

The chairman of the preliminary session of the congress shall be the chairman 
of the executive committee. At this session the honorary committee and the 
presidents and vice presidents of the congress shall be elected. 

At the closing session the congress shall designate the place and date for its 
next meeting. 

The program for the labors of the congress shall be formulated by the executive 
committee. 

Art. 13. Persons charged with presenting reports on subjects in the official 
programs shall send their papers to the executive committee before May 15, 
1927, addressed to Sefior Francisco Squirru, secretary general, Calle Piedras No. 
80, Buenos Aires, Argentina. 

Art. 14. The maximum time permitted to each speaker shall be as follows: 
Reports, 20 minutes; communications, 10 minutes; and discussion of reports and 
communications, 5 minutes. 

Each speaker shall have the floor only once. <A speaker shall be allowed 10 
minutes at the close of a discussion to sustain his conclusions. 

The time permitted to a speaker may be increased only by special vote of the 
congress. 

Art. 15. The written text of reports, communications, and résumés of debates 
should be delivered to the office of the secretary general the day following the 
respective session. 

Art. 16. The national committees of the American nations shall have the 
right to propose to the executive committee members to report on official subjects. 

Art. 17. The official languages of the congress shall be Spanish, Portuguese, 
English, and French. 

Art. 18. Any question not covered by these regulations which may come up 
during the sessions shall be settled by the congress. 


IV 
PAN AMERICAN EXPOSITION OF ARCHITECTURE 


Simultaneously with the congress there shall be held a Pan Ameri- 
can Exposition of Architecture, the program for which, prepared by 
the respective committee and approved by the executive committee, 
is as follows: 


THIRD PAN AMERICAN CONGRESS OF ARCHITECTS 339 








CUBAN ARCHITECTURE 


One of the newer apartment houses in Habana, Cuba 


PROGRAM OF THE THIRD PAN AMERICAN EXPOSITION OF ARCHITECTURE 


The organizing committee of the Third Pan American Exposition of Architec- 
ture has the honor of inviting the architects of the American nations to take part 
in the aforesaid exposition, which will take place in the city of Buenos Aires, 
Argentina, concurrently with the Third Pan American Congress of Architects to 
be held July 1-10, 1927. 

The objectives of professional dignity and solidarity and of intellectual inter- 
change set forth in the declaration of principles of the third congress will be 
complemented by this exposition, which will be the best means of forming lasting 
technical and artistic contacts between the architects of America, thus con- 
tinuing the effective action of the two preceding congresses. 


340 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





AN EXAMPLE OF CUBAN ARCHITECTURE 
/ 


A recently built"homefin a suburb of Habana 


The Third Pan American Exposition of Architecture will, it is hoped, be the 
most complete demonstration of the architectural attainment of all the countries 
of America, one which clearly shows the tendencies of their respective schools 
and of other professional efforts toward the improvement of architecture. 

Considering the great importance of this exposition as a demonstration of pro- 
fessional progress, the organizing committee does not doubt that all architects 
and deans and professors of schools of architecture, as well as chiefs of public 
and private bureaus, will cooperate toward its success by using their prestige 
and influence to secure the contribution of drawings and plans to be there ex- 
hibited. 

The exposition will consist of three sections, for architects, institutions, and 
students, respectively, which will be subdivided as follows: 

I. Section for architects: 

Class 1— Designs for public buildings and monuments. 

Class 2—Designs for private buildings. 

Class 8—Private monuments. . 

Class 4— Decorative designs. 

Class 5—Architectural details and motives. 

Class 6—City planning; landscape architecture. 

Class 7—Work in American archaeology. 

Class 8—Photographs of buildings already erected or of designs. 

II. Section for public and private institutions: 

Class 1—Ministries and bureaus of public works and offices of national, 

provincial, and municipal architects. 

Class 2—Private architectural or construction offices, companies, or societies. 

(These designs should bear the signature of the respective architects) . 
III. Section for students: 
Class 1—School work. 


- 


THIRD PAN AMERICAN CONGRESS OF ARCHITECTS 341 


Class 2—Designs presented for degrees. Designs in this class must have been 
executed in faculties or schools conferring the degree of architect 
in accordance with programs authorized by such institutions and 
under the immediate supervision of their professors. In addition 
to the signatures of the student and professor concerned, the name 
of the faculty or school and the city and nation where it is located 
must appear in a prominent place. 


SELECTION OF THE EXHIBITS 


The exhibits of residents of Argentina should be sent directly to the committee 
of the Third Pan American Exposition of Architecture, which is empowered to 
make a choice of those submitted. 

The exhibits of residents of other countries should be delivered to the national 
committees of their respective nations, which committees are empowered to make 
a choice of exhibits submitted, sending those accepted to the committee of the 
Third Pan American Exposition of Architecure. 





A TYPE OF CENTRAL AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE 
The Estrada Cabrera Practical School for Young Women in Guatemala City 


All customhouse permits, bills of lading, or freight notifications should be sent 
to Sefor Arnoldo Albertolli, chairman of the exposition committee, Calle Piedras 
No. 80, Buenos Aires, Argentina. 

These provisions apply to exhibits in all classes, without exception. 


SELECTION OF THE JURIES 


The executive committee of the third congress shall appoint in due season two 
juries: The jury of award, composed of at least 15 members, representing all 
countries participating in the congress, which jury shall award the prizes in 
Sections I and II; and the university jury, composed of professors of architecture 
of the countries participating in the congress, which jury shall award the prizes in 
Section III. 

The juries may annul any of the prizes. 


342 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


PRIZES 


In Sections I and II of the exposition the following prizes shall be awarded to 
each nation participating: 

(a) A prize of honor and diploma. 

(6) Gold medals and diplomas. 

(c) Silver medals and diplomas. 

(d) The honorable mentions which the jury may deem proper. 

In Section III the following prizes shall be awarded for each course of each 
school participating: ; 

(a) A gold medal and diploma. 

(b) A silver medal and diploma. 

(c) The honorable mentions which the jury may deem proper. 


“MINISTRY OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION’’? GRAND PRIZE 


In each section there shall be awarded to the best exhibit a special prize con- 
sisting of a grand gold medal, offered by His Excellency the Minister of Public 
Instruction of Argentina. This prize shall be awarded by the respective jury, 
augmented by a representative of the minister mentioned. 


GRAND PRIZE OF HONOR 


The two juries united may by a majority of votes award a single grand prize 
of honor to the best exhibit in the exposition. 


) DATE OF DELIVERY 


All exhibits should be received in Buenos Aires before June 15, 1927. 
By the exposition committee: 
ARNOLDO ALBERTOLLI, Chairman 


ANGEL. Crocr Musica. Jost A. HortTat. 
Huaco GaRBARINI. Luis J. MorENOo DE Mesa. 
Oscar GONZALEZ. RAFAEL ORLANDI. 


IstDORO GUREVITZ. ENRIQUE G. QUINCKE. 

















By Freperick L. HorrmMan 


Consulting Statistician, The Prudential Insurance Company of America 


I—THE VALLEY OF MEXICO 


BOUT 10 miles from the heart of the City of Mexico lies the 
beautiful suburb of Tacubaya, famous the scientific world 
over for its meteorological observatory, which reflects the 
higher aspirations of the educated Mexican, anxious to see 

his country in the forefront of nations aiming at exactitude and con- 
tinuity of weather observations. Hidden away in the rambling build- 
ings of archaic construction, two obscure natives of the rarest skill 
have been at work for five or six years on the construction of an 
extraordinary relief model of the Valley of Mexico, possibly 20 by 
30 feet in size. When finished, it will be possible to grasp at a glance 
the true significance of one of nature’s most impressive productions, 
modified through the centuries by the patience and determination of 
the human mind. For what is now largely a fertile plain some 70 
miles in length and 40 miles wide was, ages ago, a shallow lake, the 
draining of which constitutes one of the greatest of engineering 
achievements. 

No visitor to the City of Mexico is likely to miss a journey to the 
pyramids of San Juan Teotihuacdn, the most impressive memorials 
of the Aztec and pre-Aztec civilizations. The effect upon the mind 
is overpowering. How did any people without the modern instru- 
mental aids to architectural design and building construction succeed 
in evolving this magnificent conception of a group of structures 
serving, probably, chiefly ceremonial purposes? To me the Ciuda- 
dela or citadel was even more impressive than the Pyramid of the 
Sun, marvelous as it is. Of gruesome interest is the small pyramid 
in the center of the Ciudadela, supposed to have contained at its 
summit the sacrificial stone which is now on exhibition in the National 
Museum. Far away stretches the highway of the dead, the lane of 
sorrow where thousands of victims had their last glimpse of the 
great valley and its fringe of towering mountain heights. Much 
of all this has been restored, and more is being restored. With truly 

34206—27—Bull. 4 —3 343 


344 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


commendable enterprise the Mexican Government has set itself the 
task of reconstructing, as far as this is possible, the monumental 
remains of its prehistoric people. Slowly the evidence is increasing 
along many important lines of research. A massive three-volume 
work by Doctor Gamio, has been published on the population of 
Teotihuacén, which surpasses anything that has been written or 
published regarding any particular tribe of North American Indians. 

It would be utterly futile on my part to attempt a description of 
this amazing reminder of the height of the pre-Aztec civilization. 
Many interesting works have been written regarding the then known 
remains, but more is being discovered almost from day to day. There 
is a gem of a museum at the “archeological reservation”? where one 





THE CIUDADELA, SAN JUAN, TEOTIHUACAN 


may see a finely made model of the pyramids and the Ciudadela, 
but no stretch of the imagination can construct an adequate picture 
of life as it must have been lived here for generations. 

Nor is a visit to the City of Mexico complete without a trip, if 
possible on a Sunday, to the Floating Gardens of Xochimilco. The 
scene is a never-to-be-forgotten experience. Hundreds of little boats 
mingle with gayly decorated barges in a joyous throng of idlers out 
for a holiday. Flower boats jostle boats laden with fruits and a 
wide range of Mexican eatables, which the stranger, with some regard 
for his digestion, would better let alone. Other little boats are mini- 
ature cookshops, where stately Indian women may be seen frying 
chicken or making tortillas, while the inevitable pot of beans is never 
absent. But it is the flower boats, with their eager maids and misses, 
that appeal most to the eye hungry for the picturesque. Slowly 


MEXICO’S PRE-COLUMBIAN REMAINS 345 


amid this teeming mass the pleasure barges make their way up the 
long canal to the head of navigation, where at a good restaurant 
one may eat and dance in comfort and at leisure. The crowds 
represent all strata of society mingling in democratic fashion, with 
never a harsh word or offensive gesture. There is no drunkenness, 
no pushing nor crowding for some point of vantage. It is like a magic 
lantern show of an impossible fantastic dream. 

Where all the flowers come from is a riddle, but so is the barge 
journey past numerous laterals of the canal system which all seem 
to end in a mysterious cul-de-sac. One would like to go on and on, 
but the return journey to the city consumes much time and a short 
stop-over must be made at San Angel, a lovely suburb of Mexico 





XOCHIMILCO CANAL — 


No visit to the Mexican capital is complete without a trip to the floating gardens of Xochimilco in one of 
the small flower decorated boats 


City with an ancient church and the remains of a convent containing 
many interesting relics... . 


Ii. MERIDA-UXMAL 


Of all the countless many who visit Yucatan, few indeed go to Uxmal. 
Even among the natives it is rare to find one who has taken the trouble 
to make the journey. For several days I tried to find a person who 
could give me exact information, but my quest was unsuccessful. 
After diligent inquiry I learned of two alternative routes and I chose 
the one by way of Muna, a station on the Yucatan railway about 15 
miles more or less, from Mérida. The train leaves at 4 p. m. and 
arrives about two hours later. I had been told that there would be a 
motor car at the station, but there was none in sight. Making inquiry 


346 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


in broken Spanish, I was addressed by a gentleman who proved to be 
the director of schools, Sefior Telesforo Paros, a native of British 
Honduras but a resident of the Maya country since he was 4 years 
of age. He proved a veritable godsend, for he at once agreed to give 
me lodgment in his home for the two nights of my stay, find the motor 
car owner to take me to the ruins in the morning, and directed me to 
the Fonda where | could obtain plain but substantial food. Intending 
visitors to Uxmal should not fail to look up Senor Paros at Muna, who 
will be glad to introduce them to the president of the municipality, 
Sefior Maximo Ferrara, a most amiable gentleman, anxious to do his 
part in behalf of his community. Muna may not easily be found 
on the map, but it has a lasting place in a corner of my heart, for itis a 
lovely Maya village, typical of the peaceful, industrious life of its 
people. 

I left for Uxmal at 6 in the morning. It takes about two hours by 
motor car over roads which are occasionally so rough as to make 
walking necessary. The country passed through is rather monoto- 
nous, but with here and there a henequen field or a patchof corn. Near 
to the ruins is the historic hacienda, now almost in ruins. Looking 
back from near this point one has a wonderful panoramic view of the 
Maya country, a vast plain covered with a low, stunted growth lke a 
western prairie, with a haze on the horizon resembling the sea. Once 
upon a time, perhaps a thousand years ago or more, there may have 
lived nearly 2,000,000 Mayas in this area whose social and economic 
organization must have been of a high order, for the ruins at Uxmal 
indicate that only a vast population could have brought these colossal 
monumental remains into existence and to their high order of archi- 
tectural perfection. The first effect of the ruins is one of stupen- 
dous confusion. There is nothing in our modern building methods 
that affords a basis of comparison. There are several outstanding 
features, however, which at once attract one’s attention. The first is 
the Pyramid Temple, a huge structure resembling the structure at 
San Juan Teotihuacan in the valley of Mexico. Holmes gives the 
height of this pyramid as 80 feet, but the ascent by a flight of rude 
stone steps is so steep that I did not dare risk it. On the summit is a 
plateau of about 22 by 80 feet which contains a remarkable structure 
clearly visible, in outline, from the ground. Back of the pyramid is the 
Governor’s Palace, considered by Holmes, than whom there is no 
better authority, as ‘‘justly regarded as the most important single 
structure of its class in Yucatan and for that matter, in America.” 
I wandered for an hour through its deserted halls and rooms, admiring 
the half-obliterated frescoes, so admirably drawn by Catherton for the 
classic report on the ruins by Stevens, published in 1843. Modern 
investigators have an easier time of it, nor need anyone now apprehend 
the ‘dire results” of even a single night’s exposure to the ‘deadly 


MEXICO’S PRE-COLUMBIAN REMAINS 347 


miasma”’ of the locality since the risk of contracting malaria, except 
by utterly reckless exposure, is practically nil. 

It would be utterly beyond my feeble powers of description to do 
justice to the majestic beauty and classic grandeur of these and other 
buildings at Uxmal. I climbed the steep sides of the Nunnery in the 
boiling sun, aided by some native-made ladders more or less in decay. 
But I did not have the courage to brave the noonday sun for a walk 
to the House of the Pigeons, an extraordinary structure, clearly visible 
perhaps a third of a mile away. There are as yet few roadways or 
easy trails which would make a short visit as profitable as it might 
easily be made. No one intending to go to Uxmal should omit taking 











Photograph by Ernest L. Crandall 
RUINS OF UXMAL, YUCATAN 
These colossal remains could“only have been brought into existence by a vast population of a high order 


of social and economic organization. The great pyramid appears at the right, with the ruins of the 
Ball Court in the foreground and the Nunnery in the distance 


with him a copy of the monograph by Holmes on the ruins of Yucatan, 
published by the Field Columbian Museum in 1895. More thorough 
students should, of course, read the two-volume report by Stevens, 
which can not be matched by anything of more recent date. 

It was my good fortune at Muna to meet the Government inspector 
of ruins, whose name unfortunately I failed to get. He was extremely 
helpful and provided for my care at the keeper’s lodge, where I ob- 
tained a simple repast and a room to swing my hammock for a siesta. 
Provided with a Yucatan hammock, a sheet, perhaps a blanket, one 
is practically independent, for almost any house contains some extra 
hooks and one may rest in peace and at almost nominal expense. 
The country is perfectly safe and women may feel secure anywhere, 


348 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


especially if they take the precaution to pay a courtesy call upon the 
President at Muna, for which Sefior Paros will gladly arrange. The 
motor-car ride to the ruins for a party of three costs only $10. Meals 
cost next to nothing, albeit there is not much to eat. But at the 
fonda, the senora will broil or fry a chicken, furnish tortillas and some 
spaghetti, finishing with coffee and cakes, all for the sum of 75 cents 
for a party of three. 

I shall always recall my two evenings in Muna as one of the most 
delightful experiences of my life, near to the edge of the primitive. 
One could not wish for a more peaceful pastoral scene than this settle- 
ment at eventide when the men come home from the fields, when the 
women go to the town well for water, when the children play ball, and 
the faithful return from evening service. The sunset was glorious 
and the cloud effects just before a storm superb. It did not take 
much to transform the whole into a New England hillside, for here in 
the Maya country practically every house has its stone fence which is 
whitewashed, and everything about the premises is scrupulously clean. 
The men and women are well dressed to suit the climate. There is 
neither riches nor poverty, no crime nor disorder. But it wasin a sub- 
dued voice that some one related to me the tale of the late revolution, 
when every tree around the pleasant plaza served the hangman’s 
purpose. . . 

The director of the schools kindly saw me to the train in the early 
hours of the morning. The fonda was open at 5.30 and as I entered, 
a turkey, a pig, a chicken, a dog, and a duck took their leave. Yet 
here, if anywhere in Mexico, I would like to have lingered, for to gain 
a real glimpse into the life and soul of primitive man gives one in very 
truth a touch of the Infinite. As I sat on the steps of the municipal 
hall I tried to visualize to myself the long train of population changes 
that this area must have witnessed during 1,000 years or more, only to 
realize the utter inadequacy of any mental process by which the great 
past of the Maya race can be reconstructed, for from whence they 
came, what gods they worshipped, by what rulers they were governed, 
and whence they vanished is all an imponderable mystery to which the 
key has been irretrievably lost. 


III. CHICHEN-ITZA 


The train for Dzitas, the railway station for Chichén-Itz& on the 
line to Valladolid, leaves the Union Station of Mérida at 5.30a.m. It 
is advisable to go early, for the ticket window is apt to be crowded, 
since several trains leave at the same time. I had some difficulty in 
finding out about Dzitas, for few in Mérida with whom I discussed the 
matter had made the journey to the ruins. The train reaches Dzitas 
at about 10.30, after making 14 stops of more or less length. The dis- 
tance is about 135 kilometers. The intervening stops should be care- 


MEXICO’S PRE-COLUMBIAN REMAINS 349 


fully watched, for stations are not called out and they are seldom 
properly marked. I had wired in advance to Mr. Palito Pantojas, 
the representative of Professor Morley, who met me with a car a little 
later, after I had eaten a simple breakfast in the inn to which a teacher, 
speaking fairly good English, had directed me. It is amazing how 
common it is in this country to meet people who have at least some 
slight knowledge of English. 

The distance from Dzitas, a pleasant little Maya town, to the ruins 
is, I think, 40 kilometers, taking just about one hour’s run over a hard 
though not always very smooth road. The country passed through 
is uninteresting—a low, level plain covered with underbrush. Every- 
where are stone fences and few houses outside of the villages. Sud- 
denly the ruins come into view. The first that met my eyes was the 
ereat pyramid, a colossal pile of earth and masonry with more than 
a hundred steep steps crowned by a temple, which is in course of 


ee 








ioe 
is 
Courtesy of ‘‘ Excelsior.’’ Mexico 


THE DZITAS—CHICHEN-ITZA HIGHWAY 


The beginning at Dzitas of the road which leads to the ruins of Chichén-Itza 


being restored. In a general way the pyramid is like the one at Uxmal 
and probably served the same ceremonial or sacrificial purposes. 
The steps are so narrow and steep that I did not venture to make the 
ascent. All about the pyramid are other structures, overshadowed 
by the ‘Castillo,’ a truly imperial building worthy of a place among 
the ruins of ancient Rome. This vast building is also on the crown of 
a sort of pyramid or earth cone, faced with cut stone in the form of 
steep steps which lead to the top. In this case I could not resist the 
temptation, and made the rather difficult climb, being well repaid for 
my courage and my exertion, for the heat was very trying. 

How can one attempt a description of something that is simply 
indescribable, for all comparisons are wanting unless it be with the 
remnants of the ‘‘Grandeur that was Rome” and the ‘Glory that 
was Greece.’”’ But in the case of the Maya ruins the task is enor- 
mously complicated by the absence of a definite ground plan or sym- 


350 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION : 


metrical conception of the several leading structures. They seem to 
have been placed, arbitrarily, without a purposive objective in their 
relation. to each other. The Mayas also seem to have had no clear 
conception of streets or of roadways and avenues, facilitating approach 
from one great building to the other. Hence each structure, pyramid, 
temple, or building stands out by itself and may possibly have served 
some isolated purposes. 

The effect of the first view of the Castillo on the eye is as though 
some Scottish Rite temple had been bodily transferred to the Maya 
jungle. Some of the frescos and carvings are well preserved and here 
and there are still traces of ancient wall paintings in bright colors. 





Courtesy of ‘‘Excelsior,’’ Mexico 


THE GREAT PYRAMID TEMPLE, “EL CASTILLO” 


A truly imperial building and the principal temple of the ruins 


The height of the structure is about 80 feet, according to Professor 
Holmes. 

My climb of 90 feet in the broiling sun, with the help of my guide, 
was made with some apprehension, especially as regards the return. 
It is a dizzy height from which to look down but a scene of matchless 
grandeur. Structure after structure comes into sight. There is the 
Temple of the Tigers, the Temple of the Tables, the Temple of the 
Cones, while in the distance one can see the impressive outlines of the 
Round Tower or Caracol, and last, not least, the group of buildings 
known as the Casa de Monjas or the Palace Nunnery. Between 
these are smaller pyramids and buildings, many not yet covered with 


MEXICO’S PRE-COLUMBIAN REMAINS 351 


débris or undergrowth. I made my way to the Round Tower, perhaps 
the most unique structure of its kind in the Maya country. It con- 
tains a spiral stairway now partly in ruins. It is located on a mound 
and is easy of access. Until the tower is reconstructed it is next to 
impossible to clearly trace its outlines. The best description of the 
tower is by Professor Holmes. 

Wandering among the ruins, filled with awe and admiration for the 
genius of these ancient builders, there likewise came to me the thought 
of profound respect for the transcendent ability and daring imagery 
of Prof. Sylvanus G. Morley who, in behalf of the Carnegie Institution 
is reconstructing and rebuilding the Chichén-Itz4 ruins so as to restore 





Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington 


TEMPLE OF THE WARRIORS, CHICHEN-ITZA 


The excavation of this temple in 1925, and the subsequent work of reconstruction is one of the most con- 
spicuous achievements of the Carnegie Institution in the Yucatan region 


for future generations some clear picture of the greatest achievements 
of the Mayarace. The work of Professor Morley is one of the most 
audacious and toilsome attempts ever made to rebuild the van- 
ished cities of the past in any part of the world. Sitting in the broil- 
ing sun I watched the workmen carrying loads of stone and timber to 
the top of the great pyramid, reminding me of the toilers of old when 
these structures were originally built, probably by slave labor. With 
infinite pains and extraordinary skill the scattered fragments are 
being put together, and by slow degrees the old structures are being 
re-created and made comparable with the greatest architectural monu- 
ments of European antiquity. When, some years hence, the work of 
Professor Morley is finished, Yucatan will offer to the western world 


352 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the greatest attraction in what is beautiful and eternally impressive 
as the silent memorial of the genius of a vanished race. The project 
itself symbolizes America’s highest idealism in rendering aid and guid- 
ance to another nation not in a position to undertake the work on a 
scale proportionate to its magnitude. Those who have had the priy- 
ilege of witnessing what is being done at Chichén-Itz& must needs 
bow in reverence to the memory of Andrew Carnegie, whose bene- 
faction made this magnificent undertaking a possibility. Likewise, 
the visitor must feel grateful toward the Carnegie Institution, which 
is here erecting a monument to its own far-sighted wisdom, for what 





THE “CASA DE MONJAS” OR “NUNNERY” 


The largest and most imposing residential structure in Chichén-itza, which was probably the palace of 
the reigning family, although called a nunnery by the early Spanish conquerors 


is being done now at Chichén-Itz4 will never be permitted to perish 
or fall into decay. 

I was kindly cared for at the hacienda where a Korean furnished 
me with my meals, a good bed to sleep in, and a shady veranda for 
a long siesta. On my return to the station at Dzitas I stopped for a 
while at a Maya home where I was addressed in fairly fluent English 
by a young girl who had been for five years a student at the American 
school in Mérida. The home consisted of one room, two or three 
hammocks, a table, and a few chairs, but it carried the breath of true 
culture and of the never-failing grace and courtesy of the Maya 
people. 


S 
Stas} 


INCAN WEAYVID 


( ; ¢ @ © @ 
Ls @ 20 Q 











I 
THE INCAN LOOM? 


By Fausto Burgos 


N AN ancient vase preserved in the Larco Herrera Museum 
in Lima is depicted the primitive Incan loom, the same 
very simple loom still used by the Keswas of the Kosko, 
the regions of Quispi-Kanchis, and in general by the 

dwellers on the high Peruvian plateau. In the vase representation 
various women are seen weaving, seated on the ground; each has 
one of the rollers tied to her waist, while the other is fastened to a 
stick. On the ground appear wooden blocks employed in making 
printed textiles, receptacles in which the cochineal dye was kept, 
and various kinds of adjusting tools, the weft being beaten into place 
by means of the huihuina, the rokey used nowadays by the Peruvian 
Keswas. 

No loom could be more simple than this which has been handed 
down unchanged in Peru. The author himself saw such looms in 
operation in the Mutu-Chaka prison in the Kosko, where several 
prisoners were weaving blankets of vicufia and sheep’s wool. One 
roller was bound to the waist, while the other was attached to a tree 
by arope. By withdrawing to a convenient distance from the tree 
the weaver kept the warp threads taut. On these looms can be 
woven unbleached cloth, double-faced textiles, and knotted materials 
(huatay), and in general anything in which the pattern is formed by 
the warp (blankets, licllas, etc.). The width of the cloth is never 


_— 


LV 

\ fain a 

SS 2a 
ax—Q—= 





COPY OF AN INCAN VASE 





1 From Riel y Fomento, Buenos Aires, December, 1926. 


353 





TYPE OF INCAN LOOM IN ACTUAL USE 





SMALL HAND LOOM SHOWING NATIVE PATTERN 





TYPE OF LOOM USED BY AYMARA INDIANS 


INCAN WEAVINGS 355 


greater than 80 centimeters (32 inches). As the length increases 
the weaver winds the finished portion upon the nearer roller. 

We have also seen on the Bolivian and Argentine high plateau 
a small loom, a modification of that just described, which is used by 
the women who weave chumpis (double-faced Incan sashes). The 
weaver works seated on the ground. She fastens the one small roller 
to her waist; at the other end the warp unwinds from a stake. She 
also beats the weft into place with the huchuina. 

The primitive Incan loom did, however, pass through an evolu- 
tionary process. The two rollers were retained, but four stakes 
fixed in the ground were added, the latter being characteristic of the 
puna and Aymara looms. In this type, the rollers are tied in a 
parallel position to the fixed stakes. The weaver seats herself on 
the ground, and as the web grows in length she rolls it up, thus 






q iC 
“tea aia ‘a 
gS : ) ! Ig \ a 

q ly iy | \ , 


ui 





























ZZ 


LLY TY, 

















INCAN UPRIGHT LOOM 


bringing the front beam nearer the other. Such a loom is described 
by Padre Cobo in his notable work called Historia del Nuevo Mundo 
(History of the New World): 


The looms are so small and so low in cost that one may be set up with two 
round sticks as thick as the arm and of three or four elbow lengths. On one 
stick they wind the warp_and on the other they roll up the cloth, and in order 
that this may be firm and well stretched, they fix in the ground four stakes each 
a palm’s width in height, two at one side and two at the other, about a yard 
and a half apart, and more or less as they wish, according to the cloth to be 
woven. To two of the stakes they tie one of the two round sticks, and to the 
other two the second stick, so that the cloth is raised a palm’s width from the 
ground and is kept taut. They set up these looms at the doors of their houses, 
either in the open air or in their patios. Every time they set themselves to 
weave, after they cease work they carry away the cloth, rolling up on one stick 
the warp which has been unwound, but always leaving the four stakes set in 
the ground. 


Garcilaso de la Vega, the Inca, also describes upright looms. 
This type is no longer used on the Peruvian, Bolivian and Argentine 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


306 
high plateau, but is still found in southern Chile, in the Argentine 
Provinces of San Juan and Mendoza, and in Patagonia. The weaver 
seats herself on the ground, attaching the rollers to two fixed stakes 
and withdrawing the former as the cloth increases in length. 






Wi kay 
yy 
hal 

Yy 


A variation of this type is the slanting loom, common in Mendoza 
and Neuquén (Argentina). The rollers are tied to two large beams, 
the latter being firmly propped against an adobe wall or the eaves 


of the house. 








(Se 
Ph 
i z e 
af ae | we ult om 
ea" ——— 


CREOLE LOOM 


The Argentine native loom is the last word in hand looms for use 
at home. It consists of four firmly set forked poles, two lengthwise 
pieces resting upon them, a crosspiece supporting the reed and 
heddles, two or more treadles, and two rollers. Such native looms 
we have seen in Salta, Catamarca, La Rioja, San Luis, Cordoba, 


and San Juan. 


INCAN: WEAVINGS 357 


1 
ARAUCANIAN TEXTILES! 


By GuautTerRIo LoosER 


Assistant, Anthropological Section, National Museum of Chile; Associate Member, 
Chilean Academy of Natural Sciences, Santiago 


One of the most marked characteristics of our times is the interest 
shown in the peoples of remote ages and their cultures. The modern 
world glances backward. To prove this it will be enough to remem- 
ber the expectations aroused by the discovery of the tomb of Pharach 
Tut-ankh-amen. An omnivorous public devours the books on eth- 
nology and archeology; and the arts engendered by ancient eiviliza- 
tions, which we might have given up as dead, are coming back to life. 
Exotic things have become the fashion; Buddha statues are displayed 
everywhere (as well as objects imitated from the Egyptian), together 
with African sculpture, Inca ceramics, and so on. 

A world whose creative powers are tired or exhausted is copying 
the old. Now it has turned to erudition. All of which may be taken 
as a natural consequence of the too rapid pace of present-day 
civilization. 

Our age of science goes in for complicated, even if wonderful, 
machinery, or chemical products that would greatly astound the 
ancient alchemist. It does not know, however, how to achieve the 
simple, the humble, the spontaneous thing. And this is why it has 
come to appreciate anything that shows those qualities. 

Among such things we find Araucanian rugs and blankets, currently 
known in Chile as Choapinos, which we wish to make the subject of 
this study. 

Of the several native peoples populating Chile at the time of the 
Spanish conquest, back in the first half of the fifteenth century, one 
alone was able to ward off the invaders. The others were either 
destroyed or absorbed by the whites. But when the Spaniards, made 
overconfident by their thus far success, attempted to penetrate the 
Araucanian country, they found a formidable resistance. 

This people, whose home spreads from the Bio-Bio River to Relon- 
cavi Sound, and from the Cordilleras to the Pacific, over a territory 
100 miles wide by 500 miles long, with a considerable overflow on 
the Argentine pampas, lived the most simple life, without a central 
government, yet they knew how to organize for war. Led by ener- 
getic and heroic chieftains, such as Caupolican, Lautaro, and Gal- 
varino, they defeated the Spaniards and finally captured their com- 
mander, Valdivia, and put him to death. It was of no avail that 





1 Chile, New York, January-February, 1927. 


358 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Spain sent considerable reinforcements to Chile, veteran troops that 
had covered themselves with glory in Flanders, in France, and Italy. 
They succeeded occasionally in subjugating a more or less large portion 
of the Araucanian territory, building there fortresses and mapping 
out towns; nevertheless as soon as they grew overconfident an 
Indian uprising would come to destroy in a few hours all that their 
patient effort had built theretofore. 

At last Spain had to admit the uselessness of its campaign and leave 
the Araucanians practically independent during the whole of the 
colonial period. Not until well past the war of Independence, toward 
the middle of the last century, did the Chilean Army put an end 
for good to the Araucanian resistance. Their land, formerly covered 


SS} > 
SSR, 


N 
N 
al 
N 
\ 
N 


ae | 
YA | 


LY, | 
ry 


Lhe 
REESE SES ES EOS SSS SS SESS SSS 


LhLiilillileillll. 


K 


RSS 


es ‘" A 


\ 
da oe) ‘a 
ee a : | A 

73 : Winds 


WO GREEN ////// hates HEIN RED HEBD BLACK. Ts by the Author 


| 
y 
g 
d 
j 
j 
G 
y 
A 
G 
g 
y 
g 
j 
3 
l 
Y 
j 
g 
G 
Y 
Ys 
j 
d 
A 
y 
g 
_ 








LLLLLLA LM 





Fig. 1—AN ARAUCANIAN BLANKET 


by impassable forests, is to-day dotted with prosperous fast-growing 
cities, and the fields are everywhere cultivated by modern methods. 
The land of Arauco is at present one of the largest production centers 
of Chile, and the one with the greatest future. 

Unfortunately, the Araucanians, as other primitive races, are inca- 
pable of assimilating a sudden inrush of foreign ways. Their present 
condition is one of utter decadence, with very few individual 
exceptions. 

Let us now plunge into our particular subject. The taste for the 
handicraft of our Indians, and especially for their hand-woven blan- 
kets, is in full vogue. One seldom visits any Chilean town without 
meeting in the street the peddlers of Araucanian Choapinos with a 


INCAN WEAVINGS 309 


Pt nl SE 


Fic.2—A TRARIHUE WITH THE CONVENTIONALIZED HUMAN FORM 





load of bright-colored rugs on their backs. Some of their best cus- 
tomers are the foreign tourists, and especially the ever-increasing 
number of American visitors to Chile. 

Genuine Araucanian weavings are made in and around the town 
of Temuco, in southern Chile, where there is a dense Indian popula- 
tion, and numerous families earn a livelihood from this industry. 

But it is only fair to warn that not every blanket that is sold as an 
Araucanian product is made by the Indians. A number of factories 
have sprung up in Santiago, Concepcion, and other Chilean cities 
where the imitation article is manufactured on a large scale. J am 
sorry to say that the products of this industry are marred by serious 
defects. Their ornamental motives are, as a rule, entirely alien to 
the Araucanian patterns. It is only charitable to add that the mer- 
chant has been handicapped in this enterprise by the lack of knowl- 
edge of the Indian arts, since no systematical study has been pub- 
lished about them, although several monographs have been written 
by Chilean and foreign specialists on some branch of the subject. 
But a popular book embracing the whole matter is still to be written. 

It is rather a curious fact that although the art of weaving is the 
sole artistic manifestation of the Araucanian race, not a single 
scientific work on this important subject has yet been written. Only 
incidentally can there be found in miscellaneous books some reference 
to and graphic reproductions of ‘“‘ponchos’”’ and other Araucanian 
fabrics. Besides the loom output only their silver ornaments are 
worth mentioning as products of an original Araucanian art. Basket 
making and pottery never attained anything like perfection among 


them. 
HISTORICAL ANTECEDENTS 


It is no easy matter to ascertain the true cultural state of the Arau- 
canian people at the arrival of the Spaniard. Colonial chroniclers, 
always taken up by other preoccupations, seldom deigned to pick up 
the threads of scarce and contradictory data relating to archeological 
and ethnological matters. Now the Araucanian land is very poor 
in archeological remains. The cemeteries, which in other climates 





Fiag.3—DETAIL OF THE TRARIHUE SASH: A WAIST ORNAMENT 
34206—27— Bull. 4 —4 E 


360 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


have helped the scientist to reconstruct past cultures and customs, 
yield a very scanty result in our Indian territories. As rain prevails 
all the year round, the deeply soaked soil destroys everything put 
in it, save stone. The Araucanian Indians used to bury their dead 
together with all sorts of things (pottery, food, weapons, clothing, and 
the insignia of their rank, as the case might be); but because of the 
weather, at the end of 30 or 40 years nothing remains with the 
exception of some stone artefacts. 





Fic. 4.—ANOTHER PONCHO BAND 


Neither are the stone burial pieces found of much help in increas- 
ing our knowledge of the Araucanian lore, as there are no sufficient 
reasons for connecting these stones with the Araucanians. It is 
generally admitted to-day that the Araucanians are not Chile’s 
autochthonous people, but that they came from Argentina a few hun- 
dred years before the arrival of the Spaniards. The stone imple- 


A SADDLE BLANKET. OF 
BRIGHT COLORING 





ments thus far found should be rather assigned to another previous 
occupant, of which there are unmistakable traces. 

The social status of the Araucanian early in the fifteenth century 
may be summed up as follows: They formed a barbarian community ; 
they were tolerably apt in woodcraft and could make some simple 
vessels in stone or clay. They had perhaps already learned to weave 
the wool of the guanaco, a wild variety of the llama deer. But from 
this we can not assume that they knew blanket making to the extent 


INCAN WEAVINGS 361 


they do now. Later on they made garments with the wool of the 
chilihueque, a domestic variety of the huanaco, which was introduced 
perhaps by the Inca conquerors. In our day they rely entirely on 
sheep wool for their domestic needs. The bright and fast colors of 
former times were prepared with vegetable dyes, through ingenious 
devices now forgotten and which have been replaced by “drugstore 
dust,’”’ as the Indian now calls the chemical stuff. 

The real origin of the Araucanian Choapinos must be looked for in 
old Peru. The Incas conquered Chile toward the end of the fifteenth 
century, but it seems that their actual dominion did not reach farther 





Fic. 5—-ONE OF THE MOST COMPLICATED PATTERNS 


South than the River Maipo, or the Maule at most. By means of 
trade intercourse they may have had some influence over the 
Araucanians, but it must have been negligible. 

Odd as it may seem, the real influence of Incan civilizetion over 
Chile came with the Spanish Conquistadores. The Spaniards were 
few, but they brought with them thousands of Peruvian Indians as 
an auxiliary corps. These poor slaves, called yanaconas, were very 
adept in the arts of the Incas, and became therefore highly useful. 
While the Spaniards were busy fighting, the former took care of the 


SSS 


Fic.6—A CHARACTERISTIC PATTERN: THE “STEPPED” DESIGN 





precious seeds brought from Peru, planted the soil, propagated the 
domestic arts, and taught all they knew to the Chilean native. The 
large number of Quichua terms in the Spanish spoken in Chile to-day 
is due more to the yanaconas than to the previous Inca conqueror. 

The Spaniards themselves soon realized the impossibility of sub- 
stituting their language for the tongues then in use among the 
aborigines of South America, and, bent upon facilitating their inter- 
course, they helped extend the use of the Quichua language, called 
“the general tongue” in both Chile and Argentina at that time. 


362 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


THE INCA INFLUENCE ON THE ARAUCANIANS 


The yanaconas were the masters of the Araucanians, and the deco- 
rations in their blankets and vessels prove conclusively their Peru- 
vian origin. We can find the corresponding pattern for every one 
of these in the Inca artcraft. 

My illustrations have the sole merit of being reproductions of 
authentic and genuine antiques, belonging for the major part to the 
National Museum of Santiago. Some of them have been in its 
possession for 60 years or more. Figures 1 and 2 are reproductions 
from the collection of the distinguished Chilean anthropologist, Dr. 
Leotardo Matus. 

Araucanian textiles of the design type, the only one I wish to 
describe, are of several styles and forms: The ponchos, or cloak 
blankets; some generally beautiful sashes called trarihues, about 2 





A BEAUTIFUL PONCHO FOR EVERYDAY WEAR 


inches wide and up to 50 inches long, which are used to hold in place 
the chamanto, or Indian cloak; and the lamas, rectangular pieces of 
cloth to cover chairs or saddles. 

The poncho, called by the Araucanians ‘“‘nucur macun”’, is a wool 
garment some 55 inches long by 50 inches wide, with a slit for the 
head in the direction of length. The dominating color is, as a rule, 
black or dark, with three bands of design, one running down the 
center and one along either side, also following the major dimension 
of the garment. The decorative design is almost always carried out 
in white, in the shape of regular crosses in square frames. The crosses 
are now longer, now wider, and sometimes they form several series 
of concentric crosses forming steps. ... Figure 6 represents the 
band in another poncho with a ‘‘stepped”’ design. Almost identical 
patterns are found in the palace of Chan-Chan, the capital of the 
ancient Chimu Indians, near Trujillo, northern Peru. 

Figure 1 is notable for the complicated pattern, variety of design, 
and brightness of color. The cloth of each component rectangle 


INCAN WEAVINGS 363 


is woven separately and then sewn together. This is a lama, as ex- 
plained before, in which we see again the cross pattern in a rectangular 
frame, and also single step designs. 

The frequency of the cross motive in Araucanian cloth might be 
explained as of Christian influence. This is not the case. In the 
first place, the Catholic cross, the only one brought by the Spaniards 
to America, is never square. Moreover, we know that the cross is 
one of the oldest and most widely used symbols of the pre-Colombian 
world. We find it not only in Arauco and in Peru, but in Mexico 
and even farther north. The Spaniards were rightly surprised by the 


Wh +Ed tl 


1G. 7.—THE ABORIGINAL CROSS IN ARAUCANIAN BLANKETS 


coincidence, and in the course of time explained it by different leg- 
ends of early Christian missionaries in America, before the arrival of 
Columbus. <A well-known tradition is that which identifies the Aztec 
god Quetzalcoatl with St. Thomas the Apostle. 

We have learned, thanks to the indefatigable investigations of the 
German savant, Dr. Max Uhle, that the origin of the culture of all 
the American Indians who attained some development, must be 
looked for in the south of Mexico where can still be found the remains 
of the Maya people, who are credited with the highest original culture 







PR TER eI Te OS 
Fic. 8—ANOTHER CROSS DESIGN OF UNKNOWN ORIGIN 


in the New World. This was the only aboriginal race who left written 
records, together with enduring artistic and material monuments. 
Successive waves spreading from there carried their civilizing forces 
farther and farther afield. The oldest vestiges of Maya influence in 
Peru appear to antedate by a few centuries the Christian era. This is 
the Proto-Nazca culture, so called from the beautiful samples of clay 
vessels which came from the Nazca community in southern Peru. 
They did not know, however, how to weave wool (100 B. C. to 650 
A. D.). The Proto-Nazca was followed by the Tiahuanaco civili- 
zation (300 to 900 A. D.), which in turn was replaced by the Inca» 
empire which the Spaniard destroyed. 


364 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Another interesting motif in this lama is the hooked design, of 
which there is one at each corner and another at the center of each 
half (fig. 1). The step and cross designs occur constantly in the 
Araucanian Choapinos. Hooked fretwork is also frequent and must 
be traced to pre-Hispanic influences from Peru. Figure 10 is the copy 
of a design on a beautiful huaco, as the pre-Hispanic burial pottery 
of Peru is called, this particular piece having been found in Chimbote, 
northern Peru. It is plain that both are identical. Figures 3, 4, and 
5 correspond to different trarihue designs from Arauco. Again we 
see similar patterns with slight modifications. To furnish a point 
of comparison with old Peruvian art, I have reproduced a hooked 
pattern from a very old Peruvian cloth, which corresponds exactly to 
the design on the Araucanian trarihue marked “Figure 5.” 

Entirely different and remarkable for its beauty is Figure 2, taken 
from an ancient trarihue belonging to the Museo Nacional of Santiago. 
Here the human form has been thoroughly conventionalized. The 





AN ORNATE SEAT COVERING 


Araucanian seldom draws the human form, and when he does it is 
always on trarihues. 

The geometric, the conventional (cubistic, I should say, applying 
this modern appellation to a very ancient style), is a characteristic tend- 
ency of the Araucanian textile art, and purely of Peruvian origin. 
Perhaps no other people developed that tendency so thoroughly and 
attained such remarkable results as the peoples of ancient Peru and 
Bolivia, as the ruins of Tiahuanaco and Chimu bear witness to this 
day. An interesting realistic school flourished in Peru also; but 
the Araucanians received only the influence of the Incas, who belonged 
to the former school. Moreover, the relative technical shortcomings 
of the Araucanians forced them to imitate the easiest designs; that is, 
the geometrical. 

There occasionally appear on the market so-called Choapinos 
bearing designs representing flowers, animals, or the human figure. 

. These are gross frauds. Neither the Araucanians nor their Inca 
masters ever incorporated such figures in their designs. It is one 


INCGAN WEAVINGS 365 


of the mysteries of archaeology that, in spite of the fact that flowers 
are such a decorative motive and one employed so extensively in the 
Old World, it so seldom appears among the Incas. In the textile 
handicraft and ceramics of ancient Peru we find the most unexpected 
forms, such as birds, animals, fishes, crustacea, houses, fruits, men, 
and women. But I have never seen animal figures in genuine Arau- 
canian patterns, and as to human figures, they are, as already stated, 
profoundly conventionalized. 

Care should be taken not to confuse the Choapinos with the 
mantas of the huaso, the Chilean peasant and cowboy, as these latter 


Fic. 9—A POPULAR, SIMPLE PATTERN 


are of evident European origin. As to these people, we find them to 
be only partly of Araucanian descent, with an increasing proportion 
of Spanish blood as we travel northward. 

One of the most insistent questions is how it happens that these 
designs have remained practically the same through the centuries, 
despite the destruction of the civilization that gave them birth. I 
believe the answer to this question is easily found. Among primitive 
peoples their habits and customs often attain a ritualistic character 
which makes any attempt to change a punishable deed. Arau- 
canian weavings are made by the women, and they repeat during 
a whole lifetime the same few designs which thus pass from one 
generation to another. 





Fic. 10—ONE OF THE PRIMITIVE DESIGNS 


Moreover, in the people of central Chile there are observable cer- 
tain habits redolent of the Incan civilization which can not but 
surprise the observer. These are even more interesting than the 
influences still persisting among the Araucanians, for in central 
Chile modern civilization has steam-rollered everything, and the 
people themselves have a strong proportion of European blood. 
Nevertheless, the Chilean people continue to recreate objects and 
images of Incan origin without the least understanding as to their 
meaning. How much easier to understand are the survivals of 
Peruvian influence among the Araucanians, who have come into 


366 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


full close contact with occidental culture only during the last 50 
years. But the conservative spirit dies hard. More than 2,000 years 
ago Aristotle had already defined man as an animal of settled habits. 

For my part, I have tried to give an approximate idea of the Arau- 
canian textile art. It is as ingenious as it is simple. They use no 
more than 10 colors (white, red, violet, blue, green, etc.), which they 
never blend. Like all primitive peoples, they have a horror of shades. 
Neither do the number of their decorative designs run high; but the 
deft combination of colors achieves pleasing results, thus explaining 
the present vogue of the Choapinos. 


CHURCH AND STATE 
COOPERATE IN PUBLIC 


























N THE nation-wide campaign against disease now being con- 
ducted with such vigor by the public-health authorities of Chile 
with the object of decreasing the alarmingly high rate of infant 
mortality and raising the health standards of the nation in gen- 

eral, it is extremely gratifying to note that the church is taking a 
very active part. As a part of this cooperation the archbishop of 
Chile, Monsignor Crescente Errazuriz who, it will be remembered, 
made an extended visit to this country some years ago, recently 
addressed a forceful encyclical letter to the clergy and other spiritual 
directors and advisors in the archdiocesis, a somewhat condensed 
version of which is as follows: ; 


The church must consider the individual as a whole, just as he is, and if it 
be true that her mission is chiefly spiritual, it is no less true that she has con- 
sistently down the ages collaborated in everything which signified human progress 
and well-being, more particularly in favor of the needy classes. 

We desire, therefore, to cooperate with the Director General of Public Health, 
and to this end we bespeak the collaboration of our parish priests and of all those 
beneficent institutions which are so devotedly ministering to the spiritual and 
physical needs of the poor and helpless. 

In order that our people may be educated in the habits and customs of hy- 
gienic living, we earnestly desire that full use may be made of every means at 
our command: Of the catechism classes, the welfare guilds, the St. Vincent 
lectures, the visitations in the home by the Dolores Sisterhood, and all charitable 
institutions. 





1 La Nacion, Santiago de Chile, Jan. 12, 1927. 


CHURCH AND STATE COOPERATE IN PUBLIC HEALTH CAMPAIGN 367 


The child especially must be had constantly in mind, teaching him, and requiring 
of him in the school, the class, the church, a clean body and a neat and orderly 
appearance in his clothing and bearing. We all know the force of habit and 
how difficult it is to lose the good habits firmly established in childhood. 

Moreover, to the end that the instruction and example of the school may not 
be in open contradiction to that in the home, the visiting agencies must 
endeavor to instruct and help the parents in cleanliness and orderliness of 
the home. Christian employers, who have done and are doing so much to pro- 
vide sanitary homes for their workers, can still further collaborate by offering 
prizes or other stimulus for the cleanest and best-kept homes. 

As a practical working plan for the health education of children, we have 
laid down the following: 

1. Careful inspection as to personal cleanliness of hair, hands, finger nails, 
face, neck, mouth and clothing of each child attending catechism classes. 

2. Teaching children the proper care of the teeth. 

3. Teaching children to wash their hands and clean their finger nails before 
eating, and the reasons for doing so. 

4. The inculcation in children of a love of fresh air, sunshine, frequent bathing, 
etc. : 

5. Teaching children practical and inexpensive means of providing bath- 
tubs. 

6. Inculeating the idea that poverty need not prevent cleanliness. Teaching 
them how to keep the clothing clean and in order, and to feel ashamed of the 
disorder and dirt which make them repulsive to others. 

7. To note, as this instruction is continued from class to class, whether the 
pupils have profited by their health training in previous classes. 

8. To make the children understand that one of their greatest enemies are 
flies, which transmit the most dangerous diseases, such as typhoid fever, and 
to teach them that flies should be exterminated, to this end stressing the neces- 
sity of eliminating uncleanliness in the home. 

We can count with certainty on the cooperation of the Bureau of Public 
Health with respect to furnishing publicity material to our parish priests and 
other directors for this work. We are also certain that the cooperation of the 
Church and the Bureau of Public Health will raise the people of this nation to 
a higher level of well-being and happiness which can not fail to be conducive to 
the wider practice of all Christian and civic virtues. 





AYISIOATU) OY} AQ posojsoy ATIPBo}s 0q 09 oIv s}10ds UvOTIOWL Wy Ul{eT + “[Beprl STyy Jo qaed B AT[VINyeU st 
SOOTYIV 0} VISop[OOIE} UL JO JUSMEsvINOOUS oY} PUR ‘RdIJOUTY Ue] PUR So7v4g Po}IU 94} Ur s}yUepNys W90M10q SAIYSUOT} BOI [BNO] [OJ UT 9}VATI[ND 04 
PepuNo] sv TWRI] JO APISIOATUE) METOY,T, *Se}B1IG peyTUL oy} UT peALTd [[eVqQ40oj URoTIEUTY UB Jo oUIeS INe}RUIR YsIy OY} 10U JI “Js1y 9} JO eUO oq 0}. 
PoAat[oq St ‘TOUIIOJ oY} JO Ply O10 TWA" 9y} UO ‘eqnH ‘euRqey Jo AzIsIOATUA oY pu ‘eprIO[y ‘TurerPL JO APISIOATU() OY} JO SUI, OY AQ OUILS YUd00I OU, 


TIV€ALOOW NVOINUNV NVd 


WUBI “IA UOHTUIBTT JO AsOgIn0D 








lubed 


" 
tt 
i 





ee 


Courtesy of ‘‘Peru”’ 


THE WOMEN’S ATHLETIC CLUB, IQUITOS, PERU 


Iquitos, it may be added, is Peru’s most eastern port on the Amazon 


River, 2,300 miles from its mouth 


that part of Peru. 


in 


tiators of sport for women 


inl 


The members of this club are the 
























flEXIC 

















HE summer school of the National University of Mexico was 
inaugurated in 1921. It is not only an institution where 
students and teachers of Spanish will find a great variety of 
courses suited to their needs, but also a laboratory for inter- 
national friendship. Here the students and teachers from the United 
States and other countries mingle with Mexican students and educa- 
tors in a sincere effort to know and understand each other better. 
During the past five summers there has been a total of 1,600 students 
from the United States—mostly teachers in secondary schools and 
colleges—to whom may be applied the title with which Dr. William 
F. Russell, Dean-elect of Teachers College, Columbia University, 
has designated the,foreign students in the United States: ‘Mer- 
chants of Light.’’ They have brought to us their cultural goods and 
have taken back ours in exchange. 
The principal subjects offered are: 





Elementary, intermediate, and | Methods of teaching modern lan- 


advanced Spanish. | guages. 
Commercial Spanish. | History of Mexico. 
Philology. Phonetics. Education. Economics. 
Mexican, Spanish-American, and Social and political problems of 
Spanish literature. Mexico. 
Life in Mexico and Spanish Mexican archaeology. 
America. Mexican and Spanish art. 


Mexican Folkways. 


The courses are planned to meet the needs of teachers and students 
as well as of social workers, artists, business men, and people interested 
in the study of international affairs. Lecture courses in English are 
offered for the benefit of those students whose knowledge of Spanish 
is limited. 

Just as important as the academic work of the school are the social 
gatherings, the picnic luncheons followed by typical Mexican enter- 
tainments held in the patio of the school every Thursday, and the 
week-end excursions to places of great natural beauty and historic 
interest. Among the places visited every year are: Puebla, rich in 
colonial church architecture and noted for its fine pottery; Cuerna- 

370 


UWAULO AA IO} [OOYDY [BUIION oy) 

Aq pardnoo0 svm 4 sivad Jo loquinu v JOY ‘apedey sqrt jo Aynveq pure AajourUTAS 9} Jo} poysinsurysip ApAepnoyased st pue ‘o1n40041YOIw [BIUOTOD Jo seTdurexe 

914R4OU JSOUL OY} JO OUO ST SUIP[ING oYL “SIBVaA OAXg 4sVd OY} UT SB soy Ploy oq [TM OdIX9PY JO ATISIOATU LE, [BUOT{VN 94 JO [OOYDs JOULUINS BY} JO WOTSses 2Z6T OL, 
ALIO OOIXAW «"SHSVIN JO ASNOH,, YO SHNOUVOSVIN SOT AC VSVO 


OdIxo]] JO S}IY OUT JO NBeINg oq} JO ASaqIN0D 





: so gianna ROET™ Peee8 FEE 








oe, THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 





A PATIO IN THE SUMMER SCHOOL BUILDING 


vaca, where Cortés and Maximilian once rested from the affairs of 
war and state; San Juan Teotihuacan, where the Pyramids of the Sun 
and the Moon are the massive remnants of a civilization that was 
many centuries old before America was discovered, and Xochimilco, 
fragrant with the flowers of the floating gardens. The school makes 
arrangements for parties in private homes where the students have 
an opportunity of meeting distinguished Mexican educators, writers, 
musicians, and artists. Attention is also given to requests for visits 
to schools, social service institutions, etc., whenever a group of stu- 
dents is interested in such. In general, an earnest effort is made to 
adjust this, as well as all the other phases of the work, to the indi- 
vidual needs of the students. 

The members of the faculty of the summer school are from the 
regular staff of the university. In addition, the valuable services 
of several visiting professors from the sister universities of Europe 


SUMMER SCHOOL OF UNIVERSITY OF MEXICO 3/3 


and the United States are secured every year. Last summer Dr. 
John Dewey, of Columbia, who lectured on education and philosophy, 
was the guest of honor. 

Students complying with all requirements are entitled to certifi- 
cates of credit; others may obtain certificates of attendance only. 
The leading universities of the United States accept credits from the 
Mexican summer school; among them Columbia, Harvard, Cali- 
fornia, and others. 


ANOTHER PATIO OF 
THE SCHOOL 





Mexico City is cool all summer. It is situated in the valley of 
Mexico, surrounded by beautiful mountains, visible from each and 
all its streets. It is rich in tradition and legend, and has a greater 
number of magnificent architectural examples than any other city 
on the American Continent. The summer school is located in the 
historic “House of Masks,” with its spacious and delightful patios. 

The maximum expenses need not be more than $450 for the 
students coming from the farthest States. For the students from 
Texas and other Southwestern States $350 is a very liberal estimate. 


374 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


These amounts cover all traveling expenses, room and board in 
Mexico City, a tuition fee of $30 and incidentals such as souvenirs, 
etc. Reduced rates are offered by all railroads and by the Ward 
Line of steamers. The round-trip ticket by water from New York 
City costs $185. 

GENERAL INFORMATION 


Special advisors who speak English and understand the needs of 
American students, help in arranging programs and in all matters of 
research. 

The school keeps a directory of approved homes and hotels where 
summer school students may secure room and board at reduced rates. 

Summer sport clothing is recommended as eminently adequate 
and comfortable for use in Mexico City. One should also come 
provided for cool evenings. There are excellent opportunities for 
horseback riding and hiking. 

With regard to requirements for crossing the border, it is advisable 
to consult the nearest Mexican consul. 

Requests for further information should be addressed to Prof. 
Tomas Montafio, Director of the Summer School, Ribera de San 
Cosme, nim. 71, Mexico City, D. F., or Mrs. Concha Romero James, 
representative in the, United States of the Department of Public 
Instruction of Mexico, 2585 Sedgwick Avenue, New York City. 





PYRAMID OF THE SUN, TEOTIHUACAN, MEXICO. 


De I 
. i 












Y DQ i | Y yy ah Lf » 
bed bend ISrod L OFA AY 
F THE QUICHUA 
OF |] QL Tae 
ql e@ © @ © © e e@ e@ © 
@ @ @ Q@ @ 2) @ @ @ 








By H. E. ANtHony 


Curator, Mammals of the World, American Museum of Natural History 


HE intensive studies of the mammal and bird life of Ecuador 
carried on by expeditions from the American Museum 
annually since 1920 have been the means of bringing the 
field parties into intimate contact with the native peoples. 

Some of these natives are still savage, such as the Jivaros, an account 
of whom was given in Natural History in 1921 (Vol. XXI, No. 2, pp. 
146-159). Others, while primitive when judged by certain modern 
standards, have developed extensive cultures dating far back, which 
are to-day only thinly veneered by the aftermath of the Spanish 
invasion. To this group belong the Quichuas, who live in Ecuador 
and northern Peru. While the museum expeditions did not under- 
take to make ethnological studies of the Quichuas, nor was the 
personnel of the party qualified by experience for such studies, many 
interesting impressions were obtained from even the casual contacts 
with the life and customs of these descendants of the Incas. 

The historian Prescott tells us of the conditions prevailing in 
western South America when Pizarro led his conquistadores against 
the empire of the Incas. This empire had its northern capital at 
Quito in what is now Ecuador, and a vast dominion stretched south- 
ward for hundreds of miles, more or less confined to the Andean 
region. The most important of the northern tribes which gave 
allegiance to the empire were the Quichuas. They tilled the soil, 
tended flocks of llamas, maintained the extensive systems of moun- 
tain trails and irrigating ditches, and carried on an industrious liveli- 
hood at elevations of 8,000 to 13,000 feet above sea level. The Incan 
form of government imposed strict obediance to authority and 
tended to develop a docile and uncomplaining proletariat. This 
state of affairs made the task of subjugation far easier for the Span- 
iards than it would otherwise have been, and it is one of the present- 
day attributes of the Quichua that he accepts his lot as he finds it, 
and is patient and hard-working in the face of discouraging difficulties. 





1 Copyright. Permission of Natural History, November-—December, 1926. 
34206—27— Bull. 45 375 


376 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The simplicity and trustfulness of the rural Quichua, unsophisti- 
cated by contact with cities, was impressed upon me by incidents 
which took place in the Punin region, where we searched for fossil 
mammals. When our small pack train filed over the eroded ash beds 
from Punin and headed up into a wild ravine, the Quebrada Chalan, 
there was scarcely any sign of human habitation. Here and there 
in the distance one might see evidence of cultivation, but the general 
impression was one of barren lifelessness. With the halt of the pack 
train and the unloading of the mules at our selected camp site, the 
community began to stir. The unexpected arrival of strangers and 
the erection of a green tent on the open hillside was too much for 
the curious Quichuas. Moving figures cropped up on the sky-line 
ridges and our camp was soon the focus of converging attention. 
Indians gathered along overlooking crests and a few bolder spirits 
came directly down to where we were. When nothing happened to 

TYPE OF QUICHUA 
The Quichua wife is often seen 

tha “topa? wien repeal 


not sell because it is a mar- 
riage token 





these individuals, others lost their shyness, and very soon we had 
quite an assemblage of very much interested spectators. 

The Quebrada Chalan is open and practically devoid of any vegeta- 
tion, so we were forced to scheme out some means of erecting our 
large tent fly with whatever ridgepole the locality afforded. This 
meant cutting down a small wild cherry tree which grew at the bottom 
of the quebrada and which:seemed to be ownerless so far as we could 
see. But I felt some of the George Washington complex after the 
deed was done, and the raw stump and litter of twigs were damning 
evidence at our very tent door. 

It was not long before one of the older Quichuas came up to the 
bank directly above the tent and noted that a tree had been cut down. 
He promptly demanded payment for the tree, representing that it 
belonged to him, but it was evident from the snickering in the crowd 
that he was simply trying to make the best of the situation. When he 


A COLLECTOR’S IMPRESSIONS OF THE QUICHUA INDIAN 377 


realized that he must prove ownership before he was paid, he lost 
interest in the episode and we hever heard from him again. 

Apparently the Quichua believed that our unusual activities 
indicated that we were skilled in all of the higher branches and could 
discharge the office of priest or of doctor as well. A young man 
came up to me where I was excavating fossils and knelt before me, 
removing his hat as he 
did so. 

‘“What do you want,” I 
asked, rather impatiently, 
I suspect. 

‘Your blessing,’’ was the 
humble answer that made 
me ashamed of my impa- 
tience. 

I was halted on the trail 
one day by a man and his 
wife who asked if it were 
not true that I could heal 
sickness, if I were not truly 
a “‘médico.”’ When I re- 
plied that I was truly not 
a ‘‘médico,”’ but would 
be glad to give whatever 
assistance the occasion and 
my limited medical kit in- 
dicated, I learned the 
symptoms. The man had 
a bad heart, so he thought, 
but since his troubles ap- 
parently could also be due 
to colitis, which I could 
treat, I chose that diag- 
nosis rather than heart AN ANDEAN SPINNER 


trouble, for which I could The native women are seldom seen idle, for when their hands 


‘1: are not otherwise engaged they spin. A loose tuft of the 

do nothing. ‘ eo is twisted on vie endo! a stick and then fed out grad- 
ually as a coarse strand, which is twirled into thread or yarn 

Then I announced that I and wound on a spindle. Long practice makes the fingers 


a OS) adept, and the yarn is even and free from lumps. The 
had a remedio for the woman’s dark skirt is made from homespun woolen 





patient; the man spoke 
quickly in an aside to the woman and she produced, seemingly from 
nowhere, two eggs, which the “doctor” gravely accepted as his fee. 
In the Quebrada Chalin the gift of an egg is a favorite expression of 
esteem. 

Near Molleturo, in southern Ecuador, Mr. Tate, in charge of an 
expedition, was approached by a Quichua, who asked how long it 


/ 


378 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


would take him to make a pilgrimage to the Holy Land. His simple 
and devout mind grasped something of the desirability of such a 
journey, but nothing of the physical barriers in the path of a pedes- 
trian. A similar naive view of the external world was expressed by 
a native who asked me whether a certain foreign people we were 
discussing spoke English, and, when I replied in the negative, he said: 

“Oh, then they speak Chinese.” 

The only foreign tongues he had ever heard were English and 
Chinese; hence all foreigners must speak one or the other. 

These childlike concepts do not always take a harmless outward 
manifestation, for on two different occasions Mr. Tate has been the 
target for shots fired by 
normally well-behaved, 
but temporarily illusioned, 
Indians. Some of the 
Quichuas have a_ belief 
that leprosy may be cured 
by bathing in human 
blood. When Mr.Tate was 
collecting near Cuenca, the 
Indians became alarmed 
at the strange behavior of 
a man who did so many 
things unaccountable to 
them. They concluded 
_ ar that he was an escaped 

aa — leper from the leper col- 
ss SOAD EACH NEES LOD ony situated between Cue- 
Everything the typical Quichua wears is homemade. This neq and Cinicay, and that 


boy has on a heavy wool hat, and his poncho is made of wool, 
spun, dyed, and woven by his family he was lurking about to 


capture a cure for his malady. Fortunately their apprehensions 
disturbed their aim and no serious results took place. 

On another occasion we camped on the basal slopes of Cotopaxi 
on an ancient lava flow. One night when Mr. Tate went hunting 
with a headlight several rifle shots were fired at him. The native 
who did the shooting evidently thought that the spot of light, mov- 
ing about where no normal-minded native would be at night, was 
an evil spirit, and he acted accordingly. We showed no more lights 
about camp that night, and thereafter took particular pains to 
advertise in advance any night hunting we attempted. 

Although I learned very little tradition or legend directly from 
the Quichuas, I have little doubt that the material is there for the 
observer who seeks it. Several stories that had gained current 
belief dealt, respectively, with an enchanted lake, a man who appeared 





A COLLECTOR’S IMPRESSIONS OF THE QUICHUA INDIAN 379 


in the guise of a mountain lion, and a vast treasure buried by the 
Incas when Atahualpa was killed by the Spaniards and all hope of 
ransoming that monarch had fled. 

I had pointed out to me the site of the enchanted lake, at the top 
of a nearly inaccessible peak. The lake was surely enchanted, be- 
cause it always disappeared when anyone climbed up to that spot. 
An unusually destructive lion could not be killed because he was not 
an ordinary puma, but in reality a clever man disguised as a lion. 
Belief in the existence of hidden treasure has led to the formation 
of an unsuccessful syndicate 
and to the devotion of years 
of search on the part of indi- 
viduals. There is nothing 
supernatural in the legend of 
the treasure, and while all such 
tales are apt to arouse skepti- 
cism, it must be confessed that 
the account of the lost ransom 
of Atahualpa as it was told to 
me was a fascinating and 
plausible story. 


The Quichuas are a musical 
people and have their own 
instruments for the production 
of their native airs. One of 
the commonest instruments 1s 
a series of graduated tubes of 
bamboo, like the pipes of Pan, 
played by blowing across the 
open ends, thus producing a 
flute-like tone. This piping re- 
quires a great amount of air, 
and I wondered how the boy 
who visited us in camp on Pich- The clear, Hurelice Noles of tne a eae pipes carry far 
incha, 13,000 feet above sea 
level, could find the breath to lilt his tune as he trudged along the 
trail. We had no breath to spare at this elevation, and when we 
walked we kept our mouths shut. 

There is a peculiar minor quality to the Quichua music. Just 
what Quichua airs may be indigenous or to what extent they may have 
been modified by European influences, I am not competent to judge, 
but the strains sounded original, and furthermore, seemed to have 
latent possibilities for adoption into modern scores. I was told by 
Senor Jijon, of Quito, who has made an exhaustive study of his 
country’s pre-Columbian history, that the Quichuas have had an 
extensive musical experience. 





A FLUTE PLAYER 


380 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





CULTIVATED FIELDS ABOUT PUNIN 


A network of cabuya hedges marks off the fields. While the hills beyond look desolate, they are the home 
of many Quichuas 


At a festival in Loja I saw a Quichua orchestra of one musician 
who played a flute with his right hand and beat a drum with his left, 
providing music for four young Indians who danced and gestured to 
the rhythm. During the same fiesta I saw another Indian flute 
player, who was also a devotee of Bacchus, stop a passer-by and carry 
on what might be described as a musical monolegue. He addressed 
his flute to his audience of one and with great earnestness and gravity 
proceeded to search the depths of his repertoire. The incident served 
to demonstrate to me that love of music was a fundamental instinct 
with this Quichua, who had reached the state in his celebrations where 
his very equilibrium was threatened. 

The Quichua still does many things in the way of his forefathers. 
His farming methods are crude in the extreme, from the plowing with 
a wooden plow to the threshing and winnowing by slow hand pro- 
cesses. While there are many cultivated fields, it is seldom that a 


A COLLECTOR’S IMPRESSIONS OF THE QUICHUA INDIAN: 381 


large and bountiful harvest is seen, and the yield is inadequate to the 
long hours of labor that the Indians spend over the crop. 

These farmers are adept at sidehill cultivation, and in a fertile 
section the fields of grain, peas, alfalfa, etc., are perched on the sides 
of the mountain slopes with a fine disregard of gravity. In many 
places one can still see the traces of the old ditches, built by the Incas 
to irrigate these high Andean fields, at elevations of 12,000 and 
13,000 feet. 

The landscape in one of the agricultural sections is most interesting 
and unusual, presenting as it does the aspect of a gigantic patchwork 
quilt made up of broad, geometrical outlines of brown, green, and 





EE NE ies EY, 


AFTER HARVESTING 


Grain is stacked in neat symmetrical piles which look almost as if they were the work ofa landscape gardener 
who trimmed them with shears 


yellow, depending upon whether the field is plowed, is growing grain, 
or is ready for harvest. Add to this the ever-present hedge of green 
cabuya, related to the century plant, which represents the stitching 
around each patch, and the simile is complete. 

When soil is to be prepared for sowing, the Quichua yokes his 
oxen, mules, burros, or horses, or any combination of these animals, 
and they drag a rough wooden plow, sometimes scarcely more than 
a sharpened stick, over the field, scratching up shallow furrows. 
In some of the best agricultural sections, where great, level expanses 
exist, modern plows may be seen; but most of the cultivation done by 
the Quichua is by the old-time method, and perhaps on certain of the 
steep slopes it is about the only practical method. 


382 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


When the crop appears above ground, apparently it is left much to 
itself, as we saw little to show that nature was being assisted. Some 
pulling of weeds may take place. After the grain is cut down, the 
threshing is done by driving horses, mules, or cattle over the stalks 
which are scattered over a hard, earth threshing floor. Finally the 
resulting mixture of chaff and grain is winnowed by pouring it from 
bowls on a day when the wind is strong enough to divert the light 
chaff, the plump, heavy grain falling at the feet of the harvester. 

The Quichua women are inveterate spinners, and one seldom sees 
a woman without her spindle, which is simply a slender reed or splinter 
weighted by a small potato or other handy object. The yarn is spun 
from wool grown on their own sheep. The ponchos and all of the 





NATIVE ROPE 


All rope used by the Quichua is made from the fiber of the cabuya plant. Great piles of this cordage are 
brought to the market at Riobamba 

woolen fabrics used by the Quichua are hand woven. Cheap cotton 

fabrics, woven by power mills, are marketed in the towns, but the 

Quichua of the high Andes places more reliance upon the warm cloth 

of domestic manufacture. 

Other native industries are the making of pottery and the twisting 
of rope and cordage. Clay suitable for the structure of jars, pots, 
tiles, etc., is of fairly common occurrence, for all through Ecuador 
one sees the ever-present, red-tiled roof and the dark-red water jars, 
cooking pots, and other vessels. The Incas were noted for their 
achievements in this field, and seemingly the Indian of to-day utilizes 
the same processes, although by no means with the same degree of 
artistic skill. In the native markets one sees quantities of such hand- 
made pottery for sale. 


A COLLECTOR’S IMPRESSIONS OF THE QUICHUA INDIAN 383 


The native rope is made from the cabuya, one of the Agaves, which 
has a long, strong fiber well suited for cordage. This plant grows 
everywhere throughout the Andean plateaus, and because of the thick, 
spiny leaves makes an effective hedge. Most of the fences are simply 
rows of cabuya plants. 

One seldom sees llamas in any number in Ecuador. These ‘“‘sheep”’ 
of the Incas, so called in the early Spanish chronicles, may have been 
common as far north as Quito in Pizarro’s time, as Prescott would lead 
us to believe; but to-day they are to be found in comparatively small 
numbers and are more or less restricted to the region about Chim- 
borazo and Riobamba. In their place the Qhichuas raise the true, 
domestic sheep, and rather an unusual feature of these flocks is the 
high percentage of black animals. The Andean meadows furnish 
almost exhaustless pastures for livestock, for they are always green 
and well watered. 

Like so many native peoples, the Quichuas love to bargain, and a 
transaction is spoiled for them unless it passes through a lengthy 
preliminary. Market day is a big event in their lives, and if anyone 
offers to buy the entire load of produce that an Indian is carrying along 
a trail, at a figure above the market price, it will not be surprising if 
the Indian refuses to sell, because he is then deprived of the joy 
of bargaining at the market. 

The market at Riobamba is especially interesting because it draws 
a large attendance of Quichua Indians. While the Indians are rather 
given to wearing black when one finds them about their own terrain, 
many of them wear brighter-colored ponchos when they come to 
market, so that in the crowded plaza bright reds, yellows, and browns 
relieve the somber black homespun. The women have babies slung 
in cloths over the back, between the shoulders, and if the hands are 
free they spin as they walk. Women and men alike carry huge 
bundles on their backs, if they have produce to bring to the market. 
One quarter of the plaza may be given over to the display of native- 
made rope which lies about in great piles; another section displays 
various sizes and shapes of pottery vessels; a native at a sewing ma- 
chine gathers a crowd about him as he stitches the brims of hats to 
make them stiffer; here and there, dotted on the ground where space 
allows, are the open-air cafés: A pot of charcoal and four or five 
earthen vessels with stews and other concoctions for the hungry 
passer-by. 

The Quichua has a legacy of unsurpassed landscapes and grand 
mountain scenery. After one has watched the dawn from Pichincha, 
Antisana, or from any other vantage point on the vast Andean up- 
land, or felt the beneficent effects of the sun’s rays after passing 
through an Andean rain or fog, he finds it not difficult to understand 
why the Incas were sun worshippers. 





ARGENTINA 


ForEIGN TRADE.—Last December the Bureau of Statistics pre- 
sented a report on foreign trade for the first half year of 1926 to the 
Minister of the Treasury, from which the following figures were taken: 


The cash value of the foreign trade for the first half of 1926 amounted to 
873,764,449 gold pesos as against 936,058,341 gold pesos in the corresponding 
period of 1925, or a decrease of 62,293,892 gold ope that is, 6.6 per cent. The 
imports of the first half year of 1926 punted to 427,299,234 gold pesos against 
438,373,857 gold pesos in the first half year of 1925, or 11,074,623 gold pesos less, 
a decrease of 2.5 per cent. The exports in the first half year of 1926 amounted 
to 446,465,215 gold pesos against 497,684,484 gold pesos in the first half year of 
1925, or a decrease of 51,219,269 gold pesos (10.3 per cent). The favorable 
trade balance of the first half year of 1926 was 19,165,981 gold pesos, compared 
with 59,310,627 gold pesos in the first half of 1925, or 40,144,646 gold pesos less. 

Imports have increased in almost all classes of articles, with the exception of 
foodstuffs and hard woods. The decrease in value of exports in the first six 
months of 1926 is owing to three factors: 1, reduction in meat shipments; 2, 
decrease in wheat exports;/and 3, Jower prices on the majority of exported 
products. Notwithstanding these reductions in meat and wheat, the volume of 
exports was greater in 1926 than in 1925, due to increases in exports of linseed, 
maize, barley, oats, rve, and unwashed wool. The 1926 exports for the first half 
year totaled 6,444,000 tons, as against 5,675,000 tons in the same period of 1925, 
showing an increase of 13.6 per cent, whereas the values showed a decrease of 
10.3 per cent, as stated above. 


PETROLEUM PRODUCTION.—The General Bureau of Petroleum 
Fields reported on December 20, 1926, the following facts on pro- 
duction in 1926 in the Comodoro Rivadavia and Plaza Huincul 
Government fields: 














1926 Comodoro Plaza 
75 Rivadavia Huincul 
| Cu. meters Cu. meters 

SANA Yer- = ses oe ee ee nen COS Sa ne ee eee Mr ee a Ne ee Tae | 71,352, 290 | 1, 864, 409 
I SDE ra ee Ss a es Se eee ee ee ee aes } 59,912, 200 | 1, 659, 758 
ING AT GH Seis 8 Sse I ee ae Da ie eee ee ! 62, 985, 700 | 2, 005, 259 
PASTA Se re RR Se eee a Oe ere be See we ee aes oe 58, 973, 020 1, 730, 654 
Misi. 2) ie Soe eS an een Se a ee ee Sa ete sae eae 58, 676, 920 |, 1, 594, 389 
JUL ING ee on BE BE AO Er eae eae re a en cn ee A eer Seed 54, 351, 740 1, 387. 678 
EDU Yj a ee er On 0 I ep ey ee 48, 864, 140 1, 378, 806 
PAQIEAS Ea Ss Se ERE ie ES SS ea eee ea a eee eee 56, 264, 770 2, 602, 635 
SO DLGI DOE aoe sie See Wee Se ca eae er re te ee Oe ee 58, 576, 690 1, 933, 440 
October’== 22" 23. Sai ee eS ee aa ee ee eee 60, 716, 600 | 1, 866, 626 
INOVeEm ben: see 32 22S SS SS ee Se Se a ee ee eee 57, 570, 480 | 1, 856, 008 
Mecembersno 2s Bt ee Ee eae ee a Se ae ee tee | 157, 728, 160 11, 856, 008 

Motil ats ee Sk ees ees ee Fone | 705,972,710 | 21, 735, 670 





1 Estimated. 
384 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 380 


MacaDAM HIGHWAYS OUT OF BuENos ArIRES.—On December 20 
the Ministry of Public Works announced that the President had 
approved the project for seven macadamized highways leading out 
from the capital, namely: 


Estimated 

; Kilometers cost (pesos) 
IBWEMOSPAITESRtOMM SCO Alves seen panne ee 28 2,159, 000 
BUCMOSMAMIGES TOW lat seis serete ni lass atte Malbe ages ie ree ee 42 3, 042, 000 
Buenos Aires to Cafiuelas via San Justo_________+____---- 54 3, 329, 000 
Buenos Aires to Cafiuelas via Temperly_________________- 50 ~~, 158, 000 
Buenos sAines toward: las Wloréss222 == ee ee 30-1, 990, 000 
Buenos: Aires toward’ San’ Vicentes==252 2222 222 18 = 1, 427, 000 
Buenos Aires toward Coronel Brandsen_________________- 44 2,815, 000 





266 17, 920, 000 


AGRICULTURAL cosTs.—Last December the Board of Directors 
of the Argentine Rural Society approved a plan for the establish- 
ment of an office to undertake studies of the cost of production 
and distribution of the principal crops. Though the national and 
provincial governments and the universities and interested trade 
associations make some investigations of a similar nature, the Rural 
Society believes it should offer complete, impartial and truthful data 
covering ground not shown in the very general or very specific reports. 

FRENCH-ARGENTINE SEA AND AIR MAIL.—An Associated Press 
despatch reports that the French Air Mail and the Argentine Govern- 
ment have completed arrangements for a combination air and sea 
mail service between the two countries to begin September 1, 1927. 
Mails will be carried by airplane relays from Toulouse, France, to the 
Cape Verde Islands, whence fast steamers will take them to the island 
of Fernando Noronha off the cost of Brazil. Thence they will again 
be carried by airplane to Buenos Aires. 


BOLIVIA 


RAILROAD DEVELOPMENT.—The Governments of Peru and Bolivia 
have entered into an agreement to connect the Peruvian Railroad 
ending at Puno, on Lake Titicaca, with the Bolivian Railroad starting 
at Guaqui, on the same lake, thus avoiding the boat trip now neces- 
sary between the two terminals. The new line will follow the shores 
of the lake, shortening the time of transit and contributing to trade 
exchange between the two countries. 

The so-called Yungas railroad, now being built from the city of 
La Paz to the valley of Yungas, has reached the town of Huichuloma, 
50 kilometers distant, and will be continued for another 10 kilometers 
as far as Yerbani. From this point automobile roads will be built to 
the two principal sections of the Yungas region, one to Coroico and 
the other to Chulimani, centers of coca, coffee, and tropical fruit pro- 
duction. It is expected that a loan of 7,000,000 bolivianos will be 
raised for this purpose. 


386 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


PoTATO GROWING IN THE HIGHLANDS.—In the December, 1926, 
issue of Bolivia, a quarterly review published by the Bolivian Con- 
sulate in New York, a very interesting article regarding the varieties of 
potatoes cultivated on the Bolivian high plateau is published. The 
list of the Bolivian varieties of potatoes numbers 186 in all, and the 
fact to be noted is that all of these are actually cultivated in the high- 
lands. The Indian names of these different varieties of potatoes are 
given together with the English translation, and we find that the 
names applied to the various varieties of this vegetable represent the 
activities of the Indian’s daily life, his interests and sympathies. One 
of the staple foods of the Indian in Bolivia is the Churo, made by 
exposing a sour variety of potato to the the sun and frost. 

INCREASE IN COMMERCIAL AIR SERVICE.—The Government has 
accepted a proposal presented by the Compania Boliviana de Trans- 
portes Aéreos for the installation of fournew aerial routes for passengers 
and mail on the following routes: La Paz-Irupana-Trinidad; Trini- 
dad-Villa Bella or Riberalta; Villa Bella-Cobija or Riberalta-Cobija; 
and La Paz-Sucre. The contract, signed for a period of six years, 
calls for a weekly service between the above-mentioned points. The 
company engages to carry official correspondence free of charge, and 
to give public officials and members of Congress a rebate of 30 per 
cent on the regular passenger rate. Furthermore, the company 
agrees to provide suitable landing fields, hangars, and telephonic and 
telegraphic communication. One section, at least, of the new route 
must be opened for public service a year from the date of signing the 
contract, October 30, 1926, and at the end of two years if the full 
service is not in operation, the contract becomes void. The Govern- 
ment grants the company a subsidy of 160,000 bolivianos a year, 
payable every three months, from the time the service is fully 
established. 

TEXTILE FACTORY.—On November 24, 1926, a law was promul- 
gated authorizing the Chief Executive to contract with some responsi- 
ble firm for the establishment in the Department of La Paz or Cocha- 
bamba of a textile factory, said factory to be established not later 
than two years from the date of signing the agreement. According 
to the stipulations of the contract, the capital invested in the concern 
shall be 700,000 bolivianos and may be increased according to 
the needs of the company. The yearly production of the factory 
shall represent an average of not less than 3,000,000 meters of 
cloth. Raw materials needed for the fabrication of the cloth may 
be imported free of all duties during the first four years of the con- 
cession. The concessionaries also undertake to distribute cotton 
seed to farmers. 

WIRELESS STATION.—In the budget for the year 1927 an appropri- 
ation of 15,000 bolivianos is made for the construction of a wireless 
station in the town of San Ignacio, Department of El] Beni. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 387 
BRAZIL 


Fourtu Nationa Highway Conaress.—The Fourth National 
Highway Congress of Brazil was opened in Rio de Janeiro by the 
President of the Republic on December 26, 1926, under the auspices of 
the Federal Government and the Automobile Club of Brazil. Among 
the speakers at the opening session were Dr. Washington Luis, Pres- 
ident of Brazil, and Dr. Victor Konder, Minister of Highways. 

Among the plans discussed during the Congress was a proposal 
for a national trunk highway system connecting with the State and 
municipal highways. <A recent decree passed by Congress provides 
funds for highway construction from certain surtaxes on imports, 
which revenue is expected to amount to about 15,000 contos the 
first year. The State of Sao Paulo has also levied additional taxes for 
highway construction and established a highway bureau. 

Buenos Atres-Montevip&o-Rio DE JANEIRO FLIGHT.—A recent 
trial flight preparatory to the establishment of regular service was 
made from Buenos Aires via Montevideo to Rio de Janeiro by rep- 
resentatives of the German Junker Airplane Co., in the Junker 
hydroairplane G—24, which left Buenos Aires on Friday, January 
14, at 5.35 a. m., arriving at Montevideo at 7 a.m. After arest of an 
hour and a half, flight was resumed at 8.30 a. m., the plane arriving 
at the city of Porto Alegre at 2.55 p.m. The following day at 5.53 
a.m. the G—24 again took the air, reaching Santos at 2.30 p. m. after 
a stop in Florianopolis. No flight was made on Sunday, the plane 
leaving Santos at 1.20 p. m. on Monday, January 17, and arriving in 
Rio de Janeiro at 3.40 p.m. The hydroairplane, which has three 
propellers, is provided with motors developing 900 horsepower, which 
give it a speed of from 150 to 170 kilometers an hour. It has, in addi- 
tion to places for pilot and mechanician, a cabin for passengers. The 
total distance traversed was approximately 1,500 miles. 

BRAZIL IN THE SEVILLE Exposition.—The press reports that a 
bill has been passed by the Chamber of Deputies granting the Min- 
istry of Agriculture 1,500 contos for Brazil’s participation in the 
Ibero-American Exposition to be held in Seville, Spain, in 1928. 

JAPANESE-BRAZILIAN AssociaTION.—The Commercial Associa- 
tion of Rio de Janeiro received in December a notification from Kobe, 
Japan, that a Japanese-Brazilian Association had been formed there 
to increase trade relations between the two countries. The associa- 
tion has over 3,000 members among leading business men, financiers, 
and other prominent citizens, including the former Japanese minister 
to Brazil, Fouma Horiguchi, and the Brazilian consul in Kobe. 
The association has requested that a case of samples of Brazilian 
products, with prices attached, be sent to Japan so that Japanese 
merchants may be interested in these products. It will be recalled 
that there is considerable Japanese emigration to Brazil. 


388 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


CHILE 


AGRICULTURAL CoNnGreEss.—A congress of agriculturalists was 
held recently in Valdivia at which subjects of vital importance for 
the development of agriculture were discussed. Some of the resolu- 
tions referring to the development of roads and other means of trans- 
portation in the Provinces of Valdivia and Llanquihue were as follows: 
The lands in the district traversed by the Central Railroad should be 
served by a system of transverse highways leading to the railroad. 
These roads should be constructed with funds provided by the 
departmental councils and by Government loans, the survey and 
construction of a road from Temuco via Valdivia to Paso de Pérez 
Rosales to be given preference. Furthermore, a study of navigable 
rivers in the Province of Valdivia should be made in order to promote 
traffic on inland waterways. 

New AVENUE ovT OF Sant1aco.—The Board of Public Works has 
approved the plan for building a concrete boulevard 30 meters (meter 
equals 3.28 feet) in width from Santiago to the suburb of San Ber- 
nardo. The estimated cost of this piece of work is 6,372,381 pesos. 
Construction will commence in April of this year, and the work must 
be completed within three years. 

New Gas pLANT.—The Gas Company of Santiago is constructing 
a new plant in that city, costing approximately 7,500,000 pesos. 
This new plant, which is provided with up-to-date equipment, has 
excellent offices, accommodations, and baths for the employees. 


COLOMBIA 


DEVELOPMENT OF RAILROADS AND OTHER PUBLIC WORKS.—The 
Minister of Public Works made the following statement regarding 
the condition of certain public works at the beginning of the present 
year: 


On the Puerto Wilches railroad 80 per cent of the work to Conchal, kilometer 
90, is completed. A survey of the section from Conchal to Bucaramanga, a dis- 
tance of 40 kilometers, is practically finished, so that construction on this part of 
the road will commence shortly. On the Northern Railroad, it is planned to 
commence work on a new section, not less than 50 kilometers in length, making 
Puente Nacional the terminus of the road. It is hoped to have this work com- 
pleted within four years. In the year 1926 the Pacific railroad yielded a net profit 
of 1,800,000 pesos, and for this year it is expected the profits will be not less 
than 2,000,000 pesos. Construction on this road is centered on the section leading 
to Armenia. Great progress was made on the construction of the pier at Buena- 
ventura, which is of vital importance to the Pacifie railroad; the prompt termi- 
nation of this work is expected. At present the activities on the Pacific railroad 
are in three sections, from Cartagena and Caceres northwards and from Bolom- 
bolo towards the South. On the Narifo railroad, in the western part of the 
country, from Aguaclara towards the interior, 33 kilometers have been completed, 
and the roadbed has been leveled as far as kilometer 45. On the Tolima-Huila- 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 389 


Caqueta railroad work has been completed as far as Neiva, the roadbed leveled 
and prepared for laying the rails up to Natagaima. 

The Government is taking all necessary steps in order that the great railroad 
bridges over the Magdalena River, in the Department of Girardot, and over the 
Saldana River shall be completed in a few months. Every effort is also being 
made for the completion this year of the 53 kilometers of aerial cable between 
Gamarra and Ocafia. Work is being pushed on the dredging of the Bocas de 
Cenizas at the mouth of the Magdalena near Barranquilla, and construction will 
be commenced shortly on the sea wall. Improvements will be carried out in 
the ports of the Magdalena River, and a survey made of the channel at Ciénaga. 

Work on the aerial cable from Manizales to Chocé has also progressed; the 
direct line of this cable, starting from Manizales, goes through La Linda, San 
Joaquin, Armenia, Belén, Apia, Pueblo Rico, Quibdé, and Utria. Plans were 
completed for dredging a channel in the port of Buenaventura and constructing 
a pier. During the present year improvements will be made in the ports of La 
Dorada, Calamar, and Barranquilla. (Courtesy of the Legation of Colombia in 
Washington.) 


PROMOTION OF AGRICULTURE. —The Agricultural Development 
law recently enacted by Congress will be carried out by the Govern- 
ment as far as available funds will permit by establishing agricultural 
training in the primary, secondary, and normal schools, and in the 
agricultural institutes. The last-named will prepare agricultural 
experts, who in turn will teach farmers modern methods. Model 
farms with experiment stations will be established in different sec- 
tions of the country, covering the cold, temperate, and hot zones; spe- 
cial attention will be given to the cultivation of cotton. The Depart- 
ment of El Valle has taken the lead in this respect, having appropri- 
ated 100,000 pesos for the development of the cotton industry, in 
accordance with Act No. 41 of 1926, which allots an equal sum for the 
establishment of a model farm in that Department. 

IMPROVEMENTS IN THE STREETS OF BoGcorA.—An _ appropriation 
of 800,000 pesos has been made by the National Government for 
repaving the streets of Bogoté. The Municipality of that city has 
engaged an engineer in the United States to direct and supervise the 
work. 

COSTA RICA 


INTRODUCTION OF sTocK.—Consistent with its plan to improve 
Costa Rican stock, the Department of Agriculture announced the 
arrival and sale of another shipment of Guernsey bulls from the United 
States on December 18, 1926. Special breeds of chickens have also 
been introduced in this manner and a large quantity of rainbow trout 
eggs were recently imported to stock the rivers with valuable fish. 

SUBDIVISION OF LAND.—According to La Gaceta of November 16, 
1926, Hl Salvador, a large tract of government land, will be subdivided 
and sold for occupation. Some parcels of 5 hectares (12 acres) will be 
given outright to deserving poor. 

AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—See page 407. 


390 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


CUBA 


WIRELESS SERVICE BETWEEN CuBA AND Mexico.—Under the terms 
of the radiotelegraphic convention recently signed by the Republics of 
Cuba and Mexico, the Secretary of Communications of Cuba inaugu- 
rated radiotelegraphic service between the two countries on Jan- 
uary 1, 1927. The first message sent was one of greetings from 
President Machado to President Calles of Mexico. This new service 
fills a long-felt need, and will furthermore help to develop still closer 
relations between these two sister nations. The rate is $2.50 for the 
first ten words, and twenty cents for each extra word. (Courtesy of the 
Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

MemBers OF AUTOMOBILE CONGRESS INVITED TO CuBaA.—At 
a banquet given in New York to the members of the Third World 
Automobile Transportation Congress, which convened recently in 
that city, a message was received from General Machado, President 
of Cuba, extending a cordial invitation to the members of that 
congress, as well as to the National Automobile Chamber of Commerce 
of the United States, to visit Cuba and be present at the opening 
ceremonies of the Central Highway four years hence. A feature 
of the inaugural program will be an automobile tour over the entire 
length of this highway, from one end of the Island to the other. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Pusiic worKs.—The Dominican Government has planned an 
extensive program of public works to be carried out during the 
present year. Of special interest are the projects for the completion 
of the Central Highway toward the North and South, and of the 
highways from Puerto Plata to Santiago, from Barahona to Azua, 
from Sanchez to Matanzas, from Hato Mayor to Sabana de la Mar, 
and from Arenso to San José de Ocoa. Buildings are also to be 
erected this year for the Central University, the National Theatre, 
the Palace of Justice, and a Normal School. 

ImMMIGRATION.—The arrival in the Dominican Republic during the 
early part of January of several Spanish families from Cuba draws 
attention to an interesting experiment in colonization which was 
undertaken during 1926, under the supervision of the Department 
of Agriculture. Much importance is attached to this movement 
and its possibilities for developing the great tracts of fertile land still 
available. The first 2 colonies were opened about the middle of 
last year. At Monte Cristi, where 14 Spanish families were located, 
each colonist received 10 acres of irrigable land. At the other 
colony, located in Bonao, and comprising 40 families or about 100 
persons in all, the allotment of land was 20 acres for each colonist. 

Port works.—A report of the Department of Promotion and 
Communications states that special attention is being given to the. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 391 


program of improvements in the ports of Santo Domingo, Puerto 
Plata and San Pedro de Macoris. A consulting engineer has been 
engaged by the Government to study the situtation and prepare 
the necessary plans. Preliminary work has already commenced 
on the port works at San Pedro de Macoris. 


ECUADOR 


SERVICE OF THE GUAYAQUIL & Quito Raitway.—It may be of 
interest for tourists contemplating a visit to Ecuador to know that 
the trains on the Guayaquil & Quito Railway leave the port of 
Guayaquil for Quito, and vice versa, three times a week, on Monday, 
Wednesday, and Friday mornings, respectively. Two days are re- 
quired for the journey, a stop-over for the night being made at the 
town of Riobamba. The altitude of Quito is 9,348 feet. 

IMPROVEMENT IN SALT SHORTAGE.—The extraction of salt from the 
various deposits is being pushed actively, owing to the acute short- 
age of this article throughout the country. The director of the 
Salinas salt deposits, in a recent interview, stated that 3,800 quintals 
had been shipped to Quito from the Salinas deposits, and that 25,000 
more quintals were ready for shipment. Approximately 4,000 quin- 
tals are being produced daily and it is hoped the situation will soon 
be brought back to normal. 

PRODUCTION OF CACAO AND EXPORTS OF OTHER COMMODITIES.— 
Cacao receipts during December last were 57,000 Spanish quintals 
(approximately 5,780,000 pounds), compared with 3,600,000 pounds 
reported in November. Exports of cacao totaled 2,629,000 kilos, - 
or 5,783,800 pounds, 35 per cent of which was shipped to the 
United States. Other exports were: Chinchona, 6,000 kilos; coffee, 
97,000 kilos; hides, 28,000 kilos; kapok, 60,000 kilos; rubber, 3,000 
kilos; and ivory nuts, 106,000 kilos. Total exports were valued at 
4,900,000 sucres. (Commerce Reports, Jan. 17, 1927.) 

Boarp or Pusitic Worxs or Manasi.—A recent Presidential 
decree reorganizes the Board of Public Works of Manabi, estab- 
lished by virtue of a decree of October 21, 1919. The board is now 
composed of five members, namely: The Governor of the Province, 
acting as chairman, the President of the Municipal Council of Porto- 
viejo, the technical advisor of Public Works, and two delegates to be 
designated annually by the Assembly of Municipalities. 


GUATEMALA 


MINING, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE REPORTS.—It was stated in 
1925 reports of the Government bureaus of mining, industry, and 
commerce that: 

During the year, 20 claims for mines of various kinds were granted. 

A total of 14,575 ounces of gold was produced in Las Quebradas washings, 
being exported at 10 gold pesos an ounce. The Villa Linda, Felicidad, Argen- 


34206—27—Bull. 4——_6 


392 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


tina, Bol de Oro, and Tres Cerritos mines in Huehuetenango produced. 520 
quintals of Jead, while the marble quarries of Zacapa produced 4,500 tons of 
marble, of which 2,000 tons are ready for export. Of the 15 tons of mica brought 
from the Quiché mine, 7 were exported at 500 gold pesos a ton. Other deposits 
being exploited include amber, tale, sulphur, rock salt, and mineral ochre. 

Eleven new industrial concessions were granted during the year. Among 
the products to be manufactured were matches, paper, nails, and rubber articles, 
while other plants were designed to prepare cellulose for commercial uses, and 
extract coconut oil and other vegetable fats for soap. 

EXTENSION OF RADIO-TELEGRAPH COMMUNICATION.—On Decem- 
ber 4, 1926, a contract providing for the connection of the Gov- 
ernment radio station with the system of the Tropical Telegraph 
Co. was signed by the President of Guatemala. The station at 
Tegucigalpa has been designated as a connecting link with the 
various other Central American countries, and the one of the company 
in New Orleans will perform the same service with the rest of the 
world. Not only will press notices be transmitted at a discount 
not to exceed 50 per cent of the actual rates, but by a decision of 
of the Minister cf Promotion, announced on December 18, 1926, 
all messages of general interest up to 300 words from the press of 
Guatemala City to Salvador will be transmitted free of charge. 

TourinG cLuB.—At, the initiative of the Rotary Club of Guate- 
mala, a touring club has been inaugurated in that country. The 
object of the latter will be to promote the construction, extension, 
and conservation of roads and highways not only for recreational 
purposes, but also for the commercial advantages derived therefrom. 


HAITI 


PuBuLic works.—Considerable activity was shown in this field dur- 
ing the last months of the past year, a number of important projects 
being completed, among them two rural agricultural schools, accom- 
modating approximately 260 students, three additional ones being 
commenced. Very satisfactory progress was also made on the con- 
struction of the new medical school at Port-au-Prince. Another 
project of prime importance, on which active work was begun during 
this same period, was the construction of a permanent highway from 
Trouin to Jacmel. The foundations were also begun for the first steel 
bridge over the river near Jacmel. This structure will be a standard 
span of 91 feet. A feature of public building construction worthy of 
note is the class of workmanship which is now obtained from the 
building trades. Plasterers, carpenters, and builders in general are 
not only becoming more plentiful, but are turning out far better 
work than that accomplished afew years ago. (Bulletin of the Finan- 
cial Adviser-Receiver General.) 

Propucts oF ExprertMEeNtT Statron.—During the past fiscal year 
12,385 quarts of milk were produced at the Damien Experimental 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 393 


Farm, the gross receipts from these sales amounting to 6,192.50 
gourdes. During the month of November 1,134.5 quarts were 
delivered to 38 customers. During the past season a total of 1,690 
eges of pure-bred white Leghorn and Rhode Island Reds were sold 
for hatching to 48 different customers. The livestock on the Central 
Farm consumed during the year 416 tons of forage, all of which was 
produced on the farm. Pure-bred Duroc hogs raised at Damien are 
being distributed throughout the country for breeding purposes, 
being placed in various breeding posts. The offspring of the animals 
at the breeding posts will be sold locally to improve the native stock 
owned by Haitian farmers. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-Receiver 
General.) 
HONDURAS 


Two NEW FRUIT COMPANIES.—The Gaceta Oficial publishes in its 
issues of December 21 and 29, 1926, the approved statutes of two 
fruit companies, granting them incorporation with the right to operate 
in Honduras. Both are capitalized at 50,000 silver pesos, and are to 
produce fruit and agricultural products for sale in the Department of 
Cortés with headquarters in San Pedro Sula. 

Roap constrRuction.—The United States Commerce Reports for 
January 10, 1927, give the following information on highway 
construction: 

Funds collected for highway construction are being used on the main highway 
between San Lorenzo and Pespire where 200 men are working now that the rainy 
season is over. A bridge is being built on the Olancho road out of Tegucigalpa, a 
necessary link with the rich mining and cattle districts around Juticalpa. Con- 
tracts for another important bridge and a short stretch of road have been arranged 
for. The contractor is an American engineer and all the steel bridge material has 
been ordered from the United States. 


MEXICO 


RAILWAY EXTENSIONS.—It is reported that slow but steady 
progress is being made in the construction of the Kansas City, 
Mexico and Orient Railroad northeast from Marquez, Mexico, to 
Ojinaga, the crossing point on the Rio Grande opposite Presidio, 
Tex., 75 miles distant. The first 25 miles of this extension will 
soon be opened to traffic and work will be continued on the remainder. 
This section traverses the fertile Conchos Valley, where cotton 
erowing is carried on. There is a further gap of 75 miles between 
Presidio and Alpine, Texas, but it is predicted that construction 
will begin on this portion during 1927. As the line is now in opera- 
tion from Marquez to Chihuahua, the completion of the two sections 
mentioned would provide a shorter route to the latter city from the 
northeast than now exists. 

It was expected that the last link on the Mexican Southern Pacific , 
from Tepic to La Quemada, a distance of 100 miles, would be opened 


394 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


to traffic in March. This gives a through route from Nogales, 
Ariz., along the west coast to Guadalajara, and thence to Mexico 
City, as has several times been described in the BULLETIN. 

Port works at MazaTLAn.—Extensive port works, to cost 
10,000,000 pesos, are being carried out at the Pacific port of Mazatlan 
which, by the completion of the Southern Pacific Railroad, mentioned 
above, will now be joined by rail to the interior of the Republic, 
thus affording an opportunity for commercial interchange between 
the west coast and other sections of the nation. Construction 
includes two large breakwaters of solid stone, topped by concrete, 
with an entrance between them 250 meters wide and 14 meters deep 
(1 meter equals 3.28 feet). The wharves will be constructed for a 
distance of somewhat more than 2 kilometers (1 kilometer equals 
0.62 mile) along a channel dredged to the depth of 10 meters at low 
tide. They will be provided with six concrete warehouses, in a direct 
line with and very near the railway terminal. Secondary break- 
waters will protect the port from fresh deposits of sand. When the 
port works are finished, which it is expected will be at the close of 
1928, the port will have an area 1 kilometer wide by 5 kilometers 
long. ) 

Pavine in Mexico Ciry.—During the first eleven months of 
1926 the sum of 1,673,159 pesos was expended on sidewalks and 
paving in Mexico City, as follows: 


Pesos 
Asphalt, new pavement (187,889 sq. meters) and repairs_____-___-- 1, 436, 433 
RSH V0 (eh if2 WN ke peat pee ge ae Le eR tn ee etree ee ie Set ley, 3 be 145, 037 
Cobblestone spavemen ts ses oe cae hy Se eee ee ee 62, 245 
Stone sidewalks and macadam pavements__________________------ 24, 278 
Imeidentalkexpenses*.2 2 Bs Sees ee en ee eee 5, 166 


Tue Catytes Dam—A preliminary project has been completed 
for the construction of a great dam over the Santiago River canyon, 
not far from the city of Aguascalientes, which will store the immense 
quantity of 320,000,000 cubic meters of water in a natural basin. 
The Calles Dam, as it proposed to call the structure in honor of the 
President because of his interest in irrigation, will be approximately 
73 meters (meter equals 3.28 feet) in height and 380 meters across, 
measured in a straight line. At the foot of the dam it is planned to 
build an electric plant capable of developing 3,000 kilowatts, to be 
supplied to the city of Aguascalientes and the mines of that region, 
while a secondary dam, 35 meters high, at the further end of the 
canyon, will be the point of departure for the irrigation canals. These 
will serve an area of about 20,000 hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres), 
whose climate is temperate. The elevation of the river bed at the 
dam site is 1,960 meters above sea level. 

Bureau oF AGRICULTURAL Drrense.—A Bureau of Agricultural 
Defense has been created in the Department of Agriculture and 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 395 


Promotion to take over the duties of the national committee in 
charge of fighting the locust plague and to have charge of measures 
directed against other agricultural pests. 


NICARAGUA 


RUBBER PLANTATION CONCESSION.—A 50-year contract has been 
signed by the Government and a concessionary for the right to culti- 
vate and exploit rubber of one or several kinds over an extension of 
100,000 hectares of land in the Rio Grande section of the Department 
of Bluefields. For the land the concessionary is to pay the Govern- 
ment a rental of 5 per cent of the product of the rubber for the first 25 
years of the concession, and 10 per cent during the second 25 years. 
The concessionary has the right to import, duty free, machinery and 
equipment and is to be free of taxes during the term of the contract; 
he also has the right to construct railroads, docks, and other necessary 
improvements. At the termination of the contract the rubber trees; 
the improvements, and the land return to the ownership of the Govern- 
ment. The concessionary is also required to deposit a bond of 5,000 
cordobas to the order of the Government for the beginning of opera- 
tions within six months after approval of the contract by Congress. 


PANAMA 


LARGE BANANA PLANTATION.—The press gives the following report 
of a banana plantation development, the contract for which has been 
submitted to Congress: 

The United Fruit Company is planning to invest from $9,000,000 to $12,000,000 
in banana cultivation in the Tonosi Valley, Province of Los Santos, which should 
be of great importance to Panama, since no development on any such scale has 
previously taken place on the Pacific coast of the Central American Republics. 
The plan involves the following improvements: A concrete wharf to accommodate 
steamers of 26-foot draft; oil-storage tanks for 50,000 or 60,000 barrels of fuel oil; 60 
to 70 kilometers of first-class railroad line including a steel bridge across the Tonosi 
River; village dwellings for 4,000 to 5,000 employees; irrigation works, including 
a dam on the upper Tonosi River and canals leading to the village and cultivated 
areas. The cultivated areas will eventually amount to 15,000 or 16,000 hectares 
with an annual production of 4,000,000 stems of bananas. Irrigation is necessary, 
since the Pacific side of Panama has a longer dry season than the Atlantic side. 


New inpustries.—Early in December the first national shoe fac- 
tory was opened for business in Panama City, and a little later a 
national whisky distillery started operations. Its production, owing 
to the scarcity of corn in the Republic, will be limited at present to 
600,000 liters a year. (Courtesy of Panaman Legation, Washing- 


WO ID CE) 
PARAGUAY 


IMPORTATION OF PLOWS.—A graphic picture of the results achieved 
by the Agricultural Bank in its work for the further development 


396 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


of the agricultural regions of Paraguay is given in the figures showing 
the importation of plows from 1915 to June, 1925. An average 
of 437 plows was imported yearly up until 1924; in that year, 
however, 2,928 were imported, almost as many as the total for the 
previous 9 years. Furthermore, 2,189 plows were imported during 
the first six months of 1925. 

PARAGUAYAN MEDICINAL PLANTS.—Interesting both from a botan- 
ical and medical viewpoint was the announcement that Sr. Jenaro 
Romero has prepared a book on the medicinal plants of Paraguay. 
According to the author, the abundance of various species of these 
plants and the ease with which they can be grown and sold point 
to a considerable source of national wealth. 

HiGHWAY REPAIR.—By an executive decree of December 2, 1926, 
the repair of the Luque-Aregué, San Lorenzo-Capiata, and Capiat4- 
Itaugua highways was authorized at a cost of 150,000 pesos. 


PERU 


COASTWISE TRADE NATIONALIZED.—On October 20, 1926, the 
Peruvian Senate passed a bill authorizing the Government, through 
a National Council of Navigation, to limit coastwise and inter- 
coastal trade to Peruvian vessels. The foreign carrying trade 
remains unrestricted, but the new law provides that merchandise 
imported or exported in Peruvian vessels shall receive a discount 
of 2 to 5 per cent of the respective customs duties. The Govern- 
ment is also authorized, in its discretion, to permit vessels of foreign 
register to engage in Peruvian coastwise traffic, provided reciprocal 
rights are extended to Peruvian vessels in the countries of registry. 
Another feature of the new law is the provision for subsidies to be 
paid to persons building or purchasing foreign vessels of over 500 
tons register, to be used under the Peruvian flag. (Commerce 
Reports, January 10, 1927.) 

STATISTICS OF SUGAR PRODUCTION.—Sugar planters in Peru are 
now obliged to keep a daily record of the output of their mills, 
specifying the quantity and quality of the sugar produced. This 
regulation was made for the purpose of facilitating the preparation 
of statistics on the production and consumption of sugar. 

RAILWAY FROM YURIMAGUAS TO THE PaciFic.—A concession for 
the construction of a railway from Yurimaguas to a point on the 
Pacific coast between the towns of Paita and Pacasmayo was signed 
by President Leguia on December 1, 1926, following approval by 
Congress. The concession provides that construction work on this 
railway shall commence within one year, the line to be completed 
within eight years, computed from the date of approval by Congress 
(November 26, 1926). Construction work shall proceed at the rate 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 397 


of not less than 70 kilometers per year. The concessionary receives 
grants of 5,000,000 hectares of Government lands together with cer- 
tain mineral and other rights. During a period of 30 years the 
concessionary has the privilege of importing free of duty materials 
required for the construction and upkeep of the railway. 

LONG DISTANCE TELEPHONE SERVICE.—The Peruvian Telephone 
Company recently opened for public use a new long-distance toll 
service between Lima and its suburbs, extending to the towns of 
Ancon and Chosica. Any telephone subscriber can now talk with 
persons in those towns by simply asking for “‘long distance.’”’ This 
is the first system of toll calls established in the Republic. (Com- 
merce Reports, January 24, 1927.) 

MarKING OF HIGHWAYS.—The Touring Club of Peru has com- 
menced the important work, heretofore neglected, of placing road 
signs along the highways in order to insure greater safety in road 
travel. 

FiuMs oF PERUVIAN cITIES.—Under Government supervision, Inca 
Film, a Peruvian motion-picture company, is preparing a film fea- 
turing 12 different Peruvian cities, and also certain historical and 
picturesque places, particularly those relating to Incan civilization. 
This film will be sent to Spain for exhibition at the Ibero-American 
Exposition to be held next year in Seville. 


SALVADOR 


ELECTRIC-LIGHT CONTRACTS.—Two electric-light contracts, one for 
the municipality of Chinameca, Department of San Miguel, and the 
other for the municipality of Jujutla, Department of Ahuachap4én, 
were approved by the Government and published in the Diario 
Oficial for December 13 and 18, 1926, respectively. 

REGULATIONS FOR HIGHWAY LAW.— see page 404. 


URUGUAY 


RuraL Housina.—The patriotic initiative of the Rural Associa- 
tion of Uruguay in opening an architectural competition on plans 
for low-cost rural dwellings found a sympathetic response among the 
architects of that country, 24 of whom participated in the competition. 
Indeed, so successful was the competition considered that the associ- 
ation has decided to hold future competitions on similar subjects 
with the object of bettering rural living conditions. The plan by 
Alberto Mufioz del Campo was adjudged the best, while that by 
Mauricio Cravotto received the second prize. Both were planned for 
a family of five or six, are simple in design, and entirely in harmony 
with the Uruguayan landscape, and possess the advantages of econom- 
ical construction and all possible hygienic comforts. The former, a 


398 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


one-story dwelling of five rooms, is as pleasing in arrangement as ex- 
terior, the three bedrooms forming what might be termed the central 
portion of the house with the kitchen and dining room built as a 
wing with inviting porches on either side. Constructed of materials 
easily obtained, the walls being of brick covered with clay and the 
roof thatched, and requiring but little skilled labor, this house was 
estimated to cost but 1,199 pesos; the other, however, which has a 
corrugated-iron roof, would cost 1,676 pesos. 

ITALIAN SETTLERS.—Fifteen Italian families, totaling 80 persons, 
arrived in Montevideo on January 6, 1927, to take up agricultural 
pursuits, especially truck gardening, on land in Itapebi near Salto. 
Other Italian immigrants having already settled there, the colony 
will now number 1,000 persons in all. 

AUTOMOBILE PLANT.—A large assembling plant with spacious offices 
and salesrooms was recently inaugurated in Montevideo by a promi- 
nent American motor corporation. 

CREATION OF DAIRY COURSES.—According to the Diario Oficial of 
November 9, 1926, the expenditure of a sum of 30,000 pesos was 
authorized on November 4, 1926, for the installation of a course in 
dairying, cheese and casein making in the Paysandti School of Agri- 
culture. The course, which will be independent of the regular cur- 
riculum, will be carried’on under a cooperative plan with the farmers 
of the region, 20 per cent of the profits, however, being retained by 
the school for a reserve fund, the payment of expenses, and the 
improvement of facilities. 

VENEZUELA 


FOREIGN TRADE OF VENEZUELA.—The following is a portion of 
a report by the Minister of Finance showing the value of Venezuelan 
exports and imports during representative years. The figures 
include all trade through the ordinary channels and the mails, but 
do not take into account importations of specie. 








Year Exports Imports Total 
_Bolivars Bolivars Bolivars 
QDS sa ee ie dated earn ed een 136, 392, 867 83, 905, 713 220, 298, 581 
OZ OS 2s Soh. Bevel ie Soa eal teg 117, 724, 028 189, 002, 020 306, 726, 048 
NG a 2 eae ee etek oe eRe ane 148, 280, 727 89, 392, 924 237, 673, 651 
NO D2 2B oes wee eas ares Uae 144, 498, 032 124, 596, 1380 269, 094, 162 
GD BD Ar meee ade ae eS) gh See 183, 304, 261 171, 668, 718 354, 972, 979 
ILL Ar ee a i ea Nk i CN Ah 281, 939, 089 226, 901, 747 508, 840, 836 














INAUGURATION OF PUBLIC WoRKS.—The international bridge span- 
ning the Tachira River between Venezuela and Colombia was formally 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 399 


opened to public traffic on December 19, 1926. The construction of 
this bridge, linking as it does the cart roads running from San Antonio, 
Venezuela, to Cucuta, Colombia, is considered an important step 
significant of the friendly relations existing between the two countries. 

Likewise in celebration of the 25th anniversary of the battle of 
La Puerta on December 19, 1926, a monumental stone arch 19 meters 
(63 feet) high was dedicated at La Puerta and numerous public works 
inaugurated throughout the country. These included public build- 
ings, extension of telephone and electric light lines, highways, and 
bridges, one of which, erected in the State of Carabobo, is 60 meters 
(approximately 197 feet) long and 10 meters (33 feet) wide. 

HERBARIUM OF VENEZUELAN PLANTS.—In a study on Forest 
Products of Venezuela, Dr. H. Pittier, the distinguished botanist of 
the Government Commercial Museum in Caracas, states that the 
present valuable collection of that herbarium contains about 10,000 
specimens, representing 6,996 distinct species of woody plants known 
in Venezuela. The creation of this museum was decreed in 1912; how- 
ever, it was not until 1924 that the inauguration of the first exhibit 
took place. To-day another hall devoted solely to forest products is 
about to be opened. 





ARGENTINA 


ProvinctaL LoANns.—A loan for $24,121,000 at 7 per cent sold at 
9434, maturing in 30 years, was offered for the Province of Buenos 
Aires in New York City and Europe in December, 1926, and another 
25-year loan for $6,500,000 bonds of the Province of Mendoza dated 
December 1, 1926, due June 1, 1951, selling at 98.75 and bearing 
7.50 per cent interest, was placed in January in New York. 

INTERNAL LOAN BOND ISSUE.—The President in the latter part of 
December, 1926, authorized the Treasury to issue a second series of 
bonds of the Argentine internal credit of 1925, the issue to amount to 
14,000,000 pesos in bonds bearing 6 per cent interest and 1 per cent 
annual accumulative amortization. The bonds are to be called by 
lot at par or when above par, and will be amortized by purchase or 
bids when they are below par. The bonds will be dated as of 
November 1, 1926. 


BRAZIL 


CHANGE IN MONETARY SYSTEM.—See page 402. 


400 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 


CHILE 


BANKS SHOW EXCELLENT CONDITION.—Recently reported annual 
balances show that the banks of the country are in excellent con- 
dition, the reserves of all financial and savings institutions being 
shown as 73,000,000 pesos over the legal requirements. Reserves 
for January were smaller, owing to an increasing demand for loans, 
which has strengthened the money rates somewhat. Private bank 
discount rates are now on a par with those of the Central Bank. 

The Government has discontinued minting gold pesos and has com- 
menced coining silver subsidiary coins. The note circulation as of 
January 21, 1927, was: Government issues, 124,952,260 pesos, and 
Central Bank notes, 239,417,655 pesos. (Commerce Reports, 
February 7, 1927.) 

Loan For Cuite.—EKarly in February the Chilean Government 
completed negotiations with a group of bankers in the United States 
for a loan of $27,500,000, due February 1, 1961. The bonds, which 
bear 6 per cent interest, were sold at 9314. Part of the bonds have 
been placed in Europe, while the remaining bonds were sold in the 


United States. 
COLOMBIA 


Loan FoR THE MortTGAGE BANK.—The Mortgage Bank of Colombia 
has placed with certain New York bankers an issue of bonds for 
$3,000,000 at 7 per cent interest, with an amortization fund of 114 
per cent. The issue is for 20 years. The bankers took the bonds 
at 88 per cent, with the obligation of dividing equally with the Mort- 
gage Bank anything over and above the price of 94 per cent obtained 
in the market. 

BupGeT For 1927.—Under date of December 28, 1926, the Presi- 
dent signed Decree No. 2152 estimating national receipts for the 
year 1927 at 44,896,434.25 pesos, and providing for the following 
expenditures: 


Ministry of Foreign Pesos | Ministry of Public Pesos 

Relations a." saa OUSertAsV AOE eWVOrkstas aa ae ae Sees 15, 881, 182. 57 
Ministry of the Treas- _ Controller of the Cur- 

ANTE Ses Se a ee ae 8, 797, 997. 50 TeNCYy 222 = ae ee 349, 922. 48 
Ministry of War_____-_ 3, 631, 091. 56 Bureau of Supplies_-_-- 209, 922. 80 
Ministry of Industries_ 424, 564.06 | Ministry of the Inte- 

Ministry of Instruction Ts] OTe cee nee eee 6, 902, 665. 64 





and Public Health__ 3, 862, 677. 18 
Post and Telegraph | 
Department________ 4, 217, 967. 60 | 


44, 896, 434. 25 


The appropriation for the Ministry of the Treasury includes 
3,861,234.90 pesos for public debt service, and that for the Ministry 
of Public Works 6,950,000 pesos for construction authorized by Law 
No. 102 of 1922 and acts amendatory thereof. 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 401 


NATIONAL REVENUES FOR 1926.—During 11 months of the year 
1926 receipts from national revenues amounted to 59,360,859.96 
pesos. It is estimated receipts for the entire year will reach the 
sum of 64,000,000 pesos. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Bupcet For 1927.—The budget for the year 1927 published in 
the Gaceta Oficial of January 1, places the revenues at $11,700,250, 
to be distributed in the following manner: 





Legislative Power_____ $287, 960. 00 | Ministry of Agriculture 

Executive Power______ 149, 300.00 | andImmigration-.__ $257, 902. 00 

Ministry of Police, War | Ministry of Promotion. 1, 698, 376. 00 
and Navy ----_____ 1, 472, 642.00 Ministry of  Sanita- 

Ministry of Foreign _ tion and Charities___ 149, 425. 00 
Relations=.22 225 82 391, 245.85 | Special expenditures 

Ministry of the Treas- | (debt service, etc.)__ 4, 408, 610. 00 
ury and Commerce__ 849, 170.00 Obligations pending 

Ministry of Justice____ LEG GOSS Sa |e sthOomel9 2 Gees ne 110, 908. 23 

Ministry of Public In- | 5 
ee rare a in ta 1, 137, 753. 04 | foi 11, 700, 250. 00 

MEXICO 


DEBT PAYMENTS.—Sums due for 1926 from the Mexican Govern- 
ment according to its agreement with the International Committee of 
Bankers were fully met, payment having been made of $11,021,999 
on the “‘direct debt,’’ resulting from unpaid bonds and interest, and 
of $2,029,943 on the debt of the National Railways, which the latter 
were themselves unable to meet. 

Bupcet.—Budget receipts for 1927, based on the revenue act of 
January 4 of this year, are expected to reach 329, 687,907 pesos, while 
expenditures are estimated at 295,997,449 pesos, thus giving a favor- 
able balance of 33,690,458 pesos. It is planned to devote 20,000,000 
pesos of this surplus to irrigation works, 10,000,000 pesos to highway 
construction, and the balance probably to the reduction of stamp 
taxes. 

PANAMA 


LOAN FOR RAILROAD AND ROADS.—On December 16, 1926, the Presi- 
dent signed a contract with 2 New York banking firms for a loan of 
$2,200,000 for 30 years at 6% per cent with an initial discount of 
$4.90 per $100. The loan, which is guaranteed by the liquor revenues, 
will be used to extend the Chiriqui Railroad, to build a sewer and 
water system in Bocas del Toro, to retire bonds of the Government 
debt and to construct highways in the interior of the Republic. (Cour- 
tesy of Panaman Legation, Washington, D. C.) 


402 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


SALVADOR 


Prorue’s BANK REGULATIONS.—New regulations for the People’s 
Banks were approved by the President on December 16, 1926. These 
regulations were made to conform with the present legal requirements 
for establishments lending money on personal property and therefore 
annul the previous regulations approved in October, 1925. 


URUGUAY 


Loan.—The city of Montevideo recently accepted the bid of a trust 
company in the United States for a loan of $5,000,000 at 89.95 
with interest at 6 per cent. This money will be used to finance the 
construction of a boulevard along the southern water front, known as 
the Rambla Sur. (Commerce Reports, January 17, 1927.) 


VENEZUELA 


VENEZUELAN REVENUES.—The following figures, taken from the 
special number of the Bulletin of the Minister of Finance for Decem- 
ber, 1926, show a gradual increase of Government revenue during 


normal representative years: 
/ 











| 
| Customs | ; a | 
Year coamiak | Tievenaes cole boas! 
| fees 
Bolivars | Bolivars Bolivars Bolivars 

LOTG TAR eee awe AANSAQFAGO |e 1602 1.0524 «| tea aa eee | 60, 370, 993 
1920 = Ziv eee es | 44, 162, 483 37, 298, 233 100,000 __— 81, 560, 716 
192122 Se eee | 28, 262,711 | 36, 664, 239 6, 000, 000 70, 926, 950 
O22 > 2 saps eee l=. 43.919, 480 AA CATA 839. ee ene oe SES | 87, 691, 319 
G23 = 24 ween eles 52, 205, 323 43, 0438, 728 7, 000, 000 | 102, 249, 051 
A192 A 2 pe alpaca | 70, 164, 683 49, 800, 456 200, 000 120, 165, 139 

| | | 








BRAZIL 


CHANGE OF MONETARY systEM.—Decree No. 5108 of December 
18, 1926, providing for a new monetary system with the crwzeiro as the 
gold-standard unit, was published in the Diario Official of December 


LEGISLATION 403 


23, 1926, and its regulations (Decree No. 17618 of January 5, 1927) 
in the Diario Official of January 9, 1927. The cruzeiro will be divided 
into centimos, and will be nine-tenths fine. (Its value is not given.) 
The paper money now in circulation, amounting to 2,569,304,351 
milreis, is to be converted into gold on the basis of 200 milligrams per 
milreis, the method and date of conversion to be determined by an 
executive decree six months in advance of such conversion. The law 
also provides for the establishment of a stabilization bureau, with 
New York and London branches, which will issue bills and have 
charge of the gold deposits guaranteeing the bills. The law specifies 
the sources of the gold reserves to be devoted to stabilization. 

According to these decrees the milreis will have a value of $0.11963 
in United States currency. 

HiGHWAY FUND SURTAX ON ImporTs.—Legislative Decree No. 5141 
of January 5, 1927, provides a surtax on imported gasoline, automo- 
biles, motor busses, automotive trucks, chassis for automobiles, 
pneumatic tires, solid tires, bicycles, side cars, and other articles as the 
source of a fund to be used for constructing the roads of the Federal 
highway system. The full text of the decree is published in the 
Diario Official of January 8, 1927. 


HONDURAS 


ParceL post.—Last December the Treasury Department issued 
a notice that parcel-post packages arriving after January 1, 1927, 
without a consular invoice would be examined and the corresponding 
fees collected. Consignees who can not present a consular invoice 
when the package is examined will pay in addition to the consular 
fees a fine of 10 per cent. Packages sent from points where there is 
no Honduran consul are liable to only 3 per cent fees, being exempt 
from the aforementioned fine. 


MEXICO 


CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENTS.—Subject to ratification by the 
majority of State legislatures, Congress, by act of January 15, 1927, 
amended articles 82 and 83 of the Federal Constitution, regarding 
the qualifications necessary for candidates for the presidency of the 
Republic. According to the amendments, an ex-president may be 
elected for a second term, although not to succeed himself, thereafter 
becoming ineligible for the office. By the original terms of the con- 
stitution only one term was permitted. It is now required also that 
a candidate, if he belongs to the Army, should not have been in active 
service for a year prior to the election, and that he should not have 
acted as secretary or assistant secretary of any executive department, 
governor of any State, Territory, or the Federal District for one year 
prior to election day. In these cases the length of time has been 


A404 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


increased from 90 days to one year, and governors have been added 


to the list. 
PANAMA 


REGULATIONS FOR SALE OF PATENT MEDICINES.—On December 28, 
1926, President Chiari signed a decree approving the regulations 
drawn up by the National Pharmacy Commission for the importation 
and sale of patent and proprietary medicines. To comply with the 
regulations, all such medicines must state their principal ingredients 
on a label, and no such medicine not now imported can be brought 
into the country hereafter without a permit. Those already on sale 
may later be prohibited, if they are found to be dangerous to health. 
Patent or proprietary medicines may be manufactured in Panama 
only in regularly established pharmacies or in laboratories licensed 
for the purpose. 

PARAGUAY 


CONSULATE IN THE PHILIPPINES.—On November 18, 1926, Presi- 
dent Ayala issued a decree establishing a Paraguayan consulate in the 
city of Manila. 

PERU 


/ 
PENSIONS FOR MEMBERS OF THE JUDICIARY.—Law No. 5524, pub- 


lished in El Peruano of December 21, 1926, states that members of 
the judiciary who have given 30 years’ service or more and are there- 
fore obliged to retire by virtue of the law of October 24, 1899, are 
entitled to a pension computed in accordance with the salary received 
by them during the last year of their employment. 


SALVADOR 


Reauuations oF Highway Law.—The President issued regula- 
tions on December 27, 1926, for the application of the Highway Law 
of May 31, 1926, which provides for a highway tax as the basis of 
the fund to be used for the national highway system. Roads are to 
be divided into three classes, national, regional, and municipal. The 
funds are to be collected by a Highway Section of the General Bureau 
of Direct Taxes, and the road construction and repairs undertaken by 
the Departmental Highway Commissions. The full text of the 
regulations was published in the Diario Oficial of December 28, 1926. 









INTERNATIONAL lt 
¢ TREATIES 4: 2@ 2 


BRAZIL-URUGUAY 


SUPPLEMENTARY PROTOCOL.—The supplementary protocol of the 
Extradition Treaty signed by Brazil and Uruguay in Montevideo on 
December 7, 1921, and approved by Brazil on February 4, 1922, and 
Uruguay on SU piember 13, 1926, was formally promulented by Uru- 
guay on November 12, 1926. (Diario Oficial, Montevideo, November 
22, 1926.) 

CUBA-UNITED STATES 


CoNSULAR CONVENTION.—The consular convention signed by the 
Republic of Cuba and the United States on April 22, 1926, the 
ratifications of which were exchanged on December 1, 1926, was 
published in full in the Gaceta Oficial of Cuba of January 19, 1927, 
thus becoming effective in Cuba. This treaty was proclaimed by 
the President of the United States on December 2, 1926, as No. 750 
of the Treaty Series of the United States Department of State. Said 
treaty determines the rights, immunities, and prerogatives which 
consuls of either of the contracting States shall enjoy in the other. 





EX @a s ANDEDUCATION ny 


ARGENTINA 


CorRNER STONE OF TrACHERS’ Houst.—On December 29, 1926, 
the corner stone was laid by President Alvear for the Teachers’ 
House to be built by the teachers themselves with the help of the 
Municipality of Buenos Aires and the National Government. The 
house will not only contain comfortable rooms where retired teachers 
may live but will also serve as a center of educational interest and 
study for members of the profession. 

ScHoou sratistics.—The figures given below are taken from 
a publication of the Statistics and Personnel Bureau of the Argentine 
Republic: 

Primary schools of all classes functioning in the Federal Capital, 855; average 
daily attendance, 237,450; primary schools in the Provinces, 8,697; average 

405 


406 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


daily attendance, 724,822; primary schools in the Territories, 806; average 
daily attendance, 56,547. 

Attendance at the 84 normal schools of the country averaged 12,650 students 
during 1925, and in the practice-teaching schools, 27,312. 

The average daily attendance in the 44 national preparatory schools of the - 
country was 13,437 students. 

The University of Buenos Aires and its annexes had an enrollment of 10,433 
students; the University of La Plata and its annexes, 3,126; the University of 
Cérdoba, with annexes, 2,551; the University of the Litoral, with annexes, 
3,954; the University of Tucumaén, with annexes, 682. 


SociaL Service InstTiITuTE.—An institute has been formed to 
conduct the social-service work of the University of Buenos Aires, 
to study present-day problems, and to coordinate the services ren- 
dered by the University Extension Division. 

UNIVERSITY ENROLLMENT RESTRICTED.—In order that the stu- 
dents of the University of Buenos Aires may conduct their studies, 
observation and research work under the most favorable conditions, 
the enrollment in university schools will be restricted as follows 
after January 1, 1928: 400 students in the School of Medicine; 100 
students in the School of Dentistry; and 100 students in the School 
of Pharmacy. Admission requirements will be very strict. No 
entrance examinations will be required of graduates of the National 
Preparatory School of Buenos Aires or of the Institute of Secondary 
Education, provided their average grade in all of their studies is 
70 per cent or higher. 

THe LAMBERTI BEQUEST.—The late Antonino Lamberti, an emi- 
nent Argentine poet, has bequeathed 20,000 pesos to the School of 
Philosophy and Letters of the University of Buenos Aires for the 
endowment of two prizes, one to be awarded to the student holding 
the highest scholastic record in that school, and the other to the 
student presenting the best essay on subjects of Argentine literature. 
He also instructed his executor to use the returns from his hitherto 
unpublished poems to pay for the education of poor but deserving 


students in that school. 
BRAZIL 


NEW MEMBER OF ACADEMY OF LEeTTERS.—On January 9, 1927, the 
Brazilian Academy of Letters elected Dom Aquino Corréa, Arch- 
bishop of Cuyaba, to fill the vacancy caused in that body by the 
death of the late Lauro Miller. The new academician is a profound 
student of the classics, the author of prose writings and of two vol- 
umes of sonnets and regional poetry, and a celebrated orator. 

New PRESIDENT OF THE University oF Rio pr JANEIRO.—The 
post of rector (president) of the University of Rio de Janeiro, left 
vacant by the resignation of Sr. Conde de Affonso Celso, has now 
been filled by the appointment of Dr. Manuel Cicero Peregrino da 
Silva, Director of the Patent Office and acting Dean of the Law 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 407 


School. Dr. da Silva has also been Director of the National Library, 
and has held other important public posts. 


CHILE 


NEW EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION.—National education in Chile has 
recently been greatly enriched by the endowment of a great educa- 
tional foundation, the gift of Dr. Miguel Cruchaga Tocornal, Am- 
bassador of Chile in the United States. This foundation, which will 
bear the name of the Elvira Matte de Cruchaga Seminary for Ad- 
vanced Study, will be organized along the lines of the Rockefeller 
Foundation. As its name indicates, the seminary is a memorial to 
the late wife of Dr. Cruchaga Tocornal, known and beloved for her 
contribution to social service not only in her own country but in 
other nations where she resided during the course of her husband’s 
distinguished diplomatic career. 

The seminary is an independent institution, but may be affiliated 
later with any other center of learning if such a relation appears 
conducive to its best development. It will comprise a school of 
foreign service for men and women, a social service school, and a 
school for librarians and secretaries. 

Preliminary arrangements for the establishment of the seminary 
have been placed in the hands of an administrative council which 
hopes to open the three schools in March, 1928. 


COLOMBIA 


CAMPAIGN AGAINST ILLITERACY.—The Director of Public Instruc- 
tion of Cundinamarca has issued a decree promoting a campaign 
against illiteracy and establishing prizes. One prize, to be awarded 
on October 12 every year, will be given to the director of any primary 
school who on that date can present the largest number of adults who 
have been taught to read and write by him, or who has performed 
some special service in benefit of his respective school. Other prizes 
will be awarded to pupils who during the school year have taught 
some person to read and write. 


COSTA RICA 


PUBLIC LIBRARY.—It was announced in the Diario de Costa Rica of 
January 4, 1926, that a public library had been opened in the city 
of Liberia. 

AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—According to a decree published in La 
Gaceta of December 18, 1926, a national school of agriculture will be 
established by the, Department of Promotion, a sum of 100,000 
colones having been authorized for its installation and maintenance 

34206—27—Bull. 4—_7 


408 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


during the first year. Courses of study in the theory and practice of 
agriculture as well as related sciences will be given and experimental 
farms established as soon as Government finances permit. 

VacaTION coursEs.—The Gaceta Oficial of January 8, 1927, pub- 
lished an executive decree establishing normal courses in San José, 
Cartago, Heredia, Alajuela, and Liberia for six weeks of the annual 
school vacation period. The courses, which will be both elementary 
and advanced, will lead to certificates. 


CUBA 


DoMESTIC TRAINING SCHOOL FOR GIRLS.—The Senate has approved 
a bill establishing a vocational training and domestic science school 
for girls in Habana. The curriculum includes (a) practical care of 
the home; (b) domestic arts and science; (c) commercial training; 
(d) artistic and industrial training; and (e) other subjects especially 
appropriate to women. 

The course in domestic arts and science comprises elementary 
natural and physical science, arithmetic, bookkeeping, drawing, die- 
tetics, biology, physical culture, gardening, home hygiene, and care 
of the child. Applicants for this course must be at least 14 years of 
age and not over 25, years and have passed the primary grades. 
For admission to all other courses the applicant must be at least 16 
years old. The commercial training course includes bookkeeping, 
typewriting, stenography, and the study of English. The artistic 
and industrial training course comprises drawing and subjects such 
as dressmaking, lace making, embroidery and telegraphy. These 
courses are all given free; the pupils must, however, pay a small fee, 
determined by the school regulations, for food and books or materials 
required in any particular course. 


ECUADOR 


IMPROVEMENT OF EDUCATIONAL METHODS.—On December 18 last a 
eroup of functionaries connected with various educational institu- 
tions held a meeting in Quito, at the suggestion of President Ayora 
and the Minister of Public Instruction, for the purpose of discussing 
means for developing and improving the system of public instruction 
throughout the Republic. 

EXHIBITION OF CHILDREN’S DRAWINGS.—Under the auspices of the 
Society Amigos del Arte, an exhibition of drawings and paintings by 
school children was held in Guayaquil. About 2,000 subjects were 


shown, some of them giving much promise of future artistic 
achievement. 


GUATEMALA 


REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE TEACHING PROFESSION.—By the new 
law regarding the teaching body of the Republic of Guatemala, all 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 409 


persons desiring to devote themselves to that profession must meet 
the following requirements: They must be at least 18 years of age, 
suffer from no contagious disease, be of good character, enjoy full 
civil rights, and hold a certificate as primary teacher, normal 
teacher, or a certificate of competence for the exercise of the teach- 
ing profession. 

CAMPAIGN AGAINST ILLITERACY.—On December 1, 1926, following 
an investigation made by the Secretary of Public Education, an insti- 
tute to combat illiteracy was started in Guatemala City. Don 
Francisco Javier Carranza was chosen principal. 


HAITI 


AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION.—According to the Report of the Di- 
rector General of the Technical Agricultural Service and of Profes- 
sional Education, the work conducted on the experimental farms has 
been very satisfactory. The number of students attending the Cen- 
tral School of Agriculture has increased considerably and the school 
continues to function successfully. The industrial schools are also 
well filled, the one called the ‘‘Maison Centrale” boasting a maximum 
enrollment of 300 students. 


HONDURAS 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.—In his message read before Congress on 
January 1, 1927, the President spoke in part as follows: 

It is to be desired that our system of education, now too theoretical and pedan- 
tic, should be replaced by one more fitted to the necessities and ideals of the 
time, a system which may better prepare our younger generation for an honorable 
means of livelihood. Plans for a vocational school for women are now being con- 
sidered. 

During 1926, 863 public and 34 private schools were open, making a total of 
897, in which 28,048 pupils were enrolled. Agricultural training has been given 
to boys, while the special instruction given to girls showed good results in the 
recent exposition of feminine handiwork. 

CAMPAIGN AGAINST ILLITERACY.—On November 8, 1926, President 
Paz Barahona signed an order authorizing the institution of vacation 
classes to be taught by the students of the secondary and professional 
schools and of the upper grades of the elementary schools all over the 
country. The courses are to be given for the benefit of illiterate 
persons and the general population, and will also be of no small 
benefit to the students acting as teachers. 


MEXICO 


ScHooL yEAR.—During 1927 the school year in the primary, 
secondary, and normal schools under the jurisdiction of the Federal 
Department of Education will consist of 193 days, and the university 


410: THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


year of approximately the same number. For comparison it may be 
stated that the school year in New York State is 180 days. 
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—Readers of the BULLETIN will recall the 
account last month of the opening of one of the four new elementary 
agricultural boarding schools which have been so admirably equipped 
for the instruction of farm youth in different parts of the Republic. 
It is now announced that three more such schools will be established 
this year, one each in the States of Puebla, Chihuahua, and Mexico. 


PANAMA 


MepicaL scHooL oF BotivARIAN Universiry.—By Decree 109 of 
December 17, 1926, the President authorized the establishment of 
the medical school which is to be opened in the grounds of Santo 
Tomas Hospital in Panama City as part of the Bolivarian University. 
The medical school will also include the school of pharmacy in 
the National Institute, and the School of Nursing in the Santo 
Tomas Hospital. (Courtesy of Panaman Legation, Washington, D. C.) 

RepusBiic oF Cuspa ScHoout.—On December 28, 1926, a school 
named in honor of the sister Republic of Cuba was opened in the 
capital of Panama. The program included an address by the Secre- 
tary of Foreign Relations and the presentation of the Cuban flag 
to the school by the wife of the Cuban Minister in Panama. The 
exercises closed with the singing of the Cuban national anthem. 


PARAGUAY 


VACATION CLASSES.—At the request of the pupils, classes in the 
prison school were continued throughout the vacation period under 
the direction of one of the prisoners who had previously shown 
special ability in his studies. 

NorMAL courRsE.—On December 1, 1926, the first classes of the 
vacation normal courses given annually by the Regional Teachers 
Association of Asuncién were held in the President Franco Normal 
School. : 

VocaTIONAL scHooL.—The building for the vocational school 
erected with funds raised by charitable women of Asuncién for girls 
of destitute parents is reported to be finished, and will be inaugurated 
upon the installation of necessary equipment. 


SALVADOR 


RURAL SCHOOL OPENED.—On December 26, 1926, President 
Quindénez Molina motored to the town of El Rosario in the Depart- 
ment of La Paz to be present at the opening of the new rural school 
in that place. The President has done much to improve the public- 
school system, as he has been fulfilling his ante-electoral promise to 
further education by the building of new schools. 


LABOR All 


ScHOOL VACATION CAMPS.—On December 1, 1926, the third group 
of children started for the school vacation farm at Planes de Rendero 
which is maintained by the Salvadorean School Protective Associa- 
tion. At this farm successive groups of children from the capital 
spend short vacations in the mountain air. 

SALVADOREAN ATHENEUM.—On January 2, 1927, the Salvadorean 
Atheneum held a meeting in the capital to honor Gen. José Maria 
Peralta L. in recognition of distinguished literary productions, and 
also to install the new executive committee, of which Dr. Lazaro 
Mendoza is president. 

ScHOOL GARDENS.—-In order to spread more widely a knowledge 
of the modern methods employed in agricultural education, it has 
been agreed that all Government schools shall add school gardens to 
their plants. 





ARGENTINA 


Nicutr BAKING.—On November 29, 1926, the President of Argen- 
tina signed a decree whereby the National Labor Department of 
Buenos Aires is empowered to grant exemptions from the act pro- 
hibiting night work in bakeries, in specified circumstances, to estab- 
lishments for the manufacture of machine-made bread. 

For the purposes of the decree all establishments in which only mechanical 
processes are used are considered as establishments for the manufacture of 
machine-made bread. They may be granted exemptions from the prohibition 
of night work: 

(1) When, by reason of force majeure, a decrease in production occurs which 
hinders the regular working of the industry. 

(2) In order to meet national needs. 

(3) In order to satisfy urgent requirements for public institutions such as 
almshouses, hospitals, or schools. 

(4) When by accident the working of the machinery is interrupted during the 
daytime. (Industrial and Labour Information, Jan. 10, 1927.) 


SALVADOR 


ComMercIAL HEmMpLoyers’ Union.—A commercial employees’ 
union was founded in San Salvador in December. The union, which 
has appointed committees on publicity, membership, and constitu- 
tion, hopes to have a membership of 1,000. 

LABOR ASSOCIATION.—The newly formed Artisans’ Cultural Asso- 
ciation of Cojutepeque proposes to start a library, lecture courses, 
and a school for adults with a section for illiterates. 





ARGENTINA 


VACATION CAMPS FOR CHILDREN BELOW NORMAL IN HEALTH.— 
Three vacation camps for public school children of Buenos Aires 
below normal in health were opened for the season on December 6, 
1926, and two more later in the month. They were located in five 
of the public parks, accommodating respectively 1,000, 450, 1,500, 
1,200, and 1,100 children at once. Each group of children is allotted 
a certain length of time, so that usually three successive groups during 
the season enjoy swimming and other recreations in the fresh air, 
benefiting also by the good meals furnished. This is the eighth year 
that the city has made this provision for safeguarding the health 
of its children in the summer. 

Leper coLtony.—A leper colony is to be built by the Government 
on Cerrito Island at the juncture of the Parana and Paraguay Rivers. 

First Pan AMERICAN TUBERCULOSIS ConGreEss.—The organiza- 
tion committee of the First Pan American Tuberculosis Congress has 
set the meeting of that body for October 10 to 15, 1927, in the city 
of Cérdoba. During the Congress members will visit hospitals and 
other medical establishments. The president of the organization 
committee is Dr. Juan F. Cafferata, who has appointed Dr. Carlos 
Bonorino Udaondo to constitute a committee to handle matters 
connected with the Congress in Buenos Aires. 

SOCIAL SERVICE INSTITUTE.—See page 406. 


BRAZIL 


TWELFTH CHILD WELFARE cLINic.—The twelfth child welfare 
clinic of the Public Health Service was opened last December in the 
Inhau’ma section of Rio de Janeiro for the benefit of expectant 
mothers and children under school age. Dental service for the 
children of the same neighborhood is soon to be established. 

Rep Cross News.—In December Senhora Washington Luis, wife 
of the President of Brazil, was made president of the women’s section 
of the Brazilian Red Cross. She was installed in office on January 6, 
1927, that date bemg made also the occasion of the opening of the 
Paulo de Frontin mouth, nose, and throat clinic of the Red Cross. 

First Brazi~tian TusercubLosis Preventrortum.—The Brazilian 
League against Tuberculosis planned to open in the latter part of 
January, 1927, the first tuberculosis preventorium in Brazil. The 

412 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 413 


institution, which is to be in Paqueta, is called the Dona Amelia 
Sanitorium. It will furnish a home for about 100 children predis- 
posed to tuberculosis, giving them proper food, clothing, medical 
care, and education in hygiene. After the children have reached a good 
physical condition they will be sent home, while others will come to 
be made strong and well. The institution will be under the care of 
Sisters of Charity and the first six patients will be daughters of poor 
tubercular families of Paqueta parish. 


CHILE 


HospPITaAL FOR CHILDREN.—The Manuel Arriaran hospital for 
children in Santiago offers some interesting features in construction 
and management. Each of the separate pavilions which make up 
the plant is under the direction of a Sister of Charity and a head 
nurse assisted by a corps of student nurses from the training school 
connected with the hospital. At present there are 50 student nurses, 
4 of whom are sisters of charity connected with the institution. The 
hospital service is divided into medical, surgical, and laboratory 
sections, each division being under the direction of a special physician. 
The site for the hospital was purchased from the proceeds of a legacy 
left by Sefor Manuel Arriaran, for whom the institution is named. 
Large sums have also been donated by other persons, while the 
Government made several appropriations for construction purposes, 
the total cost of building and grounds amounting to 5,246,433 pesos. 
Every ward has a sun parlor, and for the convalescent children 
kindergarten classes are held in the garden, where they are enter- 
tained and taught to play games, and to care for and protect flowers 
and plants. 

ATHLETIC CLUBS.—At a recent meeting of the Board of Directors 
of the University Athletic Federation in Santiago a committee was 
appointed to organize university athletic clubs, with swimming pools, 
tennis courts and all other arrangements necessary for sports. 

DENTAL SERVICE FOR SCHOOLS.—The administration of the School 
Dental Service for primary grades carried out a very active campaign 
last year for the promotion of dental hygiene among the pupils. 
For this purpose corps of dentists, nurses, and inspectors were 
organized to visit cities and schools where a dental service had not 
yet been installed. These dental inspectors also gave lectures on 
pathology and dental hygiene in the normal schools of the cities 


visited. 
COLOMBIA 


IMPROVEMENTS IN LEPER HOSPITAL.—In the Agua de Dios Leper 
Hospital new water pipes and a tank holding 1,000,000 liters of water 
have been installed. Another improvement in this hospital is the 


414 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 


construction of a new pavilion, costing 120,000 pesos, which will con- 
tain all modern comforts and improvements. 

SUBSIDY FOR CHILD HEALTH CENTER.—The Ministry of Instruction 
and Public Health has passed a resolution providing a subsidy of 
5,000 pesos a year for a charity association of Barranquilla, entitled 
Estrella de Caridad, this sum to be used for the child health center 
which functions under the direction of that society. 

ActIviTies OF THE RED Cross ComMItTEE oF Manizates.—The 
Red Cross Departmental Committee of Caldas has purchased, for 
the sum of 12,000 pesos, a building in which to establish the Red 
Cross offices, a maternity center and bathing facilities for children. 
The public dispensary which has been functioning in that city with 
great success for some time past will also be installed in the new 
building. 

COSTA RICA 


New LABporatory.—A new laboratory for the study of parasitical 
diseases will be placed at the disposal of the Charity League of 
Heredia during the early part of 1927. The sum of 5,000 colones has 
been given for the purpose by the Government. 

CUBA 


} 


INSTITUTE FOR THE BLIND.—On January 18, 1927, the President 
signed a decree by virtue of which an institute for the blind was 
created in Habana under the name of Juan Santos Fernandez Insti- 
tute. The primary purpose of this organization is to study the 
various diseases and accidents producing blindness and to suggest 
measures for their prevention. The institute will also disseminate 
information relating to the prophylaxis of blindness, organizing for 
this purpose lectures in public and private schools and in workshops 
and factories, particularly in those where certain materials are used 
which are likely to injure the eyes. This institute will also prepare 
a census of all the blind in the Republic, according to age, sex, 
race, and if possible, nationalities, naming the cause of the affliction 
in each case. Every year the institute shall present a report to the 
Secretary of Sanitation and Public Charities on the work accom- 
plished, recommending any measures deemed necessary for further 
developing the usefulness of this organization. 

PuBuLic BENEFITS.—Dr. Francisco M. Fernandez, Secretary of 
Sanitation and Public Charities, made a statement at the end of the 
year 1926 regarding the work accomplished by his office during 
that year. Among the serious problems which were successfully 
handled were outbreaks of typhoid fever in Colén, Tapaste, and 
Marianao which were quickly gotten under control. Prompt 
and effective action was taken in reconstruction work following the 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 415 


cyclone of October last, while valuable aid was also rendered in 
Miami after the similar disaster in that city. An important cam- 
paign against malaria was commenced in Camagiiey and Oriente. 
Work was likewise started on a large national asylum for aged and 
destitute survivors of the cyclone at Triscornia encampment. During 
the present year the Secretary of Sanitation expects to complete the 
program of repairing and renewing the equipment of all the various 
hospitals and asylums of the Republic, having already ordered 4,000 
complete outfits. The Child Welfare Service will be reorganized; 
and every effort will be made to relieve the congestion at the hospital 


for the insane at Mazorra. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 
Washington.) 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


CHILD WELFARE.—Plans are now being worked out, under the 
patronage of the Secretary of Sanitation and Public Charities, for 
the organization of a better baby contest and a maternity contest 
to be held during the present year, probably in the month of July. 

New HospiTaLt IN Azua.—Last December a new municipal hos- 
pital was inaugurated in the city of Azua. It has been named in 
honor of Doctor Vasquez, President of the Republic. 


ECUADOR 


BEQUEST FOR NEEDY CHILDREN.—Don Francisco Fernandez 
Madrid, a native of Quito, was decorated by the Ecuadorean Gov- 
ernment shortly before his recent death for his many deeds of charity. 
By his will he left practically all his fortune to the city of Quito to be 
employed in caring for needy children. 


GUATEMALA 


Report oF THE Curtp WELFARE INstITUTE.—FI Nino, the bul- 
letin of the Child Welfare Society, reports that 130 consultations were 
given by the Child Welfare Institute during September, 1926, 37 of the 
children being vaccinated against whooping-cough. Besides this, 35 
articles of clothing were distributed and 67 liters (approximately 71 
quarts) of milk were given outside that used in the institute itself. 
The total expenditures for the month were 46,329 pesos. Funds 
were also sent to the branch institutions in Quezaltenango and 


Antigua. 
HAITI 


SANITATION.—Sanitary measures taken in the Cap-Haitien district 
for mosquito control have proved satisfactory, notwithstanding the 
fact that this whole area is of a marshy nature and rather difficult of 
control. Considerable work has been accomplished, however, in ditch- 
ing, filling, cutting vegetation, and oiling. In this district 19 clinics 


A16 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


have been held at 18 different places in the last few months, with a 
very good attendance. Work has been commenced on the rural dis- 
pensary at Marmelade, also on the dispensary building at the hospital. 
In the Marmelade section 20 clinics were held during the month of 
November at 7 different places, with a very gratifying attendance. 
New clinics were started at L’Attalaye Plantation and at La Brande. 
The clinic at the latter place commenced on November 16, the attend- 
ance increasing from 49 on the opening morning to 162 on November 30. 
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-Receiver General.) 


HONDURAS 


BABY CLINIC AND MILK STATION.—The Gota de Leche, or free milk 
station and baby clinic of Tegucigalpa, is now under the administra- 
tion of anew board of directors, as follows: President, Senora Camila 
Midence de Soto; honorary president, Senhora Emma viuda de Bonilla; 
vice president, Sefiorita Sofia Vega; treasurer, Senorita Rosinda Fia- 
llos Z.; and secretary, Sefiorita Amalia Lanza y Lanza. 

This Gota de Leche in the Honduran capital conducted its annual 
better baby show at Christmas time, giving a prize to the baby whose 
weight curve was most regular over a period of six months; and an- 
other prize to the mother whose personal cleanliness and that of her 
child showed that she had most faithfully followed the rules for child 
care. Toys and clothing were distributed to the other children in the 
clinic. 

The General Bureau of Health, in connection with the Child Wel- 
fare Section and the Gota de Leche, conducts free health examinations 
for wet nurses every business day. 


MEXICO 


CAMPAIGN AGAINST VENEREAL DISEASE.—The Federal Bureau of 
Public Health has taken as one of its major activities for this year the 
waging of a national campaign against venereal disease. This cam- 
paign was opened on January 16 by Dr. Bernardo J. Gastélum, chief 
of that bureau, who, with other officials and a large corps of physicians, 
nurses, and other assistants, visited the city of Toluca, capital of the 
State of Mexico. Large posters with health admonitions were dis- 
tributed broadcast; talks were given by the bureau physicians on 
street corners, in theaters, labor centers, and places of popular amuse- 
ment; nurses went from house to house; and at nightfall three motion 
picture outfits showed instructive films. The corps of experts, after 
remaining several weeks more in the State, was to move on to another 
center, there to repeat its good work. 

CHARITIES BUILDING.—A splendid new building for the general 
offices of the Public Charities was recently opened in Mexico City. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 417 


It also contains laboratories, bakeshops to prepare the bread for all 
hospitals, asylums, and other institutions under the jurisdiction of the 
Public Charities, and storerooms for clothing, linen, and other supplies. 


PANAMA 


HEALTH CERTIFICATES FOR PERSONS EMPLOYED IN PREPARING 
OR SERVING Foops.—On January 10, 1927, the mayor of Coldén 
issued a decree appointing two physicians to examine and issue health 
certificates to all persons employed in establishments serving foods 
or beverages, such as hotels, cook shops, ice cream parlors, fruit 
stands, and canteens. A term of 20 days from January 10 was 
given for the persons so engaged to be examined and secure a cer- 
tificate of good health to permit them to continue in the same 


occupation. 
PARAGUAY 


Hookworm cAmpaicn.—Following an intensive and _ successful 
antihookworm campaign in Acahay, Ubycui, and Quyquy6, Dr. 
Pedro Lépez, representing the Rockefeller Foundation in Paraguay, 
has begun a similar sanitary work in the cordillera region. 

CHILD HEALTH STATION.—A contribution of 950 pesos has been 
made by the teachers of the Normal School of Asuncién for giving 
a daily glass of milk to pupils in the practice school suffering from 
deficient nutrition. 

Hearty PuBLICATION.—A Handbook of Practical Rural Information 
was recently issued by the Department of Land and Colonies; its 
contents include a description of and possible precautions to be taken 
against some of the most common diseases, first aid treatments, and 
information on medicinal plants, their properties, and use. 


PERU 


ScHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE.—A report prepared by the Pedagogical 
Committee of the National Board of Education on the creation of a 
school medical service recommends that a preparatory course for 
school nurses and physicians be established and that a school medical 
service be created, beginning with the schools in the capital city 


of Lima. 
URUGUAY 


SERIES OF MEDICAL LECTURES.—Two lectures of a series on prob- 
lems of public hygiene given recently under the auspices of the 
Medical Association were entitled “‘Typhoid Fever in Uruguay” 
and “The Uruguayan Fight Against Cancer in Women,” presented 
by Dr. Justo F. Gonzalez and Prof. Enrique Pouey, respectively. 


418 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


VENEZUELA 


Firre VENEZUELAN Mepicau Coneress.—The opening session of 
the Fifth Venezuelan Medical Congress was held in Maracay on 
December 20, 1926. Important works presented were those of Dr. 
Peter Miihlens, an especially invited guest of the Institute of Tropical 
Diseases of Hamburg, on the treatment of malaria and other tropical 
diseases, and that of Sefior Luis R. Oramas, ‘‘Gums and Resins of 
the Venezuelan flora,” the latter receiving an award of 5,000 bolivars 
as being the best paper presented to the congress. Among important 
resolutions adopted were the following to be presented as petitions to 
the Government: 

A provision for a complete record of climatic and demographic conditions in 
each section of the Republic, including a description of geographical, geological, and 
ethnological characteristics, and the establishment of a meteorological station 
with an observer in each State, district or territory, so that the above data may 
be presented to the next medical congress. 

The creation of a botanical garden in which native plants may be grown for 
study. 

The creation of a chair of orthodontia in the dental school of the Central 
University with provisions for study for the said chair by a Venezuelan graduate 
dentist in a Philadelphia dental college, and the appointment of school dentists. 

The congress adjourned on December 25, 1926, to meet in Caracas 
on December 13, 1929. 

BETTER BABIES COMPETITION.—On December 30, 1926, following 
a six months’ competition conducted by the Simén Rodriguez Insti- 
tute in Caracas for children reared by breast feeding, a prize of 500 
bolivars was awarded the baby who had made the greatest gain in 
weight and general good health during that time. <A second prize of 
100 bolivars was also awarded, and as a result of gifts made by 
interested persons, all seven babies who had taken part in the com- 
petition received some award. This was the first better babies com- 
petition in Venezuela. 





COSTA RICA 


SYMPHONY CONCERT.—Great interest was shown in the farewell 
concert given in San José on January 15, 1927, by the Costa Rican 
symphony orchestra on the eve of its departure for a tour of the 
Central American countries and Mexico. 


GENERAL NOTES 419 
CUBA 


Girt oF CUBA TO THE CITY OF PHILADELPHIA.—At a recent Cabinet 
meeting it was agreed to adopt the suggestion made by the Secretary 
of State, Dr. Rafael Martinez Ortiz, that the Cuban pavilion at 
the recent Sesquicentennial Exposition be donated to the city of 
Philadelphia. 

HONDURAS 


DeatuH or EX-PRESIDENT BoGrAn.—The Government of Hon- 
duras declared three days of official mourning in memory of Dr. 
Francisco Bogran, a former President who died in New Orleans on 
December 7, 1926, giving him a funeral with presidential honors, 
Doctor Bogran was a distinguished Honduran physician and surgeon 
who filled numerous public offices, including that of the National 
Presidency for a period of six months. His loss is deeply felt in his 
own country and among those who knew him elsewhere. 


URUGUAY 


MonTEVIDEO’S TWO HUNDREDTH ANNIVERSARY.—On December 
24, 1926, the two hundredth anniversary of the founding of Monte- 
video was celebrated by that city. Congratulatory notes were 
received from Buenos Aires and Madrid, and patriotic and historical 
programs made up the events of the day, among which perhaps the 
most important was the laying of the first stone in the Rambla Sur, 
a boulevard which is being constructed along the southern water 
front. 

ART EXHIBIT.—It was announced on January 7, 1927, that the 
First Annual Photographic Art Exhibition would be held in Monte- 
video from February 16 to 22, 1927, under the auspices of the 
Uruguayan Photographic Association. 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO FEBRUARY 15, 1927 








Subject Date Author 
BRAZIL 
1926 
Privileges for colonization of Amazonas government lands_| Dec. 1 Georees E. Seltzer, vice consul at 
lanaos. 
Livestock improvement in district .-.-_.--------.-__------ Dec. 4 Do. 
Mining laws of the State of Amazonas, Law No. 1297_____- ~23d Ose Do. 
Cattle fair for Manaos, regional livestock exposition to be |_.-.do___- Do. 
held at Manaos, Sept. 5-7, 1927. 
November review of commerce and industries of Brazil__.-_| Dec. 12 | Digby A. Willson, consul in charge, 
| Rio de Janeiro. 
OctobersimportstateB ania eee ee ee eee Dec. 16} Allan Dawson, vice consul in 
charge, Bahia. 
Woaneforsearahy bard ovNOntenese sees ee Dec. 17 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at 
: Pernambuco. 
Proposed new geographical division of Brazil___-_ _______- Dec. 23 | Digby A. Willson. 
The Rio de Janeiro financial and commercial market dur- | Dec. 24 Do. 
ing November, 1926. 
Loans to municipalities and for construction and exten- | Dec. 27 | Fred E. Huhlein, vice consul in 
sion of municipal water supply systems in State of Rio | charge, Porto Alegre. 
Grande do Sul. & 
1927 
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for Decem- | Jan. 12 | Digby A. Willson. 
ber, 1926. 
Project for a special fund for the construction and conserva- | Jan. 14) Fred C. Eastin, jr., consul at Rio de 
tion of federal roads. | Janeiro. 
Review of commerce and industries at Bahia for quarter |__-do-.__| Allan Dawson. 
ended Dec. 31, 1926. | 
Brazilian bow Ose talo rel 9 2 pees oe ee ee Jan. 17 | Digby A. Willson. 
Bank of Brazil balance-sheet for December, 1926__________- Jan. 18 Do. 
COLOMBIA 
Dredging the entrance of Cartagena Bay---.---.---------- Jan. 12 | Lester L. Schnare, consul at Car- 
tagena. 
Review of the commerce and industries for quarter ended | Jan. 15 Do. 
Dee. 31, 1926. 
Annual report of the Cartagena district, for the year 1926_.| Jan. 17 Do. 
COSTA RICA 
Executive decree providing for the construction of a new | Jan. 20 | Legation, San José. 
pier at Puntarenas, and other public works. | 
Law establishing ‘‘Credito Hipotecario de Costa Rica,” | Jan. 21 Do. 
La Gaceta, San José, Jan. 19, 1927. 
CUBA 
1926 
Prospects for 1926-1927 sugar crop of the district __________- Dec. 18 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at San- 
tiago de Cuba. 
Review of commerce and industries for November, 1926.--| Dec. 21} Carlton Bailey Hurst, consul 
general at Habana. 
Disastrous fire in Santiago de Cuba_---.--_---- 2222-21-28 Dec. 27 | Francis R. Stewart. 
Heview. of commerce and industries, quarter ended Dec. | Dec. 31 Do. 
31, 1926. % 
Crop movement through ports of Nuevitas and Tarafa, |_--do.___- Lawrence P. Briggs, consul at 
quarter ended Dee. 31, 1926. Nuevitas. 
1927 
Report on commerce and industries for Matanzas district | Jan. 5 | Augustus Ostertag, vice consul at 
for quarter ended Dee. 31, 1926. Matanzas. 
Review of commerce and industries of Isle: of Pines, | Jan. 14 | Sheridan Talbott, vice consul at 
quarter ended Dec. 31, 1926. Nueva Gerona. 
December review of commerce and industries, 1926________ Jan. 18 | Edward Caffery, consul in charge, 
Habana. 
Proposed municipal improvements at Antilla.__._________ Feb. 1 Horace J. Dickinson, consul at An- 
tilla. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
Immigration and labor, general conditions________________ Jan. 4 | Legation, Santo Domingo. 
Summary of important laws enacted during recent session | Jan. 11 Do. 
of Congress. 
Customs and internal revenue collections of the Republic | Jan. 14 Do. 
for December, 1926. 
National exposition at Santiago, Mar. 30, and the succeed- | Jan. 18 | W. A. Bickers, consul at Puerto 
ing days (agriculture, industries, and arts). Plata. 
Review of commerce and industries of district for quarter. |__-do___-_ Do. 





ended Dec. 81, 1926. 
420 





SUBJECT MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS 


421 


Reports received to February 15, 1927—Continued 








Subject Date Author 
ECUADOR 
1926 
November, 1926, report on commerce and industries_______ Dec. 12 |} Harold D, Clum. consul in charge 
at Guayaquil. 
1927 
Vegetable ivory crop and prices______________22__________- Jan. 15 | Legation, Quito. 
GUATEMALA 
Opening of American Academy in Guatemala_____________ Jan. 11 | Legation. 
PANAMA 
1926 
November, 1926, report on commerce and industries______- Dec. 9 | H. D. Myers, vice consul at Pana- 
ma City. 
Loan for construction of new branch of Chiriqui Railroad, | Dec. 13 | Legation, Panama City. 
and for the extension of the national highway system. 
Contract for establishment of whale fishery ______________- Dec. 14 Do. 
1927 
Law 60 promulgated Dee. 17, 1926—Construction of roads__| Jan. 11 Do. 
December report on commerce and industries____________- Jan. 14 | H. D. Myers. 
Contract for exploration for ‘“‘hidden treasure’’___-________ Jan. 24 Do. 
Annual report of commerce and industries for 1926________ Jan. 25 Do. 
| 
PARAGUAY | 
Banco Agricola calls economic conference, immigration | Jan. 8 | Legation, Asuncion. 
and labor matters. 
URUGUAY 
Report on general financial and economic conditions—Wool | Jan. 13 | Legation, Montevideo. 
market; crop conditions; livestock; debt, exchange, etc. 
VENEZUELA 
1926 
Annual report on commerce and industries for 1925 _______ Dec. 29 | George R. Phelan, vice consul at 
Puerto Cabello. 
1927 
he Maracalborqueducti= a= s-ss 22-52 = nae e oe eee Jan. 4) A.K.Sloan, consul at Maracaibo. 
Oro from Maracaibo district for month of December, | Jan. 19 Do. 
1926. . 
Statement of ‘‘Banco de Maracaibo,’’ Dec. 31, 1926_______ Jan. 25 Do. 
Statement of ‘‘Banco Comercial de Maracaibo,’”’ for Dec. |__-do___- Do. 


31, 1926. 











or) 








Coming Pan American Conferences___________________________ =e 


The Great Mennonite Migration to Paraguay____________________ se 
By John W. White, Editor and Publisher of ‘‘The American Weekly,’’ Buenos Aires. 


A Pan American Friendship Pilgrimage __-_________________- =e 
Lima’s Half Million Dollar Country Club_____-________-_--- 8 =e 


The Construction of Long-distance Lines in Mexico._________-___ = L 
By P. M. McCollough, Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. 


By Rudyard Kipling. Spanish version by Efrén Rebolledo (Mexico). 
Brazil Fosters Pan American Spirit in Her Public Schools ______________ 


Chile: A Land of Industrial Opportunity...-.-_____--_- === 
By F. de la Parra, Commissioned by the Chilean Government for the Study of Industries. 


Fifth Pan American Labor Congress__________________________________ 
The Cultivation of Phormium in the Parana Delta-..___________________ 
Are entinaeD Of Gaye fae wy ta Sts eb peat pet Se ay Sayer es an dha eaeie aie ee 


By The Export Committee, Chamber of Commerce of the United States in the Argentine 
Republic. 


Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce ____________________________ es 

Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Dominican 

Republic — Ecuador — Guatemala — Haiti — Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — 
Panama—Paraguay— Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela. 





KconomicvandehinancilaleAthains 000. uuee oe ee eee le eee planed 

Argentina — Bolivia Brazil Chile Colombia — Dominican Republic — Haiti — 
Mexico—Uruguay. 

MFO BUS a G1 Tica eee fee ss ee ee ed ae page eadiens cep Ge anes! oo dey RON ML 

Argentina — Brazil — Dominican Republic — Guatemala — Mexico — Panama — Peru. 





InternationaleDreatiessescn eo oe ie aoe ee bas ae Siete sg damian de ne, 
Brazil-Uruguay—Great Britain-Mexico—Mexico. 
Publiceinstructionvand@h ducationes 25 ss ss eee eee eee 
Argentina — Bolivia Brazil Chile Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Dominican 
Republic— Guatemala — Honduras — Mexico — Panama — Paraguay — Peru — Uru- 
guay—Venezuela. 





Argentina—C hile—Colombia. 


SOCIAIEP RO PRES Soe se eee) UA aI eH eR cee ad chs cede Le pe Bud th a aed 
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile—Costa Rica — Cuba — Haiti— Honduras — Mexico — 
Nicaragua— Panama—Peru—Uruguay—Venezuela. 
GemeralaNiote ses iecj sie aie Wiese Seis OSL at niece tice ee O20 Umit nial ee ean lee 
Argentina — Bolivia — Colombia — Cuba — Ecuador — Peru — Salvador — Venezuela. 


Subject: Matter of-Consular Reports) se2 225205228 25255 ee 











443 
447 
455 


460 


473 
476 
481 


510 


510 


517 


518 


BOS 


; 
} 
; 
| 


HOT 9081 oT 


,, JO ASaqinoy 





87819 oy} UMqnya 
BYons JO loqmieul 10440 Aue Aq poonp 
-O1d SVM ULI PSA Ao}VoIs B ‘9I10B 
JT UO 09409 JO soTeq %Z Mors ‘qnTO 
jeanqInouisy H-P Sey pue ssog 
sexay, B JO loquroul v ‘Ydeis0j0y4d 044 
Ul U9dS ULUIOM SUNOA oY, “Nveing 
[euotvonpy BpOs JO 9V4IN UeITIYO 
oud JO ays oy ‘YooVM plos vB YIM 
yovea suluesoid ‘Assequiy uUeeTIqO 
oy} 4B UOVYoUNyT B ULI} pelapue} 1Op 
-BSSBQULY UBIO oY} ‘WOM4VZI[I4I10} UL 
JUSUII[O UASO.AjIU V4 IO} BPOS JO 99R.141U 
uvo[IuQ uUodn Asse], pelfel pey 
SIOUUIM OZLId oY} VsNnBdVgG ‘“IdBIIOAV 
oy} UBYA 9108 9} OF QUIT e10M YonuT 
Sursivit ‘saotid MOT JO 90vj 9} UI WOAD 
‘sdo1o0 10yy UO ADUOUL VpBUI SOTTIV] 
9S9yI UWOMNezyysoy puv woMeayyno 
JO spoyjeur ssbpo-JsIy SUIMOT[O] Ag 
*sa7e19 pou, oY} UL 4Se4UOd ,SIOMOIS 
009409 9261 9} UI StoUUTM 9ztId 944 
0} SoydIVM POs syuesaid ‘UOAsUTYSe MA 
Ul IYO JO JOpessequiy ‘[BUIODO, 
esvyonig ens, “Aq AoUeT[[eoxy SIAL 


LSHLNOO DNIMOYWD NOL 
“LOO NI SHANNIM OWL SHZTUd 
SLNASHUd SHLVLS GALINA 
AHLOLYTIHO 40 YOACVSSVEANV 


AR « 
oe wath, Serr == 7 ie ae 
rrr ot ee, ME AEDBE SIS Se Seeosts = Ae ouSs 


AMERICAN UNION | 











Vol. LXI MAY, 1927 No. 5 




















i 
THIRD PAN AMERICAN COMMERCIAL CONFERENCE 


MAY 2 TO 5, 1927, WASHINGTON, D. C. 


OVERNMENTS of the 21 American Republics, commercial 
organizations, and other associations interested in inter- 
American commerce have been invited by the Governing 
Board of the Pan American Union to send representatives 

to the Third Pan American Commercial Conference, which will 
meet in Washington on May 2, 3, 4, and 5, 1927, under the auspices 
of the aforesaid Union. 

At the same time, the Governing Board of the Pan American Union 
designated the first days of May, 1927, as the date for the convening 
of the Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission, provided 
for in a resolution adopted at the Fifth Pan American Conference at 
Santiago, Chile, in 1923. This will be a meeting of technical experts 
for the purpose of considering aviation routes, landing stations, 
customs regulations, etc. It was thought desirable to have the two 
conferences meet at the same time in order that the delegates might 
consult together relative to the best means of accomplishing the pur- 
poses of the meetings. 

It will be remembered that the First Pan American Commercial 
Conference was held in 1911, the principal question then under dis- 
cussion being the probable effect of the opening of the Panama Canal 

423 


424 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


on inter-American commerce. In 1919 the second meeting was called 
to consider the commercial problems which had developed as a result 
of the World War. And now a majority of the nations of the world 
having readjusted themselves to postwar economic conditions, the 
time is deemed opportune for a Third Pan American Commercial 
Conference to study not only questions arising out of these newly 
created conditions but, also, the extension of the commerce of the 
American Republics in the years to come, as well as all matters tend- 
ing to develop more intimate commercial relations between the 
American nations. With such antecedents, it is evident that a great 
number of business men, including bankers and other financiers, large- 
scale importers and exporters, railway and highway officials, agents 
of the principal steamship lines, purchasing agents, and many other 
commercial and industrial leaders of the Americas will attend. 

There is also no question as to the favorable outcome of these con- 
ferences. Many manufacturers, particularly those of the United 
States, will recall the great increase in number as well as in the im- 
portance of orders placed with them as a result of the conference of 
1919, at a time when the nations had scarcely begun to reestablish 
themselves after the abnormal conditions resulting from the World 
War. The forthcoming conference, however, occurs at a more 
auspicious time when positive and notable progress is widespread in 
the Americas, at a time which is in general one of peace and prosperity, 
and for this reason the Third Pan American Conference will, without 
doubt, be the most important and successful of its kind held up to the 
present time. 

Opportunity will be offered during the sessions of the conference for 
the presentation of the outstanding trade problems of each of the 
American Republics; and through such frank discussion of the existing 
situation affecting the trade between the countries of the American 
Continent it is believed that many of the obstacles that now retard 
the normal development of inter-American commerce will be removed. 

At the same time provision has been made in the program of the 
conference for round table meetings between representative groups 
of the nations participating in the conference, and manufacturers, 
exporters, and importers of the United States, sessions at which inter- 
American trade problems will be considered and discussed. These 
group meetings will not be open to the public; nor, unless the mem- 
bers of the group so desire, will the proceedings be reported. The 
delegates will, therefore, be at entire liberty to express themselves 
freely on the questions that now confront their respective countries. 

While the conference is in session the delegates will be guests at 
the series of luncheons, dinners, and receptions which have been 
arranged in their honor. Among these functions will be a luncheon 
by the members of the Governing Board of the Pan American Union ; 


COMING PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 425 


a reception by the Secretary of State of the United States, Hon. 
Frank B. Kellogg and Mrs. Kellogg; a dinner by the American 
Section of the International Chamber of Commerce; a luncheon by 
the honorary chairman of the Inter-American High Commission, 
Hon. Andrew W. Mellon, Secretary of the Treasury of the United 
States; and a dinner by Mr. John H. Merrill, President of All 
America Cables. 

On the closing day of the sessions and the two succeeding days the 
delegates will visit the public buildings of the Capital, Mount 
Vernon, and those Government departments which may be of special 
interest to those engaged in the import and export trade, including 
the Department of Agriculture and the United States Bureau of 
Standards. 

It will be noted that the annual sessions of the United States 
Chamber of Commerce, at which representatives of all the various 
commercial associations of the country will be in attendance, are to be 
held in Washington at the same time as those of the Third Pan 
American Commercial Conference, also that at a joint session to take 
place on Tuesday evening, May 3, President Coolidge will deliver 
an address of welcome to the delegates of both conferences. 


PROGRAM OF THE THIRD PAN AMERICAN COMMERCIAL 
CONFERENCE 


I. TRANSPORTATION AND INTER-AMERICAN COMMERCE 


1. The need of adequate means of transportation to facilitate commercial 
development. 
2. Transportation facilities in inter-American commerce. 


Il. FOREIGN INVESTMENT AND INTER-AMERICAN TRADE 


1. Foreign investment as a factor in the development of inter-American 
commerce. 
2. Principles that should govern the foreign investment of capital. 


III. CONSULAR PROCEDURE 


1. Simplification of consular procedure in inter-American commerce. 
2. Consular documents essential in inter-American trade. 
3. Possibility of securing uniformity in consular documentation and procedure. 


IV. CUSTOMS REGULATIONS 


The purpose of customs regulations and the minimum regulations required to 
secure their purpose. 


V. BARRIERS TO INTER-AMERICAN COMMERCE 


1. Barriers to the development of inter-American commerce. 
2. Consideration of measures for the elimination of inter-American trade 
barriers. 
VI. ARBITRATION OF COMMERCIAL DISPUTES 


Measures for the extension of the principle of the arbitral settlement of com- 
mercial disputes. 


496 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


VII. INTER-AMERICAN TRADE PROBLEMS 


(During the conference there will be a joint meeting with the Chamber of 
Commerce of the United States of America, which will be in annual session at 
the same time as the Pan American Commercial Conference. At this joint 
meeting consideration will be given to the outstanding commercial problems of 
the American Republics, as presented by leading commercial representatives of 
the respective countries. ) 


VIII. ROUND-TABLE CONFERENCES 


(On the final day of the conference round-table meetings will be held between 
representatives of the nations participating in the conference and manufacturers, 
exporters, and importers of the United States, at which inter-American trade 
problems will be considered and discussed.) 


IX. PERMANENT COOPERATION BETWEEN COMMERCIAL ORGANIZATIONS 


(During the conference a meeting of presidents of commercial organizations of 
the American Republics will be held for the purpose of considering means of 
establishing permanent cooperative relations between these associations.) 


II 


FIRST CONFERENCE OF THE INTER-AMERICAN COM- 
MISSION OF COMMERCIAL AVIATION 


TO CONVENE IN WASHINGTON, D. C., ON MAY 2, 1927 


Another inter-American conference to be held in Washington under 
the auspices of the Pan American Union is the first aviation con- 
ference, called by the Governing Board of the aforesaid Union by 
virtue of a resolution approved by the Fifth International Conference 
of American States in 1923. 

Since commercial aviation, under the subject of transportation, 
constitutes one of the principal topics for discussion by the Third 
Pan American Commercial Conference, there will be a close relation 
between the two assemblies, above all now that they are to meet 
more or less simultaneously. - 

Two new means of transportation have become important factors 
during recent years—the automobile and the airplane—and_ not- 
withstanding the fact that the latter is so recent, it will in time come 
to be a most important element of world progress, above all in the 
transportation of certain kinds of commodities. Therefore, special 
attention is being given this subject. The underlying object of the 
Commercial Aviation Conference should be to study the best manner 
of removing every obstacle to the normal development of this branch 
of inter-American commerce. 

The extraordinary compass of the topics under consideration by 
the Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission may be 
appreciated on reading the program, which follows: 


The program of the Inter-American Commercial Aviation Conference will 
be divided into two sections, one devoted to juridical problems which must 


COMING PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 42 


be studied for the purpose of formulating the convention; the other covering 
technical problems which must be studied in order to draft the service regulations 
for commercial aviation which will be annexed to the convention. 

The topics contained in the following list are merely suggestions of a project 
of program for submission to the consideration of the respective Governments. 
The final program will be formulated in accordance with the points of view and 
suggestions made by the Governments. 


FIRST SECTION 
TOPICS RELATIVE TO THE INTER-AMERICAN COMMERCIAL AVIATION CONVENTION 


I. (a) Aerial space; sovereignty over aerial space. (b) Passage through aerial 
space. (c) Territorial zones excluded from aerial navigation. 

II. Nationality of aircraft. 

III. Conditions of navigability of aircraft. 

IV. Wireless telegraphy on board aircraft. 

V. Certificate of capacity and licenses of members of the crew of aircraft. 

VI. (a) Rules for the admission and navigation of foreign aircraft in the 
aerial space of another State. (b) Aerial traffic between two points in the terri- 
tory of a State. 

VII. Rules governing the departure, flight and landing of aircraft. 

VIII. Prohibited transport by aircraft. 

IX. Juridical relations arising on board aircraft. 

X. Rules governing civil or criminal responsibility for damage caused by air- 
craft, their crew and passengers. 

XI. Customs regwations for commercia! aircraft. 

XII. Insurance of cargo, passengers, and aircraft. 

XIII. Inter-American Office of Aerial Navigation. 

XIV. General provisions. 

XV. Provisions relative to the exchange of ratifications, adhesions, duration 
of the convention, revision of the convention and regulations, denunciation, etc. 

The bases of a protocol for the regulation of aircraft engaged in postal transport 
will also be studied. 

SECOND_SECTION 


TOPICS RELATIVE TO THE SERVICE REGULATIONS OF THE INTER-AMERICAN COM- 
MERCIAL AVIATION CONVENTION 





A. Airdromes, airways, traffic rules, and signals —(1) Recognition ground marks 
for landing fields and seaplane stations by day and night. (2) Landing direc- 
tion indications at airdromes. (3) The identification of airways by ground marks, 
lights, and names of places. (4) The identification of radiobeacons and beacon 
lights along airways. (5) Rules for the use of airways and rules to minimize 
collision hazards along them. (6) Rules as to rights of way both in the air and on 
the surface. (7) Public safety provisions; altitudes over inhabited districts; bal- 
last to be unloaded by aireraft in flight. (8) Landing; taking-off maneuvers; regu- 
lations as to flight in close proximity to airdromes to minimize collision hazards. 
(9) Navigation lights and signals for aircraft when moored, taxying, and in 
flight. (10) Course and landing signals at airdromes. (11) Warning signals at 
airdromes. (12) Storm and fog warning signals. (13) Distress signals. 

B. Customs.—(1) Provisions for ‘customs airdromes’’; limitations as to inter- 
national flights leaving from and arriving at such airdromes. (2) Agreement as 
to manifests, declarations, and other documents concerning cargoes in inter- 
national aerial navigation. (3) Agreement as to through transit across a State. 
(4) Agreement as to rights of visit, search, verification, etc., of aircraft. 


498 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


C. Maps for use in aerial navigation.—(1) The correlation of national or local 
airway maps with international general maps. (2) The indication on maps of 
information and details of the physical aspects and particularly the topographic 
features of the land necessary or advisable to be shown on maps for aerial naviga- 
tion to facilitate their use. (3) Agreement as to conventional symbols and other 
cartographic details, including projections and scales, conventional signs and 
colors, abbreviations, spelling, and translation of names, etc. 

D. Maintenance and operation of aircraft-—(1) The determination of national- 
ity and registration marks identifying aircraft; methods of displaying these marks 
on aircraft. (2) Uniformity in the use of log books; record of the journeys of 
aircraft and their engineering history. (3) Necessary instruments required on all 
aircraft for the safety of flight. (4) Safety equipment on aircraft; emergency 
devices on board aircraft in transit. (5) Engineering regulations as to routine 
maintenance and inspections of aircraft in service; recording of inspections and 
repairs. 

EK. Medical Section.—(1) The specification of general physical qualifications 
and examinations for airmen, such as pilots, engineers, ete. (2) Specifications as 
to skill, training, and experience of pilots, navigators, engineers, ete. (3) Quar- 
antine and public-health rules in international aerial navigation. 

F. Meteorological information.—(1) Nature and object of meteorological 
information to be furnished or disseminated by contracting States; analysis and 
summaries of past records, current observations, and forecasts. (2) The informa- 
tion necessary and desirable to be included in individual and collective station 
reports. (3) The information to be included in, and the periods to be covered by, 
forecasts. (4) Methods of transmitting reports; codes; abbreviations. 

G. Radiotelegraphy, radiotelephony.—(1) Requirements for radiotelegraphic 
and radiotelephonié equipment for aircraft and airdromes. (2) Agreement as to 
radio communication for the safety of aircraft, and distress messages. (3) 
Correlation of radio-frequencies assigned and available for aircraft. (4) Agree- 
ment as to means for identification of radiobeacons and for the elimination of 
interference between beacon signals. 

H. Structure and materials of aircrafts —(1) Determination of airworthiness of 
aircraft. (2) General features of design of aircraft bearing on their conditions of 
navigability, safety, stability, and controllability; structural analysis, including 
materials of construction and factors of safety. (8) Comparative tests and 
requirements for aircraft power plants. 


il 


SECOND PAN AMERICAN STANDARDIZATION 
CONFERENCE 


WASHINGTON, D. C., MAY 6-14, 1927 


Invitations for participation in the Second Pan American Standard- 
ization Conference were sent to the respective national sections of 
the Inter-American High Commission by Hon. Herbert Hoover, in 
fulfillment of his duties as president of the said commission. It will 
be remembered that this conference will be celebrated in accordance 
with a resolution adopted by the Fifth International Conference of 
American States, the First Pan American Standardization Conference 
having been held in Lima, Peru, at the end of 1924. 


COMING PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 429 


The object of the conference as expressed in that resolution is the 
reduction to ‘‘standardization and uniform nomenclature of specifica- 
tions on raw materials, supplies, tools, machinery, equipment, and 
other merchandise, with a view to reaching agreements which may 
be embodied in inter-American conventions on this subject.” 

Therefore, in accordance with the above, delegates of all Republics 
of the Western Hemisphere will confer with representative American 
importers and consumers of products such as cacao, coffee, hides, 
wool, and vegetable oilseeds, in an effort to come to some mutually 
beneficial and practical agreement as to the proper grading of such 
commodities to facilitate national commerce. 

There is a consensus of opinion among experts in this field that 
standards fixed for the principal products of Latin America will 
bring international recognition, resulting in a consequent increase 
in the amounts of such products sold and better prices, a condition 
which would be beneficial not only to the producer in Latin America 
but also to those in the United States and Europe who buy and use 
such commodities, through the reliance that could be placed on them 
as standard grades. 

The meetings of the Second Pan American Standardization Con- 
ference will be held under the joint auspices of the Inter-American 
High Commission and the Pan American Union, being under the 
direction of a general committee, the membership of which was 
recently announced by the Hon. Herbert Hoover, chairman of 
the Executive Council of the Inter-American High Commission, as 
follows: 

President: Dr. Dexter 8. Kimpatt, dean of the Engineering College of Cornell 
University and president of the American Engineering Council, chairman of this 
committee. 

Secretary: WALLACE THompson, editor of Ingenieria Internacional. 

Members: KE. A. CANnauizo, president of New York Cocoa Exchange; F. ABBoTT 
GoopHUE, president of International Acceptance Bank; FRANKLIN Hopps, presi- 
dent of National Association of Wool Manufacturers; Fraser M. Morrart, 
president of Tanners Council of America; C. R. Parker, president of American 
Importers & Exporters Association; Carvin W. Rice, secretary of American 
Society of Mechanical Engineers and United States delegate to the International 
Congress of Engineering at Brazil; ARrHur R. RuLs, general manager of Feder- 
ated Fruit & Vegetable Growers (Inc.); F. G. Russe, president of National 
Coffee Trade Council; C. E. Sktnn&r, chairman of American Engineering Stand- 
ards Committee; C. D. Snow, Chamber of Commerce of the United States; 
JaMEs C. Stone, president of the Burley Tobacco Growers Cooperative Associa- 
tion; Davip Wesson, Cotton Seed Crushers Association; and A. F. WHITNEY, 


president of the United States delegation to the First Pan American Standardiza- 
tion Conference at Lima, Peru, 1924-25. 





SENOR DR. RICARDO JAIMES FREYRE 


Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Bolivia to the United States from October 8, 1923, 


who left Washington March 31, 1927, to represent his country in the International Congress of Jurists 
meeting in Rio de Janeiro in April, 1927 





Copyright by Harris & Ewing. 


‘SENOR DR. HECTOR DAVID CASTRO 


Chargé d@’ Affaires ad interim of El Salvador in the United States from December 16, 1922, who left Washing- 
ton April 15, 1927, to occupy the position of Assistant Secretary of Foreign Relations and Justice of his 
country. The numerous Washington friends of this young and distinguished diplomat are a unit in 
wise the fullest measure of success in the new mission intrusted to him by the Government 
of Salvador 





ITE MIGRATION TO 











By JoHn W. WHITE 
Editor and Publisher of ‘‘The American Weekly,’ Buenos Aires 


S THIS is being written on a quiet, sunny afternoon, the 
little paddle-wheel steamboat Apipé is chugging its way 
slowly up the Parana and Paraguay Rivers. Close at hand 
on either side of it are the high jungle-clad shores of the 

Argentine Chaco. Occasionally a jaguar comes down to the water’s 
edge to drink. Perhaps once or twice in the day an Indian appears 
from the brush and watches the steamer pass. Overhead is a clear, 
blue sky. It is rare that any sound is heard. Everywhere is quiet 
and peace. For those on board, the .ipipé is bound for the Promised 
Land. Its destination is a poiit 1,7C0 miles above Buenos Aires on 
the River Paraguay, and history may look back on this voyage as 
being every bit as important as the famous voyage of the Mayflower, 
for the 309 passengers on the Apipé form the venguard of the great 
Mennonite migration to Paraguay; and. Jv ouce the Pilgrims boarded 
the Mayflower at Delft Haven and started their search for new homes 
where they could worship God according .> tue dictates of their 
own hearts has there been an ideal-impelled mivratien of people such 
as this Mennonite migration to Paraguay. 

Another 400 Mennonites are arriving at Buenos Aires next week by 
the steamship Western World, and by the end of April 2,009 of them 
will have been settled in Paraguay. After that they will continue to 
migrate as rapidly as arrangements can be made for their transporta- 
tion, so that within a very few years it is expected that more than a 
hundred thousand of these new colonists will come to Paraguay. 

But the Mennonite migration is more important even than these 
figures indicate, for it is being watched by 42 sects of noncombatant 
peoples in all parts of the world, and several of these sects have already 
made plans to join the migration. 

What is it that is impelling these people to break up their homes 
in all parts of the world to seek new homes in Paraguay? What 
great force is it that is inducing this land-loving people to abandon 





1 The American Weekly, Buenos Aires, Jan. 1, 1927. 


432 


es Nm Nl a at | Mr Ferree! NP Nem Wee mt Se, Neer? Fs enon et er fe hae Saree Nee or 3! MF ee Ne Nem? Ie meee heen? Nee I ele em” reed a ia 


their lands and to face a voyage of five weeks to follow an ideal into 
a region that has never been explored by the white man? 

For 400 years the Mennonites have been wandering over the face 
of the globe in search of a place where they may shut themselves in 
from the rest of the world and live in peace. They desire no inter- 
course with the rest of the world; they merely ask to be let alone. 
While several countries have made them welcome and guaranteed 
them the right to keep to themselves, sooner or later the outside world 
comes to them, as it went to Japan, demanding that they mix in 
world affairs, and especially in the world’s wars. Now the Mennon- 
ites are, above everything else, noncombatants; they believe that war- 
fare is un-Christian, and this belief is part of their religion. The 





THE PARAGUAYAN CHACO 


A typical view of the land to be settled by the Mennonites 


present migration is an outcome of the World War, as will be explained 
later, and the progressive and far-seeing Government of Paraguay 
has granted to the Mennonites the charter they have been seeking 
in many climes for four centuries. . 

The Mennonites take their name from Menno Simons, a contem- 
porary of Luther who, like Luther, was a Catholic priest and who 
drifted out of the Catholic Church about the same time as he. 
Menno Simons was born in the year Columbus discovered the Amer- 
icas, and although he was not the originator, he was the chief exponent 
of the views which afterwards became known as Mennonite. The 
original home of these views was in Zurich, where, as early as 1525, 
Grebel and Manz founded a community having for its most dis- 


434 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


tinctive mark baptism upon confession of faith. The main interest 
of the sect, however, lay not in dogma but in discipline. Within the 
community evangelical life was reduced to a law of separation from 
the world, and this separation—enforced by a stringent use of excom- 
munication and the prohibition of marriage beyond the brotherhood— 
involved not only abstinence from worldly vanities but refusal of cer- 
tain civic duties (the state being held to be un-Christian): refusal to 
take the oath or to use the sword. . 
The Mennonites soon became the objects of far from kindly atten- 
tions from both Protestants and Catholics. But they had no desire 
to found a new theocracy in opposition to the anti-Christian State; 
they sought only to withdraw from what their conscience condemned, 
content to live as strangers upon earth and to devote all their energy 
to preserving the purity of their own communities. Under continued 
persecution, the Mennonites began wandering over the civilized 
world. Large numbers of them migrated into southern Russia upon 
the invitation of Catherine the Great in 1783, and these communities 
in Russia later sent many emigrants to North America. To-day 
there are 175,000 Mennonites in the United States and 25,000 in 
Canada, but there are hundreds of thousands of other noncombatant 
peoples in all parts of the world who have branched out from the 
original Zurich community and who are practicing under various other 
names the same principles as the Mennonites. The one outstanding 
principle that marks these 42 sects of noncombatant peoples is their 
belief that war is against the will of God and the teachings of Christ. 
And it is the common practice of that religious belief that has caused 
these 42 sects to turn their eyes toward Paraguay. For Paraguay 
has granted them and their descendants, for all time, complete immu- 
nity from military duty both in times of peace and in war, as well as 
exemption from participation in warfare, even as noncombatants. 
As already stated, the present migration of the Mennonites is an 
outgrowth of the World War. Noncombatant peoples were persecuted 
in all the belligerent countries, but the persecution became par- 
ticularly active in Canada after the armistice, when the returning 
soldiers found large communities of these noncombatant people 
speaking German. So nine years ago agents started out again to 
tour the world in search of new homes for the Canadian Mennonites. 
Seven years ago one of these agents went into Paraguay, and there 
on the eastern Andean slope he discovered a natural paradise. 
Negotiations were begun with the Paraguayan Government and 
five years ago that Government granted a charter such as no govern- 
ment has ever issued to a foreign people. The charter and the 
glowing reports of the territory that have been made by investigating 
committees which were sent there from Canada have made Paraguay 
the Land of Promise for all the noncombatant people of the world. 





MENNONITE ACTIVITIES AT PUERTO CASADO 


A base of operations for the colonists has been established at Puerto Casado on the Paraguay River. 
Upper: The hotel built for the newcomers. Center: Construction of community houses, which will 
be occupied by the colonists until they have built their own homes. Lower: Transporting intake to 
the middle of the river, in connection with the installation of the water system 


39172—27—Bull. 5 2 





436 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The Mennonites who arrived at Buenos Aires last week by the 
Steamship Vasari and who are now on board the Apipé were from 
Canada, as are those who are arriving next week; but many mem- 
bers of the Mennonite communities in the United States are already 
planning to join the migration and are expected to begin moving 
next year. 

The Mennonites are to be settled on 3,000,000 acres of fertile land 
in the upper Paraguayan Chaco, and five years of preliminary work 
has been done in preparing the way for them. There are many 
things about this migration which parallel the colonization of the 
United States by the Puritans and those who followed them. Like 
the American colonists, they will build their first town on the shore 
and, like the colonists, they will work westward into an unknown land; 
but, unlike the American pioneers, they will not have to fight the 

PUMPING STATION AND 


WATER TANK FOR 
IRRIGATION PUR- 
POSES 





Indians as they move westward, for the Paraguayan Government has 
sent troops into the territory ahead of them to build fortifications 
and do their fighting for them. 

When the passengers of the Apipé reach their destination they 
will not find ‘‘a stern and rock-bound coast.’’? They will find three 
of the four essentials to their success—a wonderfully fertile soil, 
plentiful sunshine, and abundant water. Only one essential is want- 
ing and that one they will supply, for it is labor. Think it over. 
What is necessary for the success of any colonization project? Fer- 
tile land, sunshine, water, and labor. Transportation suggests 
itself as a desirable adjunct, and it has been included in the carefully 
laid plans on which the preparatory work has been done. But this 
work can not be described until Mr. Fred Engen has been introduced. 
It was he who found this paradise in the Paraguayan Chaco 1,700 


THE GREAT MENNONITE MIGRATION TO PARAGUAY 437 


miles above Buenos Aires, and it is he who is leading the Mennonites 
into the Promised Land. It was he who negotiated the Great 
Charter with the Paraguayan Government, and it has been he who 
has made all the preparations for the reception of the first Mennon- 
ites. He came down to Buenos Aires to meet them and accompany 
them on their trip up the river, and the last thing he did before leaving 
Paraguay was to call on President Ayala and obtain his promise to 
board the Apipé at Asuncion and welcome the Mennonites in their 
own language—German. 

Mr. Engen came to South America seven years ago with the idea 
of looking for colonization lands in Bolivia, but the conditions in 
Bolivia at that time were not favorable for the initiation of such nego- 
tiations. Mr. Engen had heard of the great Paraguayan Chaco, so he 
decided to have a look at it. He entered the Chaco at Puerto Casado 
and crossed a territory that had never before been visited by the 





PARAGUAYAN TROOPS 


The government dispatched troops to the Chaco for the protection of the colonists 


whiteman. Whenhe returned to Puerto Casado he declared the land 
to be the most beautiful he had seen anywhere in the world—and 
he has spent his entire life seeking out new lands for colonization. 

The territory in which the Mennonites are settling belongs to the 
Carlos Casado family. They own 7,000,000 acres of this wonder- 
fully fertile land between the River Paraguay and the eastern range 
of the Andes. Of this they have set aside 4,000,000 acres, of which 
the company financing the migration of the Mennonites is to pur- 
chase 3,000,000 acres. 

Having found this land, Mr. Engen cabled to Canada for author- 
ized representatives of the Mennonites to come to Paraguay to inspect 
it. They were as well pleased with it as was Mr. Engen and negoti- 
ations were begun with the Paraguayan Government for a charter. 
This charter was eventually granted, and it virtually gives the Men- 


438 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


nonites the privilege of creating a State within a State. The charter 
grants them everything demanded by their religious beliefs—freedom 
from military service, exemption from the oath, the privilege of con- 
ducting their own churches and schools—and places the administra- 
tion of the communities in the committees of trustees under which 
Mennonite communities are administrated. Mennonite leaders say 
the charter granted to them by the Government of Paraguay is the 
sort of charter they have been seeking for 400 years. The following 
is an English translation of it: 


The Senate and Chamber of Deputies of the Paraguayan nation, assembled 
in Congress, sanction with the force of 


LAW 


Art. I. Members of the community known as Mennonites who come to the 
country as components of a colonization enterprise, and their descendants, shall 
enjoy the following rights and privileges: 

1. To practice their religion and to worship with absolute and unrestricted 
liberty, to make affirmations by simple “yes” or ‘‘no” in courts of justice 
instead of by oath; and to be exempt from obligatory military service either as 
combatants or noncombatants both in times of peace and during war; 

2. To establish, maintain, and administrate schools and establishments of 
learning, and to teach and learn their religion and their language, which is German, 
without restriction; 

3. To administrate inheritances and especially the properties of widows and 
orphans by means of their special system of trust committees known as Waisenami 
and in accordance with the particular rules of the community without restriction 
of any kind; 

4. To administrate the mutual insurance against fire established in the colonies. 


Art. IT. The sale of alcoholic or intoxicating beverages is prohibited within a 
zone of 5 kilometers from the properties belonging to the Mennonite colonies 
unless the competent authorities of those colonies request the Government to 
permit such sale and the Government accedes to the request. 


Art. IIT. The following concessions are granted to the Mennonite colonies for 
a period of ten years from the arrival of the first colonist: 

1. The free entry of furniture, machinery, utensils, drugs, seeds, animals, 
implements and, in general, everything that may be necessary for the installation 
and development of the colonies; 

2. Exemption from all classes of national and municipal taxes. 


Art. IV. No immigration law, or law of any other character, existing or that 
may be passed in future, shall impede entrance of Mennonite immigrants into 
the country because of age, physical or mental incapacity. 


Art. V. The concession referred to in paragraph 3 of Article I is to be under- 
stood as not affecting the rights of persons capable of administrating their own 
property. In the case of those incapable of administrating their own property, 
the judges, as soon as it is proved that the person or persons involved belong to 
one of the Mennonite communities, shall appoint the trust committee of the 
respective community to act as guardian. Such guardianship shall be exercised 
in accordance with the rules of the trust committees. 


Arr. VI. The company in charge of the Mennonite colonization or the recog- 
nized authorities of the colonists must inform the Executive power of: 
1, The lands to be colonized by the Mennonites; 


THE GREAT MENNONITE MIGRATION TO PARAGUAY 439 


2. The persons or corporations which represent the colonists; 

3. The names, authorities, and regulations of the trust committees (Watsenamt) 
in order that these may be approved by Congress. 

Art. VII. The privileges and concessions granted by this law shall extend also 
to individuals of the Mennonite community who may enter the country singly, 
after their identity as Mennonites is certified by the competent authorities of the 
community. 

Art. VIII. Notify the executive power. 

Given in the Hall of Sessions of the honorable Legislative Congress this twenty- 
second day of July in the year one thousand nine hundred and twenty-one. 

Fruix Paiva, 
President of the Senate. 
JuAN DE D. AREVALO, 
Secretary. 
ENRIQUE BORDENAVE, 
President of the Chamber of Deputies. 
MaANvuEL GIMENEZ, 
Secretary. 
ASUNCION, July 26, 1921. 


Be it enacted, enforced, published, and filed with the official registrar. 
GONDRA, 
Jost P. Guaatart, 
Minister of the Interior. 
Ram6én Lara Castro, 
Minister of Foreign Relations. 
Euiaio AYALA, 
Minister of Finance. 
Rogerio IBARRA, 
Minister of Justice, Worship, and Public Instruction. 
ADOLFO CHIRIFE, 
Minister of War and Marine. 
(This is a certified copy of the original which is filed in the Secretariat General 
of the Government, Section ‘“ Registro Oficial.’’) 


The charter, as enacted into Paraguayan law, extends the fore- 
going privileges only to the Mennonites, but in view of the interest 
that is being taken in the movement by all other noncombatant 
peoples, the Paraguayan Congress now has before it an amendment 
to the charter which will extend these privileges to all the noncom- 
batant peoples of the world. The people of these 42 sects are to be 
welcomed to Paraguay and guaranteed full liberty to practice their 
religious beliefs in their own way, with the added guaranty that 
they and their children may live in peace during all coming genera- 
tions without having to participate in warfare of any kind. 

As soon as the charter was granted, arrangements were begun for 
getting things into shape for the colonists. A base has been estab- 
lished at Puerto Casado, on the Paraguay River, where a hotel and sev- 
eral substantial community houses have been built for the housing of 
the first colonists. A pumping station has been installed to provide 
all the fresh, potable water the colonists can use. ‘The two parties of 


440 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


colonists now en route will be temporarily housed in the community 
buildings, lands will be allotted to them, fences built, and agriculture 
begun. As soon as they have built their own houses they will 
vacate the community houses to make room for other newcomers. 
With the preparations that have been made, it is expected that the 
first arrivals will become self-supporting within eight months. By that 
time enough colonists will have been settled at Puerto Casado to make 
a sizable base for future operations. About a year after the first 
landing it is planned to send a hundred families about 100 kilometers 
inland to explore the country and pick out the best locality for 
another colony. ‘Transport communication between this party and 
the base will be maintained with motor trucks and bullock carts 
which will carry them supplies and bring back their produce for sale 





XN 


AN EXPLORING EXPEDITION INTO THE INTERIOR 


at the port. After this second colony has been firmly established, the 
colonists will work farther inland, establishing still newer communities. 
The plan calls for practically a repetition of the westward movement 
of the American pioneers into Ohio, Illinois, and Kansas, with the 
very material difference that those pioneers had to fight their way as 
they went, whereas the Mennonites are migrating under the paternal 
care of aGovernment that not only isweleoming them into the territory 
but is using the national army to push back the Indians and protect 
the colonists from marauders. 

As already stated, other noncombatant peoples are interested in 
this Mennonite migration, and last year one of these sects sent four 
delegates to go over the territory which has been set aside for the 
Mennonites. Mr. Engen organized an expedition of 6 bullock carts 
with 24 men and 100 oxen, and they spent three weeks exploring 


THE GREAT MENNONITE MIGRATION TO PARAGUAY 44] 


the territory. Their report to headquarters states that the land looks 
like an immense park, that the soil consists of alluvial and humus 
deposits 12 feet deep, and that they found oranges, lemons, bananas, 
and cotton growing wild, in addition to many other valuable trees. 
The land, they reported, ‘is covered with grass.”’ 

This Promised Land of the world’s noncombatant people is de- 
scribed as follows in the official report which this delegation submitted 
to the authorities of their sect: 


Large, beautiful trees of great value and of various kinds, such as quebracho 
and other wood, are luxuriously scattered over the extensive openings of the 
Upper Chaco, giving the appearance of an extremely large and beautiful park, 
with green and bushy leaves of all colors and shades. Looking at all this with a 
sense of admiration, one seems to realize that he at last has found the land of 
his dreams, and not being able to keep from expressing his thoughts, murmurs 
to himself with a sigh of relief: ‘This is beautiful; this is wonderful.” 

The many valuable trees can be turned into a source of wealth production, 
and much more so when utilized for manufacturing purposes, for the making of 
all sorts of furniture, wagons, and many other useful articles for husbandry. 

We saw bushes of wild cotton growing on the prairies of the Chaco. 

There are endless opportunities awaiting the skillful and industrious man, and 
there is not a place on earth except Paraguay that offers such attractions with so 
few obstacles to overcome. Beautiful nature in the Chaco seems to say to those 
endowed with vision and foresight: “‘I am yours; come and exploit me; take al] 
that you are capable of taking, as I am inexhaustible in resources.”’ 

Riches lie dormant awaiting men of energy, thrift, and skill to turn the immense, 
wild, uncultured prairies and meadows into a paradise. There are all resources for 
the creation of wealth, coupled with the most wonderful climate which can be found 
anywhere on the globe. The sacred silence in the Chaco inspires one to high 
and noble aims, and the solitude and the atmosphere purifies the soul, filling it with 
wonderful dreams of a life sublime and beautiful. I do not wish to convey that 
paradise is already there; it has to be made from the material which lies dormant 
awaiting men with brains and muscle. 

Not all are endowed with the gift of perceiving and envisaging the practical 
ideals which are close at hand. The world to-day begins to question the useful- 
ness of institutions long deemed wise, and more and more voices are heard pro- 
claiming truths spoken by sages of all times—that happiness is not to be found 
in the turmoil of the money-mad world. Discontent and social unrest daily 
become greater, and it requires no prophet to foretell the outcome of the conditions 
of the world to-day. In order to avoid the inevitable, men of vision must begin 
to build and direct the current into a new channel, from the destructive to the 
constructive. ‘‘ Back to the land”’ should be the slogan of all who seek to establish 
peace on earth, good will toward men, in place of continual combat. 


Fred Engen, who found this paradise for the Mennonites and is 
leading them into it this year, is worth a story in himself, but it can 
not be told here. One of the reports sent back by investigating com- 
mittees said of him: 


Mr. Engen made every effort to accommodate the delegates, and he was always 
willing to impart his experience in pioneer life to the expedition. His sign language 
with the Indians is simply wonderful, and they seem to understand him quite 
well. On several occasions we saw them manifest their eagerness to do anything 


449 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


in the shape of work that they were asked, and although they are evidently of a 
mild and kind disposition by nature, yet the spirit which they displayed on every 
occasion in working for Mr. Engen was remarkable, which undoubtedly indicates 
his sincere and truthful attitude toward the Indians, who, like children, are hard 
to deceive; they feel the heart of the man nearthem and they look with suspicion 
at one who shows no sympathy for them, but they are real devoted friends to the 
others. ; 

We shall always, under any conditions of life, remember the creative and 
inexhaustible energy which has been so generously displayed by Mr. Engen during 
the entire two months of our inspection of the Chaco; and when one thinks that such 
energy and ability is used in furthering the great cause of establishing colonies of 
industrious and peaceful people in the wonderful prairies and meadows of the 
silent, soul-inspiring inland of the Chaco, then and only then the wonderful 
character of such men stands out unique. 





SCENE IN THE MENNONITE COLONY 


A PAN AMERICAN FRI 
SHIP PILGRIMAGE .. *. .. 


MOST unique tour to South America, under the personal 
leadership of Dr. Harry T. Collings, professor of Latin Amer- 
ican relations and economics at the University of Pennsyl- 
vania, is announced by the Committee for Educational 

Advance in South America. 

It is desired to restrict the party to a small congenial group. Ample 
provision will be made en route to create helpful South American 
backgrounds through Doctor Collings’s leadership in informal conver- 
sations and discussions. Doctor Collings speaks Spanish and has 
toured South America repeatedly. The members of the party will 
also greatly appreciate the helpful local cooperation of South Amer- 
ican leaders, including such men as Doctor Braga, of Brazil, Mr. 
Ernesto Nelson, of Argentina, and Professor Monteverde, of Uruguay. 

The party will sail from New York in late June or early July, pro- 
ceeding to the Panama Canal and thence to Callao, Peru, the port of 
Lima, and to Lima itself, the ‘‘City of Kings,’ 8 miles from the 
coast. The next day the party sails for Mollendo, Peru, from there 
making the wonderful tour inland to Arequipa, perhaps the most 
colonial in aspect of all South American cities. Still farther inland 
and upward into the beauties of the Andes, the party reaches Cuzco, 
ancient capital of the Incas, so alluring in its mysterious Inca ruins. 

Returning via the beautiful trip across Lake Titicaca (elevation 
12,500 feet) several days are spent in La Paz, capital of Bolivia. The 
two-day descent to the Pacific will be made over the Bolivian Andes, 
through extensive tin and copper mine areas, past the famous borax 
lake and across the rainless coast of northern Chile, with its celebrated 
nitrate fields, to Antofagasta. Here a steamer is boarded for Val- 
paraiso. 

About 50 miles inland is Santiago, lhe superbly situated capital of 
Chile. The party will spend a few days among these ‘“‘ Yankees of 
South America,’ as the Chileans are sometimes called. The trans- 
Andean journey to Buenos Aires first crosses the fertile Chilean 
countryside. In the comfort of excellently equipped Pullmans and 
dining car, a day of thrilling interest is spent amidst the superb 
grandeur of towering Andes. At a height of 10,000 feet the train 
rushes into the brief darkness of the Uspallata Tunnel, emerging 
into scenes of unrivaled beauty—glaciers, tinted crags, and the 
twin peaks of Aconcagua, the loftiest mountain in America (22,817 
feet). Later the great pampas of Argentina, with their immense 

443 

















444 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


herds of cattle and great stretches of wheat fields, are traversed before 
arriving in Buenos Aires, metropolis of South America. 

Buenos Aires, with its 2,000,000 population, is, next to Paris, the 
largest Latin city in the world. Here the visitor finds himself in 
typical metropolitan surroundings—big business, art, recreation, shops 
de luxe, grand boulevards, famous race tracks, beautiful parks, and 
imposing public buildings. 








SANTIAGO, CHILE 


The handsome building which houses the Courts of Justice - 


Leaving Buenos Aires in comfortable Pullman coaches, the fasci- 
nating journey goes on to northern Argentina, through vast planta- 
tions of sugar cane, bananas, tobacco, and cotton, to Posadas on the 
Parana River. From here, an optional trip may be made to the 
world-renowned TIguazti Falls, outrivaling Niagara in size and gran- 
deur. 

From Posadas the party proceeds across Paraguay to Asuncion, 
the picturesque capital of Paraguay. The return journey is made by 
steamer down the Paraguay River, the Parana River, and the great 
Rio de la Plata to Montevideo, capital of Uruguay, with its far- 
famed plazas and seaside resorts. From Montevideo the party sails 








BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA 


Residences on the Avenida Alvear, one of the finest boulevards of the city. The monument in the fore- 
ground is of Dr. Carlos Pelligrini, a former president 





LACORS, 16 STNG HOE I A 


POCITOS, URUGUAY 


The rambla (promenade) and beach at one of the most popular water resorts of Montevideo 


446 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


for Brazil, concerning which Amerigo Vespucci said: ‘‘If Paradise 
exists on earth, it must be somewhere along the shores of Brazil.’’ 
The first stop is Santos, the world’s greatest coffee port. A 40-mile 
railway trip inland takes us to Séo Paulo, ‘‘the Chicago of South 
America,’ vibrant with energy. Here are to be seen the palaces of 
the coffee millionaires, the noted Instituto Butantan “Snake Farm,”’ 
and Mackenzie College. 

The last days in South America are spent in Rio de Janeiro, often 
called the most beautiful city in the New World. Encircling the 
wide Guanabara Bay runs the famous Avenida Beira Mar, which 
offers unforgetable views of sea and mountain and is lined with 
delicately tinted villas, palatial residences, and stately public build- 





RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL 


A picturesque view of the Brazilian capital from the Corcovado hill 


ings. Here also are the fashionable resort beaches of Flamingo and 
Copacabana. Balmy climate and verdant nature make this Brazilian 
capital an enchanting city to visit. 

The party will arrive in New York the latter part of September. 
At this writing it is impossible to quote the exact cost of the tour, 
as that will depend upon the final itinerary, but it is estimated at 
approximately $2,000, including (minimum) first-class steamer and 
railway tickets, sight-seeing, transfer of baggage, and hotel accom- 
modations at the best available hotels. 

For further particulars regarding this tour address Emil Hanke, 
Tour Manager, Room 1014-1017 East Forty-second Street, New 
ork Np oye 


LIMA’S — HALF MILLION 


YUNTRY CLUB 


A NEW HIGH-WATER MARK OF PERUVIAN CIVIC ACHIEVEMENT ! 

















ET in the center of a level valley land, with the Pacific Ocean 
visible to the westward between the Morro of Chorrillos and 

San Lorenzo Island, and with the semicircle of the cordillera 

of the Andes in the background, the new Lima Country Club, 

now opened for the use of members, is one of the most palatial 
structures of its kind in South America. For the present it con- 
stitutes a high-water mark in the civic progress of Lima, ‘‘City of 
the Kings” and ‘Pearl of the Pacific,’’ as Limefians of the past 
designated their city; a further advance in the wave of municipal 
and suburban expansion that has marked the seven years of President 
Leguia’s administration with structures such as the Italia, Wiese, 
and Mineria Buildings, the Archbishop’s Palace, the Hospital Arzo- 
bispo Loayza, the Hotel Bolivar, Italian Art Gallery, Ministry of 
Fomento, and numerous other works of public and private initiative. 

Moreover, it should not be forgotten that while all of this work 
designed to beautify the city and its surroundings has been going 
on, the more vitally important work of renewal of the city’s water 
and sanitation systems, miles of paving, a modern incinerator, and 
similar undertakings have been inaugurated and are » being carried 
forward to completion. 

Only personal inspection of the new Country Club can fully reveal 
the infinite care and superb workmanship that have gone into every 
detail of the structure. The best that Peru, the United States, Great 
Britain and other nations could produce in the way of tiles, glass, 
woods, electric and plumbing fittings, steel and cement, furniture, 
rugs, and service equipment has entered into the building which, in 
turn, is set in an area of some 113,000 square meters (28 acres), 
including a polo field, tennis courts, an outdoor swimming pool, and 
in addition the fine 18-hole golf course of the Lima Golf Club, which, 
while still retaining its identity as such, forms part of the Country 
Club ensemble. 


THE COUNTRY CLUB URBANIZATION 


About the club itself lie 1,300,000 square meters or 321 acres of 
urbanized land, through which run miles of paved streets, complete 








1The West Coast Leader, Lima, Jan. 25, 1927, p. 10. 447 


448 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


with sanitary and lighting systems, built to the highest class of 
specifications. 

This urbanization undertaking is the background and the sub- 
stantial foundation on which the new Country Club rests. 

The Sociedad Anénima Propietaria del Country Club, which is the 
holding company for the club, as well as proprietor of the urbaniza- 
tion project, was definitely organized on May 26, 1925, with a capital 
of £150,000. It is estimated that the Country Club and the 


Site es 
Seer «2 Henne a 


ra 















a Torre 

@ oe 
tias—— 
Coe ree iS, ati, 






T ay anaai; oa 








Courtesy of The Foundation Company 


THE COUNTRY CLUB, LIMA, PERU 


This handsome club house, one of the finest structures of its kind in South America, was opened for the 
use of members in January of this year. The cut shows the main entrance and the rear of the 
building 


surrounding grounds represent an investment of approximately 
£150,000, derived in part from the original capital investment and 
from the sale of building lots in the new urbanization. 


Individual credit for the inception of the Lima Country Club is due 
entirely to W. C. Hebard, vice president and general manager in Peru 
of the Foundation Company of New York. He not only launched 
the enterprise in the face of discouraging forecasts, but has also been 
at the financial helm of the undertaking during the two years required 
for its completion. The Country Club is an achievement of which 


LIMA’S HALF MILLION DOLLAR COUNTRY. CLUB 449 


everyone associated with the enterprise may well be proud, but those 
who have watched its growth month by month will not fail to accord 
the greatest measure of praise to Mr. Hebard’s driving power and 
implicit belief in the future of Lima and of Peru... . 

The construction plans were completed under the able direc- 
tion of Mr. T. J. O’Brien, the company’s architect. Many new 
ideas had to be incorporated before the building as it now stands | 
could be commenced. Owing to the fact that much of the material 
had to be imported, it was necessary to exercise considerable fore- 
thought in placing the orders. Tiles, bathroom, plumbing and elec- 
tric lighting fixtures, kitchen equipment, furniture, carpets, china, 
and glassware had to be selected with the greatest care from cata- 
logues and drawings. The Country Club was to be the last word in 
perfection and no mistakes might be made. 


LOUNGE AND WINTER GARDEN 


The plans were worked out with the lounge, a vast room approxi- 
mately 28 by 651% feet, as the central feature. It is, in fact, the 
keynote of the entire building. The style which has been adopted 
is the Spanish colonial, the ceiling heavily timbered with stained 
beams, and walls and pilasters roughcast. Around the room runs a 
plinth, striking a note of color with its Moorish tiles and harmo- 
nizing with the warm, red tone of the tiled floor. The furniture is 
also appropriate to the period. 

Directly behind the lounge lies the winter garden, overlooking 
the polo field and with a wonderful vista of the skyline of Lima in 
the distance. The ‘‘winter garden” is semicircular in shape, and the 
windows are arranged in such manner that practically the entire 
exterior wall is glazed so as not to lose a single detail of the panorama 
which is spread before the eye. The room is surmounted by a dome 
of leaded glass, but the decorators have cut themselves loose from the 
usual conventional designs which in general make domes so depress- 
ing in their effect. Instead, the idea of a garden is carried into the 
glass, and the eye wanders from the growing plants up to a similitude 
of green palm leaves in a setting of silver color, a very happy touch of 
nature converted into glass. To carry still further the effect of green 
glades, the columns, cornices, and all the other woodwork are painted 
a Nile green, and the tiled floor is laid in a pattern of blocks 154% 
inches square. 

DINING ROOMS AND BAR 


To the right of the lounge are the main and private dining rooms. 
Here a fresh note in decoration is struck. The Georgian style has 
been adopted, and the walls have been finished in two-tone work. 
The body of the color is ivory, and all the ornamentation has been 


450 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


brought out in relief by means of a darker color, as in the interstices 
of the molding and the leaf and scroll work in the beams. The main 
dining room is about 28 by 651% ft. in size and has accommodations 
for some 200 guests. 

Adjacent both to the lounge and the dining rooms is the main bar. 
This is in the Tudor style, and the walls both in the bar itself and in 
the vestibule which leads to it are paneled in mahogany, the wood 
being stained a dark color to give the impression of age. 

The social hall is to the left of the lounge, and once more the deco- 
rative scheme is changed. The effect is that of a Dutch interior 
The beamed ceiling is again selected, with walls of roughcast plaster, 





Courtesy of The Foundation Company 


THE GRILL ROOM OF THE CLUB 


THE SOCIAL HALL 


but the main decorative novelty lies in the border of colored tiles— 
green, orange, and lilac—in which the windows and door openings are 
set. These tiles are of royal delft faience and were especially 
imported from Holland. They contrast charmingly with the rich 
colors of the red tiles, an admirable product of Lima manufacture, 
which are used in the floor. Beyond, again, and occupying the 
extreme left wing of the building, both on the ground and first floors, 
are the commodious quarters of the golf club, which still maintains its 
separate organization although amalgamated with and an essential 
part of the Country Club. 


LIMA’S HALF MILLION DOLLAR COUNTRY CLUB 451 
THE GROUND FLOOR 


The ground floor is a little club world to itself. Here are located 
the grillroom, with its own kitchen and pantry, the barroom, and the 
locker room, furnished with 300 individial lockers of the latest 
pattern, painted and enameled in olive green. Leading from it are 
the men’s toilet rooms and the shower baths. The walls here are 
covered with white glazed tiles, with a green border, all imported 
from England. The floor tiles and the plumbing fixtures are from the 
United States. For the partitions the material used is a glass known 
as Carrara from its marblelike appearance which was selected in 
preference to marble itself on account of its nonabsorbent qualities. 
The ladies’ locker room and toilets are decorated in a similar style. 
Also on the ground floor and directly underneath the lounge is the 
plunge room, approximately 32 by 524% feet and furnished with a 
plunge bath 15 by 241% feet. 


TURKISH BATH AND PLUNGE 


To the right of this room is the Turkish bath section, destined to 
be one of the most popular features of the Country Club. It is laid 
out with a spacious dressing room, a hot and a warm chamber, and 
two massage rooms. The floors are tiled throughout; and the walls, 
the steps to the plunge, and the sides of the plunge itself are done in 
white and black tiles alternating, with a molding in a similar design. 

On the same floor, and to complete the needs of the outer man, is 
a barber shop, fitted with three chairs and complete with every latest 
contrivance of the most modern establishment. The ladies are also 
provided for in a manner not less complete or comfortable in a separate 
department of their own. 


GRILLROOM 


Immediately behind the plunge is the grillroom, which is intended 
to convey the impression of an English taproom in the coaching 
days. In shape it is semicircular. On the base line is an open fire- 
place with the bar on one side and the grill on the other. Both floor 
and fireplace are of brick laid in a herringbone pattern, while the 
wainscot, the woodwork of the bar, and the heavy beams in the ceiling 
are fashioned of cedar, stained a dark oak color. Around the walls 
set in niches and under the broad circular windows, are wooden 
benches, leather cushioned. 

The further end of the group floor is taken up by the kitchens, 
bakery, servants’ dining room, brush and store rooms, wine cellars, 
and refrigerating plant. The last is an important feature. It has 
been installed not only to meet the needs of the club itself but also to 

39172—27— Bull. 5——3 


452 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


furnish ice for the colony which in the near future will occupy the 
adjacent urbanization. In the same section, but entirely removed 
from the rest, is the boiler room. The heater has been designed to 
burn oil. By this means the club will always have the benefit of a 
constant supply of hot water in every corner of the building. 


PRIVATE APARTMENTS 


The second floor is laid out in suites of private apartments and 
furnished bedrooms for permanent and’ transient guests. Twenty- 
six perfectly fitted bathrooms complete the tale of this most comfort- 
able of clubs. 


SERVANTS’ QUARTERS AND GARAGE 


And yet the tale is still incomplete, for no reference has been made 
to the thought and attention which has been devoted to the housing 





Courtesy of The Foundation Company 


A CORNER OF THE MEN’S SMOKING ROOM, LIMA COUNTRY CLUB 


- 


of the club’s staff and servants.. These have their own quarters in a 
large building finished in stucco, situated on the west boundary of 
the property. This serves as a combination garage, servants’ 
quarters, laundry, ete. 

A portion of the ground floor is devoted to a modern garage, with 
accommodation for 30 or more cars. One of the leading features is 
the installation of a separate drain for each car, designed to take care 
of any gasoline or oil which may drip from the car above. An ad- 
joining compartment is equipped as a repair shop to be used in 
connection with the garage. At the farther end of the building is 
the laundry, fitted with every modern contrivance, to administer not 


LIMA’S HALF MILLION DOLLAR COUNTRY CLUB 453 


only to the needs of the club itself but of the urbanization as well. 
Here, too, is a tailor shop for pressing and general tailoring work. 
At the rear is the generating plant, the power being derived by 
means of one 60-horsepower and one 100-horsepower Diesel engine 
and generators designed to furnish power and light for the clubhouse 
and the lighting of the urbanization. A transformer room adjacent 
to the generating plant has also been provided so that at any time it 
may be connected with the Empresas Electricas in Lima. 

The second floor of this building has been laid out with sufficient 
single and double rooms to house from 45 to 50 menservants. An 
attractive room at one end of the men’s quarters is fitted with fire- 
place and comfortable furniture. The men have also their own 





Courtesy of The Foundation Company 


THE LOCKER ROOM OF THE CLUB 


toilets and shower baths. At the south end a separate apartment 
has been provided for maidservants, who have their own appro- 
priate accommodation in a style similar to that which is designed 
for the men. Adjacent to the maids’ quarters are separate apart- 
ments for the administrator, the engineer in charge of the mechanical 
equipment, and their families. The decoration of the rooms through- 
out this building is plain but attractive in its simplicity. The 
woodwork has been stained dark, the walls of the living rooms are 
of a cream color, and the ceilings are generally white. 


SWIMMING POOL 


Such, in brief outline, are the principal amenities of the interior 
life of the Country Club. For the moment it is necessary to pass by 
all that is offered to the sportsman and sportswoman on the links 


454 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


and tennis courts and upon the polo ground. But a fleeting refer- 
ence must be made to the swimming pool, which is destined to be so 
attractive a feature of the club life in the hot days of summer. The 
inside length of the pool is 82 feet, with a width of 31 feet. 
The depth varies between 3 and 10 feet. The pavement is of 
cement, marked off in pattern, 3 meters wide, and with a curb all 
round. Scum gutters run entirely round the inner side of the pool, 
with a curb between pool and pavement. As there is a constant 
inflow of water at the bottom of the pool, any scum that may form 
is carried off at the gutters, and the water is thus kept clean and 
cool. Pool and curb alike, above the water line, are decorated with 
green tiles flush with the face of the concrete and laid in an attractive 
pattern. 
INITIATION FEES, ETC. 


The initiation fee of the Lima Country Club is now only £25, 
with the membership roster at 400. With the completion of the 
club, we have no hesitation in predicting a rapid influx of new mem- 
bers, and those entering now at the minimum rate will be well 
advised. Club dues are £1 per month. 

The foreign staff of the club now consists of 25 servants, the 
majority brought out from Switzerland. 

With reference to the handling of tourist parties visiting Lima, it 
is the intention of the club management to extend every courtesy to 
such visitors, in accordance with the club regulations. 

The construction of the Lima Country Club has been under the 
direct supervision of Mr. W. J. Spalding, general superintendent of 
the Foundation.;Company. Mr. T. J. @pBiien has been in charge of 
the architectural-work. Col. Arthur J. Woodroffe is secretary and 
treasurer of the holding company, and Mr. E. W. I’Anson is general 
manager and secretary of the club proper. 





Courtesy of The Foundation Company 


THE CADDY HOUSE, LIMA COUNTRY CLUB 


THE CONSTRUCTION OF 
LONG-DISTANCE LINES 
MEXICO 

















By P. M. McCollough 
Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. 


F BENJAMIN FRANKLIN had returned to the earth in 1925 
to see what man had accomplished with the discovery of elec- 
tricity, he would have been amazed at the progress made. The 
electric lights, the street cars, the telegraph and the telephone, 

would probably have held him speechless. There is no question 
but that to him, one of the greatest marvels would have been the 
long-distance telephone, which in the United States is developed to 
a point where it is one of the wonders of the world. 

However, had “‘ Poor Richard”’ crossed the Rio Grande into Mexico 
in 1925, he would have seen no network of long-distance lines, nor 
any development of long-distance telephony. But if his trip had 
been postponed until late in 1926, he would have been highly inter- - 
ested to find that the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. had been 
actively engaged in the initial steps of constructing a comprehensive 
long-distance network, designed to give to the Republic intereommu- 
nication between the important cities which will be comparable to that 
furnished in any part of the world. 

The first line to be erected by the company is the main backbone 
route connecting Mexico City, the capital of the Republic, with 
the capitals of the States of Querétaro, San Luis Potosi, and with 
Tampico, the first port of the country. From Tampico this line will 
be extended through Ciudad Victoria, the capital of the State of 
Tamaulipas, through Monterrey, the capital of the State of Nuevo 
Leon, to Nuevo Laredo. Good progress has already been made on the 
Mexico City-Tampico section of this line. The construction of this 
line has presented to the engineers of the Mexican Telephone & 
Telegraph Co. some very interesting problems due to ) ela, topo- 
graphic, and sociologic conditions. 

Mexico City is situated at an elevation of 7,400 feet above sea level. 
It lies in the Valley of Mexico on the central plateau of the country. 
Tampico, at sea level, lies at the mouth of the Panuco River on the 





1 International Telephone Review, New York, January, 1927, p. 65. 


455 


456 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Gulf of Mexico. Between Mexico City and Tampico there is a dif- 
ference in elevation of over 14% miles, and between the two cities 
the line rises at points to a height of two miles. The physical problem 
of the construction of long-distance telephone lines under these con- 
ditions is severe. The country between Tampico and the mountain 
range, about 100 miles west of Tampico, is tropical. The country 
from Mexico City to Tamasopa, at the foot of the mountains on 
the way to Tampico, has a mild dry climate, due to the altitude. 
The differences in these conditions led the engineers to adopt slightly 
different types of construction to meet the various climatic conditions. 





Courtesy of International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation 


CONSTRUCTION OF TELEPHONE LINES IN MEXICO 


Placing the distributing crossarms along the line 


The variations in humidity between the high and the low altitudes 
through which this line passes necessitates the use of different types 
of insulators. In the section of the line from Mexico City to Car- 
denas, single-cup glass insulators are used. In the more humid sec- 
tion, from Cardenas to Tampico, double-cup glass insulators will be 
used. Leakage must be kept as low as possible on these lines for 
proper repeater functioning. The double-cup insulators add about 
20 per cent to the insulation resistance of the line under usual operat- 
ing conditions. 

The toll lines themselves are designed to maintain proper trans- 
mission levels and to meet the requirements from a transmission 
standpoint on the same basis as the lines of the American Telephone 
& Telegraph Co. in the United States. Repeater points are placed 


THE CONSTRUCTION OF LONG-DISTANCE LINES IN MEXICO 457 


at properly spaced intervals to insure that these levels are maintained. 
The lines themselves are being constructed with hard-drawn copper 
wire. The physical design of the long-distance system in Mexico 
is probably one of the simplest parts of the work. The size of wire 
chosen is due to the fact that, for economical maintenance, repeater 
points must be located in principal cities where the company owns 
other properties. 

In Mexico it is very difficult for the crews constructing new lines 
to live in the small towns through which the lines pass. For this 
reason it was necessary for the telephone company to furnish living 
quarters for the men and storage space for the material along the 








Courtesy of International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation 


STRINGING WIRES AT AN ALTITUDE OF 9,700 FEET 


route. So far, it has been found best to use freight cars for this 
purpose. ‘Trains are made up of three cars each. One is assigned to 
the crew for sleeping quarters; another is used for offices, kitchen 
and dining car; and the third is used as a storeroom for the materials 
and tools. 

The sleeping car is supplied with running water; the office and 
dining car has quarters for the foremen. The dining room has a 
seating capacity for 20 men and storage space for food. Each man is 
given a certain allowance for food, and they appoint from among 
them a man to be in charge of their own mess. Usually, while pass- 
ing through a town, they arrange with some local woman to come to 


458 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the car and prepare their meals and furnish them with frijoles and 
tortillas, the celebrated beans and corn cakes which constitute the 
main diet of the natives. 

The crews generally start work at 7 in the morning, continuing 
until 3 in the afternoon. There is, therefore, considerable time left 
In the afternoon for recreation which is freely indulged in by all 
members of the crew. Work on the long-distance lines is much in 
demand among the linemen because it gives them an opportunity to 
travel and see the country. 

In constructing new lines, the taleohane company not only has to 
provide living quarters for the crew and storage space for material, 
but they have also to provide means by which new material may be 
constantly supplied to the traveling crews. Along the line between 
Mexico City and Tampico two freight cars are used for the delivery 
of material to the crews. There are large storehouses in the places 
where the repeater stations are to be located. An idea may be had 
of the amount of material to be moved when it is realized that each 
of the five crews requires a carload of material every week. 

Each crew has also two push cars, one motor speeder, and one 
hand speeder for use on the tracks. Men and material can be trans- 
ported with this smaller equipment, the trains themselves being left 
on sidings as temporary headquarters for the crews. Most of the 
construction at present is along the railroad right of way of the 
National Railways of Mexico. This naturally simplifies the con- 
struction, especially as regards transportation. Crews are equipped 
with all modern types of small railroad material. The speeders now in 
use are capable of making 60 to 70 kilometers an hour, which enables 
them to cover fairly long distances quickly. 

A very important work of the company was the organization of 
the crews and the training of each crew in the placing of cross arms 
and the stringing of wire, as this is the first time that copper wire 
in large quantities has been placed in Mexico and the first time that 
long-distance telephone lines have been built. The men are apt 
students and have progressed to the point where their work is com- 
parable with that of linemen in other countries. The Mexican 
lineman, however, is quite small, and his weight and stature must 
be taken into account in considering the work that he accomplishes. 
The average weight of the linemen is about 110 pounds, which is 
only slightly more than the weight of a 10-foot, 10-pin cross arm, 
fully equipped with braces and insulators, and as their average 
height is only a little over 5 feet they are not able to reach from the 
pole to the end pin on the cross arm without climbing onto the cross 
arm itself. This question of size has meant that the crews can not 


accomplish the same amount of work in a day which would be done 
by a crew of taller men. 


THE CONSTRUCTION OF LONG-DISTANCE LINES IN MEXICO 459 


There are at present two wire-stringing crews and three cross-arm 
crews constructing the new lines. This number will be increased 
shortly by one additional cross-arm crew and two additional wire 
crews. When the organization is complete, the crews will be con- 
structing approximately 44 kilometers of line a day. With this 
schedule, the line should be complete to Tampico on or before the 
date of publication of this magazine, and the long-distance telephone 
lines of the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. will be inaugurated. 

There is little doubt that long-distance telephone communication 
in the Republic of Mexico will add considerably to the social and 
business life. Through the ages, from the time of the signal fire 


DINING AND OFFICE 


£ 


The Mexican Telephone Co. 
finds it necessary to supply 
living quarters for the con- 
struction crews, aS well as 
storage space for materials 
along theline. Freight cars 
have been remodeled for the 
purpose 





down to present-day long-distance telephone, telegraph, or radio 
communication, the progress of mankind has gone hand in hand with 
his means of communication. 

It is hard to estimate the actual monetary saving to commerce 
brought about by long-distance telephone communication. It 1s 
safe to say, however, that the saving is much greater to commerce 
than the cost. Delays in communication often cause considerable 
loss not only in time but in money. The service which will be in- 
stalled by the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. will make rapid 
intercommunication possible for social, commercial, and govern- 
mental purposes, making for the continued enhancement of prosperity 
in the Republic. 


SPANISH VERSION OF KIPLING’S “IF” 
By Errtn REBOLLEDO (Mexico) 


St puedes estar firme cuando en tu derredor 
Todo el mundo se ofusca y tacha tu entereza; 
Si cuando dudan todos, fias en tw valor 
Y al mismo tiempo sabes excusar su flaqueza; 
Si puedes esperar y a tu afdn poner brida, 
O blanco de mentiras esgrimir la verdad, 
O siendo odiado, al odio no dejarle cabida 
Y ni ensalzar tu jwicio ni ostentar tu bondad; 


Si suefias, pero el sueno no se vuelve tu rey; 
Si prensas y el pensar no mengua tus ardores; 
Si el Triunfo y el Desastre no te imponen su ley 
Y los tratas lo mismo, como a dos impostores; 
Si puedes soportar que tu frase sincera 
Sea trampa de necios en boca de malvados, 
O mirar hecha trizas tu adorada quimera 
Y tornar a forjarla con utiles mellados; 


Si todas tus ganancias poniendo en un montén 
Las arriesgas osado en un golpe de azar, 
Y las pierdes, y luego con bravo corazén 
Sin hablar de la pérdida vuelves a comenzar; 
Si puedes mantener en la ruda pelea 
Alerta el pensamiento y ei misculo tirante, 
Para emplearlos cuando en ti todo flaquea 
Menos la Voluntad, que te dice j; Adelante! 


Si entre la turba das a la virtud abrigo; 
Si marchando con Reyes, del orgullo has triunfado 
Y no pueden herirte amigo ni enemigo; 
Sz eres bueno con todos, pero no demasiado, 
Y si puedes llenar los preciosos minutos 
Con. sesenta segundos de combate bravio, 
Tuya es la Tierra y todos sus codiciados frutos, 
Y lo que mds importa jserds Hombre, hijo mio! 
460 


IF 


By Rupyarp KiIpLine 


Tf you can keep your head when all about you 
Are losing theirs and blaming it on you; 

Tf you can trust yourself when all men doubt you 
But make allowance for their doubting too; 

Tf you can wait and not be tired by waiting, 
Or being lied about, don’t deal in hes, 

Or being hated don’t give way to hating, 
And yet don’t look too good, nor talk too wise: 


If you can dream—and not make dreams your master; 
Tf you can think—and not make thoughts your aim, 


Tf you can meet urth Triumph and Disaster 
And treat those two impostors just the same; 

Tf you can bear to hear the truth you’ve spoken 
Twisted by knaves to make a trap for fools, 

Or watch the things you gave your life to, broken, 
And stoop and build ’em up with worn-out tools: 


If you can make one heap of all your winnings 
And risk it on one turn of pitch-and-toss, 

And lose, and start again at your beginnings 
And never breathe a word about your loss; 

Tf you can force your heart and nerve and sinew 
To serve your turn long after they are gone, 

And so hold on when there is nothing in you 
Except the Will which says to them: ‘ Hold on!” 


If you can talk with crowds and keep your virtue, 
Or walk with Kings—nor lose the common touch, 
If neither foes nor loving friends can hurt you, 
Tf all men count with you, but none too much; 
Tf you can fill the unforgiving minute 
With sixty seconds’ worth of distance run, 
Yours is the Earth and everything that’s in it, 
And—which is more—yow'll be a Man, my son! 


461 


BRAZIL 
SCHOOLS = - . 























66 OW beautiful it is to feel that in the brief adventure of life 
the greatest of all dreams to be cherished is not that of 
riches, power, or fame, but the ideals of unity, justice, 
and love! In this, one of the most grave and decisive 

moments of history, we are charged with the delicate mission of direct- 

ing boys and girls toward a higher and nobler destiny. Let us then 
inspire them with high ideais, for the loftier their aspirations, the higher 
will be their scale of values and, in consequence, the objectives of their 
actions. And there is no setting more propitious for the realization 
of noble ideals and activities than our great American continent.” 
It was in these words that Dr. Carneiro Ledo, the Director of 

Education of the Federal District of Brazil, at the inauguration of 

“The United States Sehool,’’ expressed the motives underlying his 

devoted and tireless efforts to promote Pan American friendship 

through the public schools. The names of a number of other Amer- 
ican Republics had already been given to schools in the Federal 
district when, last July, it became the turn of the United States. 

Each of the schools so named gives special attention to the study 

of the geography and life of the country for which it is named, school 

correspondence being one of the most favored methods for bringing 
the children of one nation into vital contact with those of another. 
The official christening of the United States School was made a 
significant educational event, at which Dr. Affonso Penna Junior rep- 
resented the Government of Brazil, and His Excellency Mr. Edwin 

Morgan, the United States Ambassador, his own country. After the 

pupils of the school had sung both the Brazilian and American national 

anthems, Ambassador Morgan proceeded to unveil the portraits of 

Washington, Lincoln, and Horace Mann, which are to adorn the 

walls of the new school. Dr. Carneiro Leao then delivered a most 

scholarly address, prefacing it with the following quotation from 

Longfellow: 

Act—act in the living Present! 

Heart within, and God o’erhead! 





1 Translated and compiled by Elsie Brown, of the BULLETIN staff. 


462 


THE “UNITED STATES SCHOOL”? IN RIO DE. JANEIRO 463 


He traced in eloquent phrases the history of the United States, in 
the course of which he eulogized Washington, Hamilton, Marshall, 
Lincoln, Wilson, Mann, and others of her great men. In conclu- 
sion he addressed himself directly to the pupils of the newly christ- 
ened school and then to the American ambassador, as follows: 


Children, you scarcely realize to-day the greatness of your patron country. 
It has been the champion of democracy throughout the world and, in the presence 
of three of its great sons, Washington, Lincoln, and Horace Mann, whose por- 
traits will henceforth look down upon you from the walls of the rooms bearing 
their names, you will forever be conscious of its inspiration of kindness and 
understanding. No better symbols could be placed before you for the develop- 
ment of your intelligence, your character and heart. 





Courtesy of Dr. M. de Oliveira Lima 


THE SCHOOL RECENTLY CHRISTENED “UNITED STATES” IN RIO DE JANEIRO 


The latest of the public schools named in honor of an American Republic to be opened in the Brazilian 
capital 


Mr. Ambassador, the municipality of Rio de Janeiro, in giving to one of its 
public schools the name of your country at the time when you are celebrating 
the sesquicentennial of the Declaration of American Independence, desired to 
inculcate more and more in the hearts of Brazilian children a love for the United 
States, that champion of right and justice, of the Monroe Doctrine, the great 
paladin of Pan Americanism. 

Let me, therefore, as a happy stimulus to action in the future, remind the 
children of my own country of the noble words of Roosevelt to the Ibero- 
American nations: ‘‘ Let us all strive upward, shoulder to shoulder in honest and 
manly brotherhood.”’ 


As a well-deserved tribute to Dr. Carneiro Leao’s distinguished 
work in furthering international amity, and also as a proof of the 
importance attached to this kind of work, the American diplomats in 
Rio de Janeiro united in giving a banquet in the Brazilian educator’s 


464 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 





Courtesy of Dr. M. de Oliveira Lima 


INAUGURATION OF THE “UNITED STATES” SCHOOL 
Upper: Group of teachers and students of the ‘‘ United States’? School on the day of the formal inaugura- 
tion, July 17, 1926. Lower: Participants in the opening exercises. The United States Ambassador 
to Brazil, Honorable Edwin V. Morgan, is seated in the center, and on his left the Director General 
of Public Instruction of the Federal District of Brazil, Dr. A. Carneiro Ledo 


honor. In his address of weleome, Dr. Dionisio Ramos Montero, 
Minister of Uruguay, spoke of the honor guest as teacher, sociologist, 
diplomat and man of letters, praising his initiative by which ‘the 
schools pay homage to our common America and think of her repub- 
lics with the affection of one member of her family toward the other 
members.”’ 

Dr. Vlastimir Kybal, Minister of Czechoslovakia, referred to 
Comenius, the great educator of his country, a celebration in whose 
honor had been arranged by Dr. Carneiro Leao in connection with 
“this praiseworthy cult of international peace and understanding 
introduced by him into Brazilian education.” 

In the eloquent response made by Dr. Carneiro Ledo he spoke in 
part as follows: 


CHILE: A LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY 467 


agricultural as well as an industrial country, is a fact too often over- 
looked. The question may even be asked in all good faith, “‘Is 
Chile not primarily industrial rather than agricultural?’’ To grant 
this we should have to disregard the mining industries of the north 
(nitrate, iron, copper, borax, and sulphur), which can not be consid- 
ered in the range of national industries due to the fact that they only 
extract the ore which, when sufficiently rich, is shipped abroad almost 
as fast as it is dug out of the earth. In other cases it is exported in 
the form of ingots and bars. The process of separating the soda and 
the potash from the nitrate is also done out of the country. It would 


1 





LAJA FALLS, CHILE 


In the development of manufacturing industries, Chile is taking advantage of the great sources of power 
existing in various sections of the Republic 


be quite another matter if the copper now exported should first be 
treated and beaten into sheets or drawn into wire according to the 
uses for which it is destined. So that we have to look into these two 
fields of Chilean activities from the standpoint of what must be 
considered true national industry, keeping in mind the source and 
employment of the capital behind the different industrial and agri- 
cultural enterprises in Chile and the economic importance of each in 
the future of the nation. 

Most of our farm and other agricultural industries are true national 
enterprises, primarily, because the respective capital is radicated in 
the country, increasing its wealth day by day; and, secondarily, 


39172—27—Bull. 5——4 


468 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


because these industries convert the raw materials into finished goods 
which are then transported to different parts of the country or abroad. 
In contrast with this the capital invested in most of the mining indus- 
tries, such as iron and copper, as well as part of the capital represented 
by the foreign nitrate plants and the sulphur and borax developments, 
does not, as we all know, yield as much as the capital invested in the 
national industries—strictly speaking—and this is a very important 
factor in any consideration of the commercial equilibrium of our 
national wealth. 

Because of the preceding facts, we are forced to consider Chile as 
still an agricultural country, although the statistical data show the 
industrial trend to-day as apparently paramount. 

The entire mining production of Chile amounts yearly to the sum 
of $1,500,000,000 (Chilean currency) from which the treasury gets 
a revenue of about $200,000,000; but this is a fluctuating and uncer- 
tain income bound to diminish in time to come. 

On the other hand, we have agriculture with its allied industries and 
a few manufacturing enterprises representing altogether an annual 
production of $1,680,000,000 (Chilean currency), from which the 
country derives more real benefit than from the mining industries 
of the north. The former include the best portion of the coun- 
try, from Aconcagua to Magellan, offering tremendous possibilities 
for development, providing markets for almost the whole commerce 
of the nation and the sustenance of four-fifths of its population. 
This is the portion of the country which counts in the present and 
future development of the manufacturing and agricultural industries 
soon to be realized; this wonderful zone with a magnificent climate, 
varied and extensive sources of wealth, the mass of whose population 
represents the live and active forces of the nation. 

In view of these favorable factors it is not strange that Chilean 
manufacturing industries are on the increase and that there are good 
opportunities for establishing new ones. The number of manufac- 
turing plants now functioning is about 8,444, with a joint capital of 
$1,017,000,000 and utilizing raw materials to the value of $594,000,000 
in finished products to the value of $1,090,000,000 (Chilean currency). 
It is true that the progress made is relatively small when compared 
with the manufacturing output of older countries, but its importance 
can not be questioned when it is remembered that the larger share of 
the available capital, energy, and attention have been devoted in the 
past, as is only natural, to agriculture and mining. As long as a 
country receives everything ready-made, it does not trouble to pro- 
duce anything—making a proper exchange impossible, and without 
exchange there can be no intensive commerce. 

Countries, like individuals, have certain characteristics that are 
indisputably recognized, and just as none can challenge the advan- 


CHILE: A LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY 469 












































Courtesy of the Scientific American 


AN ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE 


An express passenger locomotive of the Chilean State Railways. The installation of powerful hydro- 
electric plants has made possible the electrification of important railways 


tages which the United States has enjoyed in the Western Hemisphere 
from the industrial point of view, so everyone appreciates the corre- 
sponding advantages in South America possessed by Chile. Chile 
can not compete with the Argentine Republic in agriculture and live- 
stock, nor with Bolivia. and Peru in gold and silver mines; neither 
can it match the tropical produce of Brazil and Ecuador; but it pos- 
sesses a combination of other qualifications lacking in those countries 
which guarantee a magnificent future for industrial manufacturing 
enterprises. 

In spite of being at the farther end of South America, the geo- 
graphical position of Chile gives it more facilities for communication 
with all parts of that continent than enjoyed by any other com- 
ponent nation. The Transandine Railway, that permits of hauls from 
the Atlantic to the Pacific, in combination with the Longitudinal 


A470 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Railway and the long sea-coast line, are important factors that promise 
an enviable future for Chile, since potentially she is the future center 
of supplies for all of South America, distributing and marketing her 
commodities with remarkable advantage over her competitors. 

Now, in view of the great prospects for the propagation and improve- 
ment of Chilean manufacturing industries due to the circumstances 
already set forth, and bearing in mind the difficulties that our 
Government is confronting in the northern Provinces, it is time we 
pledged our earnest and united efforts to the solution of those social 
and economical problems which should be the common burden, jointly 
shared by all Chileans. 





A COPPER STORAGE YARD IN ANTOFAGASTA 


Copper is one of the most important mineral products of Chile 


Chile is dependent on foreign markets for most of the manu- 
facturing elements she needs, and if her economic development is to 
continue uninterrupted the Chilean people must take advantage of 
the opportunities offered by the great electrical plants that now 
supply energy for industrial purposes in Valparaiso, Santiago, and 
other towns of that zone, in addition to those installed in the Loa River 
Tocopilla, Chanfaral, and Iquique for the electrification of railways 
and the lighting service of these cities. Moreover there is the project 
for the installation of a powerful plant in the Maipo River which 
should be used for industrial purposes. In the southern zones of 
the country a number of electric plants are also being built for 
lighting and industrial requirements. 


CHILE: A LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY 471 


All these undertakings may be taken as an announcement that the 
electrical industry has already taken root in Chile, and that conse- 
quently there is much to be done to meet its future growth. The first 
practical idea in this direction would be the establishment of a factory. 
to furnish some of the numerous materials and appliances used in 
electrical installations, as a conservative foundation for an industry 
with large future prospects. Now, one of the most necessary articles 
in electricity is copper wire, and this can be manufactured in Chile 
since she possesses the copper and the sulphuric acid for the refining 
process. Copper wire used in electricity must be of the highest grade 
of purity, and the best and most compact grade is produced by this 
process. 

The installation of a factory to produce insulated and non-insulated 
wire for electrical and other industrial purposes could be the foundation 
of a big organization in the future. The field for the use of copper, 
brass wire, and other alloys is very large; they are employed in all kinds 
of industries and by mechanics in general, to say nothing of the ordi- 
nary covered wire for the use of milliners and florists. The imports of 
bare and insulated copper wire, brass wire, and silk and cotton cov- 
ered wire for the millinery shops and hat factories in Chile amount 
to the sum of a half million gold pesos every year. And this is only the 
first step in this industry, the installation of which would cost no 
more than $20,000 (United States currency). 

The second stage of this industry would be the production of copper 
and brass plates, and bars of all lengths and forms, also tubing, wire 
ropes, and concentric bare or insulated cables for the use of high-power 
transmission. ‘To undertake this further development of the primary 
factory it would be necessary to add to the original plant three or 
four powerful machines representing an additional capital of $30,000. 
The machines to be added are: One rolling machine, one tubing 
machine, one insulating wire machine, and one cutting machine; 
also a large wire-drawer machine. 

If the plant here suggested could also set aside some capital for the 
manufacture of the innumerable articles made by the stamping process, 
it could be said without fear of contradiction that anything made of 
copper and the various alloys of brass can be made in Chile. 





OFFICERS OF THE PAN AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR 


Center: William Green, Chairman. Upperleft: LuisN. Morones, Vice-Chairman. Upper right: Matthew 
Woll, Treasurer. Lower left: Chester M. Wright, English-Language Secretary. Lower right: Santiago 
Iglesias, Spanish-Language Secretary 





FIFTH PAN AMERICAN 
LABOR CONGRESS .. -- 














SOME EXTRACTS FROM RECENT CONVOCATION CALL 


To the workers of all the American countries, greetings: 

Complying with the instructions of the Fourth Congress of the 
Pan American Federation of Labor, held in Mexico City, December 
3-9, 1924, we, the officers of the Pan American Federation of Labor, 
hereby issue a call for the convening of the Fifth Pan American Labor 
Congress, which will begin its session at 10 a. m. July 18, 1927, at 
the Executive Council Hall of the American Federation of Labor, 
in the city of Washington, D. C., Republic of the United States, and 
continue in session until all of the business before it shall have been 
transacted. 

The labor movements representative of each of the Pan American 
Republics are entitled to send not more than five delegates, all of 
whom must be bona fide labor men in compliance with a resolution 
adopted to that effect by the New York congress. 

In issuing this call we do not think it necessary to specify what 
matters should come up for discussion during the sessions of the 
congress; a very wide field of discussion is offered to a labor congress, 
and we feel confident that the delegates will concentrate their efforts 
on questions that properly belong to a labor congress. 

The problems of the working people of one country are identical 
with those of all countries with which their country has intercourse. 
Every problem of international relations has its human phase—for 
nothing can be done without human agents, hence the problem of 
human welfare. The safety of the liberty and democracy of the 
working people of every country of Pan America depends upon the 
existence of an industrial organization among the workers and close 
relationships between these organizations. Such relations are slowly 
being established between the Pan American Federation of Labor 
and the bona fide organized Pan American workers throughout the 
American Continent. | 

The higher representatives of big business in all Latin countries 
united with those of the United States are teaching a great lesson to 
the workers of the two Americas; they are showing how to develop a 
common policy of defense and international union in their industrial 
organizations and to take constructive forethought in order to shape 
future events. 

A473 


474 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The working peoples of the Pan American countries welcome 
such an opportunity to dispel the unjust judgments created in the 
minds of fellow-workers among all the nations. Such a thought, 
based upon bedrock economic and social human power, would place 
the workers of the Western Hemisphere in a position to adhere to the 
Pan American Federation of Labor in maintaining peace and to 
demand and enforce the good will and the rights in matters affecting 
the welfare and progress of their own vies and nations, from with- 
in and from without. 

The following fundamental principles were laid down by previous 
conferences: 

We hold this to be fundamental—no relations between the Pan American 
countries can be permanent that are not based upon the will of the masses of 
the people and in accord with their concepts of justice. 

We deem it an essential step toward democracy and justice that opportunities 
shall be established for the masses who have hitherto been without regular 
agencies for expressing their views and desires that will enable them to have a 
voice in helping and determining international affairs. 

The labor movements of the various countries constitute the instrumentalities 
that can best accomplish this purpose and give expression to national ideas 
and convictions that have been too long inarticulate and impotent. 

At this time we especially desire to mention one of the most 
important and pressing questions that suggests itself, namely, the 
formation of national labor organizations in all those countries where 
the various labor organizations have heretofore struggled along inde- 
pendent of and in rivalry to each other. It can be seen at a glance 
that in those countries where there is a well-defined and strong 
federation of labor unions with national jurisdiction, both working 
and social conditions are a great deal better than in those countries 
where the movement is disintegrated. 

At the Laredo conference, the first Pan American Labor Congress, 
which consisted of delegates from the labor movements of the United 
States, Mexico, Guatemala, El Salvador, Costa Rica, and Colombia, 
the Pan American Federation of Labor was Remmalihy organized and 
its objects declared to be— 

1. The establishment of better conditions for the working people who emigrate 
from one country to another. 

2. The establishment of a better understanding and relationship between the 
peoples of the Pan American Republics. 

3. The utilization of every lawful and honorable means for the protection and 
promotion of the rights, the interests, and the welfare of the peoples of the 
Pan American Republics. 

4. The utilization of every lawful and honorable means for the purpose of 


cultivating the most favorable and friendly relations between the labor move- 
ments and the peoples of the Pan American Republics. 


FIFTH PAN AMERICAN LABOR CONGRESS 475 


Until a short time ago there were practically no means of communi- 
cation between the workers of the American countries. The only 
existing relations were those established by the financial, commercial, 
and industrial interests, which as everyone knows are not always 
actuated by a desire to promote the welfare of the people, nor do 
they always represent the higher and nobler ideals of the peoples of 
the American countries. * * * Since the financial, commercial 
and industrial interests of Pan America are so closely allied and are 
every day extending their activities over a wider field opened up by 
the conditions created by the late war, it is all the more evident that 
the wage earners of Pan America must unite for their own protection, 
for in our present day the organization of the wage earners on a purely 
national scale will not be adequate for the protection and promotion 
of their interests and for the attainment and realization of their hopes 
and aspirations. * * * 

Of the labor and friendly press, whether daily, weekly, or monthly, 
we earnestly request the publication of this call. Labor organiza- 
tions and labor leaders are asked to spread its contents by means of 
correspondence, pamphlets, conferences, and by all means at their 
disposal, and are also asked that they communicate with us, giving 
us their views and impressions. 

Fraternally yours, 
THe Pan AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR, 
WILLIAM GREEN, President. 
Luis N. Moronss, Vice President. 
MatrHew Wott, Treasurer. 
CuesterR M. WriGuHrt, 
English Language Secretary. 
SANTIAGO IGLESIAS, 
Spanish Language Secretary. 


AFFILIATED ORGANIZATIONS 


American Federation of Labor; Confederacién Regional Obrera Mexicana; Con- 
federacién de Obreros del Salvador; Unién Obrera Salvadorena; Union de Obreros 
“El Progreso,’ Republic of Honduras; Federacién de Obreros Nicaragiiense; Con- 
federacién Obrera Dominicana; Centro Internacional Obrera del Peru; Confederacion 
Obrera Ecuatoriana; Federacién Obrera de Guatemala; Sindicato Central Obrero, 
Colombia; Unién Obrera Venezolana; Brotherhood of Railroad Workers of Cuba; 
Federacion Libre de los Trabajadores, Puerto Rico. 


e 





qd U7 VW A 
SD Lf Lexa ‘F 7 
> Y TF dant 











OME one has said that in phormium lies the future of the delta 
islands, and, indeed, great interest is being manifested at 
the present time in the cultivation of this textile plant, the 
first results of which are evident in this region, moderately 

important lots of fiber having already been offered for sale. 

It is believed that the vast amount of fertile land suitable for 
agriculture existing in the delta could scarcely be used to advantage 
in the cultivation of fruit trees and garden stuff, since the sale of 
such products through the existing number of middlemen does not 
pay the actual cultivator for his cost of production. 

Hence other crops have been considered, it having been found up 
to the present time that phormium, the cultivation of which is con- 
stantly increasing, has given the best results. One can understand 
what an interest there is in phormium when everyone in the delta 
is talking about it, and in the islands signs offering phormium plants 
for sale are displayed everywhere. 

Argentina’s constant development makes necessary the importation 
of great quantities of raw materials, among which textile fibers hold 
no insignificant place. And since it would be possible to produce 
many of these in the varied soils and diverse climates of Argentina, 
the dedication of capital and energy to freeing the country to a cer- 
tain extent from the necessity for such imports is but a patriotic 
duty. 

The following figures show even better the enormous sums which 
these foreign purchases involve: 














Kilograms Gis 
YEAR 1924 
Articlessmanufacturedefrom bem pes se see ee oe oe eee eee eee nee ety 56, 454 86, 483 
Ma TIA ODO s! 22 Sie Gi age Seem Pipe ne coe ee Pe ce en ny) eee 92, 577 24, 980 
Fem Pp (UNGTESSCG) JE Sah aE Ga Oe yma FAAS fae ethan ae mise 249, 010 27, 889 
BUCA D2 (COW) See are Es ee recreates Oye TI aS Sec wel Seay Se all alc ape 1, 774, 705 291, 903 
Sack clothes == wae sears EeU a NO) fee epee ee Oe ea TO ORE eae ed ee AGE 69,555,437 | 16, 641, 427 
Sackclothibagsms suse. ae ee eine RE ae SE nt Eee Dim as re PN Dice Re Ur te and 8, 079, 237 2, 059, 082 
pbhreade (Special at orem aiken oe Saye lcs) een een ere rn ec Ne ea a a 3, 000, 632° 1, 435, 747 
AD EAG ORL VTE Ee yO Oe eae os eo = a ed OU tres SS Oa NR | 322, 131 51, 541 
Abroad: (ime) wise eee a CN SA eis ll OPS ie Clee a a, aE OLS et RR eee pag 50, 266 50, 266 
hreads(otherimaterials), Mes ce ene Nase eee Tarte miLney laa Soo Ip eer tite Mere | 670, 788 334, 028 
Macklean dicor dape tae Ne a aces Ses Mets Sp ara ea terse ine ee pe cae OR | 1, 405, 700 389, 500 
ELOUSin py (Large) aay clysraell |) pete ss oye cae ae me seep aonne 230, 705 129, 171 
Agave in stalk___________ 1, 859, 025 208, 210 
Agave fibers for sandals_ ae 1, 231, 008 393, 880 
uitennistallcsasslee seen __| 1,939, 965 217, 276 
Spun jute for braids __._______ 1, 429, 859 183, 021 
Spun jute for the loom__ 6, 129 980 
Braided jute 101, 532 19, 494 











1 Riel y Fomento, Buenos Aires, October, 1926. 


? Islands formed by the various currents of the Parana and Uruguay Rivers at their junction with 
the La Plata. 


476 


THE CULTIVATION 


OF PHORMIUM IN THE 


477 


DELTA 


Although it is not possible to obtain all these things from phormium 


fiber, many things can be made from it. 


the cultivation of hemp, flax, etc., 
for fiber will finally prove suc- 
cessful, and although at present 
valiant attempts in this respect 
as well as complete failures may 
be pointed out throughout the 
country, it is not to be doubted 
that the time will surely come 
when we shall be producers not 
only of sufficient quantity for in- 
ternal consumption but of enough 
to offer it for export. 

The observations which sug- 
gested to us the cultivation of 
phormium in the Delta are the re- 
sult of a recent trip to the ‘‘ Textile 
Argentina, S. A.”’ island, situated 
in Section III in the Parana Mini. 
We had been kindly invited by 
one of the principal stockhold- 
ers of that company, Don Carlos 





Moreover, like phormium, 


x. 


Photograph by Mary E. Carpenter 
THE DELTA REGION 
Loading lumber in one of the main channels 


Alfredo Tornquist, and made the trip comfortably in the Camalote, a 





Photograph by Mary E. Carpenter 
IN THE DELTA ISLANDS 


Lombardy poplars are planted to retain the banks 
along the narrow canals in this region 


magnificent yacht, receiving all 
the while the courteous attentions 
of its owner. 


THE PLANT 


Phormium is a plant of the lily 
family characterized by having a 
leaf from which good fiber may 
be obtained. Like other plants of 
this family, it does not have astem, 
its leaves being phyllodial, start- 
ing from the rhizome, in number 
of eight or more in fan form. 

With the growth of the plant 
the roots ramify in the soil about 
it, each one tending to become an 
independent plant, which when 
isolated, flourishes perfectly well. 
This, therefore, is the most practi- 
cal and generally employed means 
of propagation. 


478 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


THE FIBER 


The leaves grow to 3 or 4 meters (approximately 10 to 13 feet) in 
length by 10 centimeters (approximately 4 inches) in breadth, this 
being especially true when the plant is well developed and is har- 
vested every two years. The strength of the leaves is a well-known 
characteristic, many times tested in places where it abounds. In 
New Zealand it is commonly called flax. 

PHORMIUM: A NEW 
SPECIES OF FIBER 
PLANT 


A good quality fiber is 
obtained from the leaves 





Phormium is known in two varieties—Phormium tenax Forster and 
Phormium colensoi de Hooker, the former being the most generally 
grown and commercially used. 


THE INDUSTRIAL PROCESS 


The industrial process, which could not be more simple or more 
easily applied, may in time be made very inexpensive; but at present, 
as in all such processes, the great need is to diminish hand labor. 

A machine is already in use which extracts the fiber from the cut 
leaves with great ease. After the leaf has been separated into its 
fibers by the machine it must be washed, a process accomplished by 
running water through it. When the fiber is dry enough to spread 
out it is bleached and combed, thereby improving it and increasing 
its commercial value. 





Photographs by Mary E. Carpenter 


THE DELTA ISLANDS 


Upper: A small steamer which provides passenger and mail service for the islands. Several small boats 
of varied cargo are in tow. Lower: Waiting for the mail. As the steamer passes, the mail is deposited 
therein, and vice versa, by the use of a long pole 


480 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
YIELD AND USB 


Phormium fiber has very good qualities which make it resemble 
manila to a great extent. In its native country, New Zealand, it has 
two principal uses—thread for harvesters and ship chandlery. There 
have been some attempts to utilize the Delta phormium for rope, 
which have given very good results. 

A hectare of Delta phormium planted from rhizomes, as is generally 
the custom, begins to produce in the fourth year, the first yield, always 
the smallest, reaching 50 tons per hectare. By the seventh, the yield 





A FIBER DRYING FIELD 


- 


After extraction, the fiber is washed and hung on wires for drying, bleaching, and combing 


has increased to 120 tons per hectare. The sale price may be calcu- 
lated at from 15 to 20 pesos. — 

Once the fibers have been removed (the fibers represent 15 per cent 
of the crop, 10,000 kilograms of leaves giving 1,500 kilograms of fiber 
and tow), the long clean fiber will bring from 350 to 500 pesos, and 
the tow from 150 to 275 pesos. In round numbers, then, a hectare 
in full production will give 1,800 pesos (100 tons at 18 pesos) worth 
of leaves, or 6,000 pesos (15 tons at 400 pesos) worth of fiber. 

It would be interesting to refer to the cost of production, cultiva- 
tion, and industrial preparation, but lack of space forbids. 





TRE 1 
D A 

Ay 
Md 





S 


piper oe 
FEY 
A Y 
y 
‘A 
te <Q 











By Tue Export CoMMITTEE, 


Chamber of Commerce of the United States in the Argentine Republic 


NE of the chief obstacles at the present time to a more inten- 
sified commercial interchange between the United States 
and Argentina is undoubtedly the lack of a proper appre- 
ciation of the size, the wealth, the agricultural and commer- 

cial life, and of the importance of the Argentine Republic on the part 
of American merchants and traders. 

Most of our chief competitors have been established in commercial 
relations with Argentina for decades more than has the United States, 
and while their abilities to sense the importance of and to understand 
this Republic are not more keen than our own, yet the years of close 
contact have given to them that which must necessarily come only 
with time—a more exact appreciation of the a ae of Argentina 
as a great producer. 

Argentina, the second largest country of Latin America, has an 
area of 1,153,417 square miles, with a total population of 10,087,118, 
according to the most recent official estimate. It is a country a 
extensive rich plains reaching from the River Plate to the foothills 
of the Andes. A fine railroad system, with nearly 22,000 miles of 
track, connects the scattered cities and producing centers of impor- 
tance with Buenos Aires, and the Government railways are gradually 
opening up the more remote districts. 

Buenos Aires, the national capital and the commercial center of the 
Republic, is situated about 125 miles from the mouth of the River 
Plate and has a population of nearly 2,000,000, or one-fifth of the 
total population of the entire country. In 1925 a total of 2,418 ships, 
with a tonnage of more than 8,000,000, entered this port. Of this 
total, 141 ships, with a total tonnage of 623,600, were under the 
American flag. 

Among the other large cities of importance are Rosario, population - 
250,000; La Plata, 161,978; Cordoba, 186,000; Bahia Blanca, 87,400; 
Tucuman, 110,000; and Santa Fe, 105,000, the last of which is 
rapidly coming to the fore as the cotton-marketing center of Argen- 
tina. Rosario is the chief grain port of the Republic, and from her 
elevators are carried thousands of tons of some of the world’s best 
grains yearly, to be sold in almost every part of the globe. ‘Tucuman 





1 Comments on Argentine Trade, Buenos Aires, December, 1926. 


481 


482 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


is the center of the cane-sugar industry, which is assuming great pro- 
portions from the point of view of production. Cdérdoba, the capital 
of the Province of the same name, lies in a district well known for 
its wheat and cattle as well as for its incomparable summer resorts in 
the hills. Bahia Blanca is the chief city of the Atlantic coast territory 
of Argentina and is noted as an important grain-shipping port. It is 
chiefly from this port that the grains from the lower sections of the 
very productive Province of Buenos Aires and of the south of Argen- 
tina are exported. La Plata is a port of considerable importance 
whose progress is, however, somewhat limited owing to its geo- 
graphical proximity to Buenos Aires. It is the seat of two large 





THE NATIONAL CONGRESS, BUENOS AIRES 


American meat-packing plants and of the Government of the 
Province of Buenos Aires. 

A good system of telegraph lines connecting the cities of the 
Republic and extending to some of the neighboring countries is com- 
plemented by an excellent cable and wireless service to all parts of 
the world. Fast passenger and mail boats have added much to 
bringing Argentina into closer touch with the United States and other 
countries, and international trains take the traveler to any of the 
neighboring countries with the most modern of comforts. 

Argentina is foremost a producer of grains and a cattle-raising 
country, the vast mineral wealth that she is credited with having 
in the Andes being as yet quite unexploited. The Andean Provinces 
are noted for their fine grapes and other fruits, while the subtropical 


ARGENTINA OF TO-DAY 483 


north has a variety of hardwoods, most notable among them the 
quebracho, the extract from which is sold principally to the tanneries 
of the United States. In this particular product she has a natural 
monopoly with Paraguay and some of the Central American countries, 
from whom we buy relatively little quebracho as compared with 
our imports of this commodity from Argentina. 

The northern Provinces, such as Tucum4n and Salta, produce the 
bulk of Argentine cane sugar. The local consumption, which has 
been variously estimated at 250,000 to 275,000 tons annually, is far 
too small for the increasing production of the past few years, and it 
is calculated that there is a carry-over of more than 80,000 tons from 
last year’s crop, while the present crop is expected to be the greatest 
in the history of the country. Exports of sugar are comparatively 
negligible, and, according to the leaders in the industry, some measures 
must soon be taken to give the industry stability. It is needless to 
state that imports of sugar from the United States, which has been a 
big supplier, have fallen off tremendously. 

Cotton is expected to be the keystone to the progress of the Chaco 
district in the north. In 1921-22 there were planted 15,600 hectares 
of cotton, which resulted in a production of 12,490 tons of raw cotton, 
while in 1925 the area planted reached 110,058 hectares and the 
estimated production was 97,400 tons. The fiber is far superior in the 
judgment of experts to that hitherto produced in the Republic. 
It is interesting to note that American experts have been brought 
to Argentina by the Government to assist in the proper organization 
not only of the planting and care of cotton but in the marketing as 
well. The marketing is a difficult problem at present because the 
cotton district is so far removed from the commercial centers. In 
1925 Argentina exported 11,056,822 kilos of cotton fiber as compared 
with 5,056,867 exported in 1924. 

The central part of the Argentine Republic is by far the most pro- 
ductive, supplying the greater part of the grain and cattle for which 
the country is well known. An accurate Government census of the 
cattle-raising industry is at present being planned, the following 
being an estimate of animal stocks in 1924: Cattle, 37,064,850; sheep, 
30,671,840; and hogs, 1,436,640. The Province of Buenos Aires, 
which takes up the greater portion of the central plains, has many 
meat-packing plants owned by foreign capital, and from those are 
shipped chilled and frozen mutton and lamb which are in greater 
part destined for the Smithfield and continental markets. In 1924 
the Argentine packing houses killed approximately 3,800,028 sheep, 
3,789,129 cattle, and 96,547 hogs, while in 1925, 4,240,275 sheep, 
3,322,677. cattle, and 100,451 hogs were killed in these establish- 
ments. The statistics for the first nine months of the current year 

39172—27— Bull. 5——5 


484 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


(1926) indicate an approximate 100 per cent increase in the hog 
slaughterings, a 30 per cent decrease in sheep and perhaps little 
difference in cattle slaughterings, as compared with last year. Ap- 
proximately 832,400 tons of frozen and chilled meat were exported 
last year aside from all of the numerous by-products which the pack- 
ing industry prepares principally for export. Hides, bones, tallow, 
hair, horns, edible organs, and fertilizers, all products turned out by 
the meat-packing plants, find a market abroad, and the United 
States has no small interest in these offerings. 

Argentine wool has for many years been known for the quality of 
some of its classes; and the Boston wool market, although recent 





CATTLE HERD IN THE ARGENTINE PAMPAS 


operations have been small, is always closely in touch with the wool 
production of Argentina. Three hundred and forty-four thousand 
three hundred and eighty five bales of wool were exported last year, 
which is a considerable decrease as compared with the previous year, 
which is accounted for in the general trend of export movement per- 
haps more than as an isolated commodity. Concordia wool is noted 
the world over for its quality, is always in great demand, and brings 
the best prices of all Argentine wool. 

Among the various Argentine agricultural products are wheat, 
corn, linseed, oats, barley, rye, and birdseed. 

Last season was rather an unfortunate one for the wheat crop in 
the Province of Cérdoba and in some sections of the Province of 
Buenos Aires and the Pampa region, and the crop did not measure up 


ARGENTINA OF TO-DAY A485 


to the estimates which had been established. However, official 

reports of the areas sown to these products this season are encourag- 

ing, and with favorable conditions prevailing a good crop will result. 
The production during the season 1925-26 was as follows: 


Tons 
(CORE a Semper en Aon ewe Resch nh ene eee te seh ale 7, 000, 000 
AGW S29 Soe a ee a ee eee ae Rea ha iw Eee ay aoe Sere 5, 202, 062 
ME imn'S CC Gis a espresso realy enon rene a ena ne Aeneas ee © eS 1, 907, 989 
(Oa See ete toe Spee id lin 5 ce eres Meee Oe alae Sok 2K a 1, 167, 484 
IB fle Ves ieee g es oe haiy avec Uae oe ny eee ae eS pies ere 371, 316 
MER i Ca he US eo shee ny oe Seed oe Ne 120, 231 
BITS CG art mis at PURSUED a alert sda shee ee eee 31, 246 


Argentina has been peculiarly dependent upon other countries, 
notably England, Germany, and the United States, for her fuel, but 


THE WATER FRONT OF BUENOS AIRES 
One of the large meat-packing establishments in the right background 





the increasing production of petroleum at the Comodoro Rivadavia 
oil fields on the South Atlantic coast and of those at Neuquén in the 
interior are meeting much of her requirement. There are numerous 
private American, British, and other foreign production companies 
operating in these districts, and the Government has a special depart- 
ment under which vast tracts of oil land are operated as a public 
utility. In this way Argentina hopes to ameliorate her position in 
the question of fuel. Recently the Government undertook a con- 
tract with the Government of Uruguay for supplying 50,000 tons of 
petroleum a year; 1925 statistics indicate that the Comodoro Riva- 
davia fields yielded 815,637,181 kilos and the Neuquén field 15,840,801 
kilos of petroleum, a total increase of approximately 154,000,000 
kilos over the 1924 production. 


486 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


There are a number of refineries established in the Republic, and 
an American corporation has recently constructed for the Argentine 
Government a refinery with large capacity at La Plata. 

From the most southern districts and along the Andes come some 
of the best furs used in the United States. Among them are the 
nutria skins which are highly valued for the making of hats. From 
all over the Republic are brought to the Buenos Aires hide markets 
hides and skins of all classes and grades, and American tanners find 
themselves dependent upon Argentina for her hides and tanning 
extract. 

The dairy industry necessarily is a very important one, and the 
United States is Argentina’s best customer for casein, used prin- 











THE CUSTOMHOUSE, BUENOS AIRES 


cipally by the paper manufacturers and glue factories. Cheese and 
butter are also exported in considerable quantities. Over 26,000 tons 
of butter and 17,000 tons of casein were shipped in 1925. . 

The Argentine producer has long been known for his resource- 
fulness, and merely as a matter of interest it is worthy of mention that 
not long ago a large shipment of fertilizer made from tons of locusts 
that have infested grain-covered sections of the north was sent to 
Europe as an experiment. Undoubtedly the Argentine farmer would 
be much happier to be rid of these destructive pests than to have 
discovered a means for capitalizing the injury to his crops. 

A word concerning Argentina’s manufacturing interests will serve 
to supplement the foregoing in presenting a contemporary picture 
of this country. 


ARGENTINA OF TO-DAY 487 


Manufacturing has increased slowly for various reasons, among 
which are principally the lack of good water power and a cheap and 
easily accessible fuel. The latter obstacle will undoubtedly be 
overcome to a great extent by the increase in petroleum production. 
Of course, Argentina lacks many of the raw materials necessary 
for the establishment of great industries, but this same situation 
exists In many countries. The raw materials could be imported 
and the finished product made here. A number of industries are 
already well established, notably among them the hosiery, canvas, 
heavy cloth, steel safe, furniture, and boot and shoe industries, 
besides the very modernly equipped meat-packing houses before 
mentioned. During the war manufacturing made rapid strides, 
but with the subsequent reduction in the cost of imported articles 
following the immediate postwar years and for other reasons 
which are axioms of economics, manufacturing has not made great 
progress. 

An interesting index of the relation of the national capital, 
Buenos Aires, to the rest of the country from a commercial point of 
view is afforded by a comparison of clearing-house returns. In 
1925 the total value of the checks that passed through the Buenos 
Aires clearing house was 40,000,000,000 paper pesos, while the 
clearings in all the clearing houses of the rest of the Republic amounted 
to somewhat over 5,000,000,000 paper pesos; in 1924 the figures were 
comparatively the same. 

The traders of nearly every nation of any importance in Argentine 
foreign trade will find one of their own banks established in Argentina, 
and American business men are fortunate in having at their disposal 
the services of such well-known institutions as the First National 
Bank of Boston and the National City Bank of New York, both of 
which have large branches in Buenos Aires housed in their own 
edifices. 

One of the most pressing needs of Argentina to-day is an increase 
in rural population, a population which will be stable and will settle 
down to the development of the many miles of some of the arable 
land which is at present receiving no, or at best careless, atten- 
tion. The Government is now engaged in a definite program by 
which immigration will be encouraged. 





ARGENTINA 


Exports 1N 1926.—The following table on exports for 1926 was 
prepared by the General Bureau of Statistics of the nation for the 
Ministry of the Treasury: 


Value of exports, in gold pesos 























Difference, plus (+) 
| or minus (—) 
Group of products 1926 | 1925 

Relative 
Real (pesos) | (per cent) 

iVeStOC Kes sete toe See Se ee Ean ae Ne 347, 648, 691 | 386, 385, 023 | —38, 736, 332 —10 
A oriculturale seers ee a= 2 Gee See re oe Ce 410, 862, 575 | 444, 666, 437 | —33, 803, 862 | —7.6 
orestaleesree eevee, wack nt eu RES 19,217,520 | 21, 628,639 | —2, 411,119 lien 
Othersproducts === ee et ee ee ces 14, 449, 736 | 15, 249, 783 —800, 047 ne, 
ASO Gelli oes ee ies Gel yer et fee ee eh ee eee eee | 792, 178, 522 | 867, 929, 882 | —75, 751, 360 —8.7 





As may be noted, though the value was less, the total volume of 
products exported in 1926 was greater than that of 1925, due to 
increase in grain exports, as shown below: 


Quantities exported, in tons 


























Difference, plus (++) 
| or minus (—) 
Group of products 1926 1925 

Relative 
Real (per cent) 

| 
TH Ves LOG lest eames Aa RAR A OS MON cast | 1,517,366 | 1, 489, 744 +27, 622 +1.9 
Ari ctl tinal te serie ast tae lee eee eens ea | 10, 021, 287 | 7, 900, 934 | +2, 120, 353 +26. 8 
MOTOS tall Seo aera oe sae fs SLE Se ee ney teleeaies oI 313, 563 | 381, 880 —68, 317 —17.9 
Otheriproductss2-= haere re ee ee 422, 652 475, 455 — 52, 803 —11.1 
ATO bel] sues eo ote, Unc ea oes ae a ae eer | 12,274,868 | 10, 248,013 | +2, 026, 855 +19. 8 

| 





Pan AmeErRIcCAN Ratuway IN ARGENTINA.—An interesting report 
was recently presented to the Ministry of Public Works by two 
engineers, Sefor Juan A. Briano and Sefior Eduardo Sagasta, who 
had been appointed by the President to study the various routes 
feasible in Argentina for the Pan American Railroad. By this rail- 

488 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 489 


road it is hoped to unite all the Republics of the American continent. 
A condensation of the main features of the report follows: 


La Quiaca, on the Bolivian frontier, may be reached from Buenos Aires by 
three routes, two via Tucumdan and the third via Rosario and Santa Fe. The 
shortest route via Tucuman (1,796 kilometers) is a combination of wide gage 
(1.676 meters) and narrow gage (1 meter). The other two, although formed of 
sections of different railroads, are entirely narrow gage. This is an advantage, 
as the Bolivian railroad leaving La Quiaca for La Paz is also narrow gage. Con- 
nections with the latter railroad for Chile and Peru are in operation. 

Another narrow-gage connection with Bolivia will be possible through Yacuiba, 
which the railway is approaching from the Argentine side. The Gutiérrez- 
Carrillo protocol of 1922 named the conditions under which Argentina would 
undertake to construct a narrow-gage line from Yacuiba to Santa Cruz, 600 
kilometers distant, giving a railroad 2,465 kilometers in length from Santa Cruz 
to Buenos Aires. This route, through plains rather than over the Andes, is 
suggested by Sefior Briano for a section of the Pan American Railway, as con- 
nections could be made over projected lines at Santa Cruz for Chile via Sucre 
and for Peru via La Paz, while the narrow-gage lines from Formosa to Em- 
bareacién and from Resistencia to Metéin would act as links between this route 
and other possible sections of the Pan American Railway from countries to the 
north of Argentina. 

The Argentine provinces of Entre Rios and Corrientes and the Territory of 
Misiones are also well provided with standard-gage (1.465 meters) railways, with 
which lines from Brazil, Paraguay, or Uruguay might form a junction. A branch 
line leads from the aforesaid provinces to Buenos Aires. 

Furthermore, Argentina has under construction a line from Rosario de Lerma, 
in the province of Salta, to Socompa, on the Argentine-Chilean frontier. Nothing 
has as yet been done on the Chilean side, however. 

Other projected lines might also be advantageously combined with railroads 
of neighboring countries. 


BOLIVIA 


DEVELOPMENT OF AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY.—During the 10 years 
since automobiles were first introduced into Bolivia for practical use 
many improvements have been made in furnishing equipment and 
repairs. About three years ago a garage and service station were 
established in Oruro in connection with a workshop where auto- 
mobile bodies are manufactured and first-class repairs of all kinds 
are made. Practically all the labor employed in this concern is 
native, thus constituting a real national industry. In La Paz, about 
a year ago, a modern garage was erected at a cost of approximately 
180,000 bolivianos. - The company owning this garage has a capital 
of 1,000,000 bolivianos, including real estate, garages, and equip- 
ment. Seventy workmen, 40 clerks, and 3 mechanical engineers are 
employed. 

AVIATION COMPANY ORGANIZED.—The Bolivian Government has 
signed a contract with the newly organized Bolivian Aerial Transport 
Co. The organization of this company represents the united efforts 
of a group of national and foreign capitalists, the main object being to 


49() THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


establish aerial communication between La Paz, the Yungas region, 
the northern and northeastern sections of the Republic and the city 
of Sucre. According to the contract, the company will deposit funds 
in the national treasury as a guaranty that flights will be started 
within one year. The pilots and mechanics will be brought from 
Europe. The most modern types of airplanes, especially suited to 
the altitude conditions in Bolivia, will be imported and equipped 
with all appliances necessary for the SEC? of passengers. 
RAILROAD LOAN.—See page 503. 


BRAZIL 


ImmicratTion.—The Immigration Service of Brazil during 1926 
inspected 948 vessels from foreign ports, of which 797 brought to the 
port of Rio de Janeiro 67,171 immigrants (intermediate, second, and 
third class passengers), including 1,169 Brazilians. The greatest 
number of immigrants came from the following countries: Germany, 
4,021; Spain, 3,156; Italy, 3,752; Japan, 7,552; Lithuania, 1,901; 
Poland, 2,056; Portugal, 22,334; Rumania, 9,379; and Turkey, 3,123. 
During this same period the immigration service sent to the interior 
of the country by rail and boat 34,426 immigrants and laborers, 
national and foreign, with their baggage. 

With the exception ‘of the second-class passengers and the Bra- 
zilians, all these immigrants passed through the Government immi- 
eration station on the Ilha das Flores, where they received a medical 
examination and all heads of families and single men over 18 were 
registered. In addition to the immigrants received through the port 
of Rio de Janeiro the immigration service reported that from January 
to October, 1926, 44,180 immigrants had entered the country by 
other ports, thus bringing the total number of immigrants so far 
reported for the year to 111,351. 

BrazintiAN FEDERATION FOR HiagHway Epucation.—On_ the 
motion of Drs. Licinio de Almeida, Joaquim T. de Oliveira Pen- 
teado, and Philuvio de Cerqueira Rodrigues, the Fourth Brazilian 
National Highway Congress voted to appoint a committee of 5 to 10 
members to consider the entrance of Brazil into the Pan American 
Federation for Highway Education. The committee is also to draw 
up statutes for the Brazilian Federation for Highway Education. 

Hicuways.—According to the Brazil Ferro Carril of January 13, 
1927, the total length of highways in use in Brazil in October, 1925, 
was 6,592 kilometers, to which were added 5,000 kilometers during 
1926, making at the beginning of 1927, 11,592 kilometers of highways 
(kilometer equals 0.62 mile). 

SERVICES OFFERED BY Associagdo CoMMERCIAL DE SA0 PavLo.— 
This association, one of the most important chambers of commerce 
in South America, has an interchange department the purpose of 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 49] 


which is to facilitate commercial relations between Brazil and foreign 
countries. For a small charge this department will supply informa- 
tion on credit and commercial law, market reports, tariff rates, 
import and export statistics, and a list of all Brazilian firms classified 
according to the nature of their business. It also undertakes to 


collect accounts due. 
CHILE 


Nirrate Exports.—According to information furnished to the 
Minister of the Treasury the nitrate exports for 1926 amounted to 
16,583,262 metric quintals, which paid export taxes to the Govern- 
ment of 168,154,284.88 pesos national currency, aside from the 
export tax on by-products, such as iodin and borax, which amounts 
to several million pesos. 

AGRICULTURAL CONGRESS.—The Agricultural Congress held at 
Aconcagua in the latter part of January, 1927, passed resolutions 
recommending that the Bureau of Highways be separated from the 
Department of Public Works; that more funds be appropriated 
annually for highway construction and maintenance; that a flexible 
tax be placed on imported livestock to protect national livestock 
breeders; that the production of fruits and hemp be increased; and 
that new markets in Colombia and Ecuador be developed for Chilean 
products. 

CoMMERCIAL AVIATION.—It was expected that a commercial air 
line between Santiago and Valparaiso would begin operations about 
the middle of February. The contract for this passenger, mail, and 
parcels post service was signed by Senor Testart and a representative 
of the Government in 1924. 


COLOMBIA 


BROADCASTING STATION.—An agreement was signed recently by 
the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs with a foreign company pro- 
viding for the installation of a broadcasting station in the city of 
Bogota. This station will have a range of 300 kilometers, and may 
be heard at a still greater distance, according to the class of receiving 
set used. Considering the advantages Bogot&é would derive from 
direct radiotelegraphic communication with other parts of the 
Republic, the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs has decided that, in 
connection with the new broadcasting station, a wireless telegraphic 
system shall be installed, thus putting Bogota into wireless tele- 
graphic communication with the entire Republic. (Courtesy of the 
Colombian Legation in Washington.) 

CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAYS.—The Departmental government of 
Cundinamarca has obtained a loan of 350,000 pesos from the Central 
Bank of Bogot4, which will be used for the construction of highways 
in that Department. 


492 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Gop mINE.—In the Department of Narifio recent investigations 
have disclosed gold deposits. According to the reports of two 
English engineers who have made extensive examinations of this 
region, these deposits give promise of the existence of a valuable gold 
mine, perhaps one of the richest in the southern section of the Re- 
public. (Courtesy of the Colombian Legation in Washington.) 

EXTENSION OF ELECTRIC TRAMWAY.—see page 505. 


COSTA RICA ’ 


IMPROVEMENT OF HARBOR FACILITIES.—Definite plans are being 
made for the construction of a wharf in Puntarenas to accommodate 
ocean liners. This work, authorized by an executive decree of 
January 17, 1927, will be financed from the $8,000,000 loan recently 
concluded with New York bankers by the government. 

MANUFACTURE OF, REED FURNITURE.—A new industrial field for 
Costa Rican women has been opened by the directors of the Buen 
Pastor women’s reformatory in San José who have started the 
manufacture of reed furniture in that place. Directed by experts, the 
women have made good progress, an excellent set of furniture having 
already been placed on sale in San José. Although the fiber used 
is not produced in the country, it is believed that some adequate 
species of Costa Rican plant may in time be found. 

STONE CRUSHER.—On January 31, 1927, all necessary equipment 
for the stone crusher recently constructed in the neighborhood of 
Cartago had been installed, and the work of supplying crushed rock 
for the roads was begun. Run by a motor of 25 horsepower and 
with a hopper capacity of 100 tons, the crusher turns out 50 to 70 
cubic meters (meter equals 3.28 feet) of crushed rock in an 8-hour 
day. 

CUBA 


AssocrIaTION OF FisHinc Crarr Owners.—Last February an 
association of fishing craft owners was organized, with a view to 
protecting this important industry which, although the third largest 
in the country, employing about 20,000 persons, has never before 
had a definite organization. The Cuban waters abound with fish 
of a fine quality but in spite of this fact the association states that 
approximately one-half of the fish consumed in Cuba is imported 
from the United States. The Association of Fishing Craft Owners 
will endeavor to have experts investigate actual laws governing fish- 
ing and draft laws and regulations for improving such conditions 
and will also seek the enactment of a protective tariff. 

STOCK COMPANIES TAXED.—The law signed by President Machado 
on January 27, 1927, regarding the application of the 8 per cent 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 493 


tax on the profits of all companies with a share capital, whether 
domestic or foreign, and the extension of the 114 per cent gross 
sales tax to transactions in foreign goods made through Cuban com- 
mission agents, was published in the Gaceta Oficial of January 29, 
LO2e 

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


BREAKWATER FOR THE HARBOR OF SANTO Dominco.—A contract 
has been signed by the Dominican Republic with an American 
engineering corporation for the construction of a breakwater in the 
harbor of Santo Domingo. (Courtesy of Sefior Félix M. Pérez S.) 

CITY IMPROVEMENTS IN Santo Dominco.—The full text of the 
contract recently signed by the Dominican Government, for the 
construction of water and sewer systems in the city of Santo Domingo 
and the paving of the streets of that city is published in the Gaceta 
Oficial of December 18, 1926. The water and sewer systems will 
cost $2,245,000. Payment is to be made for pavements and side- 


walks on a unit basis. 
ECUADOR 


MANUFACTURE OF CHINAWARE.—In Ambato, a very progressive 
and industrious city located in the central highlands of Ecuador, a 
new manufacture has been established, that of making chinaware, 
which is giving promise of developing into an important industry. 

INDUSTRIAL ASSOCIATION.—Karly in January last a group of 
leading business men met in Quito for the purpose of organizing the 
Industrial Association of Ecuador, the aim of this organization being 
to encourage the development of Ecuadorean industries, especially 
textile manufacture. 

ESMERALDAS RAILROAD.—The first shipment of rails for the Quito- 
Esmeraldas Railroad was recently received in Ecuador. Monthly 
shipments are promised hereafter so that the construction of this 
road will continue without interruption. 

EsMERALDAS-QUININDE HIGHWAY.—Work on the highway from 
Esmeraldas to Quinindé is progressing rapidly, and it is hoped the 
road will be completed within the next few months. Part of the 
work on this road has been done by the Western Agricultural So-. 
ciety, which is responsible for the agricultural development of lands 
in the vicinity of Quinindé. The society also proposes to develop 
on a large scale the cultivation of bananas, rice, and coffee, and to 
raise hogs in considerable numbers. 


GUATEMALA 


NEW INDUSTRIES IN QUEZALTENANGO.—Laundry soap made at a 
low cost from national raw material was recently placed on sale in 
Quezaltenango by an enterprising manufacturer. Latest reports 


494 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


state that, owing to the growing demand, machinery has been 
ordered from abroad, and within a short time the present output will 
be increased by the manufacture of high-grade toilet soap and stearic 
candles. 

HAITI 


CONDITION OF ROADS IN THE ReEpuBLIC.—It is worthy of special 
note that the roads of the Republic held up particularly well during 
the past rainy season. At no time was traffic closed between Port au 
Prince and Cayes, and for only a few hours was there an interruption 
between Port au Prince and Cape Haitien, due to a break in the dike 
in the Artibonite River. At the end of December the roads in general 
through the country were in better condition than ever before. The 
constant improvement to the roads through gravel surfacing has been 
largely responsible for this condition, although the ever-increasing 
traffic will continue to render necessary additional maintenance. 
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver, December, 
1926.) 

AGRICULTURAL AGENTS.—During the month of December last, 
there were 11 agricultural agents working through the country. 
The greatest part of their activity was directed toward getting their 
demonstration farms in shape, and planting red beans and sweet 
potatoes. Several varieties of seeds have been distributed by some 
of the agents, 80 farms and agricultural sections have been inspected, 
and valuable instruction given in the methods of harvesting crops, 
especially coffee and cotton. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser- 
General Receiver, December, 1926.) 

Hoe raistnc.—In order to encourage progressive farmers in hog 
raising, an arrangement is in force whereby such farmers may secure 
the loan of a purebred pair of Duroc hogs free of charge for a certain 
period. Tentative arrangements were made with a prominent 
planter to cooperate with him in establishing a hog demonstration 
farm and also to assist him in grading up his native dairy herd. 
Last summer he bought a pure bred Duroc boar from the agricultural 
service and now has several litters of crossbred pigs. As a result of 
his willingness to cooperate, an animal clinic was established at his 
plantation by the veterinary science department. (Bulletin of the 
Financial Adviser-General Receiver, December, 1926.) 


HONDURAS 


Exports ror 1926.—According to figures published in the press of 
Tegucigalpa, exports for 1926 amounted to 26,912,011.51 silver 
pesos, or 2,945,904.90 silver pesos more than those of the previous 
year. The exports subject to duties were valued at 20,379,906.66 
silver pesos and the free exports at 6,532,104.85 silver pesos. Gold 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 495 


coin to the amount of 3,000 pesos, silver coin to the amount of 22,321 
silver pesos, and 100,000 pesos in American bank notes were sent 
out of the country. The chief exports were bananas, silver, and sugar. 

Hiauways.—The following figures on highways were taken from 
the report made in January, 1927, by the Minister of Promotion, 
Public Works, Agriculture, and Labor: 

The sums expended last year on the various highways are as follows: Southern 
highway, 28,983.36 pesos; northern highway, 208,026.16 pesos, including 25,392.81 
pesos and 34,404.92 pesos expended on the Celguapa and Humuya. bridges, 
respectively. On the northern highway 45 masonry bridges were built, in ad- 
dition to the iron bridge which is to cross the Humuya River. The inhabitants 
of Santa Barbara, who have begun a road to connect their city with the cities of 
Trinidad, Colina, and San Pedro Sula, have already constructed 117 kilometers 
(kilometer equals 0.62 mile). 

WIRELESS STATIONS.—The wireless stations in Honduras are the 
Tropical Wireless station at Tegucigalpa; La Ceiba station, of the 
Standard Fruit Co.; Puerto Cortés station, of the Cuyamel Fruit 
Co.; Puerto Castilla station, of the Truxillo Railroad Co.; Islas del 
Cisne station, of the United Fruit Co.; and Nueva Tela station, of 
the Tela Railroad Co. 


MEXICO 


AIR PASSENGER SERVICE.—It was expected that the Lloyd Air Line 
would start a passenger service in March between Veracruz and 
Progreso, Yucatan, with Dornier-Merkur all-metal monoplanes. 
The time of the journey will be about eight hours, with three half-hour 
stops at Puerto México, Frontera, and Campeche, in contrast to a 
trip of more than 30 hours by sea, boats being at present the only 
means of communication between Veracruz and Progreso. The 
monoplane to be used is 12.5 meters in length (meter equals 3.28 
feet), seating eight passengers comfortably in its cabin. Later the 
Lloyd Air Line expects to extend its service along the entire Gulf 
coast of Mexico, and eventually to Habana. 

LONG-DISTANCE TELEPHONE SERVICE.—Long-distance telephone 
service between Mexico City and San Luis Potosi, a distance of 525 
kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 mile), was opened on February 14 
of this year. This will shortly be followed by long-distance lines from 
the capital to Tampico and thence to Ciudad Victoria, Monterrey, 
and Nuevo Laredo, where they will connect with the long-distance 
telephone system of the United States and by means of that system 
with those of Canada and Cuba. 

HiGHWAY PLANS FoR 1927.—As previously stated in the Bulletin, 
the sum of 10,000,000 pesos is to be spent by the Government on 
highways in 1927. Although this is 2,000,000 pesos less than the 
appropriation for 1926, more work will be accomplished, since last 


496 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


year a large outlay was made for road machinery, and in addition a 
reorganization under the national highway commission is expected 
to effect a daily saving of more than 7,000 pesos, although producing 
equal results. 

Work on the highway from Mexico City to Acapulco, on the Pacific 
coast, will be energetically pushed, 500,000 pesos a month being 
devoted to its construction. The section from Acapulco to Iguala 
will receive preferential attention, as by this means communication 
will be established between the Pacific port and the capital via the 
highway to Iguala and thence to Mexico City by rail. An additional 
sum of 100,000 pesos a month is appropriated for the construction of 
two large bridges over the Papagayos and Mexcala Rivers on the 
section mentioned. 

The Mexico City-Laredo highway, which connects at the latter 
city with the United States highway system and has aroused great 
interest among the motorists of Mexico’s northern neighbor, will also 
be considerably advanced during the year, beginning with the section 
from the border south to Monterrey, approximately 200 miles in 
length. From Monterrey a branch road will be constructed to 
Montemorelos through the picturesque Huajuco Canyon and other 
points of great scenic beauty in the Sierra Madre. 

Final dressing and oiling will be given to the highways from Mexico 
City to Pachuca and Puebla and all other work on them completed. 

In addition, the Government is assigning from time to time sums 
to assist States or municipalities in constructing local roads. 

PARTICIPATION IN IBERO-AMERICAN Exposition.—The Govern- 
ment appropriation for participation in the Ibero-American Exposi- 
tion to be held in Seville, Spain, next year, has been increased to 
300,000 pesos in order that the building to house the Mexican exhibits 
may be of permanent rather than of temporary construction. The 
design for the building will be selected from those submitted in an 
architectural competition held for the purpose. 

PETROLEUM PRODUCTION.—The National Bureau of Statistics, as 
reported in El Universal of Mexico City for March 4, 1927, gives the 
production of petroleum in Mexico during 1926 as 14,386,224 cubic 
meters, or 90,609,991 barrels, a decrease from that of 1925 of 3,990,318 
cubic meters, or 24,978,458 barrels. 


NICARAGUA 


Fiour mitus.—The flour mills installed in Masaya in the latter 
half of 1926 were put to use in November, producing a good flour 
which the bakers agree is satisfactory. It is believed that before 
long these mills will furnish enough flour to supply local demand 
without using the imported article. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 497 


Woop »exports.—According to the press of Managua, the follow- 
ing exports of woods were made between November, 1925, and 
December, 1926: 


Feet Feet 
Man oranivs so ea=2-- Sete Se ee OM 96856 (in| ©, OCOD OL Os seer eee ee eee ere 1, 933, 418 
Wed aren ua eis bth eon cae te  e OP AS. |) INehalopre 394, 380 
IRinete See hee ere cee ee ee eee 25582208) eB Tasll een eee ks Sens ee A eee 664, 198 
Guravacaneee sane ase aeces cee Dees 652523 Oya leel VO na ee aeeeeee San ate ere 4, 140, 067 
PANAMA 


PEARL FISHING.—The Government has signed a contract with 
Sefior Carlos J. Roquebert granting him a monopoly of pearl fishing 
off the Island of Coiba, a Government penal colony. The contract 
runs for two years from January 1, 1927, during which time the 
contractor undertakes to fish for pearls and pearl shell at his own 
expense, paying to the Government 25 per cent of the value of pearls 
and pearl shell obtained. 

Business 1N AGuADULCE.—Reports from Aguadulce state that 
business is thriving in that section. Two sugar mills are in operation 
with additional machinery this year and are producing a fine granu- 
lated sugar. 

Automobile traffic is now growing between Aguadulce and the city 
of Panama and the Canal Zone, due to the good roads, while there is 
also daily automobile traffic to Calobre, a hot-spring resort. 

San BuAas BANANA couNTRY.—The San Blas region, which has 
long been famous for the quantity and quality of its coconuts, is now 
becoming an important banana center. The San Blas Co. is the 
largest such company in that region, having seven plantations of 
which but three are yet in full production, yielding a weekly output 
of 9,000 to 12,000 bunches. This company also possesses a coconut 
plantation with 75,000 coconut palms. The United Fruit Co. is 
laying out a plantation and planning a port near Permé. During the 
month of January there were 395,000 coconuts exported from the 
San Blas region, as well as 43,000 bunches of bananas, shipped by the 
San Blas Co. 

PARAGUAY 


EXPORTATION OF SALTED HIDES.—According to data received from 
the National Bureau of Statistics, 288,235 salted hides were exported 
from Paraguay during 1926, the destination of the shipments being 
-as follows: 


Destination Quantity 
Nvoentina jo ou 2 as ed She ee UO eee Dee ae ee He LO) DO 
Bel pianists rs a ae eer tees elie eee Bae oe ee 9, 950 
AE Tapa ain CL eos es ee Sr ah ea es Pe he ee ae wee Cpe 4, 895 
TESST aT YS aah ea ee gee Us la BE 9p AR Seg ay ay Un tee Si 7, 000 
(Geer Arye eee ha Lt Seen we ys Se Se a age ee hea 60, 475 


498 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Destination Quantity 
SS [09 ee ee eee 1, 500 
Switzerlando. 222 a2 ee ee pin ial Shs ays ee eee 3, 500 
United States. se 2. Ss a ee eee 2, 500 
Uruguay® = 22 222" 2 eee eee 18, 596 


IMPORTANT PURCHASE OF HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY.— 
An expenditure of 1,000,000 pesos in the purchase of highway con- 
struction machinery including two large levelers, plows, a steam 
shovel, two caterpillar tractors, trailers, carts, an automobile truck, 
disk plows, a dump cart, and other machinery for the use of the De- 
partment of Public Works received Government authorization on 
January 21, 1927. 

EXPERIMENT STATION.—In accordance with a recent resolution, an 
agricultural experiment station will be established on a 5-hectare 
(hectare equals 2.47 acres) tract of land at Tacumbt, a Government 
estate near Asuncion. 

New STEAMER SCHEDULE.—On December 28, 1926, transportation 
facilities on the Parané and Paraguay Rivers between Buenos Aires 
and Asunci6n were materially increased by the inauguration of a new 
schedule of three trips a week for passenger steamers. 

AUSTRIAN AND GERMAN IMMIGRATION.—A group of 50 German 
families, all possessing some capital, was expected to arrive in Para- 
guay during April; they will settle on a 6-league tract of land recently 
purchased for them in Barranquerita at a cost of 1,500,000 pesos. 
Moreover, an advance group of Austrian immigrants fully equipped 
for agricultural pursuits was expected to reach Asuncién by the last 
of January. 

YERBA-MATE CULTIVATION.—Owing to a continued increase in the 
demand for yerba mate and consequent high prices, a company has 
been formed for the cultivation of that plant, also known as Para- 
guayan tea. Located near Concepcion, the company’s plantation is 
the largest single enterprise of its kind in Paraguay, having 7,000,000 
plants under cultivation. 

ASUNCION-SAN BERNARDINO BUS SERVICE.—Permanent bus service 
on a schedule of three trips a week was recently started between 
Asuncién and San Bernardino. 

Cotton coMPETITION.—According to El Dario of Asuncidn for 
January 14, 1927, the Bureau of Agriculture is perfecting plans for 
a cotton competition to take place in May. Provision will also 
be made for an annual competition of raw, seed, ginned and graded 
cotton to be held each year in May under the auspices of the Bureau 
of Agriculture in cooperation with similar organizations. The prizes, 
which are to be donated by individuals, societies, and commercial 
houses interested in the promotion of agriculture, will be awarded 
on a basis of quantity, quality, preparation and selection, and the 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 499 


crops represented by the prize specimens sold on the market as 
selected grades. 
PERU 


IMPORTATION OF AUTOMOBILES AND TRUCKS.—It is interesting to 
note from commercial statistics for the year 1925 that the United 
States supplied 1,341 of the trucks imported into Peru during that 
year, aS against 65 imported from other countries. Passenger cars 
imported into Peru during 1925 numbered in all 1,239, of which 
1,160 were from the United States, the remaining 79 being of European 
make. 

INVOICES FOR PACKAGES OF SMALL VALUE NOT REQUIRED.—Accord- 
ing to a decree effective February 9, 1927, consular invoices from the 
country of origin are no longer required for packages sent to Peru 
by parcel post where the value of the merchandise does not exceed 
10 Peruvian pounds. The usual consular fee, however, will be col- 
lected at the office of destination. (Commerce Reports, February 28, 
1927.) 

DEMONSTRATION FARM.—The Government recently made an 
appropriation of 500 Peruvian pounds for the establishment of an 
agricultural and livestock demonstration farm near the city of 
Arequipa. The sum of 120 Peruvian pounds a month is allowed 
for the upkeep of this farm. 

REGULATIONS FOR PETROLEUM CONCESSIONS. See page 509. 


SALVADOR 


NEW SECTION oF INTERNATIONAL RatLways.—On January 17, 
1927, Dr. Quifiénez Molina, President of the Republic, officially 
opened the new Soyapango-Texistepeque-Santa Ana section of the 
International Railways of Central America, which connects the east- 
ern and western sections of the country. <A section still to be 
constructed will unite Salvador with the sister Republic of Guate- 
mala, and open the Atlantic coast to Salvadorean commerce. The 
length of the entire section from Cutuco to Santa Ana, including the 
Soyapango-Texistepeque branch, is 359 kilometers. 

ARMY AIRPLANES.—On January 11, 1927, in honor of the birthday 
of Dr. Quifénez Molina, retiring President of Salvador, the Ministry 
of War held the christening of the 15 airplanes of the aviation service 
of Salvador. President Quifiénez Molina opened the ceremony by 
presenting a war plane as his gift to the national aviation service. 
Each plane was christened by a young lady from the Province for 
which it was named. 

39172—27— Bull. 5——_6 


500 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


URUGUAY 


ExrorTATION OF ANIMAL PRODUCTS.—According to customhouse 
reports, the following animal products were exported from Uruguay 


through the port of Montevideo during 1926: 














| 


| 
| 


| 


Wool: 
Roughecescees Se ee te eee ence) Of ets 
WiSSHOde o6 so occse weet ad Goan Se See BOER ee ea ee eee oe ee OL earn 
Soemiwashed_:....-..... Shoe ta couse aS ee ee eens dou 
Hides: 
Sheepskins cldvé cece ceecmecccsuads Jeaesee coe OEere 
Lambskins : Sette ueciiceeswutenteaees douees 
BST Geer 2 as cea ee eeeetamac coee eens doses 
Salieeesecss Sk nesses ete ee os Se eae dogess| 
Calfskins 
Flint Eee Leeae pe ee eee dose== 
Salt Beaks : one ame ciate SSeS AEA OES 
Flint, stillborn : ~or Jame eet wow otetncceneed qdos== 
Salt, stillborn BS ee he Ce a RE re on oer eee bundles_- 
Otter skins, dry : we I Se Ya units_- 
Pony skins, dry-... ee : Pees Secs cece eck ee a 
Capibara skins— —..- oan once eae See Se a ee ee do..--| 
VV OL ESI TID Scere ete a ee ee ee Re OO See 
Hides, tanned se Oe EEE Ie StL Uae 
Meat: 
Beof— 
Hind quartersirozene os es ae ee eee ee Deena bundles__! 
Forequarter, frozen... ate aoe ate ioe ia te vanes tos doseee| 
Forequarter, chilled an atmamane Seo uee eae ou eacee Qoses- 
Hindquarter, chilled a are nee re nee Sete ane coone earned Oseeal| 
Pork sausage, frozen : Bee eRe a OSE Se Ce RE Goss 
Mutton, frozen >. : ee eee eee ee eee doses 
Ment 
Extract : Sense ae oe coeee GOSS ce] 
Broth ok: ea eee a eg SE dos 
Canned : Re ee eee ee ee boxes__| 
‘Tongue, canned : : = SS eee eee Oe 
Meat, frozen face eGR Ae eR ee ee DUN GLESES 
Pork 
Frozen : : Se ee en eee een eee downs 
Salted : ‘ Lene fe on cal Re re EE, do-___-| 
Grease: 
Fat , Sree Sec cuneeeaneasdOsee= 
Tallow. —- ‘ a J. ora) Meets Et A SSM om Ree qdo=ce 
Stearine Se ee ee ok re do=--- 
Neat’s-foot oil Re a ee es en EEA OEE 
Other products: 
Hair and bristles : é : poraes Jae cee eee Cee DALOS se] 
Claws : : : : Cees BR eee ene does 
Nerves and tendons Ee ee 
Mankare; drisdcandisalted: 62 2-5 soe eee ee dose! 
Horn Bese Si Re eee units__ 


Bone. 


Hoofs 


Quantity 


109, 888 


4, 540 


2, 773 


7, 539 
84 
304, 882 


722, 145 


182, 161 
114, 308 


78, 952 


7,606 | 





48, 842 


15, 072 


13, 276 


963 | 


492, 941 
492, 354 
138, 785 
147, 830 
178, 616 
S84, 826 


Bea | 
Oo, 660) 


220 | 


415, 705 
9, 910 
588, 540 


30, S41 | 


25, S41 


716 } 
585 


4, 606 


6, 210 | 


1, 878, 780 


Blood, dried 
Casings 


Ostrich plumes 





Kilograms 


50, 789, 398 
952, 498 
1, 164, 236 


3, 588, 517 
30, 600 

2, 869, 298 
17, 862, 457 


507, 246 
1, 231, 180 
109, 468 
24, 330 
11, 714 


206, 065 


33, 626, 186 
38, 912, 654 
10, 278, 748 
11, 864, 734 

4, 848,067 
18, 610, 989 


358, 933 

9, 548 

13, 8383, 760 
433, 228 


6, 227, 835 


36, 181 
44, 424 


6, 476, 283 
5, 596, 985 
5O4, 624 
150, 514 


282, 810 
119, 250 
380, 982 
1, 631, O34 
6, 669, 242 
617, 711 
2, 007, 415 
2, 236, 667 


7, 256 





Breeping srarions.—It was announced on January 31, 1927, 
that five breeding stations, located in Colonia, San José, Canelones, 
Maldonado, and Treinta y Tres, respectively, have been established 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 501 


by the Bureau of Agriculture for the production of choice breeds of 
Shorthorn cattle and Normandy horses. 

HiGH-TENSION LINE CoNSTRUCTION.—According to a recent report 
plans are being completed by the State Electric Plant of Montevideo 
for the provision of electric current to the city of San José, about 98 
kilometers distant, over a high-tension aerial wire of 25,000 volts 
capacity. It is estimated that the cost of construction will reach 
$500,000. 

Buenos Arres-MONTEVIDEO AIR SERVICE. 
December, 1926, the aeroplane service maintained by the Junker 
Mission made 28 regular flights, carrying 84 passengers, 390 kilo- 
grams of baggage, and 388 kilograms of mail. All flights were made 
on schedule time at an average rate of 130 kilometers an hour, and no 





During the month of 


losses were incurred. 

PRICE INVESTIGATION.—A commission recently appointed by the 
Government to make a study of the cost of the production and trans- 
portation of meat with the purpose of setting a minimum price on 
animal products for exportation held its first meeting on January 14, 


1927. 
VENEZUELA 


VENEZUELAN OIL pRODUCTION.—According to O’Shaughnessy’s 
South American Oil Reports, the total production of Venezuelan oil 
fields during 1926 was 37,226,019 barrels (barrels of 42 gallons), an 
increase of about 6,326,000 barrels over the 1925 production. Of 
this amount 33,862,027 barrels were shipped in 1926. 

ForerGn TRADE THROUGH LA Guarra.—The total foreign trade of 
La Guaira, exclusive of merchandise carried in sailing vessels to and 
from near-by countries, amounted to 161,649 metric tons (metric 
ton equals 2,204.6 pounds), or 13,489 tons of exports, and 148,160 
tons of imports, showing a gain of approximately 39 per cent over 
1925, and 88 per cent over 1924. Imports increased approximately 
57 per cent over 1925, and 115 per cent over 1924. Exports decreased 
approximately 38 per cent in comparison to those of 1925 and 20 
per cent in comparison to those of 1924. Dutch ships handled the 
largest percentages of the carrying trade. Exports during 1926, 
listed according to commodities, were as follows: 





‘ vr First | Second) Third | Fourth |», . 

Commodity quarter | quarter | quarter | quarter otal 

Tons Tons Tons Tons Tons 
COleer ae weno Salen maine a 3, 409 2,474 1, 117 272 7, 272 
CAcdomee se Be alo eo or ee 1, 564 2, 099 1, 000 | 453 5, 116 
hile sinew Seis ioe eas ern 59 48 | 96 | 83 286 
SUN Ota Toten ye wo realli 2 Baris Gite TAOW eee se cl arc eich en 140 
Whiscellaneouse 222d. 522.0 oe 282 134 137 122 675 
AIS ayes SS LaPeer eee 5, 454: 4, 755 2, 350 930 13, 489 


























502 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


CoFFEE EXPORTS FROM Maracarso.—According to the best avail- 
able nonofficial information, coffee exports during 1926 through the 
port of Maracaibo were 473,795 sacks weighing approximately 60 
kilos each (kilo equals 2.2 pounds). Their destination was as 
follows: 


Destination Sacks 

@uracao== 222 = Pipe gO espe eee re teers yw EE eee 2am 
TaN COS= ue Se So ioe Ae nr ee ae 250 
German yioo. 225552 2282! oe eee ee eee ep 28, 375 
Elollamde 275 2255 22 ee ee ee eee eee 25, 972 
Uitaly2e ss Nee De eo Tee ae aa sie ee eee 3, 734 
Ne) OFF HN bears eee ame ee Sia eh Seiad, ge See or seo 810 
Winited Sta tessa cack 2 oe ee ees a ote ene ie a ices eye es er 370, 973 
Various UTOPe ANS OG See meee ee ere ele See 3 9993 
Venezuelan; ports222 2 22). ease AOS ee i RNS at oye IRE eel Oe 1, 051 

6 Bo Fee ere ee eg Cy aN et aS SEB so 473, 795 


MARKETING OF CORDILLERA WHEAT.—Last year for the first time, 
as a result of improved transportation facilities brought about by the 
construction of the Transandine Highway, more than 1,000 sacks of 
wheat produced in the cordillera regions near Mucuchies were brought 
to the mills at Vargas, State of Tachira, 200 sacks of flour from 
Mucuruba also being placed on sale in Tériba (Tachira). Although 
of seemingly insignificant quantities, the mar keting of these products 
is nevertheless important as senalizing the opening of new areas of 
consumption and production. 

IMPROVEMENT OF Widen wouns “Work on the improvement and 
reconstruction of the Valencia waterworks was reported to have been 
begun on January 27, 1927. It is estimated that when completed 
the aqueduct will have a capacity of 75 liters of water a second, or 
61 liters more than its present capacity. 

NEW TELEGRAPH LINE.—The erection of a new telegraph line 
between Caracas and Maracay at a cost of 100,000 bolivars was 
authorized by a presidential decree of January 27, 1927. 





af’ AFFAIRS 4 na 28 


ARGENTINA 


BupGer For 1927 PASssED.—On January 28, 1927, the President 
signed the budget law No. 11389 for 1927 as approved by the Senate 
the previous day. Instructions were given to the Ministry of the 
Treasury for the distribution of copies of the budget among the 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 503 


Government bureaus. The total figures, including ordinary expendi- 
tures, public works, Annex K, subsidies and bonds for the indebt- 
edness of the State railways, amount to 977,679,517 paper pesos. 


BOLIVIA 


EXPANSION OF NATIONAL BANKS.—The following banking statistics 
show not only the progress made by the national banks, but the 
economic development of the country during the last 10 years as 
well. The capital and reserves of the three banks, Banco de la 
Naci6n Boliviana, Banco Nacional de Bolivia, and Banco Mercantil, 
have increased 40 per cent from December, 1915, to December, 1925, 
as the following table shows: 
































Per 
1915 1925 Increase Cent 
Capital in boli- | 
WO essen | 40, 962, 500. 00 | 46, 500, 000. 00 5, 537, 500. 00 13. 5 
Reserves_____-_-_- | 5, 693, 920. 61 | 18, 651, 270. 94 | 12, 957, 350. 33 227.5 
| | 
Motels ss | 46, 656, 420. 61 | 65, 151, 270. 94 | 18, 494, 850.33 | 39. 64 
Gold coin in the vaults of the three banks, Dec. 31, 1925: Bolivianos 
IBancordenl ag Nacio mel ollitva aie em sete eee eee eee eee ee 16, 834, 270. 80 
BancopNactonalucler olivia aes ee eee ae eee mee 2, 610, 585. 00 
BancogNlercan tilts sai ae ae SS ie. eee ee ep 1, 622, 756. 25 
A @ Galles Sa Nps See ota ee cate ee ee ee ee De OOO 205 


As on December 31, 1915, the stock of gold coin held by all the 
national banks amounted to only 12,820,825 bolivianos, an increase 
of 8,246,787.05 bolivianos was made in 10 years. 

RAILROAD LOAN.—Last January the Bolivian Government, through 
a special financial agent, negotiated a loan with a New York firm 
for $14,000,000 at 7 per cent interest. The bonds sold at 98%. 
The Bolivian Government pledges certain revenues to secure pay- 
ment of interest, amortization, and principal. The loan will be 
applied to railroad construction. The Potosi-Sucre railroad, on 
which only 50 kilometers of rails are lacking, will be finished at an 
outlay not exceeding $5,000,000. For the La Quiaca-Atocha line, 
in operation since 1925, approximately $1,000,000 will be allowed 
for equipment and improvements. The Government will ask for 
bids for the construction of the railroad from Cochabamba to Santa 
Cruz, for which approximately seven millions of the above-mentioned 
loan will be spent during the years 1926 and 1927. According to 
the complete plans outlined by the engineer in charge of this rail- 
road an expenditure of about $30,000,000 will be required to finish 
this line. 


50d THE PAN AMBRICAN UNION 


BRAZIL 


Bupann ror PiscaL YWAR.——-Law No. 5 of January 12, 1927, places 
the budget of expenditures of Brazil for the fiscal year 1927) at 
109,028 gold contos and 1,288,519 paper contos, as follows: 


Cold contos Paper contog 





Ministey of Justice and Interior 22 123, 921 
Ministry of Moreign Relations 6, 208 4, 480 
Ministery of the Navy 1, 400 Ll4, 127 
Ministry of War LOO 194, 831 
Ministry of Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce DAS 74, 102 
Ministry of Tlighways and Publie Works 13, 407 505, 270 
Ministery of the Treasury 87, 338 272, 288 


Law No, 5,127 of December 381, 1926, estimates the receipts at 
140,605 gold contos and 1,155,736 paper contos, giving a surplus 
of both gold and paper. 


CULL 


Bupawr ror 1927,—Aeccording to information in the press of 
Santingo the following figures show the estimated gross receipts 
and expenditures of the Government for the year: 


Receipts, in pesos 


Ordinary revenues: ; 
(a) National proporty . 18,290,018, 92 
(OD) National serviaas : 102, G50, 860, 26 
(eo) Direct and indirect taxes : TOO, S72, LOL, O4 
(/) Various revenues 124, 768, 126, 42 
Potal O56, O74, B65, 68 


Rovennos from spocial hiws, daevotod to partioular objects: 


Plans and construction of sower systems 5, O85, 000 

Dredging of the Mapocho River 2,000, 000 

Port works 26, 900, 000 
otal 37, 488, 000, 00 
Grand total 08, O59, 665, 68 


Hependitures, ir pesos 

188, 796, 415, 28 
0, 326, S80, 31 
28, O60, 774.78 


Interior 
Moroign relations 
Justice 


. 





Public instruction . 141, S87, 605, St 
Proasury 208, 200, 274, O4 
War 118, 228, 660, OS 
Navy Q7, 088, 786, 21 
Agrioultare and tadustey : 14, 470, 90S, 00 
Lands and colonisation 1, 980, S65, SO 
Publio works, commerce, and communications ft 126, OST, 267, 00 
Hygione and public charity M4, GO0, 915, G2 
Sooial welfare and labor 1, 718, 202. 00 

Votal oxponditures 8, SO, 665, 68 


Morreaaan BANK GoLD NorHs.— Guaranteed five-year 6 per cent 
agricultural gold notes of the Mortgage Bank of Chile, maturing 
December 81, 1931, were placed at 9884 per cent on the New York 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 505 


market last December to the amount of $10,000,000. The proceeds 
will be used for the purpose of making loans secured by agricultural 
products or implements. 


COLOMBIA 


EXTENSION OF ELECTRIC TRAMWAY.—The departmental govern- 
ment of Antioquia has made an agreement with a foreign banking 
firm for a loan of £100,000. The loan, which bears 8 per cent interest, 
is authorized for a period of five years, with the privilege, on either 
side, of renewing the contract if so desired. The funds from this 
loan will be used to extend the eastern electric tramway to the 
Cundinamarca Railway. 

Loan FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF BotLivar.—The government of 
the Department of Bolivar has published a brief description of 
industrial and financial conditions in that Department for the benefit 
of banking firms that may be interested in subscribing a loan of 
5,000,000 pesos, the proceeds from which will be used for the following 
purposes: Organization of a monopoly of the production and sale of 
beverages, which would mean doubling the revenues from the sale 
of liquors in that Department; construction of a government palace 
with offices for all the different branches of the administration, 4 
hall for the sessions of the departmental assembly, and an apartment 
to serve as the private residence of the governor; construction of two 
large buildings for normal schools; completion of police headquarters; 
improvements in the building of the University of Cartagena; con- 
struction of a highway system to facilitate road transportation, thus 
helping to promote agriculture. The above-mentioned report of the 
Department of Bolivar states that this Department has no outstand- 
ing debts nor mortgages on any of itsrevenues. As security for the 
new loan the revenues from the sale of liquor, tobacco, and livestock 
are offered, yielding in all about 1,000,000 pesos annually. (Courtesy 
of the Colombian Legation in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES DURING 1926.—Figures from the 
Treasury Department, for the year 1926, give the receipts and 
expenditures as follows: 





Receipts 
Receiver Generalvot Customss 222222 - 2 a as ee ee $4, 608, 799. 65 
Heras rer AMT! Vie THUY SS als en Pe a Ae ener eae pe a 5, 527, 725. 85 
NG tbe Taye atte Ne ae Na Sa SUE a NU ae AE ee i ED ali sae 2, 235, 690. 00 
1 Oram Carma © erat ate ells yyy ps ee ren pe ee ee 299, 070. 05 
AN OIG St Rae re SE IEE SER a eae eT SS etaieas Se NI a 12, 671, 285. 55 
Balanceion: Decemberkol, WO2525 5225 ee 1, 608, 089. 44 





STP ek Epa gerd ae ag ha ts Oa eR tae 14, 279, 374. 99 


506 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 





Expenditures E 

ReceiversGeneral ote Customise a eee eee pe a $295, 284. 56 ° 
Mblicalebt-Servicelss -cs 2. Se ent ty eo eee ne eee a 2, 985, 977. 99 
Ceneraleand specialiexpenditunres! sass = see ee 8, 216, 639. 34 
cy E GCE Ee ee ea ge arg el ahd ee a 1, 586, 876. 28 
Drona (Comme Iaewibenso Hos ae ee eae 331, 810. 08 

) Oo) Fr mam Oh Pe pe A os ae ee 13, 416, 588. 25 
Cheques paid during the year and credits authorized__________ 65, 031. 23 

Wr eee ps Sa el a a ee here Se Er ae 13, 481, 619. 48 
lekeile avers: (over 1DYereerenjoyerr Gly MCPD ee ee 797, 755. 51 

Bo) eae ee ip i aap mn A eA OE eet ete eae 14, 279, 374. 99 


(Courtesy of Senor Félix M. Pérez S.) 


AMORTIZATION OF DEBT.—On January 20, 1927, the Receiver 
General of Customs placed a check in the National Treasury for the 
sum of $213,953.58, these funds to be applied to the final amortiza- 
tion of the 1908 loan, due in 1958, thus covering the obligations on 
this loan 31 years before the time limit. (Courtesy of Seftor Félix M. 
Pérez S.) 

FINANCIAL CommiTTEr.—President Vasquez has appointed a 
committee to supervise the expenditure of the $5,000,000 loan of 1926. 
This committee is composed of the following persons: Sefor M. 
Martin de Moya, Secretary of the Treasury, chairman; Sefior Rafael 
A. Espaillat, Secretary of Agriculture and Immigration; Sefor 
Andrés Pastoriza, Secretary of Promotion and Communications; 
Senor Francisco A. Herrera, national treasurer; and Sefior Victor E. 
Garrido, who will act as secretary of the committee. 


HAITI 


Pusiic pEBT.—Each item of the public debt was reduced in 
December, with amortization of substantial proportions occurring 
in the series Bloan. Asa result gross debt declined from 113,092,000 
gourdes at the end of December, 1925, to 105,549,000 gourdes on 
December 31, 1926, a decline of 7,543,000 gourdes, or 6.67 per cent, 
showing the very satisfactory rate of debt reduction which is at 
present characterizing the administration of Haitian finances. 

By reason of the enlarged cash balance the net debt on December 
31 stood at 94,245,000 gourdes, a point hitherto unapproached since 
the public debt of Haiti has been presented in its present form. As 
subsequent months are expected to reveal an excess of receipts over 
expenditures the net debt will continue to decline and should be 
not greatly in excess of 90,000,000 gourdes by the close of the present 
fiscal year. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver, 
December, 1926.) 


LEGISLATION 507 
MEXICO 


New GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL OFFICIALS.—In February last 
Senor Luis Montes de Oca, Federal Comptroller General, succeeded 
Sefior Alberto J. Pani as Secretary of the Treasury. Sefor Julio 
Freyssinier Morin, Auditor General, was appointed to the post of 
Comptroller General. 

URUGUAY 


DETERMINATION OF PESO VALUE.—In order to facilitate the 
determination of exchange values in payment of consular fees the 
value of the Uruguayan peso was decreed equivalent to 40 francs in 
France, the same to apply in Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, 
Norway, Poland, Yugoslavia, Austria, and Sweden by an act of 
November 26, 1926. In Belgium the peso will be equivalent to 40 
Belgian francs. (Diario Oficial, December 3, 1926.) 





ARGENTINA 


LAW FOR COOPERATIVE ASSOCIATIONS.—On December 20, 1926, the 
President signed and published the law passed by the Congress of 
Argentina for the establishment and reguiation of cooperative 
societies. Among the provisions are the following: 


When loans are made to members no charge shall be collected reducing the sum 
of the loan except the discount for interest payment, if this is established by the 
statutes of the society. The interest may not exceed by more than 1 per cent 
the rate charged by legal banks and may not be increased during the term of the 
loan. Loans may be canceled at any time by the borrower without additional 
interest. 

Of the profits realized each fiscal year, at least 5 per cent shall go to the reserve 
fund and 90 per cent shall be distributed among the members (a) in cooperative 
associations making sales in proportion to the purchases of each member; (0) 
in cooperative associations for purposes of production in proportion to the pro- 
duction of each member; (c) in cooperative associations for purchase of equipment, 
manufacture, or sale of products in proportion to the total of operations of each 
member, and in credit cooperative associations in proportion to the capital. 


ARGENTINE BRANCH OF INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL Law.—In 
January preliminary steps were taken for the reorganization of the 
Argentine section of the American Institute of International Law, 
the new executive committee of which is composed of the following: 
Dr. Leopoldo Melo, chairman, Dr. Ernesto Bosch, Dr. José Luis 


508 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Murature, Dr. Carlos Saavedra Lamas, and Dr. Ernesto Restelli, 
secretary. The president of the American Institute of International 
Law, Prof. James Brown Scott, has expressed gratification at the 
renewed activity of the Argentine section. 


BRAZIL 


MiniraRy AVIATION.—Law No. 5,168, passed by Congress on 
January 13, 1927, provides for the establishment of the aviation arm 
of the military forces of Brazil with the following sections: Bureau 
of Aviation, Military Aviation School, Central Supply Depot of 
Aviation, units of aviation and the corresponding services. 

THIRTEENTH INTERNATIONAL PARLIAMENTARY CONFERENCE OF 
ComMeERCcE.— Preliminary work is now being carried on in Paris, Brus- 
sels, and Rio de Janeiro for the Thirteenth International Parliamen- 
tary Conference of Commerce which is to take place in the capital of 
Brazil from September 5 to 10, 1927, under the patronage of President 
Washington Luis. Particular attention will be given to the question 
of international maritime transportation. Phases of the transporta- 
tion problem have been considered at each meeting since the third 
session of the conference in Paris in 1916. At Rome in 1925 drafts 
of conventions for commercial aviation were signed, and in London 
in 1926 the constant increase in international commerce was a most 
important subject of discussion. Preparations are being made for 
renewed consideration of the problem at the meeting this year. 

Minors’ Copn.—Legislative Decree No. 5,083 of December 1, 
1926, enunciates a Minors’ Code combining previous laws on child 
welfare and laws on juvenile delinquency. Its purpose is to provide 
for the protection, tutelage, supervision, education, and reform of 
abandoned or delinquent children. The code was published in the 
Mario Official of December 4, 1926. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


DIPLOMATIC PRIVILEGES.—A recent executive decree provides that 
foreign diplomatic and consular representatives stationed in the 
Dominican Republic shall enjoy the same privileges as are accorded 
by their respective governments to the diplomatic and consular repre- 
sentatives of the Dominican Republic accredited to those countries. 


GUATEMALA 


CREATION OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL COMMISSION.—A permanent 
consultative commission composed of four experts and three repre- 
sentatives from the principal industries of Guatemala was created 
by an executive decree of January 17, 1927. Functioning under the 
Department of Finance this body will make studies of current 
economic and financial conditions, and furnish data on the same. 


LEGISLATION 509 


MEXICO 


CooPERATIVE SOCIETIES.—On January 21, 1927, President Calles 
signed the cooperative societies act, which governs the activities of 
agricultural and industrial cooperative societies and also of those for 
cooperative purchase and sale. Societies of all three types may be 
local in character or formed of local cooperatives. The activities 
permitted agricultural and industrial cooperatives are the follow- 
ing: Credit, production, labor, insurance, construction, transporta- 
tion, and cooperative purchase and sale, while societies for cooper- 
ative purchase and sale may also engage in credit operations. Unions 
of cooperative societies may also make loans on agricultural or 
industrial property, according to the type of union, deposited in ware- 
houses established for the purpose. The capital of cooperative 
societies is unlimited, but the statutes of each society must state the 
value of each share and the number of shares any member may have. 
The act also provides for the management of the societies, and 
requires that annual net profits be distributed as follows: 20 per cent 
to the reserve fund, 10 per cent to the administrative and supervisory 
councils, and 70 per cent to shareholders. 


PANAMA 


INDUSTRIAL AND AGRICULTURAL BANKS.—On December 21, 1926, 
the National Assembly passed law No. 63 of 1926, whereby authoriza- 
tion is given for the establishment of industrial and agricultural banks 
to make loans for the development of agricultural projects and the 
livestock industry. The full text of the law in published in the 
Gaceta Oficial for January 6, 1927. 


PERU 


REGULATIONS FOR PETROLEUM CONCESSIONS.—On January 7, 1927, 
the President signed a decree containing the regulations for granting 
petroleum concessions. According to these regulations, concessions 
for the examination of oil lands shall not exceed four years, at the end 
of which period the concessionary desiring to exploit the lands must 
obtain a concession for so doing. The complete text of these regula- 
tions appears in the official paper, El Peruano, for January 19, 1927. 


510 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION . 





INTERNAT IONAL 
» TREATIES 38 


BRAZIL-URUGUAY 





PROTOCOL TO EXTRADITION TREATY.—Ratifications were exchanged 
in Montevideo on November 10, 1926, of the protocol signed in 
Montevideo on December 7, 1921, and added to the treaty on extra- 
dition of criminals signed by diplomatic representatives of Brazil 
and Uruguay in Rio de Janeiro on December 27, 1916. Decree No. 
17572, of November 30, 1926, publishing the date of the exchange 
of ratifications appeared in the Diario Official of Brazil for December 
2, 1926. 

GREAT BRITAIN-MEXICO 


CLAIMS CONVENTION.—The claims convention signed by repre- 
sentatives of Great Britain and Mexico on November 19, 1926, was 
ratified by executive decree of President Calles of Mexico on Decem- 
ber 30, 1926. (Diario Oficial, February 26, 1927.) 


MEXICO 


Pan AMERICAN POSTAL CONVENTIONS.—By an executive decree of 
December 30, 1926, Mexico ratified the conventions signed at the 
Second Pan American Postal Congress which assembled in Mexico 
City October 15, 1926. (Dario Oficial, February 26, 1927.) 











F PUBLIC INSTRUCTION Te 
ES @an s ADEDUCATION : e@ 22 


ARGENTINA 





SECTION OF CHILDREN’S GARDEN CLUuB.—A section of the Chil- 
dren’s Garden Club was recently opened in the neighborhood of 
apartment houses built by El Hogar Bank of Buenos Aires near 
Chacabuco Park. The children of this new section are undertaking 
the preparation of gardens for the houses of that neighborhood, each 
child being allowed to care for as many as three during two hours 
daily when he is out of school. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 511 


BOLIVIA 


BouivIA STUDIES EDUCATIONAL SYSTEMS ABROAD.—Senhor Luis 
Arce Lacaze, a Bolivian educator, arrived in New York a few 
months ago after a long stay in European capitals, where he was sent 
on a Government mission to study the development of education in 
the principal countries of the Continent. Sefior Lacaze intended to 
study the school and college systems in use in the United States, 
later submitting a detailed report on the subject to the Bolivian 
Government, with a plan for modifying and improving the educa- 
tional system of Bolivia. 

VOCATIONAL-TRAINING SCHOOL.—By virtue of a recent decree, a 
vocational-training school was created in the city of Tupiza. The 
school will be divided into three sections, namely, trades, commerce, 
and mining. For enrollment in this school it is required that ap- 
plicants shall have completed the six primary grades. In the trade 
section, carpentry, shoemaking, tailoring, and saddlery will be taught; 
in the commercial section special attention will be given to arith- 
metic in its relation to commerce and mining; in the mineral section, 
geology, metallurgy, and mineralogy will be the chief subjects. 
In all the courses general instruction will be given in arithmetic, 
chemistry, physics, and commercial drawing, every pupil being obliged 
to take these subjects. 

BRAZIL 


Pror. ALOYSIO DE CASTRO MADE HEAD OF NATIONAL EDUCATION.— 
On February 4, 1927, the President of Brazil appointed Prof. Aloysio 
de Castro Chief of the National Bureau of Education. Professor de 
Castro has won distinction both at home and abroad, as he was the 
first South American to be elected a member of the Paris Academy 
of Medicine and has also served on the Committee of Intellectual 
Cooperation of the League of Nations. 

DEAN oF THE ScHooL oF Mepicine.—On February 4, 1927, the 
President of Brazil appointed Prof. Abreu Fialho dean of the School 
of Medicine of Rio de Janeiro. 


CHILE 


TEACHERS’ CONVENTION.—Beginning January 4, 1927, the Fifth 
General Convention of the General Association of Primary Teachers 
met in Talca for a week. Among the 169 delegates, in addition to 
those from teachers’ associations, were representatives of the Labor 
Federation of Chile, the Federation of Printers, and the Union of 
Chilean Employees. In all 54 associations were represented. Res- 
olutions were passed on matters of education. The city of La 
Serena was selected as the meeting place for the next convention. 


512 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


AUTOMOBILE MECHANICS’ CoOURSE.— During vacation the vocational 
school in Santiago is again offering a course in automobile mechanics. 
Many business and professional men have taken advantage of these 
courses in order to learn how to care for their cars. 

ARGENTINE GIFT TO NATIONAL Liprary.—The collection of books 
by Argentine authors donated by their country to the Chilean 
National Library was inaugurated on January 18, 1927, under the 
chairmanship of President Figueroa of Chile and in the presence of 
Sefior Malbran, the Argentine ambassador, Doctor de Veyga, the 
special representative of the Argentine Public Library Commission 
(which is making similar gifts to all the American countries), cabinet 
ministers, members of the Argentine colony, and other distinguished 
guests. The Argentine room was decorated with the flags of the 
two Republics and the bust of Sarmiento, the founder of public 
instruction in Argentina, who spent some time in Chile. Words 
expressing mutual esteem and desire for cooperation were spoken 
in the addresses of the Chilean and the Argentine representatives 
who took part in the ceremony. 


COLOMBIA 


ScHOOL IN THE QuINpfo REGION.—The municipalities of the 
Quindio region have agreed on a plan for establishing a school for 
boys having a capacity for 600 students, which will serve as the educa- 
tional center of that entire section. (Courtesy of the Colombian 
Legation in Washington.) 

COSTA RICA 


PopuLAR UNIVERSITY.—Classes in reading, physiology, hygiene, 
sanitation, economics, and mathematics were opened by the Popular 
University at the beginning of the school year in San José, frequent 
lectures on varied subjects also being given at stated intervals. 

INSTRUCTION IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE.—The Minister of Public 
Education, who wishes to introduce the study of English into the 
elementary schools of the country, has engaged the services of seven 
American teachers, who will teach in the primary schools of the 
capitals of each of the seven Provinces. At the present time English 
is taught in all the secondary schools of the country. 


CUBA 


ORGANIZATION OF COMMERCIAL SCHOOL.—At the suggestion of the 
Secretary of Public Instruction and Fine Arts, President Machado 
has appointed Dr. Arturo Montori, professor in the Normal School 
of Habana, to organize the National School of Commerce in that 
city in accordance with the latest methods. Doctor Montori, who 
was formerly educational attaché of the Cuban Embassy in Washing- 
ton, made a study of commercial education while in the United States. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 513 


WoMAN PROFESSOR IN THE UNIVERSITY.—The first woman to 
receive a professorship in the University of Habana is the eminent 
Cuban physician Luisa Pardo Suarez de Castanedo, who has for a 
number of years been practicing medicine in Habana, specializing in 
women’s and children’s diseases. Doctor de Castanedo has been 
given the post of assistant professor of histology in the University of 
Habana, having been thus honored by the faculty of medicine of 
that university after a spirited contest in which she received the 
highest number of points. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 
Washington.) 

NEW PRESIDENT OF THE NATIONAL TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION.— 
The new president of the National Association of Teachers is Sefior 
Ramon Rosainz, a well-known teacher, who has been practicing his 
profession since 1870 and has the sincere regard of his colleagues, 
his pupils, and their parents. 

CREATION OF A SAVINGS BANK.—The Department of Public In- 
struction has established a savings bank in which will be deposited 
the voluntary contributions of school children, teachers, and public- 
school officials, together with donations made by individuals. De- 
posits are not withdrawable before the end of 10 years, except in 
very special cases. 

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


APPROPRIATIONS FOR SCHOOL BUILDINGS.—An appropriation of 
$125,000 has been made for erecting and equipping a new building 
for the University of Santo Domingo. A credit of $75,000 was also 
passed for a new building for the Superior Normal School of Santo 
Domingo. 

New scHoots.—It was planned to open on February 1 of this 
year 250 new primary schools, new evening schools for workers, and 
a superior primary school for the city of Santo Domingo. The last 
mentioned will have a six-year course and a five-hour school day. 
Steps will also be taken to have additional school rooms built in 
various elementary primary schools and to open more superior 
primary schools. (Courtesy of Senor Féhix M. Pérez S.) 


GUATEMALA 


OPENING OF NEW SCHOOLS.—It was announced on January 17, 
1927, that final arrangements for the opening of six new primary 
schools in Guatemala City at the beginning of the coming school 
year were being concluded by the Secretary of Public Education. 

BUSINESS COURSES OUTLINED.—A plan of study for the national 
commercial schools privately incorporated and officially recognized 
was issued by the Secretary of Public Education on January 10, 1927. 
Two general courses, a two-semester secretarial, and a six-semester 


514 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


bookkeeping course were outlined, both requiring a year of prepara- 
tory study in arithmetic, Spanish grammar, geography, and penman- 
ship. It has been arranged that upon the successful conclusion of the 
bookkeeping course a further course of two semesters in finance, 
commercial law, and related subjects, leading to a certificate as com- 
mercial expert, may be taken by the student. 

ANTI-ILLITERACY CAMPAIGN.—The People’s University of Guate- 
mala has addressed a request to the labor unions that they advise 
those of their members who can not read and write to attend the 
university classes so that they may be taught in the shortest time 
possible. The labor unions are also urged to require a knowledge of 
reading and writing of all persons applying for membership. 

AMERICAN AcapEMy.—The 9th of January witnessed the opening 
ceremonies of the American Academy, an elementary and secondary 
school in Guatemala City, in the presence of a large number of 
notables from the United States and from Guatemala. In his speech, 
His Excellency, Mr. Arthur Geissler, minister of the United States in 
Guatemala, stated that the American Academy had been established 
“to give instruction in the language of the United States as well as 
that of the Republic of Guatemala, so as to acquaint each country 
with the ideals and customs of the other.” 

NorMAL EDUCATION.—A fourth year of normal instruction has 
been added to the course given at the Instituto de Sefioritas at Coban. 


HONDURAS 


NIGHT SCHOOL FOR WOMEN.—On February 1, 1927, a night school 
for women was opened under the auspices of the Feminine Culture 
Society of Tegucigalpa in the José Trinidad Reyes School for Girls, 
the building being offered to the society for the night school by the 
municipality. Illiterate pupils from 10 to 40 years of age are 
received. 

WEAVING TAUGHT IN VOCATIONAL SCHOOL.—A course in weaving has 
been given in the vocational school for women located in Tegucigalpa. 
The course included the weaving of wool, cotton, and other fibers, the 
work having attracted much attention at the recent exhibition of the 
products made by the pupils of the school. The instructors are now 
planning to establish the textile industry, the Government having 
approved a school factory in connection with the vocational school, 
where weaving will be taught to 34 students with scholarships. Ma- 
chinery has been ordered for the manufacture of sacks, carpets, 
cloth, hammocks, covers, curtains, drills, and cashmeres. 


MEXICO 


Hispano AmeErICcAN University Concress.—The Union of the 
Youth of Hispano America proposes to hold a Hispano American Uni- 
versity Congress in Mexico City some time during the year 1928. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 515 


Mexican uHistory.—The National Library in Mexico City has 
arranged a special section for books and documents on national his- 
tory, of which it possesses a priceless collection. All have been cata- 
logued so that they are readily available. To part of the books the 
public has free access. 

EpucaTIon IN TAMAULIPAS.—The State of Tamaulipas, which is 
reported to lead all Mexican States in the proportion of its budget 
spent for education, disbursed for this purpose last year 40 per cent 
of its total expenditures, or 1,132,808 pesos, to which should be added 
475,000 pesos expended by the city of Tampico. The State expects 
to increase its appropriation this year by 100,000 pesos. In addition 
to the 60 schools supported by the Federal Government, the State 
has 452 schools, including, in addition to the elementary schools, a 
normal and secondary school and 39 evening schools for adults. The 
total number of pupils registered last year was 36,205, or 65 per cent 
of the children of school age. Governor Portes Gil takes an active 
interest in education, and has done much to reduce illiteracy in the 
State, which boasts the lowest proportion of illiterates in the Republic. 

PRIMARY SCHOOLS IN THE FrprERAL District.—The Federal 
Department of Education plans to start this year nine new open-air 
schools in the Federal District, in which work it has received the coop- 
eration of various individuals and companies, some having contributed 
the land on which the school will be placed and others sums of money. 
By means of these new schools and double shifts in some of the old 
ones, no child in the Federal District will lack an opportunity to 
attend school. Free textbooks will be provided for pupils unable to 
buy them. 

Mental tests have been given by the school physicians to more than 
20,000 children, and physical examinations to many, those with 
defects being sent to clinics for treatment. 

ForEIGN LECTURERS IN Mexico.—Among the notable foreign 
scholars who have recently delivered lectures in Mexico City under 
the auspices of the Department of Education are: Dr. Paul Monroe, 
director of the International Institute of Education of Columbia 
University, New York; Doctor Muehlens, of the Institute of Tropical 
Medicine, in Hamburg, Germany; Dr. José Maria Galvez, professor 
in the University of Chile, in Santiago; and Sefior Julio Navarro 
Monzé, an Argentine intellectual. 


PANAMA 


VOCATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS.—In a session of the Municipal Council 
of Panama City held on January 28, 1927, approval was given to the 
plan to establish 10 scholarships in the vocational school for girls in 
Panama City. 

39172—27— Bull. 5 





7 


516 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
PARAGUAY 


ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.—According to the annual report of the 
National Board of Education for 1926, 93,334 pupils were enrolled 
in Paraguayan schools during the past school year. Of this number 
65,567, or about 70 per cent, concluded the full year’s work and took 
a examinations. The teaching personnel numbered 2,096, or 

1,587 women and 509 men. Only 703 teachers were listed as normal- 
Phos! eraduates. 

CLASSES IN REFORMATORY.—The ponents of educational instruction 
were recently extended to the Buen Pastor women’s reformatory in 
Asuncién, when the work of teaching the inmates was voluntarily 
undertaken by a young normal-school teacher. Another young 
woman is teaching in the men’s prison. 

INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL CULTURE.—It was announced on January 
19, 1927, that arrangements were being made by the director of the 
Military Academy to start public classes in physical culture in 
Asuncion, a teacher of the school being detailed as instructor. 


PERU 


EpucaTION NoTEs.—According to the report of the President of the 
Republic, the vocational schools in the following cities were in session 
during 1925: Lima, Cuzco, Cajamarca, Arequipa, Huanuco, Tara- 
poto, Barranco, Requena, and Cotahuasi. In order to encourage 
vocational instruction in other centers, subsidies have been granted 
to the order of Maria Auxiliadora at Tarma, the society known as 
“Bien del Hogar,’ and the Brado Domestic School. 

At present most of the prisons of the Republic have schools for 
adults. An asylum has been created for delinquent children. 

Traveling schools have been organized to visit the districts where 
the population is chiefly native. <A fresh-air school was opened at 
the beginning of the school year for the purpose of taking in such 
children from the Government schools as show a propensity to 
tuberculosis... The school lunch system for poor children has been 
established in the schools of Lima. There were more than 264,000 
pupils registered in the schools throughout the Republic in 1925, 
which shows an increase of ‘38,000 over the previous year’s total. 
The number of national secondary schools which were in operation 
was 28, three of these being for girls. Six normal schools were in 
session, and of these three were of higher grade. 

A board of censors for motion-picture films has been organized, 
the members of which represent the Government, the municipalities, 
and society in Lima. 

ART EXHIBITION.—The exhibition of the National Arts School in 
Lima for the year 1926 was held last January and proved agreat success. 


LABOR SIU7/ 


Some interesting subjects were shown, especially among the works of 
sculpture, in which a decided tendency was evinced toward art of a 
national character. 

URUGUAY 


TEACHERS’ COURSE IN PEDAGOGY.—The first of a series of six 
lectures comprising a teachers’ pedagogical course was given in 
Montevideo on January 31, 1927, by A. E. Grompone. Most of the 
lectures had to do with secondary education. 

CREATION OF HISTORICAL MUSEUM AND PUBLIC-SCHOOL LIBRARY.— 
On December 2, 1926, the Minister of Public Instruction of Uruguay 
authorized the Departmental government of Minas to dedicate the 
home and birthplace of Juan Antonio Lavalleja, a Uruguayan patriot 
and general of the war for independence, as a historical museum and 
public-school library for the city of that name. Although its pur- 
chase had been effected in 1910, it was not until the present time 
that definite plans for its use had been made. 


VENEZUELA 


EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OF BOYS’ HOME.—According to a report of 
January 9, 1927, 150 boys living in the boys’ home in Maracay re- 
ceived instruction during the past school year, a total of 4,224 hours 
being spent in class work and 1,664 in practical labor within the 
institute and in the fields. Four boys mastered typewriting. Of the 
34 who left the home, some have gone to work, while others are 
continuing their studies. 





ARGENTINA 


PUBLIC EMPLOYEES’ CONGRESS.—Plans were made early this year 
for a congress of public employees to be held in Buenos Aires on 
April 1, 2, and 3, 1927. The topics to be discussed included tenure 
of office and regulation of the administrative career, social welfare, 
mutual benefits, pensions, home ownership, and other subjects. 


CHILE 


MEDICAL SERVICE FOR WORKERS’ FAMILIES.—In the middle of 
February, 1927, the President signed an act for an amendment to 
the obligatory insurance act (No. 4054) which would provide for 
medical attendance for the family of the insured person. The act 


518 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


also provides for the establishment of funds for the prevention of 
syphilis, tuberculosis, and infant mortality, the establishment of 
_ rural relief stations to carry on work in preventive medicine and 
provide attendance for sick persons either at the station or at their 
homes, and for incapacity and retirement pay. 


COLOMBIA 


SUNDAY REST LAW.—Law No. 57, of November 16, 1926, declares 
that Sunday shall be observed as a day of obligatory rest for all 
employees and working people employed in commercial or industrial 
concerns, whether these be of a private or public nature. 





ARGENTINA 


ANNUAL REPORT OF THE Rep Cross.—Last January the board of 
directors of the Argentine Red Cross made public their report of the 
work accomplished during 1926. Among other activities, the report 
mentioned the education of public opinion through the Red Cross 
magazine, the school of trained nurses from which 70 men and 
women were graduated, the aid lent to victims of the catastrophe at 
Villa Enearnacién, Paraguay, and Argentine participation in the 
Second Pan American Red Cross Conference, closing with an indi- 
cation of what is still to be done, with the aid of the public. 

Cuarity Socrnty oF BuENos Atres.—The Sociedad de Bene- 
ficencia (Charity Society) of Buenos Aires, the largest and oldest 
charitable organization in the country, elected Sefiora Elena Napp de 
Green to the presidency for 1927-28. For over 100 years this associ- 
ation of the foremost women of the Argentine capital has been caring 
in ever-increasing degree for the women and children of that city 
who are in need of homes,.asylums, or medical attention. It has 
under its management about 26 hospitals, homes, asylums, and pre- 
ventoriums, a dental service, and a school vacation camp. 

ANTITUBERCULOSIS DISPENSARIES OPENED.—The Public Health 
and Charity Department early in January opened two more anti- 
tuberculosis dispensaries in Buenos Aires, No. 6 being in Vélez Sars- 
field Ward and No.7 in Villa Urquiza Ward. The seven dispensaries 
maintained by the municipality give free treatment to patients, and 
supply food, if necessary. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 519 


BOLIVIA 


Miuirary HospITaAL.—Two pavilions of the new military hospital 
under construction in La Paz were opened recently. The plans for 
this hospital, prepared by Senor Julio M. Pando, call for 11 separate 
pavilions, 4 of which will be 2 stories high. Modern equipment will 
be provided throughout the hospital, including X-ray apparatus. A 
well-equipped surgical ward and an isolation ward will be built. 


BRAZIL 


REPORT ON JUVENILE couRT.—According to the report for 1926 
made by Dr. Luiz Pio Duarte Silva, guardian of minors, on the work 
of the juvenile court, the number of abandonment cases was 903 
and of other cases 766, making a total of 1,669 cases for the year. 
During this time 1,369 children, of whom 982 were boys and 477 
girls, were placed, chiefly in institutions, 182 going to Government 
agricultural home schools, and 110 to the School for Apprentice 
Sailors, while 184 were put under the charge of suitable persons. 

Adding the minors placed during 1926 to those placed during the 
two previous years during which the court has been in operation 
gives a total of 3,764. One of the greatest lacks of the juvenile court 
at present is an institution for minors between the ages of 17 and 18, 
since the agricultural home schools admit only boys from 10 to 15 
years of age, releasing them at 17. 

HEALTH CENTER.—A health center has recently been established 
in Inhatma, a suburb of Rio de Janeiro. This station of the Public 
Health Department, with its various specialists and visiting nurses, 
will aid the poor who have no physician, provide a playground, 
physical culture, and medical care for the children, and educate 
midwives in the proper methods of caring for mother and child. 

FrencH Honorary DrGcrer ror Doctor CuHacas.—On January 
22, 1927, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Dr. Octavio Mangabeira, 
transmitted to Dr. Carlos Chagas, director of the Oswaldo Cruz 
Institute, the diploma and insignia of Doctor honoris causa of the 
University of Paris, said to be the first degree of this kind conferred 
by that university upon a South American. 

Minors’ CoprE.—See page 508. 


CHILE 


VACATION CAMPS FOR SCHOOL CHILDREN.—On January 15, 1927, 
the School Charity Commission sent 100 children below normal in 
health from the city schools of Santiago to Vina del Mar and Quilpé, 
the first camp being at the seaside and the other in the country, 
where these pupils may recover strength away from the summer 
heat of the city. On January 18 another colony of this sort was 
opened for the season at San José de Maipo. 


520 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


SocIAL DISEASE CLINICS.—During 1926 the work against venereal 
diseases carried on by the clinics under the Ministry of Public Hygiene 
has won public confidence and has done much to spread a knowl- 
edge of the danger of allowing such infections to continue untreated. 
The number of patients registered during the year amounted to 3,065 
men and 2,524 women, while laboratory examinations numbered 
107,982. Of the total number of patients registered, 35 per cent 
had syphilis, the percentage being 36.5 per cent among new women 
patients and 36.3 among men. Most of the women suffering from 
this disease were wives of men patients and were employed for the 
most part in their household tasks, factories, or shops. Of the men 
and women affected by this disease, 47 per cent were between the 
ages of 20 and 30. One hopeful sign is that, due to public education 
on venereal diseases through the clinics, many patients now come at 
the first warning, with greater probabilities of cure. 

CHILD WELFARE MUSEUM.—Dr. Cora Mayers, head of the Depart- 
ment of Health Education of the Ministry of Hygiene, has requested 
the ministry to aid in the establishment of a museum of wax models 
to be shown as an exhibit throughout the country for the purpose 
of explaining to mothers methods of infant care. In addition to the 
figures already owned by the bureau other models costing about 
30,000 pesos will be ordered from Germany. Dr. Mayers has already 
received one donation for this purpose. 

TAX EXEMPTIONS ON WORKERS’ DWELLINGS.—The decision has 
been rendered that all houses for workers declared sanitary under 
the provisions of Law No. 1838 of February 20, 1906, shall be exempt 
from municipal and Government taxes for 25 years provided that 
the rent therefrom does not exceed 150 pesos and the value 15,000 
pesos; that houses declared sanitary under Law No. 2714 shall enjoy 
the same exemption for five years; that half the real estate tax may 
be remitted on dwellings which in the future may be declared sani- 
tary, provided the rent is not over 80 pesos; and that sanitary 
dwellings the rent of which has been fixed by the Housing Court 
shall be exempt from all municipal or Government taxes, provided 
that the owners obtain and show annually the respective certificate 
from the Housing Court.’ 

‘COSTA RICA 


AcTIVITIES OF THE Max Prratta Hospitau.—The extent of the 
activities carried on by the Max Peralta Hospital, a charitable 
institution of Cartago, is revealed in a recent report. During 1923, 
1924, and 1925, 3,210 cases were treated in the hospital, 2, 388 being” 
cured and the condition of 444 improved. During the year 1925 a 
total of 1,124 cases were treated, resulting in 865 cures; of the re- 
mainder, the condition of 155 was improved, that of 99 remained 
the same, while 33 died. Operations effected during the year 
numbered 291. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS ilk 


CONSTRUCTION OF CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL.—The construction of a 
children’s hospital in San José will soon be begun under the direction 
of the Assistant Secretary of Hygiene, who has reserved a sum of 
50,000 colones for the financing of the initial work. The building 
site, which adjoins the present hospital, was donated by the Charity 
League. 

VISITING NURSE.—In order to establish better control over con- 
tagious diseases, provisions have been made for the visitation of the 
homes of the San José poor by a competent nurse. 


CUBA 


INCINERATORS FOR HOSPITALS.—An important sanitary measure 
suggested by the Secretary of Sanitation, and adopted by virtue of 
a decree dated January 25, 1927, is one making obligatory the use of 
incinerators in all hospitals, clinics, and sanitoriums for disposing of 
bandages and similar articles used in sick rooms. 

MAGNIFICENT NEW CLUB.—Last February work was commenced 
on what is to be one of the largest and finest clubs in the world, the 
Habana-Biltmore Yacht and Country Club, located on Jaimanitas 
Beach. This project includes, in fact, a combination of clubs, and 
will cover an area of about 1,500 acres of land, including an 18-hole 
golf course. Part of the land will be divided into lots on which 
villas will be built for club members. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy 
in Washington.) 

HAITI 

STATISTICS OF PUBLIC-HEALTH SERVICE FOR DECEMBER, 1926.—Sta- 
tistics of the public-health service for the month of December, 1926, 
were as follows: Admissions for all causes to the various hospitals of 
the Republic, 500; discharges, exclusive of deaths, 512; deaths, 64; 
number of out-patients, including rural clinics, 46,177; number of 
rural clinics, 195; major operations, 61; minor operations, 311; X-ray 
examinations, 76; Wassermann tests, 970; injections for trepone- 
matosis, and with neo-salvarsan, salvarsan, and bismuth, 21,090; 
properties inspected, 34,291; notifications regarding sanitary condi- 
tions sent, 2,713; and foreign ships inspected, 84. (Bulletin of the 
Financial Adviser-General Receiver, December, 1926.) 


HONDURAS 


Moruers’ Day.—The Feminine Culture Society of Tegucigalpa 
has resolved to establish Mothers’ Day in the Republic of Honduras, 
to be celebrated the second Sunday each May, and to seek official 
recognition thereof by the National Congress. 

ANTIHOOKWORM worRK.—A station of the antihookworm depart- 
ment has recently been established in the city of Nacaome where, 
though a number of people have been treated, there is need of more 
education of the public as to the free benefits afforded by this Govern- 
ment service. 


522 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


MEXICO 


Spventu Latin AMERICAN MepicaL Concress.—The date for the 
opening of this congress, which will meet in Mexico City, has been 
postponed from May 15 to July 15 of this year, in order that the 
beautiful new building of the Bureau of Public Health, where the 
sessions will be held, may be finished. It is expected that the build- 
ings and installations of the new public-health laboratories at Popotla, 
near the capital, will also be completed by the latter date. 


NICARAGUA 


PusLic-HEALTH WoRK.—The fourth section of the Bureau of Public 
Health is in charge of the treatment of intestinal parasite cases and 
the prevention and cure of tropical diseases. According to data 
furnished by the section chief, Dr. J. Bernabé Rosales y Brenes, the 
section accomplished the following work in Managua between January 
1 and December 25, 1926: 


Of the 7,055 persons examined for the first time, 1,934 were found to be infected 
with hookworm. First treatments were given to 1,048 persons, second treat- 
ments to 469, third treatments to 67, and fourth treatments to 24. A total of 
2,566 treatments was given for hookworm and other tropical diseases. _Hemo- 
globin tests numbered 182, trichocephalus treatments, 8, and treatments for 
tapeworm and other worms, 949. In 1919 the proportion of persons infected with 
hookworm reached 65 per cent, whereas in the present year the proportion 
had dropped to 27.4 per cent. When the institution was first established it was 
used only by persons of more or less education; the poorer people looked askance 
at the services offered and made use of them only when obliged by the authorities 
to do so. To-day the popular prejudice has been removed and the various offices 
of this service in the different cities are furnishing medical aid to many people. 


PANAMA 


TRAINED NURSES GRADUATED.—On January 29, 1927, the Santo 
Tomas Hospital of Panama City graduated a class of trained nurses 
who received diplomas for the completion of their course in nursing 
and in obstetrical work. Dr. Samuel Lewis made an eloquent-address, 
in which he praised the spirit of the young women who had engaged 
in the career of alleviating suffering, and rejoiced in the fact that 
the hospital was now training its own nurses. 

Rep Cross work.—The following facts are taken from the report 
of the Red Cross for 1926: 

In March, 1925, the Panama National Red Cross opened its prenatal clinic, 
which functioned once a week during that year. The following year, 1926, the 
clinic was open daily, the physicians making 4,153 visits to homes, and 1,552 
more examinations than in 1925. With the cooperation of the school medical 
service the postnatal clinic weighed, during 1926, 21,344 babies under 18 months, 


or 13,236 more than in 1925, and 19,028 more than in 1917, when the Red Cross 
began its work. The physicians examined 3,516 children, or 1,448 more than 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 523 


during 1925; made 48,394 home visits, or 27,588 more than in 1925; and in al 
the clinics have treated 76,579 children during 1926. 

A vacation camp for 25 school children below normal in health was organized 
on Taboga Island at the suggestion of Dr. Méndez Pereira, ex-Secretary of 
Public Instruction. Here the children had a two weeks’ holiday, during which 
they all gained in weight and health. 

The Red Cross sent $1,000 to the victims of the cyclone in Cuba. 

Chapters of the Junior Red Cross were started in the Republic of Chile School 
and the Republic of Peru School, with 500 members. The former held a ‘“‘tooth- 
brush day,’’ while in the latter the juniors have charge of an emergency medicine 
chest and serve milk to poor children in the school. 


PERU 


New country cLuB.—The new country club recently opened in 
the outskirts of Lima is one of the finest structures of its kind in 
South America. About the club lie approximately 1,300,000 square 
meters (meter equals 3.28 feet) of urbanized land, through which run 
miles of paved streets, complete with sanitary and hghting systems. 
The company responsible for the construction of the club, as well 
as for this urbanization project, was organized in May, 1925. The 
interior of the club is beautifully fitted, and includes a winter gar- 
den, grill room, lounge and dining rooms, also private apartments, 
as well as furnished rooms for permanent and transient guests. It 
is estimated that the club and the surrounding grounds of approxi- 
mately 113,000 square meters of land, including a polo field, tennis 
courts, and outdoor swimming pool, represent an investment of about 
150,000 Peruvian pounds, derived in part from the original capital 
investment and in part from the sale of building lots in the new 
urbanization. The splendid 18-hole golf course of the Lima Golf 
Club, though the latter still retains its identity as such, forms part 
of the country club ensemble. 

Pusuic Heattu Service.—According to a recent decree published 
in El Peruano of January 12, 1927, the Public Health Service, here- 
tofore under the direction of the Minister of the Interior, will hence- 
forth be under the administration of the Minister of Promotion. 

MepIcAL AND DENTAL CLINIC.—Last January a free medical and 
dental clinic was opened in the municipal district of La Victoria in 
the city of Lima. 


URUGUAY 


OPENING OF NURSING CLASSES.—As a result of efforts made by the 
Bureau of Public Welfare for the foundation of additional schools of 
nursing throughout Uruguay, classes in the theory and practice of 
nursing were inaugurated in the Pasteur Hospital on January 15, 
1927, with a lecture by Dr. Pedro Delfino. 


524 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
VENEZUELA 


QUARTERLY HOSPITAL REPORT.—According to a recent report, 
7,691 persons were cared for in the 58 Government hospitals during 
the third quarter of 1926. At the close of the quarter, 3,788 still 
remained under treatment, 555 had returned to their homes, 798 
had died, and 2,425 had been discharged as cured. The total hos- 
pital expenditure during that period was 580,625 bolivars. 

ACTIVITIES OF THE RED Cross.—Two reports of the activities of the 
Venezuelan Red Cross in its General and Antivenereal Clinic of 
Caracas from December 15, 1926, to January 15, 1927, give an idea 
of the nature of work carried on by that institution in behalf of 
public welfare. During that period 693 consultations and 424 serum 
injections were given and 41 laboratory tests made, 14 teeth extracted, 
1 operation performed, and 107 treatments given. 





ARGENTINA 


Nationa History Musreum.—Some time ago the Bernardino 
Rivadavia National Museum of History in Buenos Aires sent an 
expedition to Necochea and Quequén for geological and paleonto- 
logical investigations. The mission, which was led by Dr. Martin 
Doello Jurado, director of the museum, found many rare fossils in 
addition to those discovered on a previous visit. The new discoveries 
included a rare snake skeleton, and other extinct species. 


BOLIVIA 


“BOLIVIA”? INCREASES ITS ISSUES.—The BULLETIN is pleased to 
announce that due to the increasing interest in Bolivian affairs and 
to the great success of the interesting magazine entitled ‘“ Bolivia,” 
published by Sefior Alberto Palacios, Consul General of Bolivia in 
New York, this publication began in January to appear bimonthly 
instead of quarterly. 

COLOMBIA 


PresipeNt Apapfa MENDEZ HONORED BY FRaNcE.—Dr. Miguel 
Abadia Méndez, President of Colombia, has been honored by the 
French Government, which has conferred upon him the grand cross 
of the Legion of Honor. (Courtesy of the Colombian Legation in 
Washington.) 


GENERAL NOTES 525 


CUBA 


MonuMENT TO GENERAL GOMeEz.—An interesting ceremony was 
held in Habana early last February on the occasion of the laying of 
the corner stone of the monument to Gen. José Miguel Gémez, second 
President of the Republic. The site chosen for this monument is on 
the Avenue of the Presidents. A bronze statue of General Gémez 
is the central figure of the monument, while on either side appear 
figures representing Strength and Magnanimity. Bas reliefs depict 
the work of General Gé6mez in war and peace. (Courtesy of the 
Cuban Embassy in. Washington.) 

INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON IMMIGRATION AND EmiGra- 
TION.—One of the most vital questions to be discussed at the Second 
International Conference on Immigration and Emigration, which is 
to meet in Habana in 1928, is the project for an international code 
on immigration and emigration. The members of the organizing 
committee of this conference are the following: Dr. Fernando San- 
chez de Fuentes, chairman; Dr. José de Sandoval, secretary general; 
Dr. José A. Lépez del Valle, Dr. Alberto Hevia, Dr. Francisco 
Domeneche, and Sefior Carlos Loveira. 

New capiroyt.—Work on the new capitol in Habana was com- 
menced in April, 1926, under the direction of the architects Sefiores 
Eugenio Rayneri and Mario Bens, the latter a graduate of the 
University of Habana and the Ecole de Beaux Arts of Paris. In spite 
of the great activity with which the work is being pushed, 1,000 work- 
men being employed during the day and a shift of 400 going on at 
night, it is not expected to finish the building for several years. 
This structure, which is of stone, covers nearly 18,000 square meters 
of ground, being 210 meters across and 85 deep. The Chamber of 
Deputies will have a seating capacity of 200, and the Senate Chamber 
of 100. 

Worwp Latin Press AssociaTion.—In response to a special invi- 
tation of President Machado, of Cuba, the Eighth Congress of the 
World Latin Press Association will meet in Habana next year—1928. 
Col. Domingo de Battenberg, who has been commissioned to organize 
this congress, arrived recently in Habana. The meeting of this con- 
gress in Habana gives Cuba the honor of being the first country of 
the New World to receive on her soil the members of this intellectual 
association. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


ECUADOR 


REORGANIZATION OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.—Commencing 
January 1, 1927, the various Government departments were reorgan- 
ized in the following manner: Under the Ministry of the Interior 
come all affairs pertaining to police, justice, jails, municipalities, civil 


526 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


registry, public works, and railroads. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs 
has jurisdiction over all international affairs, the consular service, and 
Government propaganda. Under the Ministry of Public Instruction 
are placed all matters relating to public education, the fine arts, 
theaters, telegraphs and telephones, and mail service. Under the 
Ministry of Social Progress and Labor come social welfare, labor, 
public health and sanitation, sports, agriculture, immigration, coloni- 
zation, uncultivated lands, industries, and statistics. The Ministry 
of the Treasury supervises fiscal revenues, customhouses, commerce, 
public credits, all banking institutions, patents, trade-marks, and 
mines. Under the Ministry of War and Navy come the army and 
navy, merchant marine, aviation, lighthouses, and captaincy of the 
port. 
PERU 


STATUE OF SucrE.—On December 9 last, the hundred and second 
anniversary of the battle of Ayacucho, a statue of Marshal Antonio 
José de Sucre was unveiled in the town of Ayacucho. The statue is 
the work of the famous Peruvian sculptor David Lozano. The 
unveiling ceremony was attended by a large party of officials, 
including Ministers of State, Members of Congress, and Army officers. 


SALVADOR 


LeaGurE or Nations orricE.—The press of San Salvador reports 
a dispatch from Geneva to the effect that the Salvadorean inter- 
nationalist Dr. Salvador Castro Ramirez has been appointed by 
Sir Eric Drummond as corresponding member of the Secretariat 
of the League of Nations, in order to establish in Salvador a permanent 
office connected with the league. 


VENEZUELA 


AUTOMOBILE CLUB.—A fine clubhouse on the outskirts of Caracas 
was recently completed and opened by the automobile club of that 
city. 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO MARCH 15, 1927 

















Subject Date Author 
BRAZIL | 
1927 
Review of foreign trade of Mandos for 1926______________________ Jan. 12 | George E. Seltzer, vice con- 
| sul at Mandos. 
Commerce and industries of consular district of Pernambuco for | Jan. 15 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul 
quarter ended Dec. 31, 1926, and review of the year 1926. at Pernambuco. 
Review of commerce and industries of district of Mandos for quar- | Jan. 18 | George E. Seltzer. 
ter ended Dec. 31, 1926. 
Proposed new water system for city of Caruarti__________________ Jan. 19 | Nathaniel P. Davis. 
PopulationvofeBraziliimel926 ese Jan. 24 | Digby A. Willson, consul in 
| charge, Rio de Janeiro. 
Commercial attachés to be sent abroad by State of Sao Paulo___| Jan. 31 | C. R. Cameron, consul at 
| Sao Paulo. 
Second National Oil Congress to be held at Sao Paulo, in May, | Feb. 2 Do. 
1927. 
Preliminary annual report of Brazil for the year 1926_.__________| Feb. 8 | Digby A. Willson. 
Report on commerce and industries of consular district of Porto | Feb. 10 | Fred E. Huhlein, vice consul 
Alegre for 1926. | in charge, Porto Alegre. 
COLOMBIA | 
Review of commerce and industries of Barranquilla for the past | Feb. 3 | Alfred Theo. Burri, consul at 
four months. | Barranquilla. 
Exportation of crude petroleum from Cartagena during the | Feb. 4 | Lester L. Schnare, consul at 
month of January, 1927. Cartagena. 
New waterworks plant for Cartagena________-__________-_______- Feb. 15 | Do. 
CUBA 
The production and exportation of minerals in the consular dis- | Feb. 3 | Lawrence P. Briggs, consul 
trict of Nuevitas, calendar year 1926. at Nuevitas. 
Review of commerce and industries of district, quarter ended | Feb. 4 | Do. 
Dec. 31, 1926. | 
Information in connection with the measures taken by the Cuban | Feb. 9 | Embassy. 
Government for the restriction of sugar crops and the stabili- 
zation of the price of sugar. 
January, 1927, review on commerce and industries_______________ Feb. 21 | Edward Caffery, consul in 
| charge at Habana. 
Cuban decree affecting the definition of fuel oil under theimport | Feb. 23 | Do. 
tariff. 
Government quotas for 1926-27 sugar crop in the Santiago de | Feb. 26 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at 
Cuba consular district. | Santiago de Cuba. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC | 
Quarterly report on commerce and industries of the district end- | Jan. 10 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul 
ing Dec. 31, 1926. | at Santo Domingo City. 
ECUADOR 
Formation of Industrial Association of Ecuador-__________-__-_- Jan. 31 | Legation. 
HAITI 
Review of commerce and industries for calendar year 1926 ______- Jan. 15 | Winthrop R. Scctt, ecnsul at 
Cape Haitien. 
Economic conditions and general summary for Haiti, during | Feb. 10 | Maurice P. Dunlap, consul 
December, 1926. at Port au Prince. 
A HONDURAS 
Decrees passed by the National Congress in its ordinary sessions | Jan. 1 | George P. Shaw, consul at 
Jan. 1, 1926. to Apr. 10, 1926, Tegucigalpa. 
The message of the President to Congress on Jan. 1, 1927________ Jan. 3 | Legation. 
MEXICO 
The Southern Pacific Railway of Mexico to clcse gap ketween the | Feb. 16 | William P. Blocker, consul 
west coast of Mexico and Guadalajara, Mar. 15, 1927. at Mazatlan. 
PANAMA 
Annual report on commerce and industries of Panama fcr the | Jan. 25 | H. D. Myers, vice consul at 
year 1926. Panama City. 
VEIT BY CONCESSIONS airs aay Shen es are oh UU a ey ROE NOY eee Feb. 38 | Legation. 


527 


528 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Reports received to March 15, 1927—Continued 











Subject Date Author 
PARAGUAY 
1927 
Manufacture of textiles to begin in Paraguay_--__---.------------ Jan. 22 | Legation. 
Project providing for canalization of certain parts of Paraguay____| Feb. 5 Do. 
Imereased interestin good roads=22 = oe. 5 wee ee PesdOmea2 Do. 
URUGUAY 
Project for construction of hydroelectric works to be carried out | Feb. 10 | Legation. 
on the Rio Negro. ae fe 5 : 
Proposed rapid communication between Montevideo and |__-do___- Do. 
Buenos Aires. ee 
Hinance.an ditradexconditiomsS asses === see ee eee eee 2d 0 aes Do. 
VENEZUELA 
Review of commerce and industries of district of La Guaira for | Feb. 2 | Daniel J. Driscoll, vice con- 
quarter ended Dee. 31, 1926. sul at La Guaira. 
Production and distribution of coffee in Maracaibo district for | Feb. 9 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul 
quarter ended Dee. 31, 1926. at Maracaibo. 
January, 1927, coffee report for Maracaibo_____________--_____-__ Feb. 10 | 0. 
Foreign trade of La Guaira for the year 1926_____________________ Feb. 17 | Daniel J. Driscoll. 











Cuba’s President Visits Washington__________________________________ 
Paraguay Loses a Distinguished Son_________________________ ee 
Latin America’s Homage to Henry Clay_________________________________ 
Report on the Teaching of Latin-American History_____________________ 


Dietetics in Institutions and in the Field___-_-_________________________ 
By Lucy Minnegerode, Superintendent of Nurses, United States Public Health Service. 


The Book in Inter-American Cultural Commerce________-_______________ 
Some Modern Hotels in Latin-American Capitals (Photographs) -_________ 


A New Organization of Labor—Division of Labor by Sexes_____________. 
By Gabriela Mistral, Technical Adviser on Latin American Affairs, Institute of Intellec 
tual Cooperation of the League of Nations. 
Maintenance of Soil Fertility in Latin-American Countries.______________ 
By P. A. Ingvason, Consulting Agronomist. 


New Botanical Gardens of International Significance.______________ 
By Louise F. Shields 
ThesCeramicssof.Puebladenlos Angeles oe) 9) ee 
By Rafael H. Valle. 
Central Agricultural School, State of Michoacan, Mexico (Photographs) ___- 
Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce_____-_-____-______-_ =e 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Repub- 
lic—Ecuador—Guatemala— Haiti— Honduras — Mexico— Nicaragua— Panama— Para- 
guay— Peru—Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela. 





LIGO UH TIKO EHC HoNEN NOE Witho i ee ee ee 
Costa Rica—Dominican Republic—Guatemala— M exico— Peru. 

DESY SUSY IEW Ao og Sg cl egy pc es Oe so ag th en NOS De iro ra Opp rename ee 
Costa Rica—Panama— Paraguay. 

Public) Instruction and Education=- 222222 232 ee 


Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—C hile— Colombia— Costa Rica— Cuba — Ecuador— Guate- 
mala—H onduras—Mexico—Panama—Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela. 





Argentina—Brazil—Guatemala—H onduras— Mexico. 


SocalyPro gress ees oe as eps ey eee es Es SA en er ie een ellen Sopllc Rage 
Brazil—C hile—Colombia—Cuba—Dominican Republic— Ecuador — Haiti— Honduras— 
Mexico —N icaragua—Paraguay— Peru—Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela. 
Geena rar] SINOte Sie eee cpa arcane ae Aarne lap ac) ep ta i. NS rN el las 
Argentina—Brazil—Dominican Republic—Guatemala— Panama—Peru— Uruguay—V ene- 
zuela. 


Subject Matter of Consular Reports.._____________________ 


558 
566 
574 


579 
585 
591 


594 
596 


BqnYD JO JUepIseig 04} 04 eply AIAN “URINYS “HH UeYTIM “fe swoysuryse AA ‘Assequig uUeqn,) ey4 Jo Areyoe100g 
uoleg gsor “Iq ‘0}e4g Jo JuotyIedeq ‘sR Vy ULdTIOULY UlYe’'T JO UOISIAIG 9} JO Joly ‘URSIOT “AA AvTOYOIG “AP ‘Vqny Jo ‘ezopucsy, op zopezuoy oIpne[D Aq 
‘Zo[BZU0L) “Y OULIO[[INH) UOT IOUEY “BOTY B4ISOD JO SoIIVY YP IsIVYO IY} :OaTeUOT] O[TUOST “AC, ‘IOPBVA[BS [WY JO SoMeYYV,.P ysieyO oy} ‘veqnyH jo ‘opuon4log olfeiny 
uod JOUsg ‘uO4sUTYSe AMA ‘AssequUIg, UBGNDH 944 Jo JO[esuNOD “esvUNITY ZonsIpoyY exjey “Iq ‘vqnH Jo JUaptIselg oY} 0} Opry [VABN ‘UOJ OT “PW praeq 3ydeo 
:ZolMeyY 9{UVIA UeNL Iq ‘AvnsvIVd JO SOMBYY Pp gsIVYD IY] ‘UOlUL) UBOTIOMIY UY 94 JO [BAOUAY) IOJOIIC[ ‘AMOY ‘ST AC 4B 0} Yo] ‘MOI PIL “elieg ev] op 
ad1004) UO IOUDY ‘BIAT[Og JO SollBYY,p ysley 94} ‘slloqieg uene UO JOUVg ‘IOpENdy Jo soneyy,.p adieyH oy} ‘faesaH ospuvlopy “Aq ‘BnBeIROIN Jo Jo\stuTp, oy) 
‘TURSIIL) “Y SOIR “Id “BfenzeusA JO Jo4SIUIJ 9} -OlBJ[V “( OpIwoTY “Iq ‘vuIvUR JO JoISIUITY 9} fefoIVA Oqooee “IG ‘AvNnsNA JO JoysIUPAY 9Y} fInoyeT zoyouRs 
OosfouRIy UOC JOUVg “B[eUloJwNy) JO Jo\sIUIPY oY} ‘ad [BquuRH “J ‘We Jo Joystulyy ey} ‘sefesioyy Josuy uod sOUVg ‘dI[Gndey uBoTUTUIOG oY} JO Io SIUITY 
oy} ‘[eqy zoyoues [evjey Uod 1oUsg ‘Veqn,) Jo SUOT4BOTUNMIUIO,) Jo AlvjoIN9g 74YSII 0 Jol ‘MOI PuodIg “BIBIIAY SOISeIQ “IG ‘VqngD Jo Jopessequy ey} ‘fereury 
Op jesint) “Iq ‘[izvig JO Jopessequiy 94} ‘aplejaA UvUIOHY “AC ‘Nlog JO lOpessequIy 94} ‘BIqUIO[OD JO Je\SIUTPY ‘BALI oNbHUUY AC ‘parweog BSuruwA0H yy Jo 
UBUINGYD VIA 8} ‘opeyoey Opdedoy) “Uat) ‘BqnD jo JUepIselg oY} ‘ss0[[oy “{ YuURIA “UOF{ ‘soqejg pou oy} Jo aye4g Jo AseyjaIoVg oY} ‘uvpotiAoNg oOMouoy 
Iq ‘euljuesry JO JOpessequry 984} ‘29][aL “Oo Jenuey, “Aq ‘OoIxey, JO Jopessequry ayy ‘eseyond 

:SUIMOT[OJ 944 Aveodde dnois 944 UT “uoIU_ 


O PNB Aq ‘o[tyO Jo Jopessequiy oy, :4y3tt 04 AWoT ‘Mor quomg 


uBdIIOMY Ue OY} 4k “YZ6T “€% [dy ‘eqnD Jo yuapiselg ey} JO JoUDY UL UOSYoUN] B 4B SJsOYy 919M WOTUL) UROLIOUIY UB VY} JO pAlvog BuluIoaoy oy} Jo sioquIOW sy, 


VdOoO 40 LNUCISHYd ‘OGVHOVIN OGUYVUAD TVYUANAD AO HO 





OH NI NOWHONNDT LY SLSHND 


















— SSS wh 
BaF Sissi ereests Gn rok 


4a cp 
S's ates 10007 MD S58 0227 























WASHI 


= 
{ \) 








HE luncheon given by the governing board of the Pan 
American Union to His Excellency, Gen. Gerardo Machado, 
President of the Republic of Cuba, during his recent brief 
visit to Washington, was attended, in addition to the diplo- 

matic representatives of the American Republics who compose the 
governing board and members of the party accompanying President 
Machado, by a number of high officials of the Department of State. 

In welcoming General Machado on behalf of the members of the 
governing board, the chairman of the board, Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, 
Secretary of State, spoke as follows: 

I am certain that I am expressing what is in the mind of every member of the 
governing board, in extending to you a warm welcome to the Pan American 
Union, and in saying how much we appreciate the honor that you have done us 
in being here to-day. 

Within a comparatively few months the representatives of the Republies of 
the American Continent will assemble at Habana to participate in the Sixth 
International Conference of American States. They will then have an oppor- 
tunity to see for themselves the splendid progress made by your country during 
the quarter century of her independence. Under your able direction Cuba is 
moving forward to ever higher levels of national well-being. 

The members of the governing board join with me in warmest wishes for the 
continued progress and prosperity of the Cuban people and for the personal 
well-being of their distinguished Chief Executive. : 

President Machado, in replying to the welcome of the chairman of 
the board, said: 

I thank you all for your presence on this occasion, which is an evidence of 
American brotherhood in addition to being the expression of the personal kind- 
ness of each one of you. I wish to express my thanks also to the chairman, Mr. 
Kellogg, for his most courteous words, which I have heard in the double réle I 

529 


530 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


play as head of the Cuban Nation and a sincere and devoted member of the great 
American family. 

The greeting tendered me in the name of the board reechoes in my spirit and 
evokes the memory of critical hours 30 years ago, when from the South with 
stirring words of courage there came to us great stores of the material necessities 
of war and from the North the decisive word, ‘‘ Victory.”’ The ery ‘“ Viva Cuba 
Libre,”’ as those of you well remember who have passed the age of 50—was heard 
in the streets of cities all over America, expressive of the same faith, the same 
emotion with which it resounded through the blood-soaked Cuban jungles. 

This cordial reception shows mé once more that there does exist a powerful 
American spiritual unity. Cuba, like her sister Republics at the beginning of 
the last century, received substantial evidence of this unity in her struggle for 
redemption, when from the neighboring island of Santo Domingo there came to 
us the general in chief of our army, the never to be forgotten Maximo Gémez, 
one of the most noble figures of unselfish soldier and valiant hero, who embodied 
on Cuban soil the courage of his compatriot, the Indian Hatuey, and came to 
our home to die for the freedom of Cuba and for the glory of his race. There 
came to us also from every country from Chile and Argentina to Mexico a legion 
of volunteers ready to face death, volunteers representing nations that have 
the same Spanish and Latin origin. 

This reception awakens in my spirit, too, a feeling of boundless sympathy and 
gratitude toward this great Nation, a feeling which was kindled in our bosoms the 
day we learned that a strong army was coming to help us solve the dilemma of 
‘Independence or death,’’ under which banner we had chosen to place ourselves; 
an army which came not with the idea of conquest, but with the sole purpose, 
unique in history, perhaps, for its complete disinterestedness, of shedding their 
blood in order to give effect to a joint resolution of the Congress of their Nation, 
which affirmed in the face of the world that ‘‘Cuba is and of right ought to be 
free and independent.”’ 

Gentlemen, I speak to you as President of a State that is the direct result of 
Pan Americanism, and it is these cireumstances and the inspiration of my own 
conscience that dictate the brief comments which I now make. 

Pan Americanism is the consequence and the product of three concurrent 
factors—tradition, similitude of our political institutions, which are inspired 
by the same spirit of continental fraternity, and the absence of conflicts and 
opposing interests. 

We have reached international life in the same manner and under the egis of 
the same fundamental principles. In any one of our nations in the hour of 
rebellion it would have been possible to write, accept, and swear to the Declara- 
tion of Independence of the United States of America. Identic words might 
have reechoed on the Rio de la Plata, the Orinoco, and the Rio Grande. Truly 
the Declaration of Independence of the United States, which was the first 
document to proclaim the independence of an American nation with arms to 
sustain that independence, is at bottom equivalent to the Manifesto of Monte- 
Cristi, signed by Marti and Maximo Gémez as the warrant of Independence of 
Cuba, which virtually put an end to the domination of Spain in America. 

Those who feel their courage fail before Pan Americanism I invite to read 
pages from the history of our nations a century ago, and in the life of a nation a 
century constitutes but a brief period or, through errors of government, may 
even be reduced to a mere parenthesis. 

Our institutions are fundamentally similar. Attempts at monarchy, although 
sometimes brilliant, among us have withered like exotic plants, impossible of 
acclimatization. Republics of the pure parliamenatry form have not prospered 
for the twofold reason common to us of strict constitutionalism and the con- 
tinued influence of public opinion on acts of government. On the two continents 


: CUBA’S PRESIDENT VISITS WASHINGTON 531 


and in the islands of the Antilles we have adopted the separation of powers as the 
basis of liberty and order. In internal affairs we have experienced the changes 
common to new organisms, but always on the basis of principles which have been 
extolled by the very ones who at times have desired or believed themselves called 
upon to violate them. In foreign affairs we have always been guided by the 
single policy of equality between States, mutual respect, peace, justice, and 
cooperation. 

In the midst of historical changes, American public spirit has always been 
opposed to acts of violence or arbitrary measures, and in difficult moments we 
Americans have not been divided by frontiers but by differences of opinion 
freely held and as freely expressed. But above all this I see Pan Americanism as a 
natural consequence of the almost providential combination of happy events and 
circumstances; a whole hemisphere without economic or political contradictions 
or conflicts of traditions or interests; rather, a whole hemisphere which is 
complete in itself and grows in union, friendly understanding, and mutual 
comprehension. 

In our times it is economic strife that divides the nations. Strictly speaking 
we have no economic rivalries because our products are not competitive, and in 
the case of those that might compete, nature herself has providentially come to 
our aid, giving us different seasons so that a product that is being harvested in 
the south, at the same time is being sown in the north. 

This absence of all economic and political conflicts in my opinion constitutes 
the principal factor of our union. As we come to know each other better, we 
become closer friends. All the problems we have are psychological, the con- 
sequence of individual appreciations, of passing circumstances, and sometimes 
even the product of a passing wave of opinion. 

It is for these reasons that I have great faith in this Pan American Union, and 
I hope that the coming conference, which will meet in the capital of Cuba in 
January of next year, will have far-reaching consequences. I make bold to 
affirm that the future is ours; ours not to create exclusivisms of national groups, 
but to serve the great cause of humanity and civilization which marches bravely 
onward without pause toward a progress that is limitless. 

I offer a toast to the President of the United States, the head of this great 
sister Nation which offers deferential, nay rather, cordial hospitality; I offer a 
toast to the Secretary of State, Mr. Kellogg, who so ably presides over the 
governing board of the Pan American Union and at the same time guides the 
foreign policy of the United States. I offer a toast to all of you who worthily 
represent the Latin nations of our America, and to the director general of this 
institution who, a true leader, with zeal and unequaled competence directs its 
work: This institution which is the life and spirit of Pan Americanism. 


x Fy 


Certainly the most altogether and completely simpdtico, in fem- 
inist circles, of the events connected with the recent visit to Wash- 
ington of His Excellency, Gen. Gerardo Machado, President of 
Cuba, was the visit of a delegation from the National League of 
Women Voters with the object of expressing in the name of the 
leading suffragists and women voters of the United States their 
appreciation and thanks for his promise to support the campaign 
for the franchise of Cuban women, now being actively carried on in 
that country. 


$1910 A WAULO A JO OnIvOT 
[LUOVN “QUOUTUIVAOLD Ul oIeJPOM Ol[Gnd JO JusuTyIvded ‘Arie oIOVG ‘YIOX MON JO SYVIH VITNE SSIPL ‘OoslouvI WA UBY JO TIN dITV SST {S10}0 A UdULO AA 
JO onsveyT [BUOTIVN ‘AsejoIN0g DATJNOOXY ‘sOdevouul JO UosTIeFY SAP] SSI ‘SloJOA USMIOM JO ONnsvOT [BUOTIVN ‘QUOPIseIq IOUIIOJ ‘OUIeTAL JO 
yled poOoM pney ‘SAP ‘{Oostouviy uBg JO JOUIN, [PUI SSTIN ‘eqnD JO JUOpIselg ‘opeypey Opdeloy ‘ust AdUOT[POXY SIFT ‘soeywig poly oy) 07 
Bang Jo JopessequLy ‘viele SeyselQ “Iq AdUd[[IOX STE ‘S10J0A UOUIO MA JO ONSvOT [VUOTIVN ‘1OJOOIIG, ‘OOSTIOURIY UBS JO JOT “¢ JSOUID ‘SITY {S1090 A. 
UsUIO MA JO onsvOT [PUOTIVN ‘QUOPIseIg ‘UIMIOYUS O[[PG SSIP :S10JI0A UOUIOM JO onsvOT [BVUOTIVN *1OQOOIIG ‘sT[odvoUUIPL JO ST[OM “We ons IV py 
SSIT, {S1090 A WOUIO AA JO ONBVOT VIQUIN[OD JO JOIYSIG ‘JUOpIseIg ‘AoUjN, “H WO TV “SAP *IY SII 04 WoT Uo’ ‘dnoas oy4 ul dulmwoddy =‘vqno ur osvayns 
uBUIOM JO} UsIBVdUIvO 9YY JO AOddns pospo{d sty Jo UOTWeVIdde IToYyy ‘S9IbI9 Po9IIU A, 94 JO S190JOA UOMIOM PUB S{STISBIYJNS SUIPvOT JO JTBYoq UO ‘ssoidxo 04 


PoT[vo YOIYA S100 A UOUIO MA JO ONDvO'T [BUOTVN OY} ULI] UOTWVZIJop B POATODEI BND Jo OpeYyVIA, OPAvJOy) JUOpIsoIg ‘UOJSUTYSe AA UT YISTA JUOdI sTY SULING 


VanO JO OGVHOVW LNUCISHUd NO STTVO SUALOA NUWOM FO HADOVAT TVNOILVN 4O NOILVDE TAG 


pooMiopuy) Y poomsopuyy Aq YdeidFoyoyg 





CUBA’S PRESIDENT VISITS WASHINGTON 533 


“Women voters of the United States believe the women of Cuba 
are ready for suffrage and that votes for women will mean votes 
for the welfare of Cuba,” Miss Sherwin told President Machado. 
The President was asked to take greetings and good wishes to the 
women’s societies of Cuba from ‘“‘their sisters in the United States.”’ 
The President said he would arrange an occasion to do this, immedi- 
ately on his return to Habana. 

Through his genial interpreter, the Cuban ambassador, President 
Machado told the delegation that suffrage for women of Cuba 
would, in his opinion, be an act of justice. He paid high tribute 
to the progress Cuban women have made in 28 years, and reiterated 
his previous statements that no longer should they be deprived 
of the right of voting. 

The President told the delegation be was delighted to receive them, 
particularly because their visit expressed to him the great interest of 
American women in the welfare of the women of his land. He also 
said he had followed the influence of women in politics, and he be- 
lieved that many of the achievements in the social and political 
fields are due in large part to American women. 

The delegation, headed by Miss Belle Sherwin, president, was 
received by President Machado and Ambassador Orestes Ferrara at 
the Cuban Embassy Sunday morning, April 24. Others in the dele- 
gation were Mrs. Maud Wood Park, of Portland, Me., former league 
president; Miss Marguerite M. Wells and Miss Gladys Harrison, of 
Minneapolis; Mrs. Ernest J. Mott, Miss Alice Burr, and Miss Ruth 
Turner, of San Francisco; Mrs. Albert H. Putney of Washington, 
D.C.; and Miss Julia Margaret Hicks, of Granville, N. Y. 

Miss Sherwin’s message to President Machado was as follows: 

It has been our pleasure to hear from a distinguished Cuban lady, Senora 
Amalia E. Mallen de Ostolaza, that you have pledged the weight of your great 
influence to the cause of suffrage for the women of your land. We who were 
leaders in the movement to secure the same benefits in this country, not so long 
a time ago, and who now are Officers of a national body of women organized as 
voters, desire to felicitate you upon the position you have taken and the promise 
you have made. We await with interest and with hope the day when the Senate 
of your country shall approve that constitutional amendment which will open to 
women the full opportunities and responsibilities of adult citizenship. 

All great changes in the social or political organization of a people arouse 
foreboding. There were not lacking prophets of disaster when it was proposed 
that in these United States the achievements and the potentialities of women 
should be recognized through the bestowal of the franchise. Woman suffrage 
is now a fact and the contribution it has made to the social and political develop- 
ment of the Nation is recognized by leading men and women throughout the 
country. As one of them has written, ‘‘No friend of woman suffrage need have 
any other feeling than one of happiness for the practical results of the movement. 
I trust that it will not be long before women in every country in the world are 
given the privilege of suffrage, and I pray that they will exercise the right. 

The women of Cuba will receive the franchise as no light gift. Their public 
interest and activity have long been shown, and it is a matter of pleasure to us 


034 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


that the efforts of Cuban and American feminists have been frequently intertwined. 
We rejoiced when in 1899 the petition of that Cuban patriot, Emilia de Cérdoba, 
that women be admitted to public office marked the first victory in the struggle 
for woman’s equality; we admired the progress shown so clearly in the First 
National Congress of Women, in 1923, with its thoughtful and constructive 
program. We are informed as to the growth and scope of the women’s societies 
of Cuba, and we beg that Your Excellency will on your return carry to them the 
greetings and good wishes of their sisters in the United States. We feel that the 
women of Cuba are ready for suffrage, and that votes for women will mean votes 
for the welfare of Cuba. That Your Excellency, in whose hands lie such great 
powers, has pledged yourself to the support of this forward movement brings joy 
to us in only less measure than to the women of the Cuban Republic. 


The enfranchised women of the world, and more especially those 
of the United States, will follow with intense and sympathetic interest 
the approaching campaign in. behalf of their Cuban sisters whose 
enfranchisement will mean so much in the way of heartening example 
and encouragement to the remainder of the Latin American woman- 
hood of America. 




















T THE regular meeting of the Governing Board of the Pan 
American Union which took place April 12, 1927, action, 
in the form of a resolution, was unanimously taken by the 
board with respect to the recent death of Manuel Gondra, 

former President of the Republic of Paraguay, the text of which is 
as follows: 


Whereas the Governing Board of the Pan American Union has learned with 
sincere regret of the recent death of Dr. Manuel Gondra, ex-President of the 
Republic of Paraguay, formerly Minister of State and representative of Paraguay 
on the Governing Board of the Pan American Union and at the Fifth Inter- 
national Conference of American States; who, in addition to the great services 
which as a statesman he rendered to his country and to the development of Pan 
American ideals, also contributed largely and rendered eminent service to the 
progress of American Law, the Governing Board 

Resolves, to express the condolences of the Pan American Union to the Govern- 
ment of the Republic of Paraguay and to the family of the deceased. 


Dr. Juan Vicente Ramirez, the Chargé d’ Affaires of Paraguay, well 
expressed the general feeling at the untimely passing of this eminent 
statesman and Pan Americanist in the following address: 


Mr. CuatrMan, GENTLEMEN: As the representative of the Government of 
Paraguay, I have the honor to acknowledge in the most heartfelt terms the 
expressive words of condolence which have just been spoken in the name of the gov- 
erning board of the Pan American Union by the distinguished chairman, the 
Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, on the occasion of the death of Dr. Manuel E. Gondra. 

Counting on the well-known kindness of the board, I may be permitted to 
take a few moments of your time from the important business that awaits your 
attention to say a few brief words as my personal homage to the memory of the 
ereat Paraguayan who has just passed away. 

Gentlemen, the death of Dr. Manuel Gondra is necessarily a source of deep 
grief to the Government and people of Paraguay because, in the first place, they 
find themselves deprived of the valuable work of a most able man and, secondly, 
of the clear-seeing counsel of one who has for more than 25 years been a beloved 
leader. : 

The outstanding virtue of this illustrious public man of Paraguay was that he 
clearly understood the mission which was his to fulfill in his fatherland, and that 
he willed to perform it with nobility of spirit and purity of heart. 

Endowed by nature with a most unusual gift of sympathy which without his 
seeking soon made him the idol of the masses, possessed, moreover, of a brilliant 
and carefully cultivated mind, it soon became evident that he was predestined 
to exercise a leadership which should redound to the benefit of the people whose 
great good fortune it was that he should have been born among them. 

535 


Y 


Yh Yi 
Ga 


LD Yrs 


C7 Zs 


= 
1 
an 

ay 
= 
(aay 
Q 
Z 
e) 


y 
Oe 


yan statesman, 


VL 
a Y 
Yih 7 Z Yop 
LA he RH. Ll UYUY/ 


MANUEL ( 





PARAGUAY LOSES A DISTINGUISHED SON 5a 


And his response to the call of destiny was indeed complete, for throughout 
his entire lifetime and with exemplary unselfishness and disinterestedness, he 
placed himself at the service of the great ideals of a true republic and a real 
democracy. 

Dr. Manuel Gondra was the inspiration of a thorough political evolution 
within the sacred canons of the national constitution and the laws of the Republic 
he served, and his entire life shines as an enduring lesson of sincere devotion to 
the purest spirit of republicanism and the strict practice of democracy. 

As the undisputed idol of the popular masses in Paraguay he could have 
trampled under foot, had he so wished, those wise systems of good government, 
and made himself a power whose slightest wish and caprice was law and the 
misfortune of his people. But he did not choose the vain satisfaction that would 
have come from the exercise of unlimited and arbitrary power; he preferred 
instead to tread the difficult path of disinterest and renunciation to the end that 
the juridical institutions of the country might be preserved inviolate; thus pro- 
viding an opportunity for the people to become acquainted with the activities of 
publie life so that later they might with full understanding take part in the 
solution of their problems of vital interest. 

Thanks to his teachings and to the invaluable example of his own life—an 
example of the highest civic virtues—there flourished in the Paraguay of his day 
an active and progressive political life in which the chiefs of State, alike in official 
document and public proclamation, were enabled to renew their faith in democracy 
and eloquently defend the rights of man despite the systematic preaching of the 
new devotees of unrestrained force and arbitrary power; a political life in which 
the masses raise to the highest executive offices of the Republic those men who 
by their proven capacity and their manifest worth have shown themselves 
deserving of that honor. 

Moreover, gentlemen, it should be noted that Don Manuel Gondra, in order to 
be loyal to his mission, chose to be a statesman rather than a pure intellectual, in 
spite of having been endowed with the rare gifts which so greatly distinguished 
him as a writer. He renounced the task of writing books to give himself entirely 
to the task of modeling from the ever plastic multitudes a society loving order 
and progress and adorned with the graces of the most advanced civilization. As 
a proof of his high intellectual qualities which might have made him famous in 
letters, we may recall the words devoted to him by Rubén Dario in El Figaro, of 
Habana, after their meeting in Rio de Janeiro at the Third International American 
Conference: 

“Frugal in words,” said Dario, ‘‘of profound ideas and gentle manners, with a 
literary culture which I have found in few professional men, the wisdom acquired 
in thoughtful study, and the artistic perception gained from contemplation of the 
infinite, I adjudged him a master, such as those who have found a place in the 
French Academy.” 

As for his love of the American Continent, it stood out in high relief in the 
International American. Conference in Santiago, Chile, when he advocated with 
such suecess the convention which bears his name and the object of which is, 
as we all know, to guard American peace from any serious misunderstandings 
which may arise between these sister nations at crossings in the highway they 
tread in common. 5 

I can only add that I am certain that the Government and people of Paraguay 
have felt and feel the deepest grief at the death of this illustrious citizen. 















































HENRY CLAY 





AGE TO 7h RY ” CLAY 


ON THE OCCASION OF THE ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTIETH 
ANNIVERSARY OF HIS BIRTH (APRIL 12, 1777-APRIL 12, 1927) 














OT the least interesting of the heartening results of the cam- 
paign now being carried on by students of history in all the 
American countries is the light thrown upon the no incon- 
siderable part taken by American statesmen in that difficult 

period immediately prior and subsequent to the gaining by the Latin- 
American colonies of their independence from Spain. And it is a 
curious commentary on the inadequacy of existing interchange 
between the two dominant cultures of this Continent to find that 
certain eminent figures in the national life of these United States are 
more generally known and their work as American statesmen—in the 
most ample sense of the word—better appreciated in the Latin- 
American countries than in the land of their birth. 

No more striking case of what might be termed a certain provin- 
ciality in our appreciation of national figures can be adduced than 
that of Henry Clay, the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of whose 
birth received the most perfunctory mention, if any, by the press 
outside the limits of his native State. 

Not so, however, with Latin America, 20 of whose Republics, in 
the persons of their accredited diplomatic chiefs in Washington, 
assembled in the Pan American Union, there to dedicate to the 
memory of the ‘Great Pacificator” a tribute of homage and venera- 
tion as generously spontaneous as it was sincere and heartfelt. That 
this tribute was fully appreciated by the United States was abun- 
dantly shown by the Secretary of State of the United States, Hon. 
Frank B. Kellogg, who expressed himself in the following terms: 

I want to express to the members of the governing board the deep apprecia- 
tion of the Government of the United States, as well as my personal thanks, for 
your thoughtfulness in dedicating this session to the memory of the great states- 
man who, with prophetic vision, foresaw the greatness of the republics of Latin 
America during the period of their struggle for independence. His constant and 
unremitting effort to contribute in every possible way toward the progress of 
the republics of Latin America entitles him to the gratitude of every citizen of 
the Western Hemisphere. Permit me again to express the appreciation of the 
United States, as well as my personal gratitude, for this tribute which you are 
to-day paying to his memory. 

His Excellency the Minister of Colombia voiced the tribute of 
his country in a most eloquent address, the text of which is as follows: 

This meeting of the Governing Board of the Pan American Union on the one hun- 


dred and fiftieth anniversary of the birth of Henry Clay adds one more tribute, 
simple but fervent, to the many and great tributes rendered his memory. The 


539 


540 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


echoes of his voice in defense of the independence of the Spanish colonies had 
hardly ceased to vibrate when that immortal speech was repeated as a proclama- 
tion and as a most powerful and friendly voice on the fields of battle where the 
liberty of a whole continent was at issue. And scarcely had the civil life of those 
peoples been organized in Assemblies and Parliaments, when the new nationalities 
rendered the most solemn tribute of gratitude to that great advocate and tribune. 
And when, after the lapse of a century, the memory of those heroic days was to 
be perpetuated in bronze, the figure of Henry Clay was chosen as the symbol 
which unites the peoples of this continent in one single aspiration of confraternity 
and justice. A hundred and fifty years is a long time, even dealing with the life 
of nations, for the memory of a man to withstand oblivion beyond the borders of 
his own country, and when, like Clay, he is venerated as one of the group of 
immortals, his labor in the great cause of humanity must have been inspired in 
the highest motives and been distinguished by the most lofty of qualities. 

The life of the statesman we to-day honor was one of the most fruitful and 
combative of his generation. In the Senate his eloquence for more than half a 
century illuminated every question of public importance discussed in the epoch 
of which he was a part. His voice on solemn and decisive occasions, like a battle 
standard was uplifted in every struggle of civil life from the day he first appeared, 
a vigorous and gallant youth, in the American Congress, to the day when full 
of years and laurels—and disillusions—his mortal remains received the last 
tribute of homage from the people and the nations in whose behalf he had so 
long labored. 

Among the great discussions touched by his fiery tongue was, from the beginning, 
that dealing with the independence of this continent. And Henry Clay’s action 
in this direction, initiated in the darkest and most uncertain period of the war for 
emancipation, became, by reason of his vigorous enthusiasm, something like a 
creed of generous idealism which, by the power of his reasoning, was the pro- 
phetic interpreter of a spirit born to prepare for the future. From his first 
interposition, in his speech in the House of Representatives in January, 1817, 
he lifted congressional debate from the limited sphere of purely local interests 
and dispositions to the transcendent themes of human liberty and the future 
of the American Continent. ‘‘I may be accused of an imprudent utterance of 
my feelings on this occasion; I care not. When the independence, the happiness, 
the liberty of a whole people is at stake, and that people our neighbors, our 
brethren, occupying a portion of this same continent, imitating our example 
and participating of the same sympathies as ourselves, I will boldly avow my 
feelings and my wishes in their behalf, even at the hazard of such an imputation.”’ 

Firm in this attitude throughout the long years of the war for independence, 
the voice of Henry Clay was lifted anew in praise of that movement in that 
memorable session of the House of Representatives of March 24, 1818. His 
address in support of sending a Minister from the United States to-the Provinces 
of the River Plate is a classic of eloquence, and in it he presented every phase of 
the emancipating movement—moral, political, and economic. In it he emphasized 
the wonderful extension and character of the countries in which that war was 
being carried on, and, directing the eyes of his fellow Representatives toward 
those distant horizons, he made them see the riches of the Vice-Royalty of Mexico 
and the Captain-Generaley of Guatemala, the potential wealth of the Vice- 
Royalty of New Granada and the Captain-Generalcy of Venezuela, the future of 
Brazil—soon to break her colonial bonds—and that of the United Provinces 
of the River Plate. Crossing the Andes he paused in eulogy of Chile and the 
history of the Vice Royalty of Peru, concluding with these words: 

“Each of these several parts is sufficient in itself, in point of limits, to con- 
stitute a powerful state; and, in point of population, that which has the smallest, 
contains enough to make it respectable,”’ 


LATIN AMERICA’S HOMAGE TO HENRY CLAY oe Bh 


Convinced that sacrifices made for the formation of a nation are like sap sup- 
plying vigor and nourishment, Clay recalled to the American legislators the 
heroic deeds of the Hispanic Americans before the high altar of independence in 
that long-drawn-out war. In phrases like a bugle call, Clay recalled the suicide 
of Captain Ricaurte at Mateo to save the liberating army and with it inde- 
pendence, itself; the victory of Maipti and the deeds of prowess there enacted; 
the campaigns waged by the genius of Bolivar in New Granada and Venezuela, 
and the collective willingness which everywhere animated the revolting peoples 
to make every needed sacrifice. Having captivated his hearers by this heroic 
presentation of events, he then pointed out the intellectual traits which dis- 
tinguished the revolting colonies which he appraised in eulogistic terms, quoting 
the opinion of Humboldt, Despons, and other learned men as to the special 
aptitude of the Hispanic-American peoples for ‘“‘the acquisition of the exact 
sciences and others which they have been allowed to cultivate,’ and offering the 
Message of the Supreme Director of the Provinces of La Plata as an excellent 
model of a state paper which—to quote his own words—‘‘challenges comparison 
with any, the most celebrated, that ever issued from the pens of Jefferson or 
Madison.”’ 

He went even further. Not confining himself to a consideration of the present, 
he pierced the future to depict the place which, with the passage of time, democ- 
racy and self-government should hold in Hispanic America. And in so doing he 
exclaimed: 

“T have no hesitation in asserting my firm belief, that there is no question in 
the foreign policy of this country which has ever arisen, or which I can conceive 
as ever occurring, in the decision of which we have had or can have so much at 
stake. This interest concerns our politics, our commerce, our navigation. * * * 
The independence of Spanish America, then, is an interest of primary con- 
sideration. Next to that, and highly important in itself, is the consideration of 
the nature of their governments. That is a question, however, for themselves. 
They will, no doubt, adopt those kinds of government which are best suited to 
their condition, best calculated for their happiness. Anxious as I am that they 
should be free governments, we have no right to prescribe for them. They are, 
and ought to be, the sole judges for themselves. I am strongly inclined to 
believe that they will in most, if not all parts of their country, establish free 
governments. We are their great example. Of us they constantly speak as of 
brothers, having a similar origin. They adopt our principles, copy our institu- 
tions, and, in many instances, employ the very language and sentiments of our 
revolutionary papers.” 

Clay’s attitude, always ardent and never failing in its advocacy of the new 
independent governments, had its reward when the House of Representatives of 
the United States in February, 1821, approved the resolution presented by him 
declaring that the House ‘“‘will give its constitutional support to the President 
of the United States whenever he may deem it expedient to recognize the sover- 
eignty and independence of any of said Provinces.”’ . 

Thus, Clay lived to see the realization of one of the most fervent desires of his 
heart, and on communicating the fact to his great friend Torres, the representative 
of Colombia, he said: : 

“The cause of South America has at last prevailed; the House yesterday .. . 
adopted my resolution, which has for its object, substantially, the recognition 
of the independent governments. I congratulate you on the occasion. It has 
been to me a day of proud and deep satisfaction. What is much more important, 
its moral tendency will be deeply felt everywhere. ”’ 

When we bow reverent heads before the memory of the man who earned so 
many claims to the gratitude of the American nations, we but fulfill the duty 


43851—27—Bull. 6——2 


542 | THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


owed by posterity to the great figures who have ennobled the pages of history. 
And although we may wish that his mind had been favorable also to the great 
plan of Colombia and Mexico for carrying the armies of independence to Cuba, 
Henry Clay will always be remembered, as one of his biographers justly says, ‘‘as 
the combatant who achieved one of the most brilliant triumphs for the cause of 
Humanity and the Rights of Man; as the apostle whose generous words in solemn 
and decisive moments were always heard on behalf of the Emancipation of this 
Continent; and as the statesman whose admirable spiritual contribution entitles 
him to a place among those great benefactors worthy of the undying gratitude of 
our American Nations.” 


Doctor Olaya’s eloquent tribute was followed by that of His Excel- 
leney the Minister from Guatemala, the text of which is as follows: 


From 1810 to 1826 two great events determined the destiny of America and 
marked a stage in the history of the world. One of these events was the organi- 
zation of the national life of the peoples in the political form of the Republic. The 
other event, no less far-reaching, was the organization of the national life of the 
States of the New World in a system of American harmony and solidarity. 
America was carrying out an ideal which the peoples of Europe had pursued in 
vain, a society of nations organized for the development of the aspirations of 
human liberty for democracy and of a continent organized for peace through 
right and international cooperation. 

Those two ideas are fundamental to the conscience of America. They appeared 
simultaneously, and that synchronism demonstrates that those two formulas of 
political ideology obeyed the continental rhythm of life in this hemisphere. 
From 1810 to 1826, all thought converged toward the construction of an American 
unity. The letter of Jamaica was the prophecy and the Congress of Panama 
initiated its fulfilment. From the Plata to the Orinoco the idea of continental 
unity leads the spirit of all the liberators, inflames the eloquence of the tribunes, 
directs the work of the chanceries. 

In the United States, Henry Clay was the apostle of the idea. In 1818, he 
expressed his attitude toward the neighboring peoples who were struggling to 
obtain the independence of Spanish America, and he then said, and I will repeat 
his words: 

“In the establishment of the independance of Spanish America the United 
States has the deepest interests. I have no hesitation in asserting my firm belief 
that there is no question in the foreign policy of this country which has ever arisen 
or which I can conceive as ever occurring in the decision of which we have had, 
or can have, so much at stake. . . . There can not be a doubt that Spanish 
America, once independent, whatever may be the form of the governments estab- 
lished in its several parts, these governments will be animated by an American 
feeling and guided by an American policy.”’ 

His vision of the future of America is expanded and reaches a magnificent 
amplitude in his speech to the Senate in May, 1820, and in his speech at Lex- 
ington in 1821, his words rise to the solemn accent of a prophecy of the future 
league of the American nations founded on a new conception of international 
justice. 

As in the most illustrious days of the ancient tribunes, the orator had peoples 
as his clients and a continent as his forum. 

In the name of those peoples which he so generously served with his eloquence 
we have come to render this testimony of gratitude and this tribute of reverence 
to his memory. 

I submit to the consideration of the Governing Board of the Pan AMSG 
Union, the following resolution: 


LATIN AMERICA’S HOMAGE TO HENRY CLAY 543 


‘““Whereas Henry Clay supported with the eloquence of his speech the cause 
of the recognition of the peoples of America during the struggle for their eman- 
cipation, and 

‘“Whereas as Secretary of State he took the initiative for the participation of 
the United States in the first assembly of the American nations which took 
place in 1826, and 

‘Whereas on various occasions, with a clear vision of the future of America, 
he proclaimed the solidarity of the democracies of the New World: 

“The Governing Board of the Pan American Union 

“‘ Resolves, To place on record in the minutes of its sessions the tribute which 
the representatives of the States of America render to the illustrious citizen, 
who as an orator served with his eloquence, and as a statesman with his thought 
and action, the ideals of a policy of cooperation in America with right as its 
foundation and organized for peace.” 


This resolution was unanimously approved and extended on the 
official record of the minutes of the session. 

The Minister from Venezuela then added the tribute of his country, 
which will have a special interest to Pan Americanists because of the 
reference made to the recent action of the United States Congress 
authorizing the Secretary of State to offer Venezuela a statue of 
Henry Clay to be erected in Caracas. The text of Doctor Grisanti’s 
address follows: 


Mr. PresipENT AND HoNnorasLe CoLuEaaues: As Minister of Venezuela I 
desire to express the homage of my Government and compatriots to the glorious 
memory of an illustrious republican. 

Henry Clay lays just claim to the gratitude and veneration of the American 
nations. From 1818 on he devoted his powers of eloquence, for which he is dis- 
tinguished among the most gifted Members of Congress, to the cause of the libera- 
tors of America, urging official recognition of the United Provinces of the Rio 
de la Plata and later of the other States. And he spoke not as a mere idealist, 
vielding to the enthusiasm inspired by deeds of high emprise, but also as one who 
consulted the material interests of his great Nation. 

“Tn the establishment of the independence of Spanish America,” he said, 
“the United States have the deepest interest. JI have no hesitation in asserting 
my firm belief that there is no question in the foreign policy of this country 
which has ever arisen, or which I can conceive as ever occurring, in the decision 
of which we have had or can have so much.at stake. This interest concerns 
our politics, our commerce, our navigation. There can not be a doubt that 
Spanish America, once independent, whatever may be the form of the govern- 
ments established in its several parts, these governments will be animated by an 
American feeling and guided by an American policy. They will obey the laws 
of the system of the New World, of which they will compose a part, in contra- 
distinction to that of Europe.” ! 

In Clay’s addresses a profound knowledge of the history of the Spanish colonies 
vies with a knowledge of the vicissitudes of the war in which they were engaged, 
the heroism displayed by those peoples in their struggle for independence, their 
capacity for establishing a democratic form of government, and the advisability 
that his great Nation should establish official relations with the sister nations of 
the continent. His attitude at that time proves him a man of high ideals whose 
vision divined the secrets of the future, and constitutes him an apostle of liberty 
and justice. 








1 Colton, Reed, McKinley: The works of Henry Clay, vol. 5, p. 145. 


544 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


No policy could have been so lofty and so worthy of the United States, as well 
as so advantageous, as to extend a friendly hand to its siste rnations of the conti- 
nent, struggling with unshakable faith and unparalleled heroism for full admis- 
sion to the concert of nations, in which they already occupied a distinguished 
position, soon to become yet more prominent. Clay was vouchsafed the happi- 
ness of seeing his efforts crowned with success. In 1822 President Monroe 
recommended to Congress the official recognition of the American nations. 

Foreseeing with singular clarity the greatness which his Nation was soon to 
attain, Henry Clay initiated that wise policy of material progress which has 
transformed the nature of his country by means of public works which are the 
legitimate pride of the American people and the admiration and amazement of 
other nations. 

Like all great gladiators who, stirred by passion in the arena of politics, bear 
the brunt and heat of the fray, Clay was violently criticized, a phenomenon 
observed in all ages and nations; but under these attacks his moral integrity 
and the purity of his soul shone resplendent. His public life lasted more than 
half a century without the slightest shadow dimming the clarity of his conscience. 

As a statesman he was characterized by his lofty views. His policy may be 
synthesized in a few words: At home, the moral and material aggrandizement of 
his country; abroad, the cooperation of his Nation in the establishment on the 
American Continent of an aggregation of independent nations, democratic in their 
institutions and capable of checking the influence of the personal European 
governments of that time. 

All praise to the man of power, the eminent statesman, the indefatigable toiler 
for his country’s greatness, the friend of the American peoples! 

My nation has welcomed with great satisfaction the news that the Congress 
of the United States has enacted a law, already signed by His Excellency President 
Coolidge, authorizing His Excellency the Secretary of State to offer to Venezuela 
a statue of Henry Clay, to be erected in Caracas. This distinction inspires 
pride and gratitude in the Venezuelan Nation, which has always professed love 
and veneration for the memory of that illustrious apostle of the independence of 
the Latin-American nations. 


The Chargé d’Affaires of El Salvador, Dr. Héctor David Castro, 
spoke as follows: 


Mr. PRESIDENT AND CoLLEAGuES: We meet here to dedicate our thoughts and 
our words to the memory of Henry Clay, and I feel that it is most proper that we 
should do so. 

Henry Clay was known as a great friend of the Republics of Central and South 
America during their struggle for freedom, and he was always ready to devote 
his best efforts to establish and develop the most amicable relations between his 
country, the United States, and the other countries of this hemisphere. He 
was aware of the common interests of all these countries and of their desire to 
live in peace and to enjoy and insure their freedom, attained at such great cost. 
He also fostered a spirit of cooperation among them, and as this is what we now 
call Pan Americanism, we may say that he was one of the recognized leaders of 
a movement which day by day increases in importance. 

It is with pleasure that I recall that José Antonio Cafas, the first minister 
plenipotentiary accredited by the United Provinces of Central America to the 
United States, had, as early as 1825, opportunity to express his admiration for 
Henry Clay, who was appointed that year to be Secretary of State of the United 
States and whose ideals of real cooperation and friendship in this hemisphere 
were already known far and wide. 

The purposes of the Pan American Union, and all our activities as members 
of the governing board, are simply meant to continue that work for cooperation 
and sympathetic understanding which had its birth when the republics of 
America secured their independence; and in this respect it is gratifying to say 


LATIN AMERICA’S HOMAGE TO HENRY CLAY 545 


that now, exactly as a century ago, we may still continue to draw inspiration in 
our common work from the memory of Henry Clay. 


The commemoration was brought to a close by His Excellency the 
Minister of Panama, Dr. Ricardo J. Alfaro, who spoke as follows: 


Mr. PRESIDENT, GENTLEMEN: A century and a half ago to-day Henry Clay 
was born on Virginia soil—so prolific in great men—and I beg of you to permit 
me also to contribute the flower of my re- 
membrance to the venerable memory of 
that great continental figure. 

I find highly fitting and deserved this hom- 
age that we, the representatives of the 21 
free nations of the New World, pay to Henry 
Clay, by celebrating in his honor the session 
of the Governing Board of the Pan American 
Union corresponding to this month. Under 
this roof where we fraternize, Latins and 
Saxons; here where the diversity of tongues, 
races, cults, and customs is overcome by a 
common love of liberty and democratic insti- 
tutions; in this mansion of peace and _ har- 
mony which is something approaching the 
realization of the international dreams of our 
forefathers, if there isa name which may be 
pronounced with reverence and with affec- 
tion it is the glorious name. of Henry Clay. 
If Bolivar was the father of Pan Ameri- 
canism in the south, Clay was the promoter 
of the movement in the north. The name of 
the two will be eternally linked in history 
with the Panama Congress, where in 1826 
was sown the seed which later flourished 
in the conference of 1889. And just as the 
glory of having convoked that Congress is 
Bolivar’s, to Clay belongs that of having 
supported it before the people of the United 
States, and of having obtained the sanction 
of the legislature of this country to send 
the delegates who would tie that first knot 
of continental solidarity. 

Few figures excite such intense attraction 
as that of Henry Clay. He possessed in a 
high degree gifts which rarely are found united 
in a single person: Nobility of appearance 
and superiorityof soul; a voice of magnificent 
sonority and elegance of phraseology; love of 
principles and the courage to defend them in all fields; personal magnetism and 
uprightness of character; creative talent and the learning which is the offspring 
of constant study; a brain of the highest order placed at the service of a great heart 
open to all magnanimities. 

His public life was picturesque, varied, filled with contrasts, vicissitudes, and 
arduous struggles, from which he always emerged untouched and erect. Never- 
theless, it is not for me to express ideas about the participation of Henry Clay in 
the questions which exclusively concern the internal polities of this country. 
The phase of his activities which interests us is his attitude toward the new nations 


awiG DISTR, 
ws en ST 


AME 










an oe 
The fearless fre Hel 
of his Countrys lirghes 


LYSCMPURG, October S8 4k 4 e 


aes 


£ 





3 oe e Nes 4 oe 
ee MO (OTA 


546 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


which sprang up during the first quarter of the nineteenth century. Clay was 
their first and greatest friend. He loved liberty with a fervent passion, with that 
exaltation peculiar to an epoch in which romanticism manifested itself even in 
the field of politics; and loving so the liberties obtained by his country, he 
embraced with fervent enthusiasm the cause of those peoples who in the south 
fought and died to emancipate their liberties. 

It is necessary to be transported by imagination to what the United States 
were more than a hundred years ago, in order to be able to realize how difficult 
the labor of Henry Clay must have been in favor of the new Republics. If 
to-day with the marvelous development of commerce, the constant and growing 
interchange of products and manufactures, the rapidity and facility of com- 
munications, the profuse circulation of newspapers and books, international 
conferences and organized work of information, mutual knowledge is still so 
imperfect, it must be concluded that knowledge of the potentialities and sig- 
nificance of meridional America in that distant epoch could only be expressed by 
the cipher zero. But neither ignorance nor prejudices deterred Clay and he 
raised his banner. ‘‘I have no hesitation in asserting,’’ he said in his masterful 
speech of 1818, “my firm belief that there is no question in the foreign policy of 
this country which has ever arisen, or which I can conceive as ever occurring, in 
the decision of which we have had or can have so much at stake.” The struggle 
of the Spanish colonies for emancipation he ealled ‘“‘the greatest cause which 
could possibly engage our affections and enlist our feelings in its behalf.”’ 

In 1816 he had already announced as a possibility that the United States 
might have to stand openly by the side of the patriots. In 1818 he lifted his 
voice to extol the grandeurs of the countries of the south and to support the 
opening of diplomatic relations with the Provinces of the La Plata River. In 
1820 his prestige overcame the resistence of the partisans of strict neutrality and 
he obtained the approval of the House of Representatives to that memorable 
resolution by which a message of encouragement was sent to the rebel colonies 
and support promised to the Executive for the recognition of their sovereignty and 
independence. In 1822 his indefatigable efforts culminated in the acts of express 
recognition which took place under the Presidency of Monroe. In 1823 he 
influenced as a decisive factor, together with Jefferson, Madison, and Adams, the 
formulation of the celebrated doctrine to which that president gave his name and 
which declared the American continent forever closed to European colonization 
or aggression. In 1825, as Secretary of State, he brought before the various 
courts of the Old World earnest efforts with the purpose of bringing to bear 
powerful international influences, especially that of Russia, on the Spanish 
Crown, in order to obtain from it the recognition of the new Republics. In 1826, 
after a heated parliamentary debate, he succeeded in carrying through the 
participation of the United States in the deliberations of the Congress of Panama. 
In all his labor as a statesman the spirit of Pan Americanism shines, and the 
international life of to-day is in many respects that which his noble spirit visioned 
more than a hundred years ago. These are, in brief outlines, the claims that 
Henry Clay has to the gratitude and affection of Latin America. 

That remarkable man who filled a long and stormy epoch with his eloquence, 
his talent, his idealism, his fire, his popularity, his civic and personal valor, that 
splendid combination of virtues which made of him a true idol, did not, neverthe- 
less, attain the supreme power. Four times he was a candidate for the Presidency 
and another four he was defeated. Peculiarities of democracy which only serve 
to demonstrate that one does not always enter into immortality through the gate 
of high dignities. Merit purified by history, work which endures and flourishes 
down the centuries, are the factors which assure the homage of posterity. Thus, 
in the name of the entire continent we pay tribute to-day with love to Henry 
Clay, fervent champion of political liberties, apostle of Spanish democracies, 
uoblest Precursor of Pan Americanism. 









T the end of 1925 the Director General of the Pan American 
Union, believing that valuable information could be gained 
from a survey as to the extent and character of the teaching 
of Latin American history in American institutions of 

higher education, secured the cooperation of the American Historical 
Association in making such a survey. The following persons, 
nominated by the Executive Council of that Association, were there- 
upon appointed as a committee of the Pan American Union for this 
purpose: Profs. P. N. Garber, Duke University; J. F. Rippy, Univer- 
sity of Chicago; W. W. Pierson, University of North Carolina; J. A. 
Robertson, Stetson University; and W. S. Robertson, University of 
Illinois. Prof. W.S. Robertson was chosen as chairman. 

The report recently submitted by this committee reviews the 
progress made in the extension of Latin American history teaching 
since 1895, when the University of California first offered a course 
entitled “Spanish-American history and institutions.”’ In 1904-5 
the University of Texas and Columbia University introduced similar 
courses, while in the Middle West the University of Illinois led the 
way in 1909, and in 1915 a course in the history of Latin America 
was given at Harvard University. From then on, more rapid progress 
was made. 

In order to ascertain the present status of the subject, the com- 
mittee above referred to prepared a comprehensive questionnaire, 
calling for information as to number and character of courses offered, 
methods of instruction, textbooks and reference works, enrollment, 
suggestions regarding needs to be met, ete. Early in 1926 this 
questionnaire was sent out to 145 normal schools, 29 private general 
training schools, 86 teachers’ colleges, and 633 colleges and universities 
in the United States listed in the 1925 Directory of the Bureau of 
Education, making a total of 1,172 educational institutions. The 
report states: 

Replies came from institutions as widely separated as the University of Maine 
and the University of the Philippines. In the group designated as colleges and 
universities, where the percentage of replies ran about the average, 288 institu- 
tions responded out of a possible 633. In general, less than 50 per cent of the 


institutions addressed made reply. The results indicate the status of the teach- 
ing of Latin American history in the United States for the academic year 1925-26. 


547 


548 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Of the general private training schools only one responded to state that it did 
not offer a course in Latin American history. Of the junior colleges 5 replied 
that courses in that field had been offered, but in 2 of these colleges such courses 
were given only in alternate years. Of the normal schools and teachers’ colleges 
36 replied that they gave Latin American history a place in their curricula. 
Replies from colleges and universities showed that 135 institutions regularly 
gave courses in the history of Latin America. In addition a number of institu- 
tions of higher learning had given such courses intermittently. Thus the returns 
showed that 175 colleges or universities had in the last few years given instruction 
in the history of our southern neighbors. 


The report goes on to say that in a number of institutions, especially 
those on the Pacific coast, considerable attention was paid to Latin 
America in courses on the History of the Americas, and that several 
expressed the intention soon to introduce Latin American history 
as a separate subject. There are striking differences in the size of 
classes at different institutions, probably due to local circumstances; 
the largest enrollment was found in the Hispanic South-West, at 
the University of California. Courses were naturally given as a 
rule by the department of history, but occasionally Latin American 
government or history was found in the offerings of the department 
of political science or that of romance languages, while in a few 
cases some attention was paid to Latin American history by the 
department of economics. 

With regard to the type of work given, the report says: 

The courses offéred in addition to a one or two semester survey of Spanish 
and Portuguese America—which was the course that most frequently served as 
introductory—were varied in kind and scope. Very often the second choice 
was a course which dealt with the relations between the United States and Latin 
American nations. Occasionally a course was offered in the history of Spain 
or in the history of Spain and Portugal. Of 36 institutions for the training of 
teachers which offered courses in the history of Latin America only 4 reported 
that they gave more than an introductory course or introductory courses in 
this subject. Many colleges gave only introductory work for which ordinarily 
other history courses were prerequisite. In general, advanced and graduate 
instruction in Latin American history is confined to certain colleges and insti- 
tutions where this branch of study is firmly established. Less than a score 
of institutions of collegiate rank offered more than three 1-semester courses. 
The greatest variety of advanced courses was offered by endowed institutions 
located in cities on the eastern seaboard, by leading universities of the old North- 
west, and by State universities in our Hispanic Southwest. 

The committee discovered that certain leading institutions, 
notably Minnesota, Princeton, Wisconsin, and Yale, in 1925-26 
were not offering any courses in the history of Latin America. It is 
believed that the explanation can be traced to the additional cost 
required for a well-qualified instructor and for adequate library 
facilities, and in some quarters to the belief that for Americans a 
knowledge of Latin American history is a luxury rather than a 
necessity. 


REPORT ON THE TEACHING OF LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 549 


As regards methods of teaching, it was found that in the introduc- 
tory courses a textbook, lectures by the instructor, and collateral 
readings were generally all used, with class discussions probably a 
feature. In about 20 colleges or universities, however, no text 
whatever was employed, and sometimes not even a syllabus, recourse 
being had to rich library resources. 


The texts most used in introductory courses in Latin American history in 
colleges and universities were as follows: James and Martin, The Republics of 
Latin America; Robertson, The History of the Latin American Nations; Shepherd, 
The Hispanic Nations of the New World, and Sweet, History of Latin America. 
In teacher training schools Webster’s Latin America was used considerably 
in addition to the texts mentioned in the above list. In many cases more than 
one text was used. 

About 25 institutions reported that the students were required to use a 
printed syllabus. The syllabi mentioned were as follows: Bolton, History of the 
Americas; Hoskins, Guide to Latin American History; Meacham, A Syllabus of 
Hispanic-American History; Colonial Pericd; and (giving the title of the last 
edition) Pierson, Hispanic-American History: A Syllabus. In about a dozen 
cases the statement was made that the instructor prepared a syllabus for the 
use of his class. 


It appeared to the committee that more than one-half of the 135 
colleges and universities that gave regular courses in Latin American 
history did not have proper library equipment for collateral reading; 
25 of these did not mention any reference books as being used at all. 
In some large universities, however, the number of available reference 
books was extremely large. ‘‘In general, only in certain institutions 
where the subject was well established did the library equipment 
seem altogether adequate for both elementary and advanced work.” 

The remaining portions of this interesting report are quoted in full: 


As indicative of the lines along which progress is being made we shall next 
notice the character of the advanced courses in Latin American history which 
were given in 1925—26 at universities where more than three 1-semester courses 
were offered. The University of Arizona offered an advanced course in Latin 
American relations and another in the history of our Southwest. Among 
advanced courses at the University of California were the following: The history 
of the A B C powers, and Spain in North America. Among its graduate courses 
were offerings in the history of Spain and Portugal, and Latin America since 1810. 
At Columbia University advanced courses were given by the history department 
in Latin American civilization, and a course in Pan American relations was offered 
by the department of publiclaw. At the University of Chicago advanced courses 
were given in such fields as the following: Latin America in World Politics; 
The United States and England in Latin America; Problems in Latin American 
Relations. At the University of Illinois advanced courses were given in Latin 
American relations with the United States and in European relations with Latin 
America. At Harvard University special courses were offered on the history of 
Mexico, and on the A B C countries. The University of Kansas offered a 
seminar in Latin American history. At the University of Michigan a detailed 
course was given on the history of Spain and Portugal and on the colonization of 
North America. Ordinarily Northwestern University offered a seminar in Latin 
American history. At Ohio State University an advanced course was given on 


550 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ‘ 


the International Relations of Latin America. The University of Pennsylvania 
offered a course on Latin America and the United States. The University of 
Pittsburgh offered a course on the A B C powers. Besides a course on the 
history of South America and another on Spanish North America, the University 
of Texas offered a course on the Spanish Southwest. In addition to a seminar in 
Latin American history, Leland Stanford University gave work in the history of 
Brazil. A number of institutions, including the University of Southern Cali- 
fornia, gave a course in the history of Mexico. 

It is to be regretted that a larger number of the colleges and universities that 
sent responses did not make practical suggestions in regard to improvements 
which might be made in the apparatus of teaching. About a dozen replies 
mentioned the need of a better textbook. Two of these urged that text-writers 
should show a better understanding of Catholic institutions and viewpoints. 
Two or three teachers suggested that the writers of texts should give more 
attention to social and economic history. Less than a dozen urged the need of a 
volume of readings in Latin American history. More than a dozen mentioned 
the need of a good atlas or of good wall maps. In three responses the argument 
was made that there was a erying need of scientific monographs dealing with 
specific phases or problems of Latin American history. Two instructors expressed 
a wish that national histories of Latin American countries should be translated 
into English. One instructor said that there was great need of “‘a good magazine 
in English which will give an accurate survey of political events throughout 
Latin America.” Another instructor expressed a desire for ‘‘more popular 
biographies of Latin American leaders.’”’ Another emphasized the need for 
general histories of the different nations. At a time when the resumption of the 
Hispanic-American Historical Review was still uncertain, a goodly number of 
teachers expressed an ardent desire to see it revived. 

This survey leads the committee to the following conclusions regarding the 
present status of instruction in Latin American history in the United States. 
The returns received indicate that in junior colleges such instruction has only 
begun in a few institutions. In teacher training institutions such instruction 
has made considerable headway but is still neglected in the majority of cases. 
In a large number of colleges and universities Latin American history has not 
yet been given a place commensurate with its importance. In some leading 
educational institutions it has not been accorded a place at all. 

The most encouraging feature of the situation is the progress made in the 
instruction in Latin American history in our colleges and universities since 1895. 
The great variety of courses now offered in that field by certain universities may 
indicate either that the courses are adapted somewhat to local circumstances 
or that the subject has not yet found its proper place in the curriculum. Possibly 
both conditions prevail in varying degrees in different institutions. The steady 
development of an interest in Latin American history in the United States 
indeed encourages the hope that leading educational institutions can not much 
longer neglect to readjust their library and teaching facilities so as to give some 
attention to the history of our southern neighbors. 

Lastly, the committee would suggest to teachers of Latin American history 
the wisdom of emphasizing certain phases of development more than others. 
In so vast and so varied a field it feels that stress might well be laid upon political 
history with considerable attention to international relations and to the structure 
of society. It hopes that a competent scholar will prepare and that an enter- 
prising firm will publish a comprehensive atlas of Latin America. The committee 
would call the attention of teachers to the need of encouraging praiseworthy 
attempts to improve the equipment available for instruction, whether those 
attempts take the form of wall maps, textbooks, or source books. It urges 


DIETETICS IN INSTITUTIONS AND IN THE FIELD 551 


every teacher to see that his pupils have access to the files of the Hispanic- 
American Historical Review. It commends the recent proposal to translate 
into English and to publish national histories of Latin American countries in a 
“Bolivarian Historical Series’’; for such a series would be of inestimable value 
in making available to our students the views of Latin Americans concerning 
their history, government, and philosophy. Further, it believes that our 
university teachers can effectively promote the cause of Latin American history 
not only by contributing to the literature of that subject themselves but by 
encouraging competent graduate students to investigate salient topics in the 
bibliography and history of Spanish and Portuguese America. For in spite 
of the commendable efforts of native historians, there is a dire need of readable 
monographs on important topics in the national history of the Latin American 
States. 


























By Lucy MINNEGERODE, 
Superintendent of Nurses, United States Public Health Service 


OOD, its quality, quantity, and preparation, has been a vital 
question in all ages and for all people. 
Since the days when, according to legend and story, prim- 
itive man handling a piece of meat which had been inadver- 
tently cooked licked his finger and found it good, methods of cooking 
have been improved and extended until to-day cooking and the prep- 
aration of food has become not only an art but a recognized science. 
The nutrition worker and dietitian have come to stay, and their 
field of operations extends as their usefulness in various fields of 
endeavor is tested. 
It is a backward institution to-day in the United States which 
does not employ a dietitian for supervision of its food department. 
Universities are developing courses of instruction in home eco- 
nomics and dietetics leading to a degree of bachelor of science, such 
courses being outlined and approved by national organizations of 
workers. 
The food provided for the soldiers and sailors may make or break 
a nation. This is a broad statement, but apart from the necessity 
for nutritious and sustaining food for soldiers and sailors there is the 
necessity for providing for these men food which is also palatable 
and of the kind to which they are accustomed and which they like. 
In this country for the Army mess there is a per capita allowance 
of 50 cents a day. This is also the allowance for the Philippine 


552 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ° 


Scouts. The Navy allows 55 cents a day. Such an allowance for a 
ration prepared in large quantities in barracks or on ships should 
provide an excellent, well-balanced menu. 

The allowance for Government hospitals is in excess of these rates, 
and usually runs from 60 cents to $1.20 a day. The allowance for 
hospitals is greater than a general ration allowance, because of the 
special diets and because sick people need a higher quality of food, 
probably, than people who are up and about; particularly for the 
tuberculosis hospitals they need quantities of especially nourishing 
food. 

Since interest in scientific preparation of food has become an 
accepted fact, we hear much of a balanced ration, calories, vitamines, 
etc., and so much has been said and written of certain fundamental 
principles as applied to the nutriment of families that a balanced 
ration (a proper proportion of proteins, carbohydrates, fats, etc.) is 
generally found on the tables of those people who can afford to con- 
sider such a question. Among the poorer classes this balanced ration 
is not found, and as a result there develops among the poor, to a far 
greater extent than among the ‘well to do,” all sorts of diseases of a 
dietary nature. Malnutrition in infancy leads to further handicaps 
in later life. Of course, if persons in poor economic circumstances 
were better informed as to food values they could secure a much 
better balanced ration with the money they have to spend for food. 
The value of their ration is also dependent somewhat upon methods 
of cooking. Therefore, if poor people bought wisely and prepared 
their food well they would be much better nourished than if such were 
not the case even though there is a limited amount of money to be 
expended for food. 

The proper number of calories must be maintained, and the vita- 
mines, those life-giving properties, must be present in sufficient 
amount if the general health is to be built up and maintained. 

Therefore for a proper ration in the home a certain amount of 
knowledge of food values, how to buy and how to prepare the family 
ration, is essential. For institutions, dietitians, graduates of recog- 
nized schools and colleges have become a necessary part of the 
personnel. The dietitian takes charge of a dietary department. The 
nutritional worker is to the dietitian what the public health nurse is 
to the general nurse. She is a teacher in the field. Her efforts aro 
directed toward bringing to housewives a knowledge of how to bettcr 
prepare such food as they have, how to estimate a balanced ration, 
how to conserve surplus foods by the most approved methods cf 
canning and preserving, and what is meant by hygiene in relation to 
food. It is for this reason that field work and instruction by nut1i- 
tional workers among people of more moderate means has proved of 
immense value through teaching not only a better selection in foods 


DIETETICS [IN INSTITUTIONS AND IN THE FIELD 553 


but a better method of preparation, so that the nutritional qualities 
are safeguarded to the greatest extent. These activities are and 
must be coordinated with those of other health workers; chiefly the 
public health nurse, whose instruction would take in the general 
hygiene of the home, including naturally the cleanliness of kitchens, 
proper disposal of garbage, protection of water supplies from surface 
or other contamination. Close cooperation between all health 
workers is necessary, therefore, if the best results are to be obtained. 

Now comes the question of how the student can be best prepared to 
meet the great demands which will be made upon her and which she 
will be expected to meet. 





MAIN KITCHEN, U. S. MARINE HOSPITAL, STAPLETON, N. Y. 


1. Dietetic organizations have outlined courses for the training of 
dietitians, which must be accepted by and established in universities 
and colleges desiring to give such training. 

2. Institutions and organizations employing these workers demand 
and need a certain type of knowledge to obtain the desired results. 

3. The courses of instruction and the needs of the institution should 
be correlated to meet both needs. 

A. Course of instruction.—The course of instruction as outlined by 
the dietetic organizations includes in addition to English one language, 
the principals and methods of teaching, and many of the sciences, 
chemistry, zoology, psychology, sociology, physiology, bacteriology, 
physies, ete. The practical courses include cooking, food prepara- 
tion, experimental cookery and meal service, marketry, teaching and 
problems of nutrition, etc. The theoretical course, four years, is 


O04 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


followed by a practical course, under supervision, in a hospital dietetic 
department of four to six months. The course entitles the graduate 
to a degree of bachelor of science. Those students desiring to do 
field work—that is, teaching of nutrition in public schools or other 
fields are not required to take the six months’ hospital apprenticeship. 

B. Practical work in “institutions and other organizations.— 
Institutions and other organizations employing dietitians are more 
concerned with the development of the practical aspect of this 
profession. In hospitals dietitians in varying grades are assigned 
to the department. 

In their duties are included purchase of food supplies, employment 





MAIN KITCHEN IN MARINE HOSPITAL NO. 66 (NATIONAL LEPROSARIUM), 
CARVILLE, LA. 


A general view of the kitchen, showing battery of steam equipment—roasters, steamers, cereal cookers, 
and coffee and tea urns—30-foot oil-burning range, steam tables, and Bain Marie. Steam equipment 
is set in a depression in the floor, gradually sloped toward the center, which has a separate drain. 
There is also a live steam pipe here to which a wire-wrapped hose may be attached and the entire kitchen 
and all equipment sterilized; by doing this routinely once a week, with particular attention to corners 
and crevices as well as the under side of tables, etc., the kitchen is kept free of roaches, ants, and similar 
nuisances 


of kitchen help, waitresses, and maids for diet kitchens, proper 
preparation of food, outlining of menus for all personnel, preparation 
and serving of special diets, maintenance of discipline in mess halls 
and among employees of the department, responsibility for cleanli- 
ness and general hygiene of kitchens, storerooms, mess halls, and 
equipment, and many other incidental duties and tasks. 

It is seen, therefore, that in this profession there are combined 
both practical and scientific functions. The dietitian’s work is at 
once one of the most important and one of the most difficult activities 
of any hospital organization. Hours are long, since all meals for all 
types of personnel must be covered, and the apportionment must 
be checked up and carefully supervised. An accurate account of 


DIETETICS IN INSTITUTIONS AND IN THE’ FIELD 555 


waste must be kept. The allowance of one-third pound per day 
per ration is considered the minimum of necessary waste and includes 
both the edible and inedible residue. 

Since it is in this department that the greatest expenditure is 
made, so it is also here that the most effective economies may be 
practiced, not through the purchase of lower grade, cheaper foods, 
but through the elimination of unnecessary waste. In order to 
obtain desired results, therefore, the dietitian should frequently 
inspect the tray service and visit the patients in the wards so as to 
ascertain firstly if the patients are receiving sufficient food and 
secondly if this food is of a kind and quality which is acceptable and 
palatable. An unusual amount of edible refuse on served trays 
indicates inevitably one of two things: Either the portions served 
are too large or the food is not of the kind or quality which the 
patients desire. 


MEAT AND VEGE- 
TABLE PREPARA- 
TION ROOM 


United States Marine Hos- 
pital No. 66. Opening off 
this room are five cold- 
storage compartments for 
24-hour supplies. Equip- 
ment includes electric mix- 
ing machine, potato peeler, 
meat and vegetable chop- 
per, meat slicer, and silver 
polisher. Vegetable bins, 
tables, and sinks are con- 
veniently located. Food 
is not taken into the 
kitchen until. it is ready 
for cooking 





Nie 


The practical apprenticeship in institutions following the college 
course is given so that the student becomes thoroughly conversant 
with all these elements before she attempts to conduct the dietetic 
department of any institution. The chief dietitian in civilian hospi- 
tals is also expected to act as instructor in dietetics, both theoretical 
and practical, for student nurses. 

C. The question naturally arises, therefore, in view of the mani- 
fold duties which the dietitian must perform and the variety of 
types of personnel which must be fed and satisfied, whether the 
training is adequate to the needs. Combining, as it does, a practical 
with a scientific job, the balance between the two functions is a 
matter for very delicate adjustment. 

It is a question in the minds of many institutional administrators 
whether the practical aspects of the work are not sacrificed to the 
theoretical and scientific sides of it. 


556 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


It would seem, in view of the important practical character of this 
work, that more apprenticeship would be desirable. The sick person, 
below par in mind as well as body, with few interests beyond the 
daily hospital procedure and with possibly idiosyncrasies and fancies 
regarding food, must be understood, studied, and deferred to. 

Only a close contact with patients over a prolonged period of time 
can give this understanding point of view. 

In the Government hospitals the most acceptable dietitians are 
recruited from those schools, of which there are a few, which give 
practical experience along with their theoretical training. 

It is a self-evident fact that in a comparatively new profession the 





SUBSISTENCE STORE ROOM, U.S. MARINE HOSPITAL NO. 5, CHICAGO 


evidence of ability to do the practical job will soon bring recognition 
of the scientific angles of the dietitians’ duties. 

To-day many medical cases are treated largely by diet. Accuracy 
in the preparation of special therapeutic diets, therefore, becomes a 
necessity, and too great care can not be expended toward making 
these diets as accurate as a medical prescription. 

The position of dietitian in all institutions is analogous to that of 
the chief nurse in Government institutions or the superintendent of 
nurses in civilian hospitals. Both departments, nursing and dietetic, 
are so vitally necessary to the comfort and welfare of the patients 
that the closest cooperation between the department heads is essential 
if the best interests of the patients are to be served. Friction inside 


DIETETICS IN INSTITUTIONS AND IN THE FIELD 557 


an institution always results disadvantageously to those for whom 
the institution is established. 

The pay in Government hospitals ranges from $1,800 to $2,500 
with from $600 to $780 deducted for quarters, subsistence, and 
laundry. In civilian hospitals the pay range is approximately the 
same. For public health work or field work it may be higher, and 
in the fields outside the health activities it is still greater. 

This profession is still young. It has made great strides since the 
war in this country and each day sees new developments and oppor- 
tunities opening up. The field is almost limitless for the right 
woman given the right educational training, both practical and 
theoretical. 





DINING-ROOM COMPARTMENTS, MARINE HOSPITAL NO. 66 


There are four tables to each compartment. Two double windows, a lighting fixture, and an electric fan 
insure the maximum of air, light, and ventilation 


43851—27—Bull. 63 




















By Jos& Papin, Ph. D. 


Member of Advisory Council, Department of Spanish Studies, University of Porto 
Rico; Spanish-American Bureau, Instituto de las Espanas 


OMETHING like 10 years ago a young Porto Rican of unusual 
intelligence and originality entered one of the oldest univer- 
sities in the United States with the purpose of obtaining the 
degree of doctor in philosophy. During the course of his 

studies his professors advised him to devote himself to teaching, a 
profession in which they prophesied he would find a brillant career. 

‘‘And what do you really think of doing?” I inquired of him. 

“Return immediately to my own country,” he replied. ‘‘If it be 
true that God has endowed me with the talent my professors say I 
possess, and if I am really destined to do something worth while, the 
most natural thing is to give my country the benefit of the first fruits 
of my work.” 

The young man returned to his native land, and it was fully six 
months later when I ran across him again, this time on the eve of 
returning to the United States. 

“You see,” he said somewhat bitterly, “‘I was not a prophet in my 
own country after all.” 

“EXxplain yourself,’ I said. 

“Well, my countrymen were not willing to accept me as an 
authority in philosophy. Even my own uncle, a person of con- 
siderable political influence whose help I requested in removing the 
obstacles to my obtaining a modest professorship in the faculty of 
philosophy, ridiculed my pretensions. ‘Look here, Manolo,’ he said, 
‘we are not so ignorant as you think we are. We know the United 
States even better than you. Don’t think for a moment we don’t. 
The United States is the land of clever commercial experts, fine 
bankers, great engineers, and formidable captains of industry. But 
philosophers! No, sir, never; they do not flourish in that atmos- 
phere any more than the banana in the Arctic Circle, or wheat at 
the mouth of the Amazon. Everything has its proper habitat.’ 

“Tt was perfectly useless for me to mention Emerson, William 
James, or John Dewey. My uncle believes in some obscure law of 

558 


THE BOOK IN INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE 559 


compensation by virtue of which the land which produces excellent 
bankers and industrial captains can not possibly—perhaps shouldn’t— 
produce philosophers. And I would have you know,” my friend 
concluded, ‘‘that my uncle is a lawyer of good standing in a country 
where good jurisconsults abound. But, unfortunately, his entire 
knowledge of the United States is limited to half a dozen clichés as 
stereotyped as his ideas of cultural zones.” 

This episode dates back with the last expiring echoes of the World 
War. Between then and now much water has flowed under the 
bridge. My young friend has been called back to his country where 
he is now demonstrating the fruits of his clear intelligence and robust 
talent. In other words, he is now a “prophet” in his own country. 
‘““T had believed’’—for so the uncle confessed to him—‘‘that the 
breed of philosophers in the United States had ended with Emerson, 
and that the youthful culture of the United States had been smoth- 
ered beneath an avalanche of dollars. But I see that this is not 


so. ... Tell me something more of William James, John Dewey, 
and that other Yankee with a Spanish heart and name: George 
Santayana.” 


The belief that it was impossible to produce seasoned intellectual 
and spiritual fruit in the United States was at that time unfortunately 
quite general in Hispanic America—a misconception clearly due to 
the scanty intellectual interchange between the American peoples. 
The American Republics imported their manufactured articles from 
the United States, and their ideas from Europe. The United States 
might be the home of the locomotive and canned food, but Europe, 
particularly France, was the home of pure science and the fine arts. 

This ignorance was mutual. Hispanic America in the United 
States was regarded merely as the source of coffee, hides, beef, 
fertilizer, petroleum, precious metals and revolutions; they quite 
ignored the fact that those peoples, in addition to robust bodies 
full of life, also possessed souls capable of the deepest emotions and 
of a self-revelation both delicate and beautiful. Hispanic-American 
culture did not reach the United States; neither the writers nor their 
works were received. What did with some frequency reach this 
country, in addition to cargoes of raw material, was an occasional 
party chief in defeat, the free lance, and fugitive from justice. 

Neither did the culture of the United States reach the countries 
to the southward, in any true sense. The representative of North 
American civilization best known in Latin America, the representa- 
tive making the deepest impression, was without any manner of 
doubt the commission agent. The intellectuals of the United States 
very rarely visited the other American republics and, when they did, 
it was with a definite purpose—to study the fauna, flora or pre- 
Columbian monuments. The existing present culture did not interest 


060 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


them at all, and consequently little or no effort was made either to 
become acquainted with, or to make themselves known to, their 
natural colleagues in those countries. Finally, the product of the 
United States press which enjoyed the widest circulation in Latin 
America was the commercial catalogue, published in such barbarous 
Spanish or Portuguese that it frequently became the occasion of 
the strangest misconceptions and the subject of ribald mirth—as in 
the case of a certain silk hat. 

It appears that a certain South American gentleman received one 
of these flamboyant catalogues advertising the most diverse wares— 
from drugs to clothing—to be delivered by mail, at extremely low 
cost. In the belief that a certain article listed therein at an incred- 
ibly modest price was a fine silk hat, which if ordered would be 
sent postage, registration, and insurance against theft and_ ship- 
wreck all free, he hastened to send the necessary postal money 
order, together with the request that shipment. be made by first 
steamer. After waiting two months, a parcel post package arrived, 
admirably wrapped and fully insured by land and sea. His wife 
quickly unwrapped the parcel only to pause in stupefied amazement: 

“Took here, Juan, this article would be simply priceless for boiling 
potatoes but, frankly, I can’t see you going to Sunday mass in it.” 
An enameled saucepan had been sent, instead of the hat, as listed in 
the alleged Spanish catalogue! 

But this mutual ignorance rapidly disappears as the cultural 
relations between the Hispanic-American peoples multiply. North 
and South Americans understand each other much better to-day 
than yesterday, and there are well-founded reasons for believing 
that they will increasingly continue to do so, and that this better 
knowledge and understanding will bring with it that mutual appre- 
ciation and respect so greatly to be desired. 

Each year sees a greater number of students from the Hispanic- 
American countries taking advanced courses in the principal uni- 
versities of the United States, and it would be a great mistake to. 
think that these courses are always commercial or engineering. On 
the contrary, a constantly increasing number of students matriculate 
in the faculties of philosophy where they take courses in the history 
and civilization of the New World, as also in European languages and 
culture. Still others—and their number is considerable—perfect 
themselves in methods and practice of teaching by entering one of 
the several colleges for teachers which enjoy a universal reputation. 

Another stream of students, each year greater, goes from the 
United States to the republics south of the Rio Grande. Almost a 
thousand students and teachers from this country enrolled last 
year for the summer course offered by the University of Mexico. 
And they do not do this with the sole objective of perfecting their 


THE BOOK IN INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE 561 


knowledge of Spanish but also of familiarizing themselves to some 
degree at least with Mexican art and culture in general. Still others 
enter South American universities to complete research work related 
to the history and culture of those republics. ‘‘Merchants of light,” 
these students have been called by a distinguished educator in the 
United States. It is indeed a happy phrase. 

But intellectual intercourse between the countries of the two 
Americas is not limited to the simple interchange of students. Dur- 
ing recent years, through the principal cultural centers of these 
United States have passed some of the most eminent Hispano- 
American educators, writers, and thinkers, among whom may be 
mentioned: Nelson, Palacios, and Alberini from Argentina; Gabriela 
Mistral and Salas Marchan of Chile; Méndez Pereira of Panama; 
Vasconcelos, Pruneda, and Puig Casaurane of Mexico. From the 
United States have gone to the southern republics men of the intel- 
lectual caliber of Dewey, Monroe, and Lindsay. Veritable ambas- 
sadors of light and peace, both those who come and those who go. 

The University of Puerto Rico, where United States, Spanish, and 
Hispanic-American elements collaborate harmoniously, aware of its 
strategic position in the cultural forefront of the Americas, is being 
so organized that in her lecture halls the students of the New World 
may become familiar with the two fundamental cultures of the 
American Continent and, by bringing to the head of her various 
faculties such authoritative interpreters, that no opportunity of 
fomenting a closer intellectual interchange between the Hispanic 
and Anglo-Saxon cultures may be lost. 

It is evident, then, that both in the United States and in Hispanic 
America there exists to-day a deeply rooted desire to know the 
spiritual side of their neighbors, and moreover that this desire is 
being translated into action. The commercial agent is no longer 
the only nor even the chief link between the United States and the 
southern republics; nor is the defeated party chief in disgruntled 
exile the only exponent, here, of those sister nations. Both have 
been displaced by the ‘merchants and ambassadors of light.” 
Neither can it truthfully be said that the commercial catalogue is 
the United States publication of widest circulation in Latin America, 
for it has been obliged to cede that place to a very different type of 
publication—the United States textbook. 

The book has always perhaps been one of the most readily ex- 
changeable articles in the cultural commerce—if we may be per- 
mitted to so express it—between countries—perhaps because it is 
the most tangible of all spiritual fruits. Who can doubt that the 
extraordinary influence of France in Hispanic-American thought 
during the whole of the nineteenth century was due to the French 
book which crossed the Atlantic in uncounted numbers. And it is 


562 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


only natural that the interest in books should have kept pace with the 
cultural interchange effected between the two Americas. 

This growing literary production aroused a most lively curiosity 
in this country, so much so, that it has been necessary to organize 
courses of Hispanic-American literature in the universities and 
publish, with critical notes and vocabularies, the master works of 
that literature in order to satisfy the endless number of students 
desirous of Knowing the culture of the southern republics. In addi- 
tion to a notable history of Hispanic-American literature, a number 
of individual works have recently been published in the United States 
among which may be mentioned the Mexican novel “La Navidad en 
las Montanas”’ (Christmas Among the Mountains), by Altamirano; 
the Colombian novel ‘‘Maria’’ by Jorge Isaacs; the Argentine novel 
“Amalia” by José Marmol, and the Brazilian novel, ‘Innocencia’”’ by 
Taunay. The university libraries, which are legion, are constantly 
adding to their collections of books, reviews, monographs, and 
Hispanic-American documents. The principal book dealers of the 
country now habitually import books from Cuba, Mexico, Chile, 
Argentina, Uruguay, and other American Republics. 

And something similar is occuring in Hispanic-America with books 
from the United States. People there learn English to read books in 
the original; they are read in translation; and, in the case of a notable 
treatise on mathematics, physics, chemistry, or geology, it is fre- 
quently studied in English in the universities. Textbooks in algebra, 
geometry, and trigonometry, for example, the series by Wells, are 
used in English in various Hispanic-American schools and colleges. 

The textbook is, in truth, the last word in bookmaking in the 
United States. The print shops in which it is set up, printed, and 
bound are invariably the finest and best equipped in the country; 
the operatives who make it are among the most skilled and best 
paid in the country. In the forests of Canada grow thousands of 
trees destined only to provide pulp for the manufacture of paper to 
be used in textbooks. Poets, story-tellers, those learned in-folklore, 
and masters of the pencil and brush devote their lives to writing, 
collecting, adapting, and illustrating material to the greater glory 
of the national textbook. 

For the scientific and pedagogic preparation of the work there are 
special and complicated organizations in which, in one form or 
another, the most eminent teachers and men of science of the nation 
collaborate. In the first place a large number of publishing firms 
specialize exclusively in textbooks. The editorial staffs of such 
houses are divided into various sections corresponding to primary, 
secondary, and higher education. These sections are usually sub- 
divided in various ways, and at the head of each department is an 
expert who has a thorough knowledge of everything relating to the 
type of book published under his direction: The subject matter, the 


THE BOOK IN INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCKH 563 


methodology of its teaching, the curriculum requirements, the 
teachers of greatest reputation, and—this is most important—those 
best fitted to write textbooks on any given subject. These editorial 
heads rarely write textbooks themselves, their mission being to dis- 
cover the most competent authors and get them to write the book 
required by prevailing pedagogical thought and practice. These 
publishing houses, moreover, employ readers, critics, and special 
advisers throughout the nation who, as a rule, are the cream of the 
teaching profession in public and private schools, from the kinder- 
garten teacher to the professor of philosophy in the most authoritative 
universities. The fruit of this vast organization is a textbook which 
faithfully reflects the pedagogical thought of any given moment. 
If the prevailing theories are bad, it may be poor, but it will never be 
an improvisation. 

The United States textbook does not become fossilized. Like 
Malherbe’s roses, it lives the short space of the fresh morning-tide and 
then dies, that is, undergoes complete revision or is replaced by an 
entirely new text. There are countries in which three to five genera- 
tions have learned to read from the same antediluvian primer, as if 
the art of teaching children to read had reached its apogee toward the 
close of the eighteenth century—but this does not happen in the 
United States. Nor does the United States for one moment have any 
part in prolonging the life of those handbooks of archaic and undi- 
gested science which still linger, here and there, in the world. For 
the schools of pedagogy in this country are intensely active labora- 
tories, whose discoveries are promptly spread abroad by numerous 
reviews which, carefully read by a majority of the teaching profession, 
exercise a very considerable influence on educational thought and 
school practice in general. These and other similar reasons have 
made the United States textbook the best example of bookmaking 
this country has to offer to the republics south of the Rio Grande. 

Democracy in the United States rests squarely on the public school, 
attendance at which is free and compulsory. And since the loftiest 
thought and that amazing creative and executive genius which has 
always distinguished this nation are alike at the service of the public 
school, the foundations of the Republic will never be undermined. 
Among the many agencies invented or perfected to increase the 
efficiency of the school the pupil’s textbook, by common consent, 
occupies the place of honor, especially the elementary textbook, 
which is universally recognized as the best in content, arrangement, 
and manufacture. 

It is now more than 50 years since the United States textbooks first 
began to circulate through the Hispanic countries of America. The 
publishers with sound judgment sought from the beginning, and 
sometimes obtained, the collaboration of eminent Hispanic-American 
educators and thinkers in adapting and translating into Spanish ap- 
propriate works as, also, in writing completely original texts in which 


564 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the excellent material and pedagogical qualities of the United States 
textbooks would be combined with acontent adapted to the educational 
needs in those republics. Among the first authors and adapters may 
be mentioned José Abelardo Ntifez, Kugenio Maria de Hostos, 
General Alejandro Ybarra, and José Manuel Marroquin. Later the 
collaboration of many other eminent teachers and writers was 
obtained, of whom may be cited José Enrique Varona, Manuel 
Fernandez Juncos, Enrique C. Hernandez, Peter H. Goldsmith, 
Octavio Méndez Pereira, Guillermo A. Sherwell, Isabel Keith 
Macdermott, Alejandro Fuenmayor, Juan B. Huyke, Luis A. Baralt, 
and Pedro Henriquez Urefia. 

The textbook for the primary school, as already stated, is the best 
of all the United States schoolbooks: The best in manufacture, plan, 
and content. As a rule, two or more authors collaborate in writing 
it: The one contributes a rich classroom experience, the other, solid 
scientific knowledge, the resulting book being closely adapted to 
the pupil’s mental capacity and to the most exigent scientific standards. 
The specialist, everywhere, writes for the specialist; it is very difficult, 
if not impossible, for him to write at the level of the child mind. 
Nevertheless, the collaboration of the specialist is necessary in the 
preparation of the geography, hygiene, or history textbook, no 
matter how elementary, and the solution is a well planned collabo- 
ration in which the specialist is responsible for the scientific truth, 
while his co-author, the experienced teacher, humanizes and brings 
this truth within the grasp of the average child’s intelligence. 

Everyone knows that the most typical and outstanding American 
textbook is the primary reader; indeed, it might be said without 
serious exaggeration that, in thé United States at least, this is the 
book to which the publisher devotes the most time, money, and 
attention. The teaching of reading is perhaps the most highly 
specialized in the country, and it also provides the favorite and 
most worked field for the pedagogical investigator. The extraor- 
dinary attention devoted to reading is due in part to the difficulties 
of English spelling, which enormously complicate the problem of 
teaching a child to read, in itself a sufficiently difficult task. This 
difficulty, however, far from being an obstacle, has proved, in the 
United States at least, to be the most fruitful stimulus both to 
psychologists and teachers in their really brilliant solution, as 
embodied in the modern primary reader. 

It is, therefore, perfectly natural that of all United States text- 
books, it was the elementary reader which from the beginning 
received the warmest welcome in Hispanic America. Indeed, no 
more pertinent example could be cited of the mission of the book 
in inter-American cultural commerce or its réle as the common 
exponent and interpreter of the two dominant civilizations of 
America, than one widely known series of readers,! of which well 





1D. C. Heath and Co., New York. 


THE BOOK IN INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE 565 


on to a million copies have gone from the United States to every 
country of Latin America. Nor could a better example be found of 
the intelligent care and workmanship, alike in content, method, and 
material presentation, on the part of the United States textbook 
publisher, than this series of books—a care and workmanship equal 
to and, if anything, even greater than in books for home consumption. 
The series referred to is neither a translation into Spanish nor a 
mere imitation of similar textbooks used in the United States, but 
rather the fusion of essentially representative ideas, Hispanic and 
Anglo-Saxon, as to what constitutes a good reading text for young 
children. The author, who has devoted the best years of her life to 
promoting a wider cultural exchange between the American peoples, 
evidently had a clear vision of what must be done to bring about 
closer spiritual relations between these peoples, and because of a 
thorough knowledge of their language and psychology was singularly 
well fitted to bring a work of this nature to a happy conclusion. 

It may surprise the average reader to know that another very 
popular type of book in the Hispanic-American countries is the 
modern work on psychology, such as Dewey’s ‘‘How We Think,”’ 
both in English and in Spanish version—the latter by Alejandro 
Jascalevich, formerly of the University of La Plata—as also works 
on almost any aspect of modern pedagogic thought and practice. 

Space forbids mention of other and better known types of books, 
such as fiction, history, and poetry, in each of which inter-American 
exchange is not only already appreciable but slowly and constantly 
increasing. Indeed, the amount of occasional verse from English 
and United States sources which, in adequate Spanish version, is 
circulating in the periodic press of the Hispanic-American countries 
is truly amazing; while, thanks to such indefatigable Pan American- 
ists as Alice Stone Blackwell, Harriet Munroe, Elijah Clarence Hills, 
Muna Lee and Thomas Walsh, to mention but a few, an even larger 
amount from Hispanic-American sources is circulating, in English 
version, in the United States. 

In general the mission of the book in inter-American “cultural 
commerce”’ is clear and direct, namely, to serve as a vehicle for intel- 
lectual intercourse between the peoples of America and as a crucible 
for the constant fusion of ideas. Like the bee, it should both give 
and take and, in its never ceasing journeyings to and from the coun- 
tries of America, contribute to the fertilization of both cultures. It 
should spread Hispanic culture here, and Anglo-Saxon culture there, 
to the end that the peoples of both continents may know each other 
by their spiritual fruits as, to-day, they know each other by their 
material products; and that, just as they are mutually benefited by 
the exchange of raw materials and finished products, so they may 
also benefit by the interchange of ideas, and become, in turn, ‘‘mer- 
chants of light.” 





‘ 


SOME MODERN HOTELS IN 





y 


~~ 








HOTEL SEVILLA-BILTMORE, HABANA, CUBA 


LATIN AMERICAN CAPITALS 





BILTMORE, HABANA 
the hotel. 


HOTEL SEVILLA 


The grillroom 


Lower 


: A lobby in 


Upper 


SOME MODERN HOTELS IN 


\\ 


SAS 





HOTEL PLAZA, HABANA, CUBA 


View taken from Central Park 


LATIN AMERICAN CAPITALS 


* 
~ 
‘3 
¥ 
¥ 
% 
F 
& 
# 
¥ 
¥ 
¥ 
E 
& 
¥ 
¥ 
id 
- 
ld 
¥ 
¥ 





Vdd 


HOTEL PLAZA, HABANA, CUBA 


Upper: One end of the convention hall, on the roof. Lower: The roof garden, overlooking the city. 


SOME MODERN HOTELS IN 





HOTEL REGIS, MEXICO CITY, MEXICO 


A unique feature of this hostelry is the theater, with a seating capacity of 1,100 


LA'TIN AMERICAN CAPITALS 





HOTEL REGIS, MEXICO CITY, MEXICO 


Upper: The lobby. Lower: A corner of the Maya salon 


SOME MODERN HOTELS IN 





OOTXHW ‘ALIO OOTXEWN ‘AAUNDD 'TULOH 


ee oe 


LATIN AMERICAN CAPITALS 





HOTEL GENEVE, MEXICO CITY, MEXICO 


Upper: Grand lobby of the hotel. Note the unusual windows of stained glass. Lower: The Colonial 
room 





sl—2/—Bull. 64 





DIVISION OF EABOR BY SEXES 

















By GasrieLta MIsTRAL 


Distinguished Chilean Educator and Poet; Technical Adviser in Latin American 
Affairs, International Institute of Intellectual Cooperation of the League of Nations 


OMAN’S entrance into the field of labor, that most serious 

phenomenon of our times, should have brought with it 

a reorganization of the working world. This, however, 

it did not do, the result being the state of actual bar- 

barism which I am about to discuss. In order to unburden myself, 
I shall begin by expressing my viewpoint on feminism. 

Contemporary civilization, so-called, which is supposed to be the 
result of ordered and methodical processes both material and intel- 
lectual, a rule of conduct in a badly upset world, has not thus far 
straightened our minds with respect to that fundamentally essential 
thing, the division of labor in accordance with the sex of the workers. 

Woman has now entered each human task. According to the 
feminists, this is a triumphal moment, a vindication, tardy but praise- 
worthy, of woman’s ability which, according to them, is equal to 
man’s. Personally, I am not aware of any such triumphal entrance, 
nor do I perceive any such consummate success as they describe. 

I find, instead, that the brutality of the factory now extends to 
woman; that unions of unbeautifuland deadening trades haveadmitted 
woman to their ranks; that woman has been caught in the quagmire 
of professions of no spiritual significance whatever, of unadulterated 
and hideous greed. Before opening these doors, 1t was necessary to 
know just what doors should be opened, and before setting foot into 
the new territory, that being abandoned should have been coolly and 
deliberately appraised. 

Woman herself is the chief culprit in this result. She wanted to 
be admitted, no matter to what; she was eager to enter wherever 
man entered; the unknown was to her a palace in a fairy-tale. It 
can not be denied that her entrance into the masculine trades and 
occupations has been rapid, at the dizzy speed with which one falls 
over a precipice. We already had the woman physician—all praise 
to this innovation—but offsetting her we now have the chauffeuse; 
contrasted with the children’s lawyer in the juvenile court, we have 
the woman street-sweeper; contrasted with the woman university 





1 Translated from La Nueva Democracia, New York, March and April, 1927. 


574 


A NEW ORGANIZATION OF LABOR SD) 


professor is the woman employed in the explosives and ammunition 
factory, the unhappy vender of newspapers and the street-car 
conductor. That is to say, women have entered at one and the 
same time the most noble professions and the most ignominious and 
wretched trades. 

It is a significant symptom of the times that in the last Interna- 
tional Suffrage Congress held in Paris a well-known and representa- 
tive woman submitted a proposal, which was given to the French 
press, ‘‘to repeal one by one the laws granting special privileges to 
working women which thus place them on a different footing from 
men workers.’ This proposal, the absurdity of which is beyond 
adjectival qualification, includes the suppression of the so-called 
“chair law’’ providing seats for women during working hours, and 
the leave granted a working woman a month before and a month after 
childbirth. The proponent expressed her belief that such privileges 
lessened a woman’s right to the franchise and other legal prerogatives 
of men. Her supporters talked of ‘‘mathematically exact justice,” 
‘“‘nure logic,’ and other nonsense. 

Discussions such as the foregoing serve, by their very grotesque- 
ness, to set limits, to crystallize ideas, and to draw the moral in these 
amazing assemblies of the wise and foolish virgins. There is the 
camp of ultra-amazons and super-valkyries who demand, with a 
daring which inspires me with more pity than irritation, compulsory 
military service and the suppression of sex from the language. 

But there are others who firmly believe that new legisla- 
tion should be motivated by the imperative of physiology, which 
may be more or less expressed as follows: Woman will be equal to 
man when she no longer nourishes her child and when her body no 
longer serves creative ends—in other words, some day in one of those 
planets which theosophists explore in their astral bodies. 

I am not yet convinced of the much-trumpeted mental equality 
of the sexes; I do not always go even as far as the feminist ‘‘right 
wing,’ and I therefore hesitate to answer in the affirmative the ques- 
tion a thousand times propounded: ‘‘Are you a feminist?” It 
almost seems more honorable to utter a downright ‘‘no,’’ when I 
haven’t time to qualify a long declaration of principles. 

In view of all this, some sort of program of the feminist right would 
appear to be necessary. As the very heart of such a program I 
would suggest this article: We demand that human labor be so 
organized that all work will fall into three groups: Group A, pro- 
fessions or trades reserved exclusively for men either because of the 
greater physical strength or superior creative ability required; 
Group B, professions or trades reserved exclusively for women be- 
cause of the physical ease with which they can be carried out or their 
direct relation to the child; and Group C, professions or trades open in- | 
differently to both men or women. 


576 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The first division offers widely contrasting occupations: Those 
involving only brute strength or manual labor and those which are 
factors in the guidance and direction of the world. In it would be 
found workers of all ranks, from the coal miner to a new Aristotle, 
the philosophical and political counselor of nations. The second 
group would serve to exclude men from those occupations which 
tend to effeminize or lessen masculine dignity. The third group 
would embrace occupations impossible to define as masculine or 
feminine, and which demand only a medium amount of strength. 
These would not be exhausting for women nor inadequate or ridicu- 
lous for men. 

I have no desire to see a woman as chief justice in a high tribunal, 
in spite of the fact that I think she has a very real place in the juve- 
nile court. The problem of justice in the higher courts is the most 
complex of the world’s many problems; it requires a genuine maturity 
of conscience, and a wide all-embracing vision of human passions, 
never, or almost never, found in woman. Neither, in spite of all 
the Elizabeths and Isabellas, do I wish to see a queen in power, 
because the government of a queen is almost always that of her min- 
isters, wise or otherwise. And I feel a physical nausea for those 
monstrous attempts at military service which have been made in 
Russia and which some are trying to introduce into Fascist Italy. 
This, too, in spite of Joan of Arc; ves, even in spite of the great deeds 
of that poor peasant girl of France which mark an hour in which men 
must have sunk to I know not what depth. The worst thing that 
could happen to a woman in this world is that she should become the 
miraculous contrast to the political or other corruption of man, 
her natural guide, her natural defender, her natural hero. 

To make Madame Curie the ground for claiming that the presidency 
of a nation should be open to women is desperate and illogical reason- 
ing. And it is also the height of ingenuousness to claim the Papacy 
for women simply because there was once a Saint Teresa—who would 
most certainly have declined with a dry wit, if even a cardinalate 
had been suggested for her. 

The new organization of labor which I have been discussing would 
be based upon the principle that women should seek their trades 
within the mission marked out for them by nature. I shall proceed 
now to explain my idea of that mission. 

Woman’s natural place—and when I say natural, I mean aesthetic 
also—is never far from the child or the suffering—the latter, because 
of their need, being also children. Her natural professions are those of 
teacher, physician or nurse, social welfare worker, defender of juvenile 
delinquents, a writer of literature for children, children maker of 
toys—to mention the principal of many. 








A NEW ORGANIZATION OF LABOR ST 


In the rich field of medicine and the arts and trades which serve 
the child there is abundant room for all women, and from this, her 
kingdom, she must never be exiled by men nor should she brook mas- 
culine competition therein. There is no need, therefore, to bridge the 
abyss to masculine trades, either in pure daring or for the insensate 
pleasure of measuring arms with men. 

When the home was first apportioned as woman’s only sphere, she 
may perhaps have fretted at its limited space, and like the squirrel 
in the zoo attempted to escape over the barriers. But that limited 
domain has in our time been enlarged ten, twelve, or fifteen fold. 
To encourage woman to enter the field of masculine occupations is 
either foolish or wicked; foolish, in that she will rarely do as good 
work as the natural worker therein, and wicked, because the sudden 
generosity with which man has accepted woman’s cooperation 
includes a mercenary element, since the former companion for whose 
maintenance he was voluntarily responsible has converted herself 
into a worker who brings in half the domestic budget. 

So long as woman’s work is ruled by the tutelary genius of the 
child, so long as her eyes are fixed upon the child and she develops 
in this wholesome atmosphere, her occupations will be invested with 
the dignity and beauty characteristic of everything relating to 
childhood. There is nothing disquieting or irritating—much less 
distasteful—in the woman thus occupied. 

It would be a profound satisfaction to see councils for the super- 
vision of primary education composed entirely of women, and other 
boards and commissions for supervising factories where women 
are employed similarly composed. But my blood rises wrathfully 
when I remember hew a chauffeuse whom I knew, in a country | do 
not wish to name, waited until dawn for her passenger in a tempera- 
ture below freezing. And the Russian Brunhilde in her heavy boots 
and perspiration-soaked breeches after a forced march is a repulsive 
sight, and that group of women cleaning the railway tracks, bent 
over like animals under the burning sun of the [lapel range, of which 
a paper from my own province tells me, is to me as infuriating as an 
act of Tartar barbarism. 

The Belgian socialist minister Anseele recently denounced in 
wrathful words the barbarous conditions in which some women 
work in the dye industry. Half nude, because of the heated tempera- 
ture of the workroom, mingling with the men workers, working in a 
dense steam, they become inevitably brutalized by what is so often 
referred to as ‘“‘sacred”’ work, ‘‘the will of God.’ Such abnormali- 
ties as these spring from the fact that human labor is not organized 
on the basis of the difference between the sexes. 

A clever Spanish lady once said to me, in speaking of feminism: 
“This partial or absolute abandonment of young children and the 
sick, demands the creation of a third sex to fulfill the duties which 


578 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


women are beginning to reject.”’ ‘‘An angel is needed,”’ I rejoined, 
‘“‘to gather up the children now pushed aside as of no account.” But 
as the angels still remain in heaven, there is nothing for it but to 
strike a bargain with the rebellious women to the end that, for 
a pecuniary recompense, they will exercise their womanly qualities in 
their legitimate field. 

J am aware, however, that not all employed women are rebels and 
that at least a third of their number is composed of those obliged to 
labor. There is the widow; and more especially there is the wife of 
the wretch who has abandoned both her and her children—an 
artificial widow, in sadder plight than the other. 

I am speaking, however, particularly for those whose plea has 
often wrung my heart: We want to work, either at home or in some 
manner which will not interfere with our domestic life. 

There is something divine about the work done in the light of a 
child’s face, as I have found in my own experience. When I have 
written a roundelay for children, my day is really bathed in heavenly 
erace, my very breathing is more rhythmic, and my face regains the 
smile lost in thankiess tasks. The effort may not have differed from 
that exerted in writing an article on another theme, but something 
not of this earth bathes my senses and refreshes my worn body. 

While copying one of’ my stories for children, a typist said to me: 
‘You have no idea with what a different touch I do this, after having 
copied 30 sheets of figures whose columns weighed upon me like lead.”’ 
Her undoubted place, occupied, alas, by a usurping man, was In a 
firm publishing children’s books, copying stories. 

The crime of taking a body formed fiber by fiber for compassion 
or for maternity into the factory and other stultifying occupations 
can not be committed with impunity. The invisible Ordainer exists, 
the Law-Giver of human economy who, unseen, has nevertheless 
graven His law in the curve of a woman’s breast, in her compassionate 
eye, her slender hand. 

We women must right-about-face; we must return to our own place; 
this second entrance of women into the house of the Child is urgent, 
whether as penitents—and from Ellen Key on there are many who 
have corrected their opinions—or as those who were unwillingly 
drawn away and have never ceased yearning for what is truly theirs. 

What is ours must be ceded to us: In the shoe industry, we shall 
make children’s footwear; in carpentry, children’s toys; in the 
newspaper, we shall write for children; in medicine, we shall give 
preference to the child health clinic, rather than the ward for syphilitic 
cases, as happened in a certain hospital which shall be nameless, 
where in an outburst of cynicism a group of women students was 
assigned to care for the patients. 

And this return of woman to her own is beginning to be urgent. 








MA “adele ANC ee 
sale COUNT’ PRIES 











< 














Cy 

















By P. A. Inevason 


Consulting Agronomist 


HE fact is well conceded the world over that soil deteriora- 
tion is a factor of greatest significance in all the newer 
regions where bonanza farming has been carried on. 

The famous Country Life Commission, which was ap- 
pointed by President Roosevelt during his régime, stated in its 
official report, which was based upon extended and searching investi- 
gation into every aspect of the rural industries: ‘‘This lessening of 
soil fertility is marked in every part of the United States, even in the 
richest lands of the prairies. It marks the pioneer stage of land 
usage. It has now become an acute national danger, and the eco- 
nomic, social, and political problems arising out of it must at once 
receive the best of attention of statesmen. The attention that has 
been given to these questions is wholly inadequate to the urgency of 
the danger involved. ”’ 

Through the influence of the President and a group of public- 
spirited and far-sighted citizens, public sentiment was aroused and 
the conservation policy in the United States was launched as an 
economic issue. There is no gainsaying the fact that the results 
have been very great indeed and far-reaching. Especially since the 
World War has there been evinced a material improvement in the 
different methods of field husbandry as it relates to control of erosion, 
conservation of humus, and the inauguration of a systematic crop 
rotation. 

As a matter of fact, the greatest single factor in the conservation 
of arable soil in the United States is to be found in the application 
of leguminous plants, both as standard crops in the rotation and 
green manures, thus constituting by far the safest, yet most econom- 
ical and effective means for maintenance of soil fertility. It is no 
exaggeration to say that the time is coming when the rank and file 
of the farmers of North America will be recognizing legumes as an 
indispensable thing in almost every system of soil husbandry. 

There is one State in particular where experimentation and demon- 
stration of the enormous capabilities of these valuable crop plants 

579 





A FIELD OF “CAJANUS” 


Grown for seed in the San Joaquin Valley, California, This particular legume is most excellent green 
crop manure for various soil types in tropical regions 





A FIELD OF “GRAMILLA DULCE” 


A wonderful perennial forage plant growing in the mountains of California. This plant was introduced 
from the Mediterranean region 


SOIL FERTILITY IN LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES 581 


has gone farther afield than elsewhere. That State is California. 
By virtue of its wide range of climate, as well as diverse topographical 
features and varied types of soil, California constitutes from an 
ecological point of view the most wonderful testing ground for new 
crops and new methods in field technique. 

It has been the writer’s privilege during the past seven years to 
have been engaged in field investigations pertaining to leguminous 
plants of tropical origin as well as those of the warmer regions of the 
Temperate Zone, especially with regard to adaptation of those 
crops for green manurial purposes in California, horticulture and 





A FIG ORCHARD IN CALIFORNIA 


Intensive fertilization (green manuring) is practiced, coupled with judicious pruning and _ irrigation. 
The yield of fresh figs from 60 acres amounts to about 360 tons in an average crop year 


agriculture, and also for certain specific industrial purposes, such 
as the production of vegetable oil, vegetable proteins, and fibers. 

During this period of work, several new and highly important 
facts have come to light. For instance, the discovery that a great 
many of the tropical legumes will produce in California an abundant 
seed crop under average field conditions such as there obtain, 
constitutes a fact of great economic significance, as it lends encourage- 
ment to the tropical plantation industry in that this industry will 
be enabled to secure a better grade of seed and even at a lower 
cost than could be produced under humid tropical conditions. 


582 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Secondly, the general methods and mode of tillage where green 
manures have been grown has been radically changed, resulting 
in greater economy in expenses incurred as well as the most phe- 
nomenal results in the way of increment in the stores of soil humus, 
intensification in bacterial flora of the soil, and effective conservation 
of soil nitrogen. 

Thirdly, the development of field technique in growing and har- 
vesting of legumes has placed several o these new crops in a line of 
staples. Suffice it to mention, a new type of seed drill permits of 
absolute regulation of spacing of the seed rows at any given distance 
apart as well as control of the spacing of the individual seeds in 





A NEW TYPE OF SEED DRILL 


This drill, which is used specially for handling seeds of tropical species of legumes, regulates the spacing 
of seed rows and controls the spacing of individual seeds 


the row, which factor enables the farmer to gauge the rate of seeding 
according to the available moisture supply in the ground and also in 
accordance with the purpose for which the crop is grown, be it as an 
industrial crop, for seed or for fertilizer. Still another thing of 
general importance is the development of a thresher which has 
capacity of about one-third more tonnage of seed during the average 
working day than the ordinary thresher of any standard make hereto- 
fore in use. Moreover, the new thresher does cleaner and better work 
than the old machine. 

Again, the designing and building of a new type of tillage tools 
has reduced the cost of row cultivation to a remarkable extent. At 


SO1L FERTILITY IN LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES 983 


the present time it is entirely feasible to use a motor tiller for culti- 
vating legumes covering four, six, or even nine rows simultaneously. 

Fourthly, the phys ological characteristics of these new crops have 
been studied intensively and in great detail. For example, the 
seasonal adaptation of each individual species and to a given environ- 
mental condition as well as their responses to different modes of 
tillage and irrigation have been carefully investigated. 

When taken in their entirety, all of those factors open up a vast 
field for application of legumes in the plantation industry of semi- 


SULTANINA GRAPES 


Twenty-four pounds were 
produced on a 22-inch 
section of fruit-bearing 
cane. Whole vineyards 
produce, under modern 
methods of green manur- 
ing and general good han- 
dling, an average yield of 
20 tons of grapes per acre 





tropical and tropical regions such as one encounters in Central and 
South America. Take there as an illustration the sugar-cane planta- 
tions of Cuba. The fact is admitted freely by intelligent plantation 
operators that after a few years of cane growing the land becomes 
hard and half sterile. To discard the plantations and move a mill 
into a new locality is coming to be recognized as an unsound and 
even an infeasible economic policy. How much more economical 
and sensible would it not be to employ legumes systematically in 
rotation with the sugar cane and in that manner never to allow the 
land to get out of high condition nor to revert to the jungle! 


584 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


There is even a greater scope for soil conservation on the light and 
loose hill lands of Central America which have been exploited for 
plantation crops, such as bananas and coffee. Throughout this terri- 
tory erosion is an everlasting menace, and every intelligent person 
can realize that the gradual washing of the fine-grained soil particles 
down the slope spells eventually the ruination of the land beyond 
redemption. Consequently, it would seem quite reasonable to adopt 
legumes for culture under such circumstances, using them as a 





A RECENT GRAPE INTRODUCTION 


One of the several high quality and heavy yielding varieties of table grapes introduced in California in 
recent years. Along with the Eurasian legumes utilized for fertilization of fruit land, California is 
rapidly acquiring the meritorious grape varieties of Western Asia 


eround cover for checking erosion and conserving the organic matter 
of the soil. 

Finally, one might consider the tremendously great field which 
exists for augmenting the yield of forage in the semiarid Andean 
regions and the Patagonian pampas and the Mexican table-lands 
through artificial reseeding of depleted ranges to vigorous-growing 
annual legumes which are capable of making a stand and growing to 


NEW BOTANICAL GARDEN 5S5 


maturity where the ecological conditions preclude the establishment 
of a grass cover such as existed prior to the exploitation of these areas 
by grazing. 

Truly the possibilities are most extraordinarily bright. In the 
light of present knowledge of the economic value of lezumes generally, 
and in view of the tremendously urgent need which exists for their 
use in plantation farming, the tardiness which marks their adoption 
by the plantation interests is almost astonishing. 

There are of course a certain number of progressive managers who 
have taken up the work in earnest and are already getting remarkably 
good results. 

The general progress of a rational system in permanent soil hus- 
bandry in Latin America depends in a large measure upon the splendid 
work which those men are accomplishing. 


DEN OF INTERNA- 
TIONAL SIGNIFICANCE 





















ca: 








By Loursm F. Sxureips 


HE United States of America will have a botanical garden 
of titanic proportions in that State of superlatives, Cal- 
fornia. 

This combination of scientific research with decorative 
landscape effects and gardens representing all regions of the earth 
has caused Dr. H. A. Gleason, director of the New York Botanical 
Gardens, to exclaim: 

“Such a project as you contemplate will make of this district the 
botanical center of the world!” 

The tocation chosen after 40 years of investigation and effort to 
obtain sufficient funds is in Mandeville Canyon, running 4% miles 
into the Coast Range foothills between Los Angeles and the Pacific 
Ocean. Eight hundred acres will be under scientific cultivation, 
and the remainder of the 3,500 acres in the tract will form a restricted 
zone of private estates with highly cultivated gardens and groves. 

Sheltered from the cool mountain air currents and the salt spray 
of the sea, and receiving even more than the usual California allowance 
of sunshine, this canyon has already demonstrated its adaptability 


586 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





OAXACA PALMS AT OAKMONT 


Oakmont, the estate of H. C. Oakley, is to become the nucleus of the semitropical section of the California 
Botanical Gardens. These 8-year-old palms, 40 feet high with boles 18 inches thick, forecast the speed 
with which the project will develop 


for producing semitropical vegetation heretofore considered impossible 
in any part of the United States. 

A nucleus of the gardens is land ceded from the private estate of 
H. C. Oakley, who in 8 years has changed barren hillsides and brush- 
grown ravines into a subtropical area with rare plants from many 
countries. He has demonstrated the practicability of growing in 
this sheltered canyon a banana grove of several varieties, now 
reaching a height of 18 feet and bearing fruit for his table use; Oaxaca 
palms, or Cocos plumosa, the most graceful of all the palms, now 40 
feet high and with boles 18 inches in diameter, which, for the first 
time in this country, are reseeding themselves. 


NEW BOTANICAL GARDEN 587 





NEW BOTANICAL GARDENS IN CALIFORNIA 


Shrubs assume the proportions of trees in this wonderland. Oleander and syringa reach up almost as 
= far as the cyprus 


The Zapote tree from the American Tropics is also thriving, bearing 
a fruit whose flavor is a cross between custard and ice cream. Here 
too, is a mango with delicious fruit about the size of the avocado, 
and there is an avocado grove. Just beyond is the Natal plum from 
South Africa, and there the Australian nut called the Queensland, with 
sweet kernel and a shell hard as concrete. 


588 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Regional gardens will afford an easy means of studying the flora 
of any chosen locality. Prospective tourists may study here the 
vegetation of every country they expect to visit on a world tour, 
and need no longer have the embarassment of confusing acacias 
with grevilleas on an Australian visit. The regions will include the 
species of each land which subsist from sea level to an altitude of 
2,000 feet. The Asian region will show zones running from Ceylon’s 
palmy plain to the foothills of the Himalayas. Only the extreme 
tropics will be represented under greenhouse covering. 





CALIFORNIA BOTANICAL GARDENS 


This sheltered nook affords a view of a magnificent waterfall through a vista oi palms and ferns 


Each of the regional gardens will run up the sides of the canyon 
walls in order to gain the variety in temperature and soil necessary 
to the zoning of each land’s vegetation. Visitors will be transported 
in comfort, probably on a miniature railway, now hanging over the 
edge of a beetling cliff, now running through a tiny tunnel, overlooking 
waterfalls and lakes with marine vegetation. 

A formal garden will occupy 100 acres on the floor of the 
canyon, with decorative flowers and shrubs. Near by will be con- 
servatories, laboratories, a library, and the administration buildings. 
This plan also includes a museum, an herbarium, a plant introduction 
station, plant experimentation, and plant propagation. The plant 


NEW BOTANICAL GARDEN 589 





BANANA TREE AT OAKMONT { 


quarantine station will be located on one of the channel islands. <A 
division of research will provide for biology and genetics. An 
arboretum will preserve hundreds of tree species and will afford an 
unparalleled bird refuge. It is not impossible that the conditions 
will prove favorable to the songful and gay-plumaged birds of the 
Tropics. 

For the study of the trees, shrubs, and plants of colder climates 
than the 2,000 feet elevation can sustain, there will be affiliation 
with institutions in higher altitudes. 

43851—27—Bull. 6——_5 


590 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Immediate cash returns will justify the investment in the gardens, 
through the determination of grasses and browse suited to the semi- 
arid public domain in the Southwest, where one steer now requires 
27 to 40 acres for sustenance, in contrast with Australia’s support 
of one animal on 4 acres with similar soil and climate. It is hoped 
that the gardens will enable southern constituents to greatly increase 
their flocks and herds. 

Secretary William Jardine, of the United States Department of 
Agriculture, indorses the service the gardens will give in determining 
new commercial crops for the Southwest which will not compete 
with the products of the Middle West, such as rubber-substitute 
plants, special cottons and other fibers, drugs, dates, ginger, new 
citrous and subtropical fruits, such as mangoes and lichis, coffee, 
and cork. 

Several Federal experts have expressed their conviction that the 
proposed school of plant genetics would prove of inestimable value, 
not only to California and the United States, but to the entire world. 

A note of international cooperation for the good of all humanity 
is found in the offers from botanical organizations throughout the 
world. The service of officials to assist the new California Botanical 
Gardens has been proffered by institutions in London, Edinburgh, 
Berlin, Missouri, and New York. Among the world-famous bota- 
nists who have visited the gardens are Dr. A. W. Hill, director of 
the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England; Dr. H. A. Gleason, of the 
New York Botanical Gardens; Dr. Harvey M. Hall, of the Carnegie 
Institute; and Mrs. Charles D. Walcott, of the Smithsonian Institute. 

Since there is a thousand-year contract between Harvard Univer- 
sity and the city of Boston for the development and maintenance of 
the Arnold Arboretum, it is not surprising that Dr. George P. Clem- 
ents, of Los Angeles, for many years chief sponsor of the California 
Botanical Gardens, should declare that the new project can not 
reach its maturity within 500 years. He states, however, that six 
months will see enough accomplished to indicate the entire plan and 
its method of procedure. 

Field work here will allure students from many lands to use the 
opportunities for investigation in plant propagation, biology, and 
genetics, food values in crops, soils, humidity, forestry, decorative 
effects in formal gardens, and landscaping. It is hoped that in this 
work Latin American botanists will be well represented. 

In consideration of the three great universities nearby, and the 
students who will come from all parts of the United States and abroad, 
a great world university might well spring up in the vicinity of these 
800 acres which are to be devoted to scientific cultivation and research 
in the California Botanical Gardens. 











By Rarart H. VALLE 


HEN the traveler who is also a devotee of exquisite and 

ancient things finds himself in Puebla de los Angeles 

(Mexico), it is his bounden duty to become acquainted 

with the magnificent collection of Seftor Mariano Bello. 

Not only will he enjoy in that house the manifold courtesies of its 

owner, but he will also have the best possible opportunity to acquire 

an understanding of the characteristics of Mexican colonial art. 

It is to be doubted whether elsewhere in Mexico there is an edifice 

more carefully embellished and furnished than the Bello Museum, 

valued by connoisseurs at approximately $500,000. The photo- 

graphs adorning these pages give a slight idea of the miracles of 

Puebla ceramics, those treasures of beauty. Here the visitor may 

also delight in a collection of diamonds, part of that formed by Senor 

Bello’s father and divided among his sons. Furthermore, there is 

a gallery of paintings, enamels, Chinese ceramics, antique jewelry, 
and furniture inlaid with ivory which represent a fortune. 

Downstairs is the magnificent private office, which boasts a desk 
resplendent with ivory and adornments of red lacquer, and a silver 
lamp which might serve as the theme of a romance. The walls, 
faced with tiles and hung with red damask, emphasize the beauty of 
fine etchings, while one’s attention is also attracted by a carpet, the 
work of Mexican Indians, in which Spanish influence is plainly to be 
observed. Moreover, there is a large iron chest, which speaks 
eloquently of bygone days. At the entrance, which is made of 
stained glass and fine gold, the visitor has the pleasing illusion that 
he is opening the door of Mexican colonial history, through which 
pass like birds the delightful caprices of an antiquary. 

The music room on the next floor contains a harpsichord all of 
steel—unique of its kind; an organ of viceregal times; choir books 
such as were seen only in wealthy convents like Santo Domingo 
in Mexico City; carved brackets on which should stand statuettes 
of the saints shaped by the skillful hands of Guatemalan artisans, 
or some of those trifles from fabulous China brought to Mexico in the 
galleons which sailed the seas of romance and piracy; an oil lamp 


1From Plus Ultra, Buenos Aires, February 28, 1927. 


591 


592 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





Courtesy of ‘Plus Ultra’’ 


A BEAUTIFUL AND ARTISTIC ALTAR OF TILES 


One of the treasures in the collection of Senor Mariano Bello 


sold to Senor Bello by that intrepid antiquary Ricardo Barreda— 
may heaven prosper him in his journeyings through remote regions 
known only to himself—an oil lamp which, it should be said, is of 
Bohemian colored glass. 

The fine ceramics are in the lower part of the museum. Among 
these pieces are unsurpassable examples of the Talavera no longer 


THE CERAMICS OF PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES 593 


obtainable, examples which may well be called the trophies of the 
Bello collection. There are also more pieces of ancient furniture and 
carefully chosen textiles woven of unknown fibers. A blue jar more 
than 3 feet high rises in distinguished elegance a few paces from 
delicately carved furniture. Here are basins of such size that a 
dainty marchioness might bathe in them; there is a St. Michael, a 
. beautiful statue from Talavera. Over the fireplace is displayed an 
altarpiece of lines and motifs which delight draftsmen and jewelers. 
And finally, in a small room are shown beautiful examples of lacquer 
and crystal, the contemplation of which is an ecstasy. 

The Bello collection, which in many directions is superior to the 
former Aleazar collection, now one of the gems of the National 
Museum in Mexico City, is distinguished for the multiplicity of its 
attractions. Meticulous arrangement, in which both the good taste 
and the pecuniary resources of its proprietor are evidenced; its 
charm, which is especially perceptible when this museum is compared 
with the collections of dilettantes; and, finally, its abundance without 
superfluity, the harmony of all the elements, the perfect unity 
attained, to such degree in fact, that it might be believed that every- 
thing there had been installed article by article in an edifice erected 
especially for the purpose, with the combined aid of artisans and 
artificers. Itis apparently the intention of Seftor Bello to designate 
the city of Puebla as the legatee of this marvelous temple of colonial 
art, sanctuary of a splendid epoch which appears to have found in 
these precincts one of the supreme manifestations of its florescence. 
In fine, this magnificent museum, an honor to the city, faithfully 
mirrors forth the ceramic art. Our readers may admire in one of the 
illustrations the admirable altar of tiles, which amazes the beholder 
by the purity of its design and the variety of religious motives there 
employed. 








Courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra’ 
CERAMICS OF PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES 


Left: An attractive piece in Sefior Bello’s collection. Center: A large bowl, the central figure of which 
is St. James the Apostle. Right: A marvelous example of Pueblan ceramics 








CENTRAL AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL, STATE OF MICHOACAN, MEXICO 


This school, opened last year, is one of a number of the same type established in various States of Mexico 
at the suggestion of President Calles. They are designed to give country boys a suitable education 
for rural pursuits, including both agricultural training and the usual elementary instruction, and to 
make these boys capable of tilling their own land in an enlightened manner, instead of merely working 
as peons. Upper: General view of school buildings near Morelia, Michoacan. The school. farm con- 
tains more than 11,000 acres, of which 6,300 acres are forest and 2,600 acres pasture land, while 1,600 acres 
are under irrigation. Lower: The school infirmary. Modern methods of hygiene and care of the sick 
will be part of the gospel spread by the school 





CENTRAL AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL, STATE OF MICHOACAN, MEXICO 


Schools of this type will serve as centers of agricultural information for the small farmers of the respective 
neighborhoods. Upper: Flour mill. As considerable quantities of wheat are grown in the Michoacan 
district, the school mill has been provided with excellent machinery for grinding not only the wheat 
raised on the school farm, but also that produced by the small proprietors in the State. Lower: Interior 
of the cow barn. It will be observed that the equipment lends itself to the most careful sanitary pre- 
ceutious aE handling the milk, which will be taken care of in a modern dairy. Milk, cheese, and butter 
will be so 





Jt. AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, Ss 
ES @as ANDCOMMERCE : a@ 23 


ARGENTINA 


Province oF Corposa.—The special number of Riel y Fomento 
for February, 1927, devoted to the Province of Cérdoba, gives the 
following facts on the land and highways: 

Cérdoba has an area of 168,808 kilometers of the best land in the Republic, 
suitable for varied crops, and well supplied with forests and mountains, where 
there are rich undeveloped mineral deposits. It is estimated by the Govern- 
ment that its immovable wealth amounts to 1,590,538,888 pesos national currency, 
which probably represents less than 50 per cent of its real value. The 1,005,180 
inhabitants, including 205,189 children of school age, carry on business and indus- 
tries in 24,806 establishments, with a total capital of 1,066,732,000 pesos 
national currency. 

This territory is crossed by 4,123 kilometers of railroad, serving the six princi- 
pal cities and 283 towns. Its highways cover 5,720 kilometers of dirt roads and 
354 macadamized roads. Highway construction is being carried on over 1,334 
kilometers, at a cost of 852,946 pesos, and contracts have been let for the repair 
of 1,159 kilometers of roads, at an annual expenditure of 217,628 pesos. 

PULP FOR PAPER MANUFAC The Buenos Aires School of 
Medicine has awarded the Félix Azara Prize, consisting of a gold 
medal and diploma, to Pedro J. Mesigos of its faculty for work 
relating to the utilization of Patagonian plants in the preparation 
of pulp for paper manufacture. Senor Mesigos claims that there are 
plants and trees in Patagonia which, owing to the length of their 
fiber and other properties, are better suited to paper manufacture 
than other materials now in use. He believes that the supply of such 
materials in Argentina is inexhaustible, and that though transpor- 
tation from Patagonia at present is a great problem, prospects for 
the industry would warrant expenditures for transportation facilities. 
(Review of the River Plate, February 18, 1927.) - 

SEVILLE-BuENos AIRES AIR SERVICE.—The Sociedad Colén 
Transaérea Espanola has recently been authorized to establish a 
service of dirigibles between Seville and Buenos Aires. The airships 
are to accommodate a minimum of 40 passengers and 10 tons of cargo 
and two official passengers and 500 kilos of cargo for special Govern- 
ment service. The service between Seville and Buenos Aires is to 
be begun within four years, and trips are to be made each way once 
a month, increasing to every two weeks when the postal traffic 
exceeds 10 tons. The Spanish Government will pay the company 
500,000 pesetas for each successful flight until 30,000,000 pesetas 
have been paid, when the landing field and equipment in Seville will 

596 





AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 597 


become the property of the Government and will be rented to the 
company for the remainder of the 40-year concession. 

PLANT EXPERIMENT STATIONS.—The Ministry of Agriculture has 
decided to organize plant experiment work into a single service with 
a central propagation and investigation station which will cultivate 
seeds that have been tested by the branch stations, and proved suit- 
able for planting in different parts of the Republic. 

RAILROAD SEED GRADING MACHINES.—The Argentine Central 
Railroad recently acquired a seed-grading machine which it is sending 
out over its lines for the benefit of farmers in the Province of Cordoba. 
The Argentine State Railroad Lines have previously operated these 
seed-grading machines for the benefit of farmers in other sections of 
Argentina. The Governor of Cérdoba Province is cooperating in the 
service now offered in his jurisdiction. 


BOLIVIA 


HigHway FRoM Sorata To Maprri.—The Executive has been 
authorized to contract a loan with any banking firm in the Republic 
for 1,500,000 bolivianos to be used exclusively for the construction 
of an automobile highway between Sorata and Mapiri, in the Province 
of Larecaja, Department of La Paz. Interest and amortization on 
this loan will be guaranteed by 30 per cent of the total revenues which 
this Province contributes to the National Treasury, and by 75 per 
cent of the road taxes. After the opening of this new road all vehicles 
passing over it will have to pay toll. 

MINERAL EXPORTS DURING THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, 1926.— 
The principal mineral exports for the month of December, 1926, 
distributed among various countries, were tin, 4,680 tons; lead, 2,564 
tons; zinc, 1,249 tons; silver, 611 tons; copper, 2,545 tons, and anti- 
mony, 481 tons. (Commerce Reports, February 7, 1927.) 

Marcu monoporty.—The National Match Factory of Bolivia, 
now operating under a Government concession in that Republic to 
manufacture matches as a home monopoly, will complete the term of 
its grant on May 1, 1929, and the Bolivian Government is making 
plans for renewing the grant either to the present company or to a 
new one. As yet no definite conclusion has been reached. (Com- 
merce Reports, March-14, 1927.) 

CoLoNIZATION CONTRACT.—Congress has approved a contract 
signed between the Government and the Bolivian Oil and Land 
Syndicate (Ltd.), of London, for the establishment of a port on Lake 
Gaiba, the construction of a railroad from that port to the town of 
Santo Corazén, the establishment of a steamship line on the Paraguay 
River, and the colonization of this region. All machinery, building 
materials, and equipment necessary for this work will be exempt 
from import duties for a period of 25 years. 


598 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
BRAZIL 


CEMENT FACTORY.—The State Assembly of Parahyba recently 
authorized the establishment of a cement factory exempt from taxa- 
tion for 30 years to be erected anywhere in the State, on the necessary 
land expropriated for the purpose. The concessionary agrees to 
begin construction work six months after the approval of the company’s 
statutes by the Government; to found an asylum for 50 children 
furnishing to them primary and vocational education; to employ 50 
per cent Brazilian labor; to sell the cement produced to the State at a 
price 20 per cent below the cost of imported cement; and to fulfill 
other conditions. 

CoFFEE EXPORTS FROM SantTos.— Wileman’s Brazilian Review of 
Rio de Janeiro for February 24, 1927, gives the following report on 
coffee exports from Santos: 

Exports overseas during the first seven months of the current crop (July, 1926, 
to January, 1927) amounted to 5,742,069 bags of 60 kilos each, as against 5,833,222 
bags during the same period of the 1925-26 crop, 5,792,262 bags in 1924-25, 
and 6,331,745 bags in 1923-24, as follows: 





July to January 


/ 1926-27 | 1925-26 1924-25 1923-24 




















WWimitedeS tales =e ae Oe hele Se aa Set ee oer 3, 869, 539 | 3, 692, 481 3, 396, 132 3, 831, 691 
Teh 5 0 (epg ech ah Ae Ue Ne er apo 438, 527 662, 640 660, 000 872, 975 
TEA Vai Gl eet Oe a Pe eae 376, 878 421, 130 | 609, 284 430, 225 
Gerritsen eee Biers pe rena oee eee a ay bo De 352, 403 242, 889 | 294, 014 178, 812 
GE Sy eee ae TS nT I Oe LO AE rape rh Beas 199, 342 282, 155 309, 773 365, 623 
Soe Gl nese ee enh ae oe Re eg ee a 184, 907 | 191, 046 127, 608 165, 716 
1) Gra Sr ee eee Oe Ee EtG Cy Seg nn gr eats 93, O71 78, 387 | 89, 492 128, 205 
IB CYST ee aS eR PORE Sunes Mirae = Gates Mn ae ee 91, 423 126, 706 159, 258 158, 244 
River Plate___- DS TE EOS A hn Re ASE Si Sk Ne ES 55, 743 77, 747 93, 922 84, 925 
JDYEAY 0) pene ree eee ee oe a Rene Sie feet Serer ta eneenee 22, 150 19,375 24, £30 49, 175 
INTO Wy ee ee ere eee 12, 875 15, 500 11, 375 24, 980 
Saree ne ee eR RO ee eee ee 10, 304 1, 225 100 215 
i an a ees ee kei 2 Ar eee «cae 9, 550 5, 360 3, 876 14, 228 
Unifedeking domes ea ae eee eee 8, 271 14, 498 11, 534 10, 178 
UD UREN as ays een ute a ee ere Riper RON ie Ie Sara 500. 500 283 2, 876 
AIRE OFS ote, ice ey A a A ee ee ee ek AG 3iq|( see Se Sa ens SE eee 550 
Spanish Moroeco------_-----_- 2 375 250M Fee 250, 
UUM an ase es Se ee ee E 125 9b eee 250 
INGweZenlan d= 2 5. See ee eS T2550 |) ee S| ee 
RSthOna= 222s s= Bek Aah fins LIAR EN (Cis A Ed SORE Z 124) |e ee | 125 
Gree Ceres Un ae su rean: She Soke an Fee ees PLES He, 25 47 | 20 
Rontuga lees ean os SSR eae poe Se ae ie eee 14 132 762 
Othericountridsss= seas ees ee eee eee eee 15, 335 4, 878 | 449 13, 720 
| 

TRO Ges ese ete se ee ee a ore ee tyne ems rete 5, 742, 069 | 5,833,222 | 5, 792, 262 6, 331, 745 
Ophery Bra zl ang Ont see eee ee ecco me 24, 557 18, 380 37, 961 5, 636 

Grandstotal- Sea seee bee tee eons a. we wees 5, 766, 626. | 5,851,602 | 5, 830, 223 6, 337, 381 

















It will be noted that exports to the United States show appreciable increases 
during the first seven months of the current crop as compared with the same 
period in 1925-26 and 1924-25. : 

HIGHWAY REPORT ON ROAD TO Uruauay.—The Highway Associa- 
tion of Brazil has recently received reports and letters on the Cis- 
Platina Highway, planned to extend along the southern border of 
Brazil and thence to the capital of Uruguay. The Municipal Prefect 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 099 


of Rio Negro sent in a report on the section from Curityba to his 
city, which is on the boundary between the States of Parana and 
Santa Catherina. This section, which is about 60 miles long, is in 
perfect condition, with the necessary bridges over the Iguassi and 
Varzea Rivers. The highway is to be continued through the State 
of Santa Catherina. The Highway Association took advantage of 
the inauguration of the new President of Uruguay to plan an auto- 
mobile tour from Rio de Janeiro through Sao Paulo to Montevideo. 
Efforts were therefore made to improve the route before the inaugura- 
tion of President Campisteguy. 


CHILE 


Lacuna RIverR TO BE DAMMED.—At a meeting on February 16 the 
Council on Public Works approved the project of damming the 
Laguna River in Coquimbo. It is expected that the construction of 
this dam will take about 6 years, costing approximately 5,000,000 
pesos. With the completion of the dam water will be supplied for 
7,000 hectares of land already under irrigation, and for 5,000 addi- 
tional hectares. Estimates place the benefits thus provided to 
farmers of that region at 36,000,000 pesos. 


COLOMBIA 


NorTHEASTERN Rattway.—On February 12, 1927, the first 
passenger train passed over the Northeastern Railway, which at that 
time reached Gachancipé station, located 54 kilometers from Bogota, 
the starting point of this railroad. Construction on this line was 
commenced two years ago by a Belgian company. 

IMPROVEMENTS IN BUENAVENTURA Harsor.—The board of 
directors of the Pacific Railroad have signed a contract with a 
Swedish firm by virtue of which the latter agrees to install in the 
port of Buenaventura, along the Negritos reefs, five light buoys 
and one large bell buoy. The same company will erect a large light- 
house of 1,500 candlepower near the wharf. (Courtesy of the Colom- 
bian Legation in Washington.) 

WIRELESS stTaTIoNs.—The Colombian Government, through the 
Minister of Communications, has placed an order with a firm in 
Germany for three wireless stations to be sent to Colombia, these 
stations to be erected in the cities of Honda, Neiva, and Ocafia, 
respectively. Besides the stations already operating in Barranquilla, 
Manizales, Pasto, and Bucaramanga, a high-power station will be 
sent to Colombia from Germany in the near future. This station 
will be able to communicate not only with the home stations but 
also with those in foreign countries. 


600 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Pusiic worKs.—During the first seven months of the administra- 
tion of President Abadia Méndez, that is to say, from August, 1926, 
to February, 1927, the sum of 6,889,379.68 pesos was appropriated 
by the nation for railways and allied public works, including aerial 
cables and the highway from Ibagué to Armenia. These funds are 
distributed in the following manner: 


Pesos 

Central Railroad of the North (Puerto Wilches section)_________ 1, 150, 732. 53 
Central Railroad of the North (Bucaramanga section) __________ 578, 625. 81 
@Wararesallioa dit atiwase e Set A ae Adan 2 eS OS a eee 210, 000. 00 
SouthwernvRatnoad sas = eat Sk Ns Be ee A aie omens 195, 000. 00 
PERE C UAV Cer AA NII © sclera ee Bee he ENS See 0 Ue ln shed oetea 726, 850. 00 
Nacederos-Armenia allroad. 222. 4 8 {eel ee eee 340, 000. 00 
INSTI O Sa tInOAGE ark aei 6 aii Ge Meee She ue ant ae ee Te cae eS 370, 000. 00 
NViestermeth iain oe clei ser lan arbre LE ape ane Aner ee eee eel alia 730, 000. 00 
CentraleBolivar Railroad iat sae e aoe oo Meee ee Se 520, 000. 00 
Mohima=Eunla=Caquetasnallro ae aa = ee ee ae 343, 393. 50 
Tbaeué=Armeniay bighway=son5 9 oe ee nee ee ee 170, 000. 00 
ibacuéesArmenia Railroads (survey) sams s ne eee eee eee 30, 000. 00 
Cucuta=GamarnagNerialy Callen = ayes 2 eee a ae eyo eer a 380, 000. 00 
Manizales-Chocoz:Aerial: Cables 2222) 22 0 a ee eee 195, 000. 00 
Citounmal eh anjol onary, laryibxoynel = ee ee 157, 142. 00 
SHANE OG Key oA Diboalloyeh I RvreNUb RoyeNC hee 57, 000. 00 
@aldacwakva ir aCe Saree eat ais es ee i eye ee els DE aly, cn ee Oa 340, 000. 00 
Amb alenta—lo are allo Acs eee ae ee ere eee 75, 000. 00 
(Ojunavshrawsnnayycey Iwi hgoy Ke ee ees ee 38, 292. 80 
Central Bolivar Railroad (payment for rights of Department of 

IBS OL Vici te) Reece ce a a Se eA aie ce ee IPI Se Serpent 83, 630. 86 
Puerto Wilches Railroad (payment for rights of Department of 

Sanita Cer ele Sui) Ape 5s eee Spee en ee eee ee ose en eee 188, 712. 18 
Saldafia Bridge________ DEEN SIRES anton eee Sas ares sine ae Lye aS 10, 000. 00 


COSTA RICA 


CorreE EXPoRTS.— According to a report of the Director General 
of Statistics, a total of 273,520 bags of coffee, weighing 18,249,045 
kilograms (kilogram equals 2.2 pounds), was exported from Costa 
Rica during the year 1925-26. The destination of 1925-26 exports 
and the comparative weight and value of exports of the past 10 
years are as follows: 














| 
: B ip } 
Destination (1925-26) Bags Kilograms value a 
| 
TATE @ CLK gC ep ran ae Sealy PS eee tr SA ec 179, 483 | 11,771,368 | 27, 847,799 
AUD frat eveYo Utes) ees estes we re ee eee ce TP eee SU a a se ee earn te 49, 916 3, 491, 552 7, 150, 448 
Gra ray, ea ee noes Ce ane ae DY ioe A ete ee Ne Sah er Slgtoo 2, 547, 322 6, 351, 808 
SUT A Se Eee an as ele A Ey eR a SVMS Reactor et a Meee pipet 100 | 7, 000 18, 277 
IL Easy Pa ee MY SC eT IE eS oe een re, Mi a eae 35 | 2, 339 6, 099 
EOL air ee as PE Re emia sare een Pee Reece 5, 923 402, 786 1, 050, 892 
a3 GV AUT sac a Shee aed Se eS cen RNY on ie a ew Bon WR i 330 23, 318 60, 900 
(Gil eee ae ae BE A A SON arc Pa ens eyes foe aie eat MN 48 3, 360 8, 774 
ERO GA] Bes Boe fe NaS Se eee ee Sy Sere ot tees, Sian 273, 520 | 18, 249, 045 42, 495, 000 











AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 601 


Comparative table of coffee exports during the past 10 years 

















Average 
| price in 
Year Kilograms | colones 
| | for each 46 
| kilograms 
TAS) GSH Gis i we ic ie Nap mg Ae | ie en ed ee ee ae ep a | 12, 267, 203 55 
TG 1 ea $3 Resear Ree Ee SNS Ail eon Sac ee ES Ue ee EY Bice SEA wate shoes ee | 11, 451, 719 49 
TNS AS the hs fy cE OR is acs ga Got Sc a BE NR | 13, 963, 473 | 99 
TUS TAD a SS ca ey BE cs reat Sian EN he aac a eee et a ee ee 13, 998, 150 | 66 
NO 20D ese Retienetes cars ae eA ree lowe aca lge thes eg aa) Sao Serr epT A Bite RUS ERE Nee wae 13, 336, 381 28 
1921-22 ___ eel 18861658033) 35 
1922-23 -___ nee 11, O88, 400 | 42 
1923-24 ___ ees 18, 210, 760 | 95 
Spa ee a RU EI NAST On ORT RS aside Co ea | - 15, 352, 863 | 102 


O25 [ZOE Sateen eae kee ees lo. De SON Sear ee See eee eee | 18, 249, 045 112 





RAILWAY FREIGHT TONNAGE.—It was stated in the Diario de Costa 
Rica, of San José, for February 19, 1927, that the freight carried on 
the Government-owned railways of Costa Rica during 1926 amounted 
to 88,805 tons, or 1,700 tons over that of 1925. Of this total 25,742 


tons were lees: 
CUBA 


CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CENTRAL HIGHWAY SIGNED.— 
The contract for building and financing the Central Highway of 
Cuba was signed on February 19 in the Presidential Palace of Habana. 
President Machado, members of the Cabinet, and representative 
persons from social and political circles were present. The President 
stated, in a short address delivered on this occasion, that he wished 
to give all possible dignity to the ceremony of signing the contracts 
in order to impress the people with the fact that these agreements 
would be punctiliously carried out in all their details by the con- 
tractors as well as by the Government. The contract for financing 
this road, which will be approximately 1,000 kilometers long, places 
the cost of the work at 10,000,000 pesos, and the guarantee given 
by the contractors amounts to 1,600,000 pesos. (Courtesy of the 
Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

Map or Cusa.—A historical and fopocrephical map of Cuba 
prepared by the School Cartographical Commission has been deliy- 
ered to the Secretary of Public Instruction. This map, which is 5 
meters in length and 3 in width, is made on a scale of 1 per 250,000, 
and is the result of long and careful study. The Commission proposes 
to print 30,000 copies, of which 10,000 will be distributed free to 
the public schools by the Secretary of Public Instruction. The map 
will sell for 3 pesos a copy. 

NationaL HyproGrapHic Commission.—By virtue of a recent 
Executive decree the National Hydrographic Commission was 
created for the purpose of collecting data on hydrology and carrying 
on scientific studies in order to prepare a chart of Cuban waters, 
which will serve as a basis for establishing hydrographic stations, as 
may be determined by the Government. (Courtesy of the Cuban 
Embassy in Washington.) 


602 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


RADIOTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION WITH GREAT BritTaiIn.—On 
March 11, 1927, radiotelephonic communication was inaugurated 
between Cuba and Great Britain, the first call being made from the 
central office of the Cuban Telephone Company in Habana. This 
is the first radiotelephonic service established by any Latin-American 
country with Great Britain. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 
Washington.) 

CUBAN INVENTION.—On March 5, 1927, tests were made in Habana 
Bay of a new circular-cylinder motor, the invention of Sefior Mauricio 
Rebollar, a native of Santiago de Cuba. By means of the circular 
cylinder the weight of the motor is reduced, the moment of inertia 
abolished, and rotation is obtained either way, to the right or to the 
left. The motor, which is quite light and small, was installed in a 
lighter and developed 15 horsepower. Sefor Rebollar has prepared 
plans for converting this circular-cylinder steam motor into an 
internal-combustion engine. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE SYSTEM.—According to recent reports from 
the Dominican Republic, work on the installation of the new auto- 
matic telephone system in the city of Santo Domingo has been com- 
menced by an American firm. 

NATIONAL PROPAGANDA FILM.—The Department of Agriculture 
has completed plans for having a national propaganda film made for 
exhibition abroad. Twenty copies of this film will be printed, costing 
approximately $17,000. The picture will consist of general views of 
towns, places of historic interest, forests, rivers, and farm lands. 


ECUADOR 


PROMOTION OF IMMIGRATION AND COLONIZATION.—Due to the ever- 
increasing number of European immigrants going to Ecuador to 
settle, the Government issued a decree on December 30, 1926, desig- 
nating certain lands for colonization. This decree states that all 
uncultivated land located in the region between the rivers Blanco 
and Guayllabamba, in the Provinces of Pichincha and Esmeraldas, 
and 81° west longitude, shall be set aside for colonists, allotment of 
land to colonists in this section to be made by the Minister of Immi- 
gration and Colonization. The decree states furthermore that all 
assignments of land made previous to August 1, 1926, are declared 
to be provisional only. Because of the considerable time required 
before a crop can be harvested, the Ecuadorean Government will 
concede the following privileges to European immigrants authorized 
to come to Ecuador for colonization: 


(a) Food and transportation free from the port of disembarkation to the 
Government home for immigrants nearest their ultimate destination; 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 603 


(6) Lodging and food in these homes free for one month; 

(c) A monthly allowance for a period of not less than six months nor over one 
year in accordance with the following scale: For each man or woman over 18 and 
under 40 years of age, 60 sucres; for every married couple under 40 years of age, 
120 sucres; for every family with children under 18 years of age, irrespective of 
the number of children, 135 sucres; 

(d) Right of every man or woman over 18 years of age to purchase 50 hectares 
of ground, at 60 centavos per hectare, paying for it in cash or on the installment 
plan. 

(e) Privilege of purchasing from the Government agricultural implements and 
seeds at a 10 per cent discount, with a three months’ credit. 

These privileges will be granted only to colonists engaging in agri- 
culture or livestock breeding, forming a company incorporated for 
such purposes under the Ecuadorean laws, and duly settled in their 
respective locations. For the year 1927 the number of immigrants 
having a capital of less than 5,000 sucres who will be permitted to 
colonize in Ecuador is limited to 300. 

INTENSIVE AGRICULTURAL COURSE.—An intensive course in agri- 
culture has been opened in Quito under the Ministry of Agriculture 
to prepare agricultural experts, who will be sent to the various 
Provinces of the Republic as agents of the Government agricultural 
organization. The Government will give scholarships for this course 
to 15 young men, preferably from the Provinces, and will allow them 
80 sucres a month. To be eligible for this course candidates are 
required to be between the ages of 18 and 30 years; to have completed 
the course in tobacco raising or have a bachelor’s degree; to pass an 
examination in general culture; and to agree to take the full course 
from beginning to end. 

The Government will pay for the transportation to Quito of 
nonresident applicants, and for their return to their respective homes 
on completing the course. The subjects covered include theory of 
agriculture, plant biology, zootechnics, and rural economy, with 
special reference to climatic conditions in Ecuador. Teaching will be 
both theoretical and practical; for the latter purpose students will be 
taken to certain farms designated for the purpose, where they will be 
required to perform all kinds of labor connected with farming. At 
the completion of the course students who have shown special quali- 
fications and ability may be sent abroad by the Government to take 
a postgraduate course. 

GUATEMALA 


HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION AND PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS.—In his mes- 
sage at the opening session of Congress on March 1, 1927, President 
Chacon stated that: 


During the year 285 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 mile) of highway were 
constructed in Guatemala, work on 23 new highways was continued, 1,734 
kilometers of old highways were repaired, and 93 bridges opened for use. The 
total expenditure for these items was about 29,000,000 pesos. 


604 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The Bureau of Public Works expended 28,000,000 pesos in the repair and 
reconstruction of Government buildings and other improvements in Guatemala 
City during that period. 

Mextco-GuaTEMALA HIGHWAY.—Members of a Mexican commis- 
sion who are employees of the Mexican Government recently 
arrived in Guatemala for the purpose of assisting in making prelimi- 
nary surveys for the international highway which is to be built at 
the joint expense of the two Governments between Malacatan, Gua- 
temala, and Tapachula, Mexico, a distance of perhaps 75 kilome- 
ters. It is hoped that this road will be a link in the Pan American 
Highway. 

RAILWAY LOAN.—See page 610. 


HAITI 


CorrrEE BoNUS.—The coffee bonus which is paid to farmers for 
the planting of new coffee trees has been claimed by 2,217 individuals. 
A total of 1,626,184 trees have been planted, of which 1,183;893 
have passed inspection. For these a bonus of 59,192.65 gourdes 
was paid to the planters. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General 
Receiver, January, 1927.) 

CANNING VEGETABLES.—An experiment in the canning of do- 
mestic-grown vegetables was begun in Haiti last January. At first 
this work will be confined to tomatoes. The importance of this 
experiment will be realized when we remember that Haiti imports 
annually approximately 7,114 kilos of canned vegetables. Canning 
is being done on a scale sufficiently large to determine not only the 
keeping quality of Haitian tomatoes, but also their salability, the 
cost of production and probable profits te be gained in the establish- 
ment of a canning industry. Later fruits and other vegetables will 
also be made the subject of experiment. (Bulletin of the Financial 
Adviser-General Receiver.) 

NEW PUBLIC BUILDINGS.—A most noteworthy event which took 
place in Port-au-Prince on February 6 last was the laying of the 
corner stone of the Palace of Justice by President Borno. The 
foundations of this building were already well under way, and the 
indications are that the structure will be completed within a few 
months. Another work of prime importance begun in Port-au- 
Prince was the demolition of part of the old customhouse to clear 
the site for the construction of the new customs warehouses. These 
new buildings will include a two-story reinforced-concrete structure 
facing on the Rue du Quai and, in the rear, two large storage sheds of 
structural-steel framing. Parcels-post facilities will be located on 
the first floor of the main building, and the general offices of the 
Port-au-Prince Customs Service on the second floor. (Bulletin of the 
Financial Adviser-General Receiver.) 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 605 
HONDURAS 


WATER CHLORINATION FOR [’EGuCIGALPA.—On March 1, 1927, the 
chlorination plant for the water supply of Tegucigalpa and Co- 
mayagtiela was put into operation at La Leona. The plant was 
installed by an agent of the Rockefeller Foundation. 

OrFicr oF Review of Concrssions.—The Government of Honduras 
maintains an Office of Review of Concessions in which are kept records 
of the various concessions granted to companies and individuals. 
The records go back as far as 1877. 

TruxILLo RatLRoAD COMPANY BRANCH LINE.—In the latter part 
of 1926 the Honduran Government authorized the Truxillo Rail- 
road Company to construct a tramway 10 kilometers in length to 
the town of Bonito Oriental in the district of Trujillo on which to 
operate service for the transportation of passengers, bananas, and 
other products. 

MBXICO 





Occupations oF Mexicans.—According to estimates of the 
National Bureau of Statistics, the inhabitants of Mexico are occu- 
pied as follows: 





Occupation | Number Per cent 





Exploitation of the surface of the soil (agriculture, hunt- 
, ing and fishing, surface mining, quarrying, extrac-— 





eT TELS Oh Si) wise ee cee hs SI a in UN, DIN SY tee ee Not | 3,490, 029 24. 35 
Extraction of minerals (subsoil mining)_______________ 27, 842 | 0. 19 
Industries, excepting transportation _________________-_ 632, 679 4. 41 
shran's portable. esate al Raa a Te a a eat 74, 897 | 0. 52 
Comimercessosues 2s Sen Oi se ie pee ey COP aera aes 270, 660 1.89 
Public protection (army, police, firemen, etc.)_________- 54, 195 0. 38 
lewilolne AGlaaniansiesynO ee Le | 8, 769 0. 06 
RG ORESSLOMS 5 res Ces ashe et Mae OE epee, re ae eat 80, 110 0. 56 
lALOUIR NaS) euoxel Clom~emnOss oo ee 4, 740, 006 | 33. 07 
INS ella me @ Use eerie see tie aS we ese a a laa ash 215, 539 | 1. 50 
Unknown or unproductive occupation (persons living 

on income, children, students, the indigent, ete.) _____ 4, 740, 044 33. O7 

AAI fey] uae St aa) caer ee a Bea pat a eS fe TS I eed 14, 334, 770 100. 00 











TROOPS CONSTRUCT ROAD.—Instead of remaining idle in garrison, 
the troops stationed at Tuxpan, State of Veracruz, have been en- 
gaged in constructing a road of 25 kilometers (kilometer equals 
0.62 mile) from that city to a junction with the Huastecas highway, 
which leads to the port of Tampico. The petroleum companies in 
the district have cooperated by giving all the oil needed. Running 
time between these two important petroleum centers will be six 
hours. 

FINANCIAL AID TO THE FARMER.—See page 611. 

43851—27—Bull. 6-——6 


606 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
NICARAGUA 


BraGMan Biurr.—Bragman Bluff, situated on the Atlantic coast 
between Sandy Bay on the north and Rio Grande on the South, 
about 100 miles from El Bluff, has at present perhaps 10,000 inhab- 
itants. It is believed that within a year it will be one of the chief 
Central American Atlantic ports, as it is the shipping point for two 
fruit companies. These companies are responsible for the building 
of a town which has a good electric light plant, a hospital, a theater 
and a Tropical Radio station. There is a dock a mile long connected 
with a railroad running inland to Obrayeri, 37 miles distant. The 
mining region in the northern section of the Department of Jinotega 
will be opened up when the railroad, on the construction of which 
about 6,000 workmen are now engaged, is completed to its proposed 
length of 120 miles. 

PANAMA 


RECONSTRUCTION OF AGUADULCE WHARF.—The President recently 
signed a contract for the reconstruction, at a cost of $148,000, of the 
wharf at Aguadulce, Province of Coclé, with the necessary warehouses 
and a dock for landing cattle. (Courtesy of the Panaman Legation in 
Washington.) 

Narrow GAUGE RATLROAD.—The press reports that a 10-mile rail- 
road of 3-foot gauge is to be built from Arenosa on Gattin Lake to 
the headwaters of the Lagarto River. The railroad will be equipped 
with 4 locomotives and 50 cars, which will be used to haul bananas 
from inland plantations to Gattin Lake. From there they will be 
reloaded for shipment to the United States. Plantations in the 
interior of this section have so far been unable to send out fruit for 
export, as there are no navigable rivers to the coast. 


PARAGUAY 





ForEIGN TRADE.—The following statistics on the foreign trade of 
Paraguay were taken from Jndustrias, of Asuncién, for January 30 
and February 6, 1927: 


The total value of Paraguayan exports for the year 1926 was 15,497,504 pesos, 
the largest amount, valued at 11,957,427 pesos, having been purchased by Argen- 
tina, and the second largest, valued at 1,151,955 pesos, by the United States. 
Other importing countries named in order of their importance in Paraguayan 
trade were Uruguay, France, Germany, Italy, Holland, Belgium, England, 
Spain, Chile, Brazil, Japan, and Switzerland. The total value of Paraguayan 
imports was 12,205,280 pesos, Argentina leading with 4,099,461 pesos and the 
United States, England, and Germany following closely with 1,938,409, 1,688,521, 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 607 


and 1,273,568 pesos, respectively. The following is a comparative table of the 
principal articles exported from Paraguay during the past three years: 























Article Quantity | 1924 | 1925 1926 
TBl@rern ce Cs on ees | Kilograms____| _ 240, 041 364, 772 351, 134 
tonsehain 2a. tae Bis [eee Gls S22 lO, O78 109, 267 104, 877 
Catilesnides:222 222 = | Number. _=—-_- | 343, 322 398, 405 365, 391 
Meat. extract_._________- KKilograms____| 148, 407 | 1, 284, 144 969, 963 
Meateilour sa as aint Boa ee dose: os: | 625, 620 | 2, 373, 660 | 2, 069, 587 
OMe tes Sener aie tee SES ean dotaxssse | 25,631 | 256,171 | 1, 224,955 
BUN (ee Sah a oe Lea dora = 53, 709 49, 461 23, 442 
slomoue;canneds= 382222 5 |bus Go eeaeeee 10, 918 90, 364 | 84, 875 
Waldeanimail hides=2 2-2 2/2252 dAO2 uses 65, 558 | 51, 372 | 40, 976 
Tankage, dried and salted _|_____ GOste ee ue Dio o |e O20NCOK Na azo OO 
Beet jerked tee. So vas Sale 2 GOr ee ee | 462, 624 | 1, 244, 536 | 1, 301, 556 
Nerves and tendons__-___-_ [Boe A doe 12, 196 | 35, O87 | 48, 441 
IPeeinUnh len [fees Gost ees | 300;-392-) - 166, 897 | - 252° 190 
Gimmedtcottonsa= as a | bee Closet | 3, 011, 009 | 2, 786, 278 | 2, 006, 744 
PAN alia eatees sas eS per a | Ss ae dosae aw = | 24, 060 | 22, 000 55, 500 
Alligator pears__________ Number__-___-_ 10, 750 | 24, 000 | 64, 300 
Cane sugar syrup______-_- Ihiterss= === == 10, 971 153, 856 | 191, 307 
emOnssamsnier at Wea, Numbers sae 2 92,000 | 224 250) 260, 750 
Watésies, Snes Siig) Saat Sees Gore se 325,850 | 384, 616 | 1, 117, 552 
@rangesss sess. 2. so Thousand____- | 1927567, | 239) 66800) 2romo ol 
C@ottoneseedse = sae | Kilograms____| 6, 183, 855 | 4, 832, 748 | 3, 601, 461 
SROWACC ORS <2 sane Se ae eee Bones doe= 2222 == | 6, old; 4435 78,657,290 15, 073,467 
RYE Te fo Aigner GC ees eee 5 See Wee lie 29s SL £6 (Gs ec eet 6, 850, 063 | 9, 277, 580 | 8, 118, 639 
Quebracho extract_—-.___|_____ Coke es 31, 684, 757 |64, 652, 268 |57, 550, 183 
Olof petit graim 2 === = |2 ee doves ee 73, 358 75, 923 | 90, 176 
Palin tS he SS te Num CT | 2D, HENS 24, 371 22, 019 
Logs, quebracho and | Kilograms____|21, 774, 080 (38, 835, 693 |34, 280, 292 
others. | 
animal eresaywie dts == = aan Cubie meters_ 49, 879 82, 577 67, 246 
Wool, jnostis 2 Number_-_-_-__- 26, 321 101, 300 124, 548 
Joba lbiraye. ee Bundlessess.= 2, 309, 243 | 3, 170, 253 | 2, 844, 107 
Apallll Onesies eet ot KKilograms____| 1, 588, 416 2,396 | 2, 416, 755 
PO Of See tat cbr Mins See LI ce Ope eN Ls 23, 352 22, 368 147, 489 

















CONSTRUCTION OF TELEGRAPH LINES.—An expenditure of 51,000 
pesos for the repair of old telegraph lines and the construction of 
new lines was authorized by a presidential decree of February 23,1927. 

DAILY MAIL DELIVERY SERVICE.—Daily mail delivery service in 
Recoleta, Villa Mora, Tuyucudé, Ciudad Nueva, Pinoza (Dos Bocas), 
Vista Alegre, and Loma Clavel, suburbs of Asunci6n, was recently 
made possible by the appointment of additional mail carriers by the 
Post Office and Telegraph Bureau. 

HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT.—It was recently announced that neces- 
sary work including clearing, filling, the construction of 4 culverts, 
and 3 bridges on the Asuncién-Luque Highway had been authorized 
by the Government at a cost of 1,000,000 pesos. 


PERU 


AIRPLANE MAIL seRvICH.—The Peruvian Government has con- 
tracted with an American firm for the purchase of 6 airplanes (2 land 
planes and 4 seaplanes) for use in carrying mail and passengers 


608 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


between Iquitos and La Merced. Iquitos is on the Amazon River, 
and from La Merced, the western terminus, there is an automobile 
highway to the Peruvian Central Railway, which makes connections 
with Lima. The air service will be in three sections, the two land 
planes being used for the La Merced sections. With the inauguration 
of this service, which is set for July, traveling time from Iquitos to 
Lima will be cut from 22 to 2 days. 

AIRPLANES USED FOR SPRAYING COTTON.—Several months ago 
representatives of an American firm arrived in Peru to make arrange- 
ments for dusting cotton by airplane in the Cafiete Valley as a means 
of ridding it of the plagues which have recently been affecting the 
production. 

SALVADOR 


CONSTRUCTION OF BRIDGES.—Bridges across Quebrada Seca and 
Quebrada de Mariona on the national road which connects the capital 
with Santa Ana were to be inaugurated on the 28th of March. 

Puspiic works.—The drainage of Lake Ilopango was finished 
about the middle of February. The inauguration of the works of 
sanitation, paving, electrical lighting, water supply, and the pier at 
La Libertad was celebrated on the 16th of February. 

Plans are being made and contracts concluded for the construction 
in the Republic of the following public works: A public slaughter- 
house in the town of Aculhuaca; the necessary masonry structures 
for supplying potable water to the town of El Paisnal, Department of 
San Salvador; and a cement structure to be used as a market in the 
city of San Vicente. Likewise, a contract has been made by the 
municipality of Antiguo Cuscatlin and the electric lighting company of 
San Salvador for the introduction of electric lighting into the former. 

AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION.—The Executive power has 
authorized the Department of the Treasury to purchase a piece of 
property situated in San Cristébal, district of San Vicente, for the 
purpose of establishing thereon an agricultural experiment station. 

Import TRADE.—The imports to San Salvador have greatly in- 
creased since 1921, in which year they represented less than 4,000 
tons of 2,000 pounds, while in the year 1926 they reached the amount 
of 40,000 tons. The completion in 1922 of the International Rail- 
ways as far as San Salvador was a determining factor, as shown by the 
fact that almost the total of said increase was made up of imports to 
San Salvador. 

RAILROAD CONSTRUCTION.—The section of the International 
Railways of Central America connecting Santa Lucia with Ahuacha- 
pan was inaugurated on the 27th of February, 1927. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 609 
URUGUAY 


ForEIGN TRADE.—According to official statistics quoted by La 
Marana of Montevideo for February 26, 1927, the total value of 
Uruguayan foreign trade during the year 1926 was 168,045,247 pesos. 
Of this sum 73,271,830 pesos represent the value of imports and 
94,773,417 pesos the value of exports. 

CONSTRUCTION OF INTERNATIONAL BRIDGE.—Plans have been 
approved and preliminary work begun on the international bridge 
over the Yaguarén River between the cities of Rio Branco, Brazil, 
and Yaguarén, Uruguay, as authorized by the treaty of July 22, 
1918, between Brazil and Uruguay. 

INTERNATIONAL AIR MAIL.—It was stated in La Manana of Monte- 
video of February 15, 1927, that negotiations for a provisional air- 
mail concession to operate between Recife, Brazil, and Buenos Aires, 
Argentina, are being made by the Junker Mission with Brazil, 
Uruguay, and Argentina. The proposed service, which includes 
stops at the cities of Caravellas, Bahia, Victoria, Rio de Janeiro, 
Santos, Paranagua, Floriandépolis, Porto Alegre, Rio Grande, Monte- 
video, and Buenos Aires, is expected to be initiated sometime within 
the coming six months. 

AGRICULTURAL FAIR.—The fourteenth annual agricultural fair at 
Durazno, held under the auspices of the Rural Society of that depart- 
ment, was formally opened on March 7, 1927. 

Prorposep Rio DE JANEIRO-MONTEVIDEO HIGHWAY.—It -was 
announced in La Manana of Montevideo for February 17, 1927, 
that the Highway Commission of Sao Paulo, Brazil, had undertaken 
studies preliminary to the construction of a highway uniting Rio de 
Janeiro, Sao Paulo, and Montevideo. (See p. 598, under Brazil.) 


VENEZUELA 


FIrTH NATIONAL CENSUS.—A partial report of the fifth national 
census of Venezuela decreed August 15, 1925, and taken January 31 
to February 3, 1926, was published recently. The population of five 
States as given in the report is as follows: Anzodtegui, 112,797; 
Apure, 42,999; Aragua, 105,839; Bolivar, 75,227; Carabobo, 147,204; 
and Cojedes, 82,153. 

TONKA BEAN TREE REFORESTATION.—In an effort to preserve the 
tonka bean tree, a valuable source of Venezuelan national wealth, an 
Executive decree was recently issued forbidding the picking of the 
tonka bean crop during the coming season. When the fruit re- 
mains unpicked the ripened seeds fall to the ground, and soon spring 
up as young trees, thus effecting reforestation. The exports of tonka 
beans from Venezuela are considerable. 


610 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


PROGRESS IN THE STATE OF APURE DURING THE YEAR.—lIn his 
message to Congress at the opening of the annual session of 1927, 
General José Dominguez, President of the State of Apure, stated that 
during 1926 a central committee for the extension of agriculture had 
been organized. The interest thereby aroused resulted in great agri- 
cultural development and a consequent increase in the size of crops 
and lower prices. He also stated that some 110 kilometers (kilometer 
equals 0.62 mile) of old highways had been repaired, 614 kilometers of 
streets and new highways constructed, 2 new bridges built and 12 old 
ones repaired, and numerous public buildings erected during the year. 

HypRAULIC POWER PLANT.—On February 6, 1927, the hydraulic 
power plant at Rio Claro near Barquisimeto in the State of Lara was 
put into operation; it is expected that the construction of this plant 
will mean much toward the industrial development of the region 
round about. 

INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC LIGHT SERVIcE.—According to El 
Universal of Caracas for February 20, 1927, the installation of electric 
light service in Antimano has been completed and improvements 
effected in the service in Maiquetia and La Vega. 








COSTA RICA 


MortGaGE BANK.—A mortgage bank to be established in San José, 
with branches in such other places as may be decided, was created by 
legislative decrees of January 17 and 20, 1927, for the purpose of 
facilitating mortgage loans payable over long periods. Organized 
with an administrative body of five directors chosen by the Govern- 
ment, the bank will issue securities and mortgage bonds in exchange 
for mortgages made in its favor and carry on other financial opera- 


tions. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


OprreNntna or Concress.—In compliance with the provisions of the 
Constitution, Congress met for its first regular session of the year on 
February 27, at which time the President presented his annual 
message. 

GUATEMALA 


Raitway toan.—A first lien and refunding mortgage loan of 
$7,500,000 in 614 per cent gold bonds dated February 1, 1927, due 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 611 


February 1, 1947, was launched in the United States by the Interna- 
tional Railways of Central America on February 10, 1927. The 
proceeds of the sale will be applied in part toward financing the con- 
struction of 197 miles of railroad in Guatemala and Salvador, and in 
part for other corporate purposes. This railway, which traverses a 
rich agricultural region of the two countries, is expected to be finished 
in 1928. 

REVENUE.—In his message to Congress on March 1, 1927, President 
Chacon stated that: 

Government revenues during the past vear amounted to 10,839,070 quetzales, 
or an increase of 1,161,449 quetzales over those of the previous vear. 

In pursuance of a policy to increase the efficiency of the treasury department, 
the services of an expert who has successfully concluded similar work in Chile, 
Panama, and Salvador were recently acquired by the Government for the com- 
plete reorganization of the customs service and the training of an efficient corps 
of clerks for that branch. 


MEXICO 


GOVERNMENT ECONOMY PROGRAM.—At a meeting of the Cabinet 
in March, President Calles presented a program for Government 
economy, in which the members of his cabinet heartily concurred. 
The President expressed his desire that no check should be placed on 
those activities which promote the progress and immediate welfare 
of the Mexican people, such as highways, irrigation projects, the 
establishment of agricultural schools, and education in general, and 
also pledged the Government to the payment of the 68,000,000 
pesos due this year on the foreign debt. It is planned to economize 
12,000,000 pesos from the total of 327,525,000 pesos at which the 
budget was originally balanced. Arrangements will be made to 
pay the floating debt, which amoumts to somewhat more than 
15,000,000 pesos, over a term of years. 

FINANCIAL AID TO THE FARMER.—The Government is extending 
aid to the small farmer through the National Agricultural Credit 
Bank with its 200 local branches and through the Cooperative 
Agricultural Bank. Through the former, which began to function 
in June, 1926, more than 8,000,000 pesos have been loaned to farmers. 
Agricultural inspectors employed by the bank to see that loans are 
being put to good use have been able so to advise and instruct 
borrowers that they have largely increased their production of 
agriculture and stock. The bank has also taken a constructive part 
in systematizing and developing certain crops whose producers have 
sought their aid, as in the case of the sugar and tropical fruit growers. 

The Cooperative Agricultural Bank, which started its work May 
20, 1926, works entirely through cooperative societies, of which 19 
had been organized in various States by December 31, 1926. These 
were all rural, but the shareholders have voted to extend the bank’s 


612 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


facilities to industrial cooperatives as well. The rural cooperatives 
are agricultural, forestal, stock raising, and corn grinding. The 
forestal cooperatives have been responsible, the press states, for 

decrease in the price of charcoal (a much-used fuel) in Mexico City. 
Loans were made in 1926 to the amount of approximately 126,000 
pesos. It is interesting to note the friendly gesture of the Federation 
Bank and Trust Co., a labor bank of New York, which made a 
deposit of $5,000 in the Cooperative Agricultural Bank. 


PERU 


Loan For $15,000,000.—In March last bonds of the Peruvian 
Government for $15,000,000, the first part of an authorized loan 
of £5,000,000, were placed on the New York market at 96%. Of 
the proceeds of these bonds, which mature September 1, 1959, 
$3,000,000 will be used to pay existing debts, while the remainder 
will be employed in the purchase of machinery and equipment for 
the manufacture of tobacco products and for the construction of 
railways, irrigation works, and sewer systems. The loan is guaran- 
teed by the proceeds of the tobacco monopoly. 

LoAN FOR THE CITY OF CaLuao.—The Chamber of Deputies has 
approved a bill authorizing the Government to guarantee the pro- 
jected Callao municipal loan for $1,500,000 negotiated in Los Angeles, 
California. The loan is to bear interest at 744 per cent annually, 
certain municipal revenues being pledged sufficient to provide for 
the requisite semiannual interest payments, and for a sinking fund 
out of which bonds of the new issue are to be retired at a price not 
to exceed 107144. The Callao loan will mature January 1, 1942, 
when all outstanding bonds are to be retired at par. 





COSTA RICA 


ACCIDENT COMPENSATION.—New regulations regarding labor acci- 
dent compensation issued in accordance with the insurance law of 
October 30, 1924, were decreed by the President on January 17, 1927. 
In addition to regulations included in the decree of June 10, 1926, 
annulled by the present law, the act names the trades included in the 
scope of the accident compensation, specifies the procedure to be 
followed in case of accident, defines duties of the superior court in 
case of dispute, and determines compensation of injured persons 
or, if the injury resulted in death, of their dependents. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 613 


PANAMA 


ALCOHOL FUEL LAW.—A law was approved in February for the 
manufacture of fuel alcohol in combination with gasoline or petroleum, 
as experiments along this line have given satisfactory results. 


PARAGUAY 


AMENDMENT OF ELECTORAL LAW.—Amendments to law No. 702 of 
November 14, 1924, governing the election of deputies, senators, 
conventioners, presidential electors, and members of electoral boards 
and municipal councils were passed on January 28, 1927, being 
published in the Diario Oficial of February 3, 1927. 
















5 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION | Te 
get » ADE}\DUCATION : s@ 7 


ARGENTINA 


EXCHANGE OF FOREIGN AND ARGENTINE PROFESSORS.—Dr. Corio- 
lano Alberini, dean of the School of Philosophy and Letters of the 
University of Buenos Aires, has recently returned from the United 
States and Europe where he arranged for the exchange of foreign and 
Argentine professors. Doctor Alberini served as Argentine delegate 
to the Sixth International Congress of Philosophy held in Boston. 
Among the foreign lecturers to come to Argentina during the present 
university year are: Federico Enriquez, Italian philosopher and 
mathematician; Paul Rivet and Paul Langevin, renowned French 
scientists; and Waldo Frank, an American writer; and for the follow- 
ing year: Giovanni Gentile, Italian philosopher; Hans Driesch, German 
biologist; and other professors from the United States, France, and 
Italy. Doctor Alberini said that the professors invited will give 
university courses in their special subjects as well as lectures to other 
audiences. 

BOLIVIA 


ScHOOL POPULATION OF OruRO.—The school population of the city 
of Oruro, which has been steadily growing from year to year, has 
shown a very decided increase in the present year. In the public 
elementary and secondary schools alone the registration of pupils 
last January was 2,359, distributed among the following schools: 
Ignacio Le6én school for boys, 413; Ildefonso Murguia school for boys, 
260; Jorge Oblitas school for boys, 317; Maria Quiroz girls’ school, 
246; Donato Vasquez girls’ school, 426; Soria Galvarro kindergarten, 
237; Bolivar academy, 350; and ihe Dalene high school, 110. 


614 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


TracHers’ Leacue.—A meeting of teachers was held recently in 
Potosi for the purpose of reorganizing the Teachers’ League, created 
a year ago. The following board was elected at this meeting: 
President, Senor Arturo Aranibar; vice president, Sefior Salvador 
Revilla; treasurer, Sefor Francisco Chacén; and secretaries, Sefior 
Jorge Schmidt and Sefior Carlos Medinaceli. 


BRAZIL 


GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF Rio DE JANEIRO.—On February 25, 
1927, the Geographical Society of Rio de Janeiro held a large as- 
sembly for the celebration of its forty-fourth anniversary. In an 
address on this occasion Dr. Joéo Domingues spoke of the five presi- 
dents under whom the activities of the society have grown. They 
were: Marquis de Paranagua, Baron Homem de Mello, Marshal 
Thaumaturgo de Azevedo, Admiral Antonio Coutinho Gomes Pereira 
and General J. M. Moreira Guimaraes, who now holds the presidency. 

Concress oF History.—The press reports that the Historical 
Institute of Brazil plans to convoke a Congress of History in April, 
1931. The Historical Institute was founded in 1838 to collect, 
classify, publish, and preserve the documents necessary for the history 
and geography of Brazil, as well as to promote public knowledge of 
these two subjects. Dom Pedro II, the Magnanimous, presided 
over approximately 500 sessions of the institute during a period of 
more than 40 years. President Washington Luis became a member 
of the Institute in May, 1912. 


CHILE 


SCHOLARSHIPS.—By a recent decree a change was made in the 
method of granting scholarships in public high schools. Henceforth 
these scholarships will be awarded by a committee composed of the 
Assistant Secretary of Public Instruction, the president of the League 
of Indigent Students, and the principal of the respective school for 
which the scholarship is given. It is hoped by this means to facilitate 
the admittance to the high schools of really deserving students. 


COLOMBIA 


New Minister oF Pusiic INstruction.—Dr. José Vicente 
Huertas, a well-known physician and surgeon, has been appointed 
Minister of Public Education and Public Health. 

ScHOOL NotEes.—According to a recent message of the President 
of the Republic, the number of primary schools increased from 1922 
to 1926 by 874 schools; the number of students enrolled, by 126,245; 
of normal graduate teachers, by 124; of provincial school inspectors, 
by 26; of school sites owned by the Government, by 517. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 615 


The number of secondary schools was also augmented, the increase 
in students in these being 583. 

The girls’ normal schools in the provincial capitals which were 
closed in 1922 have been reopened. A fine school building has been 
completed at Chapinero, which will be used as a teachers’ college for 
women under the direction of German teachers who have recently 
arrived in Colombia. 

Professional instruction has also shown considerable progress. 

Tue ‘“UniversipaD Lisre.’’—This university was established in 
Bogota five years ago by the Liberal Party with the idea of strengthen- 
ing the foundations for popular education. The ‘Universidad Libre,”’ 
according to its constitution, is an institution of general culture and 
of higher and professional instruction, based on modern ideas. It 
enjoys the cooperation of a large number of persons who are interested 
in the education of youth. The number of departments which it 
comprises at present—the Preparatory School, High School, Schools 
of Commerce, Law and Social Science, and Engineering—will be 
increased by schools of Economic Sciences, Agriculture, Liberal Arts, 
and Education. Plans are also being made to establish a preparatory 
school for girls, as the university is dog everything possible to 
encourage the attendance of women students. The university is 
maintained by Colombian liberals. 

New pictTronary.—A_ syntactic, orthoepic and orthographical 
dictionary has been published recently in Colombia, written by the 
well known teacher Don Manuel de Jestis Andrade. This dictionary 
will be very important and useful for schools and colleges, as well 
as for general use. 

COSTA RICA 





TEXTBOOK COMPETITION.—A competition to obtain elementary 
arithmetic, geography, introductory botany, and physical geography 
textbooks especially adapted for use in Costa Rican schools was 
officially announced on January 26, 1927. At the conclusion of the 
competition on December 8, 1927, the authors of those texts adjudged 
best by the committee of secondary-school principals and the chief 
of primary instruction will receive 2,500 colones and the right to 20 
per cent of the copies of the first edition. 

CONSTRUCTION CLASSES.—It was recently announced that in view 
of the success attained last year, free classes for carpenters and 
bricklayers will again be held this year by teachers of the School of 
Engineering. The curriculum is divided into an introductory and 
advanced course and includes arithmetic, construction and survey- 
ing, drawing, blue prints, architecture, and history of art. 

SECONDARY EDUCATION.—The course of studies in the national 
secondary schools has been reorganized according to the schedule 


616 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


given below, with the idea of making possible for the students a more 
intensive study of the most important subjects: 




















Years 

Se — , 
I IN III IV Vv VI | Total 
Spanishees*o amet te aa 4 4 | A 4 4 | 4 24 
| Sra TS ee ea 3 | 3 3 3 3 | 3 | 18 
Bie 1G hike tes ee enn sea wee a 0 | 2 2 3 | 3 | 3 13 
Geoonraphiy ae tea Sea ee | 2 3 3 | 2 | 28 14 
nlistony Seen: aoe Gaeeee DR Rae sla ee Sales Se 8 15 
Physics and chemistry ____-___ 3 5) 3 3 4 3 | 19 
Naturalisciences-—-=2 522 -22— 4 | 4 4 2 | 2 45 20 
Mathematics 22+. 5225 22 en | 4 4 4 f 4 3 | 23 
22 24 25 25 25 25 146 

| } 











Under certain conditions the following subjects may also be taught 
in these schools: Dead languages, other modern languages, psy- 
chology and logic, good manners, civics, agriculture, stenography 
and accounting, sewing, cooking, drawing, manual work, music, 
and physical education. However, no student may take more than 
34 hours of work per week. 

CUBA 


NATIONAL SOCIETY OF EDUCATION AND CULTURAL ADVANCEMENT.— 
In order to foster cultural development and to extend it to the most 
remote sections of the country, the Government has created a 
National Society of Education and Cultural Advancement, whose 
membership will be composed of persons on the university faculties, 
teachers, and in general all persons connected with education. 

GOLD MEDAL FOR THACHERS.—As a well-merited recognition of 
service, the Government will in the future award a gold medal to 
each primary school teacher who has served in the public schools for 
25 successive years, without receiving an adverse entry in his personal 
record. On the obverse the medal will be inscribed ‘Tribute of the 
Republic to the Primary Teacher.”’ 

UNIVERSITY ENROLLMENT.—According to the figures published by 
the National Statistical Commission for the academic year 1925-26, 
the number of students registered in the various schools of the 
National University was as follows: Law, 46; Medicine and Pharmacy, 
179; Science and Letters, 278; total, 503 students. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 617 


ECUADOR 


Prorressor KEMMERER HONORED.—Shortly before leaving Ecuador 
last March Prof. Edwin W. Kemmerer, who had been in that country 
for several months at the head of a financial mission, was named 
Doctor in honoris causa, by the University Council, at the sugges- 
tion of the Faculty of Jurisprudence of the Central University. 
According to the educational laws of Ecuador this honor can be 
conferred only on persons who have rendered some important service 


to the nation. 
GUATEMALA 


Scuoout Nores.—The recent message of the President of the Re- 
public shows a marked advance in the field of education during the 
preceding year. Primary schools which were in session numbered 
2,909, with 3,212 teachers, and there was an average attendance of 
80,997 students out of the 103,859 who were registered. The in- 
crease in private primary schools was also marked (146 over the num- 
ber in 1925). University, secondary, normal, and special instruction 
was given in forty schools in the country, with flattering results. 
A teacher-rating bureau and a bureau for indigent education and 
the eradication of illiteracy were created during the year. 

New pPERIODICAL.—The Department of Public Instruction has 
initiated the publication of an interesting journal entitled ‘Rural 
Education,’’ as the organ of the Department for the Education of 
Indians and Control of Illiteracy. ‘‘This journal,” according to the 
department, “is intended for teachers and all persons interested in 
the advancement of the poorer classes, and especially for rural teachers 
in remote districts who are working among the poor Indian popula- 
tion.’ The Buuuerin cordially greets this new publication and 
wishes it great success in its splendid undertaking. 

PoruLarR UNIvERSITy.—At the beginning of the school year, the 
Popular University announced that two more schools for illiterates 
had been opened in Huehuetenango and another organized in Ayutla. 


HONDURAS 


Socipty oF GEOGRAPHY AND Hisrory.—On February 19, 1927, the 
right of incorporation was granted to the Society of Geography and 
History of Honduras, with headquarters in Tegucigalpa. The 
society purposes to preserve the archives of the Nation, collect docu- 
ments of historical value, make preliminary studies for a general map 
and general statistics of the country, publish the works of foreign 
writers on the geography and history of Honduras, and render other 
similar services. 

Niautr Scuoou.—The Unién Obrera, or Labor Union, of Juticalpa 
opened a night school in that city on February 11, 1927. Sixty-seven 
persons are enrolled in the two sections. 


618 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


MEXICO 


Liprarians’ Conecress.—The first Congress of Mexican Librarians 
was held in Mexico City last March, under the auspices of the Depart- 
ment of Public Education, of which the Library Bureau is part. 
Seventy delegates from all parts of the Republic assembled to discuss 
the best means for improving and developing along modern lines the 
4,000 libraries of the Nation. Sefior Rafael Aguilar y Santillan, 
librarian of the Antonio Alzate Scientific Society, was elected presi- 
dent of the Congress. Many interesting papers were read, and impor- 
tant addresses were made by Srta. Esperanza Velazquez Bringas, 
chief of the Library Bureau, Prof. Moisés Saenz, Assistant Secretary 
of Edueation, Dr. Julio H. Brand4n, Secretary of the Argentine 
Legation, and Senor Maximino Martinez, of the Bureau of Biological 
Studies. 

Srta. Bringas said in closing her address that the purpose of the 
Department of Education is to mold the Nation by means of the 
school and the book. Professor SAenz upheld as the goal of the library 
a book for every taste or need, and gave many practical suggestions 
on the use of the library. Doctor Brandan described the popular 
libraries in Argentina, as well as those of the Nation and universities. 
Professor Martinez spoke especially of lectures on popular science 
and the use of lantern slides or motion pictures to illustrate them, 
giving a demonstration as he talked. 


PANAMA 


Boutvarian Universiry.—In a recent session the Council of the 
Bolivarian University announced that it is probable that the Univer- 
sity will begin to function this year. It was also stated that Peru in- 
tends to send in April the first installment of 5,000 Peruvian pounds 
of the 50,000 pounds which she has offered toward the University. 
The Peruvian quota will be used for the construction of the amphi- 
theater of the Medical School. Ecuador has voted a contribution, 
Colombia has already made hers, and Venezuela has ordered the 
building of the School of Political and Social Sciences. The Medical 
School Building was completed on January 28, at a cost of $81,000. 
It is located near Santo Tomas Hospital in the outskirts of Panama 
City. (Courtesy of Panaman Legation in Washington.) 

ScHoou NorEs.—The interesting report of the Secretary of Public 
Instruction for 1926 states that, with a view to extending education in 
the country, three competitive scholarships in foreign countries have 
been established “for advanced studies in education, two scholarships 
to be awarded to experienced teachers and one to a normal or sec- 
ondary teacher.”’ Summer courses for teachers and school inspectors 
have been opened; school libraries have been created, and to give 
ereater impulse to this movement a ‘‘ Book Day” has been established 
and also a ‘““Committee on Good Books.” 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 619 


There were 446 primary schools in 1926, with 1,492 teachers and an 
enrollment of 54,214 pupils; the number of private schools reached 
71 with an enrollment of 9,156 pupils; and the enrollment in the night 
schools for adults was 1,345. The number of students enrolled in the 
National Institute amounted to 1,573. In the industrial and 
vocational courses the enrollment was 573, with an average attend- 
ance of 520.9. In the Normal School the enrollment was 696 and the 
average attendance 666.2. The enrollment in the higher courses 
(law, pharmacy, agriculture) was 67, and the average attendance 
58 students. 

SALVADOR 


A PUBLIC READING ROooM.—A reading room was opened on the 
General Ramon Belloso athletic field in San Salvador on the 15th 
of February of the current year. It was named Juan de Dios del 
Cid Reading Room to honor the memory of Juan de Dios del Cid, 
who is said by the press of San Salvador to have constructed the first 
printing press in America and who printed his first book in that city 
in 1647. 

NEW RURAL scHooLts.—Three more rural schools were inaugurated 
in the municipality of Santa Ana on the Ist of March of this year. 

ScHOOL oF TyprwritinG.—The first school of typewriting in the 
city of Santa Tecla has been established as an annex to the Academy 
of San Luis. Due to the fact that tuition is moderate it is expected 
that it will be within the means of all. 

New Minirary ScuHoou.—A military school has been established 
in San Salvador to take the place of the Polytechnic Military School. 
The director, as well as the greater part of the teaching staff, will be 
officers of the National Army. The course of study covers three years. 


URUGUAY 


CONGRESS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION.—The first annual Congress 
of Secondary Education, organized with the idea of bringing the 
teachers and administrative personnel of the Uruguayan schools into 
closer contact for the consideration of educational problems, was 
formally opened in Montevideo on February 18, 1927, by Dr. Agustin A. 
Musso, the dean of the university. Afterwards the congress divided 
into sections to study the works presented under the several heads 
of Curricula, Pedagogy, and University Organization and Problems of 
the Teacher, the closing session being held on February 26, 1927. 

UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE.—On March 20, 1927, in accordance with 
a plan for intellectual’ exchange agreed upon by the Universities of 
Uruguay and Brazil, a large student delegation from the University 
of Rio de Janeiro arrived in Montevideo, where its members will 
both teach and study. 


620 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
VENEZUELA 


PUBLICATION OF Rosas’s worKs.—It was announced on February 
22, 1927, that Dr. José E. Machado has completed the work of revising 
and editing the second volume of the Historical Studies, by Aristides 
Rojas, the publication of which was authorized by the Government 
last year in commemoration of the Rojas centenary. 

ACARIGUA NIGHT SCHOOL.—<According to information recently re- 
ceived, a night school has been established in Acarigua; at the present 
time it has an attendance of 44 pupils. 





ARGENTINA 


SEASIDE VACATION CAMP FOR WOMEN WORKERS.—Senorita Victoria 
Aguirre for some years has maintained a seaside vacation camp at 
Miramar for employed women who attend one of the evening schools 
in Buenos Aires. The provincial government cooperates with 
Senorita Aguirre in this good work by lending a school at Miramar 
to house the camp, while the railroad fares to and from Buenos 
Aires are met by the Ministry of Justice and Public Instruction. 
Groups of 75 women are sent to this vacation camp for a stay after 
having been recommended by the physician. 


BRAZIL 


ComMERcIAL Empioyess’ AssocraTtion.—On March 7, 1927, the 
Commercial Employees’ Association of Brazil celebrated its forty- 
seventh anniversary. This association has grown from the original 
43 members to 27,000. The new officers for the year 1927-28 were 
installed at the anniversary meeting, Senhor Arthur Osorio da Cunha 
Cabrera being reelected president. The association carries on a 
number of services such as a vacation farm, a dental service, mutual 
benefit fund, and a school. Plans are being made for the opening of 
a hospital for tubercular members. 


GUATEMALA 


APPROVAL OF BY-LAWS.—On January 19, 1927, the by-laws of the 
Mechanics Mutual Aid Association, which was recently organized in 
Jalapa to better working conditions and afford membership benefits, 
received Government approval. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 621 


COMPLETION OF LABOR BUILDING.—A building erected by the 
Workmen’s Life Insurance Co. at a cost of over 1,000,000 pesos has 
been completed in Guatemala City. It contains a large hall and 
spacious offices for the society. 


HONDURAS 


CounciL oF CENTRAL AMERICAN LABOR FEpERATION.—On March 
28 of this year the Council of the Central American Labor Federation 
was constituted as follows at a meeting held in Tegucigalpa: Presi- 
dent, Sefor Manuel E. Sosa, delegate of Honduras; secretary gen- 
eral and foreign secretary, Sefior Julio C. Castro, delegate of Salvador; 
and home secretary and treasurer, Senor Nestor J. Juarez, delegate of 


Guatemala. 
MEXICO 


DispuTEs IN TEXTILE INDUSTRY.—An Executive resolution of 
March 15, 1927, requires that hereafter all disputes arising between 
employers and employees in the textile industry shall be submitted 
to the consideration of the Department of Industry, Commerce, and 
Labor. This is made necessary by the fact that a general agreement 
between employers and employees was made for the entire industry 
as a result of the Textile Convention which convened last year. 
Therefore, should local authorities mediate in disputes, confusion in 
the general agreement might result. 






SOCIAL PROGRESS 
Sad vs 


BRAZIL 


Scour excursions.—The Federation of Boy Scouts of Brazil is 
promoting excursions by various troops to visit other troops, and to 
some of the warships of the Brazilian Navy. It is considered that 
these trips, beside making troops of scouts acquainted with each 
other, give the public an idea of the good results of the scout move- 
ment, and also provide the boys with interesting and instructive 
outings. 

BraziLiaN LEAGUE OF Mentat Hyarene.—The consultation office 
of the Brazilian League of Mental Hygiene is again open for the 
service of the public in Rio de Janeiro at the headquarters of the 
league, in the building of the Elviro Carrilho Dispensary, which is 
part of the Gaffrée-Guinle Foundation. Here two physicians give 
advice daily to sufferers from nervous troubles. 

43851— 27—Bull. 6——7 


622 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


CHILE 


PsycHoLtoeicaL Lasporatory.—In the Mercurio of Santiago an 
interesting account was published recently of an interview with 
Dr. Luis Tirapegui, Professor of Psychology of the Pedagogical 
Institute of Santiago and Director of the Experimental Psychological 
Laboratory. Speaking of the various functions of the laboratory, 
Doctor Tirapegui said that among other things an anthropological 
and psychological study of children was being made there and 
intelligence tests prepared. These tests have already been tried 
out in some schools, although not in all educational establishments, 
as this practice has not yet been officially authorized. A psychiatric 
clinic for backward and abnormal children functions in connection 
with the laboratory. Children sent here by their parents, teachers, 
or physicians are examined, and inquiries are made regarding their 
medical history, inheritance, and mental capacity, as a basis for a 
report on the method best suited for their education. 

CoURSE FOR PUBLIC-HEALTH NURSES.—The opening of the Govern- 
ment school for public-health nurses in Santiago was held on February 
28 last, in the presence of Dr. Lucas Sierra, Director General of 
Public Health, and other officials. The first course was started 
with an enrollment of 30 pupils, selected from a group of persons 
having already some medical experience; these pupils will graduate 
at the end of the present year. Next year, however, a three-year 
course will be opened, for enrollment in which applicants will be 
required to have certain special knowledge. The school is furnished 
throughout with a view to comfort and hygiene, in order to demon- 
strate to the student nurses the pleasure and benefit derived from 
living under sanitary conditions, thus helping them to carry this 
spirit into the homes where their work will be done. Two hospital 
wards, one for adults and the other for children, are established in 
connection with the school, where nurses will acquire practical 
training in the care of the sick. 

PLANS FOR WORKERS’ HOUSING.—Funds were allotted in the 1926 
budget for constructing houses for workers in Santiago and Val- 
paraiso, and the building law also provides certain funds for this 
purpose. The plans prepared by the Council of Social Welfare 
call for the construction of 270 houses in Santiago, containing two 
and three rooms each, while in Valparaiso 33 houses of the same 
size will be erected. 

IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE STREET-CLEANING DEPARTMENT.—The 
street-cleaning department of Santiago expects to put into full use 
very shortly the garbage incinerators installed recently in that city. 
The equipment of the street-cleaning department has also been 
increased by the recent purchase of street-sweeping machines, water- 
ing trucks, and 15 motor trucks for removing trash and garbage. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 623 


IMPROVEMENT IN PUBLIC HEALTH REPORTED.—According to statis- 
tics prepared by the Director General of Sanitation the mortality in 
Chile has been reduced from 35 to 21 per thousand since the adoption 


of the new sanitary code. 
COLOMBIA 


INSTITUTE FOR THE BLIND.—In a recent issue of the Bulletin men- 
tion was made of the Institute for the Blind founded in Bogota, which 
has by virtue of law No. 45 of November 10, 1926, been given an 
official character. This institute has at present 46 pupils who, 
besides taking the regular educational courses, are taught some 
means of earning a livelihood. Both governmental and depart- 
mental scholarships are given for those who request them. Board- 
ing pupils are also admitted. (Courtesy of the Colombian Legation in 
Washington.) 

INSTITUTIONS OF THE NaTIONAL Rep Cross.—The Colombian 
National Red Cross has several welfare institutions operating in 
Bogota, the capital city, among which is a general clinic, under the 
direction of a corps of visiting nurses and Dr. Jorge Cavelier, spe- 
cialist in diseases of the kidneys; Dr. Miguel Rueda, obstetrician and 
specialist in children’s diseases; Dr. Roberto Franco, specialist in 
tropical diseases; Drs. Juan N. Corpas and Pompilio Martinez, 
surgeons; Drs. José Ignacio Uribe and Manuel José Silva, skin 
specialists; and Drs. José Maria Lombana Barreneche, Abraham 
Salgar, Carlos Esguerra and Julio Manrique, general practitioners. 
This clinic also takes care of first-aid cases, having special provisions 
made for this purpose, sending the patients afterwards either to a 
hospital or private nursing home as the case may demand. The 
Red Cross also maintains a child-welfare center for children under 
12 years of age, under the direction of competent physicians and 
specialists in children’s diseases. This center is provided with baths, 
and a milk station for poor children. In addition the Red Cross 
manages two day nurseries for infants, in charge of a competent 
staff of nurses and physicians. Besides bathing facilities for the chil- 
dren, there are baths connected with these nurseries for adults. both 


men and women. 
CUBA 


NaTIonaL INSTITUTE OF SOCIOLOGY AND SoctaL WELFARE.—Under 
the foregoing name a society has been organized in Habana which 
intends to study the best modern social thought and practice of other 
countries tending toward the welfare and peace of society; to spread 
as much of this information as possible among all classes of Cubans 
and to awaken their social conscience to the problems facing them; 
to suggest social legislation; and to cooperate in Government or 
private efforts toward the solution of social problems. The officers 
of the institute are as follows: President, Senor Felipe Correoso del 


624 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Risco; vice president, Sefor Carlos Loveira Chirino; secretary gen- 
eral, Senor Andrés Hernandez Fernandez; and treasurer, Sefor 
Celestino Aguilar Mora. 

SANITARY MEASURES.—T'wo important decrees regarding special 
measures to combat tuberculosis were issued recently by President 
Machado, acting on the advice of Dr. Francisco M. Fernandez, 
Secretary of Sanitation and Charities. One decree refers to enlarg- 
ing the National Board of Sanitation and the other to the creation of 
a Bureau of Tuberculosis under the Secretary of Sanitation. A cam- 
paign against tuberculosis will also be started throughout the Repub- 
lic by the Secretary of Sanitation, lectures being given in workshops, 
schools, and theaters, telling how to treat this disease and how to 
prevent infection. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

REGULATION OF MILK supPLY.—The United States Children’s 
Bureau reports that in view of the high infant-mortality rate in Cuba, 
attributed mainly to gastrointestinal disorders, the Cuban Government 
recently called a conference of public-health officials for the purpose 
of deciding on measures for the regulation of the milk supply. One 
public-health officer has been appointed to supervise the milk supply 
in the urban areas and another to supervise the supply in the rural 
districts. Dealers have also been ordered to test the milk and if they 
find adulteration to report the fact to public-health authorities. 
Failure to do so will be punished by a fine. 

Another outcome of the conference was an order published by the 
Secretary of Sanitation, Circular No. 473, stating that in towns where 
there exists a plant for Pasteurizing milk in quantities large enough to 
meet the demands for this commodity, it is forbidden to sell un-Pas- 
teurized milk, except to the Pasteurizing plant. Regulations for the 
sale of certified milk will be issued later. 

NatronaL Mepicat Coneress.—The Executive Committee of the 
Seventh National Medical Congress has resolved that this congress 
shall convene in the city of Habana from December 11 to 17, 1927. 
The principal subjects which will be discussed at the congress will 
be divided into five different groups, namely, general mediéal treat- 
ment, general surgery, pharmacology, dentistry, and veterinary 
science. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

Rep Cross DISPENSARY.—In the dispensary of the Cuban Red 
Cross in Habana the following services were rendered during the last 
six months of 1926: 





General medical examinations. 1, 022 | Injections__-________________ 584 
Whobonere HeRNOW ak 136 | Patients registered___________ 4, 084 
Digestive organs.____________ 695.|:Consultations=__25 =) 5s 8, 383 
Respiratory organs_____._____ 953 | Eye examination____________ 1 
Children’s diseases________ ___ ADRS We MUinerhnanermny 2 6 
Skin diseases and syphilis_—___ 386 | Mental and nervous diseases___ 82 
Throat, nose, and ear diseases_ 280 | Prescriptions filled at the phar-  ~ 

Teethipulled.. (ve ame eee 1, 024 MACYS Lee eee ere 10, 173 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 625 


This dispensary took care of 28,226 patients from November 13, 
1922, to December 31, 1926, and filled 66,461 prescriptions. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


SURGICAL HOSPITAL TO BE CONSTRUCTED.—The corner stone of the 
building for the new surgical hospital, which the Committee on Public 
Charities of Santo Domingo plans to construct in that city, was laid 
with appropriate ceremony on February 26 last in the presence of a 
large and distinguished company. 


ECUADOR 


CLASSES IN CHILD WELFARE.—Great interest is being shown in 
the classes on child welfare recently opened in the Juan Leén Mera 
School of Quito. This instruction will fill a long-felt need, as reports 
from many charity associations show the ravages of disease among 
children of the poor, due largely to lack of proper hygienic knowledge 
and care. 

HAITI 


New HospiraLt.—The new hospital opened at Petit-Goave early 
this year includes a combined dispensary and operating building, a 
ward building, kitchen, sanitary arrangements, and_ storehouse. 
Extensions have also been authorized for future construction. (Bul- 
letin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.) 

Property carps.—The work of gathering data for the new 
property cards, begun on August 31, 1926, was completed on January 
29, 1927. These property cards contain the owner’s name, address, 
number of people in each dwelling, kinds and conditions of sanitary 
arrangements, number of springs or wells, drains, condition of yards, 
and disposition of garbage. Each inspector has one zone, which is 
divided into eight districts. The chief inspector determines the size 
of the district, which usually varies from 50 to 110 properties, accord- 
ing to the nature of the various neighborhoods. During the month 
of January 22,919 property inspections were made in Port au Prince. 
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.) 


HONDURAS 


Pusiic Heatru Service.—The General Bureau of Public Health 
in February opened a new daily service for injection of neosalvarsan 
in the office of the bureau in Tegucigalpa and in other cities of the 
Republic. The injections are sold to patients for injection by their 
own physicians or at a higher cost will be injected at the Bureau of 
Public Health. A house visiting service has been organized in 
connection with this new effort to stamp out venereal disease. 





626 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


EXAMINATION FOR WET NURSES.—The General Bureau of Health 
has undertaken in connection with the child welfare section and free 
milk station (Gota de Leche) to examine women who desire to 
become wet nurses. These women in addition to having a medical 
examination will be given laboratory tests for tuberculosis and 
syphilis. 

MEXICO 


ANTINARCOTIC WEEK.—A week of antinarcotic education was 
celebrated in Mexico City last March under the auspices of the 
Departments of Education and Industry, the Bureau of Public 
Health, the Government of the Federal District, the Public Charity 
Board, and the Newspaper Employees’ Union of the Federal District. 
Lectures were given by well-known physicians on the dangers of 
narcotic drugs, including marihuana. Theaters, schools, hospitals, 
military posts, prisons, markets, and street corners were the scene of 
these talks. Several showings of The Destruction of Humanity, an 
impressive film on the perils of drug addiction, were given before 
large audiences. 

REDUCTION OF INFANT MORTALITY.—The Federal Bureau of Public 
Health hopes to reduce infant mortality in Mexico by enlisting the 
services of a corps of voluntary visiting nurses, who will be instructed 
in infant care and feeding by means of a series of lectures to be given 
in all branches of the bureau throughout the Republic. 


NICARAGUA 


Work OF SANITARY SECTION.—The Fourth Section of the Depart- 
ment of Public Health, which has charge of the treatment of diseases 
caused by intestinal parasites and of the prevention and cure of 
tropical diseases, carried on the following work during the last three 
months of 1926 throughout the country: Examination of patients, 
5,302; hemoglobin tests, 2,700; hookworm treatments, 5,309; treat- 
ment for other intestinal parasites, 608; and antihookworm propa- 
ganda lectures in public halls, in schools, in the laboratory, and in 
homes, 629, reaching 4,901 persons. 

The headquarters of the Fourth Section is located in Managua, 
but sends out commissions to oversee the work of the branch labora- 
tories in other cities. There are two classes of laboratories established 
throughout the Republic; the permanent ones in Managua, Masaya, 
Leon, Granada, Chinandega, Rivas, and Matagalpa have an official 
who travels about to the neighboring towns to conduct sanitation 
campaigns, while the towns of Esteli, Chontales, Carazao, Jinotega, 
and others (where service is temporarily suspended) have ambulatory 
laboratory sections which care for the surrounding country. 
~ Dr. Daniel Malloy of the Rockefeller Foundation was in Matagalpa 
early in January with Dr. Bernabé Rosales, Chief of the Fourth 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 627 


Section of Sanitation, to establish the traveling laboratory services 
in Jinotega and Matagalpa and to inspect the sewer construction 
in progress there. 

The Sixth Section of Sanitation, in charge of school hygiene, finds 
in its examination of school children that the most prevalent diseases 
are anaemia and other troubles resulting from lack of personal 
cleanliness and from poor nutrition. 


PARAGUAY 


ACTIVITIES OF TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITAL.—In his annual report 
to the Director of Public Welfare, Dr. Ernesto Gruhn, head physician 
of the Tuberculosis Hospital in Asuncién, stated that during 1926 
132 chronic cases had been treated in the hospital, an average of 40 
being cared for at one time. A total of 2,185 prescriptions and 12,946 
injections was given, and while no cures were reported, only a rela- 
tively low number of deaths—37—occurred. 

REORGANIZATION OF HOSPITALS.—It was recently announced that 
after the practical suspension of its activities for the past five years, 
the Villarrica Hospital has been repaired and refurnished, new 
furniture, surgical instruments, medicine, and other necessary 
articles donated by the Government having been used to complete 
the equipment of the wards and operating room. At present the 
hospital has a total of 20 beds. Similar gifts, following the erection 
of a new building, have made the reorganization of the hospital at 
Concepcion also possible. 

PERU 


LICENSED NURSES FOR CENTRAL Rattway.—The Peruvian Govern- 
ment has authorized the employment of two licensed nurses on the 
trains of the Central Railway of Peru. The services of these nurses 
will be directed to attending passengers who suffer from soroche, or 
mountain sickness, due to the effect of the rarefied air of high altitudes, 
as this road reaches the elevation of 15,800 feet in crossing the Andes. 

PoOLYCLINIC TO BE BUILT IN Lima.—A recent law provides for the 
construction of a polyclinic in Lima for the Medical School of that 
city. For the support of this organization a tax of 6 per cent ad 
valorem is placed on all imported pharmaceutical preparations. A 
commission has been created to supervise the construction of the 
polyclinic, said commission being composed of the Minister of 
Instruction, the Director of Public Health, the Dean of the School of 
Medicine, and two members of its faculty. 

ScHOOL FOR PRISON EMPLOYEES.—The Chief Executive, considering 
that a scientific plan of prison reforms can not be accomplished with- 
out a properly trained personnel, has decreed the establishment of a 
school for prison guards and employees in the Lima penitentiary. 


628 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION: 


All employees, such as inspectors, assistant directors, guards, and 
similar officials connected with prison work, must attend this school. 
Applicants for any of these positions must also enroll in the prison 
school, and are required to be Peruvian citizens, by birth or naturaliza- 
tion, between the ages of 21 and 55 years, able to pass a physical 
examination. 

SALVADOR 


ADDITION TO ASYLUM FOR THE POOR.—The construction of the 
Francisca Alfaro Pavilion for Indians has been started on the grounds 
of the Sara Asylum for the Needy, in the city of San Salvador. 
This new building will be a two-story structure of reinforced concrete 
with well-equipped kitchen, baths, and laundries. Its cost has 
been estimated at 50,000 colones. 

NEW PARK AND RENOVATION OF PUBLIC BATHS.—Plans are being 
made for the construction of a park and the adequate renovation of 
the public baths of the city of Usulutan. 


URUGUAY 


LecrurrEs By FRENCH SPECIALISTS.—Great interest was recently 
aroused in Uruguayan medical circles by a series of lectures on 
parasitology given in the Institute of Hygiene, Montevideo, by Drs. 
Emilio Brumpt and M. Langerou, French specialists in this field. 
The lectures were supplemented by extended study trips throughout 
the country. 

INAUGURATION OF HOSPITALS.—A fully equipped hospital recently 
erected at Durazno at an estimated cost of 200,000 pesos was formally 
opened on February 20, 1927. Including several buildings with 
operating rooms, ample wards, special rooms for the treatment of 
contagious diseases, general and dental clinics, building for the per- 
formance of autopsies, dormitory and dining room for the employees, 
it constitutes one of the most modern institutions of its kind in the 
country. : 

According to an announcement in La Mariana, Montevideo, of 
March 9, 1927, the hospital at Sarandi de Yi, built by Sr. José M. 
Rodriguez Sosa for the poor of that city and named in honor of the 
donor, was opened on March 20, 1927, and its administration turned 
over to the National Bureau of Public Welfare. 

CHILDREN’S HOME ESTABLISHED.—A children’s home to care for 
boys under 12 and girls under 14 who have been left destitute, or 
who are foundlings or orphans, was recently established in Salto. 
Although constructed by the National Bureau of Public Welfare, it 
will be administered by the Public Welfare Society of Salto, and its 
activities extended to aid mothers who because of sickness or other 
causes are unable to support themselves. 


GENERAL NOTES 629 


PASTEURIZATION OF MILK.—In its session of March 14, 1927, the 
Departmental Council of Montevideo decided to authorize the 
establishment of privately owned laboratories for the Pasteurization 
of milk. 

CONCLUSION OF SOCIAL WELFARE COURSE.—Diplomas and service 
badges were recently awarded those in training as visiting nurses who 
had successfully completed the course in infant hygiene given by the 
Uruguayan Child Welfare League in Montevideo. 


VENEZUELA 


HospITAL IMPROVEMENTS DURING YEAR.—Interesting details taken 
from the annual report of the Inspector of the General Hospitals in 
the Federal District for the year 1926 state that in the amplification 
of the work being carried on by the various departments important 
purchases of surgical instruments as well as other necessary equip- 
ment were made during the year. An electric generator furnishing 
110 to 190 volts electric current for use in the operating room was 
acquired and a fully equipped endoscopic laboratory installed. 





ARGENTINA 


ARGENTINA HONORS DEAD PAN AMERICAN FLIERS.—At the 
untimely death of the two young Pan American Flight aviators, 
Captain Woolsey and Lieutenant Benton, who lost their lives as a 
result of a collision over Palomar Field, Buenos Aires, on February 27, 
Argentina tendered through her officials, her Army, and her people 
every manifestation of sorrow and every honor. 


BRAZIL 


TABLET MARKING HOUSE WHERE Dom Perpro II piep.—Recently 
a tablet was unveiled on the Hotel Bedford, the last home of Dom 
Pedro II, in Paris, where he died on December 5, 1891. The bronze 
tablet is the work of Jean Magrou, a well-known sculptor, who 
made several busts of the former Emperor of Brazil. Dr. Heitor 
da Silva Costa, a Brazilian engineer and architect now working in 
Paris on the statue of Christ, which is to be erected on the Corcovado 
(a peak in Rio de Janeiro harbor), suggested the placing of the 
tablet. He made an eloquent address at the unveiling ceremony, 
in which he reviewed the fine qualities of mind and heart possessed 
by the late Emperor of Brazil. 


630 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Rupyarp Kreuine visits Braziu.—Rudyard Kipling, the famous 
British author, arrived in Brazil on February 13, 1927, where he was 
much honored during his stay by the men of letters and the society 
of Brazil. He was received by the National Academy of Brazil at a 
special session given in his honor. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


NEW DAILY PAPER.—The BULLETIN Is pleased to note the receipt of 
the newspaper La Opinion, a new daily published in the city of 
Santo Domingo. Since the first number of this newspaper appeared 
early last January, 45 agencies have been opened in various towns, 
and according to a notice published in La Opinioén it is hoped to 
increase this number to 70 in the near future. 


GUATEMALA 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL BXCURSION.—According to the Diario de Centro- 
America of February 15, 1927, 150 residents of Guatemala City 
recently made a trip under the auspices of the Historical and Geo- 
graphical Society to Quirigu& and San Felipe for the purpose of 
studying the pre-Columbian monoliths and ruins found there. 


} 


PANAMA 


DeatH oF Ricarpo ArtAs.—Sefior Ricardo Arias, a Panaman 
patriot, died March 7, 1927, and was buried in Panama City on 
March 8 with national and municipal honors. In addition to the 
Government representatives, members of the Diplomatic Corps, and 
Canal Zone officials, a multitude of citizens attended the funeral of 
this distinguished citizen, who had served the Nation in many 
capacities, including those of Minister of Foreign Relations and 
Fiscal Agent. 

San Mato, PANAMAN VIOLINIST.—Sefior Alfredo San Malo, a 
young Panaman violinist, who in 1916 was one of the two foreign 
students admitted to the Paris Conservatoire, recently made his 
début in the United States after having achieved a high reputation 
in Europe. Sefor San Malo played at a musicale in the Panaman 
Legation in Washington in December, 1926, and later gave a public 
concert in Carnegie Hall in New York City, at both of which he was 
enthusiastically received. He is now making a concert tour of the 
United States. 

PERU 


Procress or La Punta.—A short distance from Lima, and con- 
nected with that city by an excellent automobile road, the town of 
La Punta, located on the Pacific coast, near the port of Callao, is 


GENERAL NOTES 631 


fast becoming the principal bathing beach for society circles of the 
Capital. Under the present mayor, Senor Luis Larco, remarkable 
progress has been made during the last few months. All the streets 
throughout the town have been paved and powerful electric lights 
placed along the principal streets and avenues. Along the sea front 
a beautiful malecén or sea wall, constructed of cement, has been 
built, making a delightful promenade. 


URUGUAY 


New Casinet Orricers.—The following have been chosen as 
Ministers in the Cabinet of Dr. Juan Campisteguy, the new President 
of Uruguay: Don Rufino T. Dominguez, Minister of Foreign Affairs; 
General Estanislao Mendoza y Duran, Minister of War and Marine; 
Dr. Eugenio J. Lagarmilla, Minister of the Interior; Dr. Pablo 
Minelli, Minister of the Treasury; Don Enrique Rodriguez Fabregat, 
Minister of Education; Dr. Eduardo Acevedo Alvarez, Minister of 
Industry; Engineer Victor Benavidez, Minister of Public Works. 


VENEZUELA 


Girt oF LEGATION PROPERTY.—Deeply significant of the friendship 
between Peru and Venezuela was the formal presentation last 
February of the deed of the Venezuelan Legation property in Lima 
to the latter country by the Peruvian Minister of Foreign Affairs, 
Dr. Pedro José Rada y Gamio, and Sr. Samuel Barrenechea y 
Raygada, senior member of the Cabinet. Sr. Emilio Ochoa, Minister 
of Venezuela to Peru, accepted the gift, expressing his gratitude on 
behalf of the Venezuelan Government. 

Visir or ApmiraL HucGuers.—The arrival at La Guaira on 
February 23, 1927, of the Seattle with her distinguished party marked 
the beginning of a short visit paid by Admiral Charles F. Hughes, 
of the United States Navy, to the Government of Venezuela. The 
time during his brief stay was occupied with ceremonies and social 
functions held in his honor. 

New State Capitau.—According to El Universal of Caracas for 
February 9, 1927, the Capital of the State of Miranda has been 
moved from Ocumare de Tuy to Los Teques in conformity with the 
new State constitution. 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO APRIL 15, 1927 





| Date 











Subject Author 
BRAZIL 
192 aes 
Annual report of commerce and industries of Mandos | Feb. 1] George E. Seltzer, vice consul at 
consular district for the year 1926. | Manaos. 
Eucalyptus paper factory in Sao Paulo____--_-_-_----- | Feb. 4) C. R. Cameron, consul at Sao Paulo. 
Rubber crop and exports during 1926_________________- Feb. 5 | George E. Seltzer. : 
Preliminary report on commerce and industries for the | Feb. 8 | Digby A. Willson, vice consul at Rio 
year 1926. ; de Janeiro. 
Brazil nut crop and exports for the year 1926, and esti- | Feb. 9 | George E. Seltzer. 
mated crop for 1927. 
Economic problems of State of Amazonmas____________-} Feb. 11 Do. 
Annual report of the State Bank of Sergipe for 1926._.| Feb. 22 | Howard Donovan, consul at Bahia. 
Road building in the State of Bahia during 1926_______ | Mar. 2 |} Do. 
Cocoa inovement at Bahia during February, 1927_-__--- Mar. 14 Do. 
Manganese deposits in State of Rio Grande do Norte_-; Mar. 21 | Digby A. Willson. 
hemationaliwealthiotBrazileyessesee ee eee eee Mar. 22 Do. 
The motion-picture industry OfiBraz ilies SSeeare Mar. 23 Do. : 
Construction of the Rio-Sao Paulo road __________----- Mar. 25 | Rudolf Cahn, vice consul at Rio de 
| Janeiro 
CHILE i 
Deisel engines favored in the nitrate industry___------ Mar. 15 | Harry Campbell, consul at Iquique. 
Annual report of the Arica and Tacnarailway for year | Mar. 16 | Willard L. Beaulac, consul at Arica. 
ended Dec. 31, 1925. | 
Proposed port works for liquique=-s-= eases eee Mar. 24 | Harry Campbell. 
COLOMBIA 
| | 
Road construction, air mail service between Girardot | Feb. 19 | Legation, Bogota. 
and Neiva twice weekly. 
Report on commerce and industries of Santa Marta | Mar. 8 | Lawrence F. Cotie, vice consul at 
district for the year 1926. | _ Santa Marta. 
Report on general conditions, railway construction, | Mar. 10 | Legation. 
high cost ofliving. | | 
Articles imported through the port of Buenaventura | Mar. 17 | Charles Forman, consul at Buenaven 
during the months of September, October, and \) ature. 
November, 1926 
COSTA RICA | 
Annual report on commerce and industries, Port | Feb. 25 | Thomas J. Maleady, vice consul at 
Limon district, for 1926. | Port Limon. : 
February, 1927, report of commerce and industries____| Mar. 8} Roderick W. Uncles, vice consul in 
: | charge, San Jose. 
CUBA 
Fire in sugar warehouses at Matanzas__________-_-_-_- Mar. 5 | Augustus Ostertag, vice consul at 
: | Matanzas. é 
The cattle industry in eastern Cuba in 1926______-___- Mar. 15 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at Santiago 
| de Cuba. 
Coffee production in eastern Cuba in 1926__________-_- Mar. 21 | Do. 2 
Cuba’s trade balance for the year 1926____-___-------_- Mar. 29 | Embassy. 
Report on the commerce and industries of the Isle of | Mar. 31 | Sheridan Talbott, vice consul at 
Pines for calendar year 1926. Nueva Gerona. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
Customs and internal revenues collected during Jan- | Mar. 10 | Legation, Santo Domingo. 
uary, 1927. 
Foreign trade of the Republic for 1926___________-___-- Mar. 16 | James J. Murphy, consul at Santo Do- 
mingo. 
The National Exposition at Santiago will open May | Mar. 22 | W. A. Bickers, consul at Puerto Plata 
5, 1927 
GUATEMALA 
Eernalional highway between Mexico and Guate- | Feb. 5 | Legation, Guatemala City. 
mala 
Statement of the Central Bank of Guatemala, as cf | Feb. 28 Do. 
Jan. 31, 1927. 
Opening ‘of Legislative Assembly and message of the | Mar. 3 Do. 
President. 
Review of commerce and industries for February, 1927_| Mar. 11 | G. Otis Ogden, vice consul at Guate- 





632 





mala City. 


SUBJECT MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS 


633 


Reports received to April 15, 1927—Continued 





Subject 





HAITI | 


Annual Report of the Adviser-General for the fiscal | 
year October, 1925-September, 1926. 
Commerce and industries of Haiti for the year 1926__- 
Economic and commercial summary of Haiti for 
March, 1927. 
HONDURAS 


Review of commerce and industries of La Ceiba dis- 
trict for year ended Dec. 31, 1926. 


PANAMA 
Municipal buildings for Colon and Cristobal_________- 
Law 16 of 1927 amending the immigration law adopted 
in October, 1926. 
PERU 
January, 1927, review of Peruvian economic and trade 
conditions, construction, highways, loans, taxes, 
mining, airplane mail service. 
VENEZUELA 
Oil report from Maracaibo for January, 1927__-_-______ 
Changes in tariff to go into effect Mar. 20, 1927_-______ 
Coffee report of the Maracaibo district for February, 
1927. 
Trade report fer La Guaira, for February, 1927________ 


New dock to be constructed at La Guaira____________- 








Date Author 
1927 2 
Mar. 22 | Maurice P. Dunlap, consul at Port au 
Prince. 
Mar. 23 Do. 
Apr. 5 Do. 
Mar. 16 | James B. Stewart, consu Jat La Ceiba. 
Mar. 7 | Geo. M. Hanson, consul at Colon. 
Mar. 10 | Legation, Panama City. 
Feb. 7 | Nelson R. Park, consul at Callao-Lima. 
Feb. 21 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul at Mara- 
| eaibo. 
Mar. 2) Arthur R. Williams, vice consul at 
Caracas. 
Mar. 14 | Alexander K. Sloan. 
Mar. 24} Daniel J. Driscoll vice consu at La 
Guaira 
Mar. 28 Do. 














AneOpportunity.1or allithesAmericas@ see) oe ee ee ee 
By Arthur Stanley Riggs, F. R. G.S., Editor of Art and Archeology. 


Aericultunesand Irrigationeineb eres == === = ee ere 
By C. W. Sutton, Government Consulting Engineer, Paita, Peru. 

Kichth Pan American Sanitary Conterence- —-~2= 2). 2 eset eee 

ASRillion=DollaroMarketssec = on See he en ae ee ee eee 
By Ernst B. Filsinger, Export Manager of Pacific Mills and Lawrence & Co. 


The Importance of calenies: Reform to the Business World_.___________ 
By George Eastman. 


New Light on Ancient American Calendars___________________________ 


DIANE, Tavs) Jé(opensy Ope NG. Otello ee 
By Jean Heald. 


EAM CatloneotelrisOMeT:S elite be; CT, mee ape ene eee ee pee 
By Pedro Barrantes Castro. Director of the Escuela Panoptica, Lima, Peru. 


Home Economics in the Rural Schools of Po1r'o Rico.-_-_________________ 

By José C. Rosario, General Superintendent of Rural Education, Department of Education, 
Porto Rico. 

Argentine Roomany National library of Chile==- ===) 5252522) ees 


PublicehealthwAdministration in) Colombia ssa a ee ee ee 
By Dr. Jorge Bejarano, Professor of Hygiene in the School of Medicine of Bogota, Member 
of the National Red Cross Committee. 


Acricultunesminaustryaande omim crc chee seems = eye eee ieee ee 
Argentina— Bolivia —Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador— 
Guatemala—H aiti— H onduras — M exico —N icaragua— Panama— Paraguay— Peru—Salva- 
dor—Uruguay—Venezuela. 
Doone MnCl I shnepVoey| Ailes ee ee 
Argentina—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Ecuador—H aiti—M exico—Salvador—Uruguay. 








ORISA CLO Tie meee ee tees eee ioe Et igre Soy oye. Mapu wae mpeg ows GRE IE SA 
Argentina—Chile—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador —Honduras— Mexico —Nicara- 
gua—Panama. 
Internationale Dre a ties asp eee sweat se rah ee ees ee et opera eee ee 
Chile-Italy—M exico—Salvador. 
IPriolbo IbnsHenCiAtomn Eyal JClnORHOM ee 
Argentina —Bolivia— Colombia— Costa Rica—Cuba—Ecuador— Guatemala —Haiti—Mex- 
ico—N icaragua— Panama— Paraguay—FPeru—Salvador—Uruguay. 





Chile—Guatemala—Peru—Venezuela. 


SOCIAIGPTORTESS Hake name aye A tS BO He Seow. eT a eee ae 
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador— 
Guatemala —Haiti— Honduras — Mexico— Panama— Paraguay— Peru — Salvador— Uru- 
guay—Venezuela. 
Generale Note see sin ts oe aaa Oe ete Spree Rane ee eal pe ea eee) 
Argentina—Colombia—N icaragua— Paraguay— Uruguay—Venezuela. 


SIMDVCcteMatler Ore ONS ATE OTS ees ee meet see ep 


649 
651 


655 


667 
671 


679 


685 


714 


716 


729 


737 





UolU:), UBdWEULY UPJ 04 JO [e190 
-Wat) lope ‘eMOY “G “T “AC pue ‘sjsu Jo 
UOISSIUIMMOD [BUOTIVUIEJUT 94} 04 UOTYeSoTOT 
UBITEULY 9} 0} Areqaloeg ‘TTeqduey volun 
Aquoy IN ‘s}sung JO aoIsstwuuL0y [euoTyeu 
-19jUT Of} 0} Seywig poyluy sq} Jo oyeso[od 
‘sonooy “GF osser “Id ‘sisting JO WOTSSTUIULOD 
[euoNVUIOJUL 94} 07 SoqYVIS Pe}Uy, 94} JO 
ayesopey ‘44009 UMOIg SOTMBE “IC. 34YSTI 09 Yo] 
‘MOL PII, “VUVUe Jo [BI0UNK) AOUI0IZV 
yourro} ‘pAOG “WH os10f “Iq pue ‘vureurg 
0} JOIST WVIOULY JoUIIOJ ‘ddIIg SduTUUEL 
WIRE “AIA 109899 JO quouTyIedod “UOISTATCT 
uvoLlouLy ulyey 94} JO JoIyD ‘UeBIOTL “WM 
AVPOYOIS “ATA, SUOASUIYSe MA Ul vUIvUe| JO WOTY 
-ede'T 04} Jo Areyoloag ‘IeTTVACYO “{ UNL “IPT 
‘ToIuy, UWkOTIOULy Ug ef} JO JOpoId Jue 
-isissy ‘sesi0g [1D “A “Id 4UBII 04 YJoT ‘MOL 
puoossg ‘938419 Jo AreyoIOVg JUBISISSV “OUI MA. 
souvly “IP puw ‘ezeig Jo AxvzoIOsIEpUL) 
‘morn “QO ydesor “TIN {soqej9 pojyugQ ey 
0} BUILVUBY JO IOISIUTAL ‘OILY “ff OpsVory “AG 
‘eueUue JO SIIB VY Uslol10y JO JoISIAl AL ‘OIeITV 
“q OfRIO_ “AC +04BIS Jo AI’YOINIG JUCISISSV 
‘SPIO “A Weqou “TOO :44S11 0} Yor ‘MOL 4ST 
:dnois oy} ur wevodde surMmorjoy oy “Le6T 
‘gL oung ‘XoUUY UvOIOULY UL olf} 4B VUIVUL 
JO SIIVHV UBIOIO JO JoySIUTT 9q} JO OUOY UT 
WootounNy B 4B 4soy SBM ‘oMOY “ST “AC ‘Moly 
UBdLOULY Utd OY} JO [BoUe_) AOPOIIG ONL 


OUVATV 
‘y OIOVUOH ‘Ud AONAS ‘VINVNVd 
40 SUIVEAAVY NDIWUOX AO UALST 
-NIW AHL JO YONOH NI NOWHONDT 


AX 
——S— ayes 
Gevaert s Gm (NT 


TY EIA Y 
SiR 











VOL. LXI 


AN Claw 
A L 7 


By ArtTHur Stanuey Riaes, F. R.G.S. 








SS 














Editor of Art and Archzxology 


AN AMERICANISM is a text upon which many fine political 
sermons and commercial homilies have been preached. 
Yet perhaps no movement in the recent history of both the 
Americas is more misjudged by the majority in both halves 
of this hemisphere. Many of our North American fundamentalists 
are quite as bitterly opposed to it as their modernist cousins of the 
South are suspicious and hesitant. Perhaps neither group quite 
understands that those behind the movement in both sections are 
merely trying to accomplish on a large scale and in its broadest 
implications the very sort of thing for which the Christ of the Andes 
raises its eloquent testimony. 

Just at present a new factor has entered the equation, fortunately 
without disturbing its equilibrium. In the past year or so an 
awakened Spain, pulsing with fresh life and ready to avail herself 
of opportunity, has made it plain that she welcomes closer relations, 
both culturally and in the economic sense, with her former children 
of all the Americas, but especially with those of the South. Whatever 
lasting contacts Spain—as a European State—establishes on this 
side of the world are a matter of the deepest interest and concern to 
the United States. The remarkable persistence of the Spanish type, 
the astonishingly permanent roots her culture, language, and physical 
being strike down into even the least likely or friendly of soils, make 
her formidable, alike as friend or enemy. ‘To-day, fortunately, she 
approaches in no spirit of conquest but as a friend, and we may look 

635 


636 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


with satisfaction in this country at the efforts she puts forth and feel 
no quiver of jealousy or suspicion. 

In the matter of trade, if we consider her rapprochement with 
South and Central America, we need have no concern. The geo- 
graphical position of the States of this hemisphere is such that their 
commercial solidarity must of necessity remain unbroken. No long 





Courtesy of the Library of Congress 


THE CASTLE AT COCA, SEGOVIA 


credits or low prices or methods of sale or delivery can interfere with 
the natural trend of the established trade, and what Spain gains will 
be so much and so peculiarly hers that we of the North can be glad 
of her advances. In politics, also, we need have no anxiety. No 
self-sustaining Republic in this western world is likely at this stage 
of its development to turn aside from its deliberately chosen path, 
and Spain, wise with the experience of long colonial dominion, would 
be the last nation in the world to wish any alignment or creation of 
sentiment tending toward such a transformation. There remains, 
then, only the fostering of intellectual relations. 

It is at this point that the United States is weak, and the least 
interested—because of our inherited prejudices and the general 
ignorance of our conglomerate people as to what so old and marvel- 
ously rich a culture as that of Spain truly represents. This is at once 
an exceedingly curious, as well as an interesting, anomaly since 
Spain actually is, and we claim to be, the most democratic country 
in the world. Accordingly, when Spain recently announced the 


AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS 637 


biennial Cervantes contests, the present writer rejoiced in what seemed 
to prove an unusual opportunity to stimulate not only North Ameri- 
can intellectual interest in Spain, but in the broad general movement 
of Pan Americanism. 

For the benefit of those who have not seen the previous announce- 
ments of the contests, it may be said that they present to every 
thoughtful student of Hispano-American relations a golden chance 
for accomplishment. At no previous time has there been such an 
incentive to good work, nor such reason to anticipate excellent results. 
The details of the two contests will, I believe, make this clear. 

Something like eight months ago, the Grandees of Spain proclaimed 
that the Cervantes memorial contests which they institute every 
two years, and which carry cash prizes of 10,000 pesetas each ($1,900 
or more), would cover both worlds in 1928 and 1930. The 1928 
contest deals with that most fascinating and romantic figure in 
Spanish history, the castle. The conditions may be summed up as 
follows: 





Courtesy of the Library of Congress 


CASTLE IN TUREGANO, PROVINCE OF SEGOVIA 


Essays may be submitted up to February 1, 1928, by which time 
they must have been received in Madrid. Notice of the award of the 
prize will be made on or before May 1. It is officially announced 
that the subject may be considered to cover any castle or castles in 
Spanish territory, of whatever date or ownership, providing the paper 
deal principally with the historic and archeological aspects. This 


638 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





Courtesy of the Library of Congress 


THE ALCAZAR, SEGOVIA 


makes eligible many of the important Roman and Moorish castles. 
The papers must be written in Spanish, be purely original, and must 
never have been published in any language. The basis may range 
all the way from the purely popular to the highly technical, but the 
point upon which competing manuscripts will be judged will be the 
historical and archeological completeness and accuracy, the diffi- 
culties overcome in the presentation of the theme, and the dignity 
and style of presentation. It is obvious, of course, that the-antiquity 
of the castle considered will affect the judgment only if the obstacles 
in presenting the study are greater than would be the case for more 
modern structures. It is assumed, of course, that good morals and 
patriotism will play their part in the preparation of any essay. 
Could any subject have a greater fascination for the North Amer- 
ican scholar? ‘A Castle in Spain” has been the popular symbol, the 
proverbialized rendering, of happy dreams from time immemorial. 
It connotes everything heart can wish for, bathed in the glamor of 
romantic beauty and chivalry. Yet nobody knows anything definite 
about the Spanish castle! It has lingered through the centuries 
purely as a figure of speech, a warm and enticing phrase. And now 
we are to bring it down to earth, to learn of the hopes and fears, 


AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS 639 


the toil and pain, the genuine romance and stern realities, to say 
nothing of the social, economic, and political conditions which made 
it a mighty factor in shaping the character and growth of the whole 
Spanish nation. As a theme it is tremendous, inspiring. North 
Americans, as well as their fellow scholars to the South, will be 
entered in the contest, notwithstanding their linguistic handicap, and 
both the Americas will be the richer for their effort and by the 
better understanding which will quickly spring from the publication 
of the successful essay, whether it is their work or not. 

In a political sense the contest of 1930 even more closely concerns 
Americans; for while the romance of the castle theme is cultural and 
poetic and will probably be handled with something of the courtly 





Courtesy of the Library of Congress 


THE ALCAZAR, TOLEDO 


grace and charm we brusquer folk associate always with Spain at her 
best, ‘The Viceroyalties of New Spain or of Peru” provide a subject 
which touches us at many points. With this formidable theme the his- 
torian, the economist, the statesman, above all the ripened research 
scholar of sympathy and discernment, can build high and well. The 
incredible achievements of the Spanish culture in the savage new 
world impinge directly upon our own similar experiences; parallel 
after parallel is immediately evident. 

As the original conditions governing both these contests were incom- 
plete from the North American point of view, the Dean of the Grandees, 
the Duke of Fernan-Ntifiez, was appealed to for more definite instruc- 
tions. In general, the conditions are the same for both contests. In 


640 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


particular, it should be remembered that the conditions of this 
second contest are the same in a material way as that of the first. 
Papers may be submitted up to February 1, 1930, and the award 
will be announced the following May. Any study will be eligible 
which considers either or both of the viceroyalties or even the reign 
of a viceroy, only provided they are connected with the historical, 
social, and political aspects of the case as the more important fea- 
tures. In both contests the manuscript should be signed with a pen 
name and accompanied by an envelope sealed with wax containing 


PRINCIPAL ENTRANCE 
TO THE CASTILLO DE 
LA MOTA, MEDINA DEL 
CAMPO 








Courtesy of the Library of Congress 


the author’s real name and address. All communications should be 
addressed to Exemo. Sefior Decano de la Grandeza, Duque de Fernan- 
Nitiiez, 43 Calle de Santa Isabel, Madrid. They should be fully post- 
paid and competitors should retain copies of their work in case of 
loss. 

With all the disagreements and misunderstandings of history in 
the category of forgotten things, and the only interest of both con- 
testants and judges that of sound and constructive research to the 
end of bringing our different peoples more closely into intellectual 
harmony, the result can hardly fail to be salutary from Alaska to ° 


AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS 641 


Tierra del Fuego. By no means the least of these results may be 
the eventual reading in these United States, as well as in our Spanish- 
speaking neighbor lands, of the winning essay, with its thrilling unfold- 
ment of the daring, the piety, the heroism, the persistence, and the 
magnificent constructive efforts put forth over forty-three degrees of 
latitude in this hemisphere alone, with an effect still alive and of 
absorbing interest. 








Courtesy of the Library of Congress 


PUERTA DEL ALCAZAR, AVILA 


Several North American scholars have signified their intention to 
compete. Pan America as a whole should be represented in so note- 
worthy a contest, and it would surprise no one familiar with the 
power and brilliance of Central and South American letters to see 
the successful contestant a man of Spanish descent and sympathies, 
living to-day in one of those ancient viceroyalties and drenched with 
the tradition and spirit he thus memorializes. 


AGRICULTUR 
GATION ID 


By Mr. C. W. Sutton, 


Government Consulting Engineer, Paita, Peru 





SSS Say 








(The following is the text of a letter by Mr. C. W. Sutton, Consulting Engineer of the Government Irrigation 
Works to Senor Enrique Torres Belén, who represented Peru at the Pan Pacific Conference on Irrigation, 
Land Settlement and Education held in Honolulu in April, 1927.) 


T would be rash to attempt to say what is the total area of land 
under cultivation in Peru or how much capital has been invested 
init. I estimate, from isolated figures which I take to be typical, 
that the national capital is not less than Lp.? 400,000,000 and that 

the total area under cultivation is about 1,600,000 hectares (4,000,000 
acres) without counting small farms in process of formation in the 
montana. The greater part of these lands are irrigated; that is to 
say, that in the sierra and coastal lands of Peru irrigation is a tradi- 
tional part of the agricultural equipment. 

This is especially true upon the coast where, with an annual rainfall 
of less than 6 inches, 254,000 hectares (640,000 acres) were dependent 
in 1919 entirely upon irrigation. It is probable that this area yields 
almost half of the agricultural produce of the country. Nevertheless, 
the coastal lands as everywhere else in the country suffer from an 
insufficiency of capital, lack of method in administration and culti- 
vation and, above all, from a scarcity of adequate and permanent 
means of communication, drainage, or irrigation. 

In spite of these drawbacks the climate and the physical conditions 
are so favorable to agriculture and the land yields all that is required 
of it in response to so little effort that few people take note of the 
ereat possibilities which exist and the meagerness of ae present 
returns. 

Of the Lp. 400,000,000 which is estimated to be the “anil of the 
country, it is probable that not more than Lp. 40,000,000 are invested 
in irrigation. Nevertheless, this capital produces annually at least 
an equal amount, which can also be estimated as 30 per cent of the 
total product of all the industries of the country, including agriculture 
itself. There is no other investment which gives a gross return so 
great in comparison with the capital invested. Ten per cent of the 
capital of the country produces, by irrigation, 30 per cent of the 
annual revenue of the country. 





1 The West Coast Leader, Lima, March 22, 1927. 
2 Abbreviation of ‘‘Lebras Peruanas,’’ or Peruvian pounds. 


642 


AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION IN PERU 643 


However, the distribution of this revenue is very uneven. The 
native population forms 70 per cent of the total population; yet they 
do not receive even so much as 30 per cent of the gross product of 
the lands which, theoretically at least, they used to draw under the 
Inca Empire. 

The principal reasons which contribute to the fact that the agricul- 
tural population can not attain the level of its aspirations in the 
measure that the national welfare demands are the following: 

(a) The natural limitation of the lands under cultivation and irri- 
gated, and the small capital which is invested. 

(6) The natural tendency towards the expansion and consolidation 
of the large sugar and cotton estates. 

(c) The lack of a farmer’s bank. 

(d) Lack of agricultural credit for cotton producers. 

(e) Distance from markets. 

With the object of diminishing the effect of these obstacles to the 
progress of the national agriculture, the government began in 1904 to 
make a systematic inventory of its resources in land and water along 
the coast, a region which offered the greatest facilities for solving 
this problem both on account of its nearness to the world’s markets and 
to the principal centers of the national consumption. The coast 
has always been from colonial times the center of commerce and of 
government, and is connected with foreign markets by 25 ports 
extending for a distance of 1,400 miles. 

Probably half of the agricultural capital of the country is invested 
in this coastal region, which included, in 1919, 264,000 hectares or 
640,000 acres. In 1920 the Government drew up a program for a 
colonization and irrigation scheme upon the coast from which it has 
been possible to deduce that there are a million acres or 400,000 
hectares which are capable of being irrigated. This area is scattered 
over 20 valleys. 

The measure of the feasibility of these projects was based upon an 
estimated value of Lp. 100 per hectare as the limit, which is equivalent 
at the present rate of exchange to approximately $150 per acre. 

This limit, which would be considered high in the United States, 
must be judged in relation to the fact that in 1920 1t was impossible 
to buy small properties up to 10 hectares in area for less than Lp. 400 
per hectare, or $600 per acre at the present rate of exchange. This 
high valuation of small properties is due to the fact that the small 
holding is the only means of assuring the economic-and social liberty 
of more than 50 per cent of the population. If the small farmer has 
the opportunity of selling his land even at very high price, he replies: 
“What should I do with the money?” If he exchanges his land for 
money, he is unable to buy other land or to invest his money capital 
in a business which would yield so profitable a dividend and which 


644 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


would at the same time assure him his daily bread in any economic 
or social emergency. 

In considering the demand for land, however, we must not fail 
to take into account the agricultural class actually in possession of 
lands. The agricultural traditions of Peru are so strong that it may 
be said that there is no element in the population which is not glad 
of the opportunity of buying agricultural land whenever the oppor- 
tunity presents itself in a realizable manner. 

The population of Peru is increasing at the rate of seven per thou- 
sand per annum. Each year adds 28,000 individuals to the poten- 
tially agricultural population; every year the country needs to pro- 
vide opportunities for the support of 14,000 families of new Peruvians. 
This increase, although not immediately effective in stimulating a 
demand for land, in practice is retroactive because it has been bound 
up for years past with the accumulation of large masses of population 
who are without economic opportunities. 

The increase of population has given rise on the one hand to the 
subdivision of small properties between the sons of one father, to the 
point of rendering impossible any further subdivisions and, on the 
other hand, has had the tendency to preserve the day labor and the 
social conditions of the agricultural class at a level so low that it is 
an obstacle to social progress. 

To those who deny that such a situation exists and suggest that it 
is difficult to secure for public works or for any new agricultural 
undertaking sufficient day laborers, it is necessary to sketch the con- 
ditions in a little more detail. 

There still exists in the great farming districts of the cordillera the 
traditional system of Encomiendas and Reparticiones. The Indian, 
even if he is theoretically free under the law and the constitution, 
is incapable of grasping the fact and continues to regard the patron 
as lord of the land and of the Indian. Receiving from the owner the 
land which he cultivates and paying for it by service and in produce 
and cattle, even to the point of leaving the Indian without the means 
of satisfying his most elementary bodily and material wants, the 
Indian can not conceive of an economic situation under which he 
is free to go and offer his services in another part of the country, 
without the intervention of this patron who is the very essence of the 
system of Encomiendas. There is no dearth of agricultural laborers. 
But it is certain that these are under the control of patrons who seek 
to exploit not only them but also the employer who wished to hire 
them. 

There is another factor also which tends to modify the situation, 
and that is the establishment upon the coast and in the sierra of large 
mining companies. It is true that they pay good wages and raise 
the economic condition of the Indian. But on the other hand their 
intervention in the economy of the country necessarily takes the form 


AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION IN PERU 645 


of increasing the cost of food and of other necessities whose price is 
affected by international monetary exchange. It is true that the 
intervention of oil and mining companies financed by foreign capital 
is of great advantage to Peruvian industry, but their influence must 
not be allowed to deny agricultural opportunities to that class of 
population which supplies day labor to those undertakings. 

The fact that there is a strong demand for land among the agri- 
cultural, mining, and pastoral population, as also among the sons of 
professional and business men of the towns, is not only supported 
by general demographic studies but also by the positive experience 
of the last six years in the development of the Government’s agri- 
cultural program. 

The first lands irrigated by the Government were offered in lots 
of more than 40 hectares, or 100 acres, and even as small as 5 hec- 
tares, or 121% acres; they were all sold within 24 hours of the opening 
of the sale to men of every social class, ranging from the day laborer 
earning less than 3s. per day to medical men, engineers, and lawyers 
with incomes which enable them to live at the rate of £2,000 or 
£3,000 a year. 

The other instance is in the Department of Lambayeque. There 
the daily wage of the agricultural laborer varied between 1.50s. 
and 2.50s. on the sugar estates. These haciendas had their own 
systems of hiring men, their own districts where they hired them and 
all the mechanism for the mobilization of labor, and they were organ- 
ized to such a high degree that they resisted the mobilization in the 
department of other groups of labor, especially when these were 
recruited in the same districts wherein they were accustomed to 
secure their own peons. In consequence, the irrigation service had 
to organize a special department for the mobilization of labor, 
taking care not to hire or to receive laborers from the haciendas, 
going dozens of leagues outside of those districts when additional 
labor was required. Nevertheless, though fixing a daily wage of 
no more than 1.80s. in some districts, it has been possible to engage 
4,000 day laborers in less than a year. When one takes into con- 
sideration that, upon the haciendas, in addition to wages the laborer 
often is given a small plot of land to cultivate for himself, has a 
permanent residence and many of the diversions which can usually 
only be obtained in the cities, and when one considers on the 
other hand that the construction of hydraulic works necessitates 
that the laborer should live far from towns and without the oppor- 
tunity of gratifying many of his social instincts, it is evident that 
it is perfectly possible to mobilize sufficient elements in Peru not 
only for the irrigation but also for the colonization of new lands. 

After all the circumstances had been taken into consideration, 
in June, 1920, the first steps in the history of Peru were taken to 
remedy and reduce the lack of social agricultural opportunities in 


646 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the country. This commenced with the construction of a scheme 
for the irrigation of the Pampas Imperial, situated 80 kilometers 
from Lima, in the Cafiete Valley. The project embraced 8,000 
hectares, or 20,000 acres. The work was completed in 1923 and 
opened for colonization in June, 1924, at the price of Lp. 75 per 
hectare or approximately $110 per acre according to present rates of 
exchange. 

The scheme was divided into two parts: Irrigation by gravity and 
irrigation by pumps. The latter constitutes about 15 per cent of the 
totel. To-day, two and a half years after the sale to the public, 
66 per cent of the land is under cultivation. The area to be served 
by pumps can not be cultivated until a hydroelectric plant has been 
installed to provide cheap power. This was provided for in the plans 
by the construction of a canal which develops in its course 7,000 
horsepower. The Government hopes that private enterprises will 
embrace the industrial opportunity offered to establish, within the 
boundaries of the colony, cotton mills and other enterprises directly 
concerned with the development of agricultural products. Even 
should this espect of the project not be realized, the Government 
itself will, no doubt, install a power station sufficient at least to work 
the pumps. 

Many precedents were studied for the colonization of the lands of 
the Pampas Imperial. As happens in the majority of cases, the land 
which was to be irrigated was not Government property. The 
possibility of settling this difficulty in the manner adopted in some 
other countries by putting an ad valorem tax on the land, reserving 
to the State the right to apply the tax in conformity with the valuation 
of the proprietors themselves, or to expropriate the land in accord- 
ance with the same valuation, was considered to be inapplicable on 
account of the strong resistance of the populace, whose elements were 
almost entirely formed of the owners of large tracts of arid or semiarid 
lend. 

Recourse was, accordingly, had to the following expedient: 
Congress passed a law offering to purchase from the owners of the 
pampas half of their land within a certain period at the price of Lp. 7 
per hectare or $10 per acre, offering also to sell the water rights re- 
quired to irrigate the other half which remained in the hands of the 
original proprietors. Jf within the period of time laid down the 
owners did not accept, then the State under the terms of this law 
could expropriate the whole at a price of $10 per acre. 

The proprietors gladly accepted the conditions, and the Govern- 
ment sold the land in lots varying from 12 to 100 acres. The terms 
of payment alike for the original proprietors and the new colonists 
were very favorable to the purchaser. The whole price had to be 
paid in 25 years, without interest. Interest was only collected upon 
overdue quotas. 


AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION IN PERU 647 


On the completion of the Pampas Imperial project the State com- 
menced another scheme 500 miles to the north of Lima. This pro- 
vides for the irrigation of 70,000 hectares completely arid (175,000 
acres) and 70,000 hectares which only enjoy limited rights of irriga- 
tion. Under this scheme the provision of water will be increased 
from a quantity sufficient to irrigate 60,000 acres to a quantity suffi- 
cient to irrigate 350,000 acres, which is equivalent to increasing the 
national agriculture by the addition of 290,000 acres of new lands with 
a perpetual water supply. 

This project includes the construction of two hydroelectric dams 
150 feet high and the drilling of 18 miles of tunnels. One of these 
alone is 10 miles in length and, passing through the Continental 
Divide, will draw 700 cubic feet of water per second from the 
Atlantic to the Pacific. 

This project, which is popularly known as the Olmos irrigation 
scheme, will unit the flow of six rivers into one system of discharge. 
It embraces six major diversion works and the construction of 150 
miles of trunk canals, 100 miles of trunk outlets, 300 miles of main 
roads, the reform and sanitation of more than 15 urban centers and 
the formation of a port. 

Not more than 20 per cent of this scheme has as yet been put into 
effect, owing to the destructive rains and floods of 1925, but all the 
preparatory work, such as construction plants, repair shops, ware- 
houses, and offices, has been finished. 

Owing to the complete destruction, also in the same year, of the 
works which irrigated 18,000 acres along the rivers Chira and Piura 
in the Department of Piura, the Government has been obliged to 
proceed with the construction of these as well and has purchased the 
works from a private company for this purpose. The Government 
contemplates reconstructing these works in such a manner as to 
irrigate 45,000 acres immediately and ultimately 95,000 acres. In 
January of this year it has been able to hand over 20,000 acres 
irrigated by means of a new canal and intake in the Piura Valley. 
The works in the Chira Valley, which will eventually irrigate 25,000 
acres, are 50 per cent complete, and within three or four months the 
first part of the canal will be available to supply water to 10,000 acres. 

To sum up, the Government in the last six years has constructed 
works to give complete irrigation to 40,000 acres. Of this total, 
34,000 acres have already been colonized and are under cultivation. 
Within four months the irrigation of 10,000 additional acres will 
have been completed and will be colonized immediately; and there 
are under construction other works which will eventually irrigate 
365,000 acres more. At the present rate of progress these projects 
can be completed at the rate of 40,000 acres a year and there is good 
hope of doubling this speed. 

48438—27— Bull. 7——2 


648 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Apart from these works constructed and colonized under the imme- 
diate direction of the Government, there are other works which are 
being carried out with private capital but with Government assist- 
ance. These are an area of 4,000 hectares, or 10,000 acres, in the 
Pampa of Chilca, 50 miles to the south of Lima, and 7,000 hectares, or 
17,500 acres, in the Pampas of Huambo, 50 miles to the north of Lima. 
The collaboration of the Government in the first case takes the 
form of allowing the engineers of the State to cooperate with a pri- 
vate firm in drawing up plans with due respect to the public interest 
and which include a colonization program. In the second case the 
Government is assuming the debt of the firm and is completing the 
work at its own cost, thereby securing title to dispose of the lands 
in small lots for colonization. 

This description of the agrarian policy of the Peruvian Govern- 
ment in relation to its irrigation policy covers the principal points 
which may interest the conference of Honolulu. The figures which I 
have given of the national capital and national production and the 
division of the revenues are necessarily empiric and deduced indirectly 
from a few typical cases; but in the absence of official statistics there 
is no other means. But as regards the figures appertaining to the 
projects already completed or in course of construction these are 
exact. It is certain that if the Government maintains its present 
interest and on the same scale as in the last three years we shall 
have irrigated, in 1931, 200,000 acres, of which 120,000 will have 
permanent irrigation and 80,000 acres summer irrigation. This is 
in addition to the 40,000 acres irrigated in the last six years. This 
economic achievement carries with it the sanitation of the towns 
within the irrigated areas, the construction of roads and systems of 
drinking water and drainage. Also, the steady increase year by year 
in the number of acres benefited is a consequence not only of an 
annual expenditure of approximately half a million pounds but also 
of the organization and equipment which has been built up and 
accumulated in the last six years. 





CONFERENCE 















HE Seventh Pan American Sanitary Conference, which met 
in Habana, Cuba, November 5-15, 1924, designated the 
city of Lima as the meeting place for the eighth of that 
series of notable conferences, out of which has come con- 

certed Pan American action for the suppression of the physical ills 
which afflict humanity and impede intercourse between nations. 
Welcoming the selection of Lima as the next conference city, the 
Government of Peru set October 12—20, 1927, as the date for the 
Kighth Pan American Sanitary Conference, inviting the other Amer- 
ican nations, through their ministries of foreign affairs, to send 
delegates to represent them on that occasion. 

The organizing committee appointed by the Peruvian Govern- 
ment to prepare for the conference includes the following eminent 
Peruvian physicians: 


Dr. Caritos Enricur Paz SoupAn, provisional president of the Kighth Pan 
American Sanitary Conference, member of the executive committee of the Pan 
American Sanitary Bureau, and professor of hygiene in the Medical School in 
Lima; Dr. SepastiAN Lorentes, Director of Public Health and president of the 
Child Welfare Board of Peru, and chairman of the program committee appointed 
by the First Pan American Conference of Directors of Public Health; and Dr. 
BALTASAR CARAVEDO, Chief of the Peruvian Service of Industrial Hygiene and 
Safety, member of the Patronato de Menores, and head physician of the Victor 
Larco Herrera Asylum. 


The provisional program for the coming conference, as formulated 
by the First Conference of Directors of Public Health, which assem- 
bled in Washington last September, and the Pan American Sanitary 
Bureau, is subject to amplification by the conference itself, as follows: 


1. Revision of and suggestions for amending the Pan American Sanitary 
Code, approved in Habana in conformity with certain proposals. (Here follow 
12 references to the aforementioned code.) 

2. The campaign against drug addicts and drug addiction. 

3. Rules for the international control of the trade in drugs. 

4. Regulations for the assistance and compulsory confinement in special 
State institutions of drug addicts. 

5. Ministries or bureaus of health in America and the centralization therein 
of all public health and social welfare services. 

6. Necessity for the contribution by municipalities of a percentage of their 
revenues to the support of public health services, these to be carried on, however, 
only by experts employed by the national government. 

7. Study of the bubonic plague, in its nosological, epidemiological, and medico- 
social aspects, with a recommendation to the respective governments that 


649 


Eo 
650 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


they appoint committees of experts to undertake investigations in each country 
leading to the understanding of the problems connected with this endemic- 
epidemic disease. 

8. Intensification in all Pan American Republics of the campaign for the 
promotion of child welfare, in its triple aspect of sanitary environment, eugenics) 
and proper care; also the study of the morbidity and mortality of children. 

9. Study of intestinal parasitism in the American continent. 

10. Potable water supply in cities and towns and its purification by means of 
chlorinization. 

11. Adequate measures for plant sanitation and quarantine. 

12. Consideration of the best means for discovering carriers of communicable 
diseases and for rendering such carriers harmless. 

13. Consideration of cooperative means to be used in the campaign against 
venereal disease in America. 

14. Research in tuberculosis and leprosy; methods of treatment and prophy- 
laxis. 

15. Sex hygiene and education. 

16. Industrial hygiene. 

17. Morbidity and mortality statistics. 

18. Extinction of the house fly. 

19. Prophylaxis of trachoma. 

20. Study of alastrim. 

21. Regulation of immigration from the sanitary viewpoint. 

22. Study of malaria and its eradication from America; work of special com- 
missions in each American,nation. 

23. Pan American medical geography from the epidemiological viewpoint. 

24. Actual needs of Pan American nations for quinine to reduce or to eradicate 
malaria. (Recommendation of the Seventh Pan American Conference.) 

25. Methods by which Governments may secure the rat-proofing of ships. 
(Topic proposed by Pan American Sanitary Bureau.) 

26. What are the easiest means for simplifying and putting into practice the 
inter-American agreements regarding the declaration of communicable diseases? 
(Topic proposed by the Pan American Sanitary Bureau.) 

27. What shall be the future development of the Pan American Sanitary 
Bureau? (Topic proposed by the Pan American Sanitary Bureau.) 

On this topic Dr. H. 8S. Cumming, Director of the Pan American Sanitary 
Bureau and Surgeon General of the United States Public Health Service, will 
present a communication entitled ‘‘The Organization, Development, Functions, 
and Present State of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau: Its Future.”’. 

28. Progress of public health in the American nations: Reports and data. 

29. Hospital facilities in America and their organization from a sanitary 
viewpoint. 

















By Ernst B. FIusincEer 
Export Manager of Pacific Mills and Lawrence & Co., New York 


O FIGURES relating to any great trade region of the world 
are more eloquent than those pertaining to Latin America. 
The imports and exports of the 20 Latin American Republics 
practically doubled in the 12 years between 1913 and 1925. 
Curiously enough there is only a slight disparity between the growth 
of imports and exports. Of extraordinary significance is the growth 
of imports from Latin America into this country. In 1901, scarcely 
26 years ago, we took only 8 per cent of its exports. In 1926 this 
percentage had arisen to 35. Indeed, almost 69 per cent of the 
exports of the Republics lying nearest to us—that is Mexico, the 
West Indies, and Central America—are now consigned to the United 
States. 

But even more extraordinary is the volume of exports from our 
country to the sister Republics. In the year which closed December 
31 these reached the total of almost $900,000,000—to be exact, 
$872,800,000. Considering the marked decline in the prices of many 
items which figured in our exports, it is amazing that these figures 
register a decline of only about 1 per cent over 1925. It is, therefore, 
entirely justifiable to speak of Latin America as a_ billion-dollar 
market. Equally interesting is the fact that as regards exports from 
Latin America the United States may also be known as another 
billion-dollar market. This figure has already been exceeded, 
because the imports last year from the 20 Latin American coun- 
tries reached a grand total of $1,045,000,000 as compared with 
$1,009,200,000 the year before. 

If the same rate of growth obtains during the next dozen years 
that has been shown during the past 12, the business of the vast 
region which we are discussing to-day, imports and exports, by 1937 
will reach the extraordinary total of eleven or twelve billion dollars. 
By that time, as regards our own participation in the trade of that 
region, we shall be purchasing annually over two billion dollars worth 
of products of all sorts and shipping to them practically an equal 
quantity of American manufactures. 





1 Address delivered at the Third Pan American Commercial Conference, Washington, D. C., May 4, 
1927. 


651 


652 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 


The question may well be asked, Is this estimate too optimistic? 
The answer must inevitably be that it is not. Perhaps it would be - 
well to point out very briefly some of the forces now at work which 
will bring about this vast exchange of natural products for the 
finished goods of our mills and factories. First of all, there is the 
rapidly growing economic well-being in almost all of the countries that 
lie to the south and southeast of the United States. With but few 
exceptions, the increase in national wealth of all of these countries is 
proceeding at a phenomenal rate. This obviously is due to the invest- 
ment of huge amounts of foreign capital. Our own participation 
in this movement is astounding. 

During the first three months of the current year American invest- 
ment in Latin American foreign capital issues publicly offered in the 
United States, 23 in number, represented $141,682,000 out of a total 
of $360,000,000 new capital issues publicly offered in the country for 
the entire world. At the end of 1925 the estimated value of American 
investments in Latin America totaled $4,201,000,000, of which 
$3,300,000,000 were in industrial securities and direct investments. 
Only $910,000,000 were represented by Government-guaranteed 
obligations. Needless to say that in addition to the huge sums 
mentioned, a considerable amount was invested in private enter- 
prises, for which there ‘were no public issues of capital. 

The growth of manufacturing establishments of every sort in 
Latin America is proceeding at an amazing rate. In many of these, 
American participation is heavy. The inevitable result will be a 
continuously growing volume of invisible imports into this country 
in the shape of dividends paid to American shareholders, interest on 
the obligations of Government, agricultural, mining, and other 
enterprises in which our citizens have invested. Account must also 
be taken of the substantial volume of freight charges paid by Latin 
American buyers of merchandise imported in ships owned by Ameri- 
can companies. In addition, there is the rapidly growing volume 
of commissions on transactions involving banking, insurance, etc. 

There is one feature of our trade with Latin America that deserves 
special mention. It is this: Excluding sugar imported from Cuba, 
which is naturally on a special footing because of the preferential 
tariff arrangements, more than 80 per cent of the total imports of 
the United States from Latin America enter free of duty. I mention 
this because one of the results of the industrial development in the 
Latin American Republics is usually a higher protective tariff for 
the benefit of the local industries. 

The fear expressed in some quarters that because of this industrial 
development and consequent protective tariffs our trade in that 
region may be curtailed, is not, in my opinion, well founded. What 
is likely to happen is a change in the character of the imports into 


A BILLION-DOLLAR MARKET 653 


certain countries. Greater quantities of machinery, industrial 
equipment, and semimanufactured goods will be demanded. More- 
over, in the case of manufactured articles it is almost inevitable that 
exports of these will also grow. 

The reason why this is likely to be so can be easily stated. A 
large percentage of the Latin American people are as yet nonconsumers 
of imported goods. With increasing prosperity, due to the growth 
of commercial enterprises, will come new demands. In one direction 
especially will this be noticeable—in the insistence upon typical 
American specialties. For proof of this assertion mention need be 
made only of Brazil, a country whose textile industry is more highly 
developed than that of any other of the Latin American Republics. 
Notwithstanding this fact, Brazil is a large importer of textiles of 
many kinds. | 

If it be urged that the industrial development of Latin America is 
creating a new source of competition for our American manufactures, 
it may be pointed out that this is not without its advantages. To 
hold these important and growing markets will require a higher degree 
of efficiency than ever before. The responsibility of management 
will be greater than in the past. The men who direct our foreign 
sales must have a more intimate personal knowledge, gained on the 
ground by travel and research, of the requirements of the markets 
in each of the 20 different countries. They must realize to a greater 
degree than at present the marked differences between the several 
States which make up Latin America. They must take into account 
the extraordinary differences in the social and economic development 
of these Republics. 

One of the features of our methods of manufacture that will stand 
us in good stead in the new competitive era is our system of mass 
production. In spite of higher wages, our low unit cost will enable us 
to compete, where, at first thought, it might seem impossible to do 
so. If we can succeed in inducing an increasing number of Latin 
Americans to visit us and inspect our plants, the knowledge of our 
advantages will not only be spread more rapidly, but we shall add to 
the store of international good will. 

There is one policy upon which I would strongly insist as a legiti- 
mate means of promoting commerce with Latin America in competi- 
tion with local producers and manufacturers overseas. It is the 
application of that high type of American salesmanship for which 
this country is favorably known throughout the world. Nor must we 
overlook the immense advantage that we enjoy from a geographical 
standpoint. Our proximity to the countries whose trade we are 
discussing confers on us well nigh insuperable benefits if we take 
proper advantage thereof. In this connection I can not too strongly 
emphasize the importance of service. Buying habits, not only in the 


654 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


United States, but throughout the world, including Latin America, 
are being revolutionized. ‘‘Hand-to-mouth”’ buying has taken hold 
as firmly in the countries to the south as at home. 

If we are to take the fullest advantages of our opportunities in 
that great trade field, we must measure up to the most exacting 
requirements of the situation. In dealing with that region let us 
regard these countries as 20 additional States, subjecting our trading 
methods there to the same rigorous research as in the home market. 
If this is done it is inevitable that there will be a growing realiza- 
tion of the need for carrying on hand, in strategic centers, stocks 
of finished goods, parts, accessories, etc., in order that our Latin 
American friends may be served with the same celerity as our fel- 
low citizens at home. Indeed, in this connection it is appropriate 
to refer to the growing use of motor transport throughout Latin 
America. The need for speed influences the construction of good 
roads. Automobiles and motor busses everywhere are fast becoming 
an integral part of the vast railroad development in Latin American 
countries. Sales opportunities in this direction will follow in the 
natural course of events. In our sales expansion we will be greatly 
aided by the efficient organization of the Bureau of Foreign and 
Domestic Commerce,, which is already functioning in almost all of 
the Latin American countries. In the few important places still 
uncovered offices should be opened in ‘the very near future. 

Those who may have any doubt about the importance or possi- 
bilities of Latin America as a market for our products may read with 
profit the comments of English, German, and French manufacturers, 
who are competing with us for a share of Latin American trade. 
Overseas journals are full of warnings to their nationals regarding 
the growing efficiency of American business methods, including 
salesmanship, distribution, and management; and they concede to us 
a quality which we shall need in an increasing degree—imagination. 

In conclusion, there is one thought that I wish especially to em- 
phasize: The figures I mentioned in beginning indicate clearly that 
the United States is one of the best customers of the Latin American 
countries. That being true, we shall be particularly favored if we 
encourage the greatest possible use of the products of the southern 
Republics. It is, therefore, the duty of all of us to do everything that 
lies in our power to accelerate this development. If we do so we shall 
not only confer an everlasting benefit on Latin America but we can 
fearlessly face the injunction laid upon the citizens of certain countries 
to ‘“‘buy only from those who buy from you.” 










IE BUSINESS 











By Grorce Eastman? 


(Readers of the Bulletin will recall the arresting article on International Calendar Reform by Moses Cots- 
worth which appeared in the Bulletin June, 1922, a presentation cf the subject which aroused the liveliest interest 
not only in the United States but in the entire family of American nations. In view of the surprising progress 
reported to Dr. de Agtero y Bethancourt, of Cuba, Chairman of the corresponding Advisory and Technical 
Committee in the League of Nations, at Geneva, June 23, 1926, the article which follows is peculiarly illumina - 
ting, particularly in view of the findings and suggestions of the Seventh Assembly of the League looking 
toward the formation of international organizations, and the possibilities in the way of Inter- American coopera- 
tion in the matter. The fact that Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Uruguay submitted calendar reform plans to 
the League is worthy of note.-—Editor’s note.) 


UNITS OF TIME 


USINESS men are becoming more and more dependent upon 
accounting and statistical records for the proper conduct of 
their affairs. It therefore becomes increasingly important 
that the periods of time, which form the basis for all records, 

should be invariable. 

Unfortunately two of the units of time of our present calendar have 
been arbitrarily, even capriciously, established as to length of time, 
making unequal divisions of the month and year. The day and the 
week are invariable and the year practically so, but the month, the 
quarter, and the half year are not equal or uniform. 

AJl other factors and auxiliaries of business, such as mediums 
of exchange and currencies, commercial laws, banking and credit 
systems, standardization of time, labor-saving machinery, production 
methods and transportation methods have been changed and are 
constantly being changed to conform to its ever changing demands; 
but the base for all business transactions and records—the cal- 
endar—is still, with very little change, the.same calendar as that 
devised by the Egyptians and the Caesars. 

In view of the great developments which have taken place in 
business during these past 20 centuries, it is logical to inquire as to 
whether the calendar can not be changed in order to conform more 
nearly to modern business and economic needs. 


1 From “ Nation’ s Business,’’ Washington, D. C., May, 1926. 
? President Eastman Kodak Company, maenesiers INfo Ge 





656 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


DEFECTS IN THE PRESENT CALENDAR 


The principal defects in the present calendar are summarized 
as follows: 


(I) THE VARIATION IN THE LENGTH OF THE DIVISIONS OF THE YEAR 


The variations in the length of the month cause the most difficulty 
to business. There is a difference of 11 per cent between the length 


of February and the length 

NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS IN EACH - : 
MONTH OF 1926.27 of March. There is an even 
(Allowance made for Saturday half holiday and 7 holidays) ereater difference between 


the number of working days 
which is the important fac- 


tor in industry. Chart No. 


GaP NizAN se saya 

iN y\ = 

IAN Ai ees Ga 1 shows the number of work 

rol NC I] ~=soing days in each month of 

Lil [A NT, 1926 and 1927, allowance 
1 ae ae) 
[eee 








having been made for Sun- 
days, holidays, and Saturday 
half bolidays. There is a 
variation from 21 working 
days in February to 25 in 
March, or a difference of 19 
per cent. If, for instance, 
the output or sales of a con- 
Rare nnn je aug) sep teg ney eee Cer were Uniornm, throueh= 
CHART NO. 1 out the year, the monthly 

reports would show the same 

variation as the chart, and the manager would get a misleading 
impression. For instance, in May he would think that operations 
had decreased for two months. All monthly comparisons are upset 
by this variation, and it 



































NUMBER OF SATURDAYS IN EACH 






is expensive to make the MONTH OF 1926 
necessary adjustments. *qqq@—7—] 7 pg 
There can also be a dif- ESERIES GES Gee e Hos 
: Ha * 
ference of three days in  3[f He OS 08 08 Be Be ee ee Be 
0 00 08 68 68 8 2 2 ee 
the two half years and of ,fET EES e eee a, 
rae pee On 68 08 08 88 2 2 ee 2 8 
two cays wo ueerters | HEE 
of the same year. AG G8 G8 08 G6 68 66 G8 68 Ge ne 8 
Due to the Variations in JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY JUN. JUL. AUG. SEP. OCT. NOV. DEC. 
the month which may con- CHART NO. 2 


tain 28, 29, 30, or 31 days, 

all calculations of salaries, interest, insurance, leases, which are fixed 
on a monthly, quarterly, or half-yearly basis, are inaccurate and do 
not correspond with one-twelfth, one-quarter, or half of the year. 


THE IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM 657 


In order to make daily calculations in current accounts, banks are 
obliged to make constant use of special tables. 


(2) THE VARIATION IN THE NUMBER OF WEEKS IN THE MONTH 


Another feature of our present calendar which causes great difficulty 
is that the month is not the exact multiple of the week, some months 
having four weeks and some five weeks. Chart No. 2 shows the 
number of Saturdays and likewise the number of weeks per month 
during 1926. This variation in the number of pay-days in the year 
causes an endless amount of confusion and adjustment for the manu- 
facturer in preparing his monthly cost and burden reports. This 


FACTORY PRODUCTION 
8-HR. DAY, SAT 4 HRS 
THE VALUE OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE 
OF THF WEEK AS A WHOLE 

















SUN MON TUES WED THURS FRI SAT 


PERCENTAGE VARIATIONS IN VALUE OF THE MONTHS IN 1926 
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN AS 1 


SS 











































































CHART NO. 3 


variation especially upsets monthly comparisons in those lines of 
business in which week-end operations are heavy, as the department 
stores and railroads. There is also confusion in those small stores 
that make collections on a weekly basis and pay on a monthly basis, 
and corresponding confusion for those families whose income is on a 
monthly basis and whose expenses are on a weekly basis. 

In view of the fact that, in most lines of business, the various days 
of the week are not of the same value as regards the volume of trade, 
and the fact that the same month in different years does not contain 
the same number of individual week days, statistical comparisons 
from year to year are inaccurate. 


658 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


(3) LACK OF FIXITY IN THE CALENDAR 


The calendar is not fixed; it changes each year. The day of the 
month falls each year on a different day of the week from the one 
on which it fell the previous year. As a result of this the dates of 
periodical events can never be fixed with precision. Complications 
arise especially in setting regular dates for meetings and providing 
for holidays that fall on Sundays. The same holiday occurs on 

DEPARTMENT STORES—ALL DEPARTMENTS 


THE VALUF OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE 

















9, OF THE WEEK AS A WHOLE ° 
: x 
2 SP ee 20 
1 15 
1 10 
= PecSieia 5 
ty) 




















SUN MON TUES WED THURS FRI SAT 


PERCENT AGF VARIATIONS IN VALUE OF THE MONTHS IN 1926 


EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN AS 1 





b 


% 
JS==SSSeeracay 
Fes ean ees] eeu 










































































Jan FER a APR er JUN SH AUG SEP ocr 


CHART NO. 4 


different days of the week in different years. If the holiday occurs 
in the middle of the week, it is quite expensive for certain industrial 
plants to shut down at that time. 


(4) THE “‘WANDERING’’ EASTER 


The date of Easter varies at present between March 22 and April 
25—1. e., a period of 35 days. This variation causes dislocation both 
to the churches and to business. The ‘‘wandering”’ Easter causes the 
church year to be of varying length. Early Easters often cut down 
the volume of Easter retail trading and sometimes bring unemploy- 
ment, for example, in the clothing and shoe industries. 

In view of all these defects, the question immediately arises as to 
why the calendar should not be changed, especially when it is realized 
that the present calendar was not based upon any well-thought-out 
plan. 


THE IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM 659 
ORIGIN OF PRESENT CALENDAR 


The Gregorian calendar had its origin in the calendar devised by 
the Egyptians, which was developed through years of study of the 
length of the noonday shadows cast by the pyramids. The Egyptians 
determined the true length of the year—365.242 days—and divided 
it into 12 months of 30 days each with the five extra days (or six 
extra days in leap years) devoted to festival holidays. 

Julius Caesar adopted the Egyptian calendar for the Roman Em- 
pire, but, instead of continuing the equal months, he distributed the 
five extra days throughout the year, adding one day to every other 
month, January, March, May, July, September, and November, 
“because odd numbers were lucky,’ and took one day off February. 
Augustus Caesar, in order to have 31 days in the month of his birth ~ 
(August), moved the 29th of February to August. On account of 

HOTELS 


THE VALUE OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE 

°, OF THE WEEK AS A WHOLE x 
‘9 

2 





























SUN MON. TUES. WED. THURS. FRI. 


PERCENTAGE VARIATIONS IN VALUE OF THE MONTHS IN 1926 
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN. AS 

































































90 
JAN, FEB. (MAR, APR. MAY. JUN. JUL. AUG. SEP ocr wNoV. DEC. 


CHART NO. 5 


the unequal quarters which resulted from this change, October and 
December were made 31-day months instead of September and 
November. 

When. the Gregorian calendar was adopted in 1582 (in 1752 by 
England and her colonies), no change was made in the months, the 
only change from the Julian calendar being the arrangement for leap 
year. 


| 


660 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
PLANS FOR OVERCOMING THE DEFECTS 


All the defects in the Gregorian calendar are due to three features: 
(1) The months are unequal; (2) the month is not an exact multiple 
of the week; (3) the ordinary year consists of 365 days, just one day 
over 52 weeks. 

Several plans have been proposed to eliminate these features, but 
the plan which seems to have the most advantages and to be the most 
practical from the point of view of modern business is the International 
Fixed Calendar. This calendar was devised by Moses B. Cotsworth, 
who has devoted many years of his life to the study of the origin and 
development of the calendar and to methods for overcoming the 
defects in the present calendar. 


THE INTERNATIONAL FIXED CALENDAR 


In brief, the International Fixed Calendar consists of 13 standard 
months, with each month as follows: 




















1 3 Adee es 6 7 





2 
eh Petra protest walle eye ac 





Se etc (ny ea, ES. | 


AOS Or, 7) 18) | 1am 0; 2a 


























22 | 53) | oui on logue log 





Each month in the year will always be exactly the same as that 
shown above. A new month will be inserted between June and July, 
as at that time of the year the change will cause the least confusion 
in respect to the seasons. The three hundred and sixty-fifth day 
will be December 29 but will have no week-day name. This day, 
to be known as ‘Year Day,” will be inserted between Saturday, 
December 28, and Sunday, January 1. In like manner, in leap 
year the extra day, June 29, will be placed between Saturday, June 
28, and Sunday, the first day of the new month. 


ADVANTAGES OF THE INTERNATIONAL FIXED CALENDAR 


All the defects referred to can be overcome by this plan. The 
proposed calendar will therefore have the following advantages over 
the present calendar: 

1. All months would be equal, having exactly the same recurring 
28 week days of equal monthly calendar value. 

2. The day of the week would always indicate the monthly date, 
and conversely the monthly date would indicate its week-day name. 
Both day and date could be recorded on clock and watch dials. 


THE IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM 661 


3. The complete four weeks would exactly quarter all months, 
harmonizing weekly wages and expenses with monthly rent, accounts, 
etc. 

4. Pay days would recur on the same monthly date, which would 
facilitate both business and home life. 

5. Each week day would recur on its four fixed monthly dates, 
thereby making more regular the weekly and monthly work, pay- 
ments, production, etc. 

6. All periods for earning and spending would be either equal to or 
exact multiples of each other. 


BANK DEBITS IN NEW YORK 


THE VALUF OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE 
OF THE WEEK AS A WHOLE 








‘ % 
15 5 
10 0 
5 5 
oO C) 


SUN MON TUES WED THURS FRI SAT 


PERCENTAGE VARIATIONS IN VALUF OF THE MONTHS IN 1926 
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN AS 100 


















































CHART NO. 6 


7. Holidays and other permanent monthly dates would always occur 
on the same week day. e 

8. Every month end would coincide with the week end, most 
convenient for business, rents, and general affairs. Fractions of 
weeks at month ends would cease. 

9. The month of exactly four weeks would obviate many of the 
adjustments now necessary between four and five week months. 

10. The reckoning of lapse of time for interest and other purposes 
would be greatly simplified. 

11. All months would be comparable without any adjustments 
being made for unequal days or unequal number of weeks, and a great 
amount of clerical work would be eliminated in the preparation of 
accounting and statistical reports. 


662 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


12. All holidays could be placed on Monday with advantage both 
for industry and for workers. 

13. Easter could be fixed, which would be of benefit to certain 
industries and to churches. 

14. As there would be 13 monthly settlements during the year 
instead of 12, there would be a faster turnover in money; the same 
volume of business could be handled with less money. This would 
result in considerable saving throughout the country as a whole. 


RAILWAY CARS HAULED IN U S. 


THE VALUE OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE 
OF THE WEEK AS A WHOLE 























PERCENTAGE VARIATIONS IN VALUE OF THE MONTHS IN 1926 
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN AS 100 






























































WAN FEB. MAR APR May JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT WOV DEC 


CHART NO. 7 


OBJECTIONS TO CHANGING THE CALENDAR 


Any calendar change would cause a certain amount of inconven- 
ience during the first year after its adoption. There would be diffi- 
culty in making comparisons between the month of the:new calendar 
and the corresponding month of the old calendar. Adjustment 
tables, however, would considerably reduce the time necessary for 
making these computations. All anniversary dates, birthdays, and 
holidays would be changed, but there would be little actual difficulty 
in determining these dates from the adjustment-table. The legal 
difficulties, due to changes in maturity dates of leases, contracts, and 
mortgages could be easily overcome by appropriate acts of the legis- 
latures. There would be no loss in investment, as practically nothing 
is invested in calendars beyond the current year. 

The inconveniences and difficulties which would be experienced 
during the first few years of the new calendar are comparatively 


THE IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM 663 











ADJUSTED INDEX 


INDEX NUMBERS 

















From “‘ Survey of Current Business” 


MANUFACTURING PRODUCTION INDEX. 1920-1924 
(Comparison of original and corrected data, with percentage applied to reduce to comparable working-day basis.) 






























































1920 1921 1923 1923 1924 
Manufacturing Manufacturing | Manufacturing Manuf ‘turing Manufacturing 
index index index In ox | index 
MON Work Work- ——|] Work-)——--—-- —- Work-|———-____ 
ing Per Ing | Per ing | Per || ing : Per ing Per 
Gays | Origl-| Cor- | cent || days | Origi-| Cor- | cent || days | Origi-} Cor- | cont || days | Origi-| Cor- | cent || days | Origi-| Cor- | cent 
nal | rected |correc- nal | rected |correc- pal | rected |correc-|) nal | revpd |correc- nal | rected | correc 
,tion Ws ie tion | tlon |! . | tion. tion 
= ee — 1 | 
| 
ma 27 107 103 |; —4) Pi) 7 bans] 26 81 SIG) eee 27 116 ALL -4 n 118 113 -4 
Tenens seers %| 100} 108), +8 2%} 68| 73| +8 2%| 79) 985| 48 | 109) +15) +8 2) u7| im] +4 
Mach, -.. --.-- 27 113 108 —4 2i 7 76 -4 v4 4 90 —4 r4i 129 vA -—4 26 14 1A |_22.. 
Apmi_--.. 261 104 104 |---_-_- 2 738 Teh beac % 92 06 +4) Bb 125 20 +4 e) 118 118 |...... 
i} i 
2%) 104 104 |__._..-) 3) 82 £7) es mecel 27 106 102 —4 |i 27 135 130 -4 27 112 1 -4 
ae 26) 106] 100 26) 82) || 825 | ene 26) | ol 13) rend 13) eee | 26] 126) #23). 25| 100] 108 +4 
July -- 26) 99) a OO) | ae p>) 76 7 +4 25 104 108 +4 || 25 114 il9 +4 26 97 OUR Seana 
August 26; 101 1014) Seeeeae| ra 8 80 —4 27 lll 107 —4 | 2 121 116 -4 26 108 103 |_-..2. 
26 | 96 96 |.----.. yi) 81 26 103 103))2=Sose | B® 113 118 +4 3) 114 114 |..--. 
ae ees 26 92 92 |. 26 85 26 113 L133 Pee H v4) 133 118 -4 27 122 7 —-* 
November 26 | 82 82 |. vi) 85 26 112 } 112 |---.--. | 26 113 113) |SSo—- =| 2 110 114 +H 
December 26} 72 0) | reeeceed a 75 2 106 110 +4 F 25 105 109 +4 #25) | beacon eee <4 peace 





























From “' Survey of Currert Business ”’ 


CHART NO. 8 


slight compared with the many advantages which would be obtained 
in the business, social, and religious worlds by the adoption of the 
proposed calendar, 

In considering the difficulties involved in changing the calendar, it 
is well to recall that prior to the adoption of Standard Time in 1884, 
many difficuities were predicted if that system were adopted, and 
it took years to overcome these objections. It is now difficult to 


realize how business could have been conducted under the old 
system. 


PRESENT USE OF 13-MONTH CALENDAR 


A number of concerns are already using the 13-period calendar for 
their accounts and records. These concerns arbitrarily divide the 
48438—27— Bull. 7 


o) 
oO 





664. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


COMPARISON OF THE PRESENT CALENDAR “A” (YEAR eee) WITH 
PROEOSAES 5: > AND =. ©. 


A THE PRESENT CALENDAR 


4m wax 


CAO ree SGD Ss SLMS we ater ans) 





17 18 19 20 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3% 
2t 22 23 24 25. 26 27 28 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 0 3 





18 19 20 21 2% 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
16 17 18 19 20 2t 22 23 24 25 26 27 28-29, 
ZA AY 792 vhS chy pb} 243 27 28 29 





8 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 oY 28 29 30 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
19 20 2t 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


won| Sa] aia] oon 





17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 8 a8 27 28 29 
21° 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
195020212 Zee2 Sez 4ere> 26 27 8 29 WwW Hs 


won| m=~| oun 














aan | ene] uewloaan| o 
aae|non| New! anel| & 


whe] uae! ane] ane] a 


THE FRENCH PLAN 


ist wren 2ND WELK 3a WEEK 


Cae oA ie Pe Soom. a mh fF Wat 3s Sin Patent PS, 


£7180 19) 720) 217225923: 24 25 26 27 28 29° 30 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
red r ey 2h PESO HLS “ehh ek} 29 30 


rr) 
4 
é 
4 





wSu| eS! moun} aon 


Verdes ths 
12s, 





3 20 24 22 23 24 25 26 27: 28 29 3 3L 





17 18 19 20 2t 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 80 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3 


4 
17 18 19 20 2L 22 23 2A z 26 27 28 29 
22) 23) (24; (2S) 26) 27) 28: 30 

20 24 22 23 24 25 26 3 28 29 30 3 





1 
6 
4 
1 

6 
4 
1 

6 
4 
1 

6 
4 


naw! now! maw! aaw|s 


wn] ann | unn |] ann 
woe] Nos] Nos] vce 

















ist weex 2 vEEK 4TH weex 
Sah eT Wiest: 
22 23.24 25 


eek eRe k 70) 
aah eek Y7k) 





AAA! > 
wae] uy 





| 


o00|]o000]0]/000]/coo0]z 


Zoe SER Eye, 
22 23 24 25 
22a 2425: 





22 23 24 25 PROPOSED NEW MONTH 
22 23 24 25 


22 23 24 25 
22 23 24 25 2 











22 23 24 25 
22023) 247425 
22 23 24 25 29 "'vear-pay” 











nan | ann | XN | een | een] & 





DAR] AAA! A] aan 
wnm| ann) m| ong 





CHART NO. 9 


year into 13 periods of four weeks, and they have found the system 
of special value in pay-roll distributions and in making comparisons 
between periods. The experience has been that the additional cost 
involved in compiling the 13 records a year instead of 12 is more 
than offset by the increased value of the statistics and the elimina- 
tion of the adjustments made necessary by the present calendar. 
These concerns are therefore getting already some of the advantages 
of the proposed plan, although in dealings with outside concerns and 
with their customers they must necessarily follow the old calendar. 
For instance, their customers’ statements must be rendered at the end 
of each calendar month, and not at the end of the period which they 
use in their own records. There are obvious disadvantages in hav- 
ing to use two calendars. Only the universal adoption of the pro- 
posed plan would give all the benefits to business as a whole, or to any 
one concern. 


ADJUSTMENT TABLE 














syiuow Aep-gz Jo sadequReApe AUeW OY) SULAIS apTyM BuguNOse Buijeypoes AQo1OYZ +SYJUOU! JSE] 11947 JO % pue & ‘'% 


x, 
ny 


Ajjoexa ye ‘17 1daS pueF] JOS ‘7 Judy uo syoom YE] M943 YW pus pjnom sie9A-19}1eNH S4YL “6Z FUNf 2738p YALLA 24} 

































































































































































ay 
nyL 
"PaM 
‘ony 
“uo 
‘uns 





7S 
Beet 
WAL, 
‘PPM 
‘on, 
“U0y 
‘uns 





"3eS 
a 
nYyL 
‘PEM 
‘on 
“UOJ 
‘ung 





‘Md 
YL 
‘PPM 

‘ony 
“UOT 
‘uns 





pesuey) 
WAIN 


SAVG 


4eg-322A | 01 paaoul 9q 0} ‘62 ‘qoy ‘Aeq-deoy] “yoom 1eYy) Ul AeBp 47g Ue SE '6Z 99G PIIPP ‘AVYC-YVAA 24 OF Aep se] S,AeoA YORY > 
67 * TE 
8c Of | gz Zz 8¢ 8¢ L 8c 6 82 ZI | 8c Sit} 8z LI) 8z*0z | 8c 7 {sz Sz |sz Sz] sz sz 
Le 62} 17 Yea) 42 ¢ | Lz 9 £6 8 | LO IF) Le VE | £e OF} Le Of | ke Ne} le re htc Ye | te (Le 
9¢ 82 |oz o¢ }9z zc |9z Ss | 9% £ [9% OL] 9% ET} 9z ST] 9z B81] 9% Oz] 92 fz] 9% ez] 9% 92 
SC L0} cz 62] SZ TAN| SZ + oOo St 6 SCOaGE INS. avila SG Lb SC MON SG CG leSCamCCH eS SC 
ve ae tC SC} re Te} re € ve oS tC 8 tC IL} bc Cl] PC OF | PC SL | be IC} re UCC Le OCC 
BOING | i Jie |) Be 08 || Ge £¢ Pv €2 L SCO ECA Gla eS Casieline Carrea te Cem OGM ec CuOGa| Re cGamec 
ee | Te 9 | WZ OF | eZ_ WO] 7 € [UW 9 | 6 |W I] HL} 91) oll ew oll ez zc 
AUP-sules 5 419}1UNCS pag 
LC SOM SCG SGC OSG ic Gime! 1 8 LC OV GSS Ce ST CSTs CSS CaLC 
OZ 7% | 0% 2] 02 L27] 02 62] 02 T9S} 02 F 0c L 0c 6 OZ ct} Oz #1] 02 LIE] Oc LI} 0c 0¢ 
6f I2] Of €@ | OF 97] OT 82] 6r Te] ot € or 9 or 8 6l TTL} 6t ¢€1 | OF OT] OT OT} 6t Ot 
8 02 | 8b co 18 St} sl £2) 80 Of | BI 2 st S 8 2£ 8t OL] 8t ct] st St] 8t St] st st 
LL Ob Zt wy et ve} et OT] LE 6c} LT IMVI LT OP Lt 9 i © LAV ea Vea Wem Vn Ni Fon ea De 
OT SI] 9L OC |] OT £2] 9T ST] OT 8c] Or Te} Or & SES oT 8 DESO Ss Lal OM SPO SO 
St LU, St 61] St c2] St be} st La} st OF | st 2 st st L cl o | St ct] St ci {st st 
IeIA-J[PH APP-191Se7] 
VO VE Shall VO er CCP OC (Poe | Ph TAL) Visca hy On NAV Ie cee Vigmulalayis EHS aie 
CE SE Pel LE St OC 1 et cc St SZ | et 8c] et OF | et Cc sit Sh fg ft OF} et OF] Et et 
CL PE | cl OL] @E oO] cl T7) cl te ict Lc] 2k oz) et imf}7r oF cI 9 (4 ae) cl 6 cl ot 
WE Shy WE SU TS I PS OG UE SGT WE OK NIE | NE RS ES I Ss We 1S $3 ist 
Ol ct] Ol FF] OF LE] OF OL] OT czy Or Sz] Or Ley Ot OF | OL Z Oly Or 2 QU ROO} 
OC VUlG SG OG BG WEG WG MG GG VENI O CO 9 1G - 9 16 © 
8 O1]8 cli s8 ST]8 ZT]8 O7C]8 sc}]8 Sce];s 87;8 OF] 8 2 BS Be Sl 3 
et AGP-USzy AA 13}1ENG IST 
£ 6 BWR A OU NBR OE BR Gate EN We rg IGA ho WA 2 
OS DOF O So O° SIN @ “BO UG IES Be O- Ge || BE9 Wo €& OE as “)  ®) 
Got Ss 6 S COS Wis L0G OS gaits Seis WS GS @ SC SS 
v 9 b 8 i We ae OUI? OL az Wa te ie SE G1? UN i? SI 2 
CeeceSealnes nL, GC ONS = Ge Shi e GEIS Gil Bele “SCI oS Bele wee 
C8, ¢ 9 cf 66 G WONG SAG BENG OWN G. aolle Wie 26O\|G UGG UWS)1G 
Lf fs be aS wo BS Uo ON BIN OUI SE ue Il BA Oe Se I BD. OY 
toaq ‘saq}AoN ‘AONTI9Q «'3D0O;'dag “dasf3ny 3ny} int "Infos ‘unfj|unf AeypfAe dypidy ‘rey pueyl ‘qayfqey ‘ueffuef ‘ues 
ey Leese | ERS MSAD (0) (eer Del DY Cece) RH (GRMN) GR Te Yl FES Cee | fC) ates | (8 (PES 20h | SRS Jed tee | LSD) |e ee) 
OF v— i Os GW > Sy et+ r+ gt+ 9+ SG 0 BSP 9UIeS 
OUd | “AON LOO ‘das ONV “al TOS ‘Nof | AVN ‘UdV | UVAW | “Aas NVI 
ra (a TI OT 6 8 Ll 9 S v £ (4 T 





AIM | 


Sd}ep 8,yIUOUF yUaSeId yea spadeI 10 aDURAPL P[Nom aepualed [euoeUuIazU] ay} SAPP Jo SloquINU ay} MOYs sue 6,4JUOM Yoea JapuN seinsy — pue -+ sy 
*] UWINJOD 7YSII s,yJUOUT YOva UMOPp- BazeP-[EUOIJeUIAIUT JY? YIM ‘UUINJOD &,YIUOW Yova JO apis ,,D,, 247 UMOP ase Sazep JUaSaIg “YWWOUT AyaAa But 
-18adaJ 89,ep-gz pasodosd ay1 JO} ‘UUINJOD Jar ay] UI SAMIEU-AEP-FoOM Poxly Sz YI “WU VANAITVO GAXIA TWNOILYNUGINI,, SUOW ET 243 SMOYS ,,D,, ULI 


CHART NO. 10 


666 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


PROGRESS OF THE MOVEMENT 


While there has been agitation among business men in various 
countries of the world for a change in the calendar, and while a num- 
ber of business organizations have from time to time gone on record 
in favor of the proposed International Fixed Calendar, there was little 
actual progress in the movement until the League of Nations Transit 
committee in 1923 set up a special committee of enquiry to consider 
the whole question of calendar reform. This committee, which 
included representatives of the churches, astronomers, and Mr. Willis 
H. Booth, a former president of the International Chamber of Com- 
merce, studied 130 different proposals for calendar reform. In 
1926 this committee submitted its report to the transit committee, 
and through the transit committee to the Assembly of the League 
of Nations. 

The transit committee reached an agreement upon the point that 
the date of Easter should be fixed, and suggested that organizations 
be formed in the various countries to study the question of calendar 
reform and to obtain the consensus of opinion of people in various 
fields. Many churches have already gone on record in favor of the 
fixed Easter and the effort is now being made to have the plan 
adopted by all Christian churches. 

Of all the plans submitted to the transit committee, the interna- 
tional fixed calendar is the one outstanding proposal which meets the 
needs of business. It is expected that a movement will soon be 
inaugurated in this country to obtain an expression of views from men 
and women in all walks of life as to whether they would desire a 
reform in the calendar and whether they would favor the inter- 
national fixed plan. 

Because of the many advantages which would ensue to business, 
and hence to the country as a whole, from the adoption of the inter- 
national fixed calendar, it is hoped that business men will lend this 
movement their support. 

If sufficient sentiment in favor of the change denclone in the 
principal countries, the inauguration of the proposed change would 
be a simple procedure. All that would be necessary would be the 
passage of laws in each country to the effect that the new calendar 
would take effect on a certain date and that the dates of existing legal 
documents, mortgages, business contracts, etc., would be automati- 
cally changed to the corresponding dates of the new calendar. 














(Summary of the paper entiled ‘‘ Fresh Light on Ancient American Civilizations and Calendars”’ read by Zelia 
Nuitall, honorary professor of archzxology National Museum of Mexico, fellow of the American Anthropo- 
logical Association and member of ihe American Philosophical Society, at the meeting of ihe British Associae 
tion for the Advancement of Science at Oxford on August 11, 1926, at the meeting of the X XII International Con- 
gress of Americanists held at Rome September—October, 1926, and at the special meeting of the Anthropological 
Society of Washington on February 3, 1927) 


N ACCURATE knowledge of the true length of the solar 
year by primitive people has always been regarded by 
modern writers as an intellectual achievement which has 
entailed a prolonged series of careful observations by the 

ancient astronomer priests. Recently an eminent American scholar 
wrote of the Mayas: 

The true length of the year was probably obtained by observations at sunrise 
or sunset on summer or winter solstices. From some fixed point of observation, 
such as the doorway of a temple, the extreme point on the horizon reached by 
the sun in its northward march could be accurately determined. Over a period 


of years the average solstitial period could be readily obtained if only the days 
were recorded and the intervals compared. 


In her paper Mrs. Nuttall, whose preliminary announcement of 
her discovery met with an enthusiastic reception at the meeting of 
the British association in Oxford last July, demonstrates that, as 
all the centers of ancient American culture are situated between 
20° N. and 20° S. of the Equator, the inhabitants had a much more 
simple means of learning the true length of the solar year. In 
point of fact the sun itself registered it for them, as within this zone 
the sun passes twice a year through the zenith causing the striking 
phenomenon that for a moment about noon all vertical objects are 
shadowless. 

Mrs. Nuttall submitted a solid array of irrefutable proofs, con- 
sisting of historical, documentary, archelogical, and photographical 
evidence, which establish | eyond a doubt that the Mexicans, Mayas, 
Ecuadorians, Peruvians, and others inhabiting the Tropical Zone 
observed the strange periodical disappearance of shadows and 
interpreted it as ‘‘a descent of the sun god.” As this ‘“descent’’ 
was always immediately followed by rains caused by the heat of 
the vertical solar rays, this momentary descent, which marked the 
advent of the rainy season, was of transcendental importance to the 
native agriculturists. After this ‘“‘descent of the god” they could 
confidently sow the seeds of maize and other food plants with a 

a 667 


668 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


certainty of rain. Mrs. Nuttall showed how the observation of the 
sionificant solar phenomenon and its vital importance on account 
of its intimate association with the arrival of the rainy season gave 
rise to the religious ideas, the form of cult as well as the art and 
architecture prevalent throughout ancient America. 

It explains why, as civilization gradually advanced under favor- 
able conditions, this phenomenon, first observed by means of any 
vertical staff, pole, or stone, led to the erection of pillars, stelae, 


eae ee 


a ; 
AES : 360 j 


— 300 | Bees i SLAG a 
: a — \ abe init : 
PO atin a 
Aa ue : oe 2 ae a : , 
y, La <—— - 








an 
\ 


BASIS OF THE ACTUAL CALENDAR: THE ZODIACAL CLOCK 


altars, towers, shrines, and temples, ultimately erected on the sum- 
mits of pyramidal structures, which were to serve as worthy seats 
or places of rest for the descending sun god and constituted constant 
invitations for him to descend and linger. . 

Garcilaso de la Vega, the native Peruvian historian, records that 
the sun pillars on which the sun god rested ‘“‘plumb”’ were of par- 
ticular sanctity. 


NEW LIGHT ON ANCIENT AMERICAN CALENDARS 669 


It also throws light on the purpose of the mysterious “‘intihuatana”’ 
of Peru that are so numerous and consist of a large circular platform 
in the center of which is a conical altar. Just as the Pueblo Indians 
of to-day celebrate their New Year’s festival by laying the seeds 
and roots of all food plants upon the altar so that the sun might 
descend into them and give them life and vigor, so the ancient 
Peruvians may well have done on these platforms the name of which 
signifies literally ‘‘the point where the sun stays, 1. e., is fixed.” 

In Guatemala, Yucatan, and Mexico similar structures and cere- 
monies were held. The strange ‘‘Chultunes”’ of Yucatan, the sub- 
terranean structure shaped like a long-necked decanter with a circular 
opening at the top, large enough for a person to be lowered into the 
chamber below by means of a rope, were obviously admirably adapted 
for the accurate registration of the passage of the sun through the 
zenith by persons occupying the wide chamber below. The per- 
fectly preserved ‘‘Chultun”’ at Yakal-Xiv, photographed by the late 
Teoberto Maler, is surrounded by a large circular platform with a 
cemented floor and a low surrounding wall, the entrance to the 
underground chamber being in the middle of a square central altar. 

A new light is also thrown on the purpose of the deep vertical 
shafts that have been discovered in ancient ruins. 

Mrs. Nuttall also demonstrated by means of numerous illustrations, 
pictorial and sculptural, how the sun god was represented as descend- 
ing in human form or in that of a bird (a ‘quetzal’”’ or a humming 
bird—“‘huitzilin”’) or ‘ocelot,’ and was generally associated with 
plumed serpents which symbolized the rains from heaven that 
invariably followed his descent. 

By means of tables giving the varying dates of the passages of 
the sun through the zenith of each latitude and the intervals of days 
between these passages, furnished by the president of the University 
of California, W. W. Campbell, the director of the Lick Observatory, 
whose valuable aid Mrs. Nuttall gratefully acknowledges, she was 
able to localize the origin of the Tonalamatl or period of 260 days, 
which forms the base of the Mexican and Maya calendar system, 
as it proves to be a natural period which determined the regulation 
of communal life durmg untold centuries in a zone proven by the 
recent archeological investigations of Sefior Gamio and others to 
have been inhabited at a remote period by an archaic civilization. 

Mrs. Nuttall also notes that the interval of days between the two 
descents of the sun god in other archzological zones, being of 282 
days, or the average period of human gestation, this might furnish 
a plausible explanation of the origin of the native local belief in 
“Sons of the sun’’ of divine descent, who formed the ruling, privi- 
leged class. 


670 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


She pointed out that there was no reason why the identical belief 
and solar cult should not have originated and developed independ- 
ently in the same latitude, under identical climatic conditions, in 
other parts of the world and referred to Nubia, Ethiopia, and south- 
ern EKgypt as lying in the same zone. 

Mrs. Nuttall’s communication, the outcome of an investigation 
extending over 30 years, throws an entirely new light on the religions 
and calendars of ancient America and proves primarily that they all 
had a common and local origin. 


ie) 
0°? 


{o) 
Oo 
©0000 90 


Co 


fe) 
fo) 
Qo 
fo) 
te) 

fe) 

Oo 

ie) 





THE MEXICAN AZTEC CALENDAR STONE 


Based on the recognition of a striking, periodically recurring, solar 
phenomenon marking the advent of the vitally important rainy 
season, this gave rise to a logical sequence of naif inferences and the 
invention of a ritual in keeping with the psychology of a peaceful 
agricultural people, such as the Pueblo Indians of to-day. 

Possibly first suggested by the observation that the sun absorbed 
moisture, the idea that the offering of life blood to the sun god seems 
to have developed, culminating in the hideous idea conceived by the 
barbarous Aztec priesthood of divinities thirsting for human blood 
and demanding this in exchange for the bestowal of life-giving rains. 


PANAMA, THE HOME OF THE ORCHID 671 


Mrs. Nuttall’s paper offers solid food for throught to all students 
of solar cult and methods of measuring time not only in America but 
also in the Old World. 

Her discovery forms a fitting complement to her publication, in 
1901, of the view that the fixity of Polaris and the periodical changes 
in the position of the circumpolar constellations, Ursa Major, coin- 
ciding with the four seasons of the year, enabled primitive observers 
inhabiting northern latitudes to accurately determine the true length 
of the year, while their discovery that Polaris could serve as an 
infallible guide in travel by land or sea inspired a logical train of 
thought which led to the adoption, as a sacred’ symbol, of the 
swastika or cross. 

In a future paper Mrs. Nuttall will show that it is possible to trace 
the migration and fusion of the two sets of ideas inspired by local 
natural phenomena which, for the sake of brevity, may be designated 
as the ‘‘ Polaris”’ and the ‘‘Zenith solar’? complexes. 


dy, So p Ui Yj F A Y. Gn 7 aes 
Dy, 2s Y Li Zé a9 2 A 
THE ORCHID «. <1. 
| I ji Vy) 0 tL | iy 2 0 e) @ @ a) 


AY 
@ 





SS 








By Jean Hap 


ANAMA, from the earliest times, has been a fruitful field 
for the orchid collector and, antedating the commercial 
enterprises of building a railroad across the Isthmus and 
later constructing a canal, are the records of famous botanists 

and orchid collectors who came here in search of rare and interesting 
plants. The great variety of orchids found here is due to the fact that 
while Panama is small in area the configuration is such that within 
the radius of a few hundred miles there is a great variation of climate, 
ranging from the humid lowlands of the jungle to the mountains 
of Chiriqui, where the altitude is over 5,000 feet. This condition 
furnishes an ideal environment favorable to the development of the 
varied genera. The first professional collector of whom we have any 
record was Luis Nee, a French botanist, who visited Panama in 1784 
and in 1789 while on the famous expedition around the world. This 
expedition was under Malospina, a Spanish navigator. Some time 
was spent in Panama, where Nee collected a great many orchids on 
Ancon Hill, which is a dominant note in the landscape on the Pacific 
side of the Isthmus. Parenthetically, until recently this hill was 
heavily wooded, the favorite haunt of humming birds and orchids, 


672 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


but it is now the formidable site of fortification guns. Another 
collector of note was Warscewicz, who in 1846 made an excursion 
into Panama in search of orchids and made many valuable discoveries 
of rare and beautiful ones, some of which bear his name to-day. 
The record of his exploration is extremely interesting to the collector, 
and a detailed account of the Warscewicz collection from the Chiriqui 
Province in Panama can be found in Reichinbach’s book, which gives 


qt 


b 
t 


nee 





ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, BALBOA 


Once the haunt of humming birds and the home of an infinite variety of orchids and other exotic blooms 


a complete index of the orchid flora of this region. Reichenbach was 
a collector himself, and he writes that at an elevation of 2,500 feet 
one encounters a vertiable El Dorado for the orchid collector. 
Despite the fact that much progress has been made in recent years, 
and that Panama is accessible to all the world, this region is still 
beyond the confines of civilization, and there is much undiscovered 
flora on these misty mountains and in these primeval jungles. 
Another botanist of note was Berthold Seamen, of the famous 
Herald expedition which came to Panama in 1852 and made extensive 
explorations of the flora here and left a record of 104 species of orchids, 
among them the Paristera Elata, known locally as the Espiritu Santo 
(Holy Ghost) orchid, which in point of interest is the most remarkable 
orchid indigenous to Panama. The flower is of an alabaster whiteness 
and emits a strange and heavy fragrance. In form it bears a resem- 
blance to the magnolia but is smaller, and in the cup of the flower, 
in exquisite purity, rests the snow-white image of a dove, so perfectly 
executed in detail that it is little short of startling. This unusual 
orchid is terrestrial, grows in the lowland regions, and attains a 
height of from 8 to 4 feet. The flower stalk grows from a cluster of 


PANAMA, THE HOME OF THE ORCHID 673 


bulbs, surrounded by long slender green leaves, and there are numer- 
ous blossoms on the stalk. This curious orchid is enshrined in much 
legendary lore by the natives. It is traditional that the Spanish 
friars who settled Panama in the fifteenth century taught the Indians 
to regard the flower as symbolic of the white dove in the New Testa- 
ment which descended on the Son of Man when the heavens were 
opened. Hence the name Holy Ghost orchid. That the lesson was 
well taught, and that it has been carefully handed down, is evidenced 
to-day by the reverential manner in which the native handles and 
speaks of the plant. 

Perhaps the most famous as well as the most interesting of the 
early collectors to visit Panama was the Bohemian botanist Roezel. 
He traveled extensively in the Americas when travel was difficult 
and dangerous, and the record of his experiences are as thrilling as 
any book of romantic adventure ever written. Mr. Frederick Doyle 
has written entertainingly of him as follows: 





Courtesy of the Smithsonian Institution. 
A CORNER OF THE POWELL ORCHID GARDEN, BALBOA, CANAL ZONE 


Over 7,000 plants grow in the garden, representing nearly all the orchids known to occur in Panama 


Roezel will be gratefully remembered as long as science and horticulture 
survive. I have heard it alleged that he discovered 800 new species of plants 
and trees. A wise regard for his own interest confined him almost to orchids 
in his later years. In one expedition he sent 8 tons of orchids to Europe; in 
another 10 tons of cacti, agaves, dion, and orchids. The records of bis traveling 
are startling, and it must be observed that Roezel’s first aim was to escape the 


674. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


beaten track. His journeys were explorations. Many an Indian tribe never 
saw a white man before, and perhaps have never seen one since. Mexico was his 
first hunting ground, and thither he returned more than once; Cuba the second; 
then he was drawn to the Rocky Mountains, California, and Sierra Nevada. 
Then in succession he visited Panama, Sierra Nevada again, California again, 
Colombiana, and Panama again. Later he practically repeated this same 
itinerary. 


Mr. Doyle continues: 


How many thousands of miles of journeyings this chronicle represents is a 
problem for laborious youth, and the botanist uses roads and railways and horses 
only to get him from one scene of operations to another. He works afoot. 


THE “HOLY GHOST” 
ORCHID 


This beautiful orchid is en- 
shrined in legendary lore 
by the natives whose fore- 
bears were taught by the 
Spanish friars that the sim- 
ulation of the white dove 
in the center of the flower 
represented the Holy 
Ghost 





Photograph by E. Hallen. 


It is good to know that Roezel had his reward. In 1883 he died, full of years 
and honors, in his native Bohemia. - 


Notable among the collectors of recent years who have visited 
Panama are H. D. Pittier and Maxon who, during the period of 
canal construction in 1910-11, made extensive explorations through- 
out the entire Republic. Their work was not confined to orchids, 
however, but embraced all the flora of Panama, and their records are a 
guide more or less for interested botanists who come here for scientific 
work. 

Of the still more recent collectors is Mr. W. C. Powell, who during 
the past 10 years has made a vast collection of Panama orchids and 





Photographs by E. Hallen. 
ORCHIDS OF PANAMA 


Upper: Brassia longissima. Flowers are yellow- 
ish green, the lip marked with purple. Lower 
left: Sobralia Panamensis. Lower: Epiden- 


drum antropurpurem, a common species of 
Panama 


676 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





Photographs by E. Hallen. 


ORCHIDS IN THE POWELL GARDEN 


Upper left: Aspasia Rousseanal. Upper right: Oncidum Stifitatum. Lower left: Xyolbrium stachy- 
biorum. Lower right: Stanhopea bucephalus 


has become internationally famous for his new discoveries and valu- 
able contributions to orchidology. Mr. Powell has assembled his 
collection in a beautiful garden at Balboa, in the Canal Zone, and by 
much thought and painstaking labor has converted it into a miniature 
jungle—plus all the beauty and minus all the dangers of a real 
jungle. Here ideal conditions are obtained for the growth of these 
regal plants which have been wrested from fever-ridden jungles, torn 


PANAMA, THE HOME OF THE ORCHID 677 


from the crags of lofty mountain tops, and gathered from trees 
infested with poisonous insects. Here they grow “‘in beauty and in 
peace,”’ and while it can not be said of them as of their jungle rela- 


tives— 
In this secluded shrine 


Oh! miracle of grace, 
No mortal eye but mine 
Hath looked upon thy face, 


they are none the less beau- 
tiful for having been ad- 
mired by numerous visitors, 
for into this labyrinth of 
blossoms and verdure wan- 
der and linger the casual 
tourist, the scientific bota- 
nist, and the mere lover of 
flowers. 

Here are found growing 
the luxuriantly beautiful 
oncidiums, covered with nu- 
merous golden yellow blos- 
soms flecked with brown, 
and, when seen in full blos- 
som, each separate flower 
poised and quivering on 
long sprays, gives the im- 
pression of ‘‘The Dance of 
the Butterflies,’’ which ac- 
counts for the local name, 
Butterfly orchid. 

The Sobralias, which 
are terrestrial and easily 


grown, are also here—three 
é There are several species of vanilla in Central America, two 
species—deep TOse, purple, of which are to be seen in the Powell garden in Panama. 


and white. There are few The bean is picked before ripening and then dried 
thrills equal to seeing in the early morning a host of these beautiful 
flowers that have suddenly burst in full blossom, nodding a merry 
good morning. However, they are but a breath of beauty, for their 
day is brief but glorious. With mathematical regularity, just eight 
hours after their opening they vanish as suddenly as they appeared, 
to reappear in about a fortnight to again reward you with their sur- 
prising beauty. 

In the Powell Garden are also found in great profusion the lovely 
Brassovala Nodosa, which grows upon a rock or a bleached bone as 





TREE FESTOONED WITH VANILLA ORCHID 


678 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


readily as upon a tree. The flowers are singularly appealing with 
faintly green sepals, and petals with a pure white lip. This dainty 
and popular orchid has the charm of a subtle fragrance which is 
greatly enhanced at night and accounts for the poetic local appella- 
tion, “‘My Lady of the Night.” 


Not so beautiful, per- 
haps, as some (all orchids 
are not beautiful though 
all are interesting), we 
find here several speci- 
mens of the Coryanthes 
Hunterarinum, locally 
known as the Bucket 
orchid. The flower is a 
deep yellow color and 
is suspended from the 
orchid plant by a long 
ropelike stem. In the 
flower cup there is a 
generous supply of al- 
luring nectar for the 
purpose of enticing the 





THE ORCHID WHICH PRODUCES THE VANILLA ; : ne 
BEAN desired insect visitors. 


Also we find here, cling- 
ing to the branches of a large tree in strange contrast to the idle 
flowers that ‘toil not, neither do they spin,” the fruitful and useful 
Vanilla Pompona; also a group of marvelous Holy Ghost orchids 
with numerous radiant blossoms. 

The lovely Cattleya Deckeri, which is easily the most decorative of 
all Panama orchids, with its lovely rose-purple flowers in great 
masses, is found here, as well as the eccentric Catasetum Viridflorum, 
with flowers of greenish yellow with a deeper yellow throat, which 
is appropriately called by the natives ‘‘Monkey Cap.” ‘ 

Another group, both beautiful and interesting, are the Hpiden- 
drums: The species Antropurpureum with exquisitely colored sepals 
of purple, the lip white with faint markings of rose is very lovely; 
while the Epidendrum Fragrans, with white flowers splotched with 
dark purple markings, is of unusual interest. In all, the Powell 
Garden contains over 7,000 plants, representing over 500 species, 
and includes all of the orchids found in Panama. 

Recently Mr. Powell generously donated his orchid garden to the 
Missouri Botanical Gardens and now, as a southern branch of that 
institution, with secure foundations in support of research work, 
the Powell Garden will afford many experiments in orchid culture 
and has already given stimulus to the interest and study of orchid- 
ology in tropical America. 














By Prepro BaRrRANTES CaAsTRO 


Director of the Escuela Panéptica, Lima, Peru 


ENAL science is being developed on new lines in all countries. 

As yet it has not emerged from that primary stage of tra- 

ditional empiricism where a few men with revolutionary 

ideas, dreaming of founding a new scientific discipline, are 
struggling, with little or no success, against the old routine. 

If indeed, as it appears, a new science abreast with the times is 
developing, that science is criminology, for in it may be discerned 
the miracle of life; germination and birth, the enthusiasm and urge 
of that which impassions, and principles which, like roots, seem to 
penetrate and hold, so that the study of delinquency and criminal 
legislation is to-day the favorite field for the jurisconsult, the physician 
of legal training, the psychiatrist, the teacher, the legislator, and 
those who govern. 

Peru—most unexpectedly in view of our characteristically stubborn 
conservatism—has placed herself in the vanguard in this reform by 
the bold rewriting of her penal code. This, therefore, is a moment 
in which we are bound to transform into action at least a part of the 
complicated and costly plan resulting from these new and generous 
postulates. 

Various and harmonious are the preventive and regenerative 
instruments for the treatment of criminals recommended by the 
new science, instruments not to be molded into rigid procedure, but 
rather to be weighed and selected according to the racial and national 
characteristics of those to whom they are to be applied. 

For example, there exists in Peru a special delinquency problem 
for which, as never before, we are striving to find a thoroughly scien- 
tific solution. In a long and wearisome questionnaire appear, 
among others, the following questions: What are the general causes 
of crime among us? Is it due to race perversion or the neglect 
of the State? Is it caused by economic pressure, the absorbing 
centralism, ruthless caciquismo, fanaticism and idolatry, alcohol, 
immorality, lack of adequate police force, insufficiency of obligatory 
public instruction, or class prejudice and economic putea 





1 From Boletin de Ensenanza, mimes pert 


48438—27—Bull. 74 679 


680 | THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Which of these factors has the greatest influence? In our conglom- 
erate population of Peru is it the Indian, the Negro, the mestizo, 
the white man, or the transplanted Asiatic who shows the largest 
coefficient of delinquency? What degree of responsibility can be 
attributed to each individual within the limits of the moral freedom 
which life has permitted him? Is it just to execute the full rigor of 
common and military law against the uncared for and degraded 
Indian? 


ee 


me we me ee 


ma we 





THE PENITENTIARY, LIMA, PERU 


This is the first Peruvian prison in which a school was established. From this beginning the education 
of prisoners is being extended to other penal institutions throughout the Republic 


A little study of actual Peruvian criminology shows clearly that 
it differs substantially from that in the majority of the other coun- 
tries where, because of a more widely spread culture and a more 
general responsibility in the matter of individual rights throughout 
all grades of society, the fullest retribution is exacted from those 
who commit criminal acts. In Europe and the United States, for 
example, the criminal is almost always one who acts more or less 
under the impulse of his own moral perversion, making use of means 
which civilization itself has brought within his reach. 

If it be inquired whether this is typical of our country, it is not 
indiscreet to answer in the negative. It is true that cases of evil, 
cowardice, and cruelty, repeated and continued, exist, but the number 
of educated persons, aware of their rights and obligations, who by 
their actions show themselves to be specific and dangerous criminals, 
constitutes a small minority, in prison or outside. 

On the other hand the majority of the inmates of Peruvian prisons 
consists of indigenes, so that the question is reduced to discovering 
whether the indigene is criminal because of reprehensible instincts 


EDUCATION OF PRISONERS IN PERU 681 


and a mistaken and harmful education, or because, rather of the un- 
conscious tragedy in which his naturally upright and tranquil temper- 
ment is involved, a tragedy precipitated by his complete lack of 
education and by extraneous causes both hostile and insuperable. 

As director of the school of the penitentiary in Lima, which was 
organized in July, 1925, I have been able to study in detail a number 
of criminal cases and to draw some general conclusions from which an 
educational plan was afterward evolved. 

The national penitentiary is the prison to which are sent criminals 
condemned in different sections of the country. This, therefore, is 
the very place where, without fear of beginning work that might 
never be completed, investigations should be made and conclusions 
reached. Here, in a community of expiation, are gathered men 
from the coastal region, the mountaineer and the forest dweller, 
the occasional delinquent and the bandit, the city thug and the 
peon from the great plantations who kills as vengeance against the 
civil order. 

When, full of misgivings with respect to prisons and their inmates 
because of the stupid prejudices held by practically all outsiders, 
I passed within the penitentiary, leaving behind me numerous 
grating locks and bars, to begin the preliminary task of classifying 


pe eee ee) ee 
i ; é ba: i 


Le ee ar a] 


i ae A 





NATIONAL PENITENTIARY, BUENOS AIRES 


Argentina possesses a fine penitentiary as may be seen from this view, which also shows a section of the 
penitentiary gardens in the foreground 


the inmates, I found myself before long confronted by fair-sized 
groups made up of persons of normal appearance and _ restrained 
manner, who professed a vague but general interest in receiving 
instruction. Of the fierce, enigmatic faces biologically degenerate, 
such as led Lombroso to formulate his theory of the born criminal, 
there appeared to be none. Of the 300 and more whom I examined 
only one appeared to be utterly worthless. Disquieting and repul- 
sive, he came before me, rough sacking wound about his neck, stiff 








THE PENITENTIARY AT MONTEVIDEO 


Uruguay has one of the most modernly equipped penitentiaries in America. The upper view shows 
the castle-like entrance. The lower view shows one of the corridors of the main prison 


EDUCATION OF PRISONERS IN PERU 683 


perhaps from diabetes. Silent at first, it was easy to read in his 
sidelong glance the irritation which later led him to snarl at my 
questions and finally to damn with furious words my presence. But 
this proved to be a mentally sick man whom it was later necessary 
to transfer to an asylum. 

Fifty per cent of the penal population proved to be illiterate, 30 
per cent semi-illiterate; 15 per cent had received primary instruction 
only and 5 per cent had some rudiments of secondary and technical 
education; only one had academic learning. The pure Indian race 
accounted for 40 per cent of the total distributed between the illiterate 
and semi-illiterate classes. The remaining 60 per cent was composed 
chiefly of half-breeds, the coastal zambos or mulattos, a few white 
Peruvians and foreigners, and several Asiatics. 

On organizing the prison school it was necessary to create a bilingual 
section for the illiterates whose customary language was Quechua. 
For the remainder, the work was laid out according to the regular 
primary instruction plans in use to-day, two grades with four teachers. 
As to this curriculum, it was necessary to make the modifications 
required for a school of adults, and to try out at the discretion of the 
teachers attempts at corrective training, entirely without precedent 
adapted to pupils in the position of prisoners for whom no penal 
schools had been provided. 

The results of this work, which has been carried on for over a year, 
thanks to a wise government decree, the facilities afforded by the 
authorities, the enthusiasm of the teaching staff and, above all, good 
will on the part of the great majority of the prisoners, are now becom- 
ing visible. To these results the director of the prison and the official 
investigators bear ample witness and, what is more, the prisoners 
themselves note with delight and gratitude their progress in capacity 
for a better life. It may be stated that notwithstanding the short 
time this Lima penitentiary school has been open, it is already a 
new and powerful factor in the habilitation of delinquents and their 
restoration to society, which is the final objective of every penal code. 

We are convinced, moreover, that the men who have remained more 
or less time under our educative régime will not readily, or often, 
become second offenders, and this not because we are by any means 
miracle workers . . . but because the suppression of crime in Peru, 
in general, is largely a duty, incumbent upon the State as part of the 
national elementary education, which those who are delinquents and 
those who are on the threshold of delinquency, failed to receive in 
childhood, an education, moreover, which they urgently need. 

Conjointly, and in order to reach the sources of what might be 
called casual or fortuitous crime, prisoners must be given an oppor- 
tunity to work and the assurance of elementary justice in obtaining it. 

If it has been possible to carry on the work described in the peni- 
tentiary of Lima, and the similar efforts carried on in the penal 


684 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


colony of Frontén and in some other prisons throughout the Republic, 
in order to test one of the cardinal methods adopted by modern penal 
science; and if, as is shown, the largest proportion of criminals in 
Peru is absolutely devoid of the most rudimentary preparation for a 
worthy life of honest labor; it is clear that if this proportion is to be 
reduced, preventive and remedial measures must be taken: preventive, 
by multiplying schools for adults in the cities, towns, and country 
districts, and remedial, by making school attendance obligatory in 
the larger prisons such as those in the county and provincial capitals. 
The latter implies that the purposes of penal education be formulated 
in advance, since these differ greatly from those of ordinary instruc- 
tion, including, as they do, much more. This formulating of objec- 
tives can be made efficient only by the adoption of a special curricu- 
lum, and by a uniform regulation which shall include all penal 
institutions except in the case of those establishments outside the 
general prison system, the organization and requirements of which 
differ. 

The present article, which is neither a review nor the statistics 
of the points touched upon, is merely an attempt to set forth an aspect 
hitherto ignored in the educational activity of the country, an aspect 
which because of its undeniable importance is worthy of the early 
attention and consideration of the Ministry of Public Education, to 
be followed by the necessary steps for the organization of an educa- 
tional service for the inmates of all prisons in Peru. 





HOME ECONOMICS 
THE RURAL SCHOOLS 
\F PORTO RICO -. ~ 

















By Jost C. Rosario 


General Superintendent of Rural Education, Department of Education, Porto Rico 


KNOW nothing about home economics. I know a little about 
education. I know a great deal about rural life in Porto Rico, 
being a ‘‘jibaro”’ myself, and having been in contact with 
jibaros practically all my life. The last two facts are presented 

as an excuse for my being here addressing you on the subject of 
‘““Home Economics in the Rural Schools of Porto Rico.” 

There are certain principles of education that apply to home 
economics as well as to any other subject, and that apply to the 
rural schools of Porto Rico as much as to the city schools of Germany 
or China. 

I am going to quote two of these principles: 

The first duty of the school is to teach pupils to do better the desirable things 
which they will do anyway. 

Another duty of the schools is to reveal higher activities and to make these 
both desired and to an extent possible. 

The average man in the open country in Porto Rico is a laborer. 
He is a man with an average family of 5 children (some of them have 
as many as 10 or 12), who makes 50 cents a day working for a more or 
less well-to-do farmer. This family lives in a house having a sitting 
room and a bedroom. Back of the house and adjoining it there is a 
shelter where they cook their meals on a sand table upon which there 
are one or more groups of three stones in triangular formation. A 
wood fire is built among these stones and a kettle with the food that is 
to be cooked is placed on top of the stones and over the fire. The 
kitchen utensils consist of two or three iron kettles, a small can to 
make the coffee, and one or more gourds (calabazos) to bring water 
from the brook for culinary purposes. Dishes are washed in one of 
the larger kettles. 

In the sitting room we find a chair bought at some time of great 
financial prosperity, and one or two wooden benches. ‘There also 
may be a small table for use as a handy place to put things, such as 
a water can for the family to drink from; a few bananas, or groceries 

685 


686 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


bought in the local store. This table may be used as a dining table 
when there is any guest to partake of the simple meals. 

The bedroom is not more lavishly furnished. There are several 
cots, which are opened at night and closed up and leaned against 
the wall in the daytime. 

Finally there may be found a latrine within 100 feet of the house. 
Frequently this is lacking. 

These are conditions as we find them to-day. How can the 
teaching of home economics make these conditions better—these 
conditions that pupils are going to face in their homes anyway? 
Certainly not by disregarding the facts, but by teaching them to 
handle the present and real and not the future and ideal. 





PORTO RICAN LABORER’S HOME 





Here is the home of a “‘jibaro’’ or Porto Rican laborer, housing a family which should profit by the home 
economics course taught in the rural schools 


- 


The commission appointed by the National Educational Associa- 
tion, speaking of the little coordination that exists sometimes between 
the teaching of home economics and the homes, expresses itself in 
the following terms: 


Teaching in home economies has not been adequately articulated with home 
life and home experiences . . . home economics instruction has failed to function 
in the home life of the child. Foods have been cooked under laboratory condi- 
tions differing so greatly from home conditions that no incentive has been 
provided to tempt their reproduction in the home. Articles have been chosen 
for preparation and recipes have been followed that have directly conflicted 
with racial or religious traditions, and which have called for materials with 
which the parents were unfamiliar or which they have been financially unable to 
purchase. . 


HOME ECONOMICS IN RURAL SCHOOLS OF PORTO RICO 687 


This opinion is entirely in accord with the principle above stated 
that ‘The first duty of the school is to teach pupils to do better the 
desirable things that they will do anyway.” 

If in the majority of the pupils’ homes they cook on a sand-table 
stove, and with wood, we shall not be teaching them to do it better 
by using an oil stove in the school. We might teach them the proper 
size of sand table that should be built; the proper height from the 
floor to make it more convenient; the kind of wood that they might 
use, and how to cut it in certain sizes for convenience and to avoid 
danger; to keep a certain amount of wood conveniently at hand in 
anticipation of rainy weather; and even the kinds of fast-growing 
bushes or trees that they might plant to insure a permanent supply. 

Again we might emphasize in our teaching the use of hot water for 
washing dishes, which can be obtained at no higher cost; and inci- 
dentally combat by actual demonstration the theory that if you do 
this you may catch an espasmo. We can teach them to make an 
oven out of an oil can and open to them this other way of cooking 
food; to keep the home and surroundings clean; and to alter the 
belief that the kitchen need not be clean. ‘‘Parece una cocinera”’ 
(she looks like a cook) is a common remark made about one whose 
dress is very dirty. Love for beautiful decoration may be cultivated 
by bringing to school reproductions of famous pictures, having them 
framed in the school in glass and passe partout and then offering 
them to pupils as a prize for the cleanest house or the cleanest kitchen, 
or the best oven made. The lesson that may be offered in beautifying 
the home surroundings by the cultivation of a flower garden should 
be a very important one. The home may improve its appearance if 
girls learn how furniture can be made out of packing boxes, and can 
induce their fathers or brothers to make it. 

Shelves in the kitchen, sitting room, or bed room may add greatly 
to the comfort of the home without any extra expense. Keeping 
animals, such as chickens, out of the house will add to its cleanliness; 
and having some sort of an enclosure for pigs or hogs will keep the 
surroundings cleaner and healthier. Avoiding pools of stagnant 
water destroys mosquitoes, which are a constant annoyance, to say 
the least. Building latrines or keeping clean those already built is a 
ereat convenience. 

These are only a few of the ways in which this particular phase of 
home economics in the rural schools may put into practice the princi- 
ple that ‘‘The first duty of the school is to teach pupils to do better 
the desirable things which they will do anyway.” 

Now, how could we put into practice in this particular phase of the 
work the principle that “A second duty of the school is to reveal 
higher activities and make these desirable and to an extent possible’’? 
Home economics is essentially a practical subject. Pupils should be 


688 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


taught to do things by doing them. For this reason I believe that in 
teaching home economics in the country it is necessary to secure at a 
convenient distance from the school an average peasant’s house and 
let the pupils run it in accordance with the above suggestions for at 
least one-half of the year, and use it the remainder of the school year 
to let them have a glimpse of better things and awaken their ambition 
for more beauty and comfort. 

During the second semester the house may be painted, one or more 
beds might be placed in the sleeping room, and perhaps a dresser, 
the table in the sala might be varnished and actually used as a dining- 
room table, after provisions for tablecloth and silver were made; 
two or three rocking chairs could be placed in the sitting room; the 
kitchen may be provided with an oil stove, and shelves, and utensils; 
the flower garden may be fenced and newer varieties of flowers 
introduced; a balcony might be built and a vine planted to cover it 
in part; a water tank might be built to provide running water for 
most purposes. The girls could then be taught to work under these 
new conditions and stimulated to secure them for their homes at 
some future time. 

In this way we shall teach not only ‘‘the present and real” but also 
“the future and ideal.’’ In other words we may have our heads in 
the clouds, but would keep our feet on firm ground to avoid an 
unnecessary fall and an unpleasant awakening. 


CHILD CARE 


The average country people are very ignorant of the care of chil- 
dren. The mothers usually nurse them as long as possible, which is 
not very long. Then the ruinous process of artificial feeding begins, 
guided only by their ignorance, their superstition, and the advice 
of people as ignorant as themselves. They will feed coffee to their 
children at a very early date, but believe that a little orange juice 
will do them great harm. They rock their babies to sleep, but think 
nothing of leaving them alone in the house under the care of @ brother 
or sister 3 or 4 years old. More than once a mother has returned 
from her work to find her home in ashes and her two or three infants 
burned to death. They would not think of feeding their babies a 
puree of banana starch, but will give them a piece of ill-baked bread 
or a country-made cracker capable of giving indigestion to an adult. 
Home economics in the rural schools has a wide field in this respect. 
To teach the girls the value of cow’s or goat’s milk for the babies 
after they are weaned, and the use and preparation of the different 
starches, such as yautia, malanga, calabaza, platano, guineo, yuca, 
rice (especially Porto Rican rice the vitamine cover of which has not 
been polished off), in preference to bread and other flour products, 
is a task that will repay our efforts and diminish the terrible infant 


HOME ECONOMICS IN RURAL SCHOOLS OF PORTO RICO 689 


mortality among our rural population. They need to be taught 
the value of vitamines in such fruits as oranges and lemons; the 
injurious effects of coffee; the hours that children at different ages 
should sleep; the danger of following casual advice given in regard to 
the illness of infants; the results of such bad habits as rocking chil- 
dren to sleep, using pacifiers, and giving them medicines not pre- 
scribed by a doctor. I have mentioned a few of the things that may 
be done along this line through home economics in the country 
schools. The field is pretty nearly inexhaustible. 


HOME NURSING 


This is perhaps the most urgent phase of home economics in rural 
districts. 

Our jibaro, has been unfairly treated by the town doctor, who, in 
his turn, has been unfairly treated by the local authorities. A doctor 
has thousands of patients to attend, so when the jibaro comes to 
town to find a remedy for his ailments, he is given an uncinariasis 
prescription regardless of whether he has a chronic case of indi- 
gestion or a cancerous growth in the esophagus. In this way 
the jibaro has lost faith in the doctor and takes all his cases to the 
quack doctors, usually women, who have a great reputation in their 
line. Frequently a jibaro will walk 30 miles to get a prescription 
for his dying daughter from one of these sages. Girls in the domestic 
science classes in the country must be taught first of all not to put 
faith in the quack doctors. 

Then there are common ailments in the country which require 
special attention. Hookworm comes first in the list. Those who 
know say that 90 per cent of our jibaros are infected with this dis- 
ease. Fortunately, home economics teachers may have the coopera- 
tion of the department of health in this respect. Then there is the 
conjunctivitis (ceguera), which makes a yearly raid on rural homes. 
This is a disease that is caused by contact with an infected person, 
but which is very rare among people who wash their faces daily. 

Pediculosis, caused by lice, is a more or less common disease among 
country children and is also mainly caused by carelessness. The 
tifa is caused by a parasite which attacks the hair and causes it to 
fall out in patches. It is easily cured but requires instructions as to 
prevention and treatment. If girls are instructed in this regard they 
will do a great deal toward the elimination of these diseases. ‘There 
is the question of taking care of a person ill in bed. ‘The jibaros, in 
their ignorance, do not take any steps toward avoiding contagion 
and even facilitate it through their conduct. There are a good many 
lessons to be driven home in this particular. Cuts, wounds, and 
bruises are common in the country and pupils should learn in the 
school how to deal with them. 


690 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





TYPES OF HOUSES 


Upper: Old type of poorly ventilated and unsanitary house. Lower: The new sanitary concrete house 
which is gradually replacing the old wooden shelter 


FOOD 


This is the most important phase of home economics in our rural 
region. 

Our first lesson must be a purely economic one. A country is 
more prosperous when its inhabitants adapt their tastes to the prod- 
ucts of their region. Girls must be taught the good value of the 
country products, such as sweet potatoes, yautias, malangas, 
chayotes, calabazas, platanos, etc. They must be taught the real 
food value of green vegetables, such as lettuce, cabbage, okra, and 
others that they can easily raise at their homes. 

The diet of our jibaros is deficient in proteins. The girls should be 
made to realize this, and to look for a remedy for this condition. 
Chicken clubs, rabbit clubs, pig clubs, and goat clubs, by raising a 
supply of meat, will increase its consumption. Home economics 
should teach the country pupils not only how to raise these animals in 
the most economical way possible, but also how to preserve the meat 


HOME ECONOMICS IN RURAL SCHOOLS OF PORTO RICO 691 


of some of them. They should be taught how to kill a hog and pre- 
serve the meat in its own lard or to make sausages, bacon, sobreasada, 
etc. This is actually done by some well-to-do Spaniards in some 
country sections of Porto Rico, but neither the knowledge nor the 
need for it has ever reached the poorer people. 

The idea of a balanced ration should be conveyed to these country 
pupils, not necessarily in terms of calories that are contained in food, 
but in the best proportion of the different kinds of food which should be 
found in the daily diet. The teaching of food should be daily exempli- 
fied in the lunch room, which should be run by the girls taking home 
economics under the direction of their teacher. 

The importance of pure drinking water should be emphasized. 
They should realize the advantage of going a little farther in search 
of a spring than to take impure water from the nearest brook. 


CLOTHING 


First of all our country girls need to be taught plain sewing, making 
their own dresses; dresses for their little sisters; suits and shirts for 
their brothers. We find in every barrio some women who make their 
living by sewing for common laborers and their families. This means 
that very poor people who have to support a large family out of their 
40-cent wages must count on investing part of this meager sum in 
hiring somebody to sew for them. 

The reason for this state of affairs is very simple. Sewing is not 
taught in the schools, and once the girl is out of school she has to 
begin working at tasks that require movement of the large muscles, 
such as carrying cans of water, hoeing, picking up wood, etc., and 
these movements are an obstacle to the development of the delicate 
muscular movement required in sewing. This is the reason why, 
though most of our country girls learn to cook in their own primitive 
way, sewing is an accomplishment of a few privileged ones. The 
school, and the school only, will be able to train our country girls to 
do their own sewing and help their parents in the proper use of their 
limited income. 

This course should consist of patching, mending, hemming, apron 
making, garment making, sewing buttons, making over garments, 
and the proper purchasing of materials. 

We find again in sewing the application of the first principle of 
education mentioned in the first part of this conference: ‘‘The first 
duty of the school is to teach pupils to do better the desirable things 
that they are going to do anyway.” 

One thing a large number of our country girls are going to do is 
to embroider garments for American business concerns. In the years 
1924 and 1925 we sent to the United States garments valued at $4,936,- 
569. This means thousands of girls making their living through this 


692 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


industry. It is the pressing duty of the rural schools to train the 
country girls to do this work in a more efficient way and so increase 
their income and the income of Porto Rico. 

There are frequent complaints from the employers of workers that 
Porto Rican work is of an inferior quality, and that many pieces are 
actually spoiled. It is said also that if trained workers could be 
obtained, instead of $5,000,000 worth of garments we might send 
$20,000,000 worth. The bugle is sounding loudly and clearly. 
Shall we answer the call? 


ARGENTINE 
NATIONAL 
OF CHILE 















N January of this year asimple but imposing ceremony took place 
in the fine new’ building in Santiago which now houses the 
National Library of Chile. The occasion was the inaugura- 
tion of the Argentine room in the library. 

His Excellency the President of Chile honored the ceremony with 
his presence, as did the Argentine Ambassador in Chile, Sefior 
Malbran. Among other distinguished guests were Senor Matte 
Gormaz, Minister for Foreign Affairs, Sefor Ramén Montero, Min- 
ister of Education, Dr. Francisco Veyga of the Argentine Commission 
for the Protection of Public Libraries, and Sefior Carlos Silva Cruz, 
Director General of Libraries in Chile. 

After Doctor Veyga and Sefior Silva had spoken for the library 
organizations in their respective countries, Sefior Malbran in a delight- 
ful speech described the traditional and open-handed hospitality 
which the Chilean Government and the Chilean people have accorded 
Argentines who have dwelt in their midst, among them none more 
deserving or more greatly honored than Domingo Sarmiento, whose 
work the ambassador proceeded rapidly to sketch. He alluded 
to the intelligent and sympathetic collaboration which Manuel Montt, 
the then President of Chile, had unfailingly given to Sarmiento. 
He spoke of the bust of Sarmiento which decorates the Argentine 
room, and remarked that it could not be more appropriately placed, 
since it was in Chile that this illustrious Argentine citizen, who 
gave the first impulse to the movement for popular libraries, revealed 





1 Chilean Review (London), Second Quarter, 1927. 


ARGENTINE ROOM IN NATIONAL LIBRARY OF CHILE 693 


his personality. Finally, in the name of the President and the 
Minister of Education of Argentina and the Argentine people, 
Seftor Malbran formally presented the Argentine room, expressing 
his deep feeling of pride that this duty should fall to him, and his 
pleasure that both the room itself and the bust of Sarmiento 
should be intrusted to the culture and nobility of the Chilean people. 

Don Ramon Montero, Minister of Education, then returned 
thanks in the name of his Government for the generous gift made by 
Argentina. He concluded by asking Sefior Malbran to convey a 
most cordial greeting to the citizens of Argentina. 

At the conclusion of the ambassador’s speech Rivarola’s sonnet, 
“To Sarmiento,’ was recited as a fitting climax to a celebration which 
emphasized not only the constant expansion of the library movement 
throughout the sister Republics to the southward but the increased 
response—particularly on the part of Argentina—to the resolution 
adopted by the first Pan American Press Conference looking toward 
increased inter-American reciprocity in the exchange of reading 
material, both books and periodicals. 


ARGENTINA AND HER WORK OF CULTURAL 
DIFFUSION 


In this connection, those who follow Pan American affairs will 
undoubtedly recall a paragraph from President Alvear in his annual 
message to the Argentine Congress in 1926, an English version of 
which reads as follows: 


The increasingly important work carried on by the Comisién Protectora de 
Bibliotecas in the diffusion of intellectual culture, not only within the country 
but also throughout America as a whole, in accordance with the act of March 
18, 1925, should be accented before this honorable body. This act advised 
the creation of Argentine sections in the national and university libraries of 
the respective American capitals as, also, in the cultural institutions, legations, 
and consulates in the important cities of each of the American countries. This 
initiative, unique of its kind in the civilized world, has been well received and the 
steps achieved are truly encouraging, 5,818 volumes by Argentine authors hay- 
ing been distributed during the year 1925 among Venezuela, Costa Rica, Hon- 
duras, Paraguay, Ecuador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Colombia, Salvador, Uru- 
guay, Peru, Mexico, and Cuba. During the present year, to date, Chile and 
Bolivia have similarly received our spiritual offering—that is to say, the best of 
the inquietudes and dreams of the soul of the nation. And if to this we add 
that our painters and sculptors, united in one great nationalisitic ideal, have 
jointly and with success submitted their canvases and sculptures to the severe 
criteria of the European publics, we may affirm with some satisfaction, although 
without boasting, that we are advancing along paths which will bring Argentine 
prestige and distinction not alone for the volume of her wealth, public and 
private, but for the high index of her sons in intellectual and spiritual activities. 


It is interesting to note that this work, which originally included 
merely the distribution of routine government publications among 


694 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the remaining governments of the continent, has expanded to include 
books of all types—complete sets of both the prose and poetical 
works of national authors, historical collections, works of art and 
prints—the Comisién Protectora de Bibliotecas receiving a generous 
appropriation of funds for their purchase. 

Pan Americanists in the United States will be interested to know 
that the Library of Congress recently received from this commission 
a very generous donation of miscellaneous works, among which may 
be mentioned 36 standard works on law, 12 on various medical 
subjects and, in general literature, the following: 


J. B. Alberdi, complete set, 18 volumes. 

Acevedo Diaz, La Republica Argentina. 

Joaquin V. Gonzdlez, La Argentina y sus Amigos, Patria, Hombres e Ideas Edu- 
cadores, Fabulas Nativas, y Mis Montanas. 

Guido, Fusién Hispano-indigena en la Arquitectura. 

Ibarguren, Manuelita Rozas, Nuestra Tierra. 

Leopoldo Lugones, La Guerra Gaucha, El Ejército de la Iliada, El Libro de los 
Paisajes. 

Enrique Rodriguez Larreta, Zogoibi. 

Obligado, Canto Perdido. 

Roberto Payr6, El Falso Inca. 

PiJlado, Buenos Aires Colonial. 

Ricardo Rojas, La Restauracién Nacionalista. 

Manuel Ugarte, La Joven Literatura Hispano-Americana, La Patria Grande. 

Vicente Fidel Lépez, Historia Argentina, 10 volumes. 

Hugo Wast, Desierto de Piedra. 


The Comisién Protectora de Bibliotecas has also sent generous 
donations of printed volumes to the Pan American Union, Library 
of the Catholic University, Library of George Washington University, 
Library of the School of Foreign Service, Georgetown University, 
and the Robert Brookings School. 














By Dr. Jorcr BEJARANO 


Professor of Hygiene in the School of Medicine of Bogota; Member of the National 
Red Cross Committee 


N these days when an increasing amount of attention is being 
devoted to public health in its many aspects a brief history of 
publ health administration in Colombia may be of interest, 
especially since its recent organization presents some features 

which have proved to be particularly advantageous. 

Colombia, now a nation of 7,000,000 inhabitants, has a wide variety 
of climate, with a temperature ranging between 40° and 88° F. 

It was in 1887 that Colombia first made the preservation of public 
health a State function. A law enacted that year created the Central 
Board of Public Health composed of three physicians. This board, 
which sat in Bogota, the national capital, created in turn depart- 
mental boards dependent thereon and composed of similar personnel. 
The same law provided that the resolutions or decrees of these boards 
should have binding force and that they must be obeyed by every- 
one, including even the civil authorities, who were also obligated to 
enforce them. To this first organization, which was in operation 
for 30 years, is due the foundation of public health administration in 
Colombia—sanitary inspection of river and seaports, city sanitation, 
school hygiene, ete. 

In 1918, Congress passed a new law creating a unified direction and 
suppressing all the aforementioned boards. This new arrangement 
had the enormous advantage of placing the public health admistra- 
tion under a single director upon whom the law conferred ample 
powers. The civil authority can amend or suppress a resolution of 
the national director of hygiene only in case it infringes or violates 
a law of the Republic. - This unified direction obviates all difficulties 
arising in boards whose members hold diverse opinions, while it also 
has the advantage of permitting prompt decision amd action in the 
case of epidemics. 

The national director of health, who is always a specialist in the 
subject, is appointed by the Government. It is his duty to super- 
vise, safeguard, and 1 issue reg gulavions (OE the public and private health 


1 From Por la Salud, Paris, hear 1927. 
48488—27—Bull. 7 D 695 











696 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF HYGIENE, BOGOTA, COLOMBIA 


Here the production of serums is centralized and laboratory facilities are provided 


of the nation, as well as to organize the medical service and sanitary 
inspection of the river and seaports. A health committee of the 
National Academy of Medicine, composed of three physicians and a 
bacteriologist, serves as a consultative body in those cases which the 
national director of health desires to submit to its consideration. 

In the capital of each of the 14 departments there is also a director 
of health, chosen by the national director and subordinate to him. 
These departmental directors see that sanitary regulations are en- 
forced in their respective territories, reporting monthly to the national 
director who, in turn, presents to Congress an annual report on 
national health progress and sanitary conditions. The national 
director may also draw up for submission to Congress any bills on 
health matters which he believes necessary. 

By virtue of the law of 1918, already cited, the departments and 
municipalities are required to meet routine expenditures for health 
measures; only in case of an epidemic does the nation give financial 
aid. Every municipality having a population in excess of 4,000 is 
required to have a municipal health commission composed of a 
physician, the mayor, and a municipal councillor. Thus it will be 
seen that the ramifications of the Public Health Service extend to all 
parts of the nation. 


PUBLIC HEALTH ADMINISTRATION IN COLOMBIA 697 


In order to give greater importance to the participation of the 
State in public health, a law enacted in 1924 provided that the Min- 
istry of Public Instruction should become the Ministry of Public 
Instruction and Public Health. The director of health, however, 
continues to enjoy the same autonomy and authority with which 
he was theretofore invested. 

The division of public assistance was created in 1925 by law as a 
dependency of the National Health Bureau. In accordance with this 
law, the national bureau was separated into two main divisions— 
general health and administration and public assistance. Under the 
former are included city and rural health, food inspection, regulation of 
the production and sale of alcoholic beverages, sanitation and sanitary 
inspection, school health, nosological and vital statistics, official 
Jaboratories and inspection of biological laboratories in general, 
regulation of industries dangerous to health, etc. 

The second division embraces inspection of hospitals, asylums, 
almshouses, day nurseries, clinics and dispensaries; prophylaxis of 
communicable diseases and campaigns against epidemics; vaccina- 
tion service; child health; workers’ housing; industrial hygiene; 
and the prophylaxis of tuberculosis, syphilis, and alcoholism. 

Colombia is doing its utmost to reduce the incidence of and mor- 
tality from social and epidemic diseases. Its campaign against 
tropical anemia has been directed and aided by the Rockefeller 
Foundation since 1920. The national, departmental, and municipal 
governments have all contributed in support of this campaign; its 
success may be measured by the number of patients—1 ,629,243— 
treated, and the intensive work in education and sanitation which 
accompanied the treatment. 

Special attention is now given to the cure of venereal diseases in 
Bogota and other important cities of the Republic. Dispensaries are 
maintained for both men and women, and prostitution is under 
strict police regulation. 

Alcoholism has recently been placed under partial restrictions. A 
law enacted in 1925 requires places selling liquor to close on holidays 
and early in the evening; limits the number of such places to one for 
each 1,000 inhabitants; prohibits the manufacture, importation, 
and sale of beer with an alcoholic content of more than 4 per cent; 
gives the State direct supervision of the sale of liquors, and places 
high duties on the importation of all fermented liquors and beverages. 

Yellow fever has not been found anywhere in Colombia since 1923, 
when some cases occurred in one of the interior cities. In order to 
maintain freedom from this disease an active campaign against the 
mosquito transmitting it has been waged with the help of the Rocke- 
feller Foundation. 

By the provisions of Law No. 99 of 1922 the reporting of the 
following diseases was made obligatory: Asiatic cholera and cholera 


698 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION: 


nostras; typhus, typhoid, scarlet and yellow fevers; bubonic plague; 
diphtheria; smallpox; bacillary and amoebic dysentery; leprosy; 
epidemic cerebro-spinal meningitis; and some others. 

Finally, the National Institute of Hygiene, recently established in 
the city of Bogota in a fine edifice equipped with every convenience, 
will centralize the production of serums and vaccines and _ offer 
facilities for all examinations and analyses required by modern 
hygiene.” 

Tribute must be paid in closing to Prof. Pablo Garcia Medina, that 
eminent hygienist now director of public health, to whom Colombia 
owes perhaps her most important advances in this field, one which 
touches the happiness and well-being of all Colombians. 





Fac » AND COMMERCE ; AB ay 


ARGENTINA 


RAILWAY CONSORTIUM.—Representatives of the Buenos Aires and 
Pacific, the Buenos Aires Great Southern, the Buenos Aires Great 
Western, the Central Argentine, the Cordoba Central, the Com- 
pafiia General, the Santa Fé, the Central Buenos Aires, the Midland, 
and the Rosario-Puerto Belgrano Railways met in conference with 
the President of the Republic in the latter part of March to consider 
plans for the colonization of now unoccupied lands, so that the wealth 
of the nation may be developed. The Ministers of Agriculture and 
Public Works, who also spoke at this conference, promised their 
departmental cooperation. President Alvear expressed his satis- 
faction at the agreement reached and promised governmental aid 
for the plan. The State railways are not included in this agreement, 
since they already are under a special colonization law. 

The basis of the scheme contains the following points: 

The consortium will be organized with the legal status of a commercial com- 
pany, maintaining direct relations with the Argentine Government and foreign 
governments from which immigrants come. Each railway company will super- 
intend the settlement of land on its own lines but shall seek only to cover the 
cost of the land and other appurtenances with a 10 per cent margin for incidental 
losses. The capital of the consortium will be subscribed by the railways pro 
rata according to their mileage. Settlers will be given time to pay for land and 
services at the rate of 7 per cent interest and 1 per cent amortization. It foreign 
families have no capital for the purchase of animals, implements, etc., during 
the first year, the companies will advance funds. The consortium will organize 
cooperative societies in each colony for the sale of provisions. The consortium 
is to exist for 10 years from the date of signature of its act of association. 





2 See the Bulletin for December, 1926, for a more detailed description of this building. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 699 


CATTLE TICK CONTROL.—In accordance with the plan of the Min- 
istry of Agriculture for the control of the cattle tick by the estab- 
lishment of tick-free, intermediate, and tick-infested zones, the depart- 
ments of Nogoyé and Tala of the Province of Entre Rios are to be 
included in intermediate zones from April 1, after which cattle from 
infected areas must receive dips and inspection before entering the 
aforementioned zones. 

Exports.—A report of the General Bureau of Statistics of the 
Nation to the Ministry of the Treasury gives the following facts on 
exports for the first two months of 1927: 

The total value of the first two months’ exports of 1927 amounted to 185,873,- 


824 gold pesos, or an increase of 43,148,683 gold pesos (30.2 per cent) over exports 
for the same period of 1926. 


Quantities of principal exports 

















| Bea rinenes ch Difference 
Articles in 1927 

| Ss plus (-+-) or 

| 1927 1926. | minus\(>) 
SIV TRG ETS weedeat re se ease rt RS ILE 2 Sea ee ee pean Ue ania ate ors tons__ 160, 724 140, 809 +19, 915 
Wriedkamdysal teclshnicl CS apes ae als es ap ee doses 26, 564 21, 231 +45, 333 
Wmwashedi sheepskinsoseae Sas ee weld De ee ee eee domees 1, 648 i as) —127 
Gran ES OVO Ly YoYo he ee Sie et Ree Se Se ee eee doa 42, 326 32, 857 +9, 469 
AB Tub Ler ee mae ee eae oe soaiahr Neate Foard uy eat, ae Ce RUN aS Oo A domes] 6, 621 7, 663 —1, 042 
(Case ire aise Ses een ans ee Min alte Maro ens tA oa St dons) 3, 919 3, 613 +6 
Sean denice Gutalse een eer pee enn nS anti oo oe a Ee dona 28, 808 10, 809 +17, 999 
Cait] CMe eee a meta ene syne alee hai a ee te eee w ss Saka! eRe eed units__ 36, 604 35, 937 +667 
@ereslstandulinseed teas spn ee eee ee ee ee tons__! 2, 783, 174 1, 325, 583 | +1, 457, 591 
witout ghovines sete et dren a gery SMe N Me Ts lye pe ten do.| 37, 434 23,450 | +13, 984 
D5 if OaN te Ye lee aS RR ees do.-_-| 62, 767 42, 296 +20, 471 
@uwebrachorextrac taste ee ae aw Ed Se Ses See does) 33, 671 34, 785 —1,114 
@uichrach oil ogsmimms maser een ta deh ooh Sa een ee do__- | 7, 592 11, 826 —4, 234 








ARGENTINE TourRING CLUB ROAD MAP.—The Argentine Touring 
Club of Buenos Aires is publishing a road and touring map of the 
Republic. A preliminary map covering the Province of Buenos 
Aires, the southern part of Santa Fé Province and the eastern sec- 
tion of Cérdoba Province has already been issued in a small edition. 
It is drawn on a scale of 1 to 750,000, showing the railroads, the sec- 
tion and department boundaries, the principal highways, and also 
the second and third class roads, grade crossings, distance in kilo- 
meters from place to place, fords, bridges, elevations, cities, towns, 
and estates. 


BOLIVIA 


Vititazén-Arocua RAILWAY LEASED.—The Bolivian Government, 
after careful study of the bids submitted by various firms for the equip- 
ment, operation, and consolidation of the Villazén-Atocha Railway, 
has accepted the bid presented by the Dates & Hunt Co. of Buenos 


700 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Aires. Under the terms of the contract the lessees bind themselves 
to accept the right of the Government to participate in the exploi- 
tation of the line, the fixing of the tariffs, and the control of its 
management. The Government may also rescind the whole contract 
at any time and again take up the management of the entire line. 
In order that this railroad may render full service to the public the 
concessionaries will effect important works for the completion of the 
line and equip it with all necessary rolling stock. The Government 
also appropriated $1,500,000 from the last loan negotiated in the 
United States for this purpose. The Villazén-Atocha Railway is a 
very important line for Bolivia, as it unites that Republic with 
‘Argentina and brings La Paz within three or four days of Buenos 
Aires, thus giving Bolivian products an outlet to the Atlantic Ocean. 

AIR SERVICE BETWEEN SANTA Cruz AND PurErRTo SuAREz.—In 
accordance with the law of December 17, 1926, which authorizes 
the establishment of a passenger and mail air line from Santa Cruz 
to Puerto Suarez and the granting of a yearly subsidy of 20,000 
bolivianos to the contracting company, the Chief Executive has 
made a contract with the Lloyd Aéreo Boliviano to establish this 
service. The company engages to maintain a monthly service 
between Santa Cruz and Puerto Suarez, carrying official correspond- 
ence free of charge and making a reduction for Government officials 
of 30 per cent on the passage. Santa Cruz is situated in eastern 
Bolivia, nearly 400 miles from Puerto Suarez, which is on the 
Brazilian border. 

COLONIZATION IN EASTERN Boxivia.—The first steamer flying the 
Bolivian flag, with which the first river service between eastern 
Bolivia and Buenos Aires will be opened, arrived recently in the 
Argentine capital. This steamer, the Saavedra, is the property of 
the Bolivian Coneessions (Ltd.), which has a concession of 150,000 
square miles in eastern Bolivia. Of this land 20,000,000 acres are 
mineral and oil concessions. With regard to these concessions the 
company is allowed four years in which to locate what it wants. The 
rest of the land is for agricultural purposes. The Bolivian Con- 
cessions (Litd.), has the right to trade, exploit, explore, and export goods 
free of duties for a period of 25 years, the right to run ships under the 
Bolivian flag, build railroads and roads, erect wireless stations, 
factories, sawmills, oil and cotton presses. The company further- 
more may bring into Bolivia 12,000 families in the next four years, 
but is under obligation to introduce only 400 families. For each 
settler brought into the country the company has the right to take 
up 1,000 hectares. The first colonists arrived on the Saavedra. The 
route of this steamer, up the Parana and Paraguay Rivers, is about 
1,500 miles. (A brief note on this concession appeared in last 
month’s issue of the BULLETIN.) 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 701 


INCREASE OF CONSULAR FEES.—A law promulgated February 5, 
1927, and effective from that date increases the charge for certifi- 
cation of consular invoices on shipments to Bolivia from 3 to 6 per 
cent ad valorem. This increased fee continues to be collected at 
the customhouse of entry into Bolivia except when certification is 
made by honorary consuls, who will continue to collect the fees 
themselves. (Commerce Reports, April 11, 1927.) 


BRAZIL 


GOVERNMENT AID FOR FISHERIES.—Admiral Machado da Silva, 
inspector of ports and coasts of the Ministry of the Navy, also in 
charge of the Bureau of Fisheries and Sanitation of the Seacoasts, 
recently gave to the press an interview on the work to be done in 
Brazilian fisheries, which was in part as follows: 

The Ministry of the Navy will undertake to inform fishermen of the market 
demands for certain kinds of fish and will also instruct them in making the 
selection of varieties, carrying on statistical work, and overseeing the propaga- 
tion of certain kinds of fish, as well as transferring fresh-water fish from the 
Amazon to the other Brazilian rivers, and vice versa. Among the Brazilian 
mollusks. Von Ihering and Von Martius selected 584 species which they fully 
described, but more work in scientific classification is still to ke done. The unio 
is a fresh-water mollusk which produces beautiful pearls. Brazilian oysters also 
produce fine pearls, which have been brought up by naturalized Japanese in 
Santos. The whole coast of Santa Catherina is also a treasure-trove of pearls. 
As early as 1549 Pedro Lopes de Souza, of the captaincy of Santa Ana (Santa 
Catharina), received orders from Portugal to prohibit the fishing of oysters in 
order to prevent the robbery of pearls. More oyster beds, therefore, should be 
started and the fishing of them conducted according to the law, which prescribes 
the size and quantity of the catch. Shrimps, which are very fine, should like- 
wise be cultivated, and fish of the piranha type, which are dangerous to other 
fish and to man, should be reduced in number. The Museum of Fisheries has 
been moved to the National Museum, from which the organization of the Bra- 
zilian fisheries will be carried on. 


Ipero AMERICAN Exposition.—Instructions to be observed by 
exhibitors of Brazilian products to be shown in the Ibero American 
Exposition in 1928 has been approved, and the general commission 
to handle these exhibits installed in the commercial association 
building in Rio de Janeiro. 

CITY PLANNER TO VisiT Rio pr JANEIRO.—Prof. Alfred Agache, 
of France, an expert on city planning and cheap housing construction 
and member of many councils for rebuilding the towns destroyed in 
the war zone, was expected in Rio de Janeiro in June to conduct a 
series of lectures on the housing problem and to consult with engineers 
and architects on the technical problems of building, as well as to 
aid the municipal authorities in planning for more buildings in the 
city. 

Rio-Prerropouis HiGHWAY.—The Brazilian Government has begun 
work on a plan for the connection of Rio de Janeiro with the capitals 


702 HE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


or centers of production of the neighboring States. One leading to 
Sado Paulo is already under way and it is planned to open to traffic 
a second highway from Rio de Janeiro to Petropolis, a distance of 
some 41 miles (66 kilometers), on September 7, 1927. The new 
highway will utilize some sections of the road to Petropolis con- 
structed by the Automobile Club, which sections will be widened and 
improved. The width of the road is to be 8 meters and the grade 6 
per cent, while the curves will have a minimum radius of 50 meters. 

Suear.—The Pernambuco government is cooperating with the 
sugar interests in forming a defense institute which will intervene in 
the market to prevent price declines by limiting the supply in the 
markets and by the storage of excess stocks. An operating fund for 
this scheme is to be raised from a tax to be levied on entries of sugar 
and by-products of sugar into Recife and on the sale of these commod- 
ities. (United States Commerce Reports, May 2, 1927.) 

Minas GERAES HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION.—Under the auspices of 
President Mello Vianna, of Minas Geraes, the northern part of that 
State, which is a fertile region, is being opened to trade through a 
system of main highways the axis of which is the Sad Francisco 
River. A road from Januaria to Posse, planned to bring trade 
from Goyaz and southern Bahia, is being built, as well as that from 
Sad Francisco to Brasilia, 62 kilometers in length. Plans have been 
made for roads into the interior from Mathias Cardoso to Espinosa, 
Montes Claros to Salinas, and Diamantina to Theophilo Ottoni, a 
total of 1,000 kilometers. Fifteen kilometers of the first are open to 
traffic and 60 more under construction, 62 kilometers of the second 
are under way as far as Brejo das Almas, and on the third 17 kilo- 
meters have been completed and 43 are under construction. A 
fourth main highway from Diamantina through Serro to Pecanha 
has a completed stretch of 20 kilometers, with 180 more being laid 
out to connect with the Horizonte-Conceigéo-Peganha road. The 
latter now has 150 kilometers open to traffic and will soon reach the 
city of Conceigéo. Space unfortunately does not permit the mention 
of all roads planned. 

CHILE 


Mercuant Marine Wreex.—At the suggestion of Admiral Swett, 
when Minister of Marine, an assembly of interested persons was 
convoked for Merchant Marine Week in Valparaiso the last of March, 
in order to bring out public opinion on the needs of the national 
merchant marine. Among other matters, the conference favored the 
continued reservation of coastwise trade to Chilean shipping, the 
repeal of certain taxes, and the passage of a law subsidizing national 
naval construction and navigation. In the closing address, Captain 
Frodden, Minister of Marine, promised his support to the first two of 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 703 


these measures, but said that he thought the consideration of sub- 
sidies would have to be postponed until financial conditions should 
have improved. 

FoREIGN TRADE IN MINING PRODUcTS.—The following table gives 
Chilean foreign trade in mining products during 1926: 











Amount Value 
IMPORTS aaa 
ITens (As Val Ts ae eee eae ak ee eee Norah ae eee Sealy ee it RL SAE ae ere oe kilos__ 10, 283, 390 5, 589, 431 
IB enizime meting eee ok Mn Ned mle yele boeken aC Rasa aan NR Neus sr do__--| 19, 279, 553 6, 043, 094 
(CYC eS a a a a aN NE SR eg een se pe eee raat tons__ 33, 410 1, 693, 509 
(Ciel eee essen eS Aan Packs eg AN TS SR tore Os 2 Nae el ew dose 105, 811 5, 945, 514 
RC al ChUTMRCAT DIG Ca eeye See eas ria eT aE ane as Se kilos_- 5, 552, 408 2, 341, 149 
(CUGTOO OY RS So SS EE Oe Oe SRE OE Pe Se ee Ne te Beal ler neers dos 90, 418, 657 10, 052, 951 
ILE) SVATT TTT bs © ese Pati Sag eee ee CS BN RTE ee ee Re te eer dos 2, 419, 084 11, 325, 283 
TEARS Sb Op LAE Se ge ee ST Re oe Se ara ae ee ees te eee dons 3, 164, 647 1, 507, 090 
Cornugatedssheetinoniecss tye. oie ere olen = wes gee eee Ne Smear ree do 5, 321, 809 4, 400, 428 
Slee tire (0) air) es sere eee ee ee eee hae re ee a ee eee dose 13, 493, 555 6, 654, 611 
AF AGI 0 11 eee eee ake sree age Ra verte Lee ee te dom 36, 506, 746 10, 254, 801 
PINT LC Re eee l eee naar renee Su aL IO na) ae ne ee ete eer doz 7, 119, 708 5, 539, 463 
IR Arai Mb widkewrce esta se See a SPS es Wee re ee Bae Pte! hen we ease dos=== 7, 233, 002 6, 537, 478 
Grpudespetrol eum sss es a ee es SDS A a A eee tons__ 734, 187 55, 541, 183 
FRCL. OSC TLC Sena eee esr Or ee ng SEI aS wt sens SE Ne kilos__ 19, 738, 275 2, 235, 057 
EXPORTS 
FSV IN a) SND DES es) Oey aN IE a SI arg MNES Rea A ae ee aera ee kilos__ 20, 000 18, 150 
TES OTe Rote ree eee ae a ee gi etree et a ee nee peers Bare ah. Olen tal tno dom 28, 030, 664 16, 817, 599 
(CLO oo oe a aca EA Rg a a ee ee eh a She ee tons__ 28, $88 2, 313, 838 
(Giay NOL TR OPEN AS ee aS ae ee ae ee aoe a see ene eee ey kilos__| 193,876,336 ; 403, 023, O81 
Oyoyaya (she TRANSL s ae eae ee Be Ue eee ae ee aued ee omen 530 | 569 
COP DCIRONG See oem ae fe esta S LEA aes s bee ae Se een Es doses 80, 062, 851 11, 473, 264 
ROTOR Re eg eee ee eee eee el A eae dey ye SON Se ela era ey tons_- 1, 455, 281 12, 733, 301 
GilycreOre ern me See tire PR teeeenets PER ral Mabon a Rope eat S fupeaeie oe kilos__ 351, 060 | 319, 173 
Goldsplater dustyorbarst se ee ae eee grams__ 33, 888, 000 120, 623, 457 
Silmersbullionmmoeere tute alii ae creniib tate een Onin arenes do___.| 7,389, 590 | 1, 032, 367 
INU TC Re ee ee eteen Mess Wea Mat ne ne caeN Me ___metric quintals__| 14,526,354 | 621, 962, 482 
NO Gin CMe tency eee anaes Od EN ee ee eras 8 ise) OS EAL eee ee eels kilos __ 1, 075, 319 | 90, 678, 796 








Exports OF POTATOES.—Potatoes were exported from Chile 
during 1926 to the amount of 4,565,829 kilos (kilo equals 2.2 pounds), 
Peru taking more than half the exports, or 2,529,335 kilos, followed 
by Argentina with 1,118,486 kilos, and Ecuador, Uruguay, Bolivia, 
and Panama with smaller quantities. 

In connection with the foregoing it may be mentioned that a 
recent decree requires that all fresh or dried fruit, potatoes, onions, 
and garlic for export must be inspected in Valparaiso, Talcahuano, or 
Los Andes, in order to see that they are disease-free and of good 
quality. ; 

CANNED FRUITS AND VEGETABLES.—Ibe BuLurntTiIn, which has 
followed with interest the development of fruit culture in Chile 
within the last few years, is pleased to note the progress of a large 
fruit and vegetable cannery in Los Andes, which has extensive 


704 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


orchards of its own. Notwithstanding the installation of mechanical 
processes as far as possible, the cannery employs 300 men and women, 
turning out from 25,000 to 30,000 cans daily. More than 50 different 
products are prepared. 

Nirrate.—Through the abolition of a 25-year-old agreement 
between the Chilean Government and the producers of Chilean 
nitrate, which agreement had to do with regulating the production 
of the various companies and establishing the price, each company 
will now be allowed to produce all it cah and sell for the best price 
possible, beginning July 1, 1927. Exports of nitrate, due in part 
to the competition of synthetic fertilizers, decreased from 25,170,995 
metric quintals in 1925 to 16,127,149 metric quintals in 1926. 

Much interest is being shown in two new methods of refining the 
crude nitrate; that known as the Guggenheim process is in successful 
operation at the Coya Norte plant of the Anglo-Chilean Corporation. 
Guggenheim Bros. have offered to advance funds for installing 
the necessary machinery for this process in the other nitrate fields; 
however, as it is adapted only to large-scale production, its adoption 
would entail the consolidation of small plants on the same field. 
The process is said to give a higher yield of refined nitrate than the old 
processes, and also to permit the profitable working of low-grade 
deposits. The Prudhomme process, also in successful use, is reported — 
to be adapted to small-scale production. 

The Government has taken steps to organize an office for the 
technical supervision and assistance of the nitrate industry, as also 
of the production of iodine, a by-product. Sefior Pablo Ramirez, 
Minister of Finance, promised that the freight rates on the nitrate 
railways would be revised, as well as the duties on bags, machinery, 
ete., and that concessions for water, docks. and shipments would be 
regulated. The Government is vitally concerned with the prosperity 
of this large industry, because a large proportion of the national 
revenue is derived from the export tax, and also because a depression 
in sales occasions extensive unemployment. : 

Chilean nitrate possesses an advantage over some, at least, of the 
synthetic nitrogenous fertilizers in that it causes no acid reaction 
in the soil which must be counteracted by the use of lime. 

LAPSE OF PETROLEUM CONCESSIONS.—See page 716. 


COLOMBIA 


CunpiInAMARCA RatuRoap.—The work of extending the Cun- 
dinamarca Railroad has been divided in two sections—namely, those 
of Puerto Liévano and La Tribuna. On the latter section, at the 
beginning of the present year, 1,000 workmen were employed, this 
number having been increased to 2,000 in March last. Orders for 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 705 


308,708 pesos’ worth of rolling stock for the Cundinamarca Railroad 
have been placed in the United States, while additional purchases 
were made in Colombia for 125,000 pesos. 

Pusiic works.—The Council of State recently approved a special 
credit of 971,202 pesos for constructing and repairing barracks in 
Bucaramanga, Cucuta, Cartagena, Popayan, Cali, Manizales, and 
various other cities. An appropriation of 383,333 pesos was also 
approved by the council for repaving Bolivar Square in Bogota, and 
for improvements in the sewer system of that city. 

IMPROVEMENTS IN MaGpALEeNA River vorts.—The Minister of 
Public Works recently signed a contract with a German firm by 
virtue of which said firm agrees to complete in the ports of Calamar, 
Magangué, El Banco, Gamarra, Puerto Wilches, Barrancabermeja, 
Puerto Berrio, La Dorada and in any others which the Government 
may determine, the improvements necessary for the prompt landing 
of passengers and efficient handling of freight. 

DISTRIBUTION OF $10,000,000 toan.—The Board of Loans has 
made the following distribution of funds obtained through the recent 
loan contracted with a banking firm in the United States: For the Cen- 
tral Railroad of the North, $2,500,000; Pacific Railroad, $1,300,000; 
Central Bolivar Railroad, $600,000; Midwestern Railroad, $750,000; 
Carare Railroad, $500,000; Tolima-Huila-Caquet4 Railroad, $500,000; 
Narifo Railroad, $400,000; Cicuta-Pamplona Railroad, $400,000; 
work on the Magdalena River, the Cauca River, Barranquilla and 
other river ports, $1,398,053; dredging in the Bocas de Ceniza, 
$1,000,000; and bay and port works at Cartagena, $69,000. 


CUBA 


SUGAR CONVENTION.—The National Association of Sugar Tech- 
nologists agreed at a recent session held in Habana to convoke for 
next December a convention of sugar planters preliminary to an 
international convention to discuss measures for handling the prob- 
lems of the world sugar industry. The conference will be divided 
into three sections—namely, agricultural, mechanical, and chemical. 
Ten topics will be admitted for discussion in each section. (Courtesy 
of Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

PusuLic wor«s.—In discussing the harbor reclamation work in the 
port of Habana, Dr. Carlos Miguel de Céspedes, Secretary of Public 
Works, made the following statement: ‘‘With the completion of the 
reclamation work in the harbor of Habana 117,000 meters of valuable 
land will have been reclaimed from the sea, of which 80,000 meters 
will be sold, and considering the purchase price of $150 a meter offered 
by a group of Cuban capitalists, these 80,000 meters of new land 


706 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


represent 12,000,000 pesos to the national treasury, while the work 
of building the new esplanade along the bay, which is being carried 
out according to the approved plans, represents an expenditure of only 
3,000,000 pesos.” (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


HIGHWAY DEVELOPMENT PLAN.—During the last quarter of 1926 
the department of public works made considerable progress in the 
highway development program. On the Puerto Plata-Santiago high- 
way, which has been sublet to a private contractor, work was actively 
pursued, and it is hoped that this important road will be completed 
in July of the present year. Operations were continued by the 
department of public works on the section of the Sanchez highway 
(which connects Santo Domingo with the Haitian frontier) between 
San Juan de la Maguana and Las Matas. The remainder of this 
road, from Las Matas to Comendador on the Haitian frontier was 
let by private contract in January, 1927. Work also progressed 
satisfactorily on the La Romana-Ceibo highway, which is being 
built by the Romana sugar central for the account of the Dominican 
Government. (Commerce Reports, April 18, 1927.) 

SALE OF DRUGS AND CHEMICAL PRODUCTS.—See page 718. 

IMPORTATION OF MILK.—See page 718. 


ECUADOR 


NEW TELEPHONE PLANT.—Several months ago the Ecuadorean 
Government signed a contract with a Swedish firm for the installa- 
tion of a new telephone plant in Quito. Construction of this plant 
is now well under way, and it is hoped that the work will soon be 
completed, thus providing the capital city with an up-to-date 
telephone system. . 

AGRICULTURAL BUREAU.—The agricultural bureau established 
several months ago by the Ministry of Agriculture in Guayaquil for 
the benefit of farmers and stock breeders of the coastal region has 
rendered very valuable service by disseminating information of 
interest to such persons. Particularly important work was accom- 
plished in connection with a recent outbreak of anthrax. The 
Minister of Agriculture now intends to establish a livestock quaran- 
tine station in connection with the agricultural bureau in question. 


GUATEMALA 


OWNERSHIP OF AGRICULTURAL LANDS.—The following interesting 
table showing the approximate number of landowners and _ their 
respective holdings in the various Departments of Guatemala was 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 707 


printed in the Boletin de Agricultura y Caminos (the organ of the 
Ministry of Agriculture) for January, 1927: 



































Nationals Foreigners 
Total 
Departments Number | Amount | Number| Amount Brean 
of land- | of land, in | ofland- | of land, in |manzanas! 
owners | manzanas!| owners | manzanas ! 
he uw 
ANG En) Wal 2 5 ee Se ee ye ea ee eh te 192 54, 474 9 15, 014 69, 488 
ANMNEBS \Y/GUEBY OAs 2 a er re ee Set 242 | 189, 202 119 456, 352 645, 554 
BajapVichapaZ eves siersnue Wael eRe Seed h eo 189 72, 658 19 49, 900 122, 558 
Clinieme linemen =o! ge ee ee ee 593 95, 992 | 27 45, 263 141, 255 
Gian (inane ee ee eee ee ee 318 13, 883 5 19, 235 33, 118 
MS cirimGlaem se ee ta wee ee nt ee 226 302, 302 53 133, 887 436, 189 
(Guufatenral ae weiike nea eas he eae Teo ae 169 | 129, 641 12 64, 333 193, 974 
Eluehuetenang 0m see ra eee ee Ah sae H 645 | 260, 637 5 129, 887 390, 524 
Wize Voy SSS See ee tele at Eee eae | 75 | 20, 198 33 22, 118 42, 316 
EME OY 2 Wa a Ri Se 399 | (ST SEY. | ee se oe 75, 834 
BU[Uitsi cy yo elem eer ces cts nal aR ae Tad eS ea | 358 | 160, 392 | 12 75, 436 235, 828 
AC GO Tee tes natn Wen nee Mes es De ene othe Pa | 223 | 9, 233 1 150 9, 383 
(QDI Neh ai ee ee ey aE ee 669 | 64, 778 19 126, 946 191, 724 
@uezaltenango teas seas. es ee ase yal 97, 102 | 61 57, 699 154, 801 
TReeuifay aD Ue tOUS ee ees Cee eee ee Gol ee ea noire aes 364 | 106, 203 48 53, 402 159, 425 
SACALEDC CIC 7 mam mer nr Buu rene Gy Lo aan eae 970 | 20, 598 12 12, 278 32, 876 
SS STG ABT OS ca iat eI eee yah Se Sa 400 103, 760 35 74, 204 177, 964 
Sane Vilar COSM ess shakes kere Sate Aerts J pee ee es | PB, 7/tal 83, 005 81 69, 389 152, 394 
SiICHIPE PC QUCZ a= = ees ce eet ws gee se at 366 98, 799 40 48, 440 147, 239 
SOT 1 ees a tecerere eat I Seer OTL ale 496 | 170, 355 73 112, 913 283, 268 
PROCOMICA PATI ess saws ee a eecewa etree PON wed eet, 188 LG R445 1 eae ae eee | a ee 16, 444 
ZAC ATO Oe eee etree eR NR rer a REI 472 | 76, 658 a 19, 164 95, 822 
STO Gall sarees Nee NU ee eee ye egmesh ys ya ae oe 10,826 | 2, 221, 968 671 1, 586, 010 3, 807, 978 
A toyell enavel that @ovakO— n= [eek Rese SW ORME Io 56, 772 89, 756 
“Motalulandeimysugaricane sass se sane se ss iyeumee | epic ose 19}; WHS one 5, 068 71, 174 
Aployiell lleval tia lyepoemme es 8 [fees eben | SuSgG hl awianene ys 13, 901 17, 297 
AovallandamkotherncropSaae sss se ane eee |jcresccal oe 2985 9/7 |e eee 105, 259 324, 856 
Natal Wevavel thay GS ee ey me bef ye INisdhesS 8651 |: ae ees 1,405,010 | 3,358, 875 
Paes See | 2,221,968 |_....-----| 1,586,010 | 3,807,978 











1 Manzana equals 1.08 acres. 


EXPERIMENTAL STATION AT JALAPA.—In accordance with a decree 
of March 8, 1927, an agricultural experiment school costing 50,000 
quetzales will be established in Jalapa for the purpose of studying the 
best methods to be employed in the development of public land and 
lending general assistance to the farmers of that region. It will also 
cooperate with the rural school board in its work of raising the 
standard of living and improving the hygiene of the people. 


HAITI 


TELEPHONE, TELEGRAPH, AND RADIO SERVICE.—In the report of the 
Financial Adviser and Receiver General for March are the following 
facts on telephone, telegraph, and radio service: 


The telephone-telegraph service has been satisfactory, with March commercial 
receipts increased by some 2,500 gourdes over those of February. The con- 


708 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


struction of the Lascahobas-Hinche line is 60 per cent complete, while it is esti- 
mated that automatic telephones will be installed for Petion-Ville subscribers 
before July 1. The new exchange in Port au Prince was expected to be in opera- 
tion by May, 1927. 

The radio broadcasting station has satisfactorily given regular Friday evening 
and Saturday morning programs. Tests were made with the transmission of 
speech over lines to certain provincial towns to improve the reception and broad- 
casting in these places. 


HONDURAS 


New crities.—Due to the growth of the town of Pespire, Depart- 
ment of Choluteca, Congress passed a decree on February 18 raising 
it to the classification of city. The town of San Marcos de Colén in 
the Department of Choluteca was also made a city on the same day. 

ELEcTRIC LIGHT IN SANTA BARBARA.—Machinery has arrived in 
Santa Barbara for the installation of the electric-light plant which, 
the press reports, is being constructed by private citizens. 

CHAMBER OF ComMMERCE.—On March 15, 1927, the Chamber of 
Commerce of Tegucigalpa elected officers for the year 1927, as 
follows: President, Don José Maria Agurcia; members of the execu- 
tive committee, Don Nicolas Cornelsen, Dr. Marco Del Morales; 
attorney, Licenciado Rubén R. Barrientos; secretary, Licenciado 
Félix Salgado; and treasurer, Don Fernando A. Pérez. 


MEXICO 


CENTRAL CoNSULTATIVE BoAaRD OF COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY.— 
In accordance with the regulations of the organic act on article 28 
of the constitution, the Central Consultative Board of Commerce 
and Industry was installed in Mexico City on February 25 of this 
year. It consists of the following representatives of the Govern- 
ment departments and organizations named: Sefior Vicente Lom- 
bardo Toledano, Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor, 
chairman; Senor Ignacio L. Figueroa, Department of Agriculture and 
Promotion; Sefior Rafael Sandoval R., Department of Communica- 
tions and Public Works; Sefior Daniel R. Aguilar, Department of 
the Treasury and Public Credit; Sefor Manuel E. Izaguirre, Federa- 
tion of Mexican Chambers of Commerce; and Sefior Victor Diaz de 
Léon, Mexican Regional Labor Federation. 

The duties of this board include the study of all economic ques- 
tions affecting the nation’s commerce and industry or causing a 
difference of opinion between two or more States and the suggestion 
to the executive, through the Department of Industry, Commerce, 
and Labor, of means for settling such questions. The board is also 
expected to go over decisions reached by the district boards and to 
consider the detailed monthly reports submitted by these boards on 
economic conditions in their respective districts. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 709 


NEW RAILWAY BRANCH.—A new branch of the National Railways, 
about 200 kilometers in length (kilometer equals 0.62 mile), is now 
under construction in the States of Tamaulipas and San Luis Potosi, 
at an estimated cost of 9,000,000 pesos. It will join the line from 
San Luis Potosi to Tampico at Valles and is designed to give an out- 
let to a rich agricultural zone. Fifty kilometers are to be completed 
by July 1. 

CoMMERCIAL AIR ROUTE.—Plans are being made for the establish- 
ment of a commercial air route from Veracruz to Puerto México, 
Salina Cruz, Tapachula, and San Cristébal las Casas, thus giving a 
means of communication with the Isthmus of Tehuantepec and the 
State of Chiapas, as well as with the neighboring Republic of 
Guatemala. 

SUGAR CENTRALS.—During 1926, 135 sugar centrals were in opera- 
tion in Mexico, the State of Veracruz leading with 37, followed by 
Jalisco with 28, Michoac4n with 15, Puebla with 13, Tabasco with 
11, Oaxaca and Sinaloa with 7 each, Colima with 5, Morelos and 
Nayarit with 3 each, Yucatan with 2, and Guerrero, San Luis Potosi, 
Tamaulipas, and Zacatecas with 1 each. 


NICARAGUA 


CONCESSION FOR CANNED-FRUIT FACTORY.—In January Congress 
approved a concession granted by the Government for the establish- 
ment of a canned-fruit factory, which is to be in operation within 
two years from the date of congressional approval. The concession- 
ary agrees to teach the business to 10 Nicaraguans to be selected by 
the Ministry of Promotion, and to employ 75 per cent Nicaraguan 
labor. The concessionary has the right during the 10-year term of 
the contract to be the sole manufacturer of canned fruit in the dis- 
trict which he chooses for operations, his field being confined to three 
Departments. 

RUBBER CONCESSION REVALIDATED.—A concession for the exploita- 
tion of rubber approved by act of March 23, 1926, was rehabilitated 
under the new administration on December 14, 1926, and published 
in the Gaceta Oficial of February 16, 1927. The concessionaries agree 
to explore the national forests for different varieties of rubber, includ- 
ing gutta-percha, sending samples of the varieties discovered to 
foreign markets. During the 20-year term of the contract opera- 
tions will cover national forests in the districts of Siquia, Rio Grande, 
and Prinzapolka and the townships of San Juan del Norte and Cabo 
de Gracias in the Department of Bluefields on the Atlantic coast. 
No other rubber contract is to be granted by the Government during 
the term of the present agreement. 


710 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


PANAMA 


CONTRACT FOR FIRST-CLASS HOTEL.—The Government has recently 
signed a contract with an individual for the construction of a hotel 
to cost not less than $500,000 to be erected for the accommodation 
of tourists. The contractor is granted exemption from duty on 
building materials and equipment for the establishment of recreation 
fields, swimming pools, automobile service stations, and other auxil- 
iaries. He is also permitted to adapt any portion of the hotel for 
the presentation of theatrical performances or motion pictures, or to 
rent the building for the holding of conventions, provided that these 
uses contribute to the increase of travel to Panama. 

PRIZE FOR COOPERATION IN ROAD CONSTRUCTION.—The Highway 
Commission of Panama. decided in April to award the commission 
gold medal for cooperation in road construction to Seftor José Angel 
Vargas, mayor of Las Palmas, whose efforts in behalf of road con- 
struction have been notable. Moreover, all the central Provinces 
have shown much progress in highway construction, the towns whose 
mayors have made considerable improvements being Sond and La 
Mesa, in Veraguas Province; Octi, Pesé, and Las Minas, in Herrera 
Province; Aguadulee and La Pintada, in Coclé Province; and 
Macaracas, in Los Santos Province. 


PARAGUAY 


HIGHWAY coNsTrucTION.—On March 3, 1927, an expenditure of 
150,000 pesos for the initiation of work on the construction of a 
highway from San Lorenzo to It4 was authorized by the Government. 
As the necessary culverts and drains have already been completed, 
the present work will consist only of paving. Other highway works 
under construction are bridges over the Paso-Pé on the Asuncién- 
San Bernardino highway and the construction of a 5-kilometer 
(kilometer equals 0.62 mile) macadam highway from Dos Bocas to 
Zabala-cué. i 

ORANGE-PACKING COMPETITION.—On April 10, 1927, an orange- 
packing competition, the first of its kind to take place in Paraguay, 
was held in Areguaé under the auspices of the Agricultural Bank. 
Numerous prizes were awarded, and a practical demonstration 
covering the complete care of the fruit from the time it is picked to 
its shipment was made before an enthusiastic group of the farmers 
of that section. 

AGRICULTURAL PUBLICATION.—Among the bulletins recently issued 
by the Bureau of Agriculture through the press was one dealing with 
methods to be used in combating various insect and parasitic enemies 
of the rice plant, the cultivation of which is coming to be recognized 
by Paraguay as a promising source of national wealth. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE gala 


PERU 


ForEIGN TRADE.—The following figures were published recently in 
the Bulletin of customs statistics for 1926: 


Foreign trade for 1926, exclusive of that through Iquitos and by parcel post, 
amounted to 41,767,167 Peruvian pounds. as against 38,294,019 Peruvian pounds 
in 1925. The total exports amounted to 23,966,249 Peruvian pounds, as against 
21,648,745 Peruvian pounds in 1925, or an increase of 2,317,504 Peruvian pounds 
for 1926. The volume of exports in 1926 was 1,739,253 tons, against 1,306,102 
tons in 1925, the increases showing in almost all the principal exports. Increases 
in mineral ores and concentrates show new activities in zinc and copper mining 
in the northern part of the Republic, these exports combined in 1926 being 
60,459 tons, worth 1,430,353 Peruvian pounds, as against 21,812 tons in 1925 
valued at 745,428 Peruvian pounds. 

The principal exports of 1926 compared with those of 1925 are as follows: 








Product 1925 | 1926 
Tons Tons 
TEETH ON NUNCA eS coe I a Re ee a ee fee fee UeiR EW tae me eee 951, 412 1, 198, 756 
(CHOW HH ONG Ses 2 ie te IR Se eas een a a ee Be erage ees ite tel na 39, 903 48, 981 
SUL ST pepe ete Ree teeta ey epee Cae ana ee Ms Meer Seno Spey Sp apenas et EN ed 208, 140 329, 794 
Copperswalhegol dean cusiliverieseey eect cere se anne eases eee ee eet 36, 799 39, 742 
IVI er aK ORES ee teeta eee re anaes MeN RO ene Can oe SLU NS a tye Ree mee es 14, 883 | 34, 665 


Viti OG AMCOMCE LT ALCS exe neers pete elon pee ark Ps eee gen a RT Uc te Mell ee | 6, 929 | 25, 794 





Imports amounted in 1926 to 607,324 tons, worth 18,235,601 Peruvian pounds, 
against 550,181 tons worth 17,075,311 Peruvian pounds in 1925. The customs 
receipts for 1926 amounted to 2,803,700 Peruvian pounds, against 2,862,746 
Peruvian pounds in 1925. The decrease in revenue on exports was due to the 
low prices of cotton and sugar which prevailed throughout the year and still 
continue. 

SALVADOR 


Pusiic works.—The President’s message read before Congress on 
February 14, 1927, gives the following account of public works: 

It is expected that all the-sanitation, sewer system, paving, and water supply 
of the capital, San Salvador, begun in October 1923, will be completed on June 
30, 1928. Since most of the work in the principal sections has already been 
finished at lower cost than anticipated, the administration broadened the existing 
contracts to include underground cables for the lighting system, power, tele- 
graph, and telephone systems, the building of sidewalks, extension of the water 
supply, and other improvements now under way. The sanitary sewers, drainage 
for rainwater and the water supply, the placing of the underground telegraph, 
telephone, and electric cables, the construction of gutters and walks, the paving 
and the filtration plant are now complete. 


HicguHways.—The President’s message of February 14, 1927, 
vives the following facts on highways: 


The highway system approved by the Government for construction covers the 
western, central, and eastern zones of the country with some 1,600 kilometers of 
asphalt, conerete, and macadam arterial and regional roads costing approxi- 
mately $10,000 per kilometer. Work was begun in February, 1926, on the inter- 
national highway from Santa Ana to the Guatemalan frontier. Of this road 
15 kilometers were completed at the end of December, 1926. 


48438—27— Bull. 7——6 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


WA 


URUGUAY 


FoREIGN TRADE DURING 1926.—According to official reports printed 
in the Diario Oficial of March 16, 1927, the total value of Uruguayan 


foreign trade for the year 1926 was 158,045,247 pesos. 


Listed under 


general. classes and compared with those of 1925, the imports and 


exports were as follows: 





























Classes of commodities 1925 1926 
IMPORTS Pesos Pesos 

ANY SRSREC OY SSS es ae egg ee a ee ea 462, 554 289, 806 
SEV ZoTOO GOTT ea] S eee eae sa ene ees ee eee ee ee ae | 7, 826, 621 8, 141, 140 
TEROOXG US ADU GCS et pce Pear he eee OS ree le ae GU | 18, 622, 550 14, 403, 107 
@igarstandetobaccose. = Fo eae et SE aL ces eee ee eee | 724, 823 . 711, 930 
Ffardiwan esa dp ay Crump esas tee eee ee ee ee eee 9, 517, 358 9, 657, 264 
AB AreTa Tra Si TATO] @TY OTAGS seers ee a eye eens sea ee 2, 889, 608 2, 647, 004 
ID ryAcOOdSean dao Ll erat CrCl aiCiiS Cm seem mares aes ee ee 6, 489, 870 6, 575, 702 
INGUSsicaltinstrumientSeeso seas ae eee Sa Se ee es 71, 200 88, 800 
DEP USN ee ae Cg aE ES a mae 11, 026, 305 11, 440, 424 
AManmed! nid eS oo: aa Res eo Ee ee ee ee Se ee 8 ae eee | 54, 077 61, 639 
IVINS Cellar 0 US Bee eee eo eee | 19, 753, 697. 19, 255, 124 

GING Gall sees a eto Re he ae aw A een ee ohne Bede bse eee wa 72, 438, 663 73, 271, 830 

, EXPORTS ~ | 

Mivestocks prod CtSes es =e re Sere eee a Sea Lr ares Sane | 87, 754, 624 86, 302, 946 
Neri cultunaléprodtcts 2 saa s ees Sas eee ee eee ae | 8, 601, 396 5, 702, 540 
AVALON SOO CUT CES es eI a eae Peete Ee a ene er 1, 524, 116 2, 258, 925 
Productsrofithey hum tam ehis hve wl es a= ee ee ee 331, 257 293, 665 
Miascellaneousianticles@asssas = see SpE A 2 ene een eer eS ea 460, 898 183, 137 
Sia} o) FORO AION euNG! SII o-oo Sh a ese bee eee seceaes 36, 724 32, 204 

LTR © Gell ere aay Bhai tae, aera cere ey SU ys hres en eee eR 98, 709, 015 94, 773, 417 








INCREASE IN ANNUAL EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC WORKS.—The 


following table prepared by the Secretary of Public Works and 
printed in El Dia (Montevideo) of March 31, 1927, shows the increase 
in the amounts spent by that department during the last four years 

















in its program of national improvement: d 
1923. | 1994 1925 1926 
— _ | - 

Port of Montevideo: Pesos | Pesos Pesos Pesos 
IWIOE KSI @ Se ne ete owe ae ee paren Sofa tomer ERRe Cah Rot 259, 294 | 287, 97 323, 073 303, 031 
FRED AIrSe env ea ea ghL Sle See ere On oN yea 90, 446 | 89, 687 57, 459 566, 068 
SNUG We W; O TGS lt se arora os pas nce, eR el Ree | 55, 070 346, 597 316, 402 

Highways: 

ING WA WORKS swing Shee eeepc re a Tipe Sao e 762, 899 | 1, 209, 258 625, 910 612, 297 
RUG ALIS ee nae te ee eich tn AM eS hay dire Ok a ge Re 697,236) 814, 586 697, 940 855, 032 
Wages and general expemses_______________________-_ 226, 725 | 247, 980 274, 210 381, 453 

TELy. CIRO RNa bye eek eed nie a ee IEE ea ea ae “a 233, 941 | 50, 749 140, 384 370, 674 

SAT bei bi Oras a Napa aL Seis eek A Se cela | pa poe ear | 136, 110 706, 261 652, 068 

ATMO NIC OHITO. oe Re 959, 130 731, 593 664, 391 757, 523 

ERR ean Wyse yi Se ct ok a Ryo Se Tp No oe EE | ee OREN ERE 781, 470 668, 970 1, 850, 500 

TAN Galle: SY ex tase SPSS let ac ee - 3,229,673 | 4,434,487 | 4,505,200 | 6, 667, 052 
| 











AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 713 


CONSTRUCTION OF LOW-PRICED HOusES.—According to Arquitec- 
tura, Montevideo, of February, 1927, the Architectural Society has 
organized a committee of architects to direct the construction of low- 
priced houses, as specified by a decision of its members on December 
17, 1926. The work of this committee will afford an opportunity for 
many persons formerly unable to pay the prices asked to have the 
services of experts at a nominal cost. The committee will cooperate 
with the society for planning and directing the construction and 
financing of houses involving an expenditure of not over 2,500 pesos. 


VENEZUELA 


Port IMPROVEMENTS.—Last March, Mr. Wall, manager of the La 
Guaira Port Corporation, stated that prior to the formation of 
definite plans for the far-reaching port improvements contemplated 
the corporation has begun the construction of a large custom ware- 
house, half of which has been already completed and put into use; 
the lengthening from 15 meters to 85 meters of a wharf for sea-going 
vessels of moderate size; a 100-meter (meter equals 3.28 feet) com- 
bined extension of two of the wharves to accommodate ships up 
to a capacity of 7,000 tons; a new dock for coastwise shipping, and a 
reinforced concrete extension of the customhouse pier. The light- 
house will be provided with a powerful rotary electric ight and an 
auxiliary light, the pier railway system will be lengthened, and sup- 
plementary improvements such as new locomotives, cars, electric 
cranes, barges, and machinery introduced. 

Warenouse capacity.—The following figures, taken from graphic 
charts printed in El Nuevo Diario, Caracas, of March 15, 1927, show 
how the needs arising from increased importation through the port 
of La Guaira have been met by augmented storage facilities in that 
port: 


Imports through La Guaira 


Year Tons Year : Tons 
NS © () specail a 2 Sata eee ae RS ah OO eae UA Dees Se ee ee eee 62, 292 
TLRS) eae se ee on enya GOS RO 2 Diem Sess eae as eye 42, 591 
MNO see cael a a AO SUOG RO 23s ee ae. Se a 49, 002 
GOES eo A ees ee ee ee SOVSMOM VAG ZA eye ewe eh Sh Se 70, O81 
LC (yg ee ap Speed ts coh ere ay | lO 25 sceet pees weaned 94, 257 
NOS 22 ee See a eee tk eee erie s ANE Orgies [ssl 2. ee ep Se SE op 147, 850 

Warehouse capacity in port of La Guaira 
Years Square meters ! 
TSO OR CO GUO Sere Bos ma Bote E te an eye Miia Wye ages Sa an Bier Sa 3, 095 
OMe eC Op A OHIS se Se er hee kN pps atmo ye Oty ean UME Niels eae 3, 664 
AIRS AAO oko LS) Bess SL ls ie BT lt ae aad oe ea 4, 054 


MOZORCOR UO Zils tere Sesene Seale ny aes Romie War, Det ANE Sa ef ule, PEE 7, 044 





1 Square meter equals 10.26 square feet. 


714 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





ARGENTINA 


ARGENTINE LOAN.—Six per cent gold bonds of an Argentine Goy- 
ernment loan of $21,200,000 for public works were put on sale at 
99 per cent on April 28, 1927, by J. P. Morgan & Co., in New York 
City. The bonds are direct external obligations of the Argentine 
Government running from May 1, 1927, to May 1, 1961, to be retired 
at par by a cumulative sinking fund. 


CHILE 


CoMPTROLLERSHIP OF THE REPUBLIC.—See page 717. 
COLOMBIA 


MUNICIPAL LOAN,—Executive Order No. 6 of January 31, 1927, 
authorizes the municipality of Pereira to contract a loan with the 
Mortgage Bank of Bogota for the sum of 800,000 pesos. These 
funds will be employed to pay off the debts of that municipality, to 
enlarge and improve the waterworks and the electric-light system, 
and to construct a sewer system and sanitary market. 


COSTA RICA 


INCREASE IN INSURANCE.—Figures taken from an official statement 
of the National Insurance Bank of Costa Rica,-a State monopoly, 
showed at the end of February, 1927, written insurance to the amount 
of 48,837,118 colones, or an increase of 3,222,772 colones over the 
previous month. Of the total sum 3,678,877 colones represents life 
insurance, 44,141,072 fire, and 1,017,168 labor insurance. 


ECUADOR 


Wore oF THE KEMMERER MISSION.—The financial mission under 
Professor Kemmerer, which recently completed its labor in Ecuador, 
prepared 25 projects for the improvement of financial conditions 
in that Republic, some of which are the following: Procedure for 
handling customhouse documents of foreign origin, creation of the 
Central Bank of Ecuador (see page 718), coinage law, general banking 
law, regulations for agricultural insurance contracts, organic budget 
law, memorandum on the organization and activities of the administra- 
tion department of the Government, reorganization of Government 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 715 


accounts and the establishment of a comptrollership, project of law for 
the revision of the present tax system on rural property, amendments 
to the penal law, project of law to take the place of the actual income- 
tax law, project of law on customhouse tariffs, project of law on 
administration of customhouses, report on public credit, report on 
public works, report on the proposed railroad from Quito to Esme- 
raldas, project of amendments to the Civil Code of Judicial Procedure 
and the organic law of the judicial power, report on the liquor 
monopoly, report on stamp law, project of law on amendments to 
certain articles of the constitution, and report on municipal finances. 


HAITI 


RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES.—The Financial Adviser and 
Receiver General gives the following information in his report for 
March, 1927: 

For the first half of the present fiscal year total expenditures from revenues 
were 23,287,000 gourdes. This is approximately 1,000,000 gourdes less than the 
24,256,000 gourdes expended in the first six months of 1925-26. Most of the 
decline occurred in expenditures out of revenue for debt service and for public 
works, while the principal increases occurred in disbursements for the gendar- 
merie, for public health, agriculture, and vocational education. 


MEXICO 


Inter AMERICAN HigH Commissron.—At a session of the Mexican 
section of the Inter American High Commission held on April 7, 1927, 
Sefior Luis Montes de Oca, Secretary of the Treasury, took his seat as 
chairman ex officio of the section. The other members are Senores 
Carlos Diaz Dufoo, secretary; Miguel S. Macedo, Jaime Gurza, 
Fernando de la Fuente, Miguel Sanchez de Tagle, Luis Aragon, 
Federico Jiménez O’Farril, and Elias S. A. de Lima. 

InsuRANCE.—The daily press reports that insurance as a means of 
saving has become very popular in Mexico. During 1926 the four 
leading companies wrote life and endowment insurance to the amount 
of 36,000,000 pesos, whereas in 1910 the total insurance in effect 
written by all companies since they started operations in Mexico 
amounted to only 47,000,000 pesos. 

Three thousand members of the police force in Mexico City have 
taken out group life insurance for 1,000 pesos each, this being the 
first time that they have enjoyed the protection of insurance. 


SALVADOR 


REVENUES AND EXPENDITURES.—The President, in his message 
read before Congress on February 14, 1927, gave the following 
figures on revenues and expenditures for 1926: 


During 1926 the total revenue was 22,314,797.95 colones, which shows an 
increase of 1,994,489.08 colones over receipts for 1925. The expenditures of 


716 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the Government for the year amounted to 21,922,929.55 colones, being an increase 
of 1,651,855.40 colones over the expenditures of 1925, as shown in the following 
table: 


























Expenditures | 1926 1925 Increase Decrease 

Colones Colones Colones | Colones 
INationaleAssem|b] veers eee eee 100, 799. 04 63, 316. 70 37,482,345) saan 
IBTESIGETIC yi eh ERR See 117, 806. 42 92, 578. 65 2522 T stl || eee 
JASWRS Ato) nae ce See en Es ae oe eee 3102510405224 | Seas Oia ose on | eee ee 182, 413. 67 
Promotion and Agriculture________________ | 2,616, 140. 68 2, 420, 828. 04 195;:31:21645 | == 
Le MANGA NE So oe ee 1, 686, 938. 99 1, 449, 808. 39 2375135560)| ee 
RoreignvRelationse=== see eee ee 135, 437. 68 118, 940. 84 21.496: 84.) 22 eee 
UUSLIGE 2 seer aue tee Sen ae ee See 884, 580. 56 821, 669. 32 62; 91.:12:245)| = ees 
C@haritysandsPublic:oHealth==— == 815, 235. 83 788, 308. 52 2639276315 | S35 
STS ASUI Taye re eee ee a ee | 1, 386, 574. 93 1, 367, 299. 25 19; 275568) a 
Publick red i Gee ee ee ee es 6, 325, 863. 46 5, 781, 502. 91 04423605509 |e 
WiarandéMlarine sen. i a eeee eee as | 4, 271,926.11 | 3,629,989. 12 6413936599 4) 5e= see 
Giomgranl Ming oo 556, 585. 63 534, 383. 52 22490251 a 
MNO (Ses See oe i ee es 21, 922,929.55 | 20, 271,074.15 | 1,834, 269.07 | 182, 413. 67 

URUGUAY 


TREASURY BALANCE AT END OF 1926.—According to the Diario Oficial 
of March 16, 1927, the gross expenditures of the Government during 
the year 1926 were 31,557,611 pesos, and the gross receipts through 
all sources, 31,923,228 pesos, leaving a balance of 365,617 pesos. 





ARGENTINA 


Visit oF BRAzILIAN LAWYERS.—A delegation of Brazilian lawyers 
recently visited Buenos Aires, where they were entertained by the 
law school of Buenos Aires University, the Jockey Club, the Federa- 
tion of Law Schools, and other associations. 


CHILE 


LAPSE OF PETROLEUM CONCESSIONS.—According to an amendment 
to the Mining Code, dated December 26, 1926, petroleum concessions 
and claims the exploitation of which is not begun within one year 
after the promulgation of the amendment will be declared null and 
void. 

Housine@ Loans.—Regulations of the law on private employees, 
approved January 21, 1927, prescribe the manner of obtaining loans 


LEGISLATION aley: 


from the private employees’ retirement fund, said loans being granted 
only for the purchase or erection of dwellings. A depositor desiring 
a loan must have to his credit in the retirement fund an amount equal 
to a certain proportion of the purchase price of the property, this 
proportion increasing with the value of the property. Loans up to 
80 per cent will be made on property valued at not more than 60,000 
pesos, and up to 70 per cent on property valued at not more than 
100,000 pesos (peso equals $0.121). Interest is payable at the rate 
of 8 per cent and amortization at the rate of 1 to 4 per cent. Forty 
per cent of the total retirement fund, which now amounts to 55,000,000 
pesos, will be available for these loans. 

CoMPTROLLERSHIP OF THE RepuBLIc.—Under date of March 18 a 
decree was issued creating the Comptrollership of the Republic, a 
project to this effect having been prepared by the Kemmerer Commis- 
sion while in Chile. The Comptroller’s Office will unite the entities 
formerly known as the Court of Accounts, General Bureau of Account- 
ing, National Property Section, and General Statistical Bureau. 


CUBA 


PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION.—The House of 
Representatives has approved a bill amending the present constitution 
of the Republic, with a vote of 94 against 8. The bill awaits the 
action of the Senate. The salient amendments are the following: 


1. Establishment of a Federal District in the city of Habana. 

2. The right of suffrage for Cuban women over 21 years of age, after passage 
of legislation regulating it. 

3. Recognition of minorities in the lists of voters, in the Senate Chamber, 
and in the House of Representatives, and in the provincial councils and munici- 
palities. 

4. Compatibility of elective offices, such as those of senators and represen- 
tatives, with positions such as professorships and cabinet posts. 

5. Suppression of the office of Vice President of the Republic. 

6. Succession of the Secretary of State to the Presidency of the Republic in 
the absence or death of the President. 

7. Independence of the judicial power. 

8. Creation of a Council of State composed of a chairman and 17 members, 
representing, respectively, the following organizations: National University; 
provincial institutes; National Council of Veterans of the War of Independence; 
the Amigos del Pais Commercial Society; National Academies of Science and 
Literature; the colleges of lawyers and notaries; Association of Landowners; 
Planters’ Association; chambers of commerce; labor organizations; banks and 
navigation companies; and the railroad and tramway companies. 

9. Abolition of the right of a President of the Republic to reelection for a 
second term. 

10. Prohibition of amendments to the constitution without the consent of 
two-thirds of the total number of members of each legislative chamber. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


718 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


SALE OF DRUGS AND CHEMICAL PRODUCTS.—Law No. 617, approved 
on March 30, 1927, provides that from the Ist day of July, 1927, the 
sale of drugs, patent medicines, and chemical products in the Domini- 
can Republic will be permitted only to pharmacists. However, in 
locations where there are no pharmacists, business houses will be 
authorized to sell drugs, patent medicines, and chemical products. 

IMPORTATION OF MILK.—Decree No. 619 prohibits the importation 
of skimmed milk into the Dominican Republic from April 6, 1927, 
date of the promulgation of said decree in the Gaceta Oficial. The 
Government adopted this measure considering that milk is the main 
article of food for infants and small children and hoping by this means 
to have better and purer milk supplied for public use. 


ECUADOR 


CENTRAL Bank or Ecuapor.—One of the projects prepared by the 
Kemmerer financial mission recently in Ecuador, and which has now 
been put into effect by virtue of a law published in the Registro Oficial 
of March 12, 1927, is the creation of the Central Bank of Ecuador. 
Said bank is founded for a period of 50 years which, however, may be 
extended by law; the home office is in Quito, with branch offices in 
various other cities and towns. The bank shall have an authorized 
capital of 10,000,000 sucres, which may be increased to 20,000,000 
sucres by a vote of at least six members of the board of directors and 
with the sanction of the President of the Republic. The shares, 
which will be registered and have a par value of 100 sucres each, 
will be divided into two classes—namely, class A and class B. The 
shares in class A will be held exclusively by banking institutions 
carrying on commercial banking business in Ecuador and can not 
be given as security for loans or other obligations. For subscription 
to shares in class B there are no restrictions. The bank will be under 
the administration of a board of directors composed of eight-.members, 
until the election of a director who will be the ninth member of the 
board and represent the shareholders of class B. 

LAW ON WORKING CONDITIONS AND OCCUPATIONS PROHIBITED TO 
WOMEN.—The full text of the aforementioned law, No. 24, was pub- 
lished in the Registro Oficial of March 11, 1927. The following is a 
summary: 





Under this law proprietors of all kinds of factories or workshops are obliged to 
provide safe and sanitary working conditions for their workers. It shall be the 
duty of labor inspectors to see that proprietors and employers carry out the 
sanitary regulations as dictated by the health authorities. Workshops must 
be kept clean and free from all sources of infection, and provided with proper 
light and ventilation. Smoking is forbidden in all workshops. The number 
of persons allowed to work in one room shall be determined by the health authori- 


LEGISLATION 719 


ties. In factories where the work calls for the use of materials producing dust, 
lint, or other impurities in quantities large enough to endanger the health of the 
workers, ventilators must be installed, or some other means of purifying the air. 

It is forbidden to employ women and children under 18 years of age in the 
following occupations: Work where white lead or other poisonous coloring matter 
is used, also that which requires the handling of paints or varnishes containing 
arsenic or lead, the fabrication of explosives or inflammable materials, or shops 
where such materials are handled, heavy manual labor, such as stoking, loading 
or unloading vessels or greasing machinery in motion. In the case of women 
workers, prospective mothers shall be granted four weeks’ leave before childbirth 
and shall not return to work until six weeks after confinement, receiving during 
that entire period 50 per cent of their salary. Employers shall not dismiss, 
without legal reasons, pregnant women. 

For workers employed in stonecutting, marblework, polishing with emery, 
and other occupations where the eyesight is endangered, employers are obliged 
to provide shields or some other protection for the eyes; independent workers in 
these trades must provide such protection for their eyes on their own account. 
All industrial establishments shall have a first-aid department to care for workers 
in case of accident. 

All proprietors, employers, and workers failing to comply with the provisions of 
this law shall be fined in accordance with article 22 of the regulations on the 
general inspection of labor. 


HONDURAS 


BorDER cusTOMHOUSES.—Decree No. 39 passed by Congress on 
February 1, 1927, provides for the establishment of border custom- 
houses at the following places: 

Paraiso and Texiguat, in the Department of El Paraiso; San Marcos, El 
Triunfo, and Namasigiie, in Choluteca Department; Goascordin and Aramecina, 
Valle Department; San Antonio del Norte and Marcala, La Paz Department; 
Colomancagua and San Antonio, Intibued Department; Mapulaca and La Virtud, 
Gracias Department; Copdin and El Paraiso, Copin Department; La Encar- 
nacién and San Marcos, Ocotepeque Department; Macuelizo, Santa Barbara 
Department; El Cinchado, Cortés Department; and Awawas, Col6n Department. 


MEXICO 


AuLcoHoL Burnau.—An executive decree of March 30, 1927, 
creates the Alcohol Bureau in the Department of the Treasury and 
Public Credit. This bureau will have charge of the enforcement of 
the laws relative to the collection of taxes on alcohols and alcoholic 
beverages, with the exception of surcharges on customs duties. 


NICARAGUA 
ForEsTRY LAW AMENDED.—The forestry law of January 21, 1918, 
was amended throughout on February 19, 1927. 
PANAMA 


LAW GOVERNING STOCK COMPANIES.—Law No. 32, of February 26, 
1927 published in the Gaceta Oficial of March 16 provides for the 
formation and regulation of stock companies in Panama and for the 
operation of foreign stock companies in the country. 


720 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


AMENDMENTS TO THE PENAL Copr.—On February 14, 1927, the 
National Assembly amended numerous articles of the Penal Code, 
which were published as amended in the Gaceta Oficial of March 9, 
1927. 

AMENDMENT ON IMMIGRATION.—Law No. 16, passed by the 
National Assembly on January 31, 1927, amends law No. 13 of 1926, 
in reference to article 1, which prohibited the immigration of all 
Chinese, Japanese, Syrians, Turks, East Indians, Dravidians, and 
Negroes of the Antilles and Guianas whose native language is not 
Spanish. This law, mentioned in the February issue of the Bulletin, 
as now amended exempts from the prohibition all persons who are 
nationals of countries belonging to the Pan American Union. 

DELEGATE TO COURT OF ARBITRATION.—On March 29, 1927, Dr. 
Harmodio Arias, jurist and member of the National Assembly, was 
reappointed as Panaman delegate to the Permanent Court of Arbitra- 
tion at The Hague. 








INTERNATIONAL ae 
’ TREATIES 4: 4@2 


CHD BSS ER Ais. 





TREATY OF PEACE.—An important historical event was the sign- 
ing February 24 of the treaty between Chile and Italy. So many 
treaties in history have provided for defensive or offensive war that 
this one, of which the sole purpose is to secure peace, deserves 
to be signaled. Inspired by ‘‘the desire of the two countries to 
strengthen the bonds of friendship which unite them and increase 
the cordiality of their relations,’ it establishes a procedure for the 
peaceful settlement of any disagreement which may arise. between 
them. A permanent arbitration commission, to consist of five 
members, of whom three shall not be citizens of the contracting 
powers, is to be appointed. Should the findings of this commission, 
on any dispute which may arise, not be accepted by either of the 
powers concerned, the dispute is to be referred to the Permanent 
Court of International Justice at The Hague, whose decision shall be 
executed in good faith. It is provided that the treaty, which is of 
10 years’ duration, shall in no way affect the rights and obligations 
of the contracting powers as members of the League of Nations. 

Since this is the first treaty which Italy has concluded with any 
trans-Atlantic power, it has excited great interest in that country. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 721 


His Excellency Don Enrique Villegas, Chilean ambassador at the 
Quirinal, has stated that he believed it to be the first of a series of 
treaties between Italy and the Latin American States and between 
Chile and the great powers. 

MEXICO 


OpiuM CONVENTION AND PROTOCOL.—On February 25, 1927, Presi- 
dent Calles signed a decree promulgating the International Opium 
Convention and Protocol celebrated at The Hague, January 23, 1912. 
(Diario Oficial, March 18, 1927.) 


SALVADOR 


Pan AMERICAN SANITARY ConvENTION.—On May 27, 1926, the 
National Assembly of Salvador ratified the Pan American Sanitary 
Convention and final act signed in Habana on the 14th and 15th of 
November, 1926, respectively. (Diario Oficial, February 14, 1927.) 

CoNVENTION, PROTOCOL, AND FINAL ACT, SECOND OpiuM CONFER- 
ENCE.—On May 24, 1926, the National Assembly of Salvador ratified 
the convention, protocol and final act of the Second Conference on 
Opium signed under the auspices of the League of Nations at 
Geneva on February 19, 1925. (Diario Oficial, February 14, 1927.) 





ARGENTINA 


Sreconp Concress or Nationat History.—The Second Congress 
of National History organized by the American Academy of History 
of Argentina was held in April in Jujuy. Among the delegates were 
representatives of the Governments of Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uru- 
guay, which once formed part of the Vice Royalty of Rio de la Plata, 
representatives of the provincial governments, legislative and judicial 
bodies, the Ministries of Public Instruction, War, and Agriculture, 
national universities, and scientific bodies. Many interesting papers 
were presented. 

ARGENTINE ASSOCIATION FOR ProGREss OF SciENCcE.—Under the 
presidency of the Duke of Amalfi, Spanish ambassador to Argentina, 
a meeting was recently held in Buenos Aires to establish an Argentine 
Association for the Progress of Science by invitation of the organizing 
committee of the scientific congress to be held in Cadiz in May, 1927. 


222 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


BOLIVIA 


EXAMINATIONS FOR TEACHERS.—The Board of Directors of the 
National League of Teachers at a recent meeting passed the following 
resolutions: To ask the Government, through the General Adminis- 
tration of Public Instruction, that teachers who have diplomas and 
have given long years of service shall have preference for positions 
in secondary and special schools over those who have not the same 
qualifications; to request that teachers’ who have, by virtue of a 
decree of February 18 last, ceased to exercise their profession shall 
continue to enjoy the benefits of their salaries until they shall have 
taken the examination for competence to which they are eligible, 
together with the probationary teachers of the Republic; also to 
request the Director of Public Instruction to hold these examinations 
as soon as possible. 

COLOMBIA 


REORGANIZATION OF THE Finr Arts ScHoou.—The Minister of 
Public Instruction has allocated the sum of 50,000 pesos to meet 
the expense of reorganizing the School of Fine Arts in Bogota. 
Part of this fund will be employed in bringing an Italian instructor 
to teach in the school, 

ScHoot or Law anp PouiticaL SciENcE.—Decree No. 174 of 
February 3, 1927, establishes the regulations for the School of Law 
and Political Science of the National University, including in its 
curriculum the following subjects: 

First year: Philosophy of law, Roman law, sociology, constitu- 
tional law, and political economy. Second year: Civil law (first 
course), Roman law (second course), international political law and 
diplomatic history, public finances, and canonical law. Third year: 
Civil law (second course), civil procedure (first: course), forensic 
practice, penal law, and criminal procedure. Fourth year: Civil 
law (third course), mercantile law (land and maritime), civil procedure 
(second course), private international law, and Roman law (third 
course). Fifth year: Civil law (fourth course), mining legislation, 
administrative law, statistics, and legal medicine. 

NORMAL INSTRUCTION FOR WOMEN.—The course of study in the 
National Pedagogic Institute for Women in Bogota for the present 
year will comprise three groups of professional instruction corre- 
sponding to the first three years of the normal course, in which the 
following subjects will be offered: Religious instruction, Spanish 
(literature, composition, grammar, spelling), languages, history, 
geography, mathematics, biology, horticulture, chemistry and 
physics, domestic science, sewing, drawing, writing, gymnastics, and 
music. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 723 


COSTA RICA 


AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL OPENED.—QOn April 4, 1927, classes in the 
Agricultural School of Costa Rica, recently established in accordance 
with a decree of last December, were opened with a total enrollment 
of 17 pupils. Located on an estate near San José, the school offers 
unusual opportunities to the youth of Costa Rica for the study of 
agriculture. The general course, embracing a three years’ curric- 
ulum, which includes mathematics, English, chemistry, botany, 
agronomy, horticulture, and physics, aside from numerous electives 
and practical experience, leads to the degree of bachelor of science in 
agriculture, a further degree of agricultural engineer being given upon 
the conclusion of a year of postgraduate work. 


CUBA 


ScHOOL STATISTICS.—Statistics published recently by the Secre- 
tary of Public Instruction for the school year 1925-26 show that the 
daily attendance at the public schools in Cuba during that period was 
ereater than at any time during the history of the Republic, the daily 
number of pupils in school having been 237,684. 

ScHOOL FOR JOURNALISTS.—At a recent meeting in Habana the 
National Press Association resolved to establish a school for journal- 
ists in that city. One of the members of the association was accord- 
ingly appointed to draft a project for the organization and curric- 
ulum of the school. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

MuNICIPAL THEATER FOR Haspana.—The mayor of Habana, 
Sefior Miguel Mariano Gomez, has conceived the idea of building 
in that capital a municipal theater and auditorium in order to pro- 
vide a suitable place in which national musical organizations may 
give concerts. Municipal architects are already preparing the plans 
for this theater. 

ECUADOR 


VOCATIONAL TRAINING SCHOOL FOR GIRLS.—A fine spirit of philan- 
thropy was shown by Sefiorita Magdalena Pérez Pallares, of Quito, 
in donating funds for the establishment and support of a training 
school for girls in that city. At this school, which will be called 
Instituto Pérez Pallares in honor of the donor, needy children 
between the ages of 7 and 11 years will be given instruction in domes- 
tic science in order to prepare them to earn their living later on in 
life. A savings fund will be operated in connection with the school 
where the children may deposit their savings from the sale of articles 
made by them, thus providing a small fund to help establish them in 
some trade or business on leaving the school. 


724 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


GUATEMALA 


SCHOOL FOR THE BLIND.—On March 21, 1927, the Secretary of 
Education announced that within a short time a school for the blind 
would be established in Guatemala City. The initial work of organi- 
zation will be carried on by the principal and three of the teachers of 
the Mexican School for the Blind, their services having been loaned 
by the Mexican Government; afterwards one of the teachers will 
remain to become the principal of the school in Guatemala City. 


HAITI 


Scuoouts.—The Agricultural Service reports the following on 
schools under its supervision: 


Final examinations for the second trimester were held in the Central Agri- 
cultural School on March 29, 30, and 31. All members of the second-year class 
were employed at the end of the trimester as farm-school teachers or assistants, 
with the exception of two or three in the industrial division. It was also neces- 
sary to employ a few first-year students in order to fill all the vacancies in a 
number of new schools to be opened on April Ist. 

The farm schools show an increasing enrollment; two more, one at Port au 
Prince, and one at Grande Vincent, having recently been opened. The school 
at Hinche, opened in February, has an enrollment of 50 for evening courses. 
This is the third night school organized by the teachers for older boys and men. 
Selected cottonseed was sent to the agricultural agents for the farm schools and 
the farmers. ; 

Industrial education is being carried on in the reform school, where electrical 
installations have made possible the use of new machinery. <A large number of 
chairs are being manufactured to fill an order. The school band is improving. 
The J. B. Damier Industrial School is developing very satisfactorily, having a 
fine esprit de corps among the students. During the month of March several 
large printing jobs were completed in the school printing shop; also 25 first-aid 
cabinets were made for the rural schools. The Gonaives Industrial School was 
to be opened on April 38. A member of the reform school auto-repair department 
is being transferred to this school to give instruction there and to repair Govern- 
ment and private automobiles upon a business basis. (Bulletin of the Financial 
Adviser Receiver General, March, 1927.) 


MEXICO 


CoopERATION BETWEEN Mexican ANd UNITED STATES TEACH- 
eRS.—American and Mexican teachers in the Imperial Valley of Cal- 
ifornia and Lower California have organized a joint committee for 
promoting international good will and_ interscholastic activities. 
Among the events planned by this committee was an observance of 
the birthday of Benito Juarez in a school in Mexicali, Mexico, in 
which American teachers took part. This courtesy was in acknowl- 
edgment of a visit by Mexican teachers to a California town on Feb- 
ruary 22, in honor of George Washington’s birthday. It was also 
planned to observe Child Health Day, May 1, with competitive 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 725 


games on the Calexico, Calif., playground by pupils from both sides 
of the international boundary. The Mexican pupils received free 
passage through the American customs and immigration barriers for 
this contest. 

NEW ACADEMIC DEGREES.—At an April session of the University 
Council, of the University of Mexico, Mexico City, it was decided to 
offer courses in the School of Jurisprudence leading to the degrees of 
master and doctor in laws and social sciences and to diplomas as 
experts In municipal and industrial organization and in criminology. 


NICARAGUA 


Music scHoont.—Conegress has granted 30 cordobas a month as a 
subsidy to the music school which Senor Abel Montealegre, of 
Chinandega, is to establish in Managua. 


PANAMA 


SENorR DuNncAN MADE MINISTER oF PuBLIC INSTRUCTION.—On 
March 31, 1927, President Chiari appointed Sefior Jeptha B. Duncan 
Minister of Public Instruction, to fill the vacancy left by the appoint- 
ment of Senor Méndez Pereira, the former minister, as diplomatic 
representative in Europe. Senor Duncan, who has served before in 
the Ministry of Public Instruction as Undersecretary, is the owner 
and editor of The Times, an afternoon daily paper of Panama City. 


PARAGUAY 


REGISTRATION IN NORMAL SCHOOL.—According to late reports a 
total of 245 students has been enrolled in the classes of the normal 
school in Asuncion for the coming school year. The practice school 
has an enrollment of 1,174; 629 being in the girls’ division, 481 in the 
boys’ section, and 64 in the kindergarten. 


PERU 


PROHIBITION OF SCHOOL HOME WoORK.—Considering that the five 
or six hours prescribed for school work by the general school regula- 
tions should be sufficient if well arranged, an order has been issued 
by the education authorities that no home work shall be required 
of primary pupils in the government or private schools. Teachers are 
to arrange study periods and class work so that the pupils can prepare 
their lessons without the added burden of work at home. 

Anti-Inurreracy Leacun.—The Anti-Illiteracy League brought 
its year’s work to a close in the latter part of March, at which time 
it reported that in Lima and Callao it had taught 425 illiterates, 
including old and young people and children, to read and write. 
This society is composed of young women who have given their time 


20 © THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


to this valuable and patriotic work. The Director General of Instruc- 
tion visited the society on its closing day to witness the distribution 
of prizes to the pupils. 

Rector oF San Marcos Universiry.—On March 12, 1927, the 
assembly of San Marcos University elected Dr. José Matias Manza- 
nilla to the post of rector, which office he has been filling temporarily. 

TEACHERS’ INSTITUTES.—During February teachers’ institutes, 
lasting nine days, convened at Lima and in other parts of the country. 
Discussions were held in the mornings and practical demonstrations 
in the afternoons. Among the subjects discussed were: ‘‘ Personal 
and Social Hygiene,” ‘Civic Integrity as a Basis for Good Citizen- 
ship,” ‘‘The Protection of Childhood and How the Teacher Can 
Help,” ‘‘How Can the Teacher Improve Himself and Avoid Routine 
Methods?” These institutes were well attended and awakened great 
enthusiasm among teachers and normal students. 

A NEW PUBLICATION.—A bibliographical journal entitled La Nueva 
Educacién (The New Education) has made its first appearance. 
It reviews educational publications and proposes to assist Peru- 
vian teachers through the dissemination of information on recent 
educational trends. 

SALVADOR 
;} 

ScHoou Facts.—In the report of the Secretary of Public Instruction 
for the year 1926, read before the legislative session of Congress on 
February 16, 1927, the following facts are given: 


The number of official schools is now 849, or 116 more than in 1923. There 
are now 52 schools per 100,000 inhabitants, a proportion which the department 
hopes to raise by adding 337 more schools. There is one teacher to each 33 
children in school. The following table shows the general increase in schools: 














| Schools nro Teachers 
| 
SSRs etn sue ee —| 
3 aso ere Py ae I earl oh, OO TCC od Leary NG oes tae DE AU LTE | 733 | 36, 751 1, 053 
dQ DA eres OE He sa ae ts a Rea al kV cabs Petr anil Apr ai ON ea on Ba AL SRA | 782 44,791 1, 133 
HQ RNY Sa A eta woe ne eRe tye CH OUR a RN EIS, Dapeng ALN ate fe le 826 | 49,749 1, 465 
TOG ee eee ces ct ei AR SP TUN Se ne Cee eR UR a RTO ee ai AL a | 849 | 51, 933 1, 555 
if 








The total number of pupils registered in public and private schools is 58,612. 
The visiting delegates of the department have found it advantageous to give 
public lectures on pedagogy, for which purpose the country has been divided 
into 63 circuits. The lectures were heard by the general public as well as 
teachers. 

The School Building Section during 1926 turned over for use buildings in 
Ayutuxtepeque, Ilopango, Apopa, El Congo, and El Rosario, and has continued 
work on the former vocational school in Santa Ana, now being converted into a 
central graded school. Schools of this same type are being finished in China- 
meca, Nahuizaleo, La Ceiba de Guadalupe, and Cuscatancingo, while others 
are being built at Ahuachapin, Nejapa, Tonacatepeque, and San Martin. A 
plan for teaching the rudiments of agriculture by means of school-garden compe - 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION UOT 


titions has developed, so that there are now 35 schools having such gardens with 
reference libraries. 

The Normal School for Young Men is giving courses in music, physical cul- 
ture, and manual training under three German instructors contracted by the 
Government last year. The Government has given 321 scholarships for students 
of both sexes in private and official primary, secondary, vocational, and normal 
schools. The Government has also given subsidies to 28 private schools. 


URUGUAY 


STATISTICAL NoTES.—During the year 1926, 1,112 public primary 
schools were open throughout the Republic, with 3,240 teachers, a 
total enrollment of 134,228 pupils, and an average daily attendance 
of 103,164. There were, in addition, 63 night schools for adults, with 
308 special instructors and teachers, an enrollment of 7,386 students, 
and an average attendance of 4,911; 2 normal institutes, 2 schools 
for deaf-mute children, 3 open-air schools, 1 playground, 25 visiting 
teachers; also school clinics, children’s libraries, ete. 

As in previous years, both the day and the night schools offered 
special courses in singing, gymnastics, modeling, sloyd, dressmaking, 
manual arts, commercial instruction, drawing, and languages. (From 
the Anales de Instruccién Primaria, January, 1927.) 

INCREASES IN TEACHERS’ SALARIES.—The new budget for Govern- 
ment schools provides for increases every four years in the salaries 
of primary teachers and school principals. 

ATTENDANCE IN SECONDARY AND PREPARATORY SCHOOLS.—<Accord- 
ing to a report of Dr. José Pedro Segundo, dean of the Department 
of Secondary and Preparatory Education, in Montevideo, printed 
in La Mafana of April 6, 1927, a total of 3,235 pupils have enrolled 
in the secondary and preparatory schools of that city for the coming 
school year, about 2,410 of this number being enrolled in the second- 
ary schools and 825 in the preparatory schools. It is interesting, 
furthermore, to note that the preparatory course in medicine has an 
enrollment of 275; law, 210; pharmacy, 61; dentistry, 38; engineering, 
93; architecture, 138; and surveying, 10. 

LecrurE By AMERICAN JuRIST.—On March 29, 1927, at the close 
of the First Congress of International Law, over which he had pre- 
sided in Montevideo, Dr. James Brown Scott, eminent American 
jurist and authority on international law, gave a lecture in the uni- 
versity of that city on ‘Spanish Influence in the Formation of 
International Law.” 

ADDITIONAL GIFT OF BOOKS FOR LIBRARY.—An additional gift of 
163 volumes, including works on literary, scientific, medicinal, and 
legal subjects, was recently made the National Library of Uruguay 
by the Argentine Commission for the Protection of Public Libraries. 
The present donation brings the number of volumes in the Argentine 
section of the National Library up to 1,500. 

48438—27— Bull. (——7 





CHILE 


NIGHT WORK IN BAKERIES.—New regulations of the law prohibiting 
night work in bakeries provide the following: 

Work shall commence at 4 a. m.; master bakers shall not maintain in their 
establishments dormitories for workers; two bakers may work from 1 a. m. in 


the preparation of the dough; women shall not be employed as bakers; and 
bakers lending themselves to violations of the law will be severely punished. 


GUATEMALA 


SHOE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION.—An association open to all 
shoemakers employing more than two assistants was recently organ- 
ized in Guatemala with its seat in Guatemala City. Its purpose, 
according to by-laws approved by the Government, will be to organize 
concerted action on the part of the Guatemalan shoemakers to offset 
foreign competition; to perfect the quality of the output; to study the 
introduction of labor-saving machinery and more hygienic methods 
of manufacture; to work toward the improvement of native raw 
material in quality and quantity; and to effect the enactment of 
tariff laws favorable to the industry. 


PERU 


PEONAGE LABOR FORBIDDEN.— The Indian delegates to the Peruvian 
Regional Federation of Indigenous Laborers recently sent to President 
Leguia a communication expressing their gratitude for his issuance 
of the decree forbidding free service. These 20 delegates have been 
in Lima for some time seeking Government protection from the 
regional peonage system. 

VENEZUELA 


REGULATIONS FOR WORKMEN EMPLOYED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF 
Pusriic Worxs.—At the instruction of President Gomez, a circular 
telegram was recently sent to all superintendents of public construc- 
tion work forbidding the purchase and use of alcoholic liquors by 
the workmen under their charge, and granting absolute freedom of 
action in the purchase of food and other supplies. 

728 





ARGENTINA 


ARGENTINE RED Cross.—On March 15, 1927, the Argentine Red 
Cross opened in Buenos Aires new free courses in child care, hygiene, 
first aid, care of the sick, and nursing. 

Due to rising waters in the Grande, Chico, and Perico Rivers of 
Jujuy Province, as well as other streams swollen by torrential rains, 
the city of Jujuy was endangered last March, being saved from 
floods by the construction of a dike. However, much damage was 
done to property along the low banks of the river. Government aid 
was offered to the sufferers and the Argentine Red Cross sent cloth- 
ing and supplies to this district. 

PHYSICIAN RETURNS FROM sTUDY IN UNITED Statres.—Dr. Pedro 
‘Escudero, sent by the municipality of Buenos Aires to make a special 
study of diabetes in the United States, has returned to the medical 
school of the University of Buenos Aires. He is to establish an 
institute for the treatment of diabetes in Rawson Hospital. 


BRAZIL 


COURSE ON EYE DISEASES.—A course on diseases of the eye was 
opened on May 2 in the General Clinic in Rio de Janeiro. The lec- 
tures are for physicians and students, to whom diplomas will be 
given on satisfactory completion of the course. 

BoraroGo GENERAL Cuinic.—The Botafogo General Clinic of Rio 
de Janeiro, due to donations from the public, has been able to do much 
good among the poor since its foundation in 1900 by Dr. Luiz Barbosa. 
It is now planned to move into a new building which allows a wider 
scope of service. The Gaffré and Guinle families, as well as other 
wealthy citizens, have been generous contributors to the funds of 
this institution, the two families mentioned having supported the 
child-welfare service. 

Pusitic HeauttH Basy Cuinic.—On March 25, 1927, a free clinic 
under the Children’s Hygiene Office was opened in Santa Thereza 
ward to serve expectant mothers and children up to 6 years of age. 
Trained midwives will be at the service of the office for the assist- 
ance of poor mothers, who will receive advice on caring for their 
babies. Dental care will be given the teeth of preschool children 
and expectant mothers, while lessons in cooking children’s food will 


be given to mothers. 
729 


730 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


HEALTH SUPERVISION IN THE SCHOOLS.—The Junior Section of the 
Brazilian Red Cross, according to a report published by the League 
of Red Cross Societies, has instituted a model medical service for 
sick and anemic children as well as a free school canteen for poor 
children at the Jacarepagua School in Rio de Janeiro, where the 
Junior Red Cross has been organized since December, 1925. 

The medical service is under the direction of the school doctor for 
the district and of two Red Cross nurses. Children requiring special 
care are referred to the Red Cross institute, which receives children 
attending schools belonging to the Junior Red Cross. 

Other children are treated at school, being given special diet and 
sun treatment in the school grounds. The pupils at this school, 
who number 140, showed marked improvement in health after two 
months of this daily supervision. 

The nurses engaged in the work are the first in Brazil to be defi- 
nitely assigned to health work in the schools. So successful, however, 
has the experiment proved that plans are now being drawn up by 
the Red Cross for creating a body of school nurses, and the scheme 
will shortly be submitted to the educational authorities for their 
approval. 

The equipment required for the school canteen and health center 
in the Jacarepaguaé School was furnished entirely by Juniors attend- 
ing the Nilo. Peganha School. The running expenses—medicines, 
food, and clothing—are met by donations from the funds of several 
junior groups and from other friends of the movement. 





CHILE 


SeNorR PosBueTeE TRONCOSO ASSUMES IMPORTANT POST.—Sefior 
Moisés Poblete Troncoso, formerly Assistant Minister of Public 
Health, Assistance, Social Welfare and Labor, has become chief of 
the American section of the International Labor Bureau in Geneva. 

Rep Cross REORGANIZED.—A decree of December 31, 1926, gives 
the new statutes whereby the Chilean Red Cross is reorganized in 
accordance with new legislation and activities along sanitary and 
social lines. (Diario Oficial, March 16, 1927.) 

Nurses’ HoME.—The Jnformation Bulletin of the League of Red 
Cross Societies reports in its issue for April 1, 1927, that the Minister 
of Health, Assistance, Social Welfare and Labor recently issued a 
decree for the establishment of a nurses’ home in Santiago. The aim 
of this institution is to contribute to the moral and material welfare 
of graduate and other nurses recognized by the Medical School of the 
University of Chile: By protecting the interests of the nursing 
profession; by doing everything in its power to raise the standard of 
the nursing profession, and to confer on it the dignity and social 
standing it enjoys in other countries; by promoting the professional 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 731 


improvement of its members through the provision of a library and 
the organization of postgraduate courses, lectures, scholarships, and 
study trips abroad; by founding a magazine to be called La Enfermera 
Moderna (The Modern Nurse); by creating a nurses’ registry; and 
by establishing a code of nursing ethics. 

VaAccINATION.—The vaccination or revaccination of all inhabitants 
of Chile within a year has been ordered by the Bureau of Public 
Health, preference to be given to babies and to persons working or 
living under crowded conditions. 

HousING LOANS.—See page 716. 


COLOMBIA 


PRISON REFORMS.—Last March two Italian experts on prison 
reforms arrived in Bogoté under engagement to the Colombian Goy- 
ernment to study the prison system in actual use in Colombia and 
to suggest improvements therein. 

MEDICAL MISSION TO STUDY LEPROSY.—The Colombian Govern- 
ment has commissioned Dr. Francisco de P. Barrera and Dr. Ignacio 
Chala to make a trip to Hawaii for the purpose of studying the organ- 
ization and administration of the leper hospitals in that Territory, as 
well as the methods employed for the treatment of leprosy. 


COSTA RICA 


PROPHYLACTIC MEASURES.—According to the Diario de Costa Rica 
of March 27, 1927, the Minister of Foreign Relations, in conformity 
with a recent decree of the Assistant Secretary of Hygiene and Public 
Health, has issued orders.advising all Costa Rican consuls that tuber- 
culosis has been added to the list of diseases the declaration of 
which is obligatory, and that a medical certificate attesting that the 
possessor is not suffering from any contagious disease, especially 
tuberculosis and leprosy, will be required of every person presenting 
a passport to be visaed. Port physicians have been forbidden to 
allow anyone not having such a medical certificate to enter the 
country, and have been authorized to make a physical examination 
in case the certificate should appear unsatisfactory. These regula- 
tions, however, will not apply to Costa Ricans abroad nor foreigners - 
resident in Costa Rica who are returning home. 

EXTENSION OF ACTIVITIES.—An additional appropriation of 200 
colones monthly recently accorded the child health station in San 
José has enabled it to extend its activities, feeding many more 
children daily. 





CUBA 


Morton-PicTuRE CENsorsHIP.—The Gaceta Oficial of March 17, 
1927, publishes the regulations of decree No. 1521, issued September 
20, 1926, by virtue of which a board of censors for motion pictures 


T PAN A RICAN UNION 
132 HE N AMERICAN ) 


was created. According to the regulations said board is empowered 
to inspect all films brought into the country for,rental, sale, or exhi- 
bition purposes; films of domestic manufacture are exempt from this 
examination, except when they are to be used for public exhibition. 
The board may prohibit the exhibition of films offensive to the national 
sentiments of a friendly nation; also those of a licentious or immoral 
character. The board shall promote the exhibition of educational 
films and foster the development of the film industry in Cuba and 
the production of national films tending to educate the public along 
civic lines. 

Home FoR THE AGED.—The Secretary of Public Health and 
Charities recently published a statement regarding the progress 
made in the construction of the home for the aged at Triscornia. 
Already 34 pavilions, costing 500,000 pesos, are completed, providing 
accommodation for 400 persons. This institution may be said to 
be one of the finest of its class in North America. (Courtesy of the 
Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

TREATMENT OF CANCER.—The National Board of Health and 
Charities has decided to open a bureau for the treatment of 
cancer in the eastern part of the Republic. A special service for can- 
cer patients will also be established by the Board of Public Health 
in the Calixto Garcia Hospital of Habana, where two additional 
wards in the hospital, one for men and the other for women patients, 
are to be built for this purpose. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 
Washington.) 

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


TRAINING SCHOOL FOR NURSES AND HOSPITAL IMPROVEMENTS.— 
The Secretary of Sanitation and Charities has received advice from 
France that the trained nurses engaged in that country have sailed 
from Havre on their way to the Dominican Republic. These nurses 
were engaged by the Government to establish and direct in Santo 
Domingo training schools for nurses in connection with the National 
Hospital and the Padre Billini Hospital. For the completion of the 
new and up-to-date building of the Padre Billini Hospital, the Secre- 
tary of Sanitation and Charities has requested an appropriation from 
the Executive Power of $30,000. When this building is entirely 
completed it will undoubtedly be the finest hospital in the Republic. 


ECUADOR 


MorIon-PICTURE CENSORSHIP.—By virtue of an Executive decree 
a board of censors for motion pictures has been established in the 
capital of every Province. These boards must pass on all films 
previous to their public exhibition in the various cities and towns. 
Films depicting crimes and all those which the board of censors may 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 138) 


deem offensive to public morals are forbidden. For the entertain- 
ment of children only such films shall be shown as may have been 
prepared for this particular purpose or those especially approved by 
the board of censors; otherwise the admittance of children under 14 
years of age to motion-picture theaters is forbidden. 

LAW ON WORKING CONDITIONS AND OCCUPATIONS PROHIBITED TO 
WOMEN.—\<ee page 718. 

GUATEMALA 


ORGANIZATION OF JUNIOR Rep Cross LEAGUE.—<According to the 
Diario de Centro-America, Guatemala City, March 23, 1927, a Junior 
Red Cross league has been organized in Totonicapan, head of the 
department of the same name. Great interest was manifest in its 
organization, all the pupils, teachers, and many others being present 
at the formal act of organization. 

COMPULSORY VACCINATION.—By an act of February 19, 1927, and 
subsequent measures, antityphoid and paratyphoid vaccination was 
made compulsory in the Guatemalan Army. 


HAITI 


PUBLIC-HEALTH STATISTICS.—In his report for March, 1927, the 
Receiver General gives the following public-health statistics: 

The March admissions into the hospitals of Cap Haitien, Cayes, Gonaives, 
Hinche, Jacmel, Jeremie, Petit-Goave, Port au Prince, Port de Paix, and Saint 
Marc totaled 708. The outpatients, including those of the 240 rural clinics, 
numbered 60,401. Wassermann tests numbered 899; X-ray examinations, 210; 
injections for treponematosis, and of neo-salvarsan, salvarsan, and bismuth 
totaled 33,953; 48,075 pieces of property were given sanitary inspection and 69 
foreign ships inspected. 

PostTGRADUATE STUDY FoR HAITIAN PHysIcIANS.—The Rockefeller 
Foundation has granted a series of scholarships to the National School 
of Medicine and Pharmacy in Haiti, which will enable graduates to 
study in the medical centers of the United States and Canada. 
Tentative appointments have been made of the following physicians: 
Anatomy, Dr. Moliére Civil; pathology and histology, Dr. Joseph 
Perrier; bacteriology and clinical pathology, Dr. Edouard Petrus; 
physiology, physiological chemistry, and pharmacology, Dr. Nelaton 
Camille; obstetrics, Dr. Joseph Buteau; medicine, Dr. Louis Hyppo- 
lite; surgery, Dr. Martial Bourand; and hygiene and sanitation, 
Doctor Lafleur. 

HONDURAS 


CHILD-WELFARE WORK.—The Gota de Leche, or free milk station and 
baby clinic, operated with the aid of the Government by an association 
of ladies in Tegucigalpa, plans to establish a day nursery for babies 
of working mothers, and also an asylum for homeless children. 


734 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


FREE BLOOD TESTS.—The Board of Health of Honduras has noti- 
fied the press that persons desiring a blood test may have one made 
free by the health department, which is open for this work one morn- 
ing a week. 

MEXICO 


CHILDREN’s Weex.—At the initiative of the respective Rotary 
Clubs it was planned to celebrate Children’s Week in San Luis 
Potosi and Yucatan. The elaborate program arranged for the former 
State included a children’s parade, children’s matinees, an oratorical 
contest, and many festivities of varied description. Among the other 
numbers were lectures on school hygiene, measures for the reduction 
of infant mortality, infant care, the necessity for devoting the largest 
proportion of revenues possible to education, and the future of the 
nation and preservation of friendly relations with other nations. 
There was also a better babies contest for children from two months 
to two years of age. 

“Apvice TO Mexican Moruers.’’—Under this title the Bureau 
of Biological Studies has published 20,000 copies of a pamphlet 
on infant care, written by Dr. Emiliano Torres, which will be distrib- 
uted to mothers in small towns and the country, where knowledge 
of proper methods of caring for babies is especially deficient. The 
bureau issues this pamphlet as one means of cooperating with the 
Bureau of Public Health in its efforts to reduce infant mortality. 

Rep Cross MAGAZINE.—The Mexican Red Cross has commenced 
the publication of an illustrated magazine which will be the official 
organ of the society. The first number, which appeared on Decem- 
ber 1, 1926, includes an editorial from which we quote the following 
passage: 

By the publication of this magazine, the Mexican Red Cross Society realizes 
one of its most cherished hopes, that of making known to all classes of the public 
the great advantages offered, especially to the poor amongst them, by the admira~ 
ble work of the Red Cross. Its aim is to awaken a spirit of service and mutual 
help amongst all sections of the population. 

The review, which will be published fortnightly, is edited with the 
utmost taste, includes a large number of drawings and photographs, 
and is in every way suited to encourage the wider diffusion of the 
Red Cross ideal. (Information Bulletin, League of Red Cross Societies, 
February 15, 1927.) 

PANAMA 


Divison oF SANITARY ENGINEERING.—The decree issued April 4 
authorizing the establishment of the Sanitary Engineering Division 
in the National Department of Hygiene and Public Health provides 
that the sanitary engineer shall draw up a sanitary code. The new 
Division of Sanitary Engineering will soon undertake permanent 


SOCIAL PROGRESS Woo 


engineering work to destroy breeding places for mosquitoes. A 
sanitary engineer lent to the Republic by the Rockefeller Foundation 
will conduct the work until the Panaman engineer now studying in 
the United States under an International Health Board fellowship 
has completed his training and returned. The sum of $15,000 is to 
be included in the 1927—28 budget as a sanitation appropriation. 


PARAGUAY 


YEARLY REPORT OF ANTIHOOKWORM CAMPAIGN.— Interesting infor- 
mation regarding the activities of the National Bureau of Hygiene 
and Public Assistance working in cooperation with the Rockefeller 
Foundation in the antihookworm campaign is set forth in a résumé 
of the annual report printed in El Orden, Asuncion, of March 7, 1927, 
important details being as follows: 


Making a census of the population, compelling the installation of sanitary 
conveniences, treating those persons affected by hookworm, and spreading infor- 
mation on the disease, its cure, and prevention by pamphlets and illustrated 
lectures, the bureau finished work in three districts, began and completed a 
campaign in 14 cities and districts, and initiated work in nine others during the 
year, more or less permanent dispensaries having also been established in many 
of the chief cities. Aside from its regular activities, the department vaccinated 
21,687 persons against smallpox and supplied the child health station with 
helminthics. 

The following table shows the increased intensity with which the campaign 
has been carried on each year: 





| 
| Sanitary 
Year | Census |/Treatments) installa- 
| tions made 





LG 2a ere Poe 9 ot nh aE hy KE a OAT SE Dee 74, 183 51, 964 | 1, 751 


NAS IS Ao oR He Se A a ere ee re Be rk a Ea | 115, 740 129, 064 | 15, 020 
119 26 Sete ett Re ee iSeries Nae ys 2 LS ee Tee 180, 007 220, 681 27, 443 





The total cost of this work during 1926 was 2,704,319 pesos. Of this sum 
70 per cent was paid by the Paraguayan Government, making an increase of 
10 per cent over that paid by the Government during 1925. 

GIFT OF SEWING MACHINES.—It was stated in El Diario, Asunci6n, 
of February 24, 1927, that a shipment of 26 sewing machines had 
been sent to Encarnacion to be distributed among the women who, 
having lost their own during the recent cyclone, had been unable to 
purchase others. This shipment was made by the women’s com- 
mittee, which opened a public subscription for the relief of the cyclone 
victims, collecting nearly 1,500,000 pesos. 


PERU 


First Natrronant PrruviAN Mepican Coneress.—The First 
National Congress of Medicine is to be held in Lima, Peru, from 
July 2 to 27, 1927. The program includes a very wide range of 


736 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


medical subjects for discussion under general classifications. Spe- 
cialists in the lines covered by each committee will preside over the 
various sections, such as surgery, sanitation, psychology, bacteriology 
and infections, and other general groups. 

INFANT MORTALITY.—The press reports that infant mortality in 
Lima decreased during 1926 to the lowest figure yet recorded for 
Peru, 14.20 per hundred births. During the years 1915, 1916, and 
1917 the infant mortality rate was 22 per hundred, which shows a 
decrease of one-third in 10 years. The proportion of births over 
deaths has increased from 115 ten years ago to 147 in 1926. The 
present decrease in infant mortality is ascribed to the efforts of the 
Committee for the Protection of Children and the National Institute 
of the Child in carrying on educational campaigns in child care and 
in giving medical advice. 

SALVADOR 


PUBLIC-HEALTH actTivities.—The Undersecretary of Public 
Health and Charity included the following facts in his report for the 
year 1926, read before the National Assembly in February, 1927: 


Dr. Carlos R. Lardé y Arthés, who, after a period of study in Europe and 
the United States, was made head of the antimalaria sanitation section, conducted 
a campaign to reduce mosquito-breeding places. During 1926, 483,533 houses 
were inspected for this purpose, of which 8,557 were found to contain breeding 
places. Swamps, ponds, and other places containing stagnant water were oiled 
or drained and 200,000 quinine and iron pills distributed. A smallpox vaccina- 
tion campaign was carried on by 14 traveling vaccinators. The total vaccina- 
tions during the year amounted to 146,025, of which 49,469 were second 
vaccinations. The Institute for the Preparation of Vaccines is soon to be housed 
in its own building by the health department. 

In the antihookworm campaign a total of 25,813 treatments were given, 
2,019 sanitary latrines constructed, and 1,967 started; 2,206 lectures on the 
subject of hookworm were given to a total of 16,571 persons; and 24,633 leaflets 
on the subject were published and distributed. 

A free clinic for the treatment of venereal diseases is being conducted by the 
General Board of Health, which will also install a laboratory for this work. The 
School Medical Service has been reorganized with the added assistance of a 
visiting nurse. Better baby competitions were held in San Salvador, Santa 
Ana, San Miguel, Chalatenango, San Vicente, Cojutepeque, Zacatecoluca, 
Ahuachapdin, La Unién, Sonsonate, and Santa Tecla. The Ministry of Public 
Health and Charity publishes a Bulletin covering the activities of the 
department. 

Under the. organized charity administration of the Government are 11 
hospitals, 5 orphan asylums, 2 day nurseries, 2 poorhouses, 5 medical and 
surgical clinics, 1 insane asylum, 1 tuberculosis sanatorium, the Salvadorean 
Red Cross, and the Society for Public Charity. 


SALVADOREAN Rep Cross.—The Salvadorean Red Cross, which 
was reorganized during 1926, plans to establish the Junior Red Cross, 
and to give financial aid to the school of trained nursing in connec- 
tion with Rosales Hospital in San Salvador. It gave $1,000 to assist 


GENERAL NOTES Tae 


the hurricane victims in Cuba, contributed toward the medicines 
for the Government free clinic, furnished toys and clothing to poor 
children at Christmas, and sent aid to the Azores and to the Bulgarian 
refugees upon the request of the League of Red Cross Societies. 
The Red Cross now has 21 chapters in different towns, and plans are 
being considered for building a Red Cross headquarters. 


URUGUAY 


New HosprTaLs.—On March 20 and 27, 1927, new hospitals were 
opened in Sarandi de Yi and Aigua, respectively. It has also been 
reported that nine other hospitals, constructed in conformity with the 
needs of their several communities, are soon to be opened in San 
Ramon, Prando, San Gregorio, Minas de Corrales, Lascano, Treinta 
y Tres, Tacuaremb6, Rivera, and Trinidad. 


VENEZUELA 


CAMPAIGN FOR HOSPITAL FUNDS.—According to recent reports, 
plans for the construction of a new hospital in the city of Trujillo 
have been launched and a large committee appointed to aid in the 
collection of funds. 


rear] 


XG 





ARGENTINA 


ALFONSINA STORNI ENTERTAINED.—The Women’s Club of Argen- 
tina, entertained at a tea in Buenos Aires on March 19 for Senorita 
Alfonsina Storni, well-known Argentine poetess, in honor of the 
recent presentation of her comedy El Amo del Mundo (The Master 
of tre World). A number of poems by the honor guest were recited 
as part of the program of entertainment. 


COLOMBIA 


PERMANENT DELEGATES FROM COLOMBIA TO THE LEAGUE OF 
Nations.—The Government of Colombia recently issued a decree 
appointing Dr. Antonio José Restrepo permanent delegate to the 
League of Nations and to the various associate organizations and 
commissions of that body. 


738 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


NICARAGUA 


DersIGNATES FOR Prestp—ENcCy.—On February 25 Congress 
approved, and on March 2, 1927, the President published, the election 
of General Bartolomé Viquez and Deputy Francisco José Argiello as 
First and Second Designates for the Presidency of the Republic. 


PARAGUAY 


DIPLOMATIC RANK RAISED.—Information has recently been received 
that the rank of the Chilean diplomatic representative in Asuncion 
has been raised from Chargé d’ Affaires to Envoy Extraordinary and 
Minister Plenipotentiary. 

URUGUAY 


Tour OF MUSICIAN PLANNED.—With the purpose of making better 
known the musical productions of Uruguay, Sefior Enrique Caroselli 
Widmar has been authorized by the Government to make a special 
tour of the United States. 


VENEZUELA 


MeEMORY OF RAILROAD PRESIDENT HONORED.—At the initiative of 
friends and admirers, a bust of Sefior Gustavo Knoop, executed by 
the well-known, Venezuelan sculptor Pedro M. Basalo, was unveiled 
at Los Teques on April 2, 1927. As Sefior Knoop, the late president 
of the Grand Venezuelan Railroad, was an ardent lover of trees, 
many parks along the railroad having been established by him, it 
was most appropriate that the monument raised in his memory 
should be placed among the pines which he had planted at Los Teques. 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO MAY 15, 1927 








Subject Date Author 
BOLIVIA 
1927 
B Olina anelayoregl awe amen eC teeta see ee eee ee ee cee ee Mar. 24 | Legation. 
BRAZIL 
Publication on road building in the State of Bahia, laws and | Mar. 5 | Howard Donovan, consul at 
regulations. Bahia. 
Municipal improvements, Recife__________________.-_________--_- Mar. 12 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at 
Pernambuco. 
Constitution of the State of Amazonas, promulgated Feb. 14, | Mar. 23 | Geo. E. Seltzer, consul at 
1926. Manaos. 
The Bahia carbonado and diamond trade during 1926__________- Mar. 24 | Howard Donovan. 
Annual report of the Companhia de Navegacao Bahiana for 1926_| Mar. 25 Do. 
Second centennial of the coffee tree in Brazil____________________ Apr. 1 | C. R. Cameron, consul at 
: Sao Paulo. 
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for March, 1927, | Apr. 7 | Claude I. Dawson, consul 
also Brazil’s foreign trade for 1926. general at Rio de Janeiro. 
Important new Brazilian rubber company -__-_-____________-_____- Apr. 12 | Edward C. Holden, vice 
consul at Para. 

French capital purchases interest in the State Bank of Sergipe___| Apr. 15 | Howard Donovan. 

CHILE 

C@hileissbud get;fomimel year G2) sse en ee ee Apr. 9} C. F. Deichman, consul 

general at Valparaiso. 
COLOMBIA 
Loans contracted by municipalities and departments of Colom- | Apr. 1 | Alfred Theo. Burri, consul at 
bia. Barranquilla. 

Annual report on commerce and industries of Buenaventura for | Apr. 7 | Charles Forman, consul at 
the year 1926. Buenaventura. : 
Review of commerce and industries of Santa Marta for quarter | Apr. 20 | Lawrence F. Cotie, vice 

ended Mar. 31, 1927. consul at Santa Marta. 
COSTA RICA 
February report on commerce and industries___________________- Mar. 8& | Roderick W. Uncles, vice 
y consul in charge, San Jose. 
The National School of Agriculture opened its doors in San Jose, | Apr. 1 | Legation. 
on Apr. 4, 1927. 
Review of the commerce and industries for March, 1927________- Apr. 12 | Roderick W. Uncles. 
CUBA 
Commerce and industries of Matanzas, quarter ended Mar. 31, | Apr. 6 | Augustus Ostertag, vice con- 
1927. sul at Matanzas. 
Review for the Isle of Pines, quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927________ Apr. 12 | Sheridan Talbott, consul at 
Nueva Gerona. : 
New decision of the Cuban Treasury Department, concerning | Apr. 13 | Edward Caffery, consul in 
the 114 per cent gross sales tax. charge. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
Law No. 617 of Mar. 30, 1927, prohibiting the sale of drugs and | Apr. 9 | James J. Murphy, consul at 
patent medicines by business houses. Santo Domingo. 
Annual report on commerce and industries of Puerto Plata dis- |---do_-__- W. A. Bickers, consul at 
trict for 1926. | Puerto Plata. 
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ending Mar. 31, | Apr. 12 Do. 
1927. 
Dominican Government revenues in March, 1927______________- Apr. 20 | James J. Murphy. 
ECUADOR 
Annual report on the commerce and industries of Ecuador for | Mar. 26 | Harold D. Clum, consul in 
the year 1926. charge Guayaquil. 
New monetary law of Ecuador, decree of Mar. 4, 1927, published | Apr. 20 Do. 
in Registro Oficial, Mar. 19, 1927. 
GUATEMALA 
Annual report on commerce and industries of Guatemala for the | Apr. 1 Philip Holland, consul at 


year 1926. 








Guatemala City. 


739 


740 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Reports received to May 15, 1927—Continued 





Author 











Winthrop R. Scott, consul at 
Cape Haitien. 


Do. 
Maurice P. Dunlap, consul 
at Port au Prince. 


consul at 


A. J. MeConnico, consul at 


H. D. Myers, vice consul at 


Geo. A. Makinson, consul at 


W. J. McCafferty, consul at 
San Salvador. 


Alexander K. Sloan, consul 
at Maracaibo. 

George P. Phelan, vice con- 
sul at Puerto Cabello. 

Daniel J. Driscoll, vice con- 
sul at La Guaira. 

Alexander K. Sloan. 


Subject Date 
HAITI 
1927 
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ending Mar. 31, | Apr. 1 
1927. 
The growing tobacco industry in northern Haiti___-__.--___--_- Apr. 19 
Economic and commercial summary of Haiti for March, 1927____| Apr. 21 
HONDURAS 
IMiahio gana COM trac tua viet e Clee eter eee ee noe res ee _..-| Apr. 11 | Richard Ford, 
Tegucigalpa. 
Review of commerce and industries for March, 1927___-______-___- Apr. 21 Do. 
NICARAGUA 
Review of commerce and industries of Bluefields district, | Apr. 7 
quarter ending Mar. 31, 1927. Bluefields. 
PANAMA 
Report on commerce and industries for March, 1927_____-____-_- | Apr. 14 
: ; | Panama. 
New building for National City Bank, Panama City branch____| Apr: 18 Do. 
PERU 
February-March review of Peruvian economic and trade condi- | Mar. 25 
tions (1927). Callao-Lima. 
SALVADOR 
Annual review of commerce and industries for the year 1926______ Mar. 30 
March, 1927, review of commerce and industries________________-_ Apr. 4 Do. 
VENEZUELA 
Financial conditions in Maracaibo 2 sacar eter een Apr. 8 
General business conditions of Puerto Cabello, quarter ending | Apr. 15 
Mar. 31, 1927. ; 
Foreign trade of La Guaira during March, 1927______._-________- Apr. 20 
Statement of the ‘‘ Banco Comercial de Maracaibo,”’ for Feb. 28, | Apr. 22 
1927. 
Review of commerce and industries of La Guaira, quarter end- | Apr. 23 


ing Mar. 31, 1927. 








Daniel J. Driscoll. 





S 





ChilevshiNiew: Presid entss.200 2 255s a Se ee eee 


Three Notable Pan American Conferences____________________________ 
I. Third Pan American Commercial Conference. 
Il. Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission. 
III. Second Pan American Conference on Uniformity of Specifications. 


Integrating Mexico Through Education.______________________________ 
By Moises Saenz, Sub-Secretary of the Department of Education of Mexico. 


Jorge Bermidez 


Colonization Opportunities in Bolivia__.__..--_________________________ 
By David Weeks, Professor of Rural Economic Problems, University of California; Special 
Investigator for the Bolivian Government. 


New Monetary Unit for Ecuador 


Leprosarium of Sao Roque, State of Parana, Brazil... --_--_- ===> == 
Air Transport in Brazil 


Transcontinental Route from Buenos Aires to Mollendo____ 


Mineral Resources of Honduras 


School Savings 


Agriculture, Industry and Commerce.__._---__________________________ 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Repub- 
lic — Ecuador — Guatemala — Haiti — Honduras — Mexico — Panama — Paraguay — 
Peru—Salvador—United States—Uruguay—Venezuela. 
Economicyand KinanecialoA tain sees ee a ee ee eee 
Argentina—Colombia—Cuba— Paraguay— Peru— Uruguay. 





MG BS Vet tO Ti eas a Sa a a al ae Meg een ae ye nner ne mae es Seen e Si eege Re 
Brazil—Dominican Republic—Mexico—Nicaragua. 


International Treaties 
Ecuador—Venezuela. 


Publicinstruction and Education... = a 
Argentina — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Ecuador — Guatemala — 
Haiti—Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay— Peru— Uruguay— Venezuela. 





Argentina—Brazil—Chile— Mexico. 


SOCI@ISR TO gre Sse ties ek ye ss eye eA pnd cr el 2 NO Ne tke i oli edhohi ei ba 
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Ecuador — 
Guatemala—Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay — Peru—Salvador —Uruguay — 
Venezuela. 
GeeMer BNO Ge Satie wii ise die A ie Re ech ay Za A PB al SN a laa A aE 
Argentina — Brazil— Colombia— Costa Rica— Cuba—Guatemala — Mexico— Panama — 
Peru— Uruguay—Venezuela. 


Subject Matter of Consular Reports 





762 


778 
782 


787 
790 
796 
798 
807 
809 
810 


823 


825 


827 


834 


836 


842 


847 


- 


7 
ie 


Wile orp 








Chile 


sy of “ 


Courte: 


O CHILDREN, ROSA AND 


TW 


LE, WITH HIS 
ARLOS 


F CHI 
Cc 


S IBANEZ, O 


T CARLO 


SIDEN 


PRE 


s 


> Pe SSS SS SSS " 
Sree ea PRESS CN SEES Pe ; 


AMERICAN UNION ) 
o Zz, 











No. 8 
































OLONEL Carlos Ibafiez, actual Executive of Chile, with the 
rank of Vice President at the time of the election, was 
elected by an overwhelming majority of the 300,000 votes 
cast at the elections in May last. 

It will be recalled that after a brief but extremely active term as 
Premier, Colonel Ibafiez was appointed Vice President immediately 
following former President Figueroa-Larrain’s request for a two 
months’ leave of absence. Shortly afterward the latter requested to 
be relieved of office, whereupon Colonel Ibanez signed a decree con- 
voking elections to fill the vacant presidential chair, announcing at 
the same time his own candidacy for that exalted office. 

In a statement to the press immediately after his election, President 
Ibanez said: ‘I am profoundly grateful to my fellow countrymen, 
who in such generous fashion have expressed their desire that I 
continue to head the campaign for the moral, economic, and social 
betterment of Chile.” 

President [bafiez assumes the full responsibility of government with 
the same program of administrative and economic reconstruction he 
has been so vigorously carrying out for the last two years. The will 
of the people, as expressed in the recent elections, simply gives that 
program the stamp of their almost unanimous approval. Work and 
order will be the watchword, the productive elements of the nation 
will have direct representation in the Government, and the sons of the 
soil will have their full share in the development of national resources 
and wealth. 

The new President of Chile was born some 45 years ago in the city 
of Linares, one of the numerous rural communities scattered along 





1 Compiled from Chile, June, 1927. New York. 
741 


742 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the line of the great Central Valley which constitute the backbone 
of the national life of the Chilean Republic. His family, which 
traces its descent directly back to the original settlers of the country, 
originally possessed one of the large fortunes of the country, but time 
and the ever-increasing number of new branches have left little more 
than the memory of former affluence. 

The old familar virtues, however, have been preserved intact; 
orderly habits, simple living, frugal fare, and self-reliance have been 
transmitted undiminished in the Ibafiez family strain. From the 
beginning young Carlos Ibafiez displayed traits of character as 
definite in purpose and aspiration, as persevering and tenacious in 
attainment. Somewhat counter to the wishes of his parents, who 
preferred the navy, he elected to follow a military career. Of a 
reserved and retiring disposition, more inclined to solitary study 
‘than the comradeship of the students’ hall, he made rapid progress 
in his chosen field. 

Shortly after his graduation in 1903 from the National Military 
Academy in Santiago, Lieutenant Ibafiez was assigned to serve as 
instructor in the army of the Republic of El Salvador. And it may 
be said that his firm belief that a scientifically organized and disci- 
plined army is the best bulwark against anarchy and revolution 
dates from his persoral experience and leadership in the organization 
of the armed forces of that Central American Republic. While 
there, Captain Ibafiez married Sefiorita Rosa Quiroz of a distin- 
guished Salvadorean family. 

Upon his return to Chile, in 1909, Captain Ibafiez again took his 
place as a cavalry officer in the regiment of Cazadores. Two years 
later he entered the war academy, the finishing school for officers of 
the Chilean Army. Later still he passed some time with the garrison 
at Tacna, going afterward to Iquique as commissioner of police. 
His wife died in 1918, leaving him two children, Rosa and Carlos, 
shown in the photograph which accompanies this sketch. 

Nineteen hundred and twenty-four found him back with his old 
Cazadores in Santiago, where he became one of the guiding forces in 
the political upheaval of that year. Since then he has been the 
leading force in the Government of Chile, first as Minister of War, 
later as Premier, and still later as Vice President. 


niga ipower 


tn mit Aa Sl ft A tal me 





HALL OF THE AMERICAS, PAN AMERICAN UNION, WASHINGTON, D. C. 


lax ADT C T™ AY 
Lf, LD us Ly il Ven iN 
CO 

















In the plethora of international gatherings which, the world over, 
has distinguished the first half of the year 1927, the three Pan 
American Conferences recently brought to a successful conclusion in 
the Pan American Union, Washington, D. C., easily command front 
rank, both for the number of sovereign States represented and the 
number and importance of the questions discussed therein. 

Such conferences constitute the most convincing evidence of the 
fundamental solidarity, with respect to commercial, economic, and 
social problems, of the American Republics. They also bear eloquent 
testimony to the existence of that large and constantly increasing 
body of representative Americans, of all classes, who most earnestly 
desire the maintenance and the strengthening of friendly relations 
between the nations of the American continent. This desire, present 
in all three conferences, was particularly marked in the Third Pan 
American Commercial Conference, in the discussion of new and intri- 
cate problems due to changing conditions and standards, and in a 
general cooperative endeavor to eliminate commercial barriers and 
to reconcile legitimate national interests and aspirations with the 
common American good. ; 

That notable progress was made in all three congresses will be seen 
in the resolutions which were adopted, the full text of which is here 
given. The work accomplished by the Inter-American Commercial 
Aviation Commission is particularly remarkable in that the achieve- 
ment was to a large degree of a pioneer character. Moreover, no 
one can read the ‘‘ Bases for a Convention,’’ drafted and adopted by 
that commission, without being deeply impressed by the breadth of 
view and generous American spirit with which it is permeated 
throughout. America as a whole will await with keen interest the 
convention which it is confidently believed will, before too long, be 
constructed upon these working bases. 

The problem which confronted the Second Pan American Confer- 
ence on Uniformity of Specifications was, perhaps, the most difficult 
of the conferences mentioned, dealing as it does with an infinitude 
of detail and minutia which enters into almost every aspect of human 
industry, any change in which must come as the result of long and 

744 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 745 


patient research, and a series of equally extended and patiently con- 
ducted educational campaigns in all the countries subscribing to the 
Pan American Union. The initiative and good will needed for this 
difficult task are, however, not lacking, and the resolutions adopted 
provide the working machinery without which good will may easily 
run to waste. 


I 


RESOLUTIONS APPROVED BY THE THIRD PAN 
AMERICAN COMMERCIAL CONFERENCE 


The Third Pan American Commercial Conference adopts the 
following resolutions: 
I 


Through the executive committee, the Third Pan American Commercial 
Conference expresses its profound sympathy to the Government and people of 
the United States for the catastrophe caused by the flood of the Mississippi 
River, and its sympathy and admiration for the American Red Cross which, 
as always, occupies the post of vanguard in attending to and succoring the victims 
of the present disaster. 

II 


Recognizing the economic solidarity of all the nations of the world, the Third 
Pan American Commercial Conference begs to present to the International 
Economic Conference, which has assembled at Geneva under the auspices of the 
League of Nations, its warmest wishes and to express the hope that the labors 
of the conference will bring about happy results for the reconstruction of Europe 
and for the amelioration of conditions of living in all the nations of the world. 


III 


That with the object of fostering friendly relations between the American 
nations, of intensifying trade between them, of encouraging the exploitation of 
their vast territory, of concentrating within them the energies that are directed 
toward other regions because of lack of knowledge of the opportunities offered, 
and in order to augment and assure the international cohesion of the continent 
and the Greater Antilles, it is necessary and desirable— 

1. That the establishment of new routes of communication be effected in 
accordance with studies coordinated between contiguous countries and a pre- 
viously established plan, when they may constitute a new tie of union between 
them. 

2. That the American nations carry out explorations in the regions that have 
as yet not been given over to exploitation, determining their conditions of habit- 
ability and production, as well as the study of the interior rivers that may be 
utilized as routes of communication with the exterior. 

3. That a committee be designated which should be charged with all matters 
relating to the utilization of the wealth of America and which should determine 
those desirable to exploit, with an indication of the part of the continent that 
offers the best conditions for each industry. 


746 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


« 
paNase 


boc 





OPENING SESSION, THIRD PAN AMERICAN COMMERCIAL CONFERENCE 


The inaugural session of the Conference met May 2 in the Hall of the Americas of the Pan American 
Union. On the speakers’ stand appear, left to right: Mr. Lewis E. Pierson, Permanent Chairman of 
the Conference; Senor Dr. Enrique Olaya, Minister of Colombia to the United States and Vice Chair- 
man of the Governing Board of the Pan American Union; and Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, Secretary of 
State of the United States 


4. That both the designation of the said committee, as well as the publication 
of the result of its work, be entrusted to the Pan American Union, which will 
carry out this recommendation in the manner it deems most desirable. 


IV 


To recommend the drawing up of international agreements, so that, without 
prejudice to the fiscal interests of any nation, the reciprocal transportation of 
merchandise by mail may be facilitated through the widest scope possible in parcel 
post service. 

oF 

It is reeommended that with the aid of governments, chambers of commerce, 
and other institutions, agreements be drawn up between the steamship com- 
panies and other mediums of communication and the business men of the various 
countries in order to obtain efficient and economical service for the products of 
each in a well-considered American intercourse. 


VI 


Whereas the problems arising out of the development of highway transpor 
tation require the attention of trained minds everywhere in their solution; and 
Whereas, recognizing this fact, engineers in the several countries of America 
have organized a Pan American Confederation for Highway Education, with 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 747 





PRESIDENT COOLIDGE RECEIVES COMMERCIAL CONFERENCE DELEGATES 


On May 6 the delegates from the Latin American Republics visited the White House where they were 
cordially received by the President 


national federations in each country, to serve as a clearing house for the distri- 
bution of research and educational material in order that each country may have 
available the practices of its colleagues; and 

Whereas the First Pan American Congress of Highways held at Buenos Aires 
in 1925 officially approved of the program of the Pan American Confederation 
for Highway Education: 

Resolved, That the Third Pan American Commercial Conference likewise 
approve the work of this body and request business men throughout the Pan 
American Union to cooperate with the Pan American Confederation for High- 
way Education to the end that sound highway development may be accelerated 
in each of said countries. 

vil 


To recommend the study by the Pan American Union, in collaboration with 
the Inter-American High Commission, of the laws and regulations adopted for 
avoiding collision, including maritime signals, visibility, and the position of 
lights carried by ships in different situations, moving or anchored, or under 
different atmospheric conditions, for example, during fog or snow storms, by 
day or by night; signals by means of sounds, signals for the locating of ships when 
meeting or passing or following each other, signals in channels, etc.; speed of 
ships during bad weather; signals in case of disaster, etc.; rules on ports and 
interior navigation; rules to determine the seaworthiness of ships, including 
rules and requirements for the construction, equipment, inspection, certification 
of inspection, competence, and discipline of crews; rules on the load mark; rules 
on the designation and marking of ships, including the position of the name of 
the ship, name of the port of registry, size of the lettering, and uniform size of 
markings; the saving of life and property in case of shipwreck, including rules 
establishing the duties of ships in case of collision, the apparatus for the protec- 
tion of life, as lifeboats, rafts, fire extinguishers, etc., organization of salvage 
methods, salvaging apparatus for the crews, salvaging stations, means of trans- 
mitting information concerning ships in danger and official lookouts in case of 
shipwreck, ete.; condition of officers and crews, including eyesight and general 
knowledge of salvage methods; maritime rules, including rules for avoiding 


748 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


collision and for the security of fishing vessels; night signals for transmitting 
information at sea, including a system of rules regarding an international code 
of signals; information on, marking of, and destruction of the remains of ship- 
wrecks and other obstacles to navigation; notification of change of lights, buoys, 
and other marks, day or night; possibility of adopting a uniform system of buoys 
and light signals. 

VIII 


That the conference recommend the organization of a permanent committee 
composed of various representatives of the automobile industry, construction 
firms, and bankers of the United States and of ‘representatives of each of the 
Latin-American countries composed of citizens of these Republics permanently 
residing in the United States. 

That the purpose and duties of this permanent committee be as follows: 

(1) The dissemination of information through advertising and the chambers 
of commerce of the necessity of developing to the utmost the construction of 
national and international highways. 

(2) The distribution throughout Latin America of reports, booklets, studies, 
and views of the authorities on these matters and particularly those connected 
with the technical, economical, and financial phases in the construction of roads. 

(3) The promotion and facilitation of contact between the respective countries 
and the manufacturers, construction companies, bankers, and others interested 
in the financing, construction, and development of highways in Latin America. 


IX 


Whereas inter-American/ trade can be largely increased through the simplifi- 
cation and standardization of the laws and regulations pertaining to customs 
procedure, be it resolved that the Pan American Union shall submit to the 
consideration of the respective governments the desirability of so modifying 
the customs laws and regulations as to permit the establishment of bonded 
warehouses and all possible facilities for an expeditious dispatch of shipments. 

Whereas inter-American trade may be greatly expanded by the moderation 
of customs fines, be it resolved that the Pan American Union shall submit to the 
consideration of the respective governments the desirability of so modifying 
their laws and regulations as to assure the proper collection of revenues without 
unnecessary restrictions for the commercial interests involved, providing also 
for a just system of appeals, either before the judiciary or administrative author- 
ity, from the decisions of customs officials. 

Whereas inter-American trade may be greatly facilitated by the use of bills of 
lading made ‘“‘to order,’ be it resolved that the Pan American Union shall call 
the attention of the respective governments to the desirability of so modifying 
their laws and regulations as to recognize those bills of lading and that whenever 
the expression ‘‘to order’ is not followed by any name of consignee it must 
signify to order of the shipper, this to apply to countries which do not recognize 
said form of bill of lading. 

X 


Whereas inter-American trade is hampered by the diversity in the consular 
procedure of the different American countries, be it resolved that the Third 
Pan American Commercial Conference recommend the creation of a Pan Ameri- 
can committee in charge of studying the simplification and standardization of 
consular procedure as to inter-American trade as far as it may be possible with- 
out interfering with the national interests of the respective governments. 

It is also recommended to the governing board of the Pan American Union 
that as soon as possible it set the date for the meeting of said committee and 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 749 


invite the governments, members of the Union, to designate the respective 
technical commissioners to represent them. 

It is recommended to the Pan American Union that it transmit the results of 
the labors of the committee to the governments, members of the Union, with 
the object that, if they should consider it advisable, instructions be given to their 
delegations so that they may submit the said labors and conclusions at which 
the committee may arrive to the Sixth Pan American Conference. 

It is recommended to the Pan American Union that in cooperation with the 
Inter-American High Commission it carry out the preliminary work involved 
in preparing the work of the conference and collect the material that is to serve 
in the study of the committee. 

XI 


That in the interest of the greater development of Pan American commercial 
intercourse a study be made of the desirability of the gradual reduction of the 
high customs duties that may prevail in each country. This study should be 
undertaken by committees of business men representing the different American 
Republics and the various interests affected. 


XeLiT 

That in the interest of easier and wider distribution and greater consumption 
of the products of inter-American commerce which are not classed as luxuries a 
study be made by each government of the desirability of reducing, in a manner 
compatible with its fiscal interests, the internal taxes that may be imposed 


thereon. 
XIII 


That the Pan American Union collate, classify, and publish, in statistical form 
wherever possible, all data on duties, procedure, and customs restrictions affecting 
the import and export trade of the countries of America in order that definite 
information may be obtained relative to the obstacles, either technical or other- 
wise, that affect the interchange of commodities between the countries of the 
Western Hemisphere. 

That these statistics include especially the methods followed by each country 
in collecting customs revenues and the figures and percentages corresponding 
to imports subject to duty and those which enter free of duty from each country 
with a view to determining the obstacles to commercial intercourse. 


XIV 


That in the interest of Pan American commercial intercourse the Pan American 
Union endeavor to have chambers of commerce and similar organizations of the 
respective countries, make every effort to clarify and make uniform the meaning 
of terms used in commerce, such as ¢. I. f., etc., special attention being given to 
those that may be ambiguous or which at present lead to confusion. 


XV 


That there be recommended a wider application and use of the metric system 


in inter-American commerce. 
XVI 


That the governing board of the Pan American Union consider the desirability 
of holding a Pan American commercial conference at least every four years. 


XVIT 


Whereas trade, commerce, and finance are designed to enhance labor, service, 
promote production, encourage manufacture, and increase consumption and, com- 


750 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





SALUTE TO PAN AMERICAN FLAGS 


This ceremony took place in front of the Pan American Union immediately prior to the departure of the 
Latin American delegates, May 13, on a tour of the central and eastern sections of the United States 


bined, ar allintended to serve human needs, lessen the burdens of life and labor, 
and to provide increasingly for human happiness and well being: Be it 
Resolved, That this conference recommends including in the agenda for con- 
sideration at future conferences the subject of improving the material standards 
of life and labor of the masses of the people of the respective countries in 
their relation to commerce. 
XVIII 


That the creation of educational institutions be promoted for the teaching of 
English, Spanish, Portuguese, and French, and for the study of the geography, 
history, commerce, industries, laws, and social institutions of all the nations of 
America. 

That the interchange of students and professors between the peoples of America 


be promoted. 
XIX 


That the Pan American Union secure the cooperation of sanitary offices of 
the nations of America with the object of arriving at a plan of inter-American 
cooperation for the conservation, protection, and development of the livestock 
and agricultural industries for the purpose of studying and carrying into effect 
the elimination of the limitations and restrictions which to-day exist in inter- 
American commerce with respect to the products of agricultural industry. 


XX 


That there be recommended to the governments of all the countries of America 
the desirability of simplifying and, if possible, of eliminating the requirement of 
obtaining passports in going from one country to another. 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 751 


XXI 


That there be recommended close cooperation between the chambers of com- 
merce of the countries of America and an exchange of the publications which 
they may issue. 

XXII 


Resolved, That the Pan American Union recommend strongly to all American 
chambers of commerce or similar organizations, the institution of arbitral com- 
mittees, and the execution of arbitration agreements between them. 


XXIII 


oe 


Whereas the insertion of the ‘‘standard clause” in buying and selling con- 
tracts is of fundamental importance in the application of existing arbitration 
treaties, this conference recommends that the Pan American Union carry on an 
educational campaign among the commercial and: the industrial entities of 
America to the end that the said clause be adopted in all commercial transactions. 


II 


BASES FOR A CONVENTION AND RESOLUTIONS AP- 
PROVED BY THE INTER-AMERICAN COMMERCIAL 
AVIATION COMMISSION 


The undersigned delegates of the Governments of Argentina, 
Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Re- 
public, Guatemala, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Salvador, United States, 
Uruguay, and Venezuela, assembled in the city of Washington from 
the 2d to the 19th day of May, 1927, to constitute the Inter-American 
Commission on Commercial Aviation convened by the geverning 
board of the Pan American Union in compliance with a resolution of 
the Fifth International Conference of American States, as the result 
of the deliberations which appear in the minutes of the meetings, 
and in accordance with the resolution of the fifth conference, have 
agreed to submit to the consideration of the governing board the 
conclusions and resolutions which follow: 


CONCLUSIONS 


BASES FOR A CONVENTION 


1. The high contracting parties recognize that every power has complete and 
exclusive sovereignty over the air space above its territory and territorial waters. 

2. The present convention applies exclusively to private aircraft. 

3. Private aircraft shall be deemed to be all classes of aircraft with the follow- 
ing exceptions: 

(a) Military aircraft, which embrace every aircraft commanded by persons 
in active military service or detailed for the purpose by competent authority. 

(b) Aircraft exclusively employed, in posts, customs, police, and other State 
services. 

4. Each contracting State undertakes in time of peace to accord freedom of 
innocent passage above its territory to the private aircraft of the other con- 
tracting States, provided that the conditions laid down in the present convention 
are observed. The regulations established by a contracting State with regard 


C52, THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





DELEGATES ATTENDING THE See Sera COMMERCIAL AVIATION COM- 
MISSION 


This commission met in the Pan American Union from May 2-19, 1927 


to admission over its territory of aircraft of other contracting States shall be 
applied without distinction of nationality. 

5. Each contracting State has the right, for military reasons or in the interest 
of public safety, to prohibit the aircraft of the other contracting States from 
flying over certain areas of its territory, with the reservation that no distinction 
shall be made in this respect between its own private aircraft engaged in inter- 
national commerce and those of the other contracting States likewise engaged. 
Every contracting State may furthermore prescribe the route to be followed by 
aircraft of the other contracting States in the vicinity of prohibited areas or when 
such aircraft are approaching certain designated airdromes or airports. In both 
cases the locality and extent of the prohibited areas shall be published and com- 
municated in advance to the other contracting States, and the prescribed course 
shall be determined with exactness. : 

6. Every aircraft over a prohibited area shall be obliged, as soon as this fact 
is realized, to give the danger signal and to land outside of the prohibited area 
as soon and as near as possible to one of the airports of the State above which 
it was wrongfully flying. 3 

7. The contracting States shall have complete liberty to permit or prohibit 
flying above their territory by aircraft of the nationality of a noncontracting 
State. 

8. Aircraft shall have the nationality of the State in which they are registered 
and can not be validly registered in more than one State. 

The registration entry and the certificate of registration shall contain a descrip- 
tion of the aircraft and state the number or other mark of identification given 
by the constructor of the machine, the registry marks and nationality, as before 
mentioned, the name of the airdrome or airport usually used by the aircraft, and 
the full name, nationality, and domicile of the owner, as well as the date of 
registration. 

9. The registration of aircraft referred to in the preceding article shall be 
made in accordance with the laws and special provisions of each contracting 
State. 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 753 


10. Every aircraft engaged in international navigation must carry a distinctive - 
mark of its nationality, the nature of such distinctive mark to be agreed upon 
by the several contracting States. The distinctive marks adopted will be com- 
municated to the Pan American Union and to the other contracting States. 

11. Every aircraft engaged in international navigation shall carry with it in 
the custody of the aircraft commander— 

(a) A certificate of registration, duly certified to according to the laws of 
the State in which it is registered; 

(b) A certificate of airworthiness, as provided for in article 13; 

(c) The certificates of competency of the commander, pilots, engineers, and 

crew, as provided for in article 14; 

(d) If carrying passengers, a This of their names, pddresces and nationality; 

(e) If carrying merchandise, the bills of lading and manifests and all other 
- documents required by customs laws and regulations of each country; 

(f) Log books. 

12. The contracting States shall every month file with every other State party 
to this convention and with the Pan American Union a copy of all registrations 
and cancellations of registrations of aircraft engaged in international navigation 
as between the several contracting States. 

13. Every aircraft engaged in international navigation between the several 
contracting States shall be provided with a certificate of airworthiness issued by 
the State whose nationality it possesses. 

This document shall certify to the Statesin which the aircraft is to operate that, 
according to the opinion of the authority that issues it, such aircraft complies 
with the airworthiness requirements of each of the States named in said certificate. 

The aircraft commander shall at all times hold the certificate in his custody 
and shall deliver it for inspection and verification to the authorized representa- 
tives of the State which said aircraft visits. 

Each contracting State shall communicate to the other States party to this 
convention and to the Pan American Union its regulations governing the rating 
of its aircraft as to airworthiness and shall similarly communicate any changes 
made thereto. 

While the States affirm the principle that the aircraft of each contracting State 
shall have the liberty of engaging in air commerce with the other contracting 
States without being subjected to the licensing system of any State with which 
such commerce is carried on, each and every contracting State mentioned in 
the certificate of airworthiness reserves the right to refuse to recognize as valid 
the certificate of airworthiness of any foreign aircraft where inspection by a duly 
authorized commission of such State shows that the aircraft is not, at the time 
of inspection, reasonably airworthy in accordance with the normal requirements 
of the laws and regulations of such State concerning the public safety. 

In such cases said State may refuse to permit further transit by the aircraft 
through its air space until such time as it, with due regard to the public safety, 
is satisfied as to the airworthiness of the aircraft, and shall immediately notify 
the State whose nationality the aircraft possesses and the Pan American Union 
of the action taken. 

14. The aircraft commander, pilots, engineers, and other members of the 
operating crew of every aircraft engaged in international navigation between 
the several contracting States shall, in accordance with the laws of each State 
governing same, be provided with a certificate of competency by the contracting 
State whose nationality the aircraft possesses. 

Such certificate or certificates shall certify as to each pilot that in addition to 
complying with the requirements of the issuing State, such pilot has passed a 
satisfactory examination upon the air traffic rules, if any, of each of the foreign 
States over which said pilot desires to operate. 


51875—27— Bull. 7 2 





754 - THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Such certificate or certificates shall be open at all times to the inspection of 
the duly authorized representatives of any State visited. 

Each contracting State shall communicate to the other States party to this 
convention and to the Pan American Union its regulations governing the issuance 
of such certificates and shall from time to time communicate any changes made 
thereto. 

15. Each and every contracting State shall recognize as valid certificates of 
competency of the aircraft commander, pilots, engineers, and other members of 
the operating crew of an aircraft issued in accordance with the laws and regula- 
tions of other contracting States, subject, however, to any restrictions as to 
physical competency which may be required by the laws and regulations govern- 
ing its own nationals. 

16. The carriage by aircraft of explosives and of arms and munitions of war is 
forbidden in international navigation. No foreign aircraft shall be permitted to 
carry such articles between any two points in the same contracting State. 

17. Each State may prohibit or regulate the carriage or use by aircraft possess- 
ing the nationality of other contracting States of photographic apparatus. Such 
regulations as may be adopted by each State concerning this matter shall be com- 
municated to each other contracting State and to the Pan American Union. 

18. As a measure of public safety or because of lawful prohibitions, the trans- 
portation of articles in international navigation other than those mentioned in 
articles 16 and 17 may be restricted by any signatory State. Such restrictions 
shall be immediately communicated to the other signatory States and to the 
Pan American Union. 

All restrictions mentioned in this article shall apply equally to national and 
foreign aircraft. 

19. No aircraft engaged in international navigation shall enter the air space of 
a foreign State, party to this convention, in which a landing is intended, without 
immediately landing, upon entering the territorial jurisdiction, at the nearest 
airport designated by such State as a port of entry. 

Prior to departure from the territorial jurisdiction of a contracting State in 
which it has landed every aircraft engaged in international navigation shall 
obtain such clearance as is required by the laws of such State at a port designated 
as point of departure by such State. 

Each and every contracting State shall notify each other State party to this 
convention and the Pan American Union of such airports as shall be designated 
by such State as ports of entry and departure. 

In the event of the first landing, for any reason, after entering the territorial 
jurisdiction of a contracting State by the aircraft of another contracting State, 
at any point other than an airport designated as a port of entry in that State, 
the aircraft commander shall immediately notify the nearest State authorities 
and hold himself, crew, passengers, and cargo at the point of landing until proper 
entry has been granted by competent authority. 

For reasons of general security, every aircraft of one of the contracting States 
which flies over the territory of another of the contracting Stafes shall be obliged 
to alight when ordered to do so by means of signals. 

In the cases provided for in this article the aircraft, aircraft commander, crew, 
passengers, and cargo shall be subject to such immigration, customs, police, 
quarantine, or sanitary inspection as the duly authorized representatives of that 
State may make in accordance with the laws thereof. 

20. As an exception to the general regulations, certain classes of aircraft, 
particularly postal aircraft and aircraft belonging to aerial transport companies 
regularly constituted and authorized, may be free from the obligation of landing 
at a customs airdrome and authorized to land at certain inland airdromes ap- 
pointed by the customs and police administration of each State at which customs 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 755 


formalities shall be complied with. The departure of such aircraft from the 
State visited may be regulated in a similar manner. 

However, such aircraft shall follow the normal air route, and make their 
identity known by signals agreed upon as they fly across the frontier. 

21. From the time of landing until the departure of a foreign aircraft the 
authorities of the State visited shall have, in all cases, the right to visit and 
examine the aircraft and to verify all documents with which it must be pro- 
vided in order to determine that all the laws, rules, and regulations of such 
State and all of the provisions of this convention are complied with. 

22. The aircraft of the contracting States engaged in international air com- 
merce shall be permitted to discharge passengers and portions of cargo at any 
airport designated as a port of entry into any other contracting State and to 
proceed to any other airport or airports in such State for the purpose of dis- 
charging the remaining passengers and portions of such cargo and in like manner 
to take on passengers and load cargo destined for a foreign State or States. 

23. Each contracting State shall have the right to establish reservations and 
restrictions in favor of its own national aircraft in regard to the commercial 
transportation of passengers and merchandise between two or more points in its 
territory and to other remunerated aeronautical operations within its territory. 
Such reservations and restrictions shall be immediately published within its 
territory and communicated to the other contracting States and to the Pan 
American Union. 

24. While engaging in international commerce with another contracting State, 
the aircraft of one contracting State shall not be compelled to pay other or higher 
airport charges than would be paid by national aircraft of the State visited like- 
wise engaged in international commerce. 

25. Until special legislation is enacted, the commander of an aircraft shall 
have rights and duties analogous to those of the captain of a merchant steamer, 
according to the respective laws of each State. 

26. The salvage of aircraft lost at sea shall be regulated, in the absence of any 
agreement to the contrary, by the principles of maritime law. 

27. The aircraft of signatory States shall have the right, on alighting on land 
or sea, especially in cases of danger, to the same aid as is extended to national 
aircraft. 

28. Aircraft, their crew, passengers, and cargo shall be subject to the laws 
in force and to the tribunals in the State upon whose domain they are, and to 
the provisions for public safety, police, customs, immigration, quarantine, and 
sanitation and those governing aerial navigation. 

Nevertheless, infractions of discipline, torts or crimes committed, acts done, 
or happenings on board an aircraft while in flight through the air space of a 
foreign contracting State party to this convention will be subject to the laws 
and jurisdiction of the nationality possessed by the aircraft and judged by its 
tribunals, except when they involve the security, public order, or property of 
the subjacent State, the person or property of any of its inhabitants, or when it 
is a question of crimes or torts committed by or against a national of the subjacent 
State or alien domiciled therein, in which case they are subject to the laws and 
jurisdiction of the subjacent State. 

29. Reparations for damages caused to persons or property located in the 
subjacent territory shall be governed by the laws of each State. 

30. In case of war the stipulations of the present convention shall not affect 
the freedom of action of the contracting States either as belligerents or as neutrals. 

31. The right of any of the contracting States to enter into any convention or 
special agreement with any other State or States concerning international aerial 
navigation is recognized so long as such convention or special agreement shall 


756 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


not impair the rights or obligations of any of the States party to this convention 
acquired or imposed herein. 

32. The contracting States shall procure as far as possible uniformity of laws 
and regulations governing aerial navigation. The Pan American Union shall 
cooperate with the governments of the contracting States to attain the desired 
uniformity of laws and regulations for aerial navigation in the States party to 
this convention. 

33. Each power shall deposit its ratification with the Pan American Union, 
which shall thereupon inform the other contracting powers. Such ratification 
shall remain deposited in the archives of the Pan American Union. 

34. The present convention will come into force for each signatory power 
ratifying it in respect to other powers which have already ratified 40 days from 
the date of the deposit of its ratification. 

35. Any State, member of the Pan American Union, may adhere to this con- 
vention by giving notice thereof to the Pan American Union, which shall there- 
upon inform the other signatory powers of such adherence. 

Such adherence shall be effective 40 days after giving notice thereof to the 
Pan American Union. 

36. Any contracting State may denounce this convention at any time by trans- 
mitting notification thereof to the Pan American Union, which shall communi- 
cate it to the other States party to this convention. Such denunciation shall 
not take effect until six months after notification thereof to the Pan American 
Union, and shall take effect only with respect to the power making the denun- 
ciation. 

RESOLUTION I 


The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission 

Resolves: 'To recommend to the governing board of the Pan American Union 
a study of the motion made by the delegation of the United States, on which 
it does not wish to pronounce any opinion because it does not possess complete 
information on the legal situations in the various States and the obligations that 
the States may have contracted. 

Motion made by the delegation of the United States: 

“Kach contracting State agrees that citizens, including partnerships and cor- 
porations, of the other contracting States shall have equal rights with those 
accorded to any aliens under the laws of such State to register and operate air- 
craft, provided that such companies or corporations comply with the require- 
ments established by the internal legislation of such State for their formation 
and operation.” 

RESOLUTION II 


The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission, in view of the desira- 
bility of creating a central agency for the collection and dissemination among the 
countries, members of the Pan American Union, of data concerning aerial navi- 
gation and at the same time for cooperating with the States, members of the 
Union, in the development of this means of communication, 

Resolves: To recommend to the Pan American Union the following funictione: 

1. So far as may be practicable, to collect and disseminate among the States, 
members of the Union, information on technical problems concerning inter- 
American commercial aerial navigation; 

2. To compile and communicate to the States, members of the Union, any 
available information relative to radio, meteorology, and medical science which 
may be of value for promoting and advancing aerial navigation; 

3. To gather and communicate to the States, members of the Union, the 
available information on laws and regulations governing aerial navigation in 
force in the countries members of the Union; 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 757 


4. To endeavor to promote uniform legislation on aerial traffic among the 
countries members of the Union; 

5. To perform whatever other duties may be assigned to it by inter-American 
air conventions or agreements and by the international conferences of American 
States, in connection with inter-American aerial navigation; 

6. To recommend to the Bureau of the Pan American Postal Union, with head- 
quarters in Montevideo, the signing of agreements between the postal adminis- 
trations of the countries, members of the Union, to provide facilities for and 
regulate the carrying of mail by aircraft. 


RESOLUTION III 


Whereas the United States Army Pan American fliers have completed the 
circumaeronavigation of the Americas; and 

Whereas their successful achievement has demonstrated the practicability of 
establishing faster and better communications between the countries of this 
hemisphere; and 

Whereas two United States Army officers, Capt. Clinton F. Woolsey and 
Lieut. John W. Benton, gave their lives in the gallant undertaking; and 

Whereas this Inter-American Commission on Commercial Aviation is en- 
gaged in furthering the development of aeronavigation on the American conti- 
nent, thus striving to continue the great work they have begun; and 

Whereas it represents the peoples of all the nations of America working to- 
gether in the promotion of closer relations; and 

Whereas there is a unanimous desire to render homage to the organization 
and individuals who performed the feat: Therefore be it 

Resolved, That the Inter-American Commission on Commercial Aviation 
extend its sincerest congratulations to the United States Army Air Corps and to 
the members of the Pan American Flying Squadron upon their successful blazing 
of the trail along which will run, to-morrow, winged messengers of friendship, 
widening the highways of understanding, and that it is the unanimous sense of 
the commission to record its heartfelt sympathy to the bereaved families of Capt. 
Clinton F. Woolsey and Lieut. John W. Benton, and to the Air Corps of the 
United States Army: And be it further 

Resolved, That this resolution be spread upon the minutes of the com- 
mission and copies thereof, signed by the members of the Inter-American Com- 
mission on Commercial Aviation, sent to the Secretary of War of the United 
States, to the chiefs of the United States Army Air Services, to the families of 
Capt. Clinton F. Woolsey and Lieut. John W. Benton, and to Maj. Herbert A. 
Dargue, commander of the Pan American Flying Squadron, Capt. Arthur Bee 
McDaniel, Capt. Ira C. Baker, Lieut. Leonard D. Weddington, Lieut. Charles 
McK. Robinson, Lieut. Bernard 8S. Thompson, Lieut. Muir S. Fairchild, and 
Lieut. Ennis C. Whitehead. 

RESOLUTION IV 


The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission, taking into considera- 
tion the fact that speed is the principal object of aerial navigation, that the 
advantages of this medium of communication are greater the longer the route, 
and that the fewer the interruptions that aircraft traversing these extensive 
routes and crossing the frontiers of different countries have to meet the greater 
will be the efficiency of the service and the commercial utility of this means of 
transportation, 

Resolves: To recommend to the governing board that the Pan American 
Union treat with the governments, members of the Union, to procure the simpli- 
fication of customs and sanitary formalities and inspection and the greatest 
celerity possible in the dispatch of aircraft operating in international navigation. 


758 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


RESOLUTION V 


Whereas article 28 involves important problems of international private law 
on which there is no uniform criterion 

The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission 

Resolves: To recommend to the governing board of the Pan American Union 
that it suggest to the governments that they give special attention to the examina- 
tion of the rules established by article 28. 


RESOLUTION VI 


The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission hereby 

Declares: That it does not consider it opportune to enter upon the considera- 
tion of the draft of laws and regulations entrusted to said commission by para- 
graph 2 of the resolution of the Fifth International Conference of American 
States, not only because the conclusions prepared by this commission in accord- 
ance with paragraph 4 of said resolution have not yet been accepted by the 
members of the Pan American Union, but also because those conclusions leave 
the partial regulation of aeronautics to each of the respective States; and it 
therefore transmits to the governing board of the Pan American Union all laws, 
regulations, reports, etc., presented to the conference by the delegates, as a con- 
tribution to the consideration of aeronautical regulations in general. 


RESOLUTION VII 


The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission 

Resolves: To recommend that the Pan American Union carry on negotiations 
with the governments of the Pan American nations for the purpose of obtaining 
special facilities in the practical and technical schools of aviation for students 
and pilots of the American republics. 


RESOLUTION VIII 


The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission 

Resolves: To give a vote of thanks to the chairman of the commission, Mr. 
William P. MacCracken, jr., for the able and successful manner in which he has 
directed the debate of the commission and for the kindness and courtesy that he 
has shown toward all its members. 


RESOLUTION IX 


The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission 

Resolves: To give a vote of thanks to Dr. E. Gil Borges, assistant director of 
the Pan American Union, and to the members of the delegation of Colombia for 
the valuable cooperation lent by them to the work of the conference as authors 
of the projects which were used as basis of discussion for the recommendations 
and conclusions accepted, projects whose merit the conference has pleasure in 
recognizing. 


JOU 


RESOLUTIONS APPROVED BY THE SECOND PAN AMERI- 
CAN CONFERENCE ON UNIFORMITY OF SPECIFICA- 
TIONS 


The Second Pan American Conference on Uniformity of Specifi- 
cations, meeting in Washington, with representatives duly author- . 
ized by the following countries: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, 
Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, United States of America, 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 759 


Haiti, Guatemala, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, 
Uruguay, and Venezuela, in full session on the 11th of May, 1927, 
approved the following resolutions: 


1. To recommend to the various governments the advantages resulting from 
approval in the shortest time possible of the project of convention formulated 
by the Inter-American High Commission in compliance with the request which 
it received from the first conference celebrated at Lima, which project has already 
been submitted to the various governments. 

2. That in order to facilitate the accomplishment of the agreement contained 
in section A of resolution 1 of the Conference of Lima— 

(a) It is recommended that the Inter-American High Commission get in 
touch as quickly as possible with the organization or organizations of importers 
and large consumers in the United States who import Latin-American products 
and who would be most helpful for the project for the purpose of obtaining 
all kinds of practical data concerning the condition in which exported Latin- 
American products are most acceptable, including full details concerning 
classification, variety, packing, etc., and wherever possible representative 
samples, submitting all these details to the respective Latin-American countries; 

(b) There is recommended to the governments of the various Latin-American 
republics the great advantage resulting from the fullest collaboration of other 
federal departments with the Inter-American High Commission and _ its 
national sections in an educational campaign among all producers and exporters 
interested in inter-American commerce with the purpose of their adopting in 
exporting the manner of classification and packing indicated in order to 
obtain in the principal buying country the best conditions; 

(c) There is recommended likewise to the respective Governments the 
great advantage of organizing as quickly as possible in each country associa- 
tions of producers and exporters who may be charged with collaborating with 
United States organizations in the work indicated, continuing and expand- 
ing the preliminary work of propaganda initiated by the governments and the 
sections of the Inter-American High Commission, taking into consideration 
that adoption of the best methods will be more feasible if producers and ex- 
porters receive from the respective associations of which they may be members 
the data, counsels, and explanations which each case may require, it being under- 
stood that each government and the Inter-American High Commission con- 
tinues utilizing through mediation of the associations created to disseminate 
all kinds of information of practical utility for these producers and exporters, 

(d) That there be recommended to the governments of the various Latin- 
American countries through the central executive council of the Inter-American 
High Commission the great advantages resulting from the services of experts 
in cultivation and distribution of their various exportable products with the 
purpose of obtaining with the greatest rapidity and facility a production 
corresponding to the types and forms most acceptable in the consuming markets. 
3. That with the purpose of beginning immediately and obtaining more quickly 

some practical results there be initiated the adoption of uniform specifications 
of products which are now being exported in greater quantities from each country 
to the United States. 

4. That taking into consideration that almost all the Latin-American countries 
speak the same language, there may be adopted in general the same names for 
specifications of identical products, so that in the future one product or its differ- 
ent classes will not be designated by different names. This at present causes 
great confusion and constitutes a drawback in inter-American trade. There- 
fore the exchange of nomenclatures and samples among the Latin-American 


760 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


countries must be encouraged, as well as the organization of commissions needed 
in this work composed of representatives of the countries interested. 

5. That it recommend to the governments of the American countries that it 
would be advantageous for them to obtain by means which in practice may result 
most adequate every kind of report concerning systems which should be followed 
for the prevention, control, and combating of plagues and diseases which affect 
animals and animal products, as well as fruits, vegetables, and vegetable products, 
which are in demand in the buying countries of America, with the object of 
promoting the commerce of these articles and eliminating the obstacles which 
may arise from these causes. 

It is reeommended likewise to the governments interested the advantages of 
establishing among themselves an exchange of information concerning methods 
adopted and results obtained in prevention, control, and combat of the above- 
mentioned plagues, and that likewise there be carried on in each country an 
intensive educational work among producers and exporters so that the systems 
which may be found most efficacious may be put into practice. 

That there be organized a permanent committee composed of representatives 
residing in Washington of the various countries interested for the study of ways 
and means of organizing an inspection service for animal and vegetable products 
which may guarantee and facilitate commerce in that class of products, and 
that this committee make a report accompanied by concrete conclusions to the 
Third Pan American Conference of Uniformity of Specifications. 

6. To recommend to the governments, chambers of commerce, and interested 
Latin-American associations that they procure as early as possible the intro- 
duction and consideration in their respective countries of the system of classify- 
ing wool which is based on the diameter of fiber and which is now in use in the 
United States and England. Requests may be made to the Department of 
Agriculture in Washington for samples and data necessary to this work. This 
department is urged to collaborate in every way possible in carrying out the 
work. 

Likewise, to recommend that in the preparation of bundles of fleeces sisal 
twine shall not be used nor twine of vegetable fibers, badly wound, which become 
mixed with the wool, decreasing its quality and making difficult its manufacture. 

7. It is recommended to the American countries that there be created a bulletin 
for commercial, industrial, and agricultural propaganda which shall be devoted 
to the study of these matters preferably from the point of view of simplification 
and standardization. : 

That this bulletin be published by the central executive council of the Inter- 
American High Commission in Spanish, English, Portuguese, and French, and 
that its cost be borne by the various countries in proportion to the number of 
copies for which each government may subscribe, the bulletin to be distributed 
widely and freely in each country. 

The national sections of the Inter-American High Commission should send to 
the central executive council for publication in this bulletin any document pro- 
duced in their countries relative 1o specifications and any information which they 
may consider of common interest. ; 

This committee will be formed by the agricultural or commercial attachés 
of the embassies or legations of the Latin-American countries, and in the absence 
of these by the respective heads of the missions or the persons whom the heads 
of the missions may designate. 

8. That there be recommended to the principal associations of manufacturers 
and exporters in the United States the great advantage which would result from 
their agreement in the shortest time possible to adopt gradually the decimal 
metric system in their exporting to Latin America, beginning by indicating the 


THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 761 


equivalent metric decimal in their bills of lading and shipping documents, together 
with the corresponding American system, and gradually adopting containers and 
units agreeing absolutely with the metric system in their exportations to the 
above-mentioned countries, in all cases in which this may be possible, and also 
agreeing that the exporters in Latin America indicate their shipments in units 
which may be in accord with the metric decimal system; and that they approach 
as much as possible the systems now used, but avoiding in all cases fractions. 

9. That there be presented to the consideration of the respective governments 
the desirability of celebrating within a maximum of three years the Third Pan 
American Conference on Uniformity of Specifications in Cuba in the city and 
on the date which its government may indicate, in which conference representa- 
tives of the federal departments which are carrying on in each country the 
educational work suggested should participate, as well as representatives of 
associations which may be founded for the same purpose, those who may be 
collaborating in this movement in the United States, and the offices of the Inter- 
American High Commission in Washington, as well as its sections in each coun- 
try, each one of these organizations recording the progress which may have been 
achieved. 

The agreements which are made in this conference and subsequent ones con- 
cerning uniformity of specifications should bear respective numbers and should 
be designated by the name of the city in which the conference may have been 
convoked. 

10. It is agreed that the central executive council of the Inter-American High 
Commission communicate these resolutions to all the governments of America, 
recommending that they give their approval and aid, and that they be communi- 
cated likewise to the national sections of the high commission and to the Pan 
American Union that these may conform with the purposes. 

It is recommended also that the high commission in publishing the minutes 
and documents of this second conference make use of the metric and the American 
systems of weights and measures, the second system preceding the first in the 
English text and the first system preceding the second in those which may be 
published in other languages. 





INTEGRATING sip 


ONE OF THE LECTURES ON THE HARRIS FOUNDATION, 1926 











By Motsts SAENZ 
Sub-Secretary of the Department of Education of Mexico 


EXICO is a country of many races, many climates, and 
many opinions. It is likewise a land of castes and social 
orders. 

In the House of the Indian Student at Mexico City 
the visitor may see pure Indians of many types speaking their own 
dialects and representing different stages of civilization and very 
different traits, both physical and mental. And yet the 160 young 
men there assembled belong to 23 different Indian races and represent 
only a fraction of the pure Indian race groups in Mexico. 

Besides the pure Indian there is the mestizo with varying propor- 
tions of Indian blood, the whites, and the near whites. Of Mexico’s 
14,000,000 inhabitants 2,000,000 are said to be pure Indian, 8,000,000 
are mestizos with a strong proportion of Indian blood, and the rest 
are whites or near whites. 

Mexico is a land of great geographical variations: Torrid heat in 
the south and on the coasts; deserts in the north; temperate climate 
in the central plateau; perennial snows on the mountain peaks and 
untrodden tropical jungles in the valleys; deficiency of rainfall in 
some regions and overabundance of water in some others. 

A group of prominent American business men were touring the 
country as guests of President Obregon. They were passing through 
the waste, desert-like country of thenorth. ‘‘We are impressed,” said 
one of them to the President, ‘‘with the vastness of your country. 
Mexico is a land of distances.” ‘‘No,” the President replied with a 
twinkle in his eye, “the trouble is with our trains; they are so slow!” 
Both the President and his guests were right. Mexico is a land of 
ereat distances and of poor communications. Despite our 13,000 
miles of railro which, by the way, are about as fast and as 
efficient as your own—a school inspector may have to travel two 
weeks on horseback to reach a certain school within his district. It 
is easier and quicker to go from San Francisco to New York than to 
go from Mexico City to Hermosillo, the capital of the State of Sonora. 
The capital of the State of Chiapas is reached only after two days on 
train and four days on horseback. It is easier for the Yucatecan to 
come to New York than to go to Mexico City. 








1 Some Mexican Problems. Courtesy of Saenz and Priestly, 1926. Chicago University Press. 
762 


INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 763 


Great distances and slow communications make it very difficult to 
mobilize public opinion. And even if newspapers could travel 
quickly and there were enough of them, 6 out of every 10 people 
could not read them; because they do not know how to read. The 
formation of public opinion on any matter whatsoever is a slow 
process with us. With you in the United States news travels and 
opinions are transmitted. With us in Mexico rumors ferment and 
opinions explode. 

The great diversity of race groups; the inferiority complex of the 
Indian face to face with the European; the isolation of the people, 
isolation both material and spiritual; and whatever sense of individ- 
uality may be attributed to the Mexican due to the fact that he is 
partly Latin—all these factors work for the creation of a strong 
individualism and for the atomizing of group consciousness and are, 
in a word, forces that hinder the process of national integration. . . . 

The picture which I have sketched for you, a picture of a nationality 
in dissociation in the atomic state, is true to life. Let no person 
think, however, that it is a picture of the whole of Mexican life. 
There is another aspect.of Mexico. It is the Mexico stubborn in its 
Mexicanism, proud and persisting. It is the Mexico that will not 
be assimilated. It is the Mexico that fought 11 years for inde- 
pendence, that resisted France until France was tired of the fight, 
and then kept on until the ill-fated emperor she had sent us was 
caught and shot. It is the Mexico that tried to be individual during 
the Great War, when every nation was taking sides. It is the Mexico 
that separated the state from the church before any other Latin 
country had done it. It is the Mexico that for 16 years has been 
attempting to be Mexican and to be for the Mexicans. This kind 
of national stubbornness, let us call it so, can not be explained in 
terms of the atomic state of nationalism. There must doubtless be 
other aspects of Mexican life to account for that; and there are. 

We have a common language—Spanish. It would be more exact 
to say, perhaps, that we have a common language aspiration. There 
is ignorance of Spanish in some dark corners of Mexico; there is 
nowhere resistance to Spanish or lack of desire to acquire it, quite 
the contrary. We are a country with a past and tradition. We 
have emotional and cultural patterns of our own in which to weave 
a civilization. 

From deep sources and common origins spring integrating traits 
of the Mexican nationality—a folklore tradition; an undeniable 
artistic temperament, refined and modernized by the Spanish cross- 
ing; the will to persist racially; a sense of racial fate; and an ever- 
present sense of racial pride. 


764 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ms 


These are, then, the two sides of the picture: Mexico heterogeneous, 
unassociated; and a unified Mexico, a Mexico with a strong personal 
profile. I realize of course that these two contradictory tendencies— 
one for integration, the other for dissociation—exist to a certain 
extent in every nation. The important thing in each case is to find 
which one of the two tendencies predominates, which one has the 
upper hand or is on the ascendency. 

Education helps integration by making people like-minded. In 
Mexico we are consciously striving to bring about national unity by 
means of the school. Ina sense, the fundamental difference between 
the educational program of President Calles and the same program 








STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, SALTILLO 


About 500 future teachers are now in training in this institution of the State of Coahuila 


of the Diaz régime is that now we are thinking in national terms 
while 20 years ago they thought only in terms of the City of Mexico. 

Our educational program is divided for Mexico as a whole. We 
no longer see only the immediate need; we are compelled to think of 
the need of Mexico. We can not plan for fine schools for the capitals, 
calculated to dazzle the foreign visitor; we have to think of the 
1,500,000 children without schools to go to, simply because they 
happen to live in the remote country districts or in backward States. 
A few facts will make our program clear to you. 

Mexico has, in round numbers, 14,000,000 inhabitants. Of these 
2,750,000 are children of school age. Approximately only 4 out of 
every 10 Mexican children are going to a public school in Mexico at 
large. School attendance is compulsory up to 12 years of age or 


INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 765 


through the fourth grade. But school attendance can not be actually 
enforced for the simple reason that there are not enough schools for 
the children to go to. A study of the distribution of schools and popu- 
lation clearly shows that there is a scarcity of schools out in the coun- 
try. Our cities and small towns haven’t a sufficient number of 
schools, but many of the rural districts simply have no schools at all. 

Sixty-two per cent of the total population of Mexico is illiterate. 
The variation of illiteracy in the different States of the Republic 
runs from 35 per cent in some of the northern States (Tamaulipas 
and Sonora) to 88 per cent in the State of Oaxaca. The average per 
cent of illiteracy, for the country is, as stated above, 62. 

Mexico, like the United States, has a federal republican organiza- 
tion. There are 28 States in Mexico. The seat of the Federal 
Government is in the Federal district, which includes and surrounds 
Mexico City. There are, besides, three Federal Territories. The 
budget of expenditures of all the 28 States, for the year of 1925, was, 
in round numbers, 50,000,000 pesos (approximately $25,000,000). 

Out of the 50,000,000 pesos spent by the States for all purposes, 
almost 20,000,000 were spent for education; so the average expendi- 
ture for education was 40 per cent of the total budget. There was 
one State devoting only 10 per cent of its budget to education, while 
two States (Sonora and Chihuahua) gave as much as 52 per cent. 
Out of the 304,500,000 pesos which the Federal Government is 
spending this year of 1926,°26,000,000, or 81% per cent, are being 
used for educational purposes. Counting what was spent for edu- 
cation both by the States and by the Federal Government, we have 
a total of 46,000,000 pesos. In 1910, the banner year of the Diaz 
administration, the culmination of 30 years of peace and prosperity, 
the Federal Government spent in all for education 7,000,000 pesos, 
which was only 634 per cent of the total budget. President Calles, 
in this year of financial depression, is using four times as much 
money for schools as Diaz. 

Let us review our data: 

Sixty-two per cent of the population (over 8,000,000 people) are 
illiterates. 

Nearly 2,750,000 children need to be sent to school. 

Nearly 1,750,000 of these are without a school to go to. 

State governments on the average are using 40 per cent of their 
budgets for schools. 

Federal Government is spending as much for education as is 
possible at present, when one considers that education, while im- 
portant, is not the only obligation the Federal Government has. 

These figures outline our problem. We are trying to face it 
bravely, but sometimes, in spite of ourselves, a pessimistic feeling of 
impossibility creeps over us. We have no right to be pessimistic, 


766 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


however. More is being done for education in the country than 
was done before. Besides, there are certain aspects of our present 
enterprise which are decidedly worthy. 

Public education in Mexico is carried on by the Federal Govern- 
ment, by the State governments, and in some cases by the municipal 
authorities. We have, then, a triple system of schools. Each State 
is autonomous in regard to its educational system and may carry 
on its program from the kindergarten to the university. Within 
the State, the municipalities may, in turn, have charge of their 
respective school districts. The responsibility of the municipal 
counties is only economic, however. The State government dic- 
tates the educational policies for all the counties and exercises the 
proper supervision. In very few States, however, have the counties 
been able to finance their schools. The result of this economic 
incapacity is that the States either have to grant special aid to the 
counties or have had to take charge of the schools at large. 

The Federal Government has charge of the schools in the Federal 
district and in the territories and can also establish schools in any 
part of Mexico. As a matter of fact, the central Government started 
its Nation-wide program of schools in 1920, and to-day, after six 
years, maintains, outside of the Federal district and Territories, 
more than 3,000 schools with a total enrollment of over 250,000. 
The Federal Government has a National Department of Education, 
with a Secretary of Education (a member of the Cabinet) at its head. 

The two school systems, the Federal and that of the States, func- 
tion independently of each other, but with close coordination, thus 
avoiding duplication of work and lessening of local responsibility. 
Inasmuch as the State and municipal authorities have, for some years 
past, established most of their schools in the cities and towns, the 
National Department of Education has established the Federal 
schools mostly in the small rural communities, in the villages, and 
farms. Of the 3,155 Federal schools in the States, 2,721 are rural 
schools. Thus, by going out to the country with the Federal schools 
we are covering a difficult and neglected field and avoiding friction 
with the local authorities. 

Our Department of Education has also established in the capital 
city of each State a sort of model school. We call it a ‘‘standard”’ 
elementary school. These standard schools serve as demonstration 
centers of the new policies in education. They are the exponents of 
the educational tendencies of the department and through them we are 
slowly bringing about a vitalization of the elementary school in all 
parts of Mexico. The Federal Government maintains also through- 
out the country some normal schools for the training of rural teachers 
and a number of vocational schools. 


INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 767 


There is no organic relation between the two school systems, that 
of the different States and that under the Federal Government, but 
they coexist without conflicts. The policy of the Central Government 
in general is to supplement the action of the local governments with- 
out relieving them of responsibility. The field is so large and the 
need so urgent that up to the present there has been no overlapping 
and no jealousy. How far the Federal Government can continue 
establishing schools without arousing opposition from the States or 
without lessening local responsibility is, of course,.a question. But 
as long as two-thirds of the children in Mexico have no public schools 
to go to, there should be very little danger of a clash between the two 
systems. 





MODEL SCHOOL, SAN LUIS POTOSI 


A model or ‘‘standard”’ school established in the capital city of each State serves as a demonstration 
center of the new education policies 


In describing some of the features of the educational work done by 
the Federal Government, as I intend to do presently, I beg you to 
keep in mind that Federal Government education is not the only one 
in operation in Mexico. Lest you forget this fact, let me again 
impose on you by giving some comparative data: 

In 1925, the 28 states had 4,635 rural schools. 

The Federal Government has 2,721 rural schools this year. 

There are 4,208 elementary schools in the States. 

The central government this year has 693 schools of this type. 

The total enrollment in State schools in 1925 was 682,916. 

In the Federal schools the enrollment in 1926 is 366,605. 

The total number of public rural schools in Mexico is 7,356. 


768 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The total number of elementary schools is 4,901. 

The enrollment in all rural and elementary schools, both State and 
Federal, is 1,049,521. 

The percentage of children of school age in public schools is 39.57. 

Besides the public schools we have in Mexico, as in any other 
country, the private schools. I have no figures as to the numbers 
and enrollment. A mere guess might place their number as about 
one-fifth that of the public schools. 

Now that we are through with the presentation of figures, let me 
tell you that I have a very poor opinion of the value of statistics as 
such. To my mind, tendencies are far more important than mere 
figures. The spirit that permeates a movement is more significant 
than the accomplished facts. This talk on education in Mexico 
would be a barren exercise indeed if I did not attempt to give you an 
insight into the spirit of our work. 

I should like to present to your mind’s eye the picture of a typical 
rural school of one of those 2,721 rural schools that the Department 
of Education is establishing all over the country and of which Presi- 
dent Calles wants to see 6,000 functioning by the end of his term. 
This is the school: One teacher; about 40 children, both boys and 
girls, their ages running from 7 to 14 years; the schoolhouse, consisting 
of only one room perhaps, with a wide porch in front; the school 
yard, plenty of ground around the school; a school garden. Oh, I 
do not want to mislead you with these terms. We have all that, 
the garden and the orchard, and the house; but do not think of your 
standard American schoolhouses; do not think even of your tradi- 
tional little red schoolhouse. Ours are more primitive, more informal, 
more naive. 

There is the most informal atmosphere about this little school. 
Work is individual, although there are plenty of group activities. 
The children read and write wonderfully well, and they all sing— 
how they love to sing! Indian blood is everywhere apparent. 
Spanish is the language used. Perhaps the children speak it 
brokenly and maybe if their parents came they would address them 
only in their native dialect, but the official tongue is Spanish, 
and the children love it, and the parents are delighted to see them 
learn it. 

These children read and write and do some number work; they 
sing and draw and paint; the girls sew and embroider—all these 
things we are accustomed to see school children do. But in this 
school the pupils keep chickens and rabbits. They also have a pig 
or two. Their flower garden is a spot of beauty—the children have 
worked so hard on it. They have watered it every day with water 
they themselves had to draw from the open well near by. The 
children have their orchard; they keep bees; they have planted the 





INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 769 


mulberry tree and are starting a silkworm colony. They are so 
busy and so happy, these children in the rural school! 

When the supervisor comes to visit the school he is very anxious 
to find out certain things which he has to report to Mexico City. 
These are some of the questions he asks: 

How many children have a fluent knowledge of Spanish? 

How many can read and write fluently? 

Does the school have a Mexican flag? 

Do the children know about Mexico? 

Do they know the name of our president? 

The names of what great Mexican men do they know? 

Do the children keep chickens, pigs, bees, silkworms? 

Do they have a garden? 

Is there water in the school? 

Do they use it? 

Is the school socialized? To what extent? 

Do they have a parents’ association? 

Is the teacher engaged in some form of social work outside of the 
school? 

You get the idea back of this investigation. We are not interested 
in school routine, especially; traditional questions of method and of 
technique are of secondary importance; but we are tremendously 
interested in having a vital school and in having a school that will 
contribute toward social organization and national unity. It is a 
far ery from the old three-R school to this rural school of the moun- 
tains of Mexico. A far cry indeed from the narrow, restricted life 
of the traditional school to this natural, real community of children 
and teacher, where to raise a chicken is as important an enterprise 
as to learn a poem. 

Our little school is the center of interest of the village. Next to 
the church, the school building is by far the best of the place. There 
is a school committee formed by half a dozen “prominent citizens ’’— 
poor, simple, souls, intensely interested in having their children get an 
education that was not their lot to get themselves. There is a tiny 
library in this school, just a 5-foot shelf, perhaps, but something 
for the people of the village to read under the stimulus of the teacher. 

In the evening the young people come to get their share of schooling. 
Practically every one of our rural schools holds a night session for the 
adults. Toward evening they come, and as in this typical school we 
are visiting there is no installation for artificial light, each person 
brings his own light, a little candle, and setting it up by his desk, 
begins earnestly to study his lesson. 

The rural teacher leads a busy life. Teaching the three R’s would 
be child’s play compared with what this teacher has to do in this little 
rural school of ours. The teacher is supposed to work six hours 

51875—27—Bull. 7——3 


770 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


daily, four during the day with the children and two in the evening 
with adults. But the children have the habit of coming early in the 
morning and going late in the evening. Have they not their garden 
and their chickens and pigs and bees and silkworms? Have they not 
their weaving and hammering, their painting and embroidering? 
Four hours, nay 10 hours is hardly enough. 

But minding the children and their elder brothers in school is not all 
of it. This teacher vaccinates the people and gives them whatever 
medical advice she can. Did you ever hear of the school being the 
center of the community and the teacher being a real social worker? 
Did you ever hear of a socialized school? Well, I have heard about 
those things, too. I have heard wise university professors expound 





WOT Gece ee Lom, 


A RURAL TEACHER 


The rural teacher, in his effort to make a peasant of the peon, works with both children and adults 


the technique of socialization. Let me assure you, that nowhere 
have I seen better examples of a socialized school than in some of these 
rural schools of Mexico—in these schools where conditions are natural, 
the work personally interesting, the activities real, and where there is 
a spirit of give-and-take, of sharing, and a community of interest. 

I have presented you a true picture of our rural schools. Let no 
one suppose, however, that all rural schools in Mexico conform to 
this description; unfortunately, it is not so. But I can assure you 
that very many of our country schools are trying to live up to this 
type. This is, then, the tendency. 

And what, we might ask ourselves, is the meaning of all this? 
What is the meaning of this delight in Spanish, what the importance 
of the bees and the chickens, of the flowers and the weaving, of the 


INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION WAAL 


dancing and the singing? Why all this questioning about the 
Mexican flag and Mexican heroes? 

The importance of it all is that through our little rural school we are 
trying to integrate Mexico and to create in our peasant classes a rural 
spirit. To integrate Mexico. To bring into the fold of the Mexican 
family the million Indians; to make them think and feel in Spanish. 
To incorporate them into that type of civilization which constitutes 
the Mexican nationality. To bring them into that community of 
ideas and emotions which is Mexico. ‘To integrate the Indians with- 
out sacrifice. Our Indian has many faults, but he has, likewise, 
many virtues—a wonderful patience and quietness; miraculous 
endurance, both physical and mental; artistic temperament, a soul 
artistic in its very essence. (Oh, the music and the dancing and 
the painting and weaving of the Indian—his love of form and his 
instinct for color!) And our Indian has a background of a civilization 
so high and delicate that at times, visiting their ancient cities or 
beholding their marvelous ruins, one wonders if after all the coming 
of the white man to Mexico was not a pity rather than a blessing. 

To integrate Mexico through the rural school—that is, to teach the 
people of the mountains and of the far-away valleys, the millions of 
people that are Mexicans but are not yet Mexican, to teach them the 
love of Mexico and the meaning of Mexico. To give them a flag— 
so many of these villages have never seen a Mexican flag, so many 
have not heard the name of the President. Our little rural school 
stands for Mexico and represents Mexico in those far-off corners— 
so many of them yet that belong to Mexico but are not yet Mexican. 
Our rural school aims to form the rural spirit in Mexico. Mexico is a 
land of absentee landowners. Agrarian legislation and the new 
program of agrarian development are gradually doing away with this 
condition. But Mexico was and largely is yet a land of peons, not 
of peasants. To make a peasant of the peon is the aim of our rural 
school. Other schools may make a farmer out of the peasant. With 
this latter transformation we are not at present particularly con- 
cerned in the Department of Education. But with instilling into our 
people the love of the land, with making them love the country in 
preference to the city, and with giving them an intelligent insight 
into country life—with all this, which amounts to creating the rural 
spirit, we are tremendously concerned. 

But why, you may ask, why are you counting on the rural school— 
your pitiful, little, destitute rural school—to bring about so great a 
transformation? The answer is clear: Because, in the first place, 
these rural schools of ours are new; they have no past; they are not 
fettered by tradition. They are the children of the revolution, these 
schools, with a fine contempt for educational dogma and with an 
unlimited faith in themselves. Since we had to improvise teachers, 


Te THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


buildings, furniture, everything material, it was natural enough that 
we should have felt free to adopt any method or any philosophy that 
might suit us. In the second place, these schools are scattered over 
the whole country. Take a look at the map of Mexico. See the thou- 
sands of black squares spread from coast to coast and from frontier 
to frontier. They are all rural schools—nearly 3,000 of them. Last 
year they were 2,000, this year of 1926 we have 1,000 more, and in 
1927 we shall go up to 5,000. Three thousand schools, 3,000 
teachers—that is, 3,000 men and women trained to realize an ideal. 
Three thousand missionaries preaching the gospel of Mexico and the 
gospel of the rural life and of a social service. 

The rural school forms a very important part of our program of 
education, but, of course, it is not the only part. I beg to remind 
you of what I said at the beginning about the Federal system of 
schools in general. Besides the rural school we have in the capital 
of each State a standard elementary school and in many of the towns 
and small cities elementary schools of the usual type. 

In connection with the elementary schools I will simply present to 
you two aspects which show two significant tendencies in our educa- 
tional work. Mexico City has a population of 750,000 people. Like 
any other large city, it has its congested districts and its slums. 
Mexico City has not enough school buildings. During the first 10 
years of the revolution the building of new schools was stopped. 
Six years ago we resumed building but have not yet been able to 
catch up. Mr. Vasconcelos, Secretary of Education under President 
Obregon, is responsible for the building of some of the finest school- 
houses one could find anywhere. But in spite of all, we found our- 
selves at the beginning of this year with some 6,000 children for whom 
no accommodation could be found in a school. Very naturally, too, 
these 6,000 children were the poorest, the most destitute, and the 
most in need of the influence of the school. This was one side of our 
problem. The other difficulty was the shortness of time and the lack 
of money. There was still a third aspect to the problem. These 
6,000 children were creatures of the slums. They needed education 
but they also needed food, soap and water, play, and a place in which 
to stay as long as possible away from their miserable homes. You 
see our problem then: Thousands of children right in the City of 
Mexico for whom we had to provide not merely a school but a whole 
education; and, then, the tragedy of it! Little money and a short 
time limit—above all, little money. 

This has been the answer to the situation: In four months we have 
built five open-air schools in which we are housing almost 2,500 
children. The cost of each building, not counting the land which 
we had or was given to us, is approximately $20,000. The structure 
is light but substantial, and the cost has been reduced to a minimum. 


INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION Vi3 


Each school has a garden, shower baths, and playground. A light 
lunch is given to the children. The rooms have an uncovered front 
and wide porches. There is room for chickens and rabbits; one of 
the schools has a stable for two cows. Nature gave us sunshine and 
an unrivaled climate. The children work and play—or perhaps it 
would be better to say that they only play, they are so happy in their 
work. In the center of the patio, high above the children and the 
flowers, a Mexican flag waves in the air—the green, the white, and 
the red—green for hope, white for purity, and red for race! 

“So much literature about five little schools,’ you might say. 
They are five little schools, it is true, but they are five schools with a 
tendency, and that tendency happens to be tremendously important 
for us. From the shower bath to the flag, everything is significant 
in these schools of the slums. Designed to meet an emergency, they 
are creating a type. The mere fact of their having been built at all 
shows an ethical attitude toward the poorest of the poor and a sense 
of democratic justice. And then, there is more ‘‘new education” in 
these open-air schools of Mexico City than in many a fancy school of 
pedagogical theorists. 

The other aspect of elementary education in Mexico that I want 
to point out to you has to do with the method and the philosophy of 
it. Thirty years ago your great philosopher and teacher, John Dewey, 
was giving in this very university a series of lectures describing to the 
parents the educational policies followed by him in the experimental 
school closely connected with the University of Chicago. Those talks 
of his are now known to educators in all nations of the world; they are 
contained in a little book called ‘School and Society.” 

John Dewey has gone to Mexico. He was first carried there by 
his pupils at Columbia; he went later in his books. ‘School and 
Society”? is a book we know and love in Mexico. And now he is 
going there personally. When John Dewey gets to Mexico he will 
find his ideas at work in our schools. Motivation, respect for per- 
sonality, self-expression, vitalization of school work, project method, 
learning by doing, democracy in education—all of Dewey is there. 
Not, indeed, as an accomplished fact, but certainly as a poignant 
tendency. (May I repeat that tendencies are more significant than 
facts!) : 

But of course we in Mexico can not take anything quietly, not 
even a philosophy of education. So it has come about that there is 
a pedagogical war going on in Mexico nowadays. On one side, the 
standpats, the conservatives, the reactionaries. (This word ‘‘reac- 
tionary’? with us, is like ‘Bolshevik’? with you, a very convenient 
tag for some one we don’t like.) On the other side, stand the ad- 
vanced, the liberals, the friends of the new education. The old one 
is the ‘traditional’ school, the new one the ‘school of action.”’ 


7714 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Doctor Dewey, unsuspectingly, has led us into all this. Doctor 
Dewey is going to have an interesting time in Mexico, I am sure, 
watching his philosophy in the field of battle. 

There is still another military aspect to this educational reform. 
About four years ago, out of a clear sky, a bulletin came forth from 
the Department of Education ordering all teachers in Federal public 
schools to adopt the project method, to leave behind the old-fashioned 
ways, and to become modern. Comical, almost, you might say. 
Doctor Dewey, if he learns of this new method of reform, will think 
it queer, perhaps; I, myself, made fun of it at the beginning. But 
let me confess that it has not turned out so badly after all. The 
teachers were forced to study, the supervisors were obliged to look 
up the new method, the normal schools took notice. At present the 
reform for functional education is doing nicely. The Federal ele- 
mentary schools are, in general, working toward the new education. 
Our Federal schools throughout the country are presenting the new 
type to the State schools and are slowly bringing about the reform 
everywhere. 

I can not resist the temptation to tell you a little about how we 
are training our rural teachers in service. Most of the teachers now 
serving the rural schools have deficient training. The work and 
responsibility we are placing on them is considerable. In planning 
the program of rural-teacher training in service, we have tried to 
keep in mind the following principles: First, training must be specific 
and intense; second, the teacher should receive training in the 
technique of socialization, both of the school and of the community. 

In order to accomplish this we have organized groups of specialists 
to go to the field and to hold teachers’ institutes right in the com- 
munity where the teachers are working. Each group is composed 
of an educator, an expert in rural education,.a social worker 
(nurse by preference), an expert in agriculture, an expert in home 
industries, and a teacher of physical education. The group is fully 
equipped. A library, a victrola, and a radio receiving apparatus form 
a part of the equipment. We have termed the group a ‘mission,”’ 
and its members we call ‘‘missionaries.”’ 

Each State of the Republic has been divided into districts. The 
teachers of each district, about 50 of them, get together and for three 
weeks receive specific and practical training on the different aspects 
of their work. When the institute is over, the specialists (the 
missionaries) move to the next district and the teachers return to 
their respective schools. 

Three things are significant in connection with these institutes.. 
First, they are held in small villages where there is a rural school. 
The little school is taken as the center of a project. The teachers, 
under the direction of the specialists, try to work out the different 


INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 775 


problems of the rural schools, in the one they have before them. The 
second feature is that the teachers are trained to do social work in 
the community. The village serves as a laboratory to the teachers 
during the institute. They organize the men and the women into 
one form of organization or other; they vaccinate every inhabitant; 
they hold evening meetings with them; they teach games to the 
young people. We hope that a teacher who has done this type of 
practical social work during the institute, as part of the training, will 
be inclined to do it on returning to his or her community. Lastly, the 
training institute, once organized, continues functioning. The three 
weeks over, each teacher goes back to his or her village, but in the 
place where they all met and where they will meet again in the 
following year, there is left a sort of permanent institution. There 





iS eee 


A MEXICAN “MISSIONARY” TEACHER 


Arrival of cne of these special teachers in a rural district in the State of Querétaro 


will be a little model home, or at least a kitchen, where the teacher 
of the place may continue demonstration work in the village; there 
will be the library, the center of the smaller libraries in the district; 
there will be the site of the district teachers’ association. In the near 
future there will be a dispensary under a trained nurse. 

We have this year six of these ‘“‘missions”’ at work. By the end 
of the year they will have covered half of the Republic. We are 
already preparing to double the group of ‘‘missionaries’’ so that next 
year the whole country may be covered by them. 

Time is short and my story long. I have touched only on the 
high points of our enterprise. I have not been able to tell you about 
the thorough and far-reaching reform of our secondary schools; about 
the National University with the 10,000 students and its fine spirit of 


776 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


service; about the open-air schools of painting; the popular glee clubs; 
and the night school of music for the workingman. I could not tell 
you about the educational extension work by radio, broadcasting 
every night concerts, lectures, and classes; nor about our publishing 
department, which last year published 89 pamphlets and bulletins 
with a total aggregate of 53,288,620 printed pages. Nor could I 
speak of the vocational schools whose pupils and teachers have 
organized into a cooperative society for the production and sale of 
the articles made by them as part of their training and who are run- 
ning a department store in Mexico City for the sale of their products. 
] could not touch either on the work of our library department which, 





THE PEOPLE'S HOUSE 

Numerous ‘‘people’s houses’”’ have been organized in rural centers by the teachers’ institutes in an effort 
to build up a community culture i 

in five years of existence, has established 3,508 libraries of different 

types through the country and which during 1925 distributed 87,014 

volumes. 

There are indeed plenty of other things I might have mentioned, 
but after all, had I had the time and you the disposition to listen to 
me, little would have been gained by a detailed recital of the educa- 
tional work in Mexico. What I have told you makes my point, I am 
sure. My pointis simply this: The Mexican revolution is vindicating 
itself. With all his material splendor, Diaz and his group of experts 
never opened a single rural school. Thousands of children right in 
the City of Mexico went without school because there were no schools 
for them. Illiteracy mounted higher and higher; misery and slavery 
was the lot of the peasant. The Indian was considered a calamity, 


INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION Wd 


always a liability, except for projects of human exploitation, in which 
case he immediately became an asset. 

The revolution came—10 years of hatred, of blood and fire; 10 
years of finding our way amid the darkness and the ruins and then 
.. . light, light in abundance, and love. And with all this, as a 
result of all this, as a moral balance of it all, a vision of Mexico in 
its integrity—Mexico far and near, Mexico in its misery and shame, 
and Mexico with the wealth that is hers. 

There is a new conscience in Mexico, and also a new impatience. 
We realize our weakness, but we also know our strength. The 
malady we know, but we think we have found a cure. We know 
now the value of the time Diaz wasted, and we know the value of the 
money squandered. One year means a century of good, and 1,000,000 
pesos is 1,000 schools for the peasants. 

And do not think me boastful for presenting only the fine side of 
our effort. We know the taste of success, it is true, but we have 
also tasted failure and disappointment. But our failures are our 
lessons, and defeat has only incited us to try again. Mexico is 
coming into her own, and when the Nation shall finally come of age, 
students will tell us that not a small part of the credit for its maturing 
should fall to the rural school. av 

















ORGE BERM 


~ THE PAINTER OF A RACE IN A LAND OF EVOCATION ” 


Q@ @ ) 











F Jorge Bermidez it may be said that he was the painter 
of a race, and this is one of the greatest merits of his 
work as a whole. While still in Paris, after studying with 
the great Spanish master Zuloaga—whose characteristic 

style was for a number of years strongly reflected in Bermtdez’s 
work—while Zuloaga was advising him to work in his own country, 
Bermudez had already registered an unalterable resolution to return 
to Argentina and to put on canvas the very soul of those types and 
ambients which still survive the successive waves of cosmopolitan 
influence to which that progressive republic has been subjected.. 

After taking up his residence in the conservative and provincial 
regions of northern Argentina, regions in which the ethnological 
elements were believed to exist in almost their original purity, 
Bermtidez was amazed to find how deeply these were influenced by 
the small Syrian and Armenian merchant, and how often, in the 
intimate ‘‘fiestas”’ of the Virgin of the Valley so strongly marked by 
aboriginal candor and grace, the dark features of ancient dwellers 
of Haifa or Beirut might be perceived among the multi-colored 
‘‘nonchos,”’ the rude leather sandals, and saddle bags of the pro- 
cessionals. And so he penetrated ever more deeply into those remote 
valleys, on whose steep and wooded slope the last remnant of the 
aboriginal calchaquies still persists. 

This is indeed a land of evocation and dreams, a region in whose 
austere isolation the spirit of a thousand years still breathes in sun- 
drenched fiestas, in the clamorous thirst which moves the leaden wings 
and sacred plumage of the once sacrificial surz7*; a region barely 
softened by the lowly campanile and russet robes of the Franciscan 
hermit; but one in no wise alien to the inspiration of this well- 
grounded and deeply sensitive artist. And from the union of the 
‘“‘sabor de la terruca”’ and the no less eloquent voice of the bronzed 
sons of Spain, this unique painter has managed to exteriorize his 
own vision of art in its most sincere and intimate aspects, and at the 
same time to faithfully reflect the vigorous and racy atmosphere of 
Catamarca. This explains the quality of ‘‘realness”’ which permeates 
the regional types depicted by Bermtidez, which, in familiar and char- 
acteristic attitude and gesture, are of the very essence of that remote 
Province. From the solitary wanderer on the hill crest to the resigned 





‘In part translated and compiled from Plus Ultra, Dec. 31, 1926. Buencs Aires. 
‘Aboriginal term denoting native Argentine ostrich. 


778 


JORGE BERMUDEZ 779 





Courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra”’ 
THE ART OF JORGE BERMUDEZ 


Left: ‘‘Za dama de la rosa’”’ (The woman with the rose). Right: ‘‘ El Chico del huaco”’ (The boy with the 
huaco) 


and humble votary in whose pouch the medals of the pious Francis- 
cans alternate with the strange amulets and charms of ancient 
pagan fanes, Bermudez’ types are redolent of Catamarcan soil and 
tradition. 

Apart from purely technical qualities the, so to speak, regional 
and documentary element in Bermudez’ work is not only pro- 
foundly authentic but extremely broad, as evinced by the intense 
sympathy with which he interprets his numerous types. Nor has 
Bermtidez limited himself to a single epoch or class, as have so many 
painters of folk ways and folk types. With equal penetration and 
feeling he presents the diverse ages and types in the plentitude of their 
recondite truth. Thus in Chico del Gallo (Boy with Pet Cock), in 
El Membrillero (The Quince Vender), and Camino del Mercado 
(Return from Market) he gives us three glimpses of the rural child 
at his daily task, in each of which the young protagonist reveals in 
the melancholy dreaminess of large liquid eye and relaxed limb the 
fatalistic resignation of his inheritance. Elsewhere he depicts adoles- 
cence in all its candor exposed to the full rigors of work and weather, 
as in his Pastor de Cabras (The Goat Herd), El Muchacho de Belén 
(A Village Boy), El Adolescente (The Adolescent), El Poncho Rojo 
(The Red Cloak), L7 Capataz de Campo (A Rustic Foreman), to name 
but a few of the many canvases of this type. Finally, we are shown 
these same Catamarcan types at long last, nearing the end of life’s 


780 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


journey, even to the extreme of longevity, as in El Gallero Viejo 
(The Old Cockfighter), El Promesante (The Votary), El Viejo del 
Camino (The Old Tramp), and many others. 

But Jorge Bermudez was not only an excellent delineator of types 
and figures. Without any parte-pris, without the slightest trace of 
ostentation, he was also a skillful and well-balanced colorist. Color 
to him was neither the chromatic acrobatics of revolutionary spirit, 
nor the reverberations of the detonant landscapes which, in puerile 
and sterile fashion, were achieved by so many of his young contem- 
poraries. He had an intense feeling for color; he knew the secrets of 
palette and spectrum; and we have seen how he employed this 
medium in depicting the texture of widely differing material. But 
he never painted merely ‘to color’”’; he never took pleasure in shining 





Courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra”’ 


PAINTINGS BY JORGE BERMUDEZ 


Upper: This painting, the last work of the artist, belongs to the second stage of his technical develop- 
ment and constitutes a new and delicate homage to the types and customs of the interior of the country. 
It has been purchased by the Argentine Rural Society for the sum of $3,880. Lower, left: A portrait. 
Lower, right: The ‘‘ Boy of Belen,’”’ a bucolic subject 


JORGE BERMUDEZ 781 


by deliberate intention, or indulged in vertiginous symphonies of 
color. A picture was to him, before everything, a ‘‘work,” that is 
to say, a perfectly balanced conjunction of the elements entering 
into composition—human feeling, constructive drawing, natural 
composition, and exact color. This conception of painting underlies 
all his work, even in those examples of Peninsular types painted 
prior to 1912 while he was still under the marked influence of Zuloaga. 
Indeed, while that influence was deplored as a possible obstacle to 
the development of his réle in Argentine art, Bermudez was without 
doubt indebted to the great Spanish master for his undeviating 
loyalty to the fundamental principle of correct drawing as also, to 


“PANTA VILQUES” 


A faithful portrait of a well- 
known local character 





Courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra’”’ 


some degree at least, for his elevated conception of the art of painting 
as a whole. Under Zuloaga the young Bermiudez acquired a lasting 
respect for those values inherent in emotional elements, for a fine 
appreciation of the value of balance in composition and of exact 
color, qualities without which no canvas can hope to endure. 
Bermudez, like so many others of the modern school, could have 
freed himself from the more or less arbitrary restrictions of color, 
thus gaining an immediate and resounding notoriety; he preferred 
instead the difficult task of reconcilmg medium and harmony with a 
profound and understanding human sympathy, which in itself is 
sufficient to give him an enduring place in the art of Argentina. 




















By Davin WEEKs, 


Professor of Rural Economic Problems, University of California; Special 
Investigator for the Bolivian Government 


OLONIZATION in Bolivia is in its infancy. Agriculture is 
still mainly conducted on large estates after the custom 
handed down from the Spanish. Indian laborers working 
under the direction of administrators till the soil, using 

primitive methods which are just beginning to give way to the 
instruments and institutions of modern agriculture. President Siles 
has grasped the importance of the economic change that is taking 
place in the agricultural world to-day and is bending every effort to 
institute constructive plans for rural development. 

The outstanding advantages which present themselves to the 
careful investigator ,of Bolivian agricultural resources may be 
enumerated as follows: 

1. Bolivian population is now small, unmixed with negro blood, 
and by careful selection of immigrants, Bolivia is in a position to 
create as high a type of citizenship as she desires. <A high type of 
immigrant can be attracted through a wise program of development. 
Plans are now being made for such a program. 

2. Probably no other country can bring together within its own 
boundaries such a wide variety of agricultural products. This is 
made possible by the difference in altitude, giving rise to a very wide 
range of crop adaptation. While Denmark sends ships half way 
around the world for concentrates for the feeding of dairy cattle and 
hogs, Bolivia is in a position, through a wise selection of agricultural 
types of products, to produce crops in certain of her sections which 
will supply these concentrates to those regions most favorably located 
for the production of dairy and hog products. It is this possibility 
of supplementing crops of one region with those of another entirely 
different which constitutes one of Bolivia’s greatest undeveloped 
resources. 

3. Climates favorable to enjoyable living conditions may be found 
by people of any race and from any part of the world. The temperate 
climate of the plateau will attract the people of the cooler regions of 





1 Bolivia, March, 1927, New York. 
782 


COLONIZATION OPPORTUNITIES IN BOLIVIA 783 


North America and Europe, while the tropical and subtropical regions 
will appeal to those from warmer climates. This wide latitude of 
choice will be better appreciated as progress is made in the settlement 
of the country. 

4. The development of the agricultural resources of tropical Bolivia 
should be facilitated by the proximity of a temperate region from 
which the frontier may be extended into the rich soils of the lower 
altitudes. The significance of this advantage must not be under- 
estimated. The uplands of Bolivia are invigorating and should 
stimulate energetic endeavor. Both physical and mental activities 
having greater activity in these cool climates of the Andes plateaus 





FARM LAND ON THE BOLIVIAN PLATEAU 


A number of attractive colonization possibilities exist in the plateau region not distant from the capital 


should become effective in the creation of great works and institutions 
in the warmer provinces. 

5. Bolivia, though situated in the torrid zone, has a large temperate 
area in which health conditions are particularly favorable. In the 
development of the rich resources of the Tropics these temperate 
regions will serve as a healthful resort for business headquarters 
while sanitation is being carried out below. 

A large part of the agricultural products consumed in Bolivia is: 
now imported. Nearly $2,000,000 in flour and a similar value in 
rice and sugar are brought into the country annually. Dairy prod- 
ucts are imported, but because of the perishable nature of these 
commodities, the importation does not show the potential demand. 
Milk in the city of La Paz brings the equivalent of 17 cents (Ameri- 


784 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


can) per quart to the producer. Pork products always find a ready 
market. Why Bolivia should import rice and sugar when both of 
these products are produced so easily and cheaply in the eastern part 
of the country 1s not readily understood by those not familiar with the 
local situation. Labor is mexpensive and is one of the nation’s 
great assets. Why, then, have not these rich provinces been con- 
tributing more to the agricultural wealth of the country? It would 
probably be a more constructive question to ask what can be done 
to place Bolivia in the réle of one of the world’s richest producers of 
agricultural commodities. Most Bolivians will answer this question 
with the statement that transportation facilities will solve the prob- 





Courtesy of ‘‘ Bolivia” 


ONE OF THE GREAT ESTATES ON THE SHORES OF LAKE TITICACA 


Advantages of this location are its proximity to markets and transportation 


lem. It is well known that Bolivia’s richest agricultural country is 
separated from its industrial center by one of the most formidable 
ranges of mountains in the two Americas. This fertile region is also 
at present remote from other parts of the commercial world. The 
same mountains that have for centuries made difficult. intercourse 
between different parts of Bolivia have discouraged foreign commerce 
in penetrating these regions which lie between the Andes and Brazil 
and Paraguay. In the meantime Bolivia has undergone a tremendous 
development, especially with respect to its transportation systems. 
This rich country lying east of the Andes is just about to be opened 
up at several points to western Bolivia and to the outside world. 
Highways and railways are bringing this nation a new and gua 
perous day. 


COLONIZATION OPPORTUNITIES IN BOLIVIA 785 


Transportation, however, will not in itself be a complete solution. 
President Siles and the more progressive Bolivians realize this and are 
developing a plan of land settlement which is designed to go hand in 
hand with the extension of transportation. It is a well-known fact 
that the great railway systems of North America were extended so 
rapidly in advance of land settlement that most of them have at one 
time or another been compelled to refinance. Great financial 
failures have accompanied railroad building in the United States. 
A coordinated plan of rail- 
road building and land 
settlement would have 
done much to avert these 
disastrous results. 

There are two important 
recourses open to Bolivia 
in the utilization of her 
valuable agricultural lands 
during the period in which 
her railways and highways 
are being extended. One 
of these is the production 
of nonperishable products 
of high value in comparison 
to their weight and the 
other is the organization of 
land development and set- 
tlement on such a basis that 
these products may be 
placed upon the world’s 
best markets in a condition 
of high quality at a mini- 
mum of expense. Already 
there are outlets from these 
rich Uop icaland semitropi- A STAND OF ALFALFA IN THE BOLIVIAN 
cal regions by way of the UPLANDS 
Paraguay and Amazon An irrigated field at an elevation of more than 12,000 feet 
Rivers. Volume produc- 
tion of valuable commodities will utilize these means of transit much 
more efficiently than they are now being used. Crop adaptation is so 
flexible in these eastern provinces that the selection of a number of 
very suitable crops should not be difficult. This problem is now 
under investigation. Successful land settlement in this region will 
require an initial settlement large enough to make sanitation pos- 
sible and economical and to bring transportation costs to a mini- 
mum. Capital requirements for settlers’ homes, livestock, and 

51875—27—Bull. 7 4 ; 





Courtesy of ‘‘ Bolivia” 





786 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


equipment will be small, for the mild climate and abundance of 
materials tend to minimize these costs. Sanitation and transporta- 
tion will represent the most important part of the investment. 

On the Bolivian plateau near the national capital and on the bor- 
ders of Lake Titicaca there are a number of attractive colonization 
possibilities. The very high prices prevailing for dairy and pork 
products and the peculiar adaptability of this plateau to the produc- 
tion of these commodities make this lake region an interesting locality 
from the standpoint of land settlement. The advantages of this loca- 
tion are that it is near to good markets and transportation; the lake 
itself is an important highway; the scenic beauty immediatelyaround 
the lake is striking and the health conditions are good. The altitude 
is very high but for those who are adapted to living at these altitudes 
there will be no inconvenience. This region is now inhabited by the 
Aymara Indians who live much as they did before the Spanish con- 
quest four centuries ago. Individual immigrants would be dis- 
couraged in any attempt to establish homes in this region, but in 
groups of 50 or 100 it is believed that, with proper assistance, pros- 
perous communities could be created. The minimum number of set- 
tlers must be much greater in eastern Bolivia. The opportunity 
afforded in supplementing the feeds capable of being produced near 
the lake with concentrated feeds produced in the lower altitudes 
makes this locality especially interesting from the standpoint of pro- 
ducing dairy and pork products as specialties. Barley, wheat, pota- 
toes, and many other crops are also being produced. Irrigation will 
greatly increase the production on the plateau which, especially in its 
southern portion, has a slightly deficient rainfall. In certain localities 
water is available, not only for irrigation but for small electric power 
plants. 

Although difficult of execution, it is interesting to contemplate the 
feasibility of water powers of the eastern slopes of the Andes turning 
spindles and operating looms, weaving the wool from the Bolivian 
plateau and cotton from the Bolivian lowlands into fine fabrics for 
the world’s markets. It is even more interesting to contémplate a 
citizenship of high quality, consisting of millions of families almost 
entirely supported by the riches of the country, drinking home-grown 
coffee, and wearing clothes that are homespun but not on the old 
hand loom which is still in use among the native inhabitants. To 
accomplish these things, however, planned development, properly 
financed, is requisite. It is upon a program of planned development 
which Bolivia is working to-day. 
























SUMMARY OF LAW ESTABLISHING CHANGES IN COINAGE ANNOUNCED 
BY DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE 


CCORDING to the new law of Ecuador the monetary unit 
of that country will be the “sucre.”” Fractional coins 
will be known as centavo. A summary of the new law 
has just been compiled by the Finance and Investment 

Division of the Department of Commerce for the information of 
American bankers. It was explained that the new law is a direct 
result of the Kemmerer Commission, the variation being slight except 
in one important particular. The law supplements the new law pro- 
viding for the establishment of the Central Bank. 

The full text of the statement follows: 

The monetary unit of Ecuador is to be the sucre, and is to con- 
tain 0.300933 grain of fine gold. Gold coins of the denominations 
of one “condor” (25 sucres) and two condors (50 sucres), 0.900 fine, 
are to be minted by the Central Bank as agent for the Government. 
For this purpose the bank is to receive gold for coinage in sums 
equivalent to 10,000 condors or more at the rate indicated above, 
collecting for this service only the cost of the coinage and other 
necessary expenses. The Minister of Finance is authorized to recoin 
such part of the existing gold coins of the Republic as he may deem 
advisable, the expense of such coinage to be borne by the National 
Treasury. 

The limit of tolerance of gold coins in bulk is to be 0.001 in fine- 
ness and 0.001 in weight. The limit of tolerance of individual coins 
is to be 32 milligrams. 


VALUE PLACED ON OLD COINS 


The new gold coins are to be unlimited legal tender for all debts 
unless otherwise specifically provided by contract. The old gold 
coins are to be received in unlimited quantities by the Government 
at the rate of 2.43325 times their face value for all debts, taxes, and 
other dues, and are to be received by the Central Bank, acting as 
agent for the Government, in the same manner. 

Article 8 of the Kemmerer draft reads as follows: ‘All debts and 
other obligations held by the courts to be specifically payable in 








1The United States Daily, June 20, 1927. 
787 


788 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Ecuadorian gold coin in accordance with the law of November 4, 
1898, may be paid either at par in said coin or in gold coin of the 
present law at the rate of 2.43325 gold sucres of the present law for 
1 gold sucre of the law of November 4, 1898.’ This article does not 
appear anywhere in the law as adopted by the Provincial Government. 

All debts and other obligations contracted before the passage of 
the law and held by the courts to be specifically payable in foreign 
money are to be subject to the present provisions of the code of 
commerce and other laws in force. 

Ecuadorian gold coins minted under the conditions indicated above 
are to be receivable at par by the Central Bank of Ecuador as agent 
for the Government if the weight has not been reduced, within 20 
years from the date of coinage, to an amount more than one-half of 
1 per cent below the standard weight prescribed by the law, or at a 
proportional rate for any period less than 20 years. This provision 
clearly applies only to a natural abrasion. Such underweight gold 
coin when received by the Government or by the Central Bank of 
Ecuador for account of the Government is not to be paid out but is 
to be recoined as bullion for account of the Government as the 
Minister of Finance may direct. The minister is authorized to pre- 
scribe such regulations as he may deem advisable for the protection 
of the Government ‘against fraudulent abrasion and other unlawful 
practices. | 

SILVER COINS TO BE MINTED 


The following silver coins are to be minted: A 2-sucre piece having 
a gross weight of 10 grams, a fineness of 0.720, and a fine silver con- 
tent of 7.2 grams; a l-sucre piece which is to have a gross weight of 
5 grams, a fineness of 0.720, and a fine silver content of 3.6 grams; 
a one-half sucre piece (50 centavos) which is to have a gross weight 
of 2.5 grams, a fineness of 0.720, and a fine silver content of 1.8 grams. 

The limit of tolerance of silver coins in bulk is to be 0.004 in 
fineness and 0.003 in weight. The limit of tolerance of individual 
silver coins is to be 0.135 grams for the coins of 2 sucres and 1 sucre 
and 0.1 grams for the coin of 50 centavos. 

The minor coins of Ecuador are to be the following: 10 centavos, 
5 centavos, 24% centavos, and 1 centavo. The first three are to be 
approximately 100 per cent nickel; the one-centavo coin is to be 
95 per cent copper and 5 per cent tin and zinc. 

Silver coins are to be legal tender in payment of all private obli- 
gations in amounts of 10 sucres or less in one payment. Minor 
coins of nickel, minted in accordance with the law, are to be legal 
tender in payment of all private obligations in amounts of 2 sucres 
or less in one payment. Minor coins of copper are to be legal tender 
in amounts of 20 centavos or less in one payment. 


NEW MONETARY UNIT FOR ECUADOR 789 


All silver and minor coins are to be legal in unlimited amount for 
the payments of all debts to the Government and to the Central 
Banks of Ecuador for Government account, and are to be received 
in unlimited quantities for all taxes and other Government dues in 
the Republic. 

Clipped, bored, sweated, or otherwise mutilated coins lose their 
legal tender capacity. 

All Ecuadorian silver and minor coins minted in accordance with 
previous laws are to be legal tender at their nominal value under the 
same conditions as apply to the new silver and minor coins. The 
Central Bank, acting as agent for the Government, is to receive at 
par such old silver and minor coins as have been so worn by natural 
abrasion that the date and design are obliterated, pending the 
establishment of regulations by the Minister of Finance. 

The Government is to meet promptly requests of the Central 
Bank of Ecuador for issues of silver and minor coins against the 
presentation in Quito of the bank’s convertible notes at par. The 
Minister of Finance is authorized to contract at his discretion for the 
coinage of silver and minor coins, but after one year from the passage 
of the law no contract is to be made without specific legislative author- 
ity, if such contract would make the unissued stock or silver and 
minor coins in the Ministry of Finance in excess of 500,000 sucres. 

The Executive is to issue regulations for the withdrawal from 
circulation of all silver and minor coins now outstanding, though 
such coins may be continued in circulation at the discretion of the 
Executive if they have the same diameter and thickness and are of 
the same denominations as new coins. All silver and minor coins 
withdrawn from circulation are to be recoined or sold for bullion 
for account of the Government. 

The receipt of foreign moneys in payment of debts or other obli- 
gations, public or private, is to be obligatory only where specifically 
provided by contract or by a law of Ecuador. 


BAR TO EXPORTATION REPEALED 


All prohibition, restrictions, or changes of any kind on exporta- 
tion or importation of gold coin or bullion and on the exportation of 
silver coin are repealed, the repeal to become effective upon the day 
on which the Central Bank of Ecuador officially opens for business. 
From the date upon which the Central Bank officially opens also 
contracts may be made payable in specified gold coi either foreign or 
domestic or in gold bullion. 

The Executive decree of August 6, 1914, and the legislative decree 
of August 30, 1914, providing for a moratorium, are repealed as of the 


790 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


date on which the Central Bank officially opens for business. Upon 
such date all obligations automatically become payable sucre for 
sucre in the new gold standard sucre. 

The Minister of Finance is authorized to coin all necessary silver 
and minor coins and to use, at his discretion, for the purpose of 
recomage into the new silver coins such existing silver coins as repre- 
sent part of the metallic reserves of the former banks of issue which 
have been turned over or are to be turned over to the Central Bank by 
the Caja Central. The Central Bank or the Central Office is required 
to turn over these silver coins to the Minister of Finance and will be 
reimbursed by the Government on the basis of 1 sucre of the gold 
value fixed in the new law for each sucre credited to the former 
banks of issue for this silver. 

All legal provisions in conflict with the new regulations are auto- 
matically repealed. 

The new law, which was issued as a decree on March 4, 1927, was 
published in the Registro Official of March 19, 1927, becoming effec- 
tive upon that date, in accordance with its terms. 


MODEL LEPROSARIUM 
OF SAO ROQUE .. ~ «. 


STATE OF PARANA, BRAZIL 














HE problem of leprosy control has been the object of study 
in Brazil for many years. In recent times, however, there 
has been a concentrated effort to discover means for the 
cure of this dread disease and the prevention of its extension. 

A noteworthy example of the employment of modern and scientific 
equipment and methods in the housing and treatment of lepers is the 
leprosarium of Sao Roque, situated in southern Brazil, in the pic- 
turesque State of Paran&. This really model asylum, which is a 
State institution, was created during the administration of Governor 
Munhoz da Rocha and is due in great measure to his intelligent 
initiative. Its establishment was hailed with applause, not only 
throughout the State but the entire country, as constituting an 
important step forward in the solution of the leprosy problem. 

The accompanying illustrations will give some idea of the location, 
equipment, and scope of the Sao Roque leprosarium. The general 
view of the institution shows the rolling character of the land in that 
section of the country, famous for its woods of Parana pine, which 


iff 


MOMMA DIT 





SAO ROQUE LEPROSARIUM, BRAZIL 


Upper: A type of house for two leper families, Lower: The chapel 





PANORAMIC VIEWS OF THE LEPRO 


This model institution in the State of Parana, southern Brazil, is a note 





SARIUM OF SAO ROQUE, BRAZIL 


worthy example of modern methods in the housing and treatment of lepers 











SAO ROQUE LEPRO- 
SARIUM 





Upper: A hospital ward, with 
a capacity of 80 beds. 
Lower: Sanitary installa 
tions of the hospital 








LEPROSARIUM OF SAO 
ROQUE 


Upper: Exterior of the laun- 
dry. Right: The incinerator 





796 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION . 


not far distant, constitute dense forests. The buildings shown are 
chiefly administration, and include views of the various hospitals, 
operating rooms, pharmacy and allied dependencies, library, class- 
rooms, gymnasium, lavatories, etc. A few of the living quarters 
of the patients are shown, consisting largely of small individual 
residences. 

The institution has an initial capacity for 1,000 patients, a capacity 
which can be increased as necessity may require. 

The establishment of the Sao Roque leprosartum has proved 
extremely valuable in the sense that it has awakened an intense 
interest on the part of the Federal and State Governments toward 
the eradication of leprosy throughout the country. During recent 
months several Brazilian experts have taken up the study of the 
cure and prophylaxis of this disease in various parts of the world, 
and such efforts are well calculated to place Brazil in the vanguard 
of progress in this particular field. 


AIR TRANSPORT IN 














OLLOWING the flight of de Pinedo through the Brazilian 
interior, in which the Italian ace demonstrated the possibility 
of communication by air between points in the Brazilian 
hinterland which are now without any major contact with 

the outer world, the question of air transport in the interior is being 
actively discussed locally, conservative opinion being that the idea 
is practicable. 

Air-mail service between Porto Alegre and the city of Rio Grande 
was inaugurated late in March, the first letter carried in the new 
service being sent by officials of the ‘‘Condor Syndikat”’. to the 
Minister of Communications, Dr. Victor Konder. The Government 
approved a decree on December 30, 1921, for the establishment of an 
air line from Rio de Janeiro to Porto Alegre, but it was stipulated that 
the line be controlled by Brazilian capital and operated and directed 
by Brazilians, for the Government declared that the national defense 
would be endangered if such an important artery of communication 
were developed by foreigners. 

Certain leaders in Brazilian aviation are clamoring for a revision 
of this constitutional provision, pointing out that light and power, 
submarine cables, railroads, telephones, and many other important 
commercial projects in Brazil have been developed by foreign capital. 
It is added that Brazil has neither the capital nor the technical 


1 Brazilian American, Rio de Janeiro, April 9, 1927. 





AIR TRANSPORT IN BRAZIL 7197 


knowledge necessary for the development of air transport, as the 
adaptation of commercial aerial navigation requires much time and 
a great loss of money before it begins to give proportionate returns in 
advantages to the people of a nation. 

Dr. Hildebrando Goes, inspector of ports, rivers, and canals, 
believes that the rivers of the Brazilian interior offer immense 
possibilities for the establishment of hydroplane service. The river 
system of the country, comprising a total of waterways some 35,000 
kilometers in length, is so constituted that connections between the 
different rivers may easily be made by air, and this practically 
undeveloped asset in the natural resources of the nation be put to 
practical use. 

De Pinedo’s flight across Matto Grosso, down the Madeira River, 
and along the Amazon from Manaos to Para, illustrated both the 
dangers and the advantages of this form of communication in the 
interior. After leaving Sao Luiz de Caceres, the Italian ace made 
only two stops before he reached Manos, the first in Guajara Mirim 
and the second on the Amazon, about 300 kilometers east of Man4os, 
to refuel his plane. He, of course, was intent on passing through 
the Brazilian forest as soon as possible, and declared after reaching 
New Orleans that had they been forced to descend in the unexplored 
jungles he and his men intended to commit suicide rather than await 
slow death from wild beasts, reptiles, insects, or savages. 

On the other hand, the flyers had no trouble with their machine 
and flying conditions were good. Commercial lines naturally would 
not make hops as long as those covered by the Santa Maria, and 
would at first of course be operated only as an experiment and 
undoubtedly at a loss, but their ultimate value for the political 
cohesion of the nation, the raising of social standards by increasing 
contact between the larger cities and the almost isolated interior 
communities, and the stimulation of commercial activity, can hardly 
be questioned. 

Although Brazilian engineers hope that some day the basins of the 
Amazon and the Plate rivers will be linked by a system of natural 
canals, they admit that such a project will not be practical until the 
interior of the country has been sufficiently developed to justify a 
large canal traffic. At the same time, the interior rivers offer a 
natural highway for hydroplanes, apparently the most practical 
means for pioneers in the field of establishing regular and certain 
communication in the great virgin hinterland of Brazil. 

The benefit of a rapid national hydroplane service organized 
throughout the country could not be overestimated in the event of 
disaster or epidemic in any one of the many localities in the interior 
now practically isolated. As a matter of fact, the Government 
could afford to maintain such a service for the sole purpose of carry- 
ing medicines and hygienic instruction into the interior, where 
disease still claims a huge toll yearly, principally because of the lack 
of preventive knowledge and modern methods of treatment. 






























VHE occasion last year of the celebration of the centennial of 
Bolivia’s independence witnessed the completion of the 
branch of the Pan American Railway that connects the 
country with the Argentine, Peru, and Chile. By using 

this new route, travelers visiting Buenos Aires by steamer from 
New York may now return home by way of La Paz, the Peruvian 
port of Mollendo, and the Panama Canal, making the return journey 
in 18 days, or the same time as would be required to return direct 
from Buenos Aires via the Atlantic ports. 

The new line that has been opened between Buenos Aires and 
La Paz runs through a territory that is so far scarcely touched by 
American tourists, and/yet one that yields nothing in point of scenery 
or historical interest to any other route that could be taken across 
our sister continent. It includes a visit to that strangely situated 
and little known Bolivian capital, La Paz, at an elevation of more 
than 12,000 feet above sea level, ‘‘the metropolis of the roof of the 
world.”” Near La Paz lie the amazing ruins of Tiahuanaco, ‘‘the 
cradle of America,’ whose civilization is said by experts to have 
flourished no less than 11,000 years ago. The itinerary includes a 
steamer trip on Lake Titicaca, known to every school-boy student 
of geography as the highest navigable lake in the world. The 
natural scenery along the route, which includes a view of some of the 
most majestic peaks of the Andes, would thrill the soul of a poet. 
Those lacking in poetic sensibilities, but possessing something of the 
spirit of the pioneer, will derive satisfaction from having passed 
along trails that few Americans have trod before them. 

The traveler who sets out: from Retiro Station in Buenos Aires, 
bound for La Paz, must be prepared for a five-day journey. The 
actual running time is only 921% hours, the balance of the time being 
consumed by overnight stops at La Quiaca and Tupiza, located at 
points on the line where sleeping cars are not yet in operation, 
together with stops of about two hours each at Tucuman, Atocha, 
Uyuni, and Oruro. It is necessary to change cars five times in all 
before reaching La Paz. Arrangements are now being made by 





1 West Coast Leader, April 26, 1927. 
798 











1m AQoRoTA 





HUF ncATO 





= eoctco 
ATACOCHO D 





























aN ees BOEN 


| i | 
ARGENTINA 

















Courtesy of ‘‘The West Coast Leader” 
THE TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES FTO MOLLENDO 


This map shows the connections between Mollendo, Arica, and Antofagasta, on the Pacific, and Buenos 
Aires, on the Atlantic coast of South America, afforded by the recent completion of the Atocha-Villazon 
Railway in Bolivia. The actual running time for the journey of 2,240 miles is 9249 hours. Arrange- 
ments are now being made whereby a through train from Buenos Aires to La Paz will eliminate the 
several changes now necessary 


800 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the Bolivian Government to run a through train from Buenos Aires 
to La Paz, which will eliminate the necessity of changing cars, cut 
20 hours from the actual running time, and thus reduce the total 
time required for the trip from 5 days to 72 hours. 

The route from Buenos Aires to Tucuman leads through the 
Argentine pampas, those vast, level plains of green and brown 
stretching without break to the horizon. The train is equipped 
with sleeping cars of the compartment type and an excellent restau- 
rant car. The pampas, with their herds of grazing cattle, are reminis- 
cent of the prairies of the American Middle West save for the occa- 
sional appearance of an ‘‘estanciero,’’ or ranch owner, with rich 
poncho and high boots with wonderful silver spurs, or of swarthy 





RETIRO STATION, BUENOS AIRES 


The fine terminal of the Central Argentine Railway 


‘“‘gauchos,” none too amiable in appearance, carrying long; danger- 


ous looking knives thrust through their belts. 

As the train approaches Tucuman the first foothills of the Andes 
appear faintly in the distance. The city itself, only four degrees 
removed from the Tropic of Capricorn, is quite modern, with streets 
well paved and lighted. Two blocks from the plaza is the house 
where the first Argentine Congress assembled in 1809. The Govern- 
ment building and the cathedral will repay a visit during the two- 
hour wait for the next connection. 

From Tucuman the traveler takes the narrow-gauge State rail- 
way for an overnight ride in comfortable sleepers to Jujuy, a small 
town near the Argentine border. Here the panting engine begins to 
climb the steep slopes of the foothills of the Andes, through a mag- 
nificent and picturesque valley. As the slopes grow steeper, the loco- 


TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO MOLLENDO S&(Q1 


motive is at length replaced by a rack engine, operating by means of 
a cogged wheel, able to negotiate the still more difficult grades that 
are ahead. There are 9 miles of rack railway at this point, running 
through the narrow gorge of the San Juan River between Leon and 
Volcan, with a grade that reaches 6.4 per cent in some places. The 
scenery is magnificent all the way to Tres Cruces, at an altitude of 
12,110 feet, where the puna, the high plateau of the Andes, begins. 

The sky of the puna region takes on a rare transparence and clear- 
ness. Not a single cloud is to be seen to shade a sky of pure azure; 


ANGOSTO, BOLIVIA 


The railroad follows the 
course of the Tupiza River, 
which at this point crowds 
through a narrow canyon 





at night the moon and stars shine with a brilliance almost startling. 
The effect is somehow melancholy and unreal. 

At La Quiaca, a dusty little village destitute of vegetation, located 
on the Bolivian border, it is necessary to spend the night at the 
local hotel. This institution is a sort of dubious boarding house, 
lacking even the most rudimentary conveniences. It must be taken 
philosophically, with the reflection that when through service is inaugu- 
rated the tourist will be able to pass through without change, consign- 
ing the manager to his just deserts of bankruptcy and utter oblivion. 

51875—27-—Bull. 7 


~ 
o 





802 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Before leaving La Quiaca the next morning, the Argentine customs 
officers examine baggage, and at Villazon, a few miles distant, there 
is a second inspection by the Bolivian officials. An hour beyond 
Villazon the narrow-gauge Bolivian train enters the picturesque and 
narrow valley of Uruma, abounding in vegetation and fairly well 
cultivated. The Incas of Peru used to cultivate these steep slopes 
by building a series of terraces over the abyss, working the narrow 
strips of land between the rocks. The small cultivated fields scattered 
along the sides of the Uruma River are a perfect example of the Inca 
methods of cultivation. 

From Villazon the train descends steadily, following the course of 
the Tupiza River until reaching General Balcarce Station, a charm- 
ing little village half lost among plantations of maize and alfalfa. 
On the opposite side of the river appears the famous battlefield of 
Suipacha, where Olafieta, the last of the Spanish generals, was 
defeated and killed a hundred years ago. Bolivian ‘‘cholas’’ (Indian 
women) come to the station, dressed in their quaint, brightly colored 
costumes of red, green, and yellow. A silk shawl, large gold earrings, 
and a straw hat of the canotier type, trimmed with a gay silk 
ribbon, complete their attire. 

At a point called Angosto the river becomes crowded to a narrow 
span by a towering mass of rocks rising over a thousand feet at right 
angles over the abyss. The summits, sharply etched against the 
azure sky, and the magnificently molded edges give the impression 
of two mighty Byzantine cathedrals, inclining reverently over the 
river, as if to do obeisance to its silver ribbon at their feet. The 
melancholy of the sunset hour and the effect of the last rays of the 
sun over the mass of rocks, covering the hills with a reddish tone and 
turning the quiet yellows into the richest gold, the soft brick shade 
almost to crimson, lend to the scenery a rare seal of legend. It is 
one of the grandest views imaginable. Suddenly the train enters 
a tunnel, which pierces through the mountain just beside the river. 
The strata of the hills at the other side, worn by milleniums, resemble 
fantastic groups of castles, with towers and battlements. 

Shortly before reaching Tupiza, the train runs through an avenue 
of stately poplar trees. Tupiza, where it is again necessary to spend 
the night, is a small town with a delightful climate, possessing a 
beautiful park shaded by poplar trees and a handsome cathedral. 
The hotel, however, is an improvement over that at La Quiaca only 
to the dubious extent that a jazzband plays during meal hours, 
dispensing American airs with a decidedly Bolivian touch. 

Leaving Tupiza the next morning, the train proceeds toward 
Atocha, over the section of road which has been most recently 
opened to traffic. At Escoriani the road reaches the highest elevation 
attained between Buenos Aires and La Paz—13,304 feet above sea 
level. The engineering difficulties in constructing a railroad at this 


TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO MOLLENDO 803 


altitude can be imagined; there are many tunnels and bridges and 
one audacious horseshoe. The tracks follow as nearly as possible 
the old Inca trail, where countless hordes of primitive people passed 
centuries ago on their way toward Tucuman, ‘‘the beginning of the 
land,” as the Incas called the border of their great empire. Here for the 
first time since leaving Buenos Aires a glorious view is obtained of aspot- 
less, snow-clad peak in the distance, towering sharplyagainst the sky. 

At Atocha, a miserable village 12,000 feet above sea level, the 
State railway ends. A change is made, the fourth since leaving 
Buenos Aires, to the British railway leading to Uyuni, a small town 





LA PAZ, BOLIVIA 


At the foot of a precipice lies La Paz, at an altitude of 12,000 feet above sea level—the most singularly 
situated city in the world 


in the center of the mining district, the terminal of the Antofagasta 
Railway. Here are waiting the splendid Pullmans which will com- 
plete the journey to La Paz. 

An overnight run from Uyuni brings the traveler to Oruro, the 
second largest city of Bolivia. The town is in the center of the min- 
ing district, and like most mining towns is uniformly unattractive. 
The streets are narrow and dusty. On the neighboring hill some 
mines can be seen in operation. 

Shortly after leaving Oruro there appears the majestic, snow-clad 
cone of Sajama, rising to a height of 21,537 feet above sea level. 
It appears deceivingly near and but little higher than the plateau, 


S04. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


though it is nearly 2 miles higher than the puna. A short time 
later appear three giants of the Andes, their heads crowned with 
spotless white against the vast, clear sky. They are Illimani, 21,710 
feet high; Mururata, 19,814 feet high; and Huayna Potosi, 20,402 
feet high. In the Aymara language, Illimani means White Volcano, 
Mururata means Flat Summit, and Huayna Potosi means Young 
RUINS OF THE PREIN- 
CAN DAYS, TIAHUA- 
NACO, BOLIVIA 
The famous monolithic door- 


way of the Temple of the 
Sun 














Potosi. Inca legends, transmitted by the Indians, tell of a battle 
thousands of years ago between the two giants Huayna Potosi and 
Mururata; the first, with a thrust of his sword, cut off the head of 
the other, and ever since Mururata has appeared headless. 

The schedule shows the train to be only a few miles from La Paz, 
but singularly enough there is still no sight of the city. Suddenly 
the train stops on the very edge of an abyss. Sharply cut by some 
prehistoric convulsion, the seemingly endless puna has ended, just 
when one seemed to be at the very foot of Illimani. At. the same 
time the mountain, by a curious optical illusion, appears to have 
jumped back 50 miles and to be as distinct as it was an hour ago. 
And there, at the foot of the precipice, gayly surrounded by trees 
and a carpet of green, lies La Paz at an altitude of 12,000 feet above 
sea level, the most singularly situated city in the world. Below 
lies Eden, trees and green in a glorious combination of colors, from 
the light yellow of the barley plantations to the dark green of the 
lucerne fields, red tiled roofs, and the silver ribbon of the river; 
above, the immense desert of the puna, sadness and desolation. 
And towering over this example in contrasts is Illimani, grave and 
silent in its perpetual tunic of clouds and perpetual snow. 

The stop-over at La Paz can be profitably employed by exploring 
this strange city. The streets are extremely steep. The floor of the 


TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO MOLLENDO 805 


cathedral, which at the front is level with the plaza, is four stories 
high at the rear. It is wise to avoid too much exertion, as the effect 
on the heart to those unaccustomed to the altitude is very noticeable. 

By far the most interesting possibility of a visit to La Paz, however, 
is a trip to Tiahuanaco. Here are found some of the most amazing 
ruins in the world. Some authorities claim that Tiahuanaco is the 
oldest city in the world, the site of an ancient and vast civilization 
that existed fully 11,000 years ago, the mystery of whose beginnings, 
fruition, and final destruction is still unsolved. The buildings were 
formed largely of huge stones, fitted by highly skilled masons. One 








LAKE TITICACA 


View from the Bolivian port of Guaqui. The lake steamer is seen at the right. In-the left foreground 
are the reed boats used by the Indians of the region 


such stone is 36 feet long and 7 feet wide and weighs 170 tons. How 
such stones were fitted together, accurately straight, and with angles 
correctly drawn, how such a vast city, with palace, temple, judgment 
hall, or whatever fancy may dictate, was ever built in a region where 
corn will not ripen nor the earth possibly support such a population, 
is one of the unsolved riddles of history. 

The famous monolithic doorway which is now fractured, probably 
by an earthquake, bears in the center a square of 1714 inches on 
which the principal figures are carved. The central figure is intended 
to represent the deity, having jurisdiction over all humble beings on 
the one hand and the animal creation on the other. On either side 
of the central figure are 48 other figures kneeling to it, 16 bearing the 
heads of birds and 32 having human heads. All are winged and 
crowned and carry scepters. The bird-headed worshipers have 
ornamental bands, with terminals of fish heads, and the human- 


806 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


headed figures throughout have bands ending in birds’ heads. Prob- 
ably these 48 figures are intended to represent distinct dynasties of 
the megalithic sovereigns of Tiahuanaco. 

From La Paz the transcontinental route leads to the Peruvian port 
of Mollendo on the Pacific. The route includes a trip over the 
length of Lake Titicaca, 12,500 feet above sea level, the highest 
navigable lake in the world. The roominess of the vessel, with all 
the comforts of an ocean going steamer, is surprising at this altitude. 

The scenery on Lake Titicaca is never to be forgotten. Bordering 
the lake are 75 miles of snow-capped peaks. To the right, towering 
21,300 feet above sea level and almost 9,000 feet higher than the 
lake, is the Sorata Mountain, one of the monarchs of the Andes and 
the highest peak in Bolivia. This is the roof of the world. 

After four hours’ travel the vessel passes near the islands of the 
Sun and Moon. On both islands there are ruins of the Inca eivil- 
zation. The moon, in the Inca religion, is supposed to be married 
to the sun. Some writers claim that on these islands women were 
kept before being sent to the Inca monarch to become his concubines. 
The Island of the Sun contains the bath and garden of the Incas. 

The sunset on Titicaca is the most fascinating combination of 
colors that the most exalted imagination of an artist could ever 
imagine. The lake, the blue silver-edged mountains that stand like 
ene at its western end, the clouds above, are almost instantly 
covered by an orange Broke that slowly fades into a combination of 
amethyst, gold, and red tints that suffuse the sky. 

The memorable journey ends with a comfortable ride from Puno, 
the Peruvian port of the lake, to Mollendo, on the Pacific. 





THE WATER FRONT, MOLLENDO, PERU 


The Pacific end of a journey that yields nothing in point of scenery or historical interest to any other 
route across the continent 





HONDURAS . <2 
A \ DRNLA WI INO Dud @ @ fe) Qo o Q 





T CAN be said without any fear of contradiction that since the 
close of the World War the countries of Central America are 
becoming better and better known to the world, thanks to their 
efforts to develop their means of communication, to simplify 

their trade procedure, and to make known in every possible way 
their unlimited natural resources. But while it is true that this 
better knowledge has been favorably felt in many branches of 
industry and commerce, it is also true that a large part of their main 
natural resources, especially mineral wealth, still lhe hidden, awaiting 
the aid of capital and labor. to become a blessing to these privileged 
countries. 

In this connection the Republic of Honduras, the third of the Cen- 
tral American countries in territorial extension, may be taken as an 
example. Its mineral wealth is truly wonderful. In a number of 
sections almost every variety of quartz is found, from the crystallized 
anhydrous in the mountainous regions to the amorphous anhydrous 
in its varieties of silex. Hydrous quartz, in the brilliantly iridescent 
form of opals, abounds in the Department of Gracias, in veins 
that have been exploited at different times with excellent results. 
In 1879 there was extracted from the Erandique mines an opal 
so large and of such good quality that it was sold in the United 
States for 2,000 pesos. Calcareous veins are numerous in the 
Departments of Tegucigalpa, Choluteca, and Santa Barbara, in the 
last of which there is found a variety of white, black, and striped 
marble of very fine and compact texture. Calcium sulphate and 
alum are found in several Departments, especially in Comayagua. 
There are whole mountains of feldspar, also great quantities of granite 
of the syenite variety in the gold mines. Numerous rich coal mines 
exist, particularly in the Departments of Tegucigalpa and Valle. In 
the Departments of Colén, Comayagua, and Tegucigalpa mica and 
schist are found. Copper in the carbonate state is represented by 
azurite and malachite and, in its primitive state, in which it is always 
auriferous. Iron is found as sulphur and as oxides, while in some 
places entire hills of magnetic oxide exist. Gold, silver, lead, zinc, 
antimony, amianthus, and cinnabar mines abound throughout the 
Republic, especially in the Departments of Olancho, El Paraiso, 
Tegucigalpa, Valle, and Choluteca, in which beds of platinum, 
tellurium, tin, nickel, salt, nitrate, and sulphur are also found. In the 
Department of Gracias there are several emerald and diamond mines. 





1 Courtesy of a correspondent. 


807 


SOS THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Now, one of the most richly endowed sections of this favored region 
is Agalteca, a municipality of less than 1,900 inhabitants, situated 
in the district of Olanchito, Department of Yoro, adjacent to which 
are very rich copper and iron mines. Among the latter there is one 
which is 69 per cent pure iron. This mine covers more than 4,000 
acres and additional parcels could be added which would more than 
double this extension. This wonderful mine of magnetic iron in 
Agalteca has been inspected on several occasions by engineers from 
the United States who, after making the preliminary surveys, cal- 
culated that it contained 400,000 tons of iron at or near the surface 
and 9,800,000 tons in the subsoil. The yield of the ore for exploita- 
tion purposes is estimated at 70 per cent, and its quality is very similar 
to that of Norwegian iron. In colonial times and for some years 
afterward this mine was very successfully worked, the furnaces and 
the hydraulic installment which were used to furnish power for the 
machinery being still in existence. 

In the same section lime in abundance is found in the form of 
carbonates. Good timber also abounds, as also water power in 
rapid rivers like the Santa Clara, Agaltequita, and Juan Ladr6n, 
which are capable of developing from 40,000 to 50,000 horsepower. 

One of the most notable and valuable properties in this section of 
Honduras is that known as “Santa Clara,” which has been the 
property of Don Manuel A. Reina since the year 1898 and which is 
located 138 miles from the port of Amapala in Fonseca Bay on the 
Pacific coast, and 156 miles from the port of Tela on the Atlantic. 
At the present time a railroad is being constructed from the latter to 
the interior, the railhead being now within 70 miles of the property 
named, which includes the famous Agalteca iron mine. 

The ‘‘Santa Clara”? property, including the Agalteca iron mine, 
covers an extension of 4,100 acres, of which 2,200 are arable, ample 
water for irrigation purposes being available in the form of a canal 
100 feet wide and 3 feet deep. In close contiguity to the mine enor- 
mous deposits of limestone are found, which are estimated at 
80,000,000 or more tons. Excellent timber for construction purposes 
also abounds, pine and oak of several varieties predominating, of 
which a total of at least 60,000 trees is available, each of which will 
furnish an average of 800 feet of timber. 

The property also includes a sugar plantation with living quarters 
and mechanical equipment, together with ample inclosed pasturage 
for the raising of cattle. 

The property is also favored in respect to topography, elevation, 
and climate, the land being for the most part level, at an altitude of 
about 2,710 feet above sea level, with an average temperature of 
202 ceniiorade (GSauk): 

“Santa Clara”’ is merely one example of the immense natural wealth 
possessed by the Republic of Honduras, which once exploited will 
bring this country into even greater prominence than it now enjoys 
in fe business world. 





SAVINGS .. *- 








HE Department of Public Instruction of the Republic of Cuba 
is just about to issue new ‘‘pass books” for the use of the 
juvenile depositors in the School Savings Fund. Theschool — 
savings system was established in Cuba a little over a year 

ago with a success far beyond what was expected. Other American 
countries, particularly Argentina, preceded Mexico in the introduc- 
tion of the school savings system into the public schools. 

In Mexico it was calculated at the beginning that the total receipts 
of the School Savings Bank could hardly exceed 50,000 pesos a year, this 
estimate being based on a weekly deposit of 1 centavo per capita. 
But the total of the first year’s deposits reached the sum of 140,000 
pesos. The MexicanSchool Savings Bank is unique, in thatit serves a 
double purpose, namely, to develop in Mexican school children. habits 
of economy and thrift, and to facilitate the making of small loans at 
11% per cent interest per month to teachers who for any reason may 
need advances on their salaries. 

In Argentina school savings have been incorporated in the National 
Postal Savings Bank, and the part played by school children’s savings 
in this institution is such that 3,240 of its total of 5,525 agencies are 
located in the public schools. 

In Santo Domingo, unfortunately, the habit of saving is still to be 
developed. The majority of our people, large and small, invariably 
spend everything they earn. Those who barely earn enough to live, 
naturally can not do otherwise; but the number of those who, after 
providing for their current needs, spend the balance in the acquisition 
of unnecessary things instead of putting it aside for the future, is 
very large. With no thought of possible misfortune, ill health, or 
old age they live from one day to the next, satisfied with the enjoy- 
ment of the moment, evincing a mentality but little above that of 
primitive man and apparently incapable of thinking beyond the 
present. 

It has been said with some truth that the lottery is the savings 
bank of the Dominicans. Certain it is that a majority of those who 
can spare but 25 cents a week invest this amount in a lottery ticket, 
hoping in this way to improve their condition by winning the grand 
prize. This habit discloses a truly deplorable state of mind, since 
real success is attained little by little through our own efforts, through 
the will to succeed, rather than through chance. 

However, the practice of saving is being introduced among us, 
although very slowly. The amounts deposited in the savings depart- 
ment of the banks are increasing each year, while insurance policies— 
another way of saving—become more numerous every day. The 





1 Translated from La Opinion, Santo Domingo, Feb. 11, 1927. 
809 


810 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


savings movement should be encouraged, and there is perhaps no 
more efficacious way of doing this than to initiate the children in the 
practical advantages of saving their pennies. If they acquire the 
habit of saving their pennies to buy a toy, a book, or other needed 
or greatly desired object, when they grow up they will save their 
dollars to buy a lot on which to build a house, and then the necessary 
amount to build that house. 

The Secretary of Justice and Public Instruction may well consider 
the advantages of instituting in schools of Santo Domingo the practice 
of school savings, which is as attractive as it is useful. 





ARGENTINA 


ARGENTINE Touring Ciusp opens New York orrice.—The 
Argentine Touring Club has recently established a branch office in 
New York City to serve members who visit the United States and to 
give information to Americans on Argentina. The Touring Club 
plans to open other similar branches in various parts of the world to 
increase travel to Argentina. Any member arriving in New York 
may reserve his hotel room through the club, have his baggage put 
through the customs, his passport visaed and his mail sent in care of 
the same organization, whose address is 231 Madison Avenue. 

VACUUM SEED DISINFECTOR.—On April 6, 1927, the Minister of 
Agriculture attended the inauguration of a seed disinfector as part 
of the equipment of the plant quarantine service of the Bureau of 
Agricultural Defense in Buenos Aires. The disinfector is a cylinder 
of 20 cubic meters’ capacity, in which a vacuum is created by means of 
a suction pump. Thereafter cyanhydric gas is let into the cylinder, 
where it remains for half an hour, being again withdrawn by the pump 
and replaced by air. The vacuum makes the insect eggs in the grain 
break for lack of external air pressure. 

Higuoway NEAR Buenos Arres.—The Argentine Touring Club, 
after considering the question of highways radiating from Buenos 
Aires, urged the President to consent to the construction of a dirt 
road from Talar de Pacheco to Mufiz in the section between San 
Fernando and San Miguel. This opens a new automobile route near 
the capital. This new road, 62 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 
mile) in length, will give the towns of Bella Vista, Mufiiz, San Mig- 
uel, San Fernando, and Tigre good means of communication for 
marketing their products. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 811 


Hoa sHow.—Under the auspices of the Bureau of Agriculture, 
Livestock, and Industries of the Province of Buenos Aires the first 
hog show was held in Saladillo on April 4, 1927. The breeders ex- 
hibited fine animals of the Berkshire, Duroc-Jersey, Poland-China, 
and native strains for a number of prizes offered by the Argentine 
Rural Society, the Ferrocarril del Sud, a packing house at La Plata, 
and others. 

Test RIDE TO UnirEep States FoR ARGENTINE HoRSES.—The 
Ministry of Foreign Relations has recently received a telegram from 
Costa Rica stating that Sr. Aimé Tschiffely, who is making a test ride 
from Argentina to the United States with two Argentine horses, had 
arrived safely in Costa Rica. Sefior Tschiffely left Palermo, the 
property of the Sociedad Rural Argentina on the outskirts of 
Buenos Aires, nearly two years ago with his two native-bred horses 
in an effort to prove that the Argentine horse has endurance, can 
stand a variety of climates, and go for considerable distances without 
food and water. 

BOLIVIA 


INSTALLATION OF BROADCASTING sTATION.—The Bolivian Govern- 
ment has accepted a proposal submitted by a private citizen for the 
installation of a broadcasting station in La Paz. This station will 
have 1,000 watts power and a minimum radius of 3,000 kilometers, 
and will be used for broadcasting government reports, market values, 
official time, and similar information. The Government reserves 
the right to install at any time it may so desire radiotelephonic 
stations of any type or kind. The concessionaire is to establish a 
weather bureau in connection with this station and broadcast 
weather reports. Three different programs will be broadcast daily 
at the hours designated by the Government; of these, two will give 
general news, while the third will be of a musical and cultural nature. 
Special arrangements will be made to broadcast the sessions of 
Congress. The above-mentioned contract was signed for a period 
of five years, from the date on which the Government delivers to 
the concessionaire the sum of 26,000 bolivianos, granted as a tem- 
porary subsidy to be refunded to the national treasury at the rate 
of 5,260 bolivianos-a year during the five years of the contract. 
At the expiration of the contract the broadcasting station will become 
Government property. 

New review.—The Centro de Propaganda Nacional, a recently 
organized society whose object is the dissemination of information 
regarding the social and economic problems of Bolivia, has deemed 
it necessary to publish a magazine in order to carry out the purposes 
of the society. The first number of this magazine, which appeared 
last March, carried some very interesting articles on mining, finances, 
colonization, and transportation. 


812 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


BRAZIL 


Procress oF Brazit.—President Washington Luiz in his message 
read before Congress on the official opening of its session in May, 
1927, gave the following figures on the growth of Brazil: 


In 1888 at the end of the monarchy the population of Brazil in 348 cities and 
916 municipalities was 18,788,872; to-day it is 38,870,972 in 880 cities and 
1,407 municipalities. In 1888 the contract was signed for the construction of 
the port of Santos; in 1926 there are eight fully equipped ports with nearly 
16,000 meters of docks. In 1888 there were 360 kilometers of commercial roads 
belonging to the Government; to-day there are 53,348 kilometers. The railroads 
in the same period have increased from 9,322 to 31,300 kilometers; the telegraphs 
from 18,022 to 82,213 kilometers of lines containing 164,834 kilometers of wires. 
Agricultural production in 1888 was valued at 500,000 contos, increasing to 
8,100,000 contos in 1925. In 1888 there was one electric generating plant, while 
to-day there are 426. 

The export trade in 1888 amounted to 597,562 tons, valued at 206,405 contos; 
to-day exports amount to 1,852,642 tons, valued at 3,181,715 contos. 


FOREIGN TRADE.—According to the Boletim da Directoria de Esta- 
tistica Commercial the foreign trade of Brazil for 1925 and 1926 was 


as follows: 
EXPORTS 





‘ Tons Contos 





1926 | 1925 1926 1925 





1, 852,642 | 1,924,700 | 3,181,715 | 4,021,965 
| | 





IMPORTS 











| 4,849,015 | 5,018,124 | 2,678,550 | 3,376, 832 





The average exchange for 1925 was 8.314 milreis to the dollar, and 
for 1926 7.001 milreis to the dollar. One conto equals 1,000 milreis. 

AUTOBUS SERVICE.—A new autobus service is now in regular opera- 
tion between Juiz de Fora and Entre-Rios which is to be extended to 
Petropolis by the company. At present two busses, with 32 seats 
each, are making the trips, but service is to be increased. 

It was expected that an autobus line would be in operation in May 
between the city of Recife and outlying municipalities. 

WIRELESS STATIONS.—The Minister of Communication recently 
approved the terms of a concession for national and international 
wireless service. This ministry is to choose sites for the location 
of stations in or near cities. The wireless operators are to be Bra- 
zilians and the work of installation is to be completed one year after 
approval of the plans. The Government will enjoy a 75 per cent 
reduction on foreign messages and 50 per cent on national messages. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 813 


A wireless station has recently been opened in the city of Manés 
in the State of Amazonas. This is not, however, connected with the 
foregoing plan for a concession. 

Authorization has been given by the Minister of Communications 
to the Companhia Telephonica Riograndense to operate wireless 
stations in Sao Paulo, Florianopolis, Porto Alegre, and Corumba. 

NATIONAL CEMENT PRODUCED.—The Minister of the Treasury 
recently reported to the inspectors of customs and the revenue offices 
that a Brazilian company is producing at its factory in Purtia, Sao 
Paulo, a Portland cement equal to that imported. 

Brazit In Prague Fatr.—Reports from the fair held in Prague in 
March show that Brazilian exhibits won much interest from the 
visitors and led to the conclusion of important business arrangements. 
Brazil has been exhibiting her products in Prague for some time. 
Study was given to direct importation to Czechoslovakia from Brazil 
by Brazilian delegates and Czechoslovakian importers. 

Brazitian Press AssoctaTion.—On April 20, 1927, the Brazilian 
Press Association in Rio de Janeiro elected its officers for the new 
term. The president is Gabriel Bernardes and the first secretary 
Raul Borja Reis. : 

CUBAN FLAG FOR ROTARY CLUB.—At a luncheon to entertain the 
Cuban Rotarians who attended the Conference of Jurists held in Rio 
de Janeiro in April the Rotary Club of Rio de Janeiro was presented 
with a Cuban flag, the gift of the Cuban Rotary Club. Dr. Cesar 
Salaya, a member of the Cuban delegation, made the presentation. 
Among other guests were the Cuban Minister to Brazil and Prof. 
Antonio Sanchez Bustamante, eminent jurist and legislator. The 
luncheon was an occasion that cemented the friendship of the two 
countries. 


CHILE 


PosTAL AIR SERVICE BETWEEN VALPARAISO AND SANTIAGO 
INAUGURATED.—With the inauguration of the first postal air service 
between Valparaiso and Santiago on May 3, 1927, an important 
step was taken toward improved and rapid mail service in Chile. 
The first plane to make the trip was a 120 horsepower monoplane, 
with a carrying capacity of 150 kilos of correspondence. The ship 
which is named El Condor, is the property of the South American 
Aero Navigation Co. The time consumed in the first flight was a 
little over one hour. Flights will be made daily hereafter. Special 
air mail stamps of 40 cents denomination have been issued; this 
stamp, plus a 20-cent regular postage stamp, must be affixed to letters 
sent via air mail. 

HiGHwAyY IMPROVEMENT.—Considering the large freight and pas- 
senger traffic between Concepcidn and Talcahuano over the rail- 


814 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


roads, and considering that with better highway facilities between 
these cities part of this traffic would go by road, Congress has author- 
ized the Chief Executive to spend as much as 1,800,000 pesos for 
widening and repaving the road from Concepci6n to Talcahuano. 


COLOMBIA 


MaGpDALENA RIVER TUG SERVICE.—The Ministry of Public Works 
has recently granted permission to a private company to establish a 
tug service on sections of the Magdalena River for a period of 25 
years. Government business carried on by these tugs will be done 
at half price. (Courtesy of the Legation of Colombia in Washington.) 

CorreE Growers’ Conaress.—The society of agriculturists of 
Medellin published the outline of the program of the Coffee Growers’ 
Congress, planned to be held in the month of July in Medellin. The 
points to be discussed include the following: 

Defense of Colombian coffee; propaganda for the coffee industry ; 
organization of producers; compilation of statistics on planting, 
production, consumption, and exportation; establishment of ware- 
houses; creation of rural credit; standardization of coffee grades; 
study of coffee plant diseases; scientific methods of cultivation; and 
establishment of agricultural cooperative associations. The con- 
egress during its two weeks’ session is to prepare projected legislation 
to be submitted. to congress. Delegates were to be present from the 
14 departments, the agricultural societies, and the Ministry of 
Industries. (Courtesy of the Legation of Colombia in Washington.) 

RAILROAD EXTENSION.—The Pacific Railroad of Colombia, which 
runs from Buenaventura to Zarzal, has been building during the last 
two years a 57-kilometer extension to the city of Armenia, which 
recently celebrated the arrival of the railroad within its limits. The 
new section increases transportation facilities for the fertile region 
from Quindio to the Pacific and connects many towns of western 
Colombia with the capital, Bogota. When the central mountain 
range has been crossed, surveys for the line will be made for further 
continuation. A road is to be built from Armenia to Ibagué to 
serve until the railroad is completed between those cities. (Courtesy 
of the Legation of Colombia in Washington.) 

Botfvar Rartroap.—The total length of the Bolivar Railroad 
now being built from Cartagena to Antioquia is to be 300 kilometers. 
The first part of the line, the most difficult of construction, is between 
Cartagena and Sincerin at kilometer 50, where 1,500 men are now 
working, a number to be increased shortly to 3,000. It is believed 
that the road can be completed in four years. From Bolombolo 
southward for 20 kilometers in the Antioquian section, the line is 
ready for the laying of rails, which are now being received. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 815 


Hicguways In VALLE.—An official report states that in the Depart- 
ment of Valle since 1925 the use of automotive vehicles has effected 
a great change in the transportation system and in the progress of 
the department. There are now 600 kilometers of railroad and 400 
kilometers of highway up and down and across the department, as 
well as 300 kilometers of navigable waterways, which give this section 
of the Republic a fine system of communications. 


COSTA RICA 


NaTIONAL cENSUS.—On May 11, 1927, for the first time in 35 
years, a general population census was begun in Costa Rica, almost 
800 persons being employed in the work. The last general popula- 
tion census, made in 1892, showed the population of Costa Rica at 
that time to be 255,365. 

CUBA 


Miik concress.—Beginning April 18 last the First Milk and Dairy 
Products Congress was held in the city of Habana. More than 350 
delegates participated, representing about 14,000 dairymen. Forty- 
eight resolutions were adopted in all, some of which are the following: 
That the Government and Congress be requested to promote in every 
possible way the establishment of agricultural banks as mediums 
for obtaining capital to develop the dairy industry; that all milk 
cows be submitted to the tuberculin test; that the establishment of 
Pasteurization plants for milk sold to the public be encouraged and 
the first ones opened exempted from all taxes; and that the use of 
bicarbonate of soda in the preparation of made-over butter be 
approved. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

MANUFACTURE OF EXPLOSIVES.—On April 24 a factory for manu- 
facturing explosives began operations near Santiago de las Vegas, 
Province of Habana. One of the raw materials employed in making 
the explosives is sugar, thus giving a new use to this important native 
product. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


INDUSTRIAL EXPOSsITION.—On May 5 last the national industrial 
exposition in Santiago de los Caballeros was formally opened. All 
the different Provinces had buildings of their own, where interesting 
exhibits of their various products were shown. Cuba, Haiti, and 
Porto Rico, at the invitation of the Dominican Government, also 
had national buildings with a fine display of articles. 

NEw STEAMSHIP SERVICE.— Karly in June a new steamship service 
for carrying mail and passengers was opened between New York and 
the Dominican Republic, in accordance with a contract signed by 
the Government of the Dominican Republic and the New York & 
Puerto Rico Steamship Co. 


816 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—A recent law gives the regulations under 
which the agricultural school connected with the agronomic station 
shall function, and names the following subjects included in the course 
of studies: General and applied chemistry, agronomy, elementary 
physics, mineralogy and meteorology, botany, zootechnics, agri- 
cultural bookkeeping, and veterinary science. For admittance to 
the agricultural school applicants must present a duly authorized 
certificate of efficiency in the upper primary studies, and be over 
17 years of age. The degree of bachelor of science in agriculture 
will be given to those who pass examinations in the subjects com- 
prised in the courses prescribed by law. Those holding a degree of 
bachelor of science in agriculture, after an additional year of prac- 
tical work, in accordance with regulations to be issued by the Secre- 
tary of Agriculture, will be awarded the title of agronomic expert. 

MotassEs PRODUCTION.—During the year 1926 notable progress 
was shown both in the production of raw sugar and of molasses. 
Exports of raw sugar from the Dominican Republic increased in 
quantity 36,550 metric tons during the year 1926 over the exports 
for the year 1925. The increase in the exports of molasses during 
the year 1926 was important in quantity, having increased from 
78,029 metric tons in 1925 to 102,014 metric tons in 1926. Fifteen 
of the most important sugar centrals are located in the southern 
part of the Republic and practically all of the molasses produced for 
export is manufactured in this section. 


ECUADOR 


Exuisit of EcuaDOREAN PRODUCTS PLANNED.—The Chamber of 
Commerce of Quito is preparing to hold an exhibit of national prod- 
ucts of all kinds in that city, probably in May of next year. It is 
the intention of the Quito Chamber of Commerce to enlist the coopera- 
tion of other similar Ecuadorean organizations in this undertaking. 
The exhibit is to include a variety of products—agricultural, manu- 
factured, and mineral. On the opening of the exhibit the Chamber 
of Commerce will edit a special number of the Revista Oficial, stressing 
the potential productivity of the country, the existing sources of its 
wealth, and the reorganization of its banking system. Copies of 
this edition of the Revista Oficial will be distributed among chambers 
of commerce and business concerns of the countries with which 
Ecuador maintains commercial relations. 

NATIONAL INDUSTRIES.—A modern soap factory has been opened 
in Quito. The basis of the soap manufactured is vegetable oil extracted 
from cotton seed and from the castor-oil bean. The equipment for 
this factory was purchased in Germany at a cost of 120,000 sucres, 
and the work is under the direction of an expert chemist who has had 
18 years’ experience in this kind of work. The products so far 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE Sy 


turned out include laundry soap, fine perfumed toilet soaps, and 
medicated soaps. 

MoNOGRAPH ON ERADICATION OF CATTLE TICK.—The Bulletin is 
indebted to the Technical Bureau of Farming and Livestock of the 
Littoral for a monograph on the eradication of the cattle tick, 
the most complete yet published in that country and on which 
the bureau is to be congratulated. Dr. Roberto Plata Guerrero, the 
author of the monograph, was engaged by the Ecuadorean Govern- 
ment in the United States to take charge of the Bureau of Farming 
and Livestock. He is a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania, 
a member of the American Veterinary Medical Association, and has ~ 
been professor and rector of the National School of Veterinary 
Medicine in Bogota, Colombia. He also recently completed a study 
tour in Mexico and the United States. 


GUATEMALA 


EXPOSITION OF NATIVE woops.—During April, as a result of an 
executive decree of March 23, 1927, the Director General of Agricul- 
ture sent an invitation to owners of estates throughout Guatemala 
inviting them to participate in an exposition of woods to be held in 
connection with Arbor Day celebrations from May 29 to June 5, 
1927. Directions stated that the samples should include those woods 
commonly considered useless as well as the species known to be 
valuable, since it was the purpose of the Government to submit the 
specimens to foreign experts in order to determine the actual value of 
the various woods for construction work, cabinetmaking, and for 
curative and other uses, and to find if possible a market for some of 
the now rejected species. 

INAUGURATION OF ELECTRIC-LIGHT SERVICE.—According to the 
Diario de Centro-America, Guatemala City, of April 20, 1927, all 
preliminary work in the installation of electric-light service in the 
city of Jalapa had been completed and April 30, 1927, was announced 
as the date for its inauguration. 


HAITI 


IRRIGATION conTRAcT.—On May 12, 1927, the Government 
entered into a contract with certain American interests for the irri- 
gation of the Artibonite Valley. For many years it has been recog- 
nized that the intensive development of the Artibonite Plain would 
greatly increase the wealth of the country, but many difficulties 
surrounded the elaboration of the practical project. An agreement, 
however, was finally reached, and the contract is before the legisla- 
tive body for consideration. In view of the importance of the 
project, it may be of interest to summarize some of its principal 
features. The rights of existing mhabitants of the valley and the 

51875—27—Bull. 7——6 


818 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


general rights of the Government are scrupulously maintained. The 
contractor receives no tax exemption except on actual materials for 
constructing the irrigation works. The total period of the contract 
is for 60 years. A preliminary period of two years is accorded to 
the company to determine whether permanent irrigation develop- 
ment can be undertaken with reasonable probability of success, dur- 
ing which period the company will endeavor to ascertain whether a 
minimum of 10,000 hectares of land can be purchased or leased in 
sufficiently compact form to justify the construction of an irrigation 
system. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.) 

New water TANK.—On April 4 last the new 100,000-gallon ele- 
vated water tank in the city of Cayes was placed in service for the 
first time. The water supply for the city is obtained by pumping 
from springs and wells. Heretofore there has been no means of 
regulating pressure and of increasing the amount of water and the 
pressure in case of fire. The new tank, however, will not only give 
a reserve supply but will serve to increase the pressure. (Bulletin of 
the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.) 


HONDURAS 


CoFFEE EXPERT ENGAGED.—President Paz Baraona of Honduras 
has engaged Senior Célestino Basagoitia of Salvador, who has model 
coffee plantations of his own and has done very fine work with other 
plantations, as a coffee expert to supervise the cultivation of this 
tree in the eight coffee zones of the Republic. 

Corozo Nuts.—The press reports that the concession granted by 
Congress in February, 1927, for a corozo-palm plantation has awak- 
ened much interest. The palm takes from five to seven years to 
arrive at the stage of production but lives 100 years. The conces- 
sionary says that if the palms are planted about seven meters apart 
from 169 to 196 can be planted per hectare. Each palm produces 
annually about 200 pounds of nuts, from which an oil is made. The 
palms need little care, the plantation being useful also for pasture 
or grain plantings. Other oil-producing palms will also be cultivated. 


MEXICO 


MEXICAN RAILROAD EXTENSION.—The Mexican Southern Pacific 
Railroad has recently completed a section 165 kilometers long running 
through magnificent scenery and completing the connection between 
Guadalajara and Nogales on the United States border. This sec- 
tion, which cost 28,000,000 pesos, begins at Tepic, running south to 
Guadalajara through mountainous country necessitating the drilling 
of 26 tunnels in 26 kilometers of this stretch. The importance to 
Mexico of this particular section is that all parts of the railroad 
system of the country are now linked. The west coast, which in- 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 819 


cludes the fertile States of Sonora, Sinaloa, and Nayarit, together 
amounting to some 400,000 square kilometers, is thereby opened to 
traffic and progress by means of its connection with Guadalajara 
and thence with Mexico City. -Of this land 2,500,000 hectares are 
irrigable, since the country is traversed by some 16 rivers with ex- 
tensive deltas. Vegetables and other products including wheat, rice, 
beans, and tomatoes are grown extensively here. The Mexican 
Southern Pacific has put on this new section all the rolling stock 
necessary for a through journey for freight or passengers from Gua- 
dalajara to Nogales. 

IrriGATIon.—In an interview recently granted to the press Presi- 
dent Calles referred to the irrigation projects now under way, cost- 
ing over 80,000,000 pesos, as follows: 

Rio Salado, Coahuila and Nuevo Le6n, irrigation for 65,000 hectares; Calles Dam 
over the Santiago River, Aguascalientes, irrigation for 20,000 hectares; Tuxtepec 
Dam, Lerma River, Michoacan, irrigation for 50,000 hectares; Rio Mante, 
Tamaulipas, 10,000 hectares; Guatimape, gravity irrigation for 11,000 hectares 
and pumped irrigation for 7,000 hectares; Valley of Mexquital, Hidalgo, 30,000 
hectares; these projects also have electric power plants in connection with the 
dams built for the water supply. In addition the plans for new projects cover 
irrigation for 300,000 hectares from the waters of the Yaqui and Mayo Rivers 
while still other projects are under consideration for Lower California, Sonora, 
Chihuahua, Nuevo Leén, Tamaulipas, Durango, San Luis Potosi, and Michoacan. 

Tampico-MExiIco TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION.—On April 22, 1927, 
the direct long distance telephone line between Tampico and Mexico 
was formally opened with a conversation between President Calles 
and Governor Portes Gil of the State of Tamaulipas, followed by an 
exchange of messages between heads of the city of Tampico and those 
of the Federal District. The Compania Telefonica de Mexico, which 
built the line, will soon complete further sections placing Tampico in 
telephonic connection with the United States and other distant 
points. 

First Nationat Statistics Mreeting.—On April 23, 1927, the 
First National Statistics Meeting was opened in Mexico City by the 
Secretary of Government, Engineer Juan de Dios Bojorquez, head of 
the National Department of Statistics, being elected president of the 
conference. Delegates from the States and the Federal District, 
the diplomatic corps, and observers were present at the inaugural 


meeting. 
PANAMA 


Heme To BE PRODUCED.—The press reports that an endeavor is 
being made to start schools of hemp cultivation in the Provinces of 
Herrera and Los Santos. The fiber will be used for the manufacture 
of hammocks and similar products. This is an industry new to 
Panama. 


820 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


SILK CULTIVATION CoNTRACT.—On April 19, 1927, the Govern- 
ment signed a contract for the establishment of the silk producing 
industry. The other party to the contract agrees to plant 10,000 
mulberry trees, provide 1,000,000 silkworm eggs, and instruct 25 per- 
sons in the cultivation of the trees and the rearing of the worms. 
The Government is to pay $7,500 for the trees and $4,000 a year to 
the contractor as organizer and director of the new industry. From 
this latter sum 20 per cent will be deducted monthly as a guaranty 
that the contract will be fulfilled. 

HAWAIIAN SUGAR CANE AND PINEAPPLES.—On May 6, 1927, a small 
shipment of 16 cases of sugar-cane tops and 9 sacks each containing 
‘200 pineapple seedlings were shipped to Panama from Hawaii to test 
the feasibility of growing these plants in Chiriqui. It is reported 
that a certain company plans to establish a cannery if Hawaiian 
pineapples can be raised successfully. 

LAND CONCESSION FOR AGRICULTURE.—In the middle of April, 
1927, the Government signed a contract for a concession of 3,000 
hectares of land in Aguas Sucias, of which 500 hectares are to be 
divided among Panaman citizens in lots of 10 hectares each, for agri- 
cultural purposes. The remaining 2,500 hectares are to be planted 
with bananas by the contractor. The contractor agrees to build a 
road between the colonists’ land, the banana plantation and Gattin 
Lake, from which shipments will be made of the agricultural products 
and bananas raised on the concession. 


PARAGUAY 


STUDY OF HIGHWAY PLANS.—The engineering corps of the Depart- 
ment of Public Works recently began studies relative to the con- 
struction of the Ita-Carapeguaé highway. Passing through Yaguaron, 
this highway is expected to be of unquestionable economic impor- 
tance, since it will form the most direct route from the capital to the 
Missions. 

Information has also been received that the preliminary work of 
grading on the Asuncién-Luque highway is advancing rapidly. 

PARAGUAYAN LIvEsTocK.—Figures from the message of President 
Ayala delivered at the opening session of Congress on April 1, 1927, 
show the approximate number of the most important classes of live- 
stock in Paraguay to be as follows: Cattle, 3,000,000; horses, 200,000; 
sheep, 200,000; hogs, 45,000. Indicative of the fact that these form 
only a small proportion of the number which might actually be sup- 
ported in Paraguay is the statement that even in sections such as 
those near Asuncion, Pilar, and the Missions where stock raising is 
carried on more intensely than elsewhere, there is a percentage of 
but 0.40 to 0.51 head of cattle to the hectare (hectare equals 2.47 
acres). 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 821 


INCREASED PRODUCTION CAPACITY OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING 
oFrFIcE.—According to El Diario, Asuncion, of April 12, 1927, quoting 
from the message of the President at the opening of Congress, the 
constant installation of new printing machinery has greatly increased 
the producing capacity of the National Printing Office. In 1920 the 
total volume of work turned out was 1,134,481 pieces; in 1922 it 
rose to 5,084,949; in 1924 to 6,896,192; and in 1926 it was 9,269,015. 


PERU 


CONDITIONS FOR COLONIZATION.—In order to determine the ad- 
vantages which will be granted to national or foreign colonists set- 
tling in the mountainous region of Peru, the Chief Executive recently 
published a decree setting forth the terms that will be given them as 
follows: Ten hectares of land will be granted to each individual set- 
tler and 30 to every family. During the first six months a daily 
allowance of 1 sol will be made to each adult colonist and of 50 cen- 
tavos to every child under 15 years of age. The colonists will receive 
free medical care. The Government will provide transportation for 
them from the port of Callao to their ultimate destination. Agricul- 
tural tools and seeds for planting will also be supplied by the Goy- 
ernment. The price of thet ools, seeds, and transportation shall be 
refunded to the Government when, in the opinion of the Administra- 
tion of Colonization and Immigration, the colonist through the 
development of his crops is able to do so. The colonist shall engage 
to contribute toward the development of a town, having the option 
of a lot in said town 50 meters deep by 40 in width, whereon to con- 
struct a house. (Hectare equals 2.47 acres; sol equals $0.487 at par.) 

Corron PprRopucTION.—Official customs statistics of Peru show 
that the cotton crop for 1926 was the largest on record. Exports 
from April 1, when the crop started to move, until December 31, 
1926, reached 196,132 bales of 500 pounds each, while for the same 
period of 1925 exports were 153,615 bales; thus an increase of 42,517 
bales is shown for 1926. Exports for the whole calendar year 1926 
reached 215,769 bales. Allowing 15,000 bales for home consumption, 
a conservative figure, last year’s crop totaled 230,769 bales. Of 
Peru’s cotton exports nearly 70 per cent goes to England. 

ConsuLAR INvoiIces.—A decree effective from July 1, 1927, states 
that shippers of merchandise to Peruvian ports are obliged to pre- 
sent a duplicate of the insurance policy or a certificate of the insur- 
ance company showing the amount of insurance allotted to the mer- 
chandise whenever the shipper makes use of a floating policy. Upon 
releasing the merchandise the Peruvian customs shall exact the pres- 
entation of a duplicate policy or insurance certificate visaed by the 
respective consuls. Whenever there is a greater difference than 10 
per cent between the declared quantity and that which has been 
insured, the latter shall be accepted. 


822 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


SALVADOR 


GovERNMENT BUSINESS BUREAU.—The Government Bureau of 
Industry and Commerce has recently appointed Prof. Juan Antonio 
Cafias to head a new service for the inspection and promotion of 
small industries. Professor Canfas has previously had charge of teach- 
ing small industries, such as soap making, tanning, basket weaving, 
preserving of fruits, and the manufacture of mirrors and toys in the 
Industrial Mission in Guanajuato, Mexico. The plan is to teach 
these industries so that Salvadorean families may have a means of 
support and the Nation a wider use of its natural resources. 

AGRICULTURAL ASSOCIATION.—The President of Salvador, in order 
to further the agricultural progress of the country, plans to establish 
agricultural associations throughout the Republic. The founding 
of the agricultural association of the Department of San Vicente on 
April 9, 1927, is part of this program. Dr. Gonzalo Angulo was 
appointed president of this association. 


URUGUAY 


BoTANICAL PUBLICATION.—It was announced in La Marana of 
Montevideo, for May 11, 1927, that the Rural Association of Uruguay 
is planning to publish a series of pamphlets by Dr. Guillermo Herter, 
long a resident of that country, on the flora of the region drained by 
the Uruguay River, including the two Brazilian States of Santa 
Catharina and Rio Grande do Sul; the Republic of Uruguay; and 
the Argentine Provinces of Misiones, Corrientes, Entrerios, and 
Buenos Aires. Of the proposed series, which is intended only as a 
basis upon which future botanical classifications may be built, “‘ Index 
familiarum plantarum Montevidensis”’ will be the first to be pub- 
lished. 

YIELD OF LAND PER HECTARE.—According to statistics quoted from 
a recently published yearly report of the Bureau of Agronomy by 
La Marana, Montevideo, of May 13, 1927, the average yield of land 
in Uruguay sown to wheat during 1921-1925 was 740 kilograms 
per hectare (hectare equals 2.47 acres), an important gain when 
compared to the average yield of former years which was stated to 
be as follows: From 1892-1901 the average was 694 kilograms per 
hectare, from 1901-1910, 659 kilograms, and from 1911-1920, 581 
kilograms. 

VENEZUELA 

HYDROELECTRIC PLANT INAUGURATED.—On April 19, 1927, a 
hydroelectric plant recently constructed in the town of Zea, Tovar 
district, at a cost of more than 100,000 bolivars, was put into opera- 
tion and the resulting electric light service placed at public disposal. 

COMPLETION OF TUNNEL.—It was recently announced that work 
is rapidly advancing and within a short time will be completed on 
the San Juan tunnel, through which the water now menacing the 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 823 


health of the city of Barquisimeto will be drained in another direc- 
tion. 

OPENING OF FLUVIAL RoUTE.—On April 11, 1927, the municipal 
council of El Bat authorized the dredging of the mouth of the 
Guanaparo River. It is expected that this work will open the river 
to commercial navigation for some 250 kilometers (kilometer equals 
0.62 mile). 

PUBLIC WORKS UNDER CONSTRUCTION.—On April 18, 1927, work 
was begun on the construction of a reinforced concrete bridge 60 
meters long (meter equals 3.28 feet) by 6 meters wide over the 
Marhuanta River near the city of Bolivar. 

According to a report published in Hl Universal, Caracas, of April 
6, 1927, initial work on the construction of an aqueduct and the 
installation of electricity in Ocumare de la Costa has also been 
started. 






a ECONOMIC**>FINANCIAL 
R@aie AFFAIRS 3:2@2 


ARGENTINA 


Buperr.—The 1927 budget of expenditures amounts to 646,795,- 
424.99 pesos, national currency, in cash and 172,892,536 pesos in 
bonds, to which must be added the section for subsidies and charity 
financed by special revenues amounting to 25,984,979.40 pesos. 
The budget also includes bonds of a face value of 142,000,000 pesos 
to cover part of the indebtedness of the State railways. The table 
of ordinary expenditures follows 


Budget of general expenditures, 1927 

















Bonds 

Departments National currency, (national 

currency) 

Pesos Pesos 

AWaR (COT PT CSG eae ene NMR iT ie weal eRe eA ae ne ei a Ses 6106031 00)2/5 22 asian 
ID Mpln Geri Onsen Neen en Swen pre aie De nn oh Yd deine, a JL eens Be | 106, 419, 679. 64 [Same see ties ie 
CraloreionuRiclationstanGaviOrshilp sseeeepeae en epee se een ere | (C27, Cita Ie 
(DY SRT CAS tIty eee eed aN oe AR eaeteina rN ols SEI eis ines SEED deh ne b> SO EM 7000) le ee ee 
Subsection! Publicideb (lee sea see ee Se eee ee oe 2OTGT56 53189599) eee en ee ee 
HAM USticevandue Ub licens tRU CGO Tess eee a ee es eee eee ce 132, 397, 415. 16 | pe ee 0, 
Dy NA ae mp Eg 5 i So a te i aa ee Gi Cee Ossb ell |e. soso 
GING yay tiie er mee ach ey PN AOE ss, Sas tS Ae oe em ete eae 435882) 0625/70) |se=s=a esa ae 
ee Neri cul tunes aaa see Lee eee RGA a seu one we bantd We Soe Bee ee 18,'722)(0485 00H aaa wena 
TORO LTC AW OTS ce staat nee SIN he Ulead ny Oe a a cS Ok D2 OTT OO) eee pee ee 
J. Pensions, retired pay, length of service pay_--_---------------------- 20, 348, 743. 30 | |-------------- 
EW blichund entakin gsi 2 oe ee tue OSs es Be ee ae Phat Soom see ee ee ee ee ee | 147, 892, 536 
SWpplenilem bariyCue ct te ae a A eee | 25, 000, 000 
A OCA eeta a= peer ae eee re ite RN Derveeto a ymca ME SUS ae Uae 646, 795, 424.99 | 172, 892, 536 








824 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
COLOMBIA 


FINANCIAL SITUATION.—The financial condition of Colombia was 
recently reviewed by Mr. Charles McQueen, of the United States 
Department of Commerce, in a book entitled ‘Colombian Public 
Finance,” which gives the following figures: 

The total paid-up capital and reserves of the banks of the country increased 
from 24,537,252 pesos on June 30, 1924, to 25,921,968 pesos on June 30, 1925; 
to 27,229,762 pesos on June 30, 1926; and to 30,291,986 pesos on February 28, 
1927, the total increase being in that time 5,754,734 pesos. The total paid 
capital and reserves of Colombian banks were divided as follows: 


Pesos 
ZA senailonealrconmmnencieleloaiikis uses ae = me lapane nes 21, 922, 489 
4 foreign commercial banks_______________________ 4, 274, 053 
7} WMEAKONENL ToMOreWMEeR Op WOK 4, 095, 444 


There is also the Bank of the Republic whose capital and reserve amount to 
more than 11,000,000 pesos. 


CUBA 


Savines.—The National Statistical Commission has published 
statistics up to December 31, 1926, of all saving accounts in the various 
savings banks and savings departments of the regional societies 
established in the Republic, showing the total amount of such deposits 
to be $35,510,821.26, the number of depositors, both men and women, 
being 55,000 persons in all. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 
Washington.) 

LIFE INSURANCE IN CuBA.—A compilation of figures relating to 
the life insurance policies made during the year 1925 by the various 
companies operating in the Republic show that there were then 11 
insurance companies in Cuba, 9 of which are foreign corporations 
and 2 national, with a total capital of $457,944,811, a reserve amount- 
ing to $38,429,834, and securities loaned reaching the sum of $432,600. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


PARAGUAY 


RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES DURING 1925-26.—According to 
fiscal reports quoted in the President’s message to Congress on 
April 1, 1927, the total receipts through all sources for the year 
1925-26 were 1,353,850 gold and 178,830,016 paper pesos; the total 
expenditures were stated to be 1,724,713 gold and 161,676,723 paper 
pesos. 

PERU 


Loan.—Law No. 5654 authorizes the Chief Executive to issue 
bonds up to the amount of 5,000,000 pounds sterling or the equiva- 
lent in United States currency, guaranteed by the proceeds from the 
tobacco monopoly. The bonds will be issued in series, the amount 


LEGISLATION 825 


of each series to be determined by the Chief Executive. Both the 
principal and interest on these bonds will be payable in London or 
New York. The bonds shall not be issued for less than 90 per cent of 
their nominal value, or with an interest above 7 per cent a year, with 
accumulative amortization of not more than 1 per cent annually. 
These bonds will be exempt from all taxes. The proceeds of this loan 
will be used, among other things, for purchasing a site to establish a 
cigar and cigarette factory and buying the necessary machinery for 
equipping the factory, for the construction of railroads, and for 
carrying on sanitation and irrigation works already commenced. 


URUGUAY 


GROWTH IN POSTAL SAVINGS DEPOSITS.—The rise of postal savings - 
deposits to 500,000 pesos was reported during May by offictals in 
charge of the department. Organized by a law of February 27, 1919, 
the postal savings department began its operations on July 1, 1920. 
After five years of precarious existence its deposits amounted to but 
130,000 pesos, nevertheless during 1926, under a different adminis- 
tration, the department enjoyed greater prosperity, and on May 14, 
1927, its books showed deposits amounting to 550,000 pesos. This 
sum represents the savings of some 25,000 depositors, of whom 18,000 
are children. 





BRAZIL 


INTERNATIONAL CoMMIssION OF AMERICAN JuRIsTs.—On April 
18, 1927, the International Commission of American Jurists opened its 
sessions in the Senate Building in Rio de Janeiro, many distinguished 
guests being present to hear the addresses of the Brazilian and foreign 
delegates. 

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


AMENDMENTS TO THE ConsTITUTION.—On April 28 the Senate 
approved, at its first reading, a bill requiring amendments to articles 
76, 78, 104, and 105 of the Constitution of the Republic, and on 
April 30 this bill, with some changes, was passed by the Chamber of 
Deputies. A revisory committee was appointed and a project pre- 
sented to them for discussion. 


826 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION. 


MEXICO 


BIRTH REGISTRATION TO BE ENFORCED.—In order to improve the 
statistical data of the Government, the Department of National 
Statistics is undertaking a campaign of birth registration, a legal 
requirement which has not been strictly enforced. This movement 
is the result of one of the resolutions passed at the recent National 
Statistics Conference held in Mexico City. Directors of public educa- 
tion throughout the country will be asked to aid in educating the 
public in the necessity for registering births. 


NICARAGUA 


DELEGATES TO INTERPARLIAMENTARY ConGress.—On March 30, 
1927, the Senate elected as delegates to attend the Interparliamentary 
Congress in Paris the following members: Don Leopoldo Salazar, 
Don Santiago Callejas, and Don Gregorio Cuadra, and appropriated 
9,000 cérdobas for the expenses of the delegation. The Chamber 
of Deputies elected as its representatives to the same congress 
Dr. David Stadthagen, Don César Pasos, Dr. Gustavo Manzanares, 
Don Francisco Argiiello, and Don J. Augusto Flores Z. 


“ UNITED STATES 


INTERNATIONAL RADIOTELEGRAPH CONFERENCE.—An_ Interna- 
tional Radiotelegraph Conference will assemble in Washington Octo- 
ber 4, 1927, under the auspices of the Department of State. More 
than 50 foreign governments are expected to participate in the con- 
ference, which will be the first convened since the London conference 
of 1912. The object is to draft an international treaty to which the 
various governments can adhere in relation to their communications 
systems. The proposals of the participating governments will be 
compiled before the meetings into a large volume, so that delegates 
will have an opportunity to study them prior to the sessions. 

Pan AMERICAN COMMISSION ON THE SIMPLIFICATION AND STAND- 
ARDIZATION OF CoNnsSULAR PRocEDURE.—Pursuant to a resolution of 
the Third Pan American Commercial Congress, which met in Wash- 
ington last May, the governing board of the Pan American Union 
has convoked a meeting of the Pan American Commission on the 
Simplification and Standardization of Consular Procedure, the open- 
ing date of which has been fixed as October 10, 1927. 





TN .2 TREATIES 4; ry. 


ECUADOR 


Pan American PostaL CONVENTION.—By virtue of decree No. 41, 
published in the Registro Oficial of March 29, 1927, the Ecuadorean 
Government approved the principal convention of the Pan American 
Postal Union, the final protocol, and the regulation of execution, and 
also the parcel post agreement signed in Mexico City on November 
9, 1926. These agreements are effective from July 1, 1927. 


VENEZUELA 


UniversaL Postan Conventions.—Decrees ratifying, respec- 
tively, the Universal Postal Convention and the regulations for 
its execution, the Parcels Post Agreement, and the regulations for its 
execution, and Paragraph XII of the Final Protocol of the Universal 
Postal Convention, all of which were signed in Stockholm in 1924, 
were published in the Gaceta Oficial of Venezuela for March 28, 1927. 
The first and second were signed by President Gomez on July 23, 
1925, and the third on June 28, 1926. 





ER Syn Hs ANDEDUCATION «¢ ¢ NE 


ARGENTINA 


Concress or Natrona History.—The Second Congress of Na- 
tional History organized by the American Academy of History met 
in Jujuy on April 17, 1927. Over 80 papers were presented by the 
76 delegates. 

ITALIAN PROFESSOR TO LECTURE IN UNIVERSITIES.— Professor 
Farinelli of the University of Turin, Italy, who has recently com- 
pleted courses of lectures in the Brazilian universities of Rio de 
Janeiro and Sao Paulo arrived in Buenos Aires last April to give a 
series of lectures in the university of that city, and later in the uni- 
versities of La Plata and Cérdoba. Professor Farinelli, who is one 
of the most distinguished contemporary writers on the cultural 
effects of Latin and Germanic romanticism in the development of 
human thought, and who was for a time at the University of Inns- 
bruck, believes in cultivating friendly cultural relations with all 
nations to eliminate any tendency to war. 

827 


828 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
BRAZIL 


NEw MEMBER OF BraziLtiAN AcADEMy.—On April 20, 1927, the 
Brazilian Academy of Letters held a brilliant session attended by 
the President of the Republic and personages in official life and 
the social world for the admittance of Dr. Olegario Mariano, a 
distinguished poet as a new member of the Academy. 

EpucaTion CoNnFERENCE.—The Brazilian Association of Education 
decided in a recent session to call the first annual National Educa- 
tion Conference for September, 1927, to be held in the city of Recife. 
The program will include the following main topics: (1) National 
unity; (2) unification of primary standards of education; (3) estab- 
lishment of normal schools; and (4) the organization of national 
sections. 

CHILE 


CouRSE FOR MENTALLY DEFICIENT CHILDREN.—The Miuinister of 
Public Instruction signed a decree on May 13 providing for the 
establishment of special courses for mentally deficient children. In 
view of the fact that a group of professors of the Concepcién Normal 
School have offered their services for this purpose, the principal of 
that school has been authorized to establish a special course for men- 
tally retarded children which will operate in connection with the 
practice school annexed to the normal school above mentioned. 

Caruouic University or Cuite.—This institution, located in San- 
tiago, at present comprises six faculties, three institutes, and five 
academies; the courses number 309, and the enrollment is over 2,000 
students. The ‘Isabel Caces de Brown”? Foundation will open in 
Valparaiso next year—that is to say, 1928. The latter will be legally 
and academically connected with the Catholic University through 
its schools of industrial arts and of commerce and also its special 
courses. A splendid edifice has been constructed to house this 
institution, costing approximately $4,000,000. 

IMPORTANT CHANGES IN SCHOOL ORGANIZATION.—April and May 
issues of El Mercurio of Santiago give an account of the changes which 
have been made by presidential decree in the organization of public 
instruction. The chief educational official will be the superintendent 
of public education, aided by eight boards, as follows: University, 
normal, secondary, primary, commercial, agricultural, industrial, 
and artistic education. These boards, each under the presidency of 
a director general, are composed of the directors of the principal 
schools of that class, school supervisors, and representatives elected 
by the teaching profession and by educational, industrial, and other 
bodies. The special schools formerly under the jurisdiction of the 
Department of Agriculture and Industry pass to the control of the 
Department of Education. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 829 


Some changes are made in the schools composing the University of 
Chile, principally in the introduction of advanced liberal arts courses. 

Dr. Enrique Molina, principal of the Boys’ Secondary School at 
Concepcion and president of the private University of Concepcién, 
has been appointed superintendent of public education. 


COLOMBIA 


STUDENTS’ HOUSE IN Paris.—The Minister of Public Instruction 
and Health is to receive a credit of 30,000 pesos for the construction 
of a house for Colombian students in Paris as a result of the suggestion 
of the French commission in charge of establishing the University 
City in the French capital. (Courtesy of the Legation of Colombia in 
Washington.) 

ScHOLARSHIPS.—The Military School of Bogot& has established 
two scholarships for each of the departments of the Republic. Candi- 
dates must be 20 to 25 years of age, physically sound, have passed the 
third year of academic studies or have bachelors’ or normal graduates’ 
diplomas. 

The Assembly of Cundinamarca has established 15 scholarships 
for boarding pupils in the Institute for the Blind—four for the Prov- 
ince of Bogot& and one for each of the other provinces of the 
department. The same bill appropriated 4,000 pesos for teaching 
equipment for the institute, which is located in Bogota. (Courtesy 
of the Legation of Colombia in Washington.) 


COSTA RICA 


INSTRUCTION IN PRINTING.—According to recent reports, equip- 
ment for a complete printing shop, including two medium-sized 
printing presses and a supply of type, has arrived and been installed 
in the Salesian school in San José, where apprenticeship courses will 
be established as a part of the curriculum. 

Visit oF COLOMBIAN STUDENTS.—On May 6, 1927, 5 teachers and 
19 students from the Gimnasio Moderno, a secondary school of 
Bogota, Colombia, arrived in San José for a brief visit to that city 
during their tour of the country. They were received very enthusi- 
astically and while there Dr. Agustin Nieto Caballero, principal of 
the school and a noted educator, was prevailed upon to give a number 
of lectures on subjects of pedagogic interest. 

FREE COURSE IN DOMESTIC SCIENCE.—The organization of a free 
course in domestic science to be given in San José was recently out- 
lined by the Secretary of Education and four young women chosen to 
form the teaching personnel. 

CUBA 

Scnoou sraristics.—The National Statistical Commission in a 
recent report gave some interesting figures regarding the number of 
pupils registered and graduated from the six provincial institutes of 


830 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the Republic during the academic year 1925-26. According to this 
report, the total number of registrations was 14,569, of which 6,294 
were in the Province of Habana, 2,764 in the Province of Pinar del 
Rio, 2,784 in the Province of Santa Clara, 1,449 in the Province of 
Oriente, 862 in the Province of Matanzas, and 416 in the Province 
of Camagtiey. Graduates numbered 926, Habana having the largest 
number—457. During the five-year period from 1921 to 1926, 
2,509 pupils were enrolled in the four different courses of the Habana 
vocational school. 

As for the primary schools of the Republic, the Secretary of Public 
Instruction and Fine Arts published a report on the attendance in 
both the private and public elementary schools during the year 1925— 
26, stating that the enrollment for that school year exceeded that for 
any previous period, the number having reached 433,200 pupils, 
while the total number of classrooms throughout the Republic was 
7,330. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

ScHooL notes.—A law of April 18 provides for the reorganization 
of the school of home making, which has for its object to place within 
the reach of Cuban women scientific, artistic, and practical instruc- 
tion, which, in addition to furnishing a general cultural education, 
will prepare women to meet the problems of home life and those of 
motherhood and the various types of occupation peculiar to their 
Sex. 

The following subjects have been added to the course of study for 
secondary schools: Cuban geography, Cuban history, principles of 
agriculture, principles of political economy, and statistics. Two 
courses have been added to the curriculum of the school of education 
of the National University, as follows: (a) General geography, one 
year; Cuban geography, one year; (b) introduction to the history 
of Spanish colonization in the new world and history of Cuba, two 
years. All county school inspectors will be required to take these 
two courses, which will also be required for the doctorate in education 
and in letters. The study of the history of Cuba will be required 
also in the school of law. 

The establishment of upper primary schools of a vocational nature 
has been authorized for all parts of the Republic. 

Courses in physical education, with hygienic exercises of military 
character, will be introduced .into all the secondary schools of the 
Republic. A course in physical education will also be given in the 
National University. 

ECUADOR 

NEW TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION.—A group of teachers of the city 
of Sangolqui has organized a society under the name of the ‘Los 
Chillos Teachers’ Association,’’ whose purpose it is to foster all 
movements for the development and adaptation of modern educa- 
tional methods tending toward the improvement of instruction in 
rural schools. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 831 


GUATEMALA 


INSTRUCTION BY USE OF MOTION PICTURES.—The Minister of Public 
Education recently purchased a number of educational films on 
industrial, scientific, and geographical subjects and began their 
use in the schools of the capital during April. 

SYSTEM FOR TEACHING ILLITERATES.—According to the Diario de 
Centro-America of March 29, 1927, a competition to find an adequate 
system for teaching adults was recently held under the auspices of 
the Mariano Galvez legal society of Quezaltenango. The conditions 
of the contest specified that the contestants submit a complete descrip- 
tion of a simple, easily applied method whereby illiterate persons of 
average intelligence could be successfully taught to read and write 
a certain number of common words within a month. 


HAITI 


INDUSTRIAL ScHOOL.—At the opening ceremony of the Gonaives 
Industrial School on April 4, the building was officially turned over 
to the agricultural service by the public works service. The enroll- 
ment at this school during the first month was 156, which is an indi- 
cation of great interest in this type of education. The curriculum 
of this school includes practically the same subjects as the industrial 
school at Port au Prince. Workshops have been equipped for eight 
different types of industrial training. Indications are that the 
enrollment will soon surpass the capacity of the buildings. 

Of the 90 students registered at the central school 60 are following 
the regular first-year course in agriculture and 30 the special peda- 
gogic course in industrial education. The latter course includes 
shoemaking, tailoring, cabinetmaking, carpentry, forge and sheet- 
metal work, automobile repairing, rural-school shopwork, and 
drafting. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.) 


HONDURAS 


Liprary IN ComayaGtrLa.—Many persons have recently made 
donations of books to the Juan Ram6én Molina Library of Comaya- 
giiela, among others Dr. Carlos Alberto Uclés, whose gift included 
works on literature, art, and modern history by celebrated American, 
French, Spanish, and Italian authors. 

CoMAYAGUELA NIGHT scHooL.—On April 4, 1927, the Manuel E. 
Sosa Evening School for adults was opened in Comayagiiela, the 
ceremony being attended by the director general of primary instruc- 
tion and the mayor of the city. 


MEXICO 


NEW UNIVERSITY TECHNICAL COURSES.—In May, 1927, the coun- 
cil of the University of Mexico resolved to establish new technical 
courses in professional education. They are engineering as applied to 


832 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


petroleum, a five-year course, and the chemistry of petroleum, a three- 
year course, which will be given by the school of engineering and the 
school of chemistry and pharmacy, respectively. This addition has 
been made due to the fact that lack of training has prevented Mexi- 
cans from holding many technical positions in the oil industries where 
there is great need of professional men in the refineries and factories 
producing by-products, as well as on the oil fields. 

UNIVERSITY SUMMER SCHOOL.—The summer courses given in the 
University of Mexico in Mexico City began on July 7 and continue 
until August 20, 1927, covering Spanish conversation, grammar, com- 
position, Spanish literature, Spanish drama, Cervantes and the 
Golden Age, the Spanish novel in the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries, the Mexican novel, Hispanic-American literature, Mexican 
literature, history, art, and other subjects. 

GUGGENHEIM TRAVEL SCHOLARSHIP WON BY Mrxican.—Dr. Samuel 
Sandoval Vallarta has won a travel-study scholarship in the compe- 
tition carried out for the award of the prizes offered by the Guggen- 
heim Foundation created in 1925 by Mr. Simon Guggenheim and his 
wife in memory of their son. By this annual competition, artists, 
writers, and students are selected, the winners receiving $2,500 for 
a year’s European study. Doctor Sandoval Vallarta, one of 63 prize 
winners, wrote a thesis on the Schrodinger mechanical waves and 
the Einstein theory, on which subjects he will continue his studies 
in Europe. He is professor of physics in the Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology. 

Moruers’ ctusps.—Mothers’ clubs have been organized in the 
schools of the Federal District for the improvement of the social, 
cultural, and economic status of their members. These clubs will 
function independently of the parents’ associations and will not have 
the educational aspect of the latter. 

ScHOOL ATTENDANCE.—The enrollment in the Government second- 
ary schools in Mexico City during 1927 totals 4,354 students, the 
distribution being as follows: 803 in school No. 1; 2,138 in school 
No. 2; 505 in school No. 3; 577 in school No. 4; and 331 in school 


No. 5. 
NICARAGUA 


Benito JuArEz Liprary.—The Benito Juarez Library of Leon 
was reopened on March 22, 1927, after being closed on December 
22, 1926. From June 20, 1926, to the time of closing, 814 books, 
papers, magazines, and other publications were used by readers. 
During the interval when the library was closed the librarian con- 
cluded the cataloguing of the 1,089 works in the collection, which has 
since been increased by 16 volumes from the Minister of State of 
Spain and several from other countries. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 8383 


PARAGUAY 


ScHOOL ENROLLMENT AND EXPENDITURES.—In his message to 
Congress on April 1, 1927, President Ayala stated that: 

A total of 93,334 pupils are at present enrolled in the schools of Paraguay. 
The expenditures for this branch of the public service during 1926-27 have been 
fixed at 30,393,994 paper pesos, or an increase of 13,504,534 paper pesos over 
the amount expended during the year 1924-25. 

PEDAGOGICAL MAGAZINE.—The first copies of a  pedagbgical 
magazine, La Nueva Ensefianza, edited under the direction of the 
National Council of Education, made their appearance during March. 

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.—According to a report of the activities of 
the national library for the past year as quoted from the message 
of the President at the opening session of Congress by El Diario, 
Asunci6n, of April 12, 1927, the books given by Argentina and 
Uruguay, numbering 478 and 471, respectively, formed the largest 
and most valuable contribution made to the library collection during 


the year. 
PERU 


VOCATIONAL TRAINING SCHOOL.—Last April a vocational training 
school for women was opened in Barranco, a short distance from 
Lima. This school was founded under the auspices of the society 
‘“Femenil Provida”’ and with the support of the Government. 


URUGUAY 


RENAMING OF SCHOOLS.—It was stated by the press during April 
that in a recent session the board of primary and normal school 
instruction in Montevideo had authorized the renaming of two city 
schools in honor of Cuba and Spain, respectively. The formal act 
in homage of the latter country was celebrated on May 2, 1927, 
the Spanish national holiday, while that of the rededication of the 
school for Cuba took place on May 20, 1927, the anniversary of 
Cuban independence. 

NEW INDUSTRIAL COURSE.—Cooperative courses to be given in 
class and industrial workshops, the first of their kind in Uruguay, 
were recently organized in Carmelo, Department of Colonia. 

IMPROVEMENTS IN INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL.—According to La Manana, 
Montevideo, of April 10, 1927, an agricultural course specializing 
in dairying will be inaugurated in the industrial school at Rocha, a 
modernly equipped annex being added for the purpose. 

CONGRESS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION.—Announcement has been 
made of the First Pan American Congress of Secondary Education, 
to be held at Piriépolis, a seaside resort, January 14-20, 1928, which 
will be the summer season in Uruguay. While the Congress is 
being organized by the Uruguayan Association of Secondary School 

51875—27—Bull. 7——_7 


834 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Teachers, the Secretary of Public Instruction and other officials 
have promised their assistance. The congress will consider the 
problems of secondary education in both cultural and vocational 
aspects, and will also discuss the best means of fostering Pan American 
peace and friendship. 

VENEZUELA 


VENEZUELAN BUILDING AT THE UNIVERSITY OF Paris.—Informa- 
tion has recently been received that the Venezuelan Government has 
appropriated 400,000 bolivars for the celebration of the centenary 
of the birth of Marcelino Berthelot, noted French scientist, in Paris, 
where a suitable building will be erected at the University City for the 
use of Venezuelan students, and a school of chemistry established. 

ACQUISITION OF MICROSCOPIC CAMERA.—According to El Universal 
of April, 6, 1927, the dean of the Central University in Caracas has 
acquired an ‘‘epidioscope’’ microscopic camera, for use in the classes 
of normal histology, bacteriology, parasitology, and pathological 
anatomy, where it will prove a valuable asset. 

Report oF NATIONAL LIBRARY FOR FIRST QUARTER OF 1927.— 
During the first quarter of the present vear, 1927, a total of 9,059 
persons visited the National Library for reading and consultation, 
making use of 7,503 volumes. According to the Boletin de la Biblioteca 
Nacional, the largest number of readers, 5,153 persons, consulted 
literary works, while the next largest’ number, 2,386, was composed 
of persons reading periodicals. 





ARGENTINA 


NIGHT WORK IN BAKERIES PROHIBITED.—On April 17, 1927, the 
national law prohibiting night work in bakeries went into effect 
throughout the Province of Buenos Aires. The regulations issued 
by the Department of Labor give certain cases in which exception 
is made to the rule, such as emergencies in hospitals, asylums, schools, 
etc.; exceptional decrease in the production due to force majeure; 
accidents to the machinery preventing day work; or cases of national 
or provincial emergencies. 

BRAZIL 


ASSOCIATION OF ComMMERCIAL EmpLoyrers.—The Association of 
Commercial Employees in Rio de Janeiro reports the following services 
rendered by the association clinic for members during March: 


LABOR §35 


1,799 patients were given medical advice; of these 109 were out- 
patients. The cases of skin diseases treated numbered 273; of 
nervous diseases, 29; the eye cases, 342; nose and throat patients, 
465; and surgical cases treated, 677. Fifty-eight operations were 
performed, 288 laboratory tests made, and 3,215 injections and 5,612 
treatments of various kinds given. In the dental clinic 2,131 
patients were cared for. 
CHILE 


CONGRESS OF PRIVATE EMPLOYEES.—This congress met in San- 
tiago from April 15-17. Delegates were present from practically 
all the employees’ committees in the country. Particular attention 
was given to discussing amendments to the private employees’ law. 
Resolutions relating to amendments to this law were presented to 
the Government for consideration by a special commission appointed 
for this purpose. Another point which was given special attention 
was the incompatibility of executive positions in this organization, 
with such offices as members of Congress, municipal employees, 
chiefs of political parties, and similar posts. 

Lagsor conGress.—On Apri 15 a labor congress met in Santiago. 
The chairman of the congress, Sr. Bernardo Quiroga, in his opening 
speech made reference to the splendid work accomplished since the 
meeting of the last congress in April, 1926. Some of the subjects - 
discussed and proposals made at the session of April 15 were the 
following: Economic and social questions; educational subjects; 
application of social laws and their reforms; questions of national 
colonization; subjects relating to the official organ and propaganda 
of the congress; appointment of a special commission to prepare 
for a Latin American convention. 


MEXICO 


Vera Cruz Lasor Concress.—On April 25, 1927, the First Con- 
gress of Labor Organizations of the State of Vera Cruz opened 
under the presidency of Ricardo Trevino. 

INVESTIGATION OF EFFECTS OF CHILD LABOR.—The Government 
of the Federal District of Mexico recently undertook an investi- 
gation of the effects of labor upon the children who come before the 
children’s court. The investigators have come to the conclusion 
that the effect of labor upon children is a noticeable physical inferior- 
ity and abnormal development of the brain tending toward delin- 
quency. A commission has been appointed to visit establishments 
employing children, to report on cases of child labor, and see that 
fines are imposed on employers who force children to work over- 
time. Hygienic working conditions are also to be demanded for 
children. 





ARGENTINA 


Hovsine.—The National Commission on Cheap Housing opened 
registration May 1 to applicants for 30 low-priced dwellings in the 
Guillermo Rawson ward of Buenos Aires. An applicant upon 
registering must present an identification certificate or marriage 
certificate if he is married, and a certificate from his place of employ- 
ment specifying his salary or wage, as well as similar documents 
for members of his family who are working. 

An exhibition of the model cheap houses to be built in the city of 
Rosario, Province of Sante Fe, aroused much interest. The minia- 
ture houses, of three types of one and two story dwellings, were 
accompanied by plans showing the arrangements of rooms and plans 
of the city showing where these new sections of 2,000 cheap houses 
were to be located. The Municipal Loan Bank of Rosario has 
received many inquiries from persons interested in owning their own 
homes, due to the high rents and the requirements made of tenants 
by landlords who, in some cases, were renting insanitary rooms. 

HoME FOR INCURABLES AND CONVALESCENTS.—The municipality 
of Buenos Aires on April 23, 1927, opened a home for chronic invalids 
and for convalescents at Ituzaing6, a short distance from the capital 
city. The hospital, which is equipped to care for 1,200 patients, cost 
about 3,000,000 pesos, derived from the municipal loan of 1923 and 
from private gifts. It has 10 sections located on grounds comprising 
39 hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres). 


BOLIVIA 


CHILD WELFARE.—The Child Welfare Society of La Paz, after 
considering various important projects prepared by the First National 
Congress of Child Welfare, held in La Paz August 23-30, 1925, 
has resolved to establish several consulting centers in different parts 
of the city. These centers will be under the direction of prominent 
specialists in children’s diseases who have offered their services. 
Milk stations will also be opened in connection with the consulting 
centers in accordance with the funds available. At these consulting 
centers school children will be examined for traces of tuberculosis, 
and the necessary precautions taken if signs of this disease are found. 
During the present year the Child Welfare Society will also establish 
in the schools a free lunch service for needy children. 

836 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 837 


Rep Cross.—The municipal council of La Paz has granted an 
annual subsidy of 4,000 bolivianos to the Bolivian Red Cross to 
cover the expense of establishing and maintaining in that city two 
Red Cross centers for night service, for the special use of needy 
persons. 

BRAZIL 


CHILDREN’S DENTAL SERVICE.—Thanks to the patriotic initiative 
of the Central Brazilian Association of Surgeon Dentists the city of 
Rio de Janeiro possesses a fine building devoted to the children’s 
dental service where a corps of 100 dentists care for over 1,200 
children a month. This service celebrated its second anniversary on 
April 21, 1927. 

ANTITUBERCULOSIS WORK.—During March, 1927, 1,506 patients 
were examined in the dispensaries of the tuberculosis prophylaxis 
service of the National Health Department. Of those examined 570 
were found to be tubercular. During March 4,862 patients received 
medical assistance and 11,196 medical prescriptions. Ten beds were 
furnished as well as 750 quarts of disinfectant, and 702 publications 
on hygiene were distributed. Of the 1,346 specimens of sputum 
examined, 365 were found to be positive; 145 injections were given; 
463 X-ray pictures were taken, and 375 extractions of teeth made. 

ASSOCIATION OF CoMMERCIAL EMPLOYEES.—See page 832. 


CHILE 


CLINIC FOR OBSERVATION OF CHILDREN.—An interesting experi- 
ment in child welfare has been started in Santiago with the establish- 
ment of a mental hygiene clinic, and an observation section recently 
inaugurated in the reform school for minors in that capital. This 
new section is under the direction of Dr. Hugo Lea Plaza; Sr. Luis 
Tirapegui, director of the experimental psychological laboratory of 
the Pedagogical Institute, and Sr. Mario Inostrosa, director of the 


reform school. 
COLOMBIA 


MIssrIoN FOR PENAL REFORM.—The Italian penal mission engaged 
by the Colombian Government arrived in April in Bogota to under- 
take the study and reform of penal measures and prisons. One mem- 
ber of the mission is to study the present methods in use and the 
causes of delinquency, and will prepare for Congress special legislation 
on delinquent children, as well as regulations for the exercise of 
certain professions and the use of arms. The second member is to 
study penitentiary reform, inspect the prisons beginning with those of 
Cartagena, Santa Marta, and Medellin, and institute the proper 
changes. The third member of the mission will undertake plans for 


838 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the establishment of penal colonies. The Goverment has appointed a 
lawyer and a physician as aids to the mission. 


COSTA RICA 


Rep Cross FiuMs.—It was announced in the Diario de Costa 
Rica, San José, of April 28, 1927, that within a short time the Costa 
Rican Red Cross would receive a number of educational motion- 
picture films from Paris. The films embrace such subjects as sanitary 
propaganda against infectious diseases, the proper care of the teeth, 
and other similar topics relating to public and private hygiene, and 
will be shown the public free of charge by the various Red Cross 
units or, where conditions permit, by the school authorities. 


CUBA 


StuDY OF cCANCER.—The Secretary of Sanitation and Public 
Charities has under consideration plans for the establishment of 
four national institutes for the scientific study of cancer, and for the 
care of cancer patients. These institutions will be located in the 
provinces of Santiago de Cuba, Santa Clara, Matanzas, and Habana. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban’ Embassy in Washington). 

WELFARE MEASURES.—At a meeting in Habana of the National 
Board of Health, Dr. Lépez del Valle read an extensive report on 
eugenic measures adopted in other countries, and in concluding made 
the following recommendations for the realization of a eugenic move- 
ment in Cuba: A campaign to have school children taught eugenics 
and the proper care of infants, and lectures on these subjects in 
factories and work shops; and the medical examination of all persons 
contemplating matrimony, those suffering from venereal diseases, 
tuberculosis, epilepsy or other nervous diseases to refrain from mar- 
riage. In order to facilitate this medical examination for all classes 
the creation of a free service for this purpose is suggested in connec- 
tion with the local boards of health. 


ECUADOR 


Leper HosPITaAL.—On April 20 last the new leper hospital located 
near the town of Guapolo was formally inaugurated. This asylum 
has been under construction since 1921 by the Board of Public 
Health, and comprises four pavilions entirely independent of each 
other. The center building contains living quarters for the sisters 
of charity in charge of the patients, the other pavilions comprising 
the administration offices and wards for men and women patients, 
respectively. Each patient has a separate room with sanitary 
equipment. Arrangements have also been made to care for entire 
families in case of necessity. The construction of this hospital cost 


SOCIAL PROGRESS §39 


approximately 368,507.76 sucres. A few days following the in- 

auguration of the new hospital the 84 lepers from the old building at 

Pifo were transferred there. The old hospital at Pifo will be de- 

stroyed. 
GUATEMALA 


X-RAY EQUIPMENT FOR HOSPITAL.—Complete X-ray equipment has 
been acquired for the General Hospital of Quezaltenango and will 
be installed as soon as the repairs which the hospital has been under- 
going are completed. The present improvements will make the 
hospital one of the best equipped in the country, with the exception 
of those at Quirigué and Guatemala City. 


HONDURAS 


FREE MILK STATION AND BABY CLINIC.—Since October 12, 1925, 
when the free milk station and baby clinic opened in Tegucigalpa as 
a section of the department of child hygiene under the General 
Bureau of Health, it has functioned without interruption, aided by 
a committee of women with whose help it has cared regularly for an 
average of 75 children. 

FREE EXAMINATIONS BY HEALTH AUTHORITIES.—The General 
Bureau of Health is making free blood tests and other examinations 
for malaria, intestinal parasites, and venereal diseases in the depart- 
ment laboratory in Tegucigalpa. The general public is now learning 
to take advantage of this service, whereby the Government is striving 
to improve the health of the Nation. 


MEXICO 


Moruers’ pay.—On May 10, 1927, Mexico celebrated mothers’ 
day with special exercises in the schools, which included music, 
addresses, and recitations emphasizing the significance of the day 
devoted to the expression of gratitude to motherhood. 

TARAHUMARA INDIAN BREAKS WORLD RUNNING RECORD.—José 
Torres, a 24-year-old Tarahumara Indian, member of a team of the 
famous tribe of Mexican runners, on April 23, 1927, broke the world 
distance running record by making the run from Kansas City to 
Lawrence, Kans., a distance of 51 miles, in 6 hours, 45 minutes, and 
41 seconds. Upon their return to Mexico the Tarahumara runners 
were greeted with great enthusiasm. 


NICARAGUA 


NICARAGUAN WOMAN CONSUL IN UNITED States.—According to 
press reports the well-known Nicaraguan poetess, Aura Rostrand, in 
private life Sefora dona Maria de Ibarra, has been appointed Nica- 
raguan consul in Detroit, for which destination she was expected to 
leave on April 15, 1927. 


840 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


PARAGUAY 


PROVISION OF UNIFORMS FOR PRISONERS.—The task of providing 
suitable uniforms for those incarcerated in the public prison of 
Asuncion was recently undertaken by the Women’s Prison Aid 
Society of that city, an organization which has also done praise- 
worthy work in the Women’s Prison and the Good Shepherd Home, 
and introduced instruction in carpentry, weaving, and shoemaking 
into the Comuneros Street Prison. . 

LECTURES ON HYGIENE.—It was announced in El Diario, Asuncion, 
of April 6, 1927, that a series of lectures planned especially for labor- 
ers on hygiene and the prophylaxis of common diseases would be 
given as a university extension course by the Medical Students’ 
Association of Asuncion. 

MopERNIZATION .OF HOSPITAL EQUIPMENT.—With the recent 
installation of two modernly equipped operating rooms and the 
improvement of kitchen facilities, the National Hospital in Asuncion 
has reached a degree of efficiency never before realized by this 


institution. 
PERU 


Usr AND SALE OF pRUGS.—The prefect of Lima recently published 
a regulation whereby the police authorities are authorized to detain 
all persons addicted to the use of narcotic drugs, irrespective of their 
social position. Also every means shall be taken to discover and 
apprehend persons engaged in illicit selling of narcotic drugs. 

SANITATION IN MINING DisTRIcTs.—Dr. Enrique Portal has been 
commissioned by the President of the Republic to proceed to Europe 
for the purpose of studying conditions regarding sanitation in the 
mines of various European nations and to prepare a report on this 
subject for the Government on his return to Peru. 


SALVADOR 


Day NursERY.—The statutes of the Women’s Day Nursery Asso- 
ciation of San Salvador were approved on March 17, 1927. This 
association is to maintain a day nursery for children up to 7 years of 
age, caring for them in all ways during the absence of their mothers 
at work. Children suffering from contagious diseases are to be sent 
to hospitals, mothers are to be given instruction in the proper care 
and feeding of babies, and efforts are to be made to have legislation 
enacted on subjects of paternity, child welfare, and child labor. 
The day nursery in San Salvador has been open for some time, but 
under the present incorporation its scope is widened. 

Rep Cross orricers.—At a meeting of the Red Cross in San 
Salvador on March 27, 1927, the following board of directors was 
elected: President, Dr. J. Max Olano; vice president, Dr. Andrés 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 841 


Bang; treasurer, Don José Antonio Rivera; secretary, Don Nicolas 
Leiva; second secretary, Dr. César V. Miranda; second treasurer, 
Don Lisandro Lépez; members, Dr. Carlos Munoz Barillas, Dr. 
Juan Francisco Paredes; and trustee, Dr. Felipe Clara. 

TUBERCULOSIS SANATORIUM.—In a recent visit of inspection Dr. 
Guillén Rivas, Under Secretary of Charity and Health, said that a 
sanatorium for tubercular patients was urgently needed and would 
soon be open for service to those who are curable. 


URUGUAY 


OPENING OF NEUROLOGICAL INSTITUTE.—The official opening of 
the neurological institute and clinical neurological courses, the organ- 
ization of which was authorized by a legislative decree of last Novem- 
ber, took place on May 5, 1927. This institute has been incorporated 
into the School of Medicine of Montevideo and will function under 
the direction of Prof. Américo Ricaldoni. 

MEDICAL MISSION TO FRANCE AND GERMANY.—In accord with a 
decree of March 24, 1927, Dr. Joaquin Caldeiro has been appointed 
medical commissioner to Europe, where he will undertake a detailed 
study of the methods used in the treatment of tuberculosis in France 
and Germany. 

Mortauity RATE.—Figures taken from the Boletin Oficial of the 
Uruguayan Medical Association show the approximate number of 
deaths in Uruguay during 1926 to have been 17,828. Computed 
against the population of approximately 1,698,000, a mortality rate 
of 10.5 per cent is revealed. During 1925 there were 19,332 deaths 
in a population of 1,659,000, the mortality rate for that year being 
11.65 per cent. In 1926, 4,025 deaths occurred among children less 
than 1 year of age and 958 among children between 1 and 2 years 
of age. 

Hospirau.—On April 24, 1927, the corner stone of the Gallinal- 
Heber Seaside Hospital near Montevideo was laid amid due cere- 
mony. Planned to care for children in the early stages of tubercu- 
losis and predisposed to the disease, as well as surgical tubercular 
cases, this seaside hospital will do much toward the prophylaxis of 
that disease in Uruguay. 

NationaL Pusiic WELFARE ConGress.—Indicative of the scope 
of subjects which will be considered at the National Public Welfare 
Congress to be held in Montevideo in September is the list of sections 
announced, as follows: (1) Questions of surgery and general med- 
icine; (2) protection of infancy; (3) hospital architecture and hy- 
viene; (4) standardization of hospitals; (5) juridical and adminis- 
trative subjects; (6) obstetrics; (7) odontology. 


842 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION : 
VENEZUELA 


Mepicat Mission.—Following an order of President Gémez, Drs. 
Pedro del Corral and Pedro Manuel Iturbe were commissioned by 
the Government to pursue courses in the Institute for the Study of 
Malaria at Rome. 

VirTaL statistics.—The following figures, taken from the Gaceta 
Oficial of April 18, 20, 21, and 22, 1927, are a summary of the vital 
statistics of Venezuela for the year 1926: 


Report on vital statistics for the year 1926 


INT eater Ha eS cal nt os os Fy a Cc ea HO ee rea ch ea 17, 334 
SES ry HS se ar a yl eee NTN IE a zal de Me le 91, 648 
1 Yee2¥ rl asym cae sts sae ee Be eae a RT ney RE POU na cane et A LL 66, 092 
Number of persons entering country___________________- 21, 672 
Number of persons leaving country____________________ 16; oo2 
Mioresbirths thanhdea thse aie 2) ces oe ea ie ot 2 25, 556 
More persons entering than leaving______=_____________ 9, 120 
Imecreasexor populatronidurine 192652222. 0555 ee see 30, 676 





ARGENTINA 


ARGENTINE FOLK sonas.—Sefora Ana S. de Cabrera, a young 
Argentine guitarrist and singer of folk songs, has been very enthu- 
siastically received in Spain, where she has been making a concert 
tour. Sefiora de Cabrera includes in her program Argentine dances 
which in many cases she found similar, as were the songs, to Spanish 
dances and songs. She will go to Vienna next year to attend the 
Congress of Popular Art to be held there under the auspices of the 
League of Nations. 

BRAZIL 


Ruy Barrosa Musrtum.—On April 4, 1927, the President gave 
authorization to establish a museum in the home of Ruy Barbosa, 
late eminent Brazilian jurist and statesman of international repute. 
His library, his writings, and other property will be preserved in his 
former home in Rio de Janeiro, now the property of the Government, 
as a memorial to a great man of whom Brazil may be justly proud. 


GENERAL NOTES 843 
COLOMBIA 


Deata or Ex-PreEsIDENT FipeEL Sudrez.—Ex-President don Marco 
Fidel Suarez died in Bogota on April 3, 1927, after a severe illness, 
leaving a sorrowing country to mourn the loss of one of its most 
distinguished citizens. At his funeral, held with presidential honors, 
orators told of his efforts on behalf of his native land, his renown as 
a master of the Spanish language as evinced in his many writings, 
his earnest convictions, his profound knowledge of the life of the 
Spanish American countries, and his personal attributes. 


COSTA RICA 


MusIcIAN HONORED.—Information has been received that a hymn 
written by Alejandro Monestel, a Costa Rican musician of recog- 
nized ability, was one of the 12 awarded prizes in a recent compe- 
tition held under the auspices of an American publishing house in 
which more than 900 compositions had been submitted. 


CUBA 


Divorce SsTATISTICS.—Some interesting figures have been pub- 
lished by the National Statistical Commission relating to the number 
of divorces in the Provinces of Habana and Pinar del Rio since 1918, 
the year in which the divorce law was promulgated, to December 31, 
1925. During that period 1,236 petitions for divorce were filed in 
the Province of Habana, of which 1,027 were granted, making a 
percentage of 30.10 divorces for every 1,000 marriages, and 2.09 
divorces for every 1,000 inhabitants. In the Province of Pinar del 
Rio, of the 83 petitions filed, 78 were granted, thus making 7.97 
divorces for every 1,000 marriages, and 1.35 divorces for every 1,000 
inhabitants in that Province. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 


Washington. ) 
GUATEMALA 


GuipE To GuaTEMALA.—The BULLETIN wishes to take this oppor- 
tunity to acknowledge gratefully the receipt of an article called 
A Tourist Guide to Guatemala, written by Sr. Don Alberto Ibarra M. 
of the International Railways of Central America. Senor Ibarra 
has already made himself known to the readers of the BULLETIN 
by his ably written and interesting article, International Railways 
Company of Central America, which appeared in its issue of January, 
1927. The present work, which is to be placed at the disposal of 
the public in the Columbus Memorial Library of the Pan American 
Union, will be of the utmost service to those who are planning to 
make a trip to that country and desire accurate information in 
regard to the best manner of exploring its many treasure houses, as 


844 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


well as a source of inspiration to those who had not previously 
contemplated the trip. 

Opening his work with a description of the present state of national 
highways and railways, Senor Ibarra says: 

One of the things which impress the traveler on his arrival in Guatemala is 
its good means of communication which, as in other progressive countries of 
the world, are responsible for its great development in agriculture, industry, 
commerce, and the arts. 

The author then discusses the means of approach to the capital, 
and of the climate and seasons says: 

The country may be divided into a hot zone, extending from sea level to 600 
meters (meter equals 3.28 feet), with an average temperature of 23 to 27° C. 
(from 73 to 80° F.); a temperate zone, altitude from 600 to 1,800 meters, with an 
average temperature of from 17 to 23° C. (from 63 to 73° F.); a cold zone, altitude 
from 1,800 to 3,250 meters, average temperature from 10 to 17° C. (50 to 68° F.); 
and lastly a frigid zone, with an altitude from 3,250 to 4,310 meters (summit of 
Tajumilco) and average temperature less than 10° C. (less than 50° F.). 

There are but two seasons in the Republic—the dry and the rainy—whick 
have come to be called summer and winter in Central America, the former from 
November to April, and the latter from May to October, with variations accord- 
ing to the zones. 

Then pass in quick review before the reader points of interest 
to be seen on side trips, rich lands devoted to banana plantations, 
and priceless Indian relics: 

In various places throughout the country there exist ruins of prehistoric Indian 
cities, some of them indicating the great power gained by the primitive races of 
the American continent. And the most notable of these ruins are Tikal, Menché 
(Timantit), Piedras Negras, Tukan and Tayasal (Antigua Flores), in Petén; 
those of Quirigu’ and Chapulco, and the department of Izabal, on the right and 
left banks of the river Motagua, and on the Atlantic coast, respectively. 

The writer closes with a detailed description of places of particular 
interest in Guatemala City, and gives the railway fare to other 
principal cities of the country. 


MEXICO 


CELEBRATION OF FirrH or May.—An imposing celebration of the 
Fifth of May, the anniversary of the downfall of the Empire, was held 
in the great stadium in Mexico City. Athletic events, mass drills 
by the school children, choral songs, interpretive group dancing, and 
native dances were parts of the festival, which was attended by the 
President and many other officials. 


PANAMA 


Tripute To Cusa.—The municipal council of Panama City planned 
to erect busts of Marti and Maceo, heroes of Cuba’s independence, 
in honor of the twenty-fifth anniversary of Cuban emancipation 
(May 20, 1927) as a gesture of friendship in recognition of the services 


GENERAL NOTES 845 


rendered to Panama by two distinguished Cubans, Dr. Carlos Finlay, 
who first propounded the theory that yellow fever was transmitted 
by a mosquito, and Dr. Antonio S. Bustamante, member of the 
Commission on Legislation which gave Panama its statutes. Fur- 
thermore, Avenida Segunda of Panama City is to be renamed Avenida 
de Cuba. 


PERU 


MoviING-PICTURE STUDIO.— An Italian moving-picture director vis- 
ited Lima recently for the purpose of making plans to open a moving- 
picture studio in that capital in order to produce films of a national 
character. 

PRESENTATION OF GOLD MEDAL TO PrestipENT Leeufa.—On April 
6, in the presidential palace of Lima a gold medal was presented to 
President Leguia by the provincial council of Puno in recognition of 
the support given by His Excellency toward the completion of impor- 
tant public works which have contributed largely to the development 
of that department. 

URUGUAY 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL EXPEDITION.—It was announced on April 24, 1927, 
that the Uruguayan members of the Argentine-Uruguayan scientific 
delegation had returned to Montevideo after having satisfactorily 
concluded paleontological, geological, and archeological investiga- 
tions near New Palmyra, Uruguay. Later an extensive study of the 
fossil deposits of the Rio Negro and the sepulchral monuments of 
the Chancas Indians in the Vizcaino and Naranjo islands will be 
undertaken with the ultimate idea of forming an interesting and 
valuable anthropological museum from the remains of this section. 


VENEZUELA 


CELEBRATION OF THE SESQUICENTENNIAL OF THE BIRTH OF HENRY 
Criay.—An outstanding feature in the celebration by Venezuela of 
the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the birth of Henry Clay, 
eminent North American statesman and friend of Latin American 
independence, was a dinner given in Caracas by Mr. Rudolph Dolge 
to signalize the organization of the Venezuelan committee of the 
Pan American Society of the United States. Following the dinner 
reverent homage was paid the memory of Clay by Dr. Gil Fortoul 
and Mr. Dolge, the former of whom said: 

Among those born in countries other than our own, countries of Europe and 
America, some came to struggle here, and on falling vanquished left us names 
immortal in the martyrology of our native land; some remained here after 
triumph, became citizens of the new Republic and with their names bequeathed 


to us the blood which flows through the veins and heart of many of us. Others, 
no less worthy also to be called liberators, from their several lands helped us to 


846 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


break the age-long chain that bound us, helped to convert us from bondmen into 
free men, to establish our own homes, to place in our standard colors representa- 
tive of the races making up our Nation, to cover us with this banner in all the 
days of conflict, and march ever in its shade and its protection into the future 
which destiny reserves for us. Of these was Henry Clay. 


Mr. Dolge also outlined the purposes of the Pan American Society 
and the present organization of its first Latin American committee 
in Venezuela, and closed his address with these significant words: 


The soul of Pan Americanism must doubtless be sought in the interchange of 
ideas and intellectual activities and in a true spiritual compenetration based on 
the mutual study of the respective languages; because when Americans of the 
north shall-no longer require an interpreter in order to comprehend the ideals 
and aspirations of the Americans of the south, then the hour will have sounded 
in which Pan Americanism, spreading from the Rockies to the Andes, shall be 
the torch and banner of America. 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO JUNE 15, 1927 











Subject Date Author 
ARGENTINA 
1927 
Annual report of commerce and industries of the | Mar. 28 | Robert Harnden, consul at Rosario. 
Rosario district for year 1926. 
Official estimate of the production of corn, agricultural | May 19 | Tracy Lay, consul general at Buenos 
year 1926-27. Aires 
BRAZIL 
Review: of commerce and industries, Espirito Santo, | Apr. 5 | John W. Brunk, vice consul at Vic- 
quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. toria 
Finances of Espirito Santo from July 1, to Dec. 31, 1926_| Apr. 11 | Do. 
Contract for bridge over Rio Doce at Collatina________ Apr. 13 Do. 
Highways in Para consular district____-_-____________- Apr. 22 | Edward C. Holden, vice consul at 
Para. 
Bids for water and sewer system of Ourinhos, State |._.do____| C. R. Cameron, consul at S40 Paulo. 
of Sao Paulo. — : 
Cotton growing in the State of Bahia during 1925______ Apr. 27 | Howard Donovan, consul at Bahia. 
Imports into Brazil during the year 1926___..______.__.| May 7 | Claude I. Dawson, consul general at 
5 é Rio de Janeiro. 
Purchase of coal by Central of Brazil Railway_________| May 10 Do. 
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for | May 11 Do. 
April, 1927 | 
Rio de Janeiro finance and commerce during March, |___do___- Do. 
1927. 
Declared exports from Santos for April, 1927__.________ _cdo____| Fred D. Fisher, consul at Santos. 
Imports of passenger cars and motor trucks into Brazil “May 18 | Claude I. Dawson. 
during 1926. : 
Tobacco exports from Bahia during April, 1927________ May 20 | Howard Donovan. 
CHILE 
Quarterly report on commerce and industries of Iqui- | Apr. 18 | Harry Campbell, consul at Iquique. 
que, March, 1927. | 
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ended | Apr. 20 | George D. Hopper, consul at Anto- 
Mar. 31, 1927. fagasta. 
COLOMBIA 
Review of commerce and industries Cartagena consu- | Apr. 25 | Edward B. Rand, vice consul in charge, 
lar district, for quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. | Cartagena. 
Commerce and industries of Barranquilla, quarter | Apr. 26 | Edwin J. King, vice consul at Barran- 
ended Mar. 31, 1927 quilla. 
COSTA RICA 
Review of commerce and industries of Port Limon, | Apr. 12 | Thomas J. Maleady, vice consul at 
quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. | Port Limon. 
April report on commerce and industries______________ | May 10 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice consul at 
San Jose. 
CUBA 
Production of cacao in Cuba, 1925-26__________________ Apr. 30 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at Santiago 
: | de Cuba. 
Henequen fiber industry Province of Matanzas, for | May 2 | Augustus Ostertag, vice consul at 
the year 1926. Matanzas. ; 
Review of commerce and industries of Cuba for April, | May 13 | Edward Cafferty, consul in charge at 
1927. Habana. 
General trade information, Antilla____________________ May 21 | Horace J. Dickinson, consul at Antilla. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
Dominican Government revenues in March, 1927_____ Apr. 20 |} James J. Murphy, consul at Santo 
Domingo City. 
Registration of motor vehicles in the Republic on | Apr. 1 Do. 
Apr. 1, 1927. 
Dominican sugar production and sugar exports to | May 1 Do. 
May 1, 1927. 
Production of molasses in the Republic in 1926 _______- | May 2 Do. 
Internal revenues and customs receipts for the first | May 16 | Legation. 


four months of calendar year 1927. 





847 


848 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Reports received to June 15, 1927—-Continued 

















Subject Date Author 
ECUADOR 
1927 
Review of commerce and industries for March, 1927___. Apr. 15 Harold D. Clum, consul in charge, 
Guayaquil. 
HAITI 
The sisal industry in Cape Haitien district___________- Apr. 28 Winthrop R. Scott, consul at Cape 
Haitien. 
Economic and commercial summary for Haiti_______-- May 26 Maurice P. Dunlap, consul at Port au 
Prince. 
HONDURAS 
Review of commerce and industries of Puerto Cortez | Apr. 27. Ray Fox, consul at Puerto Cortez. 
district, quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. _ i ; 
Small demand for automotive procucts in Honduras-.. May 9 | Richard Ford, consul at Tegucigalpa. 
Commerce and industries of Puerto Castilla consular | May 10 | Winfield H. Scott, vice consul at 
district for quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. | _ Puerto Castilla. 
Cost of living and office operating expenses__________-- Apr. 30 |) Richard Ford. 
NICARAGUA 
April report on commerce and industries, Corinto | May 3. Christian T. Steger, consul at Corinto. 
district. | 
PANAMA 
April report on commerce and industries, and tariff | May 14 | 18%, D. Myers, vice consul at Panama 
changes, Decree No. 24 of Apr. 8, 1927. : City. 
Statistical information, supplementing ‘‘Annual re- | May 28 Do. 
port,’’ dated Jan. 25, i927. 
SALVADOR | 
The export trade of Salvador during 1926______________ | May 2) W.J. Cafferty, consul at San Salvador. 
VENEZUEL4 a 
| | 
Market for American motor boats, marine engines, | May 7) H. M Walcott, consr’ at Caracas. 
and accessories. Gest oy 
Coffee report for Maracaibo district, April, 1927__--__- | May 9 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul at Mara-- 
caibo. 
Charges imposed upon tankers calling at ports on the | May 10 | Do. 
Paraguana Peninsula. | 
Living costs and office operating expemses__--_-__----- | May 12 | H. M. Walcott. 
General information sheet for La Guaira | May 21 | Daniel J. Driscoll, vice consul at La 


Guaira. 








The Gradual and Progressive Codification of International Law__________ 
By James Brown Scott, President of the American Institute of International Law. 


The Republic of Uruguay________ ee ee cei le eee eat PMR ee OO SIN ine te 
By A. W. Linington. 


Important Pan American Commission to Convene in October____________ 


Guayule Rubber and its Production on a Large Scale.._________________ 
By Uthai Vincent Wilcox. 


TUT yg © Fait @ Neve Dery CHa CI ye eS re an eete e 
New Latin American Educational Institutions.______._________________ 
Colomizatvomberrie ds atin Atm Crt Cee eee rs ee pg eR cee 


Caxhboniterous Wealthin’Vienezulelae ss a= ae ee ee 
By Rafael Martinez Mendoza. 


Brazilvs!vhirty=Kicht wears as asRepublicss9-= =e. ssa eee 
Trade of the United States with Latin America: Fiscal Year 1926-27_____ 
By Matilda Phillips, Chief Statistician, Pan American Union. 


Acriculiunesindustry,;andaC ommence == se == ee eee 

Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil— Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba— Dominican Repub- 

lice— Ecuac. — Guatemala  “aiti— Honduras — Mexico— Nicaragua — Panama —Para- 
guay—Peru—Salvador— Uruguay—Venezuela. 





DOOMAGiANG AinGel ine wANCKEY Avie 2S 
Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Guatemala— Panama—Peru—Venezuela. 





GSP MSDE Co 0 seer SEEN sey aa eg Beg a ME Sr ee 
Argentina—Brazil—Costa Rica—Honduras—Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay. 
intermlationalielre atic sts sss sas = mort en oe nea a ent es hes ad Ne ee Se 
Dominican Republic — Guatemala-Honduras-Salvador — Honduras-Salvador — Mexico — 
Panama. 
PHO kKe IONSHeMNGHOM, Een! WchiCAnOMN. 2-2 oe ee ee ee 
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Guatemala — 
Haiti— Honduras—Mexico—Panama—Paraguay— Peru—Salvador— Uruguay— Venezuela. 





Cuba—Mexico. 


SO CAMP TO PLE SS lentes teen teens what aren ial aes ner iray 0 ONLY ik Sip en eae Sy ope ae 
Argentina — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica— Cuba— Dominican Republic — 
Ecuador—Haiti—Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay— Peru— Uruguay. 


General Notes 








Argentina — Bolivia— Chile — Cuba— Dominican Republic— Ecuador — Guatemala—Hon- 
duras— Paraguay—Peru—Venezuela. 


Consular Reports 


909 
911 


913 


924 


927 


930 


932 


939 


940 


948 


Notre.—Contents of previous issues of the Bulletin of the Pan Ameri- 
can Union may be found by consulting the Readers’ Guide in your 


library. 
It 


SISIINE JO WOISsTUTMOD [RUOTeUIEJUT OY} JO SUOTRAEGI[OP JU9dEr oT] JO YBeS OY} SEA “HOQUIVY) o}BUEG ULITIZVIg oY} SUTe}WOO YIYM ‘soyTpe sulsodulr sty 


OUIANVE AG O14 NI AOVIVd AOUNOW AHL 












Bw LLe iN 


ci ~~ =145 = 
MED SSCS at 























EES SPS et Pee 


















No. 9 


GRESSIVE CODIFICATION 
F INTERNATIONAL LAW 























By JAMES Brown Scott 


President of the American Institute of International Law 


(It is greatly to be regretted that for lack of space omjssion has been made of the first 17 pages of Doctor Scott's 
comprehensive and scholarly review, pages dealing with each step in the movement toward codification prior to 
the recent meeting of the International Commission of Jurists in Rio de Janeiro.—Kditor’s note.) 


N MONDAY evening, April 18, 1927, his Excellency Octavio 
Mangabeira, Minister of Foreign Affairs of Brazil, for- 
mally opened the International Commission of American 
Jurists for the Codification of International Law, Public 

and Private, in the city of Rio de Janeiro, in the Monroe Palace, in 
the presence of the official representatives of seventeen of the twenty- 
one American Republics, having before them, as the bases of their 
labors, the projects of public and private international law drafted 
by the American Institute of International Law. On Friday after- 
noon, May 20, 1927, he formally adjourned the International Com- 
mission of American Jurists, which had to its credit twelve projects 
of public international law, and a code of private international law 
of no less than 439 articles, which the Commission had, within the 
short space of five weeks, put into shape primarily from the 
projects of the American Institute of International Law. It is the 
purpose of the present article to show how this Commission, the 
first official body which successfully and consciously endeavored to 
codify the two branches of international law, accomplished the 
purpose for which it had been created and assembled. .. . 








1 From pamphlet reprinted from The American Journal of International Law, July, 1927. 


849 


850 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The International Commission of Jurists was intended to be com- 
posed of two members appointed by each of the American Republics 
who should meet in the course of 1925, at a date to be fixed by the 
Pan American Union, in conference with the Government of Brazil, 
in order to consider the codification of international law, public and 
private. To aid the members, the Pan American Union had requested 
the American Institute of International Law to consider both these 
branches, and the results of the labors of the Institute as already 
set forth, were presented in advance of the meeting of the Commis- 
sion, to the Governments of the American Republics, and trans- 
mitted by the Pan American Union to the Government of Brazil, 
in order to be laid before the Commission when it should meet. 
It was the hope that each government would appoint two delegates, 
one of whom should attend the meetings of the Subcommission of 
Public International Law, and the other, that of the Conflict of Laws. 
This was not to be. Of the twenty-one American Republics, seven- 
teen appointed delegates; nine of them two delegates each (Argen- 
tina, Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Cuba, Mexico, United States, 
Uruguay, and Venezuela); and eight of them, but a single delegate 
each (Chile, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Haiti, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, 
and Santo Domingo). This failure on the part of the American 
Republics to appoint two delegates each was a double misfortune. It 
made it necessary for the single delegate to attend each of these 
two subcommissions, thus doubling the work, and causing the sub- 
commissions to meet at different times and places, thus reducing by 
one-half the meetings which each subcommission could have held 
during the session. 

Notwithstanding these drawbacks, the commission meeting in- 
formally on April 16, and formally on the 18th, and adjourning 
May 20, has to its credit 12 projects of public international 
law, and a code of private international law of no less than 439 
articles. One wonders what it would have done if it had sat some 
four months, as did the Second Hague Peace Conference of 1907, or 
what it might have accomplished if the subecommissions had been 
able to meet simultaneously on the mornings and afternoons of each 
working day. As it was, the International Commission of Jurists, in 
a session of five weeks, furnishes the first successful example of a 
body of official delegates, meeting for the conscious, indeed, express 
purpose of codifying public and private international law, and ad- 
journing with more projects, it is believed, of one and the other to 
its credit, than any official body sitting for the same length of time. 
Indeed, it is not too much to say that its labors in the domain of 
private international law exceed in quantity and in value that of ali 
other official gatherings ever held for the purpose, and that its 
adoption of 12 projects of public international law demonstrated 


CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 851 


the possibility of codification of the law of nations by official dele- 
gates, if only preparation has been made in advance by competent 
bodies composed of unofficial, and therefore nonpolitical represent- 
atives. This demonstration would, in itself, have justified the meet- 
ing of the commission, and it is not too much to say, for it is simply 
a fact, that the American Jurists meeting in Rio de Janeiro saved the 
cause of codification from its avowed opponents or lukewarm advyo- 
cates. Because of the work of the commission we are entering 
upon an era of law which is certain, in the course of time, to get the 
better of force. 

Mr. Epitacio Pess6a, delegate from Brazil, was elected president 
of the commission, over which he presided with dignity, authority, 
and success. He is a judge of the present Permanent Court of Inter- 
national Justice, and was recently President of Brazil. Mr. Pessoa 
had presided over the first international commission of jurists, meet- 
ing in Rio de Janeiro in 1912. It opened with a code of public 
international law before it prepared by Mr. Pess6a, and a code of 
private international law prepared by his distinguished colleague, 
Mr. Lafayette Rodriguez Pereira. These codes had not been sent to 
the governments in advance of the meeting. The delegates met 
without knowledge of their contents, but they were averse to the 
codification of either subject, preferring a gradual and progressive 
statement of the law. Mr. Pessda was invited by his colleagues of 
1927 to preside over the Subcommission of Public International Law, 
and Mr. Rodrigo Octavio was elected to preside over the section on 
Private International Law. 

The Fifth Pan American Conference, meeting in Santiago de Chile 
in 1923, had recommended the commission to take as a basis the 
projects presented by Mr. Alvarez to the conference. As these 
projects had been incorporated in a modified form in the projects of 
the American Institute of International Law, which had been trans- 
mitted by the Pan American Union to serve as a basis of its labors, 
there might seem to have been no reason why Mr. Alvarez’ projects 
should have been specifically laid before the commission. The 
delegates of the United States, Mr. Jesse S. Reeves, and the present 
writer, insisted, even over Mr. Alvarez’ protest, that the original 
texts of his projects should be considerd by the commission as before 
it, imasmuch as his original projects had been modified, and to the 
extent of the modification, a captious critic might suggest that the 
recommendation of the Pan American Conference meeting at Santiago 
had not been strictly complied with. At the same time, the delegates 
of the United States insisted that Mr. Pessda’s code of public inter- 
national law of 1912 should likewise be laid before the commission, 
although Mr. Pesséa himself stated his acceptance of the projects of 
the Pan American Union, and his unwillingness to have his code 
considered. 





Courtesy of Illustracao Brasileira 


DR. OCTAVIO MANGABEIRA 


ion of the 


Ing Sess 


the address of welcome 


in Rio de Janeiro, gave 


1, who, as presiding officer of the open 


f Brazi 
f Jurists 


Irs O 
1SSION O 


ter of Foreign Affa 


inis 


ished Mi 


inguis 
meeting of the International Comm 


Dist 


CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 853 


The views of the delegates of the United States prevailed in both 
instances, so that the commission found itself in possession of ample 
materials: Twenty-seven projects of public international law of the 
Pan American Union. Those on “The Pan American Union”’’ and 
“Aerial navigation”? had been withdrawn from the consideration of 
the jurists by resolution of the Pan American Union, in view of the 
fact that these two subjects were being considered elsewhere; and 
at the request of Mr. Bustamante, the project on extradition was 
transferred to the subcommission on private international law, 
inasmuch as he, and no doubt many of his colleagues, excluding the 
delegates of the United States, were of the opinion that extradition 
was a topic of private, rather than of public international law. In 
addition, the commission had before it the original texts of Mr. 
Alvarez’ proposals, and of Mr. Pesséa’s code of public international 
law. 

At the first meeting of the subcommission of international public 
law, on April 19th, an exchange of views was had as to the procedure 
to be followed. The delegates of the United States felt that it would 
facilitate the work if a committee of five members should be appointed 
by the President, of which he himself should be ex officio a member, 
in order to consider these matters. This was done, with the result 
that this small body met almost daily during the session of the com- 
mission. Mr. Pessoa feared that the commission would not have 
time to consider all of the projects, inasmuch as he was obliged to 
leave Rio de Janeiro on May 24th, in order to arrive at The Hague 
on June 15th, to attend the session of the Permanent Court of 
International Justice. The committee agreed that within the given 
time it would be difficult to consider adequately the 27 projects. 
Mr. Pesséa suggested that some of them were political in nature, 
and that without prejudicing them in any way, the Commission of 
Jurists should lay them aside, in order to consider those projects 
which were exclusively juridical. On this account and for other 
and different reasons, the following projects were laid aside: Pre- 
amble (No. 1), General declarations (No. 2), Declaration of Pan 
American unity and cooperation (No. 3), Declaration of rights and 
duties of nations (No. 7), Fundamental rights of American Republics 
(No. 8), National domain (No. 10), Rights and duties of nations in 
territories in dispute on the question of boundaries (No. 11), Juris- 
diction (No. 12), Responsibility of governments (No. 15), Diplo- 
matic protection (No. 16), Freedom of transit (No. 18), Navigation 
of international rivers (No. 19), Pan American court of justice 
(No. 28), Measures of repression (No. 29), and Conquests (No. 30). 
Fifteen projects were thus excluded. Provisions of the remaining 
12 are to be found in 10 of the projects adopted. Extradition 
appears in the code of private international law; so that 13 of the 


854 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


27 projects transmitted by the Pan American Union were appro- 
priated in whole or in part by the commission. Two projects not 
contained among those transmitted were adopted: ‘‘ Asylum” and 
‘Duties of states in case of civil war.” 

The method of procedure was for the committee to present projects 
to the subcommission. Mr. Pesséda acted as draftsman of the 
committee, and prepared in Portuguese, the projects to be submitted 
for the consideration of the members. .As modified by discussion, 





DR. VICTOR M. MAURTUA 


Minister of Peru in Brazil and delegate of his Governinent to the Inter- 
national Commission of Jurists. Doctor Maurtua responded on 
behalf of the delegates to the address of welcome 


the projects were thereupon submitted to the subcommission where 
they were further discussed and further modified, if, in the opinion 
of the members, changes seemed desirable. And it is to be said 
that in plenary session of the commission, the first two projects, 
on “The fundamental bases of international law” and “‘States”’ 
were discussed and seriously modified in what had been supposed 
was to be their final form. The others were, for the most part, with 
the exception of “Asylum” and “Duties of states in case of civil 


CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 855 


war,” the projects of the Pan American Union, with modifications 
here and there which were either improvements or, at any rate, 
did not render them unacceptable. 

The first project, on ‘‘The bases of international law” was one which 
Mr. Alvarez had submitted to the Fifth Pan American Conference. 
It was modified by the American Institute, very much modified by the 
committee, further modified in the subcommission, and finally changed 
in the plenary session. Its twenty-two articles were reduced to 
eleven; its language is much changed—in one or two cases improved, 
but the final text is not so good in other respects as that of the Pan 
American Union. It may seem to some that its provisions were 
better fitted as an introduction to a treatise on international law than 
as a project of a code. The better opinion would seem to be that it 
properly finds a place among the projects, and that it is an accept- 
able statement of the fundamental bases of international law to 
which the American Republics should give their express and con- 
ventional adherence. 

The second project, on ‘“‘States”’ is, it is believed, acceptable in its 
present form, although there were not a few members of the com- 
mission who would have preferred the articles of the various conven- 
tions of those projects of the Pan American Union, from which its 
provisions were taken, to have been preserved in their original form, 
or at least without serious modification. 

The project on “‘States—Their existence, equality, recognition,”’ 
contains but nine articles. If, however, it were adopted in practice, 
as it can not be rejected in theory, it would make a newer and a happier 
world. After enumerating the elements which constitute a State, 
the project says, without circumlocution or equivocation, that ‘States 
are legally equal”; that being such, they are independent and, there- 
fore, ‘‘no State has a right to interfere in the internal affairs of 
another”; and that as it is the people within certain territorial 
boundaries who make the State and give it the form of government 
which they prefer, it follows that it is they who should decide when 
the State exists. Its recognition by other States depends upon them, 
inasmuch as they, too, are independent. But when a State exists, 
and its existence has been recognized, the mere change of a govern- 
ment by revolution, force, or other means, should be recognized by 
other States, provided that it is organized in such a way as to sug- 
gest its continuance, that it possesses, in fact, the sovereign power 
of the State, and that it is not only in a position to exercise its 
rights, but also to perform its international duties. 

There is a passage in the project which should not need to be 
included; yet, as Talleyrand, that Prince of Diplomatists, said, 
“that is a reason for stating it.”’ It is the old statement of Vattel, 
and of anyone who has given thought to the matter, whose mind is not 


856 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


clouded by prejudice and his eyes dazzled by the greatness of his own 
country: That the rights of a State do not depend upon its “‘ bigness’”’ 
or its ‘“‘littleness.”’ Vattel was of the opinion that a “dwarf” had 
the same rights as a “giant.’”?’ When large States were small, they 
insisted upon equality as a fundamental of law and of policy. The 
Continental Congress instructed Doctor Franklin that the treaty 
which it hoped would be concluded with France, through which the 
independence of the thirteen States was obtained and recognized, 
should be on the basis of strict equality. This was as it should be. 
When nations become big—big territorially, big financially, big in 
every way—it is hard for them to keep their hands off a struggling, 
little country. They want to improve it; to help it on its journey 
onward and upward, whereas they, themselves, wanted to be let 
alone when when they were little. 

Why should high-minded persons differ about this? It is because 
there is a confusion in their minds between right and power; yet the 
two are poles apart. A person may not have a legal right to do a 
thing (and of course, we are speaking of a legal, not an illegal “‘right’’) 
and yet have the power to do it; on the other hand, he may have the 
legal right, and lack the power. Some there are, perhaps, who would 
deny the right in the/latter case, on the ground that a right which 
can not be enforced is abstract, and that we should deal with the 
realities of life, such as power. The matterissimple. The right may 
exist without power, and power, we know, has from the beginning of 
time existed without right. Power is a composite of various elements 
of a material kind: Population, extent of territory, wealth, industry, 
commerce. We thus find ourselves in the face of two conceptions: 
Right and influence. It is hard for the man of large interests and 
social standing to admit that the beggar whom he passes in the 
street has the same legal rights as he; yet, he has. And that simple 
fact settles the matter, for states are made up of human beings. 

Dr. Franklin records that the France of his day took a pleasure in 
considering itself the protector of the weak and the oppressed. We, 
of our day, and in our part of the world are pleased to think how 
successfully we have withstood the temptations of power. Of course, 
nations may conclude treaties, one with another, by which they may 
allow intervention under certain conditions. In this case, and to the 
extent granted, intervention becomes a legal right. But history 
would seem to show that the grant in such cases is rarely voluntary, 
and that its exercise is usually dangerous or questionable. The right 
may be acquired under article 17 of the project on treaties providing 
that ‘“‘two or more states may agree that their relations may be 
governed by rules differing from those expressed in conventions 
concluded by them with other states.”’ 


ee 


ES 
— 


ae 


7 





A 


A 


CIO PESSO 


EPITA 


DR 


ice, who was elected 
io de Janeiro 


ional Just 


Internat 
Commission of Jurists in R 


e Permanent Court of 
f the International 


ing 0 


dge of th 


ju 


il and j 


dent of the meet 


ident of Braz 
presi 


-Pres 


Ex 


858 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The project of ‘““States”’ is made up of a provision here and there 
from the projects of the Pan American Union: Nations (No. 5), 
Recognition of new nations and new governments (No. 6), Declaration 
of rights and duties of nations (No. 7), selected by Mr. Pesséa and 
given the form which the subject either had in his code, or which he 
himself preferred. 

The third of the projects deals with aliens—the basic principles of 
which are that aliens residing within a country should be entitled to 
civil as distinct from the political rights enjoyed by the citizens of 
that country; that they may be refused entrance, or, if allowed to 
enter, that they may be expelled ‘‘for reasons of public order or 
safety.” This project is based upon No. 14 of the Pan American 
Union, which contained a sole article. The present project is very 
much enlarged and seems to be wholly acceptable. Indeed, it is 
admirable. 

The same may be said of the project on ‘‘Treaties,’’ based upon 
No. 21 of the Pan American projects, and Mr. Pesséa’s code of 1912. 
The final product seems to be better than either of its sources, as it 
represents enlightened theory and present practice, and, in one 
respect, goes beyond both. As originally adopted, its 15th Article 
stated that “If one of the states [parties to a treaty] fail wholly, or in 
any essential part, to fulfill the obligation which each has contracted, 
the other can exact the fulfillment or consider the treaty as abro- 
gated.’”’ Objection was made that the article in its present form 
might be considered by the lay public as applicable to present diffi- 
culties. In the end, it was revised to read, ‘‘the obligations created 
by treaty shall be enforced in case of their nonfulfillment by the 
decision of a court of international justice or of an arbitral tribunal 
when diplomatic negotiations have been unsuccessful.’’ This is the 
theory of the Second Hague Peace Conference of 1907, declaring that 
the interpretation or application of treaties and conventions could 
be submitted, without reservations, to arbitration. It was, however, 
only an expression of opinion, although unanimous, of the Hague 
Conference; it was not a project. The present article is an article of 
a project, which, if adopted, would bring practice into harmony with 
theory. 

There are two articles of special interest. The first, No. 6, provides 
that ratification should be unconditional; that a reservation made 
by one of the ratifying States to a treaty binds the other State only 
when it has been informed of the reservation and consents to it. 
This provision applies to two contracting States. However, if the 
treaty is what is called multilateral, that is, if there are more than 
two contracting parties, a general rule has grown up through recent 
practice. It is thus stated by the commission: ‘‘A reservation made 
by one of them in the act of ratification will only affect the respective 


CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 859 


clause and the State to which it refers.” This provision was neces- 


sary in order to preserve conventions, such as those of The Hague 
Conferences, from nullification by applying the rule applicable to 
bilateral treaties. The other article referred to is the 7th, providing 
that States may refuse ratification, and the refusal is not to be 
considered an unfriendly act. 

The fifth and sixth projects deal with what may be called American 
questions, inasmuch as the beneficiaries are exclusively American. 
The fifth obligates the American Republics to exchange copies of 
their official publications, not merely those issued by the govern- 
ments, but also those to whose publications they have granted sub- 
sidies. They further oblige themselves to make their exchanges as 
complete as possible. The project is one of long-standing. On 
January 27, 1902, a convention to that effect was adopted at the 
Second Pan American Conference which met from October 22, 1901, 
to January 22, 1902, in the City of Mexico, and it is interesting to 
note that it was ratified by the Government of the United States.’ 
The present project, with a verbal modification here and there, is 
No. 24 of the projects of the Pan American Union. It is, itself, the 
Convention of 1902, with unessential modifications. The chances 
are therefore in favor of its adoption, although perhaps in modified 
form, by the Sixth Pan American Conference which is to meet at 
Habana. 

The sixth project provides for the interchange of professors and 
students. This, again, is a project with a history. Its unwearied 
advocate year in and year out is Dr. Leo 8S. Rowe, the present en- 
lightened Director General of the Pan American Union. ‘The resolu- 
tion concerning this interchange was adopted at the Fourth Pan 
American Conference, at Buenos Aires, on August 18, 1910.° As in 
the case of the exchange of publications, the project is, with a pos- 
sible change here and there, No. 25 of the Projects of the Pan 
American Union, which is practically the resolution of the Fourth 
International Conference of the American States, with immaterial 
modifications.‘ 

On these two projects comment is permissible, and not wholly 
unnecessary. In the United States it is a matter of great difficulty 
to procure the session laws of the various States of the Union, and 





2 Second International Conference of American States, S. Doe. No. 330, 47th Cong., Ist sess., p. 213. 

3 Fourth International Conference of American States, S. Doc. No. 744, 61st Cong., 3d sess., p. 226. 

4 Francis Lieber apparently had not considered the interchange of students, although he had discovered 
the traveling professor. Perhaps he had in mind both, inasmuch as the professor was, in his conception, 
only a student of maturer years. However this may be, this is what he said in a letter under date of 
May 26, 1872, to the distinguished German publicist, Franz von Holtzendorff: 

“Tn 1846, in one of my writings, I recalled the fact that under Adrian, professors were appointed to lecture 
in different places, and Polemon of Laodicea instructed in oratory at Rome, Laodicea, Smyrna, and 
Alexandria. The traveling professor had a free passage on the emperor’s ships, or on the vessels laden with 
grain. In our days of steamboats and railroads the traveling professor should be reinstated. Why could 
not the same person teach in New York and in Strasburg?”’ (Life and Letters, p. 424.) 


860 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


official publications of the different States. The difficulty of obtain- 
ing the publications of the Latin American countries is much greater, 
and yet, without them, it is sometimes impossible for one of the 
American Republics to procure adequate information of the others. 
This project is intended to place the official publications of each 
American Republic at the disposition of all, and to open them to 
the readers of the respective countries who may wish to consult 
them. 

Many of us are so made that we only learn through our eyes, and 
to them travel opens up the physical world. Others learn through 
their ears, and to them, intercourse is a means to knowledge. It is 
best to visit a country in order to know it, but this seems impossible 
on a large scale. Therefore, we are trying to get the mountain and 
Mohammed together, by bringing professors of the Latin American .- 
universities to the United States; by sending professors of the United 
States to Latin America; and by an exchange of students to the 
various countries upon a plane of strict equality. Personal contacts 
are created, large and varied knowledge is acquired, and almost 
insensibly we learn how like us others are. The veil of ignorance is 
lifted. 

The interchange of professors and students will be difficult, but 
the difficulty of the problem is a reason for undertaking its solution. 

The rights and duties of diplomatic agents, and their diplomatic 
immunities, form the subject of the seventh project. It is long, con- 
sisting of thirty-two articles. It is detailed. It is admirable. It is 
the result of discussion in the committee under Mr. Pessda’s presi- 
dency, and of careful revision in the subcommission in which the 
American Republics were represented. An analysis of the project 
would be a summary of the practice of nations in such matters. It 
is unnecessary, as the present purpose is to state that the project is 
acceptable to the American Republics because based upon their prac- 
tice. It is also acceptable to the world at large, because the practice 
is largely universal. There are, however, three matters which may 
be mentioned. The project does not classify diplomatic agents into 
ambassadors, ministers, ete. The members of the commission were 
unanimously of the opinion that the presidents of the various Ameri- 
can Republics should not, as monarchs of Europe, have personal 
representatives; that the diplomatic agent should represent the State, 
thus having but one class, to the exclusion of ambassadors, who, in 
Europe represent the sovereign and, by an unacceptable imitation, 
represent the Presidents in the western world. It was with difficulty 
that the commission was prevented from limiting the classes to min- 
isters and chargés d’affaires, thus expressly excluding ambassadors. 
It finally contented itself with a unanimous recommendation to the 
Sixth Pan American Conference, which is to meet at Habana, that 


CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 861 


ambassadors should be dropped and diplomatic agents consist of two 
classes. 

The second observation is that the commission rejected consciously 
and, one might almost say, with malice aforethought, the use of the 
expression ‘‘extraterritoriality,” in the project concerning diplomatic 
agents. The diplomatic agent of the American Republic accredited 
to Washington is in Washington, and by no possible fiction can it be 
successfully maintained that he is physically in Washington, but 
legally in the capital of his own country. However, it is correct to 
say that the diplomatic agents of the American Republics accredited 
to Washington are entitled to certain immunities from local law, civil 
as well as criminal, in order to enable them to perform without 
restraint their official duties, and that the agents necessary for the 
performance of these duties likewise enjoy immunity. This principle 
the project adopts throughout. 

There is a third observation which certainly will not be displeasing 
to the North American. It is the third numbered paragraph of 
Article 24, exempting diplomatic agents from customs duties ‘‘on 
objects intended for their personal use, or that of their families, to the 
extent fixed by the government of the state to which they are accred- . 
ited.” The connection between this provision and the eighteenth 
amendment to the Constitution of the United States is obvious. In 
its broad outlines, this is No. 22 of the Pan American project, some- 
what modified in the draft presented by Mr. Pess6a to the committee, 
and very carefully discussed and considerably modified, and, indeed, 
improved in the subcommission. The original project is based upon 
the resolutions of the Institute of International Law, with changes 
here and there to fit some of its dispositions to American practice. 
As it left the commission, it is believed to be better than any of its 
predecessors. 

The same thing may be said of Project No. 8, on consuls. It is 
likewise a project (No. 23) of the Pan American Union, with modifica- 
tions In committee and in subcommission. It has the same distin- 
guished ancestry, and it represents American practice. Consuls are 
admitted to possess requisite immunity both in their persons and 
official residences in order to enable them to perform their official 
duties. Their archives, of course, and their official documents, enjoy 
immunity; but in their private transactions they are properly sub- 
ject to the law of the land. It would naturally follow that consuls 
can make no claim to consular asylum. Article 22 is in point: “A 
consul is obliged to surrender, on the simple requisition of the local 
authorities, all persons suspected of or condemned for crime, who may 
have taken refuge in the consulate.” 

There is an article of special interest to the United States, as it 
solves, in accordance with the Constitution of the United States, a 

56205—27—Bull. 9 2 





862 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


question which has sometimes arisen because of the most favored 
nation treatment clause in consular conventions to which the United 
States are parties. The article is No. 17. The first of its three sen- 
tences states the general practice in the absence of constitutional pro- 
visions: ‘‘Consuls are not obliged to appear as witnesses before the 
courts of the state where they excerise functions.” They must, 
“in conformity with local legislation, give their testimony in the 
building of the consulate or send it in writing to the authority desig- 
nated for that purpose.’”’ The second sentence takes care of the con- 
stitutional clause: ‘‘They shall nevertheless give it personally in a 
trial in criminal prosecutions when the accused are entitled to present 
them as witnessess for the defense.’’? The third sentence, forming the 
second paragraph, enables the government, through diplomatic chan- 
nels, to have the consul in court, should he otherwise refuse to attend. 

In the Consular Convention between France and the United States 
of February 23, 1853, it is stated that consuls were never to be ‘‘com- 
pelled to appear as witnesses before the courts” and that, should 
they be invited to appear and decline to do so, their testimony was 
to be ‘‘requested in writing,” or ‘‘taken orally at their dwellings.” 
(Article II.) In 1854, one Dillon, a French consul, was summoned to 
appear in court and give testimony. He pleaded the immunity 
under Article II of the treaty of February 23, 1853, with the United 
States. The decision of the court Jn re Dillon, 7 Sawyer, 561 (1854), 
was in favor of the consul. The question was argued by Secretary of 
State Marey, who insisted that a treaty inconsistent with the Con- 
stitution of the United States was itself unconstitutional, and that in 
the present case, the sixth amendment to the Constitution, providing 
that in all criminal prosecutions the accused should enjoy the right 
“to be confronted with the witnesses against him,” and ‘‘to have 
compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor,”’ should pre- 
vail. France, on the contrary, stood upon the terms of the treaty. 
At length, Project 8 on consuls, decides in favor of the United States. 

As was said of diplomatic agents, the consular project appears to 
be a decided improvement on any and all of its predecessors. 

To the consideration of the ninth project, on maritime neutrality, 
there was opposition, and finally, with misgivings on the part of 
some, it was removed from the projects which had already been 
laid aside. It was said to be out of place in a series of projects 
dealing only with the law of peace. The delegates of the United 
States, however, insisted upon its consideration, on the ground that 
the American Republics were like to be affected by any great war 
which might break out in other parts of the world, as the recent 
World War had unfortunately shown. They felt that in case of 
such a calamity, the rights of the American Republics, as neutrals, 
should exist in clear and unmistakable terms, before the war should 





DR. JAMES BROWN SCOTT 


President of the American Institute of International Law and Chairman of the United States delegation 
to the International Commission of Jurists 


864 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


arise; and that with a common law they could present a common 
front to law-breaking belligerents. Their view prevailed. It was 
necessary, however, that they should insist that the project as 
drafted was, in form and effect, the thirteenth convention of the 
Second Hague Peace Conference of 1907, on The Rights and Duties 
of Neutral Powers in Naval War. The project on maritime neutral- 
ity was among those which Mr. Alvarez had presented to the Fifth 
Pan American Conference, held at Santiago de Chile, in 1923. The 
committee in Paris had, however, eliminated from it most of the 
additions not to be found in The Hague Convention. These additions 
had been added to the original convention in the form of voeux; 
but they were not considered by the American Institute of Inter- 
national Law, nor were they considered in the commission. The 
project, therefore, was practically that of The Hague Convention, 
with sundry modifications suggested by experience had in the World 
War. With a change of position of some of the articles, the articles 
on visits and search added by Mr. Pess6a, the project was practically 
that of the Pan American Union. 

The tenth project deals with asylum. It was an original proposi- 
tion with the Commission of Jurists. It was apparently the general 
desire of the Latin-American representatives that embassies and 
legations within their respective countries should be permitted to 
offer asylum, and that the practice should be regularized by a con- 
vention. The delegates of the United States were not parties to 
the project, as the practice of their country forbids it. However, 
they did not oppose its consideration, inasmuch as they recognized 
the right of their colleagues to draft such a convention, if they should 
care to do so, and submit it to the consideration of the Sixth Pan 
American Conference. The delegates of the United States therefore 
entered a general reserve. There are, however, two articles which 
could have been accepted: 

States are forbidden to give asylum in any place under their jurisdiction to 
persons suspected of, or condemned for a common crime, or who are deserters 
from the land and naval forces. [Article I.] 

A person accused of common crimes and who has taken asylum in a legation, 
on board a man-of-war, or military airship, must be given up if this be demanded 
by the local government. If asylum be given within the territory, delivery 
will be effected by extradition, in the terms stipulated in the convention of 
private international law. [Article 3.] 

Project No. 11 deals with the ‘‘ Duties of States in case of civil war.” 
There had been an intention to include a project of this kind among 
those drafted by the American Institute, at the request of the Pan 
American Union. It was given up, however, on the ground that it 
was inadvisable to suggest the possibility of civil war or insurrection 
in any one of the American States. But the commission was of a 
different opinion, and drafted, of its own accord, a single article of 


CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 865 


five paragraphs dealing with the question. If such a project were 
to be included, it must be admitted that it is well done. In fact, 
it reads like a series of extracts from the neutrality act of the 
United States, of 1818, so similar are the provisions of both. 

The last of the 12 projects deals with pacific settlement. It is 
No. 27 of the projects of the Pan American Union. As it left the 
hands of the committee of five and was approved by the subcom- 
mission on the closing day of the commission, it was in substance 
the Pan American project in shortened form, which, in turn, was, so 
far as possible, based upon projects already in existence, which had 
stood the test of time. The articles relating to good offices and 








PRESIDENT WASHINGTON LUIS,*5 
DELEGATES TO THE INTER © 
JURISTS IN 


OF BRAZIL, RECEIVES THE 
NATIONAL COMMISSION OF 
CATTETE PALACE 


mediation were taken from The Hague Convention of 1907 for the 
Pacific Settlement of International Disputes. The section on com- 
missions of inquiry was the convention sponsored by Mr. Gondra, 
of Paraguay, and therefore bearing his name, of the Fifth Pan 
American Conference at Santiago de Chile. It is an excellent con- 
vention, providing for the submission of American controversies to 
examination and report by American commissions of inquiry com- 
posed exclusively of American members. It is the first step in what 
will be a final outcome: American tribunals of arbitration composed 
of American members, for the adjustment of American controversies; 
and American courts of justice composed of American judges for the 


866 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


decision of American controversies. The delegates of the United 
States to the Fifth Pan American Conference at Santiago signed the 
Gondra convention of inquiry, and the Senate of the United States 
has ratified the convention. The Government of the United States 
is, therefore, committed to American agencies for the settlement of 
American questions. 

The convention, admirable in all its details, is a combination of 
the commission of inquiry at The Hague, with the provision of 
Secretary of State Bryan’s treaties for the advancement of peace— 
worth, in the opinion of the present writer, all the other international 
conventions for peaceful settlement put together, by which nations 
renounced every act of hostility, including, of course, a resort to 
arms, during the consideration of the question and the preparation 
of the report of the commission. It is, as Secretary Bryan was 
accustomed to say, an ‘‘angry dispute’? which can survive a year’s 
examination. It includes the provision to be found in Secretary 
Bryan’s treaty with France, authorizing the commission to determine 
the temporary disposition of the property during the consideration 
of the dispute. It has a new definition of its own which brings the 
nations to the threshold of the arbitral tribunal, and it is fair to 
presume, at least in the case of the American Republics, that the 
door will open at their approach. It is Article 16 which leads the 
parties to the door. After the report has been delivered to the parties 
and to the Pan American Union, they are to have a space of six 
months within which to renew negotiations and to reach a solution 
of their difficulties, in accordance with the conclusions of the report. 
“Tf, during this new period, they do not reach an amicable solution, 
they recover their full liberty of action in order to proceed according 
to their interests.” 

The third part of the project deals with commissions of concilia- 
tion—a subject long in the air, but until recently lacking concrete 
form and expression. Its value consists in the fact that the Pan 
American Union is suggested as the commission of conciliation always 
in existence, and which, therefor, does not need to be constituted 
when the difficulty arises. 

The fourth is friendly composition—likewise an old method which, 
in modern times, has fallen into disuse. It is the case of a person 
having the confidence of the parties in dispute (usually a chief of 
state) to whom the matter may be submitted because of their confi- 
dence in his uprightness and judgment. It has recent American 
approval. The Alsop case was a long-standing claim of the United 
States against Chile. Upon the suggestion of the claimant, Chile 
consented to submit in 1909 to the friendly composition of Edward 
VII, King of England, and at his death, to his son and successor, 
George V, by whom it was in 1911 decided in favor of the United 


CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 867 


States, although some of the claims were rejected.’ As the friendly 
compositor had disappeared from modern practice, although very 
familiar in the Middle Ages, King George deemed it advisable to 
define friendly composition as ‘“‘an award which shall do substantial 
justice between the parties without attaching too great an importance 
to the technical points which may be raised on either side.” 

Of arbitration, forming the fifth part, little need besaid. The proj- 
ect recognizes the procedure of the Second Hague Peace Conference 
for the pacific settlement of international disputes, and closes with 
the twenty-third article, to the effect that the parties in dispute may 
submit their controversy, if they desire its judicial settlement, either 
to the Permanent Court of International Justice at The Hague, ‘‘or 
to any other court of justice which may be constituted for this pur- 
pose by the American Republics.”’ 

The twenty-eighth of the Pan American projects contemplates 
the creation of a Pan American Court of Justice. It was not con- 
sidered, inasmuch as it seemed to be political to some of the members 
of the committee of five. 

Such, in brief, are the projects recommended to the Sixth Confer- 
ence of the Americas, set for the month of January, in the year 
1928. They will be transmitted by the Pan American Union to the 
conference, where they are to be considered by the delegates of the 
American Republics, acting under instructions from their respective 
governments. 

The Subcommission on Private International Law was unexpectedly 
and overwhelmingly successful. Mr. Bustamante went into con- 
ference with his code of international law of 435 articles, and emerged 
in less than five weeks with a code of 439 articles. Here and there 
the articles were modified; here and there he lost one. But four 
more were added than he had lost. Mr. Bustamante’s intention 
was to give the form of a code to the generally accepted practice of 
the civilized nations, in the matter of the conflict of laws. This, 
he did. His plan turned on the acceptance of Article 7 in its original, 
or in a modified form, which would, nevertheless, enable him to 
carry out his intention. A project of a convention was prefixed, 
according to which the American Republics would accept the code, 
entering reservations to the articles which they were unwilling to 
accept. In this way, every one of the American Republics could 
be a party to the code with more or less reservations. 

The original Article 7 which made this possible was thus worded: 

Each contracting State shall apply to the nationals of the others the laws of 


an internal public order of their domicile or of their nationality, according to 
the system adopted by the State to which they belong. 





5 The American Journal of International Law, Vol. V (19:1), p. 1079. 


868 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


In Mr. Bustamante’s opinion, and ultimately in the opinion of the 
commission, it would thus be possible for a Republic adopting the 
theory of domicile, or of nationality, to be parties to the code. The 
Republics adopting domicile could accept the code, reserving or 
rejecting those of its provisions inconsistent with the law of domicile 
as they understood and applied it. On the other hand, the Republics 
adopting the theory of nationality could reject the dispositions of 
the code accepting the principle and practice of domicile. All 
could thus be parties, but in unequal degrees, the Republics being 
bound to each other by articles of the code which they had accepted, 
that is to say, against which they had not interposed reservations. 

As there was difficulty in finding a wording of Article 7 which 
would meet with the approval of the delegates, Mr. Bustamante 
withdrew Article 7 as originally prepared, and continued the dis- 
cussion of the code until the various articles had been adopted. He 
then returned to Article 7, proposing a substitute which, in substance 
that of the original draft, had the good fortune of meeting with 
general approval: 

Each contracting State shall apply as personal law that of domicile or that of 
nationality according to the system which its domestic legislation may have 
adopted or may hereafter adopt. 

It is impossible to give an adequate idea of the 439 articles com- 
posing the code which the International Commission of Jurists 
passed on with its recommendations to the Sixth Pan American 
Conference of Habana, over which Mr. Bustamante is himself to 
preside. It is only possible under the limitations of an article which 
has already assumed ample proportions to outline the table of con- 
tents, which contains general rules, and under (1) International 
Civil Law, covers (a) persons, (b) property, (c) the various modes 
of acquisition, (d) obligations and contracts; (2) Commercial Inter- 
national Law, (a) merchants and commerce in general, (b) special 
commercial contracts, (c) maritime and aerial commerce, (d) pre- 
scription; (3) Penal International Law; (4) International Law of 
Procedure, (a) general rules, (b) competence, (c) extradition, (d) the — 
right to appear in court and its modalities, (e) letters requisitorial 
and letters rogatory, (f) exceptions having an international character, 
(g) evidence, (h) appeal for annulment, (i) bankruptcy and insol- 
vency, (j) execution of judgments rendered by foreign courts. 

Most of the American Republics prefer the doctrine of nationality, 
although others have a marked tendency toward the law of domicile, 
or of the territory in which the legal transaction takes place. A 
group of American Republics has adopted the law of domicile: 
Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay. With the 
exception of Peru, these States strongly advocated the conventions 
of Montevideo of 1888-89, and projects of later date accepting domi- 


CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 869 


cile to such an extent as to endeavor to prevent Mr. Bustamante’s 
code from being taken as the basis of discussion. In this they were 
defeated, and although they maintained their position throughout, 
the advocates of Mr. Bustamante’s code had the two-thirds majority 
required for acceptance in the subcommission and the Commission. 
The two delegates from the United States registered in the Sub- 
commission on Private International Law, as they desired to testify 
by their presence, if not by their votes, their interest in the success of 
the commission. They explained at the opening session that the 
Secretary of State, while unwilling to be bound by the proceedings of 
the commission, was, nevertheless, desirous of seeing it succeed in 
its labors, and that he would have the projects as passed carefully 
examined upon their presentation to the Department of State, in 
order to see to what extent it would be possible for the Government of 
the United States to accept their conclusions. The position of the 
American delegation was thus stated in the plenary session of May 9th: 


The delegation of the United States desires to have its vote recorded in favor 
of the article reported to this plenary session from Subcommission B, and based 
upon the project of the code of private international law, prepared by the 
learned and very distinguished delegate from Cuba, Mr. Bustamante. 

In so recording its affirmative vote the delegation does not desire to imply that 
the articles for which it votes are in accordance with the laws of the various 
jurisdictions of the United States, 49 in all. As a matter of fact and as is 
well known the jurisprudence of the United States is based in general upon the 
theory of domicile, while the project of the proposed code is based largely upon the 
theory of nationality. The reason for this affirmative vote is that the delegation 
of the United States desires to further the work of codification of private inter- 
national law. It desires, furthermore, to make this recognition of what it 
believes to be a constructive effort of very considerable value, and it desires that, 
by the adoption of these articles the forthcoming Pan American Conference at 
Habana may have before it, for its mature consideration, a substantial basis for 
the discussion of private international law. 

In conclusion, the delegation of the United States desires to express the hope 
that ultimately a code of Private International Law may be proposed for the 
Americas, by which the opposing principles of the two theories of domicile and 
nationality may be reconciled. In this happy event it is to be hoped that the 
United States may be able to join with her sister Republics. 


A Subcommission C had been appointed to consider the method 
by which the labors of the commission could be continued. As the 
report prepared by the Peruvian delegate, Dr. Maurtua, unanimously 
adopted by the commission, is short, and is difficult to state in 
abridged form, it is given in full as the unanimous action of the 
subcommission: 

The International Commission of Jurists, having in view the necessity, demon- 
strated by experience, of permanently organizing the preliminary work for 
formulating and developing international law in America, as well as the unifica- 


tion of legislation, reeommends that the Sixth Pan American Conference approve 
the following plan: 


870 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION . 


ist. To make the International Commission of Jurists of Rio de Janeiro a per- 
manent body, and to provide for a stated, regular session every two years. 

2d. To organize two committees of examination, one at Rio de Janeiro and 
the other at Montevideo for international public law and international private 
law, respectively, with the following duties: 

(a) To present to the various governments a list of matters susceptible of being 
submitted to contractual regulation. In this list will be included, besides the 
matters initiated by the committees, those which the International Commission 
of Jurists judges proper to indicate, on terminating each of its sessions. 

(b) To decide, in accordance with replies received, what matters are generally 
considered ripe for discussion and appropriate for legislation. 

(ec) To submit to the various governments the different viewpoints from which 
matters selected may be contemplated; to petition and obtain an indication along 
general lines of the opinion of each government. 

3d. To entrust the Executive Council of the American Institute of Interna- 
tional Law with the duty of studying scientifically the matters referred to in the 
above article, with the task of drawing conclusions and presenting them with 
proper explanations duly supported in reports, inasmuch as they are to serve as 
bases of discussion by the International Commission of Jurists for the definite 
formulation of the ante-projects intended for Pan American Conferences. 

Whenever possible, the above information shall be submitted to the delibera- 
tions of the institute at its biennnial plenary sessions. 

4th. To organize in Habana an office and committee for directing the studies 
of comparative legislation and for the unification of legislation. 

5th. The three above-mentioned committees are to be formed by the various 
governments from the menibers of their respective national societies of inter- 
national law. 

They shall communicate with the various governments and with the Executive 
Council of the Institute, through the Pan American Union. 

6th. The Pan American Union, in so far as its by-laws permit, shall cooperate 
in all the preliminary legislative work referred to in the above articles. 


It is evident that the codification of international law is in full blast, 
that the Institute of International Law, as a scientific body has aided 
the codification of international law in international conferences, and 
that the American Institute of International Law is aiding through 
its labors the codification of international law through conferences of 
the American Republics in the western hemisphere. 

The seed scattered to the wind by Lieber is bearing ample fruit in 
the old world of his birth, and in the new world of his choice; and 
the writer of this article is doubly happy that the labors of each are, 
in accordance with Lieber’s suggestion, aided by the support of the 
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, of which he is secretary. 





2) 











By A. W. Linineton 


HE color of the sea about the prow of the galleon changed, 

and so Juan Diaz de Solis, voyaging for Spain in 1512, 

shifted his course and beat toward the land he knew must 

le ahead. But as yet the lookout scanned the horizon in 

vain, so far to sea does the Rio de la Plata bear the soil of Uruguay. 

Across this vast estuary of the Silver River the Spanish navigator 

raised the mainland and, disembarking near the island of Martin 

Garcia, became the first white man to set foot in Uruguay. The 

dominion of Spain, destined to endure for 300 years, had begun. 

Again, in 1515, Juan Diaz de Solis visited the shores of the Plata, to 
meet death, with all his men, at the hands of the savage Charrtas. 

Five years later a ship of Magellan’s fleet, sailing under orders of 
Charles I of Spain, made a landfall near the present site of Monte- 
video, and from the pilot’s cry: ‘‘I see the mountain!”’ the city later 
took its name. Then, in 1526, Sebastian Cabot found that sea-like 
estuary, pushed upstream beyond the confluence of the Parana and 
the Uruguay, and founded the settlements of San Salvador and Santi 
Spiritus. Uruguay had been born. 

That was 400 years ago. In the early nineteenth century occurred 
two decisive events, the movement resulting in the independence of 
Uruguay, and the final establishment of the country as a republic in 
1825. To-day the Republica Oriental del Uruguay, lying between 
the Uruguay River on the west and the Atlantic on the east, with 
Brazil to the north and Argentina across the Rio de la Plata to the 
south, is the smallest independent State in South America. 

Striking north from Montevideo we pass through the departments 
of Canelones, San José, Florida, Durazno, and Tacuarembé. Here 
we find ourselves amid the vast rolling plains on which roam the 
ereat herds of cattle, descendants of the small herd which Hernan- 
darias, governor of the River Plate Province in the last decade of the 
sixteenth century and first patriot of Uruguay, sent across the Uru- 
guay River. Cattle breeding and sheep farming, carried on exten- 
sively in the departments of Paysandt, Salto, and Rio Negro, as well 
as in the Departments mentioned above, are to-day the principal 





1From International Telephone Review, July 1927. 


871 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


A BUSY STREET IN MONTEVIDEO 


Calle Sarandi, looking toward the center of the Uruguayan capital 


THE REPUBLIC OF URUGUAY 873 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


PLAZA INDEPENDENCIA, MONTEVIDEO 


In the center is seen the fine equestrian statue of Artigas, the national hero of Uruguay. On the right 
appears the Palacio Salvo, said to be the highest reinforced concrete building in Latin America 


industries of the country. In 1924, 8,500,000 head of cattle ranged 
over 41,500,000 acres of pasture lands. Of sheep there were 
14,000,000, and of swine, asses, and goats over 300,000. Horses were 
also raised, and numbered more than 500,000. Of the total exports 
of the country, livestock, meat, and meat products constitute about 
96 per cent. 

On the southern plains the monotone of the undulating grasslands 
is broken by patches of white and scarlet verbena, and as the land 
slopes upward to the northern Departments we find valleys abound- 
ing in aromatic shrubs. In these and neighboring Departments are 
distributed the 2,000,000 acres of Uruguayan soil devoted to agricul- 
ture. Wheat is the chief crop. Corn, oats, and barley follow in 
importance, and flax, alfalfa, tobacco, and grapes are cultivated in 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


TWO ATTRACTIVE SQUARES IN THE URUGUAYAN CAPITAL 


Upper: Plaza de los Treinta y Tres, named in honor of the band of patriots which started the movement 
for national independence. This plaza contains beds of roses, for which Montevideo is famous. Lower: 
Another view of Plaza Independencia, a center of the city’s life 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


MONUMENT TO JOSE P. VARELA, PATRIOT AND EDUCATIONAL REFORMER 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


PARQUE HOTEL, MONTEVIDEO 


Surrounded by trees and flowers, this thoroughly modern hotel presents a most attractive appearance 


876 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION, 


some parts. It is apparent that agriculturally Uruguay does not 
produce enough for her own needs, but recently activity in this 
branch of industry has increased and an effort has been made to 
induce the people to cultivate the soil more assiduously. 

Pressing still to the north, the uplands give way to a fairly moun- 
tainous region, well forested with hardwoods through which wander 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


THE JUNCTION OF TWO IMPORTANT THOROUGHFARES IN MONTEVIDEO 


the fox and deer, and to which rosemary, mimosa, myrtle, and the 
scarlet ceiba give color and fragrance. Further northward, we come 
to the Departments of Rivera, Salto, and Artigas, cut by the mountain 
ranges Cuchilla de Santa Ana, Cuchilla de Haedo, and the Cuchilla 
de Belén. Here gold and silver are mined in small quantities, but 
hardly so extensively as to justify the early explorers in calling 
Uruguay’s chief waterway the ‘Silver River,” believing that it led 
to elusive El Dorado. 

The more prosaic coal, talé, marble and granite are mined and 
quarried in the Departments of Minas, Cerro Largo, Maldonado, and 
Colonia. Traces of petroleum have also been discovered and may 
prove valuable in the industrial life of the country. 

The story of Uruguay is written in the annals of Montevideo, and 
the progress of that city parallels that of the country at large. 
Seven families, sent across the Plata in 1726 by Zavala, Governor of 
Buenos Aires, founded the city of San Felipe de Montevideo, and 
planted the seed of independence which reached fruition in the 
Republic a century later. 


THE REPUBLIC OF URUGUAY 877 


Steamers from the ports of all countries of the world now lie in 
the roadstead. Montevideo has improved her harbor at a cost of 
$30,000,000, and is now a regular port of call from the United States 
and Great Britain. We land in a city of 425,000 inhabitants, the 
largest center of the Republic, busy with the commerce of a capital. 
From here are shipped the products of the country, brought down 
from the interior by rail or river boat. 

We wander among the 300 broad streets lined with shade trees, 
broken now and then by squares splashed with the colors of a pro- 
fusion of flowers. We are struck by the spaciousness of the city. 
The parks, among which the Parque Rod6é and the Prado are the 
largest, and the 12 plazas, bring to this active business center some- 
thing of the open plains which lie to the north. The cathedral, the 
university, the Government Palace, and other public buildings have 
beauty without pretentiousness, utility without drabness. They 
reflect the substantial, independent character of the people. 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


AVENIDA CONSTITUYENTE, ONE OF MONTEVIDEO’S BROAD TREE-LINED 
AVENUES 


The city is admirably supplied with power facilities. One of the 
first cities of South America to be lighted by electricity, it has to-day 
a street illumination, by powerful arc lamps, equal to that of any 
South American capital. Until the latter part of the eighteenth 
century Montevideo was lighted by oil made from mare’s grease. 

56205—27—Bull. 9——3 


OLAS 





LER 


Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


POCITOS, A SEASIDE RESORT NEAR MONTEVIDEO 


One of the greatest charms of Montevideo is the number of attractive beaches within a short distance of 
the city; Pocitos may be reached in a few minutes by street car or automobile. Upper: The shore 
drive on asummer morning. Lower: One of the small parks along the drive 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


ON THE BEACH AT POCITOS 


Upper: Following the European custom, small bathhouses are used, which are wheeled down to the water’s 
edge. Lower: A happy throng enjoying the sand and sea 


SSO THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Montevideo, as the largest commercial and industrial center in 
the Republic, supports factories for cement, tile, brick, coke, furni- 
ture, and boots and shoes. Of paramount importance are those 
industries relating to the preparation and export of meat and meat 
products, and there are extensive packing houses near the city. 
Flour mills, machine shops, a steel foundry, and mills for linen, 
cotton, and wools are among the other industrial activities. 

The capital is the terminus for the 1,654 miles of railroads in 
Uruguay, which radiate from the city to the northwest, north, and 
northeast. Supplementing the railroads are the highways, or national 
roads, which cover 2,240 miles, and the 3,100 miles of departmental 
roads. Much improvement has been made in these roadways, and 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


PUNTA DEL ESTE 


A delightful seaside town reached by train or automobile from Montevideo, much frequented in summer 
by the aristocracy of Argentina 


travel has been greatly facilitated by the macadamization of some 
300 miles along the main arteries. The Plata and Uruguay Rivers 
contribute most extensively to the 700 miles of navigable waterways, 
although river traffic is also found on the Parana, the Rio Negro, 
and the Paraguay. 

As we leave this modern city, worthy to be the capital of a progres- 
sive republic of the modern age, it is difficult to realize that exactly 
200 years ago Montevideo consisted of 42 buildings—2 of stone and 
40 of hide. 

Incidental with Uruguay’s progress along industrial and commercial 
lines has been the growth of the postal service, telegraph, and tele- 
phone. In 1923 there were 995 post offices, and during the following 
year internal correspondence comprised 120,227,565 letters, packages, 


THE REPUBLIC OF URUGUAY S81 


ete., and external, 13,224,807. In 1866, the Compafiia Rio de la 
Plata laid telegraph cables between Montevideo and Buenos Aires, 
and in 1892 these lines were taken over by the Post Office Depart- 
ment. In 1923 there were about 5,000 miles of telegraph lines and 
249 offices, through which 1,665,386 telegrams passed. Cable lines 


> OT et 


a el 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


CARRASCO 


Another of Montevideo’s seaside resorts. Upper: Some of the attractive summer residences. Lower: 
A view showing at the right the fine Hotel Carrasco 


connect. Uruguay with points in Brazil and Argentina, and general 
service with Europe dates from 1874 via the Madeira line. Cables 
from Montevideo to Rio de Janeiro, to Santos, and to Atalaya in 
Argentina are operated by All America Cables (Inc.), the associated 
company of the International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation. 
A large wireless station is maintained by the Government at Cerrito 


882 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


near Montevideo, with a range of about 620 miles at sea. Other 
stations are located at Rivera, Lobos Island, and Paso de los Toros. 

Following closely on the invention of the telephone came the first 
installation in Uruguay in 1878. This was in the nature of an 
experiment, but shortly afterwards telephone service was put into 
use between the post offices of Montevideo. The next step was the 
installation of lines between the capitals of the various departments. 
In Montevideo there are about 35,000 miles of wire and about 9,500 
miles in the rest of the Republic. 





Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo 


CARRASCO BEACH DURING A MOTOR FESTIVAL 


Carrasco is celebrated for its firm beach, similar to some of those in Florida and Maine 


- In March of this year the International Telephone & Telegraph 
Corporation acquired the controlling interest in the Montevideo 
Telephone Co. This system, with 14,095 phones, is the principal 
one in Montevideo, and it is hoped that this recent step in the 
progress of Uruguayan telephone history will mark the beginning of 
a new era for the service. The plans and projected improvements 
for telephone service in Uruguay will parallel advances being made 
in other fields of the industrial and commercial development which 


has made Uruguay one of the most progressive republics in South 
America. 5 






co MMISSIO} 
OCTOBER 














HE Pan American Commission on the Simplification of Con- 
sular Procedure will meet in the Pan American Union Build- 
ing, Washington, D. C., October 10, 1927, for the discussion 
of methods directed toward unification of the widely diverse 

procedure now observed in the drafting and expediting of consular 
documents, a diversity long recognized as one of the most hampering 
obstacles in the interplay of American trade. 

This commission was appointed in conformity with a resolution of 
the Third Pan American Conference, held in Washington, June, 1927, 
which reads as follows: 


Whereas inter-American trade is hampered by the diversity in the consular 
procedure of the different American countries: Be it resolved, That the Third Pan 
American Commercial Conference recommend the creation of a Pan American 
committee in charge of studying the simplification and standardization of con- 
sular procedure as to inter-American trade so far as it may be possible without 
interfering with the national interests of the respective governments. 

It is also recommended to the Governing Board of the Pan American Union 
that as soon as possible it set the date for the meeting of said committee and 
invite the government members of the Union to designate the respective 
technical commissioners to represent them. 

It is recommended to the Pan American Union that it transmit the results of 
the labors of the committee to the governments members of the Union with 
the object that, if they should consider it advisable, instructions be given to 
their delegations so that they may submit the said labors and conclusions at 
which the committee may arrive to the Sixth Pan American Conference. 

It is recommended to the Pan American Union that in cooperation with the 
Inter-American High Commission it carry out the preliminary work involved 
in preparing the work of the conference and collect the material that is to serve 
in the study of the committee. 


This assembly, in which it is expected that the governments 
members of the Pan American Union will be represented by their re- 
spective commercial attachés and other responsible officials, will be of 
more than ordinary interest, coming, as it does, so soon after the 
close of the International Economic Conference in Geneva, in which, 
although international trade was considered from many angles, little 
or nothing was accomplished toward the simplification of consular 
documentation and procedure, except as these relate to customs 

883 


S84. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ~ 


formalities. This was true also of the work of the conference in 
Brussels, December, 1913. 

The main features of the situation which the commission has been 
convened to consider are well set forth in the working agenda which 
has been prepared, the text of which follows: 


I 
ConsuLAR DOCUMENTS 


Reduction of number of export documents requiring consular visa. 
Simplification of data required on consular invoices. 
Possibility of adoption of standard form of consular invoices. 
Standardization of size of consular invoice form. 
Language, currency, and quantity units to be used in consular invoices. 
Number of copies of consular invoices to be required. 
Exclusion of ocean freight rates on consular invoices. 

8. Provision for letters of correction on consular invoices, upon moderate 
charge. 

9. Length of time for presentation of consular documents after arrival of 
goods. 


ROOD 


NIG Or 


JOE 


ConsuLaR FEES 


1. Consular invoice fee as a service charge rather than an additional duty. 
2. Possibility of moderation and standardization of consular fees. 
Ill 

CoNSULAR PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES 
1. Uniformity of consular practices within each country. 
2. Standardization of time required for usual visa. 
3. Provision for rapid service in urgent cases, upon moderate charge. 
4. Legalization of duplicate copies upon request. 
5. Consular advice as to proper declaration of goods and preparation of 


invoices. 
6. Use of the mails in handling export documents. 
7. Invoice forms officially issued or commercially printed. 


IV 
DocUMENTATION ON ParceL-Post SHIPMENTS 
1, Elimination of consular documents and fees on mail shipments of small 


value. 
2. Facilitating conditions of shipment of parcel-post packages. 


Everyone interested in American solidarity—and their number is 
legion—particularly in its economic aspects, will follow the work of 
the commission with the liveliest interest, confident that from its 
searching analysis of the ills resulting from existing consular pro- 
cedure as suffered by inter-American trade, acceptable remedies of 
practical application will be evolved to the prompt relief of inter- 
national traders throughout the American Continent. | 





GUAYULE RUBBER AN ND 
ITS PRODUCTION ON . 
ARGE SCAL. 











Pe (a) @ @ © 








a Q @ a) @ 2 











By Ursar Vincent Witcox 


T was 50 years ago that Sir Henry Wickham sailed from Brazil, 
taking with him from its native habitat a quantity of the seed 
of the Hevea—the famous Par4 rubber tree of the Amazon—and 
thus laid the foundation of a new and revolutionary era in rub- 

ber. From Wickham’s seeds, planted, cultivated and nourished in 
the tropical Far East, have sprung millions of trees, the milk-like latex 
of which now supplies more than 90 per cent of the world’s rubber— 
the plantation rubber of commerce. 

But to-day, after years of experimentation, a wild Mexican plant, 
transplanted, cultivated, and nourished in United States soil, prom- 
ises to add another new and revolutionary chapter to the history of 
rubber. The rubber which is expected to work this revolution is 
known as ‘‘guayule.”’ It is obtained from a little shrub of the same 
name, but 2 or 3 feet tall, which weighs about as many pounds. 
Commerce knows guayule as a ‘‘soft”’ rubber, and it has never been 
a direct competitor of the Hevea. Its use in the past has been mainly 
confined to rubberizing fabrics and in those parts of automobile tires 
not subject to abrasion. Since 1904, 130,000,000 pounds of guayule 
rubber have been produced and marketed, some 8,500,000 pounds 
having been used last year. 

Years ago rubber chemists began to experiment with guayule 
rubber with a view to expanding its uses—to making it more nearly 
comparable with the Hevea—to evolve a product which would answer 
the rigid requirements demanded in tire work, hitherto filled by the 
plantation rubbers. With the advent of the British restrictive meas- 
ures and rubber shortage, these efforts have been largely extended. 
At a meeting of the American Chemical Association recently held in 
Philadelphia it was authoritatively announced that all these things 
had been done. Dr. David Spence, an internationally known chem- 
ist, said that as a result of experiments all obstacles had been over- 
come and that a new product of the guayule shrub had been developed 
which vulcanized readily, matching, when vulcanized, the tensile, 
elongation, abrasion and other tests now demanded of the best grades 
of plantation rubber, and that this new product would meet all the 





1 Dun’s International Review, May, 1927, New York. 
885 


JOIWAT[MO MOI-INOJ B BUIMVY JOJoRI} BAG OMOP SI UOVAT[ND ‘SYJUOUL XIs ynoge yo 4os Used Avy syUe[d esoyL, 


aTdIld NadO HHL NI SUNWId ATAAV AD 


MOTAIY [BUOIVBUIEJUT SUNG JO ASoJINOD 





GUAYULE RUBBER AND ITS PRODUCTION ON A LARGE SCALE S87 


major requirements of manufacture—and these major requirements 
are the manufacture of tires, and expecially tire treads. 

It is well known that the Hevea can not be raised in temperate 
climates, because that tree will flourish only in frostless, tropical lati- 
tudes. With the advent of the new guayule product, however, the 
need of tropical areas disappears, for the shrub thrives in temperate 
and subtropical climates. It not only withstands frost but requires it. 

The wild guayule shrub, little more than a weed, is indigenous to 
northern Mexico, extending over a bit into the Big Bend of the Rio 
Grande in Texas. It flourishes in altitudes ranging from 4,000 to 
7,000 feet above sea level, where the rainfall is 7 to 14 inches annually, 
with considerable dry periods every year. It has never been found 
growing naturally outside this area, which, in extent, occupies some 
130,000 square miles. 

Since 1912 experimental work has been carried on in adapting the 
wild shrub to United States soil. During these 15 years the plant has 
been evolutionized, Burbanked, and tamed from a wild product of the 
hilly limestone slopes of its Mexican home to the arid environment of 
the southwestern part of the United States. 

In central California 200 acres of the guayule shrub have been 
planted, which is to form the nucleus of this enterprise. So success- 
ful have been the results that an additional 600 acres are about to 
be set out. 

It is the aim of those responsible for the studies already made that 
guayule growing shall be in the hands of the individual farmer and 
landowner, whose planting, cultivating and harvesting operations 
will be guided and financed by the central factory organization in his 
vicinity. This central factory will buy and mill his product in much 
the same manner as the sugar industry is now conducted. Supplied 
with seedlings from the central organization, the farmer will plant, 
say, a quarter or a fifth of his total guayule area each year, depending 
on the type of land he happens to own. Since it takes about four 
years for a shrub to mature ready for harvesting (uprooting), this 
rotating process will practically iron out labor peaks and will furnish 
a regular income. 

It has been found. that the guayule shrub will continue to manufac- 
ture and store up energy in the shape of rubber within its cells even 
if for any reason such as an unfavorable market it is not harvested 
on schedule time. Conversely it may be harvested earlier if there is 
sufficient incentive, such as a high market or national emergency. In 
these respects it differs from almost any other agricultural product 
and promises to be an attractive product and most acceptable to 
the farmers. 

On the California plantation no irrigation is employed, and it is 
expected that none will be necessary on any of the farms that may 
add guayule growing to the list of their products. The spacing of the 


88s THE PAN AMERICAN UNION > 


plants is designed with special reference to the root system, which will 
exhaust at a given period the available moisture remaining in the soil 
after the winter rains. 

The rubber in the guayule shrub is contained almost entirely in the 
cells of the thick cortex underlying the bark of the trunk, root, and 
major branches, consequently the entire shrub is uprooted in harvest- 
ing. Practically no rubber is found in the wood itself, nor in the 
small twigs or leaves. In extracting the rubber content the whole 
plant, as well as root and branches, is first crushed by a series of 
crusher rolls in the presence of water. The mass is then fed continu- 
ously with additional water to a series of tube mills. These mills, as 
described by Doctor Spence, contain flint pebbles, and revolve slowly 





Courtesy of Dun’s International Review 


PLANTING GUAYULE SEEDLINGS 


It is the aim of the experimenters in guayule cultivation to make it a machine planted, cultivated, har- 
vested, and fabricated product from start to finish 


ona horizontal axis. Their action on the shrub depends on the rolling 
motion of the pebbles in the water, and results in a disintegration of 
the fiber and the ‘‘worming,’’’as it is called, of the rubber substance 
into small, round, spongy particles. 

These fine particles of rubber, being lighter than water, float on the 
surface of the discharged liquor from the tube mills, while the bulk 
of the fiber and other impurities sink and may readily be separated. 
The rubber ““worms”’ which then rise to the surface of the settling 
tanks into which the liquor from the tube mills is run, are skimmed off 
and collected. The mass of small ‘‘worms”’ is then agitated with 


more water and the resultant mass is worked into sheets in sheeter 
rolls. 


SuULIA I0J SIOWIIL] [ENPIAIPUT 0} SBuT[pees osay} A[ddns [[IM WOTezlUBsIO [BI}UGD V 


ADVLS DNITCHUS WHHL NI SANUHS ATOAAVOD 


MAIAOY ‘“UOLBUIOJUT SUNG Jo AsezIno/) 











890 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


A good average shrub will yield from 14 to 16 per cent of rubber. 
The rubber thus obtained is of the same chemical composition as 
Hevea rubber, except that in the mechanical process of extraction 
approximately 20 per cent of resin is incorporated with the pure 
rubber. In many manufacturing compounds this resin serves a 
useful purpose, replacing softening agents that would otherwise have 
to be milled into the harsher Hevea rubber. Whenever it is necessary 
or desirable to do so, guayule can be de-resinated. 

Considering the economics of production, it has been the aim of 
the California experimenters to make guayule a machine-grown, 
cultivated, harvested, and fabricated product from start to finish. 
By the employment of every modern labor-saving device it is antici- 
pated that guayule can be produced at a cost that will permit it to 
be marketed successfully in competition with rubber from other 
sources. 

It is said by George H. Carnahan, president of the Intercontinental 
Rubber Co., that the annual production of a billion pounds of crude 
Para rubber in the Far East requires the continuous employment of 
600,000 laborers, meaning that the output of rubber per man for a 
year is 1,660 pounds. Against this it is estimated that the same 
amount of guayule rubber can be produced by 40,000 men continu- 
ously employed at comparatively high wages, but utilizing every 
possible labor-saving device throughout the entire process of culti- 
vation and preparation for market. This represents an annual return 
of 25,000 pounds of rubber per man, and the ratio of 1,660 to 25,000 
is sufficient, according to Mr. Carnahan, to offset the low labor costs 
which apply in the East. 

Although guayule experiments by chemists, botanists, and other 
trained scientists and engineers on 19 different stations in California 
and Arizona have been in progress for a number of years, but little of 
what was going on nor of the results obtained had: been generally 
known until the recent American Chemical Society meeting. Manu- 
facturers knew that guayule rubber from wild sources in Mexico 
could only supply approximately 1 per cent of their present-annual 
requirements, and whether more could be produced has been hitherto 
an academic question of no immediate interest. However, there are 
those who recall that for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1910, total 
American imports of raw rubber amounted to 101,000,000 pounds, 
and of this over 20,000,000 pounds were Mexican guayule as then 
crudely produced. Hence there is nothing revolutionary about con- 
templating its use to-day to the extent of at least 20 per cent as soon 
as this amount can be made available. 

It is also recalled that when plantation-grown Hevea first came on 
the market it was rather difficult to convince manufacturers that a 
suitable Para rubber could be grown anywhere outside of its natural 
Amazon Valley. With rapid strides, however, plantation rubber 
forged ahead and the Amazon rubber faded away, until now the latter 
product is hardly a factor in the market. 


INVESTIGATIONS OF PROBLEMS OF CHICLE PRODUCTION 











HE Tropical Plant Research Foundation has undertaken an 
investigation of problems of latex flow, bark structure, and 
tapping methods of the sapote or sapodilla tree (Achras 
sapote), with a view to securing information that will result 

in more effective production of chicle. 

This work is supported by the Chicle Development Co. of New York, 
a firm engaged in the production and importation of chicle for use in 
the manufacture of chewing gum. The gathering of chicle for export 
is one of the principal sources of revenue of British Honduras and in 
the neighboring State of Petén in Guatemala and to some extent also 
in the adjacent portions of southern Mexico. Twelve million pounds 
of this gum were imported by the United States in 1925 and 9,000,000 
pounds in 1926. All of the present production is from wild trees, 
which are tapped by cutting, with a machete, a series of zigzag 
wounds in the bark extending from the ground to the branches and 
nearly encircling the tree. The tapping is done in the early morning 
during the rainy season from June to December, and the milky latex 
which flows from the trees is collected later in the day and condensed 
to a gum by boiling. The trees are tapped but once, and require 
five years or more to recover from their injuries. A considerable per- 
centage die as a result of the tapping, consequently the collections 
have to be pushed constantly into new areas. 

The foresters in British Honduras have undertaken to improve the 
present conditions by cutting out competing trees and vines of other 
species. Plantation methods have been considered, but are thought to 
be impracticable unless a better system of tapping can be worked out. 

The investigations of the Tropical Plant Research Foundation will 
be headed by Dr. John S. Karling of the department of botany of 
Columbia University, New York, who will work under the scientific 
leadership of Dr. R. A. Harper, of Columbia University, and special- 
ists of the Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant Research. Dr. Paul 
C. Standley, of the United States National Museum will continue 
his studies on the botany of the sapote and related trees of this area. 


THE CHICLE INDUSTRY IN THE DEPARTMENT OF PETEN, 
GUATEMALA! 


The Boletin de Agricultura y Caminos, published by the Department 
of Agriculture of Guatemala in its issue of May, 1927, gives an 
interesting account of the chicle industry in the Department of Petén. 

The Department of Petén is the northernmost of Guatemala and 
also the largest, its area equaling two-thirds of the total extension 





1 Translated and compiled by José Tercero of the BULLETIN staff. 


891 


892 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of the Republic. Petén adjoins both Mexico and British Honduras 
and is famous for the wide variety of its products, among which 
are timber of various kinds, precious woods in abundance, cacao and 
rubber, most of which, however, have not been exploited due to the 
lack of adequate transportation facilities. 

Among these products is the Achras Chicle Pittier, a tree which 
is found in large stands in the picturesque neighborhood of Lake 
Itza, and which gives a rich, white resin considered by experts as 
one of the finest, if not the best, in the world. The extraction and 
exportation of this substance for the manufacture of chewing gum 





Copyright by C. B. Waite, Mexico City 


CHICLE TREE (CHICO SAPOTE), MEXICO 


has opened up a large and steadily growing industry in the Depart- 
ment of Petén. Along the left banks of La Pasién River, in the 
neighboring Department of Alta Verapaz, a different variety of chicle 
tree called the Chicubull is found which covers large extensions of 
territory. The resin produced by this species is of an inferior quality 
and of a reddish color. It hardens with difficulty, and has the 
great disadvantage of melting easily when exposed to the sun, being, 
therefore, very difficult to transport. Some years ago the Ohicubull 
had some demand in the market, but its disadvantages and the better 
quality of the Achras Chicle Pittier soon made its exploitation prac- 
tically unprofitable. It should be noted, however, that chicle 


THE CHICLE INDUSTRY 893 


dealers have successfully tried a mixture of Chicubull and Achras, 
in the ratio of 1 of the former to 3 of the latter, which has proved 
acceptable in the market. 

The extraction of chicle takes place only during the rainy season, as 
the tree never yields resin at any other time of the year, and the proc- 
ess is somewhat similar to the extraction of rubber. The chiclero, 
or man who collects the resinous sap, makes zigzag incisions in the 
trunk of the tree, beginning at the ground where a receptacle in the 
form of a rubber bag 1 foot long and 6 inches wide is placed at the 
end of the lowermost incision, where it is held fast to the tree by two 
small sticks. With the aid of a rope tied around the trunk and 
attached to his waist and a pair of iron spurs, similar to those used 
by telephone repairmen, the chiclero climbs the tree, making incisions 
in the bark of the tree with his sharp machete, until the branches 
are reached. Some chicleros go even farther, making cuts in the 
branches in order to increase the yield of resin. This practice, 
however, has been forbidden by the Petén authorities, as it eventually 
causes the complete destruction of the tree. 

The resin thus gathered in the containers is emptied into a kettle of 
rather large size and mixed with an equal amount of water. The 
chiclero puts the kettle on a slow fire and, stirring the mixture 
constantly with a wooden paddle, adds thereto small particles of a 
slender reedlike plant which grows on the same trees. When the 
mixture has acquired a certain thickness it is emptied into wooden 
molds, where it cools off, forming the ‘‘marquetas,”’ or chicle blocks, 
which are then wrapped in coarse canvas for exportation. 

The chiclero is paid $10 for each quintal * of chicle. Of this amount 
a certain per cent is discounted for the degree of moisture. Some 
contractors discount as much as 35 per cent. In accordance with 
the terms of his contract the chiclero must clear a path to facilitate 
transportation of the marquetas on mule back to the ‘“hatos’’—that 
is, the point where several chicleros deliver their respective marquetas 
to the contractor. The latter transports the merchandise to the 
shores of Lake Itz4, where it is shipped for exportation. It takes 
from 10 to 12 days to carry the chicle from the “hato”’ to the lake 
through the thick tropical jungle The contractor gets $25 for each 
duintal of chicle delivered at Lake Itza. 

The chiclero is, as arule, a hard worker. He is clean, of a cheerful 
disposition, likes to dress well, and is a generous spender, quickly 
doing away with his hardly won earnings at the end of the season of 
extraction. Accustomed from early youth to borrow liberally— 
being very particular to repay—when the chicle season opens he 
overworks himself in order to earn enough to pay his debts and 
maintain his good credit. 

The contracts between chicleros and contractors are authorized 
by the municipal authorities and, as a rule, are not remarkably easy. 





2 One hundred pounds. 
56205—27-—Bull. 9-4 


S94 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
The chiclero agrees to deliver to the contractor a given amount of 
chicle at the end of the season, rating his producing capacity lower 
than it actually is, partly in order to be sure of delivering the exact 
amount of chicle agreed and partly to enable him to do a little trad- 
ing of his own, exchanging whatever chicle he has in excess of the 
amount called for by his contract for money, liquor, or, very seldom, 
something more useful. This trading is very cleverly done without 
the knowledge of the contractor and in spite of the most zealous 
vigilance. 

The chicle industry in the Department of Petén is the source of 
all sorts of small business among the natives. The exporters or 
concessionaries at the beginning of the season advance the contrac- 
tors some funds in the form of ‘‘vales,’’ which are something like 
I O U’s, of nominal value. The contractors cash these among the 
merchants, who collect a commission for their services. The con- 
tractors, in turn, loan the chicleros small amounts for their meager 
supplies during the season, and this practice is responsible for the 
fact that every house in the small towns and villages about the 
chicle district, mostly adobe dwellings, contains a shop of some kind 
on a small scale, equipped with a tiny counter and shelves where the 
chicleros secure their none too abundant provisions. In Belize, 
British Honduras, private merchants are to be found, always ready 
to invest in the chicle extraction, offering the contractors better 
prices and more liberal opportunities than the big exporting con- 
cessionaries do. 

A quintal of chicle, for which, as stated, the chiclero gets $10 at 
the ‘‘hato,”’ goes through a process of transformation until it reaches 
a value 500 per cent greater. The Wrigley Co., for example, pays 
from $48 to $50 a quintal, f. o. b. Belize. 

The following is an itemized account of the value in United States 
currency of a quintal of chicle, from the ‘‘hatos”’ down to the shipping 
wharves at Belize: 


Extraction permit and municipal taxes. © ie =e) ee eee $2. 80 
Moshe: Chiclend sa sl ee aN Na al ea aie ew ay aa 10. 00 
ADEN TST OLVERA NOVITL Wave IMENT Oy Wee. 10. 00 
Transportationon thease 2 cee oe See a eed eee oe ea ee =< RY 
From, Lake Itaa to Cayo; British Honduras] 2-2 5-252 eee 10. 00 
From, Cayo:tooBelize= os 2425 4. 05 35 ee ee Lee 1..50 
Export duties, 0.07 per pound, 100 pounds___—_ = -= == 2-3 A ee 7. 00 
Pransit tolls through British Honduras 2.2 eee en ee ee 1. 50 
Wrapping: material ccc 2 hs ee ara cer . 50 

Totaln 6 8 a Re Ee ee ee 43. SO 


The Achras Chicle Pittier, called by the natives ‘‘Chicozapote”’ 
tree, is also used for construction purposes. In the newly discovered 
ruins of Tikal, sturdy beams of this wood, carved by the ancient 
Mayas, have withstood wonderfully well for centuries the ravages of 
time in spite of being exposed in the open to the inclemencies of the 
tropical weather and vegetation. 






BOs 
COZ 


% i 


(7G 


S = 





THE UNIVERSITY OF CONCEPCION ! 
T CONCEPCION, in southern Chile, on March 23, 1917, 


a0, 

interested individuals in that region founded a private 

university which met with such success that it was legally 

incorporated by presidential decree of May 14, 1920, as 
the Universidad de Concepcion. The administration of the univer- 
sity is intrusted to the president of the corporation, elected for a 
six-year term (Dr. Enrique Molina being the present incumbent), 
and the board of directors, while the university council has charge 
of matters relating to instruction. At present the university main- 
tains schools of education, dentistry, medicine (first three years 
only), pharmacy, and industrial chemistry. The school of education 
offers courses for teachers of English and French (leading to the State 
certificate), for primary teachers and commercial secretaries. It 
also has a bureau of vocational guidance. The State certificate 
course, as well as the curricula of the schools of dentistry, medicine, 
and pharmacy, follow the State courses of study and are fully 
accredited by the Government. The school of industrial chemistry, 
the first of its kind in Chile, provides a two-year course for analytical 
chemists and one of four years for chemical engineers, based on the 
equivalent of a secondary-school education. 

The university also maintains an institute of physiology, under the 
direction of the eminent European professor, Dr. Alejandro Lipschutz, 
as an adjunct to the schools of medicine and dentistry and as a 
research division; publishes a literary journal, Atenea; through the 
department of university extension provides short courses, lectures, 
etc., and takes part in all worthy community enterprises. 

In addition to State or municipal aid, private gifts, and student 
fees, the university is authorized to conduct a lottery, from the 
proceeds of which about 600,000 pesos are received annually for 
current expenses and the sums set aside each year for the building 
program and the creation of a permanent endowment. In 1926 the 
corporation had assets of over 1,476,000 pesos in addition to extensive 
grounds: for : a pam us: A large building has been erected for the 








1 Taken from information (upnished by the Government of Chile. 


$95 


896 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


schools of pharmacy and industrial chemistry, a wing for the anatomy 
laboratory, and buildings will soon be provided for the dental school 
and the institute of physiology. The university authorities are 
working especially toward the establishment of a clinical hospital, so 
necessary both to the community and to the medical school. 


MEXICO CITY NORMAL SCHOOLS! 


NTIL 1925 pedagogic training in Mexico City was given in the 
two normal schools for men and women and the evening 
normal school. Early that year these were united into one 
under the name National School for Teachers (Escuela Na- 

cional de Maestros), in the suburb of San Jacinto. The new insti- 
tution opened with a considerably larger number of students than 
the combined enrollment of the three separate schools. 

There was novelty in the mere fact of moving out of the city 
into extensive grounds, in which school gardens, athletic fields, 
children’s playgrounds, ete., will eventually be laid out. Another 
innovation was the introduction of coeducation. 

The school has been transformed into a great academic center 
(about 5,000 students), thus fulfilling one of the primary aims of 
its organization, since it is believed that in this way all the problems 
of daily life are more easily presented than in small groups which, 
because of their very smallness, lead a rather artificial life. In- 
creased competition naturally calls forth greater effort, and a wave 
of new activity has been noted among the students, to such an 
extent that last year 19 special courses were given at the request of 
the students by the regular professors or others who generously 
offered their services. 

A division was made between the cultural studies and the strictly 
professional ones, thus creating separate secondary and professional 
schools. The work of the secondary division was made identical 
with that division of the National Preparatory School; the profes- 
sional division underwent important changes, such as the addition 
of an extra year of educational psychology, the inclusion of biology, 
and special courses in modern history and geography. The curricu- 
lum includes practice in agricultural tasks, home industries, and 
trades, with emphasis on women’s handicrafts and other manual 
work. The course in the day normal schools covers six vee instead 
oi five, as heretofore. 

Nor nel students were formerly instructed in teaching methods by 
first acquainting them with the general principles embodied in the 
science of education, psychology, sociology, etc.; these principles were 
then examined in the light of the so-called special methodology, and 
finally the student verified them through practice. To-day, once 





1 From Mezxico, New York, July, 1927. 


NEW LATIN AMERICAN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS 897 


the general principles have been learned, the student puts them into 
practice and then deduces from this practice the special methods. 
In this way he follows a truly scientific path. The results are most 
encouraging. 

The methods used in teaching all subjects are essentially progres- 
sive, instead of the verbalism which was formerly the rule. Practice 
teaching is no longer done exclusively in the annexed model primary 
school, but in different primary schools in the Federal District, 
and nearly half a year is employed in this invaluable labor. 

In order that the students may have the opportunity to express 
their own personality, they are given intelligent and opportune help, 
but otherwise exercise self-government. 

A resident teaching staff has been established, who assist in the 
moral and scientific guidance of the students. 

The evening department, whose enrollment is double that of the 
former separate school, follows the same curriculum and methods 
as the day department. 

The studies required for kindergartners were formerly of the most 
elementary character, consisting merely of the first and second 
years of the secondary course and one professional year. A more 
adequate program has now been adopted, consisting of five years, 
three of which are secondary and two professional. This change 
is heartily approved of by the kindergartners themselves. 

A small group has enrolled in the two-year course for home visitors, 
based on the three-year secondary school course. 

This school, comprising 39 groups, continues to follow the progres- 
sive program so wisely laid down by the department of education. 
It has no principal, technical and administrative decisions being 
made by the whole staff meeting as the teachers’ council. This sys- 
tem has had very good results, since all the teachers are directly 
responsible for the work of the school, and are obliged to study not 
merely the problems of their own group, but those of the whole 
school. As a consequence, the teachers last year felt the necessity 
of increasing their knowledge in some more effective manner than 
by merely attending a class or studying a book, and decided to 
send one of their number to the United States during the long vaca- 
tion period in order that he might gather information directly in the 
more important primary schools of New York. 

Last year careful studies on arithmetic were begun. A series of 
tests were given, which showed the actual value of our teaching 
methods and the necessity of some changes that are now being 
introduced. A similar piece of work is being done on the teaching 
of national language. 

In Mexico the kindergartens have been functioning in an artificial 
manner, without respecting at all the nature of the child. For this 
reason new paths were marked out last year and are now being 
followed. These are outlined briefly as follows: 


898 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The school functions in the open air. Care for the health of the 
child is the most important consideration, and the number of sick 
children has been reduced by 75 per cent. 

The institution has been made democratic. 

Froebel’s gifts and the so-called occupations, as well as other 
kindergarten material, have been discarded, since the best gift is the 
marvelous gift of nature. The special exercises for so-called sense 
education have also been done away with, the child being placed 
in contact with nature and given plenty of activity, so that his per- 
ceptions will be acquired naturally. 

For detailed programs of study there has been substituted an intel- 
ligent direction of the free spiritual and motor expression of the 
child, enriching and confirming it. Fixed hours for classes have 
been abandoned, for if it is inadvisable to hold primary children to 
these, it is pure barbarity to attempt to do so with children of from 
4 to 6 years. The activities in which children should engage can 
not be contained within the limitations prescribed by classes as 
commonly prevailing in kindergartens; hence in this preschool center 
the teaching is preferably incidental. 

The child is respected. His nascent initiative, his spontaneity, 
his liberty are something sacred, which is not touched except to make 
it more beautiful. ; 

Careful records are kept of anthropometric data and mental devel- 
opment, made at frequent intervals with a view to the distribution 
and arrangement of educational exercises. 

The students have organized themselves into a cooperative body 
which is a small-scale reproduction of the Government of the Re- 
public. An orchestra composed of 45 students has given concerts 
outside of the school, the most interesting of these being the one given 
at the broadcasting station of the newspaper El Universal. The 
Student Sanitary Brigade, with about a hundred members, is very 
well organized and has already rendered important service, as on the 
occasion of the interschool athletic meet last year, when its work 
was so active and intelligent that the press confused it with the better- 
known White Cross and Red Cross. Since last year the students 
have had exclusive charge of the school lunch, formerly served by 
outsiders, and the profits go to swell the funds of the society. They 
also manage a small school-supply business. 

A small printing press and a photographic shop have been installed 
for the use of the school. 

In the courtyard of one of the buildings a botanical garden has 
been planted, following closely the work laid out for the botany class. 
Necessary material has been provided for the class in practical agri- 
culture. Although the school really has not enough available ground 
for this work, the sale of garden produce raised by the students in 
small plots last year has already brought in some money. 


NEW LATIN AMERICAN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS 899 


A hall has been fully equipped with necessary gymnastic apparatus. 
Last year the school won third place in the interschool meet, a stimulus 
which has served to make the students regard the gymnasium with 
favor and to greatly increase their participation in sports. 

Last year, in spite of the efforts made to reduce the number of 
children without school facilities in the districts near the school, a 
large number were not enrolled because there was no room for them. 
Although not included in the budget of the normal school, registra- 
tion was opened for afternoon classes in the assurance of the students’ 
willingness to serve. Thus nine primary classes met during the whole 
year; senior students generously took charge of these classes and 
carried out a praiseworthy piece of work. The problem again pre- 
sented itself this year and was solved in the same way; seven classes 
are taught by students who, as last year, receive no remuneration. 
The kindergarten students rendered a similar service by establish- 
ing afternoon divisions in several kindergartens. The students have 
also organized a cultural institution under the name of ‘ People’s 
University,’ which has charge of a night school for workingmen. 

A service of home visitors has been established in order to teach 
hygiene of the home, child hygiene, and moral hygiene in the homes 
of the poor children who attend this school and live nearby. Some 
handicrafts, cooking, and laundering are also taught. The school has 
opened extension classes in machine embroidery, millinery, cutting 
and fitting, etc., which are attended by more than 200 women of the 
neighborhood having relatives in the school. 

Last year six essays were submitted in a competition on the fol- 
lowing topics: 

(a) The project method. 

(b) In what practical and effective manner ought students to aid 
workingmen and the rural population in their present efforts toward 
betterment? 

The new spirit in education which is so evident in the reorganiza- 
tion of the normal schools shows itself also in other branches of instruc- 
tion and gives promise of notable educational advances in Mexico 
during the next few years. 





















COLONIZATION IN THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC! 


HE project of Sefor Manuel Montes de Oca for colonization 
on a vast scale in the Argentine Republic, with the fullest 
measure of cooperation as between the Government and 
the railway companies, was substantially advanced at the 

recent meeting between President Alvear and the representatives of 
the different enterprises. 

In response to the invitation to the conference, issued by His 
Excellency through the Ministry of Agriculture, the following met 
Doctor Alvear and Government officials: Messrs. José A. Frias and 
Ronald Leslie, representing the central Argentine; Raul Lertora and 
Guillermo Leguisamo, representing the western; Fernando Guerrico 
and J. Eddy, representing the southern; Manuel Augusto Montes 
de Oca and Raul Zavalia, representing the Pacific; Ezequiel Ramos 
Mejia, representing the Entre Rios and northeast Argentine; and 
H. Cabrett and N. Rocha, representing the central Cordoba. 

At the conference the railway representatives submitted a plan 
which met with the approval of the President and the Minister of 
Agriculture. The Times of Argentina gives the following outline of 
the companies’ proposal: 


The railway companies agree to form a joint organization for colonizing the 
lands served by their systems, for the benefit of agriculture in particular and 
the country in general. This organization will be known as the Consorcio Ferro- 
viario de Colonizacién and will be legally constituted as a company, to be managed 
by a board elected by the associated companies. The object of the consortium 
will be to bring families direct from abroad, subject, of course, to the immigration 
laws, and for the purpose of land settlement. Families already in the country 
who may wish to avail themselves of the scheme will be offered similar facilities 
to those accorded new arrivals. 

The consortium will be the link between the National Government and foreign 
governments in all matters appertaining to colonization, and it will act as a 
technical instrument of colonization. All financial, commercial, or other entities 
with whom the need for contact in relation to immigration is necessary will neet 
the consortium, with whom such entities will conduct their business. Each com- 
pany is to retain superintendence of colonies within its own particular sphere; 
this is to be done for its own account and financial responsibility, it being under 
obligation to provide the necessary funds, determine the area to be tilled, and 
undertake the choosing and purchase of lands to be used for colonization. 

A special agreement will be reached between the consortium and a company 
in the event of the latter deciding to found a colony. The companies agree not 
to seek any profit in the resale of lands to the colonists, that point being an 





1The Review, London, May, 1927, p. 198. 


900 


CUNT} 1OSUOD 9} JO OWI B St AVMIICI STULL, 


AVMTIVY ANILNAOUV TVYLNAO AHL JO NOILVLS SAYIVY SONHA AHL 





902 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


essential condition of the organization. When colonists are charged for land 
the price is not to exceed its cost price, plus the value of the buildings, installa- 
tions, etc., plus 10 per cent of the total sum, this latter to serve as a reserve fund 
for incidental expenses. Long terms of payment will be accorded to settlers for 
purchases of land and installations, the property to remain under mortgage on 
transferring the title deeds to the purchaser. When the purchaser has paid 20 
per cent of the total price of the land he will be given the title deeds by the respect- 
ive company, the remainder to bear interest at the rate of 7 per cent interest and 
1 per cent cumulative amortization annually, in accordance with the conditions 
established by the National Hypothecary Bank. 

Arrangements have been made to advance funds to families abroad who may 
not have sufficient funds for the purpose of defraying the first year’s working 
expenses after arrival here, the consortium to advance a sum sufficient for the 
purchase of indispensable working adjuncts, such as animals, poultry, ete. The 
amount advanced in these conditions is to be refunded by the settler from the 
proceeds of the first sales made by him and prior to his making the first payment 
on his land. 

Cooperative societies will be organized in each colony by the consortium for 
the sale of provisions, etc., the object being to do away with the middleman and 
supply the colonists with cheap groceries, clothing, etc. A consignment section 
may also be opened by the consortium, to be used as a central deposit whence 
the colonists will be able to sell their produce, and reasonable sums will be ad- 
vanced to the colonists on their harvests in storage, the consortium also being 
empowered to insure the crops and the homesteads, and to reinsure its policies, 
etc. When the colonies attain sufficient numerical importance the consortium 
will organize in each an urban center which will possess a church, school, police 
station, premises for the cooperative society, blacksmith and carpentry, etc. 

The capital of the consortium will be fixed by the companies in proportionate 
ratio and will be made up of a first quota of 25 per cent, payable when the con- 
tract is signed, and with payment of the remaining quotas of 25 per cent each 
when such is deemed necessary, and within 90 days of the directors’ meeting at 
which the recommendation is made. The companies will contribute to the 
capital in proportion to the mileage of their lines. The consortium will be con- 
stituted for 10 years from the date of signing the articles of foundation, and it 
can not be dissolved before that term except by the unanimous consent of the 
members. The consortium will be legally constituted in Buenos Aires and will 
be subject to the laws and keep its accounts and transact all its business in the 
language of the country. 


In view of Argentina’s increasing need of intelligent, capable, and 
thrifty colonists for the development of her enormous extension of 
agricultural land—which if satisfied would go far toward solving the 
latifundia problem—the outcome of this latest colonization scheme, 
which appears to be entirely practicable and promising, will be fol- 
lowed with close attention by all interested in the progress of that 
young colossus in the Pan American family of nations—Argentina. 


ADMISSION OF IMMIGRANTS TO BRAZIL! 


Karly in January, 1926, the Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs 
issued to Brazilian consular agents abroad instructions for the enforce- 
ment of the new con eressienl act of December 31, 1924,’ and the 
ministerial order of June 36 1925, on immigration. 





1 Monthly Record of Migration, Inter. Labour Office, May, 1927, pp. 214-215. 
* Cf. Ind. and Lab. Information, Vol. XIV , Dp. 186-187. 
3 Ibid. Vol. XVI, pp. 43-44. 


THULSOH SUNVYOINWNI FHL 





ms ON 
et 


s ’ ; £ e : o a 2 = ee : 
© e i‘ se SS 





904 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The circular letter states that with the exception of persons who 
have already resided in Brazil and have been absent less than six 
months, aliens desiring to enter the country as immigrants, 1. e., 
second or third class passengers, must present for visa by the Bra- 
zilian consuls a certificate of good conduct and an identity card 
with photograph. The former document is to be drawn up by the 
authorities of the place where the person concerned has last resided 
for at least six months. The identity card must show the age, 
nationality, civil status, and occupation of its holder, with finger- 
prints and description of special marks. 

Immigrants over 60 years of age are not allowed to enter Brazil 
unless they prove to the Brazilian consular authorities that they 
have sufficient resources to provide for their livelihood, or relatives 
or other persons in Brazil undertake to provide for their mainte- 
nance, and make a deposit with the police authorities of their place 
of residence in Brazil. Similarly, single women and children under 
18 years of age are not allowed to land in Brazil unless they are sent 
for by a person duly authorized to do so, or prove that they carry 
on a useful occupation. 

Brazilian consuls are required to verify the authenticity of the 
certificates and cards submitted for their visa, to grant visas only 
to emigrants proceeding to the ports indicated in the decree of 
December 31, 1924, and to see that intending emigrants do not 
embark on the ships of companies not authorized by the Land 
Settlement Service to transport emigrants. The list of such com- 
panies and of recruiting agencies authorized by the Land Settlement 
Service under the decree of December 31, 1924, has been forwarded 
to the consuls by the Federal Government. The circular points out 
that immigrants who settle anywhere in the country to carry on 
agriculture, industry, commerce, or any other useful occupation are 
guaranteed the free exercise of their activities, absolute freedom to 
work, provided they do not interfere with the public safety or health 
or the national customs, freedom of conscience and religion, and 
equality of treatment in the enjoyment of civil rights under the 
Brazilian laws. 

Immigrants arriving at Rio de Janeiro are inspected at the Jlha 
das Flores by the immigration authorities and the police and medical 
officials. Their maintenance in the hostel on the island is free, — 
including any medical treatment which they may require and the 
cost of disembarkation, all of which is provided by the State. The 
baggage, bedding, linen, ete., of immigrants arriving at the port of 
Rio de Janeiro are disinfected and the immigrants are provided with 
baths. Those who are suffering from transmissible diseases, venereal 
or other, but not epidemic, receive attention at the infirmary attached 
to the hostel on the Ilha das Flores before proceeding to their desti- 
nation. A quarantine hospital and special treatment are provided 
for immigrants among whom. an epidemic has broken out.* 





4 Diario Official do Estado da Bahia, 19 March, 1926. 





onl 4 c oe : one c 
Z Z [EziN 
But th DB Q@ oO e) oo Q Q@ @ 














By Rarart Martinez Mrenpoza 


HE DEMAND for an article is sufficient in itself to create the 
industry which is to produce it; thus, for example, the 
erowing need for nitrogen in Germany has created the 
industry of synthetic nitrogen manufacture for fertilizer; 

and likewise in Venezuela the daily increasing need of coal as fuel 
must ultimately determine the development of our coal industry, 
an undertaking already successfully imitiated by action of the 
National Government. 

But in the coal industry there must be taken into consideration 
not only the prospects offered by obligatory internal consumption of 
coal, but also the certainty of exporting it in considerable quantities 
both to neighboring and likewise distant countries, such as Argentina, 
which is a large consumer of coal and a probable purchaser of what 
we might offer in exchange for her high-grade wheat flour, a com- 
modity which we import in great quantity. 

In this sense our coal industry, including its probable exportation, 
becomes an element which would serve as a basis of exchange with 
that southern mart, in which we may also be able to sell our excess of 
Arayan and Coche salt, petroleum, asphalt and various other prod- 
ucts of the subsoil. A careful study of the subject should prove the 
possibility of placing our coal on the Argentine market with recip- 
rocal advantage to both countries. 

Apart from this probability, the sale of Venezuelan coal in our 
own ports is more possible of realization to-day than ever before, 
owing to the extraordinary number of ships which dock here en route 
to Pacific ports as well as on their return. In all Pacific ports, 
including Panama, there is a constant demand for coal, so that the 
sale of Venezuelan coal in some of them for consumption in the 
several enterprises in need of this commodity should not be difficult. 

Moreover, despite the keen competition between the coal and 
petroleum industries, the product of the latter of which is now so 





1 From Ciencias, November, 1926. Caracas, Venezuela. 


905 


906 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


universally used, coal will never be entirely displaced by petroleum 
in that large number of industries in which, owing to their very 
nature, petroleum could not be substituted even were the latter 
offered at a greatly reduced price. Indeed, experts on the subject 
opine that such enterprises will have to submit willingly or unwillingly 
to considerable price advances in coal which will inevitably come as a 
NARICUAL COAL 
MINE, VENEZUELA 
Plant for making briquets 
of the high-grade coal 


obtained from the exten- 
sive deposits in this mine 





Courtesy of ‘‘ Venezuela en 1925" 


consequence of repeated strikes by the miners who even now are 
seeking higher wages and the reduction of their working hours. 

In any case, national consumption, which sooner or later must 
increase, 1t being at present almost impossible to meet the demand for 
fuel with charcoal alone, especially in Caracas where it is bringing as 
high as 35 centimes of a bolivar per kilogram, will be amply sufficient 
A PILE OF BRIQUETS 


MADE FROM NAR- 
ICUAL COAL 





pe ee = 
Courtesy of ‘‘ Venezuela en 1925” 


to maintain the active working of at least the two coal-producing 
zones of Coro and Guanta, from which the product is at present 
being extracted. 

Due to the denudation of all forests near the centers of population, 
charcoal can now be obtained only from remote districts and at corre- 
spondingly high prices. The retail price for charcoal at present is 


CARBONIFEROUS WEALTH IN VENEZUELA 907 


30 centimes per kilogram, or 300 bolivars a ton ($60.00), which is 
four times the price of imported coal. This fact alone shows the 
impossibility of continuing the use of charcoal as fuel. And when, 
because of the urgent need to conserve the remainder of our forests, 
the most drastic means are employed, namely, the absolute prohibi- 
tion of wood as fuel, the consumption of charcoal will cease entirely. 


CRANE USED IN Sf 
LOADING NARI- *. 
CUAL COAL os ~ 


+ 






: 
—, 


B 





Courtesy of ‘‘ Venezuela en 1925 


That there will be a demand for coal in the immediate future 
is therefore beyond any manner of doubt, and in the light of this 
assurance the action of the National Executive, as shown in the 
recent development in the Guanta, in the Naricual, and Capiricual 
mines, is specially praiseworthy. The improvement already effected 
is clearly evident in the quality of the product as well as in the 
COAL AWAITING 

SHIPMENT AT THE 


SHELTERED HAR- 
BOR OF GUANTA 





Courtesy of ‘‘ Venezuela en 1925” 


methods employed, thanks to which the possibility of offermg the 
coal at a price which will permit of its use throughout the country 
is constantly becoming more assured, as likewise the feasibility of 
offering it in the various forms needed for consumption in the foundry, 
by the railroads, or in the home kitchen, this last requiring the 
most widespread demonstration in order to make clear the advan- 
tages of coal over charcoal. 


90S THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


The use of the national product has, moreover, for some years 
begun to replace the imported variety formerly employed in a num- 
ber of national enterprises, for which very high prices were paid, 
to say nothing of the losses incurred by the uncertainty of prompt 
delivery. 

The prospects of the collieries mentioned are most promising from 
every point of view. On the one hand, the grade of coal produced 
has proved to be excellent, with heat potentialities comparable with 
the Cardiff type and similar mining centers. Moreover, the known 
extension of the deposits assures an almost inexhaustible production 
sufficient not only to meet internal needs, but to maintain an enor- 
mous exportation, even taking into consideration extensive industrial 
development in the near future, with all the corresponding benefits 
which such exportation would bring. 

Granted, as is anticipated, a high grade of perfection in the working 
and production of these extensive coal mines and the immediate 
acceptance of the product by the national consumer—above all, for 
kitchen use—the exploitation of the coal deposits known to exist 
in other sections of Venezuela would be unnecessary for many 
years to come, concentrating for the present all interest and effi- 
ciency in the Naricual mines, which fortunately could not be better 
located, with respect to results, and these results would be still greater 
were modern methods, such as those in use in England and other 
coal-producing countries adopted. 

To realize what these mines signify in the wealth of the nation, 
even at the height of petroleum production—an actual important 
competitor of coal—one need only to consider their exceptional 
location, but a few kilometers from the sea, where inevitably the 
merchant fleets of the world must pass, fleets whose ships may anchor 
securely and conveniently in the broad, quiet harbor of Guanta, a 
harbor almost without an equal and one for which nature has done 
so much that there is little left to be desired. 

Venezuela has in these mines a fortune beyond compare; mines 
which some day will supply all the coal required by the industry of 
the Caribbean countries; and, because of these mines, coal will become 
the most important and workable of Venezuelan commodities. 

















F THE FIRST 100 years are the hardest, the Republic of Brazil 
may be expected to give an exceptionally brilliant account of 
herself after 1988, for already, during the first 38 years of the 
Republic, Brazil has made progress perhaps unequaled on the 

South American Continent. 

President Washington Luis, who recently addressed the Thirteenth 
Congress of the Republic of Brazil, is the thirteenth Brazilian 
President. During the 38 years since 1888, the last year of the 
monarchy in this country, 12 presidents preceded Washington Luis 
as the head of the Government, an epoch in which the people 
of Brazil began to find themselves, to become accustomed to the 
liberties and advantages of government by the people, to inaugurate 
political, social, commercial, and industrial activities which will carry 
them far among nations. 

The actual material growth of the country since 1888, as outlined 
in the preface of the presidential message, is interesting not only 
from the standpoint of past performance, but indicates what may be 
done by Brazil in the future. The first 100 years are perhaps the 
hardest, and during the first 38, Brazil has taken some hard knocks 
and weathered them successfully. Some of the statistics taken from 
the presidential message of Washington Luis follow: 

In 1888 Brazil’s population was 13,788,872, divided among 348 
cities and 916 municipalities; to-day the population is 36,870,972. 
Cities number 880, and municipalities 1,407. There were 8,157 
schools in 1888, compared with 25,000 to-day, and there were 258,000 
students compared with to-day’s enrollment of 1,455,000. News- 
papers numbered 533 then, compared with 2,376 now. 

The contract for the construction of the port of Santos had just 
been let when the monarchial régime ended. Brazil now has eight 
modernly equipped ports—namely, Manféos, Para, Recife, Bahia, 
Rio de Janeiro, Santos, Rio Grande, and Porto Alegre—with ap- 
proximately 16,000 meters of docks. Exports during 1888 totaled 
597,562 tons, valued at £21,714,000 sterling. Last year’s exports 
aggregated 1,852,642 tons, valued at £93,974,000. sterling. During 
the same period the value of imports increased from £19,724,000 
to £79,272,000, or about $396,360,000. 

Agricultural production in 1888 was valued at 500,000 contos (1 
conto, about $546), reaching: the figure of 8,100,000 contos in 1925. 
In the last year of the monarchy there were 626 industrial establish- 


1 Brazilian American, May 14, 1927. 








909 
56205—27— Bull. 9—5 


OWIANVE AG O1N NI AATHA AGCVNVIdSa TOXILAVAd AHL AO LUVd AO MATA IVIECAV 


BILBISBIg OLSBISN][T JO ASejZin0—p) 
ae EPL 4 


ee 

















am ay ae = 


‘fF 


aut 

if 
aL 

faa 





BRAZIL'S THIRTY-FIGHT YEARS AS A REPUBLIC 911 


ments in the country, with a capital of 377,560 and a production 
of 507,093 contos; in 1919, the last year for which the official 
figures are available, the number of industrial establishments was 
13,336, the capital 1,815,156 contos, and the production 2,989,176 
contos; upon which figures the official estimate of the industrial 
capital and production of Brazil in 1926 is placed at 7,200,000 contos. 

Progress in the development of public works includes: Highways, 
from 360 kilometers to 53,248 kilometers; railroads, from 9,332 
kilometers to 31,300 kilometers; telegraph lines, from 18,022 kilo- 
meters to 82,213 kilometers; telegraph stations, from 173 to 4,592; 
telegrams handled annually, from 567,935 to 15,162,739, or a total 
of 259,062,277 words. 

Yellow fever, a menace in the early days of the Republic, has 
been completely stamped out. The death rate in Brazil has been 
lowered from between 27 and 29 per thousand in 1903, the year 
in which the decisive and energetic battle against yellow fever 
began, to between 15.96 and 17.50 in 1926. 

The development of public improvements in the various cities of 
the nation was not, of course, outlined by the President, but its 
magnitude is plainly seen in the Federal capital, Sao Paulo, and 
other municipalities of Brazil. The United States of Brazil has made 
a splendid record during the first 38 years of its existence and may 
be counted on to keep pace with all competitors in the progress of 
nations. 

















FISCAL YEAR 192¢—27 








By Matitpa Puiuures 


Chief Statistician, Pan American Union 


CCORDING to statistics of the United States Department 

of Commerce, the value of the total trade of the United 

States with the 20 republics of Latin America for the 

fiscal year 1926-27, ended June 30, amounted to $1,823,- 

139,388. Compared with the preceding fiscal year, there was a 
slight decline in both imports and exports. The following statistics 
demonstrate the distribution and relative changes: 1925-26, imports, 
$1,008,633,001; exports, $841,228,090; total trade, $1,849,861,091. 


912 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


1926-27, imports, $995,592,913; exports, $827,546,475; total trade, 


$1,823 ,139,388. 


A decrease in imports in 1926-27 is shown of 


$13,040,088; and in exports of $13,681,615; or a decrease in total 


trade of $26,721,703. 


The tables following give the figures of United States trade, by 


values, with the various countries of Latin America. 


show the percentage of increase or decrease in each case. 


They also 


Trade of the United States with Latin America, 12 months ended June 30 




































































IMPORTS 

Increase (++) 

Countries of origin 1926 | 1927 or decrease 

(—) per cent 
INTC XICO RE ee seo cea es se pela EN ae Se ets ee er $168, 668,773 | $154, 392, 598 —8. 46 
(Guatemala ees ee a ee ae ean Be See 15, 912, 429 | 8, 522, 074 | —46. 44 
Salva Goris 220 eye a et So eae nl Se Se eee ee 3, 668, 263 1, 933, 801 —47. 28 
IFLOTIC UTA See ete eek eg les Reelin De Ses MONE ae 9,705, 717 | 8, 836, 703 —8. 95 
INSICAT AGUA] 5 See Re soe Se SEE ee et So te ae oe 6, 918, 018 3, 719, 362 —46. 23 
WOSt AMR Cae ee Fe ee a es ae 6, 037, 318 6, 231, 987 +3. 22 
Panama oS Sess es ee ee ee Nees ea ee ee 5, 923, 395 5, 524, 660 —6. 73 
Ga aS eet AR ed 2S Beds ps ee eee 9 SON eye ae 227, 484, 427 266, 575, 857 +17. 18 
Dominicans publics =a ee eee 8, 369, 491 9, 950, 320 +18. 88 
13 (shines age enon pe eel Wahoo eek Al Behe SAU Oi ee SPM See xt 1, 632, 498 | 1, 220, 273 —24. 63 
INontheAImericanwRepublicsasssssa=a= seme ees 454, 320, 329 466, 917, 635 2.77 
PATO OT tim aiwateens sensi ee See eels ee ee sents See Rete 85, 958, 456 | 83, 480, 960 | —2. 88 
TEXON AEE a eee oe OO el Ss Spb Oe ae ree ee eee gee a 149,915. | 257, 6389 +71. 85 
IB LATIMES es Sees = Retna s ee ee ee nee ane ye ee ee Re Ae 244, 874, 242 | 213, £02, 428 —12. 81 
(Sail CS ae ea eh ee aed yee Se et ee ee a ran 84, 173, 948 63, 854, 359 | —24. 13 
(CYollowa al oviehen ae ee ee eee oP ie ee eee ne ee ee we 63, 8C0, 494 | 107, 660, 615 | +68. 74 
GB UEYG U0) wes Re pe ap eee me 9, 154, 054 | 5, 084, 153 —44, 46 
EY ReAD EN cadet Se pie a ert eS es ee ee 382, 207 911, 836 +138. 57 
[RET Umer cine Sh Sa itis etn 2 2 en ee eee Seema 23, 852, 656 18, 935, 154 | —20. 61 
NOTED Y24 DY a Ais ee ee eet eee ee ee ee pee et ene semen Ls Breoed 2 oe 19, 807, 280 11, 098, 209 | —43. 96 
WVE THE ZUG eee ee etree ay ea eR ea Ae cere Len erey ee ne mee 22, 159, 410 23, 889, 895 | +7. 80 
SouthyAmmericanmRepulblicse es = eee 554, 312, 672 | 528, 675, 278 | —4. 62 
“rout Wetnhn, Avengers) Aes ee eee 1, 008, 633, 001 995, 592, 913 —1.29 

EXPORTS 
| Increase or 
Countries of destination 1926 1927 decrease per 
cent 

ITC TC ONS sa pes Set A FT a pets eee ek Pe a PL ee oem $140, 080, 494 $122, 068, 266 —12. 85 
Guatemala eres eee See eee ees oer ee een nn 10, 527, 569 10, 737, 353 +1. 99 
Saliva Or pares ein ecu sare el lea seed oh tween ean 9, 625, 176 7, 808, 226 —18. 87 
On dUTAS esses so ee Bee eae See eee. a 8, 414, 756 7, 832, 144 —6. 92 
ING Cara SMa a os saan ea eee on ee Oe bee Ber es one 7, 273, 541 5, 98e280) |lem —18. 37 
Costas ical: 2 occ 2a See eee Sie oe ans Pare cen 6, 223, 773 6, 710, 621 +7. 82 
PATA ewe take bt ee Nes he EP Nine TR in than at meee 30, 489, 578 32, 808, 108 +7. €0 
Cuba leer ears Paul MERGES RACER aN OTN Ue EAB ae 182, 903, 618 157, 676, 936 —13. 79 
DominicansRe publi cesses eases eee seen eee 16, 549, 712 | 16, 500, 302 | O29 
OS i Se ee sy Yate een ee tec ere 12, 624, 472 | 10, 162, 290 | —19. 50 
North American Republics.__..--__<____21_______-= 424,712, 689 378, 241, 531 | —10. 94 
Armen tina; fan 202 Unie ey Rete elie. Mantes a oe nua | 147,268,301 | 150, 122, 189 | +1. 93 
Bolivia. es sah Skee SOE ee ee eee meres | 5, 407, 555 | 4, 543, 712 —15. 97 
Brazil LESS SE Ss See ee ee Ee a ao ee ee fees 83, 444, 143 | 111, 072, 480 -+33. 10 
C2 NUTS aa ere esas ee nen ANG Or ane a 46, 405, 821 41, 669, 713 —10. 20 
Colom Bist stash aoe eS eae aa aa oe are 47, 120, 035 | 49, 503, 197 +5. 05 
WM Cua oneal 8 BT eeu eo Set aaa eas Sn seagate 6, 508, 612 | 4, 891, 510 —24. 84 
LEChEN AV eh eee ete. | ele l ee ees 836, 034 1, 057, 461 +26. 48 
ReGen oie xe ae aie a ey oe SNe ames 26, 492, 216 | 27, 509, 367 +3. 83 
Wir gays SSeS 28 a See EOE 1 eee ee pam ee reas 21, 628, 327 24, 759, 007 ap l447 
WTC ZIG] A ese cng ri Ens eee a a 31, 404, 357 34, 176, 308 +8. 82 
South American Republics________________________ | 416,515,401 | 449, 304, 944 +7. 87 
ANO EMU IDEN OAs ee 841, 228, 090 | 827, 546, 475 —1.62 








1 United States statistics credit commodities in considerable quantities imported from and exported to 
Bolivia and Paraguay via ports situated in neighboring countries, not to the Republics of Bolivia and 
Paraguay, but to the countries in which the ports of departure or entry are located. 





KS, pa AND COMMERCE ; a 4 @ 


ARGENTINA 


NEW RAILROAD BRANCH.—A branch line from Caleufti to Arizona 
constructed by the Western Railroad was opened to traffic early last 
May. This branch line serves three stations in the territory of La 
Pampa and the station at Arizona in the Province of San Luis, thus 
opening up a rich and fertile agricultural region in addition to a 
section of about 60,000 hectares of land laid out in market and seed 
gardens. 

NEW BROADCASTING STATION.—The new broadcasting station LOS, 
constructed by the municipality of Buenos Aires at Nutfiez, was 
opened on May 23. This station operates on a wave length of 
285.70 meters. 

Gacrera ALGOoDONERA.—This interesting publication on cotton 
recently celebrated the third anniversary of its founding. During 
these three years the review has grown and increased its circulation 
in a very satisfactory manner. At the sesquicentennial exposition in 
Philadelphia last year the Gaceta Algodonera (Cotton Gazette) was 
awarded the honor prize and gold medal for its collection of beauti- 
fully bound volumes, and for its fine collection of cotton samples, 
numbering 1,200, all of which were grown in northern Argentina. 

Export vaLures.—The following table, showing exports and values 
for the first five months of the present year, is made from figures 
published by the National Statistical Department: 


Exports 


[Value in gold pesos] 
Livestock products: 


ID nS Sa Seah eS sla fa Seca merece er 5, 238, 372 
IN ea) aN ee ak nse ip Pop ein baa Lae eee ee 54, 150, 851 
eli Gl CSameetes ee nenie Vannes ES ee eeu ays 31, 161, 785 
BV Vio @ | Eieetsepee pene aes ORL as oe ey unior J cle biee me uns rey ee aes 50, 472, 703 
INAG INE Sy oy save heh i een Maes ote anes eye Oa 9, 761, 859 
iivestockiby=producis === saa aaein en ames 14, 054, 870 


164, 840, 440 
Agricultural products: 








CST aL aes he a pc ig oe es ye eee me 284, 753, 349 
PVT eS ro else te os a seeds eee oe ae ne 9, 498, 827 
CONG ae Un MND Drona me ane egw Es 2,519, 224 
296, 771, 400 
ores tale TO Gi COs sor eset Nk eg eee aes en aye 10, 249, 538 
ORC Ses oes a ene STG Me enon ENR eagle ace aa 4, 846, 116 
PUR eM SS nce Spor EAN Os 2 SES Bes peiebce oy epenttan a BA eee VR ek 476, 707, 494 


913 


914 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
BOLIVIA 


Pusiic WoRKS FOR OrnuRO.—The Committee on Public Works and 
Sanitation of Oruro has approved the proposal of a German firm to 
lay a conduit for bringing drinking water from Calacala to Oruro at 
a cost of £21,228. 

SHor FAactory.—The Zamora shoe factory operating in Oruro, 
the second largest shoe manufacturing concern in Bolivia, has been 
converted into a stock company called the Fabrica Nacional de 
Calzado Zamora, according to a resolution of the last regular meeting 
of shareholders. The capital was at the same time increased to 
1,200,000 bolivianos, in shares of 100 bolivianos each. Of these 
shares 7,730 have already been subscribed and the remaining 4,270 
shares will be placed on the market as soon as the statutes of the new 
company are approved by the Government. 


BRAZIL 


Oit In Minas Grerars.—The Government of the State of Minas 
has sent an engineer to test the oil fields recently discovered near 
Alfenas and in the municipality of Campos Geraes. As the distance 
between the two recent oil discoveries is only 48 kilometers in a 
straight line it is believed that they belong to the same oil-bearing 
stratum. 

DIAMOND MINE CoNncESsioN.—The Brazil Ferro Carril for June 2, 
1927, states that the firm of Bernard Baudier & Sons has obtained a 
30-year concession to operate the black diamond mines of the Piranha 
district of Bahia. These mines are valued at $50,000,000. 

PopuLaTion oF Brazit IN 1926.—According to statistics furnished 
by the Statistical Bureau the population of Brazil on December 31, 
1926, totaled 36,870,972, divided among the States, Territory, and 
Federal District as follows: 

Alagéas, 1,117,045; Amazonas, 409,699; Bahia, 3,859,241; Ceara, 1,520,335; 
Federal District, 1,360,586; Espirito Santo, 587,451; Goyaz, 640,491; Maranhao, 
1,047,206; Matto-Grosso, 312,661; Minas Geraes, 6,902,511; Parad, 1,269,344; 
Parahyba do Norte, 1,193,260; Paranda, 870,255; Pernambuco, 2,617,310; Piauhy, 
738,740; Rio de Janeiro, 1,844,304;.Rio Grande do Norte, 666,903; Rio Grande 
do Sul, 2,683,683; Santa Catharina, 847,656; Sao Paulo, 5,751,822; Sergipe, 
924,095; Acre Territory, 106,374. 

Fitm on Brazintan coau.—A film on Brazilian coal made by order 
of the Minister of Communications was recently completed and 
shown in Rio de Janeiro. It is believed that the Brazilian coal 
industry might be developed into a larger and more profitable busi- 
ness if the means of transportation from the mines were improved. 
This phase of the subject is made clear in the film, which shows 
various railway engines, steamers, and other machines using Brazilian 
coal, as well as the mines and other subjects of interest. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 915 


Arr MAIL.—The Director General of the Post Office Department 
announced that on June 1, 1927, a regular air mail service would be 
instituted between Rio de Janeiro and the port cities of southern 
Brazil by the Condor Syndicate. The syndicate is to keep a record 
of the amount, classes, and weight of the mail transported as well as 
the postal revenue thereon. 

SECOND AUTOMOBILE SHOW.—The Second Exposition of Motor 
Vehicles and Highways is to be held in November of this year in Rio de 
Janeiro under the auspices of the Automobile Club of Brazil. In a 
meeting of the organization committee it was decided that an area 
of six to eight thousand square meters would be necessary for the 
exposition (square meter equals 10.8 square feet). 


CHILE 





IMFORTANT TRANSACTION IN STEEL INDUSTRY.—An important 
commercial operation has recently been concluded by which the 
Electric Siderurgical & Industrial Co. of Valdivia, a Chilean concern, 
has purchased the siderurgical plant at Corral and all its dependencies, 
from a French company. ‘This transaction is considered to be note- 
worthy in connection with the process of building up in Chile a 
great iron and steel industry, since the recent acquisition includes 
valuable supplies of iron ore from Tofo as well as the plant at Corral. 
The purchase price, which was 3,250,000 pesos, covered sites, wharves, 
railways, furnaces and equipment, buildings, workshops, rolling 
mills, electric power station of 2,100 horsepower, houses for employees, 
large stocks of materials and general stores, warehouses, Government 
forest and land concessions, and a contract for the supply of 100,000 
tons per annum of Tofo iron ore, which the Bethlehem-Chile Iron 
Mines Co. will deliver placed on board in Cruz Grande. The French 
company retains a considerable share in the Chilean concern. 

Higuway Buuietin.—Under the title of Boletin de Caminos the 
General Bureau of Highways and Bridges of the Chilean Govern- 
ment has begun to issue a publication for the purpose of informing 
the personnel in its employment of the standards which it is setting 
up for the improvement of public roads. The Bulletin will also 
report Chilean achievements in highway construction. 

REDUCTION OF FREIGHTS ON NITRATE RAILROADS.—Upon request 
of the Government the representatives of the railways in the nitrate 
region agreed on freight reductions which went into effect July 1. 
These ranged from 15 to 18.50 per cent on nitrate, 10 to 15 per cent 
on petroleum, and 10 to 15 per cent on coal. 

PowpDERED coaL.—EHxperiments made at the Government railway 
shops near Santiago last May indicate the possibility of using the 
powdered coal obtained from Chilean mines to replace the petroleum 


916 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


now imported as fuel for the nitrate industry at a cost of 100,000,000 
pesos annually. Heat as intense as that given by petroleum was 
obtained from the powdered coal, which is now usually thrown into 
the sea as refuse. 

COLOMBIA 


CoLOMBIAN EXPORTS TO THE Unitrep Srates.—According to a 
statement given the press of Bogota by Mr. William Boaz, com- 
mercial attaché of the United States in Colombia, the total value of 
exports from Colombia to the United States during the month of 
April, 1927, amounted to $7,300,000, and the exports from the 
United States to Colombia totaled $4,000,000, the difference of more 
than three millions being in favor of Colombia. 

The total importation of coffee into the United States during the 
same month was 126,999,000 pounds, with a value of $23,843,000. 
Of these figures, 21,550,000 pounds, with a value of $5,570,000, were 
imported from Colombia, a proportion of almost 20 per cent of the 
total. 

Prize FOR CoLoMBIAN TOBACCO.—In the International Exposition 
of Tobacco held in London in May, 1927, the product presented by 
the Compania Colombiana de Tabaco was awarded second prize. 
Over 60 producers and manufacturers of tobacco, representing 14 
countries, attended the exposition. Only two prizes were offered, 
the first one being awarded to an English concern. 

Bureau or AGRICULTURE AND ZOOTECHNOLOGY.—By decree 
signed on June 4, 1927, the National Government of Colombia 
created in the Department of Industry a new Bureau of Agriculture 
and Zootechnology. This bureau will be responsible for everything 
pertaining to the organization, promotion, and protection of agri- 
culture and livestock, agronomic surveys, and the .betterment of 
agricultural production throughout the country in general. The 
bureau will be under a general directorship, and will include the 
following sections: Agriculture, Livestock and Animal Industries, 
Economy and Statistics, Agricultural Education, and Meteorology. 
The same decree creates within the Department of Labor a bureau of 
publications, which will be in charge of the preparation and distribu- 
tion of all the printed matter of the department and all pamphlets 
and literature for the teaching and dissemination of agricultural 
science. 

THE CaMBAo HIGHWAY.—The Department of Public Works was 
granted an appropriation of 490,000 pesos to complete the Cambao 
highway uniting Bogot4 with the Magdalena River. Traffic between 
Bogota and Cambao will be opened early in August, the work on the 
last stretch of the road being now carried on with great activity. 

LOANS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS.—See page 925. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 917 


COSTA RICA 





ForEIGN TRADE.—According to statistics quoted by President 
Jiménez in his message to Congress on May 1, 1927, the total value 
of Costa Rican foreign trade during 1926 was 131,152,627 colones, 
75,848,719 colones representing exports and 55,303,908 colones im- 
ports. The chief articles exported were as follows: 


Article Value in colones 
(Wy fT ep NS a a I A er ep NS ae at eh et 42, 495, 877 
JERE BEN OU SS oe 2a a rc Ee Mee ney 2 eR aoe OSM ae 1S 25, 682, 730 
(SEY NOs GE FS SE Ss a al poo ere peti STE inl Desde NS fea ee IC ad Waar 3, 297, 423 
Coldicilvervamd sine ralsies 22 me iene) eck eee shies ee eae 2, 082, 034 
(©) Gln eee east bs CNC States tae ee eta ce Te NS i eRe es NOE a Ue IE aaa a Sa 2, 290, 655 

TINGE Le cits Se al tees eel a ene Eg ae cage RL a 75, 848, 719 


INCREASE IN RAILWAY BUSINESS.—Indicative of the growing num- _ 
ber of passengers and volume of freight being transported by the 
railways of Costa Rica each year are the following figures taken from 
the auditors’ annual report of the Pacific Railway, one of the important 
roads in operation in that country: 














Year | Receipts | Expenditures|Net receipts 

Basan is sass | | 

Colones Colones Colones 

1023 seep Ree tener Spee ees ae UAE. Biren lw oi ok ai aah Oe EE | 1, 808, 244 | 1, 701, 404 106, 840 
1 9 DAR as ere oer ne yt ho WI Sar eo eS SUP De SEG RS 1, 755, 986 | 1, 535, 796 220, 190 
103 5 pe Rak Neate neh ome eI ANT ee Re et ee Pe ee 2213283 7/7 1, 715, 108 417, 268 
1G 2 eens serine pera ee a a Oa a ee ee 2, 233, 578 1, 781, 176 452, 402 

| | 

CUBA 


Sucar crop.—President Machado, following the suggestion of the 
Secretary of Agriculture, has issued a decreee declaring that sugar 
grinding should not commence in the different mills of the Republic 
until January 1, 1928, thus allowing a safe interval in which to com- 
plete the sale of the last sugar crop before the new crop is available. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


STEAMSHIP SERVICE.—On June 14 last the steamer Coamo, of the 
New York and Porto Rico Steamship Co., arrived in the port of 
Santo Domingo. With the arrival of this steamer a new and impor- 
tant steamship service was commenced between Santo Domingo, 
Porto Rico, and New York. Weekly trips will be made by the Coamo 
and her sister ship the San Lorenzo. These ships have a displace- 
ment of 10,400 tons, a normal speed of 1514 knots per hour, and a 
maximum speed of 17 knots; they carry 285 first-class passengers 
and 98 second class, and are luxuriously fitted, having several de luxe 
cabins with beds instead of bunks. 


918 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT.—The Government has made pre- 
liminary arrangements for the agricultural development of a large 
tract of land in the Province of Saman4, about 12 kilometers from 
the coastal town of Sabana dela Mar. The land thus designated for 
colonization will be allotted to both native and foreign farmers. 


ECUADOR 


APPROPRIATIONS FOR PUBLIC worKs.—Approximately 3,387,000 
sucres have been appropriated by the Government, through special 
decrees, for public works. Of this amount 1,378,000 sucres were 
allotted for roads, distributed as follows: 180,000 sucres for the 
Ibarra-TulcAn highway; 120,000 sucres for the Quito-Guamote high- 
way; 84,000 sucres for roads in the Province of Azuay; 60,000 sucres 
for the Zaruma-Loja road; 24,000 sucres for the Riobamba-Bafos 
road; 180,000 sucres for the San Juan-Guaranda-Babahoyo high- 
way; 192,000 sucres for the Quito-Chone highway; 60,000 sucres for 
the Santo Domingo-Esmeraldas highway; and 440,000 sucres for 
general improvements on the roads throughout the Republic. The 
appropriation for railroads was 1,842,000 sucres in all, distributed 
in the following manner: 120,000 for El Oro Railroad; 60,000 for 
the Ambato-Curaray Railroad; 162,000 sucres for the Bahia-Chone 
Railroad; 1,100,000 sucres for the Puerto Bolivar-Loja Railroad; 
500,000 sucres for the railroad to the coast; 1,000,000 sucres for the 
Sibamba-Cuenca Railroad; and 910,000 sucres for the Quito- 
Ksmeraldas Railroad. 

CooPERATIVE society.—In the Jujén district the first agricultural 
cooperative society has been organized among the farmers of that 
section. 

NEW CONSTRUCTION COMPANY.—A new construction company has 
been organized in Guayaquil by native capitalists. One of the first 
undertakings of the new company was to take part in the competition 
for plans for the new building for the Vicente Rocafuerte School. 
This edifice, which will be erected in Guayaquil, will be one of the 
finest structures of its kind in that city. 


GUATEMALA 


FoREIGN TRADE.—According to statistics given by the Secretary 
of the Treasury in his annual report for the year 1926, the total value 
of the exports from Guatemala during 1926 was 28,968,049 quetzales 
and the value of imports 21,084,179 quetzales, the percentage of 
foreign trade with the various countries being as follows: 


Percentage of imports Percentage of exports 
BMS AT CMS eyed a luteb Rw tet kat 12:74" | (Germiany= 2 5s este 31. 65 
Germann ys se Meee, ee D222 (ROM Mea ral Ea ai es ee see 8.78 
IN Mex Osan are Sete aetieiaiis Saale 9229) United Sta tests amen selene 53. 87 
Wimnitedi States = 22 a. ee i 54. 10 | Various countries____-2=_=_=_= 5. 70 
Various countries. 25222. 7 = -. 11. 65 





AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 919 


Contract with Unirep Frurr Co.—On May 2, 1927, following 
the introduction of various amendments, the contract drawn up by 
the United Fruit Co. with the Government of Guatemala on Nov- 
ember 7, 1924, was approved by Congress, being signed by President 
Chacén on May 4, 1927. The contract, the full text of which is 
printed in El Guatemalteco of May 9, 1927, is for a period of 25 years 
and provides among other things for the rental of certain lands in the 
Department of Izabal by the company, the establishment of a port in 
the Amatique Gulf, the construction of a portable wireless station at 
Livingston, the building of such telephone, railway, and car lines as 
the company may deem necessary, and exemption from all Govern- 
ment duties or other taxes. The Government will receive the sum of 
$14,000 yearly as rental for the lands, $12 for each mahogany or cedar 
tree cut down, and 1 cent for each bunch of bananas exported; it 
also reserves the right to grant similar concessions to other companies. 

ArsBor DAYy.—Arbor day was celebrated throughout Guatemala on 
May 29, 1927, important among the events taking place in Guate- 
mala City being the opening of the Exposition of Native Woods of 
which mention was made in last month’s issue. 


HAITI 


AGRICULTURAL FAIRS.—During April and May, 15 agricultural 
and industrial fairs were held in various parts of the Republic. 
The quality of the exhibits was higher this year than last and an 
increased interest was shown by the public, it being estimated that 
10,000 persons attended these fairs. Prizes approximating 10,000 
gourdes were paid to the exhibitors. The idea of these rural fairs 
is to create competition by bringing together and selecting the best 
products of different farmers, and it is hoped to have them become 
a permanent part of the educational system. (Bulletin of the Finan- 
cial Adviser-General Receiver.) 


HONDURAS 


CANDY AND CONFECTIONERY FACTORIES.—The Gaceta Oficial in its 
issues of May 24, 25, and 28, 1927, published accounts of concessions 
eranted to three companies to manufacture candies and confections 
in Honduras, in La Ceiba, San Pedro Sula, and Tegucigalpa, respec- 
tively. Each company will employ Honduran labor and teach the 
business to a certain number of Hondurans. 


MEXICO 


He.pinG THE SMALL FARMERS.—In order to help the small farmers 
who own and cultivate communal lands President Calles has issued 
instructions to the effect that all agricultural products consumed 
by the different departments and agencies of the Federal Govern- 
ment shall be bought directly from the small farmers of the com- 


920 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


munal cooperative groups instead of securing them from regular 
merchants as was customary in the past. This measure will enable 
the small farmers to sell practically all their crops and will also 
protect them from speculators and competitors. 

THE COFFEE CROP IN 1926.—The Boletin de Economia y Estadistica 
of the Department of Agriculture, in its issue of April 20, 1927, pub- 
lished the following preliminary estimate of the 1926 coffee crop: 





; : Average 2 : 
Zones and States Areas yield Production 





| Hectares Kilograms | Kilograms 












































ENV OTE Lae ee ee poe ne Sere bic ES SS eee se A te a eae 3, 438 550 | 1, 892, 735 
SIGINT SHE OUOS eres en ar ea ete esy he ee a See Siete | 3, 427 550 | 1, 886, 435 

HD am ali Pas yt Sets Soe Se ak Nee eRe a ihe Bears eee ee Cee Tal 572 6, 300 
(Sti ene Sw De acter Mea lian Cece ae See Rance eee Clee eS 26, 681 493 | 13, 157, 760 
FIR ASCO Pees ene ie IB ach ENA Es Nl a ey RN ten | 1, 053 554 584, 050 
VIGRACTUIZ eee ces eas Ss eA Eo ans i ee aes eee 25, 628 490 | 12,573, 710 
NorthsPacificiNavaritecs Ua ska heya. cae pcan 512 | 702 359, 550 
SOUIEHE ACL fC eee ee Roa Mae et firs Ale meee maT NE i ack Cece ea ee | 18, 296 | 473 | 8, 660, 684 
OI ae eee iene aren A et ae eet ee ee ee 426 | 371 158, 250 
(Chin opiieee ot ae Meh a eee RET A ene eny ee ea 13, 005 496 | 6, 457, 955 
(CITE PET Oe es a Ne lan Re ee Sah eel oe Sen Oras 678 | 452 306, 524 
Qaxa casera Stee eS Sra een a OE ee ee es Se eae A eee 4, 187 | 415 1, 737, 955 
(Lai ah ea he ea ce aa oo De SL Werke ee 6, 120 535 | 3, 278, 766 
EL al gow teste sorte oe Ned 2 Ca AS Set Ca 2, 657 | 576 | 1, 531, 000 
ValiScO=s esas eens RCS Fiat anes A ee eee ee eS 516 | 553 285, 675 
VICE Xd CO ae a eae ee 482 309 149, 352 
IGG SY OYCEty o heer = gee a hee en eee Ae ee ae Sele ek 559 | 710 387, 270 
INTO OG ae ae ee a a es a Rs a SS ee rt eee | 113 551 62. 300 
TE\USjol ee eae eg ape eg ie ow RHE ALE RPh eg as ee 1, 793 | 475 853, 169 

TG Pike Me MA DEER ey NOR Rt Maiw: Nae ROT 496 | 27,349, 495 











1 hectare, 2.47 acres; 1 kilogram, 2.2 pounds. 


GROWTH OF THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY.—According to a report of the 
Department of National Statistics, published in E/ Universal, of 
Mexico City, for June 1, 1927, the textile industry has shown a 
remarkable growth during recent years. The fact that the textile 
industry is in harmony with the racial aptitudes of the Mexican people 
is said to be responsible, in part, for the development of that branch 
of industry. The one figures give an idea of its progress: 

















Year 1921 | 1925 
Number: 6ftfactoriesm i: tert eS ees aie fon pcan piso Nat ee ieee eva 121 | 130 
TOONS ote eos gece ee a eee) OO SEL nah Fe ORS Png eo 28, 409 | 30, 800 
Spindless: sete ee ee ee Oe 770, 945 | 831, 524 
@otton\(conSiimle dS see ay ea ee ea kilos__| 39, 924, 235 40, 996, 834 
St) Cosa eee ee ee Reni Sein ia ese wae ape os Oe pesos__| 93, 341, 985 108, 395, 604 
Number of WOrKerss 0 2 Soe R= es pie Capek td 38, 227 43, 199 
| C 
NICARAGUA 


AGRICULTURAL CONCESSION.—The Government has granted to a 
concessionary the right to purchase 20,000 hectares of agricultural 
and on the Atlantic coast, on which land the concessionary is to be 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 921 


permitted to construct a railway of the same gauge as the Pacific 
Railway of Nicaragua, and roads similar to Government roads. 
He may also construct private telegraph, telephone, and wireless 
systems, which in time of need are to be placed at the disposal of 
the Government. 

Cigar Factory.—The Government and an individual have signed 
a 10-year contract for the establishment by the latter of a cigar and 
cigarette factory in Managua, with branches elsewhere, for the 
manufacture of cigars and cigarettes from Nicaraguan tobacco. 
Machinery for an output of not less than 60,000 cigarettes daily may 
be imported free of duty, as well as paper for wrappers, foil, and boxes. 
The concessionary is permitted to establish tobacco plantations to 
the amount of 25 manzanas of special tobacco annually in the Depart- 
ments of Masaya, Rivas, Carazo, or Granada but may not sell the 
tobacco therefrom unless previously turned into a finished product 
in his factory. 

PANAMA 


INCREASE IN EXPORTATION DURING JUNE.—According to the fol- 
lowing statistics given by the press, there was a striking increase in 
exports through the port of Col6n during the first two weeks of June 
as compared to the total exports of the month of May: 














Products | May 1-31 Value | June 1-15 Value 
SE ee ee a = | is 
| Balboas | Balboas 
IBANTATAES (OIE NCS) 203, 918 122, 657 139, 885 | 92, 077 
COCOM UTS ea tee ee nnd een ee EET ee Ss 259, 500 | 10, 808 437, 932 | 11, 016 
Otherproductse(oounds) sess ten ea eens 2, 028 | 1, 823 696 | Noll 
PARAGUAY 


NATIONAL MOTION-PICTURE FILM.—According to the press, ar- 
rangements are being made with representatives of an Argentine 
motion-picture company to formulate plans for filming various 
phases of Paraguayan life. Divided into 12 parts, the picture will 
depict general aspects of Paraguay from the standpoint of history, 
topography, flora, fauna, and communications; a general view of 
Asuncién; commercial and industrial life in Asunci6én; national in- 
dustries; the work and influence of the Bureau of Agriculture; activi- 
ties of the Agricultural Bank; colonization; rural life; public instruc- 
tion, and the work of the Department of War and Navy. 

NEW TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES.—Information has been re- 
cently received that three new ships are being placed in service by 
the Montevideo (Uruguay)-Corumbé (Brazil) steamship line. Stops 
for passengers and freight will be made at Asuncién and Puerto 
Murthinho. The course is up the Rio de la Plata, Parana and 
Paraguay Rivers. 


922 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE SERVICE.—By an executive decree of May 
12, 1927, automatic telephone service was adopted for use in Paraguay. 


PERU 


New uicHway.—The last 15 kilometers of the highway between 
Lima and Huacho were finished last May, thus completing this im- 
portant new automobile road, which offers many advantages toward 
the development of commerce and agriculture in that section. The 
drive over the new road, which passes through the mountains, takes 
about six hours. 

LUBRICATING OILS.—One of the large oil companies operating in 
Peru has announced that its refinery at Talara is now manufacturing 
all classes of lubricating oils for automobiles and other industrial uses. 

GuANO INDUSTRY.—During the year ended March 31, 1927, the 
Peruvian Guano Co., a semiofficial entity exploiting the guano 
islands off the coast of Peru for the account of the National Govern- 
ment, extracted 75,458 tons of this fertilizer. 

WIRELESS STATION AT YURIMAGUAS.—On May 24, 1927, a wireless 
telegraphic station was opened for public service in the town of 
Yurimaguas. 

New WHARF AT Quitca.—The Government has approved a con- 
tract for the construction of a wharf costing 10,000 Peruvian pounds 
at Quilea. The contracting company is granted the privilege of 
exploiting the wharf for a period of 25 years, commencing from the 
date on which the wharf is opened to public service. The time 
allowed for building this wharf is two years. 

AGRICULTURAL BANK.—See page 926. 


SALVADOR 


EXPORTATION OF COFFEE FROM SALVADOREAN PoRTS.—The follow- 
ing figures on coffee exports during April, 1927, were given the press 
of Salvador by the Ministry of Finance, figures indicating number of 
bags of 120 pounds: 





Ports 
Destination 0 | Total 
| Acajutla La Libertad) La Union 








GORI aT ye a NSRP Oe cst ee oe eae 15, 457 6, 403 2, 859 24, 719 











Bel Oils oa wa Soe ean Sal SCRE Ee oe seein eee ee 476 100 875 1, 451 
Chile te ee ee ee ee 1, 465 405/23 See ~ 1,505 
Cuba eae eee PS ae ak ee ae ee 471 475 | 50 996 
Wen Mark ose sees ees Sees a ae = ee ee ne 850 150 | 700 1, 700 
Saree ee eS Ce ee Se | 1, 470 150 | 476 2, 096 
| 1, 155 | 2, 298 2, 997 6, 450 
700}|:e seaee memes 150 850 
430 | 300 | 1, 943 2, 673 
920 | 405 | 43 1, 368 
7, 743 | 1, 059 | 1, 634 10, 436 
5, 625 | 1; 225 | 2, 309 9, 159 
750" | Seo eee | 3, 100 3, 850 
8, 300 | 2, 250 | 2, 050 12, 600 
otal Guries eaten oh eter esas ees see 45, 812 | 14, 855 | 19, 186 79, 853 

H | “ 








AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 923 
URUGUAY 


PRODUCTION OF CEREALS AND OIL-PRODUCING SEEDS.—According 
to a report of the Bureau of Agriculture, 690,317 hectares of land in 
Uruguay were under cultivation in cereals and oil-producing seeds 
during 1926-27. This represents an increase of 39,844 hectares over 
the average amount under cultivation during the past five years. 
Various crops and their production were as follows: 




















| | 
Hectares | | Hectares 
Crop under cul- | CEP: Crop | under cul- | ,CTOP: 
tivation ! in tons | | tivation! | i tons 
es | oe | | 
NWiheattiee a Pe BOO) s62uln) 2784520) || Barley= sue emma 2, 037 | 1,524 
Cornea aes ele San ee 176, 331 | S4163an||— Cananye,see diseans an eee | 672 | 386 
WMlaxseedieueas Sele ee 79, 869 | SOM ODS] EU ye ee eee nee ese pene 126 | 41 
Oats entree een ee ee eo 40, 720 | 20, 834 | | 





1 Hectare equals 2.47 acres. 


QUARTERLY FOREIGN TRADE REPORT.—During the first quarter of 
1927 the total value of Uruguayan imports estimated from custom- 
house receipts was 18,822,943 pesos, compared to 17,451,626 pesos in 
1926 and 15,674,924 pesos in 1925. The exports, which were com- 
puted from the actual sale prices obtained from averages of monthly 
sales of each article, were 32,875,576 pesos in comparison to 35,795,735 
pesos in 1926 and 32,105,616 pesos in 1925. 

Port actrviry.—Significant of the vast amount of commerce car- 
ried on through the port of Montevideo and of its importance to 
Uruguay are the following data published in the report of the Port 
Administration for 1926: 

During that year 1,360,167 metric tons of imports, 479,328 tons of exports, and 
2,287 tons of goods in transit were handled through the port. Steamships enter- 
ing the harbor numbered 3,322 and sailboats 602, making a total of 3,924, with a 
combined tonnage of 10,424,900. Outgoing vessels of both kinds totaled 3,911, 
with a tonnage of 10,389,294. Besides articles of import and export, these boats 
brought 111,707 passengers, 18,824 being from foreign ports and 92,883 from 
river ports, and carried 99,443 from the country. 

PUBLICATION OF COMMERCE REPORTS.—On May 3, 1927, a decree 
was passed providing for the regular printing of quarterly reports on 
the foreign trade of Uruguay and specifying that— 

All data must be complete, giving such details as names of commodities com- 
posing up to 90 per cent of the total, the total value of all trade, countries of desti- 
nation and origin, a detailed study of fruit shipment, reports of individual cus- 


tomhouses, comparative tables of increase or decrease in movement of principal 
articles of export or import, and statement of duties paid on each commodity. 


VENEZUELA 


SALE OF PUBLIC LANDS.—In addition to 8 gratuitous concessions 
of public lands totaling 4,397 hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres) 
made to laborers in accordance with law, it is reported that during 


Q24 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


1926 a total of 40 resolutions of sale and 42 titles were issued through 
the National Ministry of Promotion covering 47,322 hectares of such 
lands. 

COMPLETION OF NEW TELEGRAPH LINE.—On June 4, 1927, it was 
announced that work on the telegraph line from Monte Carmelo to 
Bobures, a distance of 62 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 of a mile), 
had been completed. This new line replaces an old line over which’ 
communication had been unsatisfactory. — 

ANNUAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH REPORT.—According to the 
annual report of the Director General of Federal Telephones and © 
Telegraphs for the year 1926, 90 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 
of a mile) of lines were constructed during the year, 225 kilometers of 
line cleared, 167 kilometers moved to road and highway, and 18 
kilometers repaired. The total receipts representing telegraph 
charges were 835,251 bolivars, while the wireless charges amounted to 
498,126 bolivars, thus making an increase of 319,893 bolivars over 
the revenues of the fiscal year 1924-25. 

DEVELOPMENT OF COTTON CULTURE.—It was stated in El Uni- 
versal, Caracas, of June 5, 1927, that great quantities of cottonseed 
had been distributed to the farmers throughout the State of San 
Fernando with the purpose of introducing cotton culture there. 

AGRICULTURAL BXPERIMENTATION.—Interesting experiments with 
the terrestrial-celestial electromagnet, a French invention claimed 
to increase the growth and productivity of plant life by the employ- 
ment of natural electricity, are reported to have been initiated at the 
Agricultural Experiment Stations at Maracay and at Las Delicias 
under the direction of Senor Maldonado, editor of La Hacienda, an 
agricultural magazine. 

ARBOR DAY.—In accordance with a decree of May 5, 1927, May 
22, 1927, was set aside for the celebration of Arbor Day throughout 
Venezuela. 














~— 


Sif ECONOMIC*x> FINANCIAL 
AX @a af AFFAIRS 4%. KOLA 


CHILE 


GENERAL Customs Boarp.—The General Customs Board, created 
by the new customs law (decree No. 305 of May 14, 1927), on the 
recommendation of the Kemmerer Commission, was duly constituted 
in Santiago on June 2, 1927, with the following members: Senor 
Pablo Ramirez, Minister of the Treasury, and Sefiores Domingo 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 925 


Tocornal Matte and Carlos Davila, representatives of the Govern- 
ment; Sefor Gordon Garvin, representative of the business interests; 
Senior Francisco Encina, representative of agriculturists and manu- 
facturers; and Mr. J. J. Lennon, representative of mining interests. 
In the sphere of the board are the issuance of the regulations gov- 
erning the collection of customs duties and the organization of the 
service, including the determination of the salary scale. It was de- 
cided to fix the office of the board in Santiago, leaving that of the 
superintendency of customs in Valparaiso. 

ORGANIZATION OF GENERAL COMPTROLLERSHIP.—Mr. Thomas R. 
Lill, a financial expert from the United States, arrived in Santiago 
last June under Government contract for two years, during which 
time he will organize the general comptrollership of the Republic, 
created by arecent law. Mr. Lill also organized the comptrollerships 
of Colombia, Cuba, and other countries. 

Pusiic DEBT.—It was stated by President Ib4fiez, then Vice 
President, in his message at the opening of Congress on May 21, that 
Chile’s foreign debt on December 31, 1926, amounted to £26,606,772 
and $64,492,355.44, or 1,596,335,647 pesos. The internal debt 
amounted to 173,705,555 pesos and Government bonds outstanding 
to 929,854,024 pesos. 

COLOMBIA 


LOANS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS.—The Government has 
authorized the Department of Antioquia to contract a loan of 12,- 
000,000 pesos to be used exclusively in the construction of the Medel- 
lin highway to the sea. The loan was contracted with the American 
concerns International Acceptance Bank (Inc.), and Guaranty Trust 
Co., of New York, at 7 per cent annual interest, with an initial dis- 
count of 7.95, amortization to take place within 30 years. The 
first emission will amount to 4,000,000 pesos and the total emission 
will be 12,350,000 pesos. The Departamental Assembly of Santander 
authorized that Department to contract a loan of 10,000,000 pesos 
for the construction of a system of roads in Santander. This system 
includes the main highway from Barrancabermeja to San Vicente 
and its two branches—one to Bucamaranga and MAlaga with ramifi- 
cations to Pamplona, Guaca, and San Andrés, and the other to 
Zapatoca, San Gil, Socorro, Charalé and Virolin. Work will also be 
undertaken on the road from Bucamaranga to Rionegro and Tachira, 
in order to connect Bucamaranga with the railroad line from Puerto 


Wilches. 
COSTA RICA 


GOVERNMENT RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES DURING 1926.—The 
total receipts of the Costa Rican Government during 1926 were 
announced to have been 27,417,349 colones, while the expenditures 

56205—27—Bull. 96 


926 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


were 22,611,450 colones. The balance of 4,805,899 colones was used 
to reduce the national debt, to pay municipal debts to the amount of 
1,000,000 colones, and to satisfy claims against the Government. 
The budget for 1926 had estimated the receipts at 24,962,933 colones 
and the expenditures at 23,735,782 colones. 


GUATEMALA 


GOVERNMENT RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES.—The total receipts 
of the Government for the year 1926 were 11,555,352 quetzales, 
while the expenditures were 11,715,949 quetzales, leaving thus a 
deficit which, with the deduction of 25,090 quetzales, a sum covered 
by a special fund, amounts to 135,506 quetzales. 

BUDGET OF EXPENDITURES.—Expenditures for the fiscal year begin- 
ning July 1, 1927, as approved by Congress and the President on 
May 16 and 20, 1927, respectively, are as follows: 


Authorized expenditures for 1927-28 Amount 
(quetzales) 
Department ofthe lateriors 2 a 5 ee pee ee ae ene 2, 004, 655 
Treasury. Department s< ste se. So ee etl a a 2, 800, 004 
WaryDepartmentio=. 2266 022 ff i SN pee ee ae ee 1, 436, 599 
ID OMIA HOT Oe Leona O mos —| ke oa ee 1, 495, 809 
Department of PL wlo lic Gi aio rape yee en eee 1, 682, 425 
Department ofvAgricultune == 5 52 e ee ee es ee 1, 279, 009 
Department of Foreign Relations___________ GT Ane tao ts NE AE 332, 601 
PA ote Vp ek Fe I i et SE hs 11, 081; 102 
PANAMA 


LOAN FOR CIVIC IMPROVEMENTS.—Following its authorization by 
the National Assembly, a loan of 500,000 balboas was recently floated 
in New York by the city of Panama. Of the total amount, 40,000 
balboas will be used to cancel the unpaid balance of a previous loan 
made that city by the National City Bank, and the remainder to 
effect various improvements in the capital. 


PERU 


AGRICULTURAL BANK.—By virtue of law No. 5745 an agricultural 
stock company has been organized under the name of Agricultural 
Credit Bank of Peru. The company was created for a period of 50 
years, which may, however, be extended by vote of the general board 
of stockholders. The home office of the company will be located in 
Lima, and agencies and branches may be established in other cities 
of the Republic as well as abroad. The capital of the Agricultural 
Credit Bank of Peru is placed at 750,000 Peruvian pounds, divided 
into 75,000 shares of 10 Peruvian pounds each, of which one-third 
will be subscribed by the Government, one-third by the banks, and 
the remainder by the public. The bank will carry on credit opera- 
tions beneficial to farmers. ae 


LEGISLATION 927 


VENEZUELA 


ANNUAL REPORT OF THE MINISTER OF THE TREASURY.—In his 
annual report for the year 1926 the Minister of the Treasury, Dr. 
Melchor Centeno Graii, stated that the total Government receipts 
for the year had been 172,444,968 bolivars, or an increase of 25,171,213 
bolivars over those for 1925. Silver coinage during the year amounted 
to 7,000,000 bolivars. 

BUDGET FoR 1927—28.—The national budget for the year beginning 
July 1, 1927, as adopted by Congress on June 18, 1927, is as follows: 


Receipts 
Bolivars 
IRE Cel USHrAllES OUI CeSiet =) 32 Sate b Os Sue otra eee Oe eeee eye ne 112, 000, 000 
Expenditures 
WepanumnentionmuMerlnberOrse =.= Ss oe ee eye eee 18, 284, 847 
Deparimentottoreionenelations: = 225225 === = == eee Lis) 4 OPAL, GSH! 
MreasinyeDepaniment ss 20s sar) ee oY ee Oe eee 19, 220, 449 
NWarandeNavyvaDeparumentsa= 22 40 Sati Bh ees Nee eee 16, 749, 778 
Department omeromotion= = s= 6 22.2 ses ea bee eee 9, 100, 684 
WeparimentrotebublicnWorks == = ses. sree se ee eee 36, 000, 000 
Deparitimentot Lublichimstruction= == == 22" 2aes Sass Me ae eps atl ND 6, 967, 123 
PACH Glisten Mts © 1 She ieee ee i a Bp ae eee See Ne ee ee ee 1, 103, 435 


SAVINGS DEPosITs.—Indicative of the growing interest manifested 
by the people of Caracas in savings accounts are figures quoted from 
data given by the savings department of the Bank of Caracas show- 
ing the total amount of savings deposits held by that bank at present 
to be over 3,000,000 bolivars, while in 1920 the savings deposits of 
the same bank were about 1,000,000 bolivars. 





ARGENTINA 


Bureau or Apnronautics.—On May 4 the Chief Executive signed 
a decree creating a bureau of aeronautics as a division of the army, 
which will be under the direction of an army officer of high rank, 
with the title of director general of aeronautics. The above- 
mentioned bureau will act as advisory board for the Minister of War 
in all questions relating to aviation and will have charge of matters 
pertaining thereto. The organization of the bureau will be as follows: 
Administration section, military aviation schools, military aviation, 
administration of aerotechnics, aeronautic stores, administration of 
civil aeronautics, and division of mobilization. 


928 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


BRAZIL 


INTERNATIONAL PARLIAMENTARY TRADE CONFERENCH.—The 
Deputies of the Brazilian Congress who compose the Brazilian dele- 
gation to the International Parliamentary Trade Conference to be 
held in Rio de Janeiro this September met last May to discuss plans 
for their participation in the conference. In the previous congresses 
held in Rome in 1925 and in London in 1926 the Brazilian delegation 
consisted of 10 Senators and Deputies, but for the coming congress 
the delegation will be increased to 25 Deputies and 11 Senators, 
Sefior Otto Prazeres is permanent secretary of the conference. 

COMMITTEE ON SOCIAL LEGISLATION.—On May 30, 1927, the com- 
mittee on social legislation of the Chamber of Deputies was established 
to review legislation proposed for social betterment. The following 
were appointed members by Senhor Rego Barcos, president of the 
Chamber: Senhores Augusto de Lima, Aarado Reis, Flavio da Silveira, 
Bento de Miranda, Marcondes Filho, Clementino do Monte, Agamem- 
non de Magalhdes, Afranio Peixoto, Paes de Oliveira, Pereira de 
Carvallo and Pereira de Rezende. 


COSTA RICA 


ANTINARCOTIC DECREE.—By virture of a presidential decree of 
March 15, 1927, and in modification of a previous regulation, the 
importation, exportation, and transit of opium through Costa Rica 
for use in smoking according to the definition of the International 
Opium Convention is prohibited. Importation of raw and pharma- 
ceutically prepared opium, cocaine, hasheesh and their derivatives or 
any other substance producing like effects, may be made only by 
pharmacies legally authorized and licensed by the Undersecretary 
of Hygiene and Public Health and the School of Pharmacy, provided 
their use is strictly medical, and then only in restricted quantities. 
Unlimited sale of said articles within the country may be made to 
pharmacies and similar establishments also duly authorized, to 
physicians, surgeons, dentists, and veterinaries for their professional 
use or at their prescription, their exportation being prohibited. The 
full text of the decree was printed in La Gaceta of March 27, 1927. 


HONDURAS 


LAW ON PARDONS AND COMMUTATION OF SENTENCE.—The Gaceta 
Oficial for May 7, 1927, publishes the law on pardons and commuta- 
tion of sentence regulating the powers granted the Executive under 
the provisions of section 10, article 113, of the Constitution. 


MEXICO 


DIVISION AND RESTITUTION OF LANDS AND WATERS.—In the Diario 
Oficial for April 27 of the current year is published the law regulating 


LEGISLATION 929 


the application of article 27 of the Federal Constitution of 1917, 
regarding the division and restitution of lands and waters. This 
law, divided into 196 articles and 2 transitory articles, grouped into 
14 chapters, determines the persons who have a right to communal 
lands; defines the agrarian authorities, their functions and powers; 
classifies the lands subject to the provisions of the law, and those 
that are exempt; and establishes the proceedings for provisional and 
definitive division and restitution of lands. All previous laws, 
decrees, and regulations on this matter are abrogated by this law, with 
some exceptions, therein specified. This law, signed April 23, 
1927, became effective on the date of its publication. 

DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME.—By executive decree of May 6, 1927, 
beginning June 10, 1927, the time in the Republic was unified, by 
replacing the hour of meridian 105° W. of Greenwich by that of 
meridian 90° W. of Greenwich, with the exception of the northern 
district of Lower California, where the hour of meridian 105° W. of 
Greenwich will be adopted. Among other advantages, this measure 
has the well-known feature of giving the public an opportunity of 
enjoying an extra hour of daylight, inasmuch as the commercial 
establishments, business offices, factories, etc., will cease their activi- 
ities 60 minutes earlier. 

NICARAGUA 


AMNESTY TO POLITICAL OFFENDERS.—On May 5, 1927, the Govern- 
ment issued a decree granting amnesty to all prisoners charged with 
political offenses since October 25, 1925, up to the date of the decree, 
and ordaining the liberation of such persons from the prisons. 

DELEGATION TO INTERPARLIAMENTARY CONFERENCE.— The delega- 
tion representing the National Congress of Nicaragua at the Inter- 
parliamentary Conference to be held in Paris in the latter part of 
August, 1927, is composed of the following Senators: Don J. Leopoldo 
Salazar, Don J. Demetrio Cuadra, and Don Santiago Callejas. 

REGULATION OF VENEREAL PROPHYLAXIS.—The Government has 
issued regulations governing venereal prophylaxis and prostitution, 
the regulations being published in the Gaceta Oficial for April 28, 29, 
and 30, 1927. 

PARAGUAY 


REGULATIONS FOR RADIO BROADCASTING.—On April 26, 1927, 
President Ayala issued regulations for the construction and operation 
of radio stations. The following is a summary of some of the more 
important provisions of the law, the full text of which was published 
in the Diario Oficial of April 27, 1927: 

No station shall be constructed or operated without a license, licenses to be 
renewed the first of each year. Only news of general interest, lectures, con- 


certs, theatrical performances, or other cultural programs shall be broadcast; 
political, religious, commercial, and other propaganda shall not predominate. 


930 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Wave lengths varying from 200 to 600 meters will be assigned to the various 
stations, this assignment to be subject to change by the Government when 
circumstances so demand; the maximum current used shall not be so great that 
it will affect the broadcasting of other authorized stations. Broadcasting hours 
shall also be determined on issuance of the permit. All persons employed in 
broadcasting shall possess certificates attesting their ability, and operators of 
experimental stations shall be licensed professionals. All stations shall be 
subject to inspection and supervision by the Minister of the Interior and the 
General Postal and Telegraph Bureau, respectively, while experimental and 
amateur stations may be closed at the discretion of the Minister of the Interior. 






5] INTERNATIONAL e 
A @ainie TREATIES 4. I Z3 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Pan AMERICAN POSTAL CONVENTIONS.—On April 13, 1927, the 
principal convention adopted at the Second Pan American Postal 
Congress, held in Mexico City in October, 1926, and the parcel post 
and postal money order agreements adopted at this same congress 
were approved by the President of the Republic after having been 
previously ratified by Congress. (Gaceta Oficial, June 1, 1927.) 


GUATEMALA-HONDURAS-SALVADOR 


CONVENTION BETWEEN SALVADOR, GUATEMALA, AND Hon- 
puRAS.—After a series of conferences held in San Salvador at the 
invitation of Salvador, the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of Guate- 
mala, Honduras, and Salvador, acting as representatives of their 
respective Governments, signed the 25th of May, 1927, a convention 
in which the three Republics agree, as a necessity of their foreign 
policy based on the principles of Central American solidarity, not 
to act singly nor separately in the examination and solution of 
problems affecting the general interests of Central America, before 
a previous exchange of ideas, either by means of diplomatic notes or 
personal conferences among the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the 
contracting States. For this purpose the convention considers as 
circumstances affecting the general interests of Central America 
the recognition of a new Government in accordance with the existing 
treaties; the declaration of war; the controversies which may arise 
with regard to questions already considered in the provisions of the 
international treaties in force; and the celebration, by one of the 
contracting nations, of any agreement, convention, or treaty with 
any non-Central American nation on matters which might affect 


INTERNATIONAL TREATIES 931 


Central American nationality. The convention calls for a regular 
-annual meeting of the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the three 
contracting Republics. The first meeting will be held in Guatemala 
next December. 

The Presidents of Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala approved 
the convention on June 4, and their executive orders, together with 
the official text of the convention, were published in the Diario 
Oficial of Salvador, the Gaceta of Honduras, and the Gwatemalteco 
of Guatemala on the 4th, 6th, and 8th of June, 1927, respectively. 


HONDURAS-SALVADOR 


ADDITIONS TO ARTICLE 7 OF TREATY OF 1918.—The Dario Oficial 
of Salvador, in its issue of May 20, 1927, published the approval 
by the National Legislative Assembly of the presidential order of 
March 4, 1927, which approved the convention on additions to 
article 7 of the treaty of free commerce, between Salvador and 
Honduras, of February 28, 1918. The convention was signed at 
Tegucigalpa by the representatives of both Governments, on Febru- 
ary 12, 1926, its object being to promote the development of means 
of communication along the border between the two countries. 


MEXICO 


INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON THE UNIFICATION OF THE METRIC 
syst—EM.—By decree of April 29, 1927, published on May 31, 1927, 
President Calles promulgated the international convention on the 
unification of the metric system, signed in Sévres, France, in October, 
1921. This convention was ratified by the Mexican Senate in Decem- 
ber, 1926. (Diario Oficial, May 31, 1927.) 

Pan AMERICAN POSTAL CONVENTIONS.—Promulgation of the 
postal conventions on postal money orders and parcel post, signed 
in the Second Pan American Postal Congress, was made by executive 
decree of March 18, 1927, published in the Diario Oficial of April 
PAS) MPs 

PANAMA 


RATIFICATION OF POSTAL CONVENTIONS.—On May 17, 1927, the 
principal convention and postal rate agreement signed by the delegate 
of Panama at the Second Pan American Postal Convention assembled 
in Mexico City in October, 1926, was ratified by an executive decree, 
the full text of which is published in the Gaceta Oficial of the same 
date. 





ER On * ANDEDUCATION ; NE 


ARGENTINA 


SAUBERAN FOUNDATION.—Senor J. B. Sauberan has given the Uni- 
versity of Buenos Aires the sum of 100,000 Argentine pesos, the 
proceeds of which are to be used to maintain annual scholarships for 
graduates of the university who wish to pursue advanced studies 
at the University of Paris. 

UNLIMITED UNIVERSITY ENROLLMENT.—The university council of 
the University of Buenos Aires has repealed the regulation restrict- 
ing the enrollment of students in the schools of medicine, dentistry, 
and pharmacy, of which notice was given in the April, 1927, Buz- 
LETIN. 

Seconp NarionaL Conaress or History.—This congress, which 
convened in July, on April 19 last presented to the American 
Academy of History a report of its labors. Resolutions. were passed 
on improving methods of teaching national history in the primary 
and secondary grades and also on more adequate methods of 
teaching provincial history and geography. It was further resolved 
that the Academy of History should organize the third congress to 
convene in the year 1929, in whatever place the academy may deem fit. 

MUNICIPAL KINDERGARTENS.—On April 30 the first municipal 
kindergarten was opened in Buenos Aires. One hundred and fifty 
children will be instructed at this kindergarten, using the Montessori 
system under the direction of Sefiora Matilde Flairoto de Ciampi, a 
specialist in this method. Plans have already been made and funds 
appropriated for establishing other municipal kindergartens. 


BOLIVIA 





TEACHERS’ RETIREMENT.—A protective measure for teachers who 
have given many years to the exercise of their profession was em- 
bodied in a decree, published last May, which states that retired 
teachers who taught more than one class and who have given over 
20 years of continuous or intermittent service shall receive the 
salaries corresponding to each class during the entire year, including 
vacations. ‘Teachers having less service to their credit shall receive 
a somewhat less amount, proportionally. The supreme decree of 
April 25, 1923, which abolished extra salaries for professors is main- 
tained in effect. (It should be explained that teachers are often 
appointed in special subjects for one or more classes.) 

932 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 933 


BRAZIL 


ScHOOL CENSUS OF FrDERAL Districr.—Preliminary figures for 
the Rio de Janeiro school census show that there are 141,123 children 
of school age in the Federal District, of whom 63.7 per cent attend 
school. 

LecTURE CouRSsES.—On June 7, 1927, a course of eight lectures on 
geology as bearing on petroleum was begun by a member of the 
Geological and Mineralogical Service under the auspices of the 
Brazilian Education Association in Rio de Janeiro. Other lectures 
on history and various subjects are given by this association. 
Another lecture course on historical subjects has been instituted in 
the navy library by Admiral Gago Coutinho. 

TEACHERS’ CONGRESS.—A teachers’ congress recently met in Bello 
Horizonte to consider the adoption of uniform textbooks for the 
schools of the State of Minas Geraes. 

First Brazinian ConGRESS OF COMMERCIAL STUDENTS.—Under 
the honorary presidency of the Minister of Agriculture the First 
Brazilian Congress of Commercial Students was opened on June 2, 
1927, in the Commercial College of Rio de Janeiro. It closed on 
June 8, after discussing the purposes of commercial training, stand- 
ards to be required for a diploma in such courses, and other related 
matters. 

ScHoout Notes.—The Brazilian Education Association has organ- 
ized a course of instruction by radio, and scientific, literary, and artistic 
subjects of study will be offered. The division of technical and higher 
education has inaugurated an interesting course of lectures. 


CHILE 


REGISTRATION IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS.—The Government Bureau of 
Primary Education reports for last April the highest registration and 
average attendance so far recorded for Chilean primary schools, 
1. e., a registration of 429,114 pupils and an average attendance 
of 344,527. 

SPELLING OF Royat ACADEMY ADOPTED.—The Government educa- 
tional authorities have prescribed that the spelling of the Royal 
Spanish Academy of Letters shall hereafter be the standard in all 
Chilean schools. It will be recalled that a simplified spelling has 
also been in use in Chile. 

COLOMBIA 


TWENTY-FIFTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF 
CotomsBian History.—The National Academy of Colombian History 
celebrated on the 11th of May, 1927, its twenty-fifth anniversary. 
The Government of Colombia, as a token of appreciation for the inval- 
uable services rendered by this institution during a quarter of a cen- 
tury, presented the academy with a new building in Bogota and 


934 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


15,000 pesos for the library and furnishings for the new premises. 
The National Academy of Colombian History is an institution that 
does honor to Colombia and to America as a whole. Since its cre- 
ation the academy has carried on an intelligent and productive work 
of education and culture. During the 25 years of its existence the 
academy has published 87 volumes, filled with important and val- 
uable studies on Colombian history, including prehistoric times, the 
colony, and the period of the struggle for independence. Its con- 
stant and praiseworthy labor has won for the academy the respect and 
esteem of all similar institutions in America and Europe. 

HEALTH EDUCATION IN THE SCHOOLS.—A presidential decree signed 
June 7, 1927, has established a complete course on individual, social, 
and public health, along the lines of a scientific plan submitted by 
the National Board of Health, to be given in the elementary, high, 
and normal schools. The course is divided into five years of two 
semesters each. . 

In the rural and night schools for workers, in addition to the regu- 
lar instruction, the children will be given educational pamphlets on 
health for use in their homes. 


COSTA RICA 


SCHOOLS FOR ADULTS.—By a recent decree reorganizing the national 
schools for adult education, the students will be divided into two 
classes, one for illiterates and the other for literates. The former 
group will receive, in the first period each evening, instruction in 
reading, writing, and arithmetic. The second group will also receive 
during the first period instruction in mathematics and language. 
During the second and third periods joint classes will be given for 
both groups, the instruction being in such subjects as drawing, sewing, 
manual arts, music, and English. All instruction given will be of a 
practical nature with a direct application to the daily life of the 
laborers. 2 

CUBA 


STUDY OF THE CONSTITUTION PROMOTED.—The Secretary of Public 
Instruction and Fine Arts has arranged to have 10,000 copies of the 
Constitution of the Republic printed for free distribution among 
teachers and pupils of the different elementary schools, in order to 
disseminate among the youth of the country a clear understanding of 
constitutional rights and civic obligations. (Courtesy of the Cuban 
Embassy in Washington.) 

CoMMERCIAL scHoots.—In the preliminary budget for the Depart- 
ment of Public Instruction, prepared by the committee in charge, 
allotments have been made for the establishment of two commercial 
schools, one to be annexed to the University of Habana and the other 
to function as an independent commercial high school. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 935 





ENROLLMENT IN Hapana Unrtversiry.—During the school year 
1925-26 the following number of students were registered at the 
University of Habana: School of law, 42 men and 46 women; school 
of medicine and pharmacy, 2,328 men and 179 women; school of 
science and letters, 775 men and 278 women, making a total enrollment 
of 3,145 men and 503 women. During that same period graduates 
from the university numbered 432 men and 75 women; of these 153 
men and 5 women graduated from the school of law; 240 men and 50 
women from the school of medicine and pharmacy, and 39 men and 
20 women from the school of science and letters. (Courtesy of the 
Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

CuBAN PROFESSOR visits Mrxico.—At the invitation of the 
Secretary of Education and of the University of Mexico, Dr. Juan J. 
Remos, professor of literature in the Provincial Institute of Habana, 
visited Mexico City recently to deliver a course of lectures on Cuban 
literature in that city. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

CoMMERCIAL scHooLs.—The decree of December 13, 1926, men- 
tioned in the March issue of the BuLuetin, has been superseded by 
a new decree of March 2, 1927, providing for the organization of an 
elementary commercial school in each of the following cities: Habana, 
Santa Clara, and Santiago. The same decree provides for the 
establishment of a higher school of commerce at the National 
University. 

GUATEMALA 


ScHoou sratistics.—The following interesting figures showing the 
progress of public education in Guatemala were taken from the 
report of the Secretary of Education for the year 1926, which was 
published in El Guatemalteco of May 16, 1927: 


Total enrollment and attendance in all schools 

















Schools Enrollment) Attendance 
PCLT a ye ae ee ee a pe 3) ONL Oar eats a A ances eres Mee 103, 859 80, 997 
FIRE EL CELE S ie GED TUT 6 eee ate eo care i eae ee ey ne uo 83 63 
INOLTT ales ai ere ae ans Se ee PLS eee nee ete eee et eee ee 850 757 
SOCON GAL aso atten ae eae Bae te oe tee See UE ae eRe eee Re RE eS | 745 616 
DCCL alee ethers Se teal at See a AE eae me en eel ar ete NPs Sale 1, 463 1, 097 
@olleges2 422 aye Ree ae a ees De SL Se ee Se ee ens Se es | 588 5 
Motalic=~ see eee tere ee See eee eee ae eS ee ae ee ee 107, 588 84, 118 





Total enrollment and attendance in primary schools 1922-1926 








Year Enrollment} Attendance 
82, 997 64, 725 

89, 484 80, 566 

92, 911 80, 819 

105, 314 77, 838 


103, 859 80, 997 














936 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


ORGANIZATION OF BOY scouTs.—According to official information 
preliminary arrangements have been made for the organization of 
boy scout troops in the schools of Guatemala City. 


HAITI 


AGRICULTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING.—Interest in agricul- 
tural and industrial training is showing a decided increase; in many 
schools the enrollment is larger than can be cared for under present 
conditions. During the month of May last the total enrollment in 
all the schools of the agricultural service reached almost 4,000. 

Thirty-four farm schools were in operation during May, employ- 
ing 49 teachers. The enrollment for these schools was reported as 
2,815, which gives an average of 82 pupils per school. 

At the Gonaives industrial school night classes have been organized 
to be held three times a week from 6.30 to 8.30 o’clock. Instruction 
is given in English and commercial subjects. (Bulletin of the 
Financial Adviser-General Receiver.) 


HONDURAS 


Prison scHooL.—The prisoners in Nacaome are to have a school, 
thanks to the efforts of Judge Enrique H. Rodriguez, who has enlisted 
the aid of the press in securing materials necessary for a school for 
adult illiterates. The press voices the hope that this will be the 
beginning of schools in all Honduran prisons. 

ARGENTINE BOOKS FOR UNIVERSITY.—The Central University of 
Tegucigalpa has received a donation of works of Argentine authors, 
which are a valuable contribution to the university library. 


MEXICO 


Second Nationat Contest or Oratory.—The final competition 
of the Second National Contest of Oratory took place in Mexico 
City, on June 12, last. Nine students, representing the States of 
Pueblo, Jalisco, Michoacan, Sinaloa, Hidalgo, Colima, Mexico, and 
Oaxaca and the Federal District, competed for the coveted title of 
champion orator. The first prize was awarded Senor Arturo Garcia 
Formenti, of Mexico City, who will represent Mexico in the Second 
International Contest of Oratory, to be held in Washington, D. C., 
October 14,1927. It is expected that for the third contest next year, 
every one of the 28 States will send a representative to compete for 
the national title of champion orator, thus adding more interest to 
this event, which has become very popular. 

ARMY OFFICERS TO SERVE AS TEACHERS.—A considerable number 
of army officers have been given the necessary training to serve as 
teachers in army schools, where the enlisted men are to be taught 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 937 


reading, writing, and elementary arithmetic. Following a strict 
policy of economy and budget reduction, the War Department is 
gradually replacing civilian teachers by army officers, and it is 
expected that within six months the entire personnel of the army 
schools will be composed of military officers. The results achieved 
in these schools are highly satisfactory, and the percentage of 
illiteracy among the troops has been greatly reduced. 

University NoteE.—Dr. W. B. Bizzell, president of the University 
of Oklahoma, has been officially invited by the National University 
of Mexico to deliver a series of lectures on agricultural problems and 
rural communities. 

PANAMA 


ScHOOL FOR INDIGENES IN Cotén.—The creation of a school for 
indigenes in Colén was officially authorized by an executive decree 
of May 4, 1927, published in the Gaceta Oficial of the same date. 
This school will be under the able direction of Sefiora Elisa de 
Guarrido, assisted by two other graduate teachers. 


PARAGUAY 


Girts TO ARGENTINE SCHOOL IN AsuNcION.—On April 23, 1927, 
in the presence of Doctor Olivera, Argentine diplomatic representa- 
tive in Asuncion, the formal presentation of a gift of school furniture 
and supplies valued at 3,800 Argentine pesos was made the Republic 
of Argentina school in that city by the National Council of Buenos 
Aires. 

AVIATION SCHOOL OPENED.—On May 28, 1927, before a dis- 
tinguished audience, including members of the diplomatic corps, the 
army, navy, and other departments of the Government, the aviation 
school was formally opened with an enrollment of 10 student pilots 
and 5 mechanics. Instruction will be in charge of the French Military 
Mission. 

PERU 


Sports IN THE University or San Marcos.—Among the 1m- 
provements undertaken for the University of San Marcos, in Lima, 
is the construction of an athletic field surrounded by large stands 
for the public. There will also be bathing facilities constructed in 
connection with the field. This university, it will be remembered, 
is the oldest in the New World, having been founded in 1551. 


SALVADOR 


ScHoou statistics.—The Report of the National Department of 
School Supervision and Administration for 1926 states that 849 
schools were in session during that year, with a total of 1,555 teach- 
ers, an enrollment of 51,933 students, 'and{anYaverage attendance 


938 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of 35,063. There were 75 private schools and 61 municipal; and 7 
kindergartens, distributed in the following manner: 4 at the national 
capital, 1 at Sonsonate, 1 at San Vicente, and another at San Miguel. 
Avronomy or THE NationaL University.—On July 1, 1927, the 
National University of Salvador began to function on a new basis of 
autonomy, in accordance with the reforms made in the report sub- 
mitted by the commission appointed to revise the statutes of that 
institution. The university is constituted as a public institution 
de jure, and will be formed by the union, in the federative form, of 
the schools of jurisprudence and social sciences; medicine; chemistry 
and pharmacy; and engineering. As annexes, and under its direction, 
the following institutes are placed: Preparatory school, school of 
diplomacy and consular service, school of government attorneys, and 
school of dentistry. The new statutes received the approval of the 
Government of Salvador by executive order of May 23, 1927. 


URUGUAY 


INAUGURATION OF ARGENTINA SCHOOL.—On May 25, 1927, before 
a distinguished company composed of educators, diplomats, dele- 
gates of the Argentine National Council of Education, and many 
others, girls’ school No. 1 of Montevideo was rededicated and named 
in honor of Argentina. . 

Grrr or BonrviAN Books.—With the idea of creating a nucleus 
around which a Bolivian section in the national library at Monte- 
video might be formed, the Bolivian Government recently presented 
that library with a number of important literary and_ scientific 
works. 

VENEZUELA 


ScHoot notes.—According to the report of the Minister of Public 
Instruction for 1926, primary education made great progress during 
that year, one of the most noteworthy accomplishments being the 
creation of 200 one-teacher Government schools and 30 graded schools 
having three teachers each. The school enrollment has increased 
25 per cent over the figure for the year 1925. 

‘“‘As regards secondary education,” the report continues, “experi- 
ence has shown the desirability of shortening the course to four years 
of study, and the present curriculum can without boasting be called 
one of the most progressive. Owing to the excellent discipline main- 
tained, secondary instruction has been made very effective.” 

On September 17, 1926, the Department of Public Instruction of 
France issued a decree to the effect that the high-school diploma 
conferred by the Venezuelan Government shall be considered equiva- 
lent to the French “Bachillerat.’”” The Venezuelan Government 
reciprocated by acknowledging the equivalence of the French sec- 
ondary school diploma to the Venezuelan. 


LABOR 939 


Progress has also been made in the normal schools, owing to the 
greater care taken in the awarding of scholarships, which is now done 
directly by the Department of Public Instruction. University 
studies have also benefited by the general program of reorganization, 
especially by the introduction of compulsory class attendance. 

The Government is considering a project for the erection of new 
school buildings as soon as circumstances will permit. 

An institute of tropical medicine has been added to the equipment 
of the Central University. 

School registration in the various types of schools was as follows in 
the month of December, 1926: Government primary schools, 63,747, 
and average attendance 45,847; 341 private schools, 15,302; 236 mu- 
nicipal schools, 10,473; 253 State schools, 9,726; special schools, 
1,618, and average attendance 1,024; secondary schools, 588, and 
attendance, 446; higher schools, 716, and average attendance 506. 





CUBA 


CusBan FrepERATION oF LABor.—On May 22 a group of workers 
representing different industries met in Habana with the purpose of 
organizing the Cuban Federation of Labor, which was duly consti- 
tuted. It was pointed out at this meeting that the efforts of this 
federation are not, and never would be, directed toward promoting 
political doctrines tending to destroy the present social system, but 
toward improving the economic and social conditions of workers, 
thus helping to develop industrial activities. Furthermore, the 
federation assumes the duty of helping members in the event of 
enforced idleness, incapacity for work, or illness, when such cases 
do not come under the provisions of the labor accident law, giving 
this assistance not in a spirit of charity but of brotherly duty and 
cooperation. 

The Cuban Federation of Labor has been duly affiliated with the 
Pan American Federation of Labor. 


MEXICO 


NATIONAL MIXED COMMISSION OF THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY.—A 
national mixed commission was established recently in accordance 
with the provisions of article 91 of the collective convention of textile 
manufacturers and workers, held in Mexico City last year. This 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


940 


article provides for the creation of three boards—factory mixed 
commission, district mixed commission, and national mixed com- 
mission. The latter will deal with all those conflicts which the two 
lower commissions have not been able to settle, and will always 
endeavor to reach a decision by means of conciliation. If this is not 
possible, the national mixed commission will decide upon the ques- 
tion by arbitration, after both parties agree to accept and obey the 
final decision. 

REPORT OF THE CENTRAL BOARDS OF CONCILIATION AND ARBITRA- 
TION.—The central boards of conciliation and arbitration submitted 
to the Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor the following 
report on industrial conflicts during 1926. This report was published 
in the Boletin Comercial of the department on May 6, 1927: 



































Numaber, ot workers | Settlements Amount 
Num- | { 
Causes of conflict ber of | Favor- 
BSE Wom-| Chil- ine thal ing the) penq-| 
Men en | dren |work-, °™ | ing In dispute | Awarded 
ers_| Ploy- 
ers 
Pesos | Pesos 
Industrial accidents __ Boar 237 362 B57] See ees 209 4 24 | 109, 626. 66 106, 247. 70 
Violation of labor contracts_- 197 | 5,593 225 ae |. 159 17 21 | 28,906. 36 15, 236. 30 
Reduction of wages_—_------- 72 337 3089 eee 70 2h pase 393. 50 5, 332. 45 
Withholding of wages_______- 1, 583 3, 148 728 8 | 1, 501 | 13 69 | 458, 711.65 | 310, 649. 72 
Unjustified dismissal ________ 3) 215 6, 145 | 1,331 20))|/ 35010) 133: 71 | 118, 277. 94 208, 618. 16 
Increase of wages denied__-__- Ol 55 281 1 | 48 | 2 1 179. 56 | 7, 666. 54 
Violation of legal working | 
NOMES Se Seek Seawater asec 30 259 61 10 BOF se Sale ek ees ae ea 2, 847. 30 
Poor administration ________- 28 82 Lil ek Ce Zi sarees 1 90. 00 468. 00 
MNiscellancous==e eee ae see 249 | 7,218 381 14) 215 24 10 3, 559.00 | 130, 263. 17 
Ro taleasnacninet sees 5, 662 | 24,299 | 3,262 | 53 | 5,270 | 195 | 197 | 719,744.67 | 782,329.34 








ARGENTINA 


CENSUS OF CHILDREN.—At the suggestion of Dr. Pedro Rueda, 
specialist in children’s diseases, founder and director of the institution 
Casa del Nino, in Rosario, a census was taken of children under two 
years of age in that city. The figures, which have recently been 
published, show a mortality of 151 per thousand. One feature of 
this census which speaks favorably for the mothers of Rosario is 
that from birth to three months 100 per cent of infants are nursed 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 941 


by their mothers and from three to six months 90 per cent are 
so fed. 

Leper cotony.—The advisory committee on regional asylums 
and hospitals has prepared plans, in accordance with a decree of the 
Ministry of Foreign Relations, for the establishment of a leper 
colony on the island of Cerrito, located at the confluence of the Alto 
Parana and Paraguay Rivers. The island of Cerrito was designated 
as the site of the leper colony by a decree of December, 1926. Accord- 
ing to the plans, the buildings for this colony will be of simple struc- 
ture and provided with all sanitary equipment. There will be 37 
buildings in all, accommodating 600 patients. The pavilion for the 
bedridden will be one story high and have 30 beds. 

ARGENTINE LEAGUE OF SoctAL PRopHyLAXIs.—At a recent meeting 
of the administrative board of this organization it was agreed to ask 
charity and welfare associations, clubs, libraries, and similar organi- 
zations to cooperate with the league in a popular campaign of health 
education by organizing lectures, arranging motion-picture exhibits 
dealing with the subject of social evils, distributing pamphlets and 
leaflets, and helping in other ways to teach the people measures to 
combat these evils. 

ANNIVERSARY OF NATIONAL PENITENTIARY.—On May 22 the 
national penitentiary of Buenos Aires celebrated the fiftieth anniver- 
sary of its founding. In the year 1905 a school was organized in the 
penitentiary for the prisoners; this school, which has 14 classrooms, 
functions every day during 11 months of the year. Attendance is 
obligatory for all prisoners, and instruction is given in four grades. 
The year that this school was opened an institute of criminology 
was also established in connection with the penitentiary, where a 
careful study is made of penal systems, jail reforms, sociology, and 
psychology. 

BRAZIL 


BrazitiaNn Muentat Hycrnnn Leacur.—A recent issue of the 
Jornal do Brasil of Rio de Janeiro contains an interesting account of 
the discussion at a meeting of the tenth study section of the Brazilian 
Mental Hygiene League, especially on the question of requiring 
health certificates from persons about to be married. Dr. Ernani 
Lopes, who brought up the question, desires to have the subject 
considered by the entire league, with a view to submitting to Congress 
a bill making such certificates compulsory. Doctor Lopes stressed 
the advantages to be obtained by still closer cooperation between 
psychiatrists and mental hygienists on the one hand and clinics on 
the other, suggesting also that an expert in metabolism should be 

56205—27—Bull. 97 


942 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


employed to make studies in hospitals for the insane, and that 
prostitutes should be examined to determine the percentage of mental 
deficiency among them. 

At the conclusion of the meeting Prof. Oscar de Souza was elected 
president of the section, Prof. Eduardo Rabello vice president, and 
Dr. Renato Kehl secretary. 

Rep Cross Nurse Day.—Red Cross Nurse Day was celebrated in 
Rio de Janeiro last June in conjunction with the distribution of 
diplomas to the new nurses enrolled in the Brazilian Red Cross and 
with the opening of the new general medical and surgical dispensary 
of that crganization. 

CHILE 


FOREIGN ADVISERS IN SOCIAL WELFARE.—Dr. Karl Mumelter and 
Dr. Hans Vogelsang, Austrian experts in social welfare, have arrived 
in Chile to advise the Ministry of Health, Social Welfare, and Labor 
on workers’ insurance and social welfare subjects in general. After 
a careful study of existing legislation and conditions they will suggest 
further beneficial legislation. 

MoTION-PICTURE CENSORSHIP.—Some time ago the city of Santi- 
ago, with the agreement of motion-picture theater owners, established 
a censorship of films, which there has been no difficulty in maintain- 
ing. It has been the practice to approve some films for adults but 
not for minors under 15 years of age. In spite of this, however, 
numerous parents continued to allow their children to frequent 
showings of films banned by the censor for minors, children sometimes 
attending alone and sometimes with their parents. The mayor of 
Santiago, with the cooperation of the theater owners, has now issued 
instructions that children under 15 are not to be allowed to be 
present at pictures disapproved for them by the censor. A police 
officer will be stationed at the theater door to secure compliance with 
this order. 

WoMEN’s ExposiTIon.—The National Society of Women Teachers 
is preparing to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the decrees issued 
by Don Anibal Pinto and Don Miguel Luis Amunategui validating 
examinations taken by women and marking the beginning of Govern- 
ment activities to promote the practical.education of women by 
holding in Santiago next October an exposition of women’s work in 
education, industry, agriculture, commerce, and management. The 
committee in charge has met with a ready response from women in 
many fields. President Ibéfez of Chile, in expressing his hearty 
commendation of the idea of the exposition in question, stated that 
he ardently desired to give the Chilean woman an adequate prepa- 
ration for the home and for work in cooperation for the common 
welfare, where she should hold an important place. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 943 


CHILEAN ATHLETES WIN INTERNATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIP.—The 
Marathon in which Chilean, Argentine, and Uruguayan athletes com- 
peted in Santiago last April was a decisive triumph for the first-named 
team. Plaza, the notable Chilean runner who won the 5,000-meter 
race (meter equals 3.28 feet), has been for years one of the famous 
distance runners of the world. It is thought that his recent triumph 
will help materially in winning full Government support for a compre- 
hensive program of physical education in the schools and recreation 
fields of Chile. 

Since 1910 these international competitions have been held, the 
victory going now to one nation, now to another. 


COLOMBIA 


CoMMISSION TO VISIT THE LEPER COLONY OF Hawatl.—A commis- 
sion of two medical men is being sent to Hawaii by the Colombian 
Government to make a study of the leper colony maintained there by 
the United States Government. This commission will study both the 
scientific and the administrative methods used in Hawaii, the former 
including the organization of work, research investigations, treat- 
ments, systems of disinfection and results achieved; and the latter, 
the organization of colonies, regulations regarding isolation in accord- 
ance with the stage of the disease, nonleper residents, accountancy 
and control of expenditures; occupations permitted the inmates; 
circulation of money in the colony; and general supervision of such 
establishments in all their different departments. Upon the com- 
pletion of this investigation the commission will submit a report, 
together with a comparison of the methods used in Hawaii and those 
in use in Colombia, making suggestions as to the reforms that should 
be introduced in the latter, from both the scientific and administrative 
points of view. The contract between the two investigators and the 
director general of the leper establishments of Colombia, together with 
the memorandum for expenditures, was approved by the Colombian 
Government and published in the Diario Oficial, of Colombia, on 
May 31, 1927. 3 
COSTA RICA 


EXPENDITURE FOR ANTIMALARIA CAMPAIGN.—According to the 
Diario de Costa Rica of May 20, 1927, President Jiménez has author- 
ized the inclusion of a sum of 100,000 colones in the budget of 1928 as 
an initial appropriation for an antimalaria campaign. 

CHILD CARE AND TRAINING.—An interesting as well as valuable 
course in child care and training has been organized in the girls’ 
academy in San José, the classes being taught by Dr. Petia Chavarria. 


944 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
CUBA 


NATIONAL MEDICAL CONGRESS.—The organizing committee of the 
Seventh National Medical Congress, at a meeting last May in 
Habana, approved the regulations for the exhibition of native medical 
products which, in connection with the medical congress, will open 
in Habana on December 11 of the present year for a period of 10 
days or more. This exhibition will be divided into two sections, inde- 
pendent of each other, one covering scientific subjects and the other 
industrial. The former will deal with eugenics, child welfare, and 
sanitary and curative measures, while in the industrial section various 
surgical instruments will be shown, with sanitary equipment, chemical 
products, specially prepared foods and other products of medical 
value. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Dominican Rep Cross.—The National Dominican Red Cross, 
founded on April 23, 1927, in Santo Domingo, in accordance with the 
Geneva treaty, has joined the League of Red Cross Societies and 
adopted its peace-time plan. The society had its origin in a resolu- 
tion passed by the Dominican Congress a year ago last May. Meet- 
ings to organize followed at the call of Gen. Horacio Vasquez, Presi- 
dent of the Republic, these meetings being attended by some of the 
most prominent people living in the capital city. The governing 
board is composed of the following members: President, Dr. Salvador 
B. Gautier, professor of medicine in the University of Santo Domingo; 
vice president, Dr. Ram6én B&ez Solar; second vice president, Sefiora 
Maria Teresa de Michelena, one of the first organizers of the society, 
and daughter of a former Minister Plenipotentiary of the Dominican 
Republic to the United States, Don José del C. Ariza; treasurer, 
Senor Francisco A. Herrera, who is also treasurer of the Republic; 
secretary, Senor Juan Tomas Mejia, a member of the National 
Council of Education. 

General Vasquez, as President of the Republic, has been made 
the honorary president of the society, which he has done so much 
toward starting. Taking a leading part in its direction are the gen- 
eral’s distinguished wife, Dofia Trina Moya de VAsquez, who is a 
poetess of renown in Spanish-speaking countries, and Dofia Carmen G. 
de Peynado, wife of Dr. Francisco J. Peynado, former Dominican 
Minister in Washington, along with other social and civic leaders, 
The society is energetically forming branches throughout the Republic. 
(The Red Cross Courier, July 1, 1927.) 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 945 


ECUADOR 


SCHOOL LUNCHES.—An innovation in the Quito schools, which 
shows an increasing activity in favor of child welfare, was the recent 
opening of a school lunch service for the pupils of the Brazil School 
in Quito. 

SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS FoR IJBarRA.—The municipality of 
Ibarra has been authorized by the Government to spend up to 10,000 
sucres for sanitation works in that city. 


HAITI 


OBLIGATORY VACCINATION AGAINST TYPHOID.—Obligatory vaccina- 
tion against typhoid was introduced last May in all public schools. 
Through the cooperation of the Secretary of Public Instruction the 
inoculation of the school children was accomplished without difficulty. 
This work will be continued until the entire school population of 
Port au Prince has been inoculated. It is interesting to note how 
popular vaccination against typhoid fever has become; during the 
month of May, when it was first introduced, 4,071 persons completed 
their vaccination, more than half of this number being school children. 
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.) 


HONDURAS 


CONSTRUCTION OF TUBERCULOSIS SANITARIUM.—The Gaceta Oficial 
for May 2, 1927, publishes a Government decree establishing a tax 
on liquors, wine, beer, and mineral waters the proceeds of which 
are to be used for the construction and maintenance of a tuberculosis 
sanitarium. 

MEXICO 


ScHOOL FARM FOR THE BLIND.—The Department of Agriculture has 
donated 75 acres of land in San Jacinto, near Mexico City, to the 
workshop for the blind, recently started, with the purpose of estab- 
lishing a school farm where the blind may learn agriculture, poultry 
raising, sericulture, etc. The farm will be equipped with modern im- 
plements for the raising and care of domestic animals and for operat- 
ing other related industries. At present only 12 residents will be 
given training and instruction at the farm. It is expected that they 
will be the first of a group of blind teachers, who will be sent to teach 
in similar establishments all over the Republic, after having been 
duly trained and prepared at the school farm. This is part of an 
intensive campaign in behalf of the blind being carried on in Mexico 
under the direction of the Department of Education, in cooperation 
with the Bureau of Public Charities, the Department of Health, 
and other agencies of the Government. The recent visit to Mexico 
of Sefior Antonio Las Heras Hervas, the well-known blind philan- 


946 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


thropist who is making a tour of different countries on this continent 
to promote the welfare of the blind, gave a considerable impulse to this 
commendable enterprise in Mexico. 


NICARAGUA 


Director oF Pusiic HEALTH APPOINTED.—On April 7, 1927, 
the President appointed Dr. Emilio Pallais Director General of Public 
Health of the Republic. 

REGULATIONS ON VENEREAL PROPHYLAXIS.—See page 929. 


PARAGUAY 


CLASSES IN NURSING AND FIRST AID.—Classes in nursing and first 
aid have been successfully organized in the Gimnasio Paraguayo of 
Asuncién by the women’s section of that institution. 

Hospital PLANNED.—In its session of May 26, 1927, the Women’s 
National Charity League passed a resolution providing for the con- 
struction of a tuberculosis hospital which will be erected in coopera- 
tion with the Government at a place which the latter shall choose. 

Visit oF FRENCH spEcIALIST.—On April 29, 1927, Dr. Emilio 
Brumpt, professor of parasitology in the medical school of the Uni- 
versity of Paris, arrived in Asuncién from Uruguay, accompanied by 
Professor Langteron, a bacteriologist, also of the University of Paris, 
and Doctor Tallicce, a Uruguayan physician. During Doctor 
Brumpt’s brief visit he delivered various lectures on subjects of 
special interest in the field on parasitology. 

MEDICAL STUDY ABROAD.—It was stated in the Diario Oficial for 
April 7, 1927, that Dr. Domingo Sanjurjo, a member of the National 
Rios sie had been commissioned to pursue a course in Malari- 
ology at the Institute of Hygiene in Paris. 


PERU 


ANTIVENEREAL LEaGuE.—The by-laws of the Antivenereal League, 
created by a decree of September 10, 1926, state that this league was 
organized for the purpose of studying the problem of social diseases 
and all subjects relating thereto, and of collaborating with the Health 
Department in a campaign against these diseases, in accordance with 
the suggestions made by the First National Antivenereal Conference. 
The league is composed of the following divisions: The honorary 
committee, the consulting board, the central executive committee, 
and the departmental and provincial committees. The duties of 
the consulting board are to review and approve the general plan for 
an antivenereal campaign prepared by the executive committee in 
accordance with the suggestions made by the First Antivenereal 
Conference, and to preside over the national conferences on venereal 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 947 


diseases to be organized every two years. The league will affiliate 
with similar organizations abroad. 

ASYLUM FOR BLIND CHILDREN.—By virtue of decree No. 5824 the 
Government has carried out the law which provides that a subsidy 
of 500 Peruvian pounds shall be allotted in the general budget of 
expenditures during the next four years for the asylum for blind 
children in Lima. 

URUGUAY 


INAUGURATION OF INTERNATIONAL AMERICAN CHILD WELFARE 
InstituTE.—By auspicious design the inauguration of the Inter- 
national American Child Welfare Institute took place in Montevideo 
on June 9, 1927, during the sessions of the International Infant 
Mortality Conference. (See following note.) Created by an act 
of the Uruguayan National Administrative Council on July 24, 1924, 
as a direct result of action taken during the Second Pan American 
Congress of the Child which met in Montevideo in 1919, and the 
succeeding Third Pan American Congress of the Child in Rio de 
Janeiro and approved by the Fourth Congress at Santiago, the insti- 
tute will be an autonomous organization supported by annual 
quotas from the member nations. With its seat in Montevideo it 
will function as a center of study, consultation, and distribution of 
knowledge, being divided into four major commissions, namely, 
Organizations and Institutions, Laws and Regulations, Statistics and 
Results, and Publications. The following acted as representatives 
of the several countries at the installations. Drs. Barros Barreto, 
Brazil; Luis Calvo Mackenna, Chile; Julio A. Bauz4, Cuba; Gregorio 
Ar4oz Alfaro, Argentina; Victor Escard6é Anaya, Ecuador; Carlos E. 
Paz Soldan, Peru; Mr. Ulysses Grant Smith, United States; Dr. Luis 
Morquio, Uruguay, and Dr. Gabriel Picén Febres, jr., Venezuela. 

CONFERENCE ON I[NrFantT Morrauitry.—Sessions of the Conference 
on Infant Mortality, the first conference ever held in South America 
under the auspices of the League of Nations, were opened in Monte- 
video on June 7, 1927. In attendance were such international experts 
as Dr. Ludvic Rajchman, medical director of the section of hygiene 
of the League of Nations; Dr. Theobaldo Madsen, director of the 
Danish Serotherapeutic Institute; Doctor Saiki, medical director of 
the Nutrition Institute in Tokio; Sefior Julian Nogueira, member of 
the league secretariat; and Drs. Gregorio Arioz Alfaro, Argentina; 
Barros Barreto, Brazil; Luis Calvo Mackenna, Chile; Leén Velasco 
Blanco, Bolivia; Luis Morquio, Uruguay; and Andrés Gubetich, Para- 
guay. The program included reports by delegates on the general 
prevailing status of infant mortality in their respective countries, 
visits to the hospital and child welfare institutions of Montevideo, 
and various lectures relative to the subject. Convinced that an 
investigation would be necessary in order to define exactly the medical 


948 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


and social causes of infant mortality before any adequate construc- 
tive work might be done, the conference resolved that— 

A complete report of infant deaths in chosen districts of Argentina, Brazil, 
Chile, and Uruguay be made; that the results of a preliminary investigation in 
Bolivia and Paraguay should be presented at the next conference meeting some- 
time during the first half of 1928; that the data be handled by the same personnel 
in charge of a similar investigation in Europe; and that as in Europe the various 
countries be asked to cooperate as much as possible in the work, and the League 
of Nations be asked to lend financial assistance. 


MATERNITY HOSPITALS.—In accordance with a recent proposal to 
establish maternity hospitals in the interior, the National Council of 
Public Welfare in its session of June 15, 1927, approved the construc- 
tion of maternity and children’s hospitals in the cities of Rocha and 


Trinidad and authorized the expenditure of 55,000 pesos for this 
purpose. 





ARGENTINA 


NEW VERSION OF NATIONAL ANTHEM.—The Chief Executive has 
signed a decree accepting as the only official version of the national 
anthem the revised score prepared by the composers José André, 
Carlos Lépez Buchardo, and Floro M. Ugarte, appointed two years 
ago as a committee to do this work. On all official occasions, both at 
home and abroad, where the national anthem is played the new version 
shall be used poommne July 9, 1927. 

Although no exact data exist on the subject, it is Beale supposed 
that the national anthem in use from the year 1813 to 1860 was the 
one originally composed by Blas Parera, which served as a basis for 
the new one. In 1860 Juan P. Esnaola, an Argentine composer of 
note, arranged a score which was accepted as official and used up to 
the present time. 

BOLIVIA 


NEW BOOKS FOR PUBLIC LIBRARY.—The public library of La Paz 
received a short time ago a gift of 118 volumes from Buenos Aires 
sent by the Protective Committee of Public Libraries of that city. 
This group of books includes works of both Argentine and foreign 
authors. 

CHILE 


CHILEAN REPRESENTATION IN THE SixtH Pan AMERICAN Con- 
FERENCE.—The press reports that the Chilean delegation to the 
Sixth International Conference of American States, often called the 


GENERAL NOTES 949 


Sixth Pan American Conference, will consist of the following dis- 
tinguished members of international repute: Sefior Emilio Bello 
Codesido, president; Senor Miguel Cruchaga Tocornal, ambassador 
of Chile in Washington; Sefior Guillermo Subercaseaux; and Dr. 
Alejandro Alvarez. The Conference meets in Habana in January, 
1928. 

CUBA 


TWENTY-FIFTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE ReEpuBLIc.—On May 20, 
1927, the twenty-fifth anniversary of the independence of Cuba was 
celebrated with elaborate and appropriate ceremonies. At a cabinet 
meeting held on this occasion it was determined to issue a new stamp 
of 25 cents denomination to commemorate this anniversary. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

Mortuer’s Day proposep.—A bill has been presented to Congress 
proposing the celebration of Mother’s Day throughout the Republic 
on the second Sunday of each year. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy 
in Washington.) 

Detecates TO [BERO-AMERICAN Exposition.—The Chief Execu- 
tive has appointed Col. Enrique Quifiones as Cuban representative to 
the Ibero-American Exposition to be held in Seville, from October, 
1928, to July, 1929, and Sefior Julian Martinez Castells, technical 
director of the Cuban pavilion to be erected on the exposition grounds. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 





DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


PRESIDENT VASQUEZ HONORED.—The National Academy of History 
and Geography of Mexico has conferred the title of honorary acade- 
mician on President Horacio Vasquez and the right to wear the gold 
medal of the academy. 

ECUADOR 


Quiro Rorary Cius.—Last May the Rotary Club of Quito was 
formally organized in that city with 24 members representing various 
professions, social activities, and business organizations. The board 
of directors of the club was constituted as follows: President, Dr. 
Humberto Albornoz; vice president, Sefor Miguel A. Albornoz; 
secretary, Dr. Eduardo Salazar; treasurer, Sefior Fernando Pérez 
Pallares; and counselor, Dr. Manuel Benigno Cueva. 

New BUILDINGS.—A fine addition to the group of public buildings 
in the Ecuadorean capital was made when, on May 24 last, the new 
Palace of Communications was inaugurated in Quito. An impressive 
ceremony was held on this occasion. The Minister of Public Instruc- 
tion, in making the opening address, commented on the advantages of 
having beautiful and adequate quarters for the postal and telegraph 
services of the Republic. 


950 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


GUATEMALA 


New Casinet AND DestGNaTEs.—The new Cabinet of President 
Chacon as announced in the Diario de Centro-America, Guatemala 
City, of May 31, 1927, is as follows: Secretary of Foreign Relations, 
Dr. Luis Toledo Herrarte; Secretary of State, Lic. Alberto Paz y Paz; 
Secretary of the Treasury, Don R. Felipe Solares; Secretary of War, 
General Miguel Larrave; Secretary of Public Education, Lic. J. 
Antonio Villacorta; Secretary of Promotion, Lic. Adalberto Aguilar 
Fuentes; Secretary of Agriculture, Lic. Mariano Lopez Pacheco. 

Gen. Miguel Larrave and Gen. Mauro de Leon were elected, 
respectively, First and Second Designates to the Presidency for the 
year 1927-28 by the Legislative Assembly on April 29, 1927. 


HONDURAS 


STREET NAMED FOR Lisperator.—In March, 1927, Congress 
approved the renaming of Calle de Comercio of Tegucigalpa for 
Simon Bolivar as a representative of the Ibero-American race and 
as defender of the liberty of the confederation of Spanish-speaking 


nations of America. 
PARAGUAY 


NATIONAL INDEPENDENCE DAY.—The one hundred and sixteenth 
anniversary of national independence was celebrated by Paraguay 
on May 14 and 15, 1927. May 13 was set aside as children’s day, 
and the celebrations continued throughout the following week, 
diplomatic and other representatives of the various countries in 
Asuncion heartily participating. 

GuUARAN{ Dictronary.—According to recent information a Salesian 
father, Padre Justo Botottignoli, has concluded work on a Spanish- 
Guarani and Guarani-Spanish dictionary. This work is said to 
contain all known Guarani words, some 3,000 in all. The Guarani 
Indians are the indigenes of Paraguay. 


PERU 


WaTER SUPPLY FoR Cuzco.—On May 30 the waterworks recently 
completed for providing the city of Cuzco with drinking water were 
formally inaugurated. The water is brought from Ccorccor, 20 
kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 mile) distant, to the Piccho reservoir 
at Cuzco. These reservoirs are built of reinforced concrete and have 
a capacity of 360,000,000 liters (quarts). 


VENEZUELA 


FRENCH TRIBUTE TO BoLtivar.—Information has been received that 
the official inauguration of the Parisian boulevard recently named 
l’ Avenue Simén Bolivar in honor of that great patriot, took place on 
May 7, 1927. er 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO JULY 15, 1927 




















Subject Date Author 
ARGENTINA 
1927 
Annual report on commerce and industries for the year 1926_-_-_-_- Apr. 18 | Harvey S. Gerry, vice consul 
ras : at Buenos Aires. 
Condition of Buenos Aires banks, including branches in Argen- | June 13 | Dana C. Sycks, consul in 
tina, at close of business on Apr. 30, 1927. charge at Buenos Aires. | 
BOLIVIA 
Automobile roads completed and to be constructed__________---- May 24 | Legation, 
New service over the Bolivian railway and the Atocha-Villazon | May 26 Do. 
ine. 
BRAZIL 
BhesngarnindustryOn FE Spinitoys antoesa = ane as ee May 1/| John W. Brunk, vice consul 
at Victoria. 
Hoadibuildin sinkthelstateopbahiames sss easel e eee aw eee May 2 | Howard Donovan, consul at 
Bahia. 
Annual report of the fire and marine insurance company of Bahia_| May 9 Do. 
Budget of the State of Rio Grande do Norte, 1927____----------- Pad ovess Archer Woodford, vice con- 
sul at Pernambuco. 
Annual message of the Governor of Espirito Santo____---------- May 14 | John W. Brunk. 
Population (school age) of Rio de Janeiro____._.._._-_------------- May 17 | Claude I. Dawson, consul 
general at Rio de Janeiro. 
@oaliproductioniduning 926s ee eee peedosie: Do. 
Brief survey of conditions and construction activities in State of | May 28 | Fred E. Huhlein, consul at 
Rio Grande do Sul. Porto Alegre. 
iBahiaipaperim anke tessxeses serene eee ee eee May 29 | Howard Donovan. 
Bahia coffee exposts during April, 1927_____.__.-._-------------- May 30 Do. 
imiportsiat Bahiaduning Nianchyl927eseses seen nee ee May 31 Do. 
Amazon Valley rubber market for May, 1927___-_--------------- June 4] J ohm B. Minter, consul at 
ara. 
LeyeVAUHE NOL THENU DRO VOI Tn TO PL eee eee aeeeee June 9 | Rudolf Cahn, vice consul at 
Rio de Janeiro. 
Private construction in Rio de Janeiro during the year 1926___--- June 17 Do. 
Review of commerce and industries at Bahia for 1926___--------- June 15 | Howard Donovan. 
Coffee agreement, conference held May 23 to 29, 1927, at Sao | June 20 | C. R. Cameron. 
aulo. 
CHILE 
Annual review of commerce and industries for the year 1926_-_--- May 16 | C. F. Deichman, consul gen- 
eral at Valparaiso. 
Soap market in south-central Chile__._.._...__----_------------- May 24 | Camden L. McLain, consul 
at Concepcion. 
Wheat production and flour milling in the Concepcion consular | June 1 Do. 
district. 
Bill for regulation of the nitrate industry_____------------------ June 7 | C. F. Deichman. 
COLOMBIA 
Exports of crude petroleum from Cartagena, during May, 1927--| June 2 | Edward B. Rand, vice con- 
sul in charge, Cartagena. 
Proposed Barranquilla-Cartagena railway__------------- eee June 10 Do. 
COSTA RICA 
Annual statistics for the Republic of Costa Rica_._.._-_--------- June 24 | Legation. 
New wireless station opened at Puerto Jiménez, Gulf of Dulce-__|---do____- Do. é 
Vital statistics and condition of living.........------------------ June 28 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice 
consul in charge, San Jose. 
CUBA 
Highway construction in Province of Matanzas, in 1926__.-.---- June 2 Pu gusLUs Ostertag, consul at 
atanzas. 
Sugar production in Santiago de Cuba consular district for 1926-27] June 4 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at 
Santiago de Cuba. : 
Review of commerce and industries for May, 1927___------------ June 9} Edward Caffery, consul in 
charge at Habana. 
Annual report of Cienfuegos consular district for #926__.--------- June 30 | Lucien N. Sullivan, consul at 
Cienfuegos. 
Review of commerce and industries for Matanzas, quarter ended |--.do_---- Augustus Ostertag. 


June 30, 1927. 





951 


952 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Reports received to July 15, 1927—Continuea 











Subject Date Author 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
1927 
Trade currents in the Dominican Republic; trade balances from | May 16 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul 
1905 to 1926. at Santo Domingo. 
Dominican Government revenues for May, 1927___-.------------ June 16 Do. 
Sugar production, Dec. 26 to June 1, 1927_______.__----_--------- June 1 Do. 
ECUADOR 
New post-office building in Quito, opened May 23, 1927___.____- June 15 | Legation. 
GUATEMALA 
Mheyleathermanket im Guatemalawe ss =) sae seas sae eee eee May 12) G. Otis Ogden, vice consul at 
Guatemala City. 
Report on commerce and industries for May, 1927___-------_--_- June 9] B. B. Bliss, vice consul in 
charge, Guatemala City. 
HAITI 
Vital statistics and living conditions in Port au Prince_-___-____ May 20} Maurice P. Dunlap, consul 
at Port au Prince. 
Economic and commercial summary for May, 1927_____--_-_--_- June 29 Do. 
HONDURAS 
New import and export tariff for Honduras, effective Aug. 1,1927_. May 10 | Legation. 
Review of commerce and indutries for April, 1927______________- | May 15] Geo. P. Shaw, consul at 
: : Tegucigalpa. 
Report on the trade-marks and patents registered in Honduras | June 4 Do. 
during fiscal year 1925-26. i 
Vital statistics and living conditions, Puerto Castilla____._______ | June 10 |! Winfield H. Scott, vice con- 
{ art : | _ sul at Puerto Castilla. 
Vital statistics and living conditions in the district of La Ceiba__| June 16 | Nelson R. Park, consul at 
| La Ceiba. 
NICARAGUA | 
Review of commerce and industries for year, 1926_.________- ace a: May 10) Christian T. Steger, consul 
| ‘at Corinto. 
Imports of sugar, and review for western Nicaragua_____________ June 2 Do. 
PANAMA 
Report on commerce and industries for May, 1927_______________ June 11 H. D. Myers, vice consul at 
Panama City. 
PERU 
Review of commerce and general conditions for April and May, | May 31 Geo. A. Makinson, consul at 
1927. Callao-Lima. 
SALVADOR 
Report on commerce and industries of Salvador for May, 1927___.| June 1} W. J. Cafferty, consul at 
: salad Pay ts | | San Salvador. 
Vital statistics and living conditions in Salvador________________ | June 15 | Do. 
VENEZUELA 
The coffee crop and market for Puerto Cabello district__________ June 28 | George R. Phetan, vice con- 
sul at Puerto Cabello. 











eS 





The New President of Uruguay 


Pan American Conference of Jurists 


Hunting Experiences in Zacatecas 
By A. D. Sproat. 


Triumph of Noted Chilean Soprano 
A Chilean Goya 
Feeding Rio de Janeiro 


Argentina’s Increasingly Notable Development in the Field of Manu- 
LAC LUIEC SM (x1LGLO GMC J) 1S) Rumen meena ee au pol cae aren TO Sine oh me ogee eae 


Hydroelectrics Developmenti ini Mexicos 022 2 ee ee 
By Peter R. Gadd, Pacific Coast Engineering Construction Expert. 


Education of the Blind in Argentina 


Guide to Colonial Monuments in Santo Domingo 


First Annual Pacific Foreign Trade and Travel Exposition 


Asricuitune industryevandaC@ominierceses = 2 0 seem lees le es 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Repub- 
lic — Ecuador — Guatemala — Haiti—Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Panama—Para- 
guay—Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela. 
LYCOS Onyel IsinenCiell Ait Be ee 
Argentina—Brazil—Colombia—Costa Rica—Ecuador—Paraguay. 
Tie SIS la tio meee ss ater ee ey SE ged ety 35 ee Sede Sy ve 
Cuba— Mexico—Nicaragua—Salvador. 
Internationale Tre atic seeamwese ese Me oe ee a ys eras eee eee on ron 
Cuba-Dominican Republic—Dominican Republic-Haiti—Panama. 
JPG IONS BIO EyaGl IChiICReMme == ee ee 


Argentina — Brazil — Chile—Costa Rica—Guatemala—Honduras—Mexico—Nicaragua— 
Panama—Paraguay— Peru—Uruguay. 








Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Ecuador—Panama—Peru—Salvador. 


SOciaIMPropres smear ee 20 ca an ia esha a eee eee MA 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Guate- 
mala—H aiti—Honduras—Mexico—Paraguay—Peru—Venezuela. 
GenenaleNote seem utemumim iar Jee ec Sut ea ed all iS Se Ee es ie ee A ea 
Bolivia—Colombia—Cuba—Ecuador—Peru. 


SubjectaMatvermotaconsularyReports¢s)-) =) 5 5. ee ee ee 





971 
975 
978 


990 
1010 


1015 
1017 
1021 
1023 


1035 


1038 


1039 


1040 


1047 


1049 


1055 


1057 





Courtesy of José Richling. 
DR. JUAN CAMPISTEGUY, PRESIDENT OF URUGUAY 


Inaugurated March 1, 1927, for a term of four years 









Al 
oO ra 
Qn hn 





























N the presidential elections held in Uruguay in November, 1926, 
Dr. Juan Campisteguy, candidate of the Partido Colorado, was 
successful, being inaugurated March 1 of the present year tor 
the term 1927-1931. 

The new President of the Republic was born in Montevideo in 
1859, the son of Don Martin Campisteguy and Dofia Maria Osolis 
de Campisteguy, both of Basque extraction. The President’s father, 
who had first settled in Buenos Aires, decided to leave that city when 
Rosas assumed the dictatorship and settle in Montevideo. There 
he enlisted in the Foreign Legion in 1846, participating in the capture 
of Paysandit, in which battle he was seriously wounded. 

It was no doubt from his father that Doctor Campisteguy inher- 
ited the military spirit which he later displayed so successfully in 
certain civil struggles. At the age of 15, after completing his ele- 
mentary studies in a private school, he enlisted as a volunteer in 
the Third Regiment of Chasseurs, in which he was later promoted 
to the rank of second lieutenant. In 1877 he abandoned the mili- 
tary career to enter the University of Montevideo, from which he was 
graduated four years later with the degree of bachelor of science and 
letters. During his university course he was one of the founders of 
several scientific and social clubs, among them the university club 
and the gun and gymnasium club of Montevideo. In 1883, while 
still a student in the law school, he was appointed professor of 
history, philosophy, mathematics, and geography in the university 
named, a position he retained until 1886 when he was graduated with 
honors, still further increased by his brilliant thesis ‘Brief consider- 
ations on nationality and citizenship.” 

953 


954 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


At the end of the revolution of 1886, during which he served as 
captain of the First Battalion of the Army, Doctor Campisteguy 
with Dr. José Batlle y Orddéfiez established the well-known daily, El 
Dia, in whose columns he has consistently proclaimed the principles 
of his party. A decade or more later he became president of the 
board of directors of the Electric Power Co. 

During a long and meritorious parliamentary career he has always 
been distinguished by his gift of oratory and ability as a statesman 
of a high order. On several occasions he was elected Deputy to the 
National Assembly and, later, Senator, having served also as President 
of the Senate. In 1891 he rendered distinguished service as an influ- 
ential member of the finance commission through his plans for the 
currency system. In 1897 he was appointed Secretary of the Treas- 
ury, a cabinet post which he held a second time under President 
Cuestas. In 1898 Doctor Campisteguy was appointed commandei 
of the Third Battalion of the National Guard and, in 1899, member of 
the Council of State. 

Upon his return from a protracted European trip, Doctor Campiste- 
euy was appointed Minister of the Interior by President Batlle y 
Ordéfiez. In the elections of 1916 he was nominated by his party 
for the presidency of the General Constitutional Assembly, and in 
1920 was elected member of the General Council of Administration. 


The BuLuetin of the Pan American Union, in presenting its respect- 
ful greetings and felicitations to the new Chief Executive, expresses 
the sincere wish that during his term of office Uruguay may continue 
to advance in those paths of orderly peace, progress, and culture 
in which it has made such notable progress for so many years. 





ERICAN CONFER- 


RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL, APRIL 17-MAY 21 


















HE Pan American Conference of Jurists, which took place in 

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, April 17 to May 21, 1927, in con- 

formity with a resolution of the Fifth International Confer- 

ence of American States which met in Santiago, Chile, in 

1922, is regarded generally as from some points of view the most 

significant of Pan American or other international gatherings ever 
held. 

The unusual interest attached to this conference is due both to 
the outstanding importance of the themes listed in its agenda, the 
peculiar opportuneness of their discussion at the present time, the 
frank and amicable thoroughness which marked the discussions 
throughout, and the practical value of the resolutions adopted, all 
of which was so ably set forth by Dr. James Brown Scott, the head 
of the United States delegation, in his masterly résumé in the Sep- 
tember issue of this publication. 

No account of this conference would be complete without some 
mention, however brief, of the gracious, generous, and joyous hos- 
pitality extended by the Brazilian Government and people to the 
delegates and other distinguished guests who, as members or ob- 
servers, participated in this great international meeting. Latin 
American hospitality is proverbial for its spontaneous open-handed- 
ness, but the Brazilian brand, in harmony with the lavish exuber- 
ance of its tropical soil and genial atmosphere, has seldom been 
equaled and never excelled. 

The official program for the entertainment of the delegates included 
a succession of brilliant receptions, lunches, dinners, gala perform- 
ances, including a special series of horse races and other sporting 
events, in addition to a number of carefully planned sight-seeing 
excursions in which the delegates and the ladies of their party were 
taken to the most notable points of interest in the vicinity of a 
capital which for sheer beauty and picturesque detail holds the blue 
ribbon among the capitals of the world. 

Among the foregoing, special mention must be made of the ‘yall Rout 
reception, followed by a grand ball, given by the president of the 
conference and Senhora Epitacio de Pessoa, which was attended by 
the entire diplomatic corps, highest Government officials and political 
personages, and the cream of Rio de Janeiro society; the banquet 

955 


956 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


given by the Ambassador of Mexico and Sefiora de Ortiz Rubio at 
the Mexican Embassy, at which the Secretary of State of Brazil and 
Senhora de Mangabeira presided; the splendid luncheon by the 
Minister of Justice and the Interior, who was also host, later, in a 
short excursion by sea in which the delegates were afforded a superb 
glimpse of the harbor and the Lloyd-Brasileiro plant; that most pic- 
turesque excursion by electric train to the top of ““O Corcovado”’ 
and the sumptuous lunch al fresco at the halfway station given by 
the prefect of the Federal District of Brazil; the gala day at the 
Jockey Club by the members thereof; and the regal banquet given 
by the Secretary of State of Brazil in the Itamaraty Palace. 

In addition to these official attentions there was a constant 
series of receptions, lunches, teas, and dinners given by the resident 
American ambassadors and ministers in honor of their respective 
national delegations, as well as those given by noted jurists and other 
leaders in the social life of the Brazilian capital. 

It being impossible, for reasons of space, to reproduce here in 
their entirety the numerous eloquent and otherwise notable speeches 
made by the delegates during the conference, choice has been limited 
to the address of welcome in the inaugural session by his excellency, 
Dr. Octavio Mangabeira, Minister of Foreign Relations of Brazil; 
that of Dr. Victor Maurtua, minister plenipotentiary and delegate 
from Peru, on behalf of the delegates, in response; and the closing 
address in the last session by Dr. Epitacio Pessoa, president of the 
congress and former President of Brazil, the complete text of each of 
which follows in the order named. 


ADDRESS OF SENHOR OCTAVIO MANGABEIRA 


GENTLEMEN: In the name of the Brazilian Government to whom it is a source 
of great pleasure that Rio de Janeiro has again been chosen as the seat of the 
Pan American Conference of Jurists, it is my privilege to greet you who, repre- 
senting the spirit of America seek, apart from the rest of the world, as it were, 
to achieve a glorious ideal which aims to discover, in the rules of right converted 
into law among the nations, the foundations for fraternity among the peoples of 
the earth. 

It is, indeed, a happy thought and a blessed inspiration to which we are 
indebted for the good fortune of: coming together again to-day. From the 
north, from the center, and from the south; from the Atlantic and from the 
Pacific; crossing the Andes and the Plata the three Americas have come together 
and here joined hands. What an occasion for grateful emotions! What a 
luminous spectacle is this, and yet how simple! The countries of America are 
here united through the highest expression of their juridical culture, without 
privilege and without distinction, on the same footing of equality, both great 
and small, to substitute for their own frontiers a legality which protects them as 
if they were but one single people. In no better way could we align ourselves 
with the old continent of Europe from which we have all sprung. 

It is not possible for you to effect at one single stroke an entire codification of 
international law, nor would it be reasonable for me to request you to do so, in 
view of the nature of the problems which arise in the hypothesis, both in the 


PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF JURISTS 957 


dominion of public law and in the dominion of private law. And yet I entertain 
no doubt that with the valuable elements contained in the project which you 
have in hand, and with others which may arise in the course of your sessions, 
each one of you will have contributed both efficaciously and practically to the 
erection of a noble monument built, it is true, on American soil, but raised never- 
theless to the civilization of all mankind. 

Masters of law, statesmen, that which you have undertaken you will perform 
with a wisdom which shall be commensurate with your great responsibilities. 
Your Governments expect you to do justice; and to do justice is the true aim 
of your endeavors. 

But whatever be the outcome, the simple fact of the meeting which we are 
about to hold is sufficient in itself to mark an enduring and beautiful page in 
our international life. It is not only our degree of culture which is being mani- 
fested here. It is the purity of the atmosphere in this region of the globe. Law 
is not only the dry text in which it is recorded; it is also, and perhaps chiefly, a 
feeling which has been engendered. Above the letter of the resolutions, above 
the institutes, and above whatever formulas may be elaborated, that which you 
proclaim, that which this assembly itself will express from the moment it is 
installed, is that a juridical conscience rules this continent and that this con- 
science will impel the respective Governments—will appeal to the people them- 
selves—and will never in any conceivable case seek through force that which it 
is only permissible to seek in the field of law. 

The nations of America which fraternize in this conclave of jurists are at the 
same time registering their oath of allegiance to the era of peace and justice 
which, in the service of humanity, shall flourish in the New World. 

Gentlemen, I bid you welcome for all that you represent, welcome for your 
illustrious personalities, for the sister nations who have sent you, and for the 
dignity of the mission which you are about to fulfill. It is a source of deep pleas- 
ure for the Brazilian Nation to receive your visit, and it is her hope that at the 
conclusion of your sessions she may be the first to interpret the just measure of 
your merits. 

And now, in the name of the President of the United States of Brazil, I have 
the honor to call to order the second meeting of the Pan American Conference of 
Jurists. 


ADDRESS OF DR. VICTOR MAURTUA 


Your ExcreLLENcY THE MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS: 

We have heard your eloquent and cordial words with feelings of the deepest 
pleasure. In speaking to us in such a captivating and fraternal manner, you have 
shown yourself a worthy representative of the culture and courtesy of this country- 
You have correctly interpreted the sentiments of Brazil when you referred with 
enthusiasm to your hope that our labors may be fruitful in rich results. 

We are well aware, Mr. Minister, that this is the Brazil of all time. Its history 
is one of uninterrupted progress and an illustration in practice of juridical thought. 
Its independence, more than a revolution, was a sort of juridical corollary which, 
without violence, transformed the institutions then in force. And, laying aside 
as unnecessary any other proof, I will say that this moment and this fact—our 
presence here as technicians by order of the Governments of America to work in 
the elaboration of external law, its evolution and progress—is properly speaking 
an expression of the juridical sentiment of your country. 

I remember well, as if it were but yesterday, the initiative of the Brazilian 
delegate to the First Pan American Conference held in Mexico. I recall the figure 
of that venerable statesman, José Hygino, handsome, tall, slender, with the serene 
gravity of a sage, with the tranquil eye of a good and just man, as he arose in the 


958 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


historic hall of Juarez Palace and, like one inspired, gave expression to his fears 
and hopes with respect to the juridical organization of America. I believe that 
was without doubt the conference of greatest value in the history of Pan America. 
From it arose the movement the most recent phase in whose evolution has given 
us the good fortune of coming to this beautiful country, whose greatness we salute 
in your person, Mr. Minister, offering you the homage of our affection as Ameri- 
cans, and of our admiration as students of the science of law. 

Gentlemen, it has not been an easy task to formulate the definition of our 
work of “‘codification.”” Cognizant of the obstacles which in recent times have 
attended every attempt toward its condensation and realization, we are able to 
estimate its difficulty. The first concrete formula I find is that of Caracas, 1883. 
Nine nations there assembled in conference clearly established the necessity of 
agreement on various matters of public law, particularly on the “unification” of 
private international law. At a later date, attention was directed to codes of 
international law. Bentham with his proposal to the President of the United 
States planted this idea and invested it with his prestige. This proposal was 
sueceeded by similar projects in Europe and America, the most important with 
which we are acquainted being those of Lieber, Bluntschli, Dudley Field, Fiori, 
and, among us, of Pessoa, Lafayette, and Bustamante. Everything considered, 
the work at Lima and Montevideo on private international law is of this char- 
acter. An attempt was also made to organize a commission of American and 
European jurists, and this attempt was strong in the First Pan American Con- 
ference. Previous to this time, belief was mainly in the desirability of an artistic 
construction of all branches of law in the regulation of peace and war, a construc- 
tion which was to include all the relations between States. In this irregular 
fashion, expression was given to the vague and scattered thought originating in 
the struggle for independence. . 

During the juridical development of ancient law no code appears. Production 
must be active and free. The code crystallizes when it ceases to be dynamic, 
because all relations have become saturated by the controlling norms. This 
explains why the Roman codification appears at a propitious moment. 

Codes, in modern law, have their origin in the heat of great political upheavals 
which, carefully observed, are seen to be the superficial exponents of profound 
transformations in the juridical conscience. The Napoleonic Code expands and 
contracts in the field of practicability in a manner suggestive of the extension 
and contraction of the power which imposed it on European law. In modern 
times, codes imperfectly express in an organic body of law spontaneous juridic 
and popular production. But this is the formal aspect of the subject only. It 
is necessary to know what is dealt with, what is the real material which is to 
serve as the basis of a system of international legislation, whether in the form of 
codes, or in the form of conventions, or in partial compilations. 

We in America must consider two classes of law as codifiable matter, namely, 
public law and private law. American private law is a fact which juridical 
sociology has established with perfect clarity. The legislation of the conquering 
European nations encountered a more or less developed juridical life in this 
continent. Indigenous law and imported law conflicted, as they always will, 
when a living and ruling entity must struggle against that which strives to 
usurp and destroy it. Spirit is ever the greatest force in life, whether we call 
it custom—the form of existence which is the natural and unconscious (later 
conscious) response to the vital course and rhythm of life—or whether we call it 
law, which is the voluntary form, abstracted by meditation and deepened and 
reduced toasystem. From the struggle during three centuries between these two 
kinds of law there arose a series of institutions and norms which are neither 
wholly Anglo-Saxon law nor entirely Spanish or Portuguese law but, instead, a 


PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF JURISTS . 959 


mixed law possessing unmistakable features. They constitute American priv ate 
law. 

In the international coordination of American private law the problems are 
of intense continental interest. Almost everywhere in America private legis- 
lation is derived from the same sources and is informed by the same spirit, 
The difference noticeable at certain points lies in the norms of international 
private law. We now seek an American policy in this transcendental matter. 
We are not interested in the rules of international private law in inter-American 
relations, because our countries, still in the period of formation, are not exporters 
of men but of merchandise. Our policy might well be that of seeking the rules 
which favor the assimilation of Kuropean demographic elements. I do not 
intend to state these rules. But while we must start from the basis of a diverg- 
ence of opinion, we are agreed that the policy of the international law we seek 
should be directed toward greater internal cohesion and strength in all the 
republics. 

Emigrating nations and exporting nations are necessarily compelled to follow 
different systems. These two systems are perfectly political; the first being 
one of expansion, of influence and exterior protection, the second should be one 
of unification and interior protection. It should be observed, however, that 
there are different types of exporting nations—those which export men, those 
which export service and merchandise, those which export gold, and those which 
export culture. The economical conditions, which are the complements each 
of the other, will naturally determine the mutual understandings and agree- 
ments. These reciprocal currents are set in motion only with the greatest diffi- 
culty, and it is from the operation of the resulting exchanges that we reach 
conclusions as to the problems of nationality, as to the status of the children 
of foreigners, and the most adequate personal laws. In these problems there 
is not nor will there ever be any question of rivalry, neither of conflict in internal 
legislation, because no country can achieve any advantage which will give its 
system a dominating position. The only possible advantage would consist in 
the adoption by all the republics of a rule or norm which shall be beneficial to 
all in the solution of legal conflicts. This done, all other questions may then 
be legislated upon with the greatest ease. This has been amply demonstrated 
by our most eminent masters of international law in numerous studies and 
publications, among which may be mentioned those of Professors Bustamante, 
Rodrigo Octavio, Varela, and Baez. 

In the formation of public international law, we must also follow a clearly 
defined and sincere political trend. There is no need to hesitate over the use of 
the term “political.” All life is political. Law without politics would lack 
both practical reason and finality. Any scientific speculation without political 
trend in the field of international matters is but a sterile play of words. Ruy 
Barbosa, at The Hague, in what was perhaps the greatest oratorical triumph of 
his marvelous career, when defining in Ciceronian periods the relations between 
international law and politics exclaimed: ‘‘There is nothing more eminently 
political than sovereignty, and there is nothing more courageously political than 
the attempt to outline its boundaries. Do we wish to eschew politics? If so, 
we seek to satisfy ourselves with mere words and not with realities. Politics 
is the atmosphere of States. Politics is the region of international law. Whence 
and from what does international law emanate if not from politics? How shall 
we, therefore, exile politics from an assembly of freemen who have met to stamp 
a conventional form on the laws of nations? We have nothing to do either 
with the internal affairs of States or their international affairs, nor with the 
quarrels which divide nations, the litigations which spring from national pride, 
ambition, honor, neither with questions of influence, equilibrium, or predomi- 
nance. Ours is the politics of truth. Never has politics been considered a 


960 . THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


science, never has politics been studied as history, never has politics been studied 
as a moral law. As soon as we begin to make international domestic laws for 
the nations, we are at once compelled to take into consideration the suscepti- 
bility, necessity, and utility of each product, in the face of tradition, the existing 
state of public feeling, the degree of interest which animates the people and 
rules the government. And what is all this but polities?” 

Now, gentlemen, there are several political directions possible in the regulation 
of American public international law. I shall not attempt here to do more than 
expound the doctrines of each. American public international law may in a 
certain sense be interpreted as a series of problems or juridical situations peculiar 
to the American Continent. It may be said that this series is derived from con- 
ditions related to geographical proximity, to history, language, religion, and 
similarity of democratic institutions. In the opinion of some, this series, never- 
theless, might not present a sufficiently respectable body of constantly growing 
relations to constitute a specific law; moreover, the geographic and sociological 
conditions might not be sufficient to justify that law, since history records the 
case of nations, or groups of nations, which, inhabiting the same region and 
having the same origin, the same language and the same gods, have yet never 
reached a conception of juridical unity. Hence some other specific element 
must be adduced to explain our American public international law, one which 
invests it with greater spirituality and which permits it a loftier flight. 

There is another doctrine which might be called the Bolivarian doctrine, 
because the great liberator, Bolivar, felt and defined it. According to this 
doctrine, American international law derives from superior concepts which imply 
a “unity of soul.””’ And what happens in the formation of States happens also 
in the development of international regional life. Nations are made not by 
geography or language, nor by religion or interest; they are made by the law 
of life as expressed in events. They are molded by an interior force which, 
imparting to them its spirit and features, imposes their destiny. The different 
groups of nations, the various international regions, found their origins in facts. 
Europe throughout its tremendous struggles constitutes an organic whole. 
America constitutes another. This does not mean that the world is to be divided 
materially, nor that certain groups are to be opposed to others. What is meant 
is a phenomenon of morphology: Forms of life which each sees for himself with 
greater clearness than by any explanation. In the conception of a ‘unity of 
soul” in this continent, a conception which was the result of the supreme 
upheaval of the emancipating revolutions, revived by the recent shock of the 
World War, would be found the outline of an ample policy of American legisla- 
tion, including the possibilities for a series of organizations and norms leading 
to a reciprocal security, a necessary interdependence and an intensely active 
cooperation. A policy, in short, looking toward the gradual organization of 
this continent within the limits permitted by the consciousness of unity. Here 
is a policy, firm, clear, energetic, courageous, capable of vitalizing an eminently 
constructive legislation. Here is the policy which Bolfvar promulgated in the 
imposing periods which stamped him as a source of ideas. 

But this is not the only policy. Negative opinions with respect to American 
international law are possible, in accordance with which the only thing to be 
done is to adapt universal law to the peculiar conditions of this continent— 
thereby removing America as a specific factor in the world’s human community, 
Thus no continental unity would be recognized; legislative action would be 
directed toward the regulation of restricted material and more or less common 
interests. No coordination of American members capable of subjecting them 
to special norms of transcendental character would be possible among the free 
and sovereign nations. In short, the American “atomic” doctrine would be 
placed in opposition to the doctrine of unity. 


PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF JURISTS 961 


I am not playing with words. I simply enumerate concepts drawn from life 
which, in one sense or another, must serve as the basis for any serious construc- 
tive work in American international legislation. ‘There is no opportunity to 
work on abstractions. We must not interpose books between things and the 
concepts of things. Our studies of international regulation must rest on the real 
necessities of the region which has been apportioned us on the globe, on the 
feeling and aspirations of those who inhabit it, on the destinies to which our 
marked idealism leads in this New World with its wealth of promise for the 
civilization of the future. In the heart of all ideas, underneath all American 
aspirations, lies one supreme thought, one supreme desire, which is and must be 
the very essence of our future law. It is not solidarity, for social solidarity is 
something which in itself has neither moral nor juridical character; it supposes 
or acquires significance, or it is submitted to that great basis of all human dwelling 
together—justice. Here is what our law must translate in a practical form, for 
the vitality of American law can flourish only in the full and effective reign of 
justice. The decrepitude and decay of nations is revealed in the very first 
symptom of bifurcation between what is legal and what is just. Just law is 
youthful law, full of sincerity and vigor. But just law does not live in formulas; 
like the perfume of flowers it springs from life itself to scatter itself everywhere, 
penetrating and permeating everything, and creating an atmosphere of love and 
brotherhood among our republics. Such, Mr. Minister, is the spirit which 
animates us, and we have come to this American paradise in fulfillment not only 
of our duty as experts, but as honest men and sincere Americans. 

I reiterate, Mr. Minister, in the name of my colleagues, the expression of our 
deep appreciation of the generous hospitality of Brazil. 


ADDRESS OF DR. EPITACIO PESSOA ON ACCEPTING THE PRESIDENCY 
OF THE MEETING OF THE INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF AMERICAN 
JURISTS TO WHICH HE WAS ELECTED BY THE DELEGATES 


Mr. Chairman, gentlemen: I regret very much that the state of my health 
prevents me from expressing as fully as I should like to do my appreciation of the 
great distinction which you have conferred upon me. I will say, however, that 
Brazil is sincerely grateful to the illustrious representatives of friendly nations 
here assembled for the high tribute they have rendered her in the person of this 
humble delegate. 

Personally, I esteem it an incomparable honor to preside once more over an 
International Commission of American Jurists. 

As one whose spirit was formed in an atmosphere of law, I always take part 
with faith and enthusiasm in every undertaking which seeks to create a rule of 
justice, whether among individuals or among States. Among such undertakings 
there is none which in exceptional moral and political significance surpasses the 
codification of international law—an ancient aspiration which has constantly 
and unceasingly preoccupied the peoples of America. A dream perhaps, but a 
dream in which, ever since the famous Congress of Panama convened at the call 
of the farseeing Bolivar, is cradled all the positive, liberal, and humanitarian 
idealism of America. 

Gentlemen, it would be a truism for me to speak of the importance, of the 
advantages, from whatever aspect they are viewed, resulting from the codifica- 
tion of international law. It is a subject which no longer gives rise to divergencies , 
either among publicists or among governments. It is, on the contrary, a subject 
in which, by common consent, the inconveniences usually pointed out—insignifi- 
cant in comparison with the many benefits to be derived—may easily be removed 
by a gradual, progressive, and periodically revised systematization of the principal 
practices now in use. 


962 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


As a positive element of codification we have, scattered throughout the treaty 
conventions in the traditions of civilized peoples, that wealth of precepts and 
rules which, from the beginnings of their independence, the American States have 
invariably observed in their international relations. To collect these rules and 
precepts into one single body through a few distinct agreements, would be to lay 
the corner stone of the majestic monument to be erected, and to these agreements 
others will be added, before long, in obedience to the noblest of impulses: On the 
one hand the natural desire to realize an ideal which has germinated, grown, flour- 
ished, and fructified in the warmth of the just aspirations of this continent toward 
peace and liberty and, on the other, the relative facility of the task, in view of the 
considerable amount of common practices already existing, the affinities of all kinds 
which bind together the nations of America, and the absence of historical and 
economical antagonism to weaken reciprocal confidence or hinder the movement 
of approximation among them. This unrest, this disquiet, this anxious yearning 
for tranquillity, peace, and cooperation, to-day pervades, more than ever before, 
the whole earth unsettled by reason of the terrible sufferings of the last war. 

Gentlemen, a multiplicity of causes, among which may be mentioned the 
general disturbance produced by a cataclysm which, lasting nearly five years. 
has no precedent in the history of the human race, prevented the subcommissions 
appointed in our first meeting in 1912 from completing the task intrusted to them. 
Due, however, to the efforts of some of these subcommissions, valuable elements 
of codification were collected and classified, and to these, as well as to the project 
of code presented by Brazil, are now added the valuable contribution of the Ameri- 
can Institute of International Law and that of our eminent colleagues, Alejandro 
Alvarez and Sdnchez Bustamante. 

The international committee of American jurists is thus now in possession of 
abundant sources of information which, as the expression of the opinions of 
various governments of this continent, will contribute efficaciously to further 
the fulfillment of their mission. It is to be hoped, therefore, that the Commission 
of International Law will now be able, I will not say to complete the task, for 
work of this nature and magnitude is not brought to completion in so limited a 
space of time, but in any case to give the work a great impetus, an impetus 
sufficient to bear witness before the world to the practicability of the great 
commitment and, at the same time, to the constancy with which the American 
nations are carrying it through. 

This, gentlemen, is my sincere wish, as it is the wish of every friend of peace. 
To convert this wish into a brilliant reality, the obscure delegate whom your 
generosity has raised to this chair, sure of your confidence, strengthened by your 
support, will indeed be happy to collaborate in the most efficacious manner in 
this great and glorious work which I hope before long to see extended, like a 
blessed canopy of solidarity, alliance, and peace, above the entire American 
Continent. 


OFFICIAL LIST OF DELEGATES 


ANAM HUES ae Pee Se Sefior don Leopoldo Melo, Sefior don Carlos Saavedra 
Lamas, Sefior don Luis A. Podesta Costa, Sefior don 
Carlos R. Alcorta. 
B oliviaeieiy 5 eercaee se Sefior don Ricardo Jaymes Freire, Sefior don José M. 
Cuadros, Sefior don Constantino Carrion, secretario. 
SSS esse esesesa5e Senator Epitacio Pessoa, president of the conference; 
Senhor Dr. Rodrigo Octavio de Laangard Menezes. 
Chileees Woe e as eee, eh Sefior Dr. Alejandro Alvarez; secretary, Sefior don 
Leoncio Larrain (Chilean ambassador). : 


PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF JURISTS 963 


Colombia ys a eae Senor don Laureano Garcia Ortiz, Jesus Maria Yepes; 
secretary, Sefior don Eduardo Guzman Esponda. 

Costar Ricatee- es. 20u 8 Senor don Luis Anderson Morua; secretary, Sefior 
don Mariano Anderson. 

(Oil oF es 2 8 eae een ee Senor don Antonio Sanchez de Bustamante, Sefior 


don Cesar Salaya; secretaries, Sefor don Pedro 
Martinez Fraga, Sefior don Vicente Valdez 


Rodriguez. 
Dominican Republic ____- Sefior don Manuel de Jesus Froncoso de la Concha, 
HW Cuad Ona eee a Senior don Rafael H. Elizalde. 
VB UES Np ie = nese ose ae Monsieur Abel Nicolas Leger. 
IMexiG O atae eee SS a Sefior don Fernando Gonzalez Roa, Sefior don Julio 
Garcia; secretary, Sefor don Joaquin Ramos Roa: 
1 PD Wa ata cs ee oe ee on we Sefior don Horacio Alfaro, Minister of Foreign Affaires 
of Panama. 
TEA eR HEAUIE fsa aes ere ee eee OE Senor don Higino Arbo. 
1 EXER ebb gb tis te Ee eye Sefior don Victor Maurtua (minister plenipotentiary). 
United States-----_=-___ Hon. James Brown Scott and Hon. Jesse Reeves; 
secretary, Hon. Henry Monroe Campbell, jr. 
Wrutuave a= =e-0 pas cess Senor don Julio Bastos, Sefor don Pedro Varela; 
secretary, Sefior don Teofilo Pinero Chaim. 
enezuelaieir. ee 22s Sefior don Alejandro Urbaneja and Sefior don Celes- 


tino Ferreira. 














By A. D. Sproat 


RESNILLO in the State of Zacatecas, Mexico, is a mining 
town of about 15,000 inhabitants including probably 100 for- 
eigners; the foreigners are chiefly Americans and British. 
It is situated some 750 miles south of El Paso, Tex., at an 

altitude of 7,300 feet, in a more or less rolling country, wide and 
fairly level valleys and some hills, with mountain ranges in the dis- 
tance to the west. 

Small lakes and ponds afford good duck and some goose shooting 
during the fall and winter. There is fair deer hunting and, in places, 
considerable numbers of wild turkey. 

A strip of country, 30 to 50 miles wide from east to west, is agri- 
cultural and grazing land, on which no deer or turkeys are found. 
This north-south strip of land separates the mule deer country from 
the country where whitetail deer and turkeys abound. Near Fres- 
nillo there are no mule deer at all to the west in the mountainous 
country, and no whitetail nor turkeys in the rolling thorn brush- 
covered country to the east across the strip of grazing and agricul- 
tural land. 

Within 15 to 20 miles northeast of Fresnillo the country becomes 
covered with thorn bushes of many kinds and, within a few miles 
more, mule deer are found; though they are more plentiful in country 
about 50 miles from the fore 

There are no trees of any size in this mule deer oom. the largest 
and practically only tree being the mesquite. The country, how- 
ever, is thickly covered with shrubs, largely thorn bushes, such as Cha- 
parro Prieto, Gatauna, many kinds of Nopales, Ocotillo (Fouquieria 
splendens), Cardenches (Opuntia imbricata), numbers of Biznagas 
(Echinocacti); such spineless shrubs as Gobernadora (Covillea triden- 
tata), Engordacabra (Salvia ballotaeflora), Salvia Real; and scattered 
‘‘Palmas”’ (yucca). 

Here the mule deer grow large, weighing 200 pounds. In Novem- 
ber before the rutting season begins they are fat and in fine condition. 
The deer are very fond of the Engordacabra and the Salvia real 
and also eat the tunas (fruit of the nopales or prickly pear), especially 
of the duraznillo family, and of the Cardenches. When the large 
clusters of bell-shaped cream colored flowers of the ‘‘palmas” begin 





1“American Forests and Forest Life,’? Washington, D. C., August, 1927. 
964 


HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS 965 








Courtesy of ‘American Forests and Forest Life,’’ Washington, D. C. 
IN THE MULE DEER COUNTRY, STATE OF ZACATECAS, MEXICO 


Upper: The hunters’ camp by a waterhole. Tent, camp fire, and red touring car all in plain sight of the 
game they had come to hunt. Lower: A camp among the Mezquites. The hunter has brought in a 
good buck. Note the curved, forked tips of the antlers 


to bloom, they eat these also. The smaller ‘“‘palmas”’ are used by 
the deer in the early fall to rub the velvet off their antlers. 

As one has to move about in this open country, the deer almost 
always see the hunter first. Practically the only way, therefore, to 
hunt these deer before the rutting season—and during the rutting 


60923—27—Bull. 10——2 


966 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


season the meat of the bucks is very strong—is to look for fresh tracks 
and follow them very carefully, now and then making wide detours 
about cattle, horses, or burros. These animals are very wild and if 
approached within 200 yards, are apt to run, and frighten the deer. 

Naturally it is useless to follow tracks going with the wind unless 
the breeze is almost imperceptible and then only by making detour 
after detour in the hope of finally getting beyond the deer and 
approaching him by walking into the breeze. 

In tracking deer after 10 o’clock in the morning, one must be very 
careful, especially on approaching anything in the way of shade, as 
it is sometimes possible to distinguish the curved forked tips of the 
antlers among the small branches of some bush or to see them move 
slightly now and then. The writer has shot two bucks in this way, 
one of them without being able to see the buck at all, the first shot 
luckily breaking his neck and killing him instantly. 

In this thorny country there are many coyotes, some bobcats, and 
quite a few mountain lions, all of which probably destroy many voung 
deer. One December the writer shot at two young deer, about a 
year and a half old, killing one outright and breaking one shoulder 
of the other. It was in rather thick brush and the deer were probably 
50 yards away. Immediately a coyote jumped out and followed 
the wounded deer, pulling it down within another 40 or 50 yards, 
its fangs tightly fastened in the throat of the deer. An explosive 
bullet quickly finished the coyote. 

Most wild animals have a very keen sense of sight in that they will 
see immediately almost the slightest motion at a considerable distance, 
but, apparently, pay no attention to the most unusual sights if there 
is no movement. One day, while hunting mule deer in this country, 
the writer and a Mexican boy saw, at probably 250 yards, a bobeat 
perched in the top of a short “palma’’ moving his head round and 
round like an owl apparently watching forsome prey. We decided 
to see how close we could get, though we were practically in the open, 
there being only bushes about waist high. Every time thé bobcat 
turned its head in the other direction, we ran without stopping a few 
steps toward it, stopping perfectly still as it turned in our direction. 
In this manner we came within a few feet of it although it looked di- 
rectly at us with every turn of its head. Finally we got so close that 
the Mexican boy picked up a stone weighing probably a pound and 
struck the cat fairly, knocking it to the ground. With that, the 
mother cat, till now unseen by us and probably asleep, jumped from 
a lower branch to the ground and we realized that the first cat was 
not full grown. 

In this country in the dry season the water holes are miles apart 
and, judging from the ground on which tracks are found, the deer 
must go weeks without drinking water, getting considerable moisture 
from the juicy tunas or nopales. When there is little grass for the 


HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS 967 


cattle, the ranchers send men out into the nopal thickets to hack off 
the branches (pencas) of the nopales with long knives (machetes), 
like corn knives, and singe the thorns (espinas) off by holding the 
branch on a sharp stick over a fire. The deer are not frightened by 
these men, who do not carry arms, and are frequently seen early in 
the morning feeding on the singed nopales. 

The whitetail deer is much smaller here than the mule deer, and is 
very quick in getting away up or down the rocky mountains where 
the big rocks are covered by enough tall grass to make the footing 
dangerous. They are called ‘‘Venado Salté6n,” or jumping deer. 
The mountainous country of the whitetail is covered with short-leaf 
yellow pine and some long-leaf, pifion, several kinds of small oak, and, 








“a =. é Pe 
Courtesy of ‘‘American Forests and Forest Life,’’ Washington, D. C. 
A MOUNTAIN MEADOW 


This country is frequented by whitetail deer and turkey 


in places, much juniper (called ‘“cedro”’), madrofio, and, on the 


hillsides, large patches of manzanilla (manzanita). The black bear 
is particularly fond of the juniper and manzanilla berries and the 
wild turkeys eat quantities of both the flowers and berries of the 
manzanilla. 

Springs are frequent in the mountains and, judging from the tracks, 
the white tail deer usually drink every night or early morning. As 
the air eddies much in the mountains, and in the winter or hunting 
season the leaves and brush are dry, one most frequently startles the 
deer, which may run a short distance, stand and look back; if it keeps 
going, it must then be looked for very slowly and carefully either by 
trailing, which is difficult, or by making a circle ahead. Now and 


968 «THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


then, however, one sees deer standing in the shade, lying down, or 
feeding and then one may approach very close if making no 
movement whatever while the deer is looking. 

Last April just before the deer shed their antlers, the writer, while 
hunting turkeys and, at the moment, having two Mexican guides 
with him, came upon three bucks feeding on short green grass, having 
their heads hidden in the tall 
dry grass. Wesaw the deer 
before they saw us and we 
remained motionless, stand- 
ing in open country, a 
mountain meadow, in grass 
about knee-high and only 
here and there a small tree. 
One or another of the bucks 
lifted his head up quickly 
every few seconds and 
glanced around and resumed 
feeding in our direction, 
though we were in plain 
sight and the least move- 
ment on our part would 
have caused them to leave 
at top speed. 

The breeze was at right 
angles from us to the deer. 
By the time the two smaller 
ones had worked straight 
toward us to within about 
40 yards, the big fellow had 
worked up even with us but 
. to one side, and caught our 

Courtesy of ‘American Forests and Forest Life.” scent. Instantly up went 
A BIG COBELINR BCCI D Tn AN EARLY his head and tail and he 
dashed off past the other 
two, not stopping until out of sight. The remarkable thing to me 
was that this had so little effect on the other two. They instantly 
threw up their heads and tails and watched number one until he 
was out of sight, at the same time glancing quickly about in all direc- 
tions, but otherwise remaining motionless. As soon as number one 
had disappeared, they began slowly and noiselessly stepping off, 
lifting their feet high, tails up, and making not the slightest sound. 
After they had taken a dozen steps or so, I said to the Mexican boys 
“Vamonos”’ and we started. Of course the deer left the vicinity. 

On this same trip—a turkey hunt—we were sitting around the 

camp fire the first evening out, in a rather open meadow, when 





HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS 969 


we saw three bucks, all full-grown ones, come out of the timber and 
cross the meadow toward us. We had a fire, a tent up, and our 
car—a red sport model touring car—all in plain sight, yet, as we 
made no movement, these three bucks passed by us at a distance of 
about 50 yards, browsing here and there off the bushes, without 
paying any attention to us, whereas a word, a movement on our 
part, or a breath of air 
from our direction, would 
have sent them flying. 

Another time I came sud- 
denly on two does lying 
down. They were about 
20 steps away when one 
jumped up and dashed off. 
The other jumped to her 
feet at the same time, but I 
was instantly standing mo- 
tionless though in plain 
sight. She stood there a 
few moments and then 
started carefully trotting 
off in the direction the first 
had taken. 

Though it has no sense of 
smell, the wild turkey has 
the keenest of eyesight and, 
undoubtedly, many turkeys 
see the still hunter while 
he never sees them. They 
leave the vicinity without 
making any sound what- 
ever. Thewild turkey, too, 
will pay no attention to the : 3 
appearance of thehunterun- Ge 
less or until he makes some THE MORE RUGGED COUNTRY OF THE 
movement. Twice have I pean ees 
had wild turkeys feed prac- 
tically through camp—unfortunately when I was away and only the 
cook was in camp to enjoy the spectacle. Camp things were lying 
about in plain sight, a fire going in each instance, and the cook lying 
there watching them at only a few yards’ distance. I once shot a 
big gobbler across an open mountain pasture, by running a few 
steps forward every time he lowered his head to feed and stopping 
instantly the moment he started to raise his head. He looked at 
me as I drew near, but, seeing no movement, went on feeding. 





970 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Another time I stood perfectly still and without cover while a 
eobbler fed right up within gunshot. Yet, if a turkey sees the hunter 
moving, it is almost hopeless to follow him; he can and will cover 
much ground quickly and silently. 

The gobblers and hens both are fat in April when the calling season 
begins, but, by the middle of May, when this season is about over, the 
eobblers are thin. During this time they have been very busy, have 
eaten little, and have lived largely off their ‘breast sponge,” a mass 
of fat which forms on their breast before the calling begins, and serves 
to bridge the emergency. 

The eyesight of the good Mexican mountain guide is remarkable. 
A number of times I have had my guide point out a standing deer to 





Courtesy of ‘‘American Forests and Forest Life,’’ Washington, D. C. 


A PROFITABLE DAY’S HUNTING 


A good ‘‘bag”’ of wild turkey and white tail deer 


me which I have been unable to distinguish until 1t moved. One 
example will suffice: 

One morning three of us Americans and two Mexican guides drove 
in the car from our camp to a gentle slope between two higher parts 
of the mountain, whence we could see across a wide, gently sloping 
canyon. We stopped the car in a rather open space and, as we were 
not yet near the point where we expected to hunt, the doors of the 
cars were slammed on getting out. Immediately one of the guides 
said ‘“There are two deer feeding over there.’ On his pointing out 
the exact spot from a certain prominent object, none of us Americans 
could see the deer until we got out the binoculars. Even after that 


it was just possible for us to see the deer with the ulead eye; and the 
deer had not seen nor heard us. 





LIUMPH OF TED 


OFIA DEL CAMPO, the noted Chilean soprano, whose 
artistic triumphs have won her a high place in the galaxy 
of young American artists, has recently arrived in the United 
States. 

After a concert tour of South America and Europe, the well- 
deserved fame of this distinguished artist has spread abroad in this 
country. She now has engagements to sing in the chief cities of the 
United States, following her brilliant success not long ago in Carnegie 
Hall. And at no distant date the Pan American Union will have the 
honor of presenting this far-famed singer to the most select social 
circles of Washington, when she appears in the second concert of the 
winter season, to be given in the beautiful building of the Pan Ameri- 
can Union on December 20 of this year. The BuLunrin therefore 
is pleased to adorn its pages with the portrait of the beautiful Chilean 
vocalist and, at the same time, to note a few of the interesting facts 
in her career: 

Sofia del Campo was born in Santiago, Chile, of one of the most 
distinguished families in that country, her paternal grandmother 
having been the Marquesa de la Pefia Blanca, a descendant of Guz- 
man el Bueno, that famous Castilian captain. From early childhood 
Sofia evidenced exceptional musical aptitude, an aptitude handed 
down from mother and grandmother, who were both skilled musicians, 
playing several instruments. She began her study of piano and 
singing in the National Conservatory of Music in Santiago, where 
she soon became one of the most promising students. When at the 
conclusion of her course at the age of 16 she sang before a jury of 
professors and other musicians, the impression she created was such 
that the Chilean Government immediately offered to send her to 
Germany for further study. 

Unfortunately, however, her family, faithful to aristocratic tradi- 
tions and conventions, would not allow this promising young artist 
to leave her country in search of a professional career. Nevertheless, 
she continued her lessons, and from time to time sang before large 
audiences in various theaters, appearing only in performances for 
charitable purposes. 

Some time had passed when it happened that the Bracale Opera 
Co. found itself in Valparaiso without a prima donna, since Maria 
Barrientos, the famous Spanish artist, had suddenly been obliged 

971 














SOFIA DEL CAMPO 


Noted soprano of Chile, who has scored many triumphs in her concert tours of South America and Europe, 
and who recently made her first appearance in the United States in New York 


TRIUMPH OF NOTED CHILEAN SOPRANO 973 


to go away, thus leaving the company with no one to sing the soprano 
roles in several of the advertised operas, including Lucia di Lammer- 
moor and Rigoletto. 

Bracale, the impresario, having heard that there was a young 
Chilean society woman who had a most beautiful coloratura soprano 
voice—exactly the type of which he stood in need—finally prevailed 
upon her, after much pleading and urging, to sing in the operas 
announced. Her immediate success and the unprecedented warmth 
of the published criticism finally decided the artistic career of Sofia 
del Campo. 

These triumphs opened the way to appearances under Bracale in 
many other operas and to a contract with the Municipal Theater in 
Santiago where, under the direction of Maestro Padovani, she sang 
in Hamlet, La Traviata, The Barber of Seville, and other favorites. 
Meantime her renown began to spread. She traveled throughout 
Chile and, later, Argentina, giving as many as 10 concerts in every 
important city of the latter country. In Buenos Aires she sang 
with great success in the Odeon, one of the largest opera houses in 
in America. This was in 1924. 

Her ambitions then carried her to Rome, where she continued to 
perfect her style and increase her répertoire. In this esthetic 
atmosphere she became mistress of bel canto and of the Italian style. 
She sang with an orchestra of 120 professionals in Rome, with the 
Royal Philharmonic Orchestra, and at various private functions of the 
Roman nobility. On the occasion of a great féte at Geneva she was 
especially invited by the delegates to the League of Nations to sing 
as a representative of Chile. Finally, in November, 1926, she made 
her début in Paris, where she was enthusiastically praised by the 
French press, the critics saying of her that she was the finest colora- 
tura soprano heard in Paris in many years. 

This year she came to the United States, where the Parisian repu- 
tation which had preceded her was amply confirmed at her début in 
Carnegie Hall, an appearance immediately followed by a contract to 
make records for the Victor Co. Her present plans, as already stated, 
include an extensive concert tour in this country, for which the 
Buuuerin foresees a repetition of her brilliant successes in other 
lands. : 





; Courtesy of “Chile,” New Yous 
THE GOYA PAINTING NOW IN NEW YORK 


This portrait of Queen Maria Luisa recently reached the United States from Valparaiso, Chile, where it 
is assumed to have been taken from Spain more than a century ago 





rROM CHIL- 
EAN COL LECTION = -. 


LL lovers of art are familiar with the work of Goya, the 
great Spanish artist of the late eighteenth and early 
nineteenth centuries, often acclaimed as the first of the 
moderns, who founded ‘‘a tradition of observation and 

analysis in art that is alive even now.” “It is by his power of 
design—an original, varied, and nervous form of design—’’ says 
Ricketts, in his well-known book on the Prado, Spain’s magnificent 
museum of art, ‘‘that Goya excels, even more than by his vivacity 
of workmanship and his marvellous if unequal gift of expression.”’ 
Of Goya the painter Gautier said that he at times ‘‘paints with 
the delicacy of that delicious Gainsborough; at other times he has 
the solid touch of Rembrandt.’”’ Of Goya the draftsman and etcher 
Havelock Ellis remarks, in The Soul of Spain, ‘‘Some of his drawings, 
in their superb dash and felicity, are almost comparable to Rubens’s 
sketches, though again, in the Caprichos and other etchings, their 
beauty and spirit, their vigor of line and expression tend often to 
fall into caricature.” The same author says: ‘‘On the whole, with 
his versatile aptitudes and wide-reaching interests, Goya represents 
the Spanish temper and Spanish interests more comprehensively 
than any other Spanish painter.” 

Goya, the son of Aragonese peasants, became court painter of 
Spain, in the noble succession of Titian, Velazquez, and other famous 
predecessors, in spite of his rebellious spirit and impatient temper. 
These were, indeed, in consonance with the unrest of his times, 
an unrest which culminated in the French revolution. The royal 
patrons of Goya were the weak Carlos IV and his intriguing queen, 
Maria Luisa of Parma, whose favorite, Godoy, in reality ruled the 
kingdom for many years. 

The Prado contains various notable portraits of this royal pair 
from Goya’s brush, as well as a large family group. In the latter 
“all the individuals,” says Ricketts, ‘“‘stand before you with their 
character SETIMOSSE, vivacious, or sensual, or futile, or engaging, as 
the case may be.”’ 

The particular portrait of the handsome, domineering Queen now 
under discussion was recently brought to New York from the Iriondo 
Collection in Valparaiso. Maria Luisa wears a sweeter, more gentle 
look, than in Goya’s famous portrait of her, in a black mantilla, 
which hangs in the Prado. These two pictures challenge comparison 

975 

















= baage an 
Seatires 





QUEEN MARIA LUISA OF SPAIN, BY GOYA 


This famous portrait hangs in the Prado Museum in Madrid 


A GOYA FROM A CHILEAN COLLECTION O77 


because of the similarity of the pose: In both the Queen is standing, 
with her right side a trifle turned away from the observer, the face 
being seen in a three-quarters view; in both her beautifully modeled 
left arm hangs relaxed at her side, while in the right she holds a 
closed fan. The Iriondo Goya is, however, three-quarter instead 
of full length, and the elaborately dressed hair uncovered; the pose 
also approaches a very little more to full face than in the Prado 
portrait. The background, moreover, is of an interior, showing a 
draped curtain behind the table on which rest crown and scepter, 
instead of an outdoor setting, as in the figure in the mantilla. 

Mr. Walter L. Ehrich, of the firm of Ehrich Brothers, New York, 
internationally known experts in old masters, writing in Chile for 
August, 1927, makes the following statement with respect to the 
Iriondo portrait: 

For a number of years I have been hoping that some day there would be 
offered to us from South America a painting of fundamental artistic merit. 
We were agreeably surprised, therefore, to receive recently from Chile a painting 
by Goya, which is illustrated on page 976. This painting, representing Queen 
Maria Luisa, wife of Charles IV of Spain, was painted by Francisco Goya at the 
height of his career and must have been taken to Chile from Spain more than 
100 years ago. One often hears of great masterpieces in Mexico or South Amer- 
ica, but so far they have in nearly every case turned out to be copies or pictures 
painted by minor artists in the manner of the masters. No doubt during the 
sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries many priests emigrated from 
Spain or Italy to South America who had certain artistic talent and who, in 
order to satisfy the desire of their parishioners, painted pictures which had 
been inspired by what they had seen before emigrating. In other cases, where 
they were not able to paint themselves, they had copies made in Spain and sent 
out to the colonies, which, after the passage of years, were believed to be origi- 
nals. ... But in the case of this Goya, for the first time we can say we have 
seen a real work of art. 

With all due respect to the foregoing, it must not be forgotten that 
similar statements, equally well reasoned and apparently as well 
supported by facts, have been emitted in the past by American and 
Kuropean experts of authority and repute only to be brought to 
naught by the discovery from time to time in the most unlikely 
places, of priceless examples of the work of even the most famous 
‘‘Old masters.”” And what part of the world offers a more likely 
field for this sort of treasure trove than the countries of Latin Amer- 
ica, in the decoration and enrichment of whose innumerable churches 
and fanes the pious spirit and wealth of the faithful during several 
centuries found its chief expression and delight? 





FEEDING RIC 











10 DE JANEIRO now has a population of about one and 
half million people, and all these people have to be fed, 
some luxuriously, some less pretentiously and some of 
them as plainly as can be, but every one of them has to 

have something to eat and something to drink. 

Tons and tons of food are consumed every day. Where does all 
this food come from, how is it obtained and distributed, and how is 
Ny ogi ee a8 : 

All the perishable food, like meat, fish, game, vegetables, fruit, 
eges, and milk, are supplied only for the daily need, as none of these 
things keep. 

There is an enormous organization behind this daily feeding of a 
million and a half souls with fresh food. In cold countries practi- 
cally all kinds of foodstuff can be kept for days and days without 
deteriorating, but here we are in the tropics and nothing keeps fresh 
for any length of tme. * = ~ +* 


RIO DE JANEIRO’S MEAT SUPPLY 


As everyone knows Rio’s fresh meat supply consists, to all intents 
and purposes, practically of beef alone. Pork can be had but there 
is very little of it; the same thing applies to veal, and mutton hardly 
exists at all; everything is beef, beef and once more beef, Rio alone 
consuming many tons. * * * 

The cattle are killed at one of the three ‘‘matadouros,”’ or slaughter- 
houses in the neighborhood of Rio. These three ‘‘matadouros”’ 
are the only suppliers of fresh meat for the Rio population. Of 
these slaughterhouses one belongs to and is operated by the muni- 
cipality itself, that is, the ‘“‘matadouro” at Santa Cruz, one of the 
suburbs of the town on the auxiliary line of the Central Railway; the 
second is privately owned by a Brazilian concern and is situated in 
the suburb of Penha on the Leopoldina Railroad, while the third 
belongs to an English company, Anglo Frigorifico, situated in the 
State of Rio de Janeiro at the station of Mendes on the trunk line of 
the Central Railroad, some two and a half hours distant. 

The amount of cattle these three ‘“‘matadouros”’ kill in a day varies 
very little, the average being about 1,000 head, of which the munici- 
pal ‘“‘matadouro” at Santa Cruz supplies about 700, the Anglo-Frig- 
orifico at Mendes, about 250 and the one at Penha, which is the 
smallest, only about 50. 





1 From Brazilian American, Rio de Janeiro, June 11, 18, and July 4, 1927. 


978 


FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 979 


At least 80 per cent of the cattle that are killed for consumption 
are steers, as the Brazilian law prohibits the killing of cows in greater 
ratio than from 5 to 20 per cent of the total amount killed in order to 
protect the cattle breeding industry of the country. 

The killing for the Sunday supply of meat for Rio is greatly 
increased; nearly double the amount of cattle are then sacrified for 
the reason that no killing is done on Sundays. 

When one considers that the average weight of a steer is 225 kilos, 
it will be seen that the daily consumption in Rio is more than half a 
million pounds of beef alone. Adding to these figures the weight of 
the other kinds of meat in the market—approximately 200 head of 
calves, 40 to 50 pigs and a few head of sheep—you will reach more 
than 600,000 pounds of fresh meat a day. 

Besides this supply of absolutely fresh-killed meat, Rio receives 
also quite an amount of chilled and frozen meat. These chilled meats 
come from the big meat-packing firms in S40 Paulo, the Armour Co., 
and the Continental Products Co., and from the Anglo Frigorifico’s 
plant at Barretos, also in the State of Sao Paulo. The frozen meat, 
chiefly mutton, comes from Rio Grande do Sul and from Argentina. 
This chilled and frozen meat is practically all bought by the hotels 
and the restaurants. 

The “matadouros”’ have their buyers out all over the country, all 
the way up as far as Matto Grosso, but the chief market is in the State 
of Minas Geraes; and as a good No. 2 comes the State of Sao Paulo, 
and then the State of Rio de Janeiro, the latter furnishing a very 
small percentage of the consumption. 

The buyers purchase direct from the cattle breeders and even from 
small farmers who can furnish only a few head, but they buy chiefly 
from the cattle dealers, ‘‘vaqueiros,”’ as they are called, who travel 
from farm to farm buying one beast here, five there, and so on. 
When a ‘‘vaqueiro”’ has collected a decent number, say from 100 
head upward, he goes into the nearest of the towns where there is a 
permanent ‘‘exposigéio de rebanho,” as the cattle market is called, 
the three big cattle centers being the towns of Tres Coragées and 
Palmeiras in Minas Geraes and Barretos in Sao Paulo. * * * 

When the buyer arrives at a cattle center he generally finds several 
‘““vaqueiros” there with herds ranging from 100 head and upwards to 
400 or 500. He will also find that there are competitive buyers, and 
it is a keen contest as to what “‘matadouro” is going to get the 
different herds. 

The way the deal proceeds is generally as follows: The vendor 
invites the representatives of the “‘matadouros” to give him an 
offer for the whole herd, and he naturally accepts the highest. In 
order to allow prospective buyers to estimate the value of the herd, 
the seller lets the cattle pass, one by one, through a small inclosure in 


980 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





ONE SOURCE OF RIO’S MEAT SUPPLY 


Upper: A slaughterhouse in S40 Paulo. Lower: The refrigerating section of the plant 


front of which the buyers are seated with their notebooks and pencils, 
judging the weight of each head as it passes. * * * 

The first thing the cattle buyer has to do after buying a herd of 
cattle is to arrange with the railway authorities for transportation. 
If he has only a small number he hires a few cars, each car taking 
from 16 beasts on the narrow-gauge railroad up to 30 beasts on the 
proad-gauge railroad. The smallest train that can be hired consists 
Ole LOncarssi ss) 5 toe : 

The animals are not killed immediately on their arrival at the 
“matadouro,’ as the Brazilian law prescribes that cattle to be 
killed for consumption must be kept at least 48 hours on pasture 
before killing. 

While the animals are on the pasture they are given a first inspection 
by the veterinary maintaied by the federal government at. all 
slaughterhouses, and any beast that shows any symptoms of illness 
is sorted out for close examination. 


FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 981 


After slaughtering, the meat is examined a second time by the 
government veterinary, who rejects anything that is not up to 
standard. It might be mentioned here that the meat even has to 
pass a third imspection by another government official after it has 
reached Rio and before it is given over to the distributors. As no 
meat that has not been killed at one of the above-mentioned 
‘““matadouros”’ and passed upon by these three government veteri- 
naries is placed on sale in Rio de Janeiro, one sees that every 
preaeution is taken in order to avoid any meat that is not first-class 
reaching the consumer. * * * 

As soon as the railway meat vans arrive at the station in Rio de 
Janeiro, the carcasses are hung on hooks in a vast shed where, after 
the vetermary has stamped them as fit for consumption, the different 
butchers from the whole city of Rio arrive and pick out what they 
want—one, two, three, or more carcasses—which then are taken 
down from the hooks and weighed, paid for in cash and then moved 
into small sheds, where all meat destined for the same district is 
assembled. 

As soon as the butcher has bought and paid for his meat, he sticks 
a big painted label onto it, bearing his name and address; then he 
returns and waits for the distributing agency to deliver it at his 
shop, sometime during the afternoon or night. * * * 


RIO’S MILK SUPPLY 


The consumption of milk in Rio, which is large, is constantly 
growing, since the number of “‘leiterias”’ spread all over town is 
rapidly increasing, and day and night the big milk trucks belonging 
to the large companies are traversing the streets in the center of town 
as well as in the most out-of-the-way side streets in the out- 
skintse. Shee 225 

Most of the Rio milk is delivered by two big companies, the 
Companbia Mineira de Lacticinios and the Companhia Centro 
Pastoril do Brazil, which work conjointly. 

These two companies, which to all intents and purposes have the — 
monopoly of the milk trade for the whole of Rio de Janeiro, including 
the suburbs, both produce milk on their own farms and buy it from 
the ‘“‘leiterias’’ in the interior, who again buy it from the different 
farmers in their respective districts. When the milk from the farmer 
arrives at the “leiterias”’ it is examined and tested in the laboratories, 
and if found satisfactory, it is Pasteurized and then frozen and 
dispatched to Rio. 

The milk that we drink in Rio comes from the two States of Minas 
Geraes and Rio de Janeiro. * * * Thesuppliers have to dispatch 
their milk as early as 8 o’clock in the morning, and it only arrives in 
Rio about midnight. It is delivered to the customers the following 
morning, when it is more than 24 hours old. * * * 

60923—27—Bull. 10——3 


982 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


All in all, the companies receive 120,000 liters of fresh milk a 
day. To this add the amount of 20,000 liters, this being approxi- 
mately the quantity derived from the 200 privately-owned small 
stables situated in the city, and one reaches the total of 140,000 liters, 
which is the daily milk consumption of Rio. 

After the ‘“leiterias”’ in the interior have sterilized the milk through 
Pasteurizing, it is frozen into firm blocks at a temperature ranging 
from 0 to 10° below zero. This is done in order to keep the milk fresh 
during its long journey down to Rio. The freezing process takes 
place after the milk has been poured into the big milk cans, all being 





SHIPPING DEPARTMENT OF A DAIRY 


Practically the entire amount of Rio de Janeiro’s milk consumption—about 140,000 liters—is han- 
dled by two dairy establishments i 


then sealed by the remitter in order that no impurity should infect 
the milk during its journey on the railway. 

As soon as the milk arrives at the Rio receiving stations, it is most 
rigorously examined and tested, both by the companies’ own veteri- 
naries and by government officials, and any milk that proves to be 
not quite up to the mark is at once rejected and the sender of that 
particular milk is notified. 

Immediately after arrival the milk is placed in a room with a fairly 
elevated temperature in order to get the milk blocks melted so that 
the liquid milk may be poured into smaller vessels and dispatched to 
the different distributers in town. Before 5 o’clock in the morning 


FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 983 


the “leiterias” have received their milk for that day. * * * 
About 70 per cent of the milk that arrives is bought by the “leiterias,”’ 
the rest being sold direct by the companies themselves to the 
consumers. 

A couple of years ago the companies, at the request of the municipal 
authorities, established 50 “entrepostos” in different parts of the 
town, in order to deliver milk to the poor population of Rio as cheaply 
as possible. Every day about 10,000 liters are sold at these ‘“‘entre- 
postos”’ at cost price. 

The rest of the milk the companies sell in the streets, from their 60 
refrigerated tank cars, direct to the customers; these cars also sell 
fresh butter, but the sale of this last article is very small. The amount 
of milk sold in this way varies between 30,000 and 35,000 liters a 
day. The capacity of a tank car is 1,000 liters of milk. 


THE FISH SUPPLY OF RIO 


Every morning in the year a “‘Rioite’’ hears a monotonous voice 
crying out in the street, ‘‘ Peixe-Camarées—Camaroes—Peixe—Peix- 
ei-ro”’ [“ Fish-Shrimps-Shrimps-Fish—Fishmonger’’], and if one takes 
the trouble to peep out of the window one will generally see a middle- 
aged fellow with a small round cap, stuck at a coquettish angle on 
his head. On his shoulders he carries a long pole from which hang 
suspended four or more baskets, evenly balanced from each end, 
looking very heavily loaded. 

It is the fish vender of Rio, busily engaged in earning his living by 
providing fish-eating Rio with this food. 

If one cares to follow him a Jittle on his way, one will see him 
stop outside the gate of a house, the servant or perhaps the lady of 
the house herself comes out and inquires what kind of fish he has, 
and what the price is. After a satisfactory answer to these questions 
is received, and after a short argument about the price, the buyer 
gives her order. The fishmonger then produces a small piece of 
plank and a big murderous looking knife, grabs hold of a fish from 
somewhere deep in his baskets, and after this has been duly inspected 
and accepted by the buyer, he starts to trim it. The tail and the 
fins are cut off, the scales are scraped away, the guts are taken out 
and the fish is nicely sliced up in even slices ready for cooking. 
Sometimes the whole fish is too big for that particular house and the 
fishmonger then obligingly cuts off the required amount. The fish is 
delivered and paid for, and the fishman continues on his way, 
chanting his ‘‘ Peixe-Camardes—Camarées—Peixe,” ending with his 
Jong-drawn-out “‘ Peix-ei-ro,”’ until, a few houses ahead, he is stopped 
by another customer, and in this way he carries on until he has sold 
out his supply, usually about 10 or 11 o’clock in the forenoon. 

All the professional fishermen in Brazil belong to a kind of trade 
union which is called ‘‘Confederagao Geral dos Pescadores do Brazil” 


984 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


and anybody who does not belong to this union is not allowed to do 
any commercial fishing. 

The whole union is divided up in ‘‘colonias”’ ruled by a directorate 
with a president as the executive head. The members of one 
“colonia”? work together on cooperative lines. Boat, gear, and other 
necessities for carrying on their business are bought out of a common 
fund. The members are paid a salary for their service, while extra 
profit is pooled, and so on down the whole line of cooperation. 

The fish supply of Rio de Janeiro is provided by the ‘‘pescador- 
colonias” living at different points in Guanabara Bay, and on the 
islands. The boats fishing outside the bay have to be heavy sea- 





SPECIMENS OF BRAZILIAN FISH 


The daily consumption of fish in Rio de Janeiro averages about 37 tons and comprises an enormous 
variety of sea food 


worthy ships, with full equipment; the ocean outside can often be 
very rough, and it is no uncommon occurrence that the boat is away 
a fortnight or even three weeks on such an expedition. 

The fishing is performed with trawler nets and lines. The fish 
caught in the bay are brought to the fish market at once; the fish 
caught outside are put on ice while still alive, the result being that 
the fish when it reaches Rio, at least eight days after it has been killed, 
is just as fresh as if it had been caught a couple of hours earlier. 

An enormous variety of fish is furnished to fish-eating Rio. Those 
judged to be most palatable are the cherny namorado, linguado, buji- 
pira, olho de boi, vermelhdo, and garoupa, these being all deep-sea 
fish, mostly caught at a depth of from 150 to 250 meters. The cherny 


FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 985 


can reach the enormous weight of 350 kilos; a garoupa can attain a 
weight of 200 to 230 kilos. 

The most common of the more ordinary fish species appearing on 
the table in Rio is the tamha. When its spawning time arrives this 
fish is caught in abundance, 200,000 oftentimes reaching the fish 
market in a single day. 

Oysters, blue shells, and a few other creatures of the same kind 
are plentiful. But a shellfish that is very seldom seen is the lobster, 
and when one should happen to come along a fancy price is obtained 
LOE tae 

The total weight of the average daily consumption of fresh fish in 
Rio is about 30 tons; to this one can add about 4 tons of sardines and 
3 tons of shrimps. On Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, the 
demand for fish increases markedly, and it is always a keen fight 
to get enough fish in stock for these days to satisfy the consumption. 

The wholesale dealer at the market place arranges small lots of 
fish on great marble slabs and puts them up for auction among the 
fish hawkers, who, as soon as the market place opens at 6 o’clock 
a. m., fill the wholesale fish shops in no time in order to get the 
pick of the day. 


HOW RIO DE JANEIRO GETS FRESH VEGETABLES 


The greengrocers, besides handling vegetables, always carry a side 
line of national fruits in season, such as oranges and limes, alligator 
pears, pineapples, guavas, mangos, etc., not to mention bananas, of 
which they always have a generous supply, both ripe and green, and 
of the most different kinds. 

Besides this the greengrocer also doubles as a vendor of poultry, 
especially chickens, here and there a couple of turkeys and a duck 
or two. * * * Naturally along with the poultry trade comes 
dealing in fresh eggs. * * * 

Vegetables are also sold by ambulant street vendors who carry 
their ‘“‘shops”’ around with them on their backs, in the same way as 
the fishmongers. Their advertising call of ‘Quitandeiro—Quitan- 
deiro”’ can be heard all over town at any time of day, though chiefly 
during the morning and forenoon. 

Vegetables for the Rio consumer practically all pass through the 
hands of the big greengrocers established at the ‘Mercado Novo;”’ 
the few sold outside are produced in the suburbs and sold in the 
vicinity. 

The wholesale greengrocers are divided into two different camps, 
those buying practically all their goods in the State of Sao Paulo, 
and those getting their supplies from the State of Rio de Janeiro. 
These two States are the chief furnishers of vegetables for the Rio 
market, the latter State delivering approximately nine times the 


986 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


amount of food that come from Sao Paulo. Even the Federal Dis- 
trict provides a noticeable amount of vegetables; these are grown on 
Ilha do Governador, situated in the bay, 40 minutes’ ferry trip out, 
and from the Santa Cruz district on the border of the State of Rio 
de Janeiro. 

The vegetables which Sao Paulo sends to the Rio market are chiefly 
of the higher-priced varieties, such as celery, cauliflower, lettuce, 


— 





A TRUCK GARDEN 


A small vegetable farm in the suburbs of Rio de Janeiro. The Federal District and the States of Rio de 
: Janeiro and S40 Paulo supply practically all the fresh vegetables for the capital 


beets, big tomatoes, etc.; the common vegetables like sweet potatoes, 
abobora (a kind of pumpkin), and chuchu, are all produced in the 
vicinity of town. One reason for this is that these vopetab ys are 
very cheap and rather heavy in weight. * * * 

The wholesale houses generally arrange for their daily supple by 
contracting with some big producers in different districts of the 
vegetable-producing States, or through agents stationed in the pro- 
ducing centers, who buy the required quantity at the current price 
and see that it reaches its destination in good time. 

The value of the vegetables daily arriving through the Rio Market 
is estimated to average about 100 contos [a conto, or 1,000 milreis, 
equals about $120]. Of this the State of Rio de Janeina pro- 


FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 987 


vides about 80 per cent, the rest being more or less evenly divided 
between the State of Sao Paulo and the Districto Federal. The chief 
vegetable-growing centers in the State of Rio de Janeiro are Petrop- 
olis, Theresopolis, Nova Iguassu, and towns along the Linha Auxiliar. 

The retail greengrocers, both those who have shops and those who 
carry their whole outfit on their shoulders, do their buying in the 
market late in the afternoon and early in the morning. The stuff 
as it is bought is collected in big baskets; if these are destined for 
the central parts of town, they are hauled away on a kind of wheel- 
barrow by the buyer himself, or if they have to go to the outskirts 
of the town they are dispatched on the tramcears. 


POULTRY AND EGGS FOR RIO 


The poultry market of Rio is very well supplied. The chief item 
is chickens, and then follow turkeys, ducks, and guinea fowl. The 
poultry is chiefly sold by the ‘‘quitandeiros,”’ or greengrocers, and 
by special poultry vendors, who pass through the streets accompanied 
by one or two mules loaded with big baskets filled with chickens of 
all ages, breeds, and appearances. * * * 





A FRUIT VENDOR IN RIO DE JANEIRO 


With the exception of the banana and maméao, fruit is not plentiful in Rio de Janeiro 


The egg trade, like the poultry trade, is divided between the 
“quitandeiros” and the itinerant street vendors, the only difference 
being that the amount of eggs sold by the street hawkers is much 
smaller than that sold by the ‘“‘quitandeiros.” A few ordinary 
grocers also sell a few dozen eggs. 

In contrast to the vegetables, which all pass through the market, 
a great deal of poultry and eggs enter Rio without doing so. The 


988 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


result is that there is no absolutely accurate figure for the number of 
chickens and eggs Rio consumes in a day; one can, however, make a 
fairly close estimate from which one will see that approximately 
15,000 dozens of eggs, 3,000 chickens, 500 turkeys, 500 ducks, and 
about 300 guinea fowl are sacrificed daily to the Rio “Moloch.” 

The major part of these comes from the State of Rio de Janeiro; 
both the Linha Auxiliar and the Leopoldina Railroad bring carloads 
of poultry and eggs every day. Also from’ Minas Geraes a fair quan- 
tity arrives, about 30 per cent of the total amount. * * * 


FRESH FRUIT FOR THE RIO MARKET 


Most foreigners, particularly those coming from cooler countries, are 
disappointed in the fruit supply when they arrive in Rio de Janeiro. 
One arrives with the knowledge that one is in a tropical city, 
the capital of the enormous country of Brazil, and one is filled with 


THE MAMAO 


One of the principal fruits in 
the Brazilian capital, and one 
which is found in the market 
throughout the year. The 
illustration at the left shows 
the pulp of a mamao, includ- 
ing one of the seeds 





glorious expectations of all kinds of fruit in abundance, with prices 
that one imagines will be so low that they will be practically negli- 
gible. But what a delusion this is! With the exception of bananas 
and perhaps mam4o, the fruit in Rio is scarce and the Lucas are 
absurdly high. 

To all intents and purposes all the national fruit that enters Rio 
passes through the hands of the wholesale fruiterers at the market 
place. These firms keep their agents posted in the different fruit 
districts catering to the supply of national fruit for Rio; a few of them 
even buy for export, this export being chiefly to Argentina and 
Uruguay. 

The value of the national fruit that enters the Rio market was esti- 
mated by one of the biggest dealers in this line to average about 1,000 
contos a week. Here, as with vegetables, the chief supplier is the 
State of Rio de Janeiro, then follow Sao Paulo, the Federal District 
and Rio Grande do Sul, and then Minas Comes, whose only contribu- 
tion to our fruit snenleas 3 1s jaboticabas. 


FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 989 


The fruit leading in quantity is the banana, followed by the mamAo. 
These two fruits can be found in stock at the fruit vendors’ the whole 
year round. After these come oranges, limes, and then, according to 
the different seasons, alligator pears, tangerines, guavas, figs, mangos, 
cajus, and pineapples. 

The States of Rio de Janeiro, Sao Paulo and Rio Grande do Sul all 
produce pears, apples, plums, strawberries, grapes, and grapefruit, 
but these native fruits are somewhat lacking in flavor compared to 
the same fruit grown in Europe or in the United States. 

There are several firms which import in order to fill the demand for 
good and fine-flavored fruit, their chief centers of supply for apples, 
pears, and grapefruit being the United States. Grapes, figs, melons, 
and peaches are imported from Spain, Portugal, and Italy. Argen- 
tina sends a good deal of the imported fruit that comes on the Rio 
market. 

Brazil ought to be more than able to provide all the fruit it can 
consume, and still leave a generous surplus over for export purposes. 
Until very lately, however, fruit growing has been a neglected number 
on the agricultural program. Recently there seems to be a tendency 
to take more care of this branch of the economic life of this great 
country. 





ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL- 





ARGENTINA: 


One of the two colossal fundamental industries of Argentina is 
exportation. The grain elevators and docks of Buenos Aires 
her flour mills, which are equipped with the finest and most 

Upper: Some of the grain- warehouses and wharves in Buenos 
grinding cylinders. Lower right: Chemical laboratory, where 
A view in the screening section. Right center: Machines 





















































a 


ee 





Photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’ Buenos Aires 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 
eee eee 








A WORLD GRANARY 


grain growing with its concomitants of milling, storage, and 
are second to none in the world, and the same may be said of 
up-to-date machinery obtainable 

Aires. Lower left: Interior of amodern flour mill, showing the 
different grades of flours and bread are analyzed. Left center: 
stamping flour sacks 


















































Photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 


ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL- 








MEAT PACKING 


Argentine meat, as Argentine wheat, is famous 
the world over; the very name ‘‘Argentina’’ 
connotes vast fields of waving grain and pam- 
pas dotted with flocksandherds. Throughthe 
miracle of modern industry, Argentine meat is 
to-day found on the most remote dinner tables 
of Europe and the countries of America 

Above: One of the great packing plants. Left: 
A veterinarian making sure that the meat is 
uncontaminated. Below: A cold-storage room 








All photographs courtesy of_‘‘Plus_Ultra,” Buenos Aires - 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 








MEAT PACKING 


Argentine packing plants, such as the above, 
another view of which is shown on the opposite 
page, are huge establishments of many depart- 
ments, including abattoirs, salting rooms, 
sausage-making and meat-canning Sections, 
cold-storage rooms, and chemical and biological 
laboratories 

Right: Quartering a beef. Below: Frozen beef 
awaiting shipment 








All photographs courtesy of ‘Plus Ultra,’”’ Buenos Aires 


ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL- 





Photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus}Ultra,’’? Buenos Aires 


THE MINING INDUSTRY 


Mining in Argentina is still in the initial stages. One of the most flourishing of these plants is the lead 
mines of the ‘‘Compafiia Minera y Metalirgica Sud Americana,” in Jujuy, a view of which is shown 


in the upper engraving. In the lower is seen the metallurgical works of the same company, situated 
in Villa Lugano 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 


THE CONQUEST OF 
STEEL 


Tron and steel manufacture 
has made astonishing ad- 
vancesin Argentina, where 
all types of products, from 
the fine wire used by flor- 
ists in a bride’s bouquet 
to a steel girder for a sky- 
scraper, from a tiny screw 
to the most complicated 
product of the foundry, 
are now produced 


| 
| 
7 





Upper: A well-equipped 
metal-working shop 

Lower: A pneumatic riveter 
for steel girders 





Photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’ Buenos Aires 


ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL- 





THE MANUFACTURE 
OF GLASS 


It is surprising even to the 
most sophisticated of Ar- 
gentinos to find how often 
beautiful and artistic glass 
vases and other objects 
are stamped: ‘‘Made in 
Argentina.’”’ The prog- 
ress achieved in glassmak- 
ing in this country has 
been simply amazing, as 
attested by the many 
beautiful specimens  al- 
ready treasured in the 
museums, on display in 
the finer shops and in use 
throughout the country 








All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 


Upper: Decorative concep- 


tion ofglassmaking. Cen- 
ter: The miracle of color 
in a glass bubble. Lower 
left: The traditional glass- 
blower. Lower center: 
Workman polishing a cut- 
glass fruit dish. Lower 
right: Preparing to “blow”’ 
a bottle 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 








L 























Upper: An Argentine model of an artistic 
balcony grill or ‘‘reja.’”’ Right: Examples of 
transom and side panel grillwork in doorway. 
Lower: Superb example of entrance gates of 
iron grill work of national construction 


























All photographs courtesy of ‘Plus Ultra,’ Buenos Aires 
IRON GRILL WORK 


Argentina may well be proud of her national production in the field of iron grill work or ‘‘rejeria,” a type 
of work in the legitimate Hispanic American inheritance, dating back, as it does, to the time when Spain 
produced the priceless examples still treasured in the cathedrals and chapter houses throughout the 
Peninsula, which are at once the inspiration and despair of the modern artistic iron worker 


60923—27—Bull. 10-4 





All photographs courtesy of ‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 





THE SUGAR INDUS 


From the establishment of Argentina’s sugar industry by 
which is fully reflected in the gigantic proportions attained 
splendidly equipped ‘‘centrals” of the Republic. The 
satisfy national demands for more than 20 years past, 

Upper: One of the largest and best-equipped sugar ‘“‘cen 
unloading cane. Lower left: Some of the machinery as seen 
bringing cane into the mill. Lower right: A storeroom for 








OPMENT I 


sy 
ry 
SB; 
= 
= 
— 
es) 
iS 
0 


OF MANUFACTURES 



























































TRY IN ARGENTINA 


the Jesuits in 1646 to the present year of grace is a far cry, 
by this industry, as represented by the 36 enormous and 
production of these establishments has been sufficient to 
amounting to 5,200,000 tons in that period 

trals” in the Province of Tucuman. Left: A derrick for 
from the window of the ‘‘central.’’ Right: Cog railway 
loaf sugar 








All photographs courtesy of ‘*Plus_Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 


ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL- 








All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 


THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY 


Formerly all the wool from Argentina’s great flocks of sheep was loaded, bale upon bale, into ocean liners 
for transport to the distant mills of England, Germany or the United States which, in turn, sent back 
the woven cloth to the Argentine consumer. This long journey is no longer necessary, for with the 
emergence of Argentina from the purely agricultural stage came the weaving of fine woolen goods in 


Buenos Aires and other cities by means of the most modern machinery. Women operatives here, as 
in other countries, have a large share in the textile industry 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 








All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 
SHOEMAKING 


The rise of manufacturing in Argentina was greatly facilitated by the enormous supplies of pertinent 
raw materials at hand from the bounteous storehouse of Argentine agriculture. One of the industries 
founded on this source of national wealth is shoemaking. Its rapid rise is indicated by the fact that, 
while in 1910 but one shoe factory exhibited in the international exposition held in Buenos Aires, in 
1924 twenty plants displayed their excellent products in the Exposition of Argentine Industry. The 
most modern of machinery is used in the production of fine Argentine footwear 


ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL- 

















All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 


FURNITURE MAKING 


Furniture making in Argentina, extensive and modern as is the industry, continues the Spanish tradition 
of fine handicraft in wood, as may be seen in the upper illustration, where artisans are preparing 
ornamental moldings, and in the lower, which depicts the modeling of a column to be used in a piece 
of handsome cabinet work. At left: Machines for sandpapering and polishing. At right: A band 
saw and an upholstering section 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 





All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 


PETROLEUM WEALTH 


It was not until the closing years of the nineteenth century that the petroleum wealth of Argentina, now being 
exploited on a large scale, was discovered. With the discovery of the deposits in Comodoro Rivadavia 
this industry became one of the most important sources of national wealth, large investments of both 
foreign and national capital having already been made 

Upper: Panorama of the producing zone in Comodoro Rivadavia with its plants and installations. Lower 
left: Filling a tank by two streams of petroleum. Lower right: A petroleum steamer loading 


ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL- 





ARGENTINA’S WINE- 


Even comparatively few Argentines realize the national importance of Argentina’s wine-making industry, which in 
gallons. And this industry had its real beginning, that is in any scientific sense, only as far back as the last third 


Upper: Panorama of the National Vineyard School in Mendoza, the foremost experimental school in this field of 
right: A gallery of fermenting wine ‘‘must”’ 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 





7 


Photographs courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 


MAKING INDUSTRY : 


the Province of Mendoza alone includes 100,000 hectares of vineyards and an annual production of 185,000,000 


of the nineteenth century : : ; 
Argentine industry. Lower left: An aisle between rows of wine tuns in a noted wine vault of Mendoza. Lower 


ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE 











The three small cuts illustrate operations in the 
bottling of a non-alcoholic beverage: the bottling 
process; a bottle-labeling machine packing the 
fished product in crates for delivery to the 
retailer 


BEER AND SOFT DRINKS 


Although beer has become a favorite beverage of 
the Argentine, and many large breweries have 
been built to supply the demand, fruit juices, 
made from the plentiful supply of indigenous 
fruits, and other soft drinks are also extremely 
popular 

Upper: A view of a large modern brewery in 
Argentina 








' All photographs courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos 
Aires 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 





Many millions of cigarettes 
and cigars, in which are 
successfully blended both 
home-grown and _ other 
American tobacco with 
the best Cuban types, 
are manufactured annu- 
ally in Argentina, an 
industry in which many 
women find employment 


CIGARETTE MANU- 
FACTURING 





All photographs courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra,” 
Buenos Aires, 








Upper: A section in a ciga- 


rette factory. Left: Sec- 
tion in which stamping is 
done. Right: Section 
showing tobacco cutting 
machinery. Lower: Sec- 
tion where boxes and 
packages are covered 


ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL- 


= 





SHIPBUILDING IN ARGENTINA 


Some idea of the importance of the shipbuilding plant and fleet 
of vessels of the Argentine Navigation Company Nicolas 
Mihanovich, of Buenos Aires, may be obtained from the 
following 1926 figures: Total number of employees in the 
construction plant, 1,000; amount expended in plant during 
year in wages, salaries and material, $5,110,779; distance 
covered by the fleet of steamers, 3,371,429 kilometers; number 
of passengers transported, 341,911; cargo transported, 1,255,895 
tons in addition to 6,016,621 tons in tugboat service; total 
number comprised in crews and officers of fleet, 3.206 

Upper: A section of the shipyard of the Argentine Navigation 
Company Nicolas Mihanovich. Left: Attaching one of the 
twin screws in a Buenos Aires dry dock. Below: A boat 
under construction 








All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 


OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES 


Upper: Section where ey ! | : c 4 3 
the soap paste is dried / - > C SHEer, SUampIne Cares 
and molded ; sae p 

Lower left: Showing mar 
saponification vats in 
a modern soap factory 


i Lower right: Cutting 


A 


large molds into bars 





All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires 
SOAP-MAKING INDUSTRY 


Soap making is at the present time one of the most flourishing of national industries in Argentina, a large 
number of up-to-date factories being busily engaged in competing with the many foreign brands in sup- 
plying home demands. 


N 


SSS 
SST 
y 
A: 
Ss 
—y) 
WS 
\ J 
wy 
SSSI 
ee: 
IN RS 


RS 


NSS 


CITI 


N 


SUN 





WADA T TF 
( UIAU EL! 
A 
BOUTIN alla 


a BD ¥ LR F434 DR | FHA RAY A BR 
AJA AYA Cal’ ou HAN AW 


Nex) 
Yel, QR “44 FU YF? 1 
le YG "d> e 
TATED 
LAArheasevT @ oa 


SS 
SS 
SSSOK 








By Peter R. Gapp 


Pacific Coast Engineering Construction Expert 


HILE THE United States stands appalled at the destruc- 

tive might wielded by floods in its largest waterway, 

Mexico has launched forth in a determined effort to 

check the ravages of its own “Mississippi,” the swiftly 

rushing Rio Lerma. Harnessing of the raging torrent will constitute 

the greatest hydroelectric and irrigation enterprise ever undertaken 
in the neighboring Republic. 

Eighteen million pesos, Mexican gold, will be expended on the 

project to be carried out by the Compafiia Mexicana Constructora 





1 Pan Pacific Progress, July, 1927. Los Angeles, Calif. 





Courtesy of the Cia. de Fuerza de Suroeste de Mexico 


A VIEW OF 


The harnessing of this river at Tepuxtepec is the greatest hydroelectric and irrigation project in Mexico. The 


1010 


HYDROELECTRIC DEVELOPMENT IN MEXICO 1011 


de Obras Hidroeléctricas, S. A., a subsidiary of the Cia. de Fuerza 
del Suroeste de México, S. A., a subsidiary in turn of the Compafiia 
Mexicana de Luz y Fuerza, or Mexican Light & Power Co. (Ltd.). 

In addition to this vast outlay, these companies, headed by world- 
renowned financiers, are planning the expenditure of another 
10,000,000 pesos in the improvement of existing hydroelectric and 
steam plants owned by them, thus sounding a note of warning to 
the interests which are inclined to ‘‘sell Mexico short” as a result of 
recent internal disturbances. 

The great dam upon the Rio Lerma will rise at Salto del Remolino. 
This site, below Tepuxtepec, Michoacan, is located some 15 kilo- 
meters from the Tepetongo station on the Mexico-Toluca-Acambaro 
Railroad, and practically the same distance from the town of 
Contepec. 

At this point the Lerma is a narrow gorge, through which the waters 
rush at an altitude of 2,340 meters above sea level. North, east, 
and southeast lhe the barren reaches of the Yerege Valley, from 
which, like the spokes of a gigantic wheel, radiate five other valleys. 

When completed, the dam will impound 500,000,000 cubic meters 
of water, spreading over an area roughly estimated to contain 5,000 





TE RIO LERMA 


ncipal construction camp of the Compafifa de Fuerza del Suroeste de Mexico appears in the right background 


1012 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


hectares. The huge artificial lake thus formed will cover most of the 
six valleys, the most northerly of which extends into Guanajuato. 

A power house containing turbines capable of developing 60,000 
horsepower ultimately will be installed below this dam, from which 
water will be brought through a straight-line tunnel 3 kilometers in 
length. After passing through the turbines the water will be returned 
in constant volume to the bed of the Lerma to be utilized in irrigating 
50,000 hectares of land in the Acambaro district, a prof ect upon which 
the Federal Government is planning to spend*several qnillion pesos. 
Ten per cent of the total energy developed in this manner is reserved 
by the National Irrigation Commission. 





Cottey of the Cia. ie Fuerza del Suroeste ag Mexico 


SALTO DEL REMOLINO 


The site of the great Tepuxtepec dam, behind which will be stored 500,000,000 cubic meters of water. At 
the left of the photograph can be seen one of the tunnels which have been excavated for the purpose of 
studying the subsoil 


Preliminary operations are being rushed at the present time. The 
National Railways have completed a 13-kilometer spur from the 
Agua Buena station, on the Mexico-Toluca-Acambaro line to Tepux- 
tepec, while the power company has laid down a private railway, 
3 kilometers in length, connecting the dam and power sites. A high- 
tension line of 25 kilometers has been constructed at a cost of 
$600,000 from El Oro, the former terminus of the power company’s 
system, to Tepuxtepec, both to supply power for the work and to 
transmit later the power developed to Mexico City. 

Two engineers of wide fame have been called into consultation on 
the preliminary plans for the dam. The first is Louis C. Hill, of 
Quinton, Code & Hill, of Los Angeles, Calif., renowned for his work 





HY DROELECTRIC 
PLANTS IN MEXICO 


Upper: An interior view of the 
Necaxa power house. Lower: 
Tepexic generating plant and 
pipe lines which bring the 
water from the falls. This is 
part of the Necaxa system 





60923—27—Bull. 10—_95 


1014 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


on the Roosevelt Dam, in Arizona, and the Elephant Butte project, in 
New Mexico. The second is A. Omodeo, of Milan, Italy, as widely 
known in Europe as is his collaborator in the United States. 

In passing, it is interesting to note the development of the Mexico 
Light & Power Co. and its subsidiaries. In 1903 the parent concern 
began the monumental task of developing the Necaxa hydroelectric 
project and distributing system, whose total cost involved an expense 
of nearly $170,000,000. 

Since that time, in the Necaxa district, the concern has constructed 
one of the world’s most extensive systems of canals and tunnels, 
over 60 kilometers long, to divert the water of the Necaxa River and 
25 other smaller streams between Necaxa and Zacatlan into huge 
reservoirs at Necaxa, Tenango, Nexapa, Los Reyes, and Laguna. 
These great dams have a combined storage capacity of 171,000,000 
cubic meters of water. 

To utilize the potential power of these units, generating plants 
were built at Necaxa, Texepic, Tezcapa, and two at Laguna. Other 
smaller plants were built or purchased at Madin, Fernandez Leal, 
Villada, Tililan, Cafiada, and Elba. In addition, the Alameda plant 
near the Morelos State line was brought into the system through 
purchase from its former French owners, while emergency steam 
plants were equipped in Mexico City, San Lazaro, Nonoalco, In- 
dianilla, and Veronica. A program of improvements now either 
under way or contemplated in the immediate future will require the 
expenditure of another 10,000,000 pesos. 

Simultaneously, the Mexico Tramways Co., one of the group, has 
just announced a series of changes which will result, it is claimed, in 
the saving of millions of pesos annually to the residents of the 
Federal District, in which it operates. 

The latter company has enlarged its urban zone to include the 
homes of the vast majority of those living in this area. Under an 
arrangement worked out by the company unlimited rides may be 
had within this zone at a weekly cost of $2.50, and it has reduced, 
through the sale of tickets, city fare to a flat 8 centavos, which is 
unequaled in point of cheapness 1 in any metropolis in the world the 
size of the Mexican capital. 











EVENTEEN years ago when the National Institute for the 
Blind was founded, the Argentine Republic took a great step 
forward in true civilization. For civilization does not mean 
development in the physical sense only, but also the training 

which equips for useful labor—that is, for social contribution—those 
of our fellow beings who have been less favored by nature. 

The work of an institution in which the dwellers live in an artificial 
atmosphere, not realizing that they too are part of society, is builded 
upon the sand. By educating the blind to be useful, self-respecting, 
self-supporting citizens, the Argentine Institute for the Blind builds 
upon the rock of national progress and social solidarity. 

Until the middle of last century the blind poor of Argentina had 
to beg on the streets for their living, due to the fact that they received 
no education of any nature. In fact the only special care their 
misfortune elicited was the dressing and soothing lotions provided 
by the kindly nuns of the Santa Clara convent. 

The first Argentine institution to prepare the blind for a self-sup- 
porting life came into existence in 1871 as a result of an epidemic of 
a certain purulent disease, contracted mainly by orphans, which 
caused many to lose their eyesight. Those attacked by this disease 
were at first cared for in the hospital for women; later the Charity 
Association” secured teachers for them, thus starting the first Argen- 
tine school for the blind, which from the beginning enjoyed official 
standing. 

Somewhat later, Francisco Gatti, a blind teacher, founded two 
schools. The second, placed in charge of Miss San Roman, whose 
unselfish devotion will never be forgotten, developed into the Na- 
tional Institute, now under the direction of the well-known educator, 
Mr. J. Ulises Codino, who in 1902 was sent to Europe by the Argentine 
Government to study the most advanced methods of teaching of 
the blind. Much of the progress of the institute is due to these 
studies of Mr. Codino, detailed reports of which were later compiled 
into an instructive volume. 

The institute is organized according to the following plan: First, 
a class similar to a kindergarten; second, the elementary grades; 





1 Translated from Riel y Fomento, October, 1926. Buenos Aires. 
2 This splendid organization of women, now more than 100 years old, has charge of all hospitals for women 
and children. It has an annual budget running into millions of dollars. 


1015 


1016 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


third, a music school which compares favorably with the best acad- 
emies of music; and last, a school for the teaching of crafts suitable 
for the blind. This course equips the students with considerable 
general education and either a trade or the knowledge of some 
practical art. They are thus better fitted for life than the average 
bachelor of arts, so far as immediate usefulness is concerned. 

The institute pupil learns to read and write by means of the Braille 
alphabet, invented by the blind man whosé name it bears and success- 
fully used for some time in all the schools of Europe and the United 
States specializing in this kind of work. Each letter or number, as 
is well known, is represented by a combination of six little dots and is 
conveyed to the mind of the reader by means of touch. 

The textbooks of the institute are set up by the students of print- 
ing. As the printing shop is equipped with the necessary machines, 
matrices are kept of the works to be reprinted. It is worthy of note 
that this shop supplies the institute annually with over 1,000 pam- 
phlets and textbooks, as well as other printed matter. 

In addition to the classrooms and shops, the institute includes 
several museums, a gymnasium, a music hall and gardens. Prizes 
have been awarded for the best plan for an adequate new building 
to house the institute, construction on which will soon begin. 

The blind girls show marked imaginative qualities which find 
their expression in the writing of poetry, and many charming examples 
of their work might be cited. 

The training given to the blind who evidence musical ability is 
very thorough, including solfeggio, harmony, piano, organ, violin, 
and violoncello. Some of the music teachers are virtusos as in the 
case of De Rogatis, Piaggio, Rodriguez, and Stlattesi. The music is 
also written according to the Braille system. 

The institute entertainments often consist entirely of musical num- 
bers and the reading of the students’ literary productions, both verse 
and prose, which well merit the applause of their fellow pupils, the 
governing board and an admiring public. : 

One of the most profitable occupations for the blind has been found 
to be that of piano tuner and repairer. This trade is taught in the 
institute by a blind teacher and as it is not possible to have pianos of 
all makes in the institution, the teacher takes his pupils in turn with 
him to help in the work he does outside the school. 

Many other manual trades in which touch plays an important part 
are completely mastered by the blind. In one workshop men learn 
to make wicker articles, brushes, brooms and dusters, and to cane 
chairs. In the girls’ workshop weaving and other feminine occupa- 
tions are taught. 

Following the example of Japan, where the profession of masseur 
or masseuse is reserved for the blind, a great number of these pro- 
fessionals, who are very much in demand and well paid, are to be 


GUIDE TO COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN SANTO DOMINGO 1017 


found in all European countries. The Argentine Institute recently 
added this course to its curriculum, the classes already being attended 
by 12 young women and 10 young men. A blind woman is likewise 
a member of the teaching staff, while many of the pupils of both sexes 
render valuable service as assistants in the classrooms and in the 
workshops. 

What an honor it will be for Argentina when this official institution 
is able to take care of all the blind in the country... According to the 
last census, these numbered 5,351 nationals and 1,505 foreigners. 
But the board on which the institute is dependent has that noble 
objective in view. Not only the humane motives prompting this 
aspiration but also the national act creating the board warrant this 
high emprise, and the names of those men and women of high 
standing who compose that board are a guaranty of complete and 
final success. 








"ei 
mL 


y, 






MART TA AE FEW Ca Z, 
NUMENTS IN 
NUM! IN S 
y ly es Z 1 


On , © @e © © @ © 
4AA YZ 











“To commemorate not only the National Santiago Exposition but 
also Santo Domingo Province Day in that exposition, General don 
Horacio Vasquez, the Secretary of Promotion and Communications has 
authorized, with the approval of His Excellency the President of the 
Republic, the publication of this booklet.” 


Such is the purpose, as set forth in a brief preface, of the small 
volume, The City of Santo Domingo and its Colonial Monuments, by 
Licenciado Federico Llaverias, corresponding member of the Academy 
of History of Cuba. Its actual raison d’étre, however, lies in the 
desire of the Government to surround the venerable landmarks of 
the larger cities with something akin to the true reverence due their 
importance in the history of the continent. And with this purpose in 
mind what better pen, indeed, than the pen of don Federico Llaverias 
could have been chosen for the task? The present volume is as full 
of possibilities for the student and casual reader as for the tourist 
bound for the old and interesting city itself. 

Unencumbered by too meticulous detail, the guidebook is simple 
in construction, concise, and never tiresome; its introduction is a 





1 Compiled and translated from La Ciudad de Santo Domingo y sus Monumentos Coloniales by Marion 
Keefer of the BULLETIN staff. 








THE CATHEDRAL, SANTO DOMINGO 
The first cathedral erected in the New World, completed in 1540, and still in use 





THE HOUSE OF COLUMBUS 


The most interesting ruins in the Dominican capital 


GUIDE TO COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN SANTO DOMINGO 1019 


carefully sketched historical study of Santo Domingo which forms a 
significant background against which the often unrelated monuments 
described are seen in the their vital relation to the Dominican 
people. 

It must be remembered that Santo Domingo is the oldest city in the 
new world, and that from her walls went forth all the first conquerors 
of the wilderness. Otherwise the monuments and ruins of that city 
will draw scarcely more than a passing glance or thought amid the 
hurried bustle of modern life. Hence in his introduction the author 
reminds us that Santo Domingo was founded August 4, 1496, by the 
Adelantado D. Bartolomé Col6én, brother of the discoverer of America, 
the Admiral Don Cristoval Colén; that it was named by him Santo 
Domingo in memory of his father and because its first stone was laid 
on a Sunday, strangely enough, Santo Domingo Day; and that from 
Santo Domingo set forth the expeditions of Hernan Cortés to Mexico, 
Diego de Velazquez to Cuba, Juan Ponce de Leén to Puerto Rico, 
Alonso de Ojeda to the mainland, Juan de Esquivel to Jamaica, 
Francisco Pizarro to Peru, Vasco Nifiez de Balboa to Panama, and 
Rodrigo de Bastida for the conquest of Santa Marta. 

The vital historical significance of 24 monuments, 15 of which 
consist of churches, convents, convent hospitals, monasteries, chapels, 
and the cathedral; and the remainder, the courthouse, an old sundial, 
the Columbus Ceiba Tree, the Torre del Homenaje, the house of the 
Admiral, and several castles, is carefully portrayed, excellent pictures 
of each being given to supplement the written story and to aid the 
visitor in identifying them. 

With the possible exception of the sundial which bears the date 
1753, and the courthouse, the exact date of whose construction is 
unknown, the buildings belong to decades prior to the beginning of 
the eighteenth century, the majority dating back to the sixteenth. 

Most interesting of all is the Admiral’s house, built in 1510, at the 
order of Don Diego Colén. Although its roof has fallen in, the grim 
walls still seem to keep something of the personality of its original 
master. Then there is the church of the once Dominican convent, 
the seat of the first royal and pontificial university established in 
the new world in 1536; the cathedral, also the first to be constructed 
in the new world, whose strong walls resisting the many earthquakes 
of past centuries seem jealously to guard the sacred relics committed 
to their keeping; and, last of all, the historic bastion. 

Describing in intimate fashion the reconstruction and strengthen- 
ing of this bastion of San Jenaro, also known as the Twenty-seventh 
of February, to commemorate the successful defense of the city against 
the English forces of Penn and Venables in 1565, the writer concludes 
by saying: 

“Tn this historic place, on the night of February 27, 1844, the first 
cry of independence rang out, and ever since the purest and most 





COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN 
SANTO DOMINGO 


.Upper: The citadel, viewed from the river. 
Center: The old Dominican university. 
Lower: Gateway in the city wall, at the 
river landing 








PACIFIC FOREIGN TRADE AND TRAVEL EXPOSITION 1021 


treasured feeling in the Dominican heart is a love for his country, no 
longer bound by any bonds but those of brotherhood for the well- 
being and protection of all. He truly feels through the sublime senti- 
ment of national love that the device on the facade of the bastion, 
‘Dulce et decorum est pro patria mori,’ is his.”’ 


AA Ke s 5 Y 
a & A PY 
> AN TAX 
we LD B 
- ‘Zr 
4a BW F 
On JA tn wot 
Ve Fare 
Dr omer 


(NOVEMBER. Tie n@©: 20% 1927) 












PONSORED by the Foreign Trade Club of California which, as 

a pioneer club in fostering the best interests of international 
commerce, comprises over 700 members, leaders in the ship- 

ping, transportation, commercial, and financial world, and 

with the indorsement and support of State and civic officials, and the 
other leading commercial organizations of the State, the Pacific 
Foreign Trade and Travel Exposition will be opened in the Civic 
Auditorium of San Francisco on November 11, 1927. There the 
commodities and manufactures entering into the world trade of Cali- 
fornia, the other Pacific Coast States, and contiguous domestic and 
international markets will be displayed, and the importance of Pacific 
travel to and from Hawaii, Canada, the Antipodes, Asia, the United 
States, and all the South American countries especially emphasized. 

Floor space in excess of 100,000 square feet has been plotted and set 
aside for exhibition purposes, being open to reservation at rates from 
$1 to $1.50 per square foot according to location. With all the space 
allotted to exhibits and booths as indicated, the main floor of the 
auditorium will still accommodate 25,000 visitors without congestion, 
with 10,000 additional in the balconies. 

Not only will there be representative exhibits by the exporters and 
importers of the United States but also displays of products from 
Japan, China, the Dutch Indies, the Philippines, Hawaii, Australia, 
New Zealand, India, Mexico, the picturesque South Sea Islands, and 
various countries of Central and South America. Invitations have 
been issued inviting all countries to participate, and the number of 
reservations already assured for displays has caused the directors to 
announce that the exposition will hereafter be held annually. It is 
expected that at least 200,000 visitors will view this first exposition 
and that before many years it will be of immense importance to San 


1022 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Francisco’s sea-borne commerce and constitute a barometer of the 
trade and travel economics of America. 

Steamship companies and travel agencies are to feature models of 
modern liners making San Francisco a port of call, transcontinental 
railroads are arranging attractive exhibits of their de luxe modes of 
travel, and there will be photographic displays representing the color 
and life of travel abroad. Indications also point to a modern up-to- 
the-minute exhibition by the numerous world freight-handling com- 
panies on land and sea. 

Among the unique exhibits will be those devoted to radio transmis- 
sion, phototelegraphy, ocean navigation contrivances, commercial 
aviation, and cinema production, together with highly interesting 
mechanical and engineering devices, bringing the results of successful 
inventions before the visitors. 

Aside from exhibits an extensive program has also been arranged. 
Educational periods from 10 a. m. to 2 p. m. will offer special attrac- 
tions to students at only a small admission charge; afternoon sessions 
will consist of music, dramatics, graphic arts, fashion displays, and 
feature exhibits designed to interest women, while the evening enter- 
tainments promise to be varied, instructive, and amusing. Trans- 
portation companies are to present special programs and events fea- 
turing the romance of world travel and the ease and pleasure with 
which it may be obtained. Furthermore, several important conven- 
tions and meetings are to be held at the time of the exposition, and 
provision is contemplated for lectures and the display of moving 
pictures. 

The program of the opening day of the exposition, which is armi- 
stice day, will be dedicated to and under the auspices of the American 
Legion. Likewise, on the following day, to be known as American 
Legion Day, and throughout the whole exposition the Legion will 
participate actively in all events. 

The exposition will be governed by an executive body, the organi- 
zation committee, whose membership is as follows: Harry 8S. Scott, 
president, General Steamship Corporation, chairman; John C. Rohlfs, 
manager, marine department, Standard Oil Co.; C. E. Hydes, Fire- 
man’s Mund Insurance Co.; Leonard B. Gary district manager, 
United States Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce; Walter 
EK. Hettman, attorney at law, general counsel; Aubrey Drury, The 
Drury Co., director of publicity; and William D’Egilbert, director 
general. 

Aiding this committee is a foundation board and an ‘‘All-California 
Committee” comprising 300 civic, commercial, and financial leaders. 
With this base to work from, 25 active committees of men and women 
have been organized to analies this exposition a success. 

Reduced fares for the exposition are to be announced by railroad 
and steamship lines. Those desiring to participate are urged to 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1023 


write at once to the Director General, Pacific Foreign Trade and 
Travel Exposition, Merchants’ Exchange Building, San Francisco. 
Concerns abroad may cable or radio Fortaclub for reservations, con- 
firming these by letter. Exhibitors are assured that the undertaking 
will be in every way representative of the best in commercial promo- 
tion and that their displays will be viewed by great numbers of 
visitors. 





ARGENTINA 


MANUFACTURE OF sUGAR.—The sugar mills in Tucuman Province 
report the following movement for the month of last July: 

Cane ground: Property of the mills, 162,385,910 kilograms (kilogram equals 
2.2046 pounds); purchased, 144,731,890 kilograms; total, 277,117,800 kilograms. 

Sugar made: Loaf sugar, 505,400 kilograms; crushed sugar, 7,793,980 kilo- 
grams; other products, 4,139,030 kilograms; total, 12,418,410 kilograms. 

Shipment: Loaf sugar, 120,400 kilograms; crushed sugar, 3,500,210 kilograms; 
other products, 1,052,590 kilograms; total, 4,673,200 kilograms. 

Stocks on hand July 1, 1927: Loaf sugar, 385,000 kilograms; crushed sugar, 
4,273,770 kilograms; other products, 3,086,440 kilograms; total, 7,745,210 
kilograms. 

IRRIGATION CANAL.—A canal 12.4 miles in length, planned to 
irrigate 17,300 acres of land in the Territory of Neuquén, has recently 
been opened. The canal begins at Senillosa and receives from the 
Limay River 2 cubic meters of water per second, which amount may 
be increased to 6 cubic meters. The secondary canals distributing 
the water form a junction at Plottier with the system of irrigation 
ditches already existing in the Limay Valley and extending as far 
as the city of Neuquén. 

Six MONTHS’ ExportTs.—The value of Argentine exports for the 
first six months of 1927 is officially reported as 562,139,891 gold pesos, 
against 446,465,215 gold pesos in the corresponding period of 1926. 


BOLIVIA 


HigHways In YunGAs.—Karly in June the Government dictated 
a decree nominating a commission which is to cooperate with the 
Ministry of Public Works in studying and presenting recommenda- 
tions for a systematic highway development in the two Provinces of 
Yungas. A committee has also been appointed to draw up a project 
for a loan in an endeavor to secure funds for the construction of motor 
roads to the Yungas valleys of La Paz. 


1024. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


BRAZIL 


“Kine Correr.’’—The following on the bicentenary of coffee in 
Brazil is quoted from the Brazilian American for June 4, 1927: 


Two hundred years ago, according to Brazilian historians, the first coffee 
plant was brought to Brazil by a Brazilian soldier in the service of King John V 
of Portugal. ... The exact date of the introduction of coffee is accepted as 
May 27, 1727. In September of this year the second centenary coffee celebra- 
tion will be held in S40 Paulo, with appropriate ceremonies in honor of King 
Coffee, the Black Monarch, to whom Brazil owes much of her present develop- 
ment. [This celebration was postponed to October.—Editor’s note.] 

Four-fifths of the world’s coffee crop is now grown in Brazil. The coffee 
exported last year was valued at £70,000,000, and the total exports of the coun- 
try at £94,000,000. The city of Sio0 Paulo is the coffee capital of the world, and 
more coffee is handled at Santos than in any other port on the globe. Much of 
Brazil’s wealth is derived from the coffee fazendas, and work on the fazendas 
attracts the majority of the immigrants to this country. 

Historians say that coffee was first brought to South America by a French 
navigator who landed in French Guiana. He brought two coffee plants from 
the Old World and guarded them carefully on the long voyage across the 
Atlantic. 

According to the popular coffee story, a Brazilian soldier, Capt. Francisco de 
Mello Palheta, brought the first coffee plant into Brazil from Cayenne, French 
Guiana, to Belem. The plant began its triumphant march to the south, slowly 
at first, but when it become evident that the Black King had found his natural 
habitat in Brazil, the coffee legions advanced rapidly, took Minas Geraes and 
Sao Paulo, and continued to progress until to-day Brazilian coffee is known in 
all parts of the world. : 

An extensive study of means of production and cultivation of coffee will be 
made at the coffee congress to be held in Sio Paulo during the centenary cele- 
bration. Experts from the coffee marts of the world will gather to discuss the 
problems of the trade. There will be a grand coffee exposition. The ‘‘Avenida 
de Café” will be inaugurated in the city of Sao Paulo. A commemorative 
tablet will be erected in honor of the King in the two hundredth year of his 
reign. ‘Coffee day” will be instituted in Brazil. In addition to the tablet, 
a statue depicting the wealth and power of the monarch will be unveiled. 
Busts and portraits of the men who dedicated their lives to coffee in the early 
days in Brazil will be placed on display. The corner stone of the new biological 
institute will be laid. 


The following figures on the growth of Brazilian coffee produe- 


tion, also taken from the Brazilian American, are of interest in this 
connection: 





Average annual production 








ee All oth 
Brazil aoantice 
Bags kags 
SAV RR (Vier ee Tipe Ge a Ae Sea aa ees ee 3, 785, 000 3, 925, 000 
PS STAM OOimen ik te ena Ae Sree enor 5, 628, 000 4, 324, 009 
1S NEMO 0 Oa Hare arta ek Rion OI rhea cope ee ne a ee eee 7, 327, 000 4, 425, 000 
OOM NO iM OMe eset ah ah ae oe eS A em 13, 730, 000 3, 817, 000 
MOTH OD One ec RU Te. yan aie a een inane eae 13, 529, 000 4, 518, 000 
ODT NOD ne cata eee CS. 1 dl ie ee meee nee 13, 227, 000 6, 410, 000 











AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1025 


A bumper crop of coffee is expected in 1927-28, the estimate of the 
Coffee Institute for the amount exportable through Santos, including 
the production of the States of Paran& and Minas Geraes, being 
15,274,000 bags. 

Representatives of the States of Sdo Paulo, Minas Geraes, Rio de 
Janeiro, and Espirito Santo signed a new agreement on May 28 last 
with regard to the shipping of coffee from their respective States, this 
agreement being subject to revision in September. Each month as 
many bags of coffee as were exported the previous month will be 
admitted to the coffee ports of Santos, Rio de Janeiro, and Victoria, 
a fixed percentage of the amount to be shipped to these ports being 
allotted to the coffee-producing States tributary to the respective 
ports. 

CHILE 


GOVERNMENT RAILROADS.—The following table, published in an 
article which appeared in the Anales del Instituto de Ingenieros 
de Chile for April, 1927, gives some interesting data with regard 
to the Government-owned railroads: 





























Length Interest 
Year System (kilo- Capital | Receipts Eipend: pay- 
meters) ments 
| 
Thou- Thou- Thou- Thou- 
sands of | sands of | sands of | sands of 
| pesos pesos pesos pesos 
TI HIEE eye ee ale ae WS irene NN Se eas 2,599 | 403,532 | 60,235 | 77,815 167 
OT eee ee MEN aa (ee (lip R Seta aee ea eee 2,620} 409,453 | 73,720 71,038 185 
AGL Ghee se oats oral omees seers. Seis a 2,743 | 399,002 | 74,125 | 73,216 120 
INorteee= esters a ] 7, 421 10, 862 
DL (fe ee (caren 4,472 | 592, 793 | 74, 527 72, 105 103 
iiNorteseet= stan. ase | | 6, 805 13, 284 
LO Se eee eee ere ichcten ta cae esa 4,485 | 597, 240 81, 473 88, 560 542 
Norte Wemeeencrste= aon | | 6,922 | 16,111 |] 
WG) «oc cteccceresoaesecatese ‘(sur BAT Drs cos PAD 4,477 | 597, 265 91,981 | 102,598 | 2, 695 
iNortesssnaes meen ] 6, 863 15, 997 
920 Ae ee ee ee ee aaa, a8! 4, 456 | 597, 447 100,365 | 116, 088 5, 398 
INO a se ue ] { 9,014/| 19, 567 
O21 ee eee es oe Oe eee aaa See Ay in eda 4,495 | 587, 597 | 147,654 | 152, 866 23, 349 
finite sses eee es | { 9,798) 17,795 } 
MEPs Sat ee eee one neenus ih en ae ea Rin ee 4,561 | 672, 684 | 158,127 | 126, 278 21, 916 
fiNNorte monsters ne | { 10,225} 15, 559 
1923 see eee See ones cea art SOR ana Rt ait 4, 591 736, 765 | 169,954 | 133, 256 19, 064 
(INOT:te Meee tre ee ] - 10,727 | 16, 186 | 
UE ommeaeekeetdasaseseanesl RED hides Sis 4,639 | 787, 488 186,669 | 150, 115 25, 742 
INOrteeee eh eos ese 1 | 12,784 | 18, 432 | 
O25 E2 sae see sae atewee eases = icteric See ae eee 4,639 | 820, 514 210, 675 | 173, 594 23, 387 
IN Ont Glalae Seen ] | 15,472 | 18, 784 | 
Usp Iofee et etek See Shale step e ee areal a ge lg ts ete 4,683 | 862, 963 293,696 | 178, 804 22, 704 








VALDIVIA PORT WORKS.—T'wo Government engineers have been 
engaged in making studies preliminary to starting work on an 
adequate port for Valdivia. The sum of 40,000 pesos was appro- 
priated for the prelimimary surveys and £1,000,000 for expenditure 
in construction. The work will be awarded by public bid. 


1026 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


CourRsE IN POULTRY RAISING.—A course of 16 lectures and 16 
practical lessons in poultry raising was started last June in Santiago 
by the Chilean Poultrymen’s Association. This course awakened so 
much interest in the public that nonmembers of the association, as 
well as members, were admitted to the course. 

FLOATING TRADE EXPOSITION.—The Baquedano, the training ship 
for cadets of the Chilean Navy, is carrying on its present cruise a 
collection of samples of Chilean products, which awakened much 
interest in the Argentine and Brazilian ports first visited. Among 
the products attracting special attention were cordage, dried fruit, 
nuts, beans, lentils, wines, canned shellfish, sole leather, and hides. 


COLOMBIA 


COLONIZATION OF THE SANTA Marta HIGHLANDS.—On June 24 a 
contract was signed by the Colombian Government and a national 
company, with home office in Barranquilla, for the colonization of the 
highlands of Santa Marta, Department of the Magdalena. The 
company agrees to establish and develop one or more colonies on 
the 50,000 hectares which have been granted to it, and has engaged 
a number of German and Danish immigrants to settle there. 

IpERO-AMERICAN EXPOSITION IN SEVILLE.—The Colombian Goy- 
ernment has authorized an expenditure of 100,000 pesos for the 
representation of Colombia at the Ibero-American Exposition which 
will be held in Seville next year. Of this sum, 60,000 pesos will be 
employed for the construction of a suitable building, 10,000 pesos for 
furnishing and equipment of same, 10,000 pesos for expenditures of 
the Colombian commissioners at the exposition, and the remaming 
funds for purchasing the exhibits. A fine showing of national 
industries will be made. One interesting feature will be a miniature 
of the emerald mine at Muzo; another will be the manufacturing of 
hats, from the preparation of the fiber to the finished article. The 
coffee industry will be allowed a space large enough to have 10 
coffee trees in bloom, as well as small machines for shelling, roasting, 
grinding, and brewing coffee. Wall charts with statistics will show 
the exact production of coffee in Colombia. On the ground floor of 
the building there will be a large relief map, 4 meters in width by 5 in 
length, showing the railroads, highways, and navigable rivers of the 
Republic. 

PRODUCTION OF COFFEE IN 1926.—During the year 1926 there were 
331,301,766 coffee trees in bloom, which yielded a crop estimated 
at 2,760,848 bags of 60 kilos each. Of this amount, 2,454,251 
bags were exported, valued at 92,283,862 pesos. Exports of coffee 
in 1926 exceeded those of the year 1925 by 505,886 bags. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1027 
COSTA RICA 


CrNsus REPORTS.—A preliminary report of the census recently 
completed in Costa Rica states the total population to be 476,069, 
or an increase of 45 per cent since the previous census of 1892. 
Compared with former census data, it is as follows: 














Year of census Population Increase es 
SA denice ete eer Sey see eae | TOROS 20, Sa oe Sy rele Cee ane 
1S 4 mene is ray ep eee te Cho NES a 120, 500 40, 517 | 50 
le Sj ener enee LO ALS 182, 073 | 61, 573 52 
RSMO. ee ces pts cae fe ea 243, 205 | 61, 132 | 58 
NG A al es i 0 476, 069 | 232, 864 | 45 





Immicration.—According to reports, an immigration project pre- 
sented by Dr. J. S. Kammienny, delegate of the Polish Committee 
for the Promotion of Immigration, is at present under study by the 
Costa Rican Government. The plan provides for the immigration 
of not less than 250 Polish-German families, totaling about 1,060 
individuals, to form a colony between the Zapote River (Liberia) and 
Culebra Bay, where they would engage in agricultural pursuits. 

Two Italian immigration specialists are also in Costa Rica studying 
the possibility of establishing an agricultural colony of 100 Italian 
families who are especially interested in coffee production and silk- 
worm culture. 

CUBA 


SuGarR pPRoDuUCcTION.—President Machado said in a statement 
made on June 17 regarding the sugar industry that the grinding of 
the crop for the season of 1926 and 1927, which was practically com- 
pleted, showed a production of 4,500,000 tons, thus demonstrating 
in a conclusive manner that the measures adopted by the present 
Government regarding this important industry have been faithfully 
carried.out. The next grinding season will not commence until 
January, 1928, and the order prohibiting the clearing of ground for 
planting sugar cane has been extended for another year, that is, 
until July, 1928. (Oourtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

DIVISION OF MOTION-PICTURE PROPAGANDA.—In order to familiarize 
the public with the operations of his department, the Secretary of 
Public Works has established a division of propaganda by means of 
motion-picture films. This division is carrying out the work for 
which it was created most successfully. In all of the 55 motion- 
picture theaters in Habana films are being shown depicting street 
cleaning, the progress of public works, and similar subjects. (Cour- 
tesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


1028 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Livestock CONGRESS.—Preparations are being made for holding 
a livestock congress in Habana, the purpose of this congress being 
to study ways and means for developing to the utmost the livestock 
industry of Cuba. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

TouURIST TRAVEL IN CuBa.—The National Committee for the 
Promotion of Tourist Travel in Cuba has established an office in 
Miami. This office has made connections with 73 tourist agencies 
in the United States and Canada, all of which distribute Cuban 
travel propaganda. Seven thousand letters have been received from 
all over the world at the Miami office asking for information about 
Cuba; 150,000 of the pamphlets entitled ‘““Cuba” have been dis- 
tributed, as well as 5,000 albums of views and approximately 250,000 
post cards. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


West Inp1AN AbRIAL Express Co.—A company under this name 
was organized in the city of Barahona on June 20 of the present year. 
The home office is located in Santo Domingo city, but the by-laws 
of the company permit the establishment of branch offices in any 
other cities of the Republic or abroad. The purpose of this company, 
as the name implies, is to establish a regular air service between the 
countries of the Antilles. Test flights have already been made from 
Santo Domingo to Port au Prince, capital of Haiti, and it is hoped 
to have very shortly a well-established service between these and 
other points. 

PRODUCTION OF RAW SUGAR.—By July 1, 1927, all the principal 
centrals in the Dominican Republic had finished grinding, yielding 
for that grinding season, which commenced in December, 1926, a 
production of 339,946 short tons of raw sugar. 


ECUADOR 


BANANA CONCESSION.—The Chief Executive issued a decree on 
July 5 authorizing the Ministers of Agriculture, Public Works, and 
the Treasury as representatives of the Government, to sign a con- 
tract with a private citizen for the exportation of bananas from 
Ecuador. The contract allows the concessionaire the use of the 
Government wharves, and authorizes him to construct in the Bay of 
Puna such wharves as may be required for the shipment of bananas. 
The concessionaire, who is exempt from paying export duties, 
assumes the obligation of forming a national company for the exporta- 
tion of bananas, said company to be organized and duly registered 
within sixty days from the date of signing the contract. He also agrees 
to bring the first ship equipped with refrigerating plant and ventila- 
tors within twenty months after signing the contract. The com- 
pany’s vessels shall carry mail between Ecuadorean ports and their 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1029 


ports of destination. This contract is for a period of 15 years, com- 
puted from the date on which the first shipment is made. 

NEW TARIFF, CUSTOMS, AND CONSULAR REGULATIONS.—According to 
a decree of June 13, 1927, a revised Ecuadorean tariff and new con- 
sular and customs regulations became effective on July 1, 1927. 
(Commerce Reports, June 27, 1927.) 

SHOES MADE FROM TOOUILLA STRAW.—In the city of Cuenca an 
interesting experiment has been made of manufacturing women’s 
shoes from toquilla straw. This straw is that from which Panama 
hats are made and the shoes in question are woven in the same 
manner as the hats, in an openwork design. The body of the shoe 
is mounted on a hand-turned sole with French heel. The whole 
effect is very pleasing, and as this straw is light and cool the shoes 
are attractive as a novelty for summer wear. 

Pusiic worKs.—The Government of Ecuador has issued a decree 
appropriating 1,850,000 sucres for railroads in the Republic, 1,300,000 
sucres for highways, and 200,000 sucres for port improvements at 
Bahia and Manta. (Commerce Reports, June 27, 1927.) 


GUATEMALA 


ORGANIZATION OF PRESS ASSOCIATION.—As a result of a visit paid 
Guatemala City by a number of Salvadorean journalists, representa- 
tives of the Guatemalan press voted to form a press association 
similar to that of Salvador, and appointed a committee to formulate 
a definite outline of its work. 

OpENING oF NAHUALATE-CHiIcacao Highway.—On April 9, 1927, 
the Nahualate-Chicacao Highway was opened for public use. Bring- 
ing the greater part of the Pamax4n region within a 30-minute drive 
to the railroad station of Nahualate, the highway will be a valuable 
asset to the farmers of this fertile coffee-growing section, which 
produces an average of 72,500 quintals (quintal = 220.46 pounds) 
of coffee annually. 

IMPROVEMENT OF POTABLE WATER SERVICE.—Among the important 
public works recently authorized by the Government of Guatemala 
is the improvement of the potable water service in a number of rural 
communities, the municipality of San Andrés Villaseca, Retalhuleu, 
having been authorized to spend 75,800 pesos; Santa Barbara, Solola, 
2,426 pesos; Esquipulas, 5,240 pesos; and Concepcion, 12,500 pesos. 





HAITI 


Fairs.—One national fair at Damien and seven rural fairs were 
held during June. These, with the 15 rural fairs held in April and 
May, make a grand total of 23. The national fair was opened at 
Damien June 19 with an appropriate program. Music was furnished 

60923—27—Bull. 10——_6 


1030 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


by the bands of the Gendarmerie and the Maison Centrale. The 
fair was much better from every viewpoint than it has been in pre- 
vious years. The quality of products has improved, and exhibitors 
are selecting with greater care the products to be displayed. Ap- 
proximately 2,000 exhibits were made. Seven hundred and fifty-nine 
prizes, including 5,183 gourdes in cash, were awarded. The attend- 
ance during the two days was approximately 2,000. Athletic games 
were held in the afternoon. The interest being shown in the devel- 
opment of this national fair would seem to warrant a much more 
pretentious preparation than has been possible thus far. 

CoFFEH PRODUCTION.—-At the coffee experiment station work has 
been completed on the installation of coffee-mill machinery, con- 
sisting of two pulpers, a sheller, a dryer, a cleaner, a roaster, a 
erinder, and a six-horsepower gas engine. General operations in- 
clude the clearing of coffee jungle and preparations for planting 
more coffee in the fall. A new coffee nursery of about 3,000 seed- 
lings in bamboo pots has been planted and about 600 seedlings sent 
to the Damien farm. 

Coffee planting for the bonus has already commenced; in May 
the service paid for more than 11,700 young coffee trees in the 
region of Jacmel. All agricultural agents are making satisfactory 
propaganda in favor of this bonus, which has proved to be an en- 
couragement to the Haitian farmers. 


HONDURAS 


Imports AND ExportTs.—The following figures are taken from a 
statistical table on Honduran imports and exports prepared by the 
General Revenue Bureau: 











Year Imports Exports 
OMS Ge kee ewer na! ANU eye een ae | $4, 452, 109. 47 $5, 238, 206. 10 
NOT Gon ac ee an ee oe ee rene P= Gu2O3 1628280) 6, 696, 814. 57 
NQUG72 Gs alee A cael pe Ones Ne? ieee Wee | 4,784, 449. 36 5, 733, 663. 55 
LOUSS UO kes ene Ree OU TA ie Meni Tees Stiga | 6, 931, 376. 00 | 5, 997, 741. 00 
AIO HO (kos ion tN eel EL es coi eto | 12, 860, 762. 32 3, 472, 362. 56 
OD Om! lea wees ecco ely ye eee ioe a ec lae 16, 722, 699. 71 5, 428, 587. 12 
VQ DVO Oe oak sie 2 (ree aioe Me wa | 12, 804, 258. 49 5, 386, 406. 76 
A 2D Bees noe Seen ee game, Gee eee eee | a1 Be Rs 7m) 10, 016, 270. 32 
PODSM OAT Visine Fh tis ee ena | ah e7.onK7. el 7, 897, 046. 61 
UO AD Price storie) anc Saleh Rh 2 sagt ete | 12, 752, 763. 34 | 11), 983) 0535 am 
NO 252 Grid cleo) ecu vil hil tee a epehon ines | 9, 899, 949. 53 13, 456, 005. 70 
| 





AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1031 


REVENUES FROM CONSULAR SERVICE.—Consular fees collected 
during the six months from August, 1926, to January, 1927, inclu- 
sive, amounted to $190,213.42. 


MEXICO 


RICE PRODUCTION IN THE STATE OF SONORA.— Statistics prepared 
by the Department of Agriculture reveal an appreciable increase in 
the production of rice in the State of Sonora during the past five 
years. Rice production in this State represents a considerable part 
of the total rice production of Mexico, the high quality of Sonora 
rice being recognized in foreign as well as national markets. Its 
varieties are usually large grain types. Mexico exports rice to 
Canada, England, Germany, the Netherlands, and the United States, 
exports to the last forming 50 per cent of the total. The actual 
amount of land under cultivation and its production during the period 
from 1920 to 1926 are as follows, the figures for 1926-27 being a pre- 
liminary estimate: 








Hectares under Production in 
: cultivation (hec- | ,-. a 

es tare equals 2a ilograms (ogra 
LOAD Dili asd. 9 eh Ph aa eg Rn ee 4, 164 2, 442, 141 
SU OPO R Pea a ee | 2 861 iL, 7D, BY 
L222) eee I eens a ra ae 2 La Re tr ee 3, 445 3, 100, 758 
102 3=0 Aetee cethken cpa Mtr 2h ou oes | 5, 500 4, 922, 838 
UA 2 ae Mie pee mde a ok OE! ees pS hey stan | 8, 400 7, 891, 873 
HUGS SSB rs al Ee a | 13, 500 14, 537, 500 
ODR QT tps eS eB a aE 16, 354 20, 495, 600 











FEDERAL OFFICE FOR AGRICULTURAL DEFENSE—See page 1038. 
NICARAGUA 


DESTRUCTION OF INSECT PEST.—Owing to the recent menace to 
Nicaraguan crops occasioned by grasshoppers, an organized cam- 
paign has been begun for their destruction by the Government, which 
has levied a direct tax on all male citizens over 18 years of age, the 
amount of which varies from 1 cordoba to 25 centavos, according to 
income. Persons living in territories free from the plague or far 
removed from any afflicted area will be exempt from the tax. 

INCREASE IN SPANISH IMPORTS.—According to data printed in E/ 
Diario Nicaragiiense, Managua, of June 18, 1927, the total imports 
of Nicaragua from a single port of Spain (Barcelona) during 1926 
were valued at 498,498 pesetas, against imports amounting to 288,692 
pesetas during 1925. The chief articles imported were cotton cloth, 
religious images, books, and various conserves. 


1032 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


URBAN POPULATION IN 1926.—The population of the various cities 
of Nicaragua in 1926 as shown by a census made by their respective 
departments of sanitation is reported to be as follows: 


City Population City Population 
AVE +a 6 Fe Rea soto eae ences ee 320560) Chinande gam = = ee 10, 307 
Tse Ornette sa pa ea een 2321500) 1 RIV AS ase Saye eee 4, 081 
(Granac ae oie. Seba shy oes ease 13. 0667|3 Chichi galls a= =e eee 3, 142 
Mials aly acest 770m clot See aren ja aoe ke} (Aga |p Corinne soe ee 2, 307 

PANAMA 


Exports THROUGH CrisT6BAL.—According to data published by 
the press, the total value of all exports of native products through 
the port of Cristobal during July, 1927, was 145,269 balboas. Of 
this figure, 130,590 balboas represent the value of bananas shipped, 
while other exports were coconuts, ivory nuts, tortoise shell, and 
copra. 

EXTENSIVE FRUIT INVESTMENTS.—It was announced on July 20, 
1927, that, following the conclusion of a contract between the Chiri- 
qui Land Co., a subsidiary of the United Fruit Co., and the Gov- 
ernment of Panama on June 18, 1927, an extensive program for the 
agricultural development of Alanje and Bugaba, in the Province of 
Chiriqui, was to be launched. Studies of the soil and general geog- 
raphy of the land will be made; 15,000 hectares (hectare equals 
2.47 acres) of land planted to banana trees; and railways, irrigation 
systems, hospitals, laboratories, and port works constructed, it being 
estimated that the company will spend $5,000,000 on the project. 

SILK CORPORATION ORGANIZED.—The charter of a silk company, 
organized with a capital of 20,000 balboas, to engage in the purchase, 
sale, and utilization in commercial form of the products of the silk- 
worm, was registered in Colon on August 3, 1927. 


PARAGUAY 


PLOWING COMPETITION.—On July 3, 1927, more than 20 farmers, 
representing many sections of the country, participated in a national 
plowing competition held under the auspices of the Agricultural 
Bank in the Botanical Garden of Asuncién. Prizes in the form of a 
tractor, 20-disk harrow, plows, cane knives, and axes were awarded 
the most skilful contestants. 

ARRIVAL OF GERMAN COLONISTs.—According to El Diario, Asun- 
cidn, of June 28, 1927, a group of 46 German immigrants fully 
equipped to engage in agricultural pursuits recently arrived in 
Paraguay to take up farms on a tract of land 6 by 114 leagues (league 
equals approximately 3 miles) on the Paraguay River in the depart- 
ment of Villa de San Pedro. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1033 


PERU 


CHINCHILLA FARMS.—A new national industry recently came into 
being with the issuance of a presidential decree authorizing the 
establishment of chinchilla farms. In order to save the animals from 
threatened extinction, a law was passed in 1920 absolutely forbidding 
their destruction. By the present decree, however, persons whose 
intention it is to establish farms will be permitted to trap a limited 
number of chinchillas each year to serve as breeding stock. The 
sale of skins is prohibited until the fourth year after the permit has 
been granted; the exportation of live chinchillas is forbidden; and 
an annual report concerning the results of their enterprise required 
of all breeders. 

COLONIZATION OF MOUNTAIN LANDS.—On May 13, 1927, a plan 
concluded between the Director of Immigration and representatives 
of the Polish American Colonization Syndicate was approved by the 
Government. The project provides for the immigration, over a 
period of three years, of 3,000 Polish families to settle on 1,000,000 
hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres) of mountain land in places 
already set aside for such purposes. 

It has also been reported that another contract has been concluded 
providing for the colonization of 350,000 hectares of mountain lands 
by 930 families of European birth. 

PLAN FOR FARMERS’ MARKET APPROVED.—It was stated in La 
Prensa, Lima, of June 19, 1927, that a plan for a farmers’ market 
presented on April 8, 1927, has been approved with slight modifica- 
tions. In general, the plan provides for the sale of farm products 
direct to the consumer at prices fixed by the producer or at auction 
with an extra charge sufficient to cover a previously agreed commis- 
sion and the cost of transportation and handling. The market will 
also attempt to regulate production in accordance with demand. 

AUTOMOBILE staTistics.—According to the Touring Club Peruano, 
Lima, for March and April, 1927, there are 9,100 automobiles in 
Peru, Lima having 6,012 of this number. It is estimated that at 
the present time Peru has between 800 and 900 kilometers (kilo- 
meter equals 0.62 of a mile) of excellent automobile roads. 


SALVADOR 


EXEMPTION OF MACHINERY AND AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS FROM 
puty.—In order to intensify agricultural development, the National 
Legislative Assembly issued a decree on June 24, 1927, exempting 
from import duty all farm machinery and implements, fertilizers, 
seeds, insecticides, fumigating apparatus, material for construction 
of barns and granaries, and other articles necessary for agricultural 
pursuits. 

NATIONAL NURSERIES.—On June 14, 1927, a regulation was passed 
providing for certain improvements in the organization of the Bureau 


1034 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of Plant Acclimatization and Propagation of the National Nurseries. 
Among other duties of the Director of the National Nurseries is 
the giving of lectures and information to any persons interested in 
plant propagation. 

URUGUAY 

First Natronau Tourine Coneress.—In view of the rapid growth 
of interest in motoring and its far-reaching economic and social 
importance, the Touring Club of Uruguay has initiated plans for 
the First National Touring Congress to be held in Montevideo from 
December 8 to 15, 1927. The proposed program includes the dis- 
cussion of such interesting topics as: 

Creation of a national commission for the promotion of touring; formulation 
of methods for distributing propaganda concerning the country; preparation 
of a map for motorists; publication of data on the state of roads and other 
useful information; establishment of tourist headquarters; conclusion of special 
conventions between different countries to facilitate international touring; 
highway improvement; enacting of uniform traffic legislation; provision of 
safety road signs, rest rooms, and emergency aid service; improvement of seaside 


resorts; and organization of excursions, celebrations, and sporting events to 
attract tourists. 


SHALE o1L.—In accordance with a decree of June 24, 1927, Dr. 
Latham Clarke has been commissioned to visit various foreign 
countries in order to make a complete study of bituminous shale 
and shale oil, a subject considered of importance for the economic 
future of Uruguay. 

Essay CONTEST.—It was stated in La Marana, Montevideo, of 
June 19, 1927, that a proposal for an essay contest to be held under 
the auspices of the Rural Association had been approved and that a 
committee had been appointed to formulate definite plans for its 
execution. The subject announced was farm development. 


VENEZUELA 


ForEIGN TRADE.—According to data from the official edition of 
Estadistica Mercantil y Maritima as quoted by the press, the total 
value of Venezuelan foreign trade for the first six months of 1927 
was 404,733,011 bolivars, including: 








j Bolivars 
Ibanyovoneuis) Wovcourdey Oixoboanenry (Clovenaele 9 = 178, 804, 948. 00 
[han jororaiis} Waurowyeda, Wore Tow Se 9, 437, 081. 25 
i Monirsy] wan g0y OO) anise ene meinem crete AA eee OU NURS oa ie ee SRO at 188, 242, 029. 25 
HRotalliexpomntseic 202 cis ee oe) SE Ue Urs Rae tee hay ec Ee aaa 216, 490, 982. 07 
General sto tants cee yc ee ese erik ee are eae 404, 733, 011. 32 
JBOMEN OMS) Weeks “Jor aCe ee ee 28, 248, 952. 82 


CARRYING TRADE oF La Guatra.—During the first six months 
of 1927, Dutch ships carried 15,740 tons out of a total of 52,545 
tons, or 30 per cent of the imports, into the port of La Guaira. Ves- 
sels of the United States carried 13,778 tons, or 26.2 per cent, and 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 1035 


German lines 12,384, or 23.6 per cent. Dutch ships also carried the 
largest percentage, or 43.6 per cent, of the export trade, with the 
German lines in second place with 22.2 per cent, and United States 
ships third with 18.2 per cent. In all, a total of 295 ships entered 
and cleared from the port during the six-month period, being an 
increase of 18 over the previous year. From these ships, it is re- 
ported, 7,947 persons disembarked, while 6,989 embarked. 

CONSTRUCTION OF PIER EXTENSION.—Following the approval of a 
contract concluded on June 1, 1927, work is being begun on the con- 
struction of a 340-meter (meter equals 3.28 feet) concrete extension 
to the pier now used by coasting vessels in Maracaibo Bay. The 
contract specifies that the water between the pier and shore shall be 
8 feet in depth, that a suitable approach be built, and that the work 
be concluded within a year after the signing of the contract. 

NEW LIGHT ON BREAKWATER.—Recent reports state that the new 
hight for the La Guaira Breakwater has arrived and will be mounted 
within a short time on the present tower the height of which will be 
raised from 30 to 36 feet above the surface of the breakwater. The 
light is revolving, white, and of 5,000 candlepower, flashing once 
every 10 seconds. 

CoMPLETION OF TELEPHONE LINE.—On July 1, 1927, authorities 
in charge stated that work on the Tasajeras-Sabana de Mendoza 
telegraph line which has been constructed over 176 kilometers 
(kilometer equals 0.62 of a mile) of mountain and desert plains at a 
cost of 83,905 bolivars, exclusive of the poles, had been completed and 
that arrangements are being made for its inauguration. 

HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION AUTHORIZED.—The construction of a 
highway through the rich and fertile region from Pregonero to La 
Grita, a distance of 150 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 of a mile), 
was decreed on May 23, 1927, and the sum of 60,000 bolivars set 
aside to cover part of the cost. 





ARGENTINA 


Loan FROM Spatn.—Last May Argentina contracted with the 
Spanish Government for a 6 per cent loan of 100,000,000 pesetas, 
with 1 per cent annual accumulative amortization. The loan was 
placed at 97. 


1036 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION — 


PuBLIC WORKS FUND.—A decree issued June 1, 1927, regulating 
the public works fund, provides that a special account for this fund 
should be opened in the Banco de la Nacién Argentina, composed of 
53,370,197.70 pesos cash and 107,706,029.12 pesos in bonds. Of the 
latter amount, bonds to produce 90,653,771.12 pesos still remained 
to be issued. 

BRAZIL 


Loans.—A loan of $5,900,000 to the State of Sado Paulo and one of 
$4,000,000 to various municipalities of the State of Rio Grande do 
Sul were placed in the New York market last June. 


COLOMBIA 


NeEw BANK BUILDING. The Royal Bank of Canada is having con- 
structed in Bogota a splendid new edifice for its offices. This building 
will be 10 stories high, having space for 350 offices and 100 rooms, 
for lodgings for the employees. 

Loan oF $60,000,000.—The Government has decided to accept 
the tender of Hallgarten & Co. and of Kissel, Kinnicut & Co. of New 
York for a loan of $60,000,000, as their offer presents the most advan- 
tageous conditions for the country. The first issue of bonds will be 
for $25,000,000, yielding an interest of 6 per cent, with an amortiza- 
tion fund of 1 per cent a year for a term of 30 years. Said bonds will 
be placed on the market for 91.18 per cent. The proceeds of this 
loan will be used exclusively for completing the Pacific Railroad, the — 
Central Northern Railroad, the continuation of the branch line of 
the Western Railroad, improvements on the Magdalena River and 
Bocas de Ceniza, and port improvements. (Courtesy of the Colombian 
Legation in Washington.) 

BRANCH BANK.—Owing to the damage wrought by a recent cyclone 
in the banana region of Santa Marta, the farmers of that section sent 
a petition to the Government stating the difficulties caused by the 
situation and requesting that a branch of the Agricultural Bank be 
opened in the city of Santa Marta. As a result of this petition, a 
branch bank, with a capital of 6,000,000 pesos, has been established 
in Santa Marta, thus providing sufficient funds for furnishing the 
farmers with what money they need at 7 per cent a year. (Courtesy 
of the Colombian Legation in Washington.) 

Loan For ANTIoqu1IA.—On May 6 last the Departmental Govern- 
ment of Antioquia signed a contract with a banking firm of New 
York City for a loan of $14,000,000, the proceeds to be used for the 
construction of the highway from Medellin to Uraba, for the exten- 
sion of several other highways, and for the conversion of the Depart- 
ment’s debt. This loan is for 30 years, at an annual interest of 
7 per cent and cumulative amortization of 1 per cent a year; the 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 1037 


initial discount is 7.95 per cent. The loan is guaranteed by 75 per 
cent of the liquor revenues. (Courtesy of the Colombian Legation in 
Washington.) 

BANK LOANS AND Discounts.—<According to statistics recently 
published, the loans and discounts made by the various banks in 
the Republic attained an increase of 33,307,885 pesos from June 30, 
1924, to March 31, 1927, amounting to 73,940,926 pesos on the latter 
date. Of this sum, 58,013,597 pesos represent the activities of 
national banks and 15,927,328 pesos those of foreign banks. 

The assets of the banks on March 31, 1927, were 156,126,472 pesos, 
distributed as follows: National banks, shareholders in the Bank 
of the Republic, 101,484,658 pesos; foreign banks, shareholders in 
the Bank of the Republic, 27,691,792 pesos; national banks, not 
shareholders in the Bank of the Republic, 26,950,031 pesos. (Cour- | 
tesy of the Colombian Legation, Washington.) 


COSTA RICA 


LOAN FOR PUBLIC WoRKS.—On May 12, 1927, the emission of 
8 per cent gold bonds to the amount of 10,000,000 colones was 
authorized by the Government. This is the first of a series of bond 
issues covering a loan for public works as provided for in a decree of 
December 24, 1926, the total of which is not to exceed 25,000,000 
colones. Of the present loan, 2,000,000 colones are to be used for 
the construction and repair of roads in those Provinces not now 
linked with the main highway system. 


ECUADOR 


CENTRAL BANK ESTABLISHED.—The Central Bank has _ been 
officially established in the capital of the Republic in accordance 
with the law formulated to that effect by the Kemmerer Mission, 
the Central Bank being the sole issuer of bank notes. At the same 
time the exchange of bank notes for gold at par is established and 
the national currency stabilized. There is a branch of the bank in 
Guayaquil. 

PARAGUAY 


BupcGet or AsunciON.—The budget of expenditures of the city 
of Asuncién for the year 1927 has been balanced at 13,647,531 
pesos. Of this sum, 724,548 pesos has been set aside for the Depart- 
ment of Public Works, with an additional 7,706,115 pesos for light, 
street cleaning, and other public purposes, while the expenditure of 
342,000 pesos is authorized for the work of the Health Department. 





JUBA 


CoNSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENTS.—On June 22, 1927, President 
Machado signed a decree approving the bill for constitutional 
amendments, this project having been previously voted upon favor- 
ably by both houses of Congress. Cuban law provides that six 
months after a resolution. to amend the constitution has been passed 
by two-thirds of the total number of members of the Senate and 
House of Representatives a constitutional convention must be called 
for the specific purpose of either approving or rejecting the amend- 
ments. Delegates to said convention are elected by each Province 
at the rate of one for every 50,000 inhabitants. The election of 
delegates to the convention for studying the present amendment will 
take place in February of next year, and the convention will convene 
in Mareh, 1928. One of the present amendments increases the 
length of the Chief Executive’s term of office from four to six years. 


MEXICO 


LEGATIONS RAISED TO RANK OF EMBASSIES.—The legations of 
Mexico in Argentina and Cuba were raised to the rank of embassies 
by presidential decrees of June 17 and July 1, 1927, respectively, the 
first decree having been published in the Diario Oficial of July 6, 1927, 
and the second in the edition of July 21, 1927 

FEDERAL OFFICE FOR AGRICULTURAL DEFENSH.—On June 30, 1927, 
President Calles issued regulations of 8 chapters and 85 articles 
which provided for the creation of a Federal office for the defense of 
agriculture to function under the supervision of the Department of 
Agriculture for the enforcement of the agricultural plague law of 
November 15, 1924. Among other items, the regulations establish 
a Superior Council of Agricultural Defense to orient and organize 
the activities of the office, specify the cases in which quarantine or 
control zones should be established when pests or diseases harmful 
to agriculture appear or the danger that they might appear exists, 
and enumerate the cases in which the quarantine shall apply to prod- 
ucts from abroad and the requirements to be fulfilled by exporters 
and importers tn cases of absolute or partial quarantine. 


NICARAGUA 
CARRYING OF CONCEALED WEAPONS PROHIBITED.— By an executive 
decree of June 3, 1927, which became effective June 10, 1927, all 
LO38 


INTERNATIONAL TREATIES L039 


firearms and other dangerous weapons which might be carried con- 
cealed were declared contraband and forfeit, and their importation 
into Nicaragua prohibited. Exception will be made in the cases of 
persons the character of whose work demands it provided proper 
registration is made and a permit issued. 


SALVADOR 


WorK OF COMMERCIAL EMPLOYBEES.—On May 31, 1927, the 
National Legislative Assembly passed a law for the protection of 
commercial employees, repealing the act promulgated on May 29, 
1926. Divided into 12 articles, the present law fixes an eight-hour 
day for men and a seven-hour day for women and minors; determines 
wage rates for overtime work; and specifies a weekly rest day, annual 
vacation periods, and leave in case of sickness, which, if contracted 
in the discharge of duty, shall be compensated. It further provides 
that every individual or corporation engaged in a commercial enter- 
prise shall employ at least 80 per cent national labor and that the 
employer shall pay the employee a month’s salary in case of unjusti- 
fiable discharge. Some exceptions to the above-mentioned articles 
are enumerated. The law was promulgated by President Romero 
Bosque on July 9, 1927, and published in the Diario Oficial of 
June 20, 1927. 





CUBA-DOMINICAN RHPUBLIC 


Ravio convention.—The radiotelegraphic convention with Cuba 
was approved by the Chief Executive of the Dominican Republic on 
June 24, 1927, having been previously ratified by both Houses of 
Congress. This convention provides for the free interchange of 
official messages between the Governments of the respective coun- 
tries; it was signed in Habana October 9, 1926. (Gaceta Oficial, 
Santo Domingo, June 29, 1927.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC-HAITI 


AUTOMOBILE TRAFFIC BETWEEN THE DOMINICAN RepuBLiIC AND 
Harr1.—The Dominican Congress on June 25 approved an accord 
between the Dominican Republic and the Republic of Haiti on auto- 
mobile traffic which had been concluded on May 21 by the Minister 


1040 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of Foreign Affairs of Haiti and the representative of the Dominican 
Republic in that country. This accord provides for the free transit 
from one Republic to the other of all duly licensed automobiles and 
chauffeurs. Authorities designated by the respective Governments 
and placed at the frontier points will furnish the chauffeurs, without 
cost, a special permit after having examined the license of the chauf- 
feur and the registration of the vehicle. (Report of United States 


Consular Officer.) 
; PANAMA 


PosTaAL TRANSFER OFFICE OPENED.—In accordance with a pro- 
vision of the Pan American Postal Convention signed in July, 1926, 
in Mexico City, a transfer post office was to be opened in Panama 
City on August 1, 1927. At the date of writing the service of this 
office, which will receive and forward to its place of destination the 
mail of the parties signatory to the convention, has been accepted 
by Argentina, Chile, Ecuador, Cuba, Guatemala, Salvador, and 
Colombia; by the last-named, however, only conditionally. 






’ PUBLI C INSTRUCTI ON. 
\ Dre » AND EDUCATION ; SONS 


ARGENTINA 





Firra AnNuaAL University Conaress.—The University of Tucu- 
man was the meeting place this year for the Fifth Argentine Univer- 
sity Congress, the Universities of La Plata, Cérdoba, Buenos Aires, 
the Littoral, and Tucum4n being represented at the sessions held 
there last July. The leaders in Argentine university life assembled 
under the chairmanship of Dr. Benito A. Nazar Anchorena, president 
of the University of La Plata, to discuss many questions grouped 
under the following sections: Law, politics, and economics; the 
humanities and education; chemistry; physics, mathematics, and 
astronomy; medicine; agriculture; veterinary medicine; and natural 
sciences. Special attention was given to agricultural questions, and 
several resolutions passed advocating the establishment of more 
laboratories, institutes, and experimental farms for scientific study. 

UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE.—Dr. Ricardo Rojas, president of the 
National University in Buenos Aires, has addressed several South 
American universities suggesting the desirability of entering upon 
agreements in the following subjects: Exchange of professors; estab- 
lishment of chairs of Argentine culture in each of the other South 
American countries and of similar chairs for each of the latter coun- 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1041 


tries in Buenos Aires; and the engaging of European and American 
professors in common by more than one South American Republic. 


BRAZIL 


BRAZILIAN SAVANT IN THE UniTep Statrres.—Dr. Adolpho Lutz, 
research biologist in the Oswaldo Cruz Institute, was one of the two 
foreign scientists invited to deliver addresses before the bicentary 
meeting of the American Philosophical Society in Philadelphia last 
April, the subject of his notable address being the development of 
tropical South America, in the light of geographical, medical, and 
historical factors. Doctor Lutz also attended the meetings of the 
American Medical Association and of the Society of Helmintholo- 
gists, afterwards being invited to visit some of the large universities. 

ScHOOLS OF DOMESTIC SCIENCE.—At the call of Dona Jeronyma 
Mesquita, Dona Cassilda Martins, and Dona Corina Barreiros, a 
conference on schools of domestic science was recently held in Rio 
de Janeiro, with the special object in view of securing the establish- 
ment of such a school in Rio de Janeiro. Sra. Dona Conceicao 
Aroxellas Galvdo described the domestic science courses which she 
had visited in the United States, while several speakers discussed 
the school of this type in Natal, State of Rio Grande do Norte, 
emphasizing especially the thorough training in child care given to 
its students in cooperation with a day nursery. Another similar 
school is shortly to be opened in Minas Geraes. 

EpUCATIONAL CENTENARY.—October 15, 1927, will be the cente- 
nary of the law of independent Brazil which first created public 
primary schools in cities, towns, and villages. 


CHILE 


URUGUAYAN BOOKS PRESENTED TO CuHILE.—An interesting cere- 
mony took place late in June when a collection of 1,000 books, 
given by Uruguay to the National Library of Chile, was formally 
presented by Sefior Martinez Thedy, minister of the former country, 
in the presence of the then Vice President Ibafiez. The gift, which 
is a welcome addition to the excellent Uruguyan collection of 5,000 
works already in the American section of the library, was accepted 
by Sefior Eduardo Barrios, director of the library. A particularly 
pleasing feature of the program was the recitation of a number of 
poems by Uruguayan authors. 

Pusiic InstRUCTION.—In the course of his message delivered at 
the opening of Congress a few months ago, President Ibafiez, then 
Vice President, stated that, in harmony with the constitution, 
classes in religion had been discontinued in the Government schools, 
but that such classes may be held during school hours at the request 
of parents, without cost to the State, attendance at said classes 


1042 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


being entirely voluntary. After referrmg to various educational 
reforms already started (see the BuLuEtin for last month), the 
Vice President went on to say that he was determined to eradicate 
illiteracy and establish compulsory school attendance, not only for 
children but for adults, in town and country, since the heavy sacrifices 
thus entailed would be recompensed in due time by the increase in 
the productive capacity of the people and the growth of the civic 
spirit. ) 

UNIVERSITY NOTES.—Sefior Julio Vicufia Cifuentes has been 
elected dean of the newly created School of Social Science, Philosophy 
and Letters of the University of Chile, which is located in Santiago. 
This school will have at its disposition for the present year the sum 
of 150,000 pesos with which to secure foreign professors. 


COSTA RICA 


PRESENTATION OF BOOKS AND FLAG.—On July 9, 1927, in com- 
memoration of the one hundred and eleventh anniversary of 
Argentina’s independence, an interesting and significant ceremony 
was enacted when an Argentine flag and some 300 volumes of 
Argentine works were presented the Republic of Argentina school 
in San José by the Minister of Argentina in behalf of the National 
Educational Council of Buenos Aires and the Commission for the 
Protection of Public Libraries. 

FREE MEDICAL SERVICE.—In accordance with an executive decree 
of May 11, 1927, medical service will be rendered free by Costa 
Rican physicians to all teachers actively engaged in their profession. 

NEW EDUCATIONAL REGULATIONS.—A decree of June 9 of last 
year provides that primary instruction will be free and compulsory 
for a period of six years, at the end of which the pupil will receive a 
certificate of completion of primary studies. Secondary education 
will comprise five years of study, and students who have completed 
this course satisfactorily will be entitled to the degree of ‘‘ Bachiller 
en Humanidades.”’ 

SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS.—The Board of Directors of Secondary 
Education has been authorized to grant a scholarship to each of the 
four secondary students having the best records so that they may 
study in a foreign university and then return to Costa Rica to teach 
in the secondary schools. The amount of each scholarship will be 
$60 a month, plus $100 for tuition fees. 

ScHOOL NoTES.—The report of the Department of Public Educa- 
tion for the year 1925 gives the following school statistics: Number 
of schools in session during the year, 451; number of students enrolled, 
38,822; average attendance, 33,249; total number of teachers em- 
ployed, 1,447—313 of whom were men and 1,134 women. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1043 


GUATEMALA 


CREATION OF Nationa Councit or Epucation.—By an Executive 
decree of June 30, 1927, President Chacén authorized the creation of 
a national council of education which will be in charge of all questions 
relating to the reform, regulation, and organization of primary, 
secondary, normal, and special schools. 

RuraL scHooits.—According to data recently published in La 
Educacién Rural, organ of the Department for the Education of 
Indians and Control of Illiteracy, there are 243 rural schools in 
Guatemala for boys only, 223 for girls only, and 514 mixed schools. 
The teaching personnel in these schools numbers 253 men and 647 
women, 153 teaching places being vacant. It is reported that 399 
estates have schools, but that there are at least 367 on which there 
are no schools whatsoever. 

COMPETITION ANNOUNCED.—In the interest of better rural schools 
La Educacién Rural has announced a competition to determine the 
best rural school. <A prize of 100 quetzales will be awarded the 
school which fulfills the following requirements: 

It must be well adapted to meet the needs of both pupils and teachers; have 
fields under cultivation, some being used for experimental purposes; have a 
poultry house, rabbit hutch, apiary, or hog pen; teach an industry easily carried 
out in that section of the country; have a production and savings society, an 
athletic association and student self-government; foster cooperation between 
the teachers, parents, and community; be successful in teaching the pupils 
reading, writing, and the solution of simple problems; and must have improved 
the social ideals and hygiene of the children. 

WoMAN LAWYER.—On June 4, 1927, Sefiorita Luz Castillo Diaz 
Ordaz of Quezaltenango passed her last examination and received 
the degree of lawyer and notary. Said to be the first woman in 
Central America to obtain this professional degree, she was awarded 
a gold medal by the municipal authorities. 


HONDURAS 


ANTI-ILLITERACY CAMPAIGN IN THE ARMY.—lIn order to reorganize 
primary instruction in the army, the President of the Republic 
approved last June a course of instruction for enlisted men prepared 
by the Bureau of Primary Education. The course includes reading, 
writing, arithmetic, geography, agriculture, civics, hygiene, and 


first aid. 
MEXICO 


EpUCATION BUDGET IN TamauLipas. The State of Tamaulipas 
recently authorized an 100,000-peso increase in the budget for the 
Department of Education in that State. At the present time there 
are 452 schools in the State of Tamaulipas, with a personnel, aside 
from higher officials, of 8 district school inspectors, 2 community 


1044 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


school inspectors, 452 school principals, 644 grade teachers, and 43 
normal and preparatory school teachers. Approximately 36,000 
pupils in the 126 elemental, 240 rural, 92 rural community, and 39 
night schools for adults took examinations at the close of the past 
scholastic year. Among the plans being developed by the Depart- 
ment of Education in the State at the present time are the founda- 
tion of a post-graduate school for teachers, and the creation of itin- 
erant schools in regions where it would be impossible to maintain 
permanent schools because of the small number of pupils, as well as 
the opening of new schools and the improvement and enlargement of 
some of those which already exist. 

SATURDAY COURSES FOR TEACHERS.—More than 75 school-teachers 
are attending classes held on Saturdays for suburban teachers in the 
Federal District under the auspices of the Primary and Normal 
School Bureau and the Bureau of Cultural Missions, both of which 
are under the supervision of the National Secretary of Education. 
In these classes lectures are given on subjects of special interest to 
suburban teachers, such as the functions of the suburban school, its 
organization, dependencies, and equipment; the fundamental aspects 
of education; the canning of fruit and vegetables; and agriculture 
and the care of animals. It was also planned to start a special course 
on social service in order to give the teachers of the suburban school a 
well-grounded consciousness of the place which they should fill in the 
community where they work. 

Lectures By Dr. SamureL G. INMan.—Among courses recently 
offered students in the National University, Mexico City, was a 
series of lectures by Dr. Samuel G. Inman, of Columbia University, 
New York, the first lecture being given on July 15, 1927. 


NICARAGUA 


TELEGRAPHY SCHOOL OPENED.—On June 15, 1927, the first classes 
of the School of Telegraphy in Managua were opened with an enroll- 
ment of 20 students. 

PANAMA 


COLOMBIAN STUDENT EXCURSIONS.—On July 20, 1927, a delegation 
of 13 students from the School of Engineering, Bogota, arrived in 
the city of Panamé from Col6én. Upon their arrival in the country 
they were officially greeted by the governor of the Province, the 
inspector of public instruction, and other representatives of the 
department of education. 

The arrival of another student group from Bogot& was announced 
in La Estrella de Panamd of July 19, 1927. This group, made up of 
34 students, was from the Ricaurte School, an institution which, it is 
said, was the first in Colombia to initiate such educational trips. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1045 


PARAGUAY | 


GEOGRAPHY COMPETITION.—In order to create more interest in the 
study of the geography and rural life of Paraguay, the school au- 
thorities have opened a competition for third, fourth, and fifth grade 
pupils throughout the country. Contestants will be required to 
prepare a map and composition on their respective community, 
giving a description of its topography, agriculture, industries, and 
regional customs, and also relating its history and popular traditions. 
Awards will be in the form of gold and silver medals. 

AWARD OF ARGENTINE PRIZES.—On July 9, 1927, prizes were 
awarded the successful participants in an essay competition held 
annually under the auspices of the Argentine Association in the 
Argentina School in Asuncién on subjects taken from Argentine and 
Paraguayan history. This year the prizes of the Argentine Asso- 
ciation, totaling 200 pesos, were augmented by two other prizes of 
50 pesos each which had been given by interested individuals. 

EXxuIBiTion OF INDIAN WrEAvING.—Through the kindness of 
Sefiorita Helena Mesino Carvallo, a Chilean writer of note, an 
exhibition of many articles woven by the Indians of Cuzco, Peru, was 
recently held in the Paraguayan Gymnasium of Asuncién. This 
exhibit of antique textiles aroused much interest, particularly among 
the teachers of the city. . 

PERU 

VocATIONAL SCHOOLS.—According to a new regulation for voca- 
tional schools, the latter will offer general primary instruction, with 
special attention to its relation, as a theoretical basis, to the practical 
instruction given in the various vocational sections of the school 
program. Each of these sections will coordinate its work with the 
local industries, especially with that of agriculture, and the raw 
materials produced in the community will be utilized in the instruc- 
tion given in the sections. 

REORGANIZATION OF NORMAL SCHOOL.—In order to fill a long felt 
need for a school providing training of special teachers, plans have 
been concluded for the reorganization of the Normal School of 
Lima as a pedagogic institute divided into four sections, two for 
elementary normal training and one each for special and secondary 
teachers’ training. The courses of study will extend over a period 
of three years in the elementary school sections, and one and four 
years, respectively, for the other sections, the secondary teacher’s 
preparation including a two years’ general review of general and 
scientific subjects and two years of specialized study. In connection 
with the institute there will be established a complete primary 
school, a physiopedagogic laboratory, a special class for subnormal 
children, workshops, and fields for experimental agriculture. 

60923—27—Bull. 10-———7 


1046 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


PRESERVATION OF INDIAN DIALECTS AND Music.—In accordance 
with a recent decree, competitions will be held to obtain essays in 
the Kechua and Aimara Indian dialects. Later the best of these 
essays, which are to be on such subjects as morality, ethics, national 
history, and hygiene, will be published and phonograph records made 
of them. It is also planned to make records of the best Inca music 
that it may be preserved. Some of the phonograph disks will be 
distributed among the schools in sections where these languages are 
spoken and in the army corps in which the Indian element pre- 
dominates. 

CoMPETITION OF NATIONAL MUSIC AND DANCES.—The decisions of 
the judges in the competition of national music and dances recently 
held in Rimac were published last June, 30 prizes being awarded. 
It has been announced that the competition will be held annually 
to stimulate the cultivation of these arts. 


URUGUAY 


INTELLECTUAL EXCHANGE.—On July 11, 1927, a delegation of five 

representatives of the Students’ Federation of Tucuman, Argentina, 
with one of their professors, Dr. Rodolfo Rovelli, arrived in Mon- 
tevideo for a brief visit as guests of the University Cultural Asso- 
ciation. 
- During the early part of July members of a Uruguayan student 
delegation embarked for a trip to Rio de Janeiro, Sio Paulo, and 
Curityba (Brazil), where they gave illustrated talks on the principal 
characteristics of Uruguay. Another group of students, represent- 
ing the Agricultural Education Center, set out on June 30, 1927, 
for a five days’ trip to Buenos Aires. 

URUGUAYAN SECTION IN CHILEAN AND VENEZUELAN LIBRARIES.— 
The Uruguayan section in the National Library at Santiago, Chile, 
was recently augmented by the gift of 1,000 books. (See p. 1041.) 

A similar gift was also made the Venezuelan National Library in 
Caracas on the one hundred and sixth anniversary of the independ- 
ence of that country. 

First Pan AMERICAN CONGRESS OF SECONDARY AND PREPARATORY 
Epucatron.—In view of the success of the National Congress of 
Secondary and Preparatory Education held in Montevideo last 
February, the Teachers’ Association has decided to call a Pan 
American Congress of Secondary and Preparatory Education to meet 
in Montevideo, probably in January, 1928. 

URUGUAYAN ART EXHIBIT IN BuENos Arres.—An exhibit of paint- 
ing, engraving, and sculpture was recently held by Uruguayan 
artists resident in Buenos Aires. It is reported to have been very 
well received by the many visitors, among whom were prominent 
members of governmental and diplomatic circles. 





ARGENTINA 


EIGHT-HOUR DAY IN Santa F&£.—The Province of Santa Fé has 
recently promulgated an act establishing the 8-hour day and 
48-hour week throughout the Province in factories, workshops, com- 
mercial establishments, transportation and construction work, and 
the loading and unloading of freight. 

STRIKES IN BuENos AtrES.—From data published by the National 
Labor Bureau on strikes in Buenos Aires from 1917 to 1926 the 
following figures are taken: 


























| : Number of strikers 
Mears Bereteces 
Men Women Minors Total 

OGY Se Pre Spy eee et 138 133, 859 785 | 1, 418 136, 062 
EUS LES peers ec ree a eee | 196 121, 170 6, 644 5, 228 133, 042 
SU OILS) AA a al on le GV 293,518 | 9,579 | 5, 870 308, 967 
S(OPAO) ey Sais Cs re eee le =206 127, 449 114 549 Deane 134, 015 
OYA aie 50 ses lle ese | 86 131, 923 | 4,989 | 2, 839 139, 751 
INNO) 27 Bearers a epee aes Byes 3 116 4, 471 152 114 4, 737 
i 233 weave eee ey 3 te 93 17, 700 TA7 743 — 19, 190 
ODA (27 see eee | 71 200, 640 | 56, 906 | 18,432 | 275, 978 
IDS By a ares ies a ee ak 8 86 11, 085 2, 300 522 | 13, 962 
ILO PAG a eS, een al tern aS 62 1793 2, 908 704 | 15, 405 

SRotal enemies 1, 421 Wee, BUS | 89, 219 | 38, 282 | 1, 181, 109 








The causes of the above-mentioned strikes were as follows: 








NAF igen Kgs he ee he aR Ss 1 Fhe aay Se a Ce asia eh RS ee 617 
EEA) UINIGSS fx Leip Ab Me a nig ON a Se ee SN I eS epee a ’ 96 
(Ovnee Dian AEN ICON eae in a Enel Se RRM eee mee Be owe eee Le 528 
WOT MMe COMEtbIOMS’ xt aioe 2a ee EL ee De a ie aie a a epee pa 51 
Miscellameous-__ = -_ >- wails Biers Se SL eR RN ras eS ao ie a ae oe age ee 129 
MIRC Aller eaehie ays ees eh SET etal o Sa Meee ARNE, eel tiNy ohayel ars cone ee ee 1, 421 

The strikes in question were decided as follows: 
; Number 
of strikes 
linn: FaOneO te MeusbTeenSe yee. = ee eet et ee Se een ee ~ 381 
Hin: fayorrofeumevemnploviere sss Le. i Mie I yeh Se a SUE We eS ee ies 821 
iRartiallvaimrfavor otstrikers= <2 22 =e ast ee a ee ee 217 
ECG aoe ge see gh te fa eR ce eg se SCR 2 
Aer bo as Pina OS Mie Wie, Ale aR aese memes We airnih lea) 1, 421 


1048 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Wages lost because of strikes amounted to 78,273,270 pesos, or 
an average of 66.35 pesos per striker. 


BOLIVIA 


WoRKMEN’S COMPENSATION.—In order that workmen lodging com- 
plaints with the National Department of Labor may receive the full 
amount of accident compensation without paying undue fees to 
lawyers, the Government has issued a decree, whereby, on the com- 
pensation being granted by the courts, the workman has to declare 
the name of the lawyer and the amount of the fee which will be 
deducted. _The workman thus receives exactly what is due him, and 
is absolutely free from further demands for payments. 


BRAZIL 


CHILD LABOR IN FACTORIES.—Dr. Mello Mattos, judge of the juve- 
nile court, Dr. Fernandes Figueira, the child hygiene inspector, and 
Dr. Pio Duarte, minors’ guardian, have been making a series of visits 
to factories in Rio de Janeiro to see whether the laws on the employ- 
ment of minors are observed. ‘These laws forbid the employment in 
factories of minors under 14 years of age, limit the working day of 
minors to six hours, and require that they pass a physical examina- 
tion given by the physicians of the Department of Public Health. 
In one factory visited more than 300 minors were employed. 


CHILE 


WOMEN IN POSTAL AND TELEGRAPH SERVICES.—Women are hence- 
forth to be employed in preference to men in any positions in the 
postal and telegraph services of Chile which they are able to fill, 
according to a decree of the Minister of the Interior. Among the 
reasons given by the minister for such preference are the following: 
Women should be encouraged to secure economic independence; 
their admittance to further careers will be an encouragement to 
cultural development; the employment of women in positions requir- 
ing little physical effort releases men for more virile labor; and women 
are in general more conscientious, painstaking, accurate, and more 
amenable to discipline in their work and have fewer material needs. 


COLOMBIA 


NEW HOMES FOR WORKERS.—The committee on the construction 
of homes for workers recently approved a plan for building in Bogota 
a whole new district for workers, covering 15 blocks with 16 houses 
in each block. These houses will be sold to workers on the install- 
ment plan, allowing them every facility for purchase. (Courtesy of 
the Colombian Legation in Washington.) 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 1049 


ECUADOR 


Lasor conGress.—The Ecuadorean Federation of Labor has 
convoked the Fourth Labor Congress to convene in Quito on October 
9, 1927. The Congress, which will be in session during six days, will 
discuss the various labor laws and projects under discussion by the 
Labor Advisory Board in order to solicit from the public authorities 
such amendments thereto as the federation may deem advisable. 


PANAMA 


EiGHt-HouR DAY.—Information has been recently received that 
three of the largest construction firms in the city of Panamé have 
agreed to establish for their employees an eight-hour day and a 
minimum daily wage of 1 balboa and 60 centavos. These conces- 
sions, however, will not go into effect until January 1, 1928, and then 
only provided that other construction companies make similar 
agreements. 

PERU 


STUDY OF LABOR LAWS.—By virtue of an act of June 17, 1927, 
Luis P. Figueroa has been commissioned to visit France and Italy for 
the purpose of studying laws in force there relating to labor accident 
compensation and the organization of funds therefor. 


SALVADOR 


DEPARTMENTAL COUNCILS OF CONCILIATION.—By an _ executive 
decree of June 15, 1927, published in the Diario Oficial of June 18, 
1927, councils of conciliation were established in the chief city of 
each department to guarantee the enforcement of the labor accident 
compensation law of May 11, 1911. Members of the councils, 
which will also mediate in disputes arising from the said law, will be 
nominated only with the consent of the chambers of commerce, the 
societies of commercial employees, and labor unions. 

WoRK OF COMMERCIAL EMPLOYEES.—See page 1039. 





ARGENTINA 


Cuitp WELFARE CommitrEr.—A Child Welfare Committee, com- 
posed of prominent residents of Cordoba, has recently been organized 
in that city. The committee has approved a program containing the 
following objectives: 


1050 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Protection of the expectant and nursing mother; passage of legis- 
lation protecting mothers and children; spread of knowledge of 
hygiene, child care, and first aid; opening of vacation camps; creation 
by public authorities of special institutions for underdeveloped and 
retarded children and the scientific organization of reform schools for 
minors; introduction of physical training into schools; the giving of 
lectures and short courses on child welfare in schools for girls; and the 
holding of congresses on subjects tending to promote the purposes of 
the committee. 

BOLIVIA 


Boy Scouts.—All educational establishments have recently 
received official authorization to organize troops of Boy Scouts, on 
the ground that such troops are true schools of character and citizen- 
ship, if put to a proper use. The Government is desirous that the 
scouts make as much use as possible of excursions and outings. 

Housing PROBLEM IN La Paz.—With the idea of relieving the 
present scarcity of houses for rent in La Paz a company has been 
formed for the purpose of constructing houses which will be sold on the 
basis of small monthly payments equivalent to the rents now in force. 
This scheme is expected to solve the actual crisis created by the 
shortage of apartments throughout the city. 


BRAZIL 


Visit oF Dona Bertua Lutz to UniTEp States.—Dona Bertha 
Lutz, president of the Inter-American Union of Women, paid a brief 
visit to the United States a few months ago, an account of which she 
gave in an interview published in the Jornal do Brasil, published in 
Rio de Janeiro. Under her presidency several meetings of the North 
American section of the union met for discussion of the program of the 
committee on international relations, which is to present a report on 
the theory and practice of arbitration to the meeting of the union 
which will be held in Rio de Janeiro. Consideration was also given 
to the part women should play in connection with the Sixth Pan 
American Conference, to convene in Habana next January. 

RURAL DISPENSARIES.—An interesting and helpful work is being 
carried on by the company in charge of the construction of the high- 
ways from Rio de Janeiro to Petropolis and from the former to Sao 
Paulo. This consists of the opening of six dispensaries, primarily for 
the benefit of the men working on the road. The company, however, 
has made these free to the residents of the surrounding country, in 
the hope of alleviating suffering from malaria, hookworm, and other 
diseases, and promoting the sanitation of the districts in question. 
Dr. Gil de Almeida, formerly with the Rockefeller Foundation work in 
Brazil, has charge of the dispensaries. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 1051 
CHILE 


WorK FOR THE BLIND.—Since 1923 the Santa Lucia Society for the 
Protection of the Blind has been working in behalf of the 500 resi- 
dents of Santiago afflicted by the loss of sight. Nearly 300 who are 
unable to work are assisted with supplies, while others have been 
given industrial training in such occupations as weaving and basketry, 
still others being taught music. Thirty earn their living as members 
of an orchestra organized under the society’s supervision. The 
ambition of the society is to open a home where blind children, many 
of them orphans, may be taught a trade. 

PRINTERS’ COOPERATIVE HOUSING.—Members of a cooperative 
society organized in Santiago by office and shop workers in the 
printing trade recently took possession of 100 new houses erected in a 
beautiful location on the outskirts of Santiago. The owners enjoy a 
fine view of the mountains, while the tiled roofs of their houses amid 
the trees present a picturesque aspect. Most of the houses are of 
brick and plaster, one story in height; those having two-stories are 
partially of concrete. They will be paid for in monthly installments. 
The group of houses is named in honor of Dr. José Santos Salas, to 
whom is due the initiative for the regulations which assist Chileans 
of small means to own their own homes. 


COSTA RICA 


WORK OF VISITING NURSES.—It was recently reported by Dr. Pena 
Chavarria, member of the national committee, that an effective 
campaign is being launched in San José by the Red Cross against 
the high infant mortality rate of that city. A nurse has been pro- 
vided for each of the four city wards, and the preliminary work of 
taking a census of all children under 2 years of age, and the keeping 
of a card file of data concerning each child, begun. While collecting 
these data the nurse gives personal advice and distributes printed 
instruction on the care of the child, and should the family be too 
poor to provide the proper food she informs the social welfare authori- 
ties, who then lend aid. In this way 1,300 children are being watched 
over by the Red Cross whose nurses, it is thought, will be able to 
make four yearly visits to each home. 

PROVISION OF AMBULANCES.—The purchase of four ambulances at 
a total cost of 24,000 colones for the cities of Heredia, Alajuela, 
Liberia, and Puntarenas, respectively, was authorized by a legislative 
decree of May 19, 1927. 

CUBA 


Bureau or ScHoot HyGieNnE.—Speaking of this bureau in a recent 
interview, the Secretary of Sanitation and Charities stated that 20 
physicians and 6 dentists have been designated to assist in the work 


1052 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of the newly created Bureau of School Hygiene, under the direction of 
Dr. Jorge Ponce. Four visiting nurses have also been engaged for 
the work, this number to be increased shortly by eight. A certain 
number of children will be examined daily at the bureau by different 
physicians, including specialists in various diseases. The visiting 
nurses will inspect the children’s homes and living conditions. 

New orricre.—The new office of physician-anthropologist has been 
created in the Department of Government, the appointment having 
been given to Dr. Israel Castellanos. This is the first time that 
medical science has been sought in the treatment of delinquency and 
crime. 

SANITARY EXHIBIT.—The Secretary of Sanitation and Charities 
has decided to hold an international exposition relating to public 
health and welfare during the sessions of the various medical con- 
gresses which are to convene in Habana in December of the present 
vear. This exposition will comprise different sections, one covering 
the history of medicine and science of sanitation, exhibition of 
surgical instruments, and other subjects of interest to the medical 
profession. Another will deal with the work that has been accom- 
plished in the campaigns against yellow fever, smallpox, tuberculosis, 
venereal diseases, cancer, and other diseases. A section will be 
devoted to legal medicine and criminology. (Courtesy of the Cuban 
Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


SANITARY CAMPAIGN.—Sefior P. A. Ricart, Secretary of Public 
Health and Charities, with his able assistant, Doctor Baez, has 
been carrying on for some time a country-wide sanitary campaign, 
which is showing very satisfactory results. A short time ago the sec- 
retary organized, in all the Provinces, the sanitary brigades through 
which most of the work is being done. In the Blanco district and 
the surrounding country 12,989 persons were inoculated against 
typhoid fever. In the Province of Puerto Plata a determined fight 
is being made against malaria and typhoid. 


GUATEMALA 


OPENING OF PROPHYLACTIC INSTITUTE.—On June 12, 1927, an 
institute for the treatment of syphilis was formally opened in 
Guatemala City, marking thus a milestone in Guatemalan medical 
achievement. Named in honor of Dr. Crescencio Orozco, who gave 
a complete laboratory for the treatment of syphilis to the Guatemalan 
Hospital, the Orozco Foundation Prophylactic Institute will dispense 
treatment free to the poor and at moderate prices to others. Its 
medical staff will consist of a medical director, two doctors, and four 
nurses. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 1053 


HospiraL scHooi.—According to late reports, a school will be 
opened within a short time in the General Hospital of Guatemala 
City to care for children whose parents are undergoing treatment 
there. 

HAITI 


PuBLIC HEALTH.—During the past few months the situation 
regarding typhoid fever has been very much improved. No cases 
were admitted to the Haitian General hospital during that period, 
and of the five possible cases in Port-au-Prince only one gave a 
positive Widal reaction. This very distinct improvement in Port-au- 
Prince may very well be due to the installation of the chlorinating 
process at the Turgeau spring and to the very successful antityphoid 
vaccination campaign which has been in progress for two months. 
In addition to the several thousand individuals who came to the 
hospital voluntarily for antityphoid vaccination during May and 
June, the 19 schools located in the Post Marchand district were 
visited and the pupils vaccinated. 


HONDURAS 


NATIONAL TUBERCULOSIS SANITARIUM.—The contract has been let 
to local contractors for the erection in Tegucigalpa of modern build- 
ings for a national tuberculosis sanitarium, as planned by the board 
in charge. 

MEXICO 


STUDIES ON JUVENILE cCoURT.—Sefiritas Guadalupe Jiménez 
Posados and Guadalupe Zuniga, who, as professors in the National 
University, Mexico City, have been making a study of abnormal 
children and child delinquency, were recently commissioned to visit 
the United States in order to study the juvenile courts there. Sefio- 
rita Zifiga is a judge in the Juvenile Court of Mexico City and 
Sefiorita Jiménez president of the Association of University Women. 
Both attended summer courses given in Pomona College, Cali- 
fornia. On her return Senorita Zifiga will make a report on her 
observations and propose any reforms which, following the systems 
used by the United States, should be made in the procedure of the 
Juvenile Court of Mexico. 

TESTS FOR DELINQUENT CHILDREN.—Various experts from the 
department of educational psychology and hygiene have been sent by 
the Department of Public Education to examine children brought 
before the courts in Mexico City. The methods followed in the 
examination of delinquent children are those which have already 
been successfully used in the schools and include tests to determine 
the mental capacity of the delinquent child in order to find the cause 
for his inclinations toward robbery and violence. 


1054 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


EigutH Nationa Mepicat Coneress.—The Eighth National 
Medical Congress will be held in the city of Monterrey, State of 
Nuevo Leén from December 5 to 10 of the present year. 


PARAGUAY 


MEDICAL LECTURES BY DIPLOMATS.—In view of the fact that Dr. 
Nabuco de Gouvea, the minister of Brazil to Paraguay, was formerly 
a practicing physician and professor in the Medical School of Rio de 
Janeiro, the School of Medicine of Asunci6én has extended an invi- 
tation to him to deliver a series of lectures in the school. Not only 
has he accepted the invitation but he has placed his valuable collection 
of surgical instruments at the disposal of the school. According to 
the press, a similar invitation has also been extended to Dr. Bailén 
Mercado, chargé d’affaires of Bolivia in Asuncién, who in his own 
country is a recognized specialist in pediatrics. 

CREATION OF BUREAU OF INFORMATION.—It was announced on 
June 6, 1927, that a special bureau of information is to be estab- 
lished in the National Department of Hygiene and Public Assistance. 
This office will prepare information of general interest for publication 
in the press, make reports regarding the various activities of the 
department or any changes which may have taken place, and give 
data bearing on its methods of work.. It will also hear and make 
adjustments in case of complaints. 


PERU 


CREATION OF ANTI-I'UBERCULOSIS CommIssion.—On June 23, 
1927, following its creation by a legislative decree, the Anti-Tuber- 
culosis Commission met in its initial session. Of permanent character, 
it will consist of the Director of Public Health, two delegates from 
the Medical School, and one from the National Academy of Medicine, 
the Peruvian Medical Center, and the Military Sanitary Board, 
respectively; its duties will be the exclusive scientific direction of the 
antituberculosis campaign, selection of types of hospitals for tuber- 
cular patients, approval of plans for an inspection of all tuberculosis 
hospitals, the editing of folders containing popular information on the 
subject, and the preparation of needed laws authorizing action by 
the Government. 

SANITARY CAMPAIGN AGAINST LEPROSy.—Information has been 
received that a sanitary campaign against leprosy has been initiated 
in the department of Loreto. The leprosarium of San Pablo will be 
reorganized in order to give better care to those afflicted by the 
disease, while a building in Iquitos probably will be turned over for 
use as a civil hospital. 

CoMMISSION NAMED.—On June 17, 1927, a commission consisting 
of the Director of Public Health, the. Director of Agriculture, presi- 


GENERAL NOTES 1055 


dent of the Cattle Producers Association, a delegate from the Provin- 
cial Council of Lima, and the Director of the National Child Insti- 
tute was created to prepare legislation for the general control of the 
production and sale of milk and its derivative products throughout 


Peru. 
VENEZUELA 


NATIONAL PHARMACOP@IA.—On June 21, 1927, following a decision 
by President Gomez, the Minister of Foreign Affairs issued a decree 
providing that the pharmacopeeia of Dr. F. A. Risquez, which had 
been duly revised in accordance with a previous law, should be 
recognized as the national pharmacopcia. 





BOLIVIA 


La Paz Rorary Cirus.—On June 4 the Rotary Club of La Paz 
was organized and the following board of directors appointed: 
Honorary president, Dr. Hernando Siles, President of the Republic; 
president, Dr. Casto Rojas; vice president, Dr. Arturo Loayza; 
secretary, Mr. C. L. Ball; treasurer, Mr. J. Gracie; and other 
directors, Senor José Mendiata and Mr. Pickwood. 


COLOMBIA 


PALACE OF Sim6n Boxtivar.—The committee appoimted for super- 
vising the plans for the construction in Bogota of an edifice in honor 
of Bolivar has approved the plans presented for erecting a building 
to be called Bolivar Palace. The cost of this building, which will 
contain reception halls, library, museum, and a portrait gallery of 
famous men, will be 1,000,000 pesos gold. Beautiful gardens, planted 
with flowers and shrubs from American and European countries, will 
surround the building. The inauguration of the Bolivar Palace is 
scheduled to take place in the year 1930, the congenmel year of 


Bolivar’s death . 
CUBA 


IMMIGRATION AND EMIGRATION CONFERENCE.—The organizing com- 
mittee of the Second Conference on Immigration and Emigration is 
working on the preparation of this congress, which is to meet in 
Habana, and has definitely decided on April 16, 1928, as the date of 
the opening session. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


1056 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


SrxtH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF AMERICAN STATES.—The 
work of organizing the Sixth International Conference of American 
States, which is to meet in Habana during the early part of next 
year, is being carried on in a most efficient manner by the Pan 
American Bureau annexed to the Department of State of Cuba. 
Sixteen countries have already accepted the invitation of the Cuban 
Government to attend this conference. The plenary sessions will 
be held in the auditorium of the University, while the committee 
sessions will convene in the Law School. 

The last International Conference of American States was held 
in Santiago, Chile, in the year 1923. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy 
in Washington.) 

ECUADOR 


BoLivaR STATUE TO BE ERECTED IN Quito.—An executive decree 
of July 24, 1927, authorizes the municipality of Quito to cooperate 
with the Bolivarian Society of Ecuador in erecting an equestrian 
statue of the Liberator Simon Bolivar in the Alameda, which hence- 
forth shall be called Bolivar Park. An appropriation of 100,000 
sucres has been made by the Government in addition to the funds 
collected by the Bolivarian Society for the erection of the Bolivar 
statue. 

PERU 


~PortrAIT oF JAMES Monroz.—lIt has been formally announced 
that a portrait of James Monroe will be placed in the office of the 
Minister of Foreign Affairs in homage to this man whose influence - 
as the President of the United States counted for so much in the 
recognition of the independence of the Spanish colonies and their 
subsequent freedom from foreign interference. 





LI PANW. 





SUBJECT MATTER OF CL 


LOG POA 


RS ee SEE SS —— 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO AUGUST 15, 1927 

















Subject Date Author 
ARGENTINA 
1927 
Road construction in Rosario consular district -_-_-------------- June 23 | Robert Harnden, consul at 
Rosario. 
CottonyproductionumpRosanioldistrictse.---—--- === == June 24 Do. 
Forecast of the Argentine cotton crop for 1926-27_______________- July 7 | Dana C. Sycks, consul in 
charge, Buenos Aires. & 
Grain exports for the first 6 months of 1927_.._._--_-------------- July 15 | Cecil W. Gray, vice consul 
at Buenos Aires. 
BOLIVIA 
Report on commerce and industries for June, 1927; road build- | July 14] J. F. McGurk, consul at 
ing program; agricultural condition. La Paz. 
BRAZIL 
Commerce and industries of Espirito Santo, calendar year 1926__| May 15 | John W. Brunk, vice consul 
at Victoria. 
Hydroelectric reserves of Espirito Santo___-____.__-._-_----_---_- May 23 Do. 
Exportation agreement between Brazilian coflee-growing States_| June 7 Do. 
RoadibuildingyinitheStatelot Bahial===—=— =~ = == ae a ees June 10 | Howard Donovan, consul at 
Bahia. 
Aviation information about Sao Paulo--_-_-_-------.-------------- June 14) C. R. Cameron, consulZ at 
ee , ‘ Sao Paulo. 
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for May-_-_--__-_--_- June 15} Claude I. Dawson, consul 
general at Rio de Janeiro. 
Gold production of Brazil during 1926__.___.____.-..-.-..------- June 18 Do. 
Second automobile exposition in Rio de Janeiro, during N ovem- | June 20 Do. 
ber, 1927. 
Coffee production and exports of Pernambuco, 1925 and 1926___.| June 21 | ArchertWoodford, vice con- 
sul at Pernambuco. 
Deposits of iron and manganese in Ceara__________--___-____-___- June 20 0. 
Banking movement at Bahia during 1926______________-_______-_- June 23 | Howard Donovan. 
Construction of road between Santo Amaro and Tanque da |__-do_-__- Do. 
Senzola. 
Spin tOMmanLombud getionl92 (28min een ee ee June 26 | John W. Brunk. 
Cocoa movement at Bahia during May, 1927____________--_-.--- June 27 | Howard Donovan. 
Wofieerexpoxrts durings aye O2 meses eee Rando esa Do. 
Sugar statistics of Pernambuco, calendar years 1922-1926 ________|.._do___.| Archer Woodford. 
Tobacco exports from Bahia during May, 1927________--_-___--- June 28 | Howard Donovan. 
Review of commerce and industries of Para for the year 1926____| July 1 | Edward C. Holden, vice 
consul at Para. 
Amazon Valley rubber market during June, 1927_______-____--_- July 11] John R. Minter, consul at 
Para. 
Coffee exported from Santos, and movement of vessels in June, |__.do___-| Fred D. Fisher, consul at 
0 Santos. 
Gold mining in Brazil, report of the St. John del Rey Mining Co_| July 13 | Claude I. Dawson. 
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for June, 1927____| July 15 Do. 
CHILE 
Summary of vital statistics for the city of Concepcidn for quarter | July 5 | Camden L. McLain, consul 
ended June 30, 1927. at Concepcion. 
COLOMBIA 
Exports of crude petroleum through the port of Cartagena during | July 6 | Edward B. Rand, vice con- 
June, 1927. sul at Cartagena. _ 
Review of commerce and industnes of district, quarter ending | July 9 | Lawrence F. Cotie, vice con- 
June 30, 1927. sul at Santa Marta. 
Review of commerce and industries, Cartagena district, for | July 12 | Edward B. Rand. 
quarter ended June 30, 1927. - 
COSTA RICA 
June, 1927, report on the commerce and industries-_--------_.--- July 14 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice 
consult at San Jose. 
Reorganization of public education in Costa Rica_------_______- July 21 Do. 


1057 


1058 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Reports received to August 15, 1927—Continued 











Subject Date Author 
CUBA 
1927 
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ended June 30, | June 30 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at 
1927. : Santiago de Cuba. 
Imports of coffee into Cuba, and outlook for future production_-| July 16 | Edward Caffery, consul in 
: charge, Habana. 
June, 1927, review of commerce and industries__-_--__-------__-- | July 19 Do. 
Tobacco defense bill, published in the ‘‘Gaceta Oficial’’ of July | July 22 | Embassy. 
16, 1927. 
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
Dominican Goverment revenues on June, 1927._________________ July 28 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul 
at Santo Domingo. 
GUATEMALA 
Report on the commerce and industries for the month of June, | July 13 | Philip Holland, consul gen- 
and for the second quarter ending June 30, 1927. eral at Guatemala City. 
HAITI 
Review of commerce and industries, quarter ending June 30, 1927_, July 1) Winthrop R.-Scott, consul at 
Cape Haitien. 
TNWheycocoanNGUstryermsn OTE le rane EV te Lad Ome Do. 
Economic and commercial summary for June, 1927____________-. July 28 | Maurice P. Dunlap, consul 
at Port au Prince. 
HONDURAS 
Review of commerce and industries, Puerto Castilla consular | July 18 | Winfield H. Scott, vice con- 
district, quarter ended June 30, 1927. sul at Puerto Castiila. 
Improved mail service between Puerto Castilla, La Ceiba, and | July 20 | Nelson R. Park, consul at 
San Pedro Sula. Ceiba. 
MEXICO 
Frontera banana export trade during June, 1927-________________ July 16 | Fayette J. Flexer, vice con- 
sul at Frontera. 
Review of commerce and industries of consular district, quarter | July 23 | John E. Jones, vice consul at 
ending June 30, 1927. Agua Prieta, Sonora. 
NICARAGUA 
Commerce and industries of Corinto consular district, quarter ; July 3 | Christian T. Steger, consul 
ending June 30, 1927. at Corinto. 
Chamber of commerce established in Chinandega_______________ Jmy 13 Do. 
PANAMA 
Report on the commerce and industries for June, 1927__________- July 11, H. D. Myers, vice consul at 
Panama City. 
PERU 
Review of commerce and industries for June, 1927._-_____________ July 10 | Geo. A. Makinson, consul at 
| Callao-Lima. 
URUGUAY 
Installation of modern thermoelectric power house in Monte- | June 21; C. Carrigan, consul general 
video. in charge, Montevideo. 
VENEZUELA 2 
New light on breakwater at La Guaira_______-_________________- July 9 | Daniel J. Driscoll, vice con- 
c be a sul at La Guaira. 
Review of Puerto Cabello district, quarter ended June 30, 1927_-| July 16 | George R. Phelan, vice con- 
: ; ‘ sul at Puerto Cabello. 
Commerce and industries of La Guaira district, quarter ended | July 20 | Daniel J. Driscoll. 
June 30, 1927. 











> 





RhiewNewaMinistersofall Salvador ==) ames seks on Olle enn hen meine nene — 1059 
Homage to the Retiring Ambassador of Chile________-___-________»__ 1061 
Cuba Mourns an Untimely Loss.» == ck, SURE si ie aia 1065 
Klemientanyhducationsin=sUnucuayse = oes Sele 20 ne ee ee ee elOG6 
By Pedro Ferrari Ramirez, Departmental Inspector of Elementary Education, Canelones, 
Uruguay. 
ASUNCION yw eharaguayens) interesting: Capitals ==) 225 se ee ee 1073 
HOMO eS miro merAn oem tin als ss S pkgs ec a ak oe Ge ok Na ae 1086 


I.—National Homage to the Memory of Bartolomé Mitre (1821-1906). 
If.—Argentina’s Petroleum Industry. 
IiI.—Foreign Capital and Argentine National Production. 
By Alexander Bunge, Professor and Ex-Counsellor in the University of Buenos Aires, 
Member of the Commission for the Publication of the ‘‘ Review of Argentine Economy.”’ 


Inauguration of Telephonic Communication between Washington and 


IVI s11C 0 ors is aes eer ga eh SIA pH Al pcp 1095 
Pedigrees CattlenineCostawRicas. =) 29 2c. So ee i se ve eee 1102 
Mag, Wayomell Willey Ope IGCpACKIOR eee ee 1106 
Highway Construction Progress in the Dominican Republic_____________ 1109 
By Enrique Ortega, Civil Engineer. 

Imperial Valley Teachers Form International Committee._____________ LAL? 
By Louise F. Shields. 

Aericuitunewindusthyyeands Commences = 4.2. 5s 2 eee ee eee 1121 


Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—D ominican Re- 
public—Ecuador—Guatemala—H aiti—H onduras—M exico—Nicaragua—P a nam a— 
Paraguay— Peru—Salvador— Uruguay— Venezuela. 








HeonomichandehinaneialAtairso ese oes oe eens eee apne es IPS 
Argentina—Bolivia—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Mexico—Panama— Paraguay. 

VCS PTR HM a OYE a a eg eR eae i UE ee Ce 1139 
Chile—Colombia—Dominican Republic—Ecuador—M exico—N icaragua. 

nit ernie tloniallmelr ec ate seme eye al ee eae ee See rad ah eas ee ge eee 1141 


Brazil-Peru—Guatemala-H onduras—Bolivia-Paraguay — Guatemala-Honduras-Salvador— 
Salvador-United States. 
Publicmlnstriretvone amc el ce ators ere een ee 1142 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Ecuador—G uw a t e- 
mala—Honduras—Mexico—Nicaragua—Panama—Paraguay—Peru—S alvador—Uru- 
guay—Venezuela. 


ATT © Taree eee ace ese SD NTT Tre SR atl Se ie Ae lye ee 1150 
Brazil—Chile—Mexico— Uruguay. 
SOC (et BO TCS Sept a ey eee oa el ee ee 1152 
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Costa Eilon Toons ore IST I SToha IN exico— 
Nicaragua—Paraguay—Peru—Uruguay—Venezuela. 
GRETIOT ORIN Ot See a ea I Ee ee Ee Pa Ee epee ee es 1158 
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—P ar a- 
guay—Uruguay. 
SibjecteMattermotConsular ih epOntsme= set eee see 1160 





ae 


SN 
. 


oO 





Photograph by Underwood &Underwood. 
SENOR DR. FRANCISCO ANTONIO LIMA 


Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of El Salvador to the United States 








vis Eee 









































HORTLY after Dr. Hector David Castro, that distinguished 
eentleman who from December 16, 1922, itil April 15, 1927, 
so successfully discharged the duties of Chargé d’ Affaires of El 
Salvador, left Washington to occupy the position of Assistant 

Secretary of Foreign Relations and Justice, the Government of El 
Salvador appointed the eminent jurisconsult, Dr. Francisco Antonio 
Lima, as Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of that 
Republic to the United States of America. 

This distinguished statesman and diplomat is already well and 
favorably known in the official and social circles of Washington, 
since in 1913 he enjoyed the honor of representing his Government as 
Envoy Extraordinary at the official ceremonies attendant upon the 
inauguration of Woodrow Wilson as President of the United States. 

The new Minister from El Salvador in presenting his credentials 
at the White House Tuesday, September 20, expressed himself, in 
part, as follows: 

When I accepted an office which to me means heavy responsibility, it was 
with the fervent wish of most zealously contributing to maintain and strengthen 
the relations of friendship and mutual good understanding between Salvador and 
the United States of America, and to that end I wish to devote my most solicitous 
care in the understanding that, thanks to the ever broader and more complete 
understanding of the just and noble ideals which are to be supported by the 
Nations, the bases of an international life must become wonderfully stronger. 

These purposes could not be achieved without the earnest cooperation of 
Your Excellency and your enlightened assistants and, therefore, I express to you 
my very great desire to rely on your assistance and good will. 

1059 


1060: - THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


To these friendly and expressive sentiments President Coolidge 
made the most cordial response, from which the following is extracted: 

The friendly relations so long existing between our two countries are a source 
of great satisfaction to the Government and people of the United States and in 
reply to the hope which you have so graciously expressed I am pleased to be able 
to assure you of my own cordial cooperation and that of the other officials of 
this Government in maintaining these relations and in strengthening still further 
the bonds of friendship and mutual esteem which happily unite our two countries. 

It is my hope, Mr. Minister, that your stay in this country will be in every 
way a pleasant one and that you will derive great satisfaction from your sojourn 
in Washington. 

Doctor Lima was born in the city of San Salvador March 10, 1882, 
where, after completing the elementary and secondary courses of 
instruction, he matriculated in the National University in the same 
city, receiving in due course the degree of LL. D. Shortly afterwards 
he went to France, where he did postgraduate work in the Institution 
Saint Croix du Vesinet, and also in |’Ecole de Droit de Paris, where 
he was certificated in Penal Science. 

His public career began auspiciously in 1907 with his appointment 
as Judge in the Criminal Court of San Salvador. <A year later he 
joined the faculty of the National University as Professor of Philos- 
ophy of Law, Criminal Sociology, and Philosophy of Penal Law. 

In 1912 he was appointed Consul General and Chargé d’Affaires 
and later Resident Minister before the Government of Guatemala. 
In 1914 he acted as Sindico in the Municipality of San Salvador, and 
later as Assistant Secretary of the Interior, which post he held until 
1918. Later on in this same year we find him in Buenos Aires in 
the character of official delegate to the Uniform Legislation Congress 
which met in that city, and two years later in Mexico as Envoy 
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary before the Government 
of that Republic. The following year he was appointed prosecretary 
of the Monetary Commission and a year later he acted as Confiden- 
tial Envoy of the Central American Federal Council before the 
Government of the United States. 


The Bulletin of the Pan American Union takes this opportunity of 
presenting its most cordial felicitations and greetings to the new 
diplomatic representative of E] Salvador and, in no less degree, its 
most sincere good wishes that his important mission may be crowned 
with the fullest measure of success. 


nggloaee - 4 IE is ie 















of Chile to the United States, was the guest at luncheon 

Saturday, September 10, of the Governing Board of the 

Pan American Union, on which he had served since coming 
to the United States more than a year and a half ago. The diplo- 
matic representatives at Washington of the American Republics were 
present at the luncheon, as were also the Director General and 
Assistant Director of the Pan American Union. 

In expressing the regrets of the members of the Board at the - 
retirement of their colleague, the Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, Secretary © 
of State of the United States, who is also Chairman of the Board, 
said: 


r THE Hon. Miguel Cruchaga Tocornal, retiring Ambassador 


I am certain that I am expressing the sentiments of every member of the 
Governing Board when I say how deeply we regret your departure from Wash- 
ington. During the period of your stay you have not only endeared yourself to 
every member of the Board by reason of your high qualities, both of mind and 
heart, but you have also become one of its most valued members in furthering 
the cause of international cooperation on the American Continent. Combining 
the broad experience of the statesman, diplomat, and jurist, you have brought 
to the problems confronting the Pan American Union an earnestness and devo- 
tion which have given to you a place of real leadership in the work of this inter- 
national organization. We will deeply regret that we are to be deprived of your 
counsel, but we feel equally assured that we may count on your constant coopera- 
tion in furthering the great purposes entrusted to the Union. 

May I also be permitted to say a word in my capacity as Secretary of State 
of the United States in order to express my appreciation of the broad statesman- 
like manner in which you have dealt with every question which it has been my 
privilege to discuss with you. 

In closing, permit me, my dear Mr. Ambassador, to express to you the deep 
sense of gratitude of every member of the Board for your constant and unfailing 
helpfulness and to assure you of the warm affection which we feel for you. IL 
also wish to express the hope that the years to come will bring to you the full 
measure of satisfaction which your eminent public services so richly deserve. 


The Ambassador of Chile responded as follows: 


On a day and occasion like this I feel almost unable to express my mingled 
emotions. You will, I am sure, understand my plight and with your invariable 
courtesy infer, from these heartfelt though simple words of mine, the deep and 

1061 


so810g [TD ‘AH Ad ‘Wom uURoIOUrY UP oY} JO 10,00 JUBISISSV OU} 
{ourezvy [NOVY “WL ‘MIVA Jo seieyy.P aZIvyO sy} ‘VluVg Bl ep 9s100H Uod IOUS ‘VIATOg JO Sole Vp gsleyO IY} ‘Soqieg Une WO 1OUVS ‘lopenog Jo solleyyy .p 
g31eyqO 94) BULYT “g OosPUBIA “Id ‘JOPBA[VY JO IOYSIUIT 94} -VsvUNILV ZONSWUPOY [EoRexy “Aq 1oOUsg “eqnH Jo so1eyy.p 93IVYO OU :Z0ITUIVY 9JUOOTA UBNL “Id 1OY9S 
‘Rensvieg Jo soeyy.p eydivyO oy} :eueq 9P “A osny “Aq 1ousg ‘AvnsNIL JO soley .p gsIvyO ou} {eMOY “§ 7] “AC ‘WOU UvoIOULY UL Of} JO [eLOUf) 1090911. 
OUD 22 BI 0} Yo] ‘MOI pUodeg = “SOTRAOTAT jesuy uog JoUeg ‘orTqndey uBoTUTUIOd OY} JO JoISTUTIAL SU} ‘uvis0g SINT UO J0USg ‘svINpUOF{ JO JO4STULTAT OU} SOV] TV 
“f oprvdIy “iq “euvuBd JO 104SIUTIA, 944 SuopeitAond oOMou0H “Id ‘euljuesIV JO opessequLy oY} :3x0T[o “A YUVIY “UQH ‘97819 JO AIvYoIOVG oY} ‘VBVYONIH [ONSIINL 
Iq ‘eTYO JO Jopessequry 9} :ZeT[AL °‘O Tenuvyy, wod 10UeS ‘OOIXOTA. JO JOPBSSeqUIY oy} -OUNTIveIO [oRJVY “f WO IOUS ‘BOTY BISOD JO IOYSIUITL OY} TUBSTIH “A 
sopieo ‘iq “ejenzeusA JO 1o,SIUTP, OL VYBII 07 oT ‘MOI UOT sSMOT[OJT SB dnois oy} ur seodde yuosoid osou,, “L261 ‘OT aoquiejdes ‘ZUIP[Ing UvdlIouULy Uv 


ay} Ul pavog BSUIUIEAOL) 9} AQ PoOPUP} WOITIUN] B 4B LOUOY JO ysonsd oY SBAL ‘soqvqg peu 9} OF 9IYO JO lopessBqury SB polTzor ATjuseI OYM ‘VsvyONID [ONSIT, “Id 


‘ 


QTIHO dO WOAVSSVANV DONIYILEY 


VOVHOONUO THADIN ‘Ud SHONOH NOINA NVOIYANV NVd dA 40 GUVOE DNINYWAOD 





HOMAGE TO THE RETIRING CHILEAN AMBASSADOR 1063 


inarticulate thoughts that are struggling in vain to overcome the obstacles of a 
language which does not yield to my constant entreaties. 

To close many years of diplomatic service among such representative men of 
this Continent as are assembled here, and in the home of the Pan American 
Union, is one of the greatest rewards I could have expected; for here amidst 
marble and crystal, symbolic of beauty and permanence, men of faith and 
practical idealism are ushering in a new day for the brotherhood of nations. 

We are proud of our America. The seeds of democracy have fructified in its 
bosom; a great system of international relations, based on equality and justice, 
has been evolved in its councils; men from all corners of the earth have heard 
the call of a new world, yesterday still enshrouded in the mists of legend, but 
teeming with possibilities, that only awaited the magic wand of human effort 
to blossom into this great American civilization; and, with bowed heads, we 
thank the men who turned their dreams into this unsurpassed accomplishment. 

What our fathers built we are pledged to keep and improve for the coming 
generations; peace and good will being essential to achieve this aim, we must 
insure it through cooperation in a common endeavor; so that the slogan which 
the former British Colonies of America adopted may also become our own: 
“United we stand, divided we fall.” 

Never have I felt so keenly the truth embodied in this motto as at this parting 
hour; never did I vision so fully its tremendous implication, which sounds in 
my ears as the bugle call to action, as I do now, looking around this table. 

Mr. Chairman: As the Secretary of State of the United States, you have been 
striving for an ideal that is also dear to my heart: The peaceful and friendly 
solution of Inter-American controversies. I have faith in your intelligent action, 
in your fearlessness, in your honesty, and in your generous intentions. 

My dear Colleagues: Whenever there arose an opportunity to do so, you have 
never failed to display the qualities of statesmanship and vision that dispell 
misconceptions and to render great services in furthering good will among our 
Republics. You are happy to remain here preparing the dawn of a new era on 
our Continent, earnest in your endeavor and assisted by the worthy organization 
that is the Pan American Union, entrusted to the ceaseless devotion of Doctor 
Rowe, who feels almost a religious urge in Pan Americanism. How could I fail 
to have faith in the ultimate success of our ideal? 

It is as a man of unshaken faith in the future that I bid you good-bye to-day: 
The sadness I feel in parting, after two years in this hospitable and charming city 
of Washington, is tempered by the intensity of the remembrances I shall cherish 
while away from you. For the many honors you have bestowed upon me, your 
assistance, your advice, and your friendship, I sincerely thank you. 


The Bulletin of the Pan American Union, in associating itself with 
the Governing Board’s expression of regret over the departure of 
Doctor Cruchaga, can not but recall his long-standing devotion to 
the promotion of international friendship through education, evi- 
denced in his professorship of international law in Santiago, his text- 
book on that subject used in many Latin American universities, and 
his interest in the work of the School of Foreign Service of Georgetown 
University, to the students of which he offered last year a gold medal 
for the best essay on Chile or Chilean-American relations—a devotion 
permanently crowned by his establishment of the Elvira Matte de 
Cruchaga Educational Foundation in Chile. With Doctor Cru- 
chaga’s many friends the Bulletin wishes him Godspeed, and a full 
measure of success in his new field of action. 








ing 


Harris & Ewi 


graph by 


Photo: 


AR 


RIZ 


r 


. MARIO DIAZ I 


SENOR DR 


whose death occurred 


ion Bureau of Habana, 


1927 


trat 
a 


is 
September 25 


-Mark Reg 


ional Trade 


tor of the Internat 


rec 


Late D 











HE untimely death of Dr. Mario Diaz Irizar took place in 
Habana on September 25, 1927, at the early age of 47 years. 
A brilliant young lawyer and the foremost Cuban author- 
ity on trade-marks, Dr. Diaz Irizar was appointed by Presi- 
dent Menocal December 6, 1917, the first Director of the International 
Trade-mark Registration Bureau in Habana, one of two such bureaus 
provided for by a convention signed at the Fourth International Con- 
ference of American States, held in Buenos Aires in 1910. “Any 
mark duly registered in one of the signatory States,’’ says this 
important convention, “‘shall be considered as registered also in the 
other States of the Union, without prejudice to the rights of third 
persons and to the provisions of the internal laws of each State 
gvoverning the same,” the fee for this international registration being 
$50 in addition to the national fee. The second bureau has just 
been established in Rio de Janeiro in accordance with the convention 
for the protection of commercial, industrial, and agricultural trade- 
marks and commercial names signed at the Fifth International 
Conference of American States in 1923, which convention replaced 
that signed at the Fourth Conference. 

Born in Cienfuegos, Dr. Diaz Irizar completed part of his studies 
at Villanova College, in Pennsylvania, and in the Institute of Matan- 
zas. Later, while engaged in teaching, he simultaneously studied 
at the University of Habana, which in due course conferred upon 
him the degree of doctor of laws. In 1912 he won the gold medal 
offered by the Bar Association of Habana in its best legal essay com- 
position, and again in 1915 he presented to the same body an elaborate 
study on Cuban legislation with respect to trade-marks and patents 
then in effect. So comprehensive was this work that it was published 
by the Government, while the City of Habana bestowed a special gold 
medal on the author. 

For almost 10 years after his appointment to the Trade-mark 
Bureau—that is, practically until his death—Dr. Diaz Irizar devoted 
himself with unremitting labor to the successful organization and 
upbuilding of this new international clearing house, the manifold 
advantages of which can be appreciated only by those who formerly 
suffered from its lack. He had only just returned to Habana after 
a journey to Europe and the United States, during which he investi- 
gated a number of trade-mark bureaus, when he was fatally stricken. 

1065 


1066 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


In Washington he had paid official calls at the Pan American Union, 
the Department of State, and the Inter-American High Commission, 
with the last of which he had always worked in close cooperation. 

Dr. Diaz Irizar, in accepting the direction of the International 
Trade-mark Registration Bureau, stipulated that he be allowed to 
continue his private legal practice, in which he continued to dis- 
tinguish himself, being at the time of his death attorney for many 
persons and firms of consequence. 

To the bereaved mother, wife, and brother, and to Dr. Diaz 
Trizar’s many warm friends, the BULLETIN extends its sincere sym- 
pathy, expressing at the same time its admiration for his masterly 
organization and administration of a bureau the beneficent results 
of which are increasingly significant in Pan American commerce. 


TARY EDUCA- 
IN IN URUGUAY -. ~ 


















By Prepro Ferrari Ramirez, 


Departmental Inspector of Elementary Education, Canelones, Uruguay 


HE Republic of Uruguay, situated as it is at the mouth of 
the Rio de la Plata, one of the most important lanes of 
world commerce, has had the good fortune of benefiting by 
the currents of culture and enlightenment setting from 

Europe toward Latin America. For almost a century, despite the 
difficulties naturally besetting the organization of a nation born of 
the American Revolutionary chaos, Uruguay has constantly striven to 
definitely consolidate her republican institutions; she has won a 
high international position, thanks to the principles of equalitarian 
justice which she upholds, and has devoted special attention, par- 
ticularly in recent years, to the spread and improvement of public 
instruction, and, more especially, elementary education. 

All branches of public education are free in Uruguay—that is, 
elementary, secondary, college preparatory, and professional courses. 
Furthermore, elementary education is compulsory throughout the 
nation for children between 6 and 14 years of age; secondary educa- 
tion, to which children are admitted at the age of 12, is optional, 
being compulsory only for those who are to take more advanced 
courses. College preparation and professional education fall under 
the category of university education, except in those aspects within 
the province of the industrial schools. 


ELEMENTARY EDUCATION IN URUGUAY 1067 


Each division of public instruction, including the industrial, is 
governed by its own specialized organization, entirely independent 
of the others. Elementary education, which we shall here discuss, 
has therefore a true official standing first conferred upon it by the 
Varela Reforms. These were instituted between 1877 and 1879 by 
José Pedro Varela, who imbibed in the United States the educational 
ideas of that time and applied them at home with distinguished 
ability and an iron will, in spite of a reactionary opposition which 
threatened to balk his purpose. When the reforms were once 
accomplished and education made free and compulsory, the ele- 
mentary school commenced gradually to win its way against distrust 
and ignorance, but one victory after another strengthened its hold, 





A TYPICAL PRIMARY SCHOOL IN MONTEVIDEO 


extended its prestige beyond city borders, and won it increasing and 
preferential attention from statesmen. At first the amount of the 
appropriation for schools occupied the lowest place among the 
nation’s expenditures, for inexperience and the growth of a new nation 
exacted a painfully large tribute, which absorbed almost all the 
scanty public revenues. But the reserve strength of her economic 
resources—put to the proof by political and financial calamities— 
saved Uruguay, and for the last 20 years popular education and 
public works have been the principal objects of the legislators’ 
attention, so much so that these two appropriations have increased 
to a very considerable extent, that for public education now occupying 
the second highest place in the budget. 


1068 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 








MODERN SCHOOLS IN URUGUAY 


Upper: School No. 7 in Montevideo—A school for intermediate grades. Lower: Primary school No. 15 
in Pocitos ; 


Worthy of special mention is the recent action of Uruguay in fixing 
an annual appropriation which will permit the fulfillment of the most 
modern health and educational requirements of her schools as well as 
the spread of the benefits of elementary instruction to the most 
remote regions of the country. The problem was placed before 
Congress by Dr. Eduardo Acevedo, the present director of educa- 
tion, in all its significance, and that body, while it did not pass an 
appropriation as high as that requested because of certain circum- 


ELEMENTARY EDUCATION IN URUGUAY 1069 


stances, did vote, after a close and careful study of this important 
subject, an annual appropriation which includes 6,904,938 pesos ! 
for elementary education alone, besides a fund of 6,000,000 pesos 
for school buildings, the latter amount to be expended within the 
next six years. This appropriation, which became available in 
March of this year, paves the way for a still greater effort on behalf 
of elementary education, if, as is to be expected, the nation con- 
tinues to progress without economic disturbances affecting its 
finances, for both people and government are now firm in the belief 
that public instruction is the most secure foundation for the republi- 
can form of government adopted by the American nations, and that 





ONE OF THE NEWER SCHOOLS IN MONTEVIDEO 


School for pupils of the sixth and seventh grades 


the most wisely spent money is that which strengthens and deepens 
this foundation. 

A proof of the foregoing is the fact that negotiations are now 
under way between the educational authorities and the Mortgage 
Bank to obtain 30,000,000 pesos for the erection of buildings for all 
the schools. Furthermore, although the greater part of the educa- 
tion appropriation is derived from taxes on consumption and inherit- 
ances—a heavy burden on the latter which increases inversely as the 
distance of relationship between legator and legatee—the public 
willingly accepted the burden of the considerable amounts thus 
withdrawn from private savings, because of confidence in the use- 
fulness of the purpose to which they will be devoted. 





1 The Uruguayan peso is practically equivalent to the dollar, although a trifle higher. 


1070 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Below are given the increases in personnel and some of the other 
items authorized by the new educational expenditures act: 


School principals (130 rural, 86 city, and 25 itinerant) ?________________ 241 
PACS SSS GEM TN wa sea pe eB a Ye eg a I a gtr 614 
Special teachers of gymnastics, music, singing, etc__-----_-______--____ 22 
Such special teachers (2 assistants) for the normal schools___-_________- 18 
Principals of normal courses (4 teachers) for the interior departments_-__- 2 
iheachers tor imstituites om whiex cle ate aac Gliwice 2 


School physician, 1; nurse for dental clinic, 1; and’ visiting nurses, 12. 





TYPE OF MODERN RURAL SCHOOL BUILDING IN URUGUAY 


OTHER ITEMS 


Progressive increase in salaries of teaching staff (5 pesos for each 4 years Pesos 


Ofjservace)|3.sum_eneed ediannmulalllliyeeeen me ei i SI SR 3g 500, 000 
Increase for purchase’ of school equipment.2- 4. == 29-2 === = eae 173, 000 
Increase: for rent: of Jol cia eee i ee pe yee a ee 200, 000 
School lunches, clothing, and shoes for needy children__--____________ 200, 000 
Traveling expenses for teachers and inspectors___--____ 22 eon es See O00 
Subvention to the school retirement fund____.___-__-________.___-____ 600, 000 


Public elementary instruction in Uruguay now comprises 1,366 
schools with 3,890 teachers; 64 evening courses for adults, with 160 
teachers besides 76 instructors in commercial and industrial subjects; 
2 institutes for the deaf and dumb, with 20 teachers; and 4 normal 
schools. In addition to the public institutions, there are 167 private 
schools, with 660 teachers, sustained by lay and religious organiza- 
tions, both national and foreign, which enjoy the utmost freedom, the 
only official requirement being that instruction must be given in the 
national language. 

The public charities have charge of five orphan asylums, with a 
staff of specially trained benelyene The blind are given teaching 








2 These sara are aecened foe eames ee a Schoal aaanikision ai ess than 50 auihem, the minimum 
set by the common education act of 1885 for the establishment of a permanent school. There are 75 itinerant 
schools in the Republic. 





Courtesy of Comisién Nacional de Educacién Fisica. 


PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN URUGUAY 


Numerous playgrounds have been established by the National Commission of Physical Education 
Upper: A playground in the suburbs of Montevideo, Lower: A school playground 


65031—27—Bull 11——2 


1072 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


suited to their needs in an institution subsidized by the Government 
but directed by a special committee of women. 

Registration and attendance at all the institutions for elementary 
education was as follows during 1926: 


Average 
Registration attendance 
ub licedaiyss ClO @] Sem aay = ye ree ees 133, 762 99, 621 
Hvenine schools tor adults 222 6, 476 4,512 
iBrivateyschools! G22 2 =se= Ss. e eee ete 18, 925 0 
Orphamtasy lumase ee seen al eee eye tee 1, 688 1, 102 


The cost of public elementary education amounts to 28.42 pesos per 
pupil registered and to 388.16 pesos per pupil, based on average 





Courtesy of Comisién de Educacién Nacional de Educacién Fisica 


AN ATHLETIC FIELD IN MONTEVIDEO 


attendance. It may be affirmed, however, that the real per capita 
cost is still higher than the figures given, since nowadays every 
public school in Uruguay has a committee or association of parents 
and friends of the school which cooperates in the improvement of 
education by means of funds raised through its own inititative, now 
assisting poor children, now making possible instructive excurisons 
for the pupils, now providing the schools with equipment for teach- 
ing or recreation. 

The present brief article is concerned only with the material 
progress of primary instruction in Uruguay; a chapter devoted to 
progress in the application of methods and systems of instruction 
would reach a considerable length, for Uruguay is constantly on the 
alert to learn of advances made by other nations in this, as in all the 
principal branches of knowledge, in order to add to or incorporate 
with the result of her own experience that rich treasure. 


PARAGUAY'S INTERESTING CAPITAL 








NDEAVORING to find a river route to the reputed rich 
lands of the Incas in Peru appears to have been an incentive 
that spurred Spanish explorers up the waters of the Plata, 
the Parana, and the Paraguay. These are sectional names 

of the great stream which affords to-day, as in the past centuries, a 
fluvial artery to the heart of South America. 

Sebastian Cabot, not content in answering the ‘‘call of the wild” 
in North America, plunged deeper into the unknown in South 
America. With his little band of wanderers he reached the borders 
of the country known to-day as Paraguay about 1526-27, or several 
years before Pizarro arrived in Peru. Cabot is, therefore, credited 
with the honor of being the first European to see Paraguay. It 
appears, however, that he never ascended the river as far as the 
present site of Asuncion. 

Subsequently Juan de Ayolas and Domingo Irala and their fellow 
explorers sailed up the Paraguay to a point where the eastern shore 
of the river changes from lowlands to rolling hills and verdure-covered 
cliffs; where nature provided then, as at present, a vast lagoon or bay 
extending eastward from the main stream. Here the explorers 
halted and began to plant the seeds of civilization; here they met the 
Guaranis, who, in their primitiveness, offered comparatively little 
resistance, although it is related that the fiercer natives on the 
opposite side of the river proved to be more resentful. 

Whence came the original inhabitants, the Guaranis, to the land of 
Paraguay is a question that has not been definitely settled. As with 
many other primitive peoples, tradition plays a prominent role as to 
their origin. The oft-told story of Tupi and Guarani is fascinating; 
traditionally they were brothers somewhere in Brazil, and they 
quarreled. Guarani finally led his people far to the southward 
through the wilderness to a country known at present as Paraguay. 
There they prospered and multiplied, and, if imaginative, we may 
draw a mental picture of the meeting of the descendants of these 
people and the imposing Spaniards on the slopes near the still waters 
of the bay where Asuncion now stands. 

The “Province of Paraguay” during the era of early exploration 
embraced the vast area east of the Andes and south of Brazil; but in 





1 American Weekly, Buenos Aires, July 4, 1927. 


1073 


1074 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





THE PICTURESQUE SHORE ALONG THE APPROACH TO ASUNCION 


1617 the region was divided by royal decree into two Provinces, the 
seat of government being established at the newer town of Buenos 
Aires. Asuncion, somewhat like a far inland gateway to a still more 
remote and unknown region, was accessible by water and was fre- 
quently visited by daring explorers in quest of riches and adventure. 
The place seems to have met the expectation of the wildest dreamers. 
History, romance, adventure, cruelty, oppression, and delight seem 
to have been liberally blended, so that many historians and scholars 
refer to Paraguay as the most romantic of all South American 


ASUNCION 1075 


countries. Perhaps no land has passed through more vicissitudes. 
But we must leave the story of the country, the wonderful work and 
the expulsion of the Jesuits, the wars and unrest, the gallant fight 
against the combined forces of three neighboring nations, to the 
readers of historical books. 

Passing rapidly onward, we note that the people of Paraguay 
declared their independence from Spain on August 14, 1811. Velasco, 
the Spanish governor, at that time in sympathy with the movement, 
was chosen a member of the Junta, or governing board. On October 
1, 1813, a constitutional congress met in Asuncion, adopted a national 
flag, and vested the administrative power in two consuls. In 1844 
the form of government was changed and a President elected for a 
10-year term, Carlos A. Lopez being the first official to occupy the 
Paraguayan presidential chair. He was succeeded after a second 
term by his son, who died in 1870. Shortly thereafter the Govern- 
ment was reorganized and a new constitution proclaimed, which 
provides for a republican form of government with legislative, exec- 
utive, and judicial departments. Asuncion, being the political 
capital as well as the country’s chief commercial city, has witnessed 
stirring times in the gradual molding of a stable government. 

Asuncion, lying about 1,000 miles from the mouth of the Plata, 
was founded in 1536; and the fact that this event occurred on August 
15—the day of the Assumption—gives rise to the city’s designation. 
The construction of a crude fort, a result of the Ayolas-Irala expedi- 
tion, formed a nucleus of settlement. Ayolas is said to have pushed 
onward up the Paraguay and never returned to civilization, while 
the place called Asuncion, with its few Spaniards and aborigines, 
became the pride of Irala and grew slowly, very slowly, through 
passing years. 

The present-day Asuncion excites a rather odd curiosity, an inter- 
est akin to ‘‘the tang of the Orient,’’ in the minds of those of us who 
have tarried within its confines and who are not in quest of the 
more modern phases of municipal development. It especially appeals 
to persons who are versed in the region’s early history and who 
know of the soul-stirring events that have marked the city’s growth. 
Asuncion is built largely on the bay which extends eastward from the 
Paraguay, but confluence of bay and river is so near the city that we 
may stand on the hills back of Asuncion and see the movement of 
steamers bound up or down the river. Asuncion’s streets were laid 
out in rectangular form and in the larger division of the city run 
approximately from northwest to southeast, and are crossed at right 
angles by those from opposite directions. Many city blocks are 240 
feet square, while numerous streets are 45 or more feet wide, con- 


1076 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


trasting with the usual narrow streets of the average Spanish-planned 
municipality. Leading thoroughfares bear such names as Libertad, 
Presidente Carnot, Benjamin Constant, Igualdad, General Diaz, 
Bermejo, Rio Apa, etc., while some of the cross streets are known 
as 15 of August, 25 of November, Colombia, Independencia Nacional, 
Montevideo, United States, Oriente, etc., all of which are indicative of 
the patriotic ideas of the people in perpetuating names of leaders of 
thought and action as well as notable dates in the country’s history. 
Plazas Independencia, Uruguaya, and Patricios occupy prominent 
places in three different localities of the city, while Plazas de Armas 
and Constitucion, jointly covering a large area, are situated nearer 
the bay; still closer to the water’s edge stands the famous palace built 





THE CUSTOMHOUSE IN ASUNCION WHERE THE RIVER STEAMERS-~DOCK 


by the second Lopez; not far away is the new wharf and customs 
building. From this oldest section of Asuncion the streets and houses 
have gradually extended backward to slightly higher ground. In a 
section known as Barrio Cachinga the streets are laid out nearly with 
the directions of the cardinal points. Topography is responsible for a 
good natural drainage which Asuncion has always enjoyed in spite 
of the fact that the more modern systems of sewerage have not been 
fully adopted. Dashing rains also help to keep the city clean and 
generally healthful. 

Dwelling houses in Asuncion are largely one-story structures, but 
in recent years taller edifices have become more numerous. Ground, 
however, appears never to have been unduly expensive when homes 
were needed, so they are spread outward rather than upward. This 


ASUNCION 1077 


Ll 





THE GOVERNMENT PALACE, ASUNCION 
Built by Francisco Lopez, elected President in 1862, who led the war against Brazil, Argentina, and 
Uruguay 

style naturally lends itself to the ever-popular Hispanic-American 
features of inner courts, fountains, and flowers. From the exterior a 
home may appear extremely plain, but within its massive stone, 
brick, or adobe walls there is often a spaciousness in courtyards, 
corridors, living and sleeping rooms that surprises the stranger. 
Extremely high ceilings are the rule. In Asuncion there are also 
examples of beauty in plain construction; we see architecture of 
Hispanic-Moresque type, yet differing in detail from that observed 
in other South American capitals, with the possible exception of 


1078 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





THE POST OFFICE, ASUNCION 


, 





Courtesy of the Consul of Paraguay in London 


THE STATION OF THE CENTRAL RAILWAY WHICH BRINGS TRAVELERS AND 
TRADE TO ASUNCION FROM ARGENTINA 


Bolivia’s chief city, La Paz. The roofs of Asuncion also attract the 
stranger’s attention, most of them being constructed of heavy red 
tile, which follow such graceful lines that artists are wont to portray 
them on canvas. 
The public buildings of Asuncion are numerous and interesting, 
some bearing the marks of age and traces of the conflicts which from 


ASUNCION 1079 


time to time have occurred in the city and nation. Just as St. Louis, 
Denver, and Salt Lake City were scenes of stirring events in the 
pioneer days of the United States, so Asuncion has witnessed the 
youthful period when life and property suffered. To-day, however, 
the buildings that have stood the test of time still reflect the taste 
of their architects and builders. 

One of the city’s famous buildings dominates the water front and 
the lower part of the city. It was constructed during the reign of 
Francisco Lopez for his own palace, but accommodates to-day the 
various offices of the National Government. With a placid sheet of 
water bounding one side, broad and well-arranged lawn and flower 
beds on the other side, and the building itself rising high above sur- 
rounding structures, this sentinel stands reminiscent of the vaunting 
ambition of a former ruler. From its tower or upper story one may 
see far across the Paraguay into the terra incognita region of the 
Gran Chaco. Still farther in the distance we catch glimpses of the 
winding Pilcomayo, flowing through a region practically unknown. 

If the visitor to Asuncion is interested in historical lore he will be 
delighted with the Biblioteca Nacional (National Library) and the 
Biblioteca Americana, wherein are preserved many rare volumes 
relating to the early discoveries, the Jesuits and the part they played 
in carrying civilizing influences to this remote interior land. Some 
of the works date from about 1534 and chronicle events down to 
1600, while hundreds of more modern books are also preserved. 
This famous collection which, like the city, has passed through 
strenuous eras, still retains many of its most prized volumes. The 
books were carried away on horseback and in carts, it is said, to save 
them from destruction by invading armies, some volumes remaining 
for years in the homes of ignorant natives far back in the forests. 
When tranquillity finally was restored they were recollected and are 
now valued among the most important works in existence on South 
American history. 

Other well-known buildings are the National College, that of the 
police department, the city’s six bank buildings, the Church of the 
Incarnation, the postal and telegraph building, the public hospital, 
the National Congress, the National Theater, the Museum of Fine 
Arts, the new market, etc. The Asuncion Chamber of Commerce 
has recently occupied a new and commodious structure which is 
another ornament to the city. 

The Central Market in Asuncion is a place of special interest to 
most visitors because there one mingles with more humble citizens. 
He sees the coming and the going of the itinerant female trader with 
her head closely wrapped in a mantle of black, who with fruits and 
goods sits complacently on the meandering burro. We see at the mar- 
ket the mingling of people from the country, town, and capital city; 


BRIT OSUIMIOG PUL SvIOAY op UBNL Aq PpopuNo} Sv JECT UT YO! A Teudeg oy} JO WOTJOos Jomeu V 
NOIONOASYV NI VZV1Id V 





ASUNCION 1081 


we note the variety of foods offered for sale, such as oranges, eggs, 
cheese, and an array of vegetables entirely novel to those unfamiliar 
with subtropical production. There is the usual medley of voices in 
Guarani and Spanish, the general mise en scéne covering nearly a 
whole block indicating the preponderance of female over male 
population, a reminder of Paraguay’s militant history. This market 
place, however, fails to draw the women of the better classes, for in 
Asuncion, as in other Latin American lands, the wives and daughters 
of men of affairs are rarely to be seen in such public places as a market. 
The duty of purchasing foods for the family is delegated to servants. 

The water front of Asuncion is one of the most busy parts of the 
city. It is the meeting point of the large steamers that ply up and 
down the Paraguay and its tributaries with lighter draft vessels 
which operate from Asuncion northward to Concepcion, Corumba, 
and other far inland river ports. Traffic from Buenos Aires bound for 
the far interior must be transshipped at Asuncion, and this business 
furnishes employment for many workers; so the hum of voices in 
different languages is no less interesting to the stranger than are the 
various commodities handled. A line of small steamers operates 
between the ports of Suarez in Bolivia and Rosario in Argentina, and 
these traders of course pass by Asuncion, where they discharge and 
load cargo. 

Passenger steamers which ply between Buenos Aires and Asuncion 
draw alongside the customhouse piers and travelers enter the stately 
edifice after passing up broad stone steps and through massive 
arches. Passenger traffic was somewhat altered when the railway 
from the south was completed to Asuncion. This route is now largely 
used by the public, especially on the northern journey, but when 
returning southward the steamers appear to be more attractive to the 
average traveler, as they afford opportunities for visiting numerous 
smaller ports all the way to Buenos Aires. 

Paraguay’s trading relations with the nations of the world are 
represented by a value of more than $20,000,000 annually. Many 
commodities represented by these values pass in and out through 
the port of Asuncion, although the railway above mentioned draws 
freight as well as passengers away from the several river steamer 
services. On the whole, however, the business of the port is growing 
and for some years the Government authorities have been endeavor- 
ing to improve and enlarge facilities; eventually we shall see the con- 
summation. While speaking of harbor facilities, it is interesting to 
note that Paraguay recently modified customs duties on certain 
upbuilding commodities, such as the motor car for business and 
pleasure, and now these may be imported free of duty. Various 
other changes were inaugurated in connection with importations, 
which will be especially noticeable in Asuncion. 


1082 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Public amusements are not so numerous as in larger cities, but 
Paraguay has a liberal number of legal holidays during which all 
classes enjoy relaxation from the usual prosaic routine. May 14 
and 15 are the days on which national independence is celebrated; 
the anniversary of the founding of the city of Asuncion on August 15, 
1536, is also a gala day in the capital, as are New Year’s, Christmas, 
Columbus Day, and a half dozen or more other holidays. In recent 
years such sports as regattas, football, tennis, and horse racing have 
become more or less popular. Clubs and societies numbering more 
than a score are also features of life and amusement in which the 
younger members of society freely participate. The motion-picture 
theater has become as popular with the masses as in other places, 
and films from various lands are used, those manufactured in Buenos 
Aires being the most easily available. The European film and that 
made in the United States are also shown to Asuncion audiences. 

The pleasant resort of San Bernardino, situated on the shore of 
Lake Ypacarai, has become a popular rendezvous not only for well- 
to-do Paraguayans but is also visited by persons from Argentina, 
Uruguay, and other parts of South America. The lake is a beautiful 
sheet of water 15 miles long and 3 miles wide, lying a short distance 
east of Asuncion and on the main line of railroad from Encarnacion 
to Asuncion. The building of the road made the lake accessible from 
the capital, and the increasing number of patrons is responsible for 
the erection of larger hotels and amusement features common to 
pleasure resorts. Prominent families of Asuncion maintain their 
homes on the lake during certain seasons of the year when the capital 
is not at its best; the railroad trip to the southern shore of the lake 
is made in about an hour, and the visitor is transferred by small boat 
to San Bernardino on the opposite side of the lake. The resort 
itself nestles picturesquely amid tropical foliage, trees, and flowers. 
One may enjoy amusements, somewhat limited to be sure, or stroll 
out to the restful quiet of surrounding forests, or participate in boat- 
ing pleasures on Lake Ypacarai. There are social functions from 
time to time at the hotels or at private cottages, while for those who 
seek complete rest and quietude San Bernardino opens wide its 
hospitable gates. 

Speaking of health and pleasure resorts brings us to the subject 
of climate. Paraguay, lying about two-thirds within the Temperate 
Zone and one-third in the Tropics, enjoys subtropical weather; and 
hardly more than three months of the year—December, January, 
February—-can be termed “hot,” although March and November 
are sometimes about as the midsummer months. The remaining 
portion of the year is cool or cold, and at times frosts occur and light 
wraps are needed by the people. In other words, summer lasts from 
October to March, and winter from April to September. The mean 


ASUNCION 1083 


temperature at Asuncion varies between 71° and 73° F. The maxi- 
mum has reached 105° F., but there are many years when the heat 
does not register more than 98° F. Expressed still differently, 
about 40 days are cold, 100 days hot, while the remaining 225 days 
may be considered agreeable, many of them having a delightful tem- 
perature. The heaviest precipitation occurs about March and the 
least in August, but more or less rain may be expected each month 
of the vear. The average year at Asuncion has 79 rainy, 72 cloudy, 
and 214 clear days. Winds from the south bring cool breezes, 
while those from the north are warm. 

All things considered, Paraguay, and especially its capital, may be 
regarded as possessing a pleasant and even delightful climate; and 
this fact alone is largely responsible for the increasing number of 
people who visit the country in search of health, rest, and outdoor 





NAY 


POLICE HEADQUARTERS, ASUNCION 


recreation. Horseback riding, popular with so many persons as a 
health-giving exercise, finds full freedom in Paraguay. Indeed, the 
Paraguayan is truly ‘‘the man on horseback” and he is ever willing 
to act as guide and scout for the stranger, provided he is aware that 
the latter’s mission is not unworthy of confidence. 

Municipal government in Asuncion is based on the organic law of 
municipalties passed by the National Congress. This law stipulates 
that Asuncion shall have a junta or council consisting of six members 
and three alternates, and an intendente or mayor. Councilmen are 
elected by direct popular vote, as are national deputies and senators, 
and serve for a term of four years; and they may be reelected. The 
mayor is appointed by the President of the Republic and receives a 
salary from the municipal revenues. Alternate councilmen replace 
regular members in case of death, resignation, or disability of the 


1084 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


latter. Sessions of the council are usually held once a week or 
oftener if occasion demands; and questions are decided in accordance 
with the majority of votes. As in other municipalities, the council 
looks after the general welfare and progress of the capital, providing 
rules and regulations for raising municipal revenues, promoting or 
regulating public works, traffic, streets, markets, public health, 
sanitation, charity, the police, ete. The selection of a president, a 
vice president, and other municipal officers and employees is made by 
the council and by the intendente. 





PRIVATE RESIDENCE OF A WEALTHY CITIZEN 


The policing of the city and the general appearance of these public 
guardians is highly interesting to the stranger within Asuncion’s gates. 
Organized on a military basis and accustomed to regular drills, one sees 
squads of marching privates going to or from duty in about the same 
methodical manner that is observed at guard mount at military 
encampments. The individual is not so large in stature as the aver- 
age policeman of London or Philadelphia, but is brave and capable 
of undergoing extreme hardship and fatigue as occasion arises; 
mounted or on foot he is both an ornament and a protector of which 
the city may be justly proud. 


ASUNCION 1085 


Going to Asuncion or returning therefrom is not the tiresome 
journey that imposed itself upon the traveler in former days. Neither 
is it advisable to take the wandering route across Brazil as did de 
Vaca and his men long ago when they spent 130 days in reaching 
Asuncion. To-day the proper course is to leave Montevideo or 
Buenos Aires, preferably the latter, by river steamer or by railway 
train. One may board the train in either city and proceed northward, 
but in starting from the Argentine capital several connections are 
avoided and the traveler goes all the way to Asuncion without change 
of cars and in the shortest time, or in about 48 or 50 hours, the dis- 
tance by rail being nearly 1,000 miles. Passing over fertile pampas 
and through the historic Misiones region of Argentina, with train 
ferry service over the Parana at Ibicuy and the Alto Parana at 
Posadas, the ride across Paraguay is especially interesting if one is 
inclined to inquire into stockraising and agricultural possibilities. 
The traveler’s section of the through sleeper (section has two to four 
beds) is comfortable, the dining car supples nourishing and well- 
cooked foods. At Asuncion the train draws into a commodious 
station, where coachmen await the traveler, and with baggage and 
self he is soon en route to the hotel, drawn by galloping steeds, as is 
customary in so many South American cities. The ride is both 
novel and interesting. But automobiles are gradually replacing the 
coach and horses. 

The traveler who reaches Asuncion by railway should leave the 
city by river steamer if he wishes to embrace the opportunity of 
seeing the Paraguay River and its commerce. If one has time, say, 
several weeks, Asuncion provides a favorable starting point for 
various up-river towns and landings where conditions are still less 
modern but where foreign capital is developing large enterprises. 
Steamers are available at frequent intervals for this trip. Between 
Asuncion and Buenos Aires there is regular steamer service, and in 
going on the southward flowing current the trip is made in three 
days. 








SONY 
S 

















I—NATIONAL HOMAGE TO THE MEMORY OF 
BARTOLOME MITRE (1821-1906) ! 


[In connection with the recent inauguration in Buenos Aires of the latest monu- 
ment to Bartolomé Mitre—perhaps the most beloved and revered of Argentina's 
great civic heroes—and the nation-wide tribute of homage which accompanied that 
ceremony, the following spontaneous appreciation has special significance as coming 
from the Chilean Nation which, together with Argentina, agreed something less than 
a generation ago to find the solution of their long-standing boundary dispute in the 
peaceable and friendly processes of international arbitration.—Editor’s note.] 


ON BARTOLOME MITRE is beyond question one of the 
most interesting, attractive, and noble of Argentina’s sons, 
or indeed in the whole galaxy of luminous figures in Spanish 
American history. 

The features of his spiritual physiognomy, like those of his physical 
countenanée, were in the great tradition of our race. No one who 
beheld him could fail to realize that he was in the presence of an 
hidalgo; none could have cognizance of his public and private life 
without recognizing in him a great gentleman. 

Mitre was a soldier, statesman, and a warrior alike with the pen 
as with the sword; he was the guide of his people, a poet and a journal- 
ist. His spirit, always moved by lofty ideals, by intellectual and 
liberal motives, was saturated with that fragrance which permeated 
the spirit of the paladins of the first half of the nineteenth century. 
Audacious, generous, and romantic in youth; melancholy, reflective, 
and benevolent in his prime; august in his venerable old age; his 
life can be written only by one who understands the world movement 
of 1830. Mitre was marked by romanticism in common with all 
those who in ardent youth were warmed by the divine inspiration of 
Lamartine and Victor Hugo, of Larra and Zorrilla, alike poets and 
revolutionaries, dreamers ond reformers. 

Mitre lived among us in Chile during his exile in the days of Roses 
He came with other illustrious Argentines to find in this free nation 
a refuge from tyranny. He found in Chilean society the welcome 
merited by his gentility, his culture, his personal distinction, his noble 
character, his loyalty. Like Sarmiento, Gomez, Alberdi, Lopez, 
and others, Bartolomé Mitre was a member OL the editorial stall of 





iauutntea from El Wenn July 8, 1927. Gertie, Chile, 
1086 


ECHOES FROM ARGENTINA 1087 


El Mercurio. Many years later he recalled with affectionate 
warmth this newspaper which thus pays tribute to his memory. 

And of all the Argentines who then or later found hospitality. in 
Chile, none was so loyal to our nation; none so much as Mitre 
cherished to the last day of his life a gratitude beyond the measure 
of what he had received from us; none but he returned, when he 
could, to sit with us around the Chilean hearth like a loyal friend 
and brother. 

One day the two nations menaced each other. War seemed 
inevitable in 1901. But Mitre, the octogenarian, abandoned his 
easy chair and, from the columns of his daily, La Nacién, came the 
first magnificent and resounding utterance against fratricidal strife. 
That famous article, in an equally famous newspaper, decided the 
trend of Argentine public opinion in favor of a peaceful settlement. 
Mitre thus paid his debt of gratitude to Chile and fulfilled his duty as 
a good Argentinian by stopping insensate rivalry and bequeathing to 
the two peoples a legacy of peace, of fruitful and enduring friendship. 

From the height of the proud monument which his country to-day 
rears in his honor Mitre appears to watch over American peace. 
Because he was a statesman, he knew the destiny of the American 
peoples. Because he had served on the battle field, he was acquainted 
with the sterile horrors of war; he had the poet’s faith in the fruits 
of peace and brotherly love between nations; he read in the great 
deeds of the past a lesson for the future. Mitre knew that Chile and 
Argentina should be friends. His monument, around which the 
Republics are joined to-day—Chile with special affection and grati- 
tude—is a new landmark on the highway of international friendship 
which, day by day, we Chileans and Argentinians are extending. 

Mitre belongs to Argentina; he is an honor to the country which he 
served with the inspiration of genius; but the entire continent claims 
him as one of America’s glories, as one of the protagonists of Hispanic- 
American progress, as the pride and grandeur of our race. 


IJ.—ARGENTINA’S PETROLEUM INDUSTRY '! 


(In view of the very definite movement now under way to protect the Argen- 
tine oil industry—a bill to that effect being now before the National Congress—and 
particulary as it appears that the passage of the bill in question would require 
some change in the Argentine constitution, the article which follows may be of un- 
usual interest to readers of the BULLETIN.—Ed/tor’s Note.) 


About 20 years ago a man who was boring a well for water on the 
sandy shore of what is to-day the little town of Comodoro Rivadavia 
found to his surprise a blackish liquid which proved to be crude 








i; The American Weekly, Buenos Aires, July 23, 1927. 


65031—27—Bull. 11 3 





1088 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


petroleum, and thus by mere chance, like many other great dis- 
coveries, Argentina’s principal oil field was located. 

Comodoro Rivadavia at that time could scarcely have been classed 
as a picturesque neighborhood. There was absolutely nothing to 
break the desert; it was a scene very similar to that of the Chilean 
nitrate regions—sand, stones, no grass, but a sort of useless shrub 
called ‘“brusquilla,” a permanent high wind, driving the pebbles on 
the beach along in an eternal ‘‘devil dance” to the moan of the South 
Atlantic billows undisturbed by the presence of man. 

Further inland, in this somewhat inhospitable territory, an oc- 
casional mud hut belonging to a forlorn shepherd of some of the big 
sheep runs; a region dried up by sun in summer, and under snow a 





Courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires. 


COMODORO RIVADAVIA 


Panoramic view of a section of the town and the oil fields 


great part of the winter months, with but little rainfall, and toward 
the coast without any trees worth counting to afford shelter to man 
or beast; in short, as barren a stretch of God’s earth as might be 
found anywhere, the sort of place to keep away from. 

When the discovery was made known, the National Government 
reserved several thousand acres on the coast, obtained machinery 
and experts from the United States, and started boring with con- 
siderable success; a little later a landing pier was constructed, as 
the open nature of the coast made it impossible for vessels to load 
or discharge except in lighters, a rather dangerous operation in bad 


ECHOES FROM ARGENTINA 1089 


weather, which is quite frequent down there, especially when the 
south wind blows at about 80 miles an hour. 

The oil fields were placed under the able administration of Colonel, 
to-day General, Mosconi, who besides being a competent military 
officer, holds the diploma of civil engineer, and in all justice it must 
be said that the success which has up to the present attended the 
Argentine Government’s oil fields is to a great extent due to this 
officer’s honest administration, foresight, and patriotism. As a sig- 
nificant detail it may be mentioned that the personnel of the admin- 
istration of the ‘“‘Yacimientos Petroliferos Fiscales” has to start 
work every morning at 8 o’clock, and the general is there at that 
hour, too, to see that the work is done—and it is. 





Courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires. 


PETROLEUM TANKS AT COMODORO RIVADAVIA 


To-day Comodoro Rivadavia, instead of being a barren, wind- 
swept beach, is a progressive little town with a considerable number 
of good buildings on well-kept streets, and a hard-working popula- 
tion of several thousands, all directly or indirectly engaged in the 
oil business. And it may safely be prophesied that not many years 
will pass before the railway, which at present only gets as far as 
San Antonio Oeste, will reach Comodoro Rivadavia. 

The barrenness of the southern coast is, indeed, the work of 
nature, but forestation can be done down there, successfully, by the 
utilization of certain classes of trees requiring but little ram. When 
Mar del Plata was founded about 45 years ago there was not a tree 
within miles. To-day the gardens and trees are numerous and 
beautiful, so that there can be no doubt that as time passes the 
inhabitants of the little new town, which sprang into existence by 
the casual discovery of oil, will also have its gardens and public 
squares with trees, the same as Bahia Blanca, Viedma, San Antonio 


1090 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


and other places where, by force of ingenuity and labor, the desert 
has been made to blossom as the rose. 

A couple of vears ago the National Government contracted with 
the Bethlehem Steel Co. for the erection of an oil distillery close to 
La Plata, capital of the Province of Buenos Aires, a work which gave 
great satisfaction to the Argentine authorities, and which renders ex- 
cellent service in the distillery of crude oil from Comodoro Rivadavia. 

The action of the Argentine Government in making an important 
reservation of oil fields is to be applauded as a wise and far-seeing 
measure; but round about that reservation there are a number of 
wells drilled by oil-boring companies, both Argentine and foreign. 
Of course, the Comodoro Rivadavia district has not a monopoly 
in oil production, as this commodity has also been found in Neuquen, 
Mendoza, and Salta, where wells have been drilled, but up to date 
there can be no doubt that the principal field is the one in and 
around Comodoro Rivadavia. 

It is quite possible that in the future other districts in which 
petroleum exists may be located. In the meantime the Argentine 
Government has a practically inexhaustible series of wells, and the 
money there invested and well administered has been amply justified. 

The importance of the possession of oil fields is to-day beyond all 
possible question and if the Argentine authorities have considered it 
wise to invest millions of pesos in Comodoro Rivadavia it must be 
admitted that their action has been amply justified by the results. 

The consumption of petroleum in its diverse forms, however, is 
rapidly increasing in Argentina, but even so statistics show that there 
is not enough produced, as imports of this commodity, especially 
from Mexico, are also increasing. 

There can be no doubt that the consumption of coal in this Republic 
will decrease to an insignificant quantity, as factories and railways 
are all gradually installing apparatus for using oil, which offers so 
many advantages, and this is also true of ocean-going vessels, the 
boilers of which are frequently changed so as to permit of the’use of oil. 


IJI—_ FOREIGN CAPITAL AND ARGENTINE NATIONAL 
PRODUCTION ' 


By ALEXANDER BUNGE 


Professor and Ex-counsellor in the University of Buenos Aires, Member of the 
Commission for the Publication of the ‘Review of Argentine Economy”’ 

Is the investment of foreign capital beneficial to Argentina? Does 
it benefit Great Britain and the United States of America to invest 
capital in Argentina? 

More than 12 years have elapsed since foreign investments in 
Argentina ceased to be of importance, and therewith has coincided 
the effort to stabilize national production and i immigr ation. 








“The ation, Bunce) Ieee, Apr. 18, 1927. 


ECHOES FROM ARGENTINA 1091 


We have already observed, in other articles on the subject, that 
the immigration quota for the 12 years subsequent to 1914 reached 
the very small figure of 319,000 immigrants, whereas in the 10 years 
preceding that period it had amounted to 1,540,000. 

If we have arrived at the conviction that there is approaching an 
era of economic reestablishment and vigorous development in pro- 
duction and commerce, it is due largely to the fact that we are con- 
vinced that the moment has arrived for the investment on a large 
scale of foreign capital. These investments will stimulate initiative 
and action. But all this would be useless if, with the movement that 
is initiated from abroad, there was not on our part an effort to so 
arrange our economic policy as to assure and protect these investments. 

We do not deem it necessary to enter upon minute statements to 
prove that as with the 6,000 millions invested in our country (in rail- 
ways, in ports and public works, in tramways and electric-light 
works and other industries, in mortgages for the installation of light- 
ing systems, mills, machinery) there was brought about during the 
years previous to 1908 the marvelous progress of that period, so also, 
the next investments will produce an equal if not greater effect, since 
they will be founded on a base already more solid and powerful. 

During the last years, jointly with the duplication of reproductive 
capital, there was brought about in Canada, as we have noted, the 
duplication of the physical volume of production, so that to-day it 
is almost double the per capita in Argentina. 

Has the employment of foreign capital been of benefit to Canada? 
The answer is in the railways constructed in these 12 years, double 
the number of ours; the railway traffic, triple that of ours; and the 
high level reached by the people. If this is not sufficient it is still 
true that the economic and political policy has been strengthened by 
these investments. 

The only condition requisite for such results is that foreign capital 
shall not be dissipated in governmental or political campaigns, nor 
be invested in foreign agencies for the fiscalization of our production 
and our economic life. We will speak on another occasion of the 
requisites necessary to fulfill these conditions. 

As to the benefits of foreign investment in Argentina, it is well 
to recall some of the circumstances which have made and will make 
our country, during the next generation, the most favored place for 
investment of large sums of capital in a reproductive form. 

After all the most important condition is progress. Argentina 
has a territorial horizon of riches practically unlimited and replete 
with favorable surprises (to-day petroleum, then cotton, to-morrow 
other sources of wealth more or less unlooked for which will be found 
in our fertile country). There is not in all the world a territorial 
economical unity which at this time offers as many present possi- 
bilities as Argentina. 

On our valuable soil are working 10 millions of white people, of 
the pure Caucasian race, and they are governed by a political organi- 


1092 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


zation with modern and advanced methods. This population offers 
the greatest known natural increase—almost 200,000 annually or 
nearly 2 per cent—and is augmented by immigration possibilities, 
proven during long periods, which can be estimated at a minimum 
of 100,000 for the next few years, with a strong annual increase, if at 
the same time reproductive capitalization is increased. 

In order to appreciate the economic capacity of Argentina it is 
useful to compare it with that of the South American Continent, 
toward which are again looking the business men of the world who 
have an acute and panoramic vision. 

We begin by saying what we demonstrated two years ago by 
close statistics—the economic capacity of Argentina is greater than 
that of the rest of the South American nations combined. 

It is worth while to go over the figures which lead to this irrefut- 
able conclusion, accepted by all South American statisticians and by 
those of other countries which have commented on our article. 


FOREIGN COMMERCE 


The commerce of all South America—that is to say, of the 10 
countries comprised (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru, Uruguay, 
Bolivia, Colombia, Venezuela, Paraguay, and Ecuador), amounted 
in 1923 to 3,169 millions of gold dollars. Of this amount Argentina 
had 1,590,600,000 gold dollars—that is to-day, something more than 
one-half (50.10 per cent). In 1924 the proportion for Argentina was 
greater. Comparing these figures with the population, it is seen 
that they represent $159 gold per capita in Argentina, and $33 for 
the rest of South America. 


RAILWAYS 


Of the 88,385 kilometers in operation, 37,800, or 42.70 per cent, 
are in Argentina. For each 10,000 inhabitants there are 37.8 kilo- 
meters of railway, and in the rest of South America, 29.3 kilometers. 


RAILWAY TRANSPORTATION 


In 1924 there were transported by all the railroads of South 
America 80,478,000 tons; 48,000,000 tons belonged to Argentina, or 
60 per cent of the total. | 

In regard to passengers carried the figures in the same year were 
231,918,000. Argentina had 130,000,000, which also represents more 
than the half (57 per cent), so that in Argentina 13 passengers 
per capita were carried and 2 in the rest of South America. 


TELEPHONES 


Of the 348,847 telephones of South America, 157,000 belonged 
to Argentina, or 45 per cent. This represents 157 instruments for 
each 10,000 inhabitants in Argentina and 35 in the other countries. 


ECHOES FROM ARGENTINA 1093 


AUTOMOBILES 


In 1924 there were 214,000 automobiles in the whole of South 
America, of which 125,000 were in Argentina, or 58 per cent of the 
total. At present there are something more than 200,000 automobiles 
in our country, 65 per cent of the total in South America. Argentina 
has some 200 automobiles for each 10,000,000 inhabitants and the 
remaining countries about 20. For the last two years Argentina has 
been importing about 5,000 automobiles monthly. 


POSTAL AND TELEGRAPHIC ACTIVITY 


Of the 2,873,000,000 pieces of mail dispatched by all South Amer- 
ica, 1,727,000,000 were from Argentina, or 60 per cent of the total; 
172 pieces per capita in Argentina and 27 in the other countries. 

Thirty-six million telegrams were sent, 21,786,000 in Argentina, or 
60 per cent of the total in all South America. 


EDUCATION 


The 46,000 teachers of Argentina in 1924 and the $180,000,000 
spent on education represented some two-thirds (66 per cent) of the 
number of teachers and the funds spent on education in the whole of 
South America. 

GOLD 


Of the $694,999,000 (or the equivalent) of gold in hand in South 
America, $505,675,000 belonged to Argentina. This represents 72.8 
per cent of the total; nearly $60 in Argentina and less than $8 in the 


other countries. 
PRINTING 


Argentina consumes 55.6 per cent of all the printing paper for books 
and journals used in South America (163,800,000 kilos in the 10 
countries and 91,000,000 in Argentina). 

We must add that South America has some 20,000,000 inhabitants 
of the pure white race, without a vestige of black, Indian, or Asiatic 
blood, and that out of that total the half belongs to Argentina, a 
country which has, in addition, less than half a million inhabitants of 
mixed blood. : 

There are two prominent men in the world who from personal 
characteristics as superior individuals and from their position as 
ministers of commerce of the two most powerful nations of the earth 
are capacitated, as none others, to judge for their respective countries, 
for Argentina, and for the world, of the advantages of the investment 
of large sums of money in this young nation of a future unsuspected 
by many. These men are the Minister of Commerce of Great 
Britain, Mr. Philip Cunliffe Lister, and the Secretary of Commerce 


1094 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of the United States, Mr. Herbert Hoover. I have had the honored 
privilege of enjoying their intercourse and friendship and of knowing 
their opinion on this point. Both of them are pleased to recognize 
the great economic future of Argentina and to counsel the investment 
of capital in this country for reproductive work. 

Great Britain had an unlimited confidence in the future of Argen- 
tina, and to-day the broad vision of those men who invested their own 
money and that of their compatriots in this country is recognized. 
The commercial relations between Great Britain and Argentina 
are motives for thanks in both countries. The British steel rail con- 
solidated our political unity and made our economic greatness an 
essential factor; the Argentine meats, the cereals, the hides and 
wools very soon cheapened the cost of living and clothing for the 
British people, and created an ample market in this country for 
their coal, their iron, and their manufactured articles. 

The United States will soon increase its exports; it must do so. 
South America and, in particular Argentina, is one place in the world 
in which the consumption of automobiles and many other manu- 
factured articles of the United States can increase rapidly. It is of 
interest to the United States that these young nations progress, 
that they are developed, and that in consequence they increase their 
capacity for consumption, since in Europe this is less probable and the 
markets less accessible, or at least less immediately accessible. 

British capital invested in railways has not yet obtained any 
considerable direct return, but this will come when the railway 
traffic of to-day, which only amounts to 45,000,000 tons, has in- 
creased, as in Canada—a country which has a million less inhabitants 
than ours—to 120,000,000 tons. 

The increase in railway traffic will be the first result of the invest- 
ment of capital in agricultural colonies and in the industries manu- 
facturing their products. The increase in automobiles and other 
things preponderantly North American will be the first result of capital 
invested in roads accessible to the railroads and tourists. 

If ‘to govern is to populate,” in Argentina ‘‘to govern is to 
attract capital,’’ because attracting capital is to-day the only way to 
attract immigration on an appreciable scale. 

What sound and organically reproductive activity will not have 
its future assured in a country which receives each year 600 millions 
of dollars for its unlimited territorial riches, which produces a natural 
increase in population of 200,000 inhabitants yearly, and which 
receives from 100,000 to 200,000 European immigrants of the most 
productive age? 

Let us take note of these facts, but at the same time let us practice 
an economic policy assuring ample protection to the capital which 
is to develop the next brilliant period of our economic development. 














NEW lnk in the great chain which rapidly and surely is 
bringing the nations of this continent, and of the world, 
within the range of the human voice was forged Thursday, 
September 29, when in the great Hall of the Americas at 

the Pan American Union in Washington, and simultaneously in 
the National Palace in the City of Mexico, telephonic conversa- 
tion was inaugurated between the capitals of these two great and 
friendly nations. In the imposing and significant ceremonies which 
marked the occasion, the Presidents of the two Republics, Plutarco 
Elias Calles and Calvin Coolidge, participated in the most direct 
fashion, as did also high officials of the respective State Departments, 
the Mexican Ambassador to the United States, the Chargé d’ Affaires 
of the United States in Mexico, and the Director General of the Pan 
American Union. 

In addition to these distinguished participants, about 300 of the 
400 invited guests, composed of the diplomatic representatives in 
Washington of the Latin American and other countries, high officials 
of the several Government departments, and eminent citizens of 
national and international reputation were, by the generosity of the 
American Telephone & Telegraph Co., provided with 300 individual 
headphones which enabled them to “listen in” throughout the whole 
of this transcendental ceremony. 

Readers of the BULLETIN will recall that barely six years ago simi- 
lar ceremonies marked the inauguration of telephone service between 
Cuba and the United States. The recent inauguration of the service 
between Mexico and the United States, which covers a distance of 
3,357 miles, marks the culmination of years of energetic constructive 
work by the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co., work which has 
enjoyed the constant and decided cooperation of the Mexican 
Government. 

The first speaker in the inauguration ceremony was the Director 
General of the Pan American Union, Dr. Leo 8. Rowe, who addressed 
the audience as follows: 

1095 


‘0° Ydeise]9 
wy ouoydefay, UWeoMeUry ‘UOISIATG seulry suOT ‘lodvuBUI [eloUes ‘JOTI “O VL “AI pue ‘uoyeiodi0g ydeisejey, 2 ouoydojay, [euoeUIejUT ON) PORnanaad 
SIA ‘Op1O *q AUOH “ATA ‘0984S Jo Alvjaloog BUOY ‘ICH “f INCILM “WOH ‘ospl[ooH UIATeH JUEPISeIg ‘S0}v1G Pol EY} 07 OdIxeyT JO Jopessequry ‘zeT[aI, °O [enue 
wo 1OUVg ‘MOU UvdTIOULY Uv O44 jo [BAoUOy) IOJPOOIIG ‘OMOY “S “T Iq ‘0D ydvise[ay, 7 euoydelay, URdIIeUTY 94} Jo yUepIseId ‘pIOYID “g JOI[TVM ‘IP :avodde 
“Qqall 04 4Jo, Wo. ‘dnois oy} UT “OdIXeTAT JO SOT[VO YUOPIseIg PUB OSPI[OOH JUEPIsel{ U9IMJ9qd POsULYOXO SZUI}OOIF OY} voy 0} UOT UvoTIoULy UB OY} Ul SvolIeuLW 
Ot} JO [IVH OY} Ul porquesse eouOIpNe poysiInsUTysIp B “126 ‘6Z JoquIejdeg ‘Oorxey\] PUB So7vIg PoeIIU O44 UEEM4eq OdIAOS EUOYAeIO} JO UOT{VANZNvUI oY} JO WOISvID0 OY UC 


“Od ‘NOLONIHSVM NOAMLAG AOIAMAS ANOHdMATAL AO NOILVYADAVNI FHL 


ALIO OOIXdW ANV 


eg 





INAUGURATION OF TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION 1097 


Doctor Rowe spoke as follows: 


We are to-day assembled to celebrate an event of major importance to the 
relations between the nations of America. But afew years ago in this same hall 
telephonic communication was opened between Washington and Habana. 
To-day we inaugurate the service between Washington and Mexico City, and 
it is only a question of a few years when similar communication will extend through 
Central and South America. It is difficult for us fully to appreciate the deep 
significance of this improved communication to the closer understanding between 
the peoples of this continent. In the onward march of Pan Americanism to-day’s 
event marks a milestone. We all owe a debt of obligation to this achievement 
of science and industry and especially to the two companies that are responsible 
for this remarkable achievement, the American Telephone & Telegraph Co. 
and the International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation, and especially to the 
two representatives with us to-day, viz, the president of the American Telephone 
& Telegraph Co., Mr. Walter 8. Gifford, and Mr. Henry P. Orde, vice president 
of the International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation and also vice president 
of the associated company, the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. 


Mr. Gifford, president of the American Telephone & Telegraph 
Co., then delivered the following address: 


We have met to-day to inaugurate the opening of telephone service between 
the United States and the Republic of Mexico. There could be no more appro- 
priate place for these ceremonies than the Hall of the Americas in this stately 
building, in the Nation’s capital, of the Pan American Union. In behalf of the 
American Telephone & Telegraph Co. and the International Telephone & 
Telegraph Corporation, I thank you most sincerely, Doctor Rowe, as Director 
General of the Pan American Union, for your hospitality and cooperation in 
making possible so fitting a setting. 

From the time when the President of the United States talks with the President 
of Mexico the two capitals will be within speaking distance of each other. What 
has made this possible are the new lines of the International Telephone & Tele- 
graph Corporation’s system in Mexico. Its associated company there has just 
finished 786 miles of line between Mexico City and the border at Laredo, Tex. 

At that point its wires connect with the long lines of the American Telephone 
& Telegraph Co., which reach to all parts of the United States and connect to 
Canada, Cuba, and Great Britain. 

The inauguration of this service fulfills one of the specific objects for which 
the American Telephone & Telegraph Co. was formed. The charter of the 
company, granted in 1885, reads in part as follows: 

“To connect one or more points in each and every city, town, or place in the 
State of New York with one or more points in each and every other city, town, 
or place in said State, and in each and every other of the United States, and in 
Canada and Mexico; and each and every of said cities, towns, and places is to be 
connected with each and every other city, town, or place in said States and 
countries and also by cable or other appropriate means with the rest of the known 
world.” 

As this charter of 40 years ago specifically mentioned connections with Mexico, 
we are particularly glad to meet the enterprise of the International Telephone 
& Telegraph Corporation at the border and fulfill the obligation of service between 
the two countries. 

At the time that charter was granted, “long distance” in this country was 
about a hundred miles. The men who prophesied connection with Mexico under 
those conditions were both optimistic and farsighted, and we are glad to have 


1098 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 





a Te SV 

















CIRCUIT USED IN CEREMONIES INAUGURATING 
TELEPHONE SERVICE BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND MEXICO 


Serio MONTERREY | BY PRESIDENT COOLIDGE IN WASHINGTON AND PRESIDENT CALLES 
ee | IN MEXICO CITY, SEPTEMBER 29, 1927. 
~ VICTORIA‘ 
XS DISTANCES: | 
Washington - New York....... 223 Miles 
S. LUIS POTOSI | 
MIR New York - Laredo. 2348” 
| Laredo - Mexico City................ 786 








NN TOTAL, WASHINGTON - MEXICO CITY 3357 Miles 





MEXICO CITY 


been able to meet that part of their specifications, although we are still somewhat 
short of the prophesy for telephone connection with the rest of the known world. 

By 1890 long distance was bounded by Boston, Washington, and Buffalo. 
The long lines reached Chicago in 1892. They got to Denver in 1911 and San 
Francisco in 1915. Since then two more transcontinental lines have been built 
and a radiotelephone service opened to Great Britain. 

In the history of telephony Mexico was first among Spanish-speaking coun- 
tries in the public use of the telephone. Four years after the invention of Alex- 
ander Graham Bell a telephone exchange was being operated in the capital of 
Mexico. Two years later the Mexican Telephone Co., the predecessor of the 
Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co., began to operate. It is over the lines of 
the latter company, which is an associated company of the International Tele- 
phone & Telegraph Corporation, that the present messages are being transmitted, 

It is perhaps even more interesting that what we believe to have been the 
first international telephone communication in the world was established between 
Brownsville, Tex., in the United States, and Matamoros, just across the border 
in Mexico, in October, 1883. 

We are inaugurating to-day service between points far apart, but distance is 
not the main criterion. What we in the telephone business are chiefly interested 


INAUGURATION OF TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION 1099 


in is: service. Service is not getting one message through under favorable 
conditions for a record. Service is getting everybody’s messages through at all 
times and getting them through quickly, effectively, and at a reasonable cost; 
in other words, providing a sure servant for the human intercourse of friendship 
and commerce. It is this which it is the ambition of the International Telephone 
& Telegraph Corporation and of the American Telephone & Telegraph Co. to 
provide between the two countries. 


After a brief communication between Doctor Rowe and Col. W. F. 
Repp, vice president of the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co., the 
President of the United States, Calvin Coolidge, addressed the follow- 


ing observations to His Excellency the President of Mexico, Plutarco 
Elias Calles: 


I am deeply impressed, President Calles, by the significance of this occasion, 
marking, as it does, by the personal conversation of the Chief Executives of the 
two Governments, the inauguration of direct telephone communication between 
the Capital of the United States and the Capital of Mexico. Conspicuous among 
the accomplishments of the present age is the extraordinary development of 
means for facilitating communication between the nations of the world. The 
past few years have seen most striking progress in international communication 
through the medium of the long-distance telephone. The completion of this 
new telephone system between the United States and Mexico is further gratifying 
evidence of this progress. The new facilities thus provided will promote a better 
understanding between the peoples of our countries. We owe a debt of gratitude 
to the engineering skill and public spirit on both sides of the boundary which 
have made possible this new link between Mexico and the United States. I am 
happy to participate with you, Mr. President, in this auspicious ceremony, and 
to express to you, and through you to the people of Mexico, my cordial greetings. 


President Calles then made the following response to the cordial 
expressions of President Coolidge: 


Iam very happy personally and directly to return the greetings of Mr. Coolidge, 
the President of the United States, over the telephone which from to-day on shall 
link Mexico and the United States, and shall in an effective manner make for 
the more ample development of our mutual trade and for greater simplicity in 
the transaction of affairs and for larger facilities to all the inhabitants of both 
countries. This event has a beneficent effect and will undoubtedly improve 
international relations between Mexico and the United States of America, for it 
is a well-known thing that close relations and a greater comprehension of diffi- 
culties naturally react in favor of the respective governments who are the leaders 
of their nations. 

I hope that this new telephone line will serve from a social point of view to 
bring about closer relations and a better understanding between the individual 
citizens of both Republics. I sincerely congratulate His Excellency, the President 
of the United States of America, and through him the people of the United States, 
just as we congratulate ourselves on the occasion of the inauguration of this far- 
reaching improvement, and I cordially desire that this victory over time and 
space be a conquest of that spiritual union the end of which grows from day 
to day. 

The opportunity of talking directly to the President of the United States of 
America affords me the pleasure of renewing my fervent wishes and my ardent 
hopes for the beginning of a new era for these two Governments and people, an 
era of good will and mutual understanding which can not fail to put an end to 


1100 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


all those needless misunderstandings that so frequently exist with prejudice to 
the normal development of nations. 

I send my congratulations to the President of the United States with great 
affection. 


Hon. Wilbur J. Carr, Acting Secretary of State of the United 
States, then proceeded to address Hon. Genaro Estrada, Acting 
Minister of Foreign Affairs of Mexico, in the following words: 


Mr. Minister, I am happy to have the honor and the privilege of participating 
with you in the ceremony incident to the establishment of direct telephonic 
communication between your country and mine. Improvements in the means of 
communication between nations, as well as between individuals, have always 
tended to promote better understanding and more harmonious relations. Let us 
hope that the international telephone service which we are inaugurating to-day 
may quicken and facilitate the commercial and practical intercourse between 
Mexico and the United States in the interest of the material prosperity of both 
countries and of the strengthening of the ties of friendship between them. 

My chief, Mr. Kellogg, the Secretary of State, who is unfortunately absent 
from Washington to-day, telephoned me this morning and requested me to 
express to you his great regret that he could not be here and have the pleasure 
of personally speaking with you. 


Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs, Hon. Genaro Estrada, without 
a moment’s delay replied as follows: 


Mr. Acting Secretary of State, I am very pleased to congratulate you on the 
truly great significance of this public improvement which marks necessarily an 
advance of the greatest consequence both for Mexico and the United States in 
the fields of their daily intercourse. The Mexican Foreign Office has looked 
forward with satisfaction to this first opportunity to talk directly to the State 
Department in Washington and it is really happy over the completion of this 
very important work which so effectively connects the two countries who are 
already linked by nature and by trade. Allow me, Sir, to express to you my most 
cordial congratulations on the opening of this direct telephone service, and I 
sincerely hope that this new means of communication between the two countries 
of this continent will furnish a means for extending the cordial feeling which 
must exist between our two nations. 


His Excellency the Ambassador of Mexico, Hon. Manuel C. Téllez, 
then addressed the following observations to the American Chargé 
d’ Affaires at Mexico City: 


I extend to you a most cordial greeting on this noteworthy occasion. Thanks 
to the kind invitation of the companies inaugurating this important service, I 
now, for the first time, have the pleasure of communicating orally with you from 
Washington, and I think that we should felicitate each other on the realization 
of an achievement due to the initiative, endeavor, and cooperation of construc- 
tive elements in both our countries. 

The words that have just been exchanged between their Excellencies the 
President of the United States, Hon. Calvin Coolidge, and the President of 
Mexico, Sefior General Don Plutarco Elias Calles, and between the Acting Sec- 
retary of Foreign Affairs and the Acting Secretary of State, give unmistakable 
testimony of the interest that our Governments have taken in this enterprise 
and the importance it has for the increase of mutual understanding between our 
nations. 


INAUGURATION OF TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION 1101] 


In my opinion, even though the teachings of that illustrious President of the 
United States, Woodrow Wilson, on the necessity of conducting diplomatic 
negotiations with entire frankness to satisfy the demands of universal conscience 
may have been advanced for his epoch, that principle must necessarily be the 
rule governing the conduct of those to whose actuation governments entrust an 
important part of the destinies of the countries they represent. In the certainty 
that the lofty spirit which animated those teachings is beginning to find realiza- 
tion, I beg you to believe with me that the service now being inaugurated will 
be of inestimable value to us diplomats accredited, respectively, in Mexico and 
Washington, not only because it will give us the comfort of direct personal com- 
munion with those who can best inspire our actions, but also, since we may now 
have personal and immediate contact with our countries at all times, it will 
permit us to represent them with greater timeliness, sincerity, and frankness. 

Please accept my greetings and my personal wishes that your stay in Mexico 
will continue to be pleasant to you in every way. 


The United States Chargé d’ Affaires then responded to Ambassador 
Téllez’s observations as follows: 

I have the honor to inform you that your message was received with the greatest 
pleasure. It is an honor to have participated in this historic occasion. It is a 
special honor for those of us who are dedicated to the cultivation of friendly and 
more intimate relations between our respective governments. 

I congratulate you upon your participation in this important function and desire 
to assure you that your sentiments of cordiality and cooperation are sincerely 
reciprocated. 

The official utterances having now been completed, Mr. Gifford 
proceeded to inform Colonel Repp, in Mexico City, that the new 
service would be open to the public on Friday, September 30, from 
8 a.m. The Mexican national anthem by the United States Army 
Band, and a similar rendition of the Star Spangled Banner by the 
Police Band in Mexico City brought both audiences to their feet, 
thus bringing a most interesting and highly significant ceremony to a 
successful close. 














MENTAL PICTURE of the progressive Republic of Costa 
Rica inevitably brings to mind the thought of its two chief 
agricultural products and exports—bananas and fine cof- 
fee—the latter because of its value as a money crop called 
by Costa Ricans ‘‘the golden grain.” It is perhaps not always 
realized, however, that Costa Rica is a country of great diversity of 
altitude, from sea level to more than 11,000 feet, with a climate 
which also varies considerably on this account. Therefore it should 
not be surprising to find that stock raising, although often considered 
an industry peculiar to the temperate zones, has been brought to a 
high degree of perfection by His Excellency the President of Costa 
Rica, Lic. Don Ricardo Jiménez Oreamuno, who as a practical 
hacendado has devoted much time, money, and thought to this branch 
of agriculture and, as Chief Executive, has done all in his power to 
promote its general development. 

At “El Aguacate,’ the President’s rolling upland farm near 
Cartago, will be found an extremely fine herd of imported and native- 
born Ayrshires, the breed which Sefior Jiménez has chosen for that 
region because of its excellent all-round qualities and its hardy 
adaptability to local climatic conditions. 

Believing that, as some one has said, the sire is 75 per cent of the 
herd, Sefior Jimémez bought in Scotland ‘‘ Double Event of Millantae,”’ 
an Ayrshire bull whose dam, Millantae Mayflower, won the first 
prize in the London dairy cattle show in 1925 and 1926, and also at 
Kelso, Scotland, in 1926, as well as the Shirley cup and the gold medal 
of the British Dairymen’s Association as the cow giving the most 
milk, 89 pounds a day being her record at the London show. Since 
she also has other distinctions to her credit, it is not surprising that 
the price of ‘‘Double Event,’ her offspring, was £350. Still other 
Ayrshires purchased in the United States and Europe and their 
progeny form a herd of which the owner may well be proud. 

The fertile slopes of ‘El Aguacate” lend themselves to the culti- 
vation of elephant grass, a fodder which grows luxuriantly and is 
available the year round. Guinea grass is now being tried to see 
whether it will prove equally satisfactory. The best of care in 
modern cow sheds, the use of cattle dips to control the tick, the 


1 Based on an article by Don Jesis Mata Gamboa, in the Diario de Costa Rica, July 24,1927. San José. 


1102 








Photograph by M. Gémez Miralles. 


FINE CATTLE ON “EL AGUACATE” FARM 


Upper: Fine sire, “‘ Double Event”’ at 22 months of age, his dam being the notable Millantae Mayflower, 
which produced 89 pounds of milk daily, winning the prize in the London Dairy Show in 1925 and 1926. 
This bull is in the herd of the President of Costa Rica on his stock farm ‘“‘E] Aguacate.’’ Lower: 
Young cow—Scottish breed—which with her first calf gave 30 pounds of milk daily. Part of the herd 
of the stock farm ‘‘ El Aguacate’’ owned by the President of Costa Rica 


65031—27—Bull. 11 4 








Photograph by M. Gémez Miralles. 
AYRSHIRE COWS 


Young imported Ayrshire cows at ‘El Aguacate’’ stock farm. During the forenoon these cows are 
kept in the stable, their fodder being largely elephant grass 





Photograph by M. Gémez Miralles. 


“ZACATE ELEFANTE” OR ELEPHANT GRASS 


One of the most productive and nutritious fodder plants on the stock farm ‘‘ El Aguacate”’ 


PEDIGREE CATTLE IN COSTA RICA 1105 


inoculation of newborn calves, and special attention to feeding, produce 
sleek cattle which it is a joy to behold. The hills dotted with cows 
remind the visitor of the famous Swiss highland pastures and herds. 

It is to be hoped that under the skilled leadership of President 
Jiménez Costa Rica may find in cattle raising and dairying an increas- 


ingly important additional source of national wealth and an invaluable 
food supply. 





Photograph by Manuel Gémez Miralles. 


IMPORTED STOCK IN COSTA RICA 


A fine herd of imported stock with young calves born in Costa Rica on the stock farm ‘‘E] Aguacate,’”’ 
owned by Don Ricardo Jiménez O. 














O CREATE and develop within a city of 40,000 people a 
national library which fulfills the purposes of such an institu- 
tion as well as those of a general library will seem quite unique 
to those familiar with library development as known in the 

United States, yet that is what the Republic of Honduras has done 
in its National Library in the City of Tegucigalpa. 

This library was created by decree of February 11, 1880, and was 
officially inaugurated August 27 of the same year in the National 
University, where the library was to be located. The inauguration 
consisted of a reception by Dr. don Antonio R. Vallejo, the first 
director of the library, assisted by the leading men and women of 
Tegucigalpa. The ceremony was brief, consisting of an opening 
address by the then Minister of Public Instruction, Senor don Ramon 
Rosa, and a response by Sefior don Francisco Cruz, followed by the 
reading of two poems written specially for the inauguration, one by 
Manuel Molina Vijil and the other by J.S. Palma. A ball followed 
the conclusion of the ceremonies. 

In the opening paragraph of his address Sefior Rosa said: ‘‘Most 
happy is the association of ideas suggested by the events we are 
patriotically celebrating on this auspicious occasion. The National 
Archives are now being inaugurated: Honduras regains her past; 
she retrieves the scattered pages of her history; new codes are pub- 
lished; and, Honduras, freed from the last traces of colonial restriction, 
achieves complete independence. The first public library is opened, 
and Honduras now enters fully into the broad paths of the future 
opened by books and by science. * * *” 

The books owned by the National University at the time of the 
inauguration were presented to the new library to serve as the basis 
for its future development. The library, however, soon outgrew the 
rooms assigned to it at the university. It was therefore moved into 
another Government building where, unfortunately, it was partly 
destroyed during the war of 1893-1895. In an effort to replace the 
material destroyed, President Manuel Bonilla purchased thousands 
of volumes in Europe, which were received in time to be included in 
the ceremony observed at the opening of the newly constructed 
library building completed in 1905. This building provides ample 





1 Compiled by Charles E. Babcock, librarian of the Pan American Union, from official documents and 
from correspondence with the director, Dr. Abraham Ghunera R, 


1106 


THE NATIONAL LIBRARY OF HONDURAS 1107 


space for the present library. It contains fifteen rooms, 3 of which 
are used for book stacks and the others for public reading rooms, the 
National Archives, and administration purposes. It should be noted 
that particular attention was given in the construction of the reading 
room to provide ample space and good light for reading desks. This 
fine room, which has a capacity of 150 readers, is adorned with marble 
busts of José Cecilio del Valle, Alvaro Contreras, José Trinidad Reyes, 
and Ramén Rosa, all eminent figures in the progress and development 
of the library. 

The National Library, which is a division of the Department of 
Public Instruction of Honduras, is in charge of a director appointed 
RY OF HONDURAS a 
IN TEGUCIGALPA 
This building provides ample 


space for the present collec- 
tion of 15,000 volumes 





by the President of the Republic. An assistant director, two principal 
library assistants and junior employees complete the staff. In accord- 
ance with the official regulations for the administration of the library 
published in La Gaceta of July 15, 1925, it is open to the public from 
9 to 12 a.m. and from 7 to 9 p. m., the evening hours for the benefit 
of workingmen having been originally established in 1910 under the 
directorship of Senor don Juan Maria Cuéllar. The National 
Archives, while established as a separate unit from the library, are 
located in the library building and are administered by the director 
of the library. They are open from 9 to 12 a. m. and 2 to 4 p. m. 
The National Library is supported by direct appropriation from 
the Government. In 1926-27 this allotment amounted to $9,140, of 
which $2,000 was assigned for the purchase of books. A similar 


1108 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


amount has been available each year for many years past, thus 
assuring to the library some funds for the acquisition of new publica- 
tions. As is usually the custom with all national libraries, provision 
is made in Honduras for the depositing of copies of Government 
official publications. 

Article 1 of the library regulations reads: ‘The National Library 
of Honduras is a public institution intended to develop the culture of 
the country.’”’ It is this development of culture, rather than a large 
collection of miscellaneous books, which seems to be the particular 
aim toward which Director Ghunera is now putting forth his greatest 
efforts. Visitors to the library state that the collection contains many 
rare and valuable books, of value to the student and historian, as 
well as works of general interest and practical use. This is largely 
due to the care and skill with which the directors have made their 
selections of new material. Many valuable donations to the library 
have been made by the citizens of Honduras, among which may be 
mentioned those by Dr. Don Marco Aurelio Soto, Dr. Don Ramon 
Rosa, Don Enrique Gutiérrez, Don Francisco Bardales hijo, Don 
Francisco Cruz, Don Miguel Ugarte, and Mr. Cecil R. Mahaffey, 
now of San José, Calif., who was made an honorary member of the 
National Library by the President of the Republic on June 4, 1924, 
in recognition of his many gifts. During the directorship of Don 
Luis Bogran, the library continued to increase and a special exchange 
arrangement was made with libraries in other countries. Under 
the present director, this exchange, which affords an important source 
for obtaining books, has been extended to include the libraries in the 
remainder of the American Republics, also in Spain, Portugal, 
Japan, France, Belgium, and Germany. 

The National Library now contains over 15,000 volumes and 
pamphlets, its annual increase being about 1,000 titles. It has an 
average of 7,000 readers per year, equal to about one in six of the city 
population. The principal requests are for books on education, 
jurisprudence, economics, medicine, arts, industries, commerce, 
history, and fiction, and for current periodicals. The library has two 
card catalogues, one arranged by authors and one by subjects. A 
catalogue was also printed and published by the National Printing 
Office. 

Soon after moving into its present building the library undertook 
the publication of a magazine known as the Revista del Archivo y de 
la Biblioteca Nacionales. It first appeared in November, 1906, and 
continued until 1912. Its reappearance on June 30, 1927, was 
welcomed by the foreign libraries on its exchange list as well as by 
the Honduran public. 

















By Enriqur OrtsGa, C. E.! 


Good roads are to a nation, 
What arteries are to the human body. 


HE National Exposition which was opened on a large scale 
in the city of Santiago de los Caballeros, Dominican Repub- 
lic, on May 5, 1927, attracting thousands of visitors and 
tourists from Haiti, Cuba, and Puerto Rico, afforded the 

Dominican Republic the long-desired opportunity of showing its 
sister Antillians something of the progress which it has made during 
the past few years in all lines of endeavor, and particularly in the 
construction of public works, by an almost inconceivable extension 
of its highway and roadway system. 

After years of practical inactivity the country has awakened to 
the realization that good highways are the arteries through which 
the agricultural, industrial, and commercial life of a nation circu- 
lates, being thus the most effective exponent of its progress. 

Santo Domingo has been aroused-from its lethargy. Its Govern- 
ment proposes to construct a network of highways throughout the 
country which will make possible the development and working of 
its numerous valuable resources now only awaiting the magic touch 
of an easy and economic means of transport to be converted into 
industries and enterprises in which men shall have to struggle less 
fiercely in order to gain a living. 

However, before entering into a detailed discussion of the works 
which the Department of State, promotion, and communications is 
at present carrying out with the approval of the General Board of 
Public Works, or a consideration of the various plans for the near 
future, it will be well to review in a short historical sketch the 
construction of highways during the last 20 years under the various 
government administrations in order to better understand the gigan- 
tic task of the present secretary, Sefior Andrés Pastoriza, and the 
directing engineer, Don Alfredo Ginebra, working with the aid and 
encouragement of that man of high vision and tireless initiative, 





1 Translated by Charlotte Marian Keefer of the BULLETIN staff. 


1109 





THE DUARTE HIGHWAY, DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Two points along the most important road in the Republic. Upper: A curve through hilly country. 
Lower: The Jima bridge. 





THE MELLA HIGHWAY 


The second most important road in the Dominican Republic. Upper: A stretch of road through level 
country between San Pedro de Macoris and Hato Mayor. Lower: The Magarin bridge 


1112 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


that exemplary citizen and very center of dynamic energy, Gen. 
Don Horacio Vasquez, the present Chief Executive of the Domini- 
can Republic. 

During the ‘Dominican administration”? between the years 
1908-1916, the first step toward the completion of a general system 
of highways was initiated by the beginning of construction work on 
several highways. At that time a total of 76 kilometers (kilometer 
equals 0.62 of a mile) was constructed at an approximate cost of 
$1,700,000, resulting in the three principal highways known under 
the names of the patriots “Duarte,” ‘‘Sanchez,”’ and ‘ Mella.” 

This patriotic love of the Dominican people who when wishing to 
honor their illustrious sons, brave, and liberty-loving heroes, in a 
worthy and permanent manner, name their principal highways in 
their memory and honor, is worthy of imitation, because it serves to 
remind the foreign visitor that liberty is man’s sacred gift which can 
neither be stifled nor destroyed by the mere potency of force. 

Of these three highways the “Duarte,” which extends from north 
to south, thus dividing the Republic in two large sections, is the 
most important. It traverses the cacao, tobacco, and coffee produc- 
ing zones, the richest and most beautiful sections of the country, and 
connects the interior with the port of Santo Domingo in the south 
and Monte-Cristy in the north, linking in its 292-kilometer length 
the cities of Santo Domingo, La Vega, Moca, Santiago, and Monte- 
Cristy. 

Second in importance is the ‘‘Mella” highway, extending 175 
kilometers in an easterly direction in a series of right-angled turns, 
the delight of the motorist, out through a country of superb pano- 
ramas, passing en route the flourishing cities of San Pedro de Macoris, 
Hato Mayor, and Seybo or Higuey. 

The third, the ““Sanchez’”’ highway, affords direct communication 
between the capital, Santo Domingo, and the neighboring Republic 
of Haiti, linking the towns of San Cristobal, Bani, Azua, San Juan, 
and Comendador with Port au Prince, Hati, a distance (within the 
Dominican Republic) of 260 kilometers. 

From June, 1916, to October, 1922, the military government gave 
a great Impetus toward further highway construction by completing 
the “Duarte” highway and extending the “Mella” highway 36 kilo- 
meters. In all, the military government constructed a total of 314 
kilometers at a cost of $5,641,101.41. 

Aside from the construction of an additional 93 kilometers on the 
“Mella” highway, the provisional government, October, 1922, to 
July, 1924, continued work on the “‘Sénchez”’ highway, lengthening 
it by 104 kilometers, or a total of 197 kilometers, at a cost of 
$1,536,167.40. 





ROAD CONSTRUCTION IN THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Upper: A branch of the Sanchez Highway, between San Juan and Las Matas. Lower: Curves on the 
Santiago road through a mountainous section 


IA! THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


In July, 1924, the present administration under Gen. Horacio 
Vasquez was inaugurated. It would be tedious to enumerate all that 
has been accomplished in the construction of highways and bridges 
since that date; let it suffice to say that in January, 1927, an addi- 
tional 208.5 kilometers of first-class highways were opened for public 
use, 97 kilometers still being under construction. These were 
financed wholly by national funds, primarily from the $10,000,000 
loan contracted for public improvements. Moreover, the cost of 
8 kilometers completed and 17 kilometers in process of completion 
will be met by special appropriations. 

Of the $10,000,000 loan, $2,500,000 is to be used for the continua- 
tion of highway construction work according to the approved plan; 
$2,000,000 to improve harbor facilities in Santo Domingo, San 
Pedro de Macoris, and Puerto Plata; $2,500,000 for the aqueduct 
and sanitation of the city of Santo Domingo; $5,000,000 as an initial 
fund for an agricultural bank; $2,000,000 for school houses; and 
$1,600,000 for the irrigation and colonization project. The remaining 
$700,000 has not as yet been appropriated. 

Aside from the three principal highways previously mentioned 
there are the following branch roads, some completed, some in process 
of construction, and others definitely planned. 

From the “Duarte” highway: The Santiago-Puerto Plata, 61 
kilometers in length, considered as one of the most picturesque and 
beautifully panoramic in the Antilles; the San Francisco de Macoris- 
Ricén, 26.5 kilometers; the Moca-Salcedo, 16 kilometers; the Moca- 
Jamao, 28 kilometers; the Duarte-Pefia, 5 kilometers; the Duarte- 
Guayubin, 7 kilometers; the Rincon Cotui, 28 kilometers; Santiago- 
Las Matas, 40 kilometers; the Jicomé-Mao, 20 kilometers; and the 
La Vega-Jarabacoa, 20.5 kilometers in length. 

Branching from the ‘‘Mella”’ are: The Pintado-La Romana, 36 
kilometers in length; the San Isidro-Bayaguana, 36 kilometers; the 
Hato Mayor-Sabanalamar, 45 kilometers in length. 

Connecting with the ‘‘Sanchez”’ are: The Sanchez-Barahona, 62.5 
kilometers; the Sanchez Ocoa, 29 kilometers; and the Las Matas- 
Cercado, 17 kilometers. 

Independent of this system of primary and ane routes but 
joining the trunk roads and forming an integral part of the general 
system are the Sanchez-Saman4 section, 32 kilometers in length; 
the Sanchez-Matanzas, 30 kilometers; and the Bajabonico-Altamira, 
9 kilometers. 

It may be said in résumé that on January 1, 1927, there were 1,477 
kilometers of first-class highways and 794 kilometers of highway under 
construction in the Dominican Republic, or only 683 kilometers less 
than the number specified in the original plan which now has been 


8 


Yi 





ROADS IN THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Upper: Construction work on the branch of the Duarte Highway between Moca and Jamao. Lower: 
Reinforced concrete bridge over the Yaque del Sur River 


1116 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


simplified and extended to such an extent that in a not far distant 
future there will not be a city, town, or village which is not linked 
with the remainder of the country by improved highways. 

In the construction of these highways a maximum grade of 6 per 
cent prevails, the various grades being united by vertical curves of 
S0-meter radius. Curves in the mountains have a minimum radius 
of 65 meters with tangents of at least 80 meters. When the con- 
struction is macadam, a transverse 5-meter section of roadbed follows 
a parabolic curve. 

Aside from the first-class highways, the Dominican Republic also 
has a roadway system which because of its good condition affords 
easy access for transport by truck and automobile. 

For the repair of these highways the general board has sufficient 
appropriations and a qualified, capable personnel. 

In consideration of the ease of transportation, the Dominican 
Republic with its fertile lands covered by luxuriant vegetation, its 
virgin forests and subsoil, a treasure house of incalculable richness, 
is a promising field whose resources upon the wise investment of 
capital and honest toil by men of talent and vision will be converted 
into sources of great wealth and prosperity for the country. 

The present public administration with its men of the high caliber 
of the Hon. President Horacio Vasquez, Secretary Andrés Pastoriza, 
Engineer Don Alfredo Ginebra, and the other secretaries and their 
associates has most assuredly gained the favorable opinion of the 
citizens of the Dominican Republic and foreigners. 

An efficient, practical Government diminishes and eliminates the 
poverty of its people by a sane interpretation and just execution of 
the laws, by the maintenance of equitable courts of justice, a police 
force sufficient for the absolute guaranty of individual and property 
rights, and a department of agriculture constantly imterested in a 
greater yield from its soil. Finally, the Dominican Republic is to-day 
a living and noble example of true democracy, the pride of its founders 
and worthy the honor of its sons. 


Feary" 5.13) 19, (Sarena 
Se  @OLIBERT, 
ea 
fron & 
Lee, 

4 














By Lovist F. SHreips 


EACHERS ON the American and the Mexican sides of the 
Imperial Valley are promoting international good will by 
a joint committee on friendly relations. 

This committee has grown out of the personal friendships 
between educators on both sides of the international line, and has as 
its chairmen Y. P. Rothwell, professor of Spanish in the Calexico high 
school, and Angel Abrigo, of the Cuauhtemoc school for boys in 

Mexicali. The honorary chairmen are Frank Bohr, American consul 
at Mexicali, and Carlos V. Arisa, Mexican consul at Calexico. 

An outstanding service from this committee has been the elimina- 
tion from the curriculum of the schools on each side of the border of 
all passages in textbooks which contained prejudiced statements 
against the other country. 

Interchange of visits of both teachers and pupils has been effected 
on the birthdays of George Washington and Benito Juarez. The 
Schoolmasters’ Club of Imperial County entertained the men teachers 
of the Northern District of Lower California at a dinner in the Inter- 
national Country Club at Calexico. At the spring meeting of the 
Imperial County Teachers’ Association a large representation of the 
Mexican teachers and pupils gave a program of music and folk 
dances typical of the several Mexican States. Their juvenile band 
proved to be made up of real musicians, although diminutive in 
stature. 

The Imperial Valley teachers are among the few United States 
citizens who realize the rapid progress of education across the border. 
The Mexican government of the Northern District of Lower California 
now has an investment of a million and three quarters, and spends 
annually a million three hundred thousand pesos upon maintenance 
of its schools. It pays as high salaries to its teachers as any part of 
the Republic. The first-grade teachers receive a minimum of $150 
a month, American gold, upper-grade teachers proportionately more, 
and the principals from $2,500 to $3,000 yearly. 

One hundred and twenty-five teachers are instructing 4,500 pupils. 
Of the 47 schools in that district, 5 are ‘‘superior,” covering six 

TALI e/ 


1118 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


grades, while 10 cover a four-year’s course. More than half are in 
rural communities, and are giving practical instruction in agriculture 
and home-making arts, such as cooking and sewing. 

For instance, the Escuela Ignacio Zaragoza, 10 miles southwest of 
Mexicali, has 135 pupils who raised this year seven crops of alfalfa of 










@ 
fol Be 6g 
viel wok > 


Courtesy of Louise F. Shields. . 

PROGRESS SCHOOL 

This Mexican school in Lower California, which is attended by the children of colonists who are re- 
ceiving aid from the Government while they develop homesteads, serves as a social center for the 
neighborhood. It has a fire library and orchestra 





Courtesy of Louise F. Shields. 


IGNACIO ZARAGOZA SCHOOL 
Senora Otilia U. de Cota (second from right), principal of this school, has done much toward adapting 


the school work to community needs. Agriculture and sewing are features of the school work. Chil- 
dren within a radius of four miles are brought to school by a bus 


3 tons per crop, and an enormous amount of beans, squash, and other 
vegetables. Their agricultural teacher received his training at a 
college in Mexico City. These pupils have erected an artistic ramada 
as playshelter, and have built arbors and rustic tables and benches 
under the fine shade trees beside the school buildings. The girls in 


IMPERIAL VALLEY TEACHERS 1119 


this school produce needlework which would compare favorably with 
that of some American home economics graduates. A school bus 
transports the children within a 4-mile radius. Parents come with 
their children for evening entertainments over the radio, as well 
as home-talent entertainments. Six years ago this school enrolled 
180 pupils in contrast with its present 135, and drew them from great 
distances, but other schools have been opened as the colonization of the 
district has developed under Government auspices. The present 
plan is to have a school within reach of every child, by traveling 4 miles 
as the maximum. 

The boys in the school of the Colonia Progreso have an opportunity 
to learn a trade at the cotton gin of the colony, and receive good 





Courtesy of Louise F. Shields. 
THE CUAUHTEMOC SCHOOL AT MEXICALI 


This Mexican school for boys gives excellent training in a number of trades 


wages for their work outside of school hours. The pupils of this 
colony have access to an especially fine library of technical, historical, 
literary, and juvenile books, presented by Gov. Abelardo L. Rodriguez 
and housed in the headquarters of the Sociedad Cooperativa Colonia 
Progreso y Anexas. This school has a fine orchestra of 24 boys and 
6 girls under the direction of a professional musician. Radio enter- 
tainments and dances alternate with the orchestral concerts in 
the school auditorium which, here, has the dignified title of ‘“salén.” 
A night school has sessions here several times a week for adult 
colonists. 

The especial pride of the Northern District is the recently enlarged 
trade school connected with the Cuauhtemoc school for boys in 
Mexicali, which gives excellent training in carpentry, cabinetwork, 

65031—27—Bull. 11——5 


1120 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


automotive and electrical trades, shoemaking, saddlery, and other 
occupations. 

In the annual exhibition of handcrafts many articles made in the 
trade school are displayed, and a bewildering array of embroidery, 
drawn work, practical garments, paintings, lamp shades, and other 
household decorations. 

Modern playground equipment adds ‘incentive for developing 
healthy bodies. Competitive athletic games, here as in other parts 
of Mexico, are rapidly supplanting popular interest in cock fights 
and bull fights. Interscholastic events include running, high and 
broad jumping, and baseball. 





Courtesy of Louise F. Shields. 


HEALTH WORK PRODUCES GOOD RESULTS 


The taller of the two boys, sons of a Mexican family, can now walk normally as the result of an operation 
for club-foot, provided by the Rotary Club of the border city of Calexico, California : 


Children of school age are required to attend school, but may 
work before and after school for a limited number of hours. The 
Labor Department of the Northern District regulates the time for 
children’s work, even during the summer vacation, permitting them 
to work in the fields from 4.30 to 9 a. m., and from 4 to 7 p. m., but 
not during the heat of midday. 

May is a festal month. Children’s day, or Fiesta del Nifio, comes 
on May 1; Mothers’ Day on May 10; and Teachers’ Day on May 15. 

National heroes are commemorated by many of the schools, as the 
one in the east end of Mexicali, which bears the name of Benito 
Juarez, and the one in the west end which is called Netzahualcoyotl. 

The superintendent of public instruction in the Northern District 
for the past 15 years has been Prof. Matias Gomez, a graduate of 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1121 


the Oaxaca Normal School, and author of a geography of the Northern 
District. He has the assistance of three district supervisors and 
three office clerks. Many of the teachers attend summer school 
sessions in Mexico City, or other centers in their own country or the 
United States. 

The teachers on the American side of the Imperial Valley wish to 
bring the above facts to the attention of their fellow countrymen 
who have a neighborly interest in the Republic south of our border. 
The friendly understanding between teachers and pupils on the two 
sides of this valley may contribute to friendly diplomatic relations 
between the two Republics when present school children shall take 
take the reins of government. 





ARGENTINA 


Exports.—The Review of the River Plate for August 5, 1927, gives 
the following report on grain, butter, and sheepskins exported from 
January 1 to August 4, 1927: 


Comparative table 




















Jan. 1—Aug. 4 
Shipments 
1927 1926 
NWiheatetonsiof2 205 moun dst rete area Pee eS ee ee oe eee 3, 506, 766 1, 851, 501 
IVT Otte ape eee umianel reese 4 2 ee ad ae ees Seder oe een ote 4, 867, 862 2, 191, 825 
LiTISCe hee ee eM SM PM aD Sp Ue eh Ss 2 ee atid ge OR ees nee De 1, 264,065 | 1, 205, 931 
ORL SOAS A Ce aoe Gee Me OU SEER Dy ETON a a 507, 576 459, 651 
Vo DH ee cae ls a a a POE me pe iene a re NT Se a eee yep eer a Pe a 84, 965 81, 598 
Srl yee en Nee ES es cer See eS eRe eee Se ee 281, 832 147, 906 
IB ITC See deere Men ee eee esa oes bet i OL Ne oa ede AR 2 See eee 7, 707 9, 691 
BITELEEN CASES Sens aera nn Gin OnE a Are Se ee CT Bay Se ee Ae ns See beter 486, 688 603, 222 
Sheepskins halessss 2. sie Ua es ee ae a re We oe Ih ene os erereene 20, 192 13, 326 


FRANCE-ARGENTINA AIR MAIL.—The representative of the Late- 
coére Co. of France announced late in July to the press that by the 
end of 1927 an air mail service from Toulouse, France, to Buenos 
Aires would be in regular operation. 

Plans for the journey from Toulouse are as follows: 

There will be stops at Marseilles, Barcelona, Alicante, Malaga, Tangiers, Casa 
Blanea, Agadir, Cape Juby, Villa Cisneros, Port Etienne, Saint Louis (Senegal), 
Dakar, Porto Praia, Fernando do Noronha, Natal, Pernambuco, Maceio, Bahia, 
Caravellas, Victoria, Rio de Janeiro, Santos, Florianopolis, Pelotas, Montevideo, 
and Buenos Aires, making a total distance of 12,800 kilometers. The company 
has 160 planes to put into the service, each leg of the flight to be made by a differ- 


eZ? THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


ent plane. The crossing of the Atlantic from Dakar to Natal will be made in 
the beginning by fast steamers, which it is hoped may later be replaced by sea- 
planes. Two trips each way will be made weekly, seven and one half days being 
calculated as the time necessary for the journey. However, when seaplanes are 
used between Dakar and Natal it is believed that the time can be reduced to 
four days or less. In addition to the 160 planes, the company has 1,100 spare 
motors which are to be kept in the repair shops at the various landing fields. 
The company has purchased a 250-acre landing field at Talar de Pacheco for 
its Buenos Aires terminal, where it is planning to construct hangars. 

GRAIN GRADING.—The Ferrocarril del Oeste (Western Railroad) 
early in August completed a grain grading tour of its lines in the 
erain regions, using its mechanical grain cleaner and grader to aid 
the planters in selecting better seed. Farmers who have profited by 
this service, begun by the railroad two years ago, have found that 
their yield from the selected seed is 2 to 3 quintals (quintal equals 
220.46 pounds) greater per hectare (2.47 acres), and that the grain is 
more uniform and heavier. The Central Argentine Railroad has 
also completed a similar wheat and linseed selection tour. 

BeERLIN-BUENOS AIRES RADIOTELEPHONE.—On August 3, 1927, 
the Telefunken Co., of Germany, made the first official test of radio- 
telephone transmission from Berlin to Buenos Aires, opening the 
program with an address by the Minister of German Communications, 
the rendition of the Argentine and German national anthems, and 
continuing with music and addresses by other speakers. The 
Transradio International, of which the Telefunken Co. in Germany is 
a member, intends to set up a transmitting station in Monte Grande 
near Buenos Aires before the end of the present year. 


BOLIVIA 


HIGHWAY constRucTION.—The Bolivian Government has accepted 
a tender in the sum of 800,000 bolivianos for the construction of 
the proposed highway from Potosi to Cinti. 

On the Potosi-Sucre road construction of the section from San 
Pedro to Ingahuasi has been awarded to the Sociedad Agricola y 
Ganadera de Cinti. This section comprises 61 kilometers. 

Report oF Luoyp Afreo Boriviano.—The first annual report of 
the Lloyd Aéreo Boliviano was published a short time ago and gives 
some interesting figures regarding the activities of this organization. 
The main line of the company, for the present, is from Cochabamba 
to Santa Cruz, along which 107 flights have been made, covering a 
total distance of 45,230 kilometers. Besides this main line one was 
inaugurated from Cochabamba to Todos Santos and thence to 
Trinidad last October, the distance being 790 kilometers and the 
time employed 6 hours and 30 minutes. This line, however, is not 
operating regularly for the present. The company’s planes have 
made a number of trial and investigation flights between practically 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1123 


all the larger towns of the Republic. The total number of flights 
carried out by the company during the past 14 months is 314; number 
of hours in the air, 454; distance flown, 72,800 kilometers; number of 
passengers carried, 1,583; amount of baggage carried, 7,468 kilos; mail 
carried, 1,148 kilos. 


BRAZIL 


TESTS OF BABASSU NUT AND COROA FIBER.—The test of the nut of 
the babasst_ palm made in Norway in the spring at the suggestion of 
the Brazilian commercial attaché in Oslo showed very gratifying 
results as to the useful content of this oleaginous nut, as follows: 

Water, 3.80 per cent; oil, 66 per cent; albumins, 7.27 per cent; digestible 
carbohydrates, 15.95 per cent; wood fiber, 3.43 per cent; full melting point, 79.5° 
F.; solidification point, 72.6° F.; saponification value, 247.02; etherizing value, 
245.05; iodine value, 15.20; free fatty acids, 0.06. The analysis of the babasst 
oil cake compared with that of the coconut is as follows: 





























Analysis of oil cakes Babassti | ona Analysis of oil cakes Babasstt | ( ea 
Wid Gerais Sees ter atin lh 12. 51 12) 225|(a@arbohydratese= saensssse 43. 21 42. 33 
(Opt TS GING Rs Grrrl eel 6. 02 TAO Aly Wikooalstloyyr le se oe ee 2 12. 10 
PAM bp earn Soto noe Slee eh 21.95 LOU S765] CAS eee eae eee NUR eg ue 4,99 6. 48 





The sale of babasst nuts increased from 7,282,885 kilograms, valued at 4,668,007 
milreis, in 1921 to 10,909,875 kilograms, valued at 10,979,138 milreis, in 1925. 

The Bureau of Standards of the United States Department of Commerce after 
a test of the corod plant, native to Brazil, is reported to have stated that its fiber 
is eminently suitable for the manufacture of paper. The three samples tested 
were treated with the caustic-soda process for making pulp; a formula having a 
small quantity of soda produced a strong wrapping paper, and a larger quantity 
of soda produced a pulp suitable for fine paper. As the corod plant is plentiful 
in northeastern Brazil and the world’s supply of trees suitable for wood pulp 
for paper is growing scarce this fiber will doubtless become an important item of 
export in Brazilian foreign trade. 

COMMERCIAL AVIATION.—According to cabled press reports, Senhor 
Conde Pereira Carneiro, a prominent Brazilian, has organized a com- 
pany in Paris for the establishment of commercial aviation between 
Pernambuco, Brazil, and Montevideo, Uruguay. It is planned later 
to operate the service in conjunction with other companies making 
flights between Europe and America. 

It is reported that the Zeppelin Co.’s engineer has arrived in Rio de 
Janeiro to make arrangements for an airship service between Germany 
and Brazil, and that the airport bemg constructed on Ilha Grande 
dos Marinheiros, at Porto Alegre, for the hydroplanes of the Empreza 
de Viagéo Aerea, will be completed in October. 

ELectTIFRICATION oF Minas GeERAES Raitroap.—In accordance 
with a contract with a British company, signed in April, 1926, the 
Railroad of Western Minas Geraes is being electrified over a section 73 


1p THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


kilometers long from Barra Mansa to Augusto Pestana. This section 
of the main line was previously expensive to operate on account of 
the large amount of coal necessary to provide power for the 
steep grades in crossing the Serra da Mantiqueira. For the same 
reason trains had to be made up with only a few cars, causing con- 
gestion in freight and bad connections with the Uberaba, Tres 
Coragées-Lavaras, and Barra Mansa-Porto de Angra dos Reis lines. 
The electric power is to be developed from the Pildes Falls of the 
Bananal River, which can furnish 2,400 horsepower and a three- 
phase current of 33,000 volts. 

There are to be five electric locomotives and all the necessary 
equipment for the development of power at a total cost of £151,640 
and 1,406 contos. The work was to be concluded on September 27 
according to the terms of the contract. 

ForEIGN TRADE OF Banta.—The foreign trade of the State of 
Bahia for the first four months of 1927 was as follows: Imports, 
36,477,599 milreis, or £885,652, and exports, 77,260,826 milreis, or 
£1,883,564. The leading exports were cacao, valued at £954,531; 
coffee, worth £287,406; leaf tobacco, worth £228,459; and skins and 
hides, worth £209,554. 


CHILE 


NITRATE AND I0DINE.—As iodine is the chief by-product secured 
in refining nitrate, the Government has been very much interested 
in the disposal of this important chemical, the only other commercial 
source for which is certain kinds of seaweed. It has been customary 
for the Chilean Association of Iodine Producers, composed of the 
members of Chilean Association of Nitrate Producers, to send their 
entire output to a London firm, to which was delivered also the 
iodine made from seaweed by European companies. The London 
firm shipped the iodine to a few manufacturers in various parts of the 
world for preparation of the various compounds and products in which 
itis used. The Association of Iodine Producers has recently revised 
its rules so as to admit three directors in representation of the Govern- 
ment, who have the right of veto over any proposed action, and to 
authorize the President of the Republic to take over at any time 
when he deems it advisable the control of existing stocks of iodine 
in the country and that manufactured thereafter. Except under such 
control sales and exports will proceed freely. 

The press states that the so-called Guggenheim process of refining 
nitrate introduced at the Maria Elena plant (formerly Coya Norte) 
of the Anglo Chilean Consolidated Nitrate Corporation is producing 
nitrate 98 per cent pure and also proving economical in operation, 
although at the time of writing the plant was not working at full 
capacity, due to lack of complete mechanical extractive equipment. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 25 


The corporation in question, owner of the Tocopilla Railway and 
branches leading to various nitrate plants, has ordered 60 freight cars 
especially for the transportation of Chilean coal from the seaboards 
to the plants, besides 2 electric engines and 20 nitrate cars. Readers 
of the BULLETIN will recall that there is a movement to promote the 
use of national coal in the nitrate plants, instead of imported 
petroleum. 

COLOMBIA 


NEW EQUIPMENT FOR PASSENGER AIR LINE.—The Colombian- 
German Air Transport Co., operating a passenger service up the 
Magdalena River from Barranquilla to Zirardot, has purchased seven 
new hydroplanes, including Junker, Dornier Merkur, and Dornier 
Wall planes. The last named is the largest, having two motors of 
600 horsepower each and a carrying capacity of 12 passengers. 

CoLoMBIAN-CHILEAN Soctety.—The commercial attaché of the 
Chilean Legation in Colombia recently organized in Bogot4 a Colom- 
bian-Chilean commercial society with a capital of 200,000 pesos, 
divided in 20,000 shares. A main office has been opened in the 
Colombian city of Cali, and a branch office in Santiago, Chile. The 
purpose of this new commercial society is, as its name implies, to 
develop trade relations between the two countries. The Cali office 
will further the export to Chile of such Colombian products as coffee, 
tobacco, hides, fibers, fruits, petroleum, sugar, cotton, coal, and 
medicinal plants, while Chile will send to Colombia nitrate, wines, 
cereals, fine footwear, cattle and horses, and many other products. 
The society plans to purchase in Chile two or three vessels of 3,000 
tons each. 

CoFFEE GROWERS’ CONGRESS.—The second national congress of 
coffee growers, which convened in the city of Medellin last June, 
approved a number of important resolutions bearing upon the devel- 
opment of coffee production and trade, which constitutes the prime 
industry of the country. These resolutions cover such questions as 
the selection of seeds for new plantations, prevention of coffee 
diseases, the spacing of trees in order that the maximum production 
may be obtained, selection of trees for planting, the gathering of 
only such berries as are ripe and ready for use, proper locations for 
storing coffee, and use of fertilizers specially suited to this tree. A 
resolution was also passed providing for the Chief Executive to 
establish general storage deposits in such localities as the Govern- 
ment may deem most advantageous for their location in relation to 
the principal producing centers and coffee markets. 


COSTA RICA 


INCREASE IN HIGHWAY FUNDS.—By an act of June 28, 1927, the 
loan of 10,000,000 colones authorized on May 14, 1927, was raised 


1126 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


to 12,000,000 colones. The decree specifies that the sum of 6,000,000 
colones destined by the former decree for the construction of arterial 
highways shall, with an additional 2,000,000 colones, be used exclu- 
sively on the San José-San Carlos, San José-Puriscal, and San José- 
Sarapiqui highways, but that should that amount exceed the sum 
necessary for their construction, the balance shall be used to build 
a road linking Puriscal with the Turrticares station on the Pacific 
Railway. Of the 2,000,000 colones originally set aside for highways 
in Provinces not benefited directly by the main highways, 400,000 
colones is to be spent in the Province of Cartago, 200,000 colones in 
Limon, and 400,000 in Puntarenas, while the remaining 2,000,000 
colones, as provided in the original decree, is to be expended in the 
construction of waterworks, no definite place being specified. 


CUBA 


Fish canninec.—Fishing interests along the Cuban coast plan to 
establish canneries for preserving fish. ‘The business men interested 
in this enterprise stated in a report to the Chief Executive that this 
industry, if properly protected, would become in time perhaps the 
third largest and most important industry in the Republic. (Couwr- 
tesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

CONSUMPTION OF MEAT IN THE REepuBLIC.—A recent report of the 
Bureau of Animal Industry of the Department of Agriculture states 
that at the close of the year 1926 there were in the Republic 4,703,917 
head of cattle, 747,303 horses, 71,942 mules, and 3,420 donkeys. 
During that same year 450,972 head of cattle were slaughtered for 
consumption, yielding 706,180,649 kilos of meat; hogs slaughtered, 
170,645, giving 10,613,846 kilos of meat; sheep, 20,060, giving 
374,013 kilos of meat; and goats, 6,277, giving 56,879 kilos of meat. 
According to these figures the annual consumption of meat in the 
Republic is 26.22 kilos per person, estimated from the figures of the 
last census, which gives the population as 3,363,871. (Courtesy of 
the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

PROTECTION OF LIVESTOcK.—On August 7 President Machado 
laid the cornerstone of the laboratory to be erected on the grounds of 
the Agricultural Experiment Station of Santiago de las Vegas to 
house a plant for preparing serum against the hog disease known as 
pintadilla. In connection with this plant another laboratory will be 
built for making antianthrax vaccine, also a model stable for pure- 
bred livestock which are kept at the experiment station and sent to 
the different livestock centers throughout the country every year for 
breeding purposes. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

DEVELOPMENT OF NEW INDUSTRY.—Recent experiments made in 
Cuba with bags manufactured from banana fiber are said to have 
shown this material to be superior to jute fiber for this purpose. Of 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1127 


two sacks, one made of jute and the other of banana fiber and filled 
with sugar, the latter did not show signs of deterioration as quickly 
as the former. Another proof of resistence was made when a banana 
fiber sack, filled with sand, was thrown from a height of 12 meters 
and showed no signs of breaking. A still greater argument in favor 
of developing this industry is the fact that from one caballeria of land 
(a caballeria is about 3314 acres) planted in bananas enough fiber is 
obtained to make 20,000 sacks, while that same amount of land 
would produce only enough jute fiber to manufacture 4,000 sacks. 
A project is now under way for the construction of a plant for manu- 
facturing banana-fiber bags with a quantity production of 10,000,000 
sacks for each sugar crop. The cost of establishing this plant, in- 
cluding land for growing the bananas, machinery for the factory, 
railroads, and other equipment, is estimated at $3,000,000. The 
efforts of this organization will not be limited to the manufacture of 
sacks, cord, and rope, but will include also other products, such as 
fertilizers, potash, cellulose for paper, banana flour and dried 
bananas. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

TosBacco Exports.—The statistical section of the Treasury Depart- 
ment published recently a very interesting report regarding tobacco 
exports from Cuba during the last fiscal year ending June 30, 
1927. During the period in question the United States purchased 
from Cuba 7,804,522 pounds of leaf tobacco, valued at $6,190,118. 
Small stick tobacco and strip tobacco used for making cigarettes 
were exported to the United States to the amount of 20,045,611 
pounds, valued at $15,558,868. During the same fiscal year Cuba 
exported to the United States 31,024,699 cigars valued at $3,663,963. 
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


CoLonizATION LAw.—Law No. 670, published in the Gaceta 
Oficial of July 2, 1927, states the conditions under which land will 
be granted for agricultural colonies. When a certain tract of Gov- 
ernment land has been designated for colonization by the Chief 
Executive, said land shall be subdivided and a plan of each lot made 
and kept in the division of archives, which is to be created in the 
Department of Agriculture. Before any colonies are established a 
group of 20 houses will be built in some section selected for its health- 
ful conditions. Grants of land will be made only to persons over 18 
years of age. The colonist shall have the privilege of selecting the 
crops to be planted on his lot, but always with the advice of and 
under the direction of the Department of Agriculture. 

New DIVISION IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN RELATIONS.— 
The regulations governing the new division recently created in the 
Department of Foreign Relations were recently published. The 


1128 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


duties of this division, according to the regulations, are to prepare 
trade statistics for the Department of Foreign Relations and other 
branches of the Government, also to furnish, on request, both foreign 
and domestic firms with export and import figures, customhouse and 
port regulations, mercantile laws, and similar information. Further- 
more, this division shall obtain and keep in its files commercial data 
relating to other countries. 
ECUADOR 


“PanaMA”’ HATS.—The production of so-called Panama hats, 
made from toqguilla straw, which is one of the leading industries in 
the southern Provinces of Ecuador, has shown a very considerable 
erowth during the past few years, as shown by the following table 
giving the exports of these hats for the decade from 1917 to 1926: 


Weight in Value in Weight in Value in 

kilos sucres kilos sucres 
TON 7 Pte 15207040 IOUS OO 5m pO 2 maemo 186,459 3, 067, 760 
TOUS Ai ete W2GNASA 1 Sol 032) 1O23eeuemes 168,903 2, 441, 962 
NOMO Mesa ae as 190058) 135435 Ge 1024 eee 180,994 2 243 987 
L920 sna 200, 265 310235, 93 05 O2 0 = aaa = 180, 103 3, 183, 284 
Tp lea eee OW Geb © pO: SSL | WOPBo eso 235,052 5, 552, 597 


GOVERNMENT TO IMPORT SHEEP.—At the request of the Depart- 
ment of Agriculture data have been sent to the Ecuadorean Govern- 
ment from various livestock dealers in the United States regarding 
the possibility of sending karakul sheep to Ecuador. If the sheep 
become acclimatized in the Ecuadorean plateau the Government 
plans to breed them for industrial purposes, starting the preparation 
of fine Astrakhan and karakul fur. 


GUATEMALA 


BRIDGE OPENED.—In the presence of a large gathering which 
included President Chacén and other high Government officials, the 
Chacon suspension bridge over the Motagua River near San Agustin 
was formally opened on July 30, 1927. The bridge, erected at a 
cost of 45,010 quetzales, is expected to contribute much toward the 
further develonment of the agricultural departments of Alta and 
Baja Verapaz. 

HyDRO-ELECTRIC PLANT.—In accordance with a contract of 
September 22, 1924, the hydro-electric plant at Santa Maria has 
been completed, and was turned over to the Government on July 
29, 1927. 

HAITI 


VETERINARY ScreNcE.—During the month of July a total of 6,888 
animals were treated in the public clinics held throughout the 
Republic. Of these there were 2,504 horses, 1,654 mules, 2,379 
donkeys, 83 oxen, 151 swine, 65 dogs, 2 cats, and 450 fowls. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1129 


INSECT PEST CONTROL.—Extension work in entomology on the 
control of the banana-root borer was continued throughout the 
month of July in the region of Cape Haitien. This pest has also 
appeared in the St. Mare and Archaie districts. A survey was made 
to determine the range and intensity of the infestation, and all 
farmers whose fields proved to be infested were informed of the 
proper methods of control and actual demonstrations were made. 
At Kenscoff several demonstrations of methods to control the cater- 
pillars which eat out the center of young corn plants were also made. 
Beetles which defoliated the apple trees planted there were collected 
and destroyed; by thus eliminating the beetles not only are further 
injuries to the foliage prevented, but the females do not lay their 
eggs in the ground around the roots of the trees. These eggs, if 
deposited, would later hatch into white grubs which would cause 
injury to the tree roots. 

HONDURAS 


ContTRACT WITH THE CuyAMEL Fruit Co.—A contract with the 
Cuyamel Fruit Co., signed by the President of Honduras on July 
29, 1927, subject to the approval of Congress, contains, among others, 
the following provisions: 

In return for the cession to the Government by the company of all the latter’s 
railways in the zone of influence of the National Railway, and of the construc- 
tion of certain specified railway extensions, bridges, and stations, the Government 
leases to the company for exploitation until July 19, 1995, all the aforementioned 
railways, the National Railway to continue to enjoy the rights which it now has. 
The company cancels all debts owed it by the Government, and obligates itself 
to transfer to the Government its railway lines in the zone of Cuyamel. The 
company also pays the National Treasury $100,000 under certain conditions, 
$25,000 towards the water and electric light systems of Comayagua, and $4,000 
annually. The Government furthermore agrees not to increase taxes on agri- 
culture and industry in the zone served by the National Railway for 30 years, 
except highway taxes and import duties. The company is relieved from all 
obligations under the contract if it does not secure the effective use of water for 
irrigation in the zone of the National Railway, in accordance with a contract to 
that end celebrated on the same day as that summarized above. 


MEXICO 


Customs commission.—By executive decree of August 27 last, the 
Customs Commission has been reorganized, to be composed of 12 
members selected as follows: Two by the Secretary of the Treasury; 
two by the Secretary of Industry, Commerce and Labor; two by the 
Secretary of Agriculture; one by the Secretary of Communications 
and Public Works; one by the Secretary of Foreign Relations; and 
one each by the manufacturers’, business men’s, and workers’ organi- 
zations. Suggestions for changes which the committee considers it 
advisable to make in the schedules of export and import duties will 


1130 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


be submitted to the President’s consideration by the Secretary of 
the Treasury. 

FEDERAL SUBSIDY FOR SUGAR PRODUCTION.—On August 30, 1927, 
President Calles signed a law imposing a Federal tax of 2 centavos 
on each kilogram of sugar sold at wholesale, the revenue of said tax 
to be used to provide funds for a Federal subsidy to the sugar pro- 
ducers of Mexico for the development of the industry. It is believed 
that in spite of the apparent disadvantage in a forced rise in the price 
of sugar, the planters will through the subsidy be able to increase 
the industry and that later the price will decrease with stabilization. 

Minine propuction.—The following table shows comparative 
figures on mining production and its value for the first six months of 
1926 and 1927, according to figures of the National Statistics Bureau: 




















: z 2a % 
1926 1927 
Months | ; Tse Te Gana 
| Production Value Production Value 
| Kilograms Pesos Kilogram Pesos 
ATLA yA Seton tne ce Gra ee SARE Rae 18, 250,979 | 15,449,058 | 42, 662, 358 23, 908, 442 
OTT UT eT yee 2 ea Rae BE Ay ORME | 56, 437, 708 31, 606,891 | 40, 743, 648 21, 575, 965 
March par he aa Seeger An Sua ool A es SE tre al | 47, 302, 753 30, 154, 370 46, 067, 222 24, 397, 355 
PAS Utes an araiee Se geen eae a eee 53, 883, 680 | 29, 169,690 | 49, 133, 560 24, 272, 931 
IN Wei Seen aie kara SMe CROCE NL eM enO age 52, 638, 164 26, 085, 387 62, 998, 464 Qe o2llio2 
LLU ee ee srp NN SEES a k S e ce e 50, 242, 363 26, 496, 946 50, 655, 331 26, 594, 523 
3 | R ! 





NICARAGUA 


Factory FOR CANNED Goops.—The press reports the establishment 
of a new industry in the city of Managua, where a factory is now in 
operation for the canning of chicken, tongue, sirups, and other food 
products. 

NEW MACHINERY FOR TORTILLAS.—A Nicaraguan recently has 
invented machinery for the manufacture of tortillas or corn cakes, 
which were previously prepared by hand from the corn on the ear 
to the finished cake. The inventions include a corn husker, a process 
for removing the kernels, a mill, a cutter for round or square tortillas, 
and an oven with 12 sections for baking. The present capacity of 
the plant is 500 tortillas per 11% hours. 


PANAMA 


SUGAR AND COFFEE IN AGUADULCE.—In Aguadulce the area planted 
to sugar cane now producing has been increased by several hundred 
hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres) over that of last year. The facil- 
ities for sugar shipments will be greatly improved in January by the 
completion of the dock at Aguadulce. In the Santa Fe and Chitre 
districts many thousands of young coffee trees have been planted. 
It is believed that after the building of the road to Santa Fe that the 
coffee area will also increase as labor is plentiful there. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1131 


Betua VISTA DEVELOPMENT.—In August development was begun 
on the second half of a large property in the suburb of Panama City 
known as Bella Vista. Three hundred building lots are to be laid 
out and supplied with sewer, water, and electric connections. Shrub- 
bery and tree-bordered avenues will add to the natural beauty of the 
site, which faces the Pacific. 

SURVEY AND CHART OF Panama Bay.—The United States Navy is 
to undertake to survey and chart Panama Bay, which though much 
traversed by shipping from all over the world, has never before been 
completely studied. The present charts, made from a combination of 
surveys extending from 1847 to 1924, are no longer adequate. The 
British survey made from 1847 to 1849, though the most complete, 
is now out of date. The new survey, which will require three or four 
years for completion, will be made to a scale suitable for modern 
navigation, showing the position of shoals and rocks not before 
charted. 

PARAGUAY 


New serrters.—On August 8, 1927, the Paraguayan Chamber of 
Deputies approved a concession for an agricultural and industrial 
colony on the banks of the Parana River. The company is to estab- 
lish a town either on the Paranda or at Caarendy (also known as 
Puerto Pirap6), and to divide 10,000 hectares in the township into 
agricultural lots within 30 months. These lots are to be sold to the 
colonists at a maximum price of 22 gold pesos per hectare, 20 per 
cent to be paid in cash and the remainder within four to seven years, 
plus interest at 7 per cent. 

SELECTED SEED.—The Bureau of Agriculture, through an arrange- 
ment with the Botanical Garden, is furnishing cotton and other 
selected seed to the agricultural commissions in the towns of the 
Republic so that farmers may produce larger and better crops. 

Exports oF FRUIT TO ARGENTINA.—Word has been received from 
the Argentine Ministry of Foreign Affairs that the port of Rosario 
has been designated as qualified for the reception of imports of 
Paraguayan fruit, including oranges and mandarin oranges. This is 
an aid to Paraguayan exporters, as previously Buenos Aires was the 
only port through which Paraguayan fruit could enter Argentina. 

ORANGE PEEL ExpPoRTS.—The Bureau of Agriculture has stated 
that in the town of Villeta the orange peel industry is being carried 
on with a view to export. There are six machines in operation which 
can peel 20,000 oranges a day. 

LiquIp RUBBER.—A shoe manufacturer of Asuncién who has been 
making footwear with rubber soles has now put on the market a 
liquid rubber which can be used for mending rubber articles or in the 
manufacture of rubber products. 


1132 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


MatvrE SEED FOR AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—The Director of the 
Bureau of Lands and Colonies recently sent to the agricultural schools 
special seed of the mate or Paraguayan tea shrub, presented for 
that purpose by a planter. With the seed, pamphlets on the cultiva- 
tion of mate were also transmitted to the schools. 

Paraguayan Tourine Cius.—The Paraguayan Touring Club 
now has 421 active members who are interested in extending and 
improving the highway system of Paraguay. It is expected that the 
membership will continue to grow rapidly. 


PERU 


Pustic worKs.—In his annual message to Congress on July 28 
last President Leguia stated that railway construction had been 
considerably intensified in the course of the year by virtue of the irri- 
gation and sanitation loan which also authorized the application 
of funds to railroad building. Work is in actual progress on the 
following lines: From Huancavélica to Castrovirreina, from Tablones 
to Recuay, from Chuquicara to Cajabamba, from Cuzco to Santa 
Ana, from Tambo del Sol to Pachitea, from Ascope to the head 
waters of the Chicama River, and from Huancho to Supe and Bar- 
ranca. During the present year the sum of 633,070 Peruvian 
pounds has been spent on all these railroads, as against 484,900 
Peruvian pounds in the previous year. In December of last year 
the railroad from Huancayo to Huancavélica was completed and 
opened to public use. The impulse which this line has given to the 
commerce of the region through which it runs and especially to the 
mining industry has led to an increasing traffic. Pians for the 
extension of this road have been approved as soe as the as 
district of Santa Inés. 

MANUFACTURE OF ABSORBENT coTTon.—A modern plant for the 
manufacture of absorbent cotton has been established in Lima. 
It is claimed that the plant recently established represents an invest- 
ment of more than $100,000 and has a capacity sufficient to meet the 
present requirements of the entire country. Heretofore, Peru has 
been entirely dependent upon the foreign market for absorbent cot- 
ton; imports of this commodity have averaged about 45,000 kilos 
(kilo equals 2.2 pounds) per year, 75 per cent of which was furnished 
by the United States. (United States Commerce Reports, Sept. 12, 
1927.) 

IRRIGATION worKS.—According to the President’s annual message 
to Congress delivered on July 28 last, the irrigation works under- 
taken by the State in the Departments of Piura and Lambayeque 
are in full development. The Chir& canal in Piura, which was 
inadequate for its purpose owing to its limited capacity of 3,500 
liters (quarts) per second, has been converted into a large canal 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1133 


with a capacity of 10,000 liters per second, which will allow the 
irrigation of 3,500 hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres) of land already 
cultivated and 8,500 hectares of new land. Eight thousand hectares 
in the agricultural district of Sechura have been placed under irri- 
gation by means of the reconstruction of this canal. 

The Olmos irrigation works have necessitated the construction 
of roads in Lambayeque which are now being extended to Cutervo, 
Jaén, and Chachapoyas. <A beginning has been made on the road 
which, starting from the last named point, will communicate with 
the Department of Amazonas. The road from Yurimaguas to Moya- 
bamba, which will be of great benefit to the Departments of Loreto 
and San Martin, is also under construction; and another is being 
planned from Lanas to Chazuta. 

The expenditures made in the methodical agrarian plan which the 
Government is now developing on the coastal lands represents a 
total cost from 1919 up to date of 2,290,762 Peruvian pounds, a 
sum which bears witness to the gigantic labor of reconstruction which 
the Government has undertaken. These expenditures fall into three 
categories, namely, work necessary for the preparation, execution 
and upkeep of hydraulic systems, major irrigation works soon to be 
completed, and existing irrigation works, which have brought under 
construction 8,000 hectares of land in Canete Valley and another 
8,000 hectares in Sechura. 


SALVADOR 


AGRICULTURE ADVISORY COMMITTEE.—In August the press of San 
Salvador announced the establishment of a committee to advise on 
technical and scientific problems in agriculture, which will function 
as part of the Ministry of Agriculture. Members appointed to serve 
on the committee are Doctors Carlos Rensou, Salvador Calderén, 
and Carlos Pavia, Sefior Felix Chousy, an engineer, and Prof. 
Guillermo Gandara. 

GovERNMENT DELEGATES TO INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCES.—The 
Diario Oficial announced the appointment of Dr. José Honorato 
Villacorta as Salvadorean delegate to the International Parliamentary 
Conference on Commerce held in Rio de Janeiro in September of 
this year, and of Dr. Francisco Antonio Lima as Salvadorean delegate 
to the International Radiotelegraph Conference opened in Washing- 
ton on October 4, 1927. 

URUGUAY 


Srx MONTHS’ MEAT ExPoRTS.—The Bureau of Animal Industry 
furnished the following figures on meat exports for the first six months 
of 1927: 


The three packing houses now in operation (Swift, Artigas, Anglo del Uruguay) 
during the first half of 1927 exported a total of 67,554,089 kilograms of frozen 


1134 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


and chilled beef, 13,888,684 kilograms of preserved beef, 14,232,468 kilograms of 
frozen mutton, and 2,207,833 kilograms of jerked or dried beef. These figures 
compared with those of the corresponding period of the previous year show a 
decrease in exports of chilled and frozen meats amounting to 30,751,920 kilo- 
grams, or 31 per cent. On the other hand, exports of preserved meat during the 
first half of 1927 increased by 4,435,018 kilograms over the exports in the first 
half of 1926. Exports of jerked beef also increased slightly, being 788,526 kilo- 
grams more than in the first six months of 1926, 

CONGRESS OF AGRONOMIC ENGINEERING.—A congress of agronomic 
engineering was opened in the University of Montevideo on August 
25, 1927, the Minister of Public Instruction making the opening 
address. Besides Cabinet Ministers and other distinguished guests, 
a delegation representing the Argentine Agronomic Engineering 
Association came from the neighboring country to attend the con- 
eress. 

BarcELonA TO MONTEVIDEO CABLE.—On August 16, 1927, the 
international cable section between Malaga and Barcelona was 
opened for public use, so that Barcelona is now in direct connection 
with Rio de Janeiro, Montevideo, and Buenos Aires. Cordial 
messages were exchanged between Barcelona and Montevideo on this 
occasion. 

CouURSE IN BEE-KEEPING.—The Bureau of Agronomy has an- 
nounced a theoretical and practical free course in bee-keeping to be 
given in its laboratory section in Montevideo. 

UruaGuay IN IBERO-AMERICAN EXPOSITION.—On June 9, 1927, the 
Uruguayan Congress appropriated 80,000 pesos for participation in 
the Ibero-American Exposition to be held in Seville from October, 
1928, to April, 1929. The committee for the organization of the 
Uruguayan exhibits has opened a competition for plans for the 
Uruguayan building, and has received offers from national com- 
panies of cement and marble for the construction of the building. 
Free freight space of 100 cubic meters each trip has been promised 
by three steamship companies. 


VENEZUELA 


PETROLEUM INDUSTRY.—Practically all the crude petroleum pro- 
duced in Venezuela comes from the region of Lake Maracaibo. 
Recently 39 tank steamers, each with a carrying capacity of 6,000 to 
16,000 barrels were placed in service; some of these steamers make as 
many as 10 trips a month. The number of barrels transported every 
month is almost 4,926,000. According to recent reports 10 additional 
tank steamers are being constructed in England for use on Lake 
Maracaibo; it is hoped they will be ready for use by the end of the 
present year. 

NEW VESSEL FOR TRIP TO VENEZUELA.—Persons contemplating a 
trip to Venezuela will be interested to know that a new vessel, the 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS P1135 


Caracas, has been added to the Red “D” fleet. This steamer, which 
is the largest of the Red “D” fleet, arrived in La Guaira on September 
21, 1927, on its maiden trip from New York. 





ARGENTINA 


Bonps oF ARGENTINE Srate Raitways.—An issue of 6 per cent 
gold bonds to the amount of $40,000,000 to fund the floating debt 
of the Argentine State Railways, put on the market in New York at 
9944 on September 1, 1927, was subscribed completely on that date. 
The bonds are dated September 1, 1927, and run to September 1, 
1960, by which time they will be paid through the operation of a 
cumulative sinking fund. 

BOLIVIA 


ReEsutts oF KemMMerEeR Mission.—The Kemmerer Financial 
Mission, which recently completed a three-month contract with the 
Bolivian Government, has prepared the following projects: 


1. Project of law for the reorganization of the Banco de la Nacién Boliviana. 

2. Project of organic law for the national budgets. 

3. Project of law for the reorganization of Government accounting, and the 
intervention of the Government in the auditing of public expenses, and proper 
check by means of an office to be termed Controloria. 

4. Project of law for the reorganization of the Bolivian Treasury Office. 

5. Project of a general law for banks. 

6. Project of law for taxes on certain classes of incomes. 

7. Project of law on taxation of fixed property. 

8. Project of a monetary law. 

9. Report of mining taxes. 

10. Report of public credit of Bolivia. 

11. Report on the financing of the Cochabamba- Spanien Cruz Railway. 

12. Report on the stamp law. 

13. Project for an organic law for the customs house administration. 

14. Project of a reform law for railway tariffs. 


CHILE 


NATIONAL SAvinas Banx.—The Santiago Savings Bank has 
recently been amalgamated with the National Savings Bank, which 
now has more than 1,000,000 accounts, approximately 400,000,000 
pesos on deposit, and 1,500 employees. Senor Manuel Salas Rodri- 
guez, general manager of the bank, proposes to make the bank of the 

65031—27—Bull. 11——6 


1136 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


utmost usefulness to small manufacturers, farmers, and workers 
lacking the means to extend their business. By a system of coopera- 
tion between the savings bank and the Agricultural Credit Bank, 
farmers in any part of the country where a branch of the former exists 
may quickly obtain a loan. 

The National Savings Bank and its branches in the various depart- 
ments of the Nation will act as fiscal agents for the Government, 
receiving and transmitting funds and keeping the Government 
informed daily of the amount of revenue deposited to its credit. 

CENTRAL Bank or Cuite.—The following statement of the Central 
Bank of Chile was issued for June 30, 1927: 


Obligations of the bank 


[Thousands of pesos] 


JPVoveNeueaVOVaVeni/ wba COAOUU RAMON aya ewe ee Ue Sal ee ee 345, 435 
ime rabtss a sene Ss ee Se ee Se ae eae ates ere ee 95, 156 
5 Bye) OY 0}=) Ic aa 20 se eg Me ee ac a Raa bes eA i Tella SIP aE 135, 400 

TR fi ea tetas ea Ee ST et free era Dl a ae Scar cee 575, 991 


Gold reserves 


[Thousands of pesos] 


1 trate ©) oul \eyesee et a ore eee ate a ee ages ee iy Leva Rt wie ee Ae ee ee ee 84, 666 
GAN TEO ACL as, en Sat ec SCE yh cal ceae ta ry Been oa eee Ye gs ete we a 533, 833 

(LG) Ee eee eg ciel MMe ees Soe Neenah) NTS Mice Nae Sie Oty” | 618, 549 
Bericemtwln Shake fae ene) # DR eel hry Ne ea ICE (gta ee ea 106. 57 


Bank funds loaned 


[Thousands of pesos] 


Other-bankss20)- 3-0 ote Doe a a 32, 702 
HBhrenp wll 22 tls cra 8 ee 5, 163 
‘RhevGovernment:< os S200 35/5. SOapOe thet Ser as eeu ae 3, 865 

otal st eo Ghee SS A nes nee ee eS es ee ce 41, 730 


The discount rate was 7 per cent for banks and 8 per cent for the 
public. z 

GOVERNMENT FINANCES.—In discussing the national budget before 
the Cabinet, Sefior Pablo Ramirez, Minister of Finance, made some 
very interesting statements last August. The following excerpt is 
made from his remarks: 


Between 1863, when the budget was 53,696,000 pesos, and 1927, for which the 
budget is 993,159,000 pesos, there has been an average annual increase of 5 per 
cent over the budget for the previous year. It should be noted in this connection 
that a large part of Government expenditures, either directly or as service on 
the national debt, has been made for public works, including the construction of 
a railway system at a present value of not less than 1,200,000,000 pesos; port 
improvements on which 305,000,000 pesos have been spent; sewer and water 
systems; and other works which increase the national assets and in other countries 
are usually effected by private companies or by concessions to foreign capital. 





1 Includes time reserves abroad. 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 1137 


Moreover, in Chile 94 per cent of public expenditures is met by the national 
treasury and only 6 per cent by the municipalities, while in the United States 
such expenditures (according to a publication of the Industrial Conference Board, 
New York) are divided between the Government, the States, and the municipal- 
ities with respective shares of 32, 15, and 53 per cent. 


The budget of expenditures and per cent of increase for the past 
five years were as follows: 





5 : | Per cent of 
Years Budget of expenditures | variation over 
| previous year 








| 
| 
| 








Pesos 
OD Siete cei dork Se Ase aie eh pip ye aeel| Sa EO eRe 672, 140, 000 JL 
UG SRE ed Reece East he ARS pot ae eta To 637, 904, 000 =i 
TEE ss i ep ge Sv oe ie eRe eek ny ee Saeed 707, 729, 000 | +10 
G2 Gimetesere eA OR Lia Ws dae oc eryeot yon N Sly ene ed a 958, 824, 000 | +36 
+4 


LAS) (pei ae ees rds Sasa Sos GD as WLP SE cele Mites 993, 059, 000 








Considering that in 1925 and 1926 the budgetary increases were so 
large in proportion, far beyond the normal rate of increase, the 
Minister of Finance considers that for the next year some retrench- 
ment may well take place. It is planned to reduce the budget for 
1928 by 61,200,000 pesos, but it should be noted that the Kemmerer 
law made certain receipts and expenditures appear in the 1927 
budget which hitherto had been considered in separate accounts. 


COLOMBIA 


Pusiic pespr.—According to the President’s annual message to 
Congress on July 20, 1927, the foreign debt of the Republic, on 
January 1, 1926, showed a balance of 17,222,744.90 pesos. During 
the year in question amortization of 2,722,105.70 pesos was made, 
leaving a balance, on December 31 of that year, of 14,500,639.20 
pesos. The amount of the internal debt, on January 1, 1926, was 
13,291,432.40 pesos, which was increased to 13,482,662.40 pesos by 
virtue of an issue of bonds for 191,230 pesos. During that year 
amortization of the internal debt was made in the sum of 2,107,591.60 
pesos, leaving due on December 31 a balance of 11,375,070.80 pesos. 
By June 30, 1927, the above-mentioned balances had been reduced 
as follows: Foreign debt, 12,406,653.20 pesos, and internal debt, 
8,921,849.72 pesos, making a total reduction of 21,328,502.92 pesos. 

Loan ror Boaork.—Last July the municipality of Bogot&é com- 
pleted negotiations for a loan of $5,000,000 to purchase the rights 
of the electric power companies operating in that city. This loan 
was obtained from a banking house in the United States. 


COSTA RICA 


SraTEMENT oF Bank or Costa Rica.—According to a statement 
recently made by the director of the Bank of Costa Rica, and quoted 


1138 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


by the press on August 9, 1927, the total assets of that bank are at 
present 26,477,809 colones, representing an increase of 9,728,643 
colones over those of the previous year. Deposits amount to 
11,509,412 colones, showing an increase of 5,360,792 colones over 
those of the past year; paid-up capital is stated to be 2,000,000 
colones; reserve, 2,400,000 colones; and the cash on hand, 8,276,352 
colones. 
MEXICO 


Loan oF $2,000,000.—To complete the semiannual payment due 
for the first half of 1927 from the Government of Mexico to the 
International Committee of Bankers, according to the revised agree- 
ment of October 23, 1925, President Calles authorized the Secretary 
of the Treasury to contract a loan of $2,000,000 with the aforesaid 
committee. 

PETROLEUM PRODUCTION AND EXPORT TAXES.—The Treasury De- 
partment has recently completed records on the production and 
export taxes on native petroleum and the 15 per cent export taxes 
on foreign petroleum for the first eight months of 1927, as follows: 



































F 15 per 4 15 per 
Production | Export cent Production | Export cent 
Months tax tax export Months tax tax export 
tax tax 

eines SE gio eal ha (See erent : Be ed es 

| Pesos Pesos Pesos || Pesos Pesos Pesos 
Janvanyaees sees | 1,338, 955.49) 575, 012. 99] 7,401.83 || May-_--.._____| 1,334, 960.89] 566, 909. 06) 41, 869. 71 
February __-__-_- | 1, 290, 523. 14) 545, 470. 58} 4,094.06 || Jume__-_-_-_-- 1, 364, 529.63] 535, 348. 94) 31, 099. 68 
Manche on —= | 1, 091, 072.00] 466, 218. 34/24, 140.01 || July___.__.____| 1, 275, 125.89] 589, 876. 65) 28, 451. 85 
PANT ri ea eee Tee | 1, 431, 782. 64) 564, 625. 49/25, 811. 54 || August_______- 1, 099, 985. 65} 478, 299. 40} 21, 039. 50 

| 
PANAMA 


Bupa@rr For 1927-1929.—As the National Assembly had passed 
no budget law for the two-year period from July 1, 1927, to June 30, 
1929, President Chiari issued decree No. 65 on August 19, 1927, 
basing the new budget on the former but omitting items valid once 
only and adding others authorized by the National Assembly. The 
budget for 1927-1929 is balanced at $14,302,488.28, to be expended 
as follows by the respective ministries: Government and justice, 
$3,943,932; foreign relations, $595,875; treasury, $3,766,740.20; 
public instruction, $3,050,500; agriculture and public works, 
$2,945,441.08. 

Special funds available outside the regular budget include: Chiriqui 
Railroad extension loan, $2,351,260.53; highway loan, $365,388.84; 
Bocas del Toro waterworks, $100,000; sum for payment on national 
defense bonds, $6,500; and deposit in National City Bank of New 
York for payments on the loans of 1926-1956 and 1926-1961, 
$188,077.26. | | 


LEGISLATION 1139 
PARAGUAY 


ARGENTINE BRANCH BANK IN AsuNCcION.—Press reports from 
Buenos Aires state that a branch of the Bank of the Argentine 
Nation will be established in Asuncién, Paraguay, to facilitate 
business between the two neighboring countries. 





CHILE 


MiInisTRIES OF War AND Marine.—By a recent decree separate 
Ministries of War and Marine, until now combined under a single 
head, have been created, Captain Frodden retaining the Ministry 
of Marine, while General Blanche has been appointed Minister of 
War.—(Chile, August, 1927.) 


COLOMBIA 


RAILROAD PUBLICATION.—Dr. Enrique Narifio Pinto has completed 
and recently published a digest of Colombian railroad laws. This is 
a very complete work containing all laws and rulings relating to 
railroads, and should be of great value to lawyers, and all persons 
interested in railroad enterprises in Colombia. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


REVISED CONSTITUTION.—The constitution of the Dominican 
Republic of June 13, 1924, has been revised, the complete text of 
this new edition being published in the Gaceta Oficial for June 17, 
1927. Amendments have been made to the sections relating to 
members of Congress, to the functions of the Vice President, to the 
supreme court of justice, and to the government of the Provinces. 


ECUADOR 


REGULATIONS FOR THE EXPORTATION OF ANTIQUITIES.—Under 
decree No. 79 regulations have been issued for the law prohibiting the 
exportation of antiquities. For the purposes of this law all objects 
which, due to their artistic or archaeological value, whether they 
belong to the State, to corporations, or private imdividuals, shall 
be considered as national antiquities and therefore not to be exported. 
This law also applies to historical documents, books, and pamphlets 
written in Ecuador previous to the nineteenth century. If, however, 


1140 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


foreign universities, museums, or other scientific centers desire the 
loan of any such documents or archaeological objects, a duly author- 
ized representative of the institution desiring the loan shall present 
a petition to the Minister of Public Instruction giving a detailed 
account of the objects desired accompanied by duplicate photo- 
graphs. This law also requires that reproductions of antiquities shall 
be stamped and marked as such. 


MEXICO 


DISTRIBUTION OF COMMON LANDS.—On August 25 of this year, 
President Calles signed a law amending the regulations on the dis- 
tribution of common lands, as issued on December 19, 1925. The 
present law declares land rights acquired by a town to be inalien- 
able, and states that, therefore, common lands can not be rented, 
transferred, mortgaged, or otherwise subjected to lien. 

Residents in towns to which common land is given have an inalien- 
able property right thereto, subject only to requirements imposed for 
the welfare of the community. Among such requirements may be 
mentioned the following: 

Arr. VI. The person to whom a parcel of common land has been allotted shall 
pay annually 15 per cent of the crops obtained from his parcel, or its equivalent, 
said 15 per cent to be divided as follows: 5 per cent for the payment of taxes 
and material improvements (rural schools, etc.), and the balance for a cooperative 
iowa, oR ae 

The law on the division and restitution of lands and waters signed 
on April 23, 1927, was amended by a law of August 11 last. 


NICARAGUA 


ORGANIZATION OF THE NATIONAL GuaRD.—The press of Managua 
for July 31, 1927, publishes the decree of July 30 providing for the 
organization of the National Guard. The regulations require that 
the National Guard shall take over the duties of the present police 
force throughout the Republic. All prisons, fortifications, war 
vessels, munitions, and other Government property previously under 
the Army are now to be under the control of the National Guard, 
which in turn is under the direct supervision of the President. The 
funds for the maintenance of the present police force are to be used 
for the maintenance of the National Guard. The American officers 
now training the National Guard will be replaced by native officers 
as rapidly as such officers can be fitted for command. Except in 


civil suits the personnel of the National Guard is subject to courts- 
martial. 






INTERNATIONAL ne 
paé TREATIES 4: 4@ 2 


BRAZIL-PERU 






CONVENTION ON GENERAL OBLIGATORY ARBITRATION.—On August 
2, 1927, the President of Brazil issued a decree (No. 17870) published 
in the Diario Official of August 5, putting into effect the general 
obligatory arbitration convention signed by the accredited representa- 
tives of Brazil and Peru in Rio de Janeiro on July 11, 1918, and ratified 
by the Brazilian Congress on December 23, 1918, the ratifications 
of which were exchanged in Rio de Janeiro on July 23, 1927. 


GUATEMALA—HONDURAS 


INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY QUESTION.—Dr. Virgilio Rodriguez 
Beteta was sent by the Government of Guatemala in August to 
Tegucigalpa as minister plenipotentiary to treat with the Government 
of Honduras on the question of the international boundary between 
the two nations. 

BOLIVIA—PARAGUAY 


BOUNDARY PROTOCOL RATIFIED.—On June 29, 1927, the President of 
Paraguay issued a decree published in the Diario Oficial of June 30, 
1927, approving the protocol on boundaries signed in Buenos Aires 
on April 22, 1927, by the Bolivian Minister of Foreign Relations and 
Dr. Lisandro Diaz Léon, member of the Paraguayan Chamber of 
Deputies. 

GUATEMALA—HONDURAS-SALVADOR 


UNITY OF FOREIGN poLicy.—The convention signed by the Min- 
isters of Foreign Relations of Guatemala, Honduras, and Salvador in 
the city of San Salvador on May 25, 1927, whereby the signatory 
countries bind themselves to a unified foreign policy in the recognition 
of governments, declarations of war, and other matters, was ratified 
by the Salvadorean Legislature on June 30 and signed by the Pres- 
ident on July 18, 1927. The full text of the convention, together 
with the legislative decree of ratification, was published in the 
Diario Oficial of July 23, 1927. 

SALVADOR-UNITED STATES 

TREATY OF FRIENDSHIP, COMMERCE, AND CONSULAR PRIV1ILEGES.— 

On June 30, 1927, the Salvadorean Legislature passed a decree 


reconsidering its former decree of May 31, 1926, whereby certain 
1141 


1142 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


changes were required before ratification of the treaty of friendship, 
commerce, and consular privileges signed by representatives of the 
Republic of Salvador and the United States in San Salvador on 
February 22, 1926. The present decree of June 30, 1927, states that 
the Piososed changes in the treaty were not of sufficient importance 
to hinder its ratification, which would be beneficial to the friendship 
and commerce of both countries, and therefore ratifies the treaty, 
with slight amendments. This decree was signed by the President 
on July 19, 1927, and published in the Diario Oficial of July 23. 





Ff PUBL - ANDEDUCATION : TION TE 


ARGENTINA 


New puBuic scHooits.—The National Council of Education reports 
that during 1927, 23 new public schools were opened in Buenos 
Aires, 35 in the Provinces, and 56 in the Territories. The new 
erades opened in 1927 numbered 180 in Buenos Aires, 335 in the 
Provinces and 205 in the Territories and also 34 in military schools. 
Schools closed during the year totaled 5 in Buenos Aires, 4 in the 
Provinces, and 4 in the Territories. 

HomacGeE To Memory oF ApA Maria Exrirern.—On July 24, 1927, 
a number of associations, schools, and institutions took part in a 
memorial exercise upon the eighth anniversary of the death of Ada 
Maria Elflein, late Argentine educator, historian, poet, and first news- 
paper woman of her country. It was she who for some time made 
historical investigations and studied the geography of her country, 
that errors in the textbooks on these subjects might be corrected. 

ARGENTINE WOMAN RECEIVES FELLOW SHIP.—Miss Emilia C. Dezeo, 
of Buenos Aires, who was awarded the fellowship of $1,500 offered 
annually to a Latin-American: woman by the American Association 
of University Women, came to the United States in September, in 
order to pursue advanced studies in Columbia University. Miss 
Dezeo is a graduate of the National University of Buenos Aires, 
from which she received the Ph. D. degree, and has taught in both 
public and private schools in that city. 


BOLIVIA 


NORMAL SCHOOL ESTABLISHED.—A new normal school has been 
established in La Paz, classes having been opened on July 14 last. 
The principal of the school and professor of education is Carlos 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1143 


Beltran Morales, the assistant principal and professor of history and 
geography being José E. Paz. 

CreaTIon or Nationat Liprary.—In conformity with resolutions 
of the Third Pan American Scientific Congress of 1924, and the Inter- 
national Congress of History and Geography of 1926, the Bolivian 
Government has decreed the establishment of a national library in 
the city of La Paz, under the jurisdiction of the Minister of Public 
Instruction. Said library will be charged with the organization and 
conduct of the Simon Bolivar American library, the organization of 
which was recommended at the above-mentioned International Con- 
gress of History and Geography. All national editors and authors 
are obliged to send to the national library two copies of all publica- 
tions edited or issued by them. All official bureaus or offices are also 
obliged to send said library 30 copies of any publications issued by 
them, these publications to be used for purposes of exchange with 
other similar institutions in the American Republics. 


BRAZIL 


CENTENARY OF Law Scuoout; Higher EpucatTion Concress.— 
The opening of the Congress of Higher Education and the conferring 
of degrees upon the new bachelors of the Rio de Janeiro Law School 
took place on August 11, 1927, the celebration of the first centenary 
of the Law School also beginning on that day. The Congress of 
Higher Education met under the presidency of Dr. Vianna do 
Castello, Minister of Justice, to consider university organization, 
education in law, and other similar subjects. 


CHILE 


ScHOOL BUILDINGS.—The Ministry of Public Education has ob- 
tained a loan of 10,000,000 pesos to be used this year for the erection 
of school buildings, with the prospect of a similar loan next year. 
Many Government schools are now housed in rented property. The 
Minister of Public Health considers the securing of good school 
buildings one aspect of the question of housing, in which he is very 
much interested (see p. 1154). 

OPERA AT POPULAR PRICES.—Following the European custom of 
making the best music available to the public, the Government has 
made arrangements for the coming opera season whereby the gallery 
seats will be given free to students, soldiers, and members of labor 
organizations. Moreover, biweekly performances will be given at 
popular prices for the whole house. 

APPLICATION OF INDIGENOUS ART.—An interesting article contrib- 
uted to El Mercurio of Santiago by Sefior Richon-Brunet discusses 
the recent exposition of drawings by students in one of the girls’ 


1144 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


secondary schools in Santiago, the motives for which drawings were 
adapted from Araucanian utensils and textiles. The Araucanians 
who, as readers will recall, are the Indians of central Chile, still 
produce notable and admirable hand-woven textiles, although they 
never have achieved monumental art such as the Aztec, Maya, and 
Incan remains. Sefior Richon-Brunet considers that Sefiorita 
Mireya-Albertina de la Fuente, the teacher under whose direction 
the drawings were made, is to be greatly congratulated on her effort 
to utilize this important part of the Chilean cultural heritage. The 
Mexican Department of Education has done much to preserve the 
tradition of indigenous art, and something has also been undertaken 
in Peru. 

Art EpucATION.—Don Alberto Mackenna Subercaseaux, director 
general of art education, is planning changes in the course of study 
so as to give more scope to the individuality of the student. Applied 
design will also be given special attention. 

Don Carlos Isamitt, the new principal of the School of Fine Arts, 
has added three courses to the curriculum, as follows: Decorative 
art, lithography, and indigenous art. He is also furthering post- 
graduate study abroad for artists, who on returning are to place 
their knowledge at the service of the school. One professor is 
already in Europe, while painters and sculptors have engaged in a 
competition for a three-year fellowship. 

PRESIDENT OF THE PEDAGoaIc InstiruTE.—Following the resigna- 
tion of Don Maximiliano Salas March4n as president of the Pedagogic 
Institute (Teachers College) in Santiago, Dr. José Maria GAlvez, 
a distinguished educator, author, and member of the faculty of the 
University of Chile, was appointed acting president. Doctor Galvez, 
who received his Ph. D. from the University of Berlin in 1910, has 
been exchange professor in the University of California, guest pro- 
fessor in the University of Berlin, and lecturer in many countries 
of Europe and the Orient. He takes a special interest in all students 
planning to do post-graduate work abroad. 


COLOMBIA 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION IN ANTIOQUIA.—The Minister of Public In- 
struction in his annual report to Congress states, in regard to the 
Department of Antioquia, that during the year 1926 there were in 
that Department 1,110 schools with a registration of 99,644 pupils, 
of whom 49,320 were boys and 50,324 girls. Of the teachers in charge 
of these schools, 422 were men and 1,268 women, making in all 1,690 
instructors. The cost to the Department of Antioquia for the upkeep 
of these schools during the year reviewed was 983,638.80 pesos. Fif- 
teen provincial inspectors visit these schools periodically during the 
year and supervise their operation. — 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1145 
COSTA RICA 


ANTIILLITERACY MEASURE.—The President, believing that the most 
effective means of fighting illiteracy is to advance the rural schools 
to at least the fourth grade, has decreed that all the schools which at 
present contain three grades shall have in the future a fourth. Those 
schools which have two grades shall be under a rotating system as 
follows: Next year they will not have the first grade, but second and 
third grades. The following year they will have third and fourth 
grades, but not first and second. The following year they will have 
the fourth and first, and the next year the first and second. In this 
way the succession will be continued. This decree will go into effect 
when the 1928 school year begins. 


CUBA 


DiIssEMINATION OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.—The Minister of Public 
Instruction has prepared a series of lectures touching many subjects 
of interest, including agriculture, literature, science, commerce, 
industry, and civic questions, which will be broadcast from the office 
of the Ministry of Public Instruction. All centers of learning, 
from the University of Habana to the smallest school in the Republic, 
will be provided with radio receiving sets in order that they may 
have the benefit of these lectures. In each school the receiving sets 
will be constructed by the pupils themselves. (Courtesy of the 
Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

BICENTENNIAL OF THE NATIONAL University.—In January, 1928, 
the National University of Habana will celebrate the bicentennial 
of its founding. A committee composed of members of the faculty 
headed by the rector of the University, Dr. Octavio Averhoff, has 
been appointed to prepare the program of festivities. The com- 
mittee will extend invitations to foreign universities asking them 
to appoint representatives to attend the ceremonies in connection 
with the bicentennial celebration. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy 
in Washington.) 

ECUADOR 


CHILDREN’S LIBRARY.—On July 10 last a special library for 
children was opened in the Espejo model municipal school in Quito. 


GUATEMALA 


AcapremMy Nores.—An important cultural work being carried on 
by the American Academy in Guatemala City is the printing of a 
Spanish-English paper, Academy Notes, which although at first ap- 
pearing only in mimeographed form, now bids fair to become a peri- 
odical of sizeable proportions. Prepared by the students, it serves 


1146 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the double purpose of giving practice in the two languages and of 
developing self-expression among the pupils. 

The BuLLETIN wishes to congratulate the editor in chief and his 
associates on their excellent work. 

PREPARATORY AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—The establishment of 
two preparatory agricultural schools with their respective experi- 
mental farms in Quezaltenango and Jalapa was authorized by a 
presidential decree of August 5, 1927. Under the direction of a 
principal and 15 instructors, each school will offer a three-year 
course, including a study of Spanish grammar, arithmetic, botany, 
zoology, physics, chemistry, economic entomology, pathology as 
applied to sugar cane, coffee, wheat and corn, agricultural legisla- 
tion, tropical agriculture, and agricultural methods. 

NIGHT SCHOOL FOR INDIGENES—According to recent press reports a 
night school for Indians is to be established in Quezaltenango. It 
is thought that the enrollment will reach 350, a large number having 
already registered. The school, which will meet a peculiar need, is 
said to be the first of its kind to be established in Guatemala. 

REGULATIONS FAVORING LITERARY PRODUCTION. — In order to 
advance the national literary production and the development of 
libraries, the President has ordered that all scientific and literary 
books, as well as those of a purely scholastic character which are 
edited at Government expense, shall be published in sufficient num- 
bers to supply the National Library of Guatemala City with copies 
for exchange with other parts of the Republic and foreign countries. 
The Government shall also obtain copies of the works of Guatemalan 
authors, to be used for exchange purposes. Furthermore, the Min- 
ister of Public Education shall hold annual competitions among 
national and foreign authors for the preparation of textbooks for 
the primary, special and professional schools, fixing an appropriate 
compensation, and shall have the most important works pubis nee 
at Government expense. 

Hike to Mexico Ciry.—On July 8, 1927, a group of Guatemalan 
students arrived in Mexico City after a 67 days’ hike from Guatemala 
City. They were enthusiastically received by more than 3,000 stu- 
dents from the various technical schools and representatives of the 
athletic associations of the Aztec capital and during their stay were 
feted everywhere as guests of honor. It will be remembered that 
last year a group of Mexican students made a similar trip to Guate- 
mala City. 

KINDERGARTEN IN ReratHuLeuv.—A kindergarten open to all 
children from 4 to 6 years of age was opened in Retalhuleu on July 7, 
1927. In addition to the regular kindergarten work, the school will 
teach reading and writing. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1147 
HONDURAS 


TEACHERS’ CONGRESS.—The first teachers’ congress of Honduras 
is to be held in Tegucigalpa on January 1, 1928, to consider reforms 
to the present system of public instruction, the vocationalization of 
primary instruction, stimuli to teachers, the definition of the social 
duties of the teacher, higher education in the National University for 
the training of teachers, costs of primary education, and other related 
subjects. Members of the congress are to be graduate teachers 
elected by their colleagues in each Department of the Republic. 

EDUCATION LIBRARY.—The Secretary of Public Instruction has 
resolved to establish in Tegucigalpa a library of works on education 
which it was hoped might be open by September 15, the national 
holiday. 

GARRISON SCHOOLS FOR ILLITERATES.—The press of Tegucigalpa 
reports the opening in military posts of garrison schools for illiterate 
soldiers. One such school was opened on August 1 in the town of 
Danli and another in Yuscar4n. 


MEXICO 


Dominco FaustINo SARMIENTO ScHooLt.—July 9 witnessed the 
inauguration of the Domingo Faustino Sarmiento School, built with 
50,000 pesos given by the Transcontinental Petroleum Co. The 
municipality of Mexico City gave land for the school in the District 
of Valbuena. The Federal Government gave a swimming pool and 
shower baths, so that, as the Secretary of Public Education said in an 
address at the inauguration, ‘‘every pupil may have the benefits of 
running water and at home may continue the hygienic habits learned 
in school.” 

PARENTS’ associaTIon.—In his brillant address at the inaugura- 
tion of the Domingo Faustino Sarmiento School mentioned above 
the Secretary of Public Education stressed the fact that open-air 
schools benefit not only the pupils but also the whole community. 
He said: 

We have witnessed the physical and moral improvement of sections which 
were previously considered to be a real danger for those who ventured into them 
after 8 o’clock at night. The Atlampa section, where the Alvaro Obregén School 
is located, has greatly changed. A parents’ association has been formed in 
connection with the school. Social conditions have improved there, and in the 
two years since the school’s opening no robbery has occurred in the building, 
which has no doors nor window sashes for protection, although situated in what 
was considered one of the worst districts in Mexico City. 

EXCHANGE STUDENTS.—Following the custom of the past few years, 
there has been a group of Mexican students attending classes in the 
summer school of Pomona College in Claremont, Calif. Pomona 
College paid the expenses in the United States of two of these stu- 
dents, while Mexico did the same thing for two in the large group 


1148 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


from Pomona which went to study at the summer school of the 
University of Mexico. 
NICARAGUA 


HoMaG& TO A FAMOUS EDUCATOR.—In order to honor the memory 
of Miguel Ramirez Goyena, founder and director of the first sec- 
ondary school of Managua, an executive decree has changed the 
name of the Central National Institute for Boys to that of the 
Ramirez Goyena Institute. 


PANAMA 


ART STUDENT RETURNS FROM Rome.—Sefor Rubén Villalaz has 
returned to Panama on a visit to his family, after studying three 
years on a scholarship from the Republic of Panama in the Municipal 
Art School in Rome and carrying on other studies in the Roman 
Academy of Fine Arts and under Humberto Amati. While in 
Panama he exhibited 14 of his works in several mediums. Sefior 
Villalaz will return to Rome to study four years more, as he has 
received much encouragement, including a medal of honor from the 
mayor of Rome. 


PARAGUAY 


INTELLECTUAL EXCHANGE.—Dr. Alberto Strucchi, professor in the 
Medical School of the University of Cordoba, Argentina, arrived in 
Asuncién last July to arrange for cultural exchange between the 
University of Asuncién and the institution which he represented. 

CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS OF THE RoyaL SPANISH ACADEMY.— 
Notification was received last July that the following Paraguayans 
had been honored by appointment as corresponding members of the 
Royal Spanish Academy of Letters: Don Delfin Chamorro, Dr. 
Cecilio P&ez, Dr. Eusebio Ayala, Dr. Manuel Dominguez, Don 
Eloy Farina Nufiez, Dr. Eligio Ayala, Don Pablo M. Ynsfran, Don 
Arsenio Lépez Decoud, Dr. Justo P. Benitez, Dr. Juan Stefanich, 
Dr. Anselmo Jover Peralta, and Don J. Natalicio Gonzalez. 


PERU 


CREATION OF AN ADVANCED NORMAL scHooL.—In order that Peru 
may have an institution that will prepare teachers for the different 
grades of the primary and secondary schools, the Normal School for 
Teachers in Lima has been changed into a ‘‘pedagogic institute,”’ 
or advanced normal school. This institute will be composed of the 
following divisions: Elementary normal section, for the preparation 
of elementary teachers; second grade section, for the preparation of 
intermediate teachers; special section, for the preparation of special 
intermediate teachers; advanced section, for the preparation of 
secondary school teachers. San 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1149 


THE ORGANIZATION OF RURAL SCHOOLS.—The Minister of In- 
struction has commissioned Dr. José Rafael Pareja, who has been on a 
special mission to Mexico, to make a study of the educational situa- 
tion in the departments of Arequipa, Puno, Cuzco, and Apurimac. 
This commissioner is to propose the measures which should be taken 
to spread education among the aborigines of the country. 


SALVADOR 


Book Day.—Book Day was celebrated in San Salvador on August 
4, 1927, as part of the August patriotic holidays. Many writers 
were present to enjoy the program arranged and to vote on the 
establishment of a board of book publication, of which Sefor Juan 
R. Uriarte was made president. 

BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY ESTABLISHED.—In July the Biological Society 
of Salvador was established at a meeting held in the National Univer- 
sity located in the capital. The purpose of this learned society is to 
forward the study of biology by the opening of a laboratory, a 
museum, a biological library, scientific excursions, and eventually 
the foundation of the Agronomic Institute of Salvador. 


URUGUAY 


INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE.—On August 21, 1927, 
Dr. Antonio Sagarna, Argentine Minister of Public Instruction, 
arrived in Montevideo upon the invitation of the Council of Secondary 
and Preparatory Instruction to give a lecture in the University of 
Uruguay on “How we should educate toward peace.”’ Dr. Ramén 
G. Loyarte, of the School of Physics of the Argentine University 
of La Plata, was another exchange lecturer invited by the Council 
of Preparatory and Secondary Education to give a series of lectures 
for the benefit of teachers taking special advanced courses. 

Uruguayan university students during July visited Brazil, making 
an extended tour of the principal cities of that country on a pil- 
erimage of fraternity and of study. They were most cordially 
received by their Brazilian confréres. 

Bouivia scHooL In Uruaguay.—On August 6, 1927, a school in 
Montevideo known as No. 42 was renamed for the Republic of 
Bolivia, an interesting program being carried out in celebration of the 
event. The Minister of Bolivia made an eloquent address, voicing 
the spirit of American fraternity and expressing admiration for 
Argentina. 

The Bolivian Minister later informed the Uruguayan Minister of 
Foreign Relations that on August 25, 1927, the anniversary of 
Uruguayan Independence, the vocational school for girls in La Paz 
would be named for the Republic of Uruguay, and also that the 
city of Cochabamba had named one of its principal schools for 
Uruguay. 


1150 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
VENEZUELA 


CIRCULATING LIBRARY.—In pursuance of the Government’s policy 
for promoting public instruction the Minister of Public Education 
has introduced many improvements in the National Library of 
Caracas. One of these is a donation of 3,000 carefully selected 
volumes for the circulating section of the library, including books 
on science, arts, and industries. Children’s books and many works 
on sports and amusements for young people are also among this 
collection. 





BRAZIL 


CooPERATIVE ASSOCIATIONS.—The Cooperative Association of 
Railway Employees of Rio Grande do Sul, organized in Santa Maria 
for collective buying, now has 3,853 members. With their families, 
there are 15,412 individuals profiting from the services of this organi- 
zation. The association has a capital of over 7,000 contos, large 
warehouses in Rio de Janeiro, Porto Alegre, Cacequy, Bagé Passo 
Fundo, Rio Grande, and Cruz Alta. It also maintains schools for 
ordinary and professional education. In its advanced schools for 
girls at Santa Maria there were 226 students in 1926, and in the 
vocational school for boys, 260. 

Another organization of this type is the Central Cooperative 
Association of Laborers, organized on July 29, 1927, in Rio de 
Janeiro for the purchase and sale of necessities, in order to reduce 
the cost of living and give more profit to the rural producer. The 
association is an outcome of the discussion in the credit congresses 
which meet annually. The initial capital of 100,000 milreis was 
immediately subscribed, the Banco Federal taking 30,000 milreis and 
individuals the remainder. 

CHILE 


CouRSE IN ELECTRICAL WwoRK.—An eyening school for electricians 
taught by the officials of the general electrical mspector’s bureau 
in Santiago gives an opportunity for learning the electrician’s trade. 
Men passing the examination at the end of the course are licensed as 
electricians. 

CONVALESCENT HOME FOR WORKING WOMEN.—A convalescent home 
for working women has been founded with Government aid in 
Santiago by the Sisters of Charity of St. Vincent de Paul. This 


LABOR ESE 


work is an extension of the service already offered to working women 
by these sisters, who maintain a dining room where women living 
outside the city may have their meals at very modest prices, and also 
offer bookkeeping, music, sewing and domestic-science courses which 
women may take in free hours. . 


MEXICO 


EIGHTH ANNUAL CONVENTION OF THE Mexican REGIONAL FEDERA- 
TION OF Laror.—This national labor organization held its eighth 
annual convention in Mexico City from August 20 to 26 of this year, 
with almost 3,000 delegates in attendance. The federation is com- 
posed of a large number of organizations of industrial and agricul- 
tural workers from all parts of Mexico, representing a total of more 
than 2,000,000 organized workers. 

The convention discussed many phases of the labor problem in 
Mexico and passed numerous resolutions designed to improve the 
social, economic, and moral conditions of the Mexican laboring classes. 
Among the most important were those relating to the foundation of 
libraries and schools for the workers in various States of the Republic, 
the establishment of sanitary commissions and rural schools, the 
sending of lecturers and instructors in social questions to various 
centers, the creation of workers’ cooperatives, and proposed 
legislation. 

The federation will also work for the peace and concord of the 
nation and cooperate in every possible way in promoting its growth. 

President Calles was the guest of honor at one of the convention 
sessions, when he received a vote of confidence from the workers for 
his patriotic services as President of the Republic. 


URUGUAY 


Fixep waGe.—According to El Dia, Montevideo, June 1, 1927, 
quoted by Industrial and Labor Information, Geneva, August 1, 1927, 
the National Administrative Council of Uruguay has approved a law 
providing that in contracts for public works, drawn up between the 
Government and private contractors, workers shall receive no less 
than a minimum wage which will be fixed by a special committee on 
the basis of the cost of living. According to the United States 
Commerce Reports for September 19, 1927, a decree of the Minister of 
Public Works provides that all contractors shall pay a minimum 
wage of 2.50 pesos a day (peso at current exchange equals $1.002) 
on all Government contracts, present and future. The difference 
between the wages actually being paid by contractors now executing 
public works and the decreed minimum wage will be met by allow- 

65031—27—Bull. 11——7 


1152 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


ances from the public treasury, but no future bids from contractors 
will be recognized unless they agree to pay the minimum wage. 

DeueGaTe TO INTERNATIONAL Laror Orrice.—The Diario Oficial | 
of June 2, 1927, announces the appointment of Sefior Oscar Defféminis 
as permanent Uruguayan representative at the International Labor 
Office in Geneva. Sefior Defféminis is Uruguayan consul general 
in Switzerland. 





What does it matter, when you come to think of it, whether a child is 
yours by blood or not? All the little ones of our time are collectively 
the children of us adults of the time and entitled to our general care — 
Thomas Hardy. 


ARGENTINA 


SocIAL MUSEUM INCORPORATED WITH UNIVERSITY.—The Argentine 
Social Museum, though retaiming its autonomy and liberty for 
development, has been made a part of the University of Buenos 
Aires, where it will function as an institute of social statistics, investi- 
gations, and activities. The Argentine Social Museum has been the 
foremost institute in the study of social conditions in that country 
and has sponsored international conferences relating to sociology. 

New Rep Cross DIsPENSARY.—The Argentine Red Cross on July 
24, 1927, opened the new Juan Girondo anticancer dispensary and 
the gynecological and child-welfare clinics on Calle Parana, Buenos 
Aires. 

FREE HEALTH LECTURES.—On August 2, 1927, in the Popular 
Lecture Institute maintained by La Prensa, a great daily of Buenos 
Aires, the twelfth lecture was delivered by Dr. Samuel Madrid 
Paez on ‘‘Preventive medicine for children.”” The lecturer was 
well fitted for his subject, as he has been director of the Casa de 
Expésitos (orphan asylum), is now director of the Mercedes Lasaga 
Riglos Children’s Hospital, and president of the board of medical 
advisors of the Charity Society. He has also lectured on child 
health in Montevideo, Rio de Janeiro, and Santiago, Chile. 

Other free lectures on the conservation of health are offered by 
the Argentine League for Social Prophylaxis, which discusses the 
causes and effects of social disease. The lecture delivered August 
4, 1927, was on “ Hereditary disease and sanitary reforms in connection 
with martiage.”’ 


SOCIAL PROGRESS dey3 


BOLIVIA 


CAMPAIGN AGAINST IMMORAL BooKs.—A very laudable measure 
toward guarding the morals of the younger generation has been 
taken by the Minister of Instruction, Sefor Victor Munoz Reyes, in 
starting a campaign against immoral books. To this effect Sefior 
Mufioz has sent a note to all school principals of the Republic re- 
questing that they notify bookstores and other places selling books, 
phonograph records, postcards, or statues which in any way offend 
public morals that such articles will be seized and all of the penalties 
stipulated in the penal code for offering such articles for sale will 
hereafter be strictly enforced. 


BRAZIL 


CITY PLANNING AND HOUSING.—M. Alfred Agache, the French city 
planner engaged to advise the city government on projected improve- 
ments in Rio de Janeiro and the extension of that capital, gave in 
July and August a series of illustrated lectures in the School of Fine 
Arts and the Polytechnic School, as well as several before the Rotary 
Club and other audiences. 

Plans are being considered for the construction of 5,000 cheap 
wooden houses to relieve the housing shortage in the Brazilian capital 
for the officials and employees of the Federal Government. Bids 
have been called for under the provisions of Law 4569 of August 
21, 1922. 

SUBURBAN MATERNITY HOSPITAL.—On August 14, 1927, the corner 
stone of the suburban maternity hospital in Cascadura on the out- 
skirts of Rio de Janeiro was laid in the presence of officials of the 
Government and other guests. The board of directors of this 
recently incorporated institution is composed of ladies. 

NEW CHILD WELFARE CLINIC.—The inspector of child hygiene plans 
to open another child-welfare clinic in Catumby for the benefit of 
that section of Rio de Janeiro. Care will be given to expectant 
mothers, babies, and children of preschool age, as well as weekly 
lectures on the preparation of babies’ food. Dental service will also 
be available for preschool children. 

RADIO LECTURES ON CARE OF TEETH.—Thanks to the courtesy of 

the Radio Society, Prof. Frederico Eyer, president of the Children’s 
Dental Service of Rio de Janeiro, has begun a series of radio lectures 
on the proper care of children’s teeth, and the importance of the diet 
of the expectant mother and of the growing child in securing good 
teeth for the child. 
_ ASSOCIATION FOR THE PROTECTION OF NEWSBOYS.—An association 
for the protection of newsboys has recently been established in Rio 
de Janeiro. It will have its headquarters in the building of the Press 
Club and will give evening classes for the benefit of its young protegés 
as well as some material aid. 


1154 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
CHILE 


RETIREMENT OF DoNa ConcerciONn VALDES DE Marcuant.—This 
lady, the founder and for 16 years the president of the women’s 
committee of the Patronato Nacional de la Infancia in Santiago, has 
recently resigned her office because of ill health, becoming honorary 
president. To her and to her brother, Don Ismael Valdés Valdés, 
are largely due the growth and efficient, work of the child health 
centers and other work of the Patronato. Sefiora de Marchant 
trained the corps of women and young girls who assist in the health 
centers and make home visits, imparting to them some of her own 
devoted and self-sacrificing spirit; she frequently visited the maternity 
home; she and her brother founded the dining room for poor nursing 
mothers; the layette section was under her immediate direction. 
Thousands of mothers think of her with gratitude; thousands of 
children are living who but for her work would have died. 

Hovusine.—Dr. José Santos Salas, Minister of Public Health, 
recently issued a statement on cheap housing. Readers of the 
BULueETIN will recall that Chilean law provides for loans of Govern- 
ment funds at low interest for the construction of workers’ dwellings, 
to be sold to them on easy payments; these loans are now to be made 
only to municipalities. Provincial authorities are requested to have 
a census of workers’ dwellings made in their respective districts, with 
data as to their habitability. 

The city of Santiago has under consideration the erection of 500 
houses at a cost of 10,000 pesos each, to be sold for annual payments 
of 600 pesos, while in Valparaiso a group of houses will be built in 
the waterside section known as Las Habas, and next to 1t a number of 
flats. 

Of interest in connection with housing is the statement made by 
Dr. Ugarte Valenzuela, an alderman of Santiago, during a discussion 
of the question. He said that of the approximately 600,000 families 
in Chile 2 per cent are large landowners and 8 per cent snrall land- 
owners, the remaining 90 per cent being tenants. 


COSTA RICA 


CREATION OF NEW PORTFOLIO.—A portfolio to combine the present 
functions of the Under Secretary of Hygiene and Public Health as 
specified in the law on the protection of public health, those of the 
Public Welfare Bureau, and those of the Department of the Interior 
in respect to local hygiene, was created by an official decree of June 
4, 1927, under the name of Department of Public Health and Social 
Protection. 

Work or BuEN Pastor.—Most interesting and helpful is the work 
being carried on by the sisters in charge of the Buen Pastor reforma- 
tory situated on the outskirts of San José. According to the Diario 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 1155 


de Costa Rica of July 22, 1927, the visitor to the home soon forgets 
that he is in a prison. Strict discipline has been found to be un- 
necessary, and the criminal tendencies of its inmates are overcome 
by the training given for future self-support. Weaving, pottery- 
making, laundry work, and wicker-furniture making are taught; the 
younger children receive a regular school training and all are given 
instruction in morals. Aside from workshops, classrooms, and 
chapel, the reformatory has earthquake-proof dormitories, a hospital, 
and large kitchen where enough bread is baked each day to more 
than supply the institution. At present there are 120 inmates in the 
reformatory. 
ECUADOR 


CIVILIZATION OF INDIANS.—A committee of women was recently 
organized in Guayaquil for the purpose of cooperating in the develop- 
ment of the eastern section of the Republic, and particularly in the 
work of civilizing the Jibaro Indians by establishing schools, building 
roads, and teaching them sanitary measures. Plans have been made 
by the committee for establishing primary schools for the colonists of 
the eastern section and for the Indians, as well as agricultural and 
manual-training schools among the Jibaros, providing the latter with 
machines for teaching them to spin, weave, and sew. 


HAITI 


HospiTaL IMPROVEMENTS.—At the Port-au-Prince hospital men’s 
medical service has been installed in two of the new wards, thus 
relieving the congestion. Since August 1 the third ward has been 
receiving the female medical service. The entire medical service is 
now in the new building. With the exception of the children’s 
service, the hospital now has ample room for the patients being 
handled. 

The hospital at Cayes has been furnished with shower baths and 
latrines in the grounds, one for patients in the hospital and another 
for the nurses and dispensary patients. 

At the Gonaives hospital an independent water supply was com- 
pleted on July 21. 

Rurau cumnics.—At Jacmel, during July, 12,939 consultations 
were given in the rural clinic and dispensary service, in addition to 
1,623 at the out-patient department of the hospital. This is the 
largest number of treatments given in this section in a single month 
of the present fiscal year. 

HONDURAS 


RocKkEFELLER Founpation IN Honpuras.—Doctor Malloy, an 
expert of the staff of the Rockefeller Foundation, who has had 
charge of a number of the health departments established by that 


1156 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


institution in Central American countries, is to be stationed in 
Tegucigalpa to direct the campaign against malaria and its carrier, 
the mosquito, and against other diseases. 


MEXICO 


CAMPAIGN FOR CHILD WELFARE.—As part of the active campaign 
for child welfare begun in Mexico, a corps of voluntary visiting 
nurses has been created, which will be free to all parents registering 
their children in the respective offices of the Bureau of Public Health. 
After being carefully instructed, the women who offer their services 
for this work will visit homes, watch each child’s development, and 
give the necessary advice for keeping it strong and well, recom- 
mending the service of clinics when necessary. 

Many pamphlets on child welfare have also been distributed by 
voluntary workers, while lectures on this subject will be given period- 
ically in all towns. It is also planned to organize groups to visit 
small villages and hamlets to give instructions to rural mothers. 


NICARAGUA 


GRADUATE OF PUBLIC HEALTH CoURSE.—Dr. Jacinto Pérez, of 
Nicaragua, received his diploma as doctor of public health from the 
School of Hygiene and Public Health of Johns Hopkins University 
on June 14 where he had been studying on a Rockefeller Foundation 
fellowship. Arrangements are being made for Doctor Pérez to do 
special work in the preparation of antirabies and smallpox vaccines 
before his return to Nicaragua. 

INSPECTORS OF SCHOOL HYGIENE.—Physicians have recently been 
appointed as inspectors of school hygiene in the towns of Masaya, 
Chinandega, Matagalpa, Rivas, Chontales, and Granada. 


PARAGUAY 


PaRaGuayaAN ReEpd Cross Buitpinc.—The Paraguayan Red 
Cross, which was founded in 1919, began on July 28, 1927, the laying 
of the foundation of the National Red Cross Building in Asuncién on 
a lot of 2,117 square meters near Caballero Park. As funds in hand 
are not sufficient to complete the building, a loan of 130,000 pesos is 
to be floated in 500-peso bonds running for three years. The build- 
ing, in addition to the offices and other rooms, will have a child-welfare 
clinic. 

WoMAN PHYSICIAN LECTURES.—Dr. Gabriela Valenzuela, a Para- 
guayan woman physician, recently gave a lecture in Asuncién on 
“Useful knowledge for the woman in the home.’’ Doctor Valen- 
zuela was distinguished as a student in school and in the university, 
and now as physician is helping to educate her countrywomen in 
knowledge of the remedies and first aid which are necessary to every 
housewife. pices 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 1157 


PERU 


UNITED STATES DELEGATES TO SANITARY CONFERENCE.—The fol- 
lowing delegates were appointed by the Secretary of State, under 
authorization of the President, to the Eighth Pan American Sanitary 
Conference which met at Lima, Peru, on October 12, 1927: Surg. 
Gen. Hugh S. Cumming, Surg. B. J. Lloyd, and Surg. J. D. Long. 


URUGUAY 


CHILD WELFARE.—On June 8, 1927, the President of Uruguay 
appointed Dr. Luis Morquio Uruguayan member of the board of 
directors of the International American Institute of Child Welfare, 
located in Montevideo. Doctor Morquio, now head of the school of 
pediatrics in the university, is regarded as a most eminent child 
specialist. 

A bill for the establishment of an institute of pediatrics and child 
care as part of the school of pediatrics was presented to the Uruguayan 
Congress in July, with the indorsement of the Uruguayan Society of 
Pediatrics. 

ANTITUBERCULOSIS LErAGUE.—The Uruguayan Antituberculosis 
League appointed Dr. José Mainginous as delegate to the antitubercu- 
losis congress held in Cordoba, Argentina, in October, 1927. The 
league also sent its leaflets and tables and statistics published in 
pamphlet form, which it has prepared for the use of the National 
Public Charity Department of the Government and for the National 
Council of Hygiene. 

YounGc Men’s CuristTian Association Buitpine.—On July 28, 
1927, the Young Men’s Christian Association opened its clubhouse 
in Montevideo, having among its distinguished guests on that occa- 
sion the President of the Republic and representatives of Congress, 
the diplomatic corps, and the National Council of Administration. 


VENEZUELA 


HoNnorRARY DEGREE CONFERRED.—Information has been received 
that the University of Puerto Rico recently conferred the honorary 
degree of doctor of science on Dr. Juan Iturbe, a brilhant young 
physician of Caracas who has made himself known through his studies 
of tropical diseases. 

DENTAL SOCIETY TO INSTITUTE PRIZE.—At the suggestion of the 
president of the Dental Association of Caracas this organization has 
suggested the founding of a prize to be named Florestan Aguilar, 
in honor of that famous Spanish dentist. To this end the society has 
invited the various dental associations of Latin America to cooperate 
in the founding of the prize, which will consist of a diploma, a gold 
medal, and $1,000 in gold. This suggestion will be carried for approval 
to the Third Latin American Dental Congress, which congress will 
meet in Rio de Janeiro in 1929. 





ARGENTINA 


DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATION IN SANTO Dominco.—By a presi- 
dential decree of March, 1927, diplomatic representation in the 
Dominican Republic was. extended to the Argentine Minister to 
Cuba, who now is Minister to both countries. 

COOPERATIVE ASSOCIATION FOR AMERICAN PEACE.—The Director 
General of the Pan American Union recently received a letter from 
Dr. Enrique Loudet, of Buenos Aires, announcing the establishment 
in that city of an international cooperative association for American 
peace. 

The BuLLeTIN oF THE Pan AmMeERICAN UNION takes this oppor- 
tunity to wish success to the new organization which has pledged 
itself to American friendship and better understanding, a cause for 
which the Pan American Union has been working for nearly 40 years, 
and in the interest of which it stands ever ready to lend aid and sup- 
port to collaborators. 

BRAZIL 


CELEBRATION FOR AVIATORS OF THE JAHU.—Douring the latter part 
of July, Rio de Janeiro celebrated with enthusiasm the completion 
of the flight by Brazilian aviators from Porto Praia, Portugal, to 
Fernando Noronha and on to Brazil. Commander Ribeiro de Barros 
and Lieutenant Negrdo, the successful aviators, received homage 
from all classes of citizens, who feel a great pride in the conquest of 
the Atlantic by their countrymen. 


CHILE 


CHILEAN PRESIDES OVER LEAGUE oF Nations Counciu.—As pre- 
siding officer of the Council of the League of Nations, Sefior Enrique 
Viliegas, Minister of Chile in Italy, opened the Eighth Assembly of 
the League of Nations, which met in Geneva last September. 


COLOMBIA 


CoLOMBIA HONORS THE PRESIDENT OF CHILE.—By virtue of 
Executive Decree No. 1266, of July 23, 1927, the decoration of the 
Cross of Boyacé, of the first class, with precious stones, was bestowed 
upon His Excellency Sefior Carlos IbAfiez del Campo, President of 
Chile. : 

115 


ow 


GENERAL NOTES 1159 
COSTA RICA 


SEVENTH AMERICAN SCIENTIFIC ConGRrEss.—On July 30, 1927, the 
installation of the members of the organizing committee of the 
Seventh American Scientific Congress, to be held in San José in 1929, 
in accordance with a decision of the Third Pan American Scientific 
Congress, took place in that city. All preliminary arrangements will 
be under the direction of Licenciado don Luis Anderson, who was 
named president of the commission at its first session. At the same 
time Don Guillermo Vargas was chosen secretary general and a 
subcommittee appointed to draw up the regulations for the congress. 
As yet no definite date has been set for the congress. 


CUBA 


CUBA GIVEN SEAT ON LEAGUE oF Nations Councit.—At the 
meeting of the Eighth Assembly of the League of Nations last 
September, Cuba was voted a nonpermanent seat on the Council of 
the League of Nations. Of the nine nonpermanent Council seats, 
four are now held by American nations: Canada, Chile, Colombia, 
and Cuba. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


NATIONAL ACADEMIES.—The creation of national academies of 
history and of arts and letters has been proposed by Senor Martinez 
Reyna, Secretary of State for the Presidency. This suggestion has 
received the public indorsement of President Vasquez as being a 
natural corollary of proposals to build a national theater, a national 
university, and a national library and museum. 


PARAGUAY 


Native music.—A concert of native music played chiefly on 
native instruments was organized not long ago in Asuncién by 
Noénon Dominguez, who also included in the program the dances 
known as the santafé, the pericén, and others. Folk songs and other 
typical musical compositions were executed on the harp, guitars, the 
balambau (a single-stringed Indian instrument), the piano, and 
accordions. 

URUGUAY 


Urucuayan Present or Leagues or Nations AssemBity.—The 
Eighth Assembly of the League of Nations, meeting in Geneva last 
September, elected as its president Dr. Alberto Guani, Minister of 
Uruguay in France, and former Minister of Foreign Affairs of his 
country. Doctor Guani is the third Latin American to receive this 
honor, his predecessors being Sefior Agustin Edwards, of Chile, and 
Dr. Cosme de la Torriente, of Cuba. 


©. SUBJECT. MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS 


—— nD 
s3 eet SE oper — ZLOG BO —— meg ee ER ae 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO SEPTEMBER 15, 1927 

















Subject Date Author 
ARGENTINA 
Company formed in the Province of Mendoza to develop the 1927 
INTEL TAHA Coyoy oreye waMiayssa oo Ss July 20) C. W. Gray, vice consul at 
Buenos Aires. 
Analy sis:ofithel926)CensSustinw ROSATI Ob 2s 2 sense heron es July 27 Robert Harnden, consul at 
osario. 
Mheeconomicsituation-invAreentinas =e. 1) ee ee Aug. 10} Dana C. Sycks, consul at 
Buenos Aires. 
BOLIVIA 
Vital statistics and living conditions in Bolivia_______._________- July 25 dee McGurk, consul at La 
az. 
BRAZIL 
Review of commerce and industries of the Pernambuco consular | July 12 | Archer Woodford, consul in 
district, quarter ended June 30, 1927. charge at Pernambucoa. 
Budget fortheistateot Bahiatonl 9262 ssaees se _--do_._-| Howard Donovan, consul 
at Bahia. 
Roadibwildingsinithers tate) ofes aha sess ese eres eee June 16 Do. 
Review of commerce and industries of Para consular district, | July 18! John R. Minter, consul at 
quarter ended June 30, 1927. Para. 
American capital invested in the Bahia diamond fields__________ July 19 | Howard Donovan. 
Increased wages for railway employees in State of Bahia_________ July 20 Do. 
Review of commerce and industries of Santos consular district, |...do___-. Fred D. Fisher, consul at 
quarter ended June 30, 1927. Santos. 
Prices of sugar and cotton in Pernambuco for June, 1927_________ July 21) Nathaniel P. Davis, consul 
: at Pernambuco. 
Zircon and zirconia in Brazil, exports from 1916 to 1925, inclusive_| July 23 | Claude I. Dawson, consul 
general at Rio de Janeiro. 
Brazil’s import and export trade during 1926____________________ July 25 Do. 
EhiveyBrazaliankcotte en aryl tess ene soe nen aun July 27 Do. 
Brazilian trade in fresh fruits, imports and exports__.-.____-__-- July 28 Do. 
Cocoa movement at Bahia during June, 1927____________________ July 29 | Archer Woodford. 
Bahia) coffee exports!iduring Jumes 19272222 2 Se-COsS—e Do. 
Imports at Santos during quarter ended June 30, 1927, as com- | July 30) Fred D. Fisher. 
pared with previous quarter. 
Radio broadcasting stations in Brazil------_--__________________ Aug. 1 | Claude I. Dawson. 
Brazilian regulations for meat inspection in interstate trade______ S—doress Do. 
Tobacco exports from Bahia during June, 1927__________________ Aug. 2} Archer Woodford. 
Declared exports from Bahia for July_--.___.__-__--____--______ Se-COs sea Do. 
State of declared exports, coffee exported and movement of ves- Aug. 5} Fred _D. Fisher. 
sels during July, 1927, as compared, with same month of 1926 
(Santos). 
Amazon Valley rubber market in July, 1927._______-___-__-_-___- Aug. 13 | John R. Minter. 
CHILE 
Review of commerce and industries of the Valparaiso district | July 14 | Harold M. Deané, consul at 
for quarter ended June 30, 1927. Valparaiso. 

Review of commerce and industries of Punta Arenas, semester | July 20) John T. Calvin, vice consul 
ended June 30, 1927. in charge, Punta Arenas. 
Quarterly report from Antofagasta, ended June 30_______________ July 21 | Geo. D. Hopper, consul at 

aid | _ Antofagasta. 
Transition of the Chilean nitrate industry_-.._:.__._.._--______- Aug. 10 | HISLy, Campbell, consul at 
quique. 
General plan for improvement of Vifia del Mar__._______________ Aug. 16 | Harold M. Deane. 
COLOMBIA 

CotieeiproductioniniC olombia===s= == ee July 28) Alfred Theo. Burri, consul 
at Barranquilla. ~ 

Exports from Buenaventura for July, 1927_........---..--------- Aug. 5| R. Hudson Fetner, vice 
consul at Buenaventura. 

Congestion in the port of Buenaventura_________________________ Aug. 6 Do. 

Comparison of imports and exports of first 6 months of 1927, with | Aug. 11 Do. 

same period of 1926. 

AD aS) TARA WHOLE WSN NE oS oe ee a a ee Aug. 12 Do. 

Miankce Gaorsraniliwranya © Ulric rit meee ete ete en me Neen Aug. 14 Do. 

Miodernitenementshouses {or Calie 5s seers eae tees sone een ss Aug. 15 Do. 

Sugar production in western Colombia__________________________ Aug. 22 Do. 


1160 


SUBJECT MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS 


1161 


Reports received to September 15, 1927—Continued 





Subject Date Author 
COSTA RICA 
! 1927 
Quarterly report of Costa Rican products exported______._______ Aug. 8 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice 
2 x | consul at San José. 
July, 1927, report of commerce and industries__.--.--_____-_-__-- Aug. 10 Do. 
CUBA | 
Mineral production in the Antilla consular district during 1926..| Aug. 12 | Horace J. Dickinson, consul 
4 . : at Antilla. 
Report on the mineral production of Cuba in 1926.___----------- es200s222 Edward Caffery, consul in 
x EASE charge, at Habana. 
Commencialfayiationmun Cuba == =- shears ae eee ene eee Aug. 13 Do. 
Review of commerce and industries for July, 1927___-_--_-----_- Aug. 19 Do. 
ECUADOR 
Report on commerce and industries for June, 1927_-_-__- Sb ese June 13 | Harold D. Clum, consul in 
; . : charge at Guayaquil. 
Review of commerce and industries, July, 1927--.------_-___-_-- Aug. 13 Do. 
GUATEMALA 
Report on commerce and industries for July__-_----------------- Aug. 9] Philip Holland, consul gen- 
: t ‘ eral at Guatemala City. 
Supplementatemspnicustoms tanitiess === se = 2 ee eee ene Aug. 17 Do. 
HONDURAS 
Review of commerce and industries of Ceiba consular district, | July 30 | Nelson R. Park, consul at 
quarter ended June 30, 1927. Ceiba. 
Review of the Puerto Cortes district, quarter ended June 30, 1927._| Aug. 3 | Ray Fox, consul at Puerto 
Cortes. 
NICARAGUA 
Review of commerce and industries of western Nicaragua for | Aug. 3 Christian T. Steger, consul 
July, 1927. at Corinto. 
Foreign trade of Nicaragua during 1926____- LF 2} lla rte Orme yale Aug. 19 | A. J. McConnico, consul at 
Bluefields. 
PANAMA 
July report on commerce and industries—Government bonded | Aug. 13 | H. D. Myers, vice consul at 
warehouses, text in ‘‘Gaceta Oficial’’ of July 16,1927. Panama. 
PERU 
Review on commerce and industries for July, 1927, and principal | Aug. 10 | Geo. A. Makinson, consul at 
points of message of the President at opening of Congress on Callao-Lima. 
July 28. 1927. 
SALVADOR 
Report on commerce and industries of Salvador for July, 1927.--. Aug. 1} W. J: McCafferty, consul at 
San Salvador. 
URUGUAY 
Decree changing the customs tariff on imported lumber-__-.------ July 26 C. Carrigan, consul general 
in charge, Montevideo. 
VENEZUELA 
Vital statistics and hving conditions in the Puerto Cabello con- | Aug. 6 | George R. Phelan, vice con- 
sular district. sul at Puerto Cabello. | 
Coffee report of Maracaibo for the months of May, June, and | Aug. 25 Raymond E. Ahearn, vice 


July, 1927. 








consul at Maracaibo. 





@ 








The New Diplomatic Representative of Chile._-.---- == 1163 


The Governing Board of the Pan American Union._____ => 1167 

Death of Distinguished Guatemalan Diplomat________.___ 1169 

rerQuichivafRacesin Sculptured) Marblek == === S222 0 2 1173 

Voungebrazilanyscientist: Wins, Medale 2-922 2222222 5a ee ae 1176 

Development of Banking Institutions in Mexico.______.__________ 1181 
By José Miguel Bejarano, Secretary, Mexican Chamber of Commerce of the United States 

hee MotOnPHishiwaysnot Hon dures seme 8 = ee eee ee 1185 

IDERAy OH IPeyebee Yulee Joombie) Neher a es 1191 

KromeCottonseedktoslvard sine Peruse aa ee oe ee ee oe eee ene 1200 

World Emblems of Religion Increase International Consciousness________ 1208 
By Louise F. Shields. 

ColombiayassseensbyatheelLourista a= = 0 ee ae ee ee DA 
By H. A. Caracciolo. 

Comnnnpiuiiy ROR AS sony Olontl se a ee eee 1220 


I. Workers’ Housing. 
II. Bus Service in Santiago. 


The Opening of the Pan American Hospital in New York________________ 1226 
ThesLropicalublantvesearch houndations==.= 262 es. kee eee 1228 
Aericiiture mindustry,nandsi Commences: o99ee= 5-22 sel tee eee 1233 





Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador— 
Guatemala — Haiti— Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — Panama — Paraguay — Peru— 
Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela. 


Leomonne emacl Iino Aiighgy es ees se ee 1246 
Argentina—Brazil—Colombia—Costa Rica—Honduras—Salvador. 
Herislationeseesiit perry ed tee ee ee es DS eS 1248 


Brazil—Chile—Guatemala—Mexico—N icaragua—Salvador—Venezuela. 


Tate rare tometer. © ale sae eee a ae ae ey eo ee ere 1251 
Brazil-Pan American Republics—Costa Rica-Spain—Haiti-France—Salvador-Pan Ameri- 
can Republics. 
Publicemstrictionsandesducatlones 20222. Soe ee eee ee ee 1252 
Argentina—Brazil Chile Colombia — Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic— 
Ecuador — Guatemala — Haiti — Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — Panama — Para- 
guay—Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela. 


ial) 0 1 eee eons ey ee ee Raa nals Fe NS eee See 1259 


Dominican Republic. 








Soci@lpbrorne scmemamia= ease es Ue ae ee ee ee 1259 
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Ecuador — 
Haiti—Honduras—Mexico—Nicaragua—Panama—Paraguay—Salvador— Uruguay. 
CLE TVOT: DIMIN CC ss Mee i rar EU Sa ae pe le La a es 1266 
Brazil — Chile — Dominican Republic — Tenadior — Panama — Paraguay — Salvador — 
United States—Venezuela. 
1269 


Subject matter of Consular Reports__-__----------------------------- 

Norr.—Oontents of previous issues of the Bulletin of the Pan Ameri- 
can Union may be found by consulting the Readers’ Guide wm your 
library. 


Ill 


C27 


CY, 


DO 
USUENG 


DO 


DOR 
DO 
DO 
a a A 
CG 
yO 
NEST 
oO 


DO 


Ce 
CO 

se 

DOC OO 


TOO 
CO 


BSS 
Oe 


2K 
TO 
Ca CO 
SD eo 
Cie SU. 
SZ 
COS OS 
CI . 
LO De 
USS 
: y 
So 
Se 


SG < 
LSU 
LITO COTS 
COCs 
SOW 


< 
i 
2 


LOOK 


Se 
ZG 
SESUAUX 
ENT 


OP 


CO) 


oN 


7K 
SE 


DO 


2 
LDC RT 
oO 


CD 


> 


TK 
ZOOS 


— Zz 
A 
CU 
EST SS 
CK 
Zoe 


SZ 


SZ 


SLT 


CS Cy 
SEO 
C77 G 
Ce 
ES 


CID 


CK 


SO 


ZX 


aS 
< 
SZ 


UN 


Zo 
@ 7 
2 
Go 


Ss 
a G7 
DENTS 


we 
Co 
SS aS 


A 

Zo 

7 _ 
Co 


SZ 


CTR 


OO 
EID Oe 
Co a 

EG Be SS 

A SENZA SS 
2 
Sa 
oo 


BSUER 
TO 


ae 
OR 
oe 
PS 
oe 
Co 
LO o 
< 


OS 
SE 
Co 
IOS 
SO 
DOGO 
SES 
Boo 
WD - 


6 Ss 

OO 

oo 
oS Gi 


CT 
< 


WO 


we 


Se 
PSD . 
ETI 
NZ 
SO 
ESS 
IOS < 


NEN 
SW 


BOG 


ED 


OK 


LO a 
Co 
Ok 
So 
Co 
EST) 
IO 
OG 


a 
CUSK 


SZ Oo 


LI OO 
COC 
SO 
SZ SG 
BONEN ZAY: S 
COTO OG 
DOS 


RON 
WD 


WO 
ZOO : 
DI 
SR 
CUO. 
TOS 


é Z 
ESC 


ENT S 
So < 
OK — 
Co 


Se 


CI 
Co 


COR, 


a} 
\ 
& 
a 
CSUR Y 


SENT; 


Ss a 
: —. 


& 
ESC 
See 
ENTER ER 

NS 


2 


CVS 


NT 


& 


HIS EXCELLENCY DR. CARLOS DAVILA 
The new Ambassador of Chile in Washington 





‘4 STP = 92, = -_@.: = = 
rT ee ed SSBaeSISS7 











VOL. LXI DECEMBER, 1927 No. 12 


NEW DI 




















































IS Excellency Sefior don Carlos Davila, Ambassador Ex- 

traordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Chile in the 

United States, was officially received by President Coolidge 

at the White House on October 6, 1927, thus succeeding 

to the important post left vacant by the departure from Washington 
of Dr. Miguel Cruchaga Tocornal. 

When presenting his credentials the Ambassador spoke, in part, as 

follows: 


It will be my most welcome duty in the discharge of my mission to pursue the 
work done by my distinguished predecessors and to devote all my abilities to the 
endeavor of adding intenseness and effectiveness to the cordial political relations 
maintained by our countries with invariable loyalty and reciprecal interest since 
the time when Chile conquered her political independence, which relations, 
I am sure, will grow in strength to the full extent fervently desired by the Govern- 
ment and people of my country. 

I shall make it my special effort to intensify the economic ties which bind our 
two Republics, between which there are fortunately running considerable streams 
of intercourse that hold forth a promise of broad and prosperous development: 
Chile finds deep gratification in the fact that large sums of money and many 
activities from the United States are now engaged in her territory, surrounded by 
as many guarantees as they would find in their own country and enjoying the 
advantages in the way of production that my country offers. 

I cherish the hope that in achieving this purpose I shall have the generous 
cooperation of Your Excellency and of your enlightened associates in the 
Government of the great Republic. 

11638 


1164 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


I trust that Your Excellency will deign again to accept the thankful acknowl- 
edgment of the Government and people of Chile for the invaluable service you 
have done to the cause of continual peace and harmony in accepting the task, 
offered to your high decision, of settling, as arbitrator, the difficulties resulting 
from the sole stipulation in the Ancon treaty that was disputed. 

Your Excellency has my best wishes for the ever-growing prosperity of the 
United States of America and your personal happiness. 


To these expressive words of the Ambassador the President of the 
United States made cordial response, in part as follows: 


I cordially reciprocate the friendly sentiments which Your Excellency has so 
well expressed, and I confidently share your expectation that the political rela- 
tions between our countries will continue in the same friendly path which they 
have happily followed ever since the first glorious days of Chile’s life as an inde- 
pendent nation. 

As for the economic ties to which Your Excellency has alluded, it is gratifying 
to receive this new assurance that the Government of Chile welcomes the enter- 
prises in which the citizens of the United States are so largely interested and 
affords to those enterprises as great a degree of security in their activities as 
they would enjoy in this country, for 1am convinced, Mr. Ambassador, that only 
in this way can the systematic development of natural resources, with its conse- 
quent stimulus to the commercial intercourse upon which the modern economic 
structure of the world so largely depends, be carried forward under conditions of 
real mutual benefit. Permit me, therefore, to assure Your Excellency that in 
your efforts to foster these commercial relations which you have mentioned you 
will have the whole-hearted support and cooperation of myself and every member 
of this Government. 

It is extremely agreeable, Mr. Ambassador, to hear from you the expression of 
appreciation which on behalf of the people and Government of Chile you have 
formulated with respect to my services as arbitrator in the pending settlement of 
the Tacna-Arica controversy. It is my sincere hope that a solution may be 
reached and the question settled for all time in a manner both equitable and 
acceptable to all concerned. 


The new diplomatic representative of the progressive Chilean 
nation was born in Los Angeles, in the southern Province of Bio-Bio, 
September 16, 1887. On the completion of his elementary schooling, 
he began his study of the liberal arts in the Colegio Inglés, Val- 
paraiso, continuing this preparatory work in the excellent secondary 
school of the city of Concepcién. Thus equipped, he entered the 
law school of the University of Chile, situated in Santiago, from 
which in due time he graduated with the corresponding degree. 

In 1912 Doctor Davila became a member of the editorial staff of 
El Mercurio, a Santiago daily, thus exchanging a legal for a journalis- 
tic career. Five years later, the management of La Nacién selected 
him as editor of this increasingly important organ. And through 
the editorial columns of this newspaper Doctor Davila began to 
direct what has been perhaps the most interesting and fruitful labor 
in the annals of Chilean journalism. 

The establishment and development of Za Nacién are recognized 
as powerful factors in that gradual evolution toward new methods 


THE NEW DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATIVE OF CHILE 1165 


and objectives which has distinguished Chilean journalism in general 
during the last decade. The rapid growth of this newspaper and its 
characteristic methods of dealing with public questions and the 
presentation of news inevitably stimulated other dailies to a con- 
stant rivalry of effort, one of the results of which has been a period 
of extraordinary journalistic progress. La Nacién has always been 
characterized by a markedly liberal spirit and by the scientific man- 
ner in which it approaches the study of economic and social problems, 
whether national or foreign; and it was Doctor Davila who gave 
this paper a distinctly democratic and popular trend, the effect of 
which was felt some years later in the political life of the Chilean 
nation. 

Although Za Nacién has never been a propagandist organ, it has 
nevertheless accomplished a work of cultural and intellectual uplift 
which has had no small influence on the ideas and trends of its time. 
It has, moreover, been greatly influential in constraining popular 
opinion to concern itself with economic questions. The financial and 
social reforms which in recent years have placed Chile on a firm basis 
and prepared her productive forces for the economic reconstruction 
of the nation were, in large part, the result of the energetic campaign 
waged by Doctor Davila in the columns of La Nacién. 

Aloof from party politics, the new diplomatic representative of 
Chile has always enjoyed the respect and consideration of the public 
at large. It is to be noted, moreover, that the largest number of 
his admirers are found in industrial and commercial circles and among 
wage earners and salaried employees. 

In May, 1927, the Government offered Doctor Davila the post of 
Minister to Great Britain, an honor which he declined. Last August, 
however, when President Ib4fiez expressed his desire of entrusting to 
him the ambassadorship to the United States, Doctor Davila accepted, 
although he was on the eve of embarking for Europe to study con- 
ditions there in the execution of a Government mission connected 
with nitrate propaganda on that continent. 

The Bulletin of the Pan American Union, on extending a most 
cordial welcome to this distinguished Chilean publicist and diplomat, 
can not fail to recall the debt of gratitude which for many years it 
has owed the important newspaper which Doctor Davila so brilliantly 
edited and which has played so vital a réle in the evolution of his 
country. At the same time it embraces this opportunity to wish 
him the fullest measure of success in his high mission and an enjoy- 
able residence in Washington. 


ye 
_ 


yy 


- 
G7 « 
Cu 


EERO RSS 
s DE 
Y 
De 


EGR 
RO: 


IONE RON IOSD 


POI OOX 
K Y 


Coo 
a7 


CK 
K Ss 


UD DPLAD 


> 
PRIMER GROSSO 
SOME EOE 


TK 





Copyright by Harris & Ewing 


THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 











N Wednesday, November 2, 1927, the Governing Board of 
the Pan American Union held its first regular session of the 
fiscal year 1927-1928 in the beautiful headquarters of the 
Union in Washington. 

At this meeting His Excellency Dr. Ricardo J. Alfaro, Minister 
of Panama, was elected vice chairman of the board for the ensuing 
year, the Secretary of State of the United States, Hon. Frank B. 
Kellogg, being reelected chairman of the board. 

A number of important resolutions were adopted by the board, 
transmitting reports to the Governments, members of the union, for 
the information of the respective delegates to the Sixth International 
Conference of American States which will convene at Habana on 
January 16, 1928. 

The accompanying photograph shows the governing board in 
session. In the center, at the head of the table, is seated the chairman 
of the governing board, Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, Secretary of State of 
the United States. The others present are as follows, reading from 
left to right: Dr. Honorio Pueyrredén, Ambassador of Argentina; Dr. 
Sylvyino Gurgél do Amaral, Ambassador of Brazil; Dr. Ricardo J. 
Alfaro, Minister of Panama; Sefor don Luis Bogrén, Minister of 
Honduras; Sefior don Angel Morales, Minister of the Dominican 
Republic; Dr. Francisco Antonio Lima, Minister of Salvador; Dr. 
Juan V. Ramirez, Chargé d’ Affaires of Paraguay; Dr. Esteban Gil 
Borges, Assistant Director of the Pan American Union and Secretary 
of the Governing Board; Dr. L. S. Rowe, Director General of the 
Pan American Union; Sefior don George de la Barra, Chargé d’Af- 
faires of Bolivia; Dr. Antonio Castro Leal, Chargé d’Affaires of 
Mexico; Dr. Alejandro César, Minister of Nicaragua; Dr. Carlos F. 
Grisanti, Minister of Venezuela; M. Hannibal Price, Minister of 
Haiti; Dr. Jacobo Varela, Minister of Uruguay; Dr. Hernan Velarde, 
Ambassador of Peru; and Dr. Enrique Olaya, Minister of Colombia 
and retiring vice chairman of the governing board. 

1167 


SENOR DON FRANCISCO SANCHEZ LATOUR 


Late Minister of Guatemala in the United States, who died in Washington November 8, 1927 





HEL 


AAT 


















O Pan American circles in Washington and throughout the 
country the death of the Minister of Guatemala, Dr. Fran- 
cisco Sanchez Latour, at the Legation in Washington, 
November 8, came as a distinct shock. One of the most 

genial and widely known members of the Latin American diplomatic 
corps, his sudden and untimely death is mourned by a host of friends 
both within and outside official and diplomatic circles. 

Particularly will his loss be felt in the Governing Board of the 
Pan American Union, in which he was an indefatigable worker for 
closer and better inter-American understanding. ‘There was never 
any doubt as to where Dr. Sanchez Latour stood in Pan American 
affairs, and none was ever more ready than he to cooperate in every 
legitimate movement headed toward the realization of Pan American 
ideals and aspirations. That these endearing qualities were well 
recognized by his colleagues is abundantly attested by the action of 
the Governing Board of the Pan American Union which, in a special 
meeting on the afternoon of November 9, expressed its affection and 
grief through the voice of the Secretary of State, Hon. Frank 
B. Kellogg, chairman of the board, and His Excellency the Minister 
of Panama, Dr. Ricardo Alfaro, vice chairman. The text of Secretary 
Kellogg’s tribute follows: 


We have met upon this sad occasion to pay a last but heartfelt tribute to our 
dear friend and colleague, Francisco Sénchez Latour, whose sudden death on 
Tuesday morning so deeply moved and shocked us all. 

During the many years that he resided in Washington as Secretary of Lega- 
tion, Chargé d’Affaires and Minister of Guatemala, he not only ably served 
his Government as a true and loyal citizen but showed himself in every possible 
way anxious to promote good understanding and closer relations between the 
Republics of America. Both as a member of the Governing Board and during 
the period of his service as Vice Chairman he was indefatigable in furthering 
the purposes of the Pan American Union. Moreover, by his personal charm and 
kindly nature he endeared himself to countless friends who deeply and sincerely 
lament his loss. So ably did he combine the functions of his high offices with 
the duties and privileges of friendship and with zeal for the cause of Pan 
Americanism that his loss will be thrice felt, since we mourn him as a colleague, 
a friend, and a coworker. 

Our deepest sympathy goes out to the bereaved widow and to other members 
of the family as well as to the nation which has lost so capable and faithful a 
servant, and I am certain that I am voicing your sentiments when I submit 
for your consideration the following resolution: 

“The Governing Board of the Pan American Union, assembled in special 
session to pay tribute to the memory of His Excellency, the Minister of Gua- 

1169 


1170 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


temala, Sefior Don Francisco Sdnchez Latour, representative of Guatemala on 
the Governing Board of the Pan American Union, 


“RESOLVES 


‘To spread on the Minutes of the Meeting an expression of the profound 
sorrow of the members of the Board at the death of their distinguished colleague, 
and to record their deep appreciation of his important services. 

“The Chairman of the Board is authorized to communicate to the Government 
of Guatemala and to the family of the deceased the unanimous expression of 
condolence of the members of the Governing Board.”’ 


In paying tribute to Sefior Sanchez Latour’s memory, Doctor 
Alfaro expressed himself as follows: 


Mr. Chairman, Gentlemen: 

The tribute of remembrance and affection which we have come here to-day to 
render has its roots in the very depths of our hearts. Francisco Sanchez Latour 
was not only a very distinguished colleague, an outstanding member of the 
diplomatic corps in Washington, he was also an excellent friend who by his 
spiritual gifts gained the intimate affection of every one who knew him. 

Sanchez Latour was one of those unassuming men who pass through life 
without giving a first brilliant impression but, as they are better known, give 
evidence of ever new and greater charm. If we were to try to determine what 
was the most distinguishing characteristic of our departed colleague, surely 
we would say it was his gentleness. But his was not that empty gentleness of 
mediocre personalities. On the contrary, his was an external gentleness behind 
which were hidden the most vigorous and powerful faculties of the spirit. Gentle 
was his voice; but whenever we listened to it, it was to hear vigorous thoughts. 
Gentle were his manners, but they thus served as an interesting contrast to a 
will and character of steel. Endowed with an exquisite courtesy, a jovial spirit, 
a splendid generosity, Sdnchez Latour was at the same time an indefatigable 
worker, a valiant and persevering fighter. He was, in the full significance of the 
word, a model diplomat; his culture, assured on a foundation of careful education; 
his discretion, perfect; his judgment, faultless; his tact, the finest; his courtesy, 
that of a gentleman; his patriotism, always evident. And over and above all 
these superior qualities, that spirit of tolerance, that gift of being able to see the 
point of view of the other side which well-balanced minds acquire from constant 
intercourse with men, with races, and with nations, and which will ultimately 
bring the world to the supreme ideals of universal peace. 3 

Sdnchez Latour leaves in the Pan American Union a memory of intelligent 
and efficacious service. As a member and as Vice Chairman of the Governing 
Board he was always an enthusiastic supporter of the principles which constitute 
the best in Pan Americanism; Pan Americanism which affirms the existence 
of continental interests as the source of continental solidarity, and the juridical 
equality of the nations as the firm foundation of international relations. 

May this tribute of our sorrow be acceptable to our noble friend, who saw 
death come with the same sweet tranquillity which he showed in his life; respected 
and esteemed colleague, to whose voice we always listened with interest in our 
council and whose empty chair bears mute witness to the final departure of a 
good man, worthy and beloved, who on entering into eternity has bequeathed 
to us a noble example to imitate and dear memories to cherish. 


President Coolidge took an early opportunity to send a message of 
sympathy to President Chacon of Guatemala, stating that he deeply 
regretted the death of Sefior Sanchez Latour “who so ably served your 


DEATH OF DISTINGUISHED GUATEMALAN DIPLOMAT 1171 


Government for many years at this post, and for whom officials of 
this Government entertain sentiments of the greatest admiration and 
esteem.”’ The Secretary of State also cabled a message of condolence 
to Sefior Herrarte, the Minister of Foreign Affairs. 

Government officials, members of the diplomatic corps and Pan 
American circles were among the first to offer condolences to the 
minister’s family. Sefor Sanchez Latour not only had many personal 
friends in Washington but also in many other parts of the country 
where, as in Virginia and near-by States, he had often been enter- 
tained. Dr. Sanchez Latour was one of the few diplomats who 
attended the famous Gridiron Club dinners. He was also a talented 
musician, and the recitals given at the Legation under his direction 
were greatly appreciated in the musical circles of Washington, as 
were also the Marimba Band concerts given in the Pan American 
Union, largely through his initiative. 

Dr. Sanchez Latour leaves behind him a distinguished record of 
service. Born in Quezaltenango August 21, 1876, of one of the 
most eminent families in the liberal political tradition of the country, 
educated in France and England, serving later in the navy of the 
latter as an officer, Dr. SAnchez Latour was sent by his Government 
to Washington in 1908 on special mission connected with the treaty 
of the preceding year. After his appointment as Chargé d’Affaires 
in 1910, he became increasingly identified with Pan American affairs. 
Following the recognition of the Orellana Government in 1922 he 
was appointed Minister to the United States, his elevation to this 
important office being, in the words of President Coolidge, ‘“‘but the 
reward of your Government for your satisfactory services in the past.” 

Surviving the minister are his widow, Lillian Hall Davis de Sanchez 
Latour, and a brother, Delfino Sanchez Latour, Consul General of 
Guatemala in New York City. 

The BuLuetin of the Pan American Union takes this opportunity of 
associating itself with the grief-stricken family and the many friends, 
everywhere, who mourn the untimely passing of this distinguished 
and loyal advocate of the Pan American spirit and international 
peace. 








“LA VIRGEN INDIA,” THE HIGHEST TYPE OF ANDEAN MAIDEMHOOD 


In this group the sculptor has depicted the flower of Andean womanhood, her grace and beauty, her 
authentic physiognomy, and the spirit of the Quichua race. The juxtaposition wih perhaps the 
most femininely graceful of the Andean fauna completes this simple but beautiful poem in marble 





GREAT deal has been written and declaimed as to the in- 
creasing need of a more adequate exchange of students 
and professors, and of cultural things in general, between 
the American Republics. Something, it is true, has been 

accomplished in this direction, but it is lamentably small when com- 
pared with what remains to be done if Pan American unity of pur- 
pose and friendly understanding are to become established and en- 
during facts. 

In this connection it is rather surprising to note what a consider- 
able part of inter-American cultural interchange is due to the initia- 
tive of sculptors and painters, particularly in revealing and interpret- 
ing each to the other the natural genius and spirit of the respective 
peoples. 

One of the latest examples of such enlarging and enriching inter- 
pretation is the notable group of Bolivian-Peruvian highland types, 
executed in marble, by the young Spanish artist, Ramén Mateu. 
Not by any means without reputation in his native Valencia—a 
reputation later enhanced by several years of work and a number 
of successful exhibitions in Cuba—Mateu sailed for Peru, a year or 
so ago, consumed with a great desire to fix in marble and clay the 
inherent force and beauty, the very soul, itself, of the Quichua race. 

This race, simple yet mysterious, humble yet proud, stolid and 
apathetic in appearance, but in reality possessing the slow, steady 
energy which will decide the destiny of the countries in which they 
form the masses, has at last been revealed in the six splendid sculp- 
tured types produced by this artist, five of which are reproduced in 
these pages. 

It is to be hoped that these finely conceived and arrestingly sculp- 
tured types of a race whose rule and civilization once extended from 
the Isthmus to Arauco, may find their way before long to the.United 
States, to the great enrichment of our common American inheritance 
and the enlargement of our inter-American consciousness. 


QUICHUA FE 
SCULPTU RED 





= Ty 











1173 





“AMAUTA,” ANOTHER 
STUDY BY MATEU 


This vigorous and altogether 
admirable head represents the 
pure-blooded Indian of the 
sacerdotal type who is also a 
thinker, a type which stil] 
persists in the remote Bo- 
livian- Peruvian highland 


“EL KESHUA” (THE 
IMPRISONED) 


Perhaps the most striking of the 
three types of manhood, de- 
picted by the sculptor Ma- 
teu, commonly found in 
the Bolivian-Peruvian high- 
land. Together with the im- 
mense bitterness of one who 
has nothing to hope from life, 
as depicted in this impressive 
head, there may be discerned 
the indomitable spirit of the 
Amerindian, a spirit whichin 
this case, for lack of education 
or the all too common injus- 
tice with which this class of 
the population is treated, has 
strayed from the path of 
rectitude 





A“CHOLA” MAIDEN OF 
CUZCO 


An arresting and graceful piece 
of work, depicting the tradi- 
tional and picturesque type of 
young womanhood so preva- 
lent in La Paz and in the Bo- 
livian-Peruvian highland, in 
general 





“YUPANQUI,” A PER- 
FECT EXAMPLE, BY 
MATEU, OF THE WAR- 
LIKE TYPE OF AMER- 
INDIAN 


In this study the sculptor has 
portrayed the highest type 
of Amerindian manhood. 
The broad full forehead, wide 
nostrils, full lips and firm 
mouth, the muscular neck, 
and the proud poise of the 
head, mark the man born to 
direct, lead, and_ rule. 
Yupanqui is, in short, an 
admirable example of the 
combative genius of the great 
warrior chiefs who, centuries 
ago, ruled the ancient and 
powerful civilizations of the 
Andean highlands. 





68910—27—Bull. 12——2 














ae Prra Gg 7 é = 2 
RY 77 Tc, 1 ¢ * A 
AA I AY C~ © @ @ e e@ © © 
y ya yy <Q 

GA Uo KX ASD @ @ re) oo ° 2 











MOST interesting ceremony took place a few days ago in 

the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, in which 

Dr. Afranio do Amaral, a distinguished young scientist of 

Brazil, took a very prominent part, a part which reflects 

honor not only upon himself but upon the land of his birth and 
Latin America in general. 

The occasion was notable in that it marked the awarding of the 
John Scott medals, three in number, for outstanding scientific achieve- 
ments, the recipients this year being Dr. Afranio do Amaral of 
Brazil, and Dr. Alfred Fabian Hess and Dr. Peyton Rous of the 
United States. The awards, each of which carries with it an honor- 
arium of a thousand dollars, were conferred by the Board of City 
Trusts before a notable gathering which included the Ambassador of 
Brazil, Dr. Gurgél do Amaral, and representatives from the College 
of Physicians, the Board of City Trusts, the Academy of Natural 
Sciences, the Rockefeller Institute of Medical Research, and the 
Universities of Princeton and Pennsylvania. 

Dr. Afranio do Amaral, whose early work was done with Dr. Vital 
Brazil, who, it will be remembered, founded the famous snake-venom 
laboratory at Butantan, near Sao Paulo, Brazil, has for the last few 
years been devoting his entire time to research work in substances 
which counteract the venom of deadly snakes. The Antivenin Insti- 
tute of America, a division of the Mulford Biological Laboratories, 
was established largely due to his efforts, and likewise the increasing 
success which, under his direction, has crowned its labors. 

The Ambassador of Brazil, in his most genial vein, made the prin- 
cipal address of the occasion, the text of which follows herewith: 

Mr. Cuairnman, Lapies, AND GENTLEMEN: | 

The prevailing idea—and certainly a most erroneous one—whenever a diplo- 
matic representative is invited to take part in any ceremonies in honor of one of 
his compatriots, is that he extends his diplomatic capacity as a sponsor for him. 
The habit has been so thoroughly established that a reversion of positions might 


easily take place, to the great embarrassment of the diplomatist, who can not keep 
pace with the merit of the man honored. This is due in large part to the inborn 


1176 


YOUNG BRAZILIAN AWARDED MEDAL Ware 


feeling of hospitality everywhere, and especially in America, towards a foreign 
representative as an homage to his own country and to all and every one of his 
compatriots. Fortunately, however, there are exceptions to this rule, and I 
know that you feel, ladies and gentlemen, that Dr. Afranio do Amaral has no 
sponsor and needs no sponsor. If I come here as Ambassador of Brazil, it is only 
to be present in the hour of glory of Dr. Afranio do Amaral. 

I am not here to support him; I am not here to enhance his personality; I am 
not here to draw attention to him, to his work, or to the results of his work, or 
to lend to him any light that might come out of my official capacity. I am here 
to witness the consecration of the merit of a Brazilian gentleman, to gather for 





DR. AFRANIO DO AMARAL 


The brilliant young Brazilian scientist who was awarded one of the three 
John Scott medals for outstanding scientific achievements, presented 
in October by the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences 


my country and to convey to it the benefits of the renown which, he having 
acquired for himself, reflects credit on the culture of the Brazilian fatherland. 
Ladies and gentlemen, you Americans are the conquerors of progress. In all 
the immensity of mental and intellectual expansion, you have set the milestones 
of the civilization of our times. The pinnacle of fame which you have attained 
has not dulled your energies, and, far from being dormant as a result of success, 
you are always contriving to better what seems inaccessible to betterment. 
Your work for the advancement of civilization, your conquest of the discomforts 
of life, your contribution to your own welfare as well as to the general good of the 
world, and your strides towards the summit of national glory and universal 


1178 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


altruism are the exaltation of our epoch. We count your deeds nearly every 
day of our lives. In the field of scientific research you equal all possible parallels. 
In financial and business knowledge, the methods you have created are the 
methods adopted wherever progress is in sight. 

I would not have needed to emphasize these signal marks of your own series of 
triumphs and glories were it not for the fact that in rendering your homage to 
Dr. Afranio do Amaral, you yourselves emphasize with unbounded generosity the 
merits of a scientist of a foreign land. 

Foreign lands have in many instances called upon America to help them. You 
have thus contributed to straighten situations which they could not themselves 
correct. You have offered your hands many times to change confusion into 
order, and with your experience and knowledge you have collaborated with your 
comrades in science and art in foreign lands. But the superiority of your spirit 
is such that you did not hesitate to go to a foreign land and bring back to your 
own the elements which exceptionally you might lack. 

This is the case of Dr. Afranio do Amaral, to whom your generosity is paying its 
tribute of respect and warm friendship. You realized that our tropical clrmate 
has brought forward the problem of the immunization of mankind from a devas- 
tating enemy. This need has produced in Brazil scientific men who are nowadays 
the acknowledged standards of perfection in their special fields. The havoc 
played by venomous reptiles was to a great extent constituting a universal menace. 
Thousands of lives every year were either imperiled or in many cases destroyed 
by the terrible scourge. This scourge was not confined only to Brazil and other 
tropical countries, but it was also present in certain regions of the United States, 
where the climate proves to be somewhat tropical. You went out from your own 
house and you knocked at the door of your Brazilian friends and took from them 
the man who could assist you in the protection of your enormous population 
against the evil of the insidious reptile. 

Smilingly and jokingly sometimes, and at other times speaking gravely, I 
might apply to this man what is so often applied to all things American: ‘The 
best in the world!”’ It is for that reason, because Dr. Afranio do Amaral is “the 
best in the world” in his specialty, that the illustrious Harvard University 
brought him from Brazil to the United States; it is for that reason that you have 
kept him here; it is for that reason that he founded your Antivenin Institute; 
it is for that reason that you asked him to go to the Republics of Central America; 
and it is for that reason that he is consecrated here to-night as a man of accom- 
plishments, as a doer, a winner. 

I am proud, ladies and gentlemen, to express these words, and I feel sure that 
I interpret the sentiments of the Brazilian nation when I tender to you my heart- 
felt thanks for this testimonial with which you express your admiration, respect, 
gratitude, and friendship to Dr. Afranio do Amaral. Not only your testimony 
embodies all these feelings, but it contributes also to the realization, throughout 
the scientific world, of the fact that culture and the advancement of science in 
Brazil have already reached such a high level that the United States of America 
were eager to secure the services of an eminent Brazilian for the betterment of 
their own American science. This is indeed deeply gratifying to our country 
and will act as a new link in the solid chain of our old friendship and as a working 
power for further accomplishments among our men of study and learning. 

I thank you, gentlemen, for your courtesies to me in your great city, and, now, 
let me step back into the quietness of my diplomatic status while you give your 
undivided attention and praise to your Brazilian guest of to-night. 


Dr. Amaral’s response to the award made him is singularly revela- 
tory not only of the high ideals he has set before him in the work to 


YOUNG BRAZILIAN AWARDED MEDAL 1179 


which he is devoting his life, but of the modest spirit which has charac- 
terized his every achievement. The text of his response is as follows: 


Mr. Vice President of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Mr. Representative of the 
Board of Directors of the City Trusts, Your Excellency the Brazilian Ambassador, 
Ladies and Gentlemen: 

‘Since dawn the man had been seated on a stone at the bottom of a ravine. 
Three peasant women on their way to the vineyards exchanged ‘Good day’ 
with him as they passed to their work. At sunset when they returned the watcher 
was still there, seated on the same stone, his eyes fixed on the same spot. ‘A 
poor innocent,’ one whispered to the others, ‘pécaire! a poor innocent,’ and 
all three made the sign of the cross. Fabre, the incomparable naturalist, patiently 
waiting to discover what is instinct and what is reason in insect-life, is to the 
vintagers an object of supreme commiseration, an imbecile in God’s keeping, 
wherefore they crossed themselves.’’—R. Gregory. 

Nevertheless, it was a copy of Fabre’s marvelous book Souvenirs entomologiques 
which accidently fell into my hands when I was but a youngster that decided 
my future career. Having become a collector of insects, and other animals 
for the museum of my native town, I had to go through college and the medical 
school in order to be received into that temple of science, the Instituto Butantan 
of Sao Paulo, Brazil, where I expected to have many opportunities to follow my 
natural inclination. 

I was, of course, aware of the fact that scientific knowledge could never be 
acquired by prayer and fasting, but by persistent observation and constant 
inquiry. 

Having devoted most of my time to the study of serpents and not having 
missed the side lights that all of the other branches of Science might throw 
upon my own field, I suspect that I have come to a point where I do not feel 
helpless in persevering with my old endeavors. 

It appears, however, that it was the unalterable will of Heaven—to use a 
mythological expression—that fell along my path when about two years ago, 
Harvard University, my Alma Mater, called me back to this country in order to 
pursue my investigations on snakes and venoms and draft a plan to combat the 
ever-increasing menace of snake poisoning in the United States and Central 
America. According to a computation made as completely as possible of the 
incidence of snake poisoning, there are at least 3,000 cases in this country every 
year, the State of Pennsylvania alone having contributed over 40 cases this year. 
The death rate seems to vary from 10 to 15 per cent in the Eastern, Middle 
Western, and Western States and 25 per cent in the Southeastern States, to 35 
per cent in the extreme Southwest. 

Evidently, a propitious star has heretofore guided my steps, as not very long 
ago Dr. P. Willson wrote the following sentences: “It is obvious, then, that such 
a thing as the serum treatment of snake poisoning, so far as this country is con- 
cerned, simply does not exist. Nor is it likely that it ever will. The difficulties 
in obtaining a sufficiently large supply of venom to render possible the production, 
on a commercial scale, of an antivenene could only be obviated by breeding large 
numbers of snakes in captivity, and even with a large and continuous supply of 
venoms there would still remain to be overcome the difficulties pointed out by 
McFarland, the severe local reaction and likelihood of infection in the animals 
used. Having succeeded in overcoming all these difficulties, the value of the 
serum so prepared even if it could be made polyvalent, i. e., protective against 
all of the three pit-viper venoms, would be dubious, unless it could be made 
more potent than Calmette’s serum.” 


1180 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Indeed, nothing else than a propitious star could have assisted me in obtaining 
the help, without which, of course, I could have done nothing, a help that could 
not be secured anywhere else in the world, of such cooperative institutions as the 
Mulford Biological Laboratories, the Harvard Museum of Comparative Zoology, 
the United Fruit Company, the Army Medical Corps, and the zoological societies 
of New York, Philadelphia, San Diego, and New Orleans, thus enabling me to 
be in a position to state, as I do now, that Doctor Willson’s predictions could not 
have been any more pessimistic. 

Verily, in regard to the first topic of his statement, I think I can affirm, that 
specific treatment of snake poisoning is already available in this country; as 
regards the second topic, I may say, we have obtained so large a supply of venoms 
that we are producing antivenins on a commercial scale, thereby making them 
accessible to all; in connection with the third topic, it is safe for me to state that 
the difficulties pointed out by McFarland can be overcome; finally, as to the 
fourth topic, I am glad to announce that a polyvalent antivenin, that is, a serum 
potent against the three most dangerous types of snakes in this country, namely 
the rattler, the copperhead, and the moccasin, has been prepared and made 
comparatively at least five times as strong as Calmette’s serum. 

This is the gift that I, as a Brazilian, am leaving for you, my dear American 
friends, to use in the development of the agricultural sections of your country 
and also for you to enjoy when in the future you go out, entirely unconcerned 
with any snakes, on your excursions and week-ends or summer vacations. 

Of the international significance of my mission in this country his Excellency, 
the Brazilian Ambassador, will speak with more authority and elegance than I 
could. 

As a physician and as a scientist, I feel that so far I might say with Wallace: 
I believe I have acted rightly in steadily following and devoting my life to science. 
I feel no remorse from having committed any great sin, but have often and often 
regretted that I have not done more direct good to my fellow creatures. 

I thank you. 


Before closing, a brief account of the establishment of the medals 
awarded may be added: 

The John Scott medal was established by the bequest of $4,000 to 
the city of Philadelphia in the will of John Scott, a chemist of Edin- 
burgh, Scotland, who died in 1816. He specified that the income 
was to be ‘‘laid out in premiums to be distributed among ingenious 
men and women who make useful inventions, but no one-of such 
premiums to exceed $20, and along with which shall be given a copper 
medal with this inscription: ‘To the most deserving.’ ”’ 

By 1919 the $4,000 had grown to more than $100,000, and the 
Board of City Trusts was authorized to increase the premium to 
$800 and to select an advisory board competent to make awards 
for inventions useful to mankind in the advancement of any science 
or the development of any industry. Subsequently the premium was 
increased to $1,000. 


DEVELOPMENT OF 
ING INSTITUTIC 
meety A 

















: By Joss Miaurt Brsarano 


Secretary, Mexican Chamber of Commerce of the United States 


N other parts of the world banks were established earlier than in 

Mexico... . Charles III, King of Spain, was responsible for 

a bank established in Mexico during the second half of the 

eighteenth century. It was called Banco de Avio de Minas. 

This bank loaned money to mines and paid interest on deposits. 

Its action was rather limited, and at the end of the War of Independ- 
ence it faded away. 

The first real bank was established in Mexico in 1864. It was the 
branch of an English bank which opened for business in Mexico 
City when the capital of Mexico was in possession of the French 
Army supporting Emperor Maximilian of Austria. This bank was 
opened under the auspices of the Commercial Code of May 16, 1854; 
its name was Bank of London, Mexico and South America, William 
Newbold being its first manager. When the Empire collapsed and 
the Republican form of government was again implanted in Mexico, 
the bank continued doing business. 

Mexico must have been a bankers’ paradise at that time, as there 
were no laws requiring the publication of balances or reports, pro- 
viding official inspection or limiting operations. The Bank of 
London, Mexico and South America, resporsible only to its directors 
and customers and very ably managed, steadily increased its credit 
and strengthened its position. It is really the foundation upon which 
banking in Mexico afterward developed. 

On August 16, 1881, the Banco Nacional Mexicano was organized 
as per contract signed between the Mexican Government and a 
French banker. The capital was 20,000,000 pesos, the bank having 
authority to issue notes without limitation provided a reserve of 33 
per cent was kept. These notes were legal tender, their acceptance 
being voluntary on the part of the public and compulsory on the 
part of government offices, which were forbidden to receive bills 
from any other bank which might thereafter be established. The 
duration of the charter of the Mexican National Bank was 30 years. 





1 From Mexico, New York, October, 1927. 
1181 


1182 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


On November 16 of the same year, an old institution, the Monte 
de Piedad (something like a Provident Loan Association) was 
authorized to issue paper currency, but the privilege was discon- 
tinued after one year of continued difficulties. 

A Mercantile, Agricultural & Mortgage Bank was organized in 
April, 1882, with a capital of 3,000,000 pesos and with issuing privi- 
leges for three times asmuch. Under similar conditions the Employes’ 





THE BANK OF MEXICO, MEXICO CITY 


Bank was established in the middle of 1883 with a capital of 500,000 
pesos and a 30-year concession. 

Three years later the Employes’ Bank was transformed into the 
Commercial Bank, which had a charter authorizing discounts, drafts, 
loans on merchandise in storage, and the issuance of trust receipts. 
Its issue of notes was limited to double the amount of cash on hand. 

An economic crisis forced the Mercantile, Agricultural & Mortgage 
Bank and the Mexican National Bank to consolidate, the new institu- 
tion, the National Bank of Mexico, being still in existence. The 


DEVELOPMENT OF BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN MEXICO 1183 


capital was 20,000,000 pesos, 40 per cent of which was paid in. The 
duration of the concession was 50 years. The National Bank of 
Mexico, whose capital was increased to 32,000,000 pesos, was the 
most important banking institution in Mexico up to the time that 
the Banco de Mexico, S. A. (State Bank) was created in 1925. 

The Bank of London, Mexico & South America, whose charter 
was threatened with cancellation, acquired the Employes’ Bank, and 
in 1889 increased its capital to 1,000,000 pesos, obtained a concession 
for 30 years, and changed its name to the Bank of London & Mexico. 

Several small banks were created in Mexico, particularly in the 
State of Chihuahua, before the banking law of 1897, such as the 
Santa Eulalia Bank, the Chihuahua Mining Bank, and the Chihuahua 
Commercial Bank. In 1889 two banks were created in Yucatan; 
the Bank of Durango was established in 1890; and the Banks of 
Nuevo Leén and Zacatecas opened for business in December, 1891. 

The banking law of 1897 divided the banks in Mexico into three 
classes: (1) Banks of issue, (2) mortgage banks, and (3) Bancos 
refaccionarios (auxiliary or promotion banks designed to encourage 
mining, agriculture, and industrial enterprises). 

In 1910, under this law, the National Bank of Mexico with 
32,000,000 pesos capital and an issue of about 46,000,000 pesos, and 
the Bank of London & Mexico with a capital of 21,500,000 pesos 
and an issue of a little over 16,000,000 pesos, were the leading bank- 
ing institutions of the country. In addition, more than 20 State 
banks of issue were functioning, as well as 1 large mortgage bank 
and about half a dozen ‘‘refaccionario”’ banks. 

The revolution of 1910 had a disastrous effect on all the financial 
institutions in Mexico. The National Bank had deposits amounting 
to 45,000,000 pesos in 1910, while its deposits in 1914 were only 
about 19,000,000 pesos. In 1913 the Bank of London & Mexico 
took 5,000,000 pesos from its reserves, and in 1914 2,500,000, to 
offset losses. 

The coup de grace was given the banks in 1913: their issue was 
more than doubled and their realizable assets greatly diminished. 

The first steps taken by the revolutionary Government in con- 
nection with the reorganization of the banks were the decrees issued 
by Carranza late in 1915, when Rafael Nieto was secretary of the 
treasury. The banks were forced to adjust themselves to the terms 
of the concessions under which they were originally created, the 
result being that with the exception of the charters of the Banco 
Nacional de México and the Banco de Londres y Mexico, those of 
nearly all the other banks were declared rescinded. It was durmg 
this time that the country was flooded with fiat money issued by 
practically every revolutionary leader. 


1184 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Article 28 of the Mexican Constitution of 1917 provided for the 
creation of a State bank with exclusive privileges of issue. The 
bank had already commenced to function with a temporary charter 
under the name of the Monetary Commission, when on August 28. 
1925, a law embodying the organization of the Banco de México, 
S. A., was enacted, the bank bemg imaugurated on September 1 of 
the same year with a capital of 100,000,000 pesos. 

Arrangements have been made with the private banks still in 
existence whereby they may continue operations under certain con- 
ditions, and a few of these institutions, particularly the National 
Bank of Mexico, are doing business in a very successful manner. 

Although not a bank of issue, a bank was established in Mexico 
last year which is called upon to play a very important role in the 
reconstruction of the country. This is the National Bank of Agri- 
cultural Credit, which has already had exceedingly encouraging 
results from its activities. 

In 1926 the Mexican State bank, Banco de México, S. A., handled 
gold, silver, and foreign currencies amounting to about six and one- 
half billion pesos. It has 25 branches scattered all over the country, 
which branches had a monetary movement of more than 3,000,000,000 
pesos in 1926. This means currency transactions totaling nearly 
10,000,000,000 pesos. Besides its branches, the Banco de México 
has more than 600 local agents throughout the Republic of Mexico 
and correspondents in practically every important city in the world. 
Its correspondents in New York are the Equitable Trust Co., the 
National City Bank, and the Federation Bank. 

Possessing an excellent board of directors and a very able personnel 
the bank is managed by a financier with whom bankers and mer- 
chants in New York are quite familiar. This director general is 
Alberto Mascarefias, whose father founded the Bank of Sonora, 
Mexico. Sefior Mascarefias, after being connected with that bank 
for 13 years, was Mexican minister to England and subsequently 
Mexican financial agent and Mexican consul general in New York in 
1923 and 1924. The Bank of Mexico has acquired as its home the 
Mutual Life Insurance Building, one of the largest and most impres- 
sive modern structures in the City of Mexico. 

















ONDURAS is the second largest Republic in Central Amer- 
ica, with a population of 680,000 and an area of 46,250 
square miles (119,787.5 square kilometers). 

The development of a modern transportation system has 
been impeded by the same obstacles met in other countries of Latin 
America. Honduras is very mountainous, and though the mountains 
are not high the cost of constructing highways and railroads is 
great. ) 

The Ulua River, which is connected with Lake Yojoa by the Rio 
Blanco, is navigable by boats of 20 feet draft. Several other rivers 
on the Atlantic coast are also navigable for short distances. The 
short Pacific coast, however, has no navigable rivers and no railroads. 
The Atlantic coast, where the great banana crops are grown, has 
about 1,225 kilometers of railway, but no line penetrates farther 
inland than Potrerillos, 96 kilometers from the coast. 

The highways of Honduras, therefore, are at present of relatively 
ereater importance to the State than are those of other Latin Ameri- 
can countries, since they are the principal traffic routes to the interior 
and from coast to coast. According to some authorities, however, 
the future development of the State depends more on the extension 
of the railroads than on highway construction. As Honduras is in 
the main a sparsely settled pastoral and agricultural country, the 
products that could be exported—with the exception of minerals— 
need low freight rates and could not be transported at a profit for 
any distance over automobile roads. Minerals, on the contrary, 
could be so handled, and it is possible that roads built through the 
mining districts would encourage the opening of new mines. 


HIGHWAY SYSTEM 


The intercoastal route for freight and passenger traffic is by auto- 
mobile from San Lorenzo on the Pacific coast through Tegucigalpa 
to Lake Yojoa, by motor launch traversing the lake, by automobile 
from the lake to Potrerillos, and by rail from that point to the 
Atlantic coast. 

From Tegucigalpa two other long roads, linking the Departments 
of Olancho and E] Paraiso with the two oceans, are under construc- 
tion. Another project, called the “Carretera de Quimistan,” on 





1 From Modern Honduras, San Jose, Calif., U. 5. A 
1185 


1186 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


which work was begun in March, 1922, will connect Ocotepeque, on 
the border of El Salvador, and the Departments of Cortés, Santa 
Rosa, and Santa Barbara with the Atlantic coast. This road will 
make accessible a large territory through which the only means of 
transportation has been by muleback. According to figures pub- 
lished by the United States Department of Commerce, in 1925 there 
were in Honduras 130 kilometers of highway passable all the year 
round; 110 kilometers were under construction; 552 kilometers are 


r 














=o 





A SECTION OF HIGHWAY BETWEEN TEGUCIGALPA, CAPITAL OF HONDURAS, 
AND THE SOUTHERN COAST OF THE REPUBLIC 


This view gives an idea of the mountainous terrain which most Honduran roads must traverse 


projected; and 185 kilometers passable in the dry season only. At 
the present time we may consider these figures too low, the actual 
status of the highways of Honduras being as follows: Passable at all 
times, 315 kilometers; under construction, 302 kilometers; projected, 
450 kilometers; and passable in the dry season only, 300 kilometers. 


CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE 


The roads of Honduras are classified as follows: (a) Highways, 
caminos carreteros, macadamized, 6 meters wide, constructed by the 
Department of Public Works or by private parties under concession 


THE MOTOR HIGHWAYS OF HONDURAS 1187 


or contract; (b) bridle roads, caminos de herradura, natural dirt 
roads, 3 meters wide, suitable for beasts of burden, constructed by 
the Department of Public Works but maintained by the municipali- 
ties; (c) rural pack trails, caminos rurales, crude paths too poor to 
be called roads, built and maintained by the municipalities under the 
supervision of the Department of Public Works. 

Construction work on the new roads is well done. An example of 
the methods used is found in the section of the intercoastal highway 
between Siguatepeque and Lake Yojoa. This road was macadamized 
to a width of 6 meters, with maximum grades of 10 per cent. Where 
the road runs along mountain sides, stone retaining walls were built 
as a protection against landslides. In one section, where the road 
passed along the side of the same mountain at four different levels, 





ROAD-BUILDING IN HONDURAS 


one and the same landslide destroyed the road in four different places. 
The old line here was abandoned and a new route cut through solid 
rock. Near Yojoa 4 kilometers of the road passes through a swamp. 
A corduroy road was first built, and this served as a temporary route 
for through traffic and for the transportation of materials for the 
permanent road. A deep ditch revetted with stone was dug along 
each side of the road, covered culverts of large stones were built at 
intervals of 3 meters, and a layer of broken quartz 30 centimeters 
deep was spread on top of the logs which formed the surface of the 
corduroy road. 

The cost of construction of roads suitable for automobiles, including 
macadamization and stone bridges, in 1921 was 12,925 pesos the 
kilometer, or $10,400 gold per mile; roads not macadamized, with 


1188 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


wooden bridges, cost 6,462 pesos a kilometer, or $5, 400 gold per mile; 
and the bridle paths, or caminos de herradura, cost 2,983 pesos the 
kilometer, or $2,400 gold per mile. The cost of maintenance of the 
highways was 696 pesos the kilometer, or $560 gold per mile; and of 
the bridle roads 55 pesos the kilometer, or $44.50 gold per mile. No 
later figures are available on construction costs, but it is probable 
that the cost of the work on the intercoastal highway described above 
was much higher, because of the fact that this road is the most 
important in Honduras and because the difficulties of construction 
were even greater than ordinary. 

Very little machinery is used in road construction in Honduras. 
The Government owns four or five old steam rollers, but they have 
not been kept in use. All dirt is moved by hand. Material for 
macadam is generally available near the roads, and the work is done 
by native peons. Those employed on the intercoastal highway in 
1922 were paid from 50 to 75 centavos silver, or $0.25 to $0.3714% 
gold, per day. 


ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE 


For purposes of administration the roads are divided into three 
classes: National roads, or Caminos Nacionales; departmental roads; 
and municipal roads. The Department of Public Works is responsible 
for the first two classes and supervises the administration of the last 
named. Roads built by contract are supervised by Government 
inspectors, usually engineers from the engineering office of the De- 
partment of Public Works. Roads constructed under concession are 
inspected by a commission when completed and accepted if they have 
been built according to the terms of the concession. Those built 
by the Department of Public Works are under the charge of engineers 
of that department with the title of inspectors. Under these are 
sectional inspectors, foremen, and laborers. 

The principal source of revenue for the construction and mainte- 
nance of roads are a tax on imports by weight, called Peaje or tolls, 
direct taxes, mining taxes, income from concessions, and fines paid 
by soldiers. No road taxes are levied on abutting property. Direct 
road taxes are levied on capitalists, including business houses, who 
are divided into six classes according to the amount of capital assessed 
and who pay taxes as shown in the following statement: 


Gold yearly 
HOO; OOO GO X200§ 00 Osa es wise ae ee $37. 50 
SOO00KtOsLO0}000 pesoses 28 soe 3 Spee eee pee ee eee 20. 00 
20 OOOKtORS O00 On pesos =k eae ee es UAL GNA Sa 10. 00 
10 O00kto; 20/000: pesos 332-2 so a) eee ee 5. 00 
SOOOKtONLOO0Onpesos = eo Ge ais aed ae ec 2. 50 
SOOMOLS O00 pesos mal ae Ge Eee ee eee 2. 00 


On amounts exceeding 200,000 pesos, the tax is $37.50 gold, ie 
50 cents gold for each additional 10,000 pesos of capital. A project 


THE MOTOR HIGHWAYS OF HONDURAS 1189 


providing for a revision of the road law has been elaborated by the 
Permanent Commission of the National Congress. 

The total receipts from all sources in the fiscal year of 1924-25 
were 302,424.18 pesos, and the expenditures were 298,850.15 pesos. 

These taxes are collected by chiefs of police of municipalities. 
Fifteen per cent is kept by the municipalities to be used on ‘‘caminos 
de herradura”’ and “‘caminos rurales,” and 85 per cent goes to the 
treasurer of departmental roads to be expended on roads of all types, 
including railroads in the municipality. 

Direct road taxes must be paid by laborers, who must contribute 
four days of labor each year, with the privilege of hiring a substitute 
or paying in cash the current cost of four days’ labor. This labor 
or tax is usually expended on the bridle paths and pack trails but, 
if the Executive desires, it can be used on highways. 


GOOD ROADS MOVEMENT 


There is no regularly organized good-roads movement in Honduras. 
The purchasing power of the population is low as evidenced by a 
report made in 1922, which stated that there are in the vicinity of 
Tegucigalpa not more than 1,000 persons who could purchase auto- 
mobiles. During 1920 and 1921 agitation for a modern highway in 
the western part of the country was very strong, fostered especially 
by the motorists of San Pedro Sula, who had to be content with 10 
or 12 miles in the vicinity of the city, and the backers of the Santa 
Rosa water system, who had no means of transportation for the 
machinery necessary for their new plant. On January 12, 1922, 
representatives of the most important municipalities in the Depart- 
ment of Santa Barbara and Cop4n met at Qumistan to discuss the 
opening of a new highway. It was decided to ask the Government 
to advance funds for the enterprise, and the president of the Junta 
de Aguas, or Water Board, of Santa Rosa, which had at its disposal 
a large sum for the construction of a new water system in that city, 
guaranteed a portion of that sum for work on the road. The begin- 
ning of the work on the Carretera of Quimstén was the direct result. 

During 1923 the movement was checked, but Honduras was repre- 
sented at the conference of the Pan American Highway Commission 
by Sefior Manuel A. Zelaya, of Tegucigalpa, who built several 
difficult sections of the intercoastal highway. 

Late in 1926 the Government of Honduras entered into an agree- 
ment with the New York brokerage firm of H. C. Burt & Co., in 
combination with Maj. E. A. Burke, to build a macadam highway 
from Tegucigalpa northeast to Juticalpa, a distance of about 120 
miles. For this purpose the Government has issued bonds to the 


1190 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


amount of $500,000 gold, which have been taken privately by the 
above-mentioned firm. According to the agreement, the Government 
will levy a road tax for the retirement of the bonds. 

The work is to be carried through on a monthly basis, and the 
engineer in charge of construction is to report monthly whether or 
not roadwork to the value of $46,000 gold has been completed. If 
such has been the case, the New York interests will advance the 
succeeding monthly installment. 

It is planned to begin soon, and to complete it within 10 months. 

If the construction of this roadway is successful, it is planned to 
issue another $2,000,000 gold, under which the work will require 20 
months at $100,000 gold monthly. The roads contemplated under 
such an issue would cover the routes from San Pedro Sula (on the 
Honduras National Railway) southwest toward Santa Barbara, with 
a branch to Santa Rosa de Cop4n in the Department of Copan. 
That roadway, together with one from Tegucigalpa to Yuscaran, is 
figured to absorb one-half of the bond issue. The other roadway, 
from Potrerillos to Comayagua, will consume the remainder in better- 
ments to the existing highway. It should be noted that these addi- 
tional road projects are contingent on the successful outcome of the 
arrangement for the Tegucigalpa-Juticalpa route. This last route, 
the Carretera de Olancho, will open to development the rich lands 
and rich mines of a large portion of northeastern Honduras. 

















9 





COVERING THE YEARS: 1676 RO 1696) DURING 
WHICH TIME THE AUTHOR WAS CHAPLAIN OF THE 
HOSPITAL DE JESUS NAZARENO, MEXICO CITY 








HE original of this curious document is to-day in the Library 
of the National University. Don Carlos Maria Busta- 
mante unearthed it and published it in El Museo Mexicano, 
a weekly magazine popular in Mexico in the early forties. 

In this first English translation the work, which in the Spanish 
original is of great length, has been greatly abridged. 

For an intimate glimpse into the life of a nation at any period of 
its development, no more illuminating document can be found than 
the one which follows. Written in the late seventeenth century with- 
in the walls of a hospital in active service to-day, and coinciding with 
the last 20 years in the life of Sor Juana Inez de la Cruz, this quaint 
account serves to emphasize the essential ‘‘oneness”’ of humanity in the 
processes of evolution. Then as now, earthquake, fire, and flood laid 
waste; garrisons revolted, brigands and pirates took prisoners for 
ransom; bakers and students went on strike; cornerstones were laid; 
conferences, banquets, balls, and parades were frequent; the weather, 
price of paper, calendar reform and immigration were, in turn, burn- 
ing questions; roads were opened, canals dredged, and bridges built; 
and even prohibition and the bootlegger had their counterparts. 

But the Reverend Padre must tell the story in his own inimitable 


way: 
1676 

January 38.—Word is received from Guatemala that in the city of Trujillo in 
Peru sixty nuns became possessed of the Devil, the Abbess only remaining sane. 
The Bishop exorcised them, and immediately afterward he died. Also that there 
are many dead and many sad happenings in that city, and a number of enemy ships 
in the Straits of Magellan. 

May 8.—His Excellency, the Archbishop-Viceroy (Don Fr. Payo Enriquez 
de Rivera) went to see the quicksilver being poured near La Merced; and it 
turned out very well, because the ovens were in good condition. 

August 1.—The road to Guadalupe was opened. 

August 25.—Tickets having been given out to a masquerade in celebration of 
the elevation of Carlos II to the throne, (which act will take place on November 
25th next) two hundred and fifty gentlemen turned out in costly costumes, 
finer than which have never been seen in all the time since Mexico was con- 
quered. They passed through Calle de San Bernardo at eight of the morning. 





1The Mexican Magazine, January, to June, 1927, Mexico City. 
68910—27—Bull. 12 3 1191 





1192 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


1677 


January 15.—In the church of San Augustine, a great meeting this day of all 
the professors of architecture to choose a plan for the new church, and it was 
decided that each professor should submit his own design. The Archbishop- 
Viceroy (himself an Augustinian) was at the meeting. 

January 18.—A Peruvian gentleman has made a present to the sanctuary at 
Guadalupe of a candlestick two and a half varas? high, and three hundred 
pesos. , 

May 1.—The church of Santa Maria was dedicated and Bishop Escafiuela 
led the procession. 

May 23.—Today died Don Andrés Casoval, founder of the Jesuit College of 
San Andrés. He gave more than two million pesos for pious works. He was 
buried in the Profesa convent. He left one hundred thousand pesos in reales, 
fifty thousand pesos for finishing the Convent of Santa Isabel and thirty thousand 
to be distributed in the church of San Francisco. The Real Audencia was 
present at the funeral. 

October 10.—The Jubilee of the Holy Year is proclaimed. 

December 3.—Petronilla de las Casas, niece of San Felipe de Jests,* died today 
in this hospital. The Archbishop ordered that she be buried by the clergy in the 
Cathedral in the chapel dedicated to her uncle. A great number of the clergy and a 
company of the Palace Guard and the family of the Archbishop-Viceroy accom- 
panied the body. 

1678 


January 28.—The Sefior Bishop Montecoso of Oaxaca is dead. He is famous 
for having built a fountain, bringing water from Mount Alban. 

March 8.—Forty galley slaves left today for Manila. The Bishop de Cibt 
left for Acapulco to accompany them, but did not embark. ‘Yes, I am going”’ 
he said. But the order was given that he should pass no further than Taxco, 
under pain of a fine of five hundred pesos to be paid to the Alcalde. 

March 20.—An Auto de Fé was held by the Inquisition, and it was at three 
o’clock of the morning. There were fourteen convicts, one a relapsed (relajado) 
priest to be burned alive; a Jewish youth with a San Benito 4; two for having 
heard confessions, not being ordained, and one of them had also said Mass; and 
six who had married twice. The Viceroy and the Audiencia were present in 
secret. The ceremony was over at half past three in the afternoon. 

March 22.—Seven of the convicts sentenced by the Inquisition were flogged. 
In this month there was a great earthquake in Cuba which destroyed the city; 
and during this time twenty hostile French ships were in sight. 

May 1.—At ten o’clock this night there was an earthquake in Mexico. It 
lasted for the time of six Creeds (por espacio de seis credos). 

July—In this month Campeche was taken by French pirates, who numbered 
five hundred men. They sacked and burned the place; the garrison had only 
seven men; they took away a boat and two frigates and all the women. The 
King’s money escaped capture, for it was hidden in a well. 

September.—In this month Leén, the silversmith, was put to the torment, in 
order to gain information concerning a murder, and he did not confess. 

October 26.—The Archbishop-Viceroy went to congratulate Don Nicolds del 
Puerto, who has just received the mitre of Oaxaca. He was an Indian of that 





2 A vara is 2.78 feet. 

§ Mexican protomartyr, crucified at Nagasaki, in 1597. His beatification took place 30 years later and 
was celebrated in Mexico with great pomp. Tradition says that the mother of the saint was present at the 
ceremonies. 

4 A penitential garment worn by those who had made full confession and were ‘“‘reconciled’’ to the Holy 
Inquisition. 


DIARY OF PADRE JUAN ANTONIO RIVERA 1193 


parish who was reprimanded by the Synod; and when leaving he arrived at 
the crest of San Juan del Rey and looked back at Oaxaca and shook the dust 
of the place off his feet and swore that he would not return until he was made 
a Bishop, as has come to pass. He is a man of great learning and an excellent 
Bishop. The Bishop of Chiapas went to visit him at Oaxaca, and the Audencia 
sent for him to return to his place. 

December &—The Archbishop-Viceroy placed the first stone for the church 


of Santa Teresa La Nueva. 
1679 


June 1.—The procession of Corpus Christi went forth from the Cathedral. 
The same afternoon the Archbishop-Viceroy ordered the arrest of Manuel de 
Vergara, because he had absented himself from the procession. 

August—A certain Cervantes having slandered the Chamberlains of the 
Government, the Archbishop-Viceroy had him sent to prison and he was put 
into the stocks for half a day. 

September 29.—Today went forth twenty-eight wagons with soldiers to recon- 
quer New Mexico and the Archbishop-Viceroy went to see them set out from 
Guadalupe. 

December 23.—The Archbishop made a visit to the prison, where there are 
two hundred and fifty prisoners, and afterwards went to the mint to see the 


new doubloons being coined. 
1680 


September.—In this month there arrived the new Viceroy, the Marqués de la 
Laguna. The Bishop of Puebla, Don Manuel Ferndindez de Santa Cruz, is 
made Archbishop of Mexico, his predecessor having resigned both the Arch- 
bishopric and the Viceregency. The Archbishop-Viceroy made a present to the 
new Viceroy of ten thousand pesos. 


1682 


March 19.—A horrible earthquake in Mexico. It lasted for about six Credos, 
and began at three o’clock in the afternoon. 

April.—In this month the City of Campeche was burned. 

July 1—A mulatto was flogged, and on the scaffold they cut off his ears, for 
complicity in the theft of a lamp. 

August 22.—In this month enemies came into Tampico, and caused great 
consternation. 

1683 

January 18—Today died Diego del Castillo, the silver merchant. He built 
two churches, that at Churubusco and that of Santa Isabel. He left three hundred 
thousand pesos. He was buried in Churubusco. One hundred of the clergy 
were present, and four pesos were paid to each one of them. 

May 21.—There came three couriers from Veracruz and they advised us that 
filibusters have entered into that city. At three o’clock a mandate was published 
ordering that within two hours all those able to bear arms should assemble. A 
council of war was held at the palace and it was ordered that the company of 
cavalry commanded by Urrutia be gotten ready and that twelve other companies 
be formed of infantry. This very day the oidores, Don Martin Solis and Don 
Frutos left the city to raise men to go to Veracruz; they set out with fifty men. 
The Viceroy named the Conde de Santiago Field Marshal. 

May 23.—A messenger from the commander of the enemy today came before 
the Viceroy; and he demanded one hundred and fifty thousand pesos as ransom 
for the people held as prisoners at Veracruz. It was then ordered that all the men 
who had been gathered together should present themselves at the palace at three 
o’clock this afternoon. Captains were appointed to command the negroes and 
the mulattos. 


1194 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


May 24.—This was a day of great confusion in Mexico. The shops were closed; 
and those which did remain open were attended by women; the men are all in 
hiding to escape being armed and sent to Veracruz. This day at five o’clock in 
the afternoon eight companies of soldiers belonging to the Conde de Santiago left 
the city with the Mariscal de Castillo at their head; also the treasurer of the mint, 
Domingo de Cantabranca; and finally the companies of negroes and mulattos 
in four great wagons. There were many soldiers, about two thousand men. 
They all passed in front of the palace, where the Viceroy stood on the balcony, 
under an umbrella. 

May 25.—Came a letter from the Bishop of Puchi saying that the gentlemen 
of the fleet had arrived in Tepeaca; and all Mexico is greatly disturbed at the 
news. In the afternoon there came word from Veracruz saying that the enemy 
is still in possession. 

May 26.—Another letter from Veracruz telling us that the enemy has retired, 
taking with them all the money there was in the city and that the rich men of the 
place have been left on Sacrificios Island waiting to be ransomed. 

May 28.—Word comes that the enemy has left in Veracruz not one real 
having sacked all the most important houses, and that they have left behind four 
men to receive the ransom that has been demanded. 

May 30.—News from Veracruz that the enemy insists on receiving the ransom 
money. Lorencillo ® has quarrelled with the general; and Lorencillo has told the 
Viceroy that he will return part of what was stolen under certain conditions. 

June 17.—The feast of Corpus. Ten altars were erected in the path of the pro- 
cession. A great many Gachupines,’ who have arrived with the fleet, attended. 
Came news from Goazacoalco saying that the pirates who robbed and pillaged 
at Veracruz are now demanding sixty thousand pesos for the return of the negroes 
which they have stolen from the market place. 

July 14.—Today there was baptized in the Cathedral a son of the Viceroy 
and the Archbishop baptized him in the font of San Felipe de Jesis. The Real 
Audiencia attended; the troops paraded and there was great rejoicing. Father 
Juan de la Concepcién, a lay brother of San Augustin whom the Viceroy brought 
with him from Spain, was godfather. The Conde of Santiago came on horseback. 
Twelve sets of fire-works were set off in celebration of the baptism; there was a 
banquet in the palace and the Real Audiencia and the Tribunals were invited. 

July 17.—At three o’clock this afternoon the Viceroy left for Veracruz passing 
through the Calle del Relox, accompanied by the Real Audiencia, and went to 
sleep at San Juan Teotihuacan. 

August.—A command has come from the King ordering the fleet to leave 
Veracruz, because France has declared war. Also news that the King is ill with 
the ague. Came word from the Californias that the Indians have received the 
mission kindly. 

August 16.—We hear from Veracruz that the Viceroy, Count de la Laguna, 
in accord with the councillor, has ordered that the governor be beheaded, because 
he permitted the pirates to enter. The sentence was appealed and he was sent 
to Spain, a prisoner. 

September 8.—The fleet sailed out of Veracruz, but in twenty-four hours they 
returned because of a storm at sea. 


1684 


June.—This month there was a bull-fight and games in the Plaza of the 
Holy Trinity, in celebration of the feast of Santa Cruz. 





5 Lorenzo Jacome, a famous pirate, known as Lorencillo. In May 1683 he sacked and pillaged Veracruz, 
and sailed away on June 1 after having captured a large treasure. The fleet that was sent against the pirates 
arrived on the spot just in time to see Lorencillo sailing away-over the horizon. 

6 A nickname for Spaniards, 


DIARY OF PADRE JUAN ANTONIO RIVERA 1195 


July 12.—Today they hanged Antonio Benavides (alias El Tapado) who 
has been masquerading as a Visitador of the Realm. They cut off his head and 
took it to puebla, and they nailed one of his hands to the gallows. 

July 14.—We received word that Lorencillo’ has captured a vessel that was 
on its way to Campeche. 

August 19.—Today there was published a ballad in honour of El Tapado 
(who was hanged on July 12); and they sold six reams. 

September 1.—We hear that Lorencillo is at Cabo-Corrientes with one hundred 
and twenty boats and four thousand men, waiting for reinforcements before 
attacking the fleet. 

December 1.—About the time of evening prayers there blew over Mexico a 
sort of powder of lime or saltpetre, which made every one sneeze, and lasted 
until eight in the evening, and the church-bells tolled for general prayers. It is 
said to have been tequesquite (mineral salt) from the lake. 


1685 


February 11.—It was reported that some Spaniards on board Lorencillo’s ship 
had mutinied and murdered him. This report later proved false. 

June 3.—Although it was raining, the Sefior Archbishop Seijas laid the corner- 
stone of the church of San Bernardo. 

June 2.—At half past three this morning a terrible earthquake; it lasted 
about three Credos. The church bells were rung. 

July 6.—There is rejoicing in Mexico over the safe arrival at Acapulco of the 
boat from Peru, loaded with quicksilver. It brought three thousand quintals. 

July 8—Word comes that four hundred pirates have landed at Campeche; 
the governor has fortified the garrison and gone forth to fight them. 

August 16.—Nicolas Agramoén and Lorencillo have taken Campeche; and they 
did advance ten leagues towards Mérida; but the government troops made them 
retire and took two prisoners, while the enemy has captured two hundred Indians. 
The troops of Mexico are ordered, the command to go into effect on the 20th. 

September 3—Two hundred men of the Palace Guards left for Veracruz. A 
fleet with fourteen hundred men is being gotten ready there to sail for Campeche. 

September 25.—We hear that the fleet has captured a boat with twenty-five 
cannons and a frigate from the enemy who robbed Veracruz; and that they killed 
twenty-seven men: that, having sighted sails, they reconnoitered and discovered 
a boat with forty-five cannon and Lorencillo aboard; that on returning to port, 
they found that the fleet had gone and it is supposed that it has sailed in pursuit 
of the pirate. Finally it was said that the enemy ships had sailed to Paraguay, 
where they burned the towns, beheaded the inhabitants, and manned their 
boats with the slaves stolen from Veracruz, beheading those who proved unruly, 
so that they might not later be of use to the Spaniards. 

October 6.—Word is received of the arrival of the Barlovento fleet. 

October 20.—The peace with France is proclaimed. We hear that three pirate 
ships tried to land two hundred men, but our forces repelled them. 

October 27.—Pirates have burned the port of Huatuleo nu the province of 
Oaxaca. : 

November 6.—The government has received word that the French have landed 
three hundred families in the Bahia del Espiritu Santo. 

November 12.—We hear that pirates have landed on the coast of Colima, and 
killed the curate and other persons. 

November 14.—The galleon from China, for which the enemy was lying in 
wait, entered safely into Acapulco. This news brought by Don Isidro Otén, a 





7 Lorenzo Jacome, pirate chief. 


1196 © THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


sailor who then left with the expedition to the Californias, where he will accom- 
plish nothing good. This officer went out with two boats to meet the galleon 
and escorted her while she called at the ports of Colima and Navidad. 

November 31.—Word was brought that the Alcalde of the Court, Don Simén, 
has taken the admiral of the Barlovento squadron a prisoner; and three hundred 
men have been armed; and the soldiers of the garrison have taken to the hills, 
because they have not been paid the money that was due them. 


1686 


January 21.—Today there was read in the Cathedral the order from Rome, 
canonizing Gregorio Lépez. 

January 31.—The Viceroy and two of the oidores returned from the Santuario 
de Chalma. 

February 25.—It is known that the enemy is within twenty leagues of Acapulco. 
One of his ships was burned, and he put his prisoners ashore. 

March 18.—The pirates entered Compostela in Jalisco and stole forty boat- 
loads of fish; but the farmers attacked them and recovered the fish. And they 
killed more than fifty pirates and took away their arms. 

June 6.—The Chapter of the Cathedral was invited by the Viceroy to accom- 
pany him to San Augustin de las Cuevas. This year two oidores went with them, 
and it is said that a great deal of gambling went on there. 

August 12.—The students at the college of San Ramon have risen in revolt 
against the Father Superior, a monk of the Mercy order. The Vicar-general 
and an Alcalde of the Court were present during the disturbance. 

August 20.—We hear that Don Melchior Porto-Carrero, alias Brazo de Plata, 
is coming to Mexico as Viceroy. 

October 15.—The new Viceroy entered Chapultepec. 


1687 


February 6.—News comes from Guatemala that the volcano of Nicaragua is 
in eruption. In the southern seas the pirates have captured two of our ships and 
killed one hundred and eighty of our men. This day the Viceroy went to inspect 
the drainage canal of the city, and the Attorney-general and the engineers went 
with him. 

February 7.—The Carmelite fathers gave alms to the convents of the nuns; 
they gave six hundred pesos. 

April 3——This day was laid the cornerstone of the church of San Antonio 
Abad. 

May 5.—Today, by order of the Archbishop, the sport of cock-fighting was 
prohibited, and an idemnization was given to the manager to replace the profits 
he will lose. 

May 13.—Father Manuel Cabrera is put in charge of the building of the 
drainage canal. 

May 20.—Robbers near Cuautitlin having stolen seven mules loaded with 
silver belonging to private owners, an Alcalde left Mexico with a number of men 
in pursuit of the thieves. 

May 23.—The robbers were captured near San Cosme, and among them was 
one dressed as a gentleman; and all of them were sent to prison. 

June 10.—An order from the Archbishop, with censure, directing that all 
dogs be put out of the convents. This day there was found near San Francisco 
the body of a Spanish woman, with twenty knife wounds in her, and a son of 
hers beheaded. It is supposed to be the work of one of her negroes; he was 
arrested and the Alcaldes of the Court tortured him all night long, as the Viceroy 
had ordered that should he confess, he should be immediately hung. He denied 
his guilt during the torture, and they brought before him the earring of the dead 
woman and her shirt covered with blood. However, he did confess to having 
stolen from San Felipe an image of Nuestra Sefiora de las Nieves. He who 


DIARY OF PADRE JUAN ANTONIO RIVERA 1197 


murdered the woman is one Miguel Sedano; he did the deed alone; and he was 
accused by a little child. 

June 16.—The convict was hanged, and his right hand was nailed to the door 
of the woman whom he killed. The Alcalde, Don Francisco Moscoso, quarreled 
with the Corregidor; they fought with their canes and broke them. 

June 19.—Word was brought to the Viceroy that at San Lorenzo some men 
were preparing to set fire to the jail, in order to free two prisoners. An Alealde 
was sent with soldiers, and he prevented the deed, and captured three men. 

June 23.—Don Antonio Sousa died in the court prison and was buried in Santo 
Domingo. It is presumed that he was secretly executed, for the burial took 
place behind locked doors, so that no one might see what went on. 

July 20.—The Viceroy presented the parish of Santa Catarina with a carriage 
which cost one thousand, four hundred pesos. 

August 20.—Paper was sold in the city at 16 pesos the ream. 

September 21.—News comes that the pirates have landed on the coast of 
Tehuantepec. 


1688 


January 17.—A certain N. Padilla having escaped from prison, a proclamation 
was issued by the Viceroy offering a reward for his capture dead or alive, and a 
pardon to any delinquent who might catch him. Later in the day the guard at 
Rio Frio brought in the prisoner and the Viceroy gave them 1,500 pesos. 

September 8—Today there was an auto de fé in the Inquisition; and there were 
nine convicted of serious crimes. It began at seven in the morning, and was over 
at three o’clock in the afternoon. The Viceroy and his wife were present. In 
the evening Juan Antero was married in the house of the Conde de la Laguna and 
the Viceroy witnessed the ceremony. The feast cost 25,000 pesos. On this same 
day we received word that in Guatemala an earthquake has destroyed many 
churches and killed more than three hundred people. We also hear that the 
English have captured one of our ships off the coast of Guatemala. They put 
the crew ashore and stole all the silver on board. 

March 27.—It is discovered that 13,000 pesos have been stolen from a coffer 
in the Cathedral; and there are indications that they were stolen by a sacristan, 

April 15.—Holy Thursday. The sale of sweets and pastry was prohibited. 

August 23.—Today we were advised that Don Gaspar de Silva y Zthiga. 
Conde de Galves, has been appointed Viceroy, and that the Conde de Monclova 
has been named Viceroy of Lima. 

September 12.—An edict is published in the Cathedral removing twenty-five 
feast-days from the calendar. 

September 22.—It is said that the Viceroy is bringing in two enemy ships cap- 
tured on his way over from Spain. Three thousand quintals of quicksilver have 
arrived at Acapulco. Came a Royal Decree prohibiting cock-fighting; and there 
was returned to the Archbishop the sum he had given to the manager as 
indemnization. 

November 26.—The pirates near Jalisco have carried off forty women, one Jesuit, 
one father of Mercy, much silver and many people. 

December 1.—Troops set out today for Acapulco to fight against the pirates. 

December 4.—The new Viceroy, the Conde de Galves, entered Mexico. 


1689 


September 23.—It is known that boats have arrived at Acapulco from Peru 
to escort the Viceroy, the Conde de Monclova. 

April 4.—Monday of Holy Week. The procession passed from Santa Maria 
la Redonda to the home of the Conde de Monclova, and there were more than 


four thousand candles. 
April 7—Holy Thursday. The Viceroy Monclova assisted at the ceremonies 


at the Hospital de Jestis. On Holy Saturday he gave 100 pesos of alms to the 
hospital. 


1198 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


May 19.—The restoration of Nuestro Sefior de Santa Teresa is declared a 
miracle by the Archbishop, Don Francisco Aguilar y Seijas; the church bells 
are rung all over Mexico. 

July 9.—Came the news of the death of the Queen of Spain. We hear that 
the squadron of Lorencillo is advancing on Campeche and Vera Cruz. 

August 15.—Today the jewels of the Cathedral, including the golden Asuncién 
were appraised at two hundred thousand pesos. 

October 13.—At two o’clock this morning, a terrible earthquake which lasted 
two Credos. 

December 4.—The Viceroys went to inspect the treasure of the Cathedral, and 
the canons presented them with two jewels. 


1690 


June 14.—There was a bullfight in the park in front of the palace. The 
Conde de Santiago fought a bull, as did several of the other gentlemen; and a 
servant of the Count was caught by a bull and he was severely hurt. 

August 17.—It is said that the Conde de Monclova did cause an Oidor to be 
hanged in Lima; this because he had killed a Mercedary friar. 

September 8.—The Viceroy went to visit the mines at Pachuca. 

November 3.—It is said that the treasure chest of the Holy Office has been 
robbed. 

1691 


February 16.—The great dome of the magnificent church of San Agustin, 
begun under the auspices of Father Payno Enriquez de Rivera, was finished. 

March 14.—We hear that the Armada has entered Veracruz bringing in four- 
teen captured pirate ships; also that our arms have triumphed completely in 
Santo Domingo both on land and sea, and that more than six hundred Frenchmen 
were killed. 

June 1.—In the Franciscan convent of El Santo Evangelio there are seven 
hundred and seventy-five friars, of which five hundred and twenty-five are 
creoles and the rest Spaniards. 

June 14.—The feast of Corpus Christi, and as it had rained for three days 
and three nights, the Viceroy was consulted as to whether or no the procession 
should go forth as usual; and he said yes. Accordingly, the procession took 
place and returned at noon, and the Archbishop took part; and in the afternoon 
and night it rained w ithout ceasing. 

June 16.—The bells were tolled and prayers were offered foe the rain to stop. 

June 23.—A bridge was opened in the calzada de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe, 
because the nuns in the San Juan convent are in danger of being inundated. 

August 23.—There was total eclipse of the sun at nine o’clock this morning. 
The stars appeared, the cocks crew, and everything appeared as though it was 
the middle of the night. The Viceroy’s lady has gone to make a novena to 
Nuestra Sefiora de los Remedios; she took with her as a gift a lamp that cost 
three thousand pesos and also a beautiful ornament for the shrine; the best 
society of Mexico accompanied her. 

September 13.—The bakers in Mexico refused to make the bread and there 
was not a piece of bread in the city this day. 

November 10.—D. J. Franco was elected Rector of the University; he is nine- 
teen years of age and has been a Doctor for two years. 

December 15.—It is ordered that, beginning with the first of next year, the 
bakers must bring to the plaza each day eighty baskets of bread, and each loaf 
is to weigh eighteen ounces. 

December 23.—The Viceroy commissioned three gentlemen of the court to 
go forth and procure wheat. Zaragoza went to Chaleo; Chacén to Atlixco; 
and Escalante went to Toluca. They are also to buy corn and great quantities 


are being received at the granary. The galleon from China has arrived at 
Acapulco. Php ue 


DIARY OF PADRE JUAN ANTONIO RIVERA 1199 


1692 


February 12.—There is great rejoicing over the arrival of two ships from 
Peru bringing three thousand five hundred quintals of quick-silver. 
May 24.—Nuestra Senora de los Remedios was brought to the city on account 


of there being a lack of rain. 
1693 


May 31.—Don Carlos de Sigiienza y Géngora, who was sent to Panzacola 
to see to the fortifications of that port, arrived in the city. 

September 9.—A captain of the Cavalry killed eleven people and a page of 
the Viceroy’s, having discovered that his wife was untrue to him; and he stabbed 
and wounded the woman, but she, running away, found sanctuary in the convent 


of San Gerénimo. 
1694 


March 15.—A Mass in the Cathedral, to give thanks for a victory in New Mexico. 

June 22.—This day a partial eclipse of the sun. 

July 6.—The Archbishop and the Viceroy are agreed as to the plan for the 
proposed church of Nuestra Sefiora de Guadalupe and during the day the archi- 
tects went to Guadalupe with the Majordomo to examine the ground and decide 
upon the site of the new church. With them went a scribe who will report their 
findings to the Archbishop and the Viceroy. 

August 1.—This day two priests began, in the church of San Francisco, to beg 
for alms for the building of the church at Guadalupe. And Don Pedro Ruiz gave 
fifty thousand pesos; and Don Pedro Medina gave thirty thousand. Both are 
Mexican priests. 

August 5.—The first stone of the new church was laid by Don Agustin Carreén. 
This same day Dona Juana, the widow of Captain Francisco Canales, entered the 
Capuchin convent, taking with her four hundred thousand pesos. She has given 
much to charity and has founded many works of piety. 

December 30.—The painting of Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe was this day 
placed in her provisional church, while the new one is being built. The Viceroy 
went to the ceremony, and Don Agustin Garcia dedicated the church. And he 
gave more than a thousand marcos of silver bars. 


1695 


January 12.—It being the birthday of the Viceroy, there was a bullfight in the 
plaza of La Piedad; the Conde de Santiago and other gentlemen fought bulls in 
honor of the Viceroy. 

February 16—Today there were horse races at Tacuba. The Viceroy was 
thrown from his horse and suffered such a bad fall that the remainder of the races 
were called off. 

April 17.—Today died the famous Mexican nun, Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz. 

July 5—Both the Archbishop and the Viceroy are very ill with dysentery. 
Had they not forbidden the sale of the pulque of the Indians, they would have 
been better by now. When a Gachupin is ill, give him pulque, and he will live 
to a ripe old age. 

1696 

January 15.—This day took place an auto de fé of the Holy Inquisition, and 
the Viceroy and his lady were present. It began at six o’clock of the morning 
and was not over before four o’clock of the afternoon, for there were twenty-five 
persons to be judged. Sixteen were accused of bigamy, and there were four 
women convicted of being witches. 

January 16—Twenty-two of yesterday’s prisoners were flogged through the 
streets of the city. 

March 31.—An order is proclaimed forbidding the puestos, or booths, in the 
plaza; only foodstuffs are permitted to be offered for sale there. 

(HERE THE DIARY ABRUPTLY ENDS) 





IN PERU me. 


A RAPIDLY GROWING PERUVIAN INDUSTRY 





WN 
S 
> 


] 
Youd 








LL the world knows the varied uses to which cotton may be 
put. But comparatively few there are who realize the 
many forces which lie dormant in a single seed of the cotton 
plant. Cottonseed in its natural, unlinted state might 

seem as valueless as any wind-blown seed of grass or wild flower. On 
the contrary, its industrial value is enormous. Its every component 
part is convertible into some commercial or economical use. As all 
may know, the soft green kernel becomes, when subject to the grind- 
ing mills, food for cattle and oil for the table and lard for the kitchen 
and soap for the laundry. But that is not all. The fiber which after 
ginning still clings to the shell is stripped away and marketed as lint. 
The shell itself after the last remaining bit of meat has been extracted, 
is used for heating boilers and making gas. Even the ashes when they 
have been raked from the gas-making plant have still their end to 
serve. They can be compressed in cakes and reused in the form of 
coke for producing steam. 

Lint and lard, oil and soap, fodder and gas, fuel and coke—of what 
other seed in creation can it be said that it yields so great a return? 

The cottonseed industry of Peru is developing rapidly as, year by 
year, more land is being put under cotton and new areas are brought 
into cultivation by means of irrigation. And yet the industry is still 
in its infancy. . . The outcome has been the formation of a new 
industry which is Peruvian from top to tail and which, under the title 
of the Compafiia Industrial Ltda. de Huacho, owns the largest factory 
in the country for the manufacture of cottonseed oil and vegetable 
landia.os 

This company, founded in 1916, at first mainly devoted its energies 
to the production of cottonseed oil. A certain amount of lard was. 
also put on the market, but the chief attention of the company’s 
chemists was devoted to experimental work in the endeavor to pro- 
duce a substance which should be absolutely free from the defects 
which were urged against chemico-vegetable lard. Visits were made 
to the leading factories in the United States, and by degrees the best- 
approved type of machinery was installed. The work was es by 





1 From the West Coast feaden Lima, Peru, Sept. 6, 1927. 
1200 


FROM COTTONSEED TO LARD IN PERU 1201 


a fire which broke out in 1923 and completely destroyed the oil 
section. Thereafter the buildings were reconstructed, the staff reor- 
ganized and further new methods of manufacture introduced. The 
culmination of these long years of spade work and experiment was the 
placing upon the market in June, 1927, of the now-familiar brand of 
“Daisy” lard. 

This brand at once began to win popular favor, not only on account 
of its cheapness but also on account of its digestibility and its lack of 
taste and odor. The favorable opinion was further supported by 


ee 





MAIN ENTRANCE TO A PERUVIAN FACTORY MAKING COTTONSEED OIL, LARD, 
AND THEIR BY-PRODUCTS 


the analyses made by competent chemists. These have given the 
following results: 


NW eee ak a ee epee a re nay Cel Segre ere be) 0. 25 
HAS O MUO Me bla] Twa tet ee een hi oct candy A cee a apa eye A EC 11 
Wegetablersulbstances 0 2 kt oe ee ee eee 13. 50 
GGEFOMSCC CRONE I. cents hea SN 2 ie BI el ee en Cen eee ep eae 86. 14 

PIN Gy tye bare et hee, Se) Bue Sra i eee LeU ale Oat yay OSD ai es ORR ER Oe eR 100. 00 


Reaction: Neutral. 
Fusion point: 32.33° C. 


A VISIT TO THE FACTORY 


To the average individual who accepts his meals as they are served 
and who knows little of the mysteries of the kitchen, a visit to the 
factory of the Compafiia Industrial Ltda. at Huacho is a deeply 
interesting experience. He learns in the first place the varied uses to 


1202 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


which the seed of cotton may be put, as has already been indicated in 
the opening paragraphs of this article. He may not be able to grasp 
in one, or in half a dozen visits, the intricate technical processes 
through which that seed must pass in the course of its evolution into 
cake or oilorlard. But he can not but be impressed by the meticulous 
care with which the vegetable fats are produced for use in the cooking 
of food. The millennium would have dawned if all cooks were as 
particular in attention to cleanliness and detail as the workers in the 
Huacho factory are in the production of oil and lard for human use. 

The Huacho factory occupies a large block of ground facing the 
station of the Ferrocarril Noroeste del Peru and backing on the sea. 





BAGS OF COTTONSEED AWAITING DO ae) INTO OIL, LARD, SOAP, OR 
OIL-CAKE 4 


From the outside it is no more than a gaunt range of buildings con- 
veying no meaning. But it differs from the average run of factory 
buildings in this, that the surroundings include no litter of dirt and 
rubbish, and no evil odors assault the nostrils. From the tall chimney 
issues a plume of pure white smoke without defiling the landscape 
and adjoining buildings with dust and cinders. The outside is a 
symbol of that which is within. Cleanliness is the moving factor, 
cleanliness and method and economy. ... But to understand, 
even in the vaguest measure, the transformation from seed to lard 
it is necessary to begin at the beginning and pursue the cottonseed 
through its various apotheoses. 


FROM COTTONSEED TO LARD IN PERU 1203 


GINNING AND LINTING 


The Compafia Industrial obtains its seed from many different 
sources. It is conveyed from the ginning mills in 150-pound sacks 
which are piled in the yards at the south end of the buildings. The 
ignorant visitor might wonder that the making of lard should require 
such enormous quantities of seed, as he gazes up at the mountains 
of sacks which represent the stock in hand. He is apt to be less 
surprised when be learns that the average consumption of cottonseed 
is 320,000 quintals* a year. Most of it is obtained from the Huacho, 
Supe, and Huaral districts. The Department of Ancachs also pays 
its tribute. ... In general, there is little difference in the seed from 
the varieties of cotton which are grown in Peru, though some varieties 
give a better yield of oil than others. Growers also send their cotton 
to be ginned at the company’s mill, giving the seed in return. For this 
purpose the factory is equipped with a complete ginning plant. 
When the ginning process is completed, the cotton is baled on the 
premises and shipped abroad by the Compania Industrial on behalf 
of the growers. 

The seed, whether obtained from the ginning plant or from the 
stock at hand in the yards, is first carried in an elevator to the top 
of the building, where it is cleaned by passing through a fine filter. 
Thence it is passed through the linters to remove the particles of 
cotton still clinging to the husk. The resultant lint is also baled and 
shipped abroad. 

Here, then, even at this early stage of his visit the neophyte begins 
to realize that the manufacture of vegetable lard has many varied 
phases. And yet these are simple in comparison to those that follow. 


HULLING, GRINDING, AND GAS MAKING 


After passing through the linters, the clean seed pours in a con- 
tinuous stream into a tube carrying 1t by pneumatic air pressure to 
the top of the tower on its journey to the hulling machine, where 
the meat is separated from the husk. And at this point still another 
lesson is learned. Just as there is no waste in nature, so in the 
scientific manufacturing plants of to-day no waste is permissible. 
The husks, as they pour in their millions of broken fragments from 
the hulling machine, might be deemed to be so much waste matter. 
Not so in the modern factory of Huacho. In the first place, to 
insure that not a trace of meat remains, they are passed once more 
through a shaker. Thereafter they are used either for fuel in the 
furnace or put into a gas-making plant to provide power for two 
250-horsepower Crossley engines with double cylinders, which in 
their turn furnish light and power for the seed department. And to 





21 metric quintal equals 220.46 pounds, 


1204 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


complete the cycle, the ash which comes out of the gas-making plant 
is compressed into cakes and used again in the form of coke for 
making steam. 

We now return to follow the fortunes of the kernel or meaty por- 
tion of the cottonseed, the part which produces the oil and lard and 
cake of commerce. In the first place, it is finely ground in a five- 
roller mill and thence carried automatically by conductors to a 
Five-High Cooker. Here it is subjected to a heat of about 214° F., 
from which it issues through a “‘former’’ in the shape of cakes. 
And at this point in the process occurs the only case in which the 
materials are handled by human touch, when a stream of men carry 





FILTERS THROUGH WHICH COTTONSEED OIL PASSES AFTER BLEACHING AND 
DEODORIZATION 


the superheated cakes, wrapped in asbestos, to the six 16-cake 
presses which face the cooker at a distance of a few feet. 


COTTONSEED CAKE AND OIL 


These presses are operated by hydraulic pressure of 4,200 pounds 
to the square inch, the pump being worked by cottonseed oil extracted 
on the premises—another instance of the manner in which the 
Huacho factory is to all intents and purposes  self-maintained. 
When the cake has been squeezed dry of every particle of oil, it is 
passed to a trimming table and thereafter packed for shipment to 
Europe for use as cattle food or fertilizer. To eliminate any possi- 


FROM COTTONSEED TO LARD IN PERU 1205 


bility of waste the fragments which remain after the trimming are 
again passed through the cooker. 

As one stands beside the presses, a thick stream of oil is seen 
flowing into a trough which runs into a tank sunk in the floor along- 
side of the machines. This is the crude oil which is to be used as 
required either in the making of “Winter” oil, i. e., oil for table or 
kitchen use, or for lard. As has already been stated, the Compania 
Industrial de Huacho is at the present time concentrating its energies 
on the manufacture of the already famous brand of “Daisy”’ lard. 
But “Winter” oil is also produced as required by the demands of the 
market. It is so called because for use on the table or in the kitehen 
the oil after being clarified, has the stearin (the crystalline compound 
contained in animal and vegetable fats) settled out by means of 
freezing, the usual amount of stearin in cottonseed oil being 25 
per cent. The factory is equipped with a special ice plant for the 
production of this ‘“‘Winter” oil. It is then put up into 35 or 37 
pound tins for the market by means of an oil-filling machine which 
performs its task automatically, without spilling a single drop. 

The universal demand for wholesome table and cooking oils makes 
the production of cottonseed oil an industry of prime importance 
for a cotton-growing country like Peru. All the oil which the Com- 
panhia Industrial manufactures, with the exception of that which is 
required in the factory or for local consumption, is exported to 
Europe, where it finds a ready market. But it is not generally known 
that quite a notable proportion of it returns to Peru with the addition 
of a little green coloring matter and is sold in Lima at high prices as 
the “‘best olive oil.’ It is quite possible, therefore, that those who 
most shrink from the use of cottonseed products for domestic use 
are unwittingly using cottonseed oil with their salads. 

The Compania Industrial maintains large oil deposits at Huacho, 
contained in six tanks of a total capacity of 8,000 quintals. 


LARD 


In the manufacture of lard, the process is somewhat different, 
though it remains the same in the preliminary refining stages. The 
crude oil which flows from the presses into the tank is pumped to 
the second floor of the building and passed into tanks where it is 
neutralized and clarified with caustic soda. The purpose of this is 
to remove all impurities and acid matter. These impurities, which 
are impurities only in a technical sense, are utilized, as will be seen 
later, in the manufacture of a very excellent laundry soap. On the 
completion of the neutralization process, the oil is pumped into a 
bleaching tank, where it is treated with fuller’s earth with the object 
of making the oil as nearly white as possible. Air is also pumped into 
this tank in order to remove all moisture, the proportion of water 
remaining in the lard (as the analysis shows) being almost negligible. 


1206 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


From the bleaching tank the oil, which is now of a crystalline clear- 
ness, passes through a fine filter (to remove the last remaining trace 
of fuller’s earth) into the deodorizer, where the last and most impor- 
tant refining process is carried out. The deodorizer is in reality a 
vacuum pan wherein the oil is boiled at a heat of 200° C. for eight 
hours. . . Not only does the oil issue from the vacuum pan in a 
condition of absolute purity, but every lingering remnant of odor 
and taste has disappeared. In this condition it is pumped into yet 
another tank, where at a temperature of 80° C. the oil is kept in 
steady motion in order to keep both stearin and oil well mixed. 

And in this connection it is of interest to note that the Compania 
Industrial, with the aim of perfecting still further their lard product, 





THE END OF THE JOURNEY—COTTONSEED LARD PACKED IN BARRELS OR TINS 
FOR SHIPMENT 


are erecting a hydrogenization plant which will give a product of 
exactly the same consistency as animal lard. 

The final stage in the lard-making process is now reached. The 
oil has been subjected to every test to which it can be submitted by 
science in order to insure that it is absolutely wholesome for human 
consumption. It remains now to solidify it into the lard of commerce. 
From the mixing tank the oil flows in a stream as white as water and 
falls drop by drop onto a revolving cylinder into which ammonia 
freezing mixture has been pumped. The wall of the cylinder is of 
very thin steel which at once freezes the oil until it has the requisite 
consistency of lard and the whiteness of snow. In this condition the 
lard falls from the cylinder into a beater fitted with small propellers 
where it is beaten up, much as butter is churned, into a state of 


FROM COTTONSEED TO LARD IN PERU 1207 


even greater whiteness. From this point a pump with a very high 
pressure, in order to prevent the lard from solidifying in the 114-inch 
pipe, drives it along through a filter of the finest mesh, fine enough 
to extract the last little remaining impurity which might have 
escaped attention, to the outlet of the pipe. 

The process of manufacture is completed.. Through the linters 
and the hullers and the cooker and the press and the vats and the 
deodorizer and the ammonia machine, the cottonseed has passed in 
the different stages of its development, to fall in a stream of dazzling 
whiteness into the waiting barrels and packing tins, where it reaches 
its final stage of hardness. Even in the barrels nothing is left to 
chance. The interior walls are treated with silicate of soda to pre- 
vent the grease from being absorbed and to insure that the taste of 
the wood does not affect the lard. 

The present capacity of the factory, with a staff of 120 to 150 
men, is about 160 quintals of lard in 10 hours, a quantity which is 
sufficient for the moment. But the reorganization which has been 
carried out within the last few months contemplates considerable 
developments at an early date. There is already enough power for 
a much larger output, and with the enlargement of the premises and 
the installation of new machinery, which is already on hand, the 
output will soon be increased to meet the growing demand for ‘‘ Daisy”’ 
lard. It is anticipated that in the future Peru will export lard which 
will compete on favorable terms with the vegetable lards of the 
United States. 

SOAP 


It has already been seen that any impurities existing in the crude 
cottonseed oil which might render it unfit for human consumption 
were removed in the neutralizing tank. These impurities consist 
of the balance of the meat from the seed and acid matter and are 
of high commercial value in the manufacture of soap. The residues 
are treated by a special department in the Huacho factory and boiled 
in two 200-kilo boilers with a mixture of caustic soda. The resultant 
soap has already won for itself a good reputation under the name of 
Jaboén de Pepita and is widely used in the kitchen and laundry. It 
has three strong recommendations—purity, cheapness, and cleansing 
power. The present output is about 200 quintals a week, but the 
capacity will be increased in proportion with the demand when the 
buildings are enlarged. 

68910—27—Bull. 12——4 





‘ORLD-EM 
CREASE. INTERNATION 
CONSCIOUSNESS .. 
























By Lovisr F. SH1eips 


RARELY appropriate setting for the first meeting of the 
Institute of International Relations, December 5 to 12, 
1926, has brought acceptance for the invitation to hold 
its second session, December, 1927, in the same place, 
namely, the Mission Inn at Riverside, California. 

The Institute, headed by leading educators and business men of 
the Pacific coast, announces as its purpose to bring in universal good 
will and world peace. 

Riverside was the site of the first peace conference on the Pacific 
coast, February 28, 1911, in cooperation with the Andrew Carnegie 
Peace Foundation. 

The Mission Inn and Frank Augustus Miller, the master of the 
Inn, are symbols of international good will. Mr. Miller has made 
the Inn a center of the art of many nations and a place of congenial 
companionship for world travelers. He is an ardent advocate of 
friendship among the nations. 

Believing in a common meeting ground for individual and racial 
differences, he has assembled a celebrated collection of bells, civil and 
religious, from many lands, to peal forth the joy and reverence of a 
universal language. 

Above the city of Riverside rises Mount Rubidoux, with a cross 
on its summit to call the annual Easter morning pilgrimage of wor- 
shipers of many creeds and races, and the annual sunset peace meet- 
ing on Armistice Day. The Indians in the early days held an annual 
sunrise meeting here, to pledge themselves to live at peace with their 
neighbors in this valley. A site on the mountain used for many 
peace gatherings with international speakers has been marked by a 
peace tower and testimonial bridge, erected by the neighbors and 
friends of Mr. Miller, ‘“‘in recognition of his constant labor in the 
promotion of civic beauty, community righteousness, and world 
peace.” 

1208 


WORLD-EMBLEMS OF RELIGION 1209 


But the most significant part of the setting was within the ereal 
cloister music room of the inn, chosen for the general sessions of the 
Institute of International Relaione There, in a wall cabinet, 
crosses, rosaries, and other religious emblems fon all corners of ‘ie 
earth faced the delegates who were seeking harmony among the 
nations. Electric lights, constantly binnmine illumined the luetrane 
jewels of the rosaries and the rainbow colors of the precious stones 
and metals of the crosses. 





THE CLOISTER MUSIC ROOM, THE MISSION INN, RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA” 4 


The photograph reproduced on this page shows Christian, Bud- 
dhist, Hindu, ancient Egyptian, American Indian, and other tokens 
of faith among those of many lands who are 

“Falling with our weight of cares 
Upon the great world altar stairs 
Which slope through darkness wp to God.” 

This large and representative collection of emblems results from 
years of research on the part of Mr. Miller and his friends. 

That the cross was used as a religious and mystic emblem before 
Christ’s crucifixion made it an object of veneration with Christians 
is a well-known fact and is evidenced in this collection by a gold- 
enameled ‘‘key of life” cross from Egypt. This symbol is seen often 
in the hands of the ancient Nile gods and is one of the oldest and 
most universal forms of the cross. It was connected with the dual 
reciprocal forces in nature 20 centuries before the Christian era. 

The longest rosary on the cabinet door is one used in prayer by a 
Chinese Buddhist priest while kneeling to invoke the attention of 


1210 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


the Blessed One. The beads are of delicate pink, green, and yellow. 
The green stones are of jade and are greatly esteemed. 

The Hindu faith is represented by a rosary of ‘“rudrach”’ beads, 
from Jaipur, India, commonly worn about the neck of devout Brah- 
mins. A Mohammedan rosary from Cairo, Egypt, has 99 beads of 
sandalwood. Nuts, intricately carved, and fruit pits, cut into the 





THE COLLECTION OF CROSSES, ROSARIES, AND OTHER 
RELIGIOUS EMBLEMS ON EXHIBITION AT THE MIS- 
SION INN, RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA 


shape of temple gongs, form the beads of two Japanese Buddhist 
rosaries. | 

From Tibet comes a prayer wheel with a hollow receptacle con- 
taining a paper inscribed with prayers to Buddha, the chief one 
being “‘Um Mani Padmi Hun” (I take my refuge in Buddha). 
This whirligig is made to revolve on the handle by means of a small 
attached ball of lead, and with every revolution a prayer is made 
without any mental effort. 

A “dorgee”’ of bronze comes from Darjeeling, India, of the kind 
held in the hands of Buddhist priests when exorcising the devil. 
The equivalents of the Indian ‘“‘dorgee” are the gilt wood “Sanko” 


WORLD-EMBLEMS OF RELIGION 1211 


and the bronze “Tokko” exhibited here, used by Japanese Buddhist 
priests to avert evil. 

A “rain-cross”’ of the kind worshiped by the Indians of Mexico 
and Guatemala before the Spaniards came is one which came to the 
collection through the Navajo Indians of New Mexico. It is a 
double-armed pectoral cross, having on one side two reversed Swastika 
crosses and seven arrows—three arrows pointing to each cross and 
the seventh pointing outward. The reverse side has two Swastika 
crosses. 

Swastika (it 7s well) is the name given by the Buddhists to the 
design found as a religious emblem in many parts of the world, 
reverenced in India 3,000 years ago as the Fulfot Cross, symbol in 
Egyptian tombs and Roman catacombs, and graven on prehistoric 
temples of both Eastern and Western Hemispheres. Whatever its 
origin, it surely points to some early connection of the races so widely 
divergent at the beginning of history. 

Ancient crosses with Jesus wearing a kingly crown instead of 
thorns indicate that the Christian cross was used at first as a symbol 
of triumph rather than suffering. 

From Colombo, Ceylon, where the Jesuits had an educational 
center in the sixteenth century, comes a silver cross set with the 
famous Cingalese moonstones. Papeete, on the island of Tahiti, 
has yielded up a rosary whose beads are mother-of-pearl. A bronze 
Coptic processional cross from northern Africa, of the period of 1700, 
has 13 crosses in its formation, commemorating the 13 seated at the 
Last Supper. 

The cross which flashes most brilliantly to the visitor is the green 
malachite in the upper right section of the wall space. Near it is 
one of handsome white cornelian and beyond it one of deep-blue 
lapis lazuli. Others are of turquoise, jade, tortoise shell, abalone 
shell, ivory exquisitely carved, gold, silver, brass, copper, bronze, 
steel damascened with gold and silver from Toledo, famed for steel 
blades of swords, Japanese cloisonné, Mexican silver filigree, and 
staurolite, the mineral which crystallizes into the form of crosses, also 
many of precious woods. 

Some of the crosses contain reliquaries with bones of saints, a bit 
of the sacred cross, or other object of veneration. Mr. Miller finds 
especial significance in the crosses presented to him by the Bishop 
of Jerusalem and the priest at St. Francis’s chapel in Asissi. 

Of especial interest to this international gathering were the cross 
from the chapel at Seville where, according to Spanish belief, rest the 
bones of Christopher Columbus, and the one from the cathedral at 
Granada, where Ferdinand and Isabella are buried. 

The delegates to next winter’s institute will have a constant 
reminder that ‘“‘Crosses are the ladders by which we may climb to 
Heaven’”—that Heaven on earth which will come with universal 


good will. 











By H. A. CaraccioLo 


HE good ship Venezuela arrived at Puerto Colombia shortly 
before daybreak on June 15. Until the shore inspection 
could take place we waited at anchor a mile out, a delay 
which afforded a memorable view of the great peaks of the 

Sierra Nevada. 

The Sierra, one of the highest ranges in all South America, raised 
its summit far into a cloudless sky fully 100 miles away to the east— 
a colossus in the surrounding low-lying country and the more clearly 
visible from where we were on a still sea, in the pale gray of morning. 
When the first rays of the sun caught its summit crowned with 2,000 
feet of snow, leaving the base in emerald shadows, we enjoyed such 
prismatic glories of colors as the gods on Olympus might have shared. 
It will be many a day before the memory of this queenly mountain 
of the Caribbean will fade. 

It was obvious that the azure of these coastal skies closely ap- 
proached that observed in Mediterranean countries, an effect doubt- 
less due to causes connected with the cool atmospheric regions within 
the influence of these gigantic pinnacles. Frozen heights on the 
Alps probably contribute to the singular beauty of Italian skies in 
the same manner. 

Having landed on a long pier at Puerto Colombia, a small railroad 
took us in the space of less than an hour to Barranquilla. This 
town is on the western bank of the Magdalena River, which is still 
the only available highroad for commerce with the interior. Bar- 
ranquilla strikes one as a labyrinth of bazaars and warehouses; its 
inhabitants are among the most cosmopolitan of cosmopolitan groups 
in the wide world. 

After a glance at the map it will be asked why ocean boats do not 
cover the short distance from the mouth of the Magdalena in the 
Carribbean to Barranquilla. This is the question Colombians them- 
selves have been asking for many years and, as a consequence, since 
the Bocas de Ceniza, as the entrance from the sea is called, is shal- 
low, it is being dredged and widened so as to be navigable for 
ocean-going steamers. 

Considering the excessive heat, it is not a little surprising to note 
the energy with which men move about and carry on business along 

1212 


COLOMBIA AS SEEN BY THE TOURIST 1213 


the coast. Much of the Colombian littoral, which is of friable 
structure, possesses scarcely any scenic attractions, and unless a 
visitor journeys far into the hidden recesses of this vast country he 
may judge Colombia very unfairly. The Magdalena River, winding 
for five or six hundred miles through navigable reaches dotted with 
river stations offers the way to the interior, although, if one’s mission 
should be of sufficient importance, one will take a hydroairplane 
from Barranquilla and skim through the air to save time. While 
it must be confessed that travel or bus'ness in Colombia is not free 
from the disadvantages” to, be*found in all new countries, there are 





STEAMER ON THE MAGDALENA RIVER, COLOMBIA 


few other places more suggestive of hidden resources or more open 
to the romance of industry. 

The northern section of the country, including the three coastal 
Departments—namely, Bolivar, Atlantico, and Magdalena—have no 
features which, generally speaking, would attract any large immigra- 
tion, but the district contiguous to the Sierra Nevada should be 
excepted, for residents of southern Europe or the southern United 
States would find its soil and climate entirely suitable. The interior, 
however, undoubtedly possesses ideal localities for immigrants in the 
western Departments of Antioquia and the Cauca or even in Cundi- 
namarca, Tolima, and Boyacé. The northern portion of Colombia 
seems destined to be developed by nationals, either as an exclusively 


1214 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


mercantile and shipping district or as the source of certain agri- 
cultural products, the principal of which to date are bananas, cattle, 
tobacco, and ipecac leaves. There is still another vegetable resource 
of great promise—the Bromelia Magdalenae, the fiber of which 
appears to have many possible commercial applications. 

The southern and southwestern section of the country is extremely 
rich in minerals, livestock, and vegetable products. In addition to 
the coffee, gold, platinum, emeralds, petroleum, and ivory (tagua) 
nuts now produced, there are countless other practically undeveloped 
resources, among which may be noted silver, lead, coal, aluminum, 
asphalt, rubies, copper, mica, marble, rock crystal, radium, and 
mercury. 

The railways in the northern section are three—the short line from 
Puerto Colombia to Barranquilla, that from Santa Marta to 
Fundacién, serving the banana plantations, and a third from 
Cartagena de Las Indias to Calamar on the Magdalena River. 

The interior of the country is naturally interested in having more 
rapid means of communication with the sea than that of the paddle- 
wheel steamers on the Magdalena. Roads on which motor vehicles 
can travel in any weather are to be recommended, for, although a 
railroad may be the final word, it is demonstrable, that the former 
should first lead. the way. A trunk highway from Medellin to 
Turb6é on the Gulf of Urab4, is projected, as well as another line from 
Medellin to the Pacific port of Buenaventura. The paucity of roads 
for transportation is of course very noticeable to-day, but the 
country, especially the Department of Antioquia, is on a solid finan- 
cial basis, and when the time is ripe and funds permit, Colombia, I 
am convinced, will not be found backward in furnishing means of 
transportation for her raw materials and produce. The extremely 
efficient railroads from Medellin to Puerto Berrio, from Puerto 
Wilches to Bucaramanga, from Buenaventura to Pereira, and from 
Bogota to Girardot, with the several branches under way to each 
of these, are proof that the day of prosperity is dawning. 

Within the limits of this short paper only a general idea of the 
country can be given. But before sketching the journey up what 
may be appropriately called the River of Silent Reaches, the neces- 
sity of a knowledge of the Spanish language in these parts should be 
noted. No one who is not conversant with this tongue should venture 
to take the trip without an interpreter. One must also remember 
that the manners and character of the people are important items in 
the enjoyment of a trip lasting for many days and nights. 

The headwaters of the Magdalena were swollen to immense pro- 
portions from incessant rains and the course from Barranquilla south- 
ward up the river was attended by delays, due to the strong current 
against which we plodded. Wherever night overtook us the vessel 


COLOMBIA AS SEEN BY THE TOURIST 1215 


was moored to the bank; no captain on the river would risk nocturnal 
navigation that year, except by moonlight. But we made fair head- 
way every day up the tortuous course, the pilot picking his way along, 
guided by the color of the water or by observing tree stumps in the 
river. Villages were seen every now and again against a background 
of jungle, but at night we were surprised by the amount of illumination 
they appeared to enjoy, as it is quite common for even a small group 
of 10 houses and a church to install an electric plant for illumination 
purposes. 

Everywhere there was silence on the river as we moved along—the 
silence of untenanted, virginal wastes, inviting the brain of man to 
conceive some utility for so much latent power. 





MODERN MEANS OF LOCOMOTION IN COLOMBIA 


The German-Colombian Society for Aerial Transport maintains a regular passenger and mail hydro- 
auD lane service up the Magdalena River from Barranquilla to Girardot, and in other parts of the Re- 
public as we 


A short excursion into the Department of Bolivar had been 
planned. Leaving the boat, therefore, at Zambrano, I took horse 
for a 23-mile ride to Carmen de Bolivar, a town which will be one 
of the stations on the projected railway line from the interior to the 
coast. The whole district from Zambrano on is undulating, consist- 
ing of pasture lands for about 10 miles back from the river. A very 
large cattle ranch is situated in a section of which Jestis del Rio, 
north of Zambrano, is the main center. 

Carmen de Bolivar was at length sighted on a slight elevation, 
after we had been riding for eight hours. Carmen dates back to the 
days of the Spanish explorers; only the tobacco interests which 
flourished there a few decades ago could account for a settlement of 


1216 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


5,000 souls in such a remote spot. At San Jacinto, a village near by, 
there is a home industry of woven hammocks. The yarn is spun 
and dyed locally, any lettering or special design desired by the buyer 
being woven into the fabric. 

Returning to Zambrano, I continued the trip up the Magdalena 
River on a paddie-wheel boat called the Presidente Ospina, which 
had a cattle raft attached to each side. As far as El Banco the river 
banks presented the usual rushlike vegetation seen before that point. 
But after we left E] Banco the banks grew perceptibly higher, with 
forest growth and occasional glimpses of mountain ranges on both 
sides. Colombia, as described by its admirers, can be said to begin 
at El Banco, for we are at once aware, south of that place, of the 
foothills of the Parima Mountains to the east and of the majestic 
Andes to the west. 

Close to El Banco we passed the mouth of the river Simitar in a 
section of well-watered country, strikingly well adapted to farming. 
The Simitar is a much smaller stream than the Magdalena, but from 
what could be observed the area which it drains is most attractive. 

Shortly before passing the boundary between the Departments of 
Bolivar and Antioquia, a range of hills is seen to the west in which 
a single crest stands out. This is the peak of Simiti, on whose slope 
rock crystal outcrops are to be seen like milk-white patches. 

Alligators are fairly numerous in the Magdalena and they appear 
to be of two distinct species. As the river was in flood they stuck 
to the banks, from the color of which they could hardly be distin- 
guished. Parrots of many kinds were seen and their raucous chatter 
could be heard in the tree tops. Other animals noted were a small 
golden-brown squirrel which should be valuable for fur, white and 
pink ibis standing on the sand banks, sloths, and an occasional 
condor and hawk. 

The current of the river made deep inroads into the forest, baring 
the roots of giant trees and sometimes tearing them from their moor- 
ings. Now and again the boom of a falling tree broke the silence; 
during times of flood natives refrain from going out in their canoes 
for fear of being swamped by such an accident. 

A number of cattle were discharged when we reached Barranca 
Bermeja, or ‘Yellow Bank,” the shipping and refining station of an 
oil company. These oil fields produce daily 60,000 barrels of crude 
oil, which is sent by pipe line for a distance of 450 miles from the 
field to Cartagena on the north coast. 

During the course of the trip we sighted and heard two hydro- 
airplanes several hundred feet above our heads. The approach of a 
plane is unmistakable in the silence of the stream; far above the 
purring of the boat’s engines the rhythmic throb of the high-powered 
motors are heard long before the aircraft itself comes to view. 


GOLOMBIA AS SEEN BY THE TOURIST WPA 


Once during the trip a jaguar was brought on board for sale. 
These Colombian members of the cat family sometimes attain a 
weight of over 400 pounds. One of the passengers, a Colombian 
apparently well versed in the jungle life of his country, treated us to 
a lecture on animal self-preservation in these wilds. Alligators, he 
said, were ever on the alert for those animals which from time to 
time swim across the river in search of new hunting grounds, the 
jaguar being especially open to such attacks. But that animal has 
developed a ruse for crossing the Magdalena without fear of the alli- 
gator. This it accomplishes by first giving its characteristic call at 
a given spot on the banks to attract the saurian, after which it 





Courtesy of the American Museum of Natural History 


A VIEW IN THE FERTILE AND BEAUTIFUL CAUCA VALLEY, COLOMBIA 


quickly flees to a spot higher up the river where it crosses unmolested 
while the alligators in wedge-shaped battalions seek it at the spot 
where its cry was heard. 

The journey from Zambrano to Puerto Berrio can be accomplished 
in a much shorter space of time than the 10 days we gave to it, but 
it must be remembered that our trip was made in a season of unusual 
floods and that the currents of the river called for careful maneuvering 
against the current. 

Leaving the river, the trip from Puerto Berrio to Medellin, the 
capital of the Department of Antioquia, is made by rail, through 
heights rising so gradually and amid scenery so exquisitely picturesque 
that the visitor is at once reminded of Switzerland. We wound our 


1218 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


way up mountain sides parallel with the Nus, a small river which 
gureles its way down to the Magdalena over rocky waterfalls. This 
tropical section terminates at the village of Limén in the mountain 
pass of La Quiebra. Since the towering heights of the range have 
not yet been tunneled, passengers have to transfer here to automo- 
biles which transport them over the mountain to Santiago, where 
the railway journey is continued to Medellin. 

As the altitude continues to increase from Santiago to Medellin, 
the temperature becomes very pleasant. The railroad follows the 
Porce River through scenery which must be described as entrancing. 
Indeed, after spending many months in Antioquia, interested though 
I was in all that I heard of Bogota, I felt no impulse to leave this 
delightful region. Bogota, as the reader knows, is the political and 
social capital of Colombia, but Medellin and its environs are easily 
the industrial center of the country. 

The city of Medellin, although laid out in 1541 by the Spaniards, 
contains many fine modern buildings, among them a cinema fully 
abreast of the largest of its kind anywhere. The center of the city, 
which is cradled in the valley plain of Aburra, is cut by a deep ravine 
through which runs the Porce River. On either bank of the stream 
ferns and wild grasses cover the ground, while immense shade trees 
flank what is Medellin’s best residential quarter. Examples of 
beautiful architecture and fine parks join with Medellin’s picturesque 
natural features in making this Andean town a true City Beautiful. 

The beds of both the Porce and the Nus are successfully dredged 
for gold. From the former river fabulous sums have been extracted, 
but as an illustration of a moderately successful mine the property 
of the Nus River Gold Mines (Ltd.) may be cited. In dredging 
2,000,000 cubic yards of river bottom over a 20-mile stretch of river 
bed, this company, a privately financed concern, obtains an average 
of 20 cents American gold to the cubic yard. The fact that coffee 
and gold are the two main interests of Medellin is merely due to 
the untouched condition of other mineral deposits. 

The western part of the Department of Antioquia is traversed by 
the Cordillera Occidental, or main western range of the Andes, to 
the eastward of which lies the Cordillera Central. These heights, 
between which runs the Cauca River, form a valley which has often 
been said to be one of the finest and the most fertile on the globe, 
capable of growing in its varying climates and soils every known 
staple crop. When the mineral resources of Antioquia, therefore, 
are considered in connection with this amazing agricultural wealth, 
it will be seen that we are here describing one of the great magazines 
of wealth for which South America has long been explored and is 
justly famed. 


COLOMBIA AS SEEN BY THE TOURIST 1219 


Among the settlers in Antioquia there is said to have been a colony 
of Hebrews from southern Europe, and the names of some of the 
present residents show them to be of Hebraic extraction. They are 
people of excellent character, pleasing physical qualities, and very 
remarkable business integrity, and it was with real regret that I left 
their cities to travel back to the Magdalena River in 1926 after 
spending more than a year with them. They are industrious to a 
degree, bent on progress, and when agreements are made with them 
the fulfillment of their part can be taken for granted. The roads 
now under construction to the Pacific and to the northern ports of 
Turb6é and Cartagena will lead them from their mountain fastnesses 
into increasing industrial importance and contact with the outside 
world. Moreover, in the near future those who trade with the 
Antioquians will be enabled to save the long river trip by taking 
the railway from Buenaventura on the Pacific or, when the railroad 
to the north is completed, from Cartagena. 

Apart from emeralds, mined exclusively by the Colombian Gov- 
ernment, it is hardly necessary to state, in view of what has been 
said in this brief article, that almost every known mineral is present 
in commercial proportions in western Colombia. Well-qualified en- 
gineers will find Medellin to be all it has here been said to be—and 
more. 





Photograph by C. H. Canning 
DREDGE ON A COLOMBIAN RIVER 


The beds of several rivers are successfully dredged for gold and, occasionally, platinum 


COMML 











WORKERS’ HOUSING 


HE most important present duty of Chileans, according to Dr. 

José Santos Salas, Chilean Minister of Public Health, Social 

Welfare, and Labor, is the solution of the problem of provid- 

ing cheerful, healthful homes for the workers of his coun- 

try, so that life should be made ‘‘livable’’ for these humble members 

of society, and they themselves rescued from that savage promiscuity 
which poisons the spirit and from disease which destroys the body. 

In the accomplishment of this duty Doctor Salas has the powerful 
assistance of decree law 308 of March 9, 1925, promulgated during 
his former incumbency of the position he now holds, under the 
vice presidency of Sefior Luis Barros Borgofio who, as president of 
the Mortgage Loan Bank of Chile, has stood behind so many excellent 
housing developments for the workers.' 

It may not be amiss to recall here some of the benefits of the law 
just mentioned. Persons or organizations desiring to erect ‘‘low- 
priced houses,” which are-defined for the purposes of the law, are 
permitted to borrow from the Mortgage Loan Bank 70 per cent of 
the value of the land and building at 5 per cent interest and 1 per 
cent amortization. The bank, moreover, will lend: the remaining 
30 per cent at the same interest and 7 per cent amortization to duly 
incorporated societies of workers and employees for the construc- 
tion of members’ houses, as also to cooperatives formed for such 
purpose and to savings banks. 

At present, however, according to recent instructions from the 
minister, loans are to be made only to municipalities.2, The following 
paragraphs quoted from these instructions are extremely illuminating: 


The Government intends to solve the crisis in workers’ housing by the con- 
struction of houses on its own account, the houses thus erected to be offered at 








1 These, as well as the Government Poicets, were briefly described in the Bulletin for February, 1927, 
under the title ‘‘ Chile solves her housing problem.”’ 

2 A later decree of the same ministry fixes the sum available for the present year at 60,000,000 pesos, limit- 
ing housing loans to the following: Cooperative societies for house construction, duly incorporated and 
approved by the ministry; individuals desiring to erect dwellings for their own occupancy; municipalities 
which will construct houses under Government supervision; the army and navy retirement funds; and 
owners desiring to repair workers’ dwellings - 


1220 


COMMUNITY PROGRESS IN CHILE 1221 


a rental which will cover interest and amortization of the amount invested plus 
the necessary expenditures for repairs. 

The low rental of these dwellings will therefore become to persons of small 
means a special inducement to improve their living conditions, since the 
respectable man who has been a tenant a certain number of years will auto- 
matically become owner of the property he has occupied. Furthermore, a certain 
number of dwellings will annually be awarded by lot to careful tenants who 
are distinguished for sobriety of character or who have a large number of children. 

In order to carry out a program of this nature the Government needs the 
cooperation of the municipalities to which, under the act, the housing loans will 
now be made, thus increasing the interest of the cities in safeguarding such 
investment and fostering civie pride and initiative. 

The risks entailed by such an enterprise are fully justified by the duty thereby 
fulfilled, the most important duty of the present day—that of making life livable 
for the humblest members of society. Moreover, any sacrifice which may be 
made by the municipalities because of loans offered under law No. 308 is offset 
by that made by the State in lending 70 per cent of the money required for 
building at 5 per cent interest and 1 per cent amortization. The various entities 
of the nation are thus permitted to do their respective share in promoting the 
general welfare. ee 

In order to unify procedure and keep it above suspicion, the Government 
reserves the right of approving plans and contracts. Responsibility is thereby 
centralized. 

In furtherance of the Government’s plans, mayors are requested to seek the 
cooperation of their respective city councils in obtaining and submitting to 
the Ministry of Public Health, Social Welfare, and Labor a census of all workers’ 
dwellings, showing the number of rooms therein, their condition (in the light 
of the sanitary requirements laid down by law No. 261), the number of occu- 
pants, and the amount of rent paid. 


For a recent summary of what has been accomplished by the 
Government under this law, we may turn to the address made by 
Sefior Alejo Lira Infante, a member of the Superior Council of Social 
Welfare, at the inauguration of the attractive section of brick houses 
recently erected for workers in the graphic arts, which occupies a 
delightful situation at the foot of San Cristébal hill, one of the 
beautiful features of the Chilean capital. Sefior Lira Infante said 
in part: 


I have the great honor and satisfaction of delivering in the name of the Superior 
Council of Social Welfare to the building and purchasing cooperative of workers 
and employees of the printing trade, this beautiful group of 80 houses erected by 
experts under the generous terms of the beneficent housing law. * * * 

For those of us who have followed closely, with ever increasing interest, the 
campaign in our country to solve the transcendental problem of housing, it is a 
deep satisfaction to see the dreams we have long cherished turned into this 
beautiful reality by virtue of the Salas Law. 

Yesterday it was the hard-working postal and telegraph employees who had 
the happiness of taking over their group of 28 houses; to-day it is the printers’ 
cooperative; to-morrow it will be the employees of the Internal Revenue Bureau, 
who are now erecting a large number of houses in Providencia; the street-car 
employees, who are putting up 149 dwellings on what used to be Pine Farm; the 
workers of the Davila Baeza Society, with their 79 houses; and the hundreds of 
petty army officers. Thus citizens, toiling in different spheres of national activity, 


1222 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


will realize their legitimate aspirations of living in their own beautiful and com- 
fortable homes. 

And who can doubt that these members of society who are well employed, who 
are protected by laws providing for industrial-accident compensation and old- 
age insurance, who are enabled to enjoy the atmosphere of a real home—that 
cradle of true affection and character education—will form a powerful factor in 
assuring social peace, the supreme aspiration of every civilized nation? * * * 

Because we are convinced that the point of departure in the material and 
moral betterment of our people is the provision of hygienic, moderately-priced 
dwellings, we unreservedly applaud the proposal of our Government to devote 
the 40,000,000 pesos * available this year by virtue of decree law No. 308 to the 
erection of houses or apartments exclusively destined for the use of actual 
tenement dwellers. 





TYPICAL LOW-PRICED HOUSE IN THE GROUP ERECTED IN SANTIAGO, WITH 
GOVERNMENT AID, BY WORKERS IN THE PRINTING TRADES 


It should be recalled here that against the funds authorized by this law the 
Superior Council of Social Welfare has already taken favorable action on 199 
separate construction projects, covering 5,315 buildings with 17,631 rooms. 
Those erected or to be erected by groups of clerks, manual workers, and army 
officers are valued at 73,639,730 pesos; by individuals for rental, at 29,718,518 
pesos; and by individuals as their own homes, at 1,064,595 pesos. 

Four hundred and forty-five houses containing 1,896 rooms have already been 
constructed, leaving 4,870 under approved projects. These 5,315 dwellings will 
house no fewer than 30,000 persons. 

It is hoped that as many as 4,000 houses may be erected with the 40,000,000? 
pesos available in 1927, thus redeeming from the painful slavery of the tenement 
20,000 of our fellow citizens, children as truly as we of a free nation, but actually 
deprived of real freedom. * * * 


That notwithstanding all its benefits the Salas Law is still in the 
experimental stage is gleaned from the address, on the same occasion 
as the foregoing, of Sefior David Uribe Ulloa, official of the printers’ 





‘This sum was later increased to_60,000,000 pesos,"as stated_in footnote 2. 


COMMUNITY PROGRESS IN CHILE 23 


cooperative for which the houses were erected and also a member of 
the Superior Council of Social Welfare. Sefior Uribe Ulloa asked 
that the law be amended as follows: That the amortization of the 
30 per cent of the loan be reduced from 7 to 1 per cent, as in the case 
of the 70 per cent; that payments be required at the expiration of 
the period covered and only after the houses are occupied; that the 
deposit of 5 per cent of the value of the building now required to 
secure the 30 per cent loan be waived, the borrower to insure his 
life (as now) as a guarantee of this loan; and that the cost of intro- 
ducing city improvements in all sections where houses are erected 
under the Salas Law be paid by the municipality through a loan made 
according to this act, instead of being met by the owners, as at 
present. 

“Tf the Government would amend the housing act as we ask,” 
said this speaker, “the price of the small houses in this development, 
which now cost 152 pesos * a month for 111% years and 82 pesosa 
month thereafter until 36 years have elapsed, would be reduced to 
116 pesos a month.” 

Valparaiso is looking forward to a very considerable improvement in 
workers’ housing, due to the action taken by the Superior Council of 
Social Welfare at its meeting on July 5,1927. At that meeting it 
was voted that in the council’s opinion the housing situation in 
that city should be met by joint action of the council, the munici- 
pality, and legally organized cooperative societies. Loans will be 
made to the municipality, and construction will proceed on land 
appropriated for the purpose. The council will also proceed imme- 
diately to erect houses at Las Habas, a shore section, and on near-by 
plots will put up a series of apartment houses. 

If ‘well begun is half done,” Chile is well on the way to areal social 
contribution not only to her own people, but to humanity as a whole. 


ek 
BUS SERVICE IN SANTIAGO® 


At the end of 1922, the Chilean capital suffered an acute crisis 
in the breakdown of collective passenger transport facilities owing 
to the fact that the Electric Traction Co. had withdrawn from 
service practically all its cars above the actual number required for 
the fulfillment of its contract. In the midst of such a situation bus 
service was inaugurated and immediately accepted by the general 
public in Santiago. 

Since at the present time this industry has reached a high stage 
of development and one which is deserving of consideration, some 





4 Chilean peso=$0.121. 
6 Translated from Chile (Boletin Consular de Chile) Enero, 1927. 


68910—27—Bull. 12—_5 


1224 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


available data showing the importance of the enterprise, even 
despite its short existence, will be of interest. 

There are to-day about 1,000 busses in Santiago, representing an 
investment in rolling stock of 20,000,000 pesos. These busses are dis- 
tributed over the various routes linking the suburbs and outlying towns 
with the capital. On an average, 800 busses carrying about 600,000 
passengers, daily, or a total of 200,000,000 per year, are in constant 
operation in that city. Indeed, bus service may well be considered 
one of the great business enterprises of the Chilean capital, above 
all when it is remembered that it is due entirely to the efforts of 
small Chilean capitalists who, without the slightest aid from anyone, 
struggling against all kinds of odds, an unfavorable economic situa- 
tion, the prejudice of vested interests, have been successful in their 
project, contributing, meanwhile, in an effective manner toward the 
improvement of economic conditions in their country, for with the 
advent of bus service have come such commercial activities as the 
repair shop, storage of accessories, garage service, and mechanical 
and. electrical workshops, representing a total invested capital of 
30,000,000 pesos. 

It would be truly interesting to know the actual amount which 
this industry contributes annually to the public coffers, but as that 
would be impossible in this short article, we shall be content to give 
a few figures which will enable the reader to gain some idea of its 
importance. 

First of all there are the import duties entering the national treasury 
from the importation of chassis, accessories and parts; of tires, gaso- 
line, lubricants, etc. Due to the fact that we have no data on certain 
of these items, we are unable to give exact figures regarding the impor- 
tation of chassis, accessories and parts. However, a total of some- 
thing like 12,000 tires, costing from 3,000,000 to 4,000,000 pesos, are 
used in Chile every year. 

Before bus service was established 50,000 liters—approximately 
13,250 gallons—of gasoline were consumed monthly. To-day during 
the same period 800,000 liters—approximately 218,000 gallons—are 
consumed, while the consumption of oil and lubricants has increased 
proportionately. Furthermore, since gasoline and lubricants may 
now be distilled from coal, the use of busses forms a most interesting 
industrial factor in the industrial equation of the country. 

Moreover, under the heading of permits alone, the city collects the 
sum of 168,000 pesos a year from the bus companies, while the fiscal 
revenue from license tags, driver’s permits, registration, etc., may 
without exaggeration be estimated between 25,000 and 30,000 pesos. 

Finally it may be pointed out that 5,000 Chilean homes are sup- 
ported in comparative prosperity directly from this industry alone. 


COMMUNITY PROGRESS IN CHILE 225 


The busses have given the capital effective service. Thanks to 
them the construction of whole communities of healthful homes at 
low cost for laborers and salaried workers has been made possible. 
Also in providing a means of transport for the children of families 
living at great distances from school education has been greatly 
facilitated. The rapid means of transit by bus at a cost no greater 
than any other existing mode of collective transport has made it the 
preferred method of the laborer, employee, and student. The service 
rendered by the busses during the winter just past is particularly 
worthy of mention. Without street car service, at a time when 
whole sections were under water, the busses continued to function, 
transporting laborers and clerks 40 and from their homes, BE hy times 
bringing them to their very doorstep. 

To improve the direction of the service, the directors or owners of 
the busses on each route have formed associations whose particular 
business it is to maintain the best possible order on their respective 
line. These associations, in turn, form a central association which . 
has charge of the general administration of the service as well as of 
the interests of the individual members. 

The central association has been in existence a year and some 
months, having been established on the 18th of September of the 
year just past. During this time it has worked effectively, cooper- 
ating with the civic authorities in giving the city of Santiago a collec- 
tive transport service worthy of the capital of the Republic. 





g 
S 


OPENING OF T! 


AMERICAN HOS 
PITAL IN NEW YORK 











HE 200,000 or more Spanish-speaking people residing in New 

York City may well congratulate themselves upon the 

realization of a long-cherished dream, namely, the founda- 

tion of a Pan American hospital for Spanish-speaking 

patients who, heretofore, due to the lack of knowledge of Spanish 

on the part of the medical and nursing staffs, in general, of the other 

hospitals of the great metropolis, have had some difficulty—resulting 

sometimes in serious trouble—in obtaining the care demanded by 
their condition. 

October 17, 1927, saw the fulfillment of their hopes, when, with 
fitting ceremonies, the imposing building of the Pan American 
hospital was inaugurated. This hospital, which was constructed 
under the auspices of the Pan American Medical Association and 
the Hispanic Medical Society, will be controlled by these two insti- 
tutions. From the beginning, besides being able to accommodate and 
care for 130 Spanish or Portuguese speaking patients, this new 
institution will serve as a bond of union between the medical world 
of the United States and that of Latin America. 

This new building of nine stories situated just east of Lexingtoa 
Avenue, Nos. 159-163 Ninetieth Street, is 100 feet deep with a front- 
age of 75 feet, and of red brick construction with terra cotta trim. 
The foyer and reception rooms, with windows opening on a large patio, 
have been designed to suggest a modern club. The second floor 
accommodates the out-of-town patients, the third and fourth the city 
patients, while the fifth, sixth, and seventh are chiefly composed of 
private rooms. On each floor connections have been installed for 
making Réntgenograms and cardiographs at the patient’s bedside. 
The surgical department, the X-ray and the fluoroscope rooms are all 
on the eighth floor. The hydrotherapeutic department, which is 
unusually complete, is located conveniently near the pathological 
rooms. 

The roof has been planned as a palm decorated solarium with sound- 
proof floor. 

The medical staff of the hospital will be made up of physicians and 
nurses representative of the different republics of the Western Hemi- 
sphere. 

1226 


PAN AMERICAN HOSPITAL IN NEW YORK 1227 


It is planned to establish in this hospital, in the near future, a Pan 
American medical school which will offer post graduate courses to the 
Spanish or Portuguese speaking physicians and students who come 
to the United States to perfect their medical knowledge. It is also 


planned to establish a 
school for Latin Ameri- 
can girls seeking the nec- 
essary knowledge and 
experience of nursing 
which will enable them 
to practice that useful 
profession upon their re- 
turn to their respective 
countries. 

In the interesting in- 
augural ceremonies, 
attended by a distin- 
guished group of repre- 
sentatives from differ- 
ent fields of professional 
activity, addresses were 
delivered by: Dr. Wil- 
liam Sharpe, president 
of the Pan American 
Medical Association; 
Dr. Manuel Uribe Tron- 
coso, president of the 
Hispanic Medical So- 
ciety; Mr. Clarence J. 
Owens, permanent pres- 
ident of the Pan Ameri- 
can Commercial Con- 
gress; and Dr. Franklin 
Martin, president of the 
Gorgas Institute of 
Tropical and Preventive 
Medicine of Panama. 
Each of these eminent 
speakers emphasized 
the fact that the Pan 
American hospital is a 
new link of friendship 
and good will, binding 
closer the Latin Ameri- 
can countries and the 
United States. 



























































































































































THE PAN AMERICAN HOSPITAL, NEW YORK CITY 


This hospital will serve the Latin Americans of the metropolis 
through their own Spanish- and Portuguese-speaking physicians 
and nurses 














OBJECTS AND CHARACTER 


HE Tropical Plant Research Foundation is a corporation 
organized under the laws of the District of Columbia goy- 
erning societies for scientific and similar purposes. It has 
no capital stock, is not conducted for financial profit, and 

exists only to advance knowledge. It has no connection with Gov- 
ernments, either of the United States or other countries, except as 
it may cooperate with them to accomplish its research aims. 

Agriculture is the principal occupation and source of prosperity in 
tropical America. The basis of a successful and permanent agricul- 
ture is scientific research, and it was to provide for the tropical coun- 
tries, particularly in the Western Hemisphere, a scientific service in 
support of crop production that the Tropical Plant Research Foun- 
dation was organized. It has now completed three years of work. 

The objects of the foundation are to promote research for the 
advancement of knowledge of the plants and crops of the Tropics. 
It conducts investigations regarding plant diseases and insects, on 
the varieties of crop plants and their improvement by breeding, and 
on other subjects pertaining to agronomy, horticulture, and forestry, 
and publishes the results. 

The foundation was formed under the auspices of the National 
Research Council, a cooperative organization of the scientific men of 
America, devoted to the general promotion and support of scientific 
research and to the coordination of large scale attack on important 
problems. Through these connections with the scientific societies 
of the country the foundation is able to focus upon the Tropics the 
best methods and the latest knowledge of the several branches of 
science related to agriculture and is better able to secure the services 
of the most competent specialists. 


ADMINISTRATION 


The administration of the foundation is vested in a board of 10 
trustees, 4 of whom represent business interests and 6 the several 
divisions of science included in the foundation’s field of work. 

The president of the board of trustees is Prof. Lewis R. Jones, 
head of the department of plant pathology of the University of 
Wisconsin and representative of the American Phytopathological 

1228 


THE TROPICAL PLANT RESEARCH FOUNDATION 1229 


Society. The vice president is Prof. Robert A. Harper, Torrey pro- 
fessor of botany in Columbia University, New York, and represent- 
ative of the National Research Council. The other scientific trustees 
are Dr. William Crocker, director of the Boyce Thompson Institute 
for Plant Research at Yonkers, N. Y., and chairman for 1927-28 of 
the Division of Biology and Agriculture of the National Research 
Council; Prof. Herbert Osborn, professor of entomology in the Ohio 
State University, Columbus, Ohio, representative of the American 
Association of Economic Entomologists; Prof. Samuel C. Prescott, 
head of the department of biology and public health, Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology; and Maj. George P. Ahern, United States 
Army, retired, of Washington, D. C., formerly director of forestry, 
Philippine Islands, who represents the Society of American Foresters. 

The business trustees are Mr. Victor M. Cutter, president of the 
United Fruit Co., Boston, Mass.; Mr. Herbert C. Lakin, president 
of the Cuba Co., New York City; Mr. Manuel Rionda, of the Czar- 
nikow-Rionda Co., New York; and Mr. Charles Lathrop Pack, of 
Lakewood, N. J. 

Vacancies in the board are filled by election by the board for a term 
of five years. Messrs. Harper, Crocker, and Lakin constitute the 
executive committee of the board. William A. Orton is scientific 
director and general manager. Other officers are A. McLachlen, 
treasurer; Abbie Owen, executive assistant; John H. Goss, assistant; 
and Howard P. Locke, accountant. 

The scientific staff organization list may be found at the end of 


this article. 
FINANCIAL SUPPORT 


The work of the foundation is supported by funds contributed by 
organizations and individuals interested in its several research 
projects. These funds are received and held until needed by the 
treasurer of the National Research Council, and an annual audit of 
the accounts of the foundation is made under the direction of the 
National Research Council. The budget for the fiscal year beginning 
July 1, 1927, is approximately $115,000. 


HEADQUARTERS 


The administrative headquarters of the foundation are located in 
Washington, at 1350 B Street SW. No general laboratories are 
maintained, as it is the policy to conduct the scientific work wherever 
the particular problem requires. The facilities of the Boyce Thomp- 
son Institute for Plant Research at Yonkers are available for research 
work that can be done in the United States. Collections of scientific 
materials are deposited with the cooperating Government and univer- 
sity museums and duplicated whenever possible in the country 
where the work is done. 


1230 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ~ 


SUGAR CANE INVESTIGATIONS 


The principal research project of the foundation is an investigation 
of sugar-cane production problems in Cuba. This is carried on with 
the support of the Cuba Sugar Club, an organization of sugar com- 
panies of which 57 contribute in proportion to their production of 
sugar. 

In this work attention is centered mainly on four outstanding 
problems: the mosaic disease of sugar cane, root diseases of cane, the 
moth-stalk borer of cane, and cane varieties. A soil survey of Cuba 
has been made with the cooperation of the United States Bureau of 
Soils. 

An experiment station for sugar cane, well equipped for work in 
plant pathology, entomology, agronomy, and chemistry, has been 
established at Central Baraguaé, in the Province of Camagiiey, and 
branch stations are maintained at Herradura for cane-variety testing 
and propagation, at Jaront for borer studies, and at Jatibonico for 
mosaic field tests. 


TROPICAL FORESTRY INVESTIGATIONS 


A study of the forestry problems of eastern and central Cuba, 
relating to timber and wood supply, reforestation as a means for the 
utilization of nonagricultural lands, the management of forests, and 
the conservation of water has been carried out for the United Fruit 
Co. and the Cuba Co. 

A three-year survey of the timber resources of the forests of 
tropical America: This survey plans to include studies of the 
composition and extent of the important tropical forests, local uses of 
the more abundant species, and conditions bearing on the possibilities 
and need for forest culture. The work has been undertaken with the 
support of the Charles Lathrop Pack Forestry Trust. 

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers has cooperated 
with the foundation to formulate a plan for investigations regarding 
the availability and suitability of tropical hardwoods for the American 
wood-using industries. Among the first steps has been the compila- 
tion by the foundation of a Bibliography of Tropical Hardwoods. 
Other plans for scientific work in tropical forestry are being developed. 


CHICLE INVESTIGATIONS 


A study of the Central American sapote, the source of chicle, has 
been undertaken in British Honduras for the Chicle Development Co. 
of New York, to solve problems of botany and plant physiology, 
relating to bark structure and latex formation, as a basis for more 
effective and less destructive methods of tapping. 


THE TROPICAL PLANT RESEARCH FOUNDATION 1231 


PERUVIAN SURVEY 


The National Agrarian Society of Peru, desiring to establish an 
experiment station for sugar cane and cotton in Peru, requested the 
foundation to make a survey of the west coast and submit recom- 
mendations on the organization of a station and its equipment and 
lines of work. This was done, and reports prepared and published. 


INFORMATION SERVICE FOR TROPICAL WORKERS 


A general information service is maintained in the Washington 
office of the foundation to support the work of its field scientific staff 
and others, through library references, publications, indexes, and 
notes. 

The purpose of this service is to assemble records of work done or 
in progress in the Tropics or bearing upon tropical problems, to 
maintain a personnel register of scientific men with experience in 
the Tropics or with particular fitness for service there, to gather 
records of tropical plant industries and their problems, and in all 
ways to facilitate scientific work in the Tropics. 

The foundation cooperates with the Pan American Union to fur- 
nish information and to advise concerning plans for scientific work 
in Pan American countries. For example, numerous short papers 
on tropical forestry have been prepared, and the director edits the 
series of monthly agricultural articles which are published in its 


Boletin. 
SCIENTIFIC STAFF 


D. L. Van Dring, local director of work for the Cuba Sugar Club. 

F. S. Earws, agriculturist. 

J. A. Farts, chief pathologist. 

Caru N. Priope, assistant pathologist. 

C. F. Srautu, chief entomologist. 

H. K. Puank, associate entomologist. 

T. S. Ross, assistant entomologist. 

L. C. ScaramMuzza, field assistant in entomology. 

Sam Byatt, analytical chemist. 

E. E. DomInaueEz, sugar chemist. 

A. VY. Svirzer, field superintendent. 

Atvaro FrerNANDEZ, translator and clerk. 

Joun 8S. Karina, physiologist in chicle investigations. 

Tom Gu11, forester of the foundation and of the Charles Lathrop Pack Forestry 

Trust. 
PUBLICATIONS | 


BULLETINS 
In English. 
1. Rainfall and Temperature of Cuba. By Oliver O. Fassig. 1925. 
2. The Sugar Cane Moth Stalkborer. By D. L. Van Dine. 1926. 





1 These may be purchased from the Director of the Tropical Plant Research Foundation, 1350 B Street 
SW. Washington, D. C., at 30 cents for Bulletin No. 1 and 10 cents each for all others. 


1232 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


3. A List of the Insects Affecting Sugar Cane in Cuba. By D. L. Van Dine. 
1926. 

4, Some Serious Sugar Cane Diseases Not Known to Occur in Cuba. By James 
A. Faris. 1926. 

5. Certain Grass Hosts of the Sugar Cane Mosaic Disease and of the Corn Aphid 
Considered in Relation to Their Occurrence in Cuba. By M. N. Walker. 
and C. F. Stahl. 1926. 

6. Field Control of Sugar Cane Root Disease Conditions. By James A. Faris. 
1927. 

7. Corn Stripe Disease in Cuba Not Identical with Sugar Cane Mosaic. By 
Cs Fe Stahl. 1927. 


In Spanish. 

2. El Borer o Perforador del Tallo de la Cafia de Aztcar. Por D. L. Van Dine. 
1926. 

3. Lista de los Insectos de la Cafia de Azticar de Cuba. Por D. L. Van Dine. 
1927. 


4. Algunas Serias Enfermedades de la Cafia de Azticar no Conocidas como 
Existentes en Cuba. Por J. A. Faris. 1927. 

5. Consideraciones acerca de Algunas Hierbas Susceptibles a la Enfermedad del 
Mosaico y Hospederas del Pulgén del Maiz en Relacién con su Presencia 
en Cuba. Por M. N. Walker y C. F. Stahl. 1927. 


SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS 

In English. 

1. Notes on the Economic Status of Certain Cuban Homopters. By Herbert 
Osborn. In Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 99-106, 
1926. 

2. Faunistic and Ecological Notes on Cuban Homoptera. By Herbert Osborn 
In Annals of Entomological Society of America, vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 335- 
366, Sept., 1926. 

3. Cold Chlorosis of Sugar Cane. By James A. Faris. Jn Phytopathology, 
vol. 16, No. 11, pp. 885-891, Nov., 1926. 

4. Sugar Cane Root Disease in Cuba. By James A. Faris and R. V. Allison, 
In Phytopathology, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 61-82, Feb., 1927. 

5. Zonate Foot Rot of Sugar Cane. By James A. Faris. In Phytopathology, 
vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 83-94, Feb., 1927. 

6. The Sugar Industry of Peru. By Arthur H. Rosenfeld. Jn Facts About 
Sugar, vol. 21, Nos. 50, 51, and 52, Dec. 11, 18, and 25, 1926. 

7. The Tucumdn Agricultural Experiment Station. By Arthur H. Rosenfeld. 
In Facts About Sugar, vol. 22, Nos. 7, 8, and 9, Feb. 12, 19, and 26, 1927. 

8. A Preliminary Report on a Grass-Root Mealybug (Ripersia radicicola Mor- 
rison) Affecting Sugar Cane in Cuba. By C. F. Stahl. Jn Journal of 
Economie Entomology, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 392-399, Apr., 1927. 

Bibliography of the Woods of the World (Exclusive of the Temperate 
Region of North America) with Emphasis on Tropical Woods. A revision 
and extension by Maj. George P. Ahern and Miss Helen K. Newton of a 
bibliography compiled in 1923 and 1924 by Prof. Samuel J. Record. 





< » AND COMMERCE ; i a 


ARGENTINA 


Turrp Economic CoNnrerENcE.—The Argentine Confederation 
of Trade, Industry, and Production is planning to hold in 1928 the 
Third National Economic Conference, for which it is now arranging 
the scientific, economic, and commercial topics of the program. As 
announced in a statement by the above-mentioned confederation, 
the guiding thought of the conference is as follows: 

All countries of great industrial and commercial power are constantly concerned 
with economic problems. In all such countries international congresses are 
organized by the leading institutions, which lend the services of their most able 
statisticians and experts. We, with the consciousness of our responsibility, pro- 
pose to direct national activities toward those social norms which will permit us 
to achieve the material and spiritual welfare which is the basis of the peaceful 
progress of nations. 

ARGENTINE SECTION, IpERO-AMERICAN Exposition.—At a recent 
meeting of the committee on Argentine participation in the Ibero- 
American Exposition, to be held in Seville in 1928, a report was made 
on the progress of the Argentine Building, which promises to be one 
of the finest erected. Also decisions were made as to the location in 
that building of the mural decorations by the national academicians 
Guido and Franco, the placing of the exhibits of the meat-packing 
and stock-raising industries, and the securing of exhibits from the 
Provinces through the governors. Catamarca is to send an exhibit 
of typical hand-woven textiles, chosen by means of competition. 

Fortinru Nationat Livestock SHow.—The Fortieth National 
Livestock Show was opened late in August by the Argentine Rural 
Society in its grounds at Palermo, on the outskirts of Buenos Aires. 
As usual, there were exceptionally fine specimens of the most famous 
breeds of cattle, sheep, and horses, which were judged by experts 
from Great Britain, Uruguay, and Argentina. The opening of the 
exposition was attended by the President of the Republic and many 
other officials. 

Frrst Sourh American TrAvEL Conaress.—The Argentine 
Touring Club is undertaking the organization of the First South 
American Travel Congress, which will be held when the touring 
clubs of the other South American countries have joined the South 
American Travel Federation. The purpose of the congress is to 
promote the movement for rendering travel from one country to 

1233 


1Q34 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


another easier and more attractive. A delegate from the Argentine 
Touring Club, who recently visited Brazil in the interest of the con- 
eress, received a very warm reception from the Brazilian Touring 
Club, which is giving active cooperation to the plan. The interest 
in travel developed by the various touring clubs has a decided effect 
on the development of good roads, improved railroad facilities, and 
other means of communication in the countries where such clubs 
exist. 

Hicuway To Cuite.—On August 10, 1927, the President approved 
the appropriation of 3,570,000 pesos for work done, in execution, 
and to be completed on the highway from Argentina to Chile by way 
of Uspallata. The decree also authorizes the General Bureau of 
Bridges and Highways to continue the work to the amount of 730,000 
pesos already available. The whole highway is to be completed in 
about seven years, and although involving a large expenditure of 
funds, it is believed that the advantages of this form of international 
communication will well repay the outlay. 


BOLIVIA 


MINING REGULATIONS.—New regulations have been put into effect 
recently for the purpose of improving the present methods of export- 
ing minerals and other products. Customs permits must accompany 
the materials to be exported, and must be examined, together with 
the exports, by the customs officials. Permits are good for only 15 
days, and are not to be altered in any respect except at the custom- 
house. 

SUPERVISION OF MINES.—The Chief Executive sent a message last 
August to Congress proposing the establishment of an office of national 
supervision of mines. This office would be part of the Ministry of 
Industry. The National Superintendent of Mines would be appointed 
by the President for a period of six years, being removable only by 
decree of the Supreme Court. 

AGRICULTURAL scHooLs.—A report prepared by the Minister of 
Agriculture on the El Tejar Agricultural School at Tarija shows the 
growing importance of this school in relation to the development of 
agriculture. An appropriation was made during the present year of 
121,532.70 bolivianos for the upkeep of the school and the purchase 
of seeds and agricultural machinery. Recently the Director General 
of Agriculture sent a shipment of seed of Tanguis cottcn and 
sugar beets to the school for cultivation. A consignment of other 
seeds has been sent from Buenos Aires for experimental purposes, 
while cultivation of wheat is also being carried on in an intensive 
manner. It is planned to enlarge the school building in order that 
the number of pupils may be increased; there are at present 21 
students with scholarships at the school. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1235 


ESTIMATED POPULATION.—The last census in Bolivia was taken in 
1910, according to which the population of the country was 1,766,451, 
and that of the city of La Paz 54,713. The estimated population 
for the entire country in the year 1926 was 2,599,398, and for the 
city of La Paz 109,750. ‘There are no available statistics concerning 
births, deaths, and infant mortality. According to the recent state- 
ment of a local physician, between 75 per cent and 90 per cent of 
the mortality of children up to two years of age is due to typhoid 
and paratyphoid fevers. 

BRAZIL 


JAPANESE IMMIGRATION.—The Revista de Estradas de Ferro of Rio 
de Janeiro for August 15, 1927, gives the following information on 
Japanese immigration and colonization in Brazil: 


Two Japanese capitalists, one in Tokio and one in Brazil, have received a con- 
cession from the Brazilian Government for an extensive area of land in three sec- 
tions, the first to be bounded by the Sucundury, Dumuma, Madeira, and Amazon 
Rivers; the second on the Solimées between the Teffé and Coary Rivers, and the 
third on the Rio Negro between the Cabory and the Ticupora Rivers. This con- 
cession runs for two years, during which time a contract for 50 years is to be 
signed granting the companies to be organized freedom of operation. A certain 
amount of capital is stipulated. The Japanese Ambassador to Brazil, in speaking 
of the contract, said that the number of Japanese in Brazil does not exceed 
50,000 on account of the distance between the two countries. It is believed, 
however, that increased Japanese steamer service will bring some 5,000 to 6,000 
Japanese to Brazil annually, 400 to 500 now arriving at Santos in each ship to 
work on the coffee plantations. 

CHILE 


CHILE IN THE IBERO-AMERICAN Exposition.—As the result of a 
competition open to national architects, the prize for plans for the 
Chilean building to be erected at the Ibero-American Exposition, 
which will be held next year in Seville, was awarded to Sefior Juan 
Martinez, professor in the University of Chile. 

Motion pictures of Chilean life and industries will be taken for 
showing at the exposition. 

PROMOTION OF NITRATE INDUSTRY.—The Government continues to 
manifest its constructive interest in the nitrate industry. The fol- 
lowing gives a brief summary of recent developments: 


The act creating the superintendency of nitrate and iodine has gone into effect, 
the following officials having been appointed: Superintendent, Senor Edmundo 
Delcourt; intendant, Sefior Osvaldo Vergara; administrator of the Nitrate 
Promotion Fund, Sefior Luis Barrales Reimers; engineer secretary, Sefior 
Armando Fontaine; chief engineers, Sefiores Juan Latorre and Mariano Riveros; 
and legal secretary, Sefior Antonio Duran. 

Under the terms of the above-mentioned act, the Government sets up such 
administrative, technical, and commercial supervision of the nitrate industry 
that it can instantly be informed of the state of the industry, based on production 
costs, profits, taxable capacity, and present and future needs. ‘The Government 


1236 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


will therefore be enabled to come to the assistance of the industry whenever 
circumstances so require. 

Secondly, the act establishes a system of assistance which permits the industry 
to increase its productive capacity to the maximum, regularize sale prices, organize 
propaganda, and develop markets. 

Thirdly, the act empowers the Government to take an active part in production, 
promoting low-cost exploitation so as to make available its immense reserves of 
nitrate lands. 

Fourthly, the Government is given power to revise the duties and taxes to 
which nitrate is now subject. 

A nitrate promotion council, created by the act in question, is entrusted with 
matters of public interest relating to this important source of national wealth. 
Among its early decisions were the following: To give a bonus to nitrate plants 
using national coal; to sell nitrate to Chilean farmers at reduced prices; to 
subsidize investigations in the industrial use of iodine; and to conduct public 
competitions in solving important problems, such as the transportation of nitrate 
in bulk. 

The Government has also removed the duties on bags for nitrate, and has 
decreed a reduction in freight rates on nitrate and coal on the Tocopilla-Toco 
Railway. 

Pusiic works.—The Transandine Railway via Juncal is under- 
going many improvements calculated to mcerease the popularity of 
the route from the point of view of both passenger travel and Chilean- 
Argentine freight traffic. One of the most important improvements, 
now nearly if not entirely completed, is the electrification of the rack 
section on the Chilean side between Rio Blanco and the summit, a 
distance of 37 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 mile). Five hundred 
men have been employed for nearly three years on this work, at a 
cost of over £250,000. 

A concession has been granted for the construction of railroad lines 
and the operation of a connecting boat service across Lakes Pangui- 
pulli and Pirehueico in south-central Chile, which together will 
connect Lanco station on the State Railways with Portezuelo de 
Huahum on the Argentine frontier, thus making another means of 
international communication. 

The definite surfacing with concrete of the Valparaiso-Casablanca 
highway, which will eventually reach Santiago, was begun August 13 
last. Construction is in charge of a Chilean firm. 

The Government has authorized a loan of 8,150,000 pesos for the 
construction of the highway from Santiago to San Bernardo, a subur- 
ban town. 

The sum of 4,780,271 pesos will be spent by the Government on 
bridges during the second half of 1927, certain taxes being set aside 
for this purpose. A magnificent concrete bridge over the Bueno 
River was recently opened to traffic. This bridge, which is 110 
meters long (meter equals 3.28 feet), is one of the largest in South 
America. 

DUTIES REDUCED ON ARGENTINE SUGAR.—See page 1249. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 


COLOMBIA 


1237 


CoFFEE ExPoRTS.—During the first six months of 1926 coffee 
exports amounted to 85,269,484 kilos—that is, 1,421,160 bags of 
The following table 


60 kilos each—valued at 40,623,862 pesos. 
gives the amount and value of coffee exports per month: 




















Month Kilos Value 

Pesos 
LEST es te a ees ine ea 10, 662, 761 5, 577, 986 
VEE) OF OTE VES a eG Ba a i 13, 350, 238 6, 254, 616 
Acar Hana ti Ray cetnes SPO Sg AS tee Gn 19, 664, 862 | 9, 472, 919 
Nrieia here e pe mee. Ay Ae ou Nee 14, 571, 146 6, 852, 290 
IN ary Pe ea ener ome tENg aac IS os OR ee a 14, 224,256 | 6, 476, 109 
a tae Se CN ce at 12, 796, 221 5, 989, 942 
Motalaewes @ Aas sate weprie Nance eee Weed 85, 269, 484 | 40, 623, 862 











SECTION OF NEW RAILROAD OPENED.—On September 18 last the 
Tolima-Huila-Caqueta railroad was opened to public service as far as 
the city of Natagaima, in the southern part of the Department of 
Tolima. The inauguration of this line marks an important step 
toward the completion of this railroad, which is the continuation of 
the great main line running from east to west and therefore of vital 
interest to the economic life of the country. 

PETROLEUM PRODUCTION.—According to figures taken from the 
recent message of the President to Congress, the petroleum production 
of the Republic in 1926 amounted to 6,443,537 barrels, while estimates 
place the production for 1927 at 15,000,000 barrels. 

CENSUS TO BE TAKEN.—In accordance with law No. 67 of 1917, a 
general census of the Republic will be taken during 1928. As the 
above-mentioned law provides only 50,000 pesos toward helping the 
various municipalities defray the expense of the preliminary work for 
taking the census, the Government will ask Congress to increase this 
sum to at least 200,000 pesos. 


CUBA 


Pupiic works For CamaGttey.—By an executive decree the Presi- 
dent has approved a project prepared by the Secretary of Public 
Works for paving the streets in Camagiiey and constructing water 
works in that city, besides other public improvements. For the 
execution of this program an appropriation of 2,000,000 pesos has 
been made from the special fund for public works. The above- 
mentioned decree provides that this appropriation shall be spent at 
the rate of not less than 500,000 pesos a year. The maximum period 
allowed for the completion of these works is four years, computed 


1238 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


from a date one month after the contract for their execution has been 
signed. 

WatTeEeR suPpPLY.—The water supply of Habana will soon be in- 
creased to a great extent through additional water works now under 
construction at Vento and others at Palatino and near-by places. 
New springs have been discovered near Mazorra, and from Palatino 
to Atraés a conduit 60 inches in diameter has been laid. (Courtesy of 
the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

MopEL SUGAR PLANTATION.—The Government plans to establish a 
model sugar plantation in one of the principal sugar-cane districts in 
order to prepare technical experts for this important industry, giving 
special attention to the chemical branch. Teachers and pupils from 
the University Agricultural School, from the School for Sugar Experts, 
and from the various agricultural experimental farms will be admitted 
for instruction on this model plantation. (Courtesy of the Cuban 
Embassy in Washington.) 

EXPORTS AND IMPORTS FOR 1926.—The statistical section of the 
Treasury Department has published the complete statistics of 
exports and imports for the year 1926. These figures show that, 
while exports amounted to 301,708,731 pesos, imports were reduced 
to 260,826,438 pesos, the favorable trade balance being 40,882,293 
pesos. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

Conaress AVENUE.—The street in Habana now known under the 
name of Teniente Rey is to be widened to a breadth of 30 meters (98 
feet) and called henceforth Congress Avenue. No buildings more 
than four stories in height will be permitted on either side. Wide 
sidewalks and artistic street lights will complete this beautiful 
thoroughfare. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


Corron.—Recent reports state that the Pontezuela Agricultural 
Station is engaged in an attempt to interest the planters of the 
Dominican Republic in the cultivation of cotton. Although the 
various species of cotton are native to the tropics, at present cotton 
culture occupies but a secondary place in the agriculture of the 
tropical regions of the Western Hemisphere. The director of the 
agricultural station predicts a promising future for cotton cultiva- 
tion in the Republic and has offered to distribute seed of those 
varieties grown at the station to planters soliciting it. 

RADIOTELEGRAPH TO Cusa.—As a result of a convention recently 
celebrated between the Dominican Republic and Cuba, wireless 
service was established between the two countries on September 1, 
1927. The incalculable advantages of this new means of communi- 
cation for the two countries are self-evident. | 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1239 


ECUADOR 


VETERINARY LABORATORY.—The inauguration, last August, of the 
veterinary laboratory established in connection with the agricultural 
experiment station situated in the suburbs of Quito was an important 
step forward in the protection of livestock, and toward instructing 
farmers and breeders in the care of their animals. 

CoLONIZATION CoNTRACT.—The Provisional Government of Ecua- 
dor has granted a concession to the Colonia de Santa Cruz, Sociedad 
Anénuma, a Norwegian company, for hunting on the islands of the 
Galapagos group and fishing in the surrounding waters. The Goy- 
ernment concedes to said company the exclusive right of operating 
a canning factory on the island of Santa Cruz for a period of five years; 
if, however, during this period the company should fail to produce 
any canned goods for one whole year, said privilege becomes void. 
The Government gives the company 100 hectares (247 acres) of land 
at Puerto Ayora, and ownership of 500 meters of beach at Egiiez Bay, 
and of the beach of the southernmost bay of Seymour Island. To 
each of the 25 persons composing the colony a grant is made of 20 
hectares. In return the company binds itself to construct a light- 
house and a wharf of wood or stone at Puerto Ayora, both of which, 
as soon as completed, become Government property. 

CoMMERCIAL BUREAU.—Under the name of Oficina de Informacién 
y Propaganda a commercial bureau has been started in Quito to ad- 
vertise in Ecuador foreign or national products, register trade-marks, 
represent foreign firms in legal matters, and supply confidential in- 
formation on the business standing of Ecuadorean firms and data on 
customs duties, foreign trade, and possible Government concessions. 


GUATEMALA 


Ayration.—A Guatemalan section of the International Associa- 
tion of Aviators was recently organized in Guatemala City, and a 
week known as Aviation Week set apart to interest the general public 
in aviation and to collect funds for the purchase of an air fleet. 

HigHway NEARING COMPLETION.—It was reported last August 
that since work on the San Martin Jilotepeque-Chimaltenango high- 
way, a distance of about 6 leagues (league equals approximately 2.48 
miles) was nearing completion, it would undoubtedly be opened for 
traffic early in November. 

Marcu Fracrory.—According to the press, the Government has 
authorized the establishment of a match factory in Guatemala City. 
As is customary in the case of new industries, the petitioner has been 
granted the right to import necessary machinery and other materials 
free of duty. 

AvToMoBILE scHoot.—On August 28, 1927, the establishment 
of the automobile school recently opened in Guatemala City was 

68910—27—Bull. 12——6 


1240 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


officially approved by the Government. It is believed that the enter- 
prise will prove itself a valuable factor in creating an interest for 
touring and ultimately the development of a better highway system. 


HAITI 


CoFFEE TREES.-—During the month of August the various agricul- 
tural agents concerned themselves mainly with the inspection of 
coffee trees planted under the bonus provisions and with the pay- 
ment of the bonus on such trees inspected and passed, as follows: 














Loeality Number of ees | Bon i 
Saimbeliare Tee ie er Wana eicaaie ean en ear eee 99,200 4, 910. 00 
Gomaivesee 2 555) ga teeta ee ek eee ae ae a ee rere 67, 200, 3, 360. 00 
Mire ballaist 2220) a Nera ian A een 39, 336 | 1, 966. 80 
HEN GG) aie tated hy peg peng SA Tel ME a em Te eS ER | 28, 200 | 1, 410. 00 
POntsauUS Prim CG rns = 6 As Ae eel MO RaRE nye on otek | 10, 825 | 541. 25 
C221 Ofes  2V (s  e eeaenema  e  , SL Se  ip | 5, 750 — 287. 50 
Totale 132 Ae A RN gee ne ein eo il 250) 51) | 12 eA aes 
| 











(Monthly Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver, August, 1927.) 
HONDURAS 


FOREIGN TELEGRAPH SERVICE.—Last September the director 
general of telegraphs and telephones of Honduras signed an agree- 
ment with the All America Cables (Inc.) of New York for the estab- 
lishment of cable service with foreign countries. Messages will be 
transmitted by special wire to San Salvador, whence they will be 
cabled in four minutes to the United States. . 

Motion picture oF Honpuras.—Plans are being made to prepare 
a national motion picture, showing not only the tropical scenery of 
Honduras but also native customs and industries, for exhibition in 
foreign countries. Among the subjects already filmed are the 
national sport week athletic contests, the cigar factory in Cop4n, 
the hat factories in Ilama and Santa Barbara, the coffee plantations 
of Trinidad, and banana shipments at Puerto Cortés. 


MEXICO 


NEw oil zont.—The Mexican Government has opened a new 
petroleum zone in northern Tamaulipas. National well No. 201, 
on lot 31, Comargo, the first driven in that section, proved to have 
gas and oil, both light, with a specific gravity of 0.76. The well had 
been driven 1,095 feet when oil was struck. The Government 
officials are pleased to have discovered that another oil zone which is 
considerably removed from those already exploited. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1241 


CENSUS FIGURES.—In its special edition for Mexican Independence 
Day, September 16, the Universal of Mexico City quotes the figures 
of the last national census as 14,132,383 native-born inhabitants 
in Mexico, of whom 6,880,385 are men and 7,521,998 women. Ac- 
cording to States and Territories the native-born population is given 
as follows: 


Alp irascalienteseee eer eae see a eee te TOG HOSES fee Niahy cee ene ie NEU oe aoe eens 139, 798 
WW OWwere © aliformia ee ee ee es eee ee Sil GS °|| INDO) ILM ose Sce Seca tece cee eecceese 330, 325 
Wampeche= tees see eas ee 18; 8500: \Oaxaca 2222. ok. fas eee eS Se 978, 803 
Coahuila Sees ee eee te ee SS are QBONGD iret qa be laren Aye 1s seule On jela ey aun 1, 063, 609 
Colima asses ee Soe ees es CE GRA) |) QUGIKSIENO Soo ee ee eee eee 243, 109 
Chia Dass aeea Manes Serevent se COV OEY || Q)ubbiie bah DRO a eee sae osc eH eeseaee 4, 510 
@hihwahwaest ss saa es ee rele ee SOP Iss || Seka IDI IPO WON ec eae 530, 387 
INgClormall IDG FAs 5 2G O4OM le Om all Oe ek ee te es 352, 557 
Murang oles tesket Sees os Nee oS 3494334" Il Sonora sec sss eases eee ee 243, 091 
Goa] ab 0 eee rae ee rts en ear OS 7G lille |pe ab ASCO mse tee eee eee ere ea ee eae 214, 993 
(Gi eTre Osean en eae ek ete Heute Ulan BBV Ons |) Aenonghoihyoegs a 206, 326 
EN al FO ee ee ei ee an eg 65053298) |sRlaxcala sees ee See eS ee eee eee 185, 943 
AMISCOMSAS Se Ss Sea eens eee 1, ORL SID A): WOR S A. See Se eee ee 1, 050, 133 
VIG x COR se eters Scene rain Den RSI fe meio O8853'76 55 VV Cat aTises sare ees ee etre we ae eel eer 348, 956 
IV ChOACa Tears sae Saas ae eee eee OP 7D): || YANG See sae ee 474, 176 
Wrorelos? Sassee = S252 52S a i ss eee 114,149 | Unknown birthplace___------_----------- 16, 928 





First Mexican City PLannina Exposrtion.—The First Mexican 
City Planning Exposition, held in Mexico City last October, met 
with great success. The National Association for City Planning of 
the Republic of Mexico, through its president, Sefior Carlos Con- 
treras, an architect, conducted the ‘exposition, devoting each day of 
the week to different organizations of the capital, including schools 
and colleges of the university. 


Mexican Buripinc 1n JIsero-AMeERICAN ExposiTrion.— Senor 
Manuel AmAbilis, the architect who designed the winning plan for the 
Mexican Building in the Ibero-American Exposition to open in 
Seville in October, 1928, has left for Spain to take charge of the 
construction of the Palace of Mexico. The building is not to be a 
temporary edifice, but will be constructed to provide for a per- 
manent exposition of Mexican products. Maya and Nahua motifs 
will be used in its pre-Columbian Mexican architecture. 


NICARAGUA 


Figures on 1926 Fornian Trape.—Nicaraguan foreign trade for 
1926 was as follows: 


The foreign trade was greater than in any year since 1920. Its total was 
23,283,237.91 cérdobas, of which 10,254,512.37 cérdobas represented imports 
and 13,028,725.54 cérdobas exports, leaving a favorable balance of Qridan 2h asl 
cérdobas. The principal exports were: Coffee, 17,671,664 kilograms, 8,100,396.89 
cérdobas; hardwoods, 18,368,975 feet, 1,342,237.75 cérdobas; bananas, 2,162,745 
bunches, 1,225,660.65 cérdobas; sugar, 10,155,619 kilograms, 876,288 cérdo- 
bas; gold, 1,219 kilograms, 686,264.76 cérdobas; and hides and skins, 282,516 
kilograms, 164,512.33 cérdobas. 


1242 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


In 1926 coffee took the leading place in exports, bananas dropping from second 
to third place, while hardwoods assumed the second place. The five principal 
exports formed 93.8 per cent of the total, divided as follows: Coffee, 62.2 per 
cent; hardwoods, 10.3 per cent; bananas, 9.4 per cent; sugar, 6.7 per cent; 
and gold, 5.2 per cent. 

PANAMA 


DAILY BUS SERVICE FROM Panama Crry.—Plans are being carried 
out for the establishment of a daily bus service between Panama 
City, Chitre, and Santiago, Province of Veraguas, with stops of 15 
minutes in each town along the route. 

EXPERT ON FRUIT DEHYDRATION.—The press in September an- 
nounced the arrival in Panama city of an expert on dehydration. 
This expert has invented a system for turning the sweet potato and 
other vegetables into flour, and intends to dehydrate papayas, coco- 
nuts, potatoes, pumpkins, apples, plums, bananas, pineapples, fish, 
See aloe! and eggs. It is reported that he expects to establish a 
factory to show what can be done in the dehydration of native 
fruits, so that they may be exported as well as consumed locally. 


PARAGUAY 


AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT.—Specimens of white potatoes planted 
on April 29, 1927, were recently exhibited in the museum of the 
Bureau of Agriculture. The potatoes having been dug on August 
6, with a yield of 30,000 kilograms (kilogram equals 2.2 pounds) per 
hectare (hectare equals 2.47 acres), the experiment showed the 
possibility of the excellent results to be obtained in the greater part 
of Paraguay by fall (April and May) planting. 

Passports.—According to official information, all persons entering 
or leaving Paraguay will now be required to have passports. For- 
merly, except in special cases when a diplomatic passport was issued, 
only a cédula, or kind of identification card, was used. This order 
became eects on September 1, 1927. 

FRuIT Packinc.—A series af practical studies in fruit packing 
demonstrating the use of a fruit-sorting machine and special crates 
was recently given the students of the Agricultural School in Asunci6n. 
The Agricultural Bank has also held for exporters demonstrations of 
fruit sorting by the use of machines, and has perfected a new type 
of crate whose price effects for the purchaser a saving of almost half 
over that of the former type. 

CoLonization.—A concession for the colonization by the Hard- 
castle Society of 10,000 hectares (hectare equal 2.47 acres) of land 
on the Parana River in Jestis y Trinidad was approved by the Cham- 
ber of Deputies on August 8, 1927. According to plans the colony 
will be of an agricultural and industrial type. 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1243 


PERU 


MINING AND PETROLEUM INDUSTRIES.—In the President’s re- 
cent message to Congress it is interesting to note the statement that 
during the year under review (1926), the mining and petroleum indus- 
tries showed a greater development than at any previous time in the 
history of the Republic. The total production of minerals in 1926 
amounted to 1,830,940,345 kilos, valued at 22,453,627 Peruvian 
pounds, as against 1,521,272,864 kilos in 1925, valued at 18,060,782 
Peruvian pounds, thus showing an increase of 20 per cent in quantity 
and 24 per cent in value. As regards the petroleum industry, Peru 
maintains her position as the eighth petroleum-producing nation of 
the world, showing an increase in production for 1926 of 17 per cent 
over that of 1925. Revenues received by the national treasury 
during 1926 from the various import and export taxes on petroleum 
and equipment for this industry amounted to 700,000 Peruvian 
pounds, 27 per cent more than in 1925. The exportation of crude 
petroleum and by-products amounted to 1,183,426 tons, valued at 
9,655,179 Peruvian pounds, while home consumption was 212,681 
tons, representing a value of 1,535,899 Peruvian pounds. 

Roap constRucTION.—A great impulse was given to road con- 
struction during the year 1926, according to the recent message of the 
Chief Executive to Congress. One of the centers of greatest activity 
along this line was the Department of Cajamarca. <A road on which 
2,000 men are working will soon be completed connecting the city of 
Cajamarca, capital of the Department, with the coastal town of 
Chilete. Construction on the Yurimaguas-Mayobamba highway 
was also progressing rapidly. The Salaverry-Quiruvilea road has 
been extended to Huamachuco and Cajabamba; from the latter 
point the road will be carried through to the mountains of Pajatén. 
In the Department of Lima highways are under construction from 
Sayan to Oyén and Parquin; from Chosica to Carampoma; Jica- 
marca to Lima; Huatira to Sayan; Lima to Huarochiri; and from 
Chilea to Olleros. In the Department of Junin the Lima-Canta high- 
way has been extended to Cerro de Pasco, while the Lima-Canete- 
Lunahuané road has been prolonged to Huancayo. 

PERMANENT INDUSTRIAL EXPOSITION.—A Peruvian citizen has 
been granted the exclusive right, for a period of 10 years, to establish 
in Lima a permanent industrial exposition. The Government 
sranted the concessionaire 10,000 square meters of land on which he 
is obliged to build an edifice to house the exposition, costing not less 
than 50,000 Peruvian pounds. The Government will grant foreign 
exhibitors, as a subsidy, the equivalent of the customhouse duties 
they would otherwise have to pay, provided the articles are imported 
exclusively for exhibition purposes and not for sale. 


1244 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


SALVADOR 


PLANS TO ATTRACT TOURISTS.—The publicity section of the Minis- 
try of Foreign Relations is undertaking plans for the attraction of 
tourists to Salvador. The first efforts are directed toward the pro- 
vision of comfortable hotels and lodgings and the improvement of 
railway and other means of communiciation to points of scenic or 
historical interest. 

AGRICULTURAL FILM.—One of the members of the Rotary Club 
of San Salvador who recently brought from the United States some 
films on agricultural life and methods has planned to show them, 
accompanied by explanatory lectures, in two of the motion-picture 
theaters of the capital. The films will also be shown later in the 
Provinces. 

URUGUAY 

Exports THROUGH MontEvipEO.—The following figures, reprinted 
in the Revista de la Asociacién Rural del Uruguay for August, 1927, 
from data provided by the General Customhouse Service, form part 
of a detailed report of exports through the port of Montevideo dur- 
ing the first six months of 1927, bemg compared in the case of the 
animal products to those during the similar period of 1926: 











Articles 1926 1927 
Animal products: . 
WViG OLS = rere tae a eee are kilograms__| 30, 976, 875 42, 413, 017 
i Me Seech= ja ee ee SE ee ee na does) 13971325609 15, 347, 086 
Capibara skins, wolf and pony hides_number__ 6, 532 15, 283 
Meats and extract. —-_—---__- 2 Le kilograms__| 98, 448, 732 70, 001, 316 
Greasevandlit all Owes == eee dos=== 9, 212,400 10, 703, 952 
Gattleshorns= 4.225 2.55 eee ee number__ 532, 368 413, 933 
Othersproducts= === == ee kilograms__| 10, 320, 050 10, 624, 482 
Agricultural products: 
NVC a Pe Garett ae nee i ads a don. Met eee nse 4, 152, 430 
Wil Sai Gor OUT ome ct ily CPE Sie eee Soe (0 WGyassan epee [ote eee ene Re 4, 327, 390 
BAT os tee oN ae nT ELA ale 2 epee COS Mea see tee eee 167, 365 
MM SCR Ss ae ee ese ee Oe ae 2) Cimon CO ee (eta eee Ber ea 4, 754, 500 
Ihinseddicake. os 4 Git ls oe. Se Gee ore Gos see |e et eae 288, 964 
© OTT ay ye ak ee ce ee age Goss eee See esa 33, 600 











MontevipEo-BuENos AIRES HIGHWAY.—Plans for a highway 
Imking Montevideo with a point immediately across the Rio de la 
Plata from Buenos Aires were given definite shape when by a recent 
act, published in the Diario Oficial of August 31, 1927, the Govern- 
ment of Uruguay authorized the construction of a concrete road from 
the bridge over the Santa Lucia at La Barra to the city of Colonia. 
The city of San José will also be connected with the new highway. 
A 14,000,000-peso loan will be floated to provide funds for the con- 


AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1245 


struction of the proposed road and the expropriation of a strip of land 
not more than 2 kilometers wide (kilometer equals 0.62 of a mile) 
on either side of the highway. By the use of a short ferry service, 
traffic between the Uruguayan and Argentine capitals will then be 
ereatly facilitated. 

NATIONALIZATION OF PORT WORKS.—By virtue of a decree recently 
issued by the National Administrative Council the port administra- 
tion of Montevideo is authorized to acquire all the marine services with 
the exception of the lightering of coal and cold-storage products, the 
Naua Dry Docks, and provision of water in the port of Montevideo. 
Appraisal of their values is to be determined by an honorary com- 
mission and should friendly negotiation with their present owners 
fail, the administration may exercise the right of expropriation at 
prices which the courts may decide. (Commerce Reports, October 
10, 1927.) 

Kirra ANNUAL VETERINARY CONFERENCE.—The opening session 
of the Fifth Annual Veterinary Conference recently called by the 
Government to study problems of animal disease was held in Mon- 
tevideo on August 22, 1927. 

Work oF Rurat Associatrion.—Aside from the valuable work 
being carried on by the general office, the statistical section and the 
editorial division 0° the Rural Association of Uruguay, the following 
expositions have been held under the auspices of this society during the 
year 1926-27: The Twenty-first Exposition of Prize Farm Stock, 
August 25, 1926; Competition of Beef Cattle, November, 1926; 
Wool Exposition, February, 1927; Exposition of Fruit and Flowers, 
March, 1927; Annual] Exposition of Farm Products, May, 1927; 
and the Second Horse Show, May, 1927. 


VENEZUELA 


EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC worKs.—According to data published 
in the supplement to the Gaceta Oficial of September 3, 1927, the 
total amount expended in the construction of public works during 
the first six months of 1927 was 17,334,204 bolivars, divided among 


the various projects as follows: 
Amount expended 


Nature of project (Bolivars) 
Concreteshiehiwayiss so =e ee ee ee neg pers ese aE eee 4, 384, 255. 95 
BN Tet @ al chen e ta @: kaswy; iyi pepe ee ea Spe eae ae eee 195, 467. 37 
Gravieluhi liwavssse) R25 ss ey a ee ee een ee SS eae 2, 077, 603. 81 
Eichwaverepairs* = sere Lea a ee yee Saree eee See 711, 228. 55 
Eire liweyeridtesee ste. 2a eae eee ee See ne eee ae 927, 162. 13 
Constructionvofsstreetsrand avenucsse= =o sane eee Dee 757, 561. 03 
MEV Tresis TN CAG UN ye ep a a ei ep 3, 136, 819. 51 
Wei bemwO ns issins oe aes tee i Oe eee a ee ee eee 129, 679. 16 
SS Vie TiS Meee eee saa cece i Ls DNS eee Le eee 136, 623. 74 
Ruonikchiners Eyal Ouloer jOulobie WOKS {oo ok ee ee ee Se 1, 299, 246. 69 
Repam onmbpmildimasrandsothenkwonrkseems === ss eee 182, 010. 33 
Various materials bought and in deposit_-_--_--__------------ 2, 237, 948. 94 
Payment of debts pending for materials bought during 1926___- 1, 158, 611. 88 


FADO REE Uc Aaah ra eg ae Rem, Aan ace ORY eg ray ee 17, 334, 204. 09 


1246 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


VENEZUELAN AGRICULTURAL COMMITTEE.—In accordance with a 
suggestion of the Colonial and Tropical Agricultural Association, 
founded by motion of the International Conference of Colonial and 
Tropical Agriculture which met in Paris during March, 1926, a 
Venezuelan committee was created by an official act of August 13, 
1927, to cooperate with the work of the aforesaid association. 











ECONOMIC**> FINANCIAL Te 
AW@Oai’ AFFAIRS 3812Q& 


ARGENTINA 


REOPENING OF THE Caja de Conversion.—The United States Com- 
merce Reports for September 12, 1927, gives the following information: 

By a presidential decree effective on August 27, the Caja de Conversion is to 
be reopened for the first time since August, 1914, and the free conversion of 100 
paper pesos for 44 gold pesos restored. At present the gold reserve amounts to 
45,663,784 gold pesos, or to about 78 per cent of the paper in circulation. 
Recently, heavy gold shipments have arrived from South Africa and Europe, 
and others are en route. The reopening of the Caja de Conversion is expected 
to have a favorable effect upon the general economic prosperity of the country 
and to bring about the stabilization of the peso exchange, which is still above 
par—102.70 gold pesos for $100 United States currency (par value of the peso 
is $0.964 United States currency). 


BRAZIL 


BRAZILIAN EXTERNAL SINKING FUND LOAN.—Six and a half per 
cent bonds of an external sinking fund loan of the Republic of Brazil 
to the amount of $41,500,000 were offered for sale in New York on 
October 15, 1927, at 9214, simultaneously with an issue of £8,750,000 
in bonds of the same external sinking fund loan placed on sale in 
London and other European cities. This loan is a direct obligation 
of the United States of Brazil issued under the authority of Legislative 
Decree 5108 of December 18, 1926. An accumulative sinking fund 
will retire at par all bonds of both issues on or before maturity by 
semiannual call by lot. The bonds are secured by charges on the 
income tax, taxes on invoices, consumption taxes, and import duties. 


COLOMBIA 


CUSTOMHOUSE REVENUES.—Figures taken from the President’s 
recent message to Congress give the customhouse revenues for the 
past three years as follows: 


Pesos _ 
ODA ea ae Mien eee are eR ae oe 17, 321, 318. 40 
LQQ5 se hee os ail PS AEE Be SO a le eg ea 25, 990, 887. 97 


G2 6 og SR 2 ai en ee de se et pe a a 30, 469, 130. 62 


ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 1247 


These show an increase during the three years in question of 
13,000,000 pesos, thus bringing customs revenues to represent 54 per 
cent of the total Government receipts. 

NATIONAL PUBLIC DEBT.—The report of the Secretary of the 
Treasury to Congress gives the following figures regarding the public 
debt of the Republic. The balance of the national debt on June 30, 
1927, was: 


Pesos 
Externally cel (reese ee a ahem’ ari jon Sele Oe a en aa ae 12, 466, 653. 20 
Ian oper OWENL GE) op sh a eR cS ence aN IL 8 8, 921, 849. 72 
OuAl ey nOMENh Ose. 6 ae ee ek eee 21, 388, 502. 92 


These figures represent a per capita debt of three pesos estimated 
on a population basis of 7,000,000; and equal one-third of the national 
annual revenues, and less than one-fifth of the exports of the country 
for 1926. 

The total debts of the departments and municipalities are as 
follows: 


Pesos 
Departmental deb tswerces wees ee  ee  e aa es oeo eee ae 30, 000, 000 
MaUMICI al eb User een er re Olt e ite eee ee mined ok 15, 500, 000 


COSTA RICA 


LOAN FOR SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS.—-An issue of $300,000 in gold 
bonds dated September 1, 1927, and bearing 8 per cent interest was 
authorized by President Jiménez on July 25, 1927. The proceeds 
of this loan, together with a similar issue by the city of Limén, will 
be used for sanitary improvements in that city. 


HONDURAS 


BupGet For 1927-28.—The Boletin Legislativo for June 11, 1927, 
published the following figures on the budget for 1927-28, which 
went into effect on August 1, 1927: 























Revenues Pesos || Expenditures Pesos 
| | 

CUSTOMS = St ee el he SS 3, 547, 000 | Government, Justice, and Public 
MMionopoliesiy 2-2 sas eens BR eset DTAIS4 OOO Rag ie Elealthe eset 22 6 Pec eons 1, 985, 128. 45 
Stampitaxessec. m= ee ema terne tu 366,000 || Foreign Relations._._....----------- 293, 980. 88 
SELVICGS Seon a pee eee Sees as 1, 250, 000 || Public Instruction -.---------------- 867, 920. 00 
ViATIOUS TEV.CNILCS == ee ee 271, 747.13 || Promotion, Agriculture, and Labor-| 2, 119, 359. 00 
Specialireyentlesmsa.e=2 sa eee 1, 815, 245.85 || War and Marine_-_-_---- sei INGA beers 1, 894, 042. 94 
——_——_—_———_ | Treasury--.-------------------------- 1, 228, 620. 15 
Totalireventleseeae= se ee == e 9, 662, 992.98 || Treasury and Public Credit -_.___-- 1, 273, 941. 56 
9, 662, 992. 98 

SALVADOR 


Bupcer ror 1927-28.—The budget law for 1927-28 gives the total 
revenues as 21,851,188 colones and the total expenditures as 21,827, - 
624.61 colones, leaving a surplus of 23,563.39 colones. 





BRAZIL 


OBLIGATORY VOCATIONAL TRAINING.—Decree No. 5,241 of August 
22, 1927, provides that in all primary schools subsidized or main- 
tained by the Government obligatory instruction will be given in 
drawing, manual training, rudiments of trades, or agricultural 
industries; that in Pedro Segundo College and all other establish- 
ments of secondary instruction maintained by the Government and 
in other similar institutions, there shall be obligatory free classes in 
vocational training. A certificate will be given to graduates from 
the vocational course which will enable them to become candidates 
for Government positions. The Federal Government will enter 
into arrangements with the State Governments to establish voca- 
tional schools for which the Federal Government will contribute half 
the expenses. The Government will also in addition establish as 
many vocational schools and apprenticeship courses as necessary. 
An appropriation of 5,000 contos is made by the decree for the execu- 
tion of its provisions. 

INTERNATIONAL PARLIAMENTARY COMMERCIAL Conaress.—Early 
in September the Thirteenth International Parliamentary Commercial 
Congress met in the Palace of the Chamber of Deputies, Rio de 
Janeiro, to discuss questions relating te commerce as affected by 
legislation. Delegations were composed of the elected lawmakers of 
national parliaments. The Congress, which was called for the first 
time in 1914 by the King of Belgium, was originally composed of 
delegations from only six countries, the number now having increased 
to 44. At the closing session of the Congress it was resolved to hold 
the next meeting of the Congress in Paris in the spring of 1928, and 
the fifteenth in Berlin in 1929. 


CHILE 


REORGANIZATION IN MINISTRY OF THE TREASURY.—By several 
decrees, issued last August, the Ministry of the Treasury has been 
reorganized as to personnel and the Budget Bureau and General 
Treasury of the Republic created subordinate to said ministry. 
The Budget Bureau is entirely new; among the duties of its director 
are the calculation of Government receipts and expenditures, and 
their classification along definite lines, thus making possible the com- 
parison from year to year of given items. The General Treasury of 

1248 


LEGISLATION 1249 


the Republic, which replaces the Treasury Bureau, has more ample 
powers than the latter, having direct charge of all national funds, 
both for the payment of the national services and of the external and 
internal debt. Senor Augusto Merino, an experienced banker, has 
been appointed chief of the Treasury. 

REORGANIZATION OF ADMINISTRATION.—An act of Congress known 
as law No. 4156 empowers the President to reorganize the public 
administration, in order to reduce expenditures. 

DuTIES REDUCED ON ARGENTINE suGAR.—A recent decree of the 
Minister of the Treasury practically frees from duties unrefined sugar 
imported from Argentina, thus providing a cargo for homeward- 
bound Chilean vessels and strengthening commercial ties with the 
neighboring Republic. 


GUATEMALA 


DIPLOMATIC TAX EXEMPTION.—In accordance with a recent decree, 
quoted by the Diario de Centro-America, Guatemala City, of August 
18, 1927, all property destined for the use of the diplomatic repre- 
sentatives accredited to Guatemala, together with the purchase of 
any materials for their official use, shall be exempt from taxation in 
Guatemala, provided the Governments by which they are accredited 
extend reciprocal privileges to Guatemalan diplomats. 


MEXICO 


JOINT LABOR ARBITRATION COMMISSIONS.—An executive decree of 
September 23, 1927, contains the regulations for the establishment 
of joint commissions of labor arbitration and adjustment to 
settle collective or individual differences arismg between em- 
ployers and workers. These commissions are to be composed of 
one representative of each trade group of employers or workers 
involved and one representative of the Federal Labor Commis- 
sion of Arbitration and Conciliation, who will act as chairman. 
On November 1 the Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor 
was to summon employers and workers to form the Federal Labor 
Commission of Arbitration and Conciliation and the regional com- 
missions through electoral conventions meeting in Mexico City on 
December 1. Labor organizations are to send one delegate each. 
The full text of the regulation is published in the Diario Oficial of 
September 27, 1927. 

Ercgut-Hour pay.—The regulations for the eight-hour working day 
in the Federal District of Mexico are published in the Diario Oficial 
of September 28, 1927. 

NICARAGUA 


REGULATIONS FOR THEATRICAL PERFORMANCES.—Regulations for 
the conducting of theatrical performances and other spectacles, 


1250 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


including motion pictures, were published in the Gaceta Oficial for 
August 9, 1927, and succeeding numbers. These regulations provide 
for departmental boards of censors of public spectacles and motion 
pictures. 

REGULATIONS FOR THE Cuaims Commission.—The Diario Oficial 
of June 23,1927, published the regulations for the Claims Commission 
which is to consider the award of damages to property owners who 
suffered losses through political disturbances between October 25, 
1925, and June 30, 1927. 


SALVADOR 


REGULATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.—On August 16, 
1927, the National Assembly approved regulations for electrical 
installations for public service, such as light and power plants and 
electric traction, as well as for private installations. 

PuHarmMacy act.—The pharmacy act of Salvador was passed by 
the National Assembly on July 9, 1927. It provides for the estab- 
lishment of a School of Chemistry and Pharmacy to be composed of 
alumni of the old Pharmacy and Natural Science School of the Uni- 
versity and of the present School of Chemistry and Pharmacy. This 
school will maintain a registry of all accredited pharmacists for the ben - 
efit of the profession and will supervise the service of all pharmacies 
and other stores authorized to sell drugs. 


VENEZUELA 


MINING REGULATIONS.—Regulations for the Venezuelan mining law 
to supersede those of December 29, 1919, now repealed, were passed 
on August 15, 1927, being published in the Gaceta Oficial of August 
27,1927. Although incorporating all the former provisions with but 
few exceptions, the present act also includes specifications regarding 
the procedure to be followed in obtaining permission for prospecting, 
the duties of the special technical inspectors of the Government, 
the payment of taxes and import duties, and the fulfillment of other 
obligations. 






& ‘TREATIES 4&4 as 


BRAZIL-PAN AMERICAN REPUBLICS. 


TRADE-MARK OrFicE IN Rio bE JANErRO.—In accordance with 
Article IX of the Trade-mark Convention signed on April 28, 1923, 
by the delegates to the Fifth Pan American Conference in Santiago, 
Chile, the President of Brazil issued a decree on August 16, 1927, 
establishing the Inter American Office of Patents and Trade-marks 
in Rio de Janeiro for the registration of commercial, industrial and 
agricultural trade-marks and commercial names, the convention 
having been ratified by 6 of the 18 signatory nations. The new 
office will function provisionally as an adjunct to the Brazilian Gen- 
eral Bureau of Industrial Property, under the immediate control of 
its director general. (Diario Oficial, August 18, 1927.) 


COSTA RICA-SPAIN 


MUTUAL RECOGNITION OF ACADEMIC DEGREES.—The Costa Rican- 
Spanish convention for the mutual recognition of academic degrees 
and diplomas, signed in San José on March 8, 1925, and approved by 
the Constitutional Congress of Costa Rica on June 10, 1925, was 
signed by President Jiménez on August 23, 1927. The convention 
provides for the mutual recognition of degrees and diplomas with all 
the rights and privileges due the holder, and exchange of curriculums 
in order to coordinate the systems of study in both countries. (La 
Gaceta, San José, August 28, 1927.) 


HAITI-FRANCE 


CoMMERCIAL AGREEMENT.—Ratifications of the commercial agree- 
ment signed July 29, 1926, between Haiti and France were exchanged 
at Port au Prince on June 6, 1927. By virtue of this agreement, the 
principal Haitian exports are accorded the benefits of the minimum 
French tariff rates in return for a reduction of one-third in the Haitian 
import duties on certain French products. The mutual concessions 
embodied in this convention were placed in operation as of July 28, 
1926, by a modus-vivendi agreement between France and Haiti. 
The convention will continue in operation until July 29, 1929, on 
which date it will automatically terminate unless renewed by the 
contracting parties within six months of its expiration. (Commerce 


Reports, September 12, 1927.) 
| 1251 


1252 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


SALVADOR—PAN AMERICAN REPUBLICS 


CONVENTION OF SECOND Pan AMERICAN PostaL Concress.—The 
Diario Oficial of Salvador for August 15, 1927, published the ratifica- 
tion by the Salvadorean National Assembly of the convention, 
regulations and final protocol signed at the Second Pan American 
Postal Congress in Mexico City on November 9, 1926. 





Hy © 


F poe a aNDEDUCATION ; P ny 


ARGENTINA 


INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION OF TEACHERS.—Upon the sugges- 
tion of the General Association of Chilean Teachers the First Inter- 
national Convention of Teachers is to be held in Buenos Aires in the 
latter part of 1927. The organization committee appointed for the 
congress has drawn up the following program for discussion: 

The rights of children and the objectives of new education; unity in the cur- 
riculum throughout all grades; results of the new education, especially as tried 
in Latin America; relations between the school, the state, and teaching regula- 
tions; the teacher’s contribution toward peace and social solidarity; the material 
and moral environment of the teacher; the teacher’s freedom of opinion and right 
to organize; national and international organization among teachers; liaison 
between manual and intellectual workers for the purposes of culture and social 
justice; attitude of teachers toward capitalism and other social questions; illiter- 
acy and the Indians of America; methods for putting into effect the conclusions 
on these points reached by the congress. 

PALEONTOLOGICAL AND ANTHROPOLOGICAL sTUDIES.—The Ber- 
nardino Rivadavia Museum of Buenos Aires has undertaken 
anthropological studies of the Indian tribes of northeastern Argen- 
tina, hoping also to secure data on folklore. Moreover, paleontolog- 
ical studies will be continued in the coastal region of Buenos Aires 
Province, where the museum has been making investigations for 
sometime. The locality is rich in fossil deposits of a large mammif- 
erous prehistoric animal known as the lestodon. 

FourtH or JULY CELEBRATED IN AN ARGENTINE SCHOOL.—Follow- 
ing the custom of past years the Independence Day of the United 
States was celebrated at School No. 14 of District No. 1, which is 
called the United States School. This year a flag given the school by 
the Patriotic Society of American Ladies and the American Society 
of the River Plate was presented by Mr. Ralph Walter Huntington 
before a group of school officials, members of the United States Dip- 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION PAR} 


lomatic Service and of the American colony. The celebration ended 
when the children, singing patriotic marches and waving small 
flags of both countries, passed in front of the portraits of San Martin 
and George Washington. 

THE SAUBERAN SCHOLARSHIPS.—Announcement has been made 
concerning the regulations of the Sauberan scholarships open to 
graduates of the University of Buenos Aires for advanced study in 
France. Each scholarship will include traveling expenses and 10 
monthly allowances of 100 pesos. Each year the authorities of the 
university may announce those fields of study which they think 
would most benefit the university, preference being given to purely 
scientific subjects and those of urgent social need to the country. 
In France the students will be under the guidance of Mr. Sauberan 
or a professor of the University of Paris chosen by him. 

THe ARGENTINE SOCIETY FOR THE STuDY OF CaNncER.—At its 
fourteenth regular meeting the Argentine Society for the Study of 
Cancer elected its officers for the biennium 1927-1929, Dr. A. H. 
Roffo being chosen president. 


BRAZIL 


ScHoout In URUGUAY NAMED FOR Brazit.—On September 7, 1927, 
one of the schools in Montevideo, the capital of Uruguay, was named 
for Brazil. For this occasion the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Brazil 
sent a Brazilian flag embroidered in gold, silver, and silk as a gift to 
the school, accompanied by a number of presents from Brazilian 
children to the pupils. 

OBLIGATORY VOCATIONAL TRAINING.— See page 1248. 


CHILE 


TEACHERS SENT ABROAD.—The Government has sent abroad a 
considerable number of teachers to pursue advanced studies in such 
subjects as organization of normal schools, school administration, 
child psychology, mental and educational measurements, school 
hygiene, visual education, etc. Hight teachers have entered univer- 
sities in the United States and similar groups have gone to Switzer- 
land, Belgium, and Germany. 


COLOMBIA 


Pusiic mnstruction.—In his message to Congress delivered last 
July, the President, in referring to public instruction, gave some inter- 
esting facts regarding the progress made in that branch during the 
year under review. A board of education was created to examine and 
select. textbooks and other material for primary schools. Olympic 
eames were organized to be held annually, thus tending to promote 
the physical development of the youth of the country. The School 


1254 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


of Fine Arts was reorganized, and an appropriation made for con- 
structing the Colombian Building in the University City of Paris. 
An institute for the blind was also established in accordance with law 
No. 45, of 1926. 

NORMAL SCHOOL REFORM.—The Minister of Public Instruction and 
Health has approved the new regulations and curriculum for the 
Normal School of Tunja and its practice school. These changes are 
based on experiments made in the modern pedagogical systems that 
will best suit the peculiar conditions of Boyac4, and great benefits 
are expected for the department from this reform. 


COSTA RICA 


UNIFORMITY OF SCHOOL YEAR.—In view of the need for a uniform 
school year yet with due consideration for the interests of the various 
sections of the country, the school year in Costa Rica has been 
definitely set by an Executive decree of July 18, 1927, to run from 
the third Monday in February to the fifteenth of November for 
rural schools and from the first Monday in March to the last week 
of November for urban schools, any authorization for changes 
being obtainable only from the Department of Education. The 
law becomes effective the beginning of the coming year. 

PuHysicaL EDUCATION.—On August 8, 1927, President Jiménez 
issued a decree establishing compulsory physical exercise for a 
period of 20 minutes each day in all primary, secondary, and normal 
schools throughout the Republic. To this end a special department 
of instruction in physical education will be organized for teachers. 

MUTUAL RECOGNITION OF ACADEMIC DEGREES BY Costa Rica 
AND SPAIN.—See page 1251. 





CUBA 


AUTHORS’ UNION.—A national union of Cuban authors has been 
organized to protect copyrights and to procure for national authors, 
as well as those of foreign birth residing in Cuba, the payment of 
royalties on all literary property. The National Union will take 
charge of publishing literary works and music, and will distribute 
them to dealers for sale. All copies will be stamped and dealers 
selling unstamped copies of musical or literary pieces will be subject to 
punishment by law. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 

University oF Hapana.—The beautiful heights now occupied by 
the University of Habana will soon be converted into a modern 
and complete university city. The construction work will be carried 
out in three different stages, first completing the buildings in which 
the Sixth Pan American Conference will convene, then those which 
are being constructed for the bicentenary of the university, and 
finally the additional structures. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 
Washington.) 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1255 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


SCHOOL IMPROVEMENTs.—In a recent session of the National Board 
of Education, it was definitely decided to effect various changes in the 
general school program throughout the Republic. The following were 
mentioned by the Superintendent of Education: Opening of new 
grammar schools, creation of practice courses in some normal schools, 
introduction of singing classes, military training and Swedish gym- 
nastics into elementary schools, provision of special teachers for 
manual-training classes and domestic science courses, an increase in 
the number of drawing and language teachers, additional night schools 
and primary schools according to the needs of the population, and the 
creation of itinerant schools. 


ECUADOR 


STUDENT LIFE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF Quiro.—In May the Presi- 
dent of Ecuador rescinded decrees giving representation to the 
students in university affairs. 

Humberto Garcia, a student in the Law School of the University 
of Quito, won the Victor Hugo medal, granted each year to the most 
brilliant speaker in a debate dealing with the history of France. 


GUATEMALA 


CopiIFICATION OF EDUCATION LAWs.—An order providing for a 
revision and codification of all Guatemalan education laws was 
recently issued by the Department of Education. 

Stupy ABROAD.—Profs. Luis Martinez Mont and Juan José Arévalo, 
successful contestants in the teachers’ competition held last July, 
have been granted by the Government fellowships for courses in 
pedagogy in Swiss and Argentine universities, respectively. 

Miuirary scHoou.—In order that the Polytechnical School may 
send out officers thoroughly trained for their careers, the school has 
recovered its true character as a military school with the adoption of 
the new curriculum indicated in a decree of August 12, 1927. 


HAITI 


New MEDICAL scHooL.—On October 3, 1927, the new School of 
Medicine and Pharmacy was formally opened in Port-au-Prince. 
An attractive ceremony was held at the college building on this occa- 
sion, under the auspices of the National Public Health Service and 
the Director General of Public Works, when many interesting 
speeches were made dealing with the importance of this new school. 
Among the speakers were the Secretary of the Interior and the 
director of the school. Haiti is much to be congratulated on this 
excellent addition to her educational system. 

68910—27—Bull. 12——7 


1256 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 
HONDURAS 


CLASS IN WEAVING AND FIBER EXPERIMENTATION.—An American 
citizen will establish in the Tegucigalpa Vocational School a class or 
section devoted to the art of weaving and experimentation in the use 
of fibers and dyes. 

ScHOOL SAYINGS FUND.—The head of the National Council of Edu- 
cation reported to the press in the latter part of August that the 
Honduran school savings fund on deposit with the Bank of Honduras 
totaled 9,763.63 pesos. New regulations for this institution are to be 
submitted to the President of the Republic for his approval, and 
after these are in force it is hoped that the fund will increase more 
rapidly and teach the lesson of thrift to many more school children. 


MEXICO 


Mexico WINS THE INTERNATIONAL ORATORICAL CONTEST.—The 
international oratorical contest for secondary school students, held 
in Washington under the auspices of different newspapers of Mexico, 
the United States, Canada, England, and France, was won this year 
by Mr. Arturo Garcia-Formenti, of Mexico, who made a fine speech 
on “Spanish-Americanism or Pan Americanism.” Mr. Georges 
Guiot-Guillain of France won second place, speaking on ‘‘The 
Importance to the World of French Culture.” 

STATUE OF SARMIENTO GIFT OF ARGENTINA.—On September 19, 
1927, the Argentine Minister to Mexico received cable advices from 
his Government stating that Argentina was planning to present to 
Mexico a statue of President Domingo Sarmiento, the great Argentine 
educator and founder of the public-school system, for the Sarmiento 
open-air school in Mexico City. It is expected that the statue will be 
in place by the opening of the 1928 school year. 


NICARAGUA 


SCHOOL OF TELEGRAPHY AND COMMERCE.—In May the Govern- 
ment resolved to establish a school of telegraphy, English, accounting, 
and typewriting in Managua for 20 boarding pupils, the funds for 
this institution to be provided from those formerly used in the main- 
tenance of several telegraph offices, now discontinued. 


PANAMA 


Porto RIcAN SCHOLARSHIPS OFFERED PaANaAMA.—The Secretary of 
Public Education has made public the offer by the University of Porto 
Rico of three scholarships for Panaman students, who must have the 
degree of bachelor of humanities or a primary teacher’s certificate, or 
must pass entrance examinations. 


PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1257 


Music SCHOOL PRODUCES OPERA.—Under the direction of Maestro 
Graziani the Opera School of Panama produced in September Madame 
Butterfly, Puccini’s well-loved opera. Panama possesses some very 
gifted singers and for many years has shown much interest in develop- 
ing talent through its conservatory. The opera school has previously 
given La Bohéme, Tosca, and other operas. 

REORGANIZATION OF THE AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS OF AGUADULCE 
AND Davip.—The present agricultural schools of Aguadulce and 
David, which are to be known in the future as the Model Farm School 
of Aguadulce and the Model Farm School of David, will be under the 
joint control of the Secretary of Public Instruction and the Secretary 
of Agriculture and Public Works. These schools will not only offer 
a practical agricultural course for elementary-school graduates but will 
also offer courses in crops, dairying, silk culture, and poultry raising, 
which will be required for graduation for the students of the rural 
normal schools of Aguadulce and David. These agricu!tural schools 
will also be used as experimental farms. 


PARAGUAY 


PASTEUR SCHOOL OPENED.—On August 20, 1927, before an audience 
which included the Minister of Public Instruction, French diplomatic 
officers, members of the French Society, and various teachers, the 
Pasteur primary school in Asuncién was inaugurated and a bust of 
the noted French scientist presented the school by a representative 
of the French Diplomatic Corps. 

Books FOR LIBRARY.—Information has recently been received that 
a number of valuable works, including books on Spanish literature 
and history and interesting chronicles, notes, and monographs on 
Spain and Spanish America, have been sent the School of Law and 
Social Sciences of Asuncién by the Hispanic Society of America, 
located in New York. It is also reported that a similar donation 
has been made this school by the Popular Library of Buenos Aires. 

Arpor Day.—A simple but impressive ceremony was held in the 
Artigas School of Asuncién on August 13, 1927, when Arbor Day was 
celebrated. Trees were planted and the hymn to the tree written by 
Juan Zorrilla de San Martin, an Uruguayan poet, was sung by the 
children. 

New maGazines.—The first number of the Anales de la Facultad 
de Ciencias Médicas (Annals of the Medical School), edited by Dr. 
Victor Idoyago, dean of the Medical School, made its appearance 
during August. Another new university magazine is the Revista 
de Derecho (Legal Review). 





PERU 


ORGANIZATION OF RURAL EDUCATION.—Dr. José R. Pareja was re- 
cently appointed by the Chief Executive to investigate educational con- 


1258 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


ditions in the Departments of Arequipa, Puno, Cuzco, and Apurimac 
and to prepare a report on the primary schools, manual training 
schools, boarding schools for Indians, normal schools, and all other 
public schools, suggesting at the same time measures for promoting 
education among the Indian population of the Republic. 

MonTESSORI SYSTEM.—In the Liceo Grau, a public school of 
Lima, a new division was opened last September for small children 
between 3 and 6 years of age, in which the Montessori system will 
be exclusively employed. 

ScHooLt notEes.—According to the presidential message there are 
3,330 primary schools and 5,487 teachers, the enrollment last year 
being 262,267. Rural, agricultural, circulating, and boarding 
schools have been established for the benefit of the Indians, and the 
enrollment in these schools, including that of the vocational and 
industrial schools, is 1,780. In the schools of Lima and Callao med- 
ical service has been introduced. The Government has ordered the 
reprinting of the textbook, ‘‘My First History of Peru,” as well as 
a new edition of a reading book, which will be distributed gratis to 
the public schools. In the Boys’ Normal School the psychology 
laboratory has been improved in order to facilitate more accurate 
study of child psychology, and a special section has been formed for 
the instruction of subnormal children. Last year there were 29 
national secondary schools which had an enrollment of 5,326. <A 
law prohibiting coeducation has been passed as a result of its failure 
in the schools, and consequently secondary schools for girls have been 
established in Lima, Cajamarca, Huardas, Trujillo, and Puno. 


SALVADOR 


ARGENTINE FLAG FOR SALVADOREAN SCHOOL.—The press of Argen- 
tina reported the presentation of an Argentine flag to the Salvadorean 
consul general in Buenos Aires for the school in San Salvador named 
for the Republic of Argentina. Interesting exercises were-held in 
the Republic of Salvador School of Buenos Aires on the occasion of 
the presentation, including the rendition of the national anthems of 
both countries. 

URUGUAY 


PLANS FOR RURAL SCHOOLS.—It was stated in La Revista de la 
Asociacién Rural del Uruguay for August 19, 1927, that in view of 
the interest shown in the rural dwelling competition held during 
August, 1926, the Rural Association of Uruguay in cooperation with 
the Architectural Society has announced a second competition to 
take place at the end of this year on the construction of a rural school. 
So greatly is the success of the teacher conditioned by the health and 
happiness of the child, due in no small measure to his surround- 
ings, that the initiative of these organizations is highly commendable. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 1259 


COMPETITION FOR PLANS OF CLINICAL HOSPITAL.—Bases for a com- 
petition for plans for the clinical hospital soon to be built in Mon- 
tevideo were published in Arquitectura, August, 1927. To be con- 
structed at a cost of 2,800,000 pesos, including the purchase price 
of the land and actual construction, the hospital will contain medical 
and surgical clinics, rooms for the treatment of various diseases, 
neurological, cancer, and anatomical institutes, a radiographical 
section, an institute of experimental hygiene and laboratories. <A 
prize of 1,000 pesos will be awarded all those who qualify for the 
second section of the competition, in which first, second, third, fourth, 
and fifth prizes of 10,000, 5,000, 2,500, 1,500, and 1,000 pesos, 
respectively, are offered. 


VENEZUELA 


VENEZUELAN LEGAL CONGRESS.—The organizing committee of the 
First Venezuelan Legal Congress called by the Bar Association of 
the Federal District to meet in 1928, held its first session on August 
10, 1927, at which time a commission was appointed to formulate the 
agenda of the congress. 





DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


CHAUFFEURS’ UNION.—According to reports, the majority of the 
chauffeurs of the city of Santiago de los Caballeros have organized 
to form a union. It is hoped that efficient labor organizations will 
soon be a reality in the Dominican Republic. 





ARGENTINA 


CoNnFERENCE ON PsycuiaTRY AND Lecat Mepicine.—The Society 
of Neurologists and Psychiatrists of Buenos Aires recently resolved 
to convoke the first Latin American Conference on Neurology, 
Psychiatry, and Legal Medicine to meet in Buenos Aires during the 
latter part of September, 1928. An organization committee, of which 


1260 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Dr. Arturo Ameghino is the president, has been appointed to invite 
other nations. 

ANTITUBERCULOSIS CLINIC.—On September 8, 1927, a new anti- 
tuberculosis dispensary was opened to the public in Boca del Riachuelo 
ward of Buenos Aires by the Commission on Regional Asylums and 
Hospitals. In connection with the clinic there will be a visiting 
nurse and house medical service, as well as a campaign of public 
education on the dangers of contagion and how to avoid it. In 
the dispensary there are a solarium and rooms for patients, as well as 
a section for experimental medicine. Provision is made for X-ray 
and other laboratories. The clinic will also distribute rations to 
patients and their families if necessary. 

Moruers’ CANTEENS.—On August 31, 1927, the twelfth anniver- 
sary of the founding of the First Mothers’ Canteen of Buenos Aires 
was celebrated. As has been stated in previous accounts in the 
BULLETIN, this institution provides care for the needy mother during 
pregnancy and childbirth, also giving to nursing mothers clothes, 
two meals a day, and, if necessary, a peso daily. In connection with 
the mothers’ canteens there are lunch rooms for school children, which 
furnish luncheon and a glass of milk to each child, as well as medical 
assistance. 

ROLIVIA 


ORURO WATERWORKS.—The first section of the waterworks system 
for the city of Oruro was put into operation last July. It comprises 
the Calacola Reservoir, and three distributing reservoirs, which are 
part of the system planned to give the city an adequate supply of 
pure drinking water. 

BRAZIL 


Fourth Brazitan Hycrenr Concress.—It has been decided 

that the Fourth Brazilian Hygiene Congress is to take place in 
Bahia in December, 1927, and the Fifth Congress in Pernambuco 
in 1928. At the first of these meetings the following subjects are to 
be discussed: Epidemiology and prophylaxis of the bubonic plague 
in Brazil; native Brazilian insects, biology, epidemiological rdéle, 
and means of destruction; biometric examinations of children and 
adults; water supply and purification; and other problems. 
_ BRAZILIAN PHYSICIANS ON EXCURSION.—Under the auspices of the 
Medical and Surgical Society of Rio de Janeiro a number of Brazilian 
physicians joined a ‘‘caravan”’ or excursion to visit their colleagues in 
Montevideo and Buenos Aires. The party expected to start on 
September 15 for a 20-day trip, which would provide a pleasant out- 
ing for the physicians and their families, and a courteous response 
to the visit made by Argentine and Uruguayan physicians sometime 
ago. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 1261 
CHILE 


HeaurH srortus.—Under the auspices of the health education 
section of the Bureau of Public Health, a contest for stories to teach 
children health habits was announced last August. Prizes of 1,000, 
500, and 100 pesos were generously offered by Lectura Selecta, a 
magazine which intended to publish the prize-winning stories in a 
special Columbus Day edition. This excellent method of securing 
children’s cooperation in conserving their health is worthy of all 
commendation, and the results of the contest will be eagerly awaited. 

CHILD HEALTH CENTERS.—According to the last annual report of 
the Patronato Nacional de la Infancia, issued in July, 1927, this 
active society during the year covered by the report cared for 4,769 
children under two years of age and 1,235 over two. Through its 
various services in Santiago the Patronato distributed 1,446,619 
feedings of modified milk, gave 21,543 prescriptions, made 21,712 
home visits, distributed 9,820 articles of infants’ clothing, gave 
18,775 lunches to nursing mothers, made 14,888 examinations of 
expectant mothers, and provided attendance in 398 cases of child- 
birth in homes. The mortality rate of children under the Patro- 
nato’s care is 9.5 per cent, or less than a third of the general infant 
mortality rate. The attention given each child is increasingly 
efficient. The social service in connection with each health center 
watches over the children there registered and their families, and 
hopes to maintain this oversight until each child reaches 7 years of 
age. Sick children are under the care of a visiting nurse, who 
works under orders of the Patronato physicians. 

Women’s Anti-Turmrcutosts Assocratron.—This association 
has for many years carried on helpful work among the tuberculous 
poor of Santiago. In 1926 it assisted 347 men, 2,654 women, and 
659 children, sending 27 persons to San José Hospital. Home visits 
by its members reveal many serious social conditions, and give 
occasion for teaching a hygienic manner of living, in se far as possible. 


COLOMBIA 


TREATMENT OF HOOKWORM.—From January 1 to July 31, 1927, 
286,094 persons were treated for hookworm in different parts of the 
Republic. The total number of treatments administered by the 
hookworm department for this disease from June, 1920, to July 31, 
1927, amounted to 2,179,148. 


COSTA RICA 


Mepicau ciintc.—Information has been received that 42 Costa 
Rican physicians have formed an organization for the purpose of 
establishing a modernly equipped clinic in San José. According to 


1262 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


plans the clinic, which will cost more than 300,000 colones, will have 
various departments like similar institutions in Europe and the United 
States. 

SANITARY CAMPAIGN IN SAN RamOn.—Under the able direction of 
Doctor Coto, head of the public welfare department of San Ramon, 
rapid progress has been made toward improved sanitary conditions 
in that city. Meat markets, bakeries, and private houses have been 
inspected, daily garbage collection initiated, and clinics for the treat- 
ment of syphilis opened. During August alone 362 Wassermann 
tests were made and 530 injections of salvarsan given. 


CUBA 


CAMPAIGN AGAINST CANCER.—The campaign against cancer has 
been intensified during the past year to a great extent. Next year a 
division for the study of cancer will be installed in the General 
Calixto Garcia National Hospital in Habana, a second in the civil 
hospital of Santiago de Cuba, and still another in the civil hospital 
in the city of Santa Clara. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Wash- 
ington.) 

INCREASE IN SANITARY BUDGET.—The budget for the Department 
of Charity and Sanitation has been increased by a million and a half 
pesos. With these funds 25 dispensaries for the treatment of tuber- 
culosis will be established, a division of foods and drugs will be created, 
and many improvements made in various hospitals throughout the 
Republic. The appropriation for the home for the aged will also be 
considerably augmented. This increase in the national budget is due 
primarily to the determined efforts of the Government to enlarge the 
sanitary service of the country. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in 
Washington.) 

Homer For THE AGED.—A national home for the aged is under 
construction at Triscornia. This institution will bear the name 
General Gerardo Machado y Morales in honor of the President of the 
Republic. Thirty-six pavilions connected by passageways and having 
room for 400 persons will form the main part of the home. (Courtesy 
of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.) 


ECUADOR 


HoMES FOR WORKERS.—An appropriation was allowed in the new 
government budget for building homes for workers in Guayaquil. 
The Minister of Labor and Social Welfare, who has taken an active 
part in securing this appropriation and who is greatly interested in 
the prompt fulfillment of the project, has asked the municipality of 
Guayaquil to designate without delay the most appropriate district 
for building these homes. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS 1263 
HAITI 


TREATMENT OF TREPONEMATOSIS.—T wo new records were estab- 
lished during the month of August last in connection with the treat- 
ment of this condition. Forty-five thousand five hundred and thirty- 
six Injections of treponemecides were made, this being for the first 
time at a rate of over half a million per year. It is believed that this 
rate is sufficient to control the disease for the present. The other 
record established was in the number of injections of neo-salvarsan 
administered at the Haitian General Hospital, 1,731 such injections 
being given there during the month of August. It is expected to 
increase this rate still further. In order to encourage more patients 
to receive treatment regularly and to popularize the treatment, an 
increased effort has been made to augment the amount of neo- 
salvarsan administered. A large supply of this drug has been ordered 
and all public health officers have been directed to use it in place of 
less efficacious drugs in all hospital cases requiring such treatment. 
They have also been instructed to devote one morning a week to the 
administration of neo-salvarsan to treponematosis outpatients. 
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver, August, 1927.) 


HONDURAS 


PUBLIC HEALTH LECTURES.—Last September Dr. José Jorge Calle- 
jas, Director of Public Health, gave in Puerto Cortés a series of public 
health lectures, illustrated by motion pictures, on malaria and intesti- 
nal parasities. Printed notices were distributed to the schools and to 
the general public so that all might benefit by these lectures, which 
had previously been delivered in San Pedro Sula. Doctor Malloy 
of the Rockefeller Foundation is directing this work. 

LAND For JicaquE Inprans.—The Governor of the Department of 
Tegucigalpa recently petitioned the Ministry of Promotion, Public 
Works, Agriculture, and Labor to definitely assign the 30 caballerias 
(caballeria equals 2.09 acres) of mountain land to the tribe of Jicaque 
Indians who now cultivate and occupy it. This cession of land is 
provided for by law. 

MEXICO 


Hycrener INstrruTE BUILDING OPENED.—On September 17, 1927, 
the new building of the Hygiene Institute in Mexico City was for- 
mally opened upon the occasion of the First Meeting of Sanitary 
Officials called by the Department of Public Health. Among the 
distinguished guests present at the inauguration of the new institute 
were President Calles; the Secretary of War; the Secretary of 
Communications and Public Works; Dr. Bernardo J. Gastélum, 
Chief of the Department of Public Health, under whose direction the 
building was constructed; other officials and members of the diplo- 


1264 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


matic corps. After President Calles declared the institute and the 
First Meeting of Local Health Authorities open an interesting pro- 
gram of addresses, music, and other numbers was rendered, followed 
by a general inspection of the institute. The 19 sections of the 500,- 
000-peso building house the laboratories in which was prepared the 
year’s supply of smallpox vaccine, antityphus-typhoid serum, anti- 
toxin for diphtheria and scarlet fever and antirabies serum; and other 
divisions of the Department of Public Health. There is a personnel 
of nearly 200, most of whom are physicians or bacteriologists. 

TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITAL.—The press reports that the board of 
directors of Public Charity has decided to establish a hospital especi- 
ally for tubercular patients, who are too numerous to be cared for 
in the special wards of Mexico City’s general hospital. It is stated 
that a building on the Pachuca Road near Tepexpan is to be equipped 
and opened as a tuberculosis hospital early in 1928. 

Rep Cross AID FOR FLOOD victiMs.—The Mexican Red Cross and 
private organizations collected funds for the relief of the homeless 
and destitute residents of the areas flooded by the Lerma River at 
Acambaro, to which the American Red Cross contributed $5,000. A 
special train carrying food, clothing, medical supplies, and physicians 
was despatched by the Red Cross. 


NICARAGUA 


HEALTH INSPECTION IN scHooLs.—The press published in August 
the regulations for health inspections in schools, which include the 
sanitary requirements for school buildings and premises, as well as 
the examination of children entering school for the first time or after 
illness and absence. There is to be a school medical inspector for 
each department to inspect city schools every two weeks and rural 
schools every four months. A health certificate in the form of a 
notebook will be issued to each child examined, with a report of his 
state of health entered therein. The inspector is also to advise 
teachers as to the placing of subnormal children in the proper insti- 
tutions. 

ScHOOL OF NURSING.—The Government plans to establish a school 
for trained nurses in Managua, probably in connection with the 
general hospital of the capital. Dr. Nicasio Rosales has sent his 
“Manual for the Trained Nurse and Midwife” to the Ministry of 
Promotion, which is to have it published so that it may be used as a 
textbook in the above-mentioned school. 


PANAMA 


RED Cross REPORT.—Seforita Enriqueta Morales, Secretary of the 
Panaman Red Cross, made the following report of the August work 
of that organization: 


Prenatal clinic——Three hundred and twenty-three persons examined; 400 home 
visits; 314 examinations of urine. 


SOCIAL PROGRESS - : 1265 


Baby clinic——Registration of babies since foundation, 16,816; physicians’ 
consultations during month, 467; treatments, 138; prescriptions, 900; sent to 
clinics for various disorders, 289; weighed, 2,137; new patients admitted during 
the month, 317; dismissed at the age limit of two years, 162; home visits, 5,618; 
total number of children visited, 620; mothers aided, 94; children now on clinic 
register, 7,982. 

Aid to poor families.—Physical examinations for adults, 430; adults prescribed 
for, 601; injections administered, 211; sent to hospitals, 40; persons weighed, 133. 

Supplies distributed.—Twenty-eight boxes of rice; 2 cases of condensed milk; 
6 cases of soap; 728 rations; and 152 families aided. 

SAFETY LESSONS FOR CHILDREN.—Members of the Automotive 
Vehicles Union have been giving a series of talks on safety in reference 
to street traffic in the schools of the capital. They plan to have 
periodical safety lessons for children so that the danger of accidents 
may be lessened. 


PARAGUAY 


INTERNATIONAL FoorsaLL ConGress.—An International Foot- 
ball Congress met in Asuncién during the week of August 15, dele- 
gates from Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru, and Uruguay being pres- 
ent. Announcement has been made that the 1928 conference will 
convene in Rio de Janeiro. 

HospiTaAL DIRECTION TRANSFERRED.—According to El Diario, 
Asuncion, of August 16, 1927, the direction of the National Hospital 
has been transferred to the governing board of the Medical School. 


SALVADOR 


MEXICAN NURSES FOR TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITAL.—The new tubercu- 
losis sanitarium soon to be opened at Planes de Rendero will have 
several Mexican nurses in charge of the nursing of patients. These 
nurses have been trained in the latest methods of caring for tubercular 


patients. 
URUGUAY 


DisTINGUISHED GuEsTS.—On September 1, 1927, Doctor Ombre- 
danne, well-known professor of the children’s surgical clinic in the 
University of Paris, arrived in Montevideo, where he was cordially 
received in medical and official circles of the city. A few days pre- 
viously Dr. Federick Umber, a German specialist in nutrition and 
digestive disorders, had been similarly welcomed. ‘During their stay 
in the city both specialists delivered lectures on subjects relative to 
their special fields. 





BRAZIL 


Hispanic SOCIETY COMMISSIONS ARTIST TO PAINT NOTABLES.— 
Lépez Mesquita, a famous Spanish painter, is now in Brazil to paint 
the portrait of the President for the gallery of Chief Executives of 
Latin American countries and other prominent citizens of those 
Nations, which the Hispanic Society plans to add to its collection of 
Hispanic art. 

CHILE 


TRIUMPH OF A CHILEAN PIANIST.—Claudio Arrau, a_ brilliant 
Chilean pianist still in his early twenties, won the grand inter- 
national prize in a competition for pianists held a few months ago 
in Geneva, Switzerland. He went to Germany at the age of 7 to 
study, and began to tour at 11. His ability to play from memory in 
public Bach’s 48 preludes and 48 fugues has excited admiring comment. 
The French, German, and English press unite in praise of his nterpre- 
tation and technique. 


DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 


ART EXHIBITION.—A collection of the works of Carlos Ramirez 
Guerra, a Dominican painter, was recently exhibited in the Provincial 
Palace at Santiago de Cuba, where his water-color landscapes and 
portrait sketches received very favorable criticism. 


ECUADOR 


EcUADOREAN HISTORIAN HONORED.—Sefior Manuel M. Ayala, an 
Ecuadorean sculptor, has been commissioned by the city of Ibarra to 
make a large bronze bust of the great national historian Federico 
Gonzilez Su4rez. This monument will be erected in Ibarra, the 
birthplace of Gonz4lez Suarez, the unveiling to take place in December 
next, on the twentieth anniversary of his death. 


PANAMA 


PANAMAN VIRTUOSO ADAPTS NATIVE Music.—Alfredo San Malo, the 
Panaman violinist who was so well received in Carnegie Hall, New 
York last year, and in a number of other American cities, is returning 
from Europe to Panama to fulfill engagements, after which during the 
coming year he will journey to South America to continue the work 

1266 


GENERAL NOTES 1267 
he has begun, adapting native melodies of Panama, Mexico, Peru, 
and other Latin American countries, to the violin. Sefor San Malo 
left Panama when very young to study music in Europe, whence he 
returned last year laden with honors. The young violinist will 
doubtless conquer a new fame in making known the plaintive and 
beautiful motifs found in Indian and early colonial music. 


PARAGUAY 


DELEGATES To SrxtH Pan AMERICAN CONFERENCE.—The Para- 
guayan delegation to the Sixth Pan American Conference is as follows: 
Dr. Luis Riart, Ex-Minister of the Treasury and until a few months 
ago Minister of War, which position he had held for three and a half 
years; Dr. Lisandro Diaz Gémez, leader of the Government party in 
the Chamber of Deputies and former Minister in Uruguay and 
Bolivia; and Dr. Juan Vicente Ramirez, Chargé d’Affaires in Wash- 
ington. 

THREE HUNDRED AND NINETIETH ANNIVERSARY OF ASUNCION.— 
The three hundred and ninetieth anniversary of the founding of 
Asuncion by Juan de Salazar y Espinoza was celebrated in Asuncién 
on August 15, 1927, with appropriate ceremony. 


SALVADOR 


SALVADOREAN STUDENT SCULPTOR.— Word has been received from 
Spain that Valentin Estrada, a Salvadorean student of sculpture, has 
been making notable progress in his work, which has won the praise 
of his teacher, Coullaut Valera, and also of the art critics. The 
Salvadorean press published a photograph of Sefior Estrada working 
on his model of Atlacatl, Indian king of Cuscatlan, now a part of 
Salvador. It is stated that Estrada himself is of pure Indian extrac- 
tion and though but 23 years old and without previous training before 
arriving in Spain he has shown great talent, not only in sculpture but 
also in painting. 

UNITED STATES 


DELEGATES TO THE StxtH Pan AMERICAN CONFERENCE.—President 
Coolidge has appointed the following delegates to the Sixth Pan 
American Conference, to be opened in Habana January 16, 1928: 
Head of the delegation, Mr. Charles Evans Hughes, Ex-Secretary of 
State; Ambassador Fletcher, now representing the United States in 
Rome and formerly Ambassador to Mexico and Chile; Ambassador 
Morrow, representing the United States in Mexico; Ex-Senator 
Oscar Underwood of Alabama; Mr. Morgan J. O’Brien, a prominent 
lawyer; Dr. James Brown Scott, president of the American Institute 
of International Law; Dr. Ray Lyman Wilbur, president of Leland 


1268 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Stanford University, and Dr. L. 8. Rowe, Director General of the 
Pan American Union. It is stated that President Coolidge will 


attend the Congress. 
VENEZUELA 


VISIT OF TRAINING SLOOP.—Significant of the cordial relations 
between Chile and Venezuela was the welcome accorded the officers, 
crew, and cadets of the General Baquedano, the Chilean training ship, 
upon their recent visit to Venezuela, where they were honor guests of 
the Government. The General Baquedano, as readers of the Bux- 
LETIN will remember, carried an exhibition of Chilean products on 
this cruise. 





REPORTS RECEIVED TO OCTOBER 15, 1927 














Subject Date Author 
ARGENTINA 
3 1927 
Forecast of 1927-28 crops in Rosario consular district____------- Sept. 10 | Robert Harnden, consul at 
Rosario. 
BOLIVIA 
July report on general conditions in Bolivia________.-__---__-- Aug. 10 | J. F. McGurk, consul at La Paz 
Report on commerce and industries for August, 1927---------- Sept. 1 Do. 
BRAZIL 
Finance and general conditions of the State of Pernambuco____| Aug. 10 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at 
é es Pernambuco, 
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for July, 1927___.| Aug. 15 | Claude I. Dawson, consul gen- 
eral at Rio de Janeiro. 
Piassava fiber exports from Bahia, first 6 months of 1927__----- =o Ol. 2s = ower Donovan, consul at 
abia 
Carnatiba wax exports, first 6 months of 1927_._...-----.--_-_- Aug. 17 Do. 
Rubber crop and exports, first 6 months of 1927_______.-__----- Aug. 19 | George E. Seltzer, vice consul 
: at Manaos, 
Brazil nut crop, first 6 months of 1927, compared with same |---do____- Do. 
period of 1926. 
Commerce and industries for June quarter of 1927__.-_._---_-- Aug. 22 Do. 
Favors for establishing fertilizer factory, Pernambuco_-------- Con dounkns Nathaniel P. Davis. 
Program of Sao Paulo Coffee Congress---.---.---------------- Aug. 24 ce pp (CELE le, consul at Sao 
aulo. 
Papers prodluctionyinekernam pi coms sae ae eee ere Aug. 26 | Nathaniel P. Davis. 
The 1927-28 sugar crop discussed from a market standpoint___.| Aug. 29 | Rudolf Cahn, vice consul at 
Rio de Janeiro. 
Road! building in the State of Bahia: __-_-_-_---_--___---__-=-. Aug. 30 | Howard Donovan. 
Official regulation for the classification of cotton, for registra- | Aug. 31 | Archer Woodford, vice consul 
tion of marks, and the repression of fraud in the cotton trade at Bahia, 
of Bahia. 
Declared exports from Bahia during August, 1927_______----_- Sept. 1 Do. 
EEoDosed hydroelectric and agricultural development, Per- | Sept. 5 | Nathaniel P. Davis. 
nambuco. 
State and municipal sanitation projects_-___..-...-.----___-_- Sept. 6 | Do. 
Conclusion in London of loan to Santos municipality -----_~-- Sept. 7} Fred D. Fisher, consul at San- 
tos. 
The population of Brazil and its economic aspects-_----------- Sept. 8 | Claude I. Dawson. 
Special fund for automobile roads, law No. 1873, of August 29--| Sept. 9 | Nathaniel P. Davis. 
Sugar shipments and crop prospects of Pernambuco for quarter | Sept. 10 Do. 
ended June 30, 1927. 
Imports at Santos during first 6 months of 1927__-.------------ 63-00. Fred D. Fisher. 
INewa brazilian comeciconyentiOnes == sees naan es Sept. 12 | Claude I. Dawson. 
Kinanees of the State.of Rio de Janeiro---=2-----------=-2-=2-=- Sept. 15 Do. 
Development of the iron and steel industry, Brazil_----------- Sept. 17 Do. 
Creation of State Department of Transportation and Public | Sept. 23 | C. R. Cameron. 
Works, Sao Paulo. 
Imports of automobiles into Brazil, first half of 1927-..-------- Sept. 28 | Claude I. Dawson. 
CHILE 
Crop and product movement in central and southern Chile, | Aug. 17) Harold M. Deane, consul at 
quarter ended June 30, 1927. Valparaiso. 
German statistical expert engaged by Chilean Government_-_-; Aug. 20 Do. | 
Chilean finances in 1927 and 1928, budget for fiscal year 1928 | Aug. 22 | Carl F. Deichman, consul gen- 
(fiscal year begins on Jan. 1). eral at Valparaiso. 
Concession granted by Chilean Government for construction | Sept. 10 Camden L. McLain, vice con- 
and operation of a railway from Lanco station to Guahun sul in charge, Concepcion. 
Pass, on the Chile-Argentine frontier. 
COLOMBIA 
Proposed toll highway from Cali to Buenaventura___------- Aug. 22 | R. Hudson Fetner, vice consul 
in charge, Buenaventura. 
Exports of crude petroleum from Cartagena during August, | Sept. 2 Edward B. Rand, vice consul 
1927. in charge, Cartagena. 
CUBA 
Santiago de Cuba’s food imports in August, 1927..------------ Aug. 31 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at 
Santiago de Cuba. 
Ouban law of succession as applied to Americans _-_----~---- Sept. 3 Do. 
Santiago aqueduct contract rendered on Sept. 29, 1927_-_--_-_- Oct. 1 | Embassy. 
Text of the sugar defense law, in Gaceta Oficial of Oct. 5, 1927, | Oct. 6 Do. 
translation of same. 


1269 


1270 


THE PAN AMERICAN UNION 


Reports received to October 15, 1927—Continued 





Subject 





DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 
Dominican Government revenues in August, 1927_____.-__-_-- 
GUATEMALA 
Review of commerce and industries for Augu’st, 1927__-_-_-___- 
Agricultural implements and machinery admitted free of duty- 
HONDURAS 
Mhieeewertoue astilllave g cam aii ke Geese eee ee ee ree ee 
Statement of receipts and expenditures at the customshouse at 
La Ceiba. 
MEXICO 
Quarterly review of commerce and industries, Yucatan con- 
sular district. 
Exports of cotton and cotton products in the Mexicali district, 
to September 30. 

NICARAGUA 
Witalistatisticsandelivan siconditlonSae= sees sea ease ae 
PANAMA 
August report on commerce and industries__-_-------_________ 
PERU 
Review of the commerce and industries of Peru for the year 
1926. , ; 
Report on general conditions for August, 1927______.._.______- 
SALVADOR 


Law for the control of commercial establishments, law of June 
30, 1927, published in Diario Oficial on Sept. 5, 1927. 


URUGUAY 
Business conditions in Uruguay for the first 6 months of 1927_- 
Governmental decree authorizing construction of cement road 
between Montevideo and Colonia, and expropriation of 
Goa tae of new Government buildings in Montevideo __. 
VENEZUELA 
Summary of oil development in Venezuela for first 6 months of 


1927. 
Commercial situation in the Maracaibo consular district _____- 





Date 


| Author 





1927 


Aug. 


Sept. 
Sept. 


Sept. 
Oct. 


Sept. 
Oct. 


Sept. 
Sept. 


Aug. 
Sept. 


Sept. 


Aug. 
Sept. 


Sept. 


Aug. 
Sept. 


30 


~I 


24 


12 


24 
15 


13 


10 


19 
23 


23 


William B. Lawton, vice con- 
sulin charge, Santo Domingo 


| 
| 
| Philip Holland, consul general 
| at Gualenials City. 

| 0. 


Winfield H. Scott, vice consul 
' at Puerto Castilla. 
| Nelson R. Park, consul at La 
Ceiba. 


Herman C. Vogenitz, vice 
consul at Progreso. 


Frank Bohr, consulat Mexicali. 


Owen W. Gaines, vice consul 
at Corinto. 


H. D. Myers, vice consul at 
Panama City. 


Geo. A. Makinson, consul in 
charge, Callao-Lima. 
Do. 





W. J. McCafferty, consul at 
San Salvador. 


C. Carrigan, consul general, 
Montevideo. 
Do. 


Do. 


Raymond E. Ahearn, vice con 
sul at Maracaibo. 

Alexander K. Sloan, consul at 
Maracaibo. 








> 














DOK 
, - 
Whe Z 
ae es Hp ~ 
ee amen es : ¥ 
» 3 ” oa 
En ¥ } 
« - 
Pa - - 
4 ~ 
; we - F ; 
: : 
J ee 3 
° Aes 
‘ at Any 
uF ne Cae ees atrr 
. ices fies an 
BE AB ent 3 * 
J € Me of 
% “Sy a 4 
, « 
. * 
ke pe . 5 a a 
— * J 











ee Peak 
DS eda 
: foe 


daytih Wie eae ttt ; 
ite ace haat Ma 
y Petites rete . 
Sy nat 





-' 
a) 
Bot 






re 


tStss> 





‘ ~~ 
ai o 
ae r{ 
a 2 
13 E 
eo t 
> f 
eheite 
aE 2 
Sekai 3x 
: : 
whee bet ee 
ar tan